diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 6acc9deb5..38303c814 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -9066,6 +9066,10 @@ msgid "" "`General Data Protection Regulation page `_ to " "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" +"The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " +"`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " +"`General Data Protection Regulation page `_ to " +"learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 1d856df9e..f77ef23ce 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -32666,7 +32666,7 @@ msgstr "External reverse charge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:387 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "الفواتير" +msgstr "فواتير العملاء " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -40034,14 +40034,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Connect to HMRC`. Enter your company information on the HMRC " "platform. You only need to do it once." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." -msgstr "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" msgstr "Periodic submission to HMRC" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index b8b45a2db..7352a10ca 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -3438,7 +3438,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 msgid "Activity and applied filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأنشطة والفلاتر المستخدَمة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -3446,6 +3446,9 @@ msgid "" "Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " ":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." msgstr "" +"عند الانتقال إلى قسم :guilabel:`النطاق` في الاستمارة المنتبثقة " +":guilabel:`إنشاء أنشطة`، هناك حقلان :guilabel:`فلتر النشاط` و " +":guilabel:`الفلتر المستخدَم`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -3454,6 +3457,9 @@ msgid "" "activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " "filter." msgstr "" +"يمنحك حقل :guilabel:`فلتر النشاط` خيار تهيئة النطاق لفلتر المستلم الذي ينطبق" +" على هذا النشاط *بالإضافة إلى* أنشطته الفرعية. إنه يعمل بنفس الضريقة التي " +"يعمل بها فلتر الفئة المستهدَفة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -3461,18 +3467,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" " filter equation rule(s)." msgstr "" +"لإضافة فلتر نشاط، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة شرط` في حقل :guilabel:`فلتر " +"النشاط` وقم بتهيئة قاعدة (قواعد) معادلة فلتر مخصصة للأنشطة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " "Automation." msgstr "" +"كيفية إضافة فلتر نشاط إلى نشاط سير عمل في تطبيق أتمتة التسويق لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 msgid "" "This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " "all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." msgstr "" +"هذا الخيار ليس حقلاً مطلوباً. إذا تركته وشأنه، سينطبق النشاط على كافة " +"السحلات المتعلقة بالفئة المستهدَفة في الحملة بأكملها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -3481,6 +3492,9 @@ msgid "" "specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " "Filter` field)." msgstr "" +"لا يمكن تهيئة حقل :guilabel:`الفلتر المطبق`. إنه ملخص لموعد أداء النشاط، " +"*فقط* إذا كان يتوافق مع النطاق المحدد (مثال: القواعد التي قد تمت تهيئتها في " +"حقل :guilabel:`فلتر النشاط`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -3491,10 +3505,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " "automation campaign form." msgstr "" +"بعد أن تتم تهيئة إعدادات النشاط بشكل تام، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ وإغلاق` " +"لحفظ النشاط والرجوع إلى استمارة حملة أتمتة التسويق، ثم اضغط على " +":guilabel:`حفظ وإنشاء جديد` للحفظ وإنشاء واحد جديد على الفور في نافذة منبثقة" +" جديدة لـ :guilabel:`إنشاء أنشطة`، أو :guilabel:`إهمال` لحذف النشاط والعودة " +"إلى استمارة حملة أتمتة التسويق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نشاط سير العمل " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -3503,10 +3522,13 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم إنشاء وحفظ النشاط، سيظهر كبطاقة نشاط في قسم :guilabel:`سير " +"العمل` الموجود أسفل استمارة حملة أتمتة التسويق. يتم عرض التحليلات المتعلقة " +"بكل نشاط كرسم بياني خطي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "نشاط سير عمل تقليدي في تطبيق أتمتة التسويق لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -3514,6 +3536,8 @@ msgid "" "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " ":guilabel:`Workflow` section." msgstr "" +"ستجد وقت :guilabel:`التشغيل` لذلك النشاط إلى يمين بطاقة :guilabel:`نشاط سير" +" العمل` في قسم :guilabel:`سير العمل`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -3521,6 +3545,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " "the right of the graph." msgstr "" +"عندما يتم تشغيل النشاط، سيتم عرض رقم يمثل عدد الأنشطة :guilabel:`الناجحة` أو" +" :guilabel:`المرفوضة` إلى يسار الرسم البياني. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -3530,10 +3556,15 @@ msgid "" " percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" +"إذا تم تعيين :guilabel:`نوع النشاط` لـ :guilabel:`البريد الإلكتروني` أو " +":guilabel:`الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، ستكون هناك تحليلات تفصيلية أكثر تحت " +"بيانات الرسم البياني للنشاط، توضح عدد الرسائل التي قد :guilabel:`تم " +"إرسالها`، ونسبة الرسائل التي :guilabel:`تم الضغط عليها` من بين الرسائل " +"المرسلة، أو :guilabel:`تم الرد عليها` أو، :guilabel:`المرتدة`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأنشطة التابعة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -3541,6 +3572,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" " in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" +"هناك أيضاً خيار إضافة *نشاط تابع* عن طريق الضغط على زر :guilabel:`إضافة نشاط" +" تابع`، الموجود أسفل كل مربع نشاط في قسم :guilabel:`سير العمل` في استمارة " +"الحملة التسويقية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -3549,10 +3583,13 @@ msgid "" "activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " "activity." msgstr "" +"الأنشطة التابعة هي أنشطة فرعية متصلة بالنشاط الذي يعلوها ويتم تشغيلها فور " +"انتهائه، والذي يُعرَف بـ *النشاط الأساسي*. من السهل تمييز النشاط الفرعي، حيث" +" إنه يدنو النشاط الأساسي بقليل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "نشاط تابع عادي يدنو النشاط الأساسي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -3561,68 +3598,88 @@ msgid "" "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" " activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" +"يوفر أودو العديد من خيارات التشغيل لتفعيل نشاط تابع - يعتمد ذلك على تهيئة " +"المشغلات المتعلقة بالنشاط الأساسي. تحت النشاط الأساسي المطلوب، قم بالتمرير " +"فوق :guilabel:`إضافة نشاط تابع`، لإظهار قائمة من خيارات مشغلات الأنشطة " +"التابعة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " "campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr "خيارات مشغلات الأنشطة التابعة في قسم سير عمل الحملة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتحديد أي من مشغلات الأنشطة التابعة التالية: " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يؤدي :guilabel:`إضافة نشاط آخر`: إلى إضافة نشاط آخر فوراً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "opens the mailing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`تم الفتح`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا قام المستلم بفتح" +" الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`لم يتم الفتح`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا لم يقم " +"المستلم بفتح الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`تم الرد`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا قام المستلم بالرد" +" على الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`لم يتم الرد`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا لم يقم " +"المستلم بالرد على الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`تم الضغط`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا قام المستلم " +"بالضغط على رابط موجود في الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`لم يتم الضغط`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا لم يقم " +"المستلم بالضغط على رابط موجود في الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`المرتدة`: تعني أنه سيتم تشغيل النشاط التالي إذا ارتدّت الرسالة " +"(لم يتم إرسالها). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " "same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن يتم تحديد المشغل، بإمكان المستخدم تهيئة النشاط التابع بنفس الطريقة " +"التي يقوم بتهيئة نشاط سير العمل العادي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -3631,11 +3688,11 @@ msgstr "التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 msgid "Essentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأساسيات " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:3 msgid "Mailing lists and blacklists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "القوائم البريدية والقوائم السوداء " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3645,6 +3702,10 @@ msgid "" "company is migrating from another system, and already has a established " "audience." msgstr "" +"يعد إنشاء أو استيراد القوائم البريدية في أودو أمراً مفيداً جداً عند تقديم " +"المحتوى لمجموعات محددة من الأفراد الذين نيشاركون نفس الاهتمامات والفئة " +"العمرية. القوائم البريدية رائعة أيضاً للبدء إذا كانت الشركة تنتقل من نظام " +"آخر، ولديها جمهور محدد بالفعل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3652,6 +3713,9 @@ msgid "" "mailings, helps businesses maintain good customer relations, by giving " "recipients the power to control what they are (and aren't) sent." msgstr "" +"إضافة إلى ذلك، منح الجمهور خيار \"إلغاء الاشتراك\" من المراسلات الجماعية " +"يساعد الأعمال على المحافظة على العلاقات جيدة مع العملاء، عن طريق منح " +"المستلمين خيار التحكم في ما يتم إرساله (وما لا يتم إرساله) إليهم. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3659,18 +3723,26 @@ msgid "" "called :guilabel:`Mailing Lists`. When clicked, a sub-menu is revealed with " "options for :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` and :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts`." msgstr "" +"في تطبيق :guilabel:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة` يوجد خيار في قائمة " +"الترويسة يسمى :guilabel:`القوائم البريدية`. عند الضغط عليه، ستظهر قائمة " +"فرعية مع خيارات لـ :guilabel:`القوائم البريدية` و :guilabel:`جهات اتصال " +"القوائم البريدية`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:21 msgid "" "Click :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists` to see an overview of" " all mailing lists in the database." msgstr "" +"اضغط على :menuselection:`القوائم البريدية --> القوائم البريدية` لتحصل على " +"نظرة عامة على كافة القوائم البريدية في قاعدة بياناتك. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the main SMS mailing list page on the Odoo SMS Marketing " "application." msgstr "" +"نظرة عامة على صفحة القائمة البريدية الرئيسية للرسائل النصية القصيرة في تطبيق" +" التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3678,6 +3750,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page, and proceed to modify it in a number of " "ways." msgstr "" +"لتحرير أي قائمة موجودة، قم بتحديد القائمة المطلوبة من صفحة " +":guilabel:`القوائم البريدية` ثم باشر بتعديلها بطرق مختلفة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3685,10 +3759,15 @@ msgid "" "corner of the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page. Doing so, will reveal a blank " "mailing list template form." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء قائمة بريدية جديدة، اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` في الزاوية العلوية إلى" +" يمين صفحة :guilabel:`القوائم البريدية`. سيؤدي القيام بذلك إلى إظهار استمارة" +" قالب قائمة مراسلة فارغة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "View of the mailing list pop-up window in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" +"عرض النافذة المنبثقة للقائمة البريدية في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -3697,12 +3776,18 @@ msgid "" "recipients on the :guilabel:`Subscription Management page`. Doing so allows " "users to update their subscription preferences at any time." msgstr "" +"أولاً، اختر اسماً لـ :guilabel:`القائمة البريدية`, وقم بتفعيل خيار " +":guilabel:`عام`، لتمكين المستلمين من الوصول إلى القائمة البريدية في " +":guilabel:`صفحة إدارة الاشتراكات`. يتيح القيام بذلك للمستخدمين تحديث تفضيلات" +" اشتراكاتهم في أي وقت. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:43 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Public` box is not required, but is recommended " "to maintain good customer relations." msgstr "" +"ليس من الضروري تحديد مربع خيار :guilabel:`عام`، ولكن نوصي بذلك للمحافظة على " +"العلاقات الجيدة مع العملاء. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -3710,6 +3795,9 @@ msgid "" "form. Then on the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` dashboard, the new mailing " "list that was just created will be accessible." msgstr "" +"عندما تتم تعبئة هذه الحقول، اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` للانتهاء من " +"الاستمارة. بعد ذلك، في لوحة البيانات الرئيسية :guilabel:`القوائم البريدية`، " +"سيكون بالإمكان الوصول إلى القائمة البريدية الجديدة التي قد تم إنشاؤها للتو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -3717,6 +3805,9 @@ msgid "" "the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page to reveal the mailing list detail " "form." msgstr "" +"لتحرير القائمة البريدية أو تخصيصها بشكل أكبر، قم بتحديد القائمة البريدية من " +"الصفحة الرئيسية :guilabel:`القوائم البريدية` للكشف عن استمارة تفاصيل القائمة" +" البريدية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -3724,31 +3815,41 @@ msgid "" "smart buttons displaying statistics for different metrics related to the " "mailing list (e.g. :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Mailings`, etc.)." msgstr "" +"على طول الجزء العلوي من استمارة تفاصيل القائمة البريدية، توجد العديد من " +"الأزرار التحليلية الذكية التي تعرض إحصائيات لمقاييس مختلفة متعلقة بالقائمة " +"البريدية (على سبيل المثال: :guilabel:`المستلمون`، :guilabel:`المراسلات`، وما" +" إلى ذلك). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:56 msgid "" "To review or edit any of those elements, click the desired smart button to " "reveal a separate page with in-depth data associated with the mailing list." msgstr "" +"لمراجعة أو تحرير أي من هذه العناصر، اضغط على الزر الذكي المطلوب لإظهار صفحة " +"منفصلة تحتوي على بيانات تفصيلية متعلقة بالقائمة البريدية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:59 msgid "" "To make changes to the mailing list itself, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " "button in the upper-left corner of the mailing list detail form." msgstr "" +"لإجراء تغييرات على القائمة البريدية نفسها، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحرير` " +"الموجود في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين في استمارة تفاصيل القائمة البريدية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "View of the mailing list template form in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" +"عرض قالب استمارة القائمة البريدية في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:67 msgid "" "Don't forget to hit the :guilabel:`Save` button once changes have been made." -msgstr "" +msgstr "لا تنس الضغط على الزر :guilabel:`حفظ` بمجرد إجراء التغييرات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:70 msgid "Mailing lists contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "جهات اتصال القوائم البريدية " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3757,12 +3858,18 @@ msgid "" "dashboard with with all the contacts associated with one or more of the " "configured mailing lists in the database." msgstr "" +"تمكن من الوصول إلى معلومات جهات الاتصال من قائمة بريدية واحدة أو أكثر، اذهب " +"إلى :menuselection:`القوائم البريدية --> جهات اتصال القائمة البريدية` لإظهار" +" لوحة بيانات تحتوي على كافة جهات الاتصال المرتبطة بواحدة أو أكثر من القوائم " +"البريدية التي قد تمت تهيئتها في قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the mailing lists contact page in the Odoo SMS Marketing " "application." msgstr "" +"عرض صفحة جهات الاتصال الخاصة بالقوائم البريدية في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل " +"النصية القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3771,10 +3878,14 @@ msgid "" "only showing contact information for recipients who still want to receive " "communications and mailings." msgstr "" +"يقوم أودو افتراضياً بإظهار صفحة :guilabel:`جهات اتصال القائمة البريدية` مع " +"فلتر :guilabel:`استثناء أرقام الهواتف المدرجة في القائمة السوداء` في شريط " +"البحث. ولذلك، يتم عرض معلومات الاتصال فقط للمستلمين الذين ما زالوا يرغبون في" +" تلقي الاتصالات والرسائل البريدية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:86 msgid "Communication history in the Chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "سجِل التواصل في الدردشة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3782,6 +3893,9 @@ msgid "" "*chatter* section, located beneath a recipient's contact form (in the " "*Contacts* application)." msgstr "" +"يتم الاحتفاظ بسجل يمكن الوصول إليه لكل رسالة (رسائل) بريدية مرسلة في قسم " +"*الدردشة* الخاص بكل مستلم، والموجود أسفل استمارة التواصل الخاصة بالمستلم (في" +" تطبيق *جهات الاتصال*). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -3789,6 +3903,8 @@ msgid "" "communications, and see a history of interactions with contacts and " "prospects." msgstr "" +"بوسع مستخدمي قاعدة البيانات الرجوع إلى الدردشة لتتبع الاتصالات بسهولة، " +"والاطلاع على سجل التفاعلات مع جهات الاتصال والعملاء المحتملين. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3796,10 +3912,13 @@ msgid "" "which :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing promotions a certain " "customer has received (or not received)." msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، بوسع مندوبي المبيعات استخدام الدردشة لمعرفة أي عروض " +"المراسلات الترويجية :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` التي تلقاها عميل " +"معين (أو لم يتلقاها). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "View of what the chatter looks like in the Odoo Contacts app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "عرض لما تبدو عليه الدردشة في تطبيق جهات الاتصال لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -3807,6 +3926,10 @@ msgid "" "recipients with the power to add their phone number to a list of people who " "no longer want to receieve communications or mailings." msgstr "" +"يحتوي تطبيق *التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة* لدى أودو على خاصية " +":guilabel:`القائمة السوداء` التي تمنح المستلمين إمكانية إضافة أرقام هواتفهم " +"إلى قائمة الأشخاص الذين لم يعودوا يرغبون في تلقي الاتصالات أو الرسائل " +"البريدية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -3815,6 +3938,10 @@ msgid "" "their :guilabel:`Subscription Management` page. Customers can also be added " "manually to the blacklist, if necessary." msgstr "" +"يُعرف ذلك أيضاً بعملية إلغاء الاشتراك: ستتم إضافة العملاء تلقائياً إلى " +"*القائمة السوداء*، إذا قاموا بالضغط على :guilabel:`إلغاء الاشتراك`، عن طريق " +"صفحة :guilabel:`إدارة الاشتراك` الخاصة بهم. ويمكن أيضاً إضافة العملاء يدوياً" +" إلى القائمة السوداء، إذا لزم الأمر. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3823,10 +3950,15 @@ msgid "" "Numbers` to reveal a dashboard containing every blacklisted phone number in " "the database." msgstr "" +"لرؤية مجموعة كاملة من الأرقام المدرجة في القائمة السوداء، اذهب إلى " +":menuselection:`تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة --> التهيئة --> " +"أرقام الهواتف المدرجة في القائمة السوداء` لإظهار لوحة بيانات تحتوي على كل " +"رقم هاتف مدرج في القائمة السوداء في قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "SMS Blacklist menu in the application." msgstr "" +"قائمة الأرقام المدرجة في القائمة السوداء للرسائل النصية القصيرة في التطبيق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -3835,6 +3967,10 @@ msgid "" " next page's form. There's also a checkbox to indicate whether that " "particular phone numnber is :guilabel:`Active` (or not)." msgstr "" +"لإضافة رقم إلى القائمة السوداء يدوياً، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء` في " +"الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين في لوحة البيانات، وقم بإدخال رقم الهاتف في " +"استمارة الصفحة التالية. يوجد أيضاً مربع اختيار للإشارة إلى ما إذا كان رقم " +"الهاتف المحدد :guilabel:`نشطاً` (أم لا). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -3843,10 +3979,14 @@ msgid "" "blacklist, select the desired number on the dashboard, and then, on the " "phone number's form, click :guilabel:`Unblacklist`." msgstr "" +"بمجرد اكتمال الاستمارة، قم بالضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لإضافته إلى قائمة " +":guilabel:`أرقام الهواتف المدرجة في القائمة السوداء`. لإزالة أي رقم من " +"القائمة السوداء، حدد الرقم المطلوب على لوحة البيانات، ثم في استمارة رقم " +"الهاتف، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إزالة من القائمة السوداء`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:133 msgid "Importing blacklists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "استيراد القوائم السوداء " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3855,6 +3995,9 @@ msgid "" "already asked to be blacklisted` on :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " "mailings." msgstr "" +"أثناء نقل البرنامج/المنصة، من الممكن استيراد قائمة سوداء موجودة بالفعل لجهات" +" الاتصال. سيشمل ذلك العملاء الذين طلبوا أن يتم إدراجهم في القائمة السوداء " +"لمراسلات :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية القصيرة)`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -3863,14 +4006,20 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu (beneath the search bar), and click :guilabel:`Import " "records`." msgstr "" +"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة --> التهيئة --> أرقام الهواتف المدرجة في القائمة السوداء`، ثم حدد " +"القائمة المنسدلة :guilabel:`المفضلة` (أسفل شريط البحث)، واضغط على :guilabel " +":`استيراد السجلات`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "View of how to import a blacklist in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" +"عرض كيفية استيراد القوائم السوداء في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:3 msgid "SMS campaign settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعدادات حملة الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3879,16 +4028,22 @@ msgid "" " way to remind people about upcoming events, issued invoices, and so much " "more." msgstr "" +"استخدام حملات :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` مع تطبيق أودو " +"*التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة* ليس استراتيجية تسويقية فعلة فحسب، بل " +"تعد طريقة رائعة لتذكير الأفراد بالفعاليات القادمة والفواتير التي تم إصدارها " +"وغير ذلك الكثير. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:9 msgid "" "But, before :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns can be created " "(and sent), a few specific settings and features must be enabled first." msgstr "" +"ولكن قبل أن يتم إنشاء حملات :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` " +"(وإرسالها)، يجب أن يتم تمكين بعض الإعدادات والخصائص المحددة أولاً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:13 msgid "SMS campaign setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعداد حملة الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3897,16 +4052,23 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then " "enable :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"لتمكين حملات :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` في أودو، تأكد من أن " +"خاصية *الحملات البريدية* قد تم تفعيلها، عن طريق الذهاب إلى " +":menuselection:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة --> التهيئة --> " +"الإعدادات`، ثم قم بتفعيل :guilabel:`الحملات البريدية` ثم اضغط على " +":guilabel:`حفظ` التغييرات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "View of the mailing campaigns setting in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "عرض إعدادات الحملات البريدية في أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:24 msgid "" "Activating the *Mailing Campaigns* feature in the *General Settings* also " "enables the *A/B Test* feature." msgstr "" +"يؤدي تفعيل خاصية *الحملات البريدية* في *الإعدادات العامة* إلى تمكين خاصية " +"*اختبار A/B* " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3915,10 +4077,15 @@ msgid "" "available for use. Similarly, the :guilabel:`A/B Test` tab is now also " "available on every :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم تفعيل الإعداد، عد إلى تطبيق :menuselection:`التسويق عبر " +"الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، ولاحظ أن قائمة :guilabel:`الحملات` في الترويسة باتت" +" الآن متاحة للاستخدام. وبنفس الطريقة، أصبحت علامة تبويب :guilabel:`اختبار " +"A/B` متاحة الآن في كل قالب استمارة :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة)`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:32 msgid "A/B tests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اختبارات A/B " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3927,6 +4094,10 @@ msgid "" "order to compare which version is the most successful in producing " "engagement and/or conversion outcomes." msgstr "" +"تسمح :guilabel:`اختبارات A/B` لأي مراسلات من :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية" +" القصيرة)` بأن يتم اختبارها مقابل الإصدارات الأخرى ضمن نفس الحملة، حتى تتمكن" +" من مقارنة أي الخيارين أكثر نجاحاً فيما يتعلق بتحفيز التفاعل و/أو زيادة معدل" +" التحول إلى عملاء. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -3934,21 +4105,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab, initially, there's only a single checkbox " "labeled: :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing.`" msgstr "" +"في قالب استمارة :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية القصيرة)`، تحت علامة تبويب " +":guilabel:`اختبارات A/B`، مبدئياً، يوجد مربع اختيار واحد فقط يسمى: " +":guilabel:`السماح باختبارات A/B.` " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:41 msgid "When clicked, a series of other options appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "عند الضغط عليه، ستظهر مجموعة من الخيارات الأخرى. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" "The A/B Test tab is located on an Odoo SMS Marketing app campaign form." msgstr "" +"تقع علامة تبويب اختبار A/B في استمارة حملة التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:47 msgid "" "In the first field, enter a desired percentage of recipients to conduct the " "A/B Test on." msgstr "" +"في الحقل الأول، قم بإدخال النسبة المطلوبة من المستلمين الذين سيتم إجراء " +"اختبار A/B عليهم. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -3956,6 +4134,9 @@ msgid "" " is what Odoo will use to determine the successful result of an A/B Test. In" " other words, this tells Odoo how to pick a winning A/B test." msgstr "" +"تحت حقل النسبة المئوية، يقع حقل :guilabel:`تحديد الفائز`. هذا ما سيستخدمه " +"أودو لتحديد النتيجة الناجحة لاختبار A/B. بمعنى آخر، إنه يخبر أودو كيفية " +"اختيار الفائز في اختبار A/B. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -3963,6 +4144,9 @@ msgid "" " Click Rate`, :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, or " ":guilabel:`Revenues`." msgstr "" +"الأقسام التالية متاحة: :guilabel:`يدوي`، :guilabel:`أعلى نسبة نقر`، " +":guilabel:`العملاء المهتمون`، :guilabel:`عروض الأسعار`، أو " +":guilabel:`الإيرادات`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -3971,23 +4155,31 @@ msgid "" "variation. Then, Odoo sends that winning mailing variation to the remaining " "recipients, who weren't involved in the test, at that prior date and time." msgstr "" +"وأخيراً، يكون حقل :guilabel:`إرسال النهائي في` مدرجاً. يمثل ذلك التاريخ الذي" +" يستخدمه أودو كموعد نهائي لتحديد النسخة الفائزة من المراسلات. بعد ذلك، يقوم " +"أودو بإرسال النسخة الفائزة من المراسلات إلى المستخدمين المتبقين الذين لم " +"يكونوا جزءاً من الاختبار في ذلك التاريخ والوقت السابق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:62 msgid "" "Quickly create different versions of the mailing to add to the A/B Test by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Create an Alternate Version` button." msgstr "" +"تمكن من إنشاء نسخ مختلفة من المراسلات لإضافتها إلى اختبار A/B عن طريق الضغط " +"على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء نسخة بديلة`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:66 msgid "" "Remember, the winning mailing variation is based on the criteria selected in" " the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field." msgstr "" +"تذكر أن النسخة الفائزو من المراسلات تعتمد على الفئة المحددة في حقل " +":guilabel:`الخيار الفائز`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:15 msgid "Campaigns page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "صفحة الحملات " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3997,16 +4189,23 @@ msgid "" "related to the mailings associated with that campaign (e.g. number of " "emails, social posts, SMSs, and push notifications)." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء أو تحرير أو تحليل أي حملة، اضغط على :menuselection:`الحملات` في قائمة" +" ترويسة تطبيق :guilabel:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة`. في صفحة " +":guilabel:`الحملات`، تعرض كل حملة العديد من المعلومات المختلفة المتعلقة " +"بالمراسلات المرتبطة بتلك الحملة (مثال: عدد رسائل البريد الإلكتروني " +"والمنشورات الاجتماعية ,الرسائل النصية القصيرة والإشعارات المنبثقة). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" "Dasbhoard view of different Campaigns in the Odoo SMS Marketing app, " "separated by stage." msgstr "" +"عرض لوحة البيانات لحملات مختلفة في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة " +"لدى أودو، مفصولة حسب المراحل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:82 msgid "Campaign templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قوالب الحملات " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -4015,10 +4214,15 @@ msgid "" "made campaign in order to duplicate, review, or edit its campaign template " "form." msgstr "" +"اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` لإنشاء حملة جديدة، وسيكشف أودو عن قالب استمارة " +"حملة فارغ حتى تقوم بتعبئته. يمكنك أيضاً تحديد أي حملة قد تم إطلاقها في " +"السابق حتى تقوم بنسخها ومراجعتها أو تحديد قالب استمارة الحملة الخاص بها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "View of an SMS campaign template in Odoo SMS marketing." msgstr "" +"عرض قالب حملة الرسائل النصية القصيرة في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -4026,6 +4230,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send SMS`, :guilabel:`Send Social Post`, and :guilabel:`Push " "Notifications` are available above the template form." msgstr "" +"مع كل حملة، تكون الخيارات :guilabel:`إرسال مراسلات جديدة`، :guilabel:`إرسال " +"رسائل نصية قصيرة`، :guilabel:`إرسال منشور اجتماعي`، و :guilabel:`الاشعارات " +"المنبثقة` متاحة أعلى قالب الاستمارة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4034,6 +4241,9 @@ msgid "" "of messages can be reviewed or edited, along with various data sets related " "to each specific mailing." msgstr "" +"عندما تتم إضافة إحدى خيارات التواصل تلك إلى الحملة، سيقوم أودو بإنشاء علامة " +"تبويب جديدة مقابِلة في قالب الاستمارة، حيث يمكن عرض أو تحرير الرسائل من ذلك " +"النوع، بالإضافة إلى مختلف مجموعات البيانات المتعلقة بالمراسلات المحددة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -4042,6 +4252,9 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Engagement`, :guilabel:`Opportunities`, etc.) on a separate " "page." msgstr "" +"في أعلى القالب، توجد عدة أزرار ذكية تحليلية. عند الضغط عليها، يُظهِر أودو " +"مقاييس تفصيلية متعلقة بذلك الموضوع المحدد (مثال: :guilabel:`التفاعل`، " +":guilabel:`الفرص`، إلخ.) في صفحة منفصلة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -4049,16 +4262,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`. Odoo also allows for various :guilabel:`Tags` to be" " added, as well (if necessary)." msgstr "" +"أسفل الأزرار الذكية، توجد حقول لـ :guilabel:`اسم الحملة` و " +":guilabel:`المسؤول`. يسمح أودو بإضافة العديد من :guilabel:`علامات التصنيف` " +"كذلك (إذا لزم الأمر). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:108 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال الرسائل النصية القصيرة عبر تطبيق جهات الاتصال " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:110 msgid "" "Sending :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings directly through a " "contact's form is available by default." msgstr "" +"خاصية إرسال :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` مباشرة من خلال استمارة " +"التواصل متاحة بشكل افتراضي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4067,11 +4285,15 @@ msgid "" " the database, and click on the :guilabel:`SMS` icon on the contact form " "(next to the :guilabel:`Phone Number` field)." msgstr "" +"حتى تتمكن من إرسال :abbr:`SMS (رسالة نصية قصيرة)` بهذه الطريقة، اذهب إلى " +"تطبيق :menuselection:`جهات الاتصال` وقم بتحديد جهة الاتصال المطلوبة في قاعدة" +" البيانات، ثم اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`SMS` في استمارة التواصل (بجانب حقل " +":guilabel:`رقم الهاتف`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" "The SMS icon is located on an individual's contact form in Odoo Contacts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أيقونة SMS موجودة في استمارة التواصل في تطبيق جهات الاتصال لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -4080,15 +4302,20 @@ msgid "" "View`, and select all the desired contacts to whom the message should be " "sent. Then, under :guilabel:`Action`, select :guilabel:`Send SMS`." msgstr "" +"لإرسال رسالة إلى عدة جهات اتصال دفعة واحدة، اذهب إلى لوحة البيانات الرئيسية " +"لتطبيق :menuselection:`جهات الاتصال`، واختر :guilabel:`نافذة عرض القائمة`، " +"ثم قم بتحديد كافة جهات الاتصال المطلوبة التي يجب أن يتم إرسال الرسائل إليها." +" تحت :guilabel:`الإجراء`، قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة`." +" " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" "Select a number of contacts, click action, and select send multiple SMSs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "حدد عدد جهات الاتصال ثم اضغط على الإجراء وحدد عدة رسائل نصية قصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:130 msgid "Set up SMS templates for future use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإعداد قوالب للرسائل النصية القصيرة، لاستخدامها في المستقبل " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -4098,6 +4325,11 @@ msgid "" "app`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and " "click :guilabel:`Activate the Developer Mode`." msgstr "" +"حتى تتمكن من إعداد :guilabel:`قوالب الرسائل النصية القصيرة` لاستخدامها " +"مستقبلاً، قم بتفعيل :ref:`وضع المطور `، عن طريق الذهاب إلى " +"لوحة بيانات أودو الرئيسية المليئة بالتطبيقات، ثم قم بتحديد " +":menuselection:`تطبيق الإعدادات`. بعد ذلك، مرر إلى الأسفل إلى قسم " +":guilabel:`أدوات المطوِّر`، واضغط على :guilabel:`تفعيل وضع المطوِّر`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -4106,6 +4338,9 @@ msgid "" "of the dashboard; this bug icon indicates that developer mode is currently " "active." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم تفعيل *وضع المطوِّر*، ستظهر لوحة بيانات أودو الرئيسية مرة " +"أخرى، وستكون بها أيقونة على شكل حشرة، أعلى يمين لوحة البيانات؛ تشير أيقونة " +"الحشرة تلك إلى أن وضع المطوِّر مفعّل حالياً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -4114,12 +4349,18 @@ msgid "" " to begin setting up :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates for " "future marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"تالياً، عد إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق الإعدادات` وفي قوائم الترويسة المرئية " +"حالياً في الأعلى، اختر :menuselection:`تقني --> قوالب الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة` لبدء إعداد قوالب :abbr:`SMS (خدمة الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` للحملات " +"التسويقية القادمة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" "Select the SMS Template option in the Technical dropdown on the Settings " "app." msgstr "" +"قم بتحديد خيار قالب الرسائل النصية القصيرة في القائمة المنسدلة التقنية في " +"تطبيق الإعدادات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -4128,22 +4369,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`List` view showcases each template's name, and to which " "recipients it applies." msgstr "" +"داخل لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`قوالب الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، يُظهِر أودو صفحة " +"كاملة من قوالب :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)`. تُظهِر نافذة عرض " +":guilabel:`القائمة` الافتراضية اسم كل قالب، ومجموعة المستلمين الذين ينطبق " +"عليهم ذلك القالب. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:153 msgid "" "On this page, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates can be edited or" " created from scratch." msgstr "" +"في هذه الصفحة، يمكن تحرير قوالب :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` أو " +"إنشاؤها من الصفر. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" "The SMS Templates page in Odoo is available after enabling developer mode in the General\n" "Settings" msgstr "" +"تصبح صفحة قوالب الرسائل النصية القصيرة في أودو متاحة بعد تمكين وضع المطوِّر في الإعدادات \n" +"العامة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:3 msgid "SMS essentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أساسيات الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4151,6 +4400,10 @@ msgid "" "strategies can help companies expand their market reach, especially in some " "countries, where emails might not be very common, or even used at all." msgstr "" +"يمكن أن يساعد استخدام التمدد في استراتيجيات التواصل عبر :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل " +"النصية القصيرة)` الشركات على التوسع في سوق العمل، خاصة في بعض الدول التي قد " +"لا يكون استخدام البريد الإلكتروني شائعاً فيها أو قد لا يكون البريد " +"الإلكتروني مستخدماً على الإطلاق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4160,10 +4413,16 @@ msgid "" "yield higher :abbr:`CTOR (click-to-open rate)` and :abbr:`CTR (click-through" " rate)` outcomes." msgstr "" +"بوسع تطبيق *التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة* لدى أودو أن يساعد على تعزيز " +"تسبة تحول المستلمين إلى عملاء عند الإجراءات القيّمة، كتسجيلات الفعاليات " +"والتجارب المجانية وعمليات الشراء وما إلى ذلك، بما أن الرسائل النصية وقنوات " +"التسويق عبر الهاتف المحمول تجدي نفعاً أكبر عادةً، فيما يتعلق بنواتج " +":abbr:`CTOR (نسبة الضغط على الرسالة لفتحها)` و :abbr:`CTR (نسبة الضغط على " +"الروابط)`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:15 msgid "SMS marketing dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "لوحة بيانات التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4172,6 +4431,10 @@ msgid "" "been created, along with pertinent information and data related to that " "specific message." msgstr "" +"عندما يكون التطبيق مفتوحاً، يقوم أودو بعرض لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق " +":guilabel:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، والتي تُظهِر المراسلات " +"المختلقة عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة التي قد تم إنشاؤها، إضافة إلى معلومات " +"وبيانات دقيقة متعلقة بتلك الرسالة بالتحديد. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4179,6 +4442,9 @@ msgid "" " opened, which provides an organized display of the SMS mailings that have " "been created, and what their current status is at the moment." msgstr "" +"يستخدم أودو نافذة عرض :guilabel:`كانبان` بشكل افتراضي عند فتح التطبيق، والذي" +" يقدم عرضاً منظماً للمراسلات عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة التي قد تم إنشاؤها، " +"وحالاتها في الوقت الراهن. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4186,6 +4452,9 @@ msgid "" " statuses: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, :guilabel:`Sending`, or " ":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" +"يمكن أن يكون للمراسلات عبر :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` إحدى الحالات" +" التالية: :guilabel:`مسودة`، :guilabel:`قيد الانتظار`، :guilabel:`جاري " +"الإرسال`، أو :guilabel:`تم الإرسال`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4193,12 +4462,18 @@ msgid "" "there are a few different view options to choose from. Each one provides a " "unique take on the same SMS information." msgstr "" +"في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين للوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق " +":guilabel:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، توجد بضع خيارات للعرض " +"للاختيار من بينها. يقدم كل منها مظهراً فريداً لنفس معلومات الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:32 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`List` view provides the same useful data related to SMS " "mailings, but in a more traditional list layout." msgstr "" +"تمنح نافذة عرض :guilabel:`القائمة` نفس البيانات المفيدة المتعلقة بالمراسلات " +"عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة، ولكن بطريقة عرض القائمة التقليدية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4207,6 +4482,11 @@ msgid "" "date is clicked, Odoo reveals a blank SMS template that, when completed, " "will be scheduled to be sent on that specific future date." msgstr "" +"تمنح نافذة عرض :guilabel:`التقويم` تقويماً بسيطاً سهل القراءة، حتى يكون من " +"السهل رؤية الأوقات التي سيتم إرسال الرسائل النصية القصيرة فيها (أو الرسائل " +"التي قد تم إرسالها بالفعل). إذا قمت بالضغط على تاريخ في المستقبل، يُظهِر " +"أودو قالب رسالة نصية قصيرة فارغ. عند إكماله، ستتم جدولته ليتم إرساله في ذلك " +"التاريخ المحدد في المستقبل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4214,10 +4494,13 @@ msgid "" "series of graphs and charts. Odoo also provides various ways to sort and " "group the data for more detailed analysis." msgstr "" +"وأخيراً، تُصوِّر طريقة عرض :guilabel:`الرسم البياني` نفس البيانات المتعلقة " +"بالرسائل النصية القصيرة في سلسلة من الرسوم البيانية والمخططات. يوفر أودو " +"أيضاً طرقاً مختلفة لفرز البيانات وتجميعها لإجراء تحليل أكثر تفصيلاً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:43 msgid "Create SMS messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء رسالة نصية قصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -4225,16 +4508,19 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, and Odoo reveals a blank SMS template form, which can be " "configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" +"للبدء، اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` في لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق " +":guilabel:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، وسيُظهِر أودو قالب استمارة " +"رسائل نصية قصيرة فارغ، والذي يمكن تهيئته بعدة طرق مختلفة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "Creating an SMS marketing template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء قالب للتسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:52 msgid "" "First, give the mailing a :guilabel:`Subject`, which describes what the " "mailing is about." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أولاً، أعطِ الرسالة :guilabel:`موضوعاً` يصف مضمون الرسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4245,6 +4531,11 @@ msgid "" "send this :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to in the :guilabel:`Select " "Mailing List` field." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، في حقل :guilabel:`المستلمين`، اختر من الذي سيتم إرسال هذه " +":abbr:`SMS (الرسالة النصية القصيرة)` إليه. يحتوي أودو افتراضياً على " +":guilabel:`قائمة بريدية` محددة. إذا كان ذلك هو خيار الحقل المطلوب لـ " +":guilabel:`المستلمين`، حدد أي القوائم البريدية على أودو إرسال هذه :abbr:`SMS" +" (الرسالة النصية القصيرة)` إليها في حقل :guilabel:`تحديد القائمة البريدية`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4253,22 +4544,31 @@ msgid "" "along with various types of data related to that specific list (e.g. number " "of contacts, mailings, recipients, etc.)." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء (أو تحرير) قائمة بريدية، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`القوائم البريدية " +"--> القائمة اببريدية`. يعرض أودو هناك كافة القوائم البريدية التي قد تم " +"إنشاؤها سابقاً، بالإضافة إلى مختلف أنواع البيانات المتعلقة بتلك القائمة " +"بالتحديد (مثال: عدد جهات الاتصال، المراسلات، المستلمين، إلخ). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" "To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out " ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" msgstr "" +"لمعرفة المزيد عن القوائم البريدية وجهات الاتصال، ألقِ نظرة على " +":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists` " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." msgstr "" +"عرض صفحة القائمة البريدية في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " "click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" +"لإظهار كافة الخيارات الممكنة في حقل :guilabel:`المستلمين`، اضغط على الحقل " +"لرؤية كافة الخيارات التي يجعلها أودو متاحة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4278,6 +4578,11 @@ msgid "" "can be customized to fit any business need), or, if no default recipient " "filter equation is present, an :guilabel:`Add Filter` button will appear." msgstr "" +"عندما يتم تحديد حقل آخر (غيرحقل :guilabel:`القائمة البريدية`)، يُصبح خيار " +"تحديد ذلك الحقل المحدد بكل أكبر متاحاً — إما بمعادلة فلتر المستلم الافتراضية" +" التي تظهر تلقائياً (والتي يمكن تخصيصها لتناسب احتياجات أي عمل)، أو، في حال " +"لم يكن هناك معادلة فلتر افتراضية للمستلم، سيظهر زر لـ :guilabel:`إضافة " +"فلتر`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -4285,6 +4590,9 @@ msgid "" "domain rule fields, which can be configured similar to an equation. You can " "create multiple recipient rules, if necessary." msgstr "" +"عند الضغط على زر :guilabel:`إضافة فلتر`، ستظهر حقول نطاق قابل للتخصيص " +"تماماً، والتي يمكن تهيئتها بطريقة مماثلة للمعادلة. يمكنك إنشاء عدة قواعد " +"مستلمين، إذا استدعى الأمر. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4292,6 +4600,9 @@ msgid "" "recipients who fit into whatever criteria is configured in those fields. " "Multiple rules can be added." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، سيرسل أودو فقط :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` إلى المستلمين " +"الذين يقعون ضمن الفئة التي قد تمت تهيئتها في تلك الحقول. يمكن إضافة عدة " +"حقول. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -4300,6 +4611,9 @@ msgid "" "Message Service)`, by default — unless more specific recipient rules are " "entered." msgstr "" +"إذا كانت :guilabel:`جهة الاتصال` محددة،كافة سجلات *جهات الاتصال* في قاعدة " +"بيانات أودو ستتسلم (vendors, customers, etc.) :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة)`، افتراضياً — إلا إذا تم إدخال قواعد مستلمين أكثر تحديداً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4308,14 +4622,19 @@ msgid "" "Name` equals `United States`), and they haven't blacklisted themselves from " "any mailings (e.g. `Blacklist` > `is` > `not set`)." msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، سيتم إرسال الرسالة أدناه فقط إلى جهات الاتصال في قاعدة " +"البيانات، المتواجدين في الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية (مثال: `الدولة` > `اسم " +"الدولة` يساوي `الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية`)، والذين لم يقوموا بإدراج أنفسهم " +"في القائمة السوداء للمراسلات (مثال: `القائمة السوداء` > `هي` > `لم يتم " +"تعيينها`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Contact recipients on SMS marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "جهات الاتصال المستلمة في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:99 msgid "Writing SMS messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كتابة الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -4325,16 +4644,23 @@ msgid "" "used in the message, along with how many :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`" " mailings it will take to deliver the complete message." msgstr "" +"قم بإدخال محتوى :abbr:`SMS (الرسالة النصية القصيرة)` في حقل النص الموجود في " +"علامة تبويب :guilabel:`محتوى الرسالة النصية القصيرة`. يمكن أيضاً أن تشمل " +"الروابط والرموز التعبيرية. أسفل حقل النص، يُظهِر أودو عدد الخانات المستخدمة " +"في الرسالة، إضافة إلى عدد المراسلات :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` " +"المطلوبة لإيصال الرسالة كاملة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:107 msgid "" "To check the price of sending an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` for a " "country, click on the :guilabel:`Information` icon." msgstr "" +"للتحقق من سعر إرسال :abbr:`SMS (رسالة نصية قصيرة)` لدولة ما، اضغط على أيقونة" +" :guilabel:`المعلومات`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "SMS price check icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أيقونة التحقق من سعر الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -4342,14 +4668,19 @@ msgid "" "Marketing* app; :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages will not be " "sent without credits." msgstr "" +"ميجب أن تقوم بشراء الرصيد من أودو حتى تتمكن من الاستفادة من تطبيق *التسويق " +"عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة*؛ لن تم إرسال :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية " +"القصيرة)` دون رصيد. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:119 msgid "`Odoo SMS - FAQ `_" msgstr "" +"`الرسائل النصية القصيرة في أودو - FAQ `_ " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:122 msgid "Track links used in SMS messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تتبع الروابط المستخدمة في الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -4358,14 +4689,18 @@ msgid "" "related to those specific links, which can be found by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Link Tracker`." msgstr "" +"عندما يتم استخدام الروابط في :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)`، يقوم أودو" +" تلقائياً بإنشاء متتبع روابط لجمع البيانات التحليلية والمقاييس المتعلقة بتلك" +" الروابط بالتحديد، والتي يمكن العثور عليها عن طريق الذهاب إلى " +":menuselection:`التهيئة --> متتبع الروابط`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "صفحة متتبع روابط الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:133 msgid "Adjust SMS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعديل إعدادات الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -4373,26 +4708,34 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Include opt-out link`. If activated, the recipient is able to " "unsubscribe from the mailing list, thus avoiding all future mailings." msgstr "" +"تحت علامة تبويب :guilabel:`الإعدادات` لقالب الرسائل النصية القصيرة، يوجد " +"خيار لـ :guilabel:`تضمين رابط للانسحاب`. إذا تم تفعيله، سيكون المستلم " +"قادراً على إلغاء اشتراكه في القائمة البريدية، وبالتالي، تجنب كافة الرسائل " +"التي سيتم إرسالها في المستقبل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:139 msgid "" "An employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible` in the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, as well." msgstr "" +"يمكن أن يتم تعيين موظف كـ :guilabel:`المسؤول` في قسم :guilabel:`التتبع` في " +"علامة تبويب :guilabel:`الإعدادات` أيضاً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "SMS Settings tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "علامة تبويب إعدادات الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:147 msgid "Send SMS messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال الرسائل النصية القصيرة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:149 msgid "" "Once a mailing is created, choose when Odoo should deliver the message from " "the following options:" msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم إنشاء الرسالة، اختر متى يجب أن يقوم أودو بإيصال الرسالة من " +"الخيارات التالية: " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -4400,6 +4743,9 @@ msgid "" "if the recipient list is highly refined, or in cases that involve fast " "approaching deadlines, such as a \"flash sale.\"" msgstr "" +"يؤدي خيار :guilabel:`إرسال`: إلى إرسال الرسالة على الفور. يكون استخدام هذا " +"الخيار مناسباً إذا كانت قائمة المستلمين محددة إلى حد كبير، أو في الحالات " +"التي تتضمن مواعيد نهائية قريبة، مثل \"الخصومات المفاجئة.\" " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -4408,6 +4754,10 @@ msgid "" "Such a method can also be used to promote a limited-time offer, or to help " "plan a company's content strategy in advance." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`جدولة`: قم بتحديد يوم (ووقت) يقوم فيه أودو بإرسال الرسائل. عادة " +"ما يكون ذلك الخيار الأمثل للرسائل المتعلقة بفعالية محددة. يمكن استخدام تلك " +"الطريقة للترويج عن عرض لفترة محدودةـ أو للمساعدة في التخطيط لاستراتيجية " +"محتوى الشركة بشكل مسبق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -4415,10 +4765,13 @@ msgid "" "sent to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Remember to use a comma " "between phone numbers if multiple numbers are used as recipients." msgstr "" +"يتيح خيار :guilabel:`الاختبار`: بأن يتم إرسال :abbr:`SMS (رسالة نصية قصيرة)`" +" إلى عضو أو أكثر بغرض الاختبار. لا تنسَ استخدام فاصلة بين أرقام الهواتف إذا " +"تم استخدام عدة أرقام كمستلمين. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:161 msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تصوَّر التقارير " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -4428,6 +4781,11 @@ msgid "" " to view metrics in a number of different layouts (e.g. :guilabel:`Graph`, " ":guilabel:`List`, and :guilabel:`Cohort` views.)" msgstr "" +"في صفحة :guilabel:`إعداد التقارير` (يمكن الوصول إليها عن طريق خيار " +":menuselection:`إعداد التقارير` في قائمة الترويسة)، توجد خيارات لتطبيق " +"تركيبات مختلفة من :guilabel:`الفلاتر` و :guilabel:`المقاييس` لإظهارها بعدد " +"من طرق العرض والمخططات المختلفة (مثال: طرق عرض :guilabel:`الرسم البياني`، و " +":guilabel:`القائمة`، و:guilabel:`الجماعي`.) " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -4442,10 +4800,14 @@ msgid "" "can be sorted and grouped in various ways (e.g. :guilabel:`Measures` drop " "down menu)." msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، عندما تكون في نافذة عرض :guilabel:`الرسم البياني` " +"الافتراضية، يتم تصوّر بيانات :abbr:`SMS (الرسائل النصية القصيرة)` كرسومات " +"ومخططات بيانية مختلفة، والتي يمكن فرزها وتجميعها بطرق مختلفة (مثال: القائمة " +"المنسدلة لـ :guilabel:`المقاييس`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page in SMS Marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "صفحة إعداد التقارير في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:180 msgid ":doc:`sms_campaign_settings`" @@ -4457,45 +4819,52 @@ msgstr ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأسعار والأسئلة الشائعة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:5 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أسعار الرسائل النصية القصيرة والأسئلة الشائعة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:8 msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ما الذي أحتاج إليه لإرسال الرسائل النصية القصيرة؟ " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:10 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " "prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" +"الرسائل النصية القصيرة هي خدمة عملية شراء داخل التطبيق (IAP) *تتطلب رصيداً " +"مسبق الدفع* حتى تعمل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:13 msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كم عدد الرسائل النصية القصيرة الموجودة؟ " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:15 msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يوجد نوعان 2: GSM7 و UNICODE. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:17 msgid "" "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," " that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" +"**GSM7** هو التنسيق القياسي، مع 160 رمز كحد أقصى لكل رسالة. يشمل ذلك الرموز " +"التالية: " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "GSM7 characters available in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" +"رموز GSM7 متاحة في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:24 msgid "" "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " "the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" +"**UNICODE** هو التنسيق الذي يتم تطبيقه عند استخدام رمز خاص غير موجود في " +"قائمة GSM7. الحد الأقصى لكل رسالة نصية قصيرة: 70 رمز. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4505,10 +4874,15 @@ msgid "" "in real-time, the system displays the number of SMS mailings the message " "represents." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة للرسائل النصية القصيرة بتنسيق GSM7، أكبر حجم ممكن هو 160 رمز، أما " +"بالنسبة لـ Unicode فهو 70. *سيتم تقسيم محتوى الرسالة إلى عدة رسائل إذا زاد " +"حجمها عن الحد المسموح به* وسيقل الحد الأقصى للرموز إلى 153 بالنسبة لتنسيق " +"GSM7 و 67 لتنسيق Unicode. بعدها، يعرض النظام عدد الرسائل النصية القصيرة التي" +" تمثلها كل رسالة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ما تكلفة إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة واحدة؟ " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4517,97 +4891,117 @@ msgid "" "consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." msgstr "" +"يعتمد سعر الرسالة النصية الواحدة على الوجهة وعلى طول الرسالة (عدد الرموز). " +"لرؤية **السعر حسب الدولة، ألقِ نظرة على**: `الرسائل النصية القصيرة في أودو -" +" الأسئلة الشائعة `_. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "The number of SMSs a message represents will always be available in the " "database." msgstr "" +"عدد الرسائل النصية القصيرة التي تمثل رسالة واحدة سيكون متاحاً دائماً في " +"قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "" "Number of GSM7 characters that fit in an SMS message in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" +"عدد رموز GSM7 التي تتسع في رسالة نصية قصيرة في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل " +"النصية القصيرة لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:47 msgid "How to buy credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية شراء الرصيد " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "اذهب إلى :menuselection:`الإعدادات --> شراء رصيد`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." msgstr "" +"شراء الرصيد في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة، في إعدادات أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:55 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أو اذهب إلى :menuselection:`الإعدادات --> عرض خدماتي`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "Using Odoo IAP to recharge credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." msgstr "" +"استخدام نظام الشراء داخل التطبيق لشحن الرصيد في تطبيق التسويق عبر الرسائل " +"النصية القصيرة، في إعدادات أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "If Odoo Online (Saas) is being used, along with the Enterprise version, free" " trial credits are available to test the feature." msgstr "" +"إذا كان أودو أونلاين (Saas) قيد الاستخدام، بالإضافة إلى إصدار المؤسسات، " +"سيكون هناك رصيد مجاني تجريبي لاختبار الخاصية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:66 msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المزيد من الأسئلة الشائعة " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**أيوجد تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية لرصيدي؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" +msgstr "لا، لا تنتهي صلاحية الأرصدة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" +"**أيمكنني إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة إلى رقم هاتف (ليس رقم هاتف محمول) لأنني أرى" +" الأيقونة أمام حقل \"الهاتف\"؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" +"فقط إذا كان رقم الهاتف يدعم الرسائل النصية القصيرة (مثال: هواتف SIP). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**هل ستصلني فاتورة لشراء الرصيد؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "نعم. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Can the recipient answer me?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**هل بوسع المستلم الرد علي؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "لا، لا يمكن الرد على الرسالة النصية القصيرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMSs at once, but I don't have enough " "credits to send them all?**" msgstr "" +"**ما الذي سيحدث إذا قمت بإرسال عدة رسائل نصية قصيرة في الوقت ذاته، ولكن لم " +"يكن لدي الرصيد الكافي لإرسالها جميعاً؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "Multiple SMS communications at once at are counted as a single transaction, " "so no SMSs will be sent until there are enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" +"تُعد الرسائل النصية القصيرة المتعددة معاملة واحدة، ولذلك لن يتم إرسال أي " +"رسالة نصية قصيرة ما لم يكن لديك الرصيد الكافي لإرسالها جميعاً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**هل سيكون لدي سجل للرسائل النصية القصيرة المرسلة؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -4616,6 +5010,11 @@ msgid "" " column of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard (while in " ":guilabel:`Kanban` view)." msgstr "" +"ستجد سجلاً يحتوي على كافة الرسائل النصية القصيرة المرسلة، بالإضافة إلى " +"معلومات دقيقة حول جهات الاتصال التي قد تم إرسال الرسائل إليها (والرسائل بحد " +"ذاتها)، في عمود :guilabel:`تم الإرسال` في لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لـ " +":guilabel:`التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة` (عندما تكون في نافذة عرض " +":guilabel:`كانبان`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -4623,20 +5022,26 @@ msgid "" "(in :guilabel:`Kanban` view), and click on either link in the blue banner " "above the SMS detail form to learn more." msgstr "" +"للمزيد من المعلومات التفصيلية، قم بتحديد الرسالة النصية القصيرة المطلوبة من " +"لوحة البيانات الرئيسية (في نافذة عرض :guilabel:`كانبان`)، ثم اضغط على أي " +"الرابطين على العارضة الزرقاء أعلى استمارة تفاصيل الرسائل النصية القصيرة " +"لمعرفة المزيد. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**أيمكنني إرسال أي كم أريده من الرسائل النصية القصيرة دفعة واحدة؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "نعم، إذا كنت تملك الرصيد الكافي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**If an SMS is sent to a number that doesn't exist in the list of " "recipients, will credits be lost?**" msgstr "" +"**إذا تم إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة إلى رقم غير موجود في قائمة المستلمين، هل " +"سيهدر الرصيد؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -4644,40 +5049,50 @@ msgid "" " However, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person (or to a fake number), the " "credit for that SMS will be lost." msgstr "" +"لا، إذا كان رقم الهاتف مكتوباً بطريقة خاطئة (مثال: يحتوى على أعداد أكثر مما " +"تحتوي عليه أرقام الهواتف الصحيحة). ولكن، إذا تم إرسال الرسالة النصية القصيرة" +" إلى الشخص الخطأ (أو إلى رقم مزيف)، سيضيع الرصيد الذي تم استخدامع لإرسالها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" +"**ماذا سيحدث إذا قمت بإرسال الرسالة النصية القصيرة إلى رقم مدفوع (مثال: " +"مسابقة للفوز بتذاكر لحضور مهرجان)؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so no charges will be " "made." msgstr "" +"لن يتم إيصال الرسالة النصية القصيرة إلى ذلك النوع من الأرقام، وبالتالي، لن " +"يحدث أي تغيير. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" +"**أيمكنني تمييز الأرقام غير الموجودة عندما أقوم بإرسال عدة رسائل نصية " +"قصيرة؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "فقط الأرقام المكتوبة بتنسيق غير صحيح. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**كيف تؤثر لوائح GDPR على هذه الخدمة؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" +"ألقِ نظرة على `سياسة الخصوصية هنا `__. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**أيمكنني استخدام مزود الرسائل النصية القصيرة الخاص بي؟** " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -4685,6 +5100,9 @@ msgid "" "a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our" " success packs `here `_." msgstr "" +"نعم، ولكن لا يمكن القيام بذلك مباشرة دون إعداد. بإمكان خبراء أودو المساعدة " +"في تخصيص قاعدة البيانات للسماح باستخدام مزود رسائل نصية قصيرة خاص. ألقِ نظرة" +" على باقاتنا الاستشارية `هنا `_. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 msgid "Social Marketing" @@ -4692,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr "التسويق على وسائل التواصل الإجتماعي" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Social marketing campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حملات التسويق الاجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4701,6 +5119,9 @@ msgid "" "customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising" " an upcoming event or product release." msgstr "" +"تساعد حملات التسويق الاجتماعي الشركات على الاتصال مباشرة بالسوق. تكون تلك " +"الحملات مفيدة عندما التعريف بمنتج جديد إلى العملاء، أو إيضاح قيمة منتج أو " +"خدمة، أو عند الإعلان عن فعالية قادمة أو إصدار منتج. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4710,6 +5131,10 @@ msgid "" " and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single" " dashboard." msgstr "" +"أكثر حملات التسويق الاجتماعي فعالية تتضمن عادةً عدة قنوات لتوزيع المحتوى " +"لأوسع مدى، ويعمل تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو كمركز تحكم واحد للمراقبة" +" والتخطيط وتتبع وتحليل المحتوى أالمختلف وقنوات المحتوى في لوحة بيانات واحدة." +" " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4718,10 +5143,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate" " page with every campaign in a default kanban view." msgstr "" +"لتحصل على نظرة عامة كاملة على كافة حملات التسويق الاجتماعي، افتح تطبيق " +":menuselection:`التسويق الاجتماعي` ثم اضغط على :menuselection:`الحملات` من " +"القائمة الرئيسية. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن صفحة منفصلة تحتوي على كل " +"حملة معروضة بطريقة عرض كانبان الافتراضية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة على صفحة الحملات في تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -4729,6 +5158,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located" " to the right of the stage title." msgstr "" +"يمكن تحرير كل *مرحلة* في عرض كانبان، عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`أيقونة " +"الترس` الموجودة يسار :guilabel:`+ (علامة الزائد)` - الموجودة يمين عنوان " +"المرحلة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4737,6 +5169,9 @@ msgid "" "the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and " ":guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" +"تظهر **أيقونة الترس** *فقط* عند تحريك المؤشر إلى يسار **+ (علامة زائد)**. " +"عند الضغط على أيقونة الترس، تظهر قائمة منسدلة الخيارات التالية: " +":guilabel:`طي`، :guilabel:`تحرير المرحلة`، و:guilabel:`حذف`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4744,6 +5179,9 @@ msgid "" "column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." msgstr "" +"يؤدي الضغط على :guilabel:`طي` إلى تصغير عمود تلك المرحلة المحددة. يمكن " +"استعادة عمود المرحلة عن طريق النقر على النسخة المطوية منه في لوحة التحكم " +"الرئيسية :guilabel:`الحملات` في طريقة عرض كانبان الافتراضية. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4751,10 +5189,13 @@ msgid "" "and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure " "to click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"يؤدي تحديد خيار :guilabel:`تحرير المرحلة` إلى ظهور نافذة منبثقة، حيث يمكن " +"تعديل اسم وتسلسل المرحلة. إذا تم إجراء أي تغييرات، لا تنسَ الضغط على " +":guilabel:`حفظ`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يؤدي الضغط على زر :guilabel:`حذف` إلى إزالة المرحلة تماماً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4762,6 +5203,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in " "the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"لإضافة مرحلة جديدة إلى مخطط سير العمل، قم بالتمرير جانبياً إلى اليمين في " +"لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`الحملات`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة عمود`، وأدخل " +"المعلومات المطلوبة، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4769,16 +5213,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` " "option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"يمكن أيضاً عرض نفس معلومات حملة التسويق الاجتماعي الموجودة في لوحة بيانات " +":guilabel:`الحملات` كقائمة، عن طريق تحديد خيار :guilabel:`قائمة`، الموجود " +"أسفل شريط البحث، في الزاوية العلوية اليمنى. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء حملات تسويق اجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 msgid "" "First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." msgstr "" +"أولا، قم بفتح تطبيق :menuselection:`التسويق الاجتماعي` وقم بتحديد " +":guilabel:`الحملات` من قائمة الترويسة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -4788,16 +5237,25 @@ msgid "" "can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " "of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." msgstr "" +"في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`الحملات`، يمكن إنشاء حملة جديدة عن طريق الضغط على " +"علامة الإضافة السريعة :guilabel:`+ (علامة زائد)` الموجودة في الزاوية العلوية" +" إلى اليمين لكل مرحلة في مخطط سير العمل، وتكون مرئية في نافذة عرض كانبان. " +"يمكن أيضاً إنشاء الحملات عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` في الزاوية " +"العلوية إلى اليسار للوحة بيانات :guilabel:`الحملات`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 msgid "" "Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." msgstr "" +"يُظهِر كلا الخيارين نافذة جديدة بها تفاصيل الحملة، مباشرة على لوحة بيانات " +":guilabel:`الحملات` عند الضغط عليهما. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"نظرة عامة على خيار الإضافة السريعة للحملات في تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى " +"أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4805,10 +5263,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click " ":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." msgstr "" +"يمكن هنا إدخال :guilabel:`اسم الحملة` و :guilabel:`المسؤول` و " +":guilabel:`علامات التصنيف`. عند الانتهاء من كافة التعديلات، اضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`إضافة` لإضافة القائمة إلى قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تحرير حملات التسويق الاجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4817,18 +5278,25 @@ msgid "" "be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a " "template page for a campaign." msgstr "" +"حتى تتمكن من تحرير الحملة بتفاصيل أكثر، وإنشاء/إرسال سبل تواصل مختلفة متعلقة" +" بها، يجب الوصول إلى صفحة قالب تلك الحملة وتعديلها كما يجب. توجد عدة طرق " +"للوصول إلى صفحة قالب حملة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 msgid "" "After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` " "campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"بعد إدخال المعلومات الدقيقة في القائمة المنسدلة :guilabel:`الإضافة السريعة` " +"في الحملة، اضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 msgid "" "Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard " "in list or kanban view." msgstr "" +"بكل بساطة، قم بتحديد الحملة المطلوبة من لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`الحملات` في " +"نافذتي عرض القائمة أو كانبان. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4836,16 +5304,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " "select :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`الحملات` في نافذة عرض كانبان، قم بتحديد قائمة " +":guilabel:`⋮ (النقاط الرأسية الثلاث)` المنسدلة في الحملة المطلوبة، ثم قم " +"بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`تحرير`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 msgid "" "Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that " "specific campaign." msgstr "" +"ستُظهِر أي من المسارات أعلاه صفحة *قالب الحملة* لتلك الحملة بالتحديد. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قوالب حملة التسويق الاجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4853,10 +5325,14 @@ msgid "" " and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " "scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." msgstr "" +"في صفحة *قالب الحملة*، يمكن تخصيص العديد من العناصر أو تعديلها، ويمكن إنشاء " +"العديد من وسائل التواصل أو تعديلها أو إرسالها أو جدولتها. ستجد أدناه مثالاً " +"على قالب حملة مكتمل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"نظرة عامة على صفحة قالب حملة تجريبي في تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -4866,16 +5342,23 @@ msgid "" "Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing " "Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"حتى يظهر خيار :guilabel:`إرسال رسالة جديدة` في قوالب الحملة، تأكد من أن " +"خاصية *الحملات البريدية* قد تم تمكينها في تطبيق التسويق عبر البريد " +"الإلكتروني. للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`التسويق عبر البريد " +"الإلكتروني --> التهيئة --> لإعدادات`، ثم تفعيل :guilabel:`الحملات " +"البريدية`، والضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ`.- " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 msgid "" "In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS " "Marketing* application must be installed on the database." msgstr "" +"حتى يظهر خيار :guilabel:`إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة`، يجب أن يتم تثبيت تطبيق " +"*التسويق عبر الرسائل النصية القصيرة* في قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إضافة المحتوى وسبل التواصل إلى الحملات " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4884,18 +5367,25 @@ msgid "" "campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left " "corner of the campaign template page." msgstr "" +"إذا تم تثبيت الإعدادات والتطبيقات المناسبة (كما هو موضح أعلاه)، توجد أربع " +"وسائل تواصل/أنواع محتوى يمكن إضافته إلى الحملات. يتم عرض كل من تلك الخيارات " +"كزر في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليسار في صفحة قالب الحملة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate " "page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." msgstr "" +"يُظهِر خيار :guilabel:`إرسال رسالة جديدة` قالب بريد إلكتروني فارغ في صفحة " +"منفصلة، حيث يمكن تخصيص الرسالة بشكل كامل بطرق مختلفة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in " "which a SMS communication can be created and configured." msgstr "" +"يُظهِر خيار :guilabel:`إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة` قالب رسالة نصية قصيرة فارغ في" +" صفحة منفصلة، حيث يمكن إنشاء الرسالة النصية القصيرة وتهيئتها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -4903,6 +5393,9 @@ msgid "" "separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media " "accounts that are already connected to the database." msgstr "" +"يُظهِر خيار :guilabel:`إرسال منشور اب منشور اجتماعي فارغ في صفحة منفصلة، حيث" +" يمكن إنشاء منشور ونشره على حسابات التواصل الاجتماعي المتصلة بالفعل بقاعدة " +"البيانات. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -4910,6 +5403,9 @@ msgid "" "on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are " "already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." msgstr "" +"يُظهِر :guilabel:`الإشعار المنبثق` قالب منشور اجتماعي فارغ شبيه في صفحة " +"مختلفة، ولكن، خيارات :guilabel:`الإشعار المنبثق` محددة بالفعل في حقل " +":guilabel:`النشر في`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -4919,6 +5415,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push " "Notifications`)." msgstr "" +"أياً كان شكل الاتصال الذي يتم إنشاؤه، بمجرد اكتماله، يعود أودو إلى صفحة " +":guilabel:`قالب الحملة`، ويعرض ذلك المحتوى الجديد في علامة التبويب المقابلة " +"له (مثال: :guilabel:`المراسلات`، :guilabel:`الرسائل النصية القصيرة`، " +":guilabel :`وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي` و/أو :guilabel:`الإشعارات المنبثقة`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -4927,6 +5427,10 @@ msgid "" "(e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"عند إضافة المحتوى والاتصالات إلى الحملة، تظهر علامات التبويب الخاصة بتلك " +"الوسائط المحددة، إضافة إلى مجموعة متنوعة من الأزرار التحليلية الذكية (مثال: " +":guilabel:`الإيرادات`، :guilabel:`عروض الأسعار`، :guilabel:`العملاء " +"المهتمون`، إلخ. ). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -4936,12 +5440,18 @@ msgid "" "particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized " "analysis." msgstr "" +"تعرض هذه الأزرار الذكية، الموجودة أعلى القالب، مقاييس مختلفة تتعلق بالحملة " +"واتصالاتها ومحتواها المتنوع. يؤدي الضغط على أي زر ذكي إلى ظهور صفحة منفصلة " +"مخصصة لذلك العنصر المحدد من الحملة، مما يسمح بإجراء تحليل أسرع وأكثر " +"تنظيماً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 msgid "" "The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, " "such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." msgstr "" +"تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو مدمج مع تطبيقات أودو الأخرى، مثل " +"*المبيعات* و*الفوترة* و*إدارة علاقات العملاء* و*الموقع الإلكتروني*. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -4951,7 +5461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Social marketing essentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أساسيات التسويق الاجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4960,10 +5470,13 @@ msgid "" "effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " "centralized location." msgstr "" +"يساعد تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو مسوّقي المحتوى على إنشاء وجدولة " +"المنشورات وإدارة مختلف حسابات الوسائط الاجتماعية وتحليل مدى فاعلية المحتوى " +"والتفاعل مباشرة مع متابعي الوسائط الاجتماعية، في مكان واحد مركزي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 msgid "Social media accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حسابات الوسائط الاجتماعية " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4971,6 +5484,9 @@ msgid "" "Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " "application's main dashboard." msgstr "" +"حتى تتمكن من إنشاء منشورات اجتماعية وتحليل المحتوى باستخدام تطبيق *التسويق " +"الاجتماعي* لدى أودو، **يجب** أن تتم إضافة حسابات الوسائط الاجتماعية كـ " +"*وسائط* في لوحة البيانات الرئيسية للتطبيق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4978,6 +5494,9 @@ msgid "" "use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" " social media platforms." msgstr "" +"لا تنسَ أنه **لا يمكن** إضافة ملفات التعريف الشخصية كوسائط. الاستخدام " +"الأساسي لتطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو هو إدارة وتحليل حسابات الأعمال " +"على منصات التواصل الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4987,12 +5506,19 @@ msgid "" "present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " "constructed." msgstr "" +"تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو به بعض التقييدات فيما يتعلق بحسابات " +"التواصل الاجتماعي. على سبيل المثال، **لا يستطيع** أودو التعامل مع الكميات " +"الكبيرة من الصفحات المختلفة (مثال: ~40صفحة) ضمن نفس الشركة. نفس التقييدات " +"موجودة في البيئات متعددة الشركات، نظراً للطريقة التي تم تصميم الواجهة " +"البرمجية بها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" "In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " "once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" +"في البيئات متعددة الشركات، إذا لم تقم كل شركة بتفعيل صفحة مرة واحدة، سيتسبب " +"ذلك في خطأ في الإذن. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5000,6 +5526,10 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" " pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، إذا كانت الشركة 1 هي الشركة الوحيدة التي قد تم تحديدها من " +"لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لدى أودو، وقامت بتفعيل *صفحة فيسبوك 1* و*صفحة فيسبوك " +"2*، عندها سيكون من الممكن الوصول إلى تلك الصفحات على لوحة بيانات تطبيق " +"*التسويق الاجتماعي*. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5007,16 +5537,20 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " "results in a permission error." msgstr "" +"ولكن، إذا قام المستخدم بإضافة الشركة 2 في نفس قاعدة البيانات من القائمة " +"المنسدلة للشركة الموجودة في الترويسة، وحاول إضافة تلك الوسائط ذاتها، يؤدي " +"ذلك إذا خطأ في الإذن. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" " stream." msgstr "" +"نظرة عامة على خطأ الإذن الذي يظهر عند محاولة إضافة وسائط بشكل غير صحيح. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 msgid "Social media streams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "وسائط التواصل الاجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -5025,12 +5559,18 @@ msgid "" "Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " ":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"لإضافة حساب التواصل الاجتماعي للأعمال كأحد الوسائط، اذهب إلى " +":menuselection:`تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي` ثم قم بالضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`إضافة وسائط` الموجود في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليسار. سيؤدي القيام " +"بذلك إلى إظهار النافذة المنبثقة :guilabel:إضافة وسائط`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"نظرة عامة على النافذة المنبثقة التي تظهر عندما يتم تحديد خيار إضافة وسائط في" +" أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5039,6 +5579,10 @@ msgid "" "platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " ":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." msgstr "" +"في النافذة المنبثقة التي تُظهِر خيار :guilabel:`إضافة وسائط`، اختر " +":guilabel:`ربط حساب جديد` للأعمال من أي من منصات التواصل الاجتماعي المعروفة " +"التالية: :guilabel:`Facebook` و :guilabel:`Instagram` و :guilabel:`LinkedIn`" +" و :guilabel:`Twitter` و :guilabel:`YouTube`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -5048,12 +5592,18 @@ msgid "" " Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" " Marketing* application." msgstr "" +"بعض الغط على منصة التواص الاجتماعي المطلوبة من النافذة المنبثقة " +":guilabel:`إضافة وسائط`، يأخذك أودو مباشرة إلى صفحة تفويض منصة التواصل " +"الاجتماعي تلك، حيث يجب منح الأذونات حتى يتمكن أودو من إضافة حساب التواصل " +"الاجتماعي ذاك كأحد الوسائط في تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي*. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " "and content." msgstr "" +"مثال على لوحة بيانات تسويق اجتماعي تم إنشاؤها مع محتوى ووسائط تواصل اجتماعي." +" " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -5061,6 +5611,9 @@ msgid "" "the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" " account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم منح الاذن، يعود بك أودو إلى :guilabel:`الموجزات` في لوحة " +"البيانات الرئيسية لـ :guilabel:`التسويق الاجتماعي`، وتتم إضافة عمود جديد " +"يحتوي على منشورات ذلك الحساب. يمكن إضافة الحسابات/الوسائط في أي وقت. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -5068,6 +5621,9 @@ msgid "" " account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" " also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." msgstr "" +"يمكن إضافة صفحة :guilabel:`Facebook` كالما أن حساب :guilabel:`Facebook` الذي" +" يمنح الإذن هو حساب المدير. يُرجى العلم أيضاً بأنه يمكن إضافة صفحات مختلفة " +"للوسائط المختلفة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5076,6 +5632,10 @@ msgid "" "account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" " to show up as a stream in Odoo." msgstr "" +"تتم إضافة حسابات :guilabel:`Instagram` باستخدام بيانات تسجيل الدخول الخاصة " +"بـ :guilabel:`Facebook` لأنها تستخدم نفس الواجهة البرمجية. هذا يعني أن حساب " +":guilabel:`Instagram` يجب أن يكون مرتبطاً بحساب :guilabel:`Facebook` حتى " +"يظهر كأحد الوسائط في أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 msgid "Posts" @@ -5087,12 +5647,17 @@ msgid "" "showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " "data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" +"يؤدي الضغط على منشور في إحدى وسائط التواصل الاجتماعي إلى الكشف عن نافذة " +"منبثقة تُظهِر محتوى ذلك المنشور بالتحديد، بالإضافة إلى كافة معلومات التفاعل " +"المتعلقة به (الإعجابات، التعليقات، إلخ). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " "application." msgstr "" +"مثال على نافذة منبثقة بها منشور اجتماعي، في تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى " +"أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -5100,16 +5665,21 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " "and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." msgstr "" +"إذا أراد المستخدم، بوسعه ترك تعليق جديد في المنشور من النافذة المنبثقة " +"للمنشور، عن طريق كتابة تعليق في حقل :guilabel:`اكتب تعليقاً...`، ثم الضغط " +"على :guilabel:`إدخال` لنشر ذلك التعليق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 msgid "Create leads from comments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الحصول على العملاء المهتمين من التعليقات " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 msgid "" "Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " "from social media comments." msgstr "" +"يقدم تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى أودو أيضاً إمكانية إنشاء العملاء المهتمين " +"مباشرة من تعليقات مواقع التةاصل الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -5118,28 +5688,38 @@ msgid "" "window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " "vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء عميل مهتم من تعليق مكتوب في إحدى المنشورات الاجتماعية، اضغط على " +"المنشور المطلوب من لوحة البيانات لإظهار النافذة المنبثقة الخاصة بذلك " +"المنشور. بعد ذلك، قم بالتمرير للتعليق المطلوب ثم اضغط على أيقونة " +":guilabel:`النقاط الرأسية الثلاث` يسار ذلك التعليق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." msgstr "" +"سيؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن قائمة منسدلة بها خيار: :guilabel:`إنشاء عميل " +"مهتم`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تُظهِر القائمة المنسدلة بجانب التعليق خيار إنشاء عميل مهتم. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 msgid "" "Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " ":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"عند الضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء عميل مهتم` من القائمة المنسدلة للتعليق، " +"ستظهر نافذة منبثقة لـ :guilabel:`تحويل المنشور إلى عميل مهتم`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " "Marketing." msgstr "" +"النافذة المنبثقة لتحويل المنشور إلى عميل مهتم، التي تظهر في تطبيق التسويق " +"الاجتماعي لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -5147,6 +5727,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " "customer`." msgstr "" +"في هذه النافذة المنبثقة، اختر إما :guilabel:`إنشاء عميل جديد` أو " +":guilabel:`الربط بعميل موجود` أو :guilabel:`عدم الربط بعميل`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -5154,6 +5736,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" " can be chosen to be linked to this lead." msgstr "" +"إذا تم تحديد خيار :guilabel:`الربط بعميل موجود`، سيظهر حقل جديد لـ " +":guilabel:`العميل` أسفل تلك الخيارات، حيث يمكن أن يتم اختيار العملاء ليتم " +"ربطهم بهذا العميل المهتم. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5162,12 +5747,18 @@ msgid "" "Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " "can be entered and processed." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم تحديد الخيار المطلوب، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحويل` أسفل " +"النافذة المنبثقة :guilabel:`تحويل المنشور إلى عميل معتم`. يؤدي القيام بذلك " +"إلى الكشف عن استمارة جديدة لبيانات العميل المهتم، حيث يُمكن إدخال المعلومات " +"المهمة ومعالجتها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " "Marketing." msgstr "" +"استمارة عميل مهتم جديدة تم إنشاؤها من تعليق على إحدى المنشورات الاجتماعية " +"على تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 msgid "Insights" @@ -5179,6 +5770,9 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " "platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." msgstr "" +"عندما تتم إضافة حساب تواصل اجتماعي إلى لوحة بيانات *التسويق الاجتماعي*، تعرض" +" وتربط كل من الوسائط مؤشرات الأداء الرئيسية لمنصة التواصل الاجتماعي (إذا " +"كانت المنصة تملك مؤشرات للأداء). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5186,18 +5780,24 @@ msgid "" "account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " "of each stream." msgstr "" +"حتى تتم إعادة توجيهك إلى الإحصائيات والمقاييس المتعلقة بمؤشرات الأداء " +"الرئيسية لوسائل التواصل الاجتماعي، اضغط على رابط :guilabel:`الرؤى` المتواجد " +"أعلى كل من الوسائط. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " "Marketing app." msgstr "" +"تمثيل لكيفية ظهور رابط الآراء على لوحة بيانات تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 msgid "" "In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" "authentication happens." msgstr "" +"في البيئة متعددة الشركات، إذا لم يتم تحديد *كافة* الصفحات، سيتم إلغاء " +"المصادقة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -5206,6 +5806,9 @@ msgid "" "authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " "lost." msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، إذا كان للشركات 3 صفحات *Facebook*، ولكن تمنح صلاحيات " +"الوصول إلى 1 فقط وتحاول منح صلاحية الوصول إلى أخرى في وقت لاحق، سيتم إلغاء " +"المصادقة وستضيع صلاحيات الوصول إلى رؤى/تحليلات الصفحة الأولى. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -5213,16 +5816,21 @@ msgid "" "environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " "remove the stream, and re-establish it." msgstr "" +"ولذلك، تأكد من إضافة *كافة* الصفحات *لكافة* الشركات في البيئة متعددة الشركات" +" لتجنب هذه المشكلة. إذا تم إلغاء مصادقة صفحة، ببساطة قم بإزالة تلك المنصة " +"وقم بإعدادها مجدداً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 msgid "Create and post social media content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإنشاء ونشر محتوى التواصل الاجتماعي " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 msgid "" "Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " "social media accounts directly through the application." msgstr "" +"يمنحك تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو إمكانية إنشاء ونشر المحتوى لحسابات " +"التواصل الاجتماعي من خلال التطبيق مباشرة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5230,24 +5838,32 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " "located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء محتوى لحسابات التواصل الاجتماعي، اذهب إلى :guilabel:`تطبيق التسويق " +"الاجتماعي` ثم اضغط على زر :guilabel:`منشور جديد` الموجود في الزاوية العلوية " +"إلى اليمين، في لوحة بيانات *التسويق الاجتماعي*. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " "application." msgstr "" +"زر \"منشور جديد\" في لوحة البيانات الأرئيسية لتطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى " +"أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 msgid "" "Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " "the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" +"أو انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي --> المنشورات` ثم اضغط " +"على زر :guilabel:`جديد`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " "application." msgstr "" +"زر جديد في صفحةالمنشورات الاجتماعية في تطبيق التسويق الاجتماعي لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5261,13 +5877,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 msgid "Post detail form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "استمارة تفاصيل المنشور " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 msgid "" "The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " "different configurable options available." msgstr "" +"استمارة تفاصيل منشور *التسويق الاجتماعي* لها عدة خيارات تهيئة مختلفة متاحة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 msgid "Company" @@ -5280,6 +5897,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " "connected to this specific social media post." msgstr "" +"إذا كنت تعمل في بيئة متعددة الشركات، أول حقل في قسم :guilabel:`منشورك` " +"لاستمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي هو :guilabel:`الشركة`. في ذلك الحقل، قم " +"بتحديد الشركة التي يجب أو يتم وصلها بمنشور التواصل الاجتماعي هذا بالتحديد. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 msgid "Post on" @@ -5294,6 +5914,11 @@ msgid "" "visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" " box beside the desired option(s)." msgstr "" +"إذا كنت تعمل في بيئة ذات شركة واحدة، سيكون أول حقل في قسم :guilabel:`منشورك`" +" في استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي :guilabel:`النشر على`. في ذلك الحقل، قم" +" بتحديد أي منصات (الوسائط الاجتماعية) من المفترض أن يتم نشر ذلك المنشور " +"عليه، و/أو أي زائري الموقع الإلكتروني يجب أن يتم إرسال هذا المنشور إليه عن " +"طريق الإشعارات المنبثقة عن طريق تحديد الخيار المطلوب. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -5302,6 +5927,9 @@ msgid "" "account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," " it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." msgstr "" +"يقدم أودو تلقائياً كل حساب تواصل اجتماعي متاح مرتبط بقاعدة البيانات كخيار في" +" هذا القسم. إذا لم تتم إضافة حساب تواصل اجتماعي كأحد الوسائط في تطبيق " +"*التسويق الاجتماعي*، **لن** يظهر كخيار في قالب المنشور. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -5309,6 +5937,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " "on` field *must* be selected." msgstr "" +"يمكن تحديد عدة منصات (مسارات) تواصل اجتماعي في حقل :guilabel:`النشر على`. " +"يجب أن يتم تحديد- خيار **واحد** على الأقل في حقل :guilabel:`النشر على`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -5316,6 +5946,9 @@ msgid "" "social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " "*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." msgstr "" +"حتى يظهر خيار :guilabel:`الإشعارات المنبثقة` على استمارة تفاصيل المنشور " +"الاجتماعي في تطبيق *التسويق الاجتماعي* لدى أودو، تأكد من أن خاصية *تمكين " +"إشعارات الويب المنبثقة* قد تم تمكينه في تطبيق *الموقع الإلكتروني*. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -5323,6 +5956,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق الموقع الإلكتروني --> التهيئة " +"--> الإعدادات`، ثم قم بتفعيل خيار :guilabel:`تمكين إشعارات الويب` وقم بتعبئة" +" الحقول المقابلة واضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 msgid "Message" @@ -5333,6 +5969,8 @@ msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" +"تالياً، يوجد حقل :guilabel:`الرسالة`. إنه المكان الذي يتم فيه إنشاء المحتوى " +"الرئيسي للمنشور. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -5341,12 +5979,18 @@ msgid "" " visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " "social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" +"في حقل :guilabel:`الرسالة`، قم بكتابة الرسالة المطلوبة للمنشور الاجتماعي. " +"بعد الكتابة، اضغط بعيداً عن حقل :guilabel:`الرسالة` لإظهار الأمثلة المرئية " +"لما سيبدو عليه المنشور على كافة حسابات التواصل الاجتماعي التي تم تحديدها " +"مسبقاً (ز/أو المواقع الإلكترونية كالإشعارات المنبثقة). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" " media outlets." msgstr "" +"مثال على منشور اجتماعي مع أمثلة مرئية لما سيظهر عليه المنشور على منصات " +"التواصل الاجماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -5355,12 +5999,18 @@ msgid "" "of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " "reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" +"يمكن أيضاً إضافة الرموز التعبيرية مباشرة إلى النص الموجود في حقل " +":guilabel:`الرسالة`. فقط قم بالضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🙂 (الوجه المبتسم)` " +"الموجودة في خط حقل :guilabel:`الرسالة` في أقصى اليمين. ستُظهِر هذه الأيقونة" +" قائمة منسدلة تحتوي على أعداد كبيرة من الرموز التعبيرية للاختيار من بينها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " "character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" +"إذا كان :guilabel:`Twitter` محدداً في حقل :guilabel:`النشر على`، سيظهر عدّاد" +" لعدد الرموز أسفل حقل :guilabel:`الرسالة`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 msgid "Attach Images" @@ -5374,6 +6024,10 @@ msgid "" "this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" " it." msgstr "" +"إذا كان سيتم استخدام الصور في المنشور، فاضغط على زر :guilabel:`إرفاق صور`، " +"في حقل :guilabel:`إرفاق صور`، الموجود أسفل حقل :guilabel:`الرسالة`. عند " +"الضغط عليه، يكشف أودو عن نافذة منبثقة. في هذه النافذة المنبثقة، قم بتحديد " +"الصورة المطلوبة من القرص الصلب، وقم برفعها. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -5381,12 +6035,17 @@ msgid "" " new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " "on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" +"بعد رفع الصورة المطلوبة وإرفاقها بنجاح، سيُظهِر أودو معاينة جديدة لمنشور " +"اجتماعي، مكتملة بالصورة التي تمت إضافتها حديثاً، على الجانب الأيمن من " +"استمارة التفاصيل. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " "Marketing." msgstr "" +"أمثلة مصورة عللمنشورات مع الصور التي تم إرفاقها حديثاً في تطبيق التسويق " +"الاجتماعي لدى أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 msgid "Campaign" @@ -5397,6 +6056,8 @@ msgid "" "Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " "provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، يوجد حقل :guilabel:`الحملة`. يوفر هذا الحقل غير المطلوب خيارات " +"لإرفاق هذا المنشور بحملة تسويقية محددة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -5405,6 +6066,10 @@ msgid "" "existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " "drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." msgstr "" +"لإضافة هذا المنشور إلى حملة موجودة مسبقاً، اضغط على حقل :guilabel:`الحملة` " +"الفارغ لإظهار قائمة منسدلة تحتوي على كافة الحملات الموجودة في قاعدة " +"البيانات. قم بتحديد الحملة المطلوبة من هذه القائمة المنسدلة لإضافة هذا " +"المنشور إلى تلك الحملة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -5413,17 +6078,22 @@ msgid "" "field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " "edit...`." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء حملة جديدة مباشرة من استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي، ابدأ بكتابة " +"اسم الحملة الجديدة في حقل :guilabel:`الحملة` الفارغ، وحدد إما " +":guilabel:`إنشاء` أو :guilabel:`إنشاء وتحرير ...`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "خيارات القائمة المنسدلة \"إنشاء\" أو \"إنشاء وتحرير\" في حقل الحملة. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " "edited/customized later." msgstr "" +"يؤدي الضغط على :guilabel: `إنشاء` إلى إنشاء الحملة، والتي يمكن " +"تحريرها/تخصيصها لاحقاً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -5432,18 +6102,25 @@ msgid "" "Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " "configured." msgstr "" +"يؤدي الضغط على :guilabel: `إنشاء وتحرير...` إلى إنشاء الحملة، ويُظهِر " +"استمارة منبثقة لـ :guilabel:`إنشاء الحملة`، حيث يوجد :guilabel:`مُعرّف " +"الحملة`، و :guilabel:`المسؤول`، ويمكن تهيئة :guilabel:`علامات التصنيف` على " +"الفور. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " "form." msgstr "" +"قم بإنشاء نافذة منبثقة للحملة تظهر في استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 msgid "" "When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." msgstr "" +"عند إدخال كافة الإعدادات المطلوبة، اضغط على زر :guilabel: `حفظ وإغلاق` لحفظ " +"الحملة والعودة إلى استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 msgid "When" @@ -5455,6 +6132,9 @@ msgid "" "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، في حقل :guilabel:`متى`، اختر إما :guilabel:`إرسال الآن` حتى يقوم " +"أودو بنشر المنشور على الفور، أو :guilabel:`الجدولة في وقت لاحق` حتى يقوم " +"أودو بنشر المنشور في وقت وتاريخ لاحقين. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -5462,12 +6142,17 @@ msgid "" "field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " "a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" +"إذا تم تحديد خيار :guilabel:`الجدولة في وقت لاحق`، فسيظهر حقل جديد لـ " +":guilabel:`التاريخ المجدول`. يؤدي الضغط على زر الحقل الفارغ إلى ظهور تقويم " +"منبثق، حيث يمكن تحديد التاريخ والوقت المستقبليين. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"النافذة المنبثقة لجدولة الوقت التي تظهر على استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي" +" في أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -5475,6 +6160,9 @@ msgid "" " will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" "detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" +"بعد تحديد التاريخ والوقت المطلوبين، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تطبيق`. بعد ذلك، " +"سيقوم أودو بنشر المنشور على الفور في ذلك التاريخ والوقت المحددين على حساب " +"(حسابات) وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي المحددة مسبقاً. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -5482,12 +6170,17 @@ msgid "" "media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" +"في حالة جدولة منشور، يتغير زر :guilabel:`نشر` الموجود أعلى استمارة تفاصيل " +"المنشور الاجتماعي إلى :guilabel:`جدولة`. تأكد من الضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`جدولة` بعد إكمال استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" "Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" " changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" +"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى حجز التاريخ/الوقت المحدد الذي سيقوم أودو بإرسال المنشور" +" فيه، وستتغير حالة المنشور إلى :guilabel:`تمت جدولته`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 msgid "Push Notification Options" @@ -5499,14 +6192,17 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " "Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" +"إذا تم اختيار خيار واحد (أو عدة خيارات) :guilabel:`[إشعارات منبثقة]` في حقل " +":guilabel:`النشر على`، فسيظهر قسم :guilabel:`خيارات الإشعارات المنبثقة` أسفل" +" استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قسم خيارات الإشعارات المنبثقة في استمارة تفاصيل المنشور الاجتماعي. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "من المهم معرفة أنه *لا يوجد* أي حقل مطلوب من بين هذه الحقول. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 msgid "" @@ -5514,6 +6210,8 @@ msgid "" "field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " "that will be sent." msgstr "" +"الحقل الأول في هذا القسم هو :guilabel:`عنوان الإشعار`. في هذا الحقل، يوجد " +"خيار لإضافة عنوان مخصص إلى الإشعار المنبثق الذي سيتم إرساله. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -5522,6 +6220,10 @@ msgid "" "Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " "notification." msgstr "" +"لتعيين صفحة معينة على الموقع الإلكتروني من شأنها تشغيل الإشعار المنبثق هذا، " +"قم بإدخال رابط URL لتلك الصفحة في حقل :guilabel:`رابط URL المستهدف`. بعد " +"ذلك، بمجرد وصول الزائر إلى تلك الصفحة المحددة، سيقوم أودو بعرض الإشعار " +"المنبثق. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f5544aec0..cb143408d 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4332,7 +4332,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "الفواتير" +msgstr "فواتير العملاء " #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f7d20f1d9..e6b838b42 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: he\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 1 && n % 1 == 0) ? 0 : (n == 2 && n % 1 == 0) ? 1: (n % 10 == 0 && n % 1 == 0 && n > 10) ? 2 : 3;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 1 && n % 1 == 0) ? 0 : (n == 2 && n % 1 == 0) ? 1: 2;\n" #: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 msgid "Finance" @@ -32335,12 +32335,6 @@ msgid "" "platform. You only need to do it once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 255d78383..2fe5e4850 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Abe Manyo, 2024 # Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 +# Abe Manyo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Muftiara Syuhada , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -388,16 +388,22 @@ msgid "" "not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" " internet." msgstr "" +"Dokumen ini mendeskripsikan langkah-langkah dasar untuk setup Odoo di " +"produksi atau internet-facing server. Ini mengikuti :doc:`instal " +"<../install>`, dan secara umum tidak diperlukan untuk sistem development " +"yang tidak terpapar di internet." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 msgid "" "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " "recommendations!" msgstr "" +"Bila Anda ingin setup server publik, pastikan Anda memeriksa rekomendasi " +":ref:`Keamanan` kami!" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 msgid "dbfilter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dbfilter" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -406,6 +412,10 @@ msgid "" "customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " "\"current database\"." msgstr "" +"Odoo adalah sistem multi-tenant: satu sistem Odoo dapat berjalan dan " +"melayani sejumlah instance database. Odoo juga sangat mudah dikustomisasi, " +"dengan kustomisasi (dimulai dari modul yang dimuat) tergantung pada " +"\"database saat ini\"." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -413,6 +423,9 @@ msgid "" "in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " "customizations loaded afterwards." msgstr "" +"Ini tidak merupakan masalah saat bekerja dengan backend (web client) sebagai" +" user perusahaan yang terlogin: database dapat dipilih saat login, dan " +"kustomisasi dimuat setelahnya." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -423,6 +436,13 @@ msgid "" "multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " "use." msgstr "" +"Namun ini menjadi masalah untuk user yang tidak-login (portal, website) yang" +" tidak terikat ke database: Odoo harus tahu database mana yang akan " +"digunakan untuk membuat halaman website atau melakukan operasi. Bila multi-" +"pengguna tidak digunakan ini tidak merupakan masalah, hanya ada satu " +"database untuk digunakan, tapi bila terdapat lebih dari satu database yang " +"dapat diakses Odoo membutuhkan peraturan untuk mengetahui mana yang harus " +"digunakan." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -432,6 +452,11 @@ msgid "" "possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " "subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." msgstr "" +"Inilah salah satu kegunaan dari :option:`--db-filter `: dbfilter menentukan bagiamana database harus dipilih berdasarkan " +"nama host (domain) yang diminta. Value adalah `regular expression`_, " +"biasanya termasuk nama host yang di-inject secara dinamis (``%h``) atau " +"subdomain pertama (``%d``) melalui mana sistem akan diakses." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -439,10 +464,13 @@ msgid "" "``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " "features will not work correctly." msgstr "" +"Untuk server yang hosting lebih dari satu database di production, terutama " +"bila ``website`` digunakan, dbfilter **harus** ditetapkan, bila tidak " +"sejumlah fitur tidak akan bekerja dengan tepat." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 msgid "Configuration samples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sampel konfigurasi" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" @@ -454,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "in :ref:`file konfigurasi ` tetapkan:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -463,6 +491,10 @@ msgid "" " ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " "``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." msgstr "" +"Tunjukkan hanya database yang subdomain pertama-nya cocok setelah ``www``: " +"contohnya database \"mycompany\" akan ditunjukkan bila permintaan yang masuk" +" dikirim ke ``www.mycompany.com`` atau ``mycompany.co.uk``, tapi tidak untuk" +" ``www2.mycompany.com`` atau ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -473,11 +505,18 @@ msgid "" "database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " "block access to the database management screens. See also security_." msgstr "" +"Menetapkan :option:`--db-filter ` yang benar adalah " +"bagian penting dalam mengamankan deployment Anda. Setelah bekerja dengan " +"tepat dan hanya mencocokkan satu database untuk setiap nama host, sangat " +"direkomendasikan untuk memblokir akses ke layar manajer database, dan untuk " +"menggunakan parameter startup ``--no-database-list`` untuk mencegah listing " +"database Anda, dan untuk memblokir akses ke layar manajemen database. Lihat " +"juga keamanan_." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 msgid "PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -485,6 +524,9 @@ msgid "" " connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " "installed on)." msgstr "" +"Secara default, PostgreSQL hanya mengizinkan hubungan melalui koneksi UNIX " +"socket dan loopback (dari \"localhost\", mesin yang sama yang mana server " +"PostgreSQL diinstal)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -493,6 +535,11 @@ msgid "" "and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " "will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" msgstr "" +"UNIX socket dapat digunakan bila Anda ingin Odoo dan dan PostgreSQL untuk " +"berjalan di mesin yang sama, dan merupakan default saat tidak ada host yang " +"disediakan, tapi bila Anda ingin Odoo dan PostgreSQL untuk berjalan pada " +"mesin yang berbeda [#different-machines]_ maka akan harus `mendengarkan " +"antarmuka jaringan`_ [#remote-socket]_, baik dengan: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -500,6 +547,9 @@ msgid "" "machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " "configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" msgstr "" +"Hanya menerima hubungan loopback dan gunakan `SSH tunnel`_ di antara mesin " +"yang terdapat Odoo dan mesin yang terdapat PostgreSQL, kemudian atur Odoo " +"untuk terhubung dengan tunnel" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -507,34 +557,40 @@ msgid "" "ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" " to connect over the network" msgstr "" +"Terima hubungan ke mesin tempat Odoo diinstal, biasanya melalui ssl (lihat " +"`PostgreSQL connection settings`_ untuk detail), lalu konfigurasi Odoo untuk" +" terhubung melalui jaringan" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sampel konfigurasi" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izinkan tcp connection pada localhost" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izinkan tcp connection dari 192.168.1.x network" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"di ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` tetapkan:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 msgid "" "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"di ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` " +"tetapkan:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 msgid "Configuring Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -543,12 +599,18 @@ msgid "" "` when your Postgres deployment is not " "local and/or does not use the installation defaults." msgstr "" +"Langsung siap pakai, Odoo akan terhubung ke postgres lokal melalui UNIX " +"socket via port 5432. Ini dapat dikesampingkan menggunakan :ref:`opsi " +"database ` saat deployment Postgres Anda " +"tidak lokal dan/atau tidak menggunakan penginstalan default." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 msgid "" "The :doc:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new " "user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." msgstr "" +":doc:`Paket installer ` akan secara otomatis membuat user baru " +"(``odoo``) dan menetapkannya sebagai user database." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -558,6 +620,11 @@ msgid "" " randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " "interface." msgstr "" +"Layar manajemen database dilindungi oleh pengaturan ``admin_passwd``. " +"Pengaturan ini hanya dapat ditetapkan menggunakan file konfigurasi, dan " +"diperiksa sebelum melakukan perubahan database. Ini sebaiknya ditetapkan ke " +"value yang secara acak dibuat untuk memastikan pihak ketiga tidak dapat " +"menggunakan antarmuka ini." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -566,6 +633,10 @@ msgid "" "screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " "PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." msgstr "" +"Semua operasi database menggunakan :ref:`opsi database " +"`, termasuk layar manajemen database. " +"Agar layar manajemen database dapat bekerja, user PostgreSQL harus memilki " +"hak ``createdb``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -574,18 +645,22 @@ msgid "" "with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " "PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" +"User dapat selalu men-drop database yang mereka miliki. Agar layar manajemen" +" database sepenuhnya non-fungsional, user PostgreSQL harus dibuat dengan " +"``no-createdb`` dan database harus dimiliki oleh user PostgreSQL yang " +"berbeda." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "User PostgreSQL *tidak boleh* merupakan superuser" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "terhubung ke server PostgreSQL pada 192.168.1.2" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 msgid "port 5432" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port 5432" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," @@ -597,11 +672,11 @@ msgstr "dengan kata kunci 'pwd'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "memfilter hanya db dengan nama yang dimulai dengan 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL Di Antara Odoo dan PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -610,21 +685,28 @@ msgid "" "value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " "'verify-full'" msgstr "" +"Semenjak Odoo 11.0, Anda dapat memaksakan hubungan ssl antara Odoo dan " +"PostgreSQL. Di Odoo db_sslmode mengendalikan ssl security hubungan dengan " +"value yang dipilih antara 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-" +"ca' atau 'verify-full'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 msgid "" "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" msgstr "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 msgid "Builtin server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Builtin server" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " "multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" +"Odoo mengikutsertakan HTTP, cron, dan server live-chat bawaan, baik yang " +"menggunakan multi-threading atau multi-processing." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -635,6 +717,12 @@ msgid "" "cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " "make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" +"Server **multi-thread** adalah server lebih sederhana yang secara utama " +"digunakan untuk development, demonstrasi, dan karena kompatibilitanya dengan" +" beragam sistem operasi (termasuk Windows). Thread baru dibuat untuk setiap " +"permintaan HTTP baru, bahkan untuk hubungan yang bertahan lama seperti " +"websocket. Daemonic cron threads ekstra juga dibuat. Oleh karena batasan " +"Python (GIL), mereka tidak menggunakan hardware sebaik mungkin." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -642,6 +730,9 @@ msgid "" " It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " "option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" +"Server multi-thread adalah server default, juga untuk docker container. Ini " +"dipilih dengan tidak mengikutsertakan opsi :option:`--workers ` atau dengan menyetelnya ke ``0``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -654,67 +745,90 @@ msgid "" "spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " "kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" +"Server **multi-processing** adalah server lengkap yang secara utama " +"digunakan untuk production. Server ini tidak memiliki kekurangan limitasi " +"Python limitation (GIL) yang sama pada penggunaan sumber daya dan oleh " +"karena itu menggunakan hardware sebaik mungkin. Sekelompok worker dibuat " +"pada startup server. Permintaan HTTP baru diurutkan berdasarkan OS sampai " +"terdapat worker yang siap untuk memproses mereka. Event-driven HTTP worker " +"ekstra dibuat untuk live chat pada port alternatif. Cron worker ekstra juga " +"dibuat. Process reaper yang dapat dikonfigurasi memonitor penggunaan sumber " +"daya dan dapat mematikan/me-restart worker yang gagal." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 msgid "" "The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " ":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." msgstr "" +"Server multi-processing bersifat opsional. Server ini dipilih dengan " +"menyetel opsi :option:`--workers ` menjadi non-null " +"integer." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 msgid "" "Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " "server is not available on Windows." msgstr "" +"Karena sangat dapat dikustomisasi untuk server Linux, server multi-" +"processing tidak tersedia di Windows." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perhitungan jumlah worker" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peraturan praktis : (#CPU * 2) + 1" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cron worker membutuhkan CPU" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 worker ~= 6 user bersamaan" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perhitungan ukuran memori" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" +"Kami menghitung 20% permintaan adalah permintaan berat, sementara 80% adalah" +" permintaan sederhana" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" +"Worker berat, saat semua computed field dirancang baik, permintaan SQL " +"dirancang baik, ... diperkirakan mengonsumsi sekitar 1 GB RAM" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" +"Worker lebih ringan, di skenario yang sama, dihitung mengonsumsi sekitar " +"150MB RAM" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" +"RAM yang Dibutuhkan = #worker * ( (ratio_worker_ringan * " +"estimasi_ram_worker_ringan) + (ratio_worker_berat * " +"estimasi_ram_worker_berat) )" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 msgid "LiveChat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LiveChat" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -727,40 +841,50 @@ msgid "" " --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " "scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" +"Di multi-processing, worker LiveChat khusus secara otomatis dinyalakan dan " +"mendengarkan pada :option:`--gevent-port `. Secara " +"default, permintaan HTTP akan terus mengakses worker HTTP normal alih-alih " +"worker LiveChat. Anda harus deploy sebuah proxy di depan Odoo dan " +"mengalihkan ulang permintaan masuk yang mana path-nya dimulai dengan " +"``/websocket/`` ke worker LiveChat. Anda juga harus memulai Odoo di " +":option:`--proxy-mode ` supaya Odoo menggunakan " +"header asli klien (seperti hostname, scheme, dan IP) alih-alih milik proxy." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server dengan 4 CPU, 8 Thread" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 user bersamaan" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 user / 6 = 10 <- jumlah teoretis worker yang dibutuhkan" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- jumlah teoretis maksimal worker" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" +"Kita gunakan 8 worker + 1 untuk cron. Kita juga akan menggunakan sistem " +"monitoring untuk mengukur beban cpu, dan memerika apakah di antara 7 dan 7.5" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM untuk Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "di :ref:`file konfigurasi `:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -769,42 +893,51 @@ msgid "" "Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" +"Baik diakses melalui website/web client atau web service, Odoo mengirimkan " +"informasi autentikasi dalam cleartext. Ini berarti deployment aman dari Odoo" +" harus menggunakan HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination dapat " +"diimplementasikan melalui hampir semua SSL termination proxy, tapi " +"membutuhkan setup berikut:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" +"Aktifkan :option:`proxy mode ` Odoo. Ini seharusnya " +"hanya diaktifkan saat Odoo di belakang reverse proxy" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setup SSL termination proxy (contoh `Nginx termination`_)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setup proxying tersebut sendiri (contoh `Nginx proxying`_)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" +"SSL termination proxy Anda harus secara otomatis mengalihkan ulang hubungan " +"yang tidak aman ke port yang aman" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alihkan ulang permintaan http menjadi https" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permintaan proxy ke odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "di ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` tetapkan:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 msgid "HTTPS Hardening" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS Hardening" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -814,12 +947,19 @@ msgid "" "this domain at all times, otherwise your users will see security alerts or " "be entirely unable to access it." msgstr "" +"Menambahkan header `Strict-Transport-Security` ke semua permintaan, untuk " +"mencegah browser mengirimkan permintaan HTTP plain ke domain ini. Anda harus" +" selalu menjaga layanan HTTPS yang bekerja dengan sertifikat valid pada " +"domain ini, bila tidak, user-user Anda akan melihat peringatan keamanan atau" +" tidak dapat mengaksesnya sama sekali." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "" "Force HTTPS connections during a year for every visitor in NGINX with the " "line:" msgstr "" +"Semua pengunjung yang masuk melalui NGINX diarahkan secara paksa untuk " +"menggunakan koneksi HTTPS selama satu tahun:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -827,10 +967,13 @@ msgid "" "`Secure` flag can be added to ensure it is never transmitted over HTTP and " "`SameSite=Lax` to prevent authenticated `CSRF`_." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasi tambahan dapat didefinisikan untuk cookie `session_id`. Flag " +"`Secure` juga dapat ditambahkan untuk memastikan mereka tidak pernah dikirim" +" melalui HTTP dan `SameSite=Lax` untuk mencegah `CSRF`_ yang diautentikasi." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:386 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo sebagai Aplikasi WSGI" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -841,6 +984,12 @@ msgid "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " "configuration file." msgstr "" +"Odoo juga dapat di-mount sebagai aplikasi standar WSGI_. Odoo menyediakan " +"dasar untuk script launcher WSGI sebagai ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. Script " +"tersebut harus dikustomisasi (sebaiknya setelah menyalinnya langsung dari " +"direktori setup) untuk dengan tepat mengonfigurasinya langsung di " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` alih-alih melalui command-line atau file " +"konfigurasi." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -848,10 +997,13 @@ msgid "" "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" +"Namun server WSGI hanya akan mengekspos endpoint HTTP utama untuk web " +"client, website dan webservice API. Karena Odoo tidak mengontrol pembuatan " +"worker lagi Odoo tidak dapat setup cron atau livechat worker" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Cron Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cron Worker" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" @@ -861,6 +1013,11 @@ msgid "" "--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " "setting." msgstr "" +"Anda harus memulai salah satu server bawaan Odoo disamping server WSGI untuk" +" dapat memproses cron job. Server tersebut harus dikonfigurasi untuk hanya " +"memproses cron dan bukan permintaan HTTP menggunakan cli option " +":option:`--no-http ` atau pengaturan file konfigurasi " +"``http_enable = False``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "" @@ -870,6 +1027,11 @@ msgid "" "--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" " cli options." msgstr "" +"Pada sistem seperti Linux, disarankan untuk menggunakan server multi-" +"processing alih-alih multi-threading agar dapat memanfaatkan penggunaan " +"hardware yang lebih baik dan peningkatan stabilitas, misalnya, menggunakan " +"cli option :option:`--workers=-1 ` dan :option:`--max-" +"cron-threads=n `." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -880,6 +1042,13 @@ msgid "" "directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" " be used for all other requests." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan server WSGI yang gevent-compatible dibutuhkan untuk " +"pengoperasian fitur live chat yang tepat. Server tersebut harus dapat " +"menangani banyak hubungan serentak yang berumur panjang tapi tidak " +"membutuhkan banyak tenaga proses. Semua permintaan yang mana path-nya " +"dimulai dengan ``/websocket/`` harus dialihkan ke server tersebut. Server " +"WSGI reguler (berdasarkan thread/process) sebaiknya digunakan untuk " +"permintaan-permintaan lainnya." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -890,10 +1059,16 @@ msgid "" "--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " "` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" +"Cron server Odoo juga dapat digunakan untuk melayani permintaan live chat. " +"Cukup drop cli option :option:`--no-http ` dari cron " +"server dan pastikan permintaan yang path-nya dimulai dengan ``/websocket/`` " +"dialihkan ke server ini, baik pada :option:`--http-port ` (server multi-threading) atau pada :option:`--gevent-port ` (server multi-processing)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:429 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Melayani file statik dan lampiran" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -902,10 +1077,14 @@ msgid "" "performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " "server." msgstr "" +"Untuk kemudahan development, Odoo secara langsung melayani semua file statik" +" dan lampiran dalam modulnya. Ini mungkin tidak ideal bila mengenai " +"performa, dan file statik harus secara umum dilayani oleh server HTTP " +"static." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436 msgid "Serving static files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Melayani file statik" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" @@ -914,6 +1093,10 @@ msgid "" ":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" +"File statik Odoo berlokasi di setiap folder :file:`static/` module, maka " +"file statik dapat disajikan dengan mencegat semua permintaan ke " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, dan mencari modul (dan file) yang tepat di " +"beragam addon path." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 msgid "" @@ -923,12 +1106,20 @@ msgid "" ":file:`static/` folder and existing images are final (they do not fetch new " "resources by themselves). However, it is good practice." msgstr "" +"Disarankan untuk menetapkan header ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src " +"'none'`` pada semua gambar yang dikirim oleh web server. Ini tidak harus " +"dilakukan karena user tidak dapat memodifikasi/inject konten di dalam folder" +" :file:`static/` modul dan gambar yang ada bersifat final (mereka tidak " +"mengambil sumber daya baru secara sendiri). Namun, ini tetap merupakan " +"praktik yang baik. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:447 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following ``map`` and " "``location`` blocks should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan konfigurasi NGINX (https) di atas, blok ``map`` dan ``location``" +" di atas harusnya ditambahkan untuk menyajikan file statik melalui NGINX." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -936,10 +1127,12 @@ msgid "" "installation, specifically on your :option:`--addons-path `." msgstr "" +"Directive ``root`` dan ``try_files`` yang asli tergantung pada penginstalan " +"Anda, terutama pada :option:`--addons-path ` Anda." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:481 msgid "Debian package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian package" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -947,15 +1140,18 @@ msgid "" "Enterprise, and that the :option:`--addons-path ` is" " ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" +"Katakan Odoo telah diinstal melalui **debian packages** untuk Community dan " +"Enterprise, dan :option:`--addons-path ` adalah " +"``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:501 msgid "The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``root`` dan ``try_files`` harusnya adalah:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:494 msgid "Git sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Git source" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "" @@ -965,10 +1161,15 @@ msgid "" "path ` is " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" +"Katakan Odoo telah diinstal melalui **sources**, yang mana repositori git " +"Community dan Enterprise-nya diklon di :file:`/opt/odoo/community` dan " +":file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` sesuai urutan, dan :option:`--addons-path " +"` adalah " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:509 msgid "Serving attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menyajikan lampiran" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" @@ -977,6 +1178,11 @@ msgid "" "them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" +"Lampiran adalah file yang disimpan di filestore yang mana aksesnya " +"diregulasi oleh Odoo. Mereka tidak dapat diakses langsung melalui web server" +" statik karena mengakses mereka membutuhkan lebih dari satu lookup di " +"database untuk menentukan di mana file disimpan dan apakah user saat ini " +"dapat mengakses mereka atau tidak." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:516 msgid "" @@ -991,18 +1197,30 @@ msgid "" "--x-sendfile>` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " "X-Accel)." msgstr "" +"Kendati demikian, setelah file telah ditemukan dan hak akses diverifikasi " +"oleh Odoo, merupakan ide baik untuk menyajikan file menggunakan web server " +"statik alih-alih Odoo. Agar Odoo untuk mendelegasikan penyajian file ke web " +"server statik, extension `X-Sendfile `_ " +"(apache) atau `X-Accel " +"`_ " +"(nginx) harus diaktifkan dan dikonfigurasikan pada web server statik. " +"Setelah di setup, jalankan Odoo dengan CLI flag :option:`--x-sendfile ` (flag unik ini digunakan untuk X-Sendfile dan X-Accel)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:526 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" +"Extension X-Sendfile untuk apache (dan web server yang kompatibel) tidak " +"membutuhkan konfigurasi tambahan apapun." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:528 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" +"Extension X-Accel untuk NGINX **membutuhkan** konfigurasi tambahan berikut:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:537 msgid "" @@ -1012,6 +1230,11 @@ msgid "" "NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " "need." msgstr "" +"Apabila Anda tidak tahu path ke filestore Anda, nyalakan Odoo dengan opsi " +":option:`--x-sendfile ` dan navigasi ke URL " +"``/web/filestore`` langsung melalui Odoo (jangan menavigasi ke URL melalui " +"NGINX). Ini akan mencatat peringatan, pesannya akan memiliki konfigurasi " +"yang Anda butuhkan. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 msgid "Security" @@ -1023,6 +1246,9 @@ msgid "" "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" +"Untuk awal-awal, ingat bahwa mengamankan sistem informasi adalah proses yang" +" berkelanjutan, bukan operasi yang sekali-selesai. Kapan pun juga, Anda " +"hanya akan seaman rantai terlemah di environment Anda." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 msgid "" @@ -1033,12 +1259,20 @@ msgid "" "system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " "access control management, etc." msgstr "" +"Jadi tolong jangan ambil bagian pedoman ini sebagai daftar termutakhir " +"pengukuran keamanan yang akan mencegah semua masalah keamanan. Pedoman ini " +"hanya ditujukan sebagai ringkasan dari hal-hal pertama yang harus Anda " +"masukkan pada rencana keamanan Anda. Sisanya akan datang dengan praktek " +"keamanan yang baik untuk OS dan distribusi Anda, praktek terbaik dalam hal " +"user, password, dan manajemen kontrol akses, dsb. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:558 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" +"Saat men-deploy server yang menggunakan internet, mohon pertimbangkan topik-" +"topik terkait keamanan berikut:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" @@ -1046,6 +1280,9 @@ msgid "" "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" +"Selalu tetapkan password admin super-admin yang kuat, dan batasi akses ke " +"halaman-halaman manajemen database setelah sistem di-setup. Lihat " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:564 msgid "" @@ -1055,6 +1292,11 @@ msgid "" "*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " "databases." msgstr "" +"Pilih login yang unik dan password yang kuat untuk semua akun administrator " +"pada semua database. Jangan gunakan 'admin' sebagai login. Jangan gunakan " +"login tersebut untuk operasi keseharian, hanya untuk mengontrol/menangani " +"penginstalan. *Jangan pernah* menggunakan password default apapun seperti " +"admin/admin, bahkan untuk database test/staging." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" @@ -1062,6 +1304,10 @@ msgid "" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" +"**Jangan** menginstal data demo pada server yang menggunakan internet. " +"Database dengan data demo memiliki secara default login dan password yang " +"dapat digunakan untuk memasuki sistem Anda dan menghasilkan masalah yang " +"signifikan, bahkan pada sistem staging/dev." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" @@ -1072,6 +1318,12 @@ msgid "" "from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " "backend." msgstr "" +"Gunakan filter database yang sesuai ( :option:`--db-filter `) untuk membatasi visibilitas database Anda sesuai dengan nama host." +" Lihat :ref:`db_filter`. Anda juga mungkin ingin menggunakan :option:`-d " +"` untuk menyediakan daftar Anda sendiri untuk database yang " +"tersedia (yang dipisahkan koma) untuk difilter, alih-alih membiarkan sistem " +"mengambil mereka semua dari backend database." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:580 msgid "" @@ -1214,11 +1466,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:667 msgid "Failed login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Login gagal:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:671 msgid "Successful login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Login berhasil::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:676 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 9afb3aeba..0a44f3650 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Abe Manyo, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Abe Manyo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -7708,7 +7708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 59ed92c67..e4b960e97 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:380 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:442 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:401 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:463 msgid "Mac OS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mac OS" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -7679,7 +7679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 msgid "You can either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "いずれかが可能です:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:232 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 58e94769c..1e3a46abd 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ # Norimichi Sugimoto , 2023 # Tim Siu Lai , 2023 # Noma Yuki, 2023 -# Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Junko Augias, 2024 +# Ryoko Tsuda , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Ryoko Tsuda , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "取引明細書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "バランスシート" +msgstr "貸借対照表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 @@ -34041,12 +34041,6 @@ msgid "" "platform. You only need to do it once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index e109ba514..4da6b0942 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -4319,6 +4319,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4809,6 +4810,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 9b5ccccc5..569712d2f 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Andy Yiu, 2023 # 江口和志 , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -741,165 +741,173 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -1330,6 +1338,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" @@ -2521,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "トラブルシューティング" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 msgid "IoT box connection" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b339edf28..060e6a9fc 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1033,11 +1033,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "パイプラインを整理" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注案件を管理" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1046,10 +1046,11 @@ msgid "" "the reason why an opportunity was lost provides additional insight that can " "prove useful for future opportunities." msgstr "" +"全ての案件がセールスにつながるわけではありません。パイプラインを最新の状態に保つためには、失注案件を特定する必要があります。案件の失注理由を特定することで、将来の案件に役立つ追加的な洞察が得られます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リードを失注としてマーク" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1057,17 +1058,18 @@ msgid "" "select a lead from the pipeline, by clicking on its corresponding kanban " "card. Doing so reveals that lead's detail form." msgstr "" +"リードを失注とマークするには、:menuselection:`CRM`アプリケーションを開き、パイプラインからリードを選択し、対応するかんばんカードをクリックします。そうすると、そのリードの詳細フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Lost`, located at the top of the lead's detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、リードの詳細フォームの上部にある :guilabel:`失注` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "" "Buttons from the top of an opportunity record with the lost button " "emphasized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注ボタンが強調された案件レコードの上部からのボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1076,22 +1078,25 @@ msgid "" " by entering it into the :guilabel:`Lost Reason` field, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"これで :guilabel:`失注理由` ポップアップが開きます。ドロップダウンから既存の失注理由を選択します。該当する理由がない場合は、 " +":guilabel:`失注理由` フィールドに入力し、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックして新しい理由を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:25 msgid "" "Additional notes and comments can be added below the lost reason designated " "in the :guilabel:`Lost Reason` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`失注理由`フィールドで指定された失注理由の下に、追加のメモやコメントを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:28 msgid "" "When all the desired information has been entered in the :guilabel:`Lost " "Reason` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" +"全ての必要な情報が :guilabel:`失注理由` ポップアップウィンドウに入力されたら、 :guilabel:`送信` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Lost reasons popup with sample reasons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注理由のポップアップに理由のサンプルが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1099,16 +1104,19 @@ msgid "" "returns to the lead detail form, where a new red :guilabel:`Lost` banner is " "now present in the upper-right corner of the lead." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`送信`をクリックすると、ポップアップウィンドウは消え、Odooはリードの詳細フォームに戻ります。そこでは新しい赤い:guilabel:`失注`バナーがリードの右上隅に表示されるようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "Create/edit lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注理由の作成/編集" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new lost reason, or edit an existing one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" +"新しい失注理由を作成、または既存の失注理由を編集するには、 :menuselection:`CRM アプリ --> 設定 --> " +"失注理由`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -1118,6 +1126,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` field. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` in the " "upper-left corner." msgstr "" +"既存の理由を編集するには、修正する理由をクリックして下さい。クリックするとその理由がハイライトされます。ハイライトされたら、 " +":guilabel:`説明` フィールドを編集して、選択した失注理由の説明を変更します。編集が終わったら、左上の :guilabel:`Save` " +"をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1126,10 +1137,13 @@ msgid "" "line in the :guilabel:`Description` field. Then, proceed to type in the new " "lost reason in that new line. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"新しい失注理由を作成するには、 :guilabel:`失注理由` ページの左上にある :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。そうすると " +":guilabel:`説明` フィールドに新しい空白行が現れます。そして、その新しい行に新しい失注理由を入力して下さい。準備ができたら " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:54 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注案件を取戻す" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1137,10 +1151,12 @@ msgid "" "app` to the main :guilabel:`Pipeline` dashboard. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menu, located beneath the search bar." msgstr "" +"Odoo *CRM*で失注案件を取戻すには、 :menuselection:`CRMアプリ` を開き、メインの :guilabel:`パイプライン` " +"ダッシュボードに移動します。次に、検索バーの下にある :guilabel:`Filters` ドロップダウンメニューをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Search bar with lost filter emphasized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注フィルタが強調された検索バー。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1148,6 +1164,9 @@ msgid "" "option. Upon selecting :guilabel:`Lost`, only the leads that have been " "marked as `Lost` appear on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` page." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`フィルタ` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`失注` " +"オプションを選択します。guilabel:`失注`を選択すると、`失注`とマークされたリードだけが :guilabel:`パイプライン` " +"ページに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1155,6 +1174,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Add Custom Filter`. Doing so reveals another drop-down menu with three " "fields." msgstr "" +"特定の失注理由でリードをフィルタするには、 :menuselection:`フィルタ --> カスタムフィルタの追加` " +"を選択します。すると、3つのフィールドを持つ別のドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1165,14 +1186,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply`, Odoo reveals all the lost leads with a reason that " "contains that specified keyword(s)." msgstr "" +"一番上のドロップダウンメニューで :guilabel:`失注理由` " +"を選択します。2番目のフィールドのドロップダウンメニューで、:guilabel:`含む`を選択する。次に、:guilabel:`カスタムフィールドを追加`サブメニューの3番目のフィールドに、特定のキーワードを入力します。最後に" +" :guilabel:`適用` " +"をクリックします。guilabel:`適用`をクリックすると、Odooは指定したキーワードを含む理由を持つ失注リードを全て表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Search bar with custom filter added for lost reason." -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注理由に追加されたカスタムフィルタつきの検索バー。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:81 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "失注案件を回復する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1181,12 +1206,15 @@ msgid "" " select the :guilabel:`Lost` option. Doing so reveals all the lost " "opportunities on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` page." msgstr "" +"失注案件を復元するには、*CRM*アプリのメイン :guilabel:`パイプライン` ダッシュボードに移動し、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` " +"ドロップダウンメニューを開き、 :guilabel:`失注` オプションを選択します。そうすると、 :guilabel:`パイプライン` " +"ページにあるすべての失注案件が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, click on the kanban card of the desired lost opportunity to restore, " "which opens that lead's detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、復元したい失注案件のかんばんカードをクリックすると、そのリードの詳細フォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1194,14 +1222,16 @@ msgid "" "left corner. Doing so removes the red :guilabel:`Lost` banner from the lead " "form, signifying the lead has been restored." msgstr "" +"失注リードの詳細フォームから、左上の :guilabel:`復元` をクリックします。そうすることで、リードフォームから赤い " +":guilabel:`失注` バナーが消え、リードが復元されたことを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Lost opportunity with emphasis on the Restore button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "復元ボタンを強調した失注案件" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:98 msgid "Restore multiple opportunities at once" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一度に複数の案件を復元する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1209,6 +1239,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pipeline` dashboard in the *CRM* app, open the " ":guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menu, and select the :guilabel:`Lost` option." msgstr "" +"複数の案件を一度に復元するには、*CRM*アプリのメイン :guilabel:`パイプライン` ダッシュボードに移動し、 " +":guilabel:`フィルタ` ドロップダウンメニューを開き、 :guilabel:`失注` オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1218,6 +1250,8 @@ msgid "" " chosen, select the checkbox to the left of each desired opportunity/lead to" " be restored." msgstr "" +"これは、右上隅にある三本線の :guilabel:`☰(リスト)` アイコンで表されています。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`パイプライン` " +"ページにある全てのリードがリスト形式で表示されます。リストフォームを選択した状態で、復元したい各案件/リードの左側にあるチェックボックスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -1226,6 +1260,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pipeline` page. From the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" +"希望する案件/リードが選択されたら、 :guilabel:`パイプライン`ページの上部にある :guilabel:`⚙️ アクション(歯車)` " +"ドロップダウンメニューをクリックします。guilabel:`⚙️ アクション (歯車)` ドロップダウンメニューから " +":guilabel:`アーカイブ解除` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1234,34 +1271,38 @@ msgid "" "criteria. To reveal these newly-restored leads, delete the `Lost` filter " "from the search bar." msgstr "" +"そうすることで、選択された失注案件が、もはや `失注` フィルタの条件に当てはまらないため、 :guilabel:`パイプライン` " +"ページから削除されます。新たに復元されたリードを表示するには、検索バーから `失注` フィルタを削除します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Action button from list view with the Unarchive option emphasized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "アーカイブ解除オプションが強調されたリストビューのアクションボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数の販売チーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" " channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数の販売チーム、部門、チャネルを管理するには、それぞれ独自の販売プロセスを持つ*販売チーム*機能を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新しい販売チームを作成" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" "To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"新しい販売チームを作成するには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 販売チーム` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1271,6 +1312,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " ":guilabel:`Followers Only`." msgstr "" +"作成ページで、 :guilabel:`Eメールエイリアス` " +"を設定し、その一意のメールアドレスにメッセージが送信されるたびに、この販売チームのリード/案件を自動的に生成します。guilabel:`全員`、:guilabel:`認証済取引先`、" +" :guilabel:`フォロワのみ`のいずれからのメールを受付けるかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1279,14 +1323,15 @@ msgid "" "this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " "campaign." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`請求書発行目標`を設定することで、このチームに特定の月次収益目標を設定することができます。guilabel:`ドメイン`を設定して、国、言語、キャンペーンなどの特定のフィルタに基づいてリード/案件をこの営業チームに割り当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OdooCRMで販売チームを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売チームにメンバを追加する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1296,10 +1341,12 @@ msgid "" " that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " "they do not overwork." msgstr "" +"チームメンバを追加するには、販売チームの設定ページを編集する際に :guilabel:`メンバ` タブの下にある :guilabel:`追加` " +"をクリックします。ドロップダウンメニューから販売担当者を選択するか、新規販売担当者を作成します。販売担当者が超過労働を防ぐために、30日間にこの販売担当者に割当てられるリードの最大数を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OdooCRMに販売担当者を追加する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1307,10 +1354,12 @@ msgid "" "multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" " need to." msgstr "" +"1人の担当者をチームメンバまたは :guilabel:`チームリーダー` " +"として複数の販売チームに追加し、必要なパイプライン全てにアクセスできるようにすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売チームダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1318,17 +1367,19 @@ msgid "" "Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " "tiles." msgstr "" +"販売チームダッシュボードを表示するには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 販売 --> " +"チーム`にアクセスして下さい。Odooユーザは自分が所属しているチームがダッシュボードのタイルとして表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 msgid "" "Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " "quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " "new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各タイルには、販売チームのオープン案件、見積、販売オーダ、見込売上の概要、週ごとの新規案件の棒グラフ、請求書の進捗バーが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OdooCRMでの販売チーム概要ダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1337,26 +1388,27 @@ msgid "" "opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " "configuration page." msgstr "" +"タイルの隅にある3つの点をクリックすると、ナビゲーションメニューが表示され、ドキュメントやレポートをすばやく表示したり、新しい見積や案件を作成したり、このチームの色を選んだり、チームの設定ページにアクセスしたりすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " "opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo CRMダッシュボードの3ドットメニューをクリックすると、ドキュメントを閲覧したり、案件を作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " "pipeline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`パイプライン`ボタンをクリックすると、そのチームのCRMパイプラインに直接移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リードの割当と追跡" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "予測リードスコアリングによるリードの割当" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1366,22 +1418,24 @@ msgid "" "are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to " "the appropriate salespeople." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"*CRM*アプリはリード/案件を自動的に販売チームや販売担当者に割当てることができます。標準的なプラクティスは、各リードの獲得確率に基づいてリードを割当てることです。企業は適切な販売担当者にリードを迅速に割当てることで、取引成功の可能性が高いリードに優先順位をつけることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo automatically calculates the probability of winning each lead using a " "method called *predictive lead scoring*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは*予測リードスコアリング*と呼ばれる方法で、各リードが獲得できる確率を自動的に計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "Predictive lead scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "予測リードスコアリング" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16 msgid "" "Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical " "data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リードスコアリングは、Odoo *CRM*の履歴データを使用して、オープンリード/案件をスコアリングする機械学習モデルです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1390,18 +1444,19 @@ msgid "" "this data to predict the probability of winning each new lead or " "opportunity." msgstr "" +"企業がCRMパイプラインを通して案件を処理する際、Odooは案件の成約と失注に関するデータを収集します。予測リードスコアリングはこのデータを使って、各新規リードや案件の成約確率を予測します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 msgid "" "The more opportunities that are sent through the CRM pipeline, the more data" " Odoo collects, resulting in more accurate probabilities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRMパイプラインに送られる案件が多ければ多いほど、Odooはより多くのデータを収集し、より正確な確率を得ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" "Specifically, Odoo's predictive lead scoring uses the *naive Bayes* " "probability model:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "具体的には、Odooの予測リードスコアリングは*単純ベイズ*確率モデルを使用しています:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1410,30 +1465,34 @@ msgid "" "\\end{equation}\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"\\begin{equation}\n" +"P(A | B) = \\frac{P(A) \\times P(B | A)}{P(B)}\n" +"\\end{equation}\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "The probability of success of each opportunity is displayed on the " "opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses" " through the CRM pipeline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各案件の成功確率は、案件フォームに表示され、案件がCRMパイプラインを進むにつれて自動的に更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "案件フォームに表示される成功確率。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "" "When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success " "automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "案件が次のステージに進むと、その成功確率は予測リードスコアリングアルゴリズムに従って自動的に上昇します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:46 msgid "" "Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo *CRM*. However, the " "variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in " "the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リードスコアリングはOdoo *CRM*で常に有効です。ただし、成約確率の計算に使用する変数は設定でカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1442,59 +1501,61 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update " "Probabilities` button." msgstr "" +"予測リードスコアリングで使用する変数をカスタマイズするには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`に進みます。guilabel:`予測リードスコアリング`の下にある、:guilabel:`確立を更新`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive " "lead scoring feature will take into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、ドロップダウンメニューをクリックして、予測リードスコアリング機能が考慮する変数を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "" "The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "予測リードスコアリング設定の更新確率ウィンドー。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60 msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下の変数はいくつでも有効にできます:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity " "originates" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`州・都道府県`: 案件が発生した地理的な州・都道府県。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity " "originates" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`国`: 案件が発生した地理的な国。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the " "opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`電話品質`: 案件に電話番号が記載されているかどうか。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the" " opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメール品質`: 案件にEメールアドレスが記載されているかどうか。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social" " media)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ソース`: 案件の発生源(検索エンジンやソーシャルメディアなど)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`言語`: 案件で指定された対話言語" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`タグ`: 案件に付けられたタグ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1504,6 +1565,8 @@ msgid "" "takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional " "variables are selected." msgstr "" +"変数 `ステージ` と `チーム` は常に有効です。 `Stage` は、案件が CRM " +"のパイプラインステージにあることを意味します。`チーム`は、案件に割当てられた販売チームを意味します。予測リードスコアリングは、どのオプション変数が選択されているかに関わらず、常にこの2つの変数を考慮します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1511,20 +1574,22 @@ msgid "" "created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring " "will begin its calculations." msgstr "" +"次に、オプション " +":guilabel:`以下の時点で作成されたリードを考慮する:`の隣にある日付フィールドをクリックし、予測リードスコアリングの計算を開始する日付を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`確認` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 msgid "Change the probability manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動で確立を変更します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84 msgid "" "An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the " "opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "案件の成功確率は、案件フォームで手動で変更できます。確率の数字をクリックして編集します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1532,22 +1597,23 @@ msgid "" "for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as" " the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" +"確率を手動で変更すると、その案件に対する確率の自動更新が削除されます。案件がパイプラインの各ステージに移動すると、確率は自動的に更新されなくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92 msgid "" "To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the " "probability percentage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自動確率を再び有効にするには、確率のパーセンテージの隣にある歯車のアイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "" "The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity " "form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "歯車のアイコンは、案件フォームの自動確率を再有効化するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:99 msgid "Assign leads based on probability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "確率に基づいてリードを割当てる" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1556,16 +1622,20 @@ msgid "" "probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in" " deals." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"*CRM*は、指定された規則に基づいてリード/案件を販売チームや販売担当者に割当てることができます。リードの成功確率に基づいて割当て規則を作成し、成約につながる可能性の高いリードを優先的に割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106 msgid "Configure rule-based assignment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "規則ベースの割当てを設定します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108 msgid "" "To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." msgstr "" +"*ルールに基づいた割当*を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に移動し、 " +":guilabel:`ルールに基づいた割当`を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1574,6 +1644,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the " "assignment according to the chosen time period." msgstr "" +"ルールに基づいた割当機能は :guilabel:`手動`(Odooユーザが手動で割当を開始)、または " +":guilabel:`繰返し`(選択した期間に従って自動的に割当を開始)に設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1581,10 +1653,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the" " automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section." msgstr "" +"リードの自動割当てを設定するには、:guilabel:`実行中`セクションで:guilabel:`繰返し`を選択します。次に " +":guilabel:`以下ごとに繰返` セクションで、Odooが自動割当てをトリガする頻度をカスタマイズします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM設定のルールに基づいた割当て設定。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -1593,10 +1667,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the " ":guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)." msgstr "" +"ルールに基づいた割当てが :guilabel:`繰返し` 実行されるように設定されている場合でも、 :guilabel:`ルールに基づいた割当て` " +"設定にある円形の矢印アイコンを使って(または営業チーム設定ページの :guilabel:`リードの割当` " +"ボタンを使って)手動で割当をトリガすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128 msgid "Configure assignment rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "割当てルール設定する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -1605,6 +1682,8 @@ msgid "" " To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales" " Teams`, and select a sales team." msgstr "" +"次に、販売チームや販売担当者ごとに*割当ルール*を設定します。これらのルールはOdooがどのリードをどの担当者に割当るかを決定します。まずは " +":menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 販売チーム` に移動し、販売チームを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -1614,6 +1693,8 @@ msgid "" "anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of " "rules can be added." msgstr "" +"販売チーム設定フォームの :guilabel:`割当ルール` の下にある :guilabel:`ドメインの編集` " +"をクリックして、この営業チームのリード割当てを決定するためにOdooが使用するルールを設定します。ルールはこの会社やチームに関連するものであれば何でも設定でき、いくつでも追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -1621,6 +1702,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another " "line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`フィルタを追加`をクリックして割当ルールの作成を開始します。割当ルールの右にある :guilabel:`+` " +"記号をクリックすると、もう一行追加されます。行を削除するには :guilabel:`x` 記号をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -1628,6 +1711,7 @@ msgid "" "success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, " "and select :guilabel:`Probability`." msgstr "" +"案件の成功確率に基づいて割当ルールを作成するには、割当ルール行の左端のドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、:guilabel:`確度`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -1635,12 +1719,13 @@ msgid "" "likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal " "to*, or *less than or equal to*." msgstr "" +"真ん中のドロップダウンメニューから、必要な方程式の記号を選択します。ほとんどの場合、*が次より大きい*、*が次より小さい*、*が次以上*、または*が次以下*の記号です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149 msgid "" "In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "右端のスペースに、希望する確度の数値を入力します。最後に :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -1648,12 +1733,14 @@ msgid "" "have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain`" " line that reads: `Probability >= 20`." msgstr "" +"販売チームが成約確度20%以上のリードを受け取るように割当ルールを設定するには、 :guilabel:`ドメイン`行を作成して下さい:`確度 >= " +"20`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:0 msgid "" "Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty " "percent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売チームのドメインは20％以上の確度に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -1662,6 +1749,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click" " :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"個々のチームメンバに対して個別の割当ルールを設定することもできます。販売チームの設定ページから、 :guilabel:`メンバ` " +"タブでチームメンバをクリックし、 :guilabel:`ドメイン` セクションを編集します。guilabel:`保存`をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1672,6 +1761,8 @@ msgid "" "feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or" " salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." msgstr "" +"設定でリードの自動割当が設定されている場合、販売チームと個々のチームメンバの両方に :guilabel:`自動割当をスキップする` " +"オプションがあります。このボックスにチェックを入れると、Odooのルールベースの割当機能により、特定の販売チームまたは販売担当者にリードが自動割当されなくなります。guilabel:`自動割当をスキップ`が有効になっている場合でも、販売チームまたは販売担当者は手動でリードを割当られます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -1680,46 +1771,49 @@ msgid "" "assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's " "specified domain." msgstr "" +"この販売チームに手動でリードを割当るには、販売チーム設定ページの上部にある :guilabel:`リードを割当` " +"ボタンをクリックして下さい。これにより、現在未割当で、このチームの指定ドメインに一致するリードが割当られます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "見込客の訪問を追跡" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェブサイトページを追跡することで、ウェブサイト訪問者の興味についてより多くの情報を得ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "もし彼らがウェブサイトのコンタクトフォームを使用した場合、彼らが訪問した全てのトラッキングされたページが、リード/案件に記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"この機能を使用するには、*Apps*ページの下に無料のモジュール*リードスコアリング*をインストールして下さい(Odoo企業版でのみ使用可能)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェブページを追跡" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " "*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェブサイト上の追跡したい静的ページにアクセスすると、*プロモート*タブの下に*SEOの最適化*があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そこに、このページを追跡するための*追跡ページ*チェックボックスがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リード/案件内で訪問されたページを見る" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1728,22 +1822,23 @@ msgid "" "the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " "button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." msgstr "" +"コンタクトフォームからリードが作成されるたびに、その訪問者が閲覧したページが記録されます。これらのページを見るには2つの方法があります。リード/案件の右上に*ページビュー*ボタンが表示され、さらにその下にあるチャターにも表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どちらも、閲覧者がウェブサイトに戻ってきて、さらに多くのページを訪れた場合に更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この機能は、チャターで同じページを何度も繰返し表示することはありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客は、もはやあなたから何も隠すことはできません！" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" @@ -1756,20 +1851,22 @@ msgid "" " Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time" " statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." msgstr "" +"**OdooPOS**で店舗やレストランを簡単に経営しましょう。このアプリはウェブブラウザがあればどのデバイスでも動作し、一時的にオフラインの状態でもご利用頂けます。プロダクトの移動は自動的に在庫に登録され、リアルタイムの統計を取得し、データは全ての店舗で統合されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: POSチュートリアル `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`IoTボックスドキュメンテーション`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "セッションを開始" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1778,6 +1875,8 @@ msgid "" "start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is" " already opened." msgstr "" +"POSダッシュボード**から、 :guilabel:`新規セッション`をクリックし、 :guilabel:`キャッシュコントロールを開く`画面で、 " +":guilabel:`セッションを開く`をクリックしてPOSセッションを開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1785,10 +1884,11 @@ msgid "" "same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once " "on the same browser." msgstr "" +":doc:`複数のユーザ`が同時に同じセッションにログインすることができます。ただし、同じブラウザ上でセッションを開くことができるのは一度だけです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 msgid "Sell products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトの販売" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1797,6 +1897,8 @@ msgid "" " **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively " ":guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." msgstr "" +"プロダクトをクリックしてカートに入れます。**数量**を変更するには、:guilabel:`数量`をクリックし、キーパッドでプロダクト数を入力して下さい。**値引**を追加したり、プロダクトの**価格**を変更するには、それぞれ" +" :guilabel:`% 値引` または :guilabel:`価格` をクリックし、金額を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1805,24 +1907,26 @@ msgid "" "amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move " "on to the next customer." msgstr "" +"オーダが完了したら、 :guilabel:`支払` をクリックしてチェックアウトに進みます。**支払方法**を選択し、受取った金額を入力して " +":guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。guilabel:`新規オーダ`をクリックし、次の顧客へ進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "POS session interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSセッションインターフェイス" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." -msgstr "" +msgstr "キーボードの `,` と `.` は小数点の区切り文字として使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 msgid "" "**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a " "payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法を選択せずに金額を入力した場合、デフォルトで**現金**が選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 msgid "Set customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客の設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1831,6 +1935,9 @@ msgid "" "apply the :doc:`attributed pricelist `, or" " :ref:`generate and print an invoice `." msgstr "" +"顧客を登録することは、 :doc:`ロイヤルティポイントを回収して特典を与える`、 " +":doc:`属性付き価格表を自動的に適用する`、または " +":ref:`請求書を生成して印刷する` ために必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1840,6 +1947,9 @@ msgid "" " to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Customers` and clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Then, fill in the information and save." msgstr "" +"顧客は :ref:`POSセッションを開く ` から :menuselection:`顧客 --> 作成` " +"をクリックし、連絡先情報を入力することで作成できます。また、バックエンドから :menuselection:`POS --> オーダ --> 顧客` " +"に行き、 :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして顧客を作成することもできます。その後、情報を入力して保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1847,10 +1957,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer` on the POS interface. You can also set a customer at " "the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" +"オーダ中に顧客を設定するには、POSインターフェースの :guilabel:`顧客` をクリックして顧客リストにアクセスします。また、支払画面で " +":guilabel:`顧客` をクリックして顧客を設定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:71 msgid "Customer notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客メモ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1859,6 +1971,8 @@ msgid "" "and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular" " request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." msgstr "" +"ref:`POSセッション`から直接、特定のプロダクトに関する**顧客メモ**を追加することができます。例えば、クリーニングやメンテナンスのヒントを提供するためです。また、プロダクトを組み立ててほしくないなど、顧客の特別な要望を追跡するために使用することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1866,74 +1980,80 @@ msgid "" "Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for " "the note." msgstr "" +"そのためには、プロダクトを選択し、パッドの :guilabel:`顧客メモ` " +"をクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウが開き、メモの内容を追加または変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:81 msgid "" "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` " "are displayed identically in the cart." msgstr "" +"doc:`インポート済販売オーダ ` " +"のプロダクトメモは、カート内で同じように表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客メモボタンとカート内のプロダクトのメモ(販売オーダとPOSセッション)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:87 msgid "" "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how " "they appear in the cart, under the related product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客メモは、カート内の関連プロダクトの下に表示されるのと同様に、顧客の領収書や請求書に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダからのメモと顧客メモ機能による顧客レシート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:96 msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトの返品と返金" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:98 msgid "To return and refund a product," -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトを返品・返金するには" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100 msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`POSダッシュボード**からセッション`を開始します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:101 msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`返金`をクリックし、該当するオーダを選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:102 msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "キーパッドで返金するプロダクトと数量を選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:103 msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`返金`をクリックすると前の画面に戻ります;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:104 msgid "" "once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the " "refund;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダが完了したら、:guilabel:`支払`をクリックして返金に進みます;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:105 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next " "customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`検証` と :guilabel:`新規オーダ` をクリックして次の顧客に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "refund view from a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSからの返金ビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:111 msgid "" "You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, " ":guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." msgstr "" +"検索バーを使って、 :guilabel:`領収書番号`、 :guilabel:`日付`、 :guilabel:`顧客` " +"で**オーダリスト**をフィルタリングすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1942,10 +2062,11 @@ msgid "" " products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by " "the quantity of returned products." msgstr "" +"また、オープンセッションから返品されたプロダクトを選択し、返品されたプロダクトの数と等しいマイナスの数量を設定することで、プロダクトを返金することもできます。そのためには、:guilabel:`数量`と:guilabel:`+/-`の後に返品プロダクトの数量をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:120 msgid "Close the POS session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSセッションをクローズ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1957,11 +2078,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:126 msgid "" "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "セッション中に行われたオーダの数と合計金額;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:127 msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法ごとにグループ化された見込金額。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -1972,16 +2093,19 @@ msgid "" " amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money " "Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." msgstr "" +"このウィンドウを閉じる前に、電卓アイコンを使用して現金を数えます。そうするとポップアップウィンドウが開き、手動で数えて追加した硬貨と紙幣に応じて、レジ引出しの合計金額を計算します。その後、" +" :guilabel:`確認`または :guilabel:`破棄`をクリックしてウィンドウを閉じます。計算された金額は " +":guilabel:`カウント済` カラムに設定され、 :guilabel:`お金詳細` は **メモ** セクションに指定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "How to close a POS session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSセッション終了方法" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:138 msgid "" "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` " "to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "金額の確認が終わったら、:guilabel:`セッションを終了`をクリックして閉じ、**POSダッシュボード**に戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -1995,21 +2119,23 @@ msgid "" " expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click " ":guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." msgstr "" +"設定によっては、見込現金収入とカウントされた現金が等しい場合のみ、セッションを閉じることができます。いずれにせよセッションを終了するには、 " +":guilabel:`支払差額` 画面の :guilabel:`OK`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:149 msgid "" "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一日の終わりにPOSセッションを終了することを強くお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:150 msgid "" "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " "--> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "過去の全てのセッションを見るには、 :menuselection:`POS --> オーダ --> セッション`にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 msgid "Access POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS設定にアクセス" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2017,10 +2143,12 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the " ":guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." msgstr "" +"一般的なPOS設定にアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。次に、 " +":guilabel:`POS`フィールドのドロップダウンメニューを開き、設定するPOSを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アプリの設定でPOSを選択するドロップダウンメニュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2028,6 +2156,7 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Administration` set " "as :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" +"これらの設定は :doc:`アクセス権 ` :guilabel:`管理`を :guilabel:`管理設定`に設定したユーザが利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2035,23 +2164,24 @@ msgid "" "vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a " "popup window, from which you can:" msgstr "" +"ダッシュボードからPOSカードの縦長の省略記号ボタン(:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE`)をクリックして、いくつかの設定を行うこともできます。そうするとポップアップウィンドウが開き、以下のことができます:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`複数の従業員がログインできるようにする `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 msgid "" ":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`IoTボックスの接続と設定<../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ePOSプリンタの接続と設定`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSでのクイック設定へアクセスするポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2059,10 +2189,11 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as" " :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" +"これらの設定は、 :doc:`アクセス権 ` :guilabel:`POS` を :guilabel:`管理者` に設定したユーザが利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 msgid "Make products available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトを利用可能にする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2070,14 +2201,16 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In " "the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトを販売可能にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に進み、プロダクトを選択してプロダクトフォームを開きます。guilabel:`販売` タブで :guilabel:`POSで利用可能` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "Making a product available in your POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSでプロダクトを利用可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ePOSプリンタ用自己署名証明書" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2085,6 +2218,7 @@ msgid "" "Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling " "the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." msgstr "" +"ePOSプリンタは、POSシステムとシームレスに動作するように設計されています。一旦接続されると、2つのデバイスは自動的に情報を共有し、POSシステムからePOSプリンタへのチケットの直接印刷を可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2092,70 +2226,72 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/community/index.php?content_id=91>`_ are compatible with " "Odoo:" msgstr "" +"これらの `Epson ePOSプリンタ `_ はOdooと互換性があります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-H6000IV-DT (領収書プリンタのみ)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 msgid "TM-T70II-DT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T70II-DT" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 msgid "TM-T88V-DT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T88V-DT" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 msgid "TM-L90-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-L90-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 msgid "TM-T20II-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T20II-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 msgid "TM-T70-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T70-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 msgid "TM-T82II-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T82II-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 msgid "TM-T83II-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T83II-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 msgid "TM-T88V-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T88V-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 msgid "TM-U220-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-U220-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 msgid "TM-m10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-m10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 msgid "TM-m30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-m30" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2168,6 +2304,9 @@ msgid "" "allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " "long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" +"Odooで動作するために、:doc:`IoTボックス<../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`なしで使用できる一部のモデルでは、ブラウザとプリンタ間の安全な接続を確立するために:doc:`HTTPSプロトコル`が必要になる場合があります。しかし、HTTPSを使用してプリンタのIPアドレスに到達しようとすると、ほとんどのウェブブラウザで警告ページが表示されます。この場合、一時的に" +" :ref:`接続を強制 ` " +"を実行することで、ブラウザウィンドウが開いている間はHTTPSでページにアクセスし、OdooでePOSプリンタを使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2175,16 +2314,18 @@ msgid "" "method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the" " :ref:`following instructions `." msgstr "" +"ブラウザウィンドウを閉じると接続は失われます。そのため、このメソッドは**回避策**として、または :ref:`指示に従う " +"` の前提条件としてのみ使用して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自己署名証明書の生成、エクスポート、インポート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 msgid "" "For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. " "Then, export and import it into your browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "長期的な解決策としては、**自己署名証明書**を生成する必要があります。そして、それをエクスポートしてブラウザにインポートします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2192,15 +2333,16 @@ msgid "" "create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS " "access." msgstr "" +"**SSL証明書の生成は一度だけ行って下さい。別の証明書を作成すると、前の証明書を使用しているデバイスはHTTPSアクセスを失うことになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自己署名証明書の生成" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 @@ -2209,15 +2351,17 @@ msgid "" "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " "[IP address] (unsafe)`." msgstr "" +"ePOSのIPアドレス(例えば`https://192.168.1.25`)に移動し、 :guilabel:`詳細`と :guilabel:` " +"[IPアドレス] (安全でない)へプロセス`をクリックして強制的に接続します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chromeの接続プライバシーに関する警告ページ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chrome, Windows 10の警告ページ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 @@ -2226,6 +2370,8 @@ msgid "" "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " "printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." msgstr "" +"次に、プリンタの認証情報を使用してサインインし、ePOSプリンタ設定にアクセスします。サインインするには、 :guilabel:`ID` フィールドに " +"`epson` と入力し、 :guilabel:`パスワード` フィールドにプリンタのシリアル番号を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 @@ -2238,6 +2384,10 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " "printer." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`認証` セクションの :guilabel:`証明書リスト` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックして新しい " +"**自己署名証明書** " +"を生成します。guilabel:`共通名`は自動的に入力されるはずです。そうでない場合は、プリンタのIPアドレス番号を入力します。guilabel:`有効期間`フィールドで証明書の有効期間を選択し、" +" :guilabel:`作成` をクリックして :guilabel:`リセット` または手動でプリンタを再起動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 @@ -2247,11 +2397,13 @@ msgid "" "**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server " "Certificate` section." msgstr "" +"自己署名証明書が生成されます。ページをリロードし、 :guilabel:`セキュリティ` セクションの :guilabel:`SSL/TLS` " +"をクリックして、 :guilabel:`サーバ証明書` セクションで **自己署名証明書** が正しく選択されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自己署名証明書のエクスポート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 @@ -2262,101 +2414,104 @@ msgid "" "Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed " "certificate tab**." msgstr "" +"エクスポートプロセスは :abbr:`OS (オペレーティングシステム)` " +"とブラウザに大きく依存します。まず、ウェブブラウザでePOSプリンタの設定にアクセスし、IPアドレス(例：`https://192.168.1.25`)に移動します。次に、**自己署名証明書を生成するタブ**で説明したように、強制的に接続します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "もし **Googleクローム**を使用している場合、" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "検索バーの横にある :guilabel:`安全ではない` と :guilabel:`証明書が有効ではありません` をクリックして下さい;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chromeブラウザで、プリンタへの接続が安全でないボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`詳細`タブを開き、:guilabel:`エキスポート`をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ファイル名の末尾に`.crt`を追加し、正しい拡張子であることを確認して下さい;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ポップアップウィンドウの下部にある :guilabel:`Base64-ASCIIエンコード済、単一証明書` を選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存すると、証明書がエクスポートされます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 msgid "" "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " "some browsers might not see the file during the import process." msgstr "" +"証明書の末尾が拡張子 `.crt` であることを確認して下さい。そうしないと、インポート処理中にブラウザによってはファイルが表示されないことがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "もし **Mozilla Firefox**使用している場合、" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アドレスバーの左にある**時計の形をした**アイコンをクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`接続が安全ではない --> 詳細情報 --> セキュリティタブ --> 証明書を見る`にアクセスして下さい;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mozilla Firefoxブラウザの「接続が安全ではありません」ボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`その他`セクションまでスクロールダウンして下さい;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`ダウンロード`セクションの :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自己署名証明書のインポート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 msgid "" "The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "インポート処理は :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`とブラウザに大きく依存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 msgid "Windows 10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -2364,17 +2519,18 @@ msgid "" "must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do " "so," msgstr "" +"Windows 10は証明書を管理しているため、自己署名証明書はブラウザではなく証明書ファイルからインポートする必要があります。そのためには" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 msgid "" "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windowsのファイルエクスプローラを開き、ダウンロードした認証ファイルを探します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 msgid "" "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install " "Certificate`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "証明書ファイルを右クリックし、:guilabel:`証明書をインストール`をクリックします；" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -2382,6 +2538,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, " "click :guilabel:`Next`;" msgstr "" +"guilabel:`現在のユーザ`またはすべてのユーザ(:guilabel:`ローカルマシン`)のために、証明書をインストールする場所とユーザを選択します。次に" +" :guilabel:`次へ` をクリックします; " #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2389,119 +2547,128 @@ msgid "" " the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select " ":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" msgstr "" +" `証明書ストア`スクリーンで、 " +":guilabel:`全ての証明書を以下のストアに配置`をチェックし、:guilabel:`ブラウズ...`をクリックして:guilabel:`信頼できるルート証明機関`を選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`終了`をクリックし、ポップアップするセキュリティウィンドウを受け入れます;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "コンピュータを再起動して、変更が適用されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 msgid "open Chrome;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chromeを開く;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> " "Manage certificates`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr " :menuselection:`管理設定 --> プライバシーとセキュリティ --> セキュリティ --> 証明書の管理`;に行きます" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 msgid "" "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select " "the exported certification file;" msgstr "" +" :guilabel:`機関` タブに行き、 :guilabel:`インポート`をクリックして、エクスポート済の証明書ファイルを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 msgid "accept all warnings;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての警告を受け入れる;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr " :guilabel:`ok`をクリック;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 msgid "restart your browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ブラウザを再スタートして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 msgid "open Firefox;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firefoxを開きます;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View " "Certificates... --> Import`;" msgstr "" +" :menuselection:`管理設定 --> プライバシー&セキュリティ --> セキュリティ --> 証明書を見る... --> " +"インポート`をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 msgid "select the exported certification file;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "エクスポートされた認証ファイルを選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、検証します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 msgid "Mac OS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mac OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 msgid "" "On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" " steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mac OSでは、以下の手順で全てのブラウザの接続を保護できます: " #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "" "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a " "warning page;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Safariを開き、プリンタのIPアドレスに移動します。そうすると警告ページが表示されます;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 msgid "" "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " "website --> Visit Website`, validate;" msgstr "" +"警告ページで :menuselection:`詳細を表示 --> このウェブサイトを表示 --> ウェブサイトを訪問` に進み、検証します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プリンタを再起動し、他のブラウザで使用できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 msgid "" "To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " "**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," msgstr "" +"SSL証明書を生成してエクスポートし、IOSデバイスに送信するには、**Googleクローム**または**Mozilla " +"Firefox**を開きます。それから" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chromeの接続プライバシーに関する警告ページ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chromeのプリンタへの接続が安全ではありませんボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 msgid "" "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " "some browsers might not find the file during the import process." msgstr "" +"証明書の末尾が拡張子 `.crt` であることを確認して下さい。そうしないと、インポート処理中にファイルが見つからないブラウザがあるかもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mozilla Firefoxの接続が安全ではないことを示すボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Android OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -2509,28 +2676,29 @@ msgid "" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" +"SSL証明書をAndroid端末にインポートするには、まずコンピュータでSSL証明書を作成し、エクスポートします。次に、Eメール、Bluetooth、またはUSBを使用して、`.crt`ファイルをデバイスに転送する。ファイルがデバイスに入ったら" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "設定を開き、`認定`を検索します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`認定AC`(デバイスストレージからインストール)をクリックします；" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "認定ファイルを選択し、デバイスにインストールします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "認定をインストールする具体的な手順は、Androidのバージョンやデバイスメーカによって異なる場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 msgid "iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "iOS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -2538,6 +2706,7 @@ msgid "" "from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " "Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." msgstr "" +"iOSデバイスにSSL証明書をインポートするには、まずコンピュータでSSL証明書を作成し、エクスポートします。次に、Eメール、Bluetooth、またはファイル共有サービスを使用して、`.crt`ファイルをデバイスに転送します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -2545,56 +2714,57 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " "second pop-up window. Then," msgstr "" +"このファイルをダウンロードすると、警告のポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。guilabel:`許可する`をクリックして構成プロファイルをダウンロードし、2つ目のポップアップウィンドウを閉じます。次に" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "iOSデバイスの**設定アプリ**にアクセスして下さい;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ユーザの詳細ボックスの下にある :guilabel:`プロファイルダウンロード済` をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ダウンロードした `.crt` ファイルを探し、選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "画面右上の :guilabel:`インストール` をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デバイスにパスコードが設定されている場合は、パスコードを入力します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" " and the pop-up window;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "証明書の警告画面とポップアップウィンドウの右上にある :guilabel:`インストール` をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`完了`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 msgid "" "The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " "so," -msgstr "" +msgstr "証明書はインストールされたが、まだ認証が必要です。そのためには" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " "Settings`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`管理設定 --> 一般 --> 情報 > 認証信用設定`にアクセスしてください；" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "スライドボタン**を使用して、インストールされた証明書を有効にします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`継続` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -2603,6 +2773,8 @@ msgid "" "`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search " "engine." msgstr "" +"言及されていないオペレーティングシステムやウェブブラウザからSSL証明書をエクスポートする必要がある場合は、お好みの検索エンジンで " +"`SSL証明書のエクスポート `+ `ブラウザまたはオペレーティングシステムの名前 `を検索して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -2610,10 +2782,12 @@ msgid "" "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" +"同様に、指定されていないOSやブラウザからSSL証明書をインポートするには、お好みの検索エンジンで `SSL証明書のルート機関のインポート `＋ " +"`ブラウザまたはOSの名前 `を検索すします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "証明書が正しくインポートされたか確認して下さい" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -2623,26 +2797,28 @@ msgid "" "longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock " "icon, indicating that the connection is secure." msgstr "" +"プリンタの接続が安全であることを確認するには、HTTPSを使用してプリンタのIPアドレスに接続します。例えば、ブラウザで`https://192.168.1.25`に移動します。SSL証明書が正しく適用されていれば、警告ページが表示されなくなり、アドレスバーに南京錠のアイコンが表示され、接続が安全であることが示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安全な接続 (HTTPS)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 msgid "" "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " "if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." msgstr "" +"POSの設定で**直接デバイス**が有効になっている場合（ePosプリンタを使用している場合など）、HTTPがデフォルトのプロトコルになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安全な接続(HTTPS)を使用するようにPOSを強制します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 msgid "" "Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " "to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." -msgstr "" +msgstr "システムパラメータ**に新しい**キー**を追加して、POSにHTTPSプロトコルによる安全な接続を使用させます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2651,22 +2827,24 @@ msgid "" "Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" " on *Save*." msgstr "" +"そのためには、 :ref:`開発者モード `を有効にし、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 技術 --> パラメータ --> " +"システムパラメータ`に進み、新しいパラメータを作成し、以下の値を追加して*保存*をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**キー**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 msgid "**Value**: `True`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**値**: `True`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`epos_ssc`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 msgid "Multi-employee management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数従業員管理" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2675,6 +2853,7 @@ msgid "" "select which users can log into the POS ` and :ref:`keep" " track of the employees involved in each order `." msgstr "" +"OdooPOSでは、**セッションごと複数従業員**機能を有効にすることで、特定のPOSへのアクセスを管理することができます。この機能を有効にすると、:ref:`POSにログインできるユーザを選択`し、:ref:`各オーダに関与した従業員を追跡`することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2684,14 +2863,18 @@ msgid "" "Session`, and add the allowed employees in the :guilabel:`Allowed Employees`" " field." msgstr "" +":ref:`POS設定 ` " +"にアクセスしてPOSを選択するか、POSカードの縦長の楕円ボタン(:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE` )をクリックして " +":guilabel:`編集`をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`セッションごとの複数従業員` を有効にし、 " +":guilabel:`許可済従業員` フィールドに許可する従業員を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "setting to enable multiple cashiers in POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSで複数のレジを有効にする設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:26 msgid "Practical application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "実用" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2699,10 +2882,12 @@ msgid "" "badge ` or selecting their name from the list of " "allowed employees to :ref:`open the session `." msgstr "" +"この機能が有効になると、レジ係はバッジ`をスキャンするか、許可された従業員リストから自分の名前を選択してログインし、セッション`を開くことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数のキャッシャー機能が有効な場合に、セッションを開くためのウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2710,10 +2895,12 @@ msgid "" "click the employee name at the top-right of the screen and select the " "employee to swap with from the list." msgstr "" +"ref:`開いているセッション`から別のユーザに切り替えるには、画面右上の社員名をクリックし、リストから切り替える社員を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "button to switch from one cashier to another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "レジを別に切替るボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2724,14 +2911,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` " "category." msgstr "" +"また、従業員がPOSにログインするたびにPINコードの入力を要求し、他の人物としてログインできないようにすることもできます。コードを定義するには、**従業員**アプリで従業員フォームを開き、" +" :guilabel:`HR管理設定` タブをクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`勤怠/POS` カテゴリーの " +":guilabel:`PINコード` フィールドに任意のPINコードを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "setting on the employee form to assign a badge ID and a PIN code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッジIDとPINコードを割当てるための従業員フォームの設定。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:52 msgid "Log in using badges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッジを使ってログイン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2741,12 +2931,16 @@ msgid "" "badge ID of your choice in the :guilabel:`Badge ID` field of the " ":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` category or click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" +"従業員がバッジをスキャンしてログインできるようにするには、バッジIDが割当てられている必要があります。そのためには、**従業員**アプリで従業員フォームを開き、" +" :guilabel:`HR管理設定` タブをクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`勤怠/POS` カテゴリーの " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` フィールドに任意のバッジIDを入力するか、 :guilabel:`Generate` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:59 msgid "" "To switch to another user, lock the session by clicking the lock-shaped icon" " (:guilabel:`🔓`) at the top-right of the screen and scan your badge." msgstr "" +"他のユーザに切り替えるには、画面右上のロックアイコン(:guilabel:`🔓)をクリックしてセッションをロックし、バッジをスキャンします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:65 msgid "Analytics" @@ -2763,6 +2957,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " "session." msgstr "" +"POSセッションを閉じて記帳したら、総合レポートにアクセスして、誰がセッションを開始し、誰が特定のオーダを処理したかなど、全てのセッションアクティビティを確認します。セッションのレポートにアクセスするには、POSカードの縦の省略記号ボタン(:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE`" +" )をクリックし、 :guilabel:`表示`セクションから :guilabel:`セッション` " +"を選択します。次に、より詳細な情報を見るために特定のセッションを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`Orders`ボタンをクリックすると、そのセッション中に発注された全てのオーダのリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2770,6 +2968,8 @@ msgid "" "vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " ":guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." msgstr "" +"セッションに関係なく、全てのオーダの概要を見るには、POSカードの縦長の楕円ボタン(:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE`) をクリックし、 " +":guilabel:`表示` セクションから :guilabel:`オーダ` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 msgid "Payment methods" @@ -2782,6 +2982,8 @@ msgid "" "New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this " "payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." msgstr "" +"支払方法を追加するには、まずそれを作成する必要があります。menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 支払方法 --> " +"新規`に行き、名前を設定します。guilabel:`顧客を特定`にチェックを入れて、この支払方法を登録された顧客だけに許可します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2789,10 +2991,12 @@ msgid "" "payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card " "payments." msgstr "" +"次に :guilabel:`仕訳帳` を選択します。この支払方法を現金払いに使用する場合は :guilabel:`現金` を、カード払いに使用する場合は" +" :guilabel:`銀行` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSの新しい支払い方法を作成。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2800,10 +3004,12 @@ msgid "" " Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " "information `." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`銀行`仕訳帳を選択すると、自動的に :guilabel:`支払ターミナルを使用` フィールドが追加され、そこに " +":doc:`支払ターミナルの情報 ` を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2812,10 +3018,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " "section." msgstr "" +"一度、支払方法が作成されると、POS設定でそれを選択することができます。そのためには、 :ref:`POS' 管理設定 " +"` に行き、 :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`支払` " +"セクションの下に支払方法を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2823,50 +3032,53 @@ msgid "" "you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " "making the payment process more efficient." msgstr "" +"POSシステムに決済端末を接続・統合することで、クレジットカードやデビットカードなど、複数の支払オプションを受け入れることができ、支払プロセスがより効率的になります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" " :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." msgstr "" +"doc:`アプリ管理設定 <.../configuration>` に行き、 :guilabel:`決済端末` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、端末のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末を有効にする管理設定のチェックボックス" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "その後、対応するドキュメントに従ってデバイスを設定して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Adyen設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Ingenico設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`SIX設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Stripe設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Vantiv設定`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Worldline設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " "payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "端末が設定されたら、 :doc:`対応する支払方法を作成し、POS <../payment_methods>` に追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" @@ -2876,14 +3088,14 @@ msgstr "Adyen" msgid "" "Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment" " flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Adyen決済端末**を接続することで、お客様にスムーズな支払フローを提供し、レジ係の作業を軽減することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 msgid "" "Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million " "annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per " "month**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyenは、年間**1,000万件以上**の取引、または月間**1,000件以上**の請求書を発行している企業にのみ対応しています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2891,12 +3103,16 @@ msgid "" "`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps " "described on your terminal's screen." msgstr "" +" " +"`Adyen'sウェブサイト`_でAdyenアカウントを作成します。それから、端末の画面に表示される手順に従って、端末にログインして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 msgid "" "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides " "`_." msgstr "" +"`Adyenドキュメント - 決済端末クイックスタートガイド `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -2904,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法の設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2914,56 +3130,63 @@ msgid "" "method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` " "field." msgstr "" +"まず、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 決済端末` に進み、 :guilabel:`Adyen` " +"を有効にします。次に、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 支払方法`に進み、新しい支払方法を作成します。guilabel:`決済端末を使用`" +" フィールドで :guilabel:`Adyen` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 msgid "" "The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a " "payment terminal` field to appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`決済端末を使用する`フィールドが表示されるためには、選択された仕訳帳は**銀行仕訳帳でなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" "Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an" " :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、必須フィールドに :guilabel:`Adyen APIキー` と :guilabel:`Adyen端末識別子` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38 msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen APIキーを生成" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 msgid "" "The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To " "generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Adyen APIキー**は要求を認証するために使われます。APIキーを生成するには、**Adyen アカウント**に移動して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new " "credential or click on an existing one." msgstr "" +"次に、 :menuselection:`Developers --> " +"API認証情報`に移動します。新しい認証情報を作成するか、既存の認証情報をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the " "Odoo mandatory field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`APIキーを生成する`をクリックし、そのキーをOdooの必須フィールドにコピーペーストします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 msgid "" "`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." msgstr "" +"`Adyenドキュメント- API認証情報 `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen端末識別子を探す" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is" " used to identify the hardware." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Adyen端末識別子**は端末のシリアル番号で、ハードウェアを識別するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2971,47 +3194,51 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, " "and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" +"この番号を確認するには、**Adyenアカウント**にアクセスして下さい。次に、:menuselection:`POS --> " +"端末`に進み、リンクする端末を選択し、Odooの必須フィールドにシリアル番号をコピーペーストします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 msgid "Set the Event URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "イベントURLを設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event " "URLs**. To do so," -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払が行われたことをOdooに知らせるには、端末**イベントURL**を設定する必要があります。そのためには" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 msgid "log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" +msgstr " `Adyen'sウェブサイト `_;にログインします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`Adyen'sダッシュボード --> POS --> 端末`に移動し、接続している端末を選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "端末設定から :guilabel:`統合` をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "この設定を編集するには、:guilabel:`復号化モードに切り替える`フィールドを:guilabel:`復号化`に設定します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 msgid "" "click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" msgstr "" +"**鉛筆アイコン**ボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`イベントURL` フィールドにサーバアドレスと " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "画面下の :guilabel:`保尊` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 msgid "Add a new payment method" @@ -3024,6 +3251,8 @@ msgid "" "select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and " "add your new method for Adyen." msgstr "" +"POSに新しい**支払方法**を追加するには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> POS`に進みます。次に、POSを選択し、" +" :menuselection:`支払 --> 支払方法` に進み、Adyenの新しい支払方法を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 @@ -3031,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末で支払う" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -3039,6 +3268,8 @@ msgid "" "Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is " "successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." msgstr "" +"支払を処理する際、支払方法として :guilabel:`Adyen` を選択します。金額を確認し、 :guilabel:`送信` " +"をクリックします。支払が成功すると、ステータスが :guilabel:`支払完了` に変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 @@ -3046,18 +3277,18 @@ msgid "" "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force " "the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to " "validate the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooと決済端末間の接続に問題がある場合、:guilabel:`強制完了`をクリックして決済を強制します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you" " that the connection failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このオプションは、接続に失敗したことを知らせるエラーメッセージを受信した後にのみ使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払要求を取消するには、:guilabel:`取消`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Ingenico" @@ -3069,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "Ingenico" msgid "" "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " "your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末を接続することで、顧客に流動的な決済フローを提供し、レジ係の作業を軽減することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " "Benelux." -msgstr "" +msgstr " Ingenico は現在ベネルクス諸国のお客様のみご利用いただけます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 @@ -3089,16 +3320,18 @@ msgid "" "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"Ingenico決済端末をOdooに接続するには、IoT Boxが必要です。IoT " +"Boxをデータベースに接続する方法については、:doc:`IoTドキュメンテーション'をご参照下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico BENELUX用Lane/5000の設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "端末のFボタンをクリックし、:menuselection:`POSメニュー --> 管理設定`に入り、設定パスワードを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3107,12 +3340,15 @@ msgid "" "port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" +"ここで、接続の変更とTCP/IPをクリックします。*IoT Box*のIPを入力する（IoT " +"Boxのフォームビューで確認できます）。次に、ポートに9000を入力します。端末が再起動します。再起動が完了したら、Odooの*IoT " +"Box*フォームに移動し、端末が見つかったことを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "まず、POSアプリの一般設定を開き、Ingenico設定を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -3121,6 +3357,8 @@ msgid "" "new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> " +"POS`に戻り、支払セクションで支払方法にアクセスします。Ingenico用の新しい支払方法を作成し、決済端末オプションIngenicoを選択し、決済端末デバイスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3130,12 +3368,13 @@ msgid "" "*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " "Successful*." msgstr "" +"POSインターフェース*で、支払処理する際に、決済端末を使用する*支払方法*を選択します。入札欄の金額が決済端末に送信する金額であることを確認し、*送信*をクリックします。支払が成功すると、ステータスが*支払完了*に変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払要求を取消したい場合は、取消をクリックして下さい。支払要求の送信を再試行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3143,28 +3382,29 @@ msgid "" "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" +"決済端末に問題がある場合でも、*強制完了*を使用して強制的に決済を行うことができます。これにより、端末とOdooの接続に問題がある場合でも、Odooでオーダを検証することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このオプションは、接続に失敗したというエラーメッセージを受信した場合にのみ使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払が処理されると、支払記録に使用されたカードの種類と取引IDが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 msgid "SIX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIX" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a **SIX payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SIX決済端末**を接続することで、お客様にスムーズな支払フローを提供し、レジ係の作業を軽減することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3173,10 +3413,12 @@ msgid "" "received from Worldline are, therefore, not compatible with this " "integration." msgstr "" +"WorldlineがSIX Payment " +"Servicesを買収し、両社がYomaniの決済端末を使用しているにもかかわらず、両社のファームウェアは異なっています。したがって、Worldlineから受け取った端末は、この統合には対応していません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:17 msgid "Install the POS IoT Six module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS IoT Sixモジュールのインストール" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -3184,14 +3426,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for **POS IoT Six**. This module adds " "the necessary driver and interface to your database to detect Six terminals." msgstr "" +"POS IoT Sixモジュールを有効にするには、:guilabel:`アプリ`に行き、:guilabel:`アプリ` フィルタを削除し、**POS " +"IoT Six**を検索します。このモジュールはSix端末を検出するために必要なドライバとインターフェースをデータベースに追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:24 msgid "This module replaces the **POS Six** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このモジュールは**POS Six**を置換ます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:27 msgid "Connect an IoT box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoTボックスを接続" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -3199,10 +3443,11 @@ msgid "" "Raspberry Pi or virtual (for Windows OS only) IoT box " "`." msgstr "" +"6つの決済端末をOdooに接続するには、:doc:`Raspberry Piまたは仮想(Windows OSのみ)IoTボックス`が必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:33 msgid "Configure the terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "端末IDの設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3212,10 +3457,13 @@ msgid "" "with the ID received from Six, and click :guilabel:`Connect`. Your Six " "terminal ID should appear in the :guilabel:`Current Terminal Id` section." msgstr "" +"データベースサーバーがIoTボックスに接続されたら、IoTボックスのホームページに移動し、 " +":guilabel:`Six決済端末`フィールドを見つけます。guilabel:`設定`をクリックし、:guilabel:`端末ID`フィールドにSixから受取ったIDを入力し、:guilabel:`接続`をクリックします。Sixの端末IDが" +" :guilabel:`現在の端末Id` セクションに表示されるはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Setting the Six terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Six端末IDを設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3224,10 +3472,11 @@ msgid "" "detected and connected to the database. Check the IoT box homepage under the" " :guilabel:`Payments` section to confirm the connection." msgstr "" +"OdooはSixターミナルIDが設定されると自動的にIoTボックスを再起動します。Sixターミナルがオンラインであれば、自動的に検出されデータベースに接続されます。IoTボックスのホームページの:guilabel:`支払`セクションで接続を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Confirming the connection to the Six payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Six決済端末への接続を確認" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3238,10 +3487,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SIX IOT`, and select the corresponding device in the " ":guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" +"データベースから :menuselection:`POS--> 設定 --> 支払方法` " +"に進み、Six専用の新しい支払方法を作成します。guilabel:`新規`をクリックし、 :guilabel:`名前`を入力し、 " +":guilabel:`仕訳帳`フィールドを :guilabel:`銀行`に、 :guilabel:`決済端末を使用`フィールドを " +":guilabel:`SIX IOT`に設定し、 :guilabel:`決済端末デバイス`フィールドで対応するデバイスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIX決済端末の新しい支払方法の作成" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3251,27 +3504,30 @@ msgid "" "Once the payment is successful, the status switches to :guilabel:`Payment " "Successful`." msgstr "" +"支払処理を行う場合、 :guilabel:`支払方法` セクションで :ref:`6つの支払方法` を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`送信` をクリックします。支払要求を取消するには、 :guilabel:`取消` をクリックします。支払が成功すると、ステータスが" +" :guilabel:`支払完了` に切替わります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Paying with Six" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sixで支払う" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" " appear on the payment record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払が処理されると、使用されたカードの種類と取引IDが支払記録に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:78 msgid "" "The language used for error messages is the same as the Six terminal. " "Configure the terminal to change the language or contact Six." -msgstr "" +msgstr "エラーメッセージに使用される言語はSix端末と同じです。端末を設定して言語を変更するか、Sixにお問い合わせ下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:80 msgid "By default, the port used by the Six terminal is `7784`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトでSix端末に使用されているポートは`7784`です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3279,6 +3535,7 @@ msgid "" "can still force the payment validation in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Force " "Done` button." msgstr "" +"決済端末とOdooの接続に問題がある場合でも、Odooの :guilabel:`強制完了` ボタンを使用して強制的に支払を完了させることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" @@ -3289,6 +3546,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. " "<../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`決済プロバイダとしてStripeを使用。 <../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3296,39 +3554,42 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling " ":guilabel:`Stripe`." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 決済端末`を開き、 :guilabel:`Stripe`を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Then, create the payment method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして、支払方法を作成します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, " "click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with " "your payment method's name;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以前のデータベースからのリンクを解除するための手順が送信されました。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use" " a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" msgstr "" +"guilabel:`仕訳帳` フィールドを :guilabel:`銀行` に、 :guilabel:`決済端末を使用` フィールドを " +":guilabel:`Stripe` に設定します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 msgid "" "Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial " "Number` field;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`Stripeシリアル番号`フィールドに決済端末のシリアル番号を入力します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this " "payment method.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`この支払方法を使用する前に、Stripeの接続を忘れずに完了して下さい`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "payment method creation form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法作成フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3337,22 +3598,26 @@ msgid "" "be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field " "unchecked." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`顧客を識別`をクリックすると、この支払方法を**識別された顧客にのみ**許可します。識別されていない顧客にもStripeでの支払を許可する場合は、" +" :guilabel:`顧客を識別` フィールドのチェックを外したままにします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account`" " can stay empty to use the default accounts." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`未消込金勘定` と :guilabel:`中間勘定科目` はデフォルトの勘定科目を使用するために空のままにしておくことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 msgid "" "Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's " "dashboard `_." msgstr "" +"決済端末のシリアル番号は、端末の下、またはStripeのダッシュボード`_でご確認下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "StripeをOdooに接続" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3365,22 +3630,24 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`Stripeに接続`をクリックします。自動的に設定ページにリダイレクトされます。全ての情報を入力してStripeアカウントを作成し、Odooとリンクします。フォームの入力が完了すると、APIキー(:guilabel:`公開可能キー`と:guilabel:`秘密キー`)を**Stripeの**ウェブサイトで取得できます。これを行うには、:guilabel:`秘密キーと公開可能キーを入手`をクリックし、キーをクリックしてコピーし、Odooの対応するフィールドに貼り付けます。これでPOS端末の設定は完了です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "stripe接続フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 msgid "" "When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the " "**Secret Key** to use your terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSで**Stripe**を独占的に使用する場合、**秘密キー**だけで端末を使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 msgid "" "When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay " "set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." msgstr "" +"**決済プロバイダー**としてStripeを使用する場合、:guilabel:`ステータス`は:guilabel:`無効`のままにしておくことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -3389,34 +3656,37 @@ msgid "" "dashboard `_, type `API` in the search bar, " "and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." msgstr "" +"**オンプレミス**でホストされているデータベースの場合、:guilabel:`Stripeに接続`ボタンは機能しません。APIキーを手動で取得するには、" +" `Stripeダッシュボード `_ にログインし、検索バーに `API` と入力して " +":guilabel:`開発者 > API` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 msgid "Configure the payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末を設定する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 msgid "" "Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the " "admin PIN code, validate and select your network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末を右にスワイプし、:guilabel:`管理設定`をクリックし、管理者用PINコードを入力し、認証してネットワークを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "デバイスは安全なWI-FIネットワークに接続されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooデータベースと決済端末は同じネットワークを共有している必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 msgid "" "You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. " "By default, this code is `07139`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末の設定にアクセスするには、管理者用PINコードを入力する必要があります。デフォルトでは、このコードは`07139`です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法をPOSにリンクする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3425,6 +3695,9 @@ msgid "" "POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment " "method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" +"POSに**支払方法**を追加するには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。POSを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`支払`セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 " +":guilabel:`支払方法`フィールドに**Stripe**用の支払方法を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3433,46 +3706,51 @@ msgid "" " the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment" " request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" +"支払を処理する場合、支払方法として :guilabel:`Stripe` を選択します。金額を確認し、 :guilabel:`送信` " +"をクリックします。支払が成功すると、ステータスが :guilabel:`支払完了` に変わります。支払要求を取消するには、 :guilabel:`取消`" +" をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この端末を使用するには、バッテリー残量が少なくとも10%以上必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このデバイスは0.50ユーロ以下の支払には使用できません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "トラブルシューティング" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripeアカウントで決済端末が利用できません" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 msgid "" "If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add " "it manually:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末がStripeアカウントにない場合は、手動で追加する必要があります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 msgid "" "Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to" " :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" msgstr "" +"Stripeのダッシュボード`_にログインし、:menuselection:`Stripeダッシュボード" +" --> 支払 --> リーダー --> ロケーション`に進みます；" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 msgid "" "Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an " "already created location;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`+新規`ボタンをクリックするか、すでに作成されている場所を選択して場所を追加します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill " "in the required information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`リーダー`ボックスの :guilabel:`+ 新規`ボタンをクリックし、必要な情報を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3480,22 +3758,24 @@ msgid "" " on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, " "and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." msgstr "" +"**登録コード**を入力する必要があります。そのコードを取得するには、デバイスを右にスワイプし、管理者用PINコード(デフォルト：`07139`)を入力し、有効にして" +" :guilabel:`登録コードを生成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Vantiv" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vantiv" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vantivの決済端末を接続することで、顧客にスムーズな支払フローを提供し、レジ係の作業を軽減することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "" "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" " procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "MercuryPayは米国およびカナダの銀行のみと提携しているため、この手続きは北米の企業のみに適しています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -3503,16 +3783,17 @@ msgid "" "Vantiv terminals bought on Amazon do not include the correct encryption " "needed to be used with an Odoo database." msgstr "" +"VantivカードリーダーはVantiv社から購入する必要があります。Amazonで購入したVantiv端末の中には、Odooデータベースで使用するために必要な正しい暗号化が含まれていないものがあるからです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:20 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法を設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:22 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " "setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "まず、POSアプリの一般設定を開き、Vantiv設定を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3521,6 +3802,8 @@ msgid "" "payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " "create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> " +"POS`に戻り、支払セクションで支払方法にアクセスします。Vantiv用の新しい支払方法を作成し、決済端末オプションのVantivを選択し、新しいVantiv認証情報を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -3528,16 +3811,17 @@ msgid "" "then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " "save the payment method." msgstr "" +"新しいVantiv認証情報を作成するには、マーチャントIDとパスワードを入力し、保存します。作成した認証情報が選択されていることを確認し、支払方法を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:44 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "決済端末で支払う" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:46 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " "payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSインターフェイスで、支払時にVantivの支払方法を選択するだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" @@ -3545,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr "Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Worldlineは現在ベネルクス諸国でのみご利用いただけます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3554,10 +3838,12 @@ msgid "" "please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"Worldline決済ターミナルをOdooに接続するには、IoTボックスが必要です。IoTボックスをデータベースに接続する方法については、:doc:`IoT" +" documentation'をご参照下さい`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 msgid "Configure the protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロトコルを設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -3568,10 +3854,14 @@ msgid "" "screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " "Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" +"ターミナルから :メニュー選択:`\".\" をクリックします。--> 3 --> 停止 --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. 技術者のパスワード " +"**\"1235789\"** を入力し、 :メニュー選択:`OK --> 4 --> 2` をクリックします。次に " +":menuselection:`変更 --> CTEP (プロトコルECRとして) --> OK` " +"をクリックします。その後の画面（*CTEPチケットECR*、*ECRチケット幅*、*文字セット*）で**OK**を3回クリックします。最後に**停止**を3回押すと、端末は自動的に再起動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 msgid "Set the IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IPアドレスの設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3581,44 +3871,51 @@ msgid "" "TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" " (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." msgstr "" +"ターミナルから :メニュー選択:`\".\" をクリックします。--> 3 --> 停止 --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. 技術者のパスワード " +"**\"1235789\"** を入力し、 :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9` をクリックします。次に、 " +":menuselection:`変更 --> TCP/IP`（*TCP物理設定*画面） :メニュー選択:`--> OK --> " +"OK`(*TCP設定クライアント*画面)をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、ホスト名とポート番号を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ホスト名" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 msgid "" "To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " "and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." msgstr "" +"ホスト名を設定するには、IoTボックスのIPアドレスのシーケンス番号を入力し、コロン記号に達するまで、それぞれの\". \"で**OK**を押します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして **OK** を2回押します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IPアドレスシーケンス: `10.30.19.4:8069`です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 msgid "" "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " "19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." msgstr "" +"*ホスト名画面*で、:menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK" +" --> OK`と入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 msgid "" "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoTボックスのIPアドレスは、IoTボックスアプリケーションのデータベースで利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 msgid "Port number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ポート番号" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -3626,6 +3923,9 @@ msgid "" "click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> " "OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" +"*ポート番号*画面で**9001**(Windowsの場合は**9050**)と入力し、 :menuselection:`OK` " +"(*ECRプロトコルSSLなし*) :menuselection:`--> " +"OK`をクリックします。**停止**を3回クリックすると、端末が自動的に再起動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3633,6 +3933,8 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " "terminal." msgstr "" +"POSアプリケーションから、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定 --> " +"決済端末`に進み、*Worldline*決済端末を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3640,32 +3942,36 @@ msgid "" "new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " "and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." msgstr "" +"次に、:menuselection:`設定 --> " +"支払方法`に進み、*Worldline*用の新しい支払方法を作成します。*支払方法フォーム*で、決済端末機*Worldline*と決済端末デバイスを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "技術者パスワード: `1235789`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "" "To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " "\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." msgstr "" +"Wordlineの技術アシスタンスに連絡するには、`02 727 61 11`に電話し、 " +"\"加盟店\"を選択して下さい。電話は自動的にご希望のサービスに転送されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " "terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客端末とレジ端末の両方がある場合は、レジ端末を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 msgid "" "To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "端末がブロックされるのを避けるため、事前に初期設定を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 msgid "" "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT Boxのルーターに固定IPを設定し、接続が切れるのを防ぎます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3673,6 +3979,7 @@ msgid "" "amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " "changes to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" +"支払手続きをする際、支払方法として*Worldline*を選択します。金額を確認し、*送信*をクリックします。支払が完了すると、ステータスが*支払完了*に変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -3681,14 +3988,15 @@ msgid "" "order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " "informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" +"Odooと決済端末間の接続に問題がある場合、*強制完了*をクリックして強制的に支払を実行し、オーダを検証することができます。このオプションは、接続に失敗したというエラーメッセージが表示された場合のみ有効です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払要求を取消するには、**cancel**をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格設定機能" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" @@ -3711,48 +4019,48 @@ msgstr "例えば、現金払いの場合、請求書の合計金額を5セン msgid "" "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " "totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooの各POSは、請求書または領収書の合計に現金丸めを適用するように設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に行き、*現金丸め*を有効にし、*保存*をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " "open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" " option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> POS`に行き、設定したいPOSを開き、*現金丸め*オプションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 msgid "" "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " "*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*丸め方法**を定義するには、ドロップダウンリストを開き、*作成と編集...*をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," " then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ここで*丸め精度*、*利益勘定*、*損失勘定*を定義し、丸め方法とPOS設定の両方を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" " according to your settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このPOSの全ての合計金額には、設定に従って丸めを適用する行が追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "" "Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` " "rounding strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo POSは :guilabel:`丸め明細を追加する` 丸め方法のみをサポートしています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引きタグ(バーコードスキャナ)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3760,10 +4068,11 @@ msgid "" "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " "allow you to scan discount barcodes." msgstr "" +"賞味期限が迫っている商品などを値引きして販売したい場合、値引きタグを使うことができます。それにより値引きバーコードをスキャンすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引きタグを使用するには、バーコードスキャナを使用する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" @@ -3771,19 +4080,19 @@ msgstr "バーコード表現規則" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引タグを使うには、バーコードの命名法について学んで下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例えば、次のようなバーコードのプロダクトに値引を適用したいとします:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*デフォルト命名法*は、PoSインターフェースの設定の下にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3791,20 +4100,21 @@ msgid "" "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" +"例えば、あるプロダクトを50％値引にしたい場合、バーコードの先頭に22(割引バーコードの命名法)を付け、次に50(％)を付けてからプロダクトバーコードを追加する必要があります。この例では、バーコードは次のようになります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトとタグのスキャン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "まず、対象プロダクト(この場合はレモン)をスキャンする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして値引タグをスキャンする。値引が適用され、取引が完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 msgid "Discounts" @@ -3816,91 +4126,92 @@ msgid "" "increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " "time-limited, seasonal or manually given." msgstr "" +"値引を提供することで、顧客を魅了し、収益を飛躍的に増加させることができます。期間限定であれ、季節限定であれ、手作業であれ、値引の提供は重要です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 msgid "" "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " "strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引を管理するために、Odooは各ビジネスに合わせた価格戦略を設定するのに役立つ強力な機能を備えています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動値引を適用" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 msgid "" "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " "solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "めったに値引を使用しないのであれば、手動の値引を適用するのがPOSシステムにとって最も簡単な解決策かもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 msgid "" "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " "inside an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダ全体またはオーダ内の特定のプロダクトに対して値引を適用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトに値引を適用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSセッションインターフェイスから、*値引*ボタンを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動値引の値引ボタンのビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして、現在選択されているプロダクトに割引を入力することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全体割引を適用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 msgid "" "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダ全体に値引を適用するには、:menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> POS`に進み、POSを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " "category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSフォームで、*価格設定*カテゴリの下にある*全体値引*を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全体値引の機能ビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これで、POSインターフェイスに新しい*値引*ボタンが表示されました。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSインターフェイスで全体値引に使用するボタンのbユー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "クリックして、希望の値引を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払概要で提供される値引のビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" " discount on oranges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この例では、50％の全体値引と、オレンジに対する特定の50％値引があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "時間限定値引を適用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3908,20 +4219,22 @@ msgid "" "feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " "--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" +"期間限定値引を有効にするには、*価格表* 機能を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 -->" +" POS`に行き、POSを開きます。次に、価格表機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the pricelist feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表機能のビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" " the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有効化したら、POSで利用可能にしたい価格表を選択し、デフォルトの価格表を定義する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3929,6 +4242,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " "create." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、Odooには*公開価格表*が設定されています。さらに作成するには、 :menuselection:`POS --> プロダクト --> " +"価格表`にアクセスして下さい。次に作成をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3936,56 +4251,57 @@ msgid "" "price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " "pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" +"価格表を作成する際、特定の価格を使用するためにいくつかの条件を設定することができます:期間、最小数量など。また、その価格表を特定のプロダクトに適用するか、全プロダクトに適用するかも設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2つのプロダクトの期間限定価格表の表示" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSインターフェイスで価格表を使用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 msgid "" "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PoSインターフェイスに新しいボタンが表示されます。これを使って価格表を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSインターフェイスで期間限定値引に使用するボタンのビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 msgid "" "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " "Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "それをクリックすると、選択した価格表で価格が即座に更新されます。その後、オーダを確定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "柔軟な税金(会計ポジション)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 msgid "" "When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record " "transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business " "of your customers and providers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ビジネスを運営する場合、顧客や取引先の所在地や業種によって、様々な税金を適用したり、様々な勘定科目で取引を記録したりする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 msgid "" "The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that " "automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**会計ポジション**機能により、各取引に使用される適切な税金と勘定科目を自動的に選択する規則を設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3993,6 +4309,8 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and " "enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." msgstr "" +"この機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`会計` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`柔軟な税金` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4000,6 +4318,8 @@ msgid "" "the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more " "fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`デフォルト`フィールドに、選択したPOSの全ての売上に適用されるデフォルトの会計ポジションを設定します。また、 " +":guilabel:`許可済` フィールドに選択する会計ポジションを追加することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4008,16 +4328,19 @@ msgid "" " are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also " ":ref:`create new fiscal positions `." msgstr "" +"doc:`会計ローカライゼーションパッケージ <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` " +"を有効にすると、いくつかの会計ポジションがあらかじめ設定され、POSで設定・使用できるようになります。しかし、 :ref:`新規会計ポジションを作成 " +"`することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 msgid "" "If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the " "**customer taxes** field on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会計ポジションを設定しない場合、税金はプロダクトフォームの**顧客税**フィールドで定義されたままとなります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 msgid "Use fiscal positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会計ポジションを使用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4027,22 +4350,25 @@ msgid "" "the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen " "fiscal position's regulations." msgstr "" +"ref:`POSセッション`を開き、許可された会計ポジションの一つを使用します。次に、**本型**アイコンの横にある :guilabel:`税` " +"ボタンをクリックし、リストから会計ポジションを選択します。そうすることで、選択された会計ポジションの規制の対象となる全てのプロダクトに、定義された規則が自動的に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 msgid "" "If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the" " fiscal position." -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトの会計ポジションが設定されている場合、税金ボタンは会計ポジションの名前を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Loyalty programs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロイヤリティプログラム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*ロイヤリティプログラム*で、顧客に継続的な買い物を促しましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4050,10 +4376,12 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" +"*ロイヤリティプログラム*機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> " +"POS`に進み、POSインターフェイスを選択して下さい。価格設定機能の下で、*ロイヤリティプログラム*を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そこからロイヤリティプログラムを作成・編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4062,10 +4390,11 @@ msgid "" "range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " "everything in between." msgstr "" +"どのようなタイプのプログラムにするか、報酬を割引にするかギフトにするか、特定のプロダクトに限定するか全プロダクトを対象にするか、など自由に決めることができます。特定のシチュエーションでのみ有効であるような規則を適用したり、その中間の全てを適用することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSインターフェイスでロイヤリティプログラムを利用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -4074,18 +4403,19 @@ msgid "" "using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" +"顧客が設定されると、その取引で得られるポイントが表示され、使用されるまで蓄積されます。ポイントは、ロイヤリティプログラムで定義された規則に従って十分なポイントが貯まったら、*報酬*ボタンを使って使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格は即座に価格表を反映したものに更新されます。いつもの方法でオーダを確定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトの価格表を持つ顧客を選択した場合、その価格表が適用されます。もちろん変更することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 @@ -4100,6 +4430,7 @@ msgid "" "temporary discount periods, reward specific customers, or offer discounts " "when set quantities are ordered." msgstr "" +"価格表を使用すると、様々な条件に応じてプロダクト価格を自動的に調整することができます。例えば、POS固有の価格を設定したり、一時的な値引期間を設けたり、特定の顧客に報酬を与えたり、設定された数量がオーダされたときに値引を提供したりすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4107,6 +4438,8 @@ msgid "" " ensure :guilabel:`Flexible Pricelists` are enabled under the " ":guilabel:`Pricing` section." msgstr "" +"ref:`一般POSアプリ管理設定 ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`価格設定` セクションで " +":guilabel:`柔軟な価格表` が有効になっていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4117,10 +4450,11 @@ msgid "" "dynamically using percentage discounts or more complex formulas in addition " "to setting fixed prices." msgstr "" +":ref:`プロダクトごとに複数の価格`は、プロダクトごとに単純な固定価格ルールを設定するためのデフォルトの価格表オプションです。ref:`高度な価格規則(値引、計算式)`を選択すると、一度に複数のプロダクトに価格規則を適用し、固定価格の設定に加えて、パーセンテージ値引やより複雑な計算式を使って動的に価格を計算することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Enabling pricelists in the general P0S settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一般P0S管理設定で価格表を有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4128,10 +4462,12 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Sales <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` and " ":ref:`eCommerce ` apps." msgstr "" +"選択した価格表のタイプは、 :doc:`販売 <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` と " +":ref:`eコマース ` のアプリを含むデータベース全体に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "Create pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4140,6 +4476,9 @@ msgid "" " depending on the :ref:`selected pricelist option " "`." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`POS --> プロダクト --> 価格表`に進み、 " +":guilabel:`新規`をクリックするか、既存の価格表を選択します。価格表の設定は :ref:`選択済価格表オプション " +"` によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 @@ -4153,43 +4492,45 @@ msgid "" "products or their variants depending, if necessary, on one or several " "conditions. To add a new price rule to a pricelist:" msgstr "" +"価格表が :guilabel:`プロダクトごと複数価格` " +"オプションを使用するように設定されている場合、必要に応じて、1つまたは複数の条件によって、異なるプロダクトまたはそのバリエーションに複数の固定価格を使用することができます。価格表に新しい価格規則を追加するには:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:48 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select a **product** and its **variant** " "if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`明細を追加`をクリックし、必要であれば**プロダクト**とその**バリエーション**を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:49 msgid "Add the condition(s):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "条件を追加:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:51 msgid "" "a product quantity to be reached by using the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` " "column;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`最小数量`列を使用することで到達するプロダクト数量;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:52 msgid "" "a determined period during which the pricelist is applied by using the " ":guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`開始日`列と :guilabel:`終了日`列を使用して、価格表が適用される期間を決定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:55 msgid "" "Add the :guilabel:`Price` to be applied when the conditions are met (if " "any)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "条件が満たされたときに適用される :guilabel:`価格` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数価格の価格表の設定フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 msgid "Advanced price rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高度な価格規則" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4199,22 +4540,27 @@ msgid "" "new price rule to a pricelist, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up " "windows:" msgstr "" +"価格表が :guilabel:`高度な価格規則 (値引き、計算式)` " +"オプションを使用するように設定されている場合、固定価格だけでなく、パーセンテージ値引/値上や計算式を使用することができます。価格表に新しい価格規則を追加するには、" +" :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウで:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:69 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Computation` method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`計算` 方法を選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` to set a new fixed price (similarly to the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`固定価格`で新しい固定価格を設定します(:guilabel:`Multiple prices per " +"product`オプションと同様です)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` to compute a percentage discount (e.g., `10.00` %) or " "mark-up (e.g., `-10.00` %)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`値引` でパーセント値引(例: `10.00` %)または値上(例: `-10.00` %)を計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4222,16 +4568,19 @@ msgid "" "required to define what the calculation is **based on** (:guilabel:`Sales " "Price`, :guilabel:`Cost`, or :guilabel:`Other Pricelist`). You can then:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`計算式` " +"を使用すると、計算式に従って価格を計算することができます。この場合、**何を基準に**計算するのかを定義する必要があります(:guilabel:`販売価格`," +" :guilabel:`原価`, :guilabel:`その他の価格表`)。そうすると" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:79 msgid "Apply a percentage :guilabel:`Discount` or mark-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "パーセンテージ :guilabel:`割引` または値上を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:80 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Extra Fee` (e.g., $ `5.00`) or subtract a fixed amount " "(e.g., $ `-5.00`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr " :guilabel:`追加料金` (例, $ `5.00`)を追加または定額を差引ます (例., $ `-5.00`)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4239,38 +4588,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` to be a multiple of the value set. The :guilabel:`Extra" " Fee` is applied afterward." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`値引` の後の価格を強制的に設定値の倍数にすることで、 :doc:`丸め方法 ` を定義します。その後に " +":guilabel:`追加料金` が適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:86 msgid "" "To have the final price end with `.99`, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` " "to `1.00` and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" +"最終価格を `.99` で終わらせるには、 :guilabel:`丸め方法` を `1.00` に、 :guilabel:`追加料金` を " +"`-0.01` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:89 msgid "" "Specify the minimum (e.g., $ `20.00` ) and maximum (e.g., $ `50.00` ) profit" " :guilabel:`Margins` for computations based on :guilabel:`Cost`." msgstr "" +" :guilabel:`guilabel:`原価`に基づいて計算される :guilabel:`マージン`の最小値 ($ `20.00` など) と最大値" +" ($ `50.00` など)利益 を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:92 msgid "Select on which product(s) the price rule should be **applied**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格規則を**適用する**プロダクトを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`All Products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全てのプロダクト`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:95 msgid "a :guilabel:`Product Category`" -msgstr "" +msgstr " :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:96 msgid "a :guilabel:`Product`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "a :guilabel:`プロダクト`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:97 msgid "a :guilabel:`Product Variant`" -msgstr "" +msgstr " :guilabel:`プロダクトバリアント`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4279,14 +4634,15 @@ msgid "" "which the pricelist should be applied by using the :guilabel:`Validity` " "fields." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`最小数量`フィールドを使用して、価格を変更するために到達すべき特定の数量などの条件を追加します。guilabel:`最小数量`フィールドや、:guilabel:`有効性`フィールドを使用して、価格表を適用する期間を指定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Setup form to configure an advanced pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高度な価格表を設定するための設定フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:107 msgid "Select pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表を選択する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4294,28 +4650,32 @@ msgid "" "the available pricelists in the :guilabel:`Available` field. Then, set its " "**default pricelist** in the :guilabel:`Default` field." msgstr "" +"ref:`特定のPOS管理設定 `に移動し、 " +":guilabel:`利用可能`フィールドに利用可能な全ての価格表を追加します。そして、 " +":guilabel:`デフォルト`フィールドに**デフォルト価格表**を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:113 msgid "" "When you :ref:`open a POS session `, click the " "**pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list." msgstr "" +"ref:`POSセッション`を開く際、**価格表**ボタンをクリックし、リストから希望する価格表を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Button to select a pricelist on the POS frontend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSフロントエンドで価格表を選択するボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:120 msgid "" "Multiple pricelists must be selected for the **pricelist button** to be " "displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**価格表ボタン**を表示するには、複数の価格表を選択する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:121 msgid "" "If a pricelist is selected on a POS order while its conditions are **not** " "met, the price will **not** be adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSオーダにおいて、その条件が満たされて**いない**状態で価格表が選択された場合、価格は調整され**ません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -4324,20 +4684,22 @@ msgid "" "and switch to the preferred pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field of " "the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" +"また、特定の:ref:`顧客が`に設定されると、自動的に価格表を選択するように設定することもできます。これを行うには、顧客フォームに行き、" +" :guilabel:`販売&購買` タブの :guilabel:`価格表` フィールドで希望する価格表に切替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:131 msgid "" ":ref:`How to use pricelists in an ecommerce environment " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`eコマース環境における価格表の使い方 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 msgid "Receipts and invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "領収書と請求書" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 msgid "Receipts" @@ -4349,6 +4711,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> POS`でPOSを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`仕入先請求書&領収書`セクションまでスクロールダウンして領収書を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4356,24 +4720,26 @@ msgid "" " Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the " "receipts." msgstr "" +"**ヘッダ**とフッタ**を**カスタマイズ**するには、 " +":guilabel:`ヘッダとフッタ`を有効にして、領収書に印刷する情報を両方のフィールドに入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 msgid "" "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable " "the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払が登録されると自動的に領収書を印刷するには、:guilabel:`自動領収書印刷` 設定を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "POS receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS両囚虜" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "領収書を印刷する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4382,10 +4748,13 @@ msgid "" " active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " "order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" +"POSインターフェイスから :guilabel:`オーダ` をクリックし、検索バーの横にあるドロップダウンメニューを開き、デフォルトの " +":guilabel:`全ての有効なオーダ` フィルタを :guilabel:`支払済` に変更します。次に、該当するオーダを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`領収書を印刷` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バックエンドからの領収書印刷ボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4393,6 +4762,8 @@ msgid "" "reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " ":guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" +"検索バーを使ってオーダのリストを絞込むことができます。参照先を入力し、 :guilabel:`領収書番号`、 :guilabel:`日付`、 " +":guilabel:`顧客` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 msgid "Invoices" @@ -4404,6 +4775,7 @@ msgid "" "customers ` upon payment and retrieve all past invoiced " "orders." msgstr "" +"POSでは、:ref:`登録済顧客`に対して、支払時に請求書を発行・印刷したり、過去の請求済オーダを検索したりすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -4411,6 +4783,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`accounting journal `, previously :ref:`set up " "`." msgstr "" +"POSで作成された請求書は、対応する:ref:`会計仕訳帳`(以前は:ref:`セットアップ`)に項目を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4419,72 +4792,76 @@ msgid "" "accounting section. Then, you can determine the accounting journals used by " "default for orders and invoices in the :guilabel:`Default Journals` section." msgstr "" +"特定のPOSで使用する仕訳帳を定義するには、 :ref:`POS' 管理設定 ` " +"に移動し、会計セクションまでスクロールダウンします。そして、 :guilabel:`デフォルト仕訳帳` " +"セクションで、オーダと請求にデフォルトで使用される会計仕訳帳を決定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "accounting section in the POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS管理設定内の会計セクション" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:63 msgid "Invoice a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客に請求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 msgid "" "Upon processing a payment, click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the " "customer's name to issue an invoice for that order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払処理時、顧客名の下にある :guilabel:`請求書` をクリックすると、そのオーダの請求書が発行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:68 msgid "" "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" " automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." msgstr "" +"支払方法を選択し、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックします。**請求書**が自動的に発行され、ダウンロードまたは印刷することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:72 msgid "" "To be able to issue an invoice, a :ref:`customer ` must be " "selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書を発行するには、:ref:`顧客 ` が選択されていなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書の取得" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "" +msgstr " **POSダッシュボード**から請求書を取得するには、" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:79 msgid "" "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of" " Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`POS --> オーダ --> オーダ`にアクセスして、POSを通して行われた全てのオーダにアクセスします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 msgid "" "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the " "order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダの請求書にアクセスするには、オーダを選択して**オーダフォーム**を開き、 :guilabel:`請求書`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダフォームからの請求書スマートボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:88 msgid "" "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in " "the :guilabel:`Status` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**請求済オーダ**は :guilabel:`ステータス` 列の :guilabel:`請求済` ステータスで識別できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:90 msgid "" "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking " ":guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`フィルタ`と:guilabel:`請求済`をクリックすると、オーダリストを請求済オーダに絞込むことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:94 msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書を生成するためのQRコード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4495,10 +4872,12 @@ msgid "" "status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to " ":guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." msgstr "" +"また、領収書に印刷されている**QRコード**をスキャンして請求書を要求することもできます。スキャン後、請求情報をフォームに記入し、:guilabel:`請求書を受取る`をクリックする必要があります。そうすることで、ダウンロード可能な請求書が作成されます。一方、Odooバックエンドではオーダステータスが" +" :guilabel:`支払済` または :guilabel:`記帳済` から :guilabel:`請求済` になります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "order status change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダステイタス変更" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -4508,6 +4887,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on " "ticket`." msgstr "" +"この機能を使用するには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で領収書のQRコードを有効にする必要があります。次に " +":guilabel:`POS` フィールドで POS を選択し、 :guilabel:`取引先請求書&領収書` セクションまでスクロールダウンして " +":guilabel:`チケットのQRコードを使用` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -4515,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "レポーティング" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 msgid "View statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "統計を見る" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4523,16 +4905,19 @@ msgid "" " --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " "(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." msgstr "" +"統計情報にアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> レポーティング --> オーダ` " +"にアクセスして下さい。または、**POSダッシュボード**から、縦の省略記号（:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE` ）ボタン、 " +":guilabel:`レポート`、 :guilabel:`オーダ` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 msgid "" "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter " "or group depending on your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらの統計は、グラフまたはピボット・ビューで利用でき、ニーズに応じてフィルタリングやグループ化を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Restaurant features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "レストラン機能" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4540,40 +4925,41 @@ msgid "" "application provides various features that allow performing all the required" " tasks in such businesses." msgstr "" +"レストランやバーの経営には特有のニーズがあります。POSアプリケーションは、そのようなビジネスで必要なすべてのタスクを実行するための様々な機能を提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSをレストランやバーで使用するように設定すると、以下が可能になります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 msgid "" ":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior " "`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`restaurant/floors_tables>` フロアとテーブルを整え、内装を反映して下さい;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`take orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`オーダをとる `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS " "`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`POSの`を通して、キッチンやバーとコミュニケーションをとる;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15 msgid "" ":doc:`print bills in advance and split them `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`請求書を事前に印刷し、分割する `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`collect tips `; and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`チップを回収する `; そして" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`テイクアウトフードに異なる税を適用する`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4581,15 +4967,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " "POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." msgstr "" +"レストランとバー固有の機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に行き、POSを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`バー/レストランである` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:25 msgid "" "These features are displayed in the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらの機能は :guilabel:`レストラン & バー` セクションに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst-1 msgid "restaurant and bar-specific features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "レストランとバー固有の機能" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Bills" @@ -4602,6 +4990,8 @@ msgid "" "provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** " "and **Bill Splitting**." msgstr "" +"レストランやバーでの一般的な業務は、支払に進む前に請求書を要求したり、オーダされたプロダクトに基づいて請求書を分割することです。Odoo " +"POSはこれらのタスクをシームレスに実行する2つの機能を提供します: **請求書印刷**と**請求書分割**です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4610,31 +5000,34 @@ msgid "" "Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " ":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." msgstr "" +"機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、POSを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`レストラン & バー` セクションの :guilabel:`事前領収書印刷` と :guilabel:`請求書分割を許可` " +"を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1 msgid "" "activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS設定で請求書印刷と請求書分割機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21 msgid "Bill printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書印刷" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23 msgid "" "From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to" " generate and print a bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "開いているセッションから :menuselection:`請求書 --> 印刷` をクリックすると、請求書が作成・印刷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27 msgid "" "The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes" " to the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "印刷された請求書は最終では**なく**、オーダに変更があった場合は更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30 msgid "Bill splitting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書分割" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -4642,28 +5035,30 @@ msgid "" "regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " "to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." msgstr "" +"オープンセッションから :guilabel:`分割` をクリックし、再グループ化する項目を選択します。全てを選択したら、 :guilabel:`支払い " +"をクリックし、これらの項目の支払に進みます。これをゲストごとに繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as " "they have been paid for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルに戻ると、選択した商品は支払済であるため、オーダ中ではなくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38 msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この機能は、少なくとも2つの項目がオーダされるとすぐに利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`floors_tables`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 msgid "Floors and tables management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フロアとテーブル管理" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:6 msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フロアを追加" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4671,125 +5066,129 @@ msgid "" "under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " "Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." msgstr "" +"**POS*が設定されたら、:menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> " +"POS`で*テーブル管理*を選択します。次に、*フロア*をクリックしてフロアとテーブルを作成し、名前を付けます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a " "pos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブル管理機能の様子。POSのフロアを管理・作成する方法" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each " "table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "レストランフロアのバックエンドビュー。各テーブルの名前と席数" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:21 msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "フロアとPOSを忘れずに連動させて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:24 msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルを追加" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:26 msgid "" "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルを追加するには、POSインターフェイスを開いてフロアを確認することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数のフロアを同時に管理できるフロアメニュービュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " "allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、*編集モード*(右上の鉛筆アイコン)をクリックすると、テーブルの作成、移動、修正などができるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and" " their shape" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フロア管理 テーブル、座席数、名前、形状を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:41 msgid "" "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " "shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " "sits the table can have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルを見つけやすくするために、名前を変えたり、形や大きさ、色を変えることもできます。また、テーブルの最大席数を追加することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48 msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルオーダを登録する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50 msgid "" "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " "taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダを登録するには、それぞれの表をクリックして下さい。そうすることで、メインインターフェイスに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダを登録するためのPOSインターフェイスビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客を転送する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60 msgid "" "If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " "use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダ後に、顧客が別のテーブルに移動したい場合は、移動ボタンを使用して下さい。そうすれば、オーダも新しいテーブルに移動されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:64 msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そのためには、顧客が現在居るテーブルを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "レストランのテーブルビュー、1つのテーブルに保留中オーダあり" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " "transferring your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、転送ボタンをクリックし、顧客を転送するテーブルを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" "to another" msgstr "" +"posのインターフェースと転送ボタン。あるテーブルから別のテーブルへ顧客を\n" +"移動する方法" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "追加オーダを登録する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81 msgid "" "When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " "another one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダを登録する際、+ボタンで同時に別のオーダに進むことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして、必要なときにオーダを切り替え、支払処理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "従業員がオーダをクローズ/削除できるようにする - ボタンのビュー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- ボタンをクリックすると、現在進行中のオーダを削除することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Orders printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダ印刷" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4797,10 +5196,11 @@ msgid "" "communication and collaboration between the front-of-house and back-of-house" " teams, leading to a more streamlined and efficient service." msgstr "" +"レストランやバーのワークフローにプリンタを組み込むことで、フロントとバックのチーム間のコミュニケーションと協力が強化され、より合理的で効率的なサービスにつながります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:15 msgid "Enable and create printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プリンタを有効にして作成する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4810,6 +5210,10 @@ msgid "" "Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " "and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." msgstr "" +"キッチンまたはバーのプリンタにオーダを送信できるようにするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 " +":guilabel:`レストラン & バー` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`厨房プリンタ` " +"を有効にします。guilabel:`プリンタ`フィールドにプリンタの名前を入力し、 " +":guilabel:`作成と編集...`をクリックして設定フォームを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4817,20 +5221,24 @@ msgid "" "created printer, click :guilabel:`--> Printers` and select the desired " "printer to open the setup form." msgstr "" +"すでに作成されている全てのプリンタのリストを取得したり、作成済のプリンタを変更したりするには、 :guilabel:`--> プリンタ` " +"をクリックして目的のプリンタを選択し、設定フォームを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable the kitchen printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "厨房プリンタを有効にする管理設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:32 msgid "Setup form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "セットアップフォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :ref:`setup form `, select the " ":guilabel:`Printer Type` according to your installation:" msgstr "" +"ref:`セットアップフォーム ` から、 :guilabel:`プリンタタイプ` " +"をインストール環境に合わせて選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4838,6 +5246,7 @@ msgid "" "connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"プリンタがIoTボックスに接続されている場合は、:guilabel:`IoTボックスに接続されているプリンタを使用する`を選択し、:guilabel:`IoTデバイス`フィールドでデバイスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4845,18 +5254,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the printer's IP address in the " ":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address` field." msgstr "" +"IoTボックスを必要としないエプソンプリンタを使用する場合は、 :guilabel:`エプソンプリンタを使用する`を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`エプソンプリンタIPアドレス`フィールドにプリンタのIPアドレスを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4865,30 +5276,31 @@ msgid "" "Categories` field. If you leave this field empty, all products are sent to " "the printer regardless of their POS category." msgstr "" +"POSカテゴリに基づいて特定のプロダクトを印刷するようにプリンタを設定します。これを行うには、:guilabel:`プリント済プロダクトカテゴリ`フィールドの:guilabel:`明細を追加`をクリックします。このフィールドを空にすると、POSカテゴリに関係なく全てのプロダクトがプリンタに送信されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "厨房プリンタを設定するためのセットアップフォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 msgid "Print orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダを印刷する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 msgid "" "From an open session, start taking an order and click :guilabel:`Order` to " "send it to the bar or the kitchen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オープンセッションから、オーダを取始め、 :guilabel:`オーダ`をクリックしてそれをバーか厨房に送信します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSのUIからオーダボタンを押すと、キッチンやバーにオーダを送ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:66 msgid "" "When products can be printed, they appear in green in the cart, and the " "order button turns green." -msgstr "" +msgstr "印刷能なプロダクトは、カート内に緑色で表示され、オーダボタンも緑色になります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Tips" @@ -4900,6 +5312,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`shops `, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants " "<../restaurant>`." msgstr "" +"複数の国ではチップの習慣があります。POSでは :ref:`店舗 `、:doc:`バー " +"<../restaurant>`、:doc:`レストラン <../restaurant>`でチップを渡すことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4910,14 +5324,18 @@ msgid "" "enabled, add a :guilabel:`Tip Product` in the corresponding field, and save." " The designated product will be used as a reference on customers' receipts." msgstr "" +"POSでチップを許可するには、 :menuselection:`POS --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で :guilabel:`チップ` " +"機能を有効にします。ページ上部で、**チップ**を許可したいPOSを選択し、 :guilabel:`支払` セクションまでスクロールダウンして " +":guilabel:`チップ` をチェックします。有効化したら、対応するフィールドに :guilabel:`チッププロダクト` " +"を追加し、保存します。指定されたプロダクトは顧客の領収書の参照として使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "enable tips in a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSでチップを有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 msgid "Tip products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "チッププロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4926,6 +5344,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " "configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" +"**チッププロダクト**はその場で作成することができます。そのためには、 :ref:`チッププロダクト ` フィールドにプロダクト名を入力し、 " +":guilabel:`作成` をクリックするか、**エンター**キーを押します。プロダクトは自動的に支払画面でチップとして使用されるように設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4935,23 +5355,28 @@ msgid "" " go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` " "checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"ただし、POSセッションでチッププロダクトを選択できるようにしたい場合は、**POSで利用可能**設定を有効にする必要があります。そのためには、 " +":guilabel:`作成と編集...`をクリックしてプロダクト設定フォームを開きます。次に、 :guilabel:`販売` タブに移動し、 " +":guilabel:`POSで利用可能` チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、 :guilabel:`保存 & クローズ` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as " ":guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." msgstr "" +"チップとして使用するプロダクトを作成する場合、不必要な在庫移動を避けるために、**プロダクトタイプ**を :guilabel:`消費可能` " +"のままにしておきます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 msgid "" "You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different " "one for each." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1つのPOSにつきチッププロダクトは1つしか選択できませんが、それぞれ異なるプロダクトを選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen端末を使用したチップ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -4960,11 +5385,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip " "settings `." msgstr "" +"doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` " +"の決済端末を使用し、端末を使用して**チップ**を有効にしたい場合は、 :ref:`チップの管理設定`の下にある " +":guilabel:`決済端末を使用してチップを追加(Adyen)` にチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 msgid "Tip after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払後のチップ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -4974,16 +5402,17 @@ msgid "" "waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after" " the payment." msgstr "" +"バーやレストランでPOSシステムを使用している場合、:guilabel:`支払後にチップを追加(北アメリカ特有)`を有効にすることができます。そうすることで、顧客とウェイターが手動で印刷・記入する請求書が生成されます。その請求書には、顧客が支払後に渡すチップの金額が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 msgid "" "To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal " "attributed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この機能を使用するには、選択した支払方法に銀行仕訳帳が付与されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 msgid "Add tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "チップを追加" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -4991,10 +5420,12 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." msgstr "" +"オーダにチップを追加するには、:ref:`支払画面`にアクセスし、:guilabel:`♥ " +"チップ`をクリックします。次に、チップの金額を入力し、:guilabel:`確定`をクリックして確認し、支払を処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "tip popup window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "チップポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5003,6 +5434,8 @@ msgid "" "automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales " "Price**." msgstr "" +"または、POSインターフェイスで :ref:`チッププロダクト ` " +"を選択してカートに追加することもできます。選択されると、そのプロダクトは自動的にチップとして設定され、そのデフォルト値は**販売価格**と等しくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5011,16 +5444,19 @@ msgid "" "are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen " "before proceeding to the payment." msgstr "" +"チェックアウトの際、決済端末として**Adyen**を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`送信`をクリックして支払要求を端末に送信します。顧客は支払に進む前に、端末の画面で希望するチップ額を入力するよう求められます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 msgid "" "At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. " "Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." msgstr "" +"チェックアウトの際、カードの支払方法を選択し、:guilabel:`クローズタブ`をクリックします。そうすることで、顧客が記入する請求書が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客による支払完了後のチップ請求書" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -5029,18 +5465,19 @@ msgid "" "amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to" " the following order." msgstr "" +"次の画面で、パーセンテージ(:guilabel:`15%`、:guilabel:`20%`、:guilabel:`25%`)をクリックするか、:guilabel:`チップなし`、または顧客が選択したチップ額を入力します。次に、:guilabel:`確定`をクリックすると、次の順番に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払後に徴収するチップ額を選択する画面" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Shop features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "店舗機能" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5048,6 +5485,7 @@ msgid "" "efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be " "used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." msgstr "" +"バーコードスキャナを使用してPOSオーダを処理すると、迅速な顧客サービスを提供する効率が向上します。バーコードスキャナは、プロダクトをスキャンするためにも、従業員をPOSセッションにログインさせるためにも使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5055,36 +5493,41 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " ":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." msgstr "" +"バーコードスキャナーを使用するには、インベントリアプリで機能を有効にする必要があります。menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`に移動し、 :guilabel:`バーコード`セクションで、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ`にチェックを入れて保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1 msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "インベントリアプリケーションでのバーコード設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" ":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`バーコードスキャナの設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" ":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`バーコードスキャナを有効化 " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 msgid "" "Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of" " Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一度**在庫**で有効にすると、**POS**でバーコード番号が割当てられたプロダクトでバーコード機能を使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28 msgid "Assign barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バーコード割当" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31 msgid "To your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトへ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5093,10 +5536,13 @@ msgid "" " a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" +"POSでこの機能を使用するには、プロダクトにバーコードを割当てる必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`POS --> " +"プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、**プロダクトフォーム**を開きます。guilabel:`一般情報`タブの " +":guilabel:`バーコード`フィールドにバーコード番号を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38 msgid "To your employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "従業員へ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5105,10 +5551,12 @@ msgid "" "employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR " "Settings` tab." msgstr "" +"従業員に識別番号を追加するには、**従業員**アプリに移動し、**従業員フォーム**を開きます。従業員の識別番号を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`HR管理設定` タブの :guilabel:`PINコード` フィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 msgid "Use barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バーコードしよう" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48 msgid "Scan products" @@ -5120,16 +5568,17 @@ msgid "" "to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed," " or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad." msgstr "" +"バーコードスキャナーでプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンします。そうすることで、カートに直接追加されます。数量を変更するには、必要なだけプロダクトをスキャンするか、:guilabel:`Qty`をクリックしてキーパッドでプロダクト数を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for" " the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "検索バーにバーコード番号を手入力してプロダクトを探すこともできます。その後、クリックしてカートに入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 msgid "Log employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "従業員を記録" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -5138,10 +5587,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in ` your " "POS." msgstr "" +"また、バーコードスキャナを使用して従業員を記録することもできます。これを行うには、:ref:POSへの`アクセスを制限`し、:ref:POSで`バーコードを使用して従業員を記録`します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 msgid "Sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5150,10 +5600,11 @@ msgid "" " Sales, meaning that you can create a sales order and pay for it directly " "from your point of sale." msgstr "" +"小売業の場合、POSから直接プロダクトをオーダする必要があるかもしれません。幸いなことに、OdooPOSはOdoo販売と完全に統合されており、POSから直接販売オーダを作成し、代金を支払うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 msgid "Select a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダを選択" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5161,10 +5612,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and " "sales orders created on the sales application." msgstr "" +"**POS**アプリケーションから、新しいセッションを開いて下さい。次に、 " +":guilabel:`見積/オーダ`をクリックすると、販売アプリケーションで作成された見積と販売オーダの全リストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POSインターフェイスの見積および販売オーダボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5173,22 +5626,23 @@ msgid "" "before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one " "particular customer." msgstr "" +"正しいオーダを見つけやすくするために、**顧客**または**オーダ参照**でリストをフィルタリングすることができます。また、:guilabel:`見積/オーダ`をクリックする前に顧客を設定することで、リストを特定の顧客に絞り込むことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26 msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前払金の支払またはオーダの確定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28 msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダのリストから、支払を行うオーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダと見積のリスト表示" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 msgid "You can either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "いずれかが可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5196,18 +5650,20 @@ msgid "" "payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay." " Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order." msgstr "" +"オーダを**部分的に**決済します。 " +":guilabel:`前払金を適用`をクリックした後、顧客に支払ってもらいたい前払金のパーセンテージを入力します。その後、:guilabel:`ok`をクリックしてオーダを進めます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39 msgid "" "Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to " "pay for the total of the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダを**完全に決済する**: :guilabel:`オーダを決済する`をクリックして、販売オーダの合計金額を支払います。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically " "deducted from the total amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダを決済すると、適用された頭金は自動的に合計金額から差し引かれます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" @@ -5215,7 +5671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers and lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号とロット" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5223,6 +5679,7 @@ msgid "" "movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location " "based on their last movement." msgstr "" +"**シリアル番号**と**ロット**を使用すると、プロダクトの動きを追跡することができます。プロダクトが追跡されると、システムは最後の移動に基づいて位置を特定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5231,14 +5688,17 @@ msgid "" "Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" +"トレーサビリティを有効にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に進みます。次に、プロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`在庫` タブの :guilabel:`一意のシリアル番号で追跡` または " +":guilabel:`ロットで追跡` ボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enable traceability settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "トレーサビリティ設定を有効にする’" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号とロット輸入" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5246,24 +5706,26 @@ msgid "" "order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load " "the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"POSでシリアル番号をインポートすることができます。これを行うには、追跡されたプロダクトを含む**販売オーダ**または**見積**を選択します。次に、:abbr:`販売オーダ`にリンクされている**ロットまたはシリアル番号**を読み込むことに同意します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号インポート用ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28 msgid "" "The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can " "modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products." msgstr "" +"インポートされた追跡番号は、追跡されたプロダクトの下に表示されます。プロダクトの横にあるリストビューボタンをクリックすることで変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号とロット作成" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5272,16 +5734,18 @@ msgid "" "or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on " "**enter** to validate and start a new line." msgstr "" +"追跡プロダクトがPOSで利用可能な場合、プロダクトをカートに追加するとポップアップウィンドウが開き、プロダクトのシリアル番号またはロット番号を入力またはスキャンできます。同じ追跡対象プロダクトを複数追加するには、**入力**をクリックして有効化し、新しい行を開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新規シリアルおよびロット番号を追加" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view " "button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers." msgstr "" +"追跡されたプロダクトの数量をテンキーで変更すると、リストビューのボタンが赤くなります。それをクリックすると、不足しているロット番号とシリアル番号が追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5289,16 +5753,20 @@ msgid "" "products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " "**not** prevent from completing the sale." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ロット番号とシリアル番号`は、追跡されたプロダクトでは :guilabel:`必要` " +"ですが、必須ではありません。つまり、いくつか、またはどれかを帰属させなかったとしても、販売の完了を妨げ**ません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -5317,11 +5785,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooレンタル: プロダクトページ `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: レンタル `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 msgid "Rental Pricing" @@ -5366,33 +5834,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 msgid "Only one price line is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1つの価格明細のみ使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 msgid "The cheapest line is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最も安価な明細が選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "あるプロダクトについて、次のようなレンタル価格設定を考えてみましょう:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 msgid "1 day: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 日: $100" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 msgid "3 days: $250" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 日: $250" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 msgid "1 week: $500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 週間: $500" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 msgid "" "A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " "pay?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ある顧客がこのプロダクトを8日間レンタルしたい場合、料金はいくらになるでしょうか？" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5400,6 +5868,7 @@ msgid "" "cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " "rental's eight days, for a total of $750." msgstr "" +"オーダが作成されると、Odooは2番目の明細を選択します。顧客はレンタルの8日間をカバーするためにを'3日間を'3回、合計750ドルを支払う必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 msgid "Customer signature" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 6e5729371..086d9ebc3 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 msgid "Sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 msgid "Order and payment status" @@ -6854,7 +6854,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr " :guilabel:`作成`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index a3577819f..d0fd760d7 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " "used in the next steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`지역 URL`을 텍스트 에디터에 복사하여 다음 단계에서 사용할 수 있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 영역으로 Odoo 인스턴스 환경 설정" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -235,26 +235,32 @@ msgid "" "when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " "activated." msgstr "" +"Odoo :guilabel:`웹사이트` 앱에서 :menuselection:`설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`콘텐츠 전송 " +"네트워크 (CDN)` 설정을 활성화하고 이전 단계의 :guilabel:`영역 URL` 값을 :guilabel:`CDN 기본 URL` " +"필드에 복사/붙여넣기합니다. 이 필드는 :doc:`개발자 모드 " +"<../../applications/general/developer_mode>`가 활성화된 경우에만 확인 및 환경 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 msgid "" "Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" " Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CDN Base URL` 앞에 *왼쪽 방향 슬래시*가 두 개 (`//`)있고 :guilabel:`CDN Base " +"URL` 뒤에는 왼쪽 방향으로 슬래시가 하나 (`/`)가 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정 완료 후 :guilabel:`저장`합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 CDN 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 msgid "" "Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " ":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이제 웹사이트에서는 :guilabel:`CDN 필터` 정규식과 일치하는 리소스에 CDN을 사용하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -273,12 +279,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "" "The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CDN 기본 URL은 Odoo 웹사이트의 검사 기능을 사용하면 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 msgid "" "Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "교차 출처 리소스 공유 (CORS:Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)를 활성화하여 보안 문제 방지" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -286,6 +292,8 @@ msgid "" "Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " "this same external server." msgstr "" +"일부 브라우저 (예: Mozilla Firefox 및 Google Chrome)에서는 보안 제한으로 인해 원격으로 연결된 CSS 파일이 " +"동일한 외부 서버에서 관련 리소스를 가져오는 것을 금지하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -294,6 +302,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " "declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` 옵션이 :guilabel:`CDN 영역`에서 활성화되지 " +"않은 경우, 더 큰 문제는 *Font Awesome* CSS에 선언된 글꼴 파일은 원격 서버에서 로드되지 않기 때문에 표준 Odoo " +"웹사이트에서 *Font Awesome* 아이콘이 없게 된다는 것입니다. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -340,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 msgid "dbfilter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dbfilter" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1608,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 온라인" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -5027,16 +5038,18 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 사용자 수가 올바른 경우에는, 다음 인증 시 만료 메시지가 며칠 후 자동으로 사라집니다. 카운트다운이 표시되는 불안한 상황을" +" 피하고자 하는 경우에는, :ref:`업데이트 알림 강제 실행 `으로 메시지가 즉시 사라지게 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:114 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 만료 오류 메시지" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:116 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구독 갱신을 하기 전에 데이터베이스 날짜가 만료되면 다음의 메시지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "This database has expired." @@ -5048,12 +5061,14 @@ msgid "" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" +"이 **차단** 메시지는 차단되지 않는다는 메시지가 30일 동안 표시된 후 나타납니다. 카운트다운이 종료되기 전에 조치를 취하지 않으면 " +"데이터베이스가 만료됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:131 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구독 갱신: 링크를 따라 가시면 구독을 갱신할 수 있습니다. 다음에 유의하세요." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -5061,20 +5076,22 @@ msgid "" "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" +"온라인 이체 방식으로 결제하는 경우, 구독은 결제 입금 확인이 된 후에만 유효하게 갱신되며, 입금되기까지 며칠 정도 소요될 수 있습니다." +" 신용카드 결제는 즉시 처리됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:133 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`고객 지원 `__으로 연락하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:135 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "꼭 맞는 솔루션을 아직 찾지 못하셨나요? `고객 지원 `__으로 문의하세요." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:143 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 복사" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -5082,6 +5099,8 @@ msgid "" "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"서버 데이터베이스 관리자(/web/database/manager)로 액세스하여 데이터베이스를 복사할 수 있습니다." +" 이 페이지에서는 데이터베이스를 쉽게 복사할 수 있습니다 (다른 내용보다도)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -5091,6 +5110,9 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" +"로컬 데이터베이스를 복사하는 경우, 복사한 데이터베이스의 고유 식별 번호 (UUID: Universally Unique " +"Identifier)를 변경할 것을 **강력** 권장하며, 이는 해당 데이터베이스를 서버에서 식별하는 방법이 UUID이기 때문입니다. " +"동일한 UUID를 가진 두 개의 데이터베이스가 있을 경우 청구서 발행 문제나 등록 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -5100,10 +5122,13 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 UUID는 현재 :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 시스템 매개변수`에서 액세스할 수 있습니다. `UUID" +" 생성기 `_를 사용하거나 유닉스 명령어 ``uuidgen``을 사용하여 새로운 " +"UUID를 생성하는 것이 좋습니다. 그런 다음 해당 레코드를 클릭하고 편집 버튼을 사용하여 다른 레코드처럼 간단히 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:7 msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "지원되는 버전" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5371,7 +5396,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 msgid "Bugfix updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "버그 수정 업데이트" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 msgid "Introduction" @@ -5383,6 +5408,8 @@ msgid "" "corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " "installation from time to time." msgstr "" +"최신 개선 내용, 보안 수정, 버그 수정 및 성능 향상을 적용 받는 혜택을 받으려면 가끔씩 Odoo 설치 업데이트를 해야 할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -5390,16 +5417,18 @@ msgid "" "infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " "are automatically performed for you." msgstr "" +"본 안내 사항은 자체 호스팅 인프라에서 Odoo를 사용하는 경우에만 적용됩니다. Odoo 클라우드 솔루션 중에서 사용하는 경우 업데이트가" +" 자동으로 수행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 msgid "" "The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" " some preliminary definitions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "소프트웨어 업데이트와 관련된 용어는 혼동되는 경우가 많으므로 다음과 같이 몇 가지 사전 정의를 안내해 드립니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "업데이트 (Odoo 설치)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5415,7 +5444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "업그레이드 (Odoo 데이터베이스)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -5445,7 +5474,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 msgid "In a nutshell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 마디로," #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5462,12 +5491,14 @@ msgid "" "The main reference for updating is logically our :doc:`installation guide " "<../install>`, which explains the common installation methods." msgstr "" +"업데이트에 대해서 주로 참조하실 수 있는 자료로는 논리적으로 일반적인 설치 방법을 설명하는 :doc:`설치 가이드 " +"<../install>`가 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 msgid "" "Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed " "Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "업데이트 절차는 매우 유사하기 때문에 Odoo를 초기 배포했던 담당자가 수행하는 것이 가장 적절합니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -5483,7 +5514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1단계: 업데이트된 Odoo 버전 다운로드하기" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -5492,22 +5523,24 @@ msgid "" "into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise " "subscription." msgstr "" +"메인 다운로드 페이지는 https://www.odoo.com/page/download 입니다. Odoo 엔터프라이즈 다운로드를 하는 " +"\"구매\" 링크가 표시되면 Odoo 엔터프라이즈 구독 항목 연결을 할 때 동일한 로그인으로 Odoo.com에 로그인되었는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with " "your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또는 Odoo 엔터프라이즈 구매 확인 이메일에 있는 고유 다운로드 링크를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 msgid "" "Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github " "(see below)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Github를 통해 설치한 경우에는 업데이트된 버전을 다운로드할 필요가 없습니다 (아래 내용 참조)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2단계: 데이터베이스 백업 만들기" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -5516,6 +5549,8 @@ msgid "" " on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different " "computer." msgstr "" +"업데이트 절차는 매우 안전하며 데이터를 변경하지 안 됩니다. 그러나 설치 변경을 하기 전에 항상 전체 데이터베이스를 백업한 후 다른 " +"안전한 컴퓨터에 저장하는 것이 가장 좋습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -5524,18 +5559,21 @@ msgid "" " selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled" " it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 관리자 화면을 비활성화하지 않은 경우 (해야 하는 이유를 :ref:`여기 `에서 참조), 활성화하여 " +"(데이터베이스 선택 화면 하단에 있는 링크) 데이터베이스 백업을 다운로드할 수 있습니다. 비활성화한 경우에는 일반적인 백업 절차와 " +"동일하게 진행합니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3단계: 업데이트된 버전 설치" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 설치할 내용에 맞는 방법을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 msgid "Packaged Installers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설치 패키지 프로그램" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -5555,7 +5593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설치 소스 (Tarball)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -5565,6 +5603,9 @@ msgid "" "daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading " "the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." msgstr "" +"원래 \"Tarball\" 버전 (소스 코드 아카이브)으로 Odoo를 설치한 경우에는, 설치 디렉토리를 최신 버전으로 바꿔야 합니다. " +"먼저 Odoo.com에서 최신 Tarball을 다운로드합니다. 업데이트는 매일 시행되며 최신 보안 수정 사항이 포함되어 있습니다 (1단계" +" 참조). 패키지를 다운로드한 후 서버의 임시 위치에 압축을 풉니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5576,6 +5617,10 @@ msgid "" "it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" " just extracted." msgstr "" +"소스 코드 버전이 표시된 폴더가 예를 들어, \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\"와 같이 생성되며, \"odoo.egg-" +"info\" 폴더와 \"odoo\" (Odoo 10 이상)라는 실제 소스 코드 폴더나 이전 버전의 경우 \"openerp\"라는 이름으로" +" 폴더가 표시됩니다. odoo.egg-info 폴더는 무시해도 됩니다. 현재 설치 중인 내용이 배포된 폴더를 찾아 방금 압축을 푼 " +"아카이브에 있는 최신 \"odoo\" 또는 \"openerp\" 폴더로 바꿉니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -5586,6 +5631,9 @@ msgid "" "the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and" " you are all set." msgstr "" +"폴더 레이아웃이 일치하는지 확인합니다. 예를 들어 소스 코드에 포함된 새로운 \"addons\" 폴더는 이전과 동일한 경로에 있어야 " +"합니다. 다음으로, 이전 폴더에서 직접 복사하거나 수정되었을 수 있는 특정 구성 파일을 찾아서 새 폴더에 복사합니다. 마지막으로 Odoo" +" 서비스를 다시 시작하거나 컴퓨터를 재부팅하면 모든 설정이 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 msgid "Source Install (Github)" @@ -6260,7 +6308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:76 msgid "Disabling IAP services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP 서비스 비활성화하기" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -6283,6 +6331,9 @@ msgid "" " Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " "then consider running the tests on staging databases." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 단위 테스트는, 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스에 로드가 되지 않은 데모 데이터에 의존하기 때문에 실행되지 않습니다. 앞으로 " +"Odoo가 데모 데이터 없이 단위 테스트가 실행되도록 지원한다면 Odoo.sh는 스테이징 데이터베이스에서 테스트를 실행하는 것을 " +"고려하겠습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 @@ -6297,6 +6348,9 @@ msgid "" "You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " "Settings `." msgstr "" +"개발 브랜치에서는 데모 데이터로 새 데이터베이스를 생성하여 단위 테스트를 실행합니다. 설치된 모듈은 브랜치에 있는 모듈입니다. " +":ref:`프로젝트 설정 `.에서 설치할 " +"모듈 목록을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -6308,6 +6362,10 @@ msgid "" "be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings `." msgstr "" +"이와 같은 브랜치 중 하나에 새 커밋을 푸시하면 처음부터 새로 생성되고 브랜치가 변경되어 새 서버가 시작됩니다. 데모 데이터를 블러와서 " +"기본값으로 단위 테스트가 수행됩니다. 이를 통해 변경 사항 때문에 테스트한 기능이 손상되지 않았는지 확인합니다. 원하는 경우 테스트를 " +"비활성화하거나 :ref:`브랜치 설정 `에서 사용자 " +"정의 태그를 사용하여 특정 테스트가 실행되도록 허용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6315,6 +6373,8 @@ msgid "" "a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the " "database is not in use." msgstr "" +"스테이징 브랜치와 마찬가지로 이메일은 전송되지 않지만 메일 캐처를 이용하여 차단되고 데이터베이스가 사용 중인 경우가 아니면 예약된 작업은" +" 트리거되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -6322,34 +6382,36 @@ msgid "" "three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " "room for new databases without prior notice." msgstr "" +"개발 브랜치용으로 생성된 데이터베이스는 약 3일 정도 사용할 수 있습니다. 그 후에는 새 데이터베이스를 위한 공간을 확보하기 위해 사전 " +"안내 없이 자동으로 휴지통으로 이동될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 msgid "Merging your branches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "브랜치 병합하기" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:112 msgid "" "You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " "other." -msgstr "" +msgstr "브랜치를 서로 끌어다 놓는 방식으로 쉽게 병합할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:117 msgid "" "When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " "production data, you can either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로덕션 데이터를 사용하여 개발 브랜치의 변경 사항을 테스트하려는 경우 다음 중 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 msgid "" "merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " "it onto the desired staging branch," -msgstr "" +msgstr "개발 브랜치를 원하는 스테이징 브랜치에 끌어다 놓고 스테이징 브랜치에 병합합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 msgid "" "drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " "make it become a staging branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "개발 브랜치를 스테이징 섹션 제목에 끌어다 놓아서 스테이징 브랜치가 되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -6357,6 +6419,8 @@ msgid "" "your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " "production your newest features." msgstr "" +"최근 변경한 내용을 프로덕션에 적용할 준비가 끝나면, 스테이징 브랜치를 프로덕션 브랜치로 끌어다 놓아서 최신 기능을 프로덕션에 병합하고 " +"배포할 수 있게 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -6364,12 +6428,14 @@ msgid "" "production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " "changes with the production data through a staging branch." msgstr "" +"과감하게 개발 브랜치를 프로덕션 브랜치에 병합할 수도 있습니다. 이는 스테이징 브랜치로 프로덕션 데이터에 대한 변경 사항 승인을 " +"생략한다는 의미에 불과합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 msgid "" "You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " "branches into each other." -msgstr "" +msgstr "개발 브랜치를 서로, 또한 스테이징 브랜치를 서로 병합할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -6377,6 +6443,8 @@ msgid "" "to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " "been pushed in your branches." msgstr "" +"물론 워크스테이션에서 직접 :code:`git merge`를 사용하여 브랜치를 병합할 수도 있습니다. 브랜치에 새로운 개정 사항이 " +"푸시되면 Odoo.sh에서 알림을 받게 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -6384,12 +6452,14 @@ msgid "" "code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " "passed to the production database." msgstr "" +"프로덕션 브랜치에 스테이징 브랜치를 병합하는 경우 소스 코드만 병합됩니다. 스테이징 데이터베이스에서 변경한 설정 내용은 프로덕션 " +"데이터베이스로 이전되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 msgid "" "If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " "applied in the production, you have to either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "스테이징 브랜치에서 환경 설정에서 변경한 사항을 테스트하고 프로덕션에 적용하려면 다음 중에서 선택하여 진행해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -6401,12 +6471,15 @@ msgid "" "will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" " therefore have a traceability for your changes." msgstr "" +"브랜치의 기본 환경 설정이나 기본 화면을 재지정하도록 XML 데이터 파일에 설정 변경 사항을 기재한 다음 매니페스트 " +"(*__manifest__.py*)에서 모듈 버전을 높여서 스테이징 브랜치를 병합할 때 모듈 업데이트가 트리거되도록 합니다. 이는 설정 " +"변경에 Git 버전 관리 기능을 사용하여 변경 사항을 추적할 수 있으므로 개발 확장성을 향상시키는 데 가장 좋은 방법입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:147 msgid "" "pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " "copy/pasting them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "스테이징에서 프로덕션 데이터베이스로 복사/붙여넣기를 통해 직접 이전합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 msgid "Tabs" @@ -6420,17 +6493,17 @@ msgstr "기록" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 msgid "An overview of your branch history:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "브랜치 이력에 대한 개요:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," -msgstr "" +msgstr "커밋 및 커밋 작성자 메시지," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 msgid "" "The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " "imports, backup restores." -msgstr "" +msgstr "스테이지 변경이나 데이터베이스 가져오기, 백업 복원 등 플랫폼과 연결된 다양한 이벤트입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -6440,6 +6513,9 @@ msgid "" "successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " "access the database thanks to the *connect* button." msgstr "" +"각 이벤트의 상태는 오른쪽 상단 모서리에 표시됩니다. 데이터베이스에서 진행 중인 작업 (설치, 업데이트, 백업 가져오기 등)이나 해당 " +"결과 (테스트 피드백, 백업 가져오기 성공 등)에 대한 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다. 작업이 성공하면 *연결* 버튼을 누르면 데이터베이스에" +" 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 @@ -6454,10 +6530,12 @@ msgid "" "and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " "sent instead of being intercepted." msgstr "" +"이 탭에는 메일 수집기가 포함되어 있습니다. 여기에서 데이터베이스에서 전송된 이메일에 대한 전반적인 내용을 확인할 수 있습니다. 메일 " +"수집기는 개발 및 준비 브랜치에서 사용할 수 있으며 .프로덕션 데이터베이스의 이메일이 남겨져 있는 대신 실제로 전송될 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 msgid "Shell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "셸" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -6465,6 +6543,8 @@ msgid "" "(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " ":code:`psql`." msgstr "" +"컨테이너에 대한 셸 액세스입니다. 기본 Linux 명령어 (:code:`ls`, :code:`top`)로 진행하고 " +":code:`psql`을 입력하면 데이터베이스에서 셸을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 @@ -6472,12 +6552,13 @@ msgid "" "You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " "you wish, for instance side by side." msgstr "" +"탭을 여러 개 열고 드래그 앤 드롭 기능을 통해 원하는 대로 레이아웃을 정렬할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 나란히 배치해 보세요." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 msgid "" "Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " "disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." -msgstr "" +msgstr "셸 인스턴스는 장기적으로 실행되도록 보장되지 않습니다. 유휴 셸은 리소스를 확보하기 위해 언제든지 연결을 끊을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 msgid "Editor" @@ -6488,15 +6569,17 @@ msgid "" "An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " "You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." msgstr "" +"소스 코드를 편집할 수 있는 온라인 통합 개발 환경 (IDE)입니다. 터미널, Python 콘솔 및 Odoo 셸 콘솔까지 열 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 msgid "Monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모니터링" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 링크에는 현재의 빌드에 대한 다양한 모니터링 측정 항목이 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -6504,6 +6587,8 @@ msgid "" "graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " "(database import, git push, etc...)." msgstr "" +"각 그래프에서 확대/축소하거나, 시간 범위를 변경할 수 있으며, 특정한 측정 항목을 선택할 수 있습니다. 그래프에서 주석으로 빌드 변경 " +"사항 (데이터베이스 가져오기, git push 등)과 관련된 정보를 안내할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 @@ -6513,35 +6598,35 @@ msgstr "로그" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "뷰어로 서버 로그를 살펴볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 msgid "Different logs are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다양한 로그를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 msgid "" "install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," " the logs of the tests are included." -msgstr "" +msgstr "install.log: 데이터베이스 설치 로그입니다. 개발 브랜치에는 테스트 로그가 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "pip.log: Python 종속성 설치 로그입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "odoo.log: 실행 중인 서버의 로그입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "update.log: 데이터베이스 업데이트 로그입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 msgid "" "pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" " time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "pg_long_queries.log: 소요 시간이 비정상적인 psql 쿼리의 로그입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -6549,6 +6634,8 @@ msgid "" " you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" " new line is added." msgstr "" +"로그에 새로운 줄이 추가되면 자동으로 표시됩니다. 맨 아래로 스크롤을 이동하면 새 줄이 추가될 때마다 브라우저가 자동으로 스크롤이 " +"이동됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -6556,17 +6643,19 @@ msgid "" "upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " "5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." msgstr "" +"화면에서 오른쪽 상단에 있는 해당 버튼을 클릭하면 로그 가져오기를 일시 중지할 수 있습니다. 로그 가져오기는 5분 후에 자동으로 " +"중지됩니다. 재생 버튼을 사용하여 다시 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 msgid "Backups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "백업" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 msgid "" "A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " "perform a manual backup and to import a database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다운로드 및 복원할 수 있는 백업 목록, 수동 백업 수행 및 데이터베이스 가져오기 기능입니다" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -6574,6 +6663,8 @@ msgid "" "weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " "filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh에서는 프로덕션 데이터베이스가 매일 백업됩니다. 매일 7회, 매주 4회, 매월 3회 백업이 진행됩니다. 백업에는 데이터베이스" +" 덤프, 파일 저장소(첨부 파일, 바이너리 필드), 로그 및 세션을 포함하여 백업됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -6582,6 +6673,8 @@ msgid "" "staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" " been deleted by accident from the production database." msgstr "" +"스테이징 및 개발 데이터베이스는 백업되지 않습니다. 다만 스테이징 브랜치에서 테스트 목적으로 프로덕션 데이터베이스의 백업을 복원하거나 " +"프로덕션 데이터베이스에서 실수로 삭제된 데이터는 수기로 복구할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -6589,6 +6682,8 @@ msgid "" " hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " "weekly backups." msgstr "" +"이 목록에는 프로덕션 데이터베이스가 호스팅되는 서버에 보관된 백업이 포함되어 있습니다. 서버에는 한 달 분량의 백업으로 일일 7회 백업," +" 주간 4회 백업만 보관됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -6596,6 +6691,8 @@ msgid "" "monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" " `contact us `_." msgstr "" +"전용 백업 서버는 백업을 동일하게 진행하되 월간 3회를 추가로 백업합니다. 월별 백업 중 하나를 복원하거나 다운로드하려면 `문의하기 " +"`_로 연락주시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -6631,35 +6728,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " "provided by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*데이터베이스 가져오기* 기능은 다음 형식으로 데이터베이스에 보관할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 msgid "" "the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " "under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" msgstr "" +"표준 Odoo 데이터베이스 관리자 (:code:`/web/database/manager` 아래에 있는 Odoo 온프레미스 서버에서 사용 " +"가능)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 온라인 데이터베이스 관리자," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 *백업* 탭에 있는 Odoo.sh 백업 다운로드 버튼," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 msgid "" "the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`빌드 화면 `에 있는 Odoo.sh 덤프 다운로드 버튼." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." -msgstr "" +msgstr "유효한 프로젝트에서 프로덕션 및 스테이징 브랜치에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade documentation <../../upgrade>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`업그레이드 문서 <../../upgrade>`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 @@ -6673,11 +6772,11 @@ msgstr "설정" msgid "" "Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " "selected branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여기에는 현재 선택한 브랜치에만 적용되는 설정이 몇 가지 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**새로운 커밋에 대한 동작**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -6691,15 +6790,20 @@ msgid "" " the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " "back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." msgstr "" +"개발 브랜치 및 스테이징 브랜치의 경우 새로운 커밋을 받으면 브랜치의 동작을 변경할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로, 개발 브랜치는 새 빌드를 " +"생성하고 스테이징 브랜치는 이전 빌드를 업데이트합니다 (:ref:`프로덕션 단계 ` 참조). 이 기능은 " +"작업 중인 기능에 특정한 설정이나 환경 설정이 필요한 경우 커밋할 때마다 직접 다시 설정할 필요가 없으므로 특히 유용합니다. 스테이징 " +"브랜치에 새 빌드를 선택하면 커밋이 푸시될 때마다 프로덕션 빌드에서 새로 복사본이 만들어집니다. 스테이징에서 개발로 되돌려진 브랜치는 " +"자동으로 '아무 것도 하지 않음'으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 msgid "**Modules installation**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**모듈 설치**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 msgid "" "Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "개발 빌드에 자동으로 설치할 모듈을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -6707,6 +6811,8 @@ msgid "" "is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " "are excluded." msgstr "" +"*내 모듈만 설치*는 해당하는 브랜치의 모듈만 설치합니다. 기본 선택 사항입니다. :ref:`하위 모듈 `은 제외됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -6714,6 +6820,8 @@ msgid "" "the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " "When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." msgstr "" +"*전체 설치 (모든 모듈)*는 브랜치의 모듈, 하위 모듈에 포함된 모듈 및 Odoo의 모든 표준 모듈을 설치합니다. 전체 설치를 실행하면" +" 테스트 집단이 비활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 msgid "" @@ -6721,6 +6829,7 @@ msgid "" "just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" " they must be comma-separated." msgstr "" +"*모듈 목록 설치*는 이 옵션의 바로 아래 입력란에 지정되어 있는 모듈을 설치합니다. 이름은 모듈의 기술명이며 쉼표로 구분되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -6728,10 +6837,12 @@ msgid "" "hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " "duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." msgstr "" +"테스트를 활성화하게 되면 표준 Odoo 모듈 제품군의 경우 최대 1시간까지 소요될 수 있습니다. 개발 빌드에만 이 설정이 적용됩니다. " +"스테이징 빌드는 프로덕션 빌드와 복제되고 프로덕션 빌드는 기본으로만 설치됩니다. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 msgid "**Test suite**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**테스트 집단**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -6740,10 +6851,13 @@ msgid "" "restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " "`." msgstr "" +"개발 브랜치의 경우 테스트 도구 모음을 사용 또는 사용하지 않도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 사용하는 것이 기본값으로 되어 있습니다. 테스트 " +"도구 모음이 활성화된 경우 :ref:`태그 테스트`를 지정하여 " +"제한할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 msgid "**Odoo Version**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 버전**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -6751,12 +6865,14 @@ msgid "" "you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " "database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." msgstr "" +"개발 브랜치에 한해, 프로덕션 데이터베이스가 최신 버전으로 업그레이드되는 동안 업그레이드된 코드를 테스트하거나 기능을 개발하려는 경우에 " +"Odoo 버전을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 msgid "" "In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " "update." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또한 각 버전별로 코드 업데이트와 관련된 옵션이 두 가지 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -6764,6 +6880,8 @@ msgid "" "fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." " This is the 'Latest' option." msgstr "" +"최신 버그, 보안 및 성능 수정 사항이 자동으로 적용되도록 선택할 수 있습니다. Odoo 서버의 소스는 매주 업데이트됩니다. 현재는 " +"'최신' 상태입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -6772,6 +6890,8 @@ msgid "" " notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " "action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." msgstr "" +"날짜 목록에서 Odoo 소스를 선택하여 특정한 개정판에 핀고정하도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 개정판은 3개월 후에 만료됩니다. 만료일에 " +"가까워지면 메일로 알림을 받게 되며 이후에도 아무 조치를 취하지 않을 경우 자동으로 최신 개정판으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 msgid "**Custom domains**" @@ -7128,6 +7248,8 @@ msgid "" "is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " "developer warnings were raised." msgstr "" +"생성 중에 경고가 표시되더라도 오류가 없으면 빌드가 거의 성공한 것으로 간주합니다. 개발자에게 경고가 발생했음을 알리기 위해 노란색으로 " +"강조 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7137,6 +7259,9 @@ msgid "" "database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " "and otherwise failed." msgstr "" +"빌드에서 항상 기초부터 데이터베이스가 생성되는 것은 아닙니다. 예를 들어, 프로덕션 브랜치에 변경 사항을 적용할 때 생성된 빌드로는 " +"새로운 개정판으로 서버가 시작되고 여기에 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 로드하려고 시도합니다. 오류가 발생하지 않으면 빌드가 성공한 것으로" +" 간주되고 그렇지 않으면 실패한 것으로 간주됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7144,12 +7269,14 @@ msgid "" "this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " "database of your project." msgstr "" +"프로덕션 브랜치의 첫 번째 빌드는 기초부터 데이터베이스를 생성합니다. 이 빌드가 성공하면 데이터베이스는 프로젝트의 프로덕션 데이터베이스로" +" 간주됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 msgid "" "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " "attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 프로덕션 브랜치를 적용하면 새 개정판으로 실행되는 서버에서 데이터베이스를 로드하는 새로운 빌드가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -7157,6 +7284,7 @@ msgid "" "database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" " this build." msgstr "" +"빌드가 성공했거나, 경고는 있으나 오류가 없는 경우 프로덕션 데이터베이스는 이제 해당 빌드에 연결된 개정판과 함께 이 빌드로 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -7164,6 +7292,8 @@ msgid "" "successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" " will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." msgstr "" +"빌드에서 데이터베이스를 로드하거나 업데이트하는 데 실패하면 이전에 성공한 빌드로 다시 데이터베이스를 로드하므로 데이터베이스는 이전에 " +"성공한 개정판으로 실행되는 서버에서 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -7171,12 +7301,14 @@ msgid "" "builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " "the production database." msgstr "" +"프로덕션 데이터베이스 실행에 사용되는 빌드는 항상 빌드 목록의 첫 번째에 위치합니다. 빌드가 실패하면 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 실행 " +"중인 빌드 뒤에 배치됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 msgid "" "Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " "duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "스테이징 브랜치는 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 복제하고 해당 복제본을 스테이징 브랜치의 개정판과 함께 로드하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -7184,12 +7316,14 @@ msgid "" "uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " "between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" msgstr "" +"스테이징 브랜치에 새 개정판을 적용할 때마다 생성된 빌드는 프로덕션 데이터베이스의 새 복사본을 사용합니다. 데이터베이스는 동일한 브랜치에" +" 있는 빌드 사이에는 재사용되지 않습니다. 이를 통해 다음과 같은 내용이 보장됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 msgid "" "staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " "like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," -msgstr "" +msgstr "스테이징 빌드는 프로덕션 환경과 유사한 데이터베이스를 사용하므로 오래된 데이터로 테스트를 만들지 않습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -7197,6 +7331,8 @@ msgid "" "you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " "the production." msgstr "" +"동일한 스테이징 데이터베이스에서 마음껏 작업을 수행할 수 있으며, 프로덕션의 새 복사본으로 다시 시작하려는 경우 다시 빌드를 요청할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -7204,12 +7340,14 @@ msgid "" "databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " "on the next build of the same staging branch." msgstr "" +"그럼에도 불구하고 스테이징 데이터베이스에서 환경 설정을 변경한 후 프로덕션에 적용하지 않으면 동일한 스테이징 브랜치의 다음 빌드로 " +"이전되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 msgid "" "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" " tests." -msgstr "" +msgstr "개발 빌드는 새 데이터베이스 생성, 데모 데이터 로드 및 단위 테스트 실행을 하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -9097,6 +9235,8 @@ msgid "" "provides important information about the changes introduced by the new " "version." msgstr "" +"업그레이드 요청이 완료되면 업그레이드 성공 안내 이메일에 업그레이드 보고서가 첨부되며 \"관리/설정\" 그룹에 속한 사용자는 메일 및 " +"채팅 앱에서 해당 보고서를 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 보고서에는 새 버전 도입으로 인한 변경 사항과 관련된 중요한 정보를 제공합니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" @@ -9344,6 +9484,9 @@ msgid "" "takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " "before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" +"표준 업그레이드 스크립트 및 데이터베이스가 계속하여 발전하고 있으므로 업그레이드 프로세스가 성공적으로 완료될 수 있도록, 특히 완료하는 " +"데 시간이 오래 걸리는 경우에는 업그레이드된 테스트 데이터베이스를 자주 요청하는 것이 좋습니다. **프로덕션 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하기" +" 전날 업그레이드 프로세스를 충분히 테스트해보는 것도 좋습니다.**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" @@ -9424,6 +9567,9 @@ msgid "" "how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" +"전체 업그레이드 프로세스를 완료하려면 커스텀 모듈의 업데이트가 성공해야 합니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 시도하기 전에 스테이지 업그레이드의 " +"상태가 :guilabel:`성공`인지 확인하세요. 사용자 정의 모델을 업그레이드하는 자세한 방법은 " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`에서 확인하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -9431,6 +9577,8 @@ msgid "" "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" +"데이터베이스를 프로덕션으로 업그레이드하는 명령어는 테스트 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하는 명령어와 유사하며 반드시 `test` 인수를 " +"`production`으로 대체해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -9440,6 +9588,9 @@ msgid "" "upgraded database. This is why we recommend not using it during the upgrade " "process." msgstr "" +"프로덕션 데이터베이스 업그레이드는 '업그레이드 페이지`_를 통해서도 요청할 수 있습니다." +" 데이터베이스가 업로드되면 프로덕션 데이터베이스에 대한 수정 사항은 업그레이드된 데이터베이스에 나타나지 **않습니다**. 그렇기 때문에 " +"업그레이드 프로세스 중에는 사용하지 않는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -9448,6 +9599,8 @@ msgid "" "must be merged with the production filestore before deploying the new " "version." msgstr "" +"프로덕션 목적으로 업그레이드된 데이터베이스를 요청할 경우 파일 저장소 없이 복사본이 제출됩니다. 따라서 새 버전을 배포하기 전에 " +"업그레이드된 데이터베이스 파일 저장소를 프로덕션 파일 저장소와 병합해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 56bb3e435..c942a6568 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20590,7 +20590,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 msgid "Cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현금 할인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -20598,12 +20598,15 @@ msgid "" "is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " "benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" +"벨기에에서는 청구서에 조기 결제 할인이 적용된 경우, 고객이 할인을 받았는지 여부에 관계없이 할인된 총 금액을 기준으로 세금이 " +"계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 msgid "" "To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " "set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." msgstr "" +"세액을 올바르게 적용하여 부가가치세 신고서에 정확하게 신고하려면 세금 감면을 :guilabel:`항상 (청구 당시)`로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -20611,7 +20614,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 인증: POS 레스토랑" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" @@ -20620,6 +20623,8 @@ msgid "" "System** for their receipts. This applies if their yearly earnings " "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" +"벨기에에서는 레스토랑이나 푸드트럭 등 요식업 사업자는 정부가 인증한 **현금 등록 시스템**을 사용하여 결제를 받도록 법으로 규정하고 " +"있습니다. 이는 연간 수입 (부가가치세, 음료, 테이크아웃 식품 제외)이 25,000유로를 초과하는 경우에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -20628,6 +20633,9 @@ msgid "" "Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" +"해당 정부 인증 시스템에는 :ref:`인증된 POS 시스템 `과 함께 :ref:`재정 데이터 " +"모듈 ` (또는 **블랙박스**) 및 :ref:`부가가치세 서명 카드 `라는 장치를 " +"사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -20635,10 +20643,13 @@ msgid "" "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" +"*식품 서비스 산업 관리자*로 연방 공공 서비스 재정 등록 양식 " +"`_에서 등록하는 것을 " +"잊지 마세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증된 POS 시스템" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -20646,11 +20657,13 @@ msgid "" "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" +"Odoo POS 시스템은 **Odoo 온라인** 및 **Odoo.sh**에서 호스팅되는 데이터베이스의 주요 버전에 대해 인증을 " +"받았습니다. 다음 표를 참조하여 POS 시스템이 인증되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 온라인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" @@ -20680,7 +20693,7 @@ msgstr "인증함" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" -msgstr "" +msgstr "미인증" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" @@ -20705,44 +20718,46 @@ msgid "" "adhere to rigorous government regulations, which means it operates " "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" +"`인증된 POS 시스템 `_은 반드시 엄격한 정부 규정을 준수해야 한다는 점에서, 비인증 POS와 다르게 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음은 인증된 POS에서는 불가능합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**글로벌 할인** 기능을 설정하여 사용합니다 (`pos_discount` 모듈은 블랙리스트에 등록되어 활성화할 수 없음)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**적립 프로그램** 기능 설정 및 사용 (블랙리스트에 `pos_loyalty` 모듈이 있어서 활성화할 수 없음)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증 재발행 (블랙리스트에 `pos_reprint` 모듈이 있으므로 활성화할 수 없습니다)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 내역의 가격을 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 주문서에서 주문 내역을 수정하거나 삭제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "유효한 VAT 번호가 없는 품목을 판매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT 박스에 연결되지 않은 POS를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -20750,6 +20765,9 @@ msgid "" "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" +":doc:`현금 반올림 <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` 기능이 활성화되어 " +"있어야 하며 :guilabel:`반올림 정밀도`는 `0,05`로, :guilabel:`반올림 방법`은 :guilabel:`반올림`으로 " +"설정되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" @@ -20759,6 +20777,9 @@ msgid "" "by clicking the arrow next to the default sales tax field. There, click " ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" +"세금은 가격에 포함하여 설정해야 합니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`POS (Point of Sale) --> 환경 설정 " +"--> 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`회계` 섹션에서 기본 판매세 필드 옆에 있는 화살표를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`기본" +" 판매세` 양식을 엽니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`고급 옵션`을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`가격에 포함`을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" @@ -20767,16 +20788,21 @@ msgid "" "clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click " ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" +"POS 세션을 시작하려면, 사용자는 반드시 :guilabel:`근무 시작`을 클릭하여 출근 처리해야 합니다. 이렇게 해야 POS 주문을 " +"등록할 수 있습니다. 사용자가 로그인하지 않으면 POS 주문이 되지 않습니다. 마찬가지로 세션이 종료되면 :guilabel:`근무 " +"종료`를 클릭해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, you " "cannot use it again without it." msgstr "" +":abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`과 함께 작동하도록 POS를 설정할 경우, POS 없이는 다시 사용할 수 " +"없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:401 msgid "Fiscal Data Module (FDM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 데이터 모듈 (FDM)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -20786,6 +20812,9 @@ msgid "" "each POS order and added to its receipt. This allows the government to " "verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" +"FDM 또는 **블랙박스**는 POS 애플리케이션과 함께 작동하여 POS 주문 정보를 저장하는 정부 인증 장치입니다. 구체적으로는, " +"**해시** (:dfn:`고유 코드`)가 POS 주문별로 생성되어 영수증에 추가됩니다. 이를 통해 정부에서 모든 수익이 신고되었는지 " +"확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:409 msgid "" @@ -20794,46 +20823,51 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ is supported by Odoo. `Contact the manufacturer" " (GCV BMC) `_ to order one." msgstr "" +"FDM 인증서 번호가 BMC01 `_인 **Boîtenoire.be**의 FDM만 Odoo에서 지원됩니다. 주문하려면 " +"제조업체 (GCV BMC) `_에 문의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FDM과 작동이 되도록 데이터베이스를 설정하기 전에 다음 하드웨어가 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "a **Boîtenoire.be** (certificate number BMC01) FDM;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Boîtenoire.be** (인증서 번호 BMC01) FDM;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FDM당 RS-232 직렬 nul 모뎀 케이블 1개;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FDM당 RS-232 직렬-USB 어댑터 1개;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per FDM); and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`IoT 박스 ` (FDM당 하나의 IoT 박스); 및" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:423 msgid "a receipt printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "수신 프린터." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:428 msgid "Black box module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "블랙박스 모듈" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:430 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." msgstr "" +"전제 조건으로, '벨기에 등록 금전 등록기' 모듈 (기술명: `pos_blackbox_be`)을 :ref:`활성화 " +"`해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "벨기에 재정 인증을 위한 블랙박스 모듈" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:436 msgid "" @@ -20845,10 +20879,14 @@ msgid "" " go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and " "fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." msgstr "" +"모듈을 활성화했으면, 회사 정보에 부가가치세 번호를 추가합니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 회사 --> 정보 " +"업데이트`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`VAT` 필드를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 POS 시스템으로 업무를 하는 모든 직원의 주민등록번호를" +" 입력합니다. 입력하려면 :guilabel:`직원` 앱으로 이동하여 직원 양식을 엽니다. 거기에서 :menuselection:`HR 설정" +" 탭 --> 근태/POS`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`주민등록번호 또는 BIS 번호` 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직원 양식의 ISNZ 또는 BIS 번호 필드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -20856,6 +20894,8 @@ msgid "" "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" +"정보를 입력하려면 아바타를 클릭하여 :menuselection:`: '내 프로필 --> 환경 설정 탭'으로 이동한 후 지정된 필드에 " +"INSZ 또는 BIS 번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:450 msgid "" @@ -20863,6 +20903,8 @@ msgid "" "production database. Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in " "incorrect data being stored within the FDM." msgstr "" +"반드시 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서 직접 :abbr:`FDM (재정 데이터 모듈)`을 설정해야 합니다. 테스트 환경에서 사용하면 FDM에 " +"잘못된 데이터가 저장될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:456 msgid "IoT Box" @@ -20875,18 +20917,20 @@ msgid "" "contact form `_ and provide the following " "information:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`FDM (재정 데이터 모듈)`을 사용하려면 IoT 박스가 등록되어 있어야 합니다. IoT 박스를 등록하려면 `지원 문의 양식" +" `_을 통해 당사에 연락하여 다음 정보를 제출해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your VAT number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "부가가치세 번호" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사명, 주소 및 법적 조직 구성 및" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:464 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT 박스의 Mac 주소" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:466 msgid "" @@ -20895,10 +20939,13 @@ msgid "" " the IoT Box recognizes the FDM, go to the IoT homepage and scroll down the " ":guilabel:`IOT Device` section, which should display the FDM." msgstr "" +"IoT 박스 인증이 완료되면 :doc:`connect <../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`를 " +"데이터베이스에 추가합니다. IoT 박스에서 FDM 인식이 되는지 확인하려면 IoT 홈페이지의 :guilabel:`IOT 장치` 섹션에서 " +"아래로 이동을 했을 때 FDM이 표시되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "등록된 IoT Box의 하드웨어 상태 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:473 msgid "" @@ -20907,16 +20954,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Connected Device` section, and enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`. " "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 POS에 IoT를 추가합니다. 추가하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 환경 설정 --> POS`로 이동하여 " +"POS를 선택하고 :guilabel:`연결된 장치` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`IoT Box`를 " +"활성화합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`재정 데이터 모듈` 필드에 FMD를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:478 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "FDM을 사용하려면 연결되어 있는 :guilabel:`영수증 프린터`가 최소한 하나는 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:483 msgid "VAT signing card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "부가가치세 서명 카드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:485 msgid "" @@ -20926,6 +20976,10 @@ msgid "" "upon `registration " "`_." msgstr "" +"POS 세션을 시작하여 처음으로 거래를 할 때, :abbr:`VSC (VAT 서명 카드)`와 함께 제공된 PIN을 입력하라는 메시지가 " +"표시됩니다. 이 카드는 '등록 " +"`_ 시 " +":abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)`에서 전달됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:3 msgid "Brazil" @@ -20950,13 +21004,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly" " without computing them with AvaTax." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 관련 세금의 경우 AvaTax에서 계산하지 않고 Odoo에서 직접 생성 및 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" "The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " "can be modified if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현지화에는 필요한 경우 수정할 수 있는 세금 및 계정과목표 서식도 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -21029,13 +21083,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 정보를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`연락처` 앱으로 이동하여 회사 이름을 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "페이지 상단에서 :guilabel:`회사` 옵션을 선택합니다. 선택한 후, 다음 내용을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 @@ -21082,23 +21136,24 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`전화번호`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`판매 및 매입` 탭에서 :guilabel:`재정 정보`를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 msgid "" "Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" +":ref:`Avatax Brazil `에 대해 :guilabel:`재정 위치`를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)" @@ -21116,7 +21171,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 재정 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." @@ -21128,10 +21183,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " "Avatax Brazil`." msgstr "" +"단순화된 정책을 사용하고 있는 경우 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 세금 -->Avatax " +"Brazil `에서 ICMS 요율 설정을 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AvaTax 통합 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -21168,7 +21225,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 계정을 생성한 후 Avalara 포털로 이동하여 비밀번호를 설정해야 합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -21191,6 +21248,8 @@ msgid "" "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" +"토큰과 비밀번호를 생성할 수 있는 링크를 이메일로 받게 됩니다. 이 링크를 클릭한 후 복사한 토큰을 붙여넣어 원하는 비밀번호를 " +"설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -21209,7 +21268,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatax 계정 환경 설정." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -21230,12 +21289,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." -msgstr "" +msgstr "브라질의 계정과목표는 브라질에서 필요한 계정의 기준선을 제공하는 SPED CoA를 기반으로 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사의 필요에 따라 계정을 추가하거나 삭제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -21243,6 +21302,8 @@ msgid "" "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" +"브라질 현지화를 설치할 때 세금은 자동으로 생성됩니다. 세금은 환경 설정이 이미 완료되어 있으며, 일부는 판매주문서 또는 청구서 관련 " +"세금을 계산할 때 Avalara에서 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -21250,12 +21311,14 @@ msgid "" "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" +"세금을 편집하거나, 세금을 더 추가할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 서비스가 제공되는 도시에 따라 세율이 다를 수 있으므로 서비스에 사용되는" +" 일부 세금은 직접 추가하고 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:178 msgid "" "Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " "computed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스에 부과되는 세금은 AvaTax에서 계산되지 않습니다. 재화에 대한 세금만 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -21265,6 +21328,9 @@ msgid "" "Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " ":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." msgstr "" +"서비스에 부과된 세금이 최종 가격에 포함되도록 설정하는 경우 (품목 가격에 세금을 더하거나 빼지 않는 경우) :guilabel:`세금 " +"계산`을 :guilabel:`세금 포함가 비율`로 설정하고 :guilabel:`고급 옵션` 탭에서 :guilabel:`가격에 포함` " +"옵션에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -21275,7 +21341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -21286,6 +21352,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " "refunds` sections." msgstr "" +"Avatax 세금 계산에 사용되므로, 세금을 삭제하지 마세요. 삭제할 경우, Odoo에서 |판매주문서| 또는 청구서에서 사용할 때 세금을" +" 다시 생성하고 AvaTax로 세금을 계산하지만 세금을 등록하는 데 사용되는 계정은 세금의 :guilabel:`정의` 탭의 " +":guilabel:`청구서용 배포` 및 :guilabel:`환불용 배포` 섹션에서 다시 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 @@ -21301,7 +21370,7 @@ msgstr "품목" msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" " following information on the product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서 및 청구서에 AvaTax 통합을 사용하려면 먼저 품목에 다음 정보를 지정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -21334,7 +21403,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -21358,17 +21427,19 @@ msgstr "연락처" msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연동 기능을 사용하기 전에 연락처에 다음 정보를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 msgid "General information about the contact:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락처에 대한 일반 정보입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:231 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" +"세금 ID (CNPJ)가 연락처에 있는 경우, :guilabel:`회사` 옵션을 선택하고, CPF가 있는 연락처인 경우 " +":guilabel:`개인`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -21396,7 +21467,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락처 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -21404,6 +21475,8 @@ msgid "" "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM` 및 :guilabel:`SUFRAMA 코드` 필드는" +" :guilabel:`국가`가 `브라질`로 설정될 때까지 숨겨져 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -21419,7 +21492,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`세금 제도`: 연방 조세 제도" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -21431,15 +21504,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`주요 활동 분야`: 연락처의 주요 활동 분야 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락처 재정 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 msgid "Fiscal positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 위치" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -21452,17 +21525,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" " when creating a sales order or an invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재정 위치`는 연락처에서 설정하거나 판매주문서나 청구서를 생성할 때 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 상태 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -21488,42 +21561,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:290 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**견적 확인**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:291 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "견적서를 확인하여 판매주문서로 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "**Manual trigger**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**수동 트리거**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Avatax를 사용하여 세금 계산`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "**Preview**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**미리 보기**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`미리 보기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**견적서/판매주문서를 이메일로 보내기**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일을 통해 고객에게 견적서나 판매주문서를 보냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 msgid "**Online quotation access**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**온라인 견적서 접근 권한**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -21533,7 +21606,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서에 대한 세금 계산" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -21543,11 +21616,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`AvaTax를 사용하여 세금 계산`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 msgid "**Online invoice access**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**온라인 청구서 액세스**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -21560,6 +21633,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" +"세금을 자동으로 계산하려면 반드시 :guilabel:`재정 위치`가 `자동 세금 매핑 (Avalara 브라질)`로 설정되어 있어야 이와 " +"같이 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 msgid "" @@ -21577,32 +21652,38 @@ msgid "" "localization, and search the playlist for tutorials to discover practical " "workflows while using Odoo in Chile." msgstr "" +"아래에 있는 두 개의 웨비나 동영상을 통해 현지화에 대한 일반적인 내용을 확인해 보시고, 시청 목록에서 튜토리얼을 검색하여 칠레에서 " +"실무에 Odoo를 사용할 때의 작업 흐름에 대해 알아보세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:9 msgid "`Webinar: intro and demo `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`웨비나: 소개 및 데모 `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:10 msgid "`Webinar: delivery guide `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`웨비나: 전달 가이드 `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:11 msgid "" "`Playlist of tutorials " "`_." msgstr "" +"`튜토리얼 재생 목록 " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:15 msgid "" "`Chilean localization app tour " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`칠레 현지화 앱 둘러보기 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "`Chilean localization smart tutorial `_" msgstr "" +"`칠레 현지화 스마트 튜토리얼 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 msgid "Modules" @@ -21612,11 +21693,11 @@ msgstr "모듈" msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to utilize all the " "features of the Chilean localization." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 모듈을 :ref:`설치 `하면 칠레 현지화의 기능을 모두 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - Accounting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`칠레 - 회계`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "`l10n_cl`" @@ -21628,10 +21709,12 @@ msgid "" "Chile under the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` regulations and" " guidelines." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 규정 및 지침에 따라 칠레에서 회사를 운영하기 위해 " +"필요한 최소한의 회계 기능을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - Accounting Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`칠레 - 회계 보고서`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:38 msgid "`l10n_cl_reports`" @@ -21640,11 +21723,11 @@ msgstr "`l10n_cl_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:39 msgid "" "Adds the *Propuesta F29* and *Balance Tributario (8 columnas)* reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Propuesta F29* 및 *Balance Tributario (8개 컬럼)* 보고서를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 청구서`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi`" @@ -21656,10 +21739,12 @@ msgid "" "electronic invoices online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` regulations." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 규정에 따라 온라인으로 전자 청구서를 생성하고 수신하기 " +"위한 기술 및 기능 요구 사항이 모두 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 영수증`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:45 msgid "`l10n_cl_boletas`" @@ -21671,10 +21756,12 @@ msgid "" "electronic invoices digitally based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos" " Internos)` regulations." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 규정에 따라 디지털 방식으로 전자 청구서를 생성하고 " +"수신하기 위한 기술 및 기능 요구 사항이 모두 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`칠레에 대한 전자 제품 수출`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_exports`" @@ -21686,10 +21773,12 @@ msgid "" "invoices for exporting goods based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and customs regulations." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 및 관세 규정에 따라 품목 수출용 전자 청구서를 생성하기" +" 위한 기술 및 기능적 요구 사항이 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 청구서 발행 가이드`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" @@ -21701,18 +21790,20 @@ msgid "" "guides via web service based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` regulations." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 규정에 따라 웹 서비스를 통해 발행 가이드를 생성하기 " +"위한 모든 기술 및 기능 요구 사항이 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 데이터베이스를 생성할 때 선택한 국가에 따라 회사에 적합한 패키지를 자동으로 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*칠레 - 전자 청구서 발행 가이드* 모듈은 *재고 관리* 애플리케이션에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -21721,6 +21812,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" " certification process." msgstr "" +"회사에서 이미 `SII Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " +"`_" +" 인증 프로세스를 완료한 경우에만 모든 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 @@ -21733,14 +21827,16 @@ msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`설정 --> 회사: 정보 업데이트`로 이동하여 다음의 회사 정보가 최신 상태로 정확하게 입력되었는지 " +"확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회사명`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`주소`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" @@ -21752,7 +21848,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`시/도`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`지역`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" @@ -21767,16 +21863,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`세금 ID`: 선택한 :ref:`납세자 유형 `에 대한 식별 번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`활동 제목`: 최대 4개의 활동 코드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회사 활동 설명`: 회사 활동에 대한 설명을 간단히 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" @@ -21787,69 +21884,73 @@ msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" +"다음으로 :menuselection:`계정 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 칠레 현지화`로 이동하여 지침에 따라 다음과 같이 " +"설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`재정 정보 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`전자 청구서 데이터 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`DTE 수신 이메일 서버 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`서명 인증서 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 정보" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 :guilabel:`납세자 정보`를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`납세자 유형`에 적용될 납세자 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`부가가치세 적용 (1번 카테고리)`: 고객에게 세금을 부과하는 청구서용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`수수료 영수증 발급자 (2번 카테고리)`: 수수료 영수증을 발행하는 공급업체용 (Boleta)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`최종 소비자`: 영수증만 발행" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`외국인`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SII 사무소`: 회사의 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 지역 " +"사무소를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 청구서 데이터" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SII 웹 서비스` 환경을 선택합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -21858,10 +21959,13 @@ msgid "" "Internos)`. In this mode, the direct connection flows can be tested, with " "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`SII - 테스트`: 테스트용 데이터베이스인 경우 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)`의 테스트 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`를 사용합니다. 이 모드에서는 직접 연결" +" 흐름을 테스트할 수 있으며, :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`로 파일이 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: 프로덕션 데이터베이스용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -21871,26 +21975,30 @@ msgid "" "will not appear in this mode. Every internal validation can be tested in " "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SII - 데모 모드`: 데모 모드에서는 파일이 자동으로 생성 및 승인되지만 :abbr:`SII (Servicio " +"de Impuestos Internos)`로 전송되지는 **않습니다**. 이러한 이유로 이 모드에서는 거부 오류 또는 **이의 사항과 " +"함께 승인* 항목이 표시되지 않습니다. 내부 검증은 모두 데모 모드에서 테스트할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 이 옵션을 " +"선택하지 마세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`법적 전자 청구서 데이터`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SII 결의 번호`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SII 결의 날짜`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 청구서에 필요한 정보입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DTE 수신 이메일 서버" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -21901,6 +22009,10 @@ msgid "" "want to use *Email Box Electronic Invoicing* as the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`전차 청구서 이메일 " +"수신함`을 지정하여 고객의 청구 및 승인 이메일을 받을 수 있습니다. :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " +"Electrónicos)` 수신 이메일 서버로 *전차 청구서 이메일 수신함*을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`:`회계 --> " +"환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 칠레 현지화`에서 이 옵션을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -21908,28 +22020,32 @@ msgid "" "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" +"SII 문서를 수신하려면 자체 이메일 서버를 설정해야 합니다. 이 작업을 수행하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음 문서에서 확인하세요: " +":doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" +"시작하려면 :guilabel:`DTE 수신 이메일 환경 설정`을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 서버를 추가하고 " +"다음 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 서버에 이름을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`서버 유형`: 사용되는 서버 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`IMAP 서버`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`POP 서버`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -21937,6 +22053,8 @@ msgid "" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`로컬 서버`: 로컬 스크립트를 사용하여 이메일을 가져오고 새로 레코드를 만듭니다. 스크립트는 이 옵션이 선택된 " +":guilabel:`환경 설정` 섹션에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -21944,6 +22062,8 @@ msgid "" "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth 인증`: 일반 설정에서 Gmail API 자격 증명을 설정해야 합니다. 직접 설정할 수 있는 " +"링크는 :guilabel:`로그인 정보` 섹션에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -21955,36 +22075,41 @@ msgid "" "Impuestos Internos)` site in the section: *ACTUALIZACION DE DATOS DEL " "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`DTE 서버`: 이 옵션을 활성화합니다. 이 옵션을 선택하면 해당 이메일 계정을 공급업체로부터 전자 청구서 수신에 " +"사용하고, 발행된 전자 청구서과 관련하여 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`로부터 연락을 " +"받기 위해 사용합니다. 이 경우 이 이메일은 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 사이트의 " +"*ACTUALIZACION DE DATOS DEL CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* 및 *Mail " +"Contacto Empresas* 섹션에 신고한 이메일 두 개와 모두 일치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`서버 및 로그인` 탭 (IMAP 및 POP 서버용):" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`서버명`: 서버의 호스트 이름이나 IP를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`포트`: 서버 포트를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: 연결이 SSL/TLS 프로토콜로여 암호화되어 있는 경우 이 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자 이름`: 서버 로그인용 사용자 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자 이름`: 서버 로그인용 사용자 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "칠레 DTE에 대한 수신용 이메일 서버의 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -21992,6 +22117,8 @@ msgid "" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" +"실시간으로 전환하기 전에, Odoo에서 처리할 필요가 없는 공급업체 청구서 및 모든 관련 이메일은 받은 편지함에서 보관하거나 제거하는 " +"것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 @@ -22005,16 +22132,19 @@ msgid "" "Signature Certificates` under the :guilabel:`Signature Certificates` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" +"전자 청구서 서명을 생성하려면 '.pfx' 형식의 디지털 인증서가 필요합니다. 추가하려면 :guilabel:`인증서 서명` 섹션 아래에 " +"있는 :guilabel:`인증서 서명 환경 설정`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 인증서에 대한 " +"환경 설정을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`인증서 키`: :guilabel:`파일 업로드`를 클릭한 후 `.pfx` 파일을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`인증서 비밀번호`: 파일 비밀번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -22022,6 +22152,8 @@ msgid "" "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제목 일련 번호`: 인증서 형식에 따라 필드가 자동으로 입력되지 않을 수 있습니다. 이 경우 인증서의 법적 대리 " +"항목인 :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -22029,16 +22161,18 @@ msgid "" "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " "billing users." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`인증서 소유자`: 특정 사용자에 대하여 인증서를 제한해야 하는 경우 하나를 선택합니다. 모든 청구서 사용자와 " +"공유하려면 필드를 비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Digital certificate configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "디지털 인증서에 대한 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다중 통화" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -22048,11 +22182,14 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Interval` for when the rate is automatically updated, or to " "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" +"공식 환율은 `칠레 mindicador.cl `_에서 제공되고 있습니다. " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 통화: 자동 환율`로 이동하여 환율의 자동 업데이트 " +":guilabel:`주기`를 설정하거나 다른 :guilabel:`서비스`를 선택합니다.." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "파트너 정보" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -22061,51 +22198,56 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Contacts` app to do so and fill in the following fields on a" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" +"파트너 연락처에 대한 환경 설정은 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 전자 청구서 전송에 " +"있어서도 필수 사항입니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`연락처` 앱을 열고 새 연락처 양식이나 기존 양식에 다음 내용을 " +"입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`식별 번호`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`납세자 유형`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`활동 설명`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`전자 청구서` 탭에서 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DTE 이메일`: 파트너의 발신 이메일 주소를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 안내 가격`: 배송 안내에 표시할 가격이 있는 경우 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`DTE 이메일`은 전자 문서 전송에 사용하는 이메일이며 전자 문서에 있는 연락처에 설정되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." -msgstr "" +msgstr "파트너용 칠레 전자 청구서 데이터입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" +"회계 문서는 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에서 지정한 문서 유형 카테고리로 분류됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -22113,59 +22255,61 @@ msgid "" "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Document Types`." msgstr "" +"문서 유형은 현지화 모듈을 설치하면 자동으로 생성되며 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 문서 유형`으로 이동하여" +" 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "칠레 회계 문서 유형 목록" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "몇 가지 문서 유형은 기본값이 비활성화이지만 :guilabel:`활성화`로 토글을 전환하여 활성화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 거래별 문서 유형은 다음에 따라 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서과 관련된 전표로, 전표에 문서가 있는지 여부를 식별합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "발행인 및 수령인 유형 (예: 구매자 또는 공급업체의 회계 제도)에 따라 적용되는 조건입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 *판매 전표*에는 일반적으로 사업부 또는 위치가 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventas Santiago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "소매점의 경우 :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)`별로 전표를 사용하는 것이 일반적입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "캐셔 1." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "캐셔 2." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -22174,18 +22318,20 @@ msgid "" "accounting transactions that are not related to vendor bills. This " "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" +"*구매* 거래는 단일 전표로 관리할 수 있지만 때로는 회사에서 공급업체 청구서와 관련되지 않은 일부 회계 거래를 처리하기 위해 전표를 두" +" 개 이상사용하는 경우도 있습니다. 다음 모델을 사용하여 쉽게 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." -msgstr "" +msgstr "정부에 세금 납부" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "직원 급여" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 전표 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" @@ -22193,12 +22339,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" +"판매 전표를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 전표`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭한 후 다음의 필수 정보를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`유형`: 고객 청구서 전표에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`판매`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -22208,6 +22356,9 @@ msgid "" "system or if you are using the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`POS 유형`: 판매 전표를 전자 문서에 사용하는 경우 반드시 :guilabel:`온라인` 항목을 선택해야 합니다. " +"이렇게 하지 않고 이전 시스템에서 가져온 청구서에 전표를 사용하거나 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)` *Facturación MiPyme* 포털을 사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`수기` 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -22216,6 +22367,8 @@ msgid "" "can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`문서 사용`: 전표에서 문서 유형을 사용할 경우 이 필드를 선택합니다. 이 필드는 칠레에서 사용할 수 있는 다양한 " +"문서 유형 세트와 관련된 매입 및 판매 전표에만 적용됩니다. 기본적으로, 모든 판매 전표 생성에는 문서가 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -22224,10 +22377,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Information` section. Configuring these fields is " "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" +"다음으로, :guilabel:`전표 항목` 탭의 :guilabel:`회계 정보` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`기본 수익 계정` 및 " +":guilabel:`대변전표 전용 순번`을 정의합니다. 차변전표 :ref:`사용 사례 ` 중에서 해당 " +"필드를 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CAF" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -22237,6 +22393,9 @@ msgid "" "issuer with the folios/sequences authorized for the electronic invoice " "documents." msgstr "" +"전자적으로 발행되는 각 문서 유형에는 *Folio 인증 코드* (CAF: Folio Authorization Code)가 있어야 합니다." +" :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`는 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)`에서 전자 청구서 문서에 대해 승인된 Folio/연번과 함께 발급자에게 제공하는 파일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -22246,6 +22405,10 @@ msgid "" "you only need one active :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` per document" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" +"회사에서 여러 항목의 Folio를 요청하여 다른 Folio 범위에 연결된 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Codes)`를 여러 개 확인할 수 있습니다. 이러한 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`는 전체 " +"전표에서 공유되므로 문서 유형당 활성화되어 있는 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 하나만 있으면 모든" +" 전표에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -22253,6 +22416,8 @@ msgid "" "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 파일을 받을 수 있는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 `SII 문서 " +"`_를 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -22261,10 +22426,13 @@ msgid "" "(certification mode). Make sure you have the correct :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에 필요한 :abbr:`CAF (Folio " +"Authorization Code)`는 프로덕션 및 테스트 (인증 모드)에 따라 다릅니다. 환경에 따라 :abbr:`CAF (Folio " +"Authorization Code)`가 올바르게 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CAF 파일 업로드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -22276,6 +22444,11 @@ msgid "" "upload your :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` file by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 파일을 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos" +" Internos)` 포털에서 받은 후에는 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정: 찰레 SII --> CAF`로 이동하여 " +"데이터베이스에 업로드해야 합니다. 그 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 환경 설정을 시작합니다. :abbr:`CAF " +"(Folio Authorization Code)` 양식에서 :guilabel:`파일 업로드` 버튼을 클릭하여 :abbr:`CAF " +"(Folio Authorization Code)` 파일을 업로드한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -22283,6 +22456,8 @@ msgid "" "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" +"업로드되면 상태가 :guilabel:`사용 중`으로 변경됩니다. 이 때 이 문서 유형에 대한 작업이 있을 경우, 청구서 번호는 첫 번째 " +"순서에 있는 Folio를 사용하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -22291,22 +22466,24 @@ msgid "" "previous system, the next valid folio has to be set when the first " "transaction is created." msgstr "" +"문서 유형은 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 파일을 업로드하기 전에 활성화되어 있어야 합니다. 이전" +" 시스템에서 일부 Folio가 사용된 적이 있는 경우 첫 번째 작업이 생성될 때 다음 유효한 Folio를 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "계정과목표는 현지화 모듈에 포함된 데이터 세트의 일부로 기본 설치됩니다. 계정은 다음에 자동으로 매핑됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 미지급금 계정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 미수금 계정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" @@ -22322,18 +22499,20 @@ msgid "" "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" +"현지화 모듈의 일부로, 관련된 금융 계정 및 설정과 함께 세금이 자동으로 생성됩니다. 이와 같은 세금은 :menuselection:`회계" +" --> 환경 설정 --> 세금`에서 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "칠레의 세금에는 여러 가지 종류가 있으며, 가장 일반적인 세금 유형은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**VAT**: 일반 부가가치세에는 여러 가지 세율이 적용될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ILA**: 주류에 대한 세금입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 @@ -22343,7 +22522,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 청구서 작업 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -22352,14 +22531,16 @@ msgid "" "explains how information is shared to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, customers, and vendors." msgstr "" +"칠레 현지화에서는 전자 청구서 작업 흐름에 고객 청구서 발행 및 공급업체 청구서 수신 작업이 포함되어 있습니다. 다음 다이어그램은 정보가" +" :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`, 고객 및 공급업체와 공유되는 방식을 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 청구서 거래에 대한 다이어그램" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 청구서 발행" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -22369,10 +22550,13 @@ msgid "" "document type can be changed manually if needed on the invoice by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" +"파트너 및 전표를 생성하고 환경 설정을 완료한 후에는 표준 방식으로 청구서가 생성됩니다. 칠레의 경우 차이점 중 하나는 납세자를 기준으로" +" 자동 선택되는 문서 유형입니다. 필요한 경우 :menuselection:`회계 --> 고객 --> 청구서`로 이동하여 청구서에서 문서 " +"유형을 직접 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 청구서 문서 유형 선택" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" @@ -22380,34 +22564,39 @@ msgid "" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`문서 유형 33` 전자 청구서에는 세금이 포함된 항목이 반드시 하나 이상 있어야 합니다. 그렇지 않으면 " +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`가 문서 승인이 거부됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "승인 및 DTE 상태" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서에서 생성될 당시 직접 혹은 자동으로 청구서 정보가 모두 입력되었으면, 청구서를 승인합니다. 청구서가 게시된 후:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 파일이 자동으로 생성되어 메시지창에 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " +"Impuestos Internos)` 상태는 :guilabel:`보류 중`으로 설정되어 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "메시지창에 표시되는 DTE XML 파일" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" @@ -22417,10 +22606,14 @@ msgid "" "needed immediately, you can do it manually as well by following the " ":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status workflow:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 상태는 Odoo에서 매일 밤 실행되는 예약 " +"작업으로 자동으로 업데이트되며, :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`의 응답이 즉시 필요한 " +"경우에는.:abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 상태 작업 흐름에 따라 직접 수행할 " +"수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DTE 상태 흐름 전환" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -22432,6 +22625,11 @@ msgid "" "via email. Then, the :guilabel:`DTE status` is updated to :guilabel:`Ask for" " Status`." msgstr "" +"첫 번째 단계는 :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)`를 :abbr:`SII " +"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`로 전송하는 것입니다. :guilabel:`Enviar Ahora` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 직접 전송할 수 있습니다. 그러면 청구서에 대한 :guilabel:`SII 택 번호`가 생성됩니다. 이 번호는 " +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에서 이메일을 통해 전송한 세부 정보를 확인하는 데 " +"사용합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`DTE 상태`가 :guilabel:`상태 문의`로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" @@ -22441,10 +22639,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`, :guilabel:`Accepted With Objection` or " ":guilabel:`Rejected`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 응답이 수신되면 Odoo에서 :guilabel:`DTE " +"상태`가 업데이트됩니다. 직접 수행하려면 :guilabel:`SII에서 확인` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 결과는 :guilabel:`수락 " +"완료`, :guilabel:`이의 사항과 함께 수락` 또는 :guilabel:`거부됨` 중 하나가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 및 상태 업데이트를 식별하기 위한 작업" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -22452,22 +22653,28 @@ msgid "" "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " "continuously click :guilabel:`Verify in SII` for smooth processing." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos Internos)`에는 수락 또는 거부 전의 중간 상태가 있습니다. " +"원활하기 처리하기 위해서는 계속해서 :guilabel:`SII 확인`을 계속해서 클릭하지 **않는** 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 청구서 데이터 상태" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`으로부터의 최종 응답은 다음 값 중 하나가 될 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`수락 완료`: 청구서 정보가 정확하다는 의미로, 이제 문서가 재정적으로 유효하며 자동으로 고객에게 전송되었음을 " +"나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" @@ -22475,6 +22682,8 @@ msgid "" "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`이의 사항과 함께 승인`: 청구서 정보가 정확하다는 의미로, 사소한 문제가 있기는 하지만 문서가 이제 재정적으로 " +"유효하며 자동으로 고객에게 전송되었음을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" @@ -22484,32 +22693,37 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo, the details are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server" " is processed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`거부됨`: 청구서 정보가 올바르지 않아 수정해야 함을 나타냅니다. 자세한 내용은 :abbr:`SII (Servicio" +" de Impuestos Internos)`에 등록한 이메일로 전송됩니다. Odoo에서 올바르게 환경 설정이 된 경우, 이메일 서버가 " +"처리되면 세부 정보도 메시지창에서 검색할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서가 거부된 경우 다음 단계를 따르세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서를 :guilabel:`초안`으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" +"메시지창에서 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`으로부터 받은 메시지에 따라 필요한 내용을 " +"수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서를 다시 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서가 거부된 경우의 메시지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" -msgstr "" +msgstr "교차 참조" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" @@ -22520,17 +22734,20 @@ msgid "" " well. In the case of the credit and debit notes, they are set automatically" " by Odoo." msgstr "" +"다른 회계 문서에서 작업 결과 청구서가 생성되는 경우에는, 반드시 원본 문서에 대한 정보가 :guilabel:`상호 참조` 탭에 " +"등록되어야 합니다. 보통 이 탭은 대변 또는 차변전표 작업에 사용하지만 경우에 따라 고객 청구서에도 사용할 수 있습니다. 대변 및 " +"차변전표의 경우 Odoo에서 자동으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "교차 참조 문서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 PDF 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" @@ -22538,10 +22755,12 @@ msgid "" "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" " that indicate that the document is fiscally valid." msgstr "" +"청구서를 승인하여 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에 의해 검증되고 PDF로 인쇄되면 " +"문서가 재정적으로 유효함을 나타내는 재정 요소가 포함되게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SII 승인 재정 요소" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" @@ -22549,40 +22768,43 @@ msgid "" "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" +"Odoo SH 또는 온프레미스에서 호스팅하는 경우, `pdf417gen " +"`_ 라이브러리를 수동으로 설치해야 합니다. 다음 명령어를 사용하여 " +"설치합니다: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상업용 승인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서가 고객에게 전송되면 다음과 같이 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DTE 파트너 상태`가 :guilabel:`전송 완료`로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객은 반드시 수신 확인 이메일을 전송해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그 후에, 상업적 조건과 청구서 데이터가 정확하면 수락 확인이 전송됩니다. 그렇지 않은 경우 클레임이 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DTE 승인 상태` 필드가 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객으로부터 상업용 수락을 받은 메시지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "클레임을 받은 청구서 처리 완료" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" @@ -22592,15 +22814,18 @@ msgid "" "cancel the invoice or correct it. Please refer to the :ref:`chile/credit-" "notes` section for more details." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에서 청구서 승인이 완료된 경우에는, **Odoo에서 " +"취소할 수 없습니다**. 고객으로부터 클레임이 발생한 경우, 올바른 진행 방법은 대변전표를 사용하여 청구서를 취소하거나 수정하는 " +"것입니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`칠레/대변전표` 섹션을 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서의 상업용 상태가 클레임 상태로 업데이트되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반적인 오류" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" @@ -22608,30 +22833,32 @@ msgid "" "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " "have and how to solve them:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 거부에는 여러 가지 이유가 있으나, 다음과 같이 " +"일반적으로 발생하는 오류 및 해결 방법이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**오류:** `RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Hint:** make sure the company address is properly filled including the " "state and city." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**힌트:** 지역과 도로명을 포함하여 회사 주소가 제대로 입력되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `en Monto - IVA debe declararse`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**오류:**`en Monto - IVA debe declararse`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Hint:** the invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add " "one on each invoice line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**힌트:** 청구서 내역에는 부가가치세 한 항목이 포함되어야 있어야 하며, 각 청구서 내역에 하나씩 추가해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `Rut No Autorizado a Firmar`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**오류:** `Rut No Autorizado a Firmar`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -22640,34 +22867,43 @@ msgid "" "Tributario)` is correct and is valid in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` to invoice electronically." msgstr "" +"**도움말:** 입력한 :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`는 전자 청구서를 발행하는 것이 허용되지 않으므로 " +"회사 :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`가 정확하고 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " +"Impuestos Internos)`에서 유효한지 확인하여 전자 청구서를 발행해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Error:** `Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " "(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses`" msgstr "" +"**오류:** `Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " +"(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Hint:** try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you're " "using is expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**도움말:** 사용 중인 CAF가 만료되었으므로 이 문서와 관련된 새로운 CAF를 추가하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Error:** `Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element " "is not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).`" msgstr "" +"**오류:** `Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Hint:** Make sure the field :guilabel:`Document Type` and :guilabel:`VAT` " "are set in the customer and in the main company." msgstr "" +"**도움말:** :guilabel:`문서 유형` 및 :guilabel:`부가가치세` 필드가 고객과 주요 회사에 설정되어 있는지 " +"확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `Usuario sin permiso de envio.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**오류:** `Usuario sin permiso deevio.`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -22683,28 +22919,35 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` files to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`." msgstr "" +"**도움말:** 이 오류는 귀하의 회사가 `인증 프로세스 " +"`_" +" in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado 를 통과하지 못했다는 것을 나타냅니다. 이러한 경우, 인증이 Odoo 서비스에 포함되는 것은 " +"아니나 몇 가지 대안을 드릴 수 있도록 계정 관리자나 고객 지원팀에 문의하시기 바랍니다. 이미 인증 프로세스를 통과한 경우에 이 오류는," +" 인증서 소유자가 아닌 다른 사용자가 :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 파일을 " +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)로 파일을 보내려고 할 때 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `CARATULA`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**오류:** `CARATULA` " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "" "**Hint:** there are just five reasons why this error could show up and all " "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**도움말:** 이 오류가 나타나는 이유로는 다섯 가지가 있으며 모두 XML의 *Caratula* 섹션과 관련이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사의 :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` 번호가 올바르지 않거나 누락되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 소유자 :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` 번호가 올바르지 않거나 누락되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" @@ -22712,20 +22955,22 @@ msgid "" "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT(Rol Único " +"Tributario)` 번호 (기본적으로 정확해야 함)가 잘못되었거나 누락되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결의 날짜가 잘못되었거나 누락되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결의 번호가 올바르지 않거나 누락되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "대변전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" @@ -22737,10 +22982,15 @@ msgid "" "` for more information on the process to load the " ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` on each document type." msgstr "" +"승인된 청구서를 취소하거나 수정해야 하는 경우에는 대변전표를 생성해야 합니다. 대변전표에는 :abbr:`CAF (Folio " +"Authorization Code)` 파일이 있어야 하며, 이 파일은 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)`에서 :guilabel:`문서 유형` :guilabel:`61`로 식별됩니다. 각 문서 유형에 :abbr:`CAF " +"(Folio Authorization Code)`를 불러오는 프로세스에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`CAF 섹션 `을 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "대변전표용 CAF 생성" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 @@ -22749,7 +22999,7 @@ msgstr "사용 사례" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조 문서 취소" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -22760,14 +23010,18 @@ msgid "" " Internos)` reference code is automatically set to :guilabel:`Anula " "Documento de referencia`." msgstr "" +"청구서를 취소하거나 승인을 취소해야 하는 경우 :menuselection:`회계 --> 고객 --> 청구서`로 이동하여 원하는 청구서를 " +"선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`대변전표 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 :guilabel:`전액 환불`를 선택합니다. 이 경우 " +":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 참조 코드는 자동으로 :guilabel:`Anula " +"Documento de referencia`로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조된 문서가 취소되는 대변전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "정확한 참조 문서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" @@ -22778,30 +23032,33 @@ msgid "" " Reference Code` field is automatically set to :guilabel:`Corrects " "Referenced Document Text`." msgstr "" +"청구서 정보를 수정해야 하는 경우 (예: 원본 청구서의 도로명 이름이 잘못된 경우), :guilabel:`대변전표 추가` 버튼을 사용하여" +" :guilabel:`일부 환불`을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`텍스트 수정만` 옵션을 선택합니다. 이 경우 " +":guilabel:`SII 참조 코드` 필드는 자동으로 :guilabel:`참조된 문서 텍스트 수정`으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조된 문서 텍스트를 수정하는 대변전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 청구서에서 수정된 텍스트와 :guilabel:`가격`으로 `0.00`을 사용하여 대변전표를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 내역 값을 수정하는 대변전표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 사용 사례에 맞도록 특별히 판매 전표에 :guilabel:`기본 차변 계정`을 지정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조 문서 금액을 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" @@ -22810,17 +23067,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Reference Code` is automatically set to :guilabel:`Corrige el" " monto del Documento de Referencia`." msgstr "" +"금액을 수정해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`대변전표 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 :guilabel:`일부 환불`을 선택합니다. 이 경우" +" :guilabel:`SII 참조 코드`는 자동으로 :guilabel:`Corrige el monto del Documento de " +"Referencia`로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "" "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference " "code 3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SII 참조 코드 3을 사용하여 정확한 금액으로 일부 환불을 하기 위한 대변전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "차변전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" @@ -22828,10 +23088,12 @@ msgid "" "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" +"칠레 현지화에서는 :guilabel:`차변전표 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 대변전표 외에도 차변전표를 생성할 수 있으며 주요 사용 사례로는 두" +" 가지가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서에 차변전표 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" @@ -22839,29 +23101,31 @@ msgid "" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " "Documento de Referencia` for the :guilabel:`Reference Code SII` field." msgstr "" +"차변전표는 주로 기존의 청구서 값을 높이기 위해 사용합니다. 그렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`참조 코드 SII` 필드에 대하여 " +":guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조 문서 금액을 수정하는 차변전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 경우 Odoo에서는 :guilabel:`원본 청구서`가 :guilabel:`상호 참조` 탭에 자동으로 들어가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." -msgstr "" +msgstr "차변전표의 청구서에 대한 자동 참조" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SII에서 이미 승인한 청구서에만 차변전표를 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "대변전표 취소" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" @@ -22870,10 +23134,13 @@ msgid "" "Anula Documentos de referencia` option for the :guilabel:`Reference Code " "SII` field." msgstr "" +"칠레에서는 차변전표를 사용하여 유효한 대변전표를 취소할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`차변전표 추가` 버튼을 클릭하고 " +":guilabel:`참조 코드 SII` 필드에 대해 :guilabel:`1: Anula Documentos de Referencia` " +"옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조 문서를 취소하는 차변전표 (대변전표)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" @@ -22881,47 +23148,52 @@ msgid "" "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" +"칠레 현지화의 일부로 수신 이메일 서버를 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에 등록한 서버에" +" 맞도록 설정하여 다음과 같이 진행할 수 있습니다" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" +"공급업체 청구서 :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)`를 자동 수신하고 이 정보를 " +"기반으로 공급업체 청구서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동으로 공급업체에 수신 확인을 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서를 수락하거나 청구한 후 이 상태를 공급업체로 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "수신하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)`가 첨부된 공급업체 이메일 수신 즉시:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서는 XML에 포함되어 있는 모든 정보를 매핑합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체에 수신 확인 이메일을 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DTE 상태`는 :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "수락" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" @@ -22930,10 +23202,13 @@ msgid "" " this is done, the :guilabel:`DTE Acceptation Status` changes to " ":guilabel:`Accepted` and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" +"공급업체 청구서에 있는 비즈니스 정보가 모두 정확하면 :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` 버튼을 사용하여 문서를 수락할" +" 수 있습니다. 이 작업이 완료되면 :guilabel:`DTE 수락 상태`가 :guilabel:`수락 완료`로 변경되고 수락 이메일이 " +"공급업체에 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서를 수락하는 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" @@ -22947,12 +23222,17 @@ msgid "" " Status` changes to :guilabel:`Claim` and a rejection email is sent to the " "vendor." msgstr "" +"상업적인 문제가 있거나 공급업체 청구서의 정보가 정확하지 않은 경우, :guilabel:`클레임` 버튼을 사용하여 승인하기 전에 문서에 " +"대한 클레임을 할 수 있습니다. 이 작업이 완료되면 :guilabel:`DTE 수락 상태`가 :guilabel:`클레임`으로 변경되고 " +"거절하는 이메일이 공급업체에 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "" "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is commercially\n" "rejected." msgstr "" +"모든 문서가 상업 용도로 거부되었음을 공급업체에 알리는 공급업체 청구서의 클레임\n" +"버튼" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" @@ -22961,11 +23241,13 @@ msgid "" " claimed documents should be canceled as they won't be valid for your " "accounting records." msgstr "" +"공급업체 청구서에 대해 클레임을 하면 상태가 :guilabel:`초안`에서 :guilabel:`취소`로 자동 변경됩니다. 클레임한 문서는" +" 모두 회계 기록에 유효하지 않게 되므로 취소하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 가이드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" @@ -22974,6 +23256,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery " "Guide`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`배송 가이드` 모듈을 설치하려면 :menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 `Chile (l10n_cl)`을 " +"검색합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 청구서 배송 가이드` 모듈에서 :guilabel:`설치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" @@ -22982,6 +23266,8 @@ msgid "" "dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module is " "installed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 청구서 배송 가이드`는 :guilabel:`칠레 - Facturación Electrónica`에 " +"종속되어 있습니다. Odoo는 :guilabel:`배송 가이드` 모듈이 설치될 때 자동으로 종속된 항목을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" @@ -22989,6 +23275,8 @@ msgid "" "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" +"*배송 가이드* 모듈에는 :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)`를 :abbr:`SII " +"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`로 전송하는 기능과 배송용 PDF 보고서 스탬프가 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" @@ -22999,28 +23287,32 @@ msgid "" "` to check the details on how to acquire the " ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" +":ref:`전자 청구서 `에 대한 환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 (예: 유효한 회사 인증서 " +"업로드, 마스터 데이터 설정 등) 배송 가이드에 자체 :abbr:`CAF(Folio Authorization Code)`가 있어야 " +"합니다. 전자 배송 가이드용 :abbr:`CAF(폴리오 인증 코드)`를 받는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`CAF 문서 " +"`을 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 가이드 가격`의 환경 설정 메뉴에서 다음과 같은 중요 정보를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`판매주문서에서`: 배송 가이드는 판매주문서에서 품목 가격을 가져와서 문서에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 서식에서`: Odoo는 품목 서식에 설정되어 있는 가격을 가져와서 문서에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`가격 표시 없음`: 배송 가이드에 가격이 표시되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" @@ -23028,33 +23320,35 @@ msgid "" "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" +"전자 배송 가이드는 재고를 한 장소에서 다른 장소로 이동하기 위해 사용하며 판매, 샘플링, 위탁, 내부 이전과 함께 기본적으로 모든 품목" +" 이동을 표시할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 프로세스에서의 배송 가이드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 가이드에서 품목 내역이 한 페이지를 초과하거나 60개를 초과해서는 **안 됩니다**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " "is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서를 생성하고 확정되면 배송주문서가 생성됩니다. 배송주문서를 승인하면 배송 가이드를 생성하는 옵션이 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 프로세스에서 배송 가이드 버튼을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 가이드 만들기`를 처음으로 클릭하면, 다음과 같은 경고 메시지가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" @@ -23062,10 +23356,13 @@ msgid "" "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " "despacho`" msgstr "" +"`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " +"establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " +"despacho`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "첫 배송 가이드의 번호에 대한 경고 메시지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" @@ -23076,26 +23373,32 @@ msgid "" "correctly generated, Odoo takes the next available number in the :abbr:`CAF " "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" +"이 경고 메시지는 Odoo에서 배송 가이드를 생성할 다음 연번을 사용자가 지정해야 한다는 내용이며 (예: 다음 순서로 사용할 수 있는 " +":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 번호) 배송 가이드를 처음으로 생성한 경우에만 안내하는 " +"메시지입니다. 첫 번째 문서가 정확히 생성되었다면, Odoo는 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` " +"파일에서 다음 순서로 사용할 수 있는 배송 가이드 번호를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 가이드가 생성된 후에는:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 파일 (전자 세금 문서)이 자동으로 생성되어 " +":guilabel:`메시지창`에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DTE SII Status`는 :guilabel:`발송 대기 중`으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 가이드 생성에 대한 메시지창 메모" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" @@ -23104,16 +23407,19 @@ msgid "" "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" " to SII` button." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`DTE 상태`는 매일 밤 실행되는 예약 작업을 통해 Odoo에서 자동으로 업데이트됩니다. :abbr:`SII " +"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에서 즉시 응답을 받으려면 :guilabel:`지금 SII로 보내기` 버튼을 " +"누르세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 가이드가 전송된 후에는, :guilabel:`배송 가이드 인쇄` 버튼을 클릭하여 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 가이드 PDF 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" @@ -23122,10 +23428,13 @@ msgid "" "remember to manually add the :guilabel:`pdf417gen` library mentioned in the " ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" +"배송 가이드에는 인쇄를 할 때 해당 문서가 회계상 유효한 문서임을 나타내는 회계 요소가 있습니다 (*Odoo SH* 또는 " +"*온프레미스*에서 호스팅되는 경우 :ref:`청구서 PDF 보고 섹션 에 있는 :guilabel:`pdf417gen` 라이브러리를 수동으로 추가하시기 바랍니다)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 영수증" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" @@ -23133,6 +23442,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`전자 영수증` 모듈을 설치하려면 :menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 `Chile (l10n_cl)`을 " +"검색합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 영수증` 모듈에서 :guilabel:`설치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" @@ -23141,6 +23452,8 @@ msgid "" "dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`E-invoicing Delivery Guide` " "module is installed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 영수증`은 :guilabel:`칠레 - Facturación Electrónica`에 종속된 " +"항목입니다. Odoo는 :guilabel:`전자 청구서 배송 가이드` 모듈이 설치되면 자동으로 종속 항목이 설치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" @@ -23151,6 +23464,10 @@ msgid "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" +":ref:`전자 청구서 `에 대해 환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 (예: 유효한 회사 인증서 " +"업로드, 마스터 데이터 설정 등) 전자 영수증에 자체 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`가 있어야 " +"합니다. 전자 영수증용 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`를 받는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 " +":ref:`CAF 문서 `를 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" @@ -23161,10 +23478,14 @@ msgid "" "This partner can be used for electronic receipts or a new record may be " "created for the same purpose." msgstr "" +"전자 영수증은 전자 청구서를 필요로 하지 않는 고객이 있는 경우 유용합니다. 기본값으로, 데이터베이스에는 일반 :abbr:`RUT " +"(Rol Único Tributario)` `66666666`` 및 납세자 유형이 :guilabel:`최종 소비자`인 " +":guilabel:`최종 익명 소비자`라는 파트너를 두고 있습니다. 이 파트너를 전자 영수증에 사용하거나 같은 목적으로 새로 기록을 " +"생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Receipt module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 영수증 모듈" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" @@ -23175,10 +23496,13 @@ msgid "" "but the type of document :guilabel:`(39) Electronic Receipt` should be " "selected in the invoice form:" msgstr "" +"전자 영수증은 일반 :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`를 사용하여 최종 소비자에게 사용되도록 해야 하지만, " +"특정 파트너 대상으로도 사용할 수 있습니다. 파트너 및 전표를 생성 및 설정하여 전자 영수증을 전자 청구서와 같이 표준 방식으로 생성하되" +" 청구서 양식에서 문서 유형 :guilabel:` (39) 전자 영수증`을 선택해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 영수증의 경우 문서 유형 39입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" @@ -23189,16 +23513,21 @@ msgid "" "correctly, make sure to edit the :guilabel:`Document Type` and change to " ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" +"전자 영수증 정보를 모두 입력했으면 수동 (또는 자동)으로 판매주문서에서 영수증을 검증합니다. 기본적으로 :guilabel:`문서 " +"유형`으로는 :guilabel:`전자 청구서`가 선택되지만, 영수증을 정확히 확인하려면 :guilabel:`문서 유형`을 편집하고 " +":guilabel:`전자 영수증`으로 변경해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증 발행 후:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 파일 (전자 세금 문서)이 자동으로 생성되어 " +":guilabel:`메시지창`에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." @@ -23211,6 +23540,9 @@ msgid "" "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" " to SII` button." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`DTE 상태`는 매일 밤 시간대에 실행되는 예약 작업을 통해 Odoo에서 자동으로 업데이트됩니다. :abbr:`SII" +" (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`에서 즉시 응답을 받으려면 :guilabel:`지금 SII로 보내기` 버튼을" +" 누르세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" @@ -23221,7 +23553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 품목 출고" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" @@ -23230,6 +23562,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for" " Chile`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`전자 품목 출고` 모듈을 설치하려면 :menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 `Chile (l10n_cl)`을 " +"검색합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`칠레 - 전자 품목 출고` 모듈에서 :guilabel:`설치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" @@ -23246,6 +23580,10 @@ msgid "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" +":ref:`전자 청구서 `에 대해 환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 (예: 유효한 회사 인증서 " +"업로드, 마스터 데이터 설정 등) 전자 출고 항목에 자체 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`가 있어야 " +"합니다. 전자 영수증용 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)`를 받는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 " +":ref:`CAF 문서 `를 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" @@ -24333,7 +24671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 문서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -34518,12 +34856,6 @@ msgid "" "platform. You only need to do it once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index d7a1b9716..e51063261 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -17261,7 +17261,7 @@ msgstr "유지보수 세부 정보 추가" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`유지보수` 탭에는 유지관리 팀에 도움이 될 수 있는 정보가 포함되어 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -17273,17 +17273,17 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`예방 유지보수 빈도`: 장비 고장을 방지하기 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`유지보수 기간`: 장비 고장 시 고치는 데 필요한 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`예상 평균 고장 간격`: 장비가 고장 나기 전에 작동할 것으로 예상되는 평균 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 장비에 대한 유지 관리 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -17292,6 +17292,9 @@ msgid "" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유지보수` 탭에는 :guilabel:`평균 장애 간격`, :guilabel:`예상 다음 장애`, " +":guilabel:`최근 장애`, :guilabel:`평균 복구 시간` 섹션도 포함되어 있습니다. 이러한 값은 유지 관리 요청이 있는 " +"경우 유지 관리 요청에 따라 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -17299,6 +17302,7 @@ msgid "" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +"장비에 대한 유지보수 요청을 확인하려면 해당 장비 페이지로 이동하여 양식의 오른쪽 상단에서 :guilabel:`유지보수`를 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" @@ -17311,6 +17315,8 @@ msgid "" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" +"**Odoo 제조 관리**는 제조업체가 제조 주문을 예약, 계획 및 처리할 수 있도록 지원합니다. 작업 센터 제어판을 통해 작업 현장에 " +"태블릿을 배치하여 작업 주문을 실시간으로 제어하고 작업자가 유지보수 작업, 피드백 루프, 품질 문제 등을 트리거할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" @@ -17340,6 +17346,8 @@ msgid "" "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" +"*자재명세서*(또는 *BoM*)는 완제품을 생산하거나 납품하는 데 필요한 각 구성품의 수량을 명시한 문서입니다. 또한 생산 공정을 " +"완료하는 데 필요한 다양한 작업과 상세한 단계별 지침이 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -17347,12 +17355,14 @@ msgid "" "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Odoo 제조 관리에서는 각 품목에 여러 개의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`를 연결할 수 있으므로 품목 세부사항도 자체 맞춤형 " +":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`를 가질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 올바르게 설정하면 제조 공정을 최적화하고 시간을 절약할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" @@ -17364,6 +17374,8 @@ msgid "" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" +"가장 간단한 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 설정에는 작업이나 지침 없이 구성 요소만 포함됩니다. 이 경우 생산은 전적으로 *제조 " +"주문*을 사용하여 관리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -17372,12 +17384,16 @@ msgid "" "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제조 관리` 모듈에서 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`품목 --> " +"자재명세서`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 다음으로 :guilabel:`품목`을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" +"품목 양식에서 직접 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성할 수도 있으며, 이 경우 :guilabel:`품목` 필드가 미리 채워져 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -17402,13 +17418,14 @@ msgstr "자재명세서 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 세부사항에 대한 자재 명세서 (BoM)를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" +":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`는 특정 *품목 세부사항*에도 할당할 수 있으며, 두 가지 설정 옵션 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -17416,6 +17433,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" +"품목 세부사항에 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 할당하려면 미리 품목 양식에 제품의 세부사항 속성이 구성되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -17426,6 +17444,10 @@ msgid "" "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" +"첫 번째 방법은 세부사항 품목당 하나의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 새로 생성하고 :guilabel:`품목 세부사항`을 지정하여" +" 세부 품목당 하나의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하는 것입니다. 두 번째 방법은 모든 부품을 포함하는 하나의 마스터 " +":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하고 :guilabel:`세부선택사항 적용` 열을 사용하여 각 부품이 적용되는 세부사항 품목을 " +"지정하는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." @@ -17478,7 +17500,7 @@ msgstr "기존 작업 복사 기능." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서 (BoM)에 부산물 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -17496,6 +17518,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" +"부산물을 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 추가하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 -->환경설정 --> " +"작업`에서 :guilabel:`부산물` 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -17547,10 +17571,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" +"품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제조` " +"확인란을 사용하도록 설정합니다. 이렇게 하면 Odoo에 제품을 제조할 수 있음을 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 페이지의 재고 관리 탭에 있는 제조 경로입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" @@ -17562,6 +17588,8 @@ msgid "" "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" +"다음으로, Odoo가 품목 제조 방법을 알 수 있도록 품목에 대한 |BOM|을 구성해야 합니다. BOM은 제품을 제조하는 데 필요한 " +"부품과 작업의 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -17577,7 +17605,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 페이지의 자재 명세서 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -17585,6 +17613,8 @@ msgid "" " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" +"|BOM|에서 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 제품이 자동으로 채워집니다. :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 BoM이 생산하는 단위 " +"수를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -17600,7 +17630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서의 부품 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -17624,10 +17654,13 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`작업 주문` 설정이 활성화된 경우에만 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭이 표시됩니다. 이렇게 하려면 " +":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 확인란을 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서의 작업 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -17662,6 +17695,7 @@ msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" +"키트를 사용, 제조 및 판매하려면 :guilabel:`제조 관리` 및 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱이 모두 설치되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" @@ -17671,13 +17705,15 @@ msgstr "키트를 제품으로 생성" msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키트를 판매 가능한 제품으로 사용하거나 단순히 부품을 정리하는 도구로 사용하려면 먼저 키트를 상품으로 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"키트 제품을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을" +" 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -17719,6 +17755,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" +"키트의 구성 요소도 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`을 통해 제품으로 설정해야 합니다. 이러한 구성 " +"요소는 특정 구성이 필요하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" @@ -17728,7 +17766,7 @@ msgstr "자재명세서 키트 설정" msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키트 제품 및 구성 요소를 완전히 구성한 후 키트 제품에 대한 새 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -17756,7 +17794,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 새로 생성된 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." @@ -17832,7 +17870,7 @@ msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키트를 다중 단계 자재명세서의 구성 요소로 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" @@ -17850,7 +17888,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구조 및 비용 보고서의 확장 키트." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -17981,7 +18019,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"초기 수요보다 적게 생산했습니다\" 팝업 창의 이월 주문 생성 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -18018,7 +18056,7 @@ msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 이월 주문 생성" msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " "tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 주문 태블릿 보기에서 제조 주문에 대한 이월 주문을 생성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -18036,7 +18074,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 관리 설정 페이지의 작업지시서 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -18062,13 +18100,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 태블릿 보기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 msgid "" "Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " "the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 태블릿 보기의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`단위` 필드에 제조 중인 수량을 직접 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." @@ -18100,7 +18138,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 주문의 태블릿 보기에서 완료로 표시하고 MO 닫기 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -18154,7 +18192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 주문의 생산 기록 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -18317,7 +18355,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 구성 페이지의 제조 관리 라디오 입력 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 @@ -18431,7 +18469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업 시작 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 @@ -18446,7 +18484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업의 완료 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 @@ -18575,13 +18613,13 @@ msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 '품목 세부사항'을 선택합니다. #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 지정 제품 속성 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 세부사항 기능이 활성화되면 :guilabel:`속성` 페이지에서 제품 속성을 생성하고 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -18631,17 +18669,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 세부사항 속성 설정 화면." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "원하는 :guilabel:`값`을 모두 추가했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 새 속성을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 양식에 품목 세부사항 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -18675,11 +18713,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "값 및 속성이 있는 품목 세부사항 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -18748,7 +18786,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가 옵션 메뉴의 \"품목 세부사항에 적용\" 옵션을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -18791,7 +18829,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 품목 판매 및 제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -18799,16 +18837,18 @@ msgid "" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" +"주문할 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`의 세부사항 품목을 판매 및 제조하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 " +"이동하여 새 견적을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 품목 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "빈 :guilabel:`견적` 양식에서 :guilabel:`고객` 필드 옆의 드롭다운을 클릭하여 고객을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -18828,10 +18868,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" +"팝업 창에서 원하는 속성 옵션을 클릭하여 제조할 제품의 올바른 이형 상품을 구성합니다. 그런 다음 `1` 옆의 녹색 " +":guilabel:`+` 또는 :guilabel:`-` 아이콘을 클릭하여 원하는 경우 판매 및 제조할 수량을 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 세부사항을 선택하기 위한 제품 팝업을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -18840,10 +18882,12 @@ msgid "" "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" +"모든 사양을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 팝업이 두 번째 :guilabel:`설정` 팝업으로 전환되어 " +"이전에 생성한 경우 사용 가능한 모든 옵션 제품을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -18851,10 +18895,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장하고 :guilabel:`견적` 양식 상단의 " +":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 새 판매주문서 (SO)를 생성 및 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -18863,6 +18909,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`가 확인되면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 양식 상단에 :guilabel:`제조` 스마트 버튼이 " +"나타납니다. :guilabel:`제조` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`제조 주문` 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -18871,34 +18919,38 @@ msgid "" " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" +"이 양식의 :guilabel:`부품` 탭에서 선택한 세부사항 품목의 관련 부품을 찾을 수 있습니다. 나열된 구성 요소는 선택한 품목 " +"세부사항에 따라 달라집니다. 필수 또는 선택 사항인 :guilabel:`작업` 단계를 보려면 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 " +"이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" +"태블릿 보기 작업 주문 화면으로 들어가려면 원하는 작업의 행 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`태블릿 아이콘`을 클릭하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 작업이 진행되면 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭하여 작업 단계를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또는 제조 주문 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`완료됨으로 표시` 버튼을 클릭하여 주문을 완료할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 품목에 대한 제조 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 페이지 상단의 이동 경로를 사용하여 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로 돌아옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -18907,6 +18959,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" +"이제 제품이 제조되었으므로 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 고객에게 제품을 배송합니다. :guilabel:`배송 주문`" +" 양식에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 배송 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -18915,6 +18969,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" +"판매를 완료하려면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`사이트 이동 경로`를 통해 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로 다시 돌아갑니다. 그런" +" 다음 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 다시 한번 클릭하여 고객에게 주문에 대한 청구서를" +" 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" @@ -18926,6 +18983,8 @@ msgid "" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" +"제조 과정에서 제조 부품이나 완제품을 폐기해야 하는 경우가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이는 부품 또는 제품을 사용할 수 없게 만드는 손상, " +"결함 또는 기타 이유로 인해 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -18935,6 +18994,8 @@ msgid "" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" +"기본적으로 부품 또는 완제품이 폐기되면 실제 재고에서 제거되어 *가상 위치/폐기물*이라는 가상 위치로 재배치됩니다. 가상 위치는 물리적 " +"공간을 나타내는 것이 아니라 실제 재고에서 제거된 품목을 추적하는 데 사용되는 Odoo 내의 공간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -18943,6 +19004,8 @@ msgid "" " scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" +"Odoo *제조 관리*에서는 제조 주문 내에서 부품과 완제품을 모두 직접 폐기할 수 있습니다. 제조 주문 중 특정 유형의 품목을 폐기할 " +"수 있는 기능은 제조 공정 단계에 따라 다릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -18952,6 +19015,9 @@ msgid "" "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" +"폐기된 각 항목의 총 수량을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. " +":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`내부` 필터를 제거한 다음 :guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기` 위치를 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" @@ -18965,6 +19031,9 @@ msgid "" " new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"제조 프로세스 중에 부품을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 기존 " +"제조 주문을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 주문을 설정합니다. 새 주문을 생성하는 경우 :guilabel:`품목` " +"드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -18972,6 +19041,8 @@ msgid "" "appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " "pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"제조 주문이 확인되면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 " +"창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." @@ -18984,6 +19055,8 @@ msgid "" " in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" " the component." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창의 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 폐기할 부품을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`수량` " +"필드에 수량을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`완료`를 클릭하여 부품을 폐기합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." @@ -18996,6 +19069,8 @@ msgid "" "product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " "cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." msgstr "" +"제조 주문에서 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭하기 전에는 완제품의 부품만 폐기할 수 있으며, 완제품 자체는 폐기할 수 " +"**없습니다**. 이는 Odoo가 제품이 완전히 제조되기 전에는 폐기할 수 없음을 인식하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -19004,6 +19079,8 @@ msgid "" "count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " "scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." msgstr "" +"부품을 폐기한 후 폐기한 부품의 필요한 수량을 사용하여 제조 프로세스를 진행합니다. 폐기된 구성품의 재고 수량은 폐기된 수량과 제조 " +"과정에서 소비된 수량을 모두 반영하도록 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -19012,6 +19089,8 @@ msgid "" "total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " "manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." msgstr "" +"테이블을 제조하는 데 테이블 다리 4개가 필요하고 그 과정에서 테이블 다리 2개가 폐기되는 경우 소비된 테이블 다리의 총 수량은 6개가 " +"됩니다. 여기에는 테이블 제조에 사용된 4개의 유닛과 폐기된 2개의 유닛이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" @@ -19023,10 +19102,12 @@ msgid "" "so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." msgstr "" +"제조 태블릿 보기에서 바로 구성품을 폐기할 수도 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 제조 주문으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭을 " +"선택합니다. 거기에서 특정 작업 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`📱 (태블릿 보기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 주문의 태블릿 보기 아이콘입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -19035,11 +19116,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " "appears." msgstr "" +"태블릿 보기에서 화면 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`☰(메뉴)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 표시되는 :guilabel:`메뉴` 팝업 " +"창에서 :guilabel:`폐기` 옵션을 선택합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 태블릿 보기의 메뉴 팝업 창에 있는 폐기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -19047,6 +19130,8 @@ msgid "" "enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " ":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 폐기할 부품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 폐기할 수량을 " +"입력합니다. :guilabel:`완료`를 클릭하면 폐기 프로세스가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Scrap finished products" @@ -19059,6 +19144,8 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window appear." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 주문이 완료되면 제조 주문에서 완제품을 폐기할 수도 있습니다. :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭한 후 " +":guilabel:`폐기` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -19068,13 +19155,16 @@ msgid "" "product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." msgstr "" +"완제품을 제작하기 위해 부품을 소비한 후에는 해당 부품이 더 이상 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에 표시되지 않습니다. 대신 " +"완제품이 옵션으로 사용됩니다. 완제품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 폐기할 수량을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`완료`를 클릭하여 완제품에 대한 폐기 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " "reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " "manufacturing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "폐기된 제품의 재고 수량은 폐기된 수량과 제조 중에 생산된 수량을 모두 반영하도록 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -19082,6 +19172,7 @@ msgid "" "after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " "will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" +"의자 5개를 제조했지만 제조 완료 후 2개를 폐기한 경우, 의자의 보유 재고는 제조된 5개에서 폐기된 2개를 뺀 3개로 증가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" @@ -19095,6 +19186,9 @@ msgid "" "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" +"Odoo *제조 관리*에서는 품목의 단일 단위 또는 동일한 품목의 여러 단위에 대한 제조 주문을 생성할 수 있습니다. 경우에 따라 원래 " +"여러 단위에 대한 제조 주문을 두 개 이상의 개별 주문으로 분할해야 하는 경우가 발생할 수 있습니다. 반대로 두 개 이상의 주문을 하나의" +" 제조 주문으로 병합해야 할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -19103,6 +19197,8 @@ msgid "" "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" +"제조 주문은 하나의 제품 단위 또는 동일한 제품의 여러 단위로 구성될 수 있으며, 모두 동일한 자재명세서 (BoM)를 사용합니다. 따라서" +" 제조 주문의 병합은 각 주문이 동일한 제품을 동일한 BoM으로 제조하는 경우에만 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" @@ -19116,16 +19212,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" +"제조 주문을 여러 주문으로 분할하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 다음 제조 " +"주문을 선택합니다. 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼 옆에 제조 주문의 참조 번호와 함께 :guilabel:`⚙️ (설정)`" +" 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`⚙️ (설정)` 버튼을 클릭하여 제조 주문에 대한 일반 설정에 액세스한 다음 :guilabel:`분할`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 설정 및 분할 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -19145,7 +19245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 생산 분할 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -19154,6 +19254,8 @@ msgid "" "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`분할`을 선택하면 원래 제조 주문이 :guilabel:`분할 #` 필드에 표시된 지정된 주문 수로 분할됩니다. 새 " +"제조 주문의 참조 번호는 원래 주문의 참조 번호에서 파생되며, 끝에 *-###* 태그가 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -19161,6 +19263,8 @@ msgid "" "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" +"제조 주문 *WH/MO/00012*는 세 개의 개별 주문으로 나뉩니다. 새 주문의 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00012-001*, " +"*WH/MO/00012-002* 및 *WH/MO/00012-003*입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" @@ -19173,12 +19277,14 @@ msgid "" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" +"두 개 이상의 제조 주문을 하나의 주문으로 병합하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 " +"이동합니다. 각 주문 이름 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 활성화하여 병합할 제조 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 확인란을 클릭하여 병합할 제조 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -19186,10 +19292,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"모든 제조 주문을 선택했으면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`병합`을 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문 페이지의 작업 및 병합 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -19197,6 +19305,7 @@ msgid "" "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" +"선택한 제조 주문이 하나의 단일 주문으로 병합됩니다. 이 새 제조 주문의 참조 번호는 주문에 아직 할당되지 않은 다음 일련 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -19205,13 +19314,17 @@ msgid "" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" +"제조 주문에 사용된 마지막 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00012*입니다.\n" +"두 개의 제조 주문인 *WH/MO/00008* 및 *WH/MO/00009*가 단일 주문으로 병합됩니다.\n" +"병합으로 생성된 제조 주문의 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00013*입니다.\n" +"가장 최근에 제조 주문에 사용된 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00012*입니다. 그 후 두 개의 제조 주문인 *WH/MO/00008* 및 *WH/MO/00009*가 단일 주문으로 통합되었습니다. 이 합병의 결과로 새로 생성된 제조 주문의 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00013*입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "병합으로 인해 생성된 제조 주문의 :guilabel:`원본` 필드에는 병합된 제조 주문의 참조 번호가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -19219,6 +19332,8 @@ msgid "" "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" +"제조 주문 *WH/MO/00009*와 *WH/MO/00010*이 병합되어 *WH/MO/00011*이 생성됩니다. WH/MO/00011*의" +" :guilabel:`원본` 필드에는 *WH/MO/00009*와 *WH/MO/00010*가 모두 나열됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" @@ -19234,6 +19349,9 @@ msgid "" "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" +"*반제품*은 *하위 부품*이라고도 하며, 다른 제품의 자재명세서 (BoM)에서 구성품으로 사용되는 제조 제품입니다. 반제품은 복잡한 " +":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 단순화하거나 제조 공정을 더 잘 표현하기 위해 사용됩니다. 반제품이 포함된 :abbr:`BoM " +"(자재명세서)`을 *다중 단계 BoM*이라고 하며, 여기서 주요 *최상위 제품*과 그 하위 부품이 구분됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" @@ -19246,6 +19364,8 @@ msgid "" "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" +"다중 단계 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 설정하려면 최상위 제품과 반제품을 모두 구성해야 합니다. 따라서 초기 단계에서는 반제품을" +" 각각의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`와 함께 생성하는 것이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" @@ -19253,7 +19373,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "반제품에 대한 자재명세서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" @@ -19266,6 +19386,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"반제품이 완전히 구성되면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 최상위 제품을 선택합니다. 원하는 대로 제품의 사양을 구성한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -19275,12 +19398,15 @@ msgid "" "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" +"최상위 제품을 설정한 후 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다. 다음으로 :guilabel:`생성`을 " +"선택하여 최상위 제품에 대한 :abbr:`BoM(자재명세서)`을 생성합니다. 여기에서 반제품을 이 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 " +"추가하고 기타 필요한 부품을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." -msgstr "" +msgstr "하위 부품을 포함하는 최상위 품목에 대한 자재명세서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" @@ -19290,7 +19416,7 @@ msgstr "생산 계획 관리" msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다중 단계로 구성된 제품의 제조 주문 자동화를 관리하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -19299,13 +19425,15 @@ msgid "" "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" +"반제품은 특히 다중 단계 BoM으로 제조 가능한 제품을 처리하는 데 사용됩니다. 단순히 부품을 정리하거나 판매 가능한 제품을 번들로 묶기" +" 위해 BoM을 만드는 경우에는 :doc:`키트 `을 활용하는 것이 더 적합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주요 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 확인한 후 반제품에 대한 제조 주문을 자동으로 트리거하려면 두 가지 옵션이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -19313,6 +19441,7 @@ msgid "" "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" +"**옵션 1 (권장):** 반제품에 대한 *재주문 규칙*을 생성하고 최소 및 최대 희망 재고 수량을 모두 `0`으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" @@ -19324,6 +19453,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" +"**옵션 2:** 반제품 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭 아래에서 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 및 " +":guilabel:`제조` 경로를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -19334,12 +19465,15 @@ msgid "" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"옵션 1은 옵션 2에 비해 더 많은 유연성을 제공하므로 권장됩니다. 재주문 규칙은 수요와 보충을 직접 연결하지 않으므로 필요한 경우 " +"재고를 예약 해제하고 다른 주문으로 전환할 수 있습니다. 반면 주문 시 보충 (MTO) 경로는 반제품과 최상위 제품 사이에 고유한 링크를" +" 설정하여 확정된 최상위 제조 주문에 대해서만 수량을 예약합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선택한 방법에 관계없이 반제품은 최상위 제품에서 제조를 시작하기 전에 완전히 제조되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." @@ -19353,15 +19487,15 @@ msgstr "제조 하청" msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 제조 요구 사항의 일부 또는 전부를 아웃소싱하는 것은 쉽지 않습니다. 제대로 작동하려면 다음과 같은 조건이 필요합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하청업체의 원자재 재고 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "원자재를 적시에 하청업체에 배송하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" @@ -19375,24 +19509,26 @@ msgstr "하청업체 청구서 관리" msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음은 원재료 \"A\"와 \"B\"로 생산되는 \"C\"의 제조를 하도급하는 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 MRP 하도급 기능을 통해 이러한 작업을 쉽게 처리할 수 있도록 도와줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" +"하도급 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동하여 *하도급* 확인란을 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "하도급을 위한 제품을 지정하려면 유형이 *하도급*으로 설정된 *자재명세서 (BoM)*를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -19402,12 +19538,15 @@ msgid "" "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" +"새 *BoM*을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 이동하여 생성을 선택합니다. 그런 " +"다음 하청업체가 제품을 제조하는 데 필요한 부품을 나열합니다. 원가 계산을 위해 하청업체에서 직접 조달한 부품을 포함하여 모든 구성 " +"요소를 등록하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM 유형*을 *하청*으로 지정한 후 하나 이상의 하청업체를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" @@ -19420,6 +19559,8 @@ msgid "" "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" +"하청업체에 필요한 제품 수량을 알려주려면 구매주문서 (PO)를 생성하여 하청업체에 발송하세요. 이렇게 하려면 *구매* 앱으로 이동하여 새" +" 구매주문서를 생성합니다. 해당 제품의 *BoM*에 하청업체로 지정된 공급업체로 PO가 전송되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -19427,22 +19568,24 @@ msgid "" "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" +"*PO*가 승인되면 (1) 보류 중인 입고 내역이 생성됩니다. 제품이 수령되면 실제 수령한 수량으로 입고 내역을 승인합니다 (2). " +"그러면 Odoo가 다음과 같은 작업을 수행합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*BoM* 및 사용자 입력 (3)에 따라 하청업체의 위치에서 각 구성 요소를 소비합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하청업체의 위치에서 완제품을 생산합니다 (4);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인된 입고 내역을 통해 해당 하청업체의 위치에서 귀사로 제품을 이동합니다 (5)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -19451,6 +19594,8 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" +"*PO*는 선택 사항입니다. 올바른 하청업체와 함께 입고를 수동으로 생성하는 경우에도 Odoo가 모든 작업을 수행합니다. 이는 하청업체가" +" 품목당 고정 가격을 청구하지 않고 사용한 시간과 자재를 청구하는 경우에 유용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" @@ -19458,7 +19603,7 @@ msgstr "재고 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 제품 “C”의 비용은 다음과 같이 정의됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" @@ -19470,11 +19615,11 @@ msgstr "동반 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**A**: 귀사에서 발생하는 원자재 비용;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**B**: 직접 조달한 원자재 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" @@ -19491,6 +19636,8 @@ msgid "" "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" +"원재료를 하청업체(**A**)로 보내도 해당 부품은 여전히 재고의 일부로 평가되므로 재고 평가에 영향을 미치지 않습니다. 이는 *하도급 " +"위치*를 *내부 위치*로 설정하여 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -19499,12 +19646,15 @@ msgid "" "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 제품 C 양식에 설정된 공급업체 가격은 부품 및 서비스 시간에 대해 하청업체에 지불해야 하는 금액이어야 합니다: **B + " +"s**. 제품 원가는 다음과 같아야 합니다: **A + B + s**, 즉 회계에서 제품의 가치를 평가하는 금액이 얼마인지 알아야 " +"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 하청업체 청구서는 완제품 C에서 제안된 가격을 반영하여 발주서와 일치하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -19512,13 +19662,15 @@ msgid "" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" +"하청업에서 원자재 **B**의 보충을 관리할 필요가 없는 경우, **B**의 비용을 하청업체의 가격 **S**에 포함시키고 *B* 제품을" +" *BoM*에서 제외하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "하청업체로부터 수령한 제품에 추적된 부품이 포함되어 있는 경우, 수령 시 일련번호 또는 로트 번호를 지정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -19527,12 +19679,14 @@ msgid "" "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" +"이 경우 하청 제품을 수령하면 *부품 기록* 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 대화 상자가 열리고 구성품의 일련/로트 번호가 " +"기록됩니다. 완제품도 추적되는 경우 일련/로트 번호도 여기에 등록할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "감사 목적으로 완제품 오른쪽에 있는 아이콘을 사용하여 입고에 기록된 로트 번호를 확인할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -19542,6 +19696,8 @@ msgid "" "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" +"또한 추적되지 않는 제품에 대한 하청 BOM에서 유연한 소비를 선택한 경우 각 이동 라인에 '부품 기록' 옵션도 선택적으로 표시됩니다. " +"이를 통해 최종 제품을 수령할 때 하청 위치에서 더 많거나 적은 부품 소비를 등록할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -19549,6 +19705,7 @@ msgid "" "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" +"보시다시피, 이러한 추적되지 않는 제품의 수령은 '수량 설정' 옵션을 선택하거나 이동 항목의 햄버거 메뉴를 사용하여 완료할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" @@ -19563,6 +19720,9 @@ msgid "" "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" +"최종 제품 구매 시 하청업체에 원자재 공급을 자동화하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 선택하는 방법은 자재가 창고를 통과할지 여부에 따라" +" 달라집니다. 이 두 가지 방법은 모두 풀 스타일 메커니즘으로 간주되며, 하청업체에 대한 초기 구매 주문에 의해 트리거되어 하청업체에서 " +"원자재에 대한 수요를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -19571,6 +19731,8 @@ msgid "" "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" +"자체 창고에서 하청업체에 원자재를 공급하는 경우 아래와 같이 '주문 시 하청업체 재공급' 경로를 활성화해야 합니다. 공급업체에서 부품을 " +"구매하는 경우 구매 경로도 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -19591,7 +19753,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 경우에는 직배송 경로가 이미 구매 경로이므로 구매 경로가 선택되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -19600,10 +19762,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" +"마지막으로, 하청 위치에서 이러한 원자재의 재고를 추적하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 환경설정 --> " +"보관 위치`에서 *다중 위치*를 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치 양식에서 현재 재고에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" @@ -19611,7 +19775,7 @@ msgstr "수동 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "하청업체를 수동으로 보충하도록 선택할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -19620,6 +19784,8 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" +"원하는 시간에 하청업체에 부품을 보내려면 *재고 관리* 모듈에서 '하청업체 재공급' 작업 유형을 선택합니다. 피킹을 생성하고 납품할 " +"하청업체를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -19627,6 +19793,7 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" +"또는 하청업체를 배송 주소로 설정한 직배송 유형 PO를 생성하여 공급업체에 하청업체의 재공급을 수동으로 요청할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" @@ -19640,6 +19807,8 @@ msgid "" "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" +"Odoo *제조 관리*를 통해 사용자는 1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계로 제품을 제조할 수 있습니다. 3단계 제조의 경우, Odoo는 부품 " +"이송, 제조 주문 (MO), 매장 완제품 이송을 생성합니다. 또한 사용된 부품과 생산된 완제품을 반영하여 재고 수량을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 @@ -19648,16 +19817,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" +"새 |MO|에서 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 생산할 제품을 선택합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드가" +" 관련 자재명세서 (BoM)로 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 |MO|를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "부품 피킹 전송 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -19667,6 +19838,9 @@ msgid "" "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" +"3단계 |MO|를 확인하면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`이송` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|에 대한 " +":guilabel:`이송` 페이지로 이동합니다. 이 페이지에는 두 개의 이송이 표시됩니다: *WH/PC/XXXXX* (부품 피킹 이송)와" +" *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (완제품 보관 이송)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -19675,6 +19849,8 @@ msgid "" "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX`를 선택하여 |MO|에 대한 부품 피킹 이송을 엽니다. 이 이송은 부품이 보관된 위치에서 제품 " +"제조에 사용되는 위치로 부품의 이동을 추적하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 @@ -19685,18 +19861,21 @@ msgid "" "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" +"보관 위치에서 부품을 이동한 후에는 이송 상단에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 이어지는 :guilabel:`즉시 " +"이송` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 이송을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시하고 제조를 위해 전송된 " +"부품의 수량을 반영하도록 재고 수량을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` 이동 경로를 클릭하여 |MO|로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "부품 피킹 이송에 대한 제조 관리 사이트 이동 경로." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -19704,14 +19883,16 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"|MO| 자체에서 작업 주문을 완료하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 다음 " +"제조 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업 주문의 시작 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 완료 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126 @@ -19722,6 +19903,9 @@ msgid "" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" +"|MO|의 마지막 작업 주문에 도달하면 태블릿 보기에 :guilabel:`완료로 표시하고 MO 닫기` 버튼과 함께 " +":guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼이 나타납니다. guilabel:`완료로 표시하고 MO 닫기`를 클릭하여 |MO|을 " +"guilabel:`완료`로 표시하고 제조된 제품을 재고에 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -19730,6 +19914,8 @@ msgid "" "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " |MO|." msgstr "" +"|MO|을 열어둔 상태에서 최종 작업 지시를 완료하려면 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭할 수 있습니다. 이 시나리오에서는 나중에" +" 주문에서 :guilabel:`모두 생산` 버튼을 클릭하여 |MO|을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 msgid "Process finished product transfer" @@ -19744,6 +19930,9 @@ msgid "" "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" +"|MO|를 완료한 후 주문 상단의 :guilabel:`이송` 버튼을 클릭하여 주문의 :guilabel:`이송` 페이지로 돌아갑니다. " +"거기에서 :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX`를 선택하여 완제품 보관 이송에 액세스합니다. 이 이송은 제조 위치에서 보관 위치로 " +"완제품의 이동을 추적하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -19753,6 +19942,9 @@ msgid "" "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" +"보관 위치에서 완제품을 이동한 후에는 이송 상단에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 이어지는 :guilabel:`즉시" +" 이송` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 이송을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시하고 제조를 위해 전송된" +" 부품의 수량을 반영하도록 재고 수량을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" @@ -19767,6 +19959,9 @@ msgid "" "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" +"Odoo *제조*를 사용하면 1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계를 사용하여 제품을 제조할 수 있습니다. 2단계 제조를 사용하는 경우 Odoo는 " +"제조 주문 (MO)과 부품 피킹 이송을 생성하지만 완제품을 재고로 이동하기 위한 이송은 생성하지 않습니다. 재고 수는 여전히 제조된 제품" +" 수에 따라 업데이트되지만 재고에서 재고로 이동하는 실제 추적은 기록되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -19776,6 +19971,8 @@ msgid "" "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" +"2단계 |MO|를 확인하면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`이송` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|와 관련된 부품" +" 피킹 이송이 열립니다. 이 이송은 부품이 보관된 위치에서 제품 제조에 사용되는 위치로 부품의 이동을 추적하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -19785,14 +19982,17 @@ msgid "" "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" +"|MO| 페이지에서 :guilabel:`작업 지시` 탭을 선택합니다. 완료가 필요한 첫 번째 작업 주문에서 작업이 시작되면 해당 특정 " +"작업 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`시작` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 Odoo *제조*가 타이머를 시작하여 작업 지시를 완료하는 데 " +"걸리는 시간을 모니터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업 주문의 시작 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 완료 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -19800,6 +20000,8 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" +"태블릿 보기를 사용하여 |MO|에 대한 작업 주문을 완료하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 " +"주문`으로 이동한 다음 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -19807,6 +20009,8 @@ msgid "" " (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This " "opens the tablet view." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`작업 지시` 탭을 클릭한 다음 처리할 첫 번째 작업 지시 항목에서 :guilabel:`📱 (태블릿)` 버튼을" +" 선택합니다. 그러면 태블릿 보기가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -19815,6 +20019,8 @@ msgid "" "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " order." msgstr "" +"|제조 주문|을 열어둔 상태에서 최종 작업을 완료하려면 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 나중에 주문에서" +" :guilabel:`모두 생산` 버튼을 클릭하여 |제조 주문|을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" @@ -19824,19 +20030,21 @@ msgstr "주 생산 계획 사용" msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마스터 생산 일정(MPS)은 수요 예측에 따라 생산을 계획하는 데 유용한 도구로 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동하여 마스터 생산 일정(MPS) 기능을 활성화한 다음 " +"변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "MPS 설정에서 시간 범위(월/주/일)와 연속으로 표시할 기간 수를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -19845,6 +20053,8 @@ msgid "" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`계획 --> 마스터 생산 일정`으로 이동한 다음 *제품 추가*를 선택합니다. 여기에서 안전 재고 목표 (기간" +" 종료 시 보유하려는 재고)와 각 기간에 보충할 최소 및 최대 수량을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -19871,6 +20081,8 @@ msgid "" "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" +"다음 단계는 *예상 수요* 행에서 선택한 기간의 수요 예측을 진행하는 것입니다. 언제든지 이 예측 수요를 확정된 판매량을 포함한 실제 " +"수요와 비교할 수 있습니다. 완제품에 대한 예측 수요는 해당 부품에 대한 간접 수요에 영향을 미칩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -19880,6 +20092,8 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" +"예상 수요가 설정되면 시스템에서 다양한 기간 동안 보충할 수량을 자동으로 계산합니다. 리드 타임 (공급업체 리드 타임 또는 제조 리드 " +"타임)에 따라 제안된 보충 수량이 녹색으로 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 보충 버튼을 클릭하여 보충 프로세스를 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -19887,6 +20101,8 @@ msgid "" "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" +"제품 구성 방식 (구매 대 제조)에 따라 견적 또는 제조 주문 요청이 생성됩니다. *실제 보충* 셀을 클릭하면 쉽게 액세스할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -19895,6 +20111,8 @@ msgid "" "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" +"*권장 보충* 수량을 수동으로 수정하면 셀 왼쪽에 작은 엑스자 표시가 나타납니다. Odoo에자동으로 계산된 값으로 되돌리려면 엑스자를 " +"클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" @@ -19904,7 +20122,7 @@ msgstr "셀 색상 표시" msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*권장 보충* 항목 내의 셀은 상황에 따라 다양한 색상을 표시할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -19912,30 +20130,32 @@ msgid "" "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" +"**녹색**: 이 색상은 수요 예측과 간접 수요 예측을 고려하여 예상 안전 재고 수준을 달성하기 위해 보충해야 하는 제품 수량을 " +"나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**회색**: 보충 주문이 이미 생성되었으며 해당 수량은 여전히 현재 데이터와 일치합니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**빨간색**: 보충 주문이 이미 생성되었지만 현재 데이터를 고려할 때 수량이 너무 많습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**주황색**: 보충 주문이 이미 생성되었으며 현재 데이터를 고려할 때 수량이 너무 적습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*예상 재고* 라인에는 해당 기간 동안 재고가 마이너스가 될 것임을 나타내는 빨간색 셀도 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" @@ -19947,6 +20167,7 @@ msgid "" "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" +"여전히 수요 예측을 늘릴 수 있으며, 이는 보충할 수량에 영향을 미칩니다. 셀이 주황색으로 바뀌고 새 보충을 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" @@ -19958,16 +20179,18 @@ msgid "" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" +"수요 예측을 줄일 수 있습니다. 셀이 빨간색으로 표시되어 계획보다 더 많이 주문했음을 알려줍니다. 여전히 주문할 수 있는 경우 일부 " +"RFQ 또는 MO를 수동으로 취소할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MPS에 제품을 잘못 추가한 경우에는 어떻게 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 이름 오른쪽에 있는 작은 휴지통을 클릭하면 MPS에서 제품을 쉽게 제거할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" @@ -19983,6 +20206,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" +"Odoo 제조 관리를 사용하면 지정된 작업 센터에서 작업 주문을 수행합니다. 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 생성하면 제품의 자재명세서 " +"(BoM)의 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에 나열된 모든 관련 작업 주문도 자동으로 생성되어 지정된 작업 센터에 할당됩니다. 이러한 " +"작업지시서를 관리하려면 :guilabel:`제조` 모듈로 이동하여 :menuselection:`작업 --> 작업 지시서`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -19992,6 +20218,9 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" +"작업센터를 사용하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`작업 지시` 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`제조` 모듈로 " +"이동하여 :menuselection:`설정 --> 환경설정`을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 옆의 확인란을 활성화합니다. " +"그런 다음 :menuselection:`설정 --> 작업센터`를 선택하여 작업센터를 생성하고 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" @@ -20003,37 +20232,39 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제조` 모듈 내에서 :menuselection:`설정 --> 작업 센터 --> 생성`을 선택합니다. 그러면 다음과 " +"같이 작업 센터 양식을 작성할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업장 이름`: 작업장에 사용할 작업 유형을 설명하는 간결한 이름을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`대체 작업장`: 주 작업장을 사용할 수 없는 경우 작업을 수행할 대체 작업장을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`코드`: 작업장에 참조 코드를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`근무 시간`: 작업장이 주당 운영되는 시간을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 작업장이 속한 회사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "완전히 구성된 작업장 양식의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" @@ -20043,7 +20274,7 @@ msgstr "작업장 생산성을 위한 표준 설정" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 양식의 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭을 통해 작업장에 생산성 목표를 할당할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -20052,43 +20283,45 @@ msgid "" "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`시간 효율성`: 작업장에서 작업 주문의 예상 소요 시간을 계산하는 데 사용됩니다. 예를 들어, 작업 주문이 일반적으로" +" 1시간이 걸리고 효율성이 200%로 설정된 경우 작업 주문은 30분이 걸립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 능력`: 작업장에서 동시에 수행할 수 있는 작업 수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`설비종합효율 대상`: 작업장의 목표 설비종합효율을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 전 시간.`: 생산을 시작하기 전에 필요한 설정 시간을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 후 시간.`: 작업 완료 후 필요한 고장 또는 정리 시간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`시간당 비용`: 1시간 동안 작업장을 운영하는 데 드는 비용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`분석 계정`: 작업장의 비용을 기록하는 계정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 양식의 일반 정보 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" @@ -20100,48 +20333,51 @@ msgid "" "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`장비` 탭을 사용하여 특정 장비를 작업장에 할당할 수 있습니다. 추가된 각 장비에는 다음 정보가 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`장비 이름`: 장비의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`기술자`: 장비 서비스를 담당하는 기술자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`장비 카테고리`: 장비가 속한 카테고리입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`MTBF`: 평균 고장 간격; 장비가 고장 나기 전까지 작동하는 평균 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`MTTR`: 평균 복구 시간; 장비가 다시 완전히 작동하는 데 걸리는 평균 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`예상 다음 장애`: 다음 장비 장애가 발생할 예상 시점입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 양식의 장비 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR` 및 :guilabel:`예상 다음 장애`는 모두 과거 장애 데이터가 있는 " +"경우 이를 기반으로 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" @@ -20152,10 +20388,11 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`IoT 트리거` 탭을 사용하면 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 장치를 작업장과 쉽게 통합할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`장치`: 트리거할 IoT 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" @@ -20167,7 +20404,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 트리거된 IoT 장치 동작" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 양식의 IoT 트리거 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" @@ -20180,6 +20417,8 @@ msgid "" "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" +"작업장이 정원을 초과하면 추가 작업 주문을 받을 수 없습니다. 이러한 경우 작업장이 사용 가능해질 때까지 기다리는 대신 대체 작업 센터를" +" 지정하여 잉여 작업 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -20189,6 +20428,8 @@ msgid "" "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" +"먼저 새 작업장을 생성합니다. 기본 작업장과 동일한 장비로 :guilabel:`장비` 탭을 구성하여 두 위치에서 유사한 작업을 수행할 수" +" 있도록 합니다. 그런 다음 기본 작업장으로 이동하여 새 작업장을 :guilabel:`대체 작업장` 선택 필드에 포함시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -20198,17 +20439,19 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" +"이제 작업 중 하나에 주 작업장이 지정된 새 제조 주문을 생성합니다. 주 작업 센터는 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭에서 이 작업에 " +"대해 미리 선택되어 있습니다. 제조 주문이 확인되면 양식의 왼쪽 상단에서 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 찾아 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "계획 버튼을 클릭하면 사용 가능한 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주 작업장의 수용 인원이 초과되면 작업에 지정된 작업장이 자동으로 대체 작업장으로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." @@ -20225,28 +20468,30 @@ msgid "" "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" +"개별 작업장의 성과를 보려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 작업장`으로 이동한 다음 원하는 작업장을 클릭합니다. 양식의 오른쪽" +" 상단에 작업장의 성과를 나타내는 다양한 메트릭이 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE`: 작업장이 완전히 생산성을 발휘한 시간의 백분율을 나타내는 전체 장비 효율성입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`손실`: 작업 중단으로 인해 손실된 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`로드`: 현재 작업량을 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`성과`: 예상 기간의 백분율로 표시되는 실제 작업 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" @@ -20259,6 +20504,8 @@ msgid "" "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 지정된 위치에서 제조 작업을 실행하기 위해 *작업장*을 활용합니다. 그러나 어떤 이유로든 작업장을 사용할 수 없게 되면 " +"다시 운영될 때까지 작업장에 작업 주문이 쌓이기 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -20269,6 +20516,9 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" +"따라서 Odoo에서 작업장을 사용 불가로 표시하여 시스템에서 새 작업 주문을 대체 운영 작업장으로 리디렉션할 수 있도록 설정해야 합니다." +" Odoo *휴가* 앱을 활용하면 지정된 기간 동안 작업장을 사용할 수 없는 상태로 지정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 영향을 받는 " +"작업장이 다시 온라인 상태가 될 때까지 제조 작업을 원활하게 지속할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -20278,6 +20528,8 @@ msgid "" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" +"작업장을 사용 불가능으로 표시하기 전에 Odoo 플랫폼을 올바르게 구성해야 합니다. 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화하여 각 작업장의 :guilabel:`근무 시간` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`휴가` 스마트 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -20285,6 +20537,8 @@ msgid "" "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" +"개발자 모드를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`설정`으로 이동하여 페이지 하단으로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`개발자 " +"도구` 섹션 아래에서 :guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." @@ -20299,6 +20553,9 @@ msgid "" "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" +"다음으로 *휴가* 앱을 설치합니다. 이 앱은 직원과 작업장을 포함한 Odoo 내의 모든 리소스에 타임오프를 할당하는 데 사용됩니다. " +":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 `휴가`를 입력합니다. " +":guilabel:`휴가` 모듈의 카드가 나타나면, 카드의 녹색 :guilabel:`설치` 버튼을 클릭하여 앱을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." @@ -20312,12 +20569,15 @@ msgid "" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" +"마지막 단계는 작업장을 올바르게 구성하는 것입니다. 이 워크플로우의 경우 사용 불가능하게 설정된 작업장과 다른 작업장이 수락할 수 없는 " +"작업 주문을 수신하는 두 번째 작업장까지 최소한 두 개 있어야 합니다. 두 번째 작업장이 구성되어 있지 않으면 Odoo는 사용 불가능한 " +"작업장으로부터 작업 주문을 라우팅할 수 없으며 해당 작업장의 대기열에 작업 주문이 쌓이게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장을 만들려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 --> 작업장 --> 생성`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -20325,10 +20585,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" +"두 작업장의 :guilabel:`장비` 탭에 동일한 장비가 나열되어 있는지 확인합니다. 이렇게 하면 한 작업장에서 수행한 작업을 다른 " +"작업장에서도 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 양식의 장비 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -20337,10 +20599,12 @@ msgid "" "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" +"사용할 수 없게 될 작업장의 경우, :guilabel:`대체 작업장` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 두 번째 작업장을 선택합니다. 이제 Odoo는 첫" +" 번째 작업장을 어떤 이유로든 사용할 수 없을 때 두 번째 작업장으로 작업 지시를 보내는 것을 알고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "대체 작업장으로 구성된 작업장 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" @@ -20355,10 +20619,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"설정이 완료되면 이제 사용할 수 없는 작업장에 대해 휴가를 예약할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 " +"--> 작업장`으로 이동하여 해당 작업장을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`근무 시간` 드롭다운" +" 메뉴 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`↗ (외부 링크)` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 양식의 근무 시간 '외부 링크' 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -20368,10 +20635,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:근무 시간`이라는 팝업이 나타납니다. 여기에는 작업장의 표준 근무 시간과 기타 다양한 세부 정보가 나열됩니다. 개발자 " +"모드가 활성화되었으므로 팝업의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`휴가` 버튼이 있습니다. 이를 클릭하면 :guilabel:`자원 휴가` " +"페이지로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "근무 시간 팝업의 휴가 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -20383,6 +20653,10 @@ msgid "" "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" +"이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 클릭하여 새 휴가 항목을 설정합니다. 표시되는 양식에서 작업장의 폐쇄 " +":guilabel:`사유` (예: 유지보수 또는 수리)를 지정하고, 해당 작업장을 :guilabel:`자원`으로 선택한 다음 작업장을 " +"사용할 수 없는 기간의 :guilabel:`시작일`과 :guilabel:`종료일`을 정의합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 " +"클릭하면 작업장의 휴무가 Odoo에 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." @@ -20398,6 +20672,8 @@ msgid "" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" +"작업장의 지정된 휴가 기간이 시작되면 해당 작업장에 할당된 모든 새 작업지시는 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 사용하여 대체 작업장으로" +" 자동 라우팅할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -20407,6 +20683,9 @@ msgid "" "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" +"시작하려면 :menuselection:`작업 --> 제조 주문 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 새 제조 주문을 생성합니다. 제조 주문 양식에서" +" 사용 불가능으로 표시된 작업장의 작업을 포함하는 :guilabel:`품목`을 선택합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여" +" 작업 주문을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -20415,6 +20694,8 @@ msgid "" "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" +"확인된 작업 주문에서 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 사용 불가능으로 표시된 작업장이 기본적으로 " +":guilabel:`작업장` 열에 지정되어 있습니다. 페이지 왼쪽 상단에는 녹색 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." @@ -20425,12 +20706,13 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭 아래에 나열된 작업장이 대체 작업장으로 자동 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "계획 버튼을 클릭하면 선택한 작업장이 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -20439,6 +20721,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" +"사용할 수 없는 작업장의 휴가 기간이 끝나면 Odoo는 해당 작업장을 다시 사용할 수 있음을 인식합니다. 이후에는 " +":guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 클릭해도 첫 번째 작업장의 정원이 가득 차 있지 않는 한 작업 주문이 대체 작업장으로 자동 라우팅되지 " +"않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" @@ -20453,6 +20738,9 @@ msgid "" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" +"특정 제품을 제조할 때 다른 작업을 시작하기 전에 특정 작업을 먼저 완료해야 하는 경우가 있습니다. 작업이 올바른 순서로 실행되도록 하기" +" 위해 Odoo *제조 관리*는 *작업 주문 종속성* 설정을 제공합니다. 이 기능을 활성화하면 자재명세서 (BoM)의 작업을 먼저 " +"수행해야 하는 다른 작업에 의해 *차단*할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -20461,6 +20749,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" +"*작업 주문 종속성* 설정은 기본적으로 활성화되어 있지 않습니다. 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 " +"--> 환경설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -20468,6 +20758,8 @@ msgid "" "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`작업 주문` 설정을 활성화하면 그 아래에 :guilabel:`작업 주문 종속성` 설정이 표시됩니다. " +":guilabel:`작업 주문 종속성` 설정도 켠 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 수정 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" @@ -20480,6 +20772,8 @@ msgid "" "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"작업 주문 종속성은 제품의 |BOM|에 구성됩니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 " +"이동한 다음 |BOM|을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새로 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -20487,6 +20781,8 @@ msgid "" "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" +"새 |BOM|을 올바르게 구성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 가이드는 :ref:`자재명세서 생성 " +"`.`에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -20495,10 +20791,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"|BOM|에서 :guilabel:`기타` 탭으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`작업 종속성` 확인란을 활성화합니다. 이렇게 하면 " +":guilabel:`작업` 탭의 설정에서 새로운 :guilabel:`차단 대상` 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM의 기타 탭에 있는 작업 종속성 확인란입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -20507,10 +20805,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동합니다. 탭의 오른쪽 상단에서 :guilabel:`설정` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 " +":guilabel:`차단 기준` 확인란을 활성화합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 각 작업에 대해 " +":guilabel:`차단 기준` 필드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM의 운영 탭에 대한 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -20520,14 +20821,17 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" +"다른 작업에 의해 차단되어야 하는 작업에 해당하는 줄에서 :guilabel:`차단 대상` 필드를 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " +":guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이 창의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`차단 대상`을 선택합니다. 이는 " +"현재 구성 중인 작업을 진행하기 *전에* 선택한 작업을 완료해야 한다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "차단 대상 드롭다운 필드에는 BoM에 대한 작업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 |BOM|을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" @@ -20541,6 +20845,8 @@ msgid "" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" +"작업 주문 종속성이 |BOM|에 설정되면, Odoo *제조 관리*는 이러한 종속성을 기반으로 작업 주문의 일정을 효과적으로 계획할 수 " +"있습니다. 제조 주문에 대한 작업 주문을 계획하려면 :menuselection:`제조 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -20550,6 +20856,9 @@ msgid "" "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"다음으로, |BOM|에 작업 주문 종속성이 설정된 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 제조 " +"주문을 생성합니다. 새 제조 주문을 생성하는 경우 :guilabel:`자재 명세서` 드롭다운 필드에서 작업 주문 종속성으로 구성된 " +"|BOM|을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -20558,6 +20867,8 @@ msgid "" "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" +"제조 주문을 확인한 후 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동하여 해당 주문을 처리하는 데 필요한 작업 주문을 확인합니다. 다른 " +"작업 주문에 의해 차단되지 *않는* 모든 작업 주문은 :guilabel:`상태` 섹션에 `준비` 태그가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -20565,10 +20876,12 @@ msgid "" "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" +"하나 이상의 작업 주문에 의해 차단된 작업 주문은 대신 `다른 WO 대기 중` 태그가 표시됩니다. 차단된 작업 주문이 완료되면 태그가 " +"`준비`로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 상태 태그입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -20580,11 +20893,14 @@ msgid "" "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" +"제조 주문의 작업 주문을 예약하려면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 예약된 시작 날짜와 시간으로 " +":guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭의 각 작업 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`예약된 시작 날짜` 필드를 채웁니다. 작업 주문이 차단된 " +"경우에는 이전 작업 주문의 :guilabel:`예상 기간` 필드에 지정된 기간 이후에 시작하도록 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 예약된 시작 날짜 필드입니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -20592,6 +20908,8 @@ msgid "" "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" +"제품 A에 대해 두 가지 작업이 포함된 제조 주문이 생성됩니다: 절단 및 조립. 두 작업 모두 각각 60분이 소요될 것으로 예상되며, " +"조립 작업은 절단 작업의 완료 여부에 따라 차단됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -20600,6 +20918,8 @@ msgid "" "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" +"오후 1시 30분에 제조 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 클릭하면 절단 작업이 바로 시작되도록 예약되어 있습니다. 절단 " +"작업의 예상 소요 시간은 60분이므로 조립 작업은 오후 2시 30분에 시작되도록 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" @@ -20612,6 +20932,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" +"작업 주문 계획을 시각화하려면 :guilabel:`제조 관리 --> 계획 --> 작업장별 계획`에 있는 :guilabel:`작업 주문 " +"계획` 페이지로 이동합니다. 여기에는 각 작업에 대해 예약된 모든 작업 주문의 타임라인이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -20620,11 +20942,13 @@ msgid "" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" +"한 작업 주문이 다른 작업 주문의 완료로 인해 차단된 경우, 차단된 작업 오더는 이를 차단하는 작업 오더 다음에 시작하도록 예약된 것으로" +" 표시됩니다. 또한 화살표가 두 작업 주문을 연결하여 차단 작업에서 차단된 작업으로의 종속성을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "차단된 작업 주문과 이를 차단하는 작업 주문을 연결하는 화살표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" @@ -20641,6 +20965,8 @@ msgid "" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" +"*작업 현장* 모듈은 *제조 관리* 앱의 동반 모듈입니다. *작업 현장*은 제조 주문(MO) 및 작업 지시서를 관리할 수 있는 시각적 " +"인터페이스를 제공하여 제조 담당자가 이러한 작업에 소요된 시간을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -20650,12 +20976,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" +"*작업 현장* 모듈은 *제조 관리* 앱과 함께 설치됩니다. 단독으로는 설치할 수 없습니다. *제조 관리* 앱을 설치하려면 " +":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`검색...`바에서 `제조`를 검색한 다음 :guilabel:`제조 " +"관리` 앱 카드에서 :guilabel:`설치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" +"*작업 현장* 모듈은 *제조 관리* 앱의 태블릿 보기 기능을 대체하며, Odoo 16.4 버전 이상에서만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -20663,12 +20993,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" +"Odoo 데이터베이스의 버전 번호를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`설정`으로 이동한 다음 페이지 하단의 " +":guilabel:`정보` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 여기에 버전 번호가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":ref:`upgrading a database `." msgstr "" +"최신 버전의 Odoo로 전환하려면 :ref:`데이터베이스 `에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" @@ -20678,13 +21011,13 @@ msgstr "탐색" msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*작업 현장*은 모듈 상단의 탐색 모음에서 선택할 수 있는 세 가지 기본 보기로 분류됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`전체` 페이지는 모듈의 기본 대시보드 역할을 하며 |MO|에 대한 정보 카드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -20694,6 +21027,9 @@ msgid "" "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"각 작업장의 전용 페이지에는 해당 작업장에 배정된 작업 주문에 대한 정보 카드가 표시됩니다. 이러한 페이지는 탐색 표시줄에서 " +":guilabel:`+(더하기)` 버튼을 클릭하고 표시되는 팝업 창에서 선택하거나 선택 취소한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여" +" 켜거나 끌 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -20703,6 +21039,8 @@ msgid "" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`내` 페이지에는 모듈 왼쪽의 조작자 패널에서 현재 프로필이 활성화되어 있는 직원에게 할당된 모든 작업 주문에 대한 " +"정보 카드가 표시됩니다. 이 페이지는 각 작업장의 페이지와 마찬가지로 활성 직원의 작업에 맞는 세부정보와 기능을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -20711,6 +21049,8 @@ msgid "" "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" +"다른 주문이 표시되지 않도록 |MO| 또는 작업 주문을 분리하려면 모듈 상단의 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 |MO|의 참조" +" 번호를 입력하기만 하면 됩니다. 이 검색 필터는 모듈 내의 다른 보기 사이를 이동할 때에도 계속 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -20720,12 +21060,15 @@ msgid "" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" +"모듈 왼쪽에는 운영자 패널이 있습니다. 이 패널에는 현재 *작업 현장*에 로그인한 모든 직원이 표시되며, 신규 직원도 로그인할 수 " +"있습니다. 운영자 패널은 현재 사용 중인 보기에 관계없이 모듈 전체에서 계속 액세스할 수 있습니다. 탐색 모음 맨 왼쪽에 있는 " +":guilabel:`사이드바` 버튼을 클릭하여 운영자 패널을 표시하거나 숨길 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"사이드바\" 버튼은 운영자 패널을 켜거나 끄는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" @@ -20737,6 +21080,8 @@ msgid "" "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" +"기본적으로 :guilabel:`전체` 페이지에는 *시작할 준비*가 된 모든 |MO|에 대한 정보 카드가 표시됩니다. |MO|가 확인되면 " +"준비 완료로 분류되며 필요한 모든 부품에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -20744,6 +21089,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"준비 상태와 관계없이 확인된 모든 |MO|를 보려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`시작 준비` 필터 옆의" +" :guilabel:`x` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" @@ -20755,6 +21102,8 @@ msgid "" "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`전체` 페이지의 |MO|에 대한 정보 카드에는 관련 |MO|의 모든 관련 세부 정보가 표시되며 직원에게 |MO|를 " +"처리하기 위한 다양한 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -20765,6 +21114,9 @@ msgid "" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" +"|MO| 카드의 헤더에는 |MO| 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 수량, |MO|의 상태가 표시됩니다. 아직 |MO| 작업이 시작되지 않은 " +"경우 상태는 :guilabel:`확정`으로 표시됩니다. 작업이 진행되면 상태는 :guilabel:`진행 중`으로 변경됩니다. |MO|와 " +"관련된 모든 작업 지시가 완료되고 |MO|를 종료할 준비가 되었다면 상태는 :guilabel:`종료 예정`으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -20774,6 +21126,9 @@ msgid "" "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" +"|MO| 카드의 메인 섹션에는 완료된 각 작업 주문에 대한 항목이 표시되고, 아직 완료되지 않은 현재 작업 주문이 그 뒤에 표시됩니다. " +"완료된 작업 주문은 작업 주문 제목 오른쪽에 녹색 확인 표시가 되어 있습니다. 현재 작업 주문은 사용자가 할당된 작업장의 페이지를 열 수" +" 있는 버튼으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -20783,6 +21138,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"현재 작업 주문 아래에는 생산된 제품 단위 수를 기록하는 데 사용되는 :guilabel:`생산 등록`이라는 제목의 섹션이 있습니다. 생산" +" 단위 수를 수동으로 입력하려면 :guilabel:`생산 등록` 항목을 클릭하고 이어지는 팝업 창 내의 :guilabel:`단위` 필드에" +" 원하는 값을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -20792,6 +21150,8 @@ msgid "" "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" +"줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`#단위` 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|가 처음에 생성된 단위 수를 생산된 단위 수로 자동 등록합니다. " +"예를 들어 식탁 10개를 위해 |MO|가 생성된 경우 :guilabel:`10개` 버튼을 클릭하면 10개가 생산된 것으로 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -20802,6 +21162,9 @@ msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" +"MO| 카드 하단에는 :guilabel:`생산 마감` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼은 제작이 완료되면 |MO|를 마무리하고 닫는 데 " +"사용됩니다. 그러나 개별 작업 지시뿐만 아니라 전체 |MO|에 대한 전반적인 품질 검사가 필요한 경우, :guilabel:`품질 검사` " +"버튼이 대신 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`품질 검사`를 클릭하면 필요한 품질 검사를 완료할 수 있는 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -20810,41 +21173,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`생산 마감`을 클릭하면 |MO| 카드가 사라지기 시작하고 하단에 :guilabel:`실행 취소` 버튼이 나타납니다. " +":guilabel:`실행 취소`를 클릭하면 |MO|가 계속 열려 있습니다. |MO| 카드가 완전히 사라지면 작업 주문이 성공적으로 " +"종료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" +"하단 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`⋮ (옵션)` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|에 대한 추가 옵션이 있는 팝업 창이 " +"열립니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`폐기`는 결함이 발견되면 부품을 폐기 위치로 보내는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 지시 추가`는 |MO|에 작업 지시를 추가하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`부품 추가`는 |MO|에 추가 부품을 포함할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`백엔드 제조 주문 열기`는 제조 앱에서 |MO|를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 \"전체\" 페이지에 있는 MO에 대한 정보 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" @@ -20857,6 +21225,8 @@ msgid "" "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" +"작업장 페이지에는 기본적으로 *시작 준비* 완료로 간주되는 각 작업 주문에 할당된 정보 카드가 표시됩니다. 작업 주문은 관련된 |MO|가" +" 시작할 준비가 되고 모든 선행 작업 주문이 완료되면 준비된 것으로 간주됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -20864,6 +21234,8 @@ msgid "" "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"준비 상태에 관계없이 작업장에 할당된 모든 확인된 작업 주문을 보려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`시작" +" 준비` 필터 옆의 :guilabel:`x` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" @@ -20875,6 +21247,8 @@ msgid "" "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" +"작업장 페이지에 표시되는 작업 주문 정보 카드에는 연결된 작업 주문의 모든 관련 세부 정보가 표시되며 직원에게 작업 지시 처리를 위한 " +"다양한 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -20897,6 +21271,9 @@ msgid "" " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" +"작업 지시 카드의 기본 섹션에는 작업 지시를 완료하는 데 필요한 각 단계에 대한 항목이 표시됩니다. 이러한 단계는 해당 항목을 선택한 " +"다음 이어지는 팝업 창의 지시를 따르면 완료할 수 있습니다. 또는 각 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택하면 해당 단계가 자동으로 완료된" +" 것으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -20906,6 +21283,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" +"작업지시서의 마지막 단계 아래에는 :guilabel:`생산 등록`이라고 표시된 섹션이 있으며, 이는 |MO| 카드의 " +":guilabel:`생산 등록` 기능과 유사하게 작동합니다. 작업 주문 카드의 :guilabel:`생산 등록` 항목을 통해 생산된 유닛의" +" 수량을 기록하면 해당 |MO| 카드의 단계도 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -20916,6 +21296,9 @@ msgid "" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" +"|MO| 내에서 마지막 작업 주문을 처리할 때 작업 주문 카드 하단에 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 해당 작업 " +"주문에 대한 품질 검사가 필요하지 않은 경우, :guilabel:`생산 종료`를 클릭하면 작업 주문과 연결된 |MO|가 모두 종료됩니다." +" 품질 검사가 필요한 경우 |MO| 카드에서 품질 검사를 완료해야 |MO|를 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -20925,6 +21308,9 @@ msgid "" "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" +"|MO| 내에서 완료해야 할 작업 주문이 더 있는 경우, :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼이 대신 나타납니다. " +":guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭하면 현재 작업 주문이 완료된 것으로 표시되고 해당 작업장의 페이지에 다음 작업 주문이 " +"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -20934,34 +21320,40 @@ msgid "" "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`생산 종료` 또는 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭하면 작업 주문 카드가 사라지기 시작하고 하단에 " +":guilabel:`실행 취소` 버튼이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`실행 취소`를 클릭하면 작업 주문이 계속 열려 있습니다. 작업 " +"주문 카드가 완전히 사라지면 작업 주문은 |MO|에 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" +"하단 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`⋮ (옵션)` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 작업 주문에 대한 추가 옵션이 있는 팝업 창이 " +"열립니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업장으로 이동`을 사용하면 작업 주문을 다른 작업장으로 전송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업표 개선 제안`을 사용하면 사용자가 작업 주문의 지침 또는 단계에 대한 변경을 제안할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`품질 알림 생성`을 클릭하면 품질 팀에 잠재적인 문제에 대한 세부 정보를 제공할 수 있는 품질 알림 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 작업 주문에 대한 정보 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" @@ -20973,6 +21365,8 @@ msgid "" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" +"운영자 패널은 *작업 현장* 모듈에 로그인한 직원을 관리하는 데 사용됩니다. 이 패널에는 데이터베이스의 모든 인스턴스에서 현재 로그인한 " +"모든 직원의 이름과 프로필 사진이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -20980,6 +21374,8 @@ msgid "" "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" +"특정 직원으로서 *작업 현장* 모듈에 참여하려면 해당 직원의 이름을 클릭하여 프로필을 활성화하기만 하면 됩니다. 비활성화된 프로필은 " +"이름과 프로필 사진이 회색으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -20989,6 +21385,9 @@ msgid "" "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" +"작업자 패널에서 직원을 선택하면 해당 작업 주문의 제목을 클릭하여 작업 주문에 대한 작업을 시작할 수 있습니다. 직원이 현재 하나 이상의" +" 작업 주문에 참여하고 있는 경우에는 작업 주문의 제목이 이름 아래에 표시됩니다. 또한 타이머가 각 작업 지시에 대해 작업 중인 기간을 " +"표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -20996,18 +21395,21 @@ msgid "" "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"새 직원을 상담원 패널에 포함하려면 패널 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`+ 상담원 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`직원 선택` 팝업창에서 직원을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" +"운영자 패널에서 직원을 제거하려면 패널에서 해당 직원의 이름 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`x` 버튼을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "로그인한 세 명의 직원이 표시된 작업 현장 모듈의 운영자 패널입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" @@ -21020,11 +21422,13 @@ msgid "" "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" +"Odoo *제품 수명 주기 관리*(*PLM*)는 컨셉 개발, 디자인, 제조, 마케팅, 출시 후 지원 등 다양한 단계에서 제품의 테스트, " +"협업 및 반복을 위한 체계적인 방법론을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "승인을 받으면 주요 이해관계자가 시행 전에 변경 사항을 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" @@ -21041,6 +21445,9 @@ msgid "" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" +"*ECO 유형*은 제품 및 자재명세서 (BoM)의 변경 사항을 구성하고 모니터링하기 위한 *설계 변경 주문*(ECO)을 위해 지정됩니다." +" 각 유형은 간트 보기 내에서 를 별개의 프로젝트로 분류하여 협업자와 이해관계자가 관련 개선 사항만 보고 " +"지원할 수 있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -21050,6 +21457,9 @@ msgid "" "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 반도체 제조업체는 '신제품 도입', '제품 개선', '부품 변경', '펌웨어 업데이트' 유형의 |ECO|를 사용할 수 " +"있습니다. 이렇게 하면 설계자와 엔지니어는 '신제품 도입' 및 '제품 개선' 프로젝트 내에서 |ECO|에 집중할 수 있으므로 관련 없는 " +"공급업체 변경이나 펌웨어 업데이트 |ECO|를 피할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" @@ -21060,18 +21470,21 @@ msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" +"ECO 유형에 액세스하고 관리하려면 :menuselection:`제품 수명주기 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> ECO 유형`으로 " +"이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 ECO 유형을 만듭니다. 새 :guilabel:`ECO 유형` 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 이 *유형*의 모든 |ECO|를 프로젝트에 정리하는 |ECO| 유형의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -21079,6 +21492,8 @@ msgid "" "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`이메일 별칭`: 이 값을 입력하면 이 주소로 전송되는 이메일은 이 |ECO| 유형의 초기 단계에서 자동으로 " +"|ECO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -21087,6 +21502,9 @@ msgid "" "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"`공식 변경` |ECO| 유형은 단일 프로젝트에서 관련 |ECO|를 정리하고 추적하는 데 사용됩니다. :guilabel:`이메일 별칭` " +"필드를 설정하면 `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`으로 이메일이 전송될 때 `공식 변경` " +"프로젝트에서 자동으로 |ECO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." @@ -21102,12 +21520,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" +"기존 |ECO| 유형의 이름과 이메일 별칭을 조정하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 설정 --> ECO 유형` 페이지로" +" 이동합니다. 목록에서 원하는 |ECO| 유형을 선택하고 필요한 내용을 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" +"각 |ECO| 유형에 대한 양식에서 :guilabel:`이름` 및 :guilabel:`이메일 별칭` 필드를 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" @@ -21119,6 +21540,8 @@ msgid "" "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" +"|ECO| 유형 프로젝트 내에서 *단계*는 변경 사항을 검토하고 적용을 준비하면서 |ECO| 의 진행 상황을 추적하는 마일스톤 역할을 " +"합니다. (예: '피드백', '진행 중', '승인됨', '완료')" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -21128,6 +21551,9 @@ msgid "" "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"또한 각 단계에 필수 승인자를 지정하여 지정된 승인자가 |ECO|를 검토하고 승인할 때까지 생산 |BOM|의 수정이 진행될 수 없도록 할" +" 수 있습니다. 이 관행은 제안된 변경 사항을 구현하기 전에 최소 한 번 이상 검토하도록 의무화하여 생산 |BOM|에서 발생하는 오류를 " +"방지하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -21136,6 +21562,8 @@ msgid "" "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"최적의 프로세스를 위해 필수 승인자가 있는 *확인* 단계를 하나 이상 유지하고, 승인 또는 취소된 |ECO|를 다음 생산 |BOM|에 " +"저장하기 위한 *마감* 단계를 하나 이상 유지하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" @@ -21146,6 +21574,8 @@ msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" +"단계를 추가하려면 :menuselection:`PLM` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`PLM 현황` 대시보드에서 원하는 " +"프로젝트의 |ECO| 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -21154,6 +21584,9 @@ msgid "" "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 |ECO| 유형에 대한 :guilabel:`설계 변경 주문` 프로젝트 파이프라인에서 :guilabel:`+ 단계` 버튼을 " +"클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 단계의 이름을 입력할 수 있는 텍스트 상자가 나타납니다. 입력이 완료되면 :guilabel:`추가` " +"버튼을 클릭하여 단계 추가를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -21161,10 +21594,12 @@ msgid "" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" +"신규 `할당됨` 단계는 할당된 |ECO|를 `신규` 단계에서 할당 대기 중인 |ECO|와 구분합니다. 다른 단계를 추가하면 제품 관리자가" +" 할당되지 않은 작업을 추적하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로젝트에서 ECO 유형에 대한 새 단계를 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" @@ -21175,6 +21610,7 @@ msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 현황`에서 에코 유형을 클릭하면 해당 유형의 |ECO|에 대한 칸반 보기가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -21182,12 +21618,14 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" +"인증 단계를 설정하려면 원하는 단계 위로 마우스를 가져가서 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`수정`을 클릭하여 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "변경 단계 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:'변경 사항 적용 허용' 확인란을 선택하여 확인 단계를 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -21195,12 +21633,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`결재권자` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하고 결재권자의 :guilabel:`역할`, " +":guilabel:`사용자` 및 :guilabel:`승인 유형`을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "최소 한 명 이상의 승인자가 :guilabel:`승인 유형`: :guilabel:`승인 필요`로 구성되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -21208,6 +21648,8 @@ msgid "" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" +"지정된 승인자는 팝업 창에서 지정한 단계로 |ECO|가 이동하면 자동으로 알림을 받게 됩니다. 구성을 완료한 후 :guilabel:`저장" +" 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -21216,6 +21658,8 @@ msgid "" "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" +"`신제품 도입` |ECO| 유형에서 `승인됨` 검증 단계는 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 " +":guilabel:`편집`을 선택하면 설정됩니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`편집: 검증됨` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -21223,16 +21667,18 @@ msgid "" "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"`엔지니어링 관리자`를 승인자로 포함하면 이 사용자가 승인한 |ECO|만 다음 단계로 진행할 수 있으며 변경 사항을 프로덕션 |ECO|에" +" 적용하도록 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또한 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용 허용` 옵션을 확인하여 올바른 동작이 이루어지는지 확인 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"변경 사항 적용 허용\" 옵션이 선택되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" @@ -21245,6 +21691,9 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`편집: [단계]` 팝업창을 열어 종료 단계를 구성합니다. 이렇게 하려면 원하는 단계 위로 마우스를 가져가 오른쪽 " +"상단에 표시되는 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -21252,6 +21701,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`편집: [단계]` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`칸반 보기 접힘`, :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용 허용` 및 " +":guilabel:`최종 단계`의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -21259,6 +21710,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" +"마감 단계인 `유효`는 :guilabel:`칸반 보기 접힘`, :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용 허용`, :guilabel:`최종 " +"단계` 옵션을 체크하여 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." @@ -21274,6 +21727,8 @@ msgid "" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" +"설계 변경 주문*(*ECO*)을 사용하여 제품 및 :ref:`자재명세서 `에 대한 변경 사항을 모니터링, 시행 및 되돌리세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" @@ -21287,13 +21742,13 @@ msgstr ":ref:`ECO 유형에서 직접 `." msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업의 :ref:`태블릿 보기 `에서 연산자가 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조:`ECO 유형의 이메일 별칭 `으로 제출된 피드백에서 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" @@ -21306,6 +21761,8 @@ msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" +"새 |ECO|를 생성하려면 먼저 *PLM* 앱으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 적절한 |ECO| 유형 카드를 선택하여 변경 진행 상황을 " +"추적합니다. :guilabel:`설계 변경 주문` 페이지에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:'신규' 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -21315,26 +21772,30 @@ msgid "" "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" +"변경 주문을 분류하고 정리하기 위해 새로운 :ref:`ECO 유형 `을 생성하는 방법을 알아보세요. " +"이렇게 하면 신제품 출시, 대상 제품군 업데이트, 규정 준수 이행 등 직원들이 자신의 담당 업무와 관련된 만 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ECO| 양식에서 다음 필드를 적절하게 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`설명`은 개선 사항에 대한 간략한 요약입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`유형`: |ECO|를 구성하기 위한 |ECO| 유형 프로젝트를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`적용` 설정에 따라 |ECO|가 :guilabel:`자재명세서`를 변경할지 아니면 :guilabel:`품목 전용`을 " +"변경할지 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." @@ -21347,6 +21808,8 @@ msgid "" "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`BOM`은 변경된 |BOM|을 지정하고 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 기존 |BOM|이 있는 제품의 경우 자동으로" +" 채워집니다. 여러 개의 BOM이 있는 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -21354,12 +21817,14 @@ msgid "" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`회사` 필드는 여러 회사 데이터베이스에서 사용됩니다. 변경 사항이 특정 회사의 제품에 적용되는지 여부를 지정하거나 " +"모든 회사에 적용되는 변경 사항인 경우 비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`는 이 |ECO|를 관리하도록 지정된 책임자를 나타냅니다. (선택 사항)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -21368,6 +21833,8 @@ msgid "" "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유효`는 |ECO|가 적용되는 시점을 결정합니다. :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`를 선택하면 권한이 부여된 " +"사용자가 :ref:` 변경 사항 `를 적용하면 즉시 생산 |BOM|에 |ECO가 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -21375,6 +21842,8 @@ msgid "" "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" +"반면에 :guilabel:`일시`를 선택하고 특정 날짜를 지정하면 |BOM|의 버전 기록과 생산에 사용된 특정 날짜 |BOM|을 더 잘 " +"추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -21382,12 +21851,14 @@ msgid "" " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" +"우선순위 지정 및 정리를 위해 :guilabel:`태그`는 |ECO|에 할당됩니다. 필드에 이름을 입력하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " +":guilabel:`생성`을 선택하여 새 태그를 만들 수 있습니다. (선택 사항)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ECO| 양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항 적용이 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" @@ -21397,7 +21868,7 @@ msgstr "guilabel:`변경 시작`을 누르면 세 가지 작업이 실행됩니 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`문서` 스마트 버튼이 나타나며 |BOM|의 관련 파일을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -21406,12 +21877,14 @@ msgid "" "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" +"이제 생산 |BOM|의 사본이 모든 |BOM| 버전을 추적할 수 있도록 새로 표시된 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼에" +" 저장되며, 사용 가능한 다음 버전 번호(예: `V2`, `V3`, ...)가 함께 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`유형`의 단계는 |ECO|의 오른쪽 상단에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -21420,12 +21893,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼은 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 라디오 버튼이 :guilabel:`적용` 필드에서 선택되어 있고" +" :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 누른 **경우에만** 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "오른쪽 상단 모서리에 단계가 표시되고 *수정* 스마트 버튼이 있는 ECO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" @@ -21438,6 +21913,9 @@ msgid "" "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" +"|BOM|의 구성품을 조정하려면 |ECO|에서 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 업데이트된 버전의 |BOM|으로 " +"이동합니다. Odoo는 눈에 잘 띄는 :guilabel:`아카이브됨` 태그로 테스트 |BOM을 표시하여 비프로덕션 버전의 |BOM|과 " +"현재 버전을 명확하게 구분합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -21446,6 +21924,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" +"제품 `[D_0045 스툴]`과 관련된 |ECO|에 대한 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 클릭한 후에는 :guilabel:`수정`" +" 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 제품의 |BOM|을 조정합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 보관된 |BOM|이 열리며, 눈에 잘 띄는 빨간색 " +":guilabel:`보관됨` 플래그가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." @@ -21458,18 +21939,21 @@ msgid "" "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" +"새 |BOM|의 :guilabel:`부품` 탭에서 부품 목록을 조정할 수 있습니다. 여기에는 기존 구성품의 :guilabel:`수량`을 " +"변경하고, :guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 새 부품을 추가하고, :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘으로 부품을 " +"제거하는 작업이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키보드용 |BOM|의 두 번째 버전에서는 부품의 수량이 감소하고 새로운 부품인 `스테빌라이저`가 추가되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*수정* 스마트 버튼으로 새 BoM으로 이동하여 부품을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 @@ -21483,6 +21967,8 @@ msgid "" "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" +"변경을 완료했으면 왼쪽 상단의 이동 경로에서 `ECO00X`를 클릭하여 |ECO|로 돌아갑니다. |ECO| 양식에 새로운 " +":guilabel:`BOM 변경사항` 탭이 표시되며, 이 탭에는 현재 |BOM|과 업데이트된 버전 간의 차이가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -21490,6 +21976,8 @@ msgid "" "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" +"파란색 텍스트는 현재 생산 |BOM|에 없는 새 부품이 업데이트된 |BOM|에 추가되었음을 나타냅니다. 검은색 텍스트는 두 |BOM| " +"간에 공유되는 변경 사항을 나타내며, 빨간색 텍스트는 업데이트된 |BOM|에서 제거된 부품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -21497,16 +21985,18 @@ msgid "" "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" +"변경 사항 및 테스트는 수정된 |BOM|에 포함되며 :ref:`변경 사항 적용`까지 현재 생산에" +" 사용되는 |BOM|에 영향을 미치지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 키보드와 수정된 키보드의 차이점 요약은 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`BoM 변경 사항` 탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*BoM 변경 사항* 탭에서 부품 변경 사항 요약을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" @@ -21517,6 +22007,8 @@ msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"|BOM|의 작업을 조정하려면 |ECO|에서 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 보관된 새 버전의 |BOM|에 " +"액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -21524,6 +22016,8 @@ msgid "" "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"업데이트된 |BOM| 버전에서는 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동하여 |BOM| 작업을 검토하고 수정합니다. 변경을 시작하려면 각 " +"작업을 클릭하여 해당 :guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -21531,30 +22025,35 @@ msgid "" "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`작업` 탭은 기본적으로 *활성화되어 있지 않습니다*. 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> " +"설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창에서 필드를 변경한 다음 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 새 작업을 생성하고 :guilabel:`작업 보관` 버튼으로 원하지 않는 작업을 " +"제거합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "변경이 완료되면 왼쪽 상단에 있는 사이트 이동 경로를 누르고 'ECO00X'를 클릭하여 |ECO|로 다시 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" +"|ECO| 양식에 새로운 :guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭이 표시되어 현재 생산 |BOM|과 업데이트된 버전 간의 차이점을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -21563,6 +22062,8 @@ msgid "" "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" +"파란색 텍스트는 수정된 |BOM|에 추가된 새 작업 중 생산 |BOM|에 아직 반영되지 않는 작업을 나타냅니다. 검은색 텍스트는 두 " +"|BOM| 간에 공유되는 변경 사항을 나타내며, 빨간색 텍스트는 업데이트된 |BOM|에서 제거된 작업을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -21570,22 +22071,24 @@ msgid "" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" +"|ECO| 내의 |BOM|에 대한 변경 사항은 :ref:`변경 사항 적용`까지 현재 생산에 " +"사용되는 |BOM|에는 영향을 미치지 **않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭 내에서 표의 열 아래에 있는 각 세부 정보 행은 다음 정보를 나타냅니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 수정된 작업의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단계`: 작업에 자세한 지침이 포함된 경우 표시되는 품질 관리 지점을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -21594,24 +22097,28 @@ msgid "" "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" +"지침을 보려면 |BOM|의 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 작업 줄 항목을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창에서 " +"상단에 있는 :guilabel:`지침` 스마트 버튼을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`조립 생산` :guilabel:`작업`에는 완료를 위한 `10`개의 세부 :guilabel:`지침`이 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" +"*지침* 스마트 버튼을 표시하여 작업에 추가 지침이 포함되어 있는지 \n" +"확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단계 유형`은 작업의 추가 지침에 대한 품질 관리 유형을 자세히 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -21619,12 +22126,14 @@ msgid "" "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유형`은 수정된 |BOM|이 생산 |BOM|과 어떻게 다른지를 나타내는 컬러 텍스트에 해당합니다. 작업 변경 유형은 " +":guilabel:`추가`, :guilabel:`제거` 또는 :guilabel:`업데이트`가 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 센터`는 작업이 수행되는 작업 센터를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -21632,12 +22141,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`수동 기간 변경`은 :guilabel:`열기`의 :guilabel:`기본 기간` 필드에 대한 변경 사항을 나타냅니다:" +" `작업` 팝업 창에서 작업을 완료하는 데 필요한 예상 시간을 정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭은 현재 생산 |BOM|과 |ECO|의 업데이트된 |BOM|을 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -21646,24 +22157,30 @@ msgid "" "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" +"업데이트된 |BOM|에는 :guilabel:`작업장`의 `조립 생산 라인 1`에 새로운 `조립 생산` :guilabel:`작업`이 " +"추가됩니다. 예상 작업 시간은 `수동 기간 변경`에 표시된 대로 `20.00`분입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`조립 생산` 작업을 보완하기 위해 두 개의 품질 관리 포인트 지침이 추가되었습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" +"첫 번째는 부품의 :guilabel:`단계` `QCP00039`, :guilabel:`단계 유형`에서 :guilabel:`생산 등록`으로" +" 변경하는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" +"두 번째 :guilabel:`단계`는 추가 조립 생산 세부 정보를 제공하는 `지침` :guilabel:`단계 유형`인 " +"`QCP00034`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." @@ -21679,6 +22196,8 @@ msgid "" "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"변경 사항을 확인한 후, 수정된 변경 사항을 생산 |BOM|에 적용하기 전에 승인이 필요한 단계인 |ECO|를 :ref:`승인 단계 " +"`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -21687,6 +22206,8 @@ msgid "" "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"승인자가 변경 사항을 승인하면 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 버튼이 활성화됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |ECO|가 자동으로 종료 " +"단계로 전환됩니다. 그런 다음 변경사항이 적용되면 원래 생산 |BOM|이 보관되고 수정된 |BOM|이 새 생산 |BOM| 버전이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" @@ -21698,11 +22219,13 @@ msgid "" "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" +"변경 사항이 적용되었는지 확인하려면 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭한 |ECO|에서 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 " +"버튼을 클릭하여 수정된 |BOM|으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "수정된 |BOM|에서는 빨간색의 큰 :guilabel:`보관됨` 플래그가 제거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -21710,6 +22233,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" +"변경 사항을 추가로 확인하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 생산 |BOM|을 " +"확인하고 품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -21719,6 +22244,9 @@ msgid "" "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하고 목록에서 |BOM|을 선택합니다. |BOM|의 " +":guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 최신 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 버전과 일치하도록 " +"guilabel:`버전` 필드가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -21728,10 +22256,13 @@ msgid "" "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" +":ref:`키보드 `에 대한 |ECO|의 변경 사항을 적용한 후, 현재 키보드 |ECO| " +"버전을 :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 확인합니다. 여기서 :guilabel:`버전` 번호가 `2`로 수정된 것을 확인할 수 있으며, " +"이는 `ECO`의 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 `V2`와 일치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기타 탭에서 현재 *BOM* 버전 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" @@ -21741,7 +22272,7 @@ msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 ECO 생성하기" msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "운영자는 *제조 관리* 앱에서 제조주문 (MO)을 수행하면서 보다 명확한 작업 지침을 직접 제안할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -21751,6 +22282,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" +"이 방법을 사용하여 |ECO|을 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다. " +"그런 다음 작업하려는 :abbr:`MO(제조 주문)`을 선택하고 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동합니다. 거기에서 관련 작업 " +"주문의 :guilabel:`📱(휴대폰)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 *태블릿 보기*에서 작업이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -21758,10 +22292,12 @@ msgid "" "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`📱 (휴대폰)` 아이콘은 :guilabel:`확인` 또는 :guilabel:`진행 중` 상태의 :abbr:`MOs " +"(제조 주문)`에서**만**사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 작업에 대한 태블릿 아이콘 (맨 오른쪽에서 두 번째 아이콘)을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -21770,18 +22306,21 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 작업의 태블릿 보기에서 :guilabel:`☰(가로줄 3개)` 아이콘을 선택하여 지시 단계를 포함시킵니다. 이 작업은 " +":abbr:`MO (제조주문)`에 대한 옵션의 :guilabel:`메뉴`를 표시합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`단계 추가` 버튼을 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 가로줄 3개가 있는 아이콘을 선택하여 *단계 추가* 팝업을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "버튼을 클릭하면 제안된 변경 사항을 제출할 수 있는 :guilabel:`단계 추가` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -21790,6 +22329,9 @@ msgid "" "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제목` 필드에 단계에 대한 간단한 설명을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 필드에 단계에 대한" +" 자세한 지침을 입력합니다. 원하는 경우 :guilabel:`문서` 필드에 이미지를 첨부할 수 있습니다. 완료했으면 " +":guilabel:`변경 제안` 버튼을 클릭하여 제출합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -21797,28 +22339,30 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" +"깨진 구성 요소에 대한 추가 점검을 제안하려면 :guilabel:`단계 추가` 팝업 창에 필요한 정보를 입력합니다. 이렇게 하면 다음 " +"섹션에서 검토할 교육용 품질 관리 지점이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가 품질 관리 지점을 제안하려면 *단계 추가* 양식을 작성하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단계 추가` 팝업 창에 입력된 정보를 바탕으로 다음 세부 정보가 포함된 |ECO|가 생성됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`설명`은 작업의 이름과 참조를 위한 :abbr:`MO (제조 주문)` 번호를 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`유형`은 `BOM 변경`에 자동으로 할당됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -21826,10 +22370,12 @@ msgid "" "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`품목` 및 :guilabel:`BOM` 필드는 :abbr:`MO (제조주문)`에 사용된 |BOM|을 기준으로 자동으로" +" 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`는 피드백을 제출한 운영자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" @@ -21842,6 +22388,8 @@ msgid "" "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" +"제안된 변경 사항을 검토하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 현황`으로 이동합니다. `BOM 업데이트` |ECO| 유형 " +"카드에서 :guilabel:`X 엔지니어링 변경` 버튼은 태블릿 보기에서 생성된 작업 변경의 수를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -21849,6 +22397,8 @@ msgid "" "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`X 엔지니어링 변경` 버튼을 클릭하여 |ECO| 유형의 칸반 보기를 엽니다. 제안을 보려면 `신규` 단계에서 " +"|ECO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -21857,6 +22407,8 @@ msgid "" "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" +"|ECO|의 :guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭에서 제안된 수정 사항의 요약을 검토합니다. :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 업데이트된 |BOM|으로 이동하고 제안된 변경 사항을 더 자세히 살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -21865,6 +22417,8 @@ msgid "" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" +"한 작업자가 `키보드` 제품에 대해 `스위치 조립` 작업을 실행하는 동안 `abbr:`MO (제조 주문)` `WH/MO/00010` " +"단계를 추가하여 고장난 부품을 추가로 검사할 것을 제안했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -21872,6 +22426,8 @@ msgid "" "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 생성된 |ECO|는 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 현황`에서 `BOM 변경` ECO 유형으로 이동하여 액세스할" +" 수 있습니다. 태블릿 보기에서 생성된 |ECO|는 초기에는 기본적으로 `신규` 단계에 배치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -21879,10 +22435,12 @@ msgid "" "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" +"제안을 한 작업자에게 :guilabel:`담당자` 필드가 지정되어 |BOM|을 수정하는 직원이 변경을 제안한 개인에게 추가 설명을 요청할" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*신규* 단계의 \"BOM 변경\" ECO 유형에서 새로 생성된 ECO를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" @@ -21892,10 +22450,13 @@ msgid "" "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" +"수정된 |BOM|으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에 액세스합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`☰(가로줄 3개)` 아이콘을 " +"선택하면 작업 :guilabel:`단계` 목록이 표시됩니다. 이 단계 중 `새 단계 제안:`이라는 제목의 최신 지침이 사용자가 제공한 " +"제목과 함께 표시됩니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 제안된 변경 사항을 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM의 *작업* 탭에서 \"지침 표시\" 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" @@ -21903,12 +22464,14 @@ msgid "" "control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" +":ref:`품질 관리점`에 대한 양식에서 다음" +" 필드를 정확하게 작성하여 작업자를 위한 자세한 지침을 제공하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`제목`: 새 지침에 대한 간결한 설명을 제공하려면 이 필드의 이름을 바꿉니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -21917,6 +22480,8 @@ msgid "" "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제어 기준`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 이 지침이 전체 :guilabel:`품목`에 광범위하게 적용되는지, 이 " +":guilabel:`작업`*에만* 적용되는지, 아니면 제품의 특정 :guilabel:`수량`에 적용되는지 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -21927,6 +22492,10 @@ msgid "" "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유형`: 품질 관리점의 유형을 분류합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`지시`를 선택하여 작업자에게 자세한 " +"지침을 제공합니다. 작업자의 의견을 수집하려면 :guilabel:`사진 찍기`, :guilabel:`소모된 재료 등록`, " +":guilabel:`라벨 인쇄` 또는 기타 관련 :ref:`품질 점검 옵션 " +"` 등의 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" @@ -21940,6 +22509,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" +"품질 관리점이 구성되면 사이트 이동 경로를 사용하여 :guilabel:`단계` 목록으로 돌아갑니다. 그런 다음 마지막 품질 관리 항목을 " +"지시 사항 순서에서 원하는 위치로 드래그합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -21947,12 +22518,13 @@ msgid "" "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" +"\"점 6개\" 아이콘을 클릭하고 목록의 아래쪽에서 두 번째 위치로 이동하여 `손상된 스위치 확인` 지침을 드래그하고 순서를 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." -msgstr "" +msgstr "맨 왼쪽의 \"점 6개\" 아이콘을 선택하여 지침을 드래그하고 순서를 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" @@ -21965,6 +22537,9 @@ msgid "" "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Odoo의 *제품 수명 주기 (PLM)*를 활용하여 과거 버전의 자재명세서 (BoM)를 효과적으로 관리하세요. 이 시스템을 사용하면 이전" +" 조립 지침, 부품 사양 및 이전 제품 설계 파일을 저장하는 동시에 이러한 과거 세부 정보를 현재 생산 |BOM|에서 제외할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -21972,6 +22547,8 @@ msgid "" "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" +"필요에 따라 이전 |BOM| 버전으로 쉽게 되돌릴 수 있습니다. 또한 *PLM*을 활용하면 특정 날짜에 어떤 |BOM| 버전이 유효했는지" +" 정확하게 추적하여 리콜을 효율적으로 처리하거나 고객 불만을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -21979,6 +22556,7 @@ msgid "" "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" +"모든 |BOM| 버전은 정상적인 제조 운영을 방해하지 않고 체계적인 테스트와 개선을 위해 *설계 변경 주문*(ECO)에 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" @@ -21996,16 +22574,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" +"생산에 사용되는 현재 버전의 |BOM|을 보려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 마스터 데이터 --> BOM`으로 이동한 " +"다음 목록에서 원하는 |BOM|을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기타` 탭으로 전환하면 현재 |BOM|의 " +":guilabel:`버전`이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`에서도 |BOM|에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기타 탭에서 현재 버전 BOM을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" @@ -22017,6 +22598,8 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" +"모든 과거, 현재 및 향후 버전의 |BOM|을 관리하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 " +"이동하여 원하는 |BOM|을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -22024,16 +22607,18 @@ msgid "" "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" +"|BOM| 페이지에서 :guilabel:`ECO` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 다음 오른쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`≣ (가로줄 4개)` " +"아이콘을 선택하여 목록 보기로 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ECO` 스마트 버튼은 *PLM* 앱이 설치된 경우 |BOM| **에만** 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM에 ECO 스마트 버튼 표시." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -22041,6 +22626,8 @@ msgid "" "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" +"제품에 대한 |ECO| 목록에서 상단의 검색창으로 이동하여 오른쪽의 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 " +":guilabel:`필터`의 드롭다운 메뉴에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -22048,16 +22635,18 @@ msgid "" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`완료` |ECO|로 필터링하여 |BOM|의 수정 내역, 변경 사항을 적용한 :guilabel:`담당자` " +"사용자, |BOM|의 :guilabel:`적용 날짜`를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 |ECO|를 클릭하면 |BOM|에 연결된 구성품, 작업 및 디자인 파일의 과거 기록에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품의 BoM에 대한 ECO 변경 내역을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -22065,6 +22654,8 @@ msgid "" "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유효 날짜` 필드가 비어 있으면 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`유효` 날짜가 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`로" +" 설정되어 있으며 |BOM|의 수정 내역에 특정 날짜가 기록되지 않았음을 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." @@ -22076,6 +22667,8 @@ msgid "" "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" +"채팅 섹션으로 이동한 다음 |ECO|가 :ref:`마감 단계 `로 이동한 시간을 나타내는 " +"타임스탬프 위로 마우스를 가져가면 |BOM|이 언제 라이브가 되었는지 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" @@ -22085,7 +22678,7 @@ msgstr "디자인 파일" msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "컴퓨터 지원 설계(CAD) 파일, PDF, 이미지 또는 기타 디자인 자료를 |BOM| 자체에 첨부합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -22093,6 +22686,8 @@ msgid "" "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 마스터 데이터 --> 자재명세서`로 이동하여 원하는 |BOM|을 선택합니다." +" |BOM|에서 *대화 상자*로 이동하여 :guilabel:`📎 (종이 클립)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -22100,10 +22695,12 @@ msgid "" "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" +"|BOM|과 관련된 파일은 :guilabel:`파일` 섹션에 표시됩니다. 디자인 파일을 더 추가하려면 :guilabel:`파일 첨부` " +"버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "채팅창에 클립 아이콘을 표시하여 BoM에 파일을 첨부할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" @@ -22116,6 +22713,8 @@ msgid "" "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" +"|ECO| 내에서 파일을 추가, 편집, 삭제할 수 있습니다. |ECO|가 승인되고 적용되면 새 파일은 자동으로 생산 |BOM|에 " +"연결됩니다. 보관된 파일은 |BOM|에서 제거되지만 |ECO|에서는 계속 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -22124,6 +22723,8 @@ msgid "" "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" +"|ECO| 내에서 설계 파일을 관리하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 변경`으로 이동하여 원하는 |ECO|를 " +"선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`문서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`첨부파일` 페이지를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -22133,6 +22734,10 @@ msgid "" "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" +"각 첨부 파일 위로 마우스를 가져가면 :guilabel:`︙(세로 점 3개)` 아이콘이 표시됩니다. 여기에서 파일을 " +":guilabel:`수정`, :guilabel:`제거` 또는 :guilabel:`다운로드`하도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 이러한 파일에 대한" +" 모든 수정 사항은 |ECO|에 포함되며 :ref:`변경 사항 적용 ` 후에만 생산 |BOM|에" +" 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -22140,10 +22745,12 @@ msgid "" "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" +"`60% 키보드 만들기` |ECO|에서 설계 파일은 원본 `100% 키보드` |BOM|에서 상속됩니다. 키보드 PDF를 대체하려면 " +":guilabel:`문서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 시작하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "활성 ECO에서 *문서* 스마트 버튼 표시." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -22151,18 +22758,24 @@ msgid "" "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`첨부파일` 페이지에서 `100% 키보드 매뉴얼.pdf` 설계 파일 위로 마우스를 가져가서 " +":guilabel:`︙(세로점 3개)` 아이콘을 선택합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`제거` 옵션을 선택하여 파일을 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`첨부파일` 페이지에서 `100% 키보드 매뉴얼.pdf` 설계 파일 위로 마우스를 가져가서 " +":guilabel:`︙(세로점 3개)` 아이콘을 선택합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`제거` 옵션을 선택하여 파일을 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" +"*문서* 스마트 버튼에서 액세스한 *첨부파일* 페이지를 표시합니다. 보관된 첨부파일 1개와\n" +"새로 추가된 첨부파일 1개가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -22170,6 +22783,8 @@ msgid "" "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" +"보관된 파일은 **영구적으로 삭제**되지 않으며, 보관된 파일은 이전 |ECO|에서 계속 액세스하거나 보관이 발생한 최신 |ECO|에서 " +"보관된 파일로 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" @@ -22179,7 +22794,7 @@ msgstr "리베이스 적용" msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 동일한 제품에 영향을 미치는 동시 |ECO|로 인해 발생할 수 있는 병합 충돌 해결을 간소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -22188,12 +22803,14 @@ msgid "" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" +"생산 |BOM|이 이전 버전을 수정하는 다른 |ECO|와 동시에 업데이트될 때 충돌이 발생할 수 있습니다. 새 버전과 이전 버전 사이의 " +"이러한 불일치는 :guilabel:`이전 Eco Bom 변경` 탭에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "충돌을 해결하고 |ECO| 변경 사항을 유지하려면 :guilabel:`리베이스 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -22202,10 +22819,12 @@ msgid "" " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" +"현재 |BOM| 버전이 `5`인 경우, `ECO0011`과 `ECO0012`라는 두 개의 `ECO`가 생성됩니다. `ECO0011`에서는" +" `스페이스 스테빌라이저`라는 새로운 부품이 추가되어 변경된 내용이 적용됩니다. 따라서 현재 버전의 `BOM`은 `6`으로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ECO에 변경 사항을 적용하여 생산 BOM을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -22213,6 +22832,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" +"이는 `ECO0012`가 예전 |BOM|을 수정하고 있음을 나타냅니다. guilabel:`이전 Eco Bom 변경` 탭에 표시된 것처럼," +" |BOM|에는 `스페이스 스태빌라이저`가 포함되어 있지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -22221,12 +22842,14 @@ msgid "" "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" +"`ECO0011`의 수정 사항을 유지하면서 `ECO0012`의 변경 사항을 통합하려면 :guilabel:`리베이스 적용` 버튼을 " +"선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 `ECO0012`에 이미 적용된 변경 사항이 영향 받지 않고 이전 |ECO| 조정 사항이 통합됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*리베이스 적용* 버튼을 클릭하여 생산 BOM과 일치하도록 BOM을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" @@ -22244,6 +22867,9 @@ msgid "" "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" +"현재 검토 중인 :ref:`설계 변경 주문 ` (ECO) 단계에 승인자를 지정하여 이해관계자 및 관리자에게 자동으로 " +"알림을 보냅니다. 변경 사항은 지정된 승인자가 승인한 후에만 적용됩니다. 이 승인 프로세스는 팀원의 철저한 검토를 보장하여 오류와 성급한" +" 조치를 최소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" @@ -22258,6 +22884,8 @@ msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"승인자를 지정하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`PLM 앱`에 액세스한 다음 ECO 유형에 해당하는 프로젝트 카드를 선택하여 " +"|ECO|의 간트 보기를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -22265,6 +22893,8 @@ msgid "" "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`설계 변경 주문` 페이지에서 원하는 단계 위로 마우스를 가져간 다음 :guilabel:`⚙️(기어)` 아이콘을 " +"선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -22273,12 +22903,14 @@ msgid "" "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" +"승인자는 어느 단계에나 추가할 수 있지만 |ECO|가 적용되고 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 버전이 업데이트되는 *마감* 단계 " +"이전에 오는 *승인* 단계에 지정하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자세한 내용은 :ref:`단계 유형 `에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -22288,6 +22920,9 @@ msgid "" "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`편집` 단계 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`승인` 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`역할` 아래에 승인자의 직위 또는 직책을 입력하고 (예: `엔지니어링 매니저`, `품질관리 팀` 등), " +"드롭다운 메뉴에서 적절한 :guilabel:`사용자`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -22295,12 +22930,15 @@ msgid "" "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`승인 유형`을 :guilabel:`승인 필요`, :guilabel:`승인, 승인 여부는 선택사항` 또는 " +":guilabel:`댓글만`으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" +"`신제품 도입` ECO 유형의 `승인` 단계에서 \"Mitchell 관리자\"인 `CTO`를 |ECO|에 대한 필수 승인자로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -22309,12 +22947,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" +"품질 및 마케팅 팀의 :guilabel:`승인 유형`이 각각 :guilabel:`승인, 승인 여부는 선택사항`과 " +":guilabel:`댓글만`으로 설정되어 있으므로 |ECO|에 변경 사항을 적용하는 데 품질 및 마케팅 팀의 승인은 필요하지 " +"**않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"승인\" 단계에서 승인자를 \"승인 필요\"로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" @@ -22326,10 +22967,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" +"승인자는 :menuselection:`PLM 앱`으로 이동하여 자신에게 할당된 미결 작업의 수를 표시하는 ECO 유형의 카드를 확인하고 " +"할 일 승인을 쉽게 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ECO 프로젝트 카드의 각 버튼은 다음과 같은 기능을 수행합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -22337,6 +22980,8 @@ msgid "" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`# 엔지니어링 변경` 버튼은 이 ECO 유형의 진행 중인 |ECO| 개수를 표시합니다. 버튼을 클릭하면 " +":guilabel:`엔지니어링 변경 주문` 페이지의 간트 보기가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -22344,6 +22989,8 @@ msgid "" "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`내 승인`에는 승인자가 수락하거나 거부해야 하는 |ECO|의 수를 나타냅니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 승인 대기 중이거나" +" 거부된 |ECO|가 표시됩니다. (빨간색 :guilabel:`차단됨` 상태로 표시)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -22351,6 +22998,8 @@ msgid "" "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`모든 유효성 검사` 버튼은 승인을 대기 중이거나 승인자가 거부한 |ECO|의 수를 나타냅니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 " +"보류 중인 |ECO| 목록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -22358,6 +23007,8 @@ msgid "" "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`적용 대상` 버튼은 사용자가 변경 사항을 적용해야 하는 |ECO|의 수를 나타냅니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 확인 " +"단계에서 승인하고 변경 사항을 적용할 모든 |ECO|가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -22365,12 +23016,14 @@ msgid "" "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" +"녹색 :guilabel:`완료` 단계로 표시된 |ECO|는 이미 승인된 상태이며, 사용자는 해당 |ECO|를 클릭하여 양식 보기로 들어간" +" 다음 :guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "승인된 할 일의 수를 표시하고 필터링된 ECO 목록을 여는 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" @@ -22382,6 +23035,8 @@ msgid "" "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" +"지정된 승인자로 로그인한 상태에서 확인 단계의 |ECO|로 이동하여 :guilabel:`승인`, :guilabel:`거부` 및 " +":guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -22389,6 +23044,8 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" +"|ECO|를 승인하고 변경 사항을 생산 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 적용하려면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭한 다음 " +":guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -22396,6 +23053,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼은 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 먼저 클릭한 경우에**만** 작동합니다. 클릭한 버튼의 " +"이력도 대화 로그에 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -22405,6 +23064,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`승인 유형`이 :guilabel:`승인 필요`로 설정되어 있지 않은 경우 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` " +"버튼으로 수정을 적용하기 전에 관련 사용자의 승인이 필요하지 않습니다. 따라서 :guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼을 먼저 클릭하지 " +"않아도 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 **작동**합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" @@ -22417,6 +23079,8 @@ msgid "" "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"|ECO|가 확인 단계로 이동하면 지정된 승인자가 |ECO|를 검토할 수 있도록 계획된 활동이 자동으로 만들어집니다. 승인자는 활동 받은" +" 편지함으로 알림을 받게 되며, 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`🕘(시계)` 아이콘을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -22425,6 +23089,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"할 일 작업 목록에서 :guilabel:`ECO (엔지니어링 변경 주문)` 알림에는 :guilabel:`지연`, " +":guilabel:`오늘` 및 :guilabel:`미래`로 표시된 활동의 수가 보여집니다. 이러한 각 버튼을 클릭하면 각각의 |ECO|에" +" 대한 필터링된 간트 보기가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -22432,10 +23099,12 @@ msgid "" "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"예약된 활동은 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘에 숫자로 표시되며, `5`개의 |ECO|가 :guilabel:`오늘` 승인되기를 " +"기다리고 있습니다. 현재 :guilabel:`지연` 또는 :guilabel:`예정`으로 표시된 |ECO|는 `0`개 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자에 대한 예약된 승인 알림을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -22445,10 +23114,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" +"보류 중인 |ECO|를 클릭하면 :guilabel:`ECO 승인`에 대한 *계획된 활동*이 생성되며, 이는 채팅창에 문서화됩니다. " +":guilabel:`i (정보)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 결재의 :guilabel:`생성` 날짜, :guilabel:`지정된` 승인자, 마감일" +" 등의 추가 세부 정보에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." -msgstr "" +msgstr "예정된 ECO 승인에 대한 추가 세부 정보를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" @@ -22460,6 +23132,8 @@ msgid "" "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" +"|ECO|가 거부된 경우, 프로젝트 구성원에게 필요한 수정 작업을 할당하여 |ECO| 승인 전에 수정해야 합니다. 마감일이 있는 작업을 " +"만들려면 거부된 |ECO| 양식으로 이동한 다음 채팅으로 진행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -22467,12 +23141,16 @@ msgid "" "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" +"채팅의 :guilabel:`계획된 활동` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`완료 표시` 버튼을 선택하여 활동을 닫고 작업을 만들기 위한 팝업 " +"창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" +"*완료 표시* 창을 표시하여 *완료 및 다음 일정 예약*, *완료* 및 *삭제* 버튼과 같은 옵션을 표시하여\n" +"계획된 활동을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -22483,6 +23161,10 @@ msgid "" "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`완료 표시` 창에서 :guilabel:`완료 및 다음 일정 예약`을 클릭하여 새 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 창을" +" 엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`할당 대상`에서 팀원에게 작업을 할당하고 완료할 :guilabel:`마감일`을 설정합니다. " +":guilabel:`요약` 필드와 텍스트 상자에 작업 세부 정보를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`스케줄` 버튼을 클릭하여 " +"창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -22491,6 +23173,8 @@ msgid "" "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" +"창을 닫은 후, |ECO| 양식에서 |ECO|를 한 단계 뒤로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 팀원이 변경을 완료하고 |ECO|를 확인 단계로 " +"되돌리면 승인자에 대한 새 :guilabel:`ECO 승인` 작업이 자동으로 만들어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -22499,10 +23183,13 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" +"승인자는 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`담당자`인 `Laurie Poiret`에 대한 활동을 생성하여 승인자가 |ECO|를 " +"`guilabel:`수락`하는 데 필요한 변경 사항을 자세히 설명합니다. :guilabel:`스케줄` 버튼을 클릭하면 마감일이 " +"`08/15/2023`인 Laurie에 대한 계획된 활동이 만들어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "거부된 ECO에 대한 후속 변경을 위해 예약된 활동을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" @@ -22514,6 +23201,8 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" +"구매 계약서, 견적서, 발주서를 추적하는 데 **Odoo 매입** 앱이 도움이 됩니다. 구매 입찰을 감독하고, 보충을 자동화하고, 주문을" +" 효과적으로 모니터링하는 방법을 알아보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" @@ -22535,6 +23224,9 @@ msgid "" "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" +"회사에서 정기적으로 제품을 구매하는 경우 성과를 모니터링하고 분석해야 할 이유는 많습니다. 수집된 인사이트는 향후 주문을 더 잘 예측하고" +" 계획하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 특정 공급업체에 대한 의존도를 평가하여 데이터를 활용하여 가격 할인을 협상할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" @@ -22548,6 +23240,8 @@ msgid "" "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" +"구매 분석에 액세스하려면 *보고*로 이동하세요. 보고 대시보드에 액세스하기만 하면 실제 실적에 대한 간략한 개요를 확인할 수 있습니다. " +"기본 보기에는 일일 구매 주문의 비과세 금액을 나타내는 꺾은선형 차트와 함께 주요 지표 및 피벗 테이블이 아래에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" @@ -22557,11 +23251,11 @@ msgstr "Odoo 구매 대시보드 보고" msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제공되는 초기 데이터도 유용하지만, 구매 인사이트를 더 깊이 파고들 수 있는 다양한 도구와 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" +msgstr "필터를 사용하여 필요한 데이터 선택" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -22571,6 +23265,9 @@ msgid "" "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" +"Odoo는 *필터*를 클릭하여 활용하고 조합할 수 있는 다양한 기본 필터를 제공합니다. 하나 이상의 필터를 선택하면 Odoo는 선택한 " +"기준 중 하나 이상을 충족하는 모든 주문을 검색하여 차트, 주요 지표 및 피벗 테이블을 관련 데이터로 채웁니다. 사전 설정된 필터에는 " +"다음이 포함됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" @@ -22584,25 +23281,26 @@ msgstr "취소된 주문을 제외한 모든 *구매 주문 *" msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*전년도 확정일*에는 취소된 구매 주문을 포함하여 전년도에 확정된 모든 주문이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*주문 날짜*에는 생성 날짜를 기준으로 견적 요청 및 구매 주문 (취소된 주문 포함)을 포함한 모든 주문이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*확정일*에는 확정일을 기준으로 취소된 주문을 포함한 모든 확정 주문이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" +"기간을 선택할 때 여러 연도를 선택할 수 있으며, 최소 1년을 선택한 경우 여러 분기 및 가장 최근 3개월을 선택할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -22610,6 +23308,8 @@ msgid "" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" +"*주문 날짜* 또는 *확정 날짜* 필터를 사용하는 경우 *비교* 기능이 *필터* 옆에 나타납니다. 이를 통해 필터링한 기간을 이전 기간과" +" 비교할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" @@ -22647,6 +23347,9 @@ msgid "" "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" +"사용자 지정 필터를 반복해서 다시 만들 필요가 없도록 하려면 :menuselection:`즐겨찾기 --> 현재 검색 저장 --> " +"저장`으로 이동하여 사용자 지정 필터를 저장하세요. 그런 다음 *즐겨찾기*를 클릭하여 사용자 지정 검색 필터에 액세스하거나 보고 " +"대시보드를 열 때 기본 필터로 설정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" @@ -22660,6 +23363,9 @@ msgid "" "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"측정 항목을 선택하기 전에 그래프 보기를 사용할지 피벗 보기를 사용할지 결정해야 합니다. 기본적으로 대시보드에는 두 보기가 모두 " +"표시되지만 선택한 측정값이 두 보기에 동시에 적용되지는 않습니다. 대시보드의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 아이콘을 클릭하여 각 보기에 개별적으로 " +"액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" @@ -22676,6 +23382,9 @@ msgid "" "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" +"클릭 한 번으로 막대형, 선형 또는 파이의 세 가지 차트 유형 중에서 선택하여 기본 그래프를 변형할 수 있습니다. 14가지 측정값을 " +"사용할 수 있지만 한 번에 하나의 측정값만 사용할 수 있습니다. 그러나 사용 가능한 19개의 *그룹* 중 하나 또는 여러 개를 사용하여 " +"측정값을 그룹화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" @@ -22689,6 +23398,9 @@ msgid "" "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" +"막대형 차트 및 꺾은선형 차트에서는 선택한 측정값이 Y축이 되고, 처음 선택한 그룹이 X축을 만드는 데 사용됩니다. 그룹을 더 추가하면 " +"선 (꺾은선형 차트)이 추가되거나 막대형 차트가 누적 막대형 차트로 변환됩니다. 원형 차트의 경우 그룹을 더 많이 선택하면 더 많은 " +"슬라이스가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" @@ -22717,7 +23429,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 구매에서 피벗 테이블 보기" msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "피벗 테이블의 데이터를 스프레드시트 앱에 직접 삽입하거나 Excel 파일로 내보낼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" @@ -22725,7 +23437,7 @@ msgstr "거래 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "포괄 주문을 사용하여 공급업체와 구매 계약서 작성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -22734,6 +23446,8 @@ msgid "" "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" +"포괄 주문은 회사와 공급업체 간의 장기 계약으로, 미리 정해진 가격으로 반복적으로 제품을 배송할 수 있도록 보장합니다. 특히 동일한 " +"공급업체로부터 지속적으로 제품을 구매하지만 시기마다 다른 수량을 구매할 때 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -22741,6 +23455,8 @@ msgid "" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" +"일괄 주문은 주문 프로세스를 간소화하여 시간을 절약할 뿐만 아니라 공급업체와 대량 가격 협상을 할 때 유리하여 전반적인 비용 효율성에 " +"기여합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" @@ -22759,10 +23475,13 @@ msgid "" "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" +"포괄 주문을 설정하려면 먼저 *구매* 앱의 설정에서 *구매 계약* 기능을 활성화합니다. :menuselection:`구매 --> 설정 " +"--> 환경설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`주문` 섹션 아래에서 :guilabel:`구매 계약` 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다. 이" +" 작업을 수행하면 포괄 주문 및 대체 견적 요청 (RFQ)을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "매입 앱 설정에서 구매 계약을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -22770,6 +23489,8 @@ msgid "" "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" +"포괄 주문을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 --> 주문 --> 포괄 주문`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성` 또는" +" :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 새 양식이 열리고 묶음 주문을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -22777,6 +23498,7 @@ msgid "" "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" +"이 새로운 포괄 주문 양식에서 다양한 필드와 설정을 구성하여 반복 장기 계약이 따라야 하는 미리 정해진 규칙을 설정할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -22784,6 +23506,8 @@ msgid "" "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`구매 담당자`: 이 특정 포괄 주문에 할당된 사용자입니다. 기본적으로 계약을 생성한 사용자이지만, 이 필드 옆의 " +"드롭다운 메뉴에서 직접 사용자를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -22791,6 +23515,8 @@ msgid "" "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계약 유형`: 이 포괄 주문이 분류된 구매 계약의 유형을 나타냅니다. Odoo에서는 포괄 주문이 유일한 공식 구매 " +"계약 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -22798,6 +23524,8 @@ msgid "" "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`공급업체`: 단일 구매 또는 반복 구매에 대해 이 계약이 묶여 있는 공급업체를 나타냅니다. 공급업체는 이 필드 옆의 " +"드롭다운 메뉴에서 직접 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -22805,6 +23533,8 @@ msgid "" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`통화`: 이 거래에 사용하기로 합의한 통화입니다. 데이터베이스에서 여러 통화가 활성화된 경우 이 필드 옆의 드롭다운 " +"메뉴에서 통화를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -22812,6 +23542,8 @@ msgid "" "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계약 마감일`: 해당되는 경우 구매 계약이 만료되는 날짜를 나타냅니다. 포괄 주문에 만료일이 없어야 하는 경우 이 " +"필드를 비워둘 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -22820,6 +23552,8 @@ msgid "" "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`주문 날짜`: 포괄 주문 양식에서 직접 새 견적을 생성하는 경우 이 포괄 주문이 예정된 날짜를 나타냅니다. 새 견적이" +" 생성되면 이 값은 :abbr:`견적요청서 (RFQ)`의 *주문 마감일* 필드에 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -22829,6 +23563,8 @@ msgid "" "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`배송 날짜`: 이 필드는 포괄 주문 양식에서 직접 생성된 :abbr:`견적 요청서 (RFQ)`에 포함된 제품의 예상 " +"배송 날짜를 나타냅니다. 새 견적이 생성되면 이 값은 :abbr:`견적 요청서 (RFQ)`의 *예정 도착* 필드에 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -22905,6 +23641,8 @@ msgid "" "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`새 견적에 대한 데이터` 섹션에서 이 구매 계약을 사용하는 새 견적에 제품 라인 및 수량이 채워지는 방식을 조정할 수" +" 있습니다. 이는 :guilabel:`항목` 및 :guilabel:`수량` 필드 옆에서 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." @@ -23087,6 +23825,11 @@ msgid "" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" +"일괄 주문이 확인되면 :abbr:`BO (일괄 주문)`에 나열된 제품에 대한 새 공급업체 라인이 :guilabel:`구매` 탭 아래에 " +"추가됩니다. 이 기능은 특히 :doc:`자동 보충 <../../purchase/products/reordering>`에서 일괄 주문의 " +"유용성을 향상시킵니다. 공급업체 라인에는 참조 역할을 하는 :guilabel:`공급업체`, :guilabel:`가격`, " +":guilabel:`계약`과 같은 중요한 세부 정보가 포함됩니다. 이 정보는 제품을 언제, 어디서, 어떤 가격으로 보충할 수 있는지 " +"결정하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." @@ -23140,6 +23883,10 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" +"견적서에서 바로 대체 :abbr:`견적요청서(RFQ)`를 생성하려면 먼저 *매입* 앱의 설정에서 *구매 계약* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다." +" 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`매입 --> 설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`주문` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`구매 계약` 옆의 확인란을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 대체 :abbr:`견적요청서(RFQ)`를 생성할 수 있을 뿐만 " +"아니라 *포괄 주문*을 생성하는 옵션도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." @@ -23420,6 +24167,9 @@ msgid "" "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" +"주문 항목 비교 페이지에서 품목을 제거하려면 해당 품목 행의 맨 오른쪽 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`지우기`를 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 " +"수행하면 페이지에서 해당 제품이 사용 가능한 옵션에서 제거되고 제품의 :guilabel:`합계` 가격이 **0**로 재설정됩니다. 동시에" +" 해당 제품이 포함된 구매 주문 양식의 주문 수량도 **0**로 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -24671,6 +25421,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"주문에 대해 *지침* 품질 검사를 수행하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. " +":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동하여 원하는 주문을 선택하면 제조 주문에 액세스할 수 " +"있습니다. 재고 주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 " +"클릭한 다음 해당 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -24772,6 +25526,9 @@ msgid "" "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" +"Odoo의 *품질 관리* 모듈 내에서 *측정* 검사는 새로운 품질 검사 또는 품질 관리 지점(QCP)을 구성할 때 사용할 수 있는 품질 " +"검사 유형 중 하나입니다. 이러한 *측정* 검사는 사용자에게 제품의 특정 측정을 수행하고 이러한 측정값을 Odoo에 입력하라는 메시지를 " +"표시합니다. 품질 검사를 성공적으로 통과하려면 기록된 측정값이 지정된 *표준* 값의 사전 정의된 *오차* 범위 내에 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" @@ -24942,6 +25699,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"주문에 대한 *측정* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. 제조 주문은" +" :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문'`으로 이동한 후 주문을 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다. 재고 " +"주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당" +" 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96 @@ -25047,6 +25808,10 @@ msgid "" " view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and " "then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line." msgstr "" +"작업 주문에 대해 생성된 *측정* 품질 검사는 태블릿 보기에서 처리해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 " +"관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 품질 검사가 필요한 작업 주문이 포함된 제조 주문을 선택합니다. 해당 " +"작업 주문의 태블릿 보기에 액세스하려면 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동하여 주문 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`📱 " +"(태블릿)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -25211,6 +25976,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"주문에 대해 *합격-불합격* 품질 검사를 수행하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. " +":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동하여 원하는 주문을 선택하면 제조 주문에 액세스할 수 " +"있습니다. 재고 주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 " +"클릭한 다음 해당 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -25263,6 +26032,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" +"작업 주문에 대해 설정된 *합격-불합격* 품질 검사의 경우 태블릿 보기에서 처리를 수행해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 먼저 " +":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 품질 검사가 필요한 작업 주문이 포함된" +" 제조 주문을 선택합니다. 해당 작업 주문의 태블릿 보기에 액세스하려면 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동하여 주문 줄에 있는 " +":guilabel:`📱 (태블릿)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -25273,6 +26046,9 @@ msgid "" "top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" +"태블릿 보기가 열린 상태에서 화면 왼쪽에 나열된 단계를 *합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사 단계에 도달할 때까지 진행합니다. 품질 검사 단계에" +" 도달하면 화면 상단에 표시되는 지침을 따릅니다. 검사 기준을 충족하면 화면 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을 " +"클릭합니다. 기준을 충족하지 못하면 :guilabel:`실패` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order." @@ -25412,6 +26188,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"주문에 대한 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. 제조 " +"주문은 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문'`으로 이동한 후 주문을 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다. 재고" +" 주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 " +"해당 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -25465,6 +26245,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" +"작업 주문에 대해 생성된 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사는 태블릿 보기에서 처리해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 먼저 " +":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 품질 검사가 필요한 작업 주문이 포함된" +" 제조 주문을 선택합니다. 해당 작업 주문의 태블릿 보기에 액세스하려면 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동하여 주문 줄에 있는 " +":guilabel:`📱 (태블릿)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -25727,6 +26511,8 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" +"품질 관리 지점 (QCP)을 사용하면 일정한 간격으로 품질 검사를 자동으로 생성할 수 있습니다. QCP에 의해 품질 검사가 생성되면 제조" +" 또는 재고 주문에 표시되어 담당 직원에게 주문 처리 중에 완료하도록 경고합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -25905,6 +26691,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"주문에 대한 품질 검사를 처리하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문 (입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. 제조 주문은 " +":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문'`으로 이동한 후 주문을 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다. 재고 주문의" +" 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당 " +"주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ce711f6cb..ee191d7b4 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -2425,6 +2425,10 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " "printer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`인증` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`인증서 목록`을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭하여 새로운 **자체" +" 서명 인증서**를 생성하세요. :guilabel:`일반 이름`은 자동으로 채워지게 됩니다. 입력되지 않는 경우 프린터 IP 주소 번호를" +" 입력합니다. :guilabel:`유효 기간` 필드에 인증서 유효 기간을 선택하고 :guilabel:`만들기` 및 " +":guilabel:`초기화`를 클릭하거나 프린터를 수동으로 다시 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 @@ -2434,11 +2438,13 @@ msgid "" "**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server " "Certificate` section." msgstr "" +"자체 서명된 인증서가 생성됩니다. 페이지를 새로고침하고 :guilabel:`보안` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`SSL/TLS`를 클릭하여" +" :guilabel:`서버 인증서` 섹션에서 **자체 서명된 인증서**가 올바르게 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자체 서명된 인증서 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 @@ -2449,6 +2455,9 @@ msgid "" "Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed " "certificate tab**." msgstr "" +"내보내기 프로세스는 :abbr:`OS (운영 체제)`와 브라우저에 따라 크게 다릅니다. 먼저 IP 주소 (예: " +"`https://192.168.1.25`)로 이동하여 웹 브라우저에서 ePOS 프린터 설정에 액세스합니다. 그런 다음 **자체 서명 " +"인증서 생성 탭**에 설명된 대로 수기로 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 @@ -2790,6 +2799,8 @@ msgid "" "`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search " "engine." msgstr "" +"언급되지 않은 운영 체제 또는 웹 브라우저에서 SSL 인증서를 내보내야 하는 경우 기본 검색 엔진에서 `SSL 인증서 내보내기` + " +"`브라우저 또는 운영 체제 이름`을 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -2797,10 +2808,12 @@ msgid "" "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" +"마찬가지로, 언급되지 않은 OS 또는 브라우저에서 SSL 인증서를 가져오려면 사용하는 검색 엔진에서 'SSL 인증서 루트 기관 가져오기'" +" + '브라우저 또는 운영 체제 이름'을 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서를 올바르게 가져왔는지 확인하기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -2810,6 +2823,9 @@ msgid "" "longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock " "icon, indicating that the connection is secure." msgstr "" +"프린터 연결이 안전한지 확인하려면 HTTPS를 사용하여 IP 주소에 연결합니다. 예를 들어 브라우저에서 " +"`https://192.168.1.25`로 이동합니다. SSL 인증서가 올바르게 적용된 경우에는 더 이상 경고 페이지가 표시되지 않으며 " +"주소 표시줄에 연결이 안전하다는 것을 나타내는 자물쇠 아이콘이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" @@ -14755,7 +14771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Quotation templates page in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매 애플리케이션에 있는 견적서 서식 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -14763,16 +14779,18 @@ msgid "" "located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " "template form that can be customized in a number of ways." msgstr "" +"새로운 견적서 서식을 생성하려면, 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 다양한 방식으로 " +"커스터마이징할 수 있도록 내용이 비어있는 견적서 서식 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 새로운 견적서 서식 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 msgid "" "Start by entering a name for the template in the :guilabel:`Quotation " "Template` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`견적서 서식` 필드에 서식 이름을 입력하는 것으로 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14809,6 +14827,8 @@ msgid "" "reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down menu, select a pre-configured " "email template to be sent to customers upon confirmation of an order." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`확인 메일` 필드에서 빈 필드를 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서, 고객이 주문을 하면" +" 전송할 수 있도록 미리 설정되어 있는 이메일 서식을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -14817,6 +14837,8 @@ msgid "" "and select either: :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from" " the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`확인 메일` 필드에서 직접이메일 서식을 새로 생성하려면, 해당 필드에 새 이메일 서식의 이름을 입력한 후 드롭다운 " +"메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`만들기` 또는 :guilabel:`만들기 및 편집...' 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -14830,19 +14852,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Create confirmation mail pop-up window from the quotation template form in " "Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매의 견적서 서식 양식에서 확인 메일 팝업 창을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:89 msgid "" "When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to " "save the email template and return to the quotation form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "편집을 모두 완료했으면 :guilabel:`저장하고 닫기`를 클릭하여 이메일 서식을 저장하고 견적 양식으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "If working in a multi-company environment, use the :guilabel:`Company` field" " to designate to which company this quotation template applies." msgstr "" +"여러 개의 회사가 있는 환경에서 작업하는 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에서 이 견적서 서식을 적용할 회사를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -14860,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:104 msgid "Lines tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "내역 탭" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -14870,6 +14893,9 @@ msgid "" "further explained with discretionary information (such as warranty details, " "terms, etc.) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a note`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`행` 탭에서는 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하면 견적서 서식에 품목을 추가할 수 있으며, " +":guilabel:`영역 추가`를 클릭하여 체계적으로 구성합니다 (영역 헤더를 끌어다 놓습니다). 또한 특정 정보 (보증 세부 사항이나 " +"이용약관 등)를 추가로 기재하려면 :guilabel:`메모 추가`를 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Populated lines tab on a quotation template form in Odoo Sales." @@ -14881,6 +14907,8 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Lines` tab of a quotation template form. Doing so reveals a " "blank field in the :guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" +"견적서 서식에 품목을 추가하려면 견적서 서식 양식의 :guilabel:`내역` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭합니다. " +"그러면 :guilabel:`품목` 열에 빈 필드가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -14888,6 +14916,8 @@ msgid "" "appear. Select the desired product from the drop-down menu to add it to the " "quotation template." msgstr "" +"클릭하면 데이터베이스에 있는 기존 품목이 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 품목을 선택하여 견적서 서식에 " +"추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -14896,18 +14926,20 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu. Products can also be found by clicking :guilabel:`Search " "More...` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"원하는 품목을 쉽게 찾을 수 없는 경우 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 원하는 품목 이름을 입력하면 드롭다운 메뉴에 선택 사항이 " +"나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`추가 검색...`을 클릭하여 품목을 검색할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:127 msgid "" "When a product is added to a quotation template, the default " ":guilabel:`Quantity` is `1`, but that can be edited at any time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목이 견적서 서식에 추가될 경우 기본 :guilabel:`수량`은 `1`이지만 언제든지 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, drag-and-drop the product to the desired position, via the " ":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 각 항목 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`6개의 사각형` 아이콘을 통해 품목을 원하는 위치로 끌어다 놓습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -14917,12 +14949,16 @@ msgid "" "section can be typed. When the name has been entered, click away to secure " "the section name." msgstr "" +"판매주문서의 내용을 체계화할 수 있는 제목 역할을 하도록 *섹션*을 추가하려면, :guilabel:`내역` 탭에서 " +":guilabel:`섹션 추가`를 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 원하는 섹션 이름을 입력할 수 있는 빈 필드가 나타납니다. 이름을 입력한 후 " +"클릭하여 섹션 이름을 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:138 msgid "" "Then, drag-and-drop the section name to the desired position, via the " ":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 각 항목 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`6개의 사각형` 아이콘을 통해 섹션 이름을 원하는 위치로 끌어다 놓습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -14931,12 +14967,14 @@ msgid "" "clicked, a blank field appears, in which the desired note can be typed. When" " the note has been entered, click away to secure the note." msgstr "" +"견적서에 고객을 위한 텍스트로 표시될 메모를 추가하려면, :guilabel:`내역` 탭에서 :guilabel:`메모 추가`를 클릭합니다." +" 클릭하면 원하는 메모를 입력할 수 있는 빈 필드가 나타납니다. 메모를 입력한 후 외부 영역을 클릭하 메모를 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, drag-and-drop the note to the desired position, via the :guilabel:`six" " squares` icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`6개의 사각형` 아이콘을 통해 메모을 원하는 위치로 끌어다 놓습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -14944,10 +14982,12 @@ msgid "" "and/or note), click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far-right " "side of the line." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`내역` 탭 (품목, 섹션 및/또는 메모)에서 내역에 있는 항목을 삭제하려면 내역 맨 오른쪽에 있는 " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:151 msgid "Optional Products tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가 선택 품목 탭" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -14956,6 +14996,8 @@ msgid "" "useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " "sale." msgstr "" +"*선택 품목*을 사용하는 것은 주력 품목과 함께 다른 제품들을 교차 판매하는 마케팅 전략입니다. 고객과 관련이 있는 유용한 품목을 " +"제안하여 매출을 증대시키는 것을 목표로 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -15235,7 +15277,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 msgid "Automatic payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 결제" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -15244,6 +15286,8 @@ msgid "" " To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check " "the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" +"견적서 확정 전에 고객에게 자동 결제 방법을 설정하여 첫 구독 요금을 선불로 납부하도록 요청할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 견적서의 " +":guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`온라인 확인` 필드에서 :guilabel:`결제` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -15251,6 +15295,8 @@ msgid "" "pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not " "automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`결제` 항목에 표시하지 않으면, 고객이 구독을 시작하기 위해 선불로 결제할 필요가 없습니다. 즉, 결제가 자동으로 " +"진행되지 않으며 고객이 청구서별로 직접 결제해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -15260,10 +15306,14 @@ msgid "" "`. This ensures that the customer " "is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" +"선불로 결제해야 온라인 확정이 되는 경우, 고객은 :ref:`토큰화 기능 " +"`을 지원하는 :ref:`결제대행업체자 " +"`만 선택할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 새로운 기간마다 고객에게 " +"자동으로 요금이 청구됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Automatic alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 알림" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15272,6 +15322,8 @@ msgid "" "not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " "are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." msgstr "" +"이제 구독 중이기 때문에, 고객에게 최신 정보를 제공해 주고 싶습니다. 일부라도 자동화가 되어 있다면 진행 상황을 확인하기 위해 전체 " +"구독자 목록을 일일이 살펴보지 않아도 될 것입니다. 이것이 바로 *자동 알림* 기능입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -15281,6 +15333,8 @@ msgid "" "probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " "their dissatisfaction." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 고객이 잡지를 구독할 경우 환영과 감사의 마음을 전하기 위해 이메일을 전송합니다. 또는 고객 만족도가 50% 미만으로 " +"떨어지는 경우에는 고객과 통화 일정을 잡아 만족하지 못하는 이유를 파악하도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15290,10 +15344,13 @@ msgid "" "satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" " now possible." msgstr "" +"**Odoo 구독**을 사용하면 자동 이메일을 설정하고, 영업 담당자용 \"통화\" 작업을 생성하여 고객의 불만족 상황에 대해 파악할 수" +" 있도록 합니다. 마지막으로, 자동으로 설문을 발송하여 고객 만족도 설문조사를 진행해 보는 것은 어떨까요? 이제 그 모든 것이 " +"가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:20 msgid "Create a new automatic alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 자동 알림 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -15302,10 +15359,12 @@ msgid "" "subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " "Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." msgstr "" +"다음 예시는 구독 한 달 후 고객에게 만족도 설문조사를 이메일로 보내도록 새 자동 알림을 만드는 방법입니다. 이렇게 하려면 " +":menuselection:`구독 --> 환경 설정 --> 알림`으로 이동하여 새 알림을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구독의 새로운 자동 알림" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15432,6 +15491,8 @@ msgid "" "companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " "happening." msgstr "" +"언제든 고객을 잃는다는 것은 곤란한 일이며, 특히 많은 공을 들여서 품목/서비스를 사용하도록 한 경우라면 더욱 그럴 것입니다. 그러나 " +"이런 일이 발생할 확률을 줄이기 위해 많은 회사에서는 제시하고 있는 방법은 그다지 믿을만하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15471,6 +15532,9 @@ msgid "" "customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" " their own subscriptions." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`구독 --> 환경 설정 --> 구독 서식`으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 새로운 *구독 서식*을 생성하거나 기존 " +"서식을 편집할 수 있습니다. 서식을 편집할 때 청구서 발행 탭 아래에 있는 *고객이 해지 가능* 옵션을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션을" +" 활성화하면 고객이 본인 구독을 해지할 수 있는 권한을 갖게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" @@ -15513,14 +15577,17 @@ msgid "" "subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " "subscription." msgstr "" +"*닫기* 스마트 버튼을 이용하여 해지 사유를 입력해야 합니다. 예를 들어 \"구독 요금이 너무 비싸서\", \"구독으로 요구 사항이 " +"충족하지 않아서\", \"구독 기간이 종료되어서\" 등이 있습니다. 종료 사유를 확인하면 구독 상태가 즉시 *해지됨*으로 표시되고 구독에" +" 해지 사유가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구독에서 구독을 해지하면 어떻게 되나요?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:72 msgid "Customer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 화면" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -15531,6 +15598,8 @@ msgid "" "his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " "Subscription* button." msgstr "" +"앞서 *관리자 화면* 부분에서 설명한 바와 같이, 구독 양식에서 *고객 미리보기* 버튼으로 구독을 관리할 때 고객에게 표시되는 내용을 " +"화면에서 확인할 수도 있습니다. 이 예에서 고객은 *구독 종료* 버튼을 통해 원할 때 언제든지 구독을 해지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15558,6 +15627,8 @@ msgid "" "chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " "text added by the customer." msgstr "" +"취소 확정을 하면 고객은 본인의 포털로 리디렉션됩니다. 관리자에게 변경 사항이 통보됩니다. 이제, 구독 상태는 *해지됨*으로 변경되고 " +"새로운 단계, 해지 날짜, 해지 사유 및 고객이 추가한 종료 텍스트가 포함된 메모가 메시지창에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15590,6 +15661,9 @@ msgid "" "*yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears " "on the eCommerce page for that product by default." msgstr "" +"그러나 기본적으로 이커머스에 있는 품목 페이지에는 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`시간 기준 요금` 탭에 있는 항목 중 가장 정기 경제 " +"기간이 짧은 항목만 표시됩니다. 예를 들어 구독 제품에 *월간* 및 *연간* 정기 결제 품목이 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 기본적으로 해당 " +"품목의 이커머스 페이지에는 월간 가격만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -15637,12 +15711,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the " "product page of the eCommerce shop." msgstr "" +"다음으로, 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`시간 기준 요금` 탭에 구성된 정기 결제 기간에 해당하는 :guilabel:`값`을 " +"생성합니다. 정기 결제 기간의 이름을 입력한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭합니다. 값의 이름은 이커머스 상점의 품목 페이지에서 " +"선택 항목으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "" "Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" "the product form." msgstr "" +"품목 양식의 '속성 및 세부 옵션' 탭에서 품목 세부 옵션으로 구성된 정기 결제\n" +"기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -15651,6 +15730,8 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their " "corresponding recurrence periods and prices." msgstr "" +"수기로 저장하려면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`☁️ (클라우드)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 저장하고 나면 :guilabel:`품목 세부" +" 옵션` 열이 :guilabel:`시간 기준 요금` 탭에 표시됩니다. 품목 세부 옵션을 해당하는 정기 결제 기간 및 가격에 할당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." @@ -15717,6 +15798,8 @@ msgid "" "the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " "customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다음 이후 견적서 만료`: 견적서가 고객에게 전송된 날부터 시작하여 견적이 만료되기까지의 일 수를 입력합니다. 견적서" +" 만료 기간이 없게 하려면 이 필드를 0으로 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -15726,6 +15809,9 @@ msgid "" "Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " "confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`온라인 확인`: :guilabel:`서명` 또는 :guilabel:`결제` 옆의 확인란을 선택하면, 고객이 견적서에 " +"서명하거나 비용을 지불하여 구독 주문을 확인할 수 있도록 합니다. 고객에게 선택하도록 하려면 두 가지 모두 활성화합니다. 백엔드에서만 " +"견적서를 확인하게 하려면 두 항목 모두 활성화하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -15734,6 +15820,9 @@ msgid "" "confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " "quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`확인 메일`: 견적서 확정된 후 고객에게 자동으로 전송되는 확인 이메일에 대한 :doc:`이메일 서식 " +"`을 선택합니다. 필드를 비워둘 " +"경우 전송되는 항목이 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -16460,11 +16549,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구독의 MRR 상세 보고서 " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영업 담당자 현황판 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -16474,10 +16563,13 @@ msgid "" "Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " "you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`구독 --> 보고 --> 영업 담당자 현황판`으로 이동합니다. 이 페이지에서는 각 영업 담당자별 *월간 정기" +" 결제*, *비정기 결제 수익*, *구독 수정* 및 *비반복 청구서*에 대한 요약을 제공합니다. 적용 대상 기간과 분석할 영업 담당자를 " +"선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구독의 영업 담당자 현황판 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index a8398ed26..d1f55adca 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -8870,6 +8870,8 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" +"Visualização da determinação dos prazos de entrega de fabricação com a data " +"de MO planejada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" @@ -8881,6 +8883,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" +"Configure o prazo de entrega de fabricação diretamente no formulário do " +"produto, navegando até o :menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Produtos --> " +"Produtos` e selecione o produto desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -8888,17 +8893,24 @@ msgid "" "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`Inventário` do produto, especifique os dias de calendário" +" necessários para a fabricação do produto no campo :guilabel:`Prazo de " +"entrega de fabricação`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" +"Especifique um :guilabel:`prazo de entrega de fabricação` de 14 dias para um" +" produto diretamente na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "" +"Visualização da configuração do prazo de entrega de fabricação no formulário" +" do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -8906,6 +8918,9 @@ msgid "" "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"Estabeleça um prazo :abbr:`ordem de produção`, com base na *data de entrega " +"prevista*, indicada no campo :guilabel:`data agendada` do :abbr:`pedido de " +"entrega`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -8914,12 +8929,17 @@ msgid "" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" +"O prazo final da :abbr:`ordem de produção`, que é o campo :guilabel:`data " +"agendada` na :abbr:`ordem de produção)`, é calculado como a *data de entrega" +" prevista* subtraída pelo prazo de entrega de fabricação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" +"Isso garante que o processo de fabricação comece a tempo, a fim de cumprir a" +" data de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -8928,16 +8948,22 @@ msgid "" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" +"No entanto, é importante observar que os prazos de entrega são baseados em " +"dias corridos. Os tempos de espera **não** consideram fins de semana, " +"feriados ou *capacidade do centro de trabalho* (:dfn:`o número de operações " +"que podem ser realizadas no centro de trabalho simultaneamente`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Planejamento de fabricação `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Configurar agendamento automático de ordens de produção com regras de " +"reposição `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -8946,10 +8972,14 @@ msgid "" "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" +"A data de envio programada de um produto no :abbr:`pedido de entrega` é 15 " +"de agosto. O produto requer 14 dias para ser fabricado. Portanto, a data " +"final para iniciar a :abbr:`ordem de produção)` para cumprir o prazo do " +"compromisso é 1º de agosto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tempo de margem de segurança da fabricação" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -8958,6 +8988,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"*O lead time de segurança de fabricação* é definido globalmente para a " +"empresa no :menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Configuração --> Definições`. " +"Sob o título :guilabel:`Planejamento`, localize a caixa :guilabel:`Margem de" +" segurança` e clique na caixa de seleção para ativar o recurso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -9157,8 +9191,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" -"Ativar rotas de várias etapas e locais de armazenamento nas configurações de" -" inventário." +"Ativar rotas de várias etapas e locais de armazenamento nas configurações do" +" Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9246,6 +9280,8 @@ msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" +"Status de prontidão da operação de retirada enquanto as operações de embalagem e entrega estão aguardando\n" +"outra operação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9256,6 +9292,12 @@ msgid "" "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"O status de separação será :guilabel:`Pronto`, pois o produto deve ser " +"retirado do estoque antes de ser embalado. O status da ordem de embalagem e " +"da ordem de entrega será :guilabel:`Aguardando outra operação, pois a " +"embalagem e a entrega não podem ocorrer até que a separação seja concluída. " +"O status da ordem de entrega só será alterado para :guilabel:`Pronto` quando" +" a embalagem for marcada como :guilabel:`concluída`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9263,10 +9305,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" +"O recibo também pode ser encontrado no aplicativo *Inventário*. No painel " +":guilabel:`Visão geral`, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`1 a " +"processar` no cartão kanban :guilabel:`Separação`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" +"A ordem de separação pode ser vista na visualização Kanban do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9277,15 +9323,21 @@ msgid "" "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" +"Clique na separação para processar. Se o produto estiver em estoque, o Odoo " +"reservará o produto automaticamente. Clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para " +"marcar a separação como concluída e completar a transferência para a " +":guilabel:`zona de embalagem`. Em seguida, a ordem de embalagem estará " +"pronta. Como os documentos estão vinculados, os produtos que foram retirados" +" anteriormente serão automaticamente reservados na ordem de embalagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valide a seleção clicando em Validar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar uma embalagem" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -9294,22 +9346,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" +"A ordem de embalagem estará pronta para ser processada assim que a separação" +" for concluída e poderá ser encontrada no painel da :guilabel:`Visão geral` " +"do aplicativo :guilabel:`Inventário`. Clique no botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`1 a processar` no cartão kanban :guilabel:`Embalagem`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" +"A ordem de embalagem pode ser vista na visualização Kanban do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" +"Clique na ordem de embalagem associada ao pedido de vendas e, em seguida, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a embalagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" +"Clique em Validar na ordem de embalagem para transferir o produto da zona de embalagem para o local de \n" +"saída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -9317,10 +9378,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Depois que a ordem de embalagem é validada, o produto deixa o local " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` e vai para o local :guilabel:`WH/Output`. Em " +"seguida, o status do documento será alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar uma entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -9329,16 +9393,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" +"O pedido de entrega estará pronto para ser processado assim que a embalagem " +"for concluída e poderá ser encontrado no painel :guilabel:`Visão geral` do " +"aplicativo :guilabel:`Inventário`. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`1 " +"a processar` no cartão kanban :guilabel:`Pedidos de entrega`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" +"A ordem de entrega pode ser vista no modo de visualização Kanban de ordens " +"de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" +"Clique no pedido de entrega associado ao pedido de vendas e, em seguida, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a mudança." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 @@ -9346,6 +9418,8 @@ msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" +"Clique em Validar na ordem de entrega para transferir o produto do local de " +"saída para o local do cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -9354,10 +9428,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Quando a ordem de entrega é validada, o produto sai do local " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` e vai para o local :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Em " +"seguida, o status do documento será alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar recebimentos e entregas em uma única etapa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -9366,6 +9443,10 @@ msgid "" "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, as remessas recebidas são configuradas para entrarem direto no " +"estoque, e as remessas enviadas são configuradas para serem entregues " +"diretamente do estoque para o cliente; a configuração padrão para armazéns " +"no Odoo é de recebimentos e entregas em uma etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9373,22 +9454,28 @@ msgid "" "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" +"As remessas enviadas e recebidas não precisam ser configuradas com as mesmas" +" etapas. Por exemplo, os produtos podem ser recebidos em uma etapa, mas " +"enviados em três etapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" +"No exemplo a seguir, será usada uma etapa para recebimentos e entregas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o armazém" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" +"Se outra configuração de recebimento ou remessa for definida no armazém, é " +"fácil voltar para a configuração de uma etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9399,12 +9486,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Comece navegando até :menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> " +"Armazéns` e clique no armazém desejado para editá-lo. Em seguida, na aba " +":guilabel:`Configuração do armazén`, na seção :guilabel:`Envios`, selecione " +":guilabel:`Receber mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)` para " +":guilabel:`Remessas recebidas` e/ou :guilabel:`Entregar mercadorias " +"diretamente (1 etapa)` para :guilabel:`Remessas enviadas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" +"Defina opções de remessa recebidas e enviadas para receber e entregar em uma" +" única etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" @@ -9414,7 +9509,7 @@ msgstr "Receber mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um pedido de compra" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 @@ -9425,6 +9520,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" +"No painel principal do aplicativo :menuselection:`Compras`, comece fazendo " +"uma nova cotação clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`. Em seguida, selecione (ou " +"crie) um :guilabel:`fornecedor` no campo suspenso, adicione um " +":guilabel:`produto` armazenável às linhas do pedido e clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmar pedidp` para finalizar a cotação como um novo pedido de" +" compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 @@ -9433,10 +9534,14 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" +"Um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` aparecerá no canto superior " +"direito do formulário do :abbr:`pedido de compra` - clique nele para revelar" +" o recebimento associado ao pedido de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" +"O botão inteligente do recebimento aparece no pedido de compra confirmado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 @@ -9445,26 +9550,32 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Os recibos de pedidos de compra também podem ser encontrados no aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`, clique no " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no cartão kanban " +":guilabel:`Recebimentos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão inteligente do cartão Kanban de recebimento de 1 a processar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar o recebimento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" +"Ao visualizar o recebimento (associado ao pedido de compra acima), clique em" +" :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir o recebimento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valide o pedido de compra pelo botão inteligente Validar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -9473,12 +9584,18 @@ msgid "" "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" +"Se o :guilabel:`Locais de armazenamento` estiver ativado, clicar no ícone de" +" detalhes :guilabel:`≣ (lista)` ao lado do ícone de exclusão :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(lixeira)` permite que a tela :guilabel:`Operações detalhadas` seja exibida." +" Isso permite que os locais sejam especificados para os produtos recebidos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" +"Selecione o local de armazenamento para os produtos que estão sendo recebidos na janela pop-up\n" +"Operações detalhadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9488,6 +9605,11 @@ msgid "" "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" +"Depois que o recibo é validado, o produto deixa o :guilabel:`Local do " +"fornecedor` e entra no :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Quando chegar a esse " +"local, ele estará disponível para fabricação, vendas, etc. Em seguida, o " +"status do documento será alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`, concluindo " +"assim o processo de recebimento em uma única etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" @@ -9501,6 +9623,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" +"Comece navegando até o painel principal do aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Vendas` e crie uma nova cotação clicando em " +":guilabel:`Novo`. Em seguida, selecione (ou crie) um :guilabel:`cliente` no " +"campo suspenso, adicione um :guilabel:`produto` armazenável que esteja em " +"estoque às linhas do pedido e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para finalizar" +" a cotação como um pedido de venda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -9508,10 +9636,15 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" +"Um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` aparecerá no canto superior direito" +" do formulário do :abbr:`Pedido de venda (SO)` - clique nele para revelar o " +"pedido de entrega associado ao pedido de venda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" +"O botão inteligente Entrega é exibido depois que o pedido de venda é " +"confirmado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -9519,25 +9652,33 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Os pedidos de entrega também podem ser encontrados no aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`, clique no " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no cartão kanban " +":guilabel:`Pedidos de entrega`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" +"Botão inteligente do cartão Kanban de pedidos de entrega com 1 para " +"processar ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar a entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" +"Ao visualizar o pedido de entrega (associado ao pedido de venda acima), " +"clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valide o pedido de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -9546,10 +9687,14 @@ msgid "" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" +"Depois que a ordem de separação é validada, o produto sai do local " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` e vai para o local :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Em " +"seguida, o status do documento será alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`, " +"concluindo assim a entrega em uma etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar recebimentos e entregas em duas etapas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -9559,6 +9704,13 @@ msgid "" "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" +"Dependendo dos processos comerciais de uma empresa, podem ser necessárias " +"várias etapas antes de receber ou enviar produtos. No processo de " +"recebimento em duas etapas, os produtos são recebidos em uma área de entrada" +" e, em seguida, transferidos para o estoque. Os recebimentos em duas etapas " +"funcionam melhor quando vários locais de armazenamento estão sendo usados, " +"como áreas trancadas ou seguras, freezers e refrigeradores ou várias " +"prateleiras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9567,6 +9719,10 @@ msgid "" "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" +"Os produtos podem ser classificados de acordo com o local onde serão " +"armazenados, e os funcionários podem estocar todos os produtos que vão para " +"um local específico. Os produtos não estão disponíveis para processamento " +"posterior até que sejam transferidos para o estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9574,6 +9730,9 @@ msgid "" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" +"No processo de entrega em duas etapas, os produtos que fazem parte de um " +"pedido de entrega são retirados do depósito de acordo com sua estratégia de " +"remoção e levados a um local de saída antes de serem enviados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -9583,6 +9742,11 @@ msgid "" "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" +"Uma situação em que isso seria útil é quando se usa uma estratégia de " +"remoção :abbr:`PEPS (primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair)`, :abbr:`UEPS " +"(último a entrar, primeiro a sair)` ou :abbr:`PVPS (primeiro a vencer, " +"primeiro a sair)`, em que os produtos que estão sendo retirados precisam ser" +" selecionados com base na data de recebimento ou na data de validade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -9593,10 +9757,17 @@ msgid "" "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é configurado por padrão para :ref:`receber e entregar mercadorias em" +" uma etapa `, portanto, as " +"configurações precisam ser alteradas para utilizar recebimentos e entregas " +"em duas etapas. As remessas recebidas e enviadas não precisam ser definidas " +"para ter as mesmas etapas. Por exemplo, os produtos podem ser recebidos em " +"duas etapas, mas enviados em uma etapa. No exemplo a seguir, serão usadas " +"duas etapas para os recebimentos e as entregas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar rotas em várias etapas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -9605,6 +9776,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, certifique-se de que a opção :guilabel:`Rotas de várias etapas` " +"esteja habilitada em :menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> " +"Definições`, sob o título :guilabel:`Armazém`. Depois de ativar a " +"configuração, :guilabel:`Salvar` as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9625,12 +9800,18 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione :guilabel:`Receber mercadorias na entrada e depois " +"estocar (2 etapas)` para :guilabel:`Remessas recebidas`, e :guilabel:`Enviar" +" mercadorias na saída e depois entregar (2 etapas)` para :guilabel:`Remessas" +" enviadas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" +"Definir opções de remessa de entrada e saída para receber e entregar em duas" +" etapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -9642,10 +9823,17 @@ msgid "" "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" +"A ativação de recebimentos e entregas em duas etapas criará novos locais de " +"*entrada* e *saída* que, por padrão, são rotulados como :guilabel:`WH/Input`" +" e :guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectivamente, no painel :guilabel:`Locais`. " +"Para renomear esses locais, vá para :menuselection:`Configuração --> Locais`" +" e selecione o :guilabel:`local` a ser alterado. No formulário de local, " +"atualize o :guilabel:`nome do local` e faça qualquer outra alteração (se " +"necessário)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar um recebimento em duas etapas (entrada + estoque)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9656,6 +9844,12 @@ msgid "" "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" +"Para empresas com vários armazéns que têm configurações de etapas " +"diferentes, o campo :guilabel:`Entregar para` no formulário :abbr:`pedido de" +" compra (PO)` pode precisar ser especificado como o *local de entrada* " +"correto conectado ao armazém de duas etapas, o que pode ser feito " +"selecionando o armazém na lista suspensa que inclui o rótulo `Recebimentos` " +"no final do nome." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9663,15 +9857,22 @@ msgid "" "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" +"Após confirmar o :abbr:`pedido de compra (PO)`, um botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Recebimento` aparecerá na parte superior do formulário :abbr:`PO`" +" - clique nele para revelar o recebimento associado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar um pedido de compra, um botão inteligente de recebimento" +" será exibido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" +"Um recebimento pronto para ser processado na visão kanban da Visão geral do " +"Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -9683,6 +9884,13 @@ msgid "" "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"O recebimento e a transferência interna serão criados assim que o pedido de " +"compra for confirmado. O status do recebimento será :guilabel:`Pronto`, pois" +" ele deve ser processado primeiro. O status da transferência interna será " +":guilabel:`Aguardando outra operação`, pois a transferência não pode ser " +"feita até que o recibo seja concluído. O status da transferência interna só " +"será alterado para :guilabel:`Pronto` quando o recebimento for marcado como " +":guilabel:`Concluído`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -9690,16 +9898,21 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" +"Clique no :guilabel:`recebimento` associado ao pedido de compra e, em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir o recebimento e mover o" +" produto para o :guilabel:`Local de entrada`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" +"Valide o recibo clicando em Validar e, em seguida, o produto será transferido para o local de\n" +"WH/Input." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar a transferência interna" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9709,6 +9922,11 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Quando o produto estiver no :guilabel:`Local de entrada`, a transferência " +"interna estará pronta para mover o produto para o estoque. Navegue até o " +"aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário` e, no painel :guilabel:`Visão geral " +"do inventário`, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no " +"cartão kanban :guilabel:`Transferências internas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -9716,6 +9934,8 @@ msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" +"Uma transferência interna pronta para ser processada na visão kanban da " +"Visão geral do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -9724,14 +9944,19 @@ msgid "" "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" +"Clique na :guilabel:`transferência` associada ao pedido de compra e, em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir o recebimento e mover o" +" produto para o estoque. Depois que a transferência for validada, o produto " +"entrará no estoque e estará disponível para entregas ao cliente ou pedidos " +"de fabricação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valide a transferência interna para mover o item para o estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar um pedido de entrega em duas etapas (separação + envio)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -9739,6 +9964,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo :menuselection:`Vendas`, crie uma nova cotação clicando em " +":guilabel:`Novo`. Selecione (ou crie) um :guilabel:`cliente`, adicione um " +":guilabel:`produto` armazenável às linhas do pedido e clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -9747,12 +9976,18 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar o :abbr:`SO (SO)`, um botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Delivery` aparecerá na parte superior, acima do formulário " +":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"para revelar o recibo associado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar o pedido de venda, o botão inteligente Entrega é " +"exibido, mostrando dois itens associados a ele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -9760,14 +9995,19 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Os recebimentos de pedidos de vendas também podem ser encontrados no " +"aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Overview`, " +"clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no cartão Kanban " +":guilabel:`Separação`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" +"A ordem de separação pode ser vista na visualização do Kanban do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar a separação" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -9776,6 +10016,10 @@ msgid "" "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" +"A ordem de separação e entrega será criada assim que o pedido de venda for " +"confirmado. Quando o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` for exibido, " +"clique nele para abrir o painel :guilabel:`Transferências`, que lista as " +"ordens de separação e entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -9786,12 +10030,20 @@ msgid "" "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"O status da separação será :guilabel:`Pronta`, pois o produto deve ser " +"retirado do estoque antes de ser enviado. O status da ordem de entrega será " +":guilabel:`Aguardando outra operação`, pois a entrega não poderá ser feita " +"até que o picking seja concluído. O status do pedido de entrega só será " +"alterado para :guilabel:`Pronto` quando a separação for marcada como " +":guilabel:`concluída`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" +"Status \"Pronto\" da operação de separação, enquanto a operação de entrega está Aguardando outra\n" +"operação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -9802,6 +10054,12 @@ msgid "" " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Clique na ordem de entrega de separação para começar a processá-la. Se o " +"produto estiver em estoque, o Odoo reservará automaticamente o produto. " +"Clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para marcar a separação como " +":guilabel:`concluída`, então a ordem entrega estará pronta para ser " +"processada. Como os documentos estão vinculados, os produtos que foram " +"retirados anteriormente são automaticamente reservados na ordem de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -9811,6 +10069,11 @@ msgid "" "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" +"A ordem de entrega estará pronta para ser processada assim que a separação " +"for concluída e poderá ser encontrado no aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Inventário`, no painel :guilabel:`Visão geral de " +"inventário`. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no " +"cartão kanban :guilabel:`Ordens de entrega` para começar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -9819,16 +10082,24 @@ msgid "" " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" +"A ordem de entrega associada ao :abbr:`pedido de venda (SO)` também pode ser" +" acessada rapidamente clicando no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` " +"novamente e escolhendo a ordem de entrega na página " +":guilabel:`Transferências` (que agora deve estar marcada como " +":guilabel:`Pronto`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" +"A ordem de entrega pode ser vista na visualização Kanban do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" +"Clique na ordem de entrega associada ao :abbr:`pedido de venda` e, em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a transferência." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -9837,10 +10108,14 @@ msgid "" "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Depois que a ordem de entrega é validada, o produto deixa o local " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` no painel :guilabel:`Transferências` e vai para o " +"local :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Em seguida, o status do documento será" +" alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar os recebimentos em três etapas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -9848,6 +10123,9 @@ msgid "" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" +"Algumas empresas exigem um processo de controle de qualidade antes de " +"receber mercadorias dos fornecedores. Para isso, o Odoo tem um processo de " +"três etapas para o recebimento de mercadorias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9857,6 +10135,11 @@ msgid "" "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" +"No processo de recebimento em três etapas, os produtos são recebidos em uma " +"área de entrada e, em seguida, transferidos para uma área de qualidade para " +"inspeção. Os produtos que passam no controle de qualidade são transferidos " +"para o estoque. Os produtos não estão disponíveis para processamento " +"adicional até que sejam transferidos da área de qualidade para o estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9867,11 +10150,20 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é configurado por padrão para :ref:`receber e entregar mercadorias em" +" uma etapa `, portanto, as " +"configurações precisam ser alteradas para utilizar recebimentos em três " +"etapas. Primeiro, certifique-se de que a opção *Rotas de várias etapas* " +"esteja ativada em :menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> Definições" +" --> Armazém`. Observe que a ativação de :guilabel:`Rotas de várias etapas` " +"também ativará *Locais de armazenamento*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" +"Ativar rotas de várias etapas e locais de armazenamento nas configurações do" +" Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9880,6 +10172,10 @@ msgid "" " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o armazém precisa ser configurado para recebimentos em três " +"etapas. Para fazer isso, vá para o :menuselection:`app Inventário --> " +"Configuração --> Armazéns` e selecione o lugar desejado para editar. Isso " +"abre o formulário detalhado para esse armazém específico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9887,10 +10183,13 @@ msgid "" "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Na página do formulário de detalhes do :guilabel:`Armazém`, selecione " +":guilabel:`Receber mercadorias na entrada, depois verificar qualidade e " +"então estocar (3 passos)` para :guilabel:`Remessas recebidas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir a opção de remessa recebidas para receber em três etapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9900,10 +10199,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" +"A ativação de recebimentos e entregas em três etapas cria dois novos locais " +"internos: *Entrada* (WH/Input) e *Controle de qualidade* (WH/Quality " +"Control). Para renomear esses locais, acesse :menuselection:`app Inventário " +"--> Configuração --> Locais` e, em seguida, clique no local desejado para " +"alterar (ou atualizar) o nome." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Receber em três etapas (entrada + qualidade + estoque)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9913,6 +10217,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova :abbr:`SDC (Solicitação de cotação)`, navegue até o " +":menuselection:`app Compras --> Novo`, que revela uma página de formulário " +"da :abbr:`SDC` em branco. Nessa página, selecione um :guilabel:`fornecedor`," +" adicione um :guilabel:`produto` armazenável e clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmar pedido`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -9920,10 +10229,13 @@ msgid "" "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +"Um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` aparecerá no canto superior " +"direito, e o recebimento será associado ao pedido de compra. Ao clicar no " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento`, o pedido de recibo será exibido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar um recebimento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -9932,12 +10244,19 @@ msgid "" "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Um recebimento e duas transferências internas (uma transferência para a " +"qualidade e uma transferência subsequente para o estoque) serão criados " +"assim que o pedido de compra for confirmado. Para visualizar essas " +"transferências, vá para :menuselection:`Inventário --> Operações --> " +"Transferências`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" +"O status das três transferências de recebimentos mostrará qual operação está" +" pronta e quais estão aguardando outra operação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -9947,6 +10266,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" +"O status do recebimento que transfere o produto para o local de entrada será" +" :guilabel:`Pronto`, pois o recibo deve ser processado antes que qualquer " +"outra operação possa ocorrer. O status das duas transferências internas será" +" :guilabel:`Aguardando outra operação`, pois as transferências não podem ser" +" processadas até que a etapa vinculada antes de cada transferência seja " +"concluída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9956,6 +10281,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"O status da primeira transferência interna para *qualidade* só mudará para " +":guilabel:`Pronto` quando o recebimento tiver sido marcado como " +":guilabel:`concluído`. O status da segunda transferência interna para o " +"*estoque* será marcado como :guilabel:`Pronto` somente depois que a " +"transferência para a qualidade for marcada como :guilabel:`concluída`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9963,10 +10293,16 @@ msgid "" " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" +"O recebimento também pode ser encontrado no aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`, clique no " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`1 a processar` no cartão kanban " +":guilabel:`Recebimentos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" +"Um recebimento pronto para ser processado na visão kanban da Visão geral do " +"Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9974,16 +10310,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" +"Clique no recebimento associado ao pedido de compra e, em seguida, clique em" +" :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir o recebimento e mover o produto para o " +":guilabel:`Local de entrada`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" +"Valide o recebimento clicando em Validar e, em seguida, o produto será transferido para o local \n" +"WH/Quality." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar uma transferência para controle de qualidade" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -9993,6 +10334,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" +"Quando o produto estiver no :guilabel:`Local de entrada`, a transferência " +"interna estará pronta para mover o produto para o :guilabel:`controle de " +"qualidade`. No painel de :guilabel:`Visão geral` do " +":menuselection:`Inventário`, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`1 a " +"processar` no cartão kanban :guilabel:`Transferências internas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -10002,16 +10348,23 @@ msgid "" "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" +"Clique na :guilabel:`transferência` associada ao pedido de compra e, em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a transferência e mover" +" o produto para o local de :guilabel:`controle de qualidade`. Depois que a " +"transferência for validada, o produto estará pronto para o controle de " +"qualidade, mas não estará disponível para ordens de produção ou entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" +"Valide a transferência interna para mover o item para o local do controle de" +" qualidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar uma transferência para o estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -10020,6 +10373,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" +"Quando o produto estiver no local do :guilabel:`controle de qualidade`, a " +"transferência interna final estará pronta para mover o produto para o " +":guilabel:`estoque`. No painel de visão geral do :guilabel:`Inventário`, " +"clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`1 a processar` no cartão Kanban " +":guilabel:`Transaferências internas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -10028,10 +10386,15 @@ msgid "" "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" +"Clique na :guilabel:`transferência` final associada ao pedido de compra e, " +"em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a transferência e " +"mover o produto para o estoque. Depois que a transferência for validada, o " +"produto entrará no estoque e estará disponível para entregas ao cliente ou " +"ordens de produção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Remessas recebidas e ordens de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10043,22 +10406,36 @@ msgid "" "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" +"Há várias maneiras de lidar com a forma como um armazém recebe " +"(recebimentos) e envia (entregas) produtos. Dependendo de vários fatores, " +"como o tipo de produtos estocados e vendidos, o tamanho do armazém e a " +"quantidade de recebimentos e ordens de entrega confirmados diariamente, a " +"maneira como os produtos são tratados ao entrar e sair do armazém pode " +"variar muito. Diferentes configurações podem ser definidas para recebimentos" +" e entregas; não é preciso configurar para que tenham o mesmo número de " +"etapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" +"`Usar rotas (Tutorial de e-Learning) " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:13 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Regras Push e Pull (Tutorial de eLearning) " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" +"Como escolher o fluxo de estoque correto para lidar com recebimentos e " +"entregas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10071,16 +10448,26 @@ msgid "" "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o Odoo lida com envio e recebimento de três maneiras diferentes:" +" em uma, duas ou três etapas. A configuração mais simples é a de uma etapa, " +"que é a padrão. Cada etapa adicional necessária em um armazém, seja para o " +"processo de recebimento ou de envio, acrescentará uma camada adicional de " +"operações a serem executadas antes que um produto seja recebido ou enviado. " +"Essas configurações dependem inteiramente dos requisitos dos produtos " +"armazenados, como a realização de verificações de qualidade nos produtos " +"recebidos ou o uso de embalagens especiais nos produtos enviados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fluxo de uma etapa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"As regras de recebimento e envio da configuração em uma etapa são as " +"seguintes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10088,12 +10475,18 @@ msgid "" "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" +"**Recebimento**: Receber produtos diretamente no estoque. Não ocorrem etapas" +" intermediárias entre o recebimento e o estoque, como uma transferência para" +" um local de controle de qualidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" +"**Envio**: Enviar produtos diretamente do estoque. Não há etapas " +"intermediárias entre o estoque e o envio, como transferência para um local " +"de embalagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -10101,36 +10494,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" +"Só pode ser usado se não estiver usando as estratégias de remoção " +":abbr:`PEPS (primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair)`, :abbr:`UEPS (último a " +"entrar, primeiro a sair)` ou :abbr:`PVPS (primeiro a vencer, primeiro a " +"sair)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:37 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os recebimentos e/ou as entregas são processados rapidamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" +"Recomendado para pequenos armazéns com baixos níveis de estoque e para itens" +" não perecíveis." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os itens são recebidos ou enviados diretamente no ou do estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Processar recebimentos e entregas em uma etapa " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fluxo de duas etapas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"As regras de recebimento e envio da configuração em duas etapas são as " +"seguintes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -10139,6 +10542,10 @@ msgid "" "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" +"**Entrada + estoque**: Trazer produtos para um local de entrada *antes* de " +"movê-los para o estoque. Os produtos podem ser organizados por diferentes " +"locais de armazenamento interno, como várias prateleiras, freezers e áreas " +"restritas, antes de serem estocados no armazém." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10146,6 +10553,9 @@ msgid "" "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" +"**Separação + envio**: Levar os produtos para um local de saída antes do " +"envio. Os pacotes podem ser organizados por diferentes transportadoras ou " +"docas de expedição antes de serem enviados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -10153,12 +10563,18 @@ msgid "" "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Requisito mínimo para usar números de lote ou números de série para rastrear" +" produtos com uma estratégia de remoção :abbr:`PEPS (primeiro a entrar, " +"primeiro a sair)`, :abbr:`UEPS ()` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " +"Out)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Recomendado para armazéns maiores com altos níveis de estoque ou ao estocar " +"itens grandes (como colchões, móveis grandes, maquinário pesado etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 @@ -10166,22 +10582,28 @@ msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" +"Os produtos recebidos não estarão disponíveis para fabricação, envio, etc., " +"até que sejam transferidos para o estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Processar recebimentos e entregas em duas etapas " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Three-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fluxo de três etapas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:68 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"As regras de recebimento e envio da configuração em três etapas são as " +"seguintes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -10189,6 +10611,9 @@ msgid "" "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" +"**Entrada + qualidade + estoque**: Receber produtos no local de entrada, " +"transferi-los para uma área de controle de qualidade e mover os que passam " +"pela inspeção para o estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -10196,6 +10621,9 @@ msgid "" "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" +"**Separação + embalagem + envio**: Separe os produtos de acordo com sua " +"estratégia de remoção, embale-os em uma área de embalagem dedicada e leve-os" +" a um local de saída para envio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -10203,34 +10631,44 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Pode ser usado para rastrear produtos por lote ou números de série ao usar " +"uma estratégia de remoção :abbr:`PEPS (primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair)`," +" :abbr:`UEPS (último a entrar, primeiro a sair)` ou :abbr:`PVPS (primeiro a " +"vencer, primeiro a sair)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" +"Recomendado para armazéns muito grandes com níveis de estoque muito altos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" +"Necessário em qualquer armazém que precise realizar inspeções de controle de" +" qualidade antes de receber itens no estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Processar recebimentos em três etapas " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Processar entregas em três etapas `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preparação e configuração" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Métodos de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10238,6 +10676,9 @@ msgid "" "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" +"Quando ativada no Odoo, a configuração *Métodos de entrega* adiciona a opção" +" de calcular o custo de frete em pedidos de vendas e carrinhos de compras do" +" e-Commerce." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -10245,17 +10686,24 @@ msgid "" "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" +"Quando integrado a uma :ref:`transportadora terceirizada " +"`, os preços de remessa são calculados com " +"base nas informações de preço e embalagem da transportadora." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Configuração de transportadora terceirizada " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais do Odoo: Preços de entrega " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10263,6 +10711,9 @@ msgid "" "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" +"Para calcular o frete em pedidos de vendas e e-Commerce, o módulo *Custos de" +" entrega* deve ser instalado. Para fazer isso, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Aplicativos` no painel principal do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10270,20 +10721,25 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, remova o filtro :guilabel:`Aplicativos` e digite `Custos de " +"entrega` na barra :guilabel:`Pesquisar…`. Depois de localizar o módulo " +":guilabel:`Custos de entrega`, clique em :guilabel:`Ativar` para instalá-lo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instale o módulo *Custos de entrega*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar método de envio" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar os métodos de entrega, vá para :menuselection:`app " +"Inventário --> Configuração --> Métodos de envio`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10291,22 +10747,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Métodos de envio` não estiver disponível no menu " +"suspenso :guilabel:`Configuração`, verifique se o recurso está ativado " +"seguindo estas etapas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Vá para o :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Definições`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" +"Role até a seção :guilabel:`Envio` e ative o recurso :guilabel:`Métodos de " +"entrega` marcando a caixa de seleção correspondente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" +"Ative o recurso *Métodos de entrega* marcando a caixa em Configuração > " +"Definições." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10314,12 +10778,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:``, adicione um método clicando em :guilabel:`New`. Isso" +" abre um formulário para fornecer detalhes sobre o provedor de envio, " +"incluindo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Método de envio` (*Campo obrigatório*): o nome do método de " +"entrega (ex.: `frete de taxa fixa`, `entrega no mesmo dia`, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10329,6 +10798,11 @@ msgid "" "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fornecedor` (*Campo obrigatório*): escolha o serviço de entrega, " +"como Fedex, se estiver usando uma :ref:`transportadora terceirizada " +"`. Verifique se a integração com a " +"transportadora está instalada corretamente e selecione o provedor no menu " +"suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -10338,6 +10812,10 @@ msgid "" "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais detalhes sobre a configuração de métodos de envio " +"personalizados, como as opções :ref:`preço fixo `," +" :ref:`baseado em regras ` ou :ref:`retirada na " +"loja `, consulte as respectivas seções abaixo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -10345,6 +10823,9 @@ msgid "" "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Site`: configura métodos de envio para uma página de e-Commerce. " +"Selecione o site aplicável no menu suspenso ou deixe em branco para aplicar " +"o método a todas as páginas da web." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10352,6 +10833,9 @@ msgid "" "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Companhia`: se o método de envio for aplicável a uma empresa " +"específica, selecione-a no menu suspenso. Deixe o campo em branco para " +"aplicar o método a todas as empresas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10359,18 +10843,25 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produto de entrega` (*Campo obrigatório*): produto listado na " +":ref:`linha do pedido de venda ` como a taxa" +" de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Grátis se o valor do pedido estiver acima`: marcar essa caixa " +"ativa o frete grátis se o cliente gastar mais do que o valor especificado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" +"Para obter exemplos sobre como configurar métodos de envio específicos, " +"consulte as seções abaixo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:73 msgid "Fixed price" @@ -10385,6 +10876,12 @@ msgid "" "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" +"Para configurar um preço de envio que seja o mesmo para todos os pedidos, vá" +" para :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Métodos de envio`." +" Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Novo` e, no formulário de método de envio," +" defina o :guilabel:`fornecedor` para a opção :guilabel:`Preço fixo`. A " +"seleção dessa opção faz com que o campo :guilabel:`Preço fixo` fique " +"disponível, que é onde o valor da taxa fixa de envio é definido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -10392,40 +10889,45 @@ msgid "" "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" +"Para ativar o frete grátis se o valor do pedido exceder um valor " +"especificado, marque a caixa :guilabel:`Grátis se o valor do pedido estiver " +"acima` e preencha o valor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Para configurar o frete de taxa fixa de `US$ 20` que se torna gratuito se o " +"cliente gastar mais de `US$ 100`, preencha os seguintes campos:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de entrega`: `Frete de taxa fixa`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Provedor`: :guilabel:`Preço fixo`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Preço fixo`: `US$ 20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Grátis se o valor do pedido estiver acima de`: `$100.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produto de entrega`: `[FRETE] Fixo`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de preenchimento de um método de envio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:101 msgid "Based on rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baseado em regras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -10434,10 +10936,14 @@ msgid "" "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" +"Para calcular o preço do frete com base nas regras de preços, defina o campo" +" :guilabel:`Provedor` para a opção :guilabel:`Baseado em regras`. " +"Opcionalmente, ajuste :guilabel:`Margem na taxa` e :guilabel:`Margem " +"adicional` para incluir custos adicionais de frete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:108 msgid "Create pricing rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar regras de preços" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -10447,12 +10953,19 @@ msgid "" "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" +"Navegue até a aba :guilabel:`Preço` e clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma " +"linha`. Isso abre a janela :guilabel:`Criar regras de preço`, onde a " +":guilabel:`condição` relacionada ao peso, volume, preço ou quantidade do " +"produto é comparada a um valor definido para calcular o :guilabel:`Custo de " +"entrega`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:115 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -10460,11 +10973,15 @@ msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" +"To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " +"set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" +"Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -10474,10 +10991,15 @@ msgid "" "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" +"To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " +"the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " +"Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " +"and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " +"apply." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:130 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calculate delivery cost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -10485,35 +11007,44 @@ msgid "" "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" +"O custo de envio é o :guilabel:`Custo de entrega` especificado na regra que " +"satisfaz a :guilabel:`Condição`, mais quaisquer encargos extras da " +":guilabel:`Margem na taxa` e :guilabel:`Margem adicional`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:136 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Total = Custo de entrega da regra + (Margem sobre a taxa \\times Custo de entrega da regra) + Margem adicional\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Com as duas regras a seguir configuradas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se o pedido contiver cinco ou menos produtos, o frete será de US$ 20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se o pedido contiver mais de cinco produtos, o frete será de US$ 50." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Margem sobre a taxa` é `10%` e :guilabel:`Margem adicional` é " +"`$9,00`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" +"Mostrar exemplo do método de envio \"Baseado em regras\" com margens " +"configuradas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -10521,6 +11052,9 @@ msgid "" "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" +"Quando a primeira regra é aplicada, o custo de entrega é de US$ 31 (20 + " +"(0,1 * 20) + 9). Quando a segunda regra é aplicada, o custo de entrega é de " +"US$ 64 (50 + (0,1 * 50) + 9)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:157 msgid "Pickup in store" @@ -10532,6 +11066,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar a retirada na loja, selecione :guilabel:`Retirada na loja` " +"no campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor` e especifique o local de retirada em " +":guilabel:`Armazém`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -10542,10 +11079,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" +"Para faturar o cliente pelo custo de envio para o local de retirada, escolha" +" a opção :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` no campo " +":guilabel:`Integration Level`. Em seguida, escolha as opções de rádio " +":guilabel:`Estimated cost` ou :guilabel:`Real cost` no campo " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` para decidir se a taxa de envio adicionada no " +"pedido de venda é o custo exato da transportadora." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`Invoice cost of shipping `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Custo de frete na fatura `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Add shipping" @@ -10558,6 +11101,10 @@ msgid "" "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" +"Os métodos de envio podem ser adicionados aos pedidos de vendas na forma de " +"produtos de entrega, que aparecem como itens de linha individuais. Primeiro," +" navegue até o pedido de vendas desejado acessando :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Orders --> Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -10565,6 +11112,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" +"No pedido de venda, clique no botão :guilabel:`Adicionar envio`, que abre a " +"janela pop-up :guilabel:`Adicionar um método de envio`. Em seguida, escolha " +"um :guilabel:`Shipping Method` na lista." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -10573,32 +11123,42 @@ msgid "" "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` é pré-preenchido com base nos pesos dos " +"produtos (que são definidos na guia :guilabel:`Inventory` para cada " +"formulário de produto). Edite o campo para especificar o peso exato e, em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Add` para adicionar o método de envio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:188 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" +"O valor definido em :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` substitui os pesos totais" +" do produto definidos no formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" +"O custo de envio é adicionado à linha do *pedido de venda* como o " +":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detalhado no formulário do método de envio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" +"O `Furniture Delivery`, um produto de entrega com uma taxa fixa de `$200`, é" +" adicionado ao pedido de vendas `S00088`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar a ordem de entrega na linha do pedido de vendas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pedido de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -10607,10 +11167,14 @@ msgid "" "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" +"O método de envio adicionado ao pedido de vendas está vinculado aos detalhes" +" da transportadora no pedido de entrega. Para adicionar ou alterar o método " +"de entrega na própria entrega, vá para a guia :guilabel:`Additional Info` e " +"modifique o campo :guilabel:`Carrier`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informações da transportadora no formulário de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" @@ -10664,7 +11228,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure os serviços de envio da Sendcloud no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10672,20 +11236,27 @@ msgid "" "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" +"O Sendcloud é um agregador de serviços de remessa que facilita a integração " +"de transportadoras européias com o Odoo. Uma vez integrados, os usuários " +"podem selecionar as transportadoras nas operações de inventário em seu banco" +" de dados Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" +"`Documentação de integração do Sendcloud " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração no Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie uma conta e ative as operadoras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10693,6 +11264,10 @@ msgid "" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" +"Para começar, acesse a `Plataforma da Sendcloud " +"`_ para configurar a conta e gerar as credenciais" +" do conector. Faça login com a conta Sendcloud ou crie uma nova conta, se " +"necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -10702,6 +11277,11 @@ msgid "" "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"Para a criação de uma nova conta, a Sendcloud solicitará um número de " +":abbr:`VAT (Value-Added Tax Identification)` ou :abbr:`EORI (Economic " +"Operators' Registration and Identification)`. Depois de concluir a " +"configuração da conta, ative (ou desative) as transportadoras que serão " +"usadas no banco de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -10710,10 +11290,14 @@ msgid "" "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" +"A integração do Sendcloud no Odoo funciona nos planos gratuitos do Sendcloud" +" *apenas* se uma conta bancária estiver vinculada, pois o Sendcloud não " +"envia gratuitamente. Para usar regras de envio ou contatos personalizados de" +" transportadoras individuais, é necessário um plano pago do Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração do depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -10721,10 +11305,13 @@ msgid "" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" +"Uma vez conectado à conta Sendcloud, navegue até :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Shipping --> Addresses` e preencha o campo para :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"address`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar endereços nas configurações do Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -10733,52 +11320,59 @@ msgid "" "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" +"Para permitir que a Sendcloud processe também as devoluções, é necessário um" +" :guilabel:`Return Address`. Na seção :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, há " +"um campo chamado :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. O nome do depósito do " +"Odoo deve ser inserido aqui, e os caracteres devem ser exatamente os mesmos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de **SendClould**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Miscelânea`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome do endereço (opcional)`: `Warehouse #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Configuração do armazém do Odoo**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`: `Minha empresa (São Francisco)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: `Minha empresa (São Francisco)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" +"Observe como as entradas para o campo :guilabel:`Warehouse`, tanto para a " +"configuração do Odoo quanto para a configuração da Sendcloud, são exatamente" +" as mesmas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerar credenciais do Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10786,6 +11380,9 @@ msgid "" "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" +"Na conta Sendcloud, navegue até :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations` " +"no menu à direita. Em seguida, procure por :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. Em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Connect`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -10796,6 +11393,12 @@ msgid "" "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" +"Depois de clicar em :guilabel:`Connect`, a página redireciona para a página " +"de configurações :guilabel:`Sendcloud API`, onde as :guilabel:`Public e " +"Secret Keys` são produzidas. A próxima etapa é nomear a " +":guilabel:`Integration`. A convenção de nomenclatura é a seguinte: `Odoo " +"CompanyName`, com o nome da empresa do usuário substituindo `CompanyName` " +"(por exemplo, `Odoo StealthyWood`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10803,10 +11406,14 @@ msgid "" "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, marque a caixa ao lado de :guilabel:`Service Points` e selecione" +" os serviços de remessa para essa integração. Depois de salvar, as " +":guilabel:`Chaves públicas e secretas` são geradas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" +"Configuração da integração do Sendcloud e recebimento das credenciais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -10814,7 +11421,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instale o módulo de envio da Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -10822,14 +11429,18 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" +"Depois que a conta Sendcloud estiver definida e configurada, é hora de " +"configurar o banco de dados do Odoo. Para começar, acesse o módulo " +":guilabel:`Apps` do Odoo, procure a integração :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"Shipping` e instale-a." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módulo de envio Sendcloud no módulo Odoo Apps." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração do conector de envio Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -10838,6 +11449,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" +"Depois de instalado, ative o módulo :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` em " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. A configuração do" +" :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` é encontrada na seção :guilabel:`Shipping " +"Connectors`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -10845,6 +11460,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Depois de ativar o :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, clique no link " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` abaixo do conector listado. Uma vez " +"na página :guilabel:`Shipping Methods`, clique em :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -10852,50 +11470,65 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` também pode ser acessado em " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " +"Methods`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" +"Preencha os seguintes campos no formulário :guilabel:`New Shipping Method`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: tipo `Sendcloud DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Provider`: selecione :guilabel:`Sendcloud` no menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: define o produto que foi configurado para esse" +" método de envio ou cria um novo produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration`, digite a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"Public Key`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration`, digite a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"Secret Key`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" +"Manualmente :guilabel:`Salve` o formulário clicando no ícone de nuvem ao " +"lado dos breadcrumbs :guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" +"Depois de configurar e salvar o formulário, siga estas etapas para carregar " +"os produtos de remessa:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -10903,40 +11536,45 @@ msgid "" "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` do formulário :guilabel:`New " +"Shipping Method`, clique no link :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " +"products`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" +"Selecione os produtos de remessa que a empresa gostaria de usar para " +"entregas e devoluções." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Select`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de produtos de envio da Sendcloud configurados no Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produto a ser enviado`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -10947,34 +11585,40 @@ msgid "" "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Países`: `Áustria` `Bélgica` `Bósnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgária` " +"`Croácia` `República Tcheca` `Dinamarca` `Estônia` `Finlândia` `França` " +"`Alemanha` `Grécia` `Hungria` `Islândia` `Irlanda` `Itália` Letônia` " +"`Liechtenstein` `Lituânia` `Luxemburgo` `Mônaco` `Países Baixos` `Noruega` " +"`Polônia` `Portugal` `Romênia` `Sérvia` `Eslováquia` `Eslovênia` `Espanha` " +"`Suécia`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`RETURN`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Retorno da transportadora`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Retorno de peso mínimo`: `0,00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso máximo de retorno`: `20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Países de retorno`: `Bélgica` `Países Baixos`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de produtos de remessa configurados no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -10983,6 +11627,10 @@ msgid "" "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" +"A Sendcloud não fornece chaves de teste quando uma empresa testa o envio de " +"um pacote no Odoo. Isso significa que, se um pacote for criado, a conta " +"configurada do Sendcloud será cobrada, a menos que o pacote associado seja " +"cancelado dentro de 24 horas após a criação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -10992,10 +11640,16 @@ msgid "" "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" +"O Odoo tem uma camada integrada de proteção contra cobranças indesejadas ao " +"usar ambientes de teste. Em um ambiente de teste, se um método de envio for " +"usado para criar etiquetas, essas etiquetas serão imediatamente canceladas " +"após a criação - isso ocorre automaticamente. As configurações do ambiente " +"de teste e de produção podem ser alternadas para frente e para trás no " +":guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerar uma etiqueta com a Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -11004,31 +11658,40 @@ msgid "" "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma cotação no Odoo, adicione a remessa e um :guilabel:`Produto de " +"remessa da Sendcloud`. Em seguida, :guilabel:`Validate` a entrega. Os " +"documentos da etiqueta de envio são gerados automaticamente no chatter, que " +"incluem o seguinte:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de remessa` dependendo do número de pacotes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Retornar rótulo(s) ` se o conector Sendcloud estiver configurado " +"para retornos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Documento(s) alfandegário(s) ` caso o país de destino o exija." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Além disso, o número de rastreamento agora está disponível." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" +"Quando as etiquetas de devolução forem criadas, a Sendcloud cobrará " +"automaticamente a conta Sendcloud configurada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" @@ -11036,7 +11699,7 @@ msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A remessa é muito pesada" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -11045,6 +11708,10 @@ msgid "" "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" +"Se a remessa for muito pesada para o serviço Sendcloud configurado, o peso " +"será dividido para simular vários pacotes. Os produtos precisarão ser " +"colocados em diferentes :guilabel:`Packages` para :guilabel:`Validate` a " +"transferência e gerar etiquetas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -11053,10 +11720,14 @@ msgid "" "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rules` também podem ser configuradas na Sendcloud para usar " +"outros métodos de envio quando o peso for muito grande. No entanto, observe " +"que essas regras não se aplicarão ao cálculo do preço de envio no cálculo do" +" pedido de venda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ao usar um contrato de operadora pessoal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -11064,10 +11735,13 @@ msgid "" " accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " "information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." msgstr "" +"Ao usar um contrato de transportadora pessoal na Sendcloud, se o preço não " +"for refletido com precisão ao criar uma cotação no Odoo, as informações de " +"preço precisarão ser atualizadas na Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medição do peso volumétrico" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -11076,12 +11750,18 @@ msgid "" "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" +"Muitas transportadoras têm várias medidas de peso. Há o peso real dos " +"produtos no pacote e há o *peso volumétrico* (:dfn:`Peso volumétrico é o " +"volume que um pacote ocupa quando está em trânsito. Em outras palavras, é o " +"tamanho físico de um pacote`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" +"Verifique se a(s) transportadora(s) selecionada(s) já tem(têm) fórmulas " +"definidas para calcular o peso volumétrico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -11089,10 +11769,13 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Não foi possível calcular a taxa de envio" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -11102,6 +11785,11 @@ msgid "" " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, verifique se o produto que está sendo enviado tem um peso " +"compatível com o método de envio selecionado. Se isso estiver definido, " +"verifique se o país de destino (do endereço do cliente) é compatível com a " +"transportadora. O país de origem (endereço do depósito) também deve ser " +"aceito pela transportadora." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -11258,6 +11946,9 @@ msgid "" "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, o preço real (calculado quando a entrega for validada) será " +"automaticamente adicionado à fatura. Para obter mais informações, leia o " +"documento :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "Delivery" @@ -11292,11 +11983,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" @@ -11323,6 +12014,9 @@ msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" +"Uma chave de acesso é um código alfanumérico de 16 caracteres que permite o " +"acesso aos servidores de desenvolvimento e produção da API do UPS Developer " +"Kit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" @@ -11385,6 +12079,8 @@ msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" +"Faça login no site `UPS.com `_) usando sua ID de " +"usuário e senha do UPS.com." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." @@ -11433,6 +12129,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" +"Acesse a página do `UPS Developer Kit na Web " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" @@ -11461,17 +12159,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depósitos e armazenamento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coleta em lote" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" +"O *Batch picking* permite que um único selecionador lide com vários pedidos " +"de uma só vez, reduzindo o tempo necessário para navegar até o mesmo local " +"em um depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -11479,11 +12180,16 @@ msgid "" "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" +"Ao fazer o picking em lotes, os pedidos são agrupados e consolidados em uma " +"lista de picking. Após o picking, o lote é levado para um local de saída, " +"onde os produtos são classificados em seus respectivos pacotes de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Use o aplicativo de código de barras para coleta " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -11492,6 +12198,11 @@ msgid "" "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" +"Como os pedidos *devem* ser classificados no local de saída após serem " +"coletados, esse método de coleta é adequado para empresas com poucos " +"produtos que são solicitados com frequência. O armazenamento de itens de " +"alta demanda em locais de fácil acesso pode aumentar o número de pedidos que" +" são atendidos com eficiência." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -11499,10 +12210,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" +"Para ativar a opção de coleta em lote, comece acessando " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Na seção " +":guilabel:`Operations`, marque a caixa :guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" +"Ative as *Transferências em lote* em Inventory > Configuration > Settings." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -11511,6 +12226,10 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Como o picking em lote é um método para otimizar a operação de *pick* no " +"Odoo, as opções :guilabel:`Storage Locations` e :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` sob o título :guilabel:`Warehouse` também devem ser verificadas " +"nessa página de configurações. Quando terminar, clique em :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 @@ -11518,6 +12237,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" +"Habilite *Storage Locations* e *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11525,6 +12246,9 @@ msgid "" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" +"Por fim, ative o recurso de picking do depósito, navegando até a página de " +"configurações do depósito, que pode ser acessada em " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -11533,24 +12257,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" +"A partir daí, selecione o depósito desejado na lista. Em seguida, entre as " +"opções de rádio disponíveis para :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, selecione " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` ou " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Entrega em duas etapas `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Entrega em três etapas `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure remessas de saída em 2 ou 3 etapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar transferências em lote" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11558,22 +12286,31 @@ msgid "" "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" +"Crie manualmente transferências em lote diretamente da página " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers`. Clique no" +" botão :guilabel:`New` para começar a criar uma transferência em lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" +"No formulário de transferência de lote, preencha os seguintes campos " +"adequadamente:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsável`: funcionário designado para o picking. Deixe esse " +"campo em branco se *qualquer* funcionário puder realizar esse picking." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: no menu suspenso, selecione o tipo de operação " +"sob o qual o picking está categorizado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -11581,28 +12318,38 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: especifica a data até a qual a pessoa " +":guilabel:`Responsável` deve concluir a transferência para o local de saída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, na lista :guilabel:`Transfers`, clique em :guilabel:`Add a line`" +" para abrir a janela :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` para abrir a janela " +":guilabel:`Add: Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" +"Se o campo :guilabel:`Operation Type` tiver sido preenchido, a lista " +"filtrará os registros de transferência que correspondem ao " +":guilabel:`Operation Type` selecionado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no botão :guilabel:`New` para criar uma nova transferência." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" +"Depois que os registros de transferência forem selecionados, clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirm` para confirmar o picking do lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -11610,10 +12357,13 @@ msgid "" " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" +"Uma nova transferência de lote atribuída ao :guilabel:`Responsável`, `Joel " +"Willis`, para o `Pick` :guilabel:`Tipo de Operação`. O :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Date` está definido como `August 11`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização do formulário *Transferências em lote*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -11621,6 +12371,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" +"Ao clicar no botão :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, abre-se a janela " +":guilabel:`Adicionar:Transferências`, exibindo apenas pickings. Isso ocorre " +"porque o :guilabel:`Operation Type` foi definido como `Pick` no formulário " +"de transferência em lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -11628,14 +12382,17 @@ msgid "" "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"Clique na caixa de seleção à esquerda das transferências, `WH/PICK/00001` e " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, para incluí-las na nova transferência. Em seguida, clique " +"no botão :guilabel:`Select` para fechar a janela :guilabel:`Add:Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione várias transferências na janela *Add:Transfers*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar lote da lista de transferências" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -11644,12 +12401,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" +"Outro método de criar transferências em lote está disponível usando a opção " +":guilabel:`Adicionar ao lote` em uma lista. Navegue até o menu suspenso " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` e selecione qualquer uma das " +":guilabel:`Transfers` para abrir uma lista filtrada de transferências." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" +"Mostre todos os tipos de transferência em um menu suspenso: Recibos, Entregas, Transferências Internas, \n" +"Fabricantes, Transferências de Lote, Dropships." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -11658,11 +12421,15 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" +"Na lista de transferências, marque a caixa de seleção à esquerda das " +"transferências selecionadas para adicionar em um lote. Em seguida, navegue " +"até o botão :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ (gear)` e clique em :guilabel:`Add to " +"batch` no menu suspenso resultante." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use o botão *Adicionar ao lote* na lista do botão *Action*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 @@ -11670,36 +12437,45 @@ msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Adicionar ao lote`, na qual o " +"funcionário :guilabel:`Responsável` pela coleta pode ser atribuído." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" +"Escolha entre as duas opções de rádio para adicionar a :guilabel:`uma " +"transferência em lote existente` ou criar :guilabel:`uma nova transferência " +"em lote`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:126 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Para começar com um rascunho, marque a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Draft`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:160 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conclua o processo clicando em :guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" +"Mostrar a janela *Adicionar ao lote* para criar uma transferência em lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:135 msgid "Process batch transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferência de lote de processo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -11708,6 +12484,10 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" +"A partir daí, selecione a transferência pretendida na lista. Em seguida, no " +"formulário de transferência de lote, insira as quantidades :guilabel:`Done` " +"para cada produto, na guia :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`. Por fim, " +"selecione :guilabel:`Validate` para concluir o picking." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -11716,6 +12496,10 @@ msgid "" "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que a transferência do lote esteja concluída quando o botão" +" :guilabel:`Validate` estiver destacado em roxo. Se, em vez disso, o botão " +":guilabel:`Check Availability` estiver destacado, isso significa que há " +"itens no lote que, no momento, *não* estão disponíveis em estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -11725,18 +12509,28 @@ msgid "" "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" +"Em uma transferência de lote envolvendo produtos de pickings, " +"`WH/PICK/00001` e `WH/PICK/00002`, a guia :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"mostra que o produto, `Cabinet with Doors`, foi retirado do depósito porque " +"a coluna :guilabel:`Done` corresponde ao valor na coluna " +":guilabel:`Reserved`. No entanto, quantidades de `0,00` foram retiradas para" +" o outro produto, `Cable Management Box`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" +"Mostrar a transferência em lote de produtos de dois pickings na guia " +"*Detailed Operations*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:161 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" +"Somente os produtos em estoque são visíveis na guia :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -11746,6 +12540,12 @@ msgid "" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar a lista completa de produtos, vá para a guia " +":guilabel:`Operations`. Nessa lista, a coluna :guilabel:`Demand` indica a " +"quantidade necessária para o pedido. A coluna :guilabel:`Reserved` mostra o " +"estoque disponível para atender ao pedido. Por fim, a coluna " +":guilabel:`Done` especifica os produtos que foram coletados e estão prontos " +"para a próxima etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -11754,16 +12554,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" +"O produto `Desk Pad`, do mesmo lote que o :ref:`exemplo acima " +"`, só está visível na guia " +":guilabel:`Operations` porque não há quantidades :guilabel:`Reserved` em " +"estoque para atender ao picking do lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:173 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" +"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Check Availability` para pesquisar novamente no " +"estoque os produtos disponíveis." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar quantidades reservadas indisponíveis na guia *Operações*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:180 msgid "Create backorder" @@ -11774,42 +12580,54 @@ msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"No formulário de transferência de lote, se a quantidade :guilabel:`Done` do " +"produto for *menor* do que a quantidade :guilabel:`Reserved`, uma janela " +"pop-up será exibida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:185 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Essa janela pop-up oferece a opção: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" +"Clicar no botão :guilabel:`Create Backorder` cria automaticamente uma nova " +"transferência de lote, contendo os produtos restantes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:190 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`No Backorder` para concluir o picking *sem* criar outro" +" picking em lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Discard` para cancelar a validação e retornar ao " +"formulário de transferência em lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar o pop-up *Create Backorder*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:201 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" +"As transferências em lote criadas também são listadas no aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Barcode`, que pode ser acessado selecionando o botão " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -11817,10 +12635,14 @@ msgid "" "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, as separações de lotes confirmadas aparecem na página " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`. Nessa página, clique na transferência de lote " +"desejada para abrir a lista detalhada de produtos para a coleta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" +"Mostrar lista de transferências em lote de tarefas no aplicativo *Barcode*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -11830,12 +12652,19 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:219 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" +"Os produtos do mesmo pedido são rotulados com a mesma cor à esquerda. As " +"coletas concluídas são destacadas em verde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -11843,6 +12672,10 @@ msgid "" "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" +"Em uma transferência de lote para 2 `Gabinetes com Portas`, 3 `Telas " +"Blocadas Acústicas` e 4 `Escrivaninhas para Quatro Pessoas`, o `3/3` e o " +"`4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicam que as duas últimas coletas de produtos " +"estão completas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -11851,26 +12684,37 @@ msgid "" "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" +"1/2 unidades do `Gabinete com Portas` já foram retiradas e, após a leitura " +"do código de barras do produto para o segundo armário, o Odoo solicita que o" +" usuário faça a leitura de um número de série para registrar o número de " +"série exclusivo para o :ref:`rastreamento de produtos " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" +"Exibir produtos a serem retirados na visualização do código de barras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:235 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Depois que todos os produtos tiverem sido retirados, clique em " +":guilabel:`Validate` para marcar a transferência de lote como " +":guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleção de clusters" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" +"O picking em cluster é uma abordagem avançada de atendimento de pedidos " +"derivada do :ref:`batch picking `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -11879,6 +12723,10 @@ msgid "" "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" +"Nessa estratégia, os selecionadores carregam um carrinho com vários pacotes," +" cada um designado para um *pedido de venda* (SO) específico. Em seguida, o " +"selecionador viaja para cada local de armazenamento e coloca os produtos " +"diretamente na embalagem do pedido associado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -11886,6 +12734,10 @@ msgid "" "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" +"Esse método é mais eficiente para empresas de médio porte, com altos volumes" +" de pedidos e relativamente poucos produtos exclusivos, uma vez que o método" +" elimina a necessidade de classificar os produtos em pacotes para os " +"clientes após a coleta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -11893,29 +12745,37 @@ msgid "" "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" +"No entanto, o picking em cluster tem algumas desvantagens. Por exemplo, os " +"pedidos urgentes não podem ser priorizados e os lotes otimizados devem ser " +"criados manualmente com antecedência. Como resultado, o processo de " +"separação pode levar a gargalos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|O item 1 pede uma maçã e uma laranja" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|O item 2 pede uma maçã e uma banana" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|3 pede uma maçã, uma laranja e uma banana" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" +"As maçãs são armazenadas na Prateleira A, as laranjas na Prateleira B e as " +"bananas na Prateleira C." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "" +"Para escolher produtos para três pedidos de uma vez, o carrinho é carregado " +"com três embalagens vazias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11924,6 +12784,11 @@ msgid "" "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" +"Começando na Prateleira A, o selecionador coloca maçãs em cada pacote. Em " +"seguida, o selecionador navega até a Prateleira B e coloca laranjas nos " +"pacotes designados para |SO| 1 e |SO| 3. Finalmente, o selecionador empurra " +"o carrinho até a Prateleira C e carrega os pacotes para |SO| 2 e |SO| 3 com " +"uma banana, cada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11931,10 +12796,14 @@ msgid "" "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" +"Com os pacotes para todos os três |SOS| embalados, o selecionador empurra o " +"carrinho para o local de saída, onde os pacotes são selados e preparados " +"para o envio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" +"Mostrar exemplo de atendimento dos pedidos de vendas 2 e 3 de uma só vez." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -11943,10 +12812,14 @@ msgid "" "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" +"Para ativar a seleção de clusters, comece navegando até " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Sob o título " +":guilabel:`Operations`, ative as opções :guilabel:`Packages` e " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ative os recursos *Packages* e *Batch Transfers* nas configurações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11955,6 +12828,10 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" +"Como o picking em lote é usado para otimizar a operação *pick* no Odoo, as " +"opções :guilabel:`Storage Locations` e :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, sob o " +"título :guilabel:`Warehouse`, também devem ser verificadas nessa página de " +"configurações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -11962,14 +12839,17 @@ msgid "" "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" +"Os *locais de armazenamento* permitem que os produtos sejam armazenados em " +"locais específicos dos quais podem ser retirados, enquanto as *rotas de " +"várias etapas* permitem a operação de retirada em si." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando terminar, clique em :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de pacotes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -11977,6 +12857,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" +"Depois que o recurso :guilabel:`Packages` for ativado, navegue até " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages` e clique no botão " +":guilabel:`New` para criar um novo pacote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -11984,6 +12867,10 @@ msgid "" "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" +"No formulário de novo pacote, o :guilabel:`Package Reference` é pré-" +"preenchido com o próximo número de `PACK` disponível no sistema. " +":guilabel:`Pack Date` é automaticamente definido como a data de criação do " +"formulário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -11993,10 +12880,16 @@ msgid "" "simply used as a method of grouping products from the same |SO| together " "before they are moved to the intended shipping box at the output location." msgstr "" +"Para o campo :guilabel:`Package Use`, a opção :guilabel:`Disposable Box` " +"deverá ser selecionada se a embalagem for usada para remessa. Como " +"alternativa, a opção :guilabel:`Reusable Box` deve ser selecionada se a " +"embalagem for usada simplesmente como um método de agrupar produtos da mesma" +" |SO| antes de serem movidos para a caixa de remessa pretendida no local de " +"saída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Packages `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -12005,14 +12898,18 @@ msgid "" "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" +"Um pacote destinado ao picking em cluster é denominado `CLUSTER-PACK-3` para" +" facilitar a identificação. Para esse fluxo de trabalho, os produtos são " +"embalados diretamente usando suas caixas de remessa, portanto " +":guilabel:`Package Use` é definido como :guilabel:`Disposable Box`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um novo formulário de pacote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:101 msgid "Create cluster batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar lote de cluster" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -12022,12 +12919,19 @@ msgid "" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" +"Para ver como o picking em grupo funciona no Odoo, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Sales` e crie |SOS| que serão atendidas juntas no mesmo " +"lote. Depois de confirmar uma |SO|, o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Delivery`" +" fica visível. Dentro do ícone, é exibido um número que representa a " +"quantidade de etapas no processo de envio de saída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" +"Comece criando três |SOS| para as maçãs, laranjas e bananas, conforme " +"mostrado no :ref:`exemplo acima `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -12035,10 +12939,13 @@ msgid "" "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar o |SO|, o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Delivery` exibe o" +" número `2`, indicando que há duas operações a serem concluídas: `Pick` e " +"`Delivery`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de pedido de venda de uma maçã, laranja e banana." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -12047,6 +12954,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" +"Com o |SOS| criado, os pedidos agora devem ser agrupados em lotes. Para " +"fazer isso, navegue até o painel *Inventory* e selecione o cartão de tipo de" +" operação, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` ou :guilabel:`Pick` (o que for a " +"primeira operação no fluxo de entrega)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -12054,16 +12965,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" +"Isso exibe uma lista filtrada de operações de saída com o status " +":guilabel:`Ready`, indicando que todos os produtos na |SO| estão em estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" +"Os lotes de picking de cluster podem ser criados para remessas de saída em " +"uma, duas ou três etapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:130 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Entrega em uma etapa `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -12072,6 +12987,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Clique na caixa de seleção à esquerda da operação de saída correspondente " +"para adicioná-la ao lote. Com as escolhas desejadas selecionadas, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` e selecione a opção :guilabel:`Add to " +"batch` no menu suspenso resultante." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -12079,18 +12998,24 @@ msgid "" "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" +"Para criar um lote de cluster, conforme mostrado no :ref:`exemplo acima " +"`, em um depósito configurado com " +"remessas de saída em duas etapas, as seguintes operações de picking são " +"selecionadas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:143 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: vinculado a |SO| 88 para uma maçã e uma laranja." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:144 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: vinculado a |SO| 89 para uma maçã e uma banana." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:145 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" +"`WH/PICK/00009`: vinculado a |SO| 90 para uma maçã, uma laranja e uma " +"banana." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -12098,34 +13023,45 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" +"Escolha uma das duas opções no campo :guilabel:`Add to` para: adicionar a " +":guilabel:`uma transferência em lote existente` ou criar :guilabel:`uma nova" +" transferência em lote`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Para criar escolhas de lotes de rascunho a serem confirmadas em uma data " +"posterior, marque a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Draft`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:167 msgid "Process batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar lotes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" +"Para processar lotes, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Batch Transfers`. Clique em um lote para selecioná-lo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:172 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`, os produtos que devem ser retirados" +" são agrupados por local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:174 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Source Package` ou :guilabel:`Destination Package`, " +"digite o pacote usado para o picking." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -12134,12 +13070,20 @@ msgid "" "package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" +"Use o campo :guilabel:`Source Package` quando o pacote de picking estiver " +"configurado como *reutilizável* no formulário :ref:`package " +"`. Isso significa que os produtos são " +"temporariamente colocados em um contêiner durante o picking, antes de serem " +"transferidos para a caixa de envio final." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:182 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, use o campo :guilabel:`Destination Package` quando o " +"produto for colocado diretamente em sua caixa de remessa *descartável* " +"durante a separação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -12147,6 +13091,9 @@ msgid "" "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" +"Processe o lote de cluster para os três pedidos de maçãs, laranjas e bananas" +" :ref:`example ` atribuindo cada " +"coleta a um pacote dedicado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -12154,20 +13101,25 @@ msgid "" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" +"No local de armazenamento de maçãs, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, atribua as maçãs de " +"todas as três colheitas a uma das três embalagens descartáveis, `CLUSTER-" +"PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2` ou `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:192 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"Registre isso no Odoo usando o campo :guilabel:`Destination Package` na guia" +" :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de processamento de coletas de clusters em *Inventory*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:200 msgid "In Barcode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Em código de barras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -12175,6 +13127,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" +"Para processar as coletas de clusters diretamente do aplicativo *Barcode*, " +"selecione o botão :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` no painel do *Barcode*. Em " +"seguida, selecione o lote desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -12182,6 +13137,9 @@ msgid "" "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" +"Na tela de transferência de lote, os produtos no picking são agrupados por " +"localização, e cada linha é codificada por cores para associar produtos do " +"mesmo picking." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -12189,11 +13147,16 @@ msgid "" "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, siga o prompt para :guilabel:`Scan the source location` código " +"de barras para o local de armazenamento do primeiro produto. Em seguida, " +"leia o código de barras do produto e da embalagem para processar a " +"transferência." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" +"Repita isso para todos os produtos e clique no botão :guilabel:`Validate`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -12202,16 +13165,22 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" +"Para localizar o código de barras do pacote, navegue até " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, selecione o pacote" +" desejado, clique no ícone :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` na parte superior do " +"formulário do pacote e selecione a opção :guilabel:`Print`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:218 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione uma das três opções de impressão para gerar o código " +"de barras do pacote a partir do campo :guilabel:`Package Reference`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exibir onde o código de barras do pacote pode ser gerado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -12220,22 +13189,30 @@ msgid "" "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" +"Comece a processar o picking do cluster indo para o primeiro depósito, " +"\"Prateleira A\", e escaneando o código de barras \"ref:`location\" " +"`. Isso destaca todos os pickings que precisam de " +"produtos desse local específico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" +"Digitalize o código de barras da maçã, que destaca a coleta (marcada em " +"vermelho) do produto `Apple`, para a coleta, `WH/PICK/00007`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:233 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, leia o código de barras da embalagem `CLUSTER-PACK-1` e coloque " +"o produto na embalagem designada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de lote de cluster do aplicativo *Barcode*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -12243,10 +13220,14 @@ msgid "" "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" +"Depois de criar uma transferência em lote e atribuir um pacote a uma " +"separação, o Odoo sugere o pacote especificado exibindo o nome *em itálico* " +"sob o nome do produto, garantindo que os selecionadores coloquem os produtos" +" nas caixas corretas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Organize um cross-dock em um depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12255,6 +13236,10 @@ msgid "" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" +"Cross-docking é o processo de envio de produtos recebidos diretamente aos " +"clientes, sem que eles entrem no estoque. Os caminhões são simplesmente " +"descarregados em uma área de *Cross-Dock* para reorganizar os produtos e " +"carregar outro caminhão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12262,16 +13247,23 @@ msgid "" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre como organizar seu depósito, leia nosso " +"blog: `O que é cross-docking e se é para mim? " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo *Inventory*, abra :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"e ative as *Multi-Step Routes*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" +"Isso também ativará o recurso *Storage Locations* (Locais de armazenamento)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -12279,16 +13271,22 @@ msgid "" "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" +"Agora, as remessas *Incoming* e *Outgoing* devem ser configuradas para " +"funcionar com 2 etapas. Para adaptar a configuração, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` e edite seu " +"depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" +"Essa modificação levará à criação de uma rota *Cross-Docking* que pode ser " +"encontrada em :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar produtos com o Cross-Dock Route" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -12297,6 +13295,10 @@ msgid "" "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" +"Crie o produto que usa a *Cross-Dock Route* e, em seguida, na guia de " +"inventário, selecione as rotas *Buy* e *Cross-Dock*. Agora, na guia purchase" +" (compra), especifique o fornecedor para o qual você compra o produto e " +"defina um preço para ele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -12308,6 +13310,14 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" +"Uma vez feito isso, crie um pedido de venda para o produto e confirme-o. O " +"Odoo criará automaticamente duas transferências que serão vinculadas ao " +"pedido de venda. A primeira é a transferência do *Local de entrada* para o " +"*Local de saída*, correspondente à movimentação do produto na área *Cross-" +"Dock*. A segunda é a ordem de entrega do *Output Location* para o *Customer " +"Location*. Ambos estão no estado *Waiting Another Operation* (Aguardando " +"outra operação) porque ainda precisamos fazer o pedido do produto ao nosso " +"fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -12315,6 +13325,9 @@ msgid "" "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" +"Agora, vá para o aplicativo *Purchase*. Lá, você encontrará o pedido de " +"compra que foi acionado automaticamente pelo sistema. Valide-o e receba os " +"produtos no *Local de entrada*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12322,15 +13335,20 @@ msgid "" "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" +"Quando os produtos forem recebidos do fornecedor, você poderá voltar ao seu " +"pedido de venda inicial e validar a transferência interna de *Input* para " +"*Output*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" +"O pedido de entrega agora está pronto para ser processado e também pode ser " +"validado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contagens de ciclos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12339,6 +13357,10 @@ msgid "" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" +"Para a maioria das empresas, o estoque do depósito só precisa ser contado " +"uma vez por ano. É por isso que, por padrão, depois de fazer um *ajuste de " +"estoque* no Odoo, a data programada para a próxima contagem de estoque é " +"definida para o dia 31 de dezembro do ano atual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -12348,16 +13370,25 @@ msgid "" "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" +"Entretanto, para algumas empresas, é fundamental ter uma contagem de estoque" +" precisa o tempo todo. Essas empresas usam *contagens cíclicas* para manter " +"precisos os níveis críticos de estoque. A contagem cíclica é um método pelo " +"qual as empresas contam seu inventário com mais frequência em determinados " +"*locais*, para garantir que as contagens de inventário físico correspondam " +"aos registros de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ativar locais de armazenamento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, as contagens de ciclos são baseadas em localização. Portanto, o " +"recurso *locais de armazenamento* precisa ser ativado antes de realizar uma " +"contagem de ciclos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -12366,20 +13397,30 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"Para ativar esse recurso, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` e role para baixo até a seção " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`. Em seguida, clique na caixa de seleção ao lado de " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Clique em :guilabel:`Save` para salvar todas " +"as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" +"Ativação da configuração de locais de armazenamento nas configurações de " +"inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alterar a frequência de contagem de inventário por local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Agora que a configuração de locais de armazenamento está ativada, a " +"frequência de contagem de inventário pode ser alterada para locais " +"específicos criados no depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -12387,6 +13428,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar e editar locais, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Locations`. Isso revela uma página " +":guilabel:`Locations` que contém todos os locais atualmente criados e " +"listados no depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -12394,6 +13439,9 @@ msgid "" "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" +"Nessa página, clique em um local para revelar a página de definições e " +"configuração desse local. Clique em :guilabel:`Edit` para editar as " +"configurações do local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -12402,16 +13450,22 @@ msgid "" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" +"Na seção :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory`, localize o campo :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Frequency (Days)`, que deve ser definido como `0` (se esse local não tiver " +"sido editado anteriormente). Nesse campo, altere o valor para o número de " +"dias desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração da frequência de localização no local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" +"Um local que precisa de uma contagem de inventário a cada 30 dias deve ter o" +" valor :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` definido como `30`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -12421,10 +13475,15 @@ msgid "" "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" +"Depois que a frequência tiver sido alterada para o número de dias desejado, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Save` para salvar as alterações. Agora, quando um " +"ajuste de inventário for aplicado a esse local, a próxima data de contagem " +"programada será definida automaticamente, com base no valor inserido no " +"campo :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contagem de inventário por local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -12433,6 +13492,11 @@ msgid "" "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" +"Para realizar uma contagem de ciclos em um local específico do depósito, " +"navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments`. Isso revela uma página :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` que " +"contém todos os produtos atualmente em estoque, com cada produto listado em " +"sua própria linha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -12440,10 +13504,13 @@ msgid "" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" +"Nessa página, os botões :guilabel:`Filters` e :guilabel:`Group By` (na parte" +" superior da página, sob a barra :guilabel:`Search...`) podem ser usados " +"para selecionar locais específicos e realizar contagens de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de ajustes de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12451,6 +13518,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" +"Para selecionar um local específico e visualizar todos os produtos nesse " +"local, clique em :guilabel:`Group By` e, em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` para exibir um novo menu suspenso à direita." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12459,6 +13529,10 @@ msgid "" "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Location` no menu suspenso e, em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Apply`. A página agora exibe menus suspensos condensados de cada " +"local no depósito que tem produtos em estoque, e uma contagem de ciclo pode " +"ser executada para todos os produtos nesse local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -12468,6 +13542,11 @@ msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" +"Em grandes armazéns com vários locais e um grande volume de produtos, pode " +"ser mais fácil pesquisar o local específico desejado. Para fazer isso, na " +"página :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, clique em :guilabel:`Filters`. Em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` para exibir um novo menu à " +"direita. Clique nesse menu para exibir três menus suspensos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -12476,14 +13555,18 @@ msgid "" "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" +"Para o primeiro campo, clique e selecione :guilabel:`Location` no menu " +"suspenso. Para o segundo campo, deixe o valor :guilabel:`contains` como " +"está. No terceiro campo, digite o nome do local que está sendo pesquisado. " +"Clique em :guilabel:`Apply` para que esse local apareça na página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtros aplicados e agrupamento na página de ajustes de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alterar a frequência de contagem de inventário completo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -12491,6 +13574,10 @@ msgid "" "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" +"Embora as contagens de ciclo sejam normalmente realizadas por local, a data " +"programada para as contagens completas de inventário de tudo o que está em " +"estoque no depósito também pode ser alterada manualmente para antecipar a " +"data listada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -12500,16 +13587,23 @@ msgid "" "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" +"Para modificar a data agendada padrão, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`. Em seguida, na seção " +":guilabel:`Operations`, localize o campo de configuração :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month`, que inclui um menu suspenso definido como `31` " +":guilabel:`December` por padrão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Campo de frequência nas configurações do aplicativo de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" +"Para alterar o dia, clique em `31` e altere-o para um dia dentro do " +"intervalo `1-31`, dependendo do mês do ano desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:196 @@ -12517,19 +13611,23 @@ msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, para alterar o mês, clique em :guilabel:`December` para exibir o" +" menu suspenso e selecione o mês desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"Depois que todas as alterações tiverem sido feitas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Save` para salvar todas as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consignação: compre e venda ações sem possuí-las" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12539,6 +13637,11 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, os produtos armazenados no depósito de uma empresa são" +" comprados de fornecedores ou fabricados internamente. Entretanto, os " +"fornecedores às vezes permitem que as empresas armazenem e vendam produtos " +"no depósito da empresa, sem precisar comprar esses itens antecipadamente. " +"Isso é chamado de *consignação*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -12548,10 +13651,15 @@ msgid "" "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" +"A consignação é um método útil para que os fornecedores lancem novos " +"produtos e entreguem facilmente a seus clientes. Também é uma ótima maneira " +"de a empresa que armazena os produtos (o consignatário) receber algo em " +"troca por seus esforços. Os consignatários podem até cobrar uma taxa pela " +"conveniência de armazenar produtos que, na verdade, não possuem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ativar a configuração de consignação" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -12561,14 +13669,19 @@ msgid "" " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" +"Para receber, armazenar e vender estoque em consignação, o recurso precisa " +"ser ativado nas configurações. Para fazer isso, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` e, na seção " +":guilabel:`Traceability`, marque a caixa ao lado de :guilabel:`Consignment` " +"e clique em :guilabel:`Save` para concluir." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de consignação ativada na configuração do inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Receber (e armazenar) estoque em consignação" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -12576,6 +13689,10 @@ msgid "" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Com o recurso ativado no Odoo, o estoque em consignação agora pode ser " +"recebido em um depósito. No painel principal :menuselection:`Inventory`, " +"clique na seção :guilabel:`Receipts`. Em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -12584,12 +13701,20 @@ msgid "" "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" +"O estoque em consignação não é de fato comprado do fornecedor; ele é " +"simplesmente recebido e armazenado. Por esse motivo, não há cotações ou " +"pedidos de compra envolvidos no recebimento do estoque em consignação. " +"Portanto, *todos* os recebimentos de estoque em consignação começarão com a " +"criação de recebimentos manuais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" +"Escolha um fornecedor para inserir no campo :guilabel:`Receive From` e, em " +"seguida, escolha o mesmo fornecedor para inserir no campo :guilabel:`Assign " +"Owner`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -12597,6 +13722,9 @@ msgid "" "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" +"Como os produtos recebidos do fornecedor serão de propriedade do mesmo " +"fornecedor, os campos :guilabel:`Receive From` e :guilabel:`Assign Owner` " +"devem corresponder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -12607,14 +13735,22 @@ msgid "" "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" +"Depois que os campos relacionados ao fornecedor estiverem definidos, insira " +"os produtos nas linhas :guilabel:`Product` e defina as quantidades a serem " +"recebidas no depósito na coluna :guilabel:`Done`. Se o recurso " +":guilabel:`Units of Measure` estiver ativado, o :abbr:`UoM (Units of " +"Measure)` também poderá ser alterado. Quando todo o estoque em consignação " +"tiver sido recebido, :guilabel:`Validate` o recibo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" +"Correspondência dos campos do fornecedor na criação do recibo de " +"consignação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vender e entregar estoque em consignação" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -12622,6 +13758,9 @@ msgid "" "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" +"Depois que o estoque em consignação for recebido no depósito, ele poderá ser" +" vendido da mesma forma que qualquer outro produto em estoque que tenha a " +"opção :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` ativada no formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -12629,12 +13768,18 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" +"Para criar um pedido de vendas, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Sales` e, na visão geral :guilabel:`Quotations`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Create`. Em seguida, escolha um cliente para inserir no campo " +":guilabel:`Customer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Customer` *deve* ser diferente do :guilabel:`Vendor` que " +"forneceu o estoque em consignação recebido (e armazenado) no depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -12643,10 +13788,14 @@ msgid "" "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Adicione o produto em consignação na coluna :guilabel:`Product` nas linhas " +"do pedido, defina a :guilabel:`Quantity` e preencha quaisquer outros " +"detalhes pertinentes do produto no formulário. Quando a cotação estiver " +"concluída, clique em :guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pedido de vendas de estoque em consignação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12655,10 +13804,14 @@ msgid "" "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" +"Depois que o :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation) ` for confirmado, ele se " +"tornará um pedido de venda. A partir daí, os produtos podem ser entregues " +"clicando no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Delivery` e selecionando " +":guilabel:`Validate` para validar a entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade e relatório de estoque de consignação" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -12666,12 +13819,17 @@ msgid "" "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" +"Embora o estoque em consignação seja de propriedade do fornecedor que o " +"forneceu, e não da empresa que o armazena em seu depósito, os produtos em " +"consignação *ainda* aparecerão em determinados relatórios de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" +"Para localizar relatórios de inventário, acesse :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting` e escolha um relatório para visualizar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -12679,10 +13837,13 @@ msgid "" "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" +"Como o consignatário não possui de fato estoque de consignação, esses " +"produtos *não* são refletidos no relatório :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` e não" +" têm impacto na avaliação de estoque do consignatário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relatório de movimentação de produtos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -12695,6 +13856,15 @@ msgid "" "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar todas as informações sobre as movimentações de estoque " +"disponíveis, navegue até o painel :guilabel:`Product Moves` acessando " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. Para produtos em" +" consignação, as informações nesse relatório são as mesmas de qualquer outro" +" produto: o histórico de suas movimentações de produtos pode ser revisado; " +"os documentos :guilabel:`Quantity Done` e :guilabel:`Reference` estão " +"disponíveis; e seus :guilabel:`Locations` também estão disponíveis. O " +"estoque em consignação será originado de :guilabel:`Partner " +"Location/Vendors`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -12703,20 +13873,26 @@ msgid "" "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar as movimentações de um produto em consignação por " +"propriedade, selecione o filtro :guilabel:`Group By`, escolha o parâmetro " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` e, em seguida, selecione :guilabel:`From Owner`" +" e :guilabel:`Apply` para concluir." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O estoque em consignação movimenta o histórico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" +"Para ver as unidades previstas de estoque em consignação, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relatório de estoque em mãos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -12727,14 +13903,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" +"Visualize o painel de controle :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` navegando até " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. Nesse " +"relatório, são exibidos os :guilabel:`Locais` de todo o estoque disponível, " +"além das quantidades por local. Para produtos de consumo, a coluna " +":guilabel:`Owner` será preenchida com o proprietário desses produtos ou com " +"o fornecedor original que forneceu os produtos em primeiro lugar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regra de armazenamento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:6 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O que é uma Regra de Putaway?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12743,6 +13925,11 @@ msgid "" " uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " "received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" +"Uma boa implementação de armazém garante que os produtos sejam movidos " +"automaticamente para o local de destino apropriado. Para facilitar esse " +"processo, o Odoo usa *Regras de entrada em depósito*. A entrada em depósito " +"é o processo de retirar produtos das remessas recebidas e colocá-los no " +"local apropriado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12751,6 +13938,10 @@ msgid "" "because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" +"Se, por exemplo, um depósito contiver substâncias voláteis, é importante " +"garantir que determinados produtos não sejam armazenados próximos uns dos " +"outros devido a uma possível reação química. É aí que as regras de " +"armazenamento intervêm, para evitar o armazenamento incorreto de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -12759,14 +13950,20 @@ msgid "" "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo :guilabel:`Inventory`, vá para :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` e ative o recurso :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Ao fazer " +"isso, o recurso :guilabel:`Storage Locations` também é ativado " +"automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" +"Ative as rotas em várias etapas nas definições de configuração do " +"inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:29 msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando uma regra de entrada em depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -12775,44 +13972,50 @@ msgid "" "factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " "and so on." msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, como em uma loja de varejo que armazena frutas e legumes, " +"os produtos devem ser armazenados em locais diferentes, dependendo de vários" +" fatores, como frequência, tamanho, categoria do produto, necessidades " +"específicas do ambiente e assim por diante." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" " the following sub-locations:" msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, suponha que haja um local de depósito, **WH/Stock**, com os " +"seguintes sublocais:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:40 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:41 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:42 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:44 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:46 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:48 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -12822,6 +14025,12 @@ msgid "" "rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " "redirected to the right storage location." msgstr "" +"Gerencie esses locais com regras de entrada em depósito. Para criar uma " +"regra de entrada em depósito, abra o aplicativo :guilabel:`Inventory` e vá " +"para :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Em seguida, clique em" +" :guilabel:`Create` e configure uma regra de entrada em depósito que indique" +" o local principal em que o produto entrará antes de ser redirecionado para " +"o local de armazenamento correto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -12829,42 +14038,54 @@ msgid "" "package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " "Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." msgstr "" +"As regras de entrada em depósito podem ser definidas por produto/categoria " +"de produto e/ou tipo de pacote (a configuração :guilabel:`Packages` deve " +"estar ativada para isso). As regras de entrada em depósito são lidas " +"sequencialmente até que uma correspondência seja encontrada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:62 msgid "Take the following example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veja o exemplo a seguir:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" " redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." msgstr "" +"Se for recebida água (categoria All/drinks), qualquer que seja a embalagem, " +"ela será redirecionada para WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:66 msgid "" "If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " "redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." msgstr "" +"Se forem recebidas latas de suco de laranja, embaladas em caixas, elas serão" +" redirecionadas para WH/Stock/Shelf 2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:68 msgid "" "If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " "be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." msgstr "" +"Se forem recebidas garrafas de água ou de suco de maçã, embaladas em caixas," +" elas serão redirecionadas para WH/Stock/Shelf 3." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "" "If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" +"Se um palete de latas de limonada for recebido, ele será redirecionado para " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alguns exemplos de regras de armazenamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Using Storage Categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso de categorias de armazenamento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -12872,6 +14093,10 @@ msgid "" "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" +"Uma *Categoria de armazenamento* é um atributo de local extra. As categorias" +" de armazenamento permitem que o usuário defina a quantidade de produtos que" +" podem ser armazenados no local e como o local será selecionado com regras " +"de entrada em depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -12880,10 +14105,14 @@ msgid "" "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo :guilabel:`Inventory`, vá para :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` e ative o recurso :guilabel:`Storage Categories`. Ao fazer " +"isso, o recurso :guilabel:`Storage Locations` também é ativado " +"automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:91 msgid "Create a Storage Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar uma categoria de armazenamento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -12893,16 +14122,25 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " "storage category." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma categoria de armazenamento, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Storage Categories` e clique em :guilabel:`Create`. " +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Save` e clique em :guilabel:`Storage " +"Categories` ou vá para :menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories`" +" para criar uma nova categoria de armazenamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" +"Crie categorias de armazenamento dentro das definições de configuração do " +"Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:102 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, clique em :guilabel:`Create` e digite um nome para a categoria de " +"armazenamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -12910,70 +14148,94 @@ msgid "" "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" +"Em seguida, há opções para limitar a capacidade por peso, por produto ou por" +" tipo de embalagem. O campo :guilabel:`Allow New Product` define quando o " +"local é considerado disponível para armazenar um produto:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: um produto só pode ser adicionado ali se o" +" local estiver vazio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: um produto só pode ser adicionado ali " +"se o mesmo produto já estiver ali." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: vários produtos diferentes podem ser " +"armazenados nesse local ao mesmo tempo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" +"Depois que as configurações da categoria de armazenamento são salvas, a " +"categoria de armazenamento pode ser vinculada a um local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" +"Quando uma categoria de depósito é criada, ela pode ser vinculada a um local" +" de depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:121 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categorias de depósito em regras de entrada em depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:123 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " "the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" msgstr "" +"Para continuar o exemplo acima, aplique os \"Paletes de alta frequência\" " +"nos locais PAL1 e PAL2 e refaça as regras de entrada em depósito da seguinte" +" forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suponha que um palete de latas de limonada seja recebido:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:128 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" +"Se PAL1 e PAL2 estiverem vazios, o palete será redirecionado para " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" +"Se o PAL1 estiver cheio, o palete será redirecionado para " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:130 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" +"Se PAL1 e 2 estiverem cheios, o palete será redirecionado para " +"WH/Stock/Pallets." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" +"Categorias de armazenamento usadas em uma variedade de regras de entrada em " +"depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:3 msgid "Removal strategies (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)" @@ -13021,6 +14283,8 @@ msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" +"Altere a estratégia de remoção forçada para as categorias de produtos ou " +"locais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:33 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" @@ -13202,6 +14466,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +"As operações detalhadas mostram quais lotes estão sendo selecionados para o " +"picking." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:140 msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)" @@ -13450,6 +14716,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" +"Dois lotes sendo reservados para um pedido de vendas com a estratégia FIFO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:295 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" @@ -13653,7 +14920,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Venda de estoque de vários depósitos usando locais virtuais" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13661,6 +14928,9 @@ msgid "" "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" +"Embora manter o estoque e vender o inventário de um único depósito possa " +"funcionar para empresas menores, as empresas maiores podem precisar manter o" +" estoque ou vender de vários depósitos em vários locais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -13669,6 +14939,10 @@ msgid "" " warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " "locations*." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, às vezes os produtos incluídos em um único pedido de vendas podem " +"ter estoque em dois (ou mais) depósitos. No Odoo, a extração de produtos de " +"vários depósitos para atender às demandas de vendas pode ser feita usando " +"*localizações virtuais*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -13677,6 +14951,9 @@ msgid "" " Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " "app." msgstr "" +"Para criar locais virtuais em depósitos e prosseguir para as etapas a " +"seguir, os recursos :guilabel:`Storage Locations` e :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` precisarão ser ativados no aplicativo :menuselection:`Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -13685,10 +14962,15 @@ msgid "" "next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Warehouse` e clique nas " +"caixas de seleção ao lado de :guilabel:`Storage Locations` e " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Em seguida, :guilabel:`Save` as alterações " +"para concluir." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:23 msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar e configurar um local pai virtual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -13696,6 +14978,9 @@ msgid "" " created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " "the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" +"Antes de criar qualquer localização de estoque virtual, será necessário " +"criar um novo depósito. Esse novo depósito atuará como um depósito *virtual*" +" e será o local *pai* de outros depósitos físicos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -13705,6 +14990,11 @@ msgid "" "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" +"Os armazéns virtuais são ótimos para empresas com vários armazéns físicos. " +"Isso ocorre porque pode ocorrer uma situação em que um depósito fique sem " +"estoque de um determinado produto, mas outro depósito ainda tenha estoque " +"disponível. Nesse caso, o estoque desses dois (ou mais) depósitos poderia " +"ser usado para atender a um único pedido de vendas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13712,11 +15002,14 @@ msgid "" "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" +"O depósito \"virtual\" atua como um agregador único de todo o estoque " +"armazenado nos depósitos físicos de uma empresa e é usado (para fins de " +"rastreabilidade) para criar uma hierarquia de locais no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um novo depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -13726,6 +15019,11 @@ msgid "" "warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " +":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " +"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"Configuration` tab." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -13737,30 +15035,44 @@ msgid "" "depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " "individual products or product categories." msgstr "" +"Sob o título :guilabel:`Shipments`, defina o número de etapas usadas para " +"processar :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` e :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` " +"selecionando entre os botões de rádio :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 " +"steps` e :guilabel:`3 steps`. A opção desejada para :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` e :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` dependerá do processo de " +"aquisição do depósito e poderá ser diferente para produtos individuais ou " +"categorias de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Como escolher o fluxo certo para lidar com recebimentos e entregas? 1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:58 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " "warehouse resupplies its inventory:" msgstr "" +"Sob o título :guilabel:`Resupply`, configure o(s) método(s) de como o " +"depósito reabastece seu inventário:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" " from this warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: reabastece os subcontratados com " +"componentes desse depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " "can be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: quando os produtos são fabricados, eles" +" podem ser fabricados nesse depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -13769,18 +15081,27 @@ msgid "" "first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " "location first, and then transfer it to the production location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: para produzir imediatamente, mova os componentes " +"diretamente para o local de produção e inicie o processo de fabricação; para" +" selecionar primeiro e depois produzir, descarregue os componentes do " +"estoque para o local de entrada primeiro e depois transfira-os para o local " +"de produção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" " to this warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: quando os produtos são comprados, eles podem " +"ser entregues a esse depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " "warehouse from another chosen warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: cria automaticamente rotas para reabastecer esse " +"depósito a partir de outro depósito escolhido" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -13788,10 +15109,14 @@ msgid "" "form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" " is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." msgstr "" +"As *Rotas* podem ser definidas e configuradas diretamente no formulário " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`, clicando no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Rotas`. " +"Depois que o depósito estiver configurado, os *Locais* virtuais poderão ser " +"criados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A tela de edição para criar um novo depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -13799,34 +15124,37 @@ msgid "" "*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" " physical stock locations." msgstr "" +"Para aplicar esse depósito virtual como o local *pai* de dois depósitos de " +"local *filho*, é necessário que haja dois depósitos configurados com locais " +"de estoque físicos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Parent Warehouse**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Armazéns secundários**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` e `Warehouse B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` e `WHB/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:95 msgid "Create a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um local pai virtual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -13834,6 +15162,9 @@ msgid "" "there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " "the *virtual parent location* warehouse." msgstr "" +"Para obter estoque de vários depósitos para atender a um pedido de vendas, é" +" necessário que haja pelo menos **dois** depósitos atuando como *locais " +"filhos* do depósito *local pai virtual*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -13843,6 +15174,11 @@ msgid "" " created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " "warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." msgstr "" +"Para criar e editar *Locations*, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Todos os :guilabel:`Locations` estão listados " +"aqui, incluindo o *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` do depósito virtual que foi " +"criado. Clique no *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` do depósito virtual que foi " +"criado anteriormente (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -13850,6 +15186,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " ":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, na seção :guilabel:`Additional Information`, altere o " +":guilabel:`Location Type` de :guilabel:`Internal Location` para " +":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -13857,20 +15196,25 @@ msgid "" "used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " "*child locations*." msgstr "" +"Isso identifica esse :guilabel:`Location` como um *local virtual*, que é " +"usado para criar uma estrutura hierárquica para um depósito e agregar seus " +"*locais filhos*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:113 msgid "" "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " "Type`." msgstr "" +"Os produtos *não* podem ser armazenados em um :guilabel:`View` " +":guilabel:`Location Type`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de localização de depósito na tela de criação de localização." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:120 msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar locais físicos do depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -13879,6 +15223,10 @@ msgid "" "first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" " be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Navegue de volta para a visão geral de :guilabel:`Locations` (por meio dos " +"breadcrumbs) e remova todos os filtros na :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Em " +"seguida, clique no primeiro depósito físico :guilabel:`Location` que foi " +"criado anteriormente para ser um *local filho* e clique em :guilabel:`Edit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -13887,6 +15235,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" " warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." msgstr "" +"Em :guilabel:`Parent Location`, selecione o depósito virtual no menu " +"suspenso e :guilabel:`Save` as alterações. Em seguida, navegue de volta para" +" a visão geral de :guilabel:`Locations` e repita essa etapa para o segundo " +"local de estoque do depósito físico. Não se esqueça de :guilabel:`Save` as " +"alterações novamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -13896,10 +15249,15 @@ msgid "" "(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " "location*)." msgstr "" +"Ambos os locais agora são *locais filhos* do *local pai* do depósito " +"virtual. Isso permite que o estoque seja retirado de vários locais para " +"atender a um único pedido de venda, se não houver estoque suficiente em um " +"único local (desde que ambos estejam vinculados ao mesmo *local pai* do " +"depósito virtual)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de fluxo: Venda de um produto em um depósito virtual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -13908,6 +15266,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " "in each warehouse, respectively." msgstr "" +"Para vender produtos de vários depósitos usando um local *pai* virtual nesse" +" fluxo, deve haver pelo menos **dois** produtos e pelo menos **dois** " +"depósitos configurados - com pelo menos **um** produto com quantidade " +"disponível em cada depósito, respectivamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -13917,6 +15279,12 @@ msgid "" "quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova solicitação de cotação, ou RFQ (Request for Cotation), " +"navegue até o aplicativo :menuselection:`Sales` e clique em " +":guilabel:`Create` na visão geral :guilabel:`Quotations`. Preencha as " +"informações sobre a nova cotação adicionando um :guilabel:`Customer` e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Add a product` para adicionar os dois produtos " +"armazenados nos dois depósitos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -13926,6 +15294,11 @@ msgid "" "warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " "quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique na guia :guilabel:`Other Info` no formulário de pedido de" +" venda. Na seção :guilabel:`Delivery`, altere o valor do campo " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` listado para o depósito virtual que foi criado " +"anteriormente. Depois que o depósito tiver sido alterado, clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirm` para converter a cotação em um pedido de venda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -13935,6 +15308,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" " virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"Agora que a cotação foi confirmada como um pedido de venda, clique no botão " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Delivery`. No formulário de entrega do depósito, " +"confirme se o valor de :guilabel:`Source Location` corresponde ao valor do " +"campo :guilabel:`Warehouse` do pedido de venda. Ambos devem listar o local " +"do depósito virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -13943,6 +15321,10 @@ msgid "" "order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " "order to be pulled from different warehouses." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Source Location` no formulário de entrega do depósito e o " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` na guia :guilabel:`Other Info` no formulário de pedido" +" de venda *devem* coincidir para que os produtos incluídos no pedido de " +"venda sejam retirados de depósitos diferentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -13950,12 +15332,17 @@ msgid "" " field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" " change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Se o depósito virtual não for o valor no campo :guilabel:`Source Location` " +"no formulário de entrega do depósito, clique em :guilabel:`Edit`, faça a " +"alteração e clique em :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:166 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" " on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." msgstr "" +"Se o depósito virtual não for o valor no campo :guilabel:`Warehouse` do " +"pedido de venda, talvez seja necessário gerar uma nova cotação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -13964,10 +15351,15 @@ msgid "" " correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" " all settings/configuration were done properly." msgstr "" +"Se o campo :guilabel:`Warehouse` estiver ausente no formulário de pedido de " +"venda, o depósito virtual (e seus depósitos secundários) pode não ter sido " +"configurado corretamente. Nesse caso, revise a documentação acima novamente " +"para ter certeza de que todas as definições/configurações foram feitas " +"corretamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ordem de entrega com locais de origem e de destino correspondentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -13976,6 +15368,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " "that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." msgstr "" +"Por fim, no formulário de entrega do depósito, na guia :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations`, confirme se os valores de *Locations* na coluna " +":guilabel:`From` para cada produto correspondem aos *locais filhos* que " +"estão vinculados ao *local pai* virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -13984,6 +15380,10 @@ msgid "" "*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " "there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." msgstr "" +"Para ver de quais *Locais* os produtos estão vindo nos menus suspensos, " +"clique no ícone :guilabel:`link interno (seta)` para expandir as informações" +" de *Localização*. Se necessário, elas podem ser alteradas aqui (desde que " +"haja quantidade disponível para o produto nesse local)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -13992,6 +15392,11 @@ msgid "" " order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " "invoice for the sales order." msgstr "" +"Depois que tudo estiver configurado corretamente, clique em " +":guilabel:`Validate` e, em seguida, em :guilabel:`Apply` para validar a " +"entrega. Em seguida, volte para o formulário de pedido de vendas (por meio " +"das trilhas de navegação) e clique em :guilabel:`Create Invoice` para " +"faturar o pedido de vendas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -14000,14 +15405,18 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " +"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " +"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " +"employee form." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Default warehouse location on employee form." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unidades de medida, pacotes e embalagens" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14016,6 +15425,11 @@ msgid "" " are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " "configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, há várias maneiras de especificar a quantidade de produtos que " +"estão sendo comprados, estocados e vendidos. *Unidades de medida, pacotes e " +"embalagens estão disponíveis para otimizar os fluxos de estoque, permitindo " +"uma variedade de configurações para os produtos à medida que entram e saem " +"do depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 msgid "Units of measure" @@ -14028,6 +15442,11 @@ msgid "" "time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " "example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" +"Uma *unidade de medida (UoM)* refere-se a qualquer um dos diferentes padrões" +" usados para medir e manipular uma quantidade quantificável de produtos, " +"como unidades, peso, tempo ou tamanho. Diferentes :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " +"Measure)` para peso, por exemplo, podem ser quilos, libras, onças, gramas e " +"assim por diante." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -14035,10 +15454,13 @@ msgid "" "specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " "selling products." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, o gerenciamento de estoque e a compra de fornecedores são " +"simplificados com a especificação de diferentes :abbr:`UoMs (Unidades de " +"Medida)` para a compra e venda de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -14047,24 +15469,32 @@ msgid "" "automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " "orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." msgstr "" +"Quando um produto tem um padrão :guilabel:`Unidade de Medida` e " +":guilabel:`Unidade de Medida de Compra` definidos no formulário do produto, " +"o Odoo converte automaticamente as diferentes unidades nos pedidos de " +"compra/venda do produto e nos pedidos/recibos de entrega correspondentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:29 msgid "" "The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " "category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." msgstr "" +"A única condição é que todas as unidades devem estar na *mesma categoria* " +"(unidade, peso, volume, comprimento etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:33 msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" msgstr "" +"No formulário do produto para `Rope`, os seguintes campos são definidos " +"como:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Unidade de medida de compra` em `cm` (centímetros)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -14072,10 +15502,13 @@ msgid "" "to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " "in centimeters." msgstr "" +"Como o fornecedor vende corda em `cm`, o :guilabel:`UoM` de compra é usado " +"para representar a quantidade no :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, que também " +"está em centímetros." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exibir o pedido de compra do produto, corda, em centímetros." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -14086,6 +15519,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " "automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar o :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a quantidade do produto " +"(encontrada na coluna :guilabel:`Demand` agora visível) é convertida da " +":abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` da compra para a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. " +"Em seguida, quando o produto é recebido, clicando no botão " +":guilabel:`Validate`, a quantidade em :guilabel:`Done` é automaticamente " +"ajustada para corresponder à coluna :guilabel:`Demand`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -14093,16 +15532,23 @@ msgid "" " `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " "the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." msgstr "" +"No *recebimento* de `Rope`, as quantidades são automaticamente convertidas " +"de `500 cm`, que foi solicitado no pedido de compra, para `16,40 pés` para " +"corresponder ao valor interno/estoque :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." msgstr "" +"A quantidade de cabos é convertida de cm para pés durante o recebimento do " +"depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "Packages" @@ -14115,6 +15561,10 @@ msgid "" "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" +"Os pacotes são um contêiner físico que contém um ou vários produtos de um " +"picking, normalmente usado para entregas ou transferências internas. Os " +"pacotes podem ser uma caixa reutilizável ou descartável (de remessa) e " +"**não** são específicos de um produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -14123,6 +15573,11 @@ msgid "" "containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" +"As caixas reutilizáveis guardam temporariamente os produtos durante uma " +"coleta para serem levados para uma área de embalagem ou de expedição. As " +"caixas descartáveis são os contêineres de remessa reais (por exemplo, caixas" +" de papelão, envelopes, sacos de remessa etc.). Elas são usadas para enviar " +"os produtos aos clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -14132,6 +15587,11 @@ msgid "" " into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" " of erasers." msgstr "" +"Vários itens em um pedido de vendas (SO) podem ser separados em diferentes " +"pacotes para acomodar os produtos. Por exemplo, um :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` " +"que tenha 20 caixas de lápis e 4 caixas de borrachas pode ser separado em " +"dois pacotes distintos, cada um contendo 10 caixas de lápis e 2 caixas de " +"borrachas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -14139,6 +15599,9 @@ msgid "" "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" +"Os produtos *não* precisam ser divididos igualmente. Os produtos podem ser " +"divididos em quantos pacotes forem necessários para acomodar o :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -14146,6 +15609,9 @@ msgid "" "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, a quantidade de produtos em cada pacote precisa ser registrada, " +"para que haja um histórico completo de cada produto, incluindo em qual " +"pacote cada item é enviado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -14154,6 +15620,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" +"Para usar esse método, certifique-se de que a opção :guilabel:`Packages` " +"esteja ativada, navegando até :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`. Clique na caixa de seleção " +":guilabel:`Packages` e, em seguida, :guilabel:`Save` para ativar o recurso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -14161,10 +15631,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" " :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"Em um pedido de entrega, atribua o pacote a ser usado clicando no ícone " +":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` à direita de cada produto na guia " +":guilabel:`Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "" +"Encontre o ícone de operações detalhadas à direita na linha de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -14173,6 +15647,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" +"Clicar no ícone :guilabel:`≣ (Operações Detalhadas)` de um produto revela " +"uma janela pop-up. Nessa janela, o nome :guilabel:`Product`, " +":guilabel:`Demand` e :guilabel:`Quantity Done` são claramente exibidos acima" +" da linha personalizável do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -14181,6 +15659,9 @@ msgid "" "Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " "into." msgstr "" +"Aqui, o local do depósito de onde o produto está vindo pode ser modificado, " +"além de :guilabel:`Source Package` e :guilabel:`Destination Package`, que " +"representam em qual(is) pacote(s) o(s) produto(s) será(ão) embalado(s)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -14188,10 +15669,13 @@ msgid "" "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Add a line` para incluir cada pacote adicional usado. " +"Insira a quantidade desejada no campo :guilabel:`Done` para especificar a " +"quantidade de produtos que irão para o :guilabel:`Destination Package`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:112 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vários pacotes em uma única entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -14201,6 +15685,11 @@ msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" +"Embora um :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` seja normalmente associado a um único " +"pacote, os pedidos podem ser divididos clicando no ícone :guilabel:`≣ " +"(Detailed Operations)` ao lado dos produtos em uma linha :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)`. Isso abre a janela :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` com uma tabela " +"editável para especificar quais produtos se destinam a qual pacote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -14211,6 +15700,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" +"Para embalar 10 caixas de lápis com 2 caixas de borrachas do mesmo :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`, comece navegando até o :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`. Em " +"seguida, selecione o ícone :guilabel:`≣ (quatro linhas horizontais)` à " +"direita do produto, `Box of Pencils`. Clicar no ícone abre a janela " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` que é usada para detalhar como os produtos, " +"como a `Box of Pencils`, são embalados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -14222,12 +15717,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " "`PACK0000007`." msgstr "" +"Digite `10` no campo :guilabel:`Done` para empacotar 10 produtos no " +":guilabel:`Destination Package`. Para especificar o pacote de destino, " +"digite o nome de um pacote existente (como `PACK0000006`) no campo " +":guilabel:`Destination Package`. Se o pacote não existir, o Odoo exibirá o " +"botão :guilabel:`Create` para criar um novo pacote. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` para atribuir os produtos restantes em outro" +" pacote, `PACK0000007`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " "be specified." msgstr "" +"Pop-up de operações detalhadas onde a quantidade de produto que vai em um " +"pacote pode ser especificada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -14235,16 +15739,23 @@ msgid "" "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " "`PACK0000007` each." msgstr "" +"Selecione :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` na linha de produtos para `Box of " +"Erasers` e, da mesma forma, defina 2 produtos :guilabel:`Done` para " +"`PACK0000006` e `PACK0000007` cada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." msgstr "" +"Coloque o botão de pacote para que a quantidade realizada corresponda à " +"demanda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:143 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"Depois que todos os produtos de cada linha tiverem sido inseridos, clique em" +" :guilabel:`Confirm` para retornar ao :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -14253,6 +15764,10 @@ msgid "" "matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" +"A quantidade :guilabel:`Done` no :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` é atualizada à " +"medida que os produtos são selecionados para cada pacote. Quando a " +"quantidade :guilabel:`Done` corresponder à quantidade :guilabel:`Demand`, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`Validate` para concluir o pedido de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -14261,6 +15776,10 @@ msgid "" " to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" +"O botão :guilabel:`Put In Pack` tem o objetivo de empacotar rapidamente " +"todos os produtos do :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` em um novo pacote. A opção " +"de renomear o pacote ou modificar seu conteúdo está disponível no pop-up " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -14268,6 +15787,9 @@ msgid "" "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"Clicar no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Packages` no canto superior direito " +"da ordem de entrega revela uma página separada, mostrando todos os pacotes " +"usados nessa :abbr:`DO (Ordem de Entrega)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:159 msgid "Packagings" @@ -14280,6 +15802,10 @@ msgid "" "cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " "individual product form." msgstr "" +"*A embalagem* é específica do produto e refere-se a um contêiner descartável" +" que contém várias unidades de um produto específico. Ao contrário dos " +"pacotes, as embalagens não podem ser reutilizáveis, e cada embalagem " +"específica deve ser definida no formulário de produto individual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -14288,10 +15814,15 @@ msgid "" "`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, diferentes embalagens para latas de refrigerante podem ser " +"configuradas como um pacote de 6, um pacote de 12 ou uma caixa de 36. Cada " +"sabor de refrigerante precisaria de uma embalagem de lata de `6`, `12` e " +"`36` configurada no produto individual, já que as embalagens são específicas" +" do produto, não genéricas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "Set up packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure as embalagens" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -14301,12 +15832,19 @@ msgid "" "check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para usar os pacotes, certifique-se de que o recurso :guilabel:`Product " +"Packagings` esteja ativado. Para fazer isso, navegue até " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Em seguida, " +"sob o título :guilabel:`Products`, marque a caixa ao lado de " +":guilabel:`Product Packagings` e clique em :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, as embalagens de produtos são usadas em pedidos de vendas/compras e" +" transferências de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -14314,6 +15852,9 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, para criar embalagens, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Products --> Products` e clique no produto desejado, depois clique em " +":guilabel:`Edit` na página do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -14322,16 +15863,22 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" " should be entered:" msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`Inventory`, role para baixo até a seção " +":guilabel:`Packaging` e clique em :guilabel:`Add a line`. Em seguida, é " +"exibida uma janela pop-up, na qual as seguintes informações de cada " +"embalagem devem ser inseridas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Packaging`: nome da embalagem que aparece nos pedidos de " +"compra/venda como uma opção de embalagem para o produto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Quantidade contida`: quantidade de produto na embalagem" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -14339,6 +15886,9 @@ msgid "" "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: identificador usado com o :ref:`Barcode app " +"` para rastrear a embalagem de um produto durante " +"movimentações de estoque ou coletas. Deixe em branco se não estiver em uso" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -14346,6 +15896,9 @@ msgid "" "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: indica que a embalagem está disponível apenas na " +"empresa selecionada. Deixe em branco para tornar a embalagem disponível em " +"todas as empresas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -14354,10 +15907,14 @@ msgid "" "quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Crie um tipo de embalagem para 6 latas do produto, `Grape Soda`, nomeando o " +":guilabel:`Packaging` como `6-pack` e definindo o :guilabel:`Contained " +"quantity` como `6` na janela pop-up que aparece depois de clicar em " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie uma caixa com 6 unidades para o produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -14366,22 +15923,30 @@ msgid "" "detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Quando todas as informações necessárias tiverem sido inseridas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` para salvar a embalagem e retornar ao formulário de" +" detalhes do produto, ou em :guilabel:`Save & New` para salvar a embalagem e" +" criar outra em uma nova janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:208 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" +"Visualize todas as embalagens de produtos na guia :guilabel:`Inventory` do " +"formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" "Inventory tab." msgstr "" +"Mostrar embalagem e quantidades contidas, especificadas no formulário da página do produto na guia \n" +"Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:216 msgid "View all packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exibir todas as embalagens" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -14391,6 +15956,11 @@ msgid "" "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar todas as embalagens que foram criadas, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " +"Isso revela a página :guilabel:`Product Packagings` com uma lista completa " +"de todas as embalagens que foram criadas para todos os produtos. Crie novos " +"pacotes clicando em :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -14399,14 +15969,18 @@ msgid "" "product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " "products, or a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" +"Dois produtos de refrigerante, `Grape Soda` e `Diet Coke`, têm três tipos de" +" embalagens configuradas. Na página :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, cada " +"produto pode ser vendido como um `6-Pack` que contém 6 produtos, `12-Pack` " +"de 12 produtos ou um `Case` de 32 produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de embalagens diferentes para produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:233 msgid "Apply packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicar embalagens" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -14415,16 +15989,22 @@ msgid "" "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " "field." msgstr "" +"Ao criar um pedido de venda no aplicativo :menuselection:`Sales`, " +"especifique as embalagens que devem ser usadas para o(s) produto(s). A " +"embalagem escolhida é exibida no :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` no campo " +":guilabel:`Package`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:240 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" +"18 latas do produto, `Grape Soda`, são embaladas em três pacotes de 6 " +"unidades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuir embalagens na linha de pedidos de vendas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -14433,10 +16013,14 @@ msgid "" "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +"A embalagem pode ser usada em conjunto com o Odoo :ref:`Barcode " +"`. Ao receber produtos de fornecedores, a " +"leitura do código de barras da embalagem adiciona automaticamente o número " +"de unidades na embalagem à contagem interna do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar transferências de ondas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14445,24 +16029,36 @@ msgid "" "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" +"Enquanto uma transferência de lote é um grupo de vários pickings, uma " +"**transferência de onda** contém apenas algumas partes de diferentes " +"pickings. Ambos os métodos são usados para selecionar pedidos em um depósito" +" e, dependendo da situação, um método pode ser mais adequado do que o outro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" +"Para lidar com pedidos de uma categoria de produto específica ou buscar " +"produtos que estão no mesmo local, as transferências por ondas são o método " +"ideal." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, as transferências em ondas são, na verdade, transferências em lote " +"com uma etapa extra: as transferências são divididas antes de serem " +"agrupadas em um lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" +"Antes que uma transferência de onda possa ser criada, as opções " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` e :guilabel:`Wave Transfers` devem ser ativadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -14471,21 +16067,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +" Na seção :guilabel:`Operations`, ative :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` e " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Save` para " +"aplicar as configurações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" +"Visualização das configurações do aplicativo Odoo Inventory para ativar a " +"opção de transferências por onda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar produtos a uma onda" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" +"Agora que as configurações estão ativadas, inicie uma transferência de " +"pacote adicionando produtos a um pacote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -14496,30 +16100,41 @@ msgid "" "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" +"As transferências de onda só podem conter linhas de produtos de " +"transferências do mesmo tipo de operação. Para visualizar todas as " +"transferências e linhas de produtos em uma operação específica, primeiro " +"acesse o painel :guilabel:`Inventory` e localize o cartão do tipo de " +"operação desejado. Em seguida, abra o menu de opções (o ícone de três pontos" +" no canto do cartão do tipo de operação) e clique em :guilabel:`Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como obter a lista de operações de um tipo de operação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" +"Na página de operações, selecione as linhas de produtos que deseja adicionar" +" em uma onda nova ou existente. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Add to " +"Wave`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione as linhas a serem adicionadas à onda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" +"Use o :guilabel:`Filtros` na barra de pesquisa para agrupar linhas com o " +"mesmo produto, local, transportadora, etc..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depois disso, é exibida uma caixa pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14527,6 +16142,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar as linhas selecionadas a uma transferência de onda existente," +" selecione a opção :guilabel:`uma transferência de onda existente` e " +"selecione a transferência de onda existente no menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -14535,10 +16153,16 @@ msgid "" "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova transferência de pacote, selecione a opção " +":guilabel:`uma nova transferência de pacote`. Se estiver criando uma nova " +"transferência de pacote, um funcionário também poderá ser definido no campo " +"opcional :guilabel:`Responsável`. Depois que as opções desejadas forem " +"selecionadas, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para adicionar as linhas de " +"produtos a um pacote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exibir transferências de ondas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -14547,14 +16171,18 @@ msgid "" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar todas as transferências de ondas e seus status, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. As " +"transferências de ondas também podem ser visualizadas no aplicativo " +":guilabel:`Barcode`, acessando :menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes de estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14565,20 +16193,29 @@ msgid "" "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Em qualquer sistema de gerenciamento de armazém, as contagens de inventário " +"registradas no banco de dados podem nem sempre corresponder às contagens " +"reais de inventário no armazém. A discrepância entre as duas contagens pode " +"ser causada por danos, erros humanos, roubo ou outros fatores. Dessa forma, " +"devem ser feitos ajustes no inventário para reconciliar as diferenças e " +"garantir que as contagens registradas no banco de dados correspondam às " +"contagens reais no depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de ajustes de estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:16 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar a página *Ajustes de estoque*, navegue até " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produtos em estoque listados na página de ajustes de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -14586,18 +16223,25 @@ msgid "" "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, todos os produtos que estão " +"atualmente em estoque são listados, com cada linha de produto contendo as " +"seguintes informações:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location`: o local específico no depósito onde um produto está " +"armazenado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Product`: o produto cuja quantidade está listada na linha de " +"ajuste de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -14605,6 +16249,9 @@ msgid "" "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: o identificador de rastreamento atribuído ao " +"produto específico listado. Ele pode conter letras, números ou uma " +"combinação de ambos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -14613,12 +16260,19 @@ msgid "" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"Se um produto específico tiver uma quantidade de mais de `1,00` em estoque e" +" mais de um número de série (ou número de lote) atribuído a ele, cada " +"produto identificado exclusivamente será exibido em sua própria linha de " +"produtos com seu próprio lote/número de série, exibido na coluna " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: a quantidade do produto atualmente registrada " +"no banco de dados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -14627,6 +16281,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: a *unidade de medida* na qual o produto é medido. A menos " +"que especificado de outra forma (ou seja, em :guilabel:`Pounds` ou " +":guilabel:`Ounces`), o padrão :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` é " +":guilabel:`Units`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -14634,6 +16292,10 @@ msgid "" "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: a quantidade real contada durante uma contagem" +" de inventário. Esse campo é deixado em branco por padrão, mas pode ser " +"alterado, dependendo se ele corresponde à :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` ou " +"não." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -14642,6 +16304,9 @@ msgid "" "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: a diferença entre a :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` e a" +" :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, depois que um ajuste de estoque é feito. A " +"diferença é calculada automaticamente após cada ajuste de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -14649,6 +16314,9 @@ msgid "" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: a data em que a contagem deve ser feita. Se não " +"for especificada de outra forma, essa data terá como padrão o dia 31 de " +"dezembro do ano atual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -14656,6 +16324,9 @@ msgid "" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`User`: a pessoa atribuída à contagem no banco de dados. Pode ser " +"a pessoa que está contando fisicamente o inventário ou aplicando a contagem " +"no banco de dados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -14664,6 +16335,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: a categoria atribuída internamente a um " +"produto específico. A menos que especificado de outra forma (ou seja, como " +":guilabel:`Consumível` ou :guilabel:`Aluguel`), a *Categoria de produto* " +"padrão é definida como :guilabel:`Todos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14672,12 +16347,18 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: a quantidade de um produto específico que " +"está disponível no momento, com base em quaisquer pedidos de vendas " +"pendentes/não concluídos, pedidos de compra ou ordens de fabricação que " +"possam alterar a quantidade disponível depois de atendidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: a data em que os ajustes serão contabilizados " +"no aplicativo Odoo *Accounting*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -14685,6 +16366,9 @@ msgid "" "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: a empresa em cujo banco de dados esses ajustes de " +"inventário estão sendo feitos. A empresa é listada no canto superior direito" +" do banco de dados, ao lado do usuário atualmente conectado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -14693,10 +16377,14 @@ msgid "" "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" +"Algumas colunas ficam ocultas por padrão. Para revelar essas colunas, clique" +" no botão :guilabel:`additional options` (ícone de três pontos) na " +"extremidade direita da linha superior do formulário e selecione a coluna " +"desejada a ser revelada clicando na caixa de seleção ao lado dessa opção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um ajuste de estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -14704,6 +16392,9 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo ajuste de estoque na página :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Adjustments`, clique em :guilabel:`Create`. Isso cria uma nova linha de " +"ajuste de estoque em branco na parte inferior da página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14713,12 +16404,20 @@ msgid "" "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"Nessa linha de ajuste de estoque em branco, clique no menu suspenso na " +"coluna :guilabel:`Product` e selecione um produto. Se o produto selecionado " +"for rastreado por meio de lotes ou números de série, o lote ou o número de " +"série desejado também poderá ser escolhido no menu suspenso da coluna " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, defina o valor na coluna :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` como a " +"quantidade contada para esse produto durante o processo de ajuste de " +"estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -14727,6 +16426,11 @@ msgid "" "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` para novos ajustes de inventário é definido " +"como `0.00` por padrão. Uma movimentação de estoque com `0.00` " +":guilabel:`Quantidade Concluída` é registrada no histórico de ajustes de " +"estoque do produto, portanto, deve ser definida para refletir a quantidade " +"real contada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -14737,6 +16441,12 @@ msgid "" "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" +"À direita da coluna :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, a :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Date` e a :guilabel:`User` também podem ser alteradas por meio de seus " +"respectivos menus suspensos. A alteração da :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"altera a data em que o ajuste de estoque deve ser processado e a seleção de " +"uma :guilabel:`User` responsável atribui um usuário ao ajuste de estoque " +"específico (para fins de rastreabilidade)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -14744,6 +16454,9 @@ msgid "" "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" +"Quando todas as alterações tiverem sido feitas na nova linha de ajuste de " +"estoque, clique fora da linha. Isso salva o ajuste e move a linha para o " +"topo da página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 @@ -14755,10 +16468,16 @@ msgid "" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"Se a :guilabel:`Quantidade Contada` for maior que a :guilabel:`Quantidade em" +" Mão`, o valor na coluna :guilabel:`Diferença` será **verde**. Se a " +":guilabel:`Quantidade Contada` for menor que a :guilabel:`Quantidade em " +"Mão`, o valor na coluna :guilabel:`Diferença` será **vermelho**. Se as " +"quantidades forem iguais e não tiverem sido alteradas, nenhum valor " +"aparecerá na coluna :guilabel:`Difference`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coluna de diferença na página de ajustes de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -14766,6 +16485,9 @@ msgid "" "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" +"Nesse estágio, a contagem (:dfn:`ajuste de estoque`) é registrada, mas ainda" +" não aplicada. Isso significa que a quantidade disponível antes do ajuste " +"ainda não foi atualizada para corresponder à nova quantidade real contada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -14776,6 +16498,13 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" +"Há duas maneiras de aplicar o novo ajuste de inventário. A primeira maneira " +"é clicar no botão :guilabel:`Apply` na linha à extrema direita da página. A " +"segunda maneira é clicar na caixa de seleção na extremidade esquerda da " +"linha. Isso revela novas opções de botões na parte superior da página, uma " +"das quais é um botão :guilabel:`Apply`. Clicar nesse botão faz com que uma " +"janela pop-up :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` seja " +"exibida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -14784,20 +16513,28 @@ msgid "" "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" +"Nesse menu pop-up, uma referência ou motivo pode ser atribuído ao ajuste de " +"estoque. Por padrão, o campo :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / Reason` é " +"preenchido previamente com a data em que o ajuste está sendo feito, mas pode" +" ser alterado para refletir qualquer referência ou motivo desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Apply` para aplicar o ajuste de " +"inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" +"A opção Aplicar tudo aplica o ajuste de estoque quando um motivo é " +"especificado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contar produtos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -14806,6 +16543,10 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" +"A contagem de produtos é uma atividade recorrente em um depósito. Quando a " +"contagem estiver concluída, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` para atualizar a coluna " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` para cada linha de produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -14814,6 +16555,11 @@ msgid "" "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" +"Em cada linha de produto, identifique se o valor na coluna :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` registrado no banco de dados corresponde ao valor recém-" +"contado. Se o valor registrado e o valor contado corresponderem, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`Set` (ícone de destino) na extremidade direita da linha de " +"produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -14823,10 +16569,15 @@ msgid "" "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"Ao fazer isso, copia o valor da coluna :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` para a " +"coluna :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` e define o valor da coluna " +":guilabel:`Difference` como `0.00`. Posteriormente, uma vez aplicada, uma " +"movimentação de estoque com a coluna :guilabel:`Quantity Done` `0.00` é " +"registrada no histórico de ajuste de estoque do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Movimento de ajuste de inventário de contagem zero." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -14835,6 +16586,10 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"Se o valor recém-contado para um determinado produto **não** corresponder ao" +" valor na :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` registrada no banco de dados, em vez " +"de clicar no botão :guilabel:`Set`, registre o valor real no campo da coluna" +" :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -14843,6 +16598,10 @@ msgid "" "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, clique no campo da coluna :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` na " +"linha de ajuste de estoque específica do produto cuja contagem está sendo " +"alterada. Isso atribui automaticamente um :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` de " +"`0.00`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -14851,6 +16610,9 @@ msgid "" "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"Para alterar esse valor, digite um novo valor que corresponda ao valor real " +"recém-contado. Em seguida, clique fora da linha. Isso salva o ajuste e " +"ajusta automaticamente o valor na coluna :guilabel:`Difference`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -14858,12 +16620,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"Posteriormente, uma vez aplicado, um movimento com a diferença entre o " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` e o :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` é registrado " +"no histórico de ajuste de estoque do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" +"Painel de histórico de ajustes de estoque detalhando uma lista de " +"movimentações anteriores de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -14874,10 +16641,16 @@ msgid "" "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +"Às vezes, ocorre uma contagem, mas não pode ser aplicada no banco de dados " +"imediatamente. No período entre a contagem real e a aplicação do ajuste de " +"estoque, podem ocorrer movimentações de produtos. Nesse caso, a quantidade " +"disponível no banco de dados pode mudar e não ser mais consistente com a " +"quantidade contada. Como precaução extra, o Odoo pede confirmação antes de " +"aplicar o ajuste de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alterar a frequência da contagem de inventário" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -14886,6 +16659,10 @@ msgid "" "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, a *data programada* para ajustes de inventário é sempre " +"programada para o dia 31 de dezembro do ano corrente. No entanto, para " +"algumas empresas, é fundamental ter uma contagem de estoque precisa em todos" +" os momentos. Nesses casos, a data programada padrão pode ser modificada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -14894,28 +16671,39 @@ msgid "" "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" +"Para modificar a data agendada padrão, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`. Em seguida, na seção " +":guilabel:`Operations`, localize a configuração :guilabel:`Annual Inventory " +"Day and Month`, que inclui um menu suspenso definido como `31 de dezembro` " +"por padrão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" +"Ajuste a data da próxima contagem de inventário com a configuração Dia e mês" +" do inventário anual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" +"Para alterar o dia, clique no :guilabel:`31` e altere-o para um dia dentro " +"do intervalo `1-31`, dependendo do mês do ano desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" +"Quando todas as alterações desejadas tiverem sido feitas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Save` para salvar todas as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planeje grandes contagens de estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -14923,12 +16711,17 @@ msgid "" "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"Para planejar grandes contagens de inventário, como uma contagem completa de" +" tudo o que está atualmente em estoque, primeiro navegue até " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione os produtos desejados a serem contados clicando na " +"caixa de seleção na extremidade esquerda de cada linha de produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -14936,10 +16729,14 @@ msgid "" "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" +"Para solicitar uma contagem de **todos** os produtos atualmente em estoque, " +"clique na caixa de seleção na parte superior da tabela, na linha de " +"cabeçalho ao lado do rótulo :guilabel:`Location`. Isso seleciona **todas** " +"as linhas de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicite um pop-up de contagem na página de ajustes de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -14948,20 +16745,26 @@ msgid "" "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" +"Quando todos os produtos desejados tiverem sido selecionados, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`Request a Count` na parte superior da página. Isso faz com " +"que uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Request a Count` seja exibida. Nessa janela" +" pop-up, preencha as seguintes informações:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: a data planejada da contagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`User`: o usuário responsável pela contagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Data de contabilização`: a data em que o ajuste de estoque será " +"contabilizado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -14970,25 +16773,35 @@ msgid "" "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Count`: para deixar a quantidade disponível de cada linha de " +"produto em branco, selecione :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. Para preencher " +"previamente a quantidade disponível de cada linha de produto com o valor " +"atual registrado no banco de dados, selecione :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" +"Por fim, quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Confirm` para solicitar" +" a contagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo *Barcode* do Odoo, os usuários só podem visualizar as " +"contagens de inventário atribuídas a **eles** e programadas para **hoje** ou" +" **anteriormente**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um segundo depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14996,6 +16809,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" +"Um *armazém* é um edifício ou espaço físico onde os itens são armazenados. " +"No Odoo, é possível configurar vários depósitos e transferir itens " +"armazenados entre eles." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15004,16 +16820,22 @@ msgid "" " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" +"Por padrão, a plataforma Odoo tem um depósito que já está configurado, com o" +" endereço definido como o endereço da empresa. Para criar um segundo " +"depósito, selecione :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, depois " +"clique em :guilabel:`Create` e configure o formulário da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: o nome completo do depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: o código abreviado pelo qual o depósito é referido; " +"o nome abreviado do depósito padrão no Odoo é **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -15021,10 +16843,13 @@ msgid "" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: a empresa proprietária do depósito; isso pode ser " +"definido como a empresa proprietária do banco de dados do Odoo ou a empresa " +"de um cliente ou fornecedor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: o endereço onde o depósito está localizado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -15033,46 +16858,63 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" +"As opções abaixo só aparecerão se a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` estiver ativada em :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` sob o" +" título :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Para obter mais informações sobre rotas e " +"como elas funcionam no Odoo, consulte :ref:`Usando Rotas e Regras Pull/Push`" +" 1`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: selecione as rotas que as remessas " +"de entrada e saída devem seguir" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: permite que os subcontratados sejam " +"reabastecidos a partir desse depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: permite que os itens sejam fabricados " +"nesse depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: selecione a rota que deve ser seguida ao fabricar " +"mercadorias dentro do depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: marque a caixa para permitir que os produtos " +"comprados sejam entregues no depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: selecione os depósitos que podem ser usados para " +"reabastecer o depósito que está sendo criado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um formulário preenchido para a criação de um novo depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -15082,16 +16924,23 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" +"A criação de um segundo depósito ativará automaticamente a configuração " +"*Storage Locations*, que permite o rastreamento da localização dos produtos " +"em um depósito. Para alternar essa configuração, navegue até " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` e clique na caixa de seleção sob" +" o título :guilabel:`Warehouse`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" +"Depois de preencher o formulário, clique em :guilabel:`Save` e o novo " +"depósito será criado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar inventário a um novo depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -15102,12 +16951,20 @@ msgid "" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"Se for criado um novo depósito com estoque existente, as contagens de " +"estoque deverão ser adicionadas ao Odoo para que o estoque listado no banco " +"de dados do Odoo reflita o que está no depósito físico. Para adicionar o " +"inventário a um novo depósito, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` e clique em :guilabel:`Create`. O " +"formulário de ajuste de inventário pode ser preenchido da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: o nome ou código pelo qual o ajuste de " +"estoque pode ser referenciado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -15115,12 +16972,18 @@ msgid "" "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: o(s) local(is) onde o inventário está armazenado; " +"inclua o novo depósito e quaisquer locais dentro dele aos quais o inventário" +" será adicionado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Products`: inclua todos os produtos que serão adicionados ao " +"inventário ou deixe em branco para selecionar qualquer produto durante a " +"próxima etapa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -15128,18 +16991,25 @@ msgid "" "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: inclui produtos com quantidade zero;" +" não afeta os ajustes de estoque para novos depósitos, pois eles não têm " +"estoque existente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: a data usada pelas equipes de contabilidade " +"para a escrituração relacionada ao inventário" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: a empresa proprietária do inventário; pode ser definida" +" como a empresa do usuário ou como um cliente ou fornecedor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -15148,10 +17018,14 @@ msgid "" "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: escolha se as quantidades contadas dos " +"produtos que estão sendo adicionados devem ter como padrão o estoque " +"disponível ou zero; não afeta os ajustes de inventário para novos depósitos," +" pois eles não têm inventário existente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um formulário preenchido para um ajuste de inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -15160,10 +17034,16 @@ msgid "" "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" +"Depois que o formulário estiver configurado corretamente, clique em " +":guilabel:`Start Inventory` para ir para a próxima página, onde os produtos " +"podem ser adicionados ao ajuste do inventário. Adicione um novo produto " +"clicando em :guilabel:`Create` e, em seguida, preencha a linha do produto da" +" seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Product`: o produto que está sendo adicionado ao inventário" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -15171,12 +17051,17 @@ msgid "" "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location`: o local onde o produto está atualmente armazenado no " +"novo depósito; isso pode ser definido como o depósito geral ou um local " +"dentro do depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: o lote ao qual o produto pertence ou o número" +" de série usado para identificá-lo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -15184,12 +17069,17 @@ msgid "" "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: a quantidade total do produto armazenado no local para " +"o qual o estoque está sendo ajustado; deve ser zero para um novo local ou " +"depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Counted`: a quantidade do produto que está sendo adicionada ao " +"estoque" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -15197,14 +17087,18 @@ msgid "" "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: a diferença entre os valores *On Hand* e *Counted*; " +"isso será atualizado automaticamente para refletir o valor inserido na " +"coluna :guilabel:`Counted`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`: a unidade de medida usada para contar o produto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" +"Inclua uma linha para cada produto que está sendo adicionado ao estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -15214,10 +17108,15 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar todos os produtos já armazenados no novo depósito, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Validate Inventory` para concluir o ajuste do " +"inventário. Os valores na coluna :guilabel:`On Hand` serão atualizados para " +"refletir os valores na coluna :guilabel:`Counted` e os produtos adicionados " +"aparecerão no inventário do novo depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reabastecimento de outro depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15227,6 +17126,11 @@ msgid "" "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" +"Um caso de uso comum para vários depósitos é ter um depósito central que " +"reabasteça várias lojas e, nesse caso, cada loja é considerada um depósito " +"local. Quando uma loja deseja reabastecer um produto, o produto é solicitado" +" ao depósito central. O Odoo permite que o usuário defina facilmente quais " +"depósitos podem reabastecer outro depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15234,16 +17138,22 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" +"Para reabastecer a partir de outro depósito, primeiro vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` e " +"ative :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Save` " +"para aplicar a configuração." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilite rotas em várias etapas nas configurações do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" +"Visualize todos os depósitos configurados acessando " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -15251,6 +17161,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Crie um novo depósito clicando em :guilabel:`Create`. Em seguida, dê ao " +"depósito um nome e um :guilabel:`Short Name`. Por fim, clique em " +":guilabel:`Save` para concluir a criação do depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -15263,14 +17176,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" +"Depois disso, volte à página :guilabel:`Warehouses` e abra o depósito que " +"será reabastecido pelo segundo depósito. Em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Na guia :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration`, localize o " +"campo :guilabel:`Resupply From` e marque a caixa ao lado do nome do segundo " +"depósito. Se o depósito puder ser reabastecido por mais de um depósito, " +"certifique-se de marcar as caixas desses depósitos também. Por fim, clique " +"em :guilabel:`Save` para aplicar a configuração. Agora, o Odoo sabe quais " +"depósitos podem reabastecer esse depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forneça um depósito com outro na guia Configuração do depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir rota em um produto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -15281,11 +17202,20 @@ msgid "" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" +"Depois de configurar de quais depósitos o reabastecimento deve ser feito, " +"uma nova rota está disponível em todos os formulários de produtos. A nova " +"rota aparece como :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` na guia " +":guilabel:`Inventory` em um formulário de produto. Use a rota " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` com uma regra de " +"reordenamento ou a rota make to order (MTO) para reabastecer o estoque, " +"movendo o produto de um depósito para outro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" +"Configuração de rota que permite que um produto seja reabastecido em um " +"segundo depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -15297,6 +17227,13 @@ msgid "" " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Quando a regra de reordenamento de um produto é acionada e o produto tem a " +"rota :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` definida, o Odoo cria " +"automaticamente dois pickings. Um picking é uma *ordem de entrega* do " +"segundo depósito, que contém todos os produtos necessários, e o segundo " +"picking é um *recebimento* com os mesmos produtos para o depósito principal." +" A movimentação do produto do segundo depósito para o depósito principal é " +"totalmente rastreada no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -15304,20 +17241,26 @@ msgid "" "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" +"Nos registros de picking/transferência criados pelo Odoo, o " +":guilabel:`Documento de origem` é a regra de reordenamento do produto. O " +"local entre a ordem de entrega e o recibo é um local de trânsito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Uma regra de reordenamento cria automaticamente dois recibos para o estoque " +"entre depósitos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" +"Um pedido de depósito para reabastecer o estoque de um depósito com outro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um recibo de estoque recebido em um depósito de outro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -15328,6 +17271,8 @@ msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Um *local* é um espaço específico em um depósito. Pode ser uma prateleira, " +"uma sala, um corredor, etc. Há três tipos de locais no Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15336,12 +17281,18 @@ msgid "" "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" +"*Locais físicos* são espaços dentro de um depósito de propriedade da empresa" +" do usuário. Podem ser uma área onde os itens são armazenados, como um " +"corredor ou uma prateleira, ou uma área onde as operações ocorrem, como " +"baias de carga e descarga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" +"*Os locais de parceiros* são iguais aos locais físicos, exceto pelo fato de " +"existirem no depósito de um cliente ou fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15350,6 +17301,10 @@ msgid "" "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" +"*Locais virtuais são locais que não existem fisicamente, mas onde os itens " +"que não estão no estoque podem ser colocados. Podem ser itens que ainda não " +"entraram no estoque, como produtos que estão a caminho de um depósito, ou " +"itens que não estão mais no estoque devido a perdas ou outros fatores." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -15358,10 +17313,15 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Para usar os locais, a configuração :guilabel:`Storage Locations` deve ser " +"ativada. Para fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, role para baixo até o título " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` e ative a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Storage " +"Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um novo local em um depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -15369,45 +17329,57 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" +"A partir do aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventory`, selecione " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. O novo formulário " +"de local pode então ser configurado da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location Name`: o nome que será usado para referenciar o local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Parent Location`: o local ou depósito no qual o novo local existe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location Type`: escolha a categoria à qual o local pertence" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: a empresa proprietária do depósito no qual o local está" +" localizado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: marque essa caixa para permitir que " +"mercadorias sucateadas/danificadas sejam armazenadas nesse local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: marque essa caixa para permitir que os " +"produtos sejam devolvidos a esse local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Barcode`: o número do código de barras atribuído ao local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -15418,11 +17390,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O formulário para criar um novo local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Create location hierarchies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar hierarquias de localização" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -15432,6 +17404,10 @@ msgid "" "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" +"A configuração *Local pai* no formulário de novo local permite que um local " +"exista em um depósito ou em outro local. Cada local pode servir como um " +"local pai, e cada local pai pode ter vários locais dentro dele, permitindo a" +" criação de uma estrutura hierárquica praticamente infinita." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15439,6 +17415,9 @@ msgid "" "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"A hierarquia de localização pode ser organizada de modo que uma prateleira " +"esteja localizada em um corredor, que está localizado em uma sala, que está " +"localizada no depósito geral." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -15447,10 +17426,13 @@ msgid "" "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" +"Para criar a hierarquia de localização no exemplo acima, defina o depósito " +"como o pai da sala, a sala como o pai do corredor e o corredor como o pai da" +" prateleira. Isso pode ser adaptado a uma hierarquia de qualquer magnitude." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rotas e regras Pull/Push" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -15458,6 +17440,9 @@ msgid "" "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" +"Na gestão de estoques, a estratégia da cadeia de suprimentos determina " +"quando os produtos devem ser comprados/fabricados, entregues aos centros de " +"distribuição e disponibilizados ao canal de varejo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -15466,10 +17451,14 @@ msgid "" "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, a estratégia da cadeia de suprimentos de um produto pode ser " +"configurada usando *Rotas*, que apresentam *Regras Push e Pull*. Quando tudo" +" estiver configurado corretamente, o aplicativo Inventory poderá gerar " +"transferências automaticamente seguindo as regras push/pull configuradas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dentro do depósito" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15478,10 +17467,16 @@ msgid "" "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" +"Em um depósito genérico, há docas de recebimento, uma área de controle de " +"qualidade, locais de armazenamento, áreas de separação e embalagem e docas " +"de expedição. Todos os produtos passam por todos esses locais. À medida que " +"os produtos passam pelos locais, cada local aciona a rota e as regras " +"especificadas para os produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" +"Vista de um armazém genérico com estoque e área de controle de qualidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -15492,10 +17487,17 @@ msgid "" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, caminhões de fornecedores descarregam paletes de produtos " +"encomendados nas docas de recebimento. Em seguida, os operadores escaneiam " +"os produtos na área de recebimento. Dependendo da rota e das regras do " +"produto, alguns desses produtos são enviados para uma área de controle de " +"qualidade (por exemplo, produtos que são componentes usados no processo de " +"fabricação), enquanto outros são armazenados diretamente em seus respectivos" +" locais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização de uma regra de envio genérica ao receber produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -15506,20 +17508,30 @@ msgid "" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" +"Aqui está um exemplo de uma rota de atendimento. Pela manhã, os itens são " +"coletados para todos os pedidos que precisam ser preparados durante o dia. " +"Esses itens são retirados dos locais de armazenamento e movidos para a área " +"de separação, perto de onde os pedidos são embalados. Em seguida, os pedidos" +" são embalados em suas respectivas caixas e as esteiras transportadoras os " +"levam para perto das docas de expedição, prontos para serem entregues aos " +"clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização de um pull genérico da regra ao preparar entregas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regras de extração" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" +"Com as *Pull Rules*, a demanda por alguns produtos aciona as aquisições, " +"enquanto as *Push Rules* são acionadas pela chegada de produtos em um local " +"específico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -15528,6 +17540,10 @@ msgid "" "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" +"As Pull Rules são usadas para atender a um pedido de vendas. O Odoo gera uma" +" necessidade no *Local do cliente* para cada produto no pedido. Como as " +"regras pull são acionadas por uma necessidade, o Odoo procura por uma regra " +"pull definida no *Local do cliente*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -15535,6 +17551,9 @@ msgid "" "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, uma regra pull de \"ordem de entrega\" que transfere produtos da" +" *Área de expedição* para o *Local do cliente* é encontrada, e uma " +"transferência entre os dois locais é criada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -15544,6 +17563,11 @@ msgid "" "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o Odoo encontra outra regra de extração que tenta atender à " +"necessidade da *Área de expedição*: a regra de \"embalagem\" que transfere " +"produtos da *Área de embalagem* para a *Área de expedição*. Por fim, outras " +"regras de extração são acionadas até que uma transferência entre o *Estoque*" +" e a *Área de picking* seja criada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -15553,10 +17577,15 @@ msgid "" "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Todas essas transferências de produtos são geradas automaticamente pelo Odoo" +" com base nas regras pull, começando do final (a localização do cliente) e " +"indo para trás (o depósito de estoque). Durante o trabalho, o operador " +"processa essas transferências na ordem oposta: primeiro a separação, depois " +"a embalagem e, por fim, a ordem de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regras de envio" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -15565,6 +17594,11 @@ msgid "" "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" +"Por outro lado, as *Push Rules* são muito mais fáceis de entender. Em vez de" +" gerar documentos com base nas necessidades, elas são acionadas em tempo " +"real quando os produtos chegam em um local específico. As regras de envio " +"basicamente dizem: \"quando um produto chegar em um local específico, mova-o" +" para outro local.\"" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -15573,6 +17607,10 @@ msgid "" "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" +"Um exemplo de regra de envio seria: quando um produto chegar na *Área de " +"recebimento*, mova-o para o *Local de armazenamento*. Como diferentes regras" +" de envio podem ser aplicadas a diferentes produtos, o usuário pode atribuir" +" diferentes locais de armazenamento para diferentes produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -15580,12 +17618,17 @@ msgid "" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" +"Outra regra de envio poderia ser: quando os produtos chegarem a um local, " +"mova-os para a *Área de Controle de Qualidade*. Depois, quando a verificação" +" de qualidade for concluída, mova-os para o *Local de Armazenamento*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" +"As regras push só podem ser acionadas se não houver regras pull que já " +"tenham gerado as transferências de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -15595,36 +17638,48 @@ msgid "" "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" +"Conjuntos de regras push/pull como essas são chamados de *Rotas*. O " +"agrupamento na regra decide se os produtos serão agrupados na mesma " +"transferência ou não. Por exemplo, durante a operação de picking, todos os " +"pedidos e seus produtos são agrupados em uma única transferência, enquanto a" +" operação de embalagem respeita o agrupamento por pedido do cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use rotas e regras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" +"Como as *Rotas* são uma coleção de *Regras Push e Pull*, o Odoo o ajuda a " +"gerenciar configurações avançadas de rotas, como:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciar cadeias de fabricação de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciar locais padrão por produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" +"Defina rotas dentro do depósito de estoque de acordo com as necessidades " +"comerciais, como controle de qualidade, serviços pós-venda ou devoluções de " +"fornecedores." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" +"Ajude o gerenciamento de aluguéis gerando movimentos de devolução " +"automatizados para produtos alugados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -15633,26 +17688,34 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar uma rota para um produto, primeiro, abra o aplicativo " +":guilabel:`Inventory` e vá para :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +" Em seguida, na seção :guilabel:`Warehouse`, ative o recurso " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` e clique em :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ative o recurso Rotas em várias etapas no Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" +"O recurso :guilabel:`Storage Locations` é ativado automaticamente com o " +"recurso :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" +"Uma vez concluída essa primeira etapa, o usuário pode usar rotas pré-" +"configuradas que vêm com o Odoo ou pode criar rotas personalizadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rotas pré-configuradas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -15662,10 +17725,15 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Para acessar as rotas pré-configuradas do Odoo, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Em seguida, " +"abra um formulário de depósito. Na guia :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration`," +" o usuário pode visualizar as rotas pré-configuradas do depósito para " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` e :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um depósito pré-configurado no Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -15675,10 +17743,16 @@ msgid "" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" +"Algumas rotas mais avançadas, como pick-pack-ship, também estão disponíveis." +" O usuário pode selecionar a rota que melhor atenda às suas necessidades " +"comerciais. Depois que as rotas :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` e " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` forem definidas, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` para ver as rotas " +"específicas que o Odoo gerou." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização de todas as rotas pré-configuradas que o Odoo oferece." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15689,11 +17763,19 @@ msgid "" "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Rotas`, clique em uma rota para abrir o formulário de " +"rota. No formulário de rota, o usuário pode ver em quais locais a rota é " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. O usuário também pode definir a rota para ser " +"aplicada somente em uma :guilabel:`Company` específica. Isso é útil para " +"ambientes com várias empresas; por exemplo, um usuário pode ter uma empresa " +"e um depósito no País A e uma segunda empresa e um depósito no País B." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" +"Visualização de um exemplo de rota aplicável a categorias de produtos e " +"depósitos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -15702,10 +17784,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" +"Na parte inferior do formulário de rota, o usuário pode visualizar as " +":guilabel:`Rules` específicas para a rota. Cada :guilabel:`Rule` tem uma " +":guilabel:`Action`, uma :guilabel:`Source Location` e uma " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um exemplo de regras com ações push & pull no Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" @@ -15718,10 +17804,14 @@ msgid "" "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma rota personalizada, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Routes` e clique em :guilabel:`Create`. Em seguida, " +"escolha os locais onde essa rota pode ser selecionada. Uma rota pode ser " +"aplicável em uma combinação de locais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de uma rota de embarque e desembarque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -15729,6 +17819,9 @@ msgid "" "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" +"Cada local tem um comportamento diferente, portanto, é importante marcar " +"apenas os úteis e adaptar cada rota de acordo. Em seguida, configure o " +":guilabel:`Rules` da rota." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -15738,6 +17831,12 @@ msgid "" "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"Se a rota for aplicável em uma categoria de produto, a rota ainda precisará " +"ser definida manualmente no formulário de categoria de produto, acessando " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Em " +"seguida, selecione a categoria de produto e abra o formulário. Em seguida, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Edit` e, na seção :guilabel:`Logistics`, defina a seção" +" :guilabel:`Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -15746,10 +17845,14 @@ msgid "" "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" +"Ao aplicar a rota em uma categoria de produto, todas as regras configuradas " +"na rota são aplicadas a **todos** os produtos da categoria. Isso pode ser " +"útil se a empresa usar o processo de dropshipping para todos os produtos da " +"mesma categoria." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização de uma rota aplicada à categoria de produtos \"todos\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -15758,11 +17861,17 @@ msgid "" "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" +"O mesmo comportamento se aplica aos depósitos. Se a rota puder ser aplicada " +"a :guilabel:`Warehouses`, todas as transferências que ocorrerem dentro do " +"depósito escolhido e que atenderem às condições das regras da rota seguirão " +"essa rota." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" +"Visualização do menu suspenso do depósito ao selecionar aplicável no " +"depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -15770,6 +17879,9 @@ msgid "" "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" +"Se a rota for aplicável em :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, é mais ou menos o " +"contrário. A rota deve ser escolhida manualmente ao criar uma cotação. Isso " +"é útil se alguns produtos passarem por rotas diferentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -15777,10 +17889,15 @@ msgid "" "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" +"Lembre-se de alternar a visibilidade da coluna :guilabel:`Route` na " +"cotação/ordem de venda. Em seguida, a rota pode ser escolhida em cada linha " +"da cotação/pedido de venda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" +"Visualização do menu que permite adicionar novas linhas aos pedidos de " +"vendas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -15788,6 +17905,9 @@ msgid "" "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" +"Por fim, há rotas que podem ser aplicadas a produtos. Elas funcionam mais ou" +" menos como as categorias de produtos: uma vez selecionada, a rota deve ser " +"definida manualmente no formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -15796,14 +17916,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"Para definir uma rota em um produto, vá para :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Products` e selecione o produto desejado. Em seguida, vá para a" +" guia :guilabel:`Inventory` e, na seção :guilabel:`Operations`, selecione a " +"seção :guilabel:`Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" +"Visualização de um formulário de produto, onde a rota deve ser selecionada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As regras devem ser definidas na rota para que a rota funcione." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" @@ -15816,10 +17941,15 @@ msgid "" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"As regras são definidas no formulário de rota. Primeiro, vá para " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` e abra o formulário " +"de rota desejado. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Edit` e, na seção " +":guilabel:`Rules`, clique em :guilabel:`Add a line`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" +"Visualização do menu de regras, onde é possível adicionar novas regras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -15827,6 +17957,9 @@ msgid "" "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" +"As regras disponíveis acionam várias ações. Se o Odoo oferece regras *Push* " +"e *Pull*, outras também estão disponíveis. Cada regra tem um " +":guilabel:`Action`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -15836,6 +17969,11 @@ msgid "" "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pull From`: essa regra é acionada por uma necessidade do produto " +"em um local específico. A necessidade pode vir de um pedido de vendas que " +"está sendo validado ou de um pedido de fabricação que requer um componente " +"específico. Quando a necessidade aparece no local de destino, o Odoo gera um" +" picking para atender a essa necessidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -15844,6 +17982,10 @@ msgid "" "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Push To`: essa regra é acionada pela chegada de alguns produtos " +"no local de origem definido. No caso de o usuário mover produtos para o " +"local de origem, o Odoo gera um picking para mover esses produtos para o " +"local de destino." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -15854,30 +17996,45 @@ msgid "" "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: essa regra permite a geração de pickings nas duas " +"situações explicadas acima. Isso significa que, quando os produtos são " +"necessários em um local específico, é criada uma transferência do local " +"anterior para atender a essa necessidade. Isso cria uma necessidade no local" +" anterior e uma regra é acionada para atendê-la. Quando a segunda " +"necessidade é atendida, os produtos são transferidos para o local de destino" +" e todas as necessidades são atendidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buy`: quando os produtos são necessários no local de destino, uma" +" solicitação de cotação é criada para atender à necessidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: quando os produtos são necessários no local de " +"origem, uma ordem de fabricação é criada para atender à necessidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" +"Visão geral de uma regra \"Pull From\" que cria uma transferência entre o " +"estoque e a zona de embalagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Tipo de operação` também deve ser definido na regra. Isso " +"define que tipo de picking é criado a partir da regra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -15885,18 +18042,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" +"Se a :guilabel:`Action` da regra for definida como :guilabel:`Pull From` ou " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, um :guilabel:`Supply Method` deverá ser definido. O" +" :guilabel:`Supply Method` define o que acontece no local de origem:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: os produtos são retirados do estoque disponível" +" do local de origem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: o sistema tenta encontrar uma regra de " +"estoque para levar os produtos ao local de origem. O estoque disponível é " +"ignorado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -15905,6 +18070,10 @@ msgid "" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: os " +"produtos são retirados do estoque disponível do local de origem. Se não " +"houver estoque disponível, o sistema tentará encontrar uma regra para levar " +"os produtos ao local de origem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -15912,22 +18081,29 @@ msgid "" "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" +"Na seção *Scheduling*, é possível determinar como o Odoo se comporta quando " +"um dos pickings da cadeia é reagendado. Caso você decida **Propagar " +"reagendamento**, o próximo movimento também será reagendado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" +"Se preferir ter a opção de reagendar a próxima ação, você pode optar por " +"receber um alerta na forma de uma *próxima atividade*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de fluxo de rota completo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, vamos usar uma rota personalizada *Pick - Pack - Ship* para " +"experimentar um fluxo completo com uma rota personalizada avançada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -15935,6 +18111,9 @@ msgid "" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" +"Primeiro, uma rápida olhada nas regras da rota e em seus métodos de " +"fornecimento. Há três regras, todas :guilabel:`Pull From`. Os " +":guilabel:`Supply Methods` de cada regra são os seguintes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -15943,6 +18122,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: Quando produtos são necessários na " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (transferências internas da " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` para a :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) são criados a " +"partir da :guilabel:`WH/Stock` para atender à necessidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -15951,6 +18134,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: Quando produtos são necessários em " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (transferências internas de " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` para :guilabel:`WH/Output`) são criados a partir" +" de :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` para atender à necessidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -15958,20 +18145,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: Quando produtos são necessários em " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *pedidos de entrega* são criados a " +"partir de :guilabel:`WH/Output` para atender à necessidade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" +"Visão geral de todas as transferências criadas pela rota pick - pack - ship." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" +"Isso significa que, quando um cliente faz um pedido de produtos que têm uma " +"rota *pick - pack - ship* definida, um pedido de entrega é criado para " +"atender ao pedido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização das operações criadas por um pull de transferência." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -15979,23 +18173,33 @@ msgid "" "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" +"Se o documento de origem de várias transferências for o mesmo pedido de " +"vendas, o status não será o mesmo. O status será :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` se a transferência anterior na lista ainda não tiver sido " +"concluída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" +"Visualização dos vários status das transferências no início do processo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" +"Para preparar a ordem de entrega, os produtos embalados são necessários na " +"área de saída, portanto, uma transferência interna é solicitada da zona de " +"embalagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" +"Visualização das operações detalhadas de uma transferência entre as zonas de" +" embalagem e saída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -16003,12 +18207,17 @@ msgid "" "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Obviamente, a zona de embalagem precisa de produtos prontos para serem " +"embalados. Portanto, uma transferência interna é solicitada para o estoque e" +" os funcionários podem coletar os produtos necessários do depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" +"Visualização das operações detalhadas de uma transferência entre as zonas de" +" estoque e de embalagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -16019,20 +18228,28 @@ msgid "" "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" +"Conforme explicado na introdução da documentação, a última etapa do processo" +" (para essa rota, a ordem de entrega) é a primeira a ser acionada, o que " +"aciona outras regras até chegarmos à primeira etapa do processo (aqui, a " +"transferência interna do estoque para a área de embalagem). Agora, tudo está" +" pronto para ser processado para que o cliente possa receber os itens " +"solicitados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" +"Nesse exemplo, o produto é entregue ao cliente quando todas as regras são " +"acionadas e as transferências são feitas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização dos status das transferências quando a rota é concluída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferir produtos entre depósitos usando o reabastecimento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16043,10 +18260,16 @@ msgid "" "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" +"Para empresas que usam vários armazéns, muitas vezes é necessário transferir" +" itens entre eles. Isso é chamado de *transferência entre armazéns*. O " +"*Inventory* do Odoo lida com o processo administrativo de transferências " +"entre armazéns para garantir que as contagens de estoque permaneçam precisas" +" durante e após a transferência. Este documento detalhará o método para " +"realizar uma transferência entre armazéns usando o reabastecimento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar armazéns para reabastecimento entre armazéns" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -16056,6 +18279,11 @@ msgid "" "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, verifique se a configuração :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` está " +"ativada navegando até :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` e, em seguida, marque a caixa na guia :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Isso " +"fornecerá opções de configuração adicionais ao criar um segundo depósito que" +" são necessárias para o reabastecimento entre depósitos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -16066,18 +18294,29 @@ msgid "" "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o Odoo vem com um depósito principal já configurado. Se um " +"depósito adicional ainda não tiver sido criado, faça-o agora no módulo " +":guilabel:`Inventory` selecionando :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses --> Create`. Caso contrário, selecione o depósito para o qual os " +"produtos serão transferidos na página :guilabel:`Warehouses` e, em seguida, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Edit` para alterar suas configurações. Configure o " +"depósito da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: escolha um nome que ainda não esteja sendo usado para" +" outro depósito (por exemplo, `Alternative Warehouse`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: escolha um nome curto pelo qual o depósito será " +"identificado (por exemplo, `ALT_WH`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -16086,12 +18325,19 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Save` e o novo depósito será criado. Além disso, um " +"novo campo :guilabel:`Resupply From` aparecerá no formulário do depósito. " +"Clique em :guilabel:`Edit` e, em seguida, marque a caixa ao lado do depósito" +" que será usado para reabastecer o depósito que está sendo configurado no " +"momento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Um formulário de configurações de depósito configurado para permitir o " +"reabastecimento entre depósitos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -16100,10 +18346,14 @@ msgid "" "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" +"Para fins desta demonstração, o depósito do qual os produtos são " +"transferidos (saída) será intitulado \"San Francisco\" e o depósito para o " +"qual os produtos são transferidos (entrada) será intitulado \"San Francisco " +"2\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar produtos para reabastecimento entre armazéns" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -16112,6 +18362,10 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Os produtos também devem ser configurados corretamente para que possam ser " +"transferidos entre armazéns. Navegue até :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Products` e selecione um produto existente ou " +":guilabel:`Create` um novo, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16120,14 +18374,19 @@ msgid "" "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no formulário do produto, vá para a guia :guilabel:`Inventory` e" +" ative a caixa de seleção para :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, sendo " +"*X* o depósito que recebe os produtos transferidos e *Y* o depósito do qual " +"os produtos são transferidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "" +"Ative a caixa de seleção para reabastecer um depósito a partir de outro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reabastecer um depósito a partir de outro" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -16136,22 +18395,31 @@ msgid "" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" +"A partir do módulo :menuselection:`Inventory`, selecione " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products` e, em seguida, escolha o produto que " +"será reabastecido. Clique no botão :guilabel:`Replenish` no canto superior " +"esquerdo da página do produto e preencha o formulário pop-up da seguinte " +"forma:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantidade`: o número de unidades que serão enviadas para o " +"depósito que está sendo reabastecido" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: a data em que o reabastecimento está programado " +"para ocorrer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: o depósito que será reabastecido" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -16159,10 +18427,13 @@ msgid "" "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: selecione `X: Supply Product from Y`, com *X* " +"sendo o depósito a ser reabastecido e *Y* sendo o depósito do qual o produto" +" será transferido" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O formulário para reabastecimento de um produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -16173,10 +18444,16 @@ msgid "" "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Confirm` e uma ordem de entrega será criada para o " +"depósito de saída, juntamente com um recibo para o depósito que receberá o " +"produto. Dependendo das definições de configuração dos depósitos de saída e " +"de entrada, o processamento das ordens de entrega e dos recibos exigirá de " +"uma a três etapas. Este documento detalhará como processar entregas e " +"recebimentos em uma etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar o pedido de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -16190,10 +18467,19 @@ msgid "" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" +"A primeira etapa de um pedido de reabastecimento é o processamento da " +"entrega do depósito do qual o produto está sendo transferido. No painel de " +"controle :menuselection:`Inventory`, selecione o botão :guilabel:`X to " +"Process` no cartão :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` para o depósito de saída e, " +"em seguida, o pedido de entrega criado para o reabastecimento. Na página do " +"pedido de entrega, clique no botão :guilabel:`Check Availability` no canto " +"superior esquerdo para reservar a quantidade do produto a ser transferido. " +"Quando a entrega tiver sido despachada, clique no botão :guilabel:`Validate`" +" para registrar as quantidades enviadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O cartão de ordens de entrega para o depósito de saída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -16205,6 +18491,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" +"Quando as mercadorias chegarem ao depósito de entrada, o recibo criado para " +"esse depósito também deverá ser processado. Retorne ao painel de controle " +":menuselection:`Inventory` e selecione o botão :guilabel:`X to Process` no " +"cartão :guilabel:`Receipts` para o depósito de entrada e, em seguida, o " +"recibo criado para o reabastecimento. Na página do recibo, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Validate` no canto superior esquerdo da página para registrar as " +"quantidades recebidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 062f042c2..51a6ad646 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # Anders Wallenquist , 2024 +# Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Anders Wallenquist , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ msgid "" "to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" "När skatterapporten har genererats under en period låser Odoo den och " -"förhindrar att det skapas nya journalanteckningar med moms. Eventuella " +"förhindrar att det skapas nya transaktioner med moms. Eventuella " "korrigeringar av kundfakturor eller leverantörsfakturor måste registreras " "under nästa period." @@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" -msgstr "Konton för kassamässig diskonteringsvinst/förlust" +msgstr "Konton för kontaktrabatt vinst/förlust" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -4224,7 +4224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" -msgstr "Journalanteckningar" +msgstr "Transaktioner" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -7658,9 +7658,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouse reception operation for the relevant product." msgstr "" "Ta sedan emot leveransen i appen *Inköp* eller *Inventering* och navigera " -"till :menuselection:`Appen Bokföring --> Bokföring --> Journalanteckningar`." -" I listan hittar du den :guilabel:`Reference` som matchar lagermottagningen " -"för den aktuella produkten." +"till :menuselection:`Appen Bokföring --> Bokföring --> Transaktioenr`. I " +"listan hittar du den :guilabel:`Reference` som matchar lagermottagningen för" +" den aktuella produkten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." @@ -8461,8 +8461,8 @@ msgid "" "The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a " "specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." msgstr "" -"**Vinst- och förlustrapporten** (P&L) visar företagets resultat under en " -"viss tidsperiod, vanligtvis ett kvartal eller ett räkenskapsår." +"**Resultaträkningen** (P&L) visar företagets resultat under en viss " +"tidsperiod, vanligtvis ett kvartal eller ett räkenskapsår." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -17573,7 +17573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" -msgstr "Förutbetalda kostnader och förskottsbetalningar" +msgstr "Periodiserade kostnader och intäkter" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17581,8 +17581,8 @@ msgid "" "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -"**Förutbetalda kostnader** och **förskottsbetalningar** (även kända som " -"**förutbetalda kostnader**) är båda kostnader som redan har uppstått för ej " +"**Periodiserade kostnader** och **förskottsbetalningar** (även kända som " +"**förbetalda kostnader**) är båda kostnader som redan har uppstått för ej " "förbrukade produkter eller tjänster som ännu inte har erhållits." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 @@ -17684,7 +17684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "Förutbetalda kostnader poster" +msgstr "Periodiserade verifikat" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -37604,9 +37604,9 @@ msgid "" "credit of each one." msgstr "" "För att generera detta XML-dokument går du till :menuselection:`Redovisning " -"--> Redovisning --> Diverse --> Journalanteckningar` och skapar ett nytt " -"dokument. Här lägger du till alla belopp som ska ändras och balanserar debet" -" och/eller kredit för var och en." +"--> Redovisning --> Diverse --> Transaktioner` och skapar ett nytt dokument." +" Här lägger du till alla belopp som ska ändras och balanserar debet " +"och/eller kredit för var och en." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1061 msgid "" @@ -41020,7 +41020,7 @@ msgid "" "**Leave deductions** are calculated using a salary rule linked to the " "**unpaid leave** time-off type;" msgstr "" -"**Ledighetsavdrag** beräknas med hjälp av en löneregel som är kopplad till " +"**Frånvaroavdrag** beräknas med hjälp av en löneregel som är kopplad till " "tidstypen **ledighet utan lön**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:183 @@ -41309,14 +41309,6 @@ msgstr "" "klicka på :guilabel:`Anslut till HMRC`. Ange din företagsinformation på " "HMRC-plattformen. Du behöver bara göra det en gång." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." -msgstr "" -"När du anger ditt momsregistreringsnummer ska du inte lägga till landskoden " -"GB. Endast de 9 siffrorna behövs." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" msgstr "Periodisk rapportering till HMRC" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index ac40805a3..b9fd2b88b 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 msgid "Human resources" -msgstr "Mänskliga resurser" +msgstr "Personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 msgid "Attendances" -msgstr "Förväntningar" +msgstr "Närvaro" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "Hårdvara" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 msgid "Kiosk management" -msgstr "Hantering av kiosker" +msgstr "Hantering av självbetjäningsstationer" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index b16704c75..1d14cc08e 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lager och Tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Streckkod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -36,21 +36,27 @@ msgid "" "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av **Odoo Streckkod** kan användaren tilldela streckkoder till " +"enskilda produkter och produktkategorier och spåra lagerrörelser med hjälp " +"av dessa streckkoder. Genom att ansluta en streckkodsläsare kan vissa " +"lagerprocesser utlösas genom att streckkoder läses av." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Handledning: Grundläggande om streckkoder " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daglig verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa lagerjusteringar med streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -60,12 +66,19 @@ msgid "" "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" +"I ett lager kanske de registrerade inventeringarna i databasen inte alltid " +"stämmer överens med de faktiska, verkliga inventeringarna. I sådana fall kan" +" lagerjusteringar göras för att stämma av skillnaderna och säkerställa att " +"de registrerade räkningarna i databasen matchar de faktiska räkningarna i " +"lagret. I Odoo kan appen *Barcode* användas för att göra dessa justeringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" +"Dessa justeringar kan göras i realtid med hjälp av en Odoo-kompatibel " +"streckkodsläsare eller Odoo-mobilappen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -73,17 +86,21 @@ msgid "" "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" +"För en lista över Odoo-kompatibla streckkodsläsare och annan hårdvara för " +"apparna *Inventory* och *Barcode*, se sidan `Odoo Inventory - Hardware " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera streckkodsapp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -91,6 +108,9 @@ msgid "" "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda appen *Barcode* för att skapa och tillämpa " +"lagerjusteringar, **måste** den installeras genom att aktivera funktionen " +"från inställningarna i appen *Inventory*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -98,6 +118,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`. Bläddra sedan ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Barcode` och " +"klicka på kryssrutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 @@ -106,6 +129,8 @@ msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "" +"När kryssrutan är markerad klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` högst upp på sidan" +" för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -115,6 +140,11 @@ msgid "" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" +"När du har sparat visas en ny rullgardinsmeny under alternativet " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`, märkt :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, där " +"antingen :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` eller :guilabel:`Default GS1 " +"Nomenclature` kan väljas. Varje nomenklaturalternativ avgör hur skannrar " +"tolkar streckkoder i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -122,12 +152,15 @@ msgid "" "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" +"Det finns också en :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` intern länkpil, " +"tillsammans med en uppsättning :guilabel:`Print` knappar för utskrift av " +"streckkodskommandon och ett streckkodsdemoark." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverat streckkodsfunktionen i Inventory-appens inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -135,10 +168,14 @@ msgid "" "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" +"Mer information om hur du installerar och konfigurerar appen " +":guilabel:`Barcode` finns i dokumenten :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner " +"<../setup/hardware>` och :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo " +"<../setup/software>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utföra en lagerjustering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -147,12 +184,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode " +"Scanning` dashboard, där olika alternativ kommer att visas, inklusive " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, och " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" +"För att skapa och tillämpa lagerjusteringar klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Lagerjusteringar` längst ner på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 @@ -160,12 +203,14 @@ msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det navigerar du till sidan *Barcode Inventory Client Action*, " +"märkt som :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` i den övre rubriksektionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startskärm för streckkodsapp med scanner." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -173,12 +218,17 @@ msgid "" "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" +"För att påbörja justeringen skannar du först *källplatsen*, vilket är den " +"aktuella platsen i lagret för den produkt vars antal ska justeras. Skanna " +"sedan produktens streckkod(er)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "" +"Streckkoden för en viss produkt kan skannas flera gånger för att öka mängden" +" av den produkten i justeringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -186,12 +236,17 @@ msgid "" "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Om funktionen *flera lagerplatser* **inte** är aktiverad i databasen behöver" +" ingen källplats skannas. Istället skannar du helt enkelt produktens " +"streckkod för att starta lagerjusteringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan kvantiteten ändras genom att klicka på :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` ikonen längst till höger på produktraden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -201,6 +256,11 @@ msgid "" "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" +"Då öppnas ett separat fönster med en knappsats. Redigera siffran på raden " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet` för att ändra kvantiteten. Dessutom kan du klicka på " +"knapparna :guilabel:`+1` och :guilabel:`-1` för att lägga till eller dra " +"ifrån kvantitet av produkten, och sifferknapparna kan också användas för att" +" lägga till kvantitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -210,16 +270,23 @@ msgid "" "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" +"I lagerjusteringen nedan skannades källplatsen `WH/Stock/Shelf/2`, vilket " +"tilldelade platsen. Sedan skannades streckkoden för produkten `[FURN_7888] " +"Skrivbordsstativ med skärm` 3 gånger, vilket ökar enheterna i justeringen. " +"Ytterligare produkter kan läggas till i denna justering genom att skanna " +"streckkoderna för de specifika produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barcode Inventory Client Åtgärdssida med lagerjustering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra lagerjusteringen klickar du på den gröna :guilabel:`✅ " +"Apply`-knappen med bocken längst ner på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 @@ -228,11 +295,14 @@ msgid "" "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" +"När den har tillämpats navigerar Odoo tillbaka till skärmen " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanning`. En liten grön banner visas i det övre högra " +"hörnet, vilket bekräftar valideringen av justeringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visste du det?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -240,6 +310,9 @@ msgid "" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" +"Odoo's *Barcode*-applikation tillhandahåller demodata med streckkoder för " +"att utforska appens funktioner. Dessa kan användas för teständamål och kan " +"skrivas ut från appens startskärm." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -248,43 +321,57 @@ msgid "" "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" +"För att få tillgång till dessa demodata, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Barcode app` och klicka på :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` " +"och :guilabel:`commands for Inventory` (fetmarkerade och blåmarkerade) i " +"informationsfönstret ovanför skannern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demo data prompt pop-up på Barcode app huvudskärm." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till produkter manuellt till lagerjustering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "" +"När streckkoderna för platsen eller produkten inte är tillgängliga kan Odoo " +"*Barcode* fortfarande användas för att utföra lagerjusteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"För att göra detta, navigera till :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode " +"Scanning --> Inventory Adjustments`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt lägga till produkter till denna justering, klicka på den " +"vita :guilabel:`➕ Lägg till produkt` knappen längst ner på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "" +"Detta leder till en ny, tom sida där önskad produkt, kvantitet och källplats" +" måste väljas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" +"Knappsats för att lägga till produkter på Barcode Inventory Client Action-" +"sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -295,6 +382,12 @@ msgid "" "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" +"Klicka först på raden :guilabel:`Product` och välj den produkt vars " +"lagerantal ska justeras. Ange sedan kvantiteten för produkten manuellt, " +"antingen genom att ändra `1` på raden :guilabel:`Quantity`, eller genom att " +"klicka på knapparna :guilabel:`+1` och :guilabel:`-1` för att lägga till " +"eller dra ifrån kvantiteten för produkten. Sifferblocket kan också användas " +"för att lägga till antal." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -303,16 +396,24 @@ msgid "" "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Under sifferblocket finns raden :guilabel:`location`, där det som standard " +"ska stå `WH/Stock`. Klicka på denna rad för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med " +"platser att välja mellan, och välj :guilabel:`källplats` för denna " +"lagerjustering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"För att tillämpa lagerjusteringen, klicka på den gröna :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"knappen med bocken, längst ner på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -331,10 +432,15 @@ msgid "" "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" +"Det finns olika situationer där streckkodsnomenklaturer kan vara användbara." +" Ett välkänt användningsfall är ett försäljningsställe som säljer produkter " +"i bulk, där kunderna själva väger sina produkter och får den utskrivna " +"streckkoden att fästa på produkten. Streckkoden innehåller produktens vikt " +"och hjälper till att beräkna priset därefter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en nomenklatur för streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -343,12 +449,18 @@ msgid "" "nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" +"Odoo stöder streckkodsnomenklaturer, som bestämmer mappningen och tolkningen" +" av den kodade informationen. Du kan konfigurera din streckkodsnomenklatur i" +" :ref:`utvecklarläge `. Det gör du genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" +"Därifrån kan du skapa en streckkodsnomenklatur och sedan lägga till en rad " +"för att skapa din första regel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -356,6 +468,9 @@ msgid "" "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" +"Det första steget är att ange **regelns namn**, till exempel Viktstreckkod " +"med 3 decimaler. Du måste sedan ange typ för streckkodsnomenklatur, i vårt " +"fall kommer det att vara vägd produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -366,44 +481,61 @@ msgid "" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" +"Streckkodsmönstret är ett reguljärt uttryck som definierar streckkodens " +"struktur. I det här exemplet definierar 21 de produkter som regeln ska " +"tillämpas på, det är de siffror som produktens streckkod ska börja med. De 5" +" \"prickarna\" är de följande numren i produktstreckkoden och finns där helt" +" enkelt för att identifiera produkten i fråga. \"N\" definierar ett tal och " +"\"D\" definierar decimalerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" +"Kodningen gör det möjligt att ange den streckkodskodning som regeln ska " +"tillämpas på." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" +"Du kan definiera olika regler och ordna deras prioritet med hjälp av " +"sekvensen. Den första regel som matchar den skannade streckkoden kommer att " +"tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera din produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktens streckkod ska börja med \"21\";" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" +"De 5 \"prickarna\" är de övriga siffrorna i din produkts streckkod, som gör " +"det möjligt att identifiera produkten;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" +"Streckkoden ska innehålla 0:or där du definierade D:or eller N:or. I vårt " +"fall måste vi ange 5 nollor eftersom vi konfigurerade \"21.....{NNDDD}\";" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" +"I EAN-13 är den sista siffran ett kontrollnummer, använd en EAN13-generator " +"för att veta vilken siffra det ska vara i ditt fall." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -413,16 +545,23 @@ msgid "" "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" +"Om du väger 1,5 kg pasta, kommer vågen att skriva ut följande streckkod " +"2112345015002. Om du skannar denna streckkod i din POS eller när du tar emot" +" produkter i ditt streckkodsprogram, kommer Odoo automatiskt att skapa en ny" +" rad för produkten Pasta för en kvantitet på 1,5 kg. För försäljningsstället" +" kommer ett pris beroende på kvantiteten också att beräknas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regeltyper" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" +"**Priced Product**: gör att du kan identifiera produkten och ange dess pris," +" används i POS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -431,6 +570,9 @@ msgid "" "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "" +"**Rabatterad produkt**: låter dig skapa en streckkod per tillämpad rabatt. " +"Du kan sedan skanna din produkt i POS och sedan skanna rabattstreckkoden, " +"rabatten kommer att tillämpas på produktens normala pris." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -438,50 +580,64 @@ msgid "" "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" +"**Viktad produkt**: låter dig identifiera produkten och ange dess vikt, " +"används både i POS (där priset beräknas baserat på vikten) och i lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" +"**Kund**: gör att du kan identifiera kunden, används till exempel med " +"lojalitetsprogram." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Kassör**: gör att du kan identifiera kassören när du går in i POS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" +"**Location**: gör att du kan identifiera platsen för en överföring när " +"multi-location är aktiverat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" +"**Package**: gör att du kan identifiera paket på en överföring när paket är " +"aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" +"**Kreditkort**: behöver inte modifieras manuellt, finns för data från " +"Mercury-modulen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" +"**Unit Product**: gör att du kan identifiera en produkt för både POS och " +"överföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" +"När streckkodsmönstret innehåller .* betyder det att det kan innehålla hur " +"många tecken som helst, och att dessa tecken kan vara hur många som helst." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 nomenklatur för streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -491,6 +647,11 @@ msgid "" "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" +"`GS1-nomenklaturen `_ konsoliderar olika produkt- " +"och leveranskedjedata i en enda streckkod. Odoo tar emot `unika Global Trade" +" Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), som " +"köps av företag, för att möjliggöra global frakt, försäljning och " +"e-handelsproduktlistning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -498,33 +659,44 @@ msgid "" "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera GS1-nomenklaturen för att skanna streckkoder på förseglade lådor" +" och identifiera viktig produktinformation, t.ex. |GTIN|, partinummer, " +"kvantitetsinformation med mera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" +"|GTIN är en unik produktidentifiering som **måste** köpas från GS1 " +"`_ för att kunna använda GS1:s " +"streckkoder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" +"`Alla GS1-streckkoder `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Odoo's standard GS1-regler `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Varför fungerar inte min streckkod? " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Set up streckkod nomenklatur" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -534,12 +706,19 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" +"För att använda GS1-nomenklatur, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Barcode` markerar du" +" sedan rutan :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`. Välj sedan :menuselection:`Barcode" +" Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` bland alternativen för " +"standardstreckkodsnomenklatur." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" +"Välj GS1 i rullgardinsmenyn och klicka på den externa länken för att se " +"listan över GS1-regler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -547,6 +726,9 @@ msgid "" "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" +"Listan över GS1 *regler* och *streckkodsmönster* som Odoo stöder som " +"standard är tillgänglig genom att klicka på :guilabel:`➡️ (pil)` ikonen till" +" höger om :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` urvalet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -555,6 +737,10 @@ msgid "" "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" +"I popup-tabellen :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` popup-tabell kan du visa och" +" redigera GS1 :guilabel:`Rule Names` som finns tillgängliga i Odoo. Tabellen" +" innehåller all information som kan sammanfattas med en GS1-streckkod, " +"tillsammans med motsvarande :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -565,10 +751,16 @@ msgid "" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" +"När du har ställt in GS1 som streckkodsnomenklatur kan inställningarna för " +":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclatures` också nås via en dold meny som kan " +"hittas efter att :ref:`developer mode ` har aktiverats. När " +"läget är aktiverat går du till menyn :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` och slutligen väljer du " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd GS1 streckkoder i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -580,6 +772,13 @@ msgid "" "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" +"För produktidentifiering med GS1 streckkoder i Odoo erhåller företag ett " +"`unique GTIN `_ som en " +"internationellt distinkt produktidentifierare som köps från GS1. Detta " +"|GTIN| kombineras med specifika produktdetaljer enligt GS1:s angivna " +"*streckkodsmönster*. Streckkodsmönstrets arrangemang av siffror och " +"bokstäver måste följa GS1:s konventioner för att tolkas korrekt av globala " +"system längs leveranskedjan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -593,12 +792,24 @@ msgid "" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" +"Varje streckkod inleds med en 2-4-siffrig `applikationsidentifierare " +"`_ (A.I.). " +"Detta obligatoriska prefix anger universellt vilken typ av information " +"streckkoden innehåller. Odoo följer GS1:s regler för identifiering av " +"information, som beskrivs i :ref:`default GS1 rules list " +"`. Genom att inkludera " +"relevant |AI| från listan kan Odoo tolka GS1-streckkoder korrekt. Medan de " +"flesta streckkodsmönster har ett fast längdkrav, har vissa, såsom partier " +"och serienummer, flexibel längd." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" +"För streckkodsmönster med flexibel längd som inte placeras i slutet av " +"GS1-streckkoden, använd FNC1-separatorn (`\\x1D`) för att avsluta " +"streckkoden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -606,6 +817,10 @@ msgid "" "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" +"Exempel: Streckkodsmönstret för partinummer är 20 tecken långt. Istället för" +" att skapa en 20 tecken lång streckkod för partinummer, som " +"`LOT00000000000000001`, använder du FNC1-avgränsaren för att göra den " +"kortare: `LOT001\\x1D`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -615,18 +830,25 @@ msgid "" "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" +"Se :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` för att se en omfattande lista över alla streckkodsmönster och regler" +" som ska följas. I övrigt hänvisas till :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " +"` för specifika exempel på hur man kombinerar " +"|GTIN| med produktinformation och konfigurerar arbetsflödet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Lots arbetsflöde `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Arbetsflöde för kvantiteter som inte " +"ingår i enheten``" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -636,12 +858,19 @@ msgid "" "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"GS1-regler är ett specifikt format för information som finns i streckkoden, " +"som börjar med ett |AI| och innehåller en definierad längd av tecken. " +"Skanning av GS1-streckkoder från :ref:`default GS1 list " +"` fyller automatiskt i " +"motsvarande data i Odoo-databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "" +"Genom att lägga till GS1-streckkodsregler i Odoo säkerställs korrekt " +"tolkning av unika, icke-standardiserade GS1-format." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -650,6 +879,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" +"Börja med att aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge ` och gå till " +"listan :guilabel:`streckkodsnomenklaturer` i :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp" +" --> Konfiguration --> Streckkodsnomenklaturer`. Välj sedan listobjektet " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -666,6 +899,17 @@ msgid "" "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` väljer du :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` längst ned i tabellen, vilket öppnar ett fönster där du kan skapa en " +"ny regel. Fältet :guilabel:`Regelnamn` används internt för att identifiera " +"vad streckkoden representerar. Streckkoden :guilabel:`Types` är olika " +"klassificeringar av information som kan förstås av systemet (t.ex. produkt, " +"kvantitet, bäst före-datum, förpackning, kupong). :guilabel:`Sequence` " +"representerar regelns prioritet; detta innebär att ju mindre värdet är, " +"desto högre visas regeln i tabellen. Odoo följer den sekventiella ordningen " +"i tabellen och kommer att använda den första regeln som matchar baserat på " +"sekvensen. :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` är hur sekvensen av bokstäver eller " +"siffror känns igen av systemet för att innehålla information om produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -673,16 +917,21 @@ msgid "" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" +"När du har fyllt i informationen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` för att skapa en ny regel eller på :guilabel:`Save & Close` för att " +"spara och återgå till regeltabellen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning av streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" +"Eftersom GS1-streckkoder är svåra att arbeta med finns det några kontroller " +"att göra när streckkoderna inte fungerar som förväntat:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -691,6 +940,10 @@ msgid "" "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" +"Se till att inställningen :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` är inställd som " +":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Gå till avsnittet " +":ref:`inställning av nomenklatur ` för mer information." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -700,6 +953,11 @@ msgid "" "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" +"Se till att fälten som skannas i streckkoden är aktiverade i Odoo. Om du " +"till exempel vill skanna en streckkod som innehåller partier och serienummer" +" måste du se till att funktionen :guilabel:`Parti & serienummer` är " +"aktiverad i :ref:`Odoo's inställningar ` och " +":ref:`på produkten `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -709,6 +967,12 @@ msgid "" "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" +"Utelämna skiljetecken som parenteser `()` eller hakparenteser `[]` mellan " +":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` och streckkodssekvensen. Dessa används" +" vanligtvis i exempel för att underlätta läsningen och ska **inte** " +"inkluderas i den slutliga streckkoden. För mer information om hur du skapar " +"GS1-streckkoder, gå till :ref:`detta avsnitt `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -717,12 +981,18 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" +"När en streckkod innehåller flera kodade fält kräver Odoo att alla regler " +"listas i streckkodsnomenklaturen för att Odoo ska kunna läsa streckkoden. " +":ref:`Det här avsnittet ` beskriver " +"hur du lägger till nya regler i streckkodsnomenklaturen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "" +"Testa streckkoder som innehåller flera kodade fält, bit för bit, för att ta " +"reda på vilket fält som orsakar problemet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -730,6 +1000,9 @@ msgid "" "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" +"När du testar en streckkod som innehåller |GTIN|, partinummer och kvantitet," +" börja med att skanna enbart |GTIN|. Testa sedan |GTIN| med partinumret och " +"försök slutligen skanna hela streckkoden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -737,6 +1010,9 @@ msgid "" "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha diagnostiserat det kodade fältet är okänt, :ref:`lägg till nya " +"regler ` till Odoo's standardlista för " +"att känna igen GS1 streckkoder med unika specifikationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -745,10 +1021,14 @@ msgid "" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" +"Även om det nya fältet kommer att läsas, kommer informationen inte att " +"länkas till ett befintligt fält i Odoo utan utvecklaranpassningar. Det är " +"dock nödvändigt att lägga till nya regler för att säkerställa att resten av " +"fälten i streckkoden tolkas korrekt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 nomenklaturlista" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -757,12 +1037,16 @@ msgid "" "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" +"Tabellen nedan innehåller Odoo's standardlista över GS1-regler. " +"Streckkodsmönster skrivs i reguljära uttryck. Endast de tre första reglerna " +"kräver en `kontrollsiffra `_ som sista tecken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regelns namn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" @@ -772,27 +1056,27 @@ msgstr "Typ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Streckkodsmönster" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 Innehållstyp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo-området" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kod för seriell fraktcontainer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 @@ -801,172 +1085,172 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numerisk identifierare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paketets namn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nummer för global handel (GTIN)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enhet Produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Barcode` fält på produktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GTIN för inneslutna handelsvaror" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förpackning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka till / leverera till global plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Destinationens läge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sändning / leverans för forward" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Källans läge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I.D. för en fysisk plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "Location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Batch- eller partinummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lot" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alfanumeriskt namn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förpackningsdatum (ÅÅMMDD)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datum för förpackning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datum för förpackning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bäst före datum (ÅÅMMDD)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bäst före datum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bäst före-datum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utgångsdatum (ÅÅMMDD)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utgångsdatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sista giltighetsdag" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Variabelt antal artiklar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 @@ -979,12 +1263,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 @@ -996,128 +1280,128 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mått" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UoM: Enheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal handelsvaror" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i enheter för containrar (AI 02)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettovikt: kilogram (kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i kg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Längd i meter (m)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i m" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettovolym: liter (L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i L" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettovolym: kubikmeter (m\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i m\\ :sup:`3`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Längd i tum (tum)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i tum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettovikt/volym: uns (oz)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i oz" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettovolym: kubikfot (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal i ft\\ :sup:`3`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ av förpackning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förpackningstyp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Package type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förpackningstyp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användning av GS1-streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1126,6 +1410,11 @@ msgid "" "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" +"GS1 streckkoder tillhandahåller ett standardiserat format som " +"streckkodsläsare kan tolka. De kodar information i en :ref:`specifik " +"struktur som känns igen globalt `, vilket gör att " +"skannrar kan förstå och bearbeta data från leveranskedjan på ett enhetligt " +"sätt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1133,6 +1422,9 @@ msgid "" "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Barcode* tolkar och skriver ut GS1-streckkoder, vilket automatiserar " +"produktidentifiering och spårning i lageroperationer som mottagning, " +"plockning och leverans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1140,6 +1432,9 @@ msgid "" "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" +"Följande avsnitt innehåller exempel på hur Odoo använder GS1-streckkoder som" +" tillhandahålls av företaget för att identifiera vanliga lagerartiklar och " +"automatisera vissa lagerarbetsflöden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1148,18 +1443,22 @@ msgid "" "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo **skapar** inte GS1-streckkoder. Företag måste köpa ett unikt GTIN-" +"nummer (Global Trade Item Number) från GS1. Sedan kan de kombinera sina " +"befintliga GS1-streckkoder med produkt- och leveranskedjeinformation (som " +"också tillhandahålls av GS1) för att skapa streckkoder i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Köp GTIN `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ref:`GS1-nomenklatur `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera streckkoder för produkt, kvantitet och partier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1167,6 +1466,9 @@ msgid "" "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" +"För att bygga en GS1-streckkod som innehåller information om en produkt, " +"dess kvantiteter och partinummer används följande streckkodsmönster och " +"applikationsidentifierare (A.I.):" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 @@ -1176,12 +1478,12 @@ msgstr "Namn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fält i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 @@ -1203,11 +1505,11 @@ msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Units` fält på överföringsblankett" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nummer på lotten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 @@ -1216,11 +1518,11 @@ msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39 @@ -1260,6 +1562,11 @@ msgid "" "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" +"Först :ref:`aktivera produktspårning med lots " +"` genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, och markera " +"rutan för :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under rubriken " +":guilabel:`Traceability`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1271,6 +1578,13 @@ msgid "" "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" +"Ställ sedan in streckkoden för produkten genom att navigera till det avsedda" +" produktformuläret i :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products` och välja produkten. Klicka på :guilabel:`Redigera` i " +"produktformuläret. På fliken :guilabel:`General Information` fyller du sedan" +" i fältet :guilabel:`Barcode` med det unika 14-siffriga `Global Trade Item " +"Number (GTIN) `_, som är ett " +"allmänt erkänt identifikationsnummer som tillhandahålls av GS1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1278,6 +1592,10 @@ msgid "" "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" +"På produktformuläret utelämnas streckkodsmönstret |AI| `01` för " +"|GTIN|-produkt, eftersom det endast används för att koda flera streckkoder " +"till en enda streckkod som innehåller detaljerad information om " +"förpackningens innehåll." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -1285,10 +1603,13 @@ msgid "" "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" +"För att registrera GS1-streckkoden för produkten `Fuji Apple`, ange det " +"14-siffriga |GTIN| `20611628936004` i fältet :guilabel:`Barcode` på " +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange 14-siffrigt GTIN i streckkodsfältet på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1299,10 +1620,16 @@ msgid "" "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att se en lista över *alla* produkter och deras motsvarande streckkoder " +"i Odoo-databasen, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under rubriken :guilabel:`streckkod` klickar du" +" på knappen :guilabel:`Konfigurera streckkoder för produkter` under " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`streckkodsläsare`. Ange det 14-siffriga |GTIN| i " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Barcode` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa sidan Produktstreckkoder från lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1311,17 +1638,22 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat spårning av partier och serienummer på " +"inställningssidan anger du att funktionen ska användas på varje produkt " +"genom att gå till fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` på produktformuläret. Under " +":guilabel:`Spårning` väljer du radioknappen :guilabel:`By Lots`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" +"Aktivera produktspårning av partier på fliken \"Lager\" i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna streckkod på kvitto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1330,6 +1662,11 @@ msgid "" "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa korrekt tolkning av partier i Odoo på produktstreckkoder" +" som skannats under en mottagningsoperation, navigera till appen " +":menuselection:`streckkod` för att hantera " +":ref:`mottagningsplockningsprocessen `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1340,6 +1677,12 @@ msgid "" "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" +"Från :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Operations` knappen, sedan på :guilabel:`Receipts` knappen för " +"att visa listan över leverantörskvitton att bearbeta. Kvitton som genereras " +"från :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` listas, men nya kvittooperationer kan " +"också skapas direkt via :menuselection:`Barcode`-appen med hjälp av " +":guilabel:`Create`-knappen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1348,12 +1691,19 @@ msgid "" "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" +"Klicka på lagerhanteringen (`WH/IN`) i listan över kvitton och skanna " +"produktens streckkod och partinummer med en streckkodsläsare. Den skannade " +"produkten visas sedan på listan. Använd knappen :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` för " +"att öppna ett fönster och manuellt ange kvantiteter för specifika " +"partinummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt en :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` på femtio äpplen kan du " +"navigera till det tillhörande kvittot i appen *Barcode*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -1361,68 +1711,72 @@ msgid "" "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" +"Skanna streckkoden som innehåller |GTIN|, kvantitet och partinummer. För " +"test med streckkodsläsare visas nedan ett exempel på streckkod för de femtio" +" Fuji-äpplena i parti 2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50 Fuji-äpplen i Lot0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:199 msgid "2D Matrix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2D-matris" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" +"2D-matris av GS1-streckkod för 50 fujiäpplen med ett tilldelat partinummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:202 msgid "|AI| (product)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|AI| (produkt)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 Barcode (produkt)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|AI| (kvantitet)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 streckkod (antal)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" -msgstr "" +msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|AI| (mycket)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 streckkod (parti #)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fullständig GS1-streckkod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -1431,16 +1785,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" +":ref:`Om konfigurationen är korrekt `, " +"`50/50` :guilabel:`Units` bearbetade visas och knappen :guilabel:`Validate` " +"blir grön. Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Validera` för att slutföra " +"mottagningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" +"Skanna streckkoden för en produkt på mottagningens plocksida i appen " +"*Barcode*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera streckkod för produkt och icke-enhetskvantitet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -1448,14 +1808,16 @@ msgid "" "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en GS1-streckkod som innehåller produkter som mäts i en icke-" +"enhetsmängd, t.ex. kilogram, används följande streckkodsmönster:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvantitet i kilogram" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -1463,12 +1825,17 @@ msgid "" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" +"För att bekräfta att kvantiteter tolkas korrekt i Odoo, gör en beställning i" +" appen *Köp* med lämplig måttenhet (:guilabel:`UoM`) för den mängd produkter" +" som ska köpas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Enklare konvertering av leverantörsenheter med UoMs " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -1476,6 +1843,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" +"När ordern har lagts navigerar du till appen :menuselection:`Barcode` för " +"att :ref:`ta emot leverantörens försändelse `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -1483,34 +1853,37 @@ msgid "" "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" +"På kvittot i appen *Barcode* tar du emot en order på `52,1 kg` persikor " +"genom att skanna streckkoden som innehåller |GTIN| och mängden persikor i " +"kilogram." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:197 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "52,1 kg persikor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2D-matris av GS1-streckkod för 52,1 kg persikor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "00614141000012" -msgstr "" +msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "3101" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "000521" -msgstr "" +msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -1519,14 +1892,19 @@ msgid "" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" +":ref:`Om konfigurationen är korrekt `, " +"`52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` kommer att visas och knappen " +":guilabel:`Validate` blir grön. Tryck slutligen på :guilabel:`Validate` för " +"att slutföra valideringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" +"Skanna streckkodsskärmen för en mottagningsoperation i appen Streckkod." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:222 msgid "Verify product moves" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera att produkten rör sig" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -1534,6 +1912,10 @@ msgid "" "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" +"För ytterligare kontroll registreras även kvantiteterna av mottagna " +"produkter i rapporten :guilabel:`Product Moves`, som du når genom att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product " +"Moves`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -1545,14 +1927,22 @@ msgid "" "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" +"Posterna i rapporten :guilabel:`Product Moves` är som standard grupperade " +"efter produkt. För att bekräfta de mottagna kvantiteterna, klicka på en " +"produktrad för att öppna dess hopfällbara rullgardinsmeny, som visar en " +"lista över *lagerflyttningsrader* för produkten. Den senaste " +"lagerflyttningen matchar referensnumret för lagermottagningen (t.ex. " +"`WH/IN/00013`) och kvantiteten som behandlades i streckkodsskanningen, " +"vilket visar att de poster som behandlades i appen *Barcode* lagrades " +"korrekt i *Inventory*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mottagningslagerrekord för 52,1 kg persikor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera kvitton och leveranser med streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -1560,6 +1950,9 @@ msgid "" "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" +"Appen *Barcode* kan användas för att hantera kvitton, leveranser och andra " +"typer av transaktioner i realtid med hjälp av en streckkodsläsare eller Odoo" +" mobilapp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1568,6 +1961,10 @@ msgid "" "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" +"Detta gör det möjligt att bearbeta transaktioner på lagergolvet när de sker," +" istället för att behöva vänta på att validera överföringar från en dator. " +"Genom att bearbeta transaktioner på detta sätt kan streckkoder tillskrivas " +"rätt produkter, plockningar, platser och mycket mer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 @@ -1575,6 +1972,9 @@ msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda appen *Barcode* för att hantera överföringar måste den" +" installeras genom att aktivera funktionen i inställningarna för appen " +"*Inventory*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 @@ -1583,6 +1983,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Bläddra sedan ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Barcode` och klicka på " +"kryssrutan bredvid funktionen :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1591,6 +1994,10 @@ msgid "" "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" +"När sidan har uppdaterats visas nya alternativ under funktionen " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (med en " +"motsvarande rullgardinsmeny), där antingen :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " +"eller :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` kan väljas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 @@ -1599,6 +2006,9 @@ msgid "" "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" +"Det finns också en :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` intern länkpil, " +"och en uppsättning :guilabel:`Print` knappar för utskrift av " +"streckkodskommandon och ett streckkodsdemoark." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 @@ -1608,16 +2018,22 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" +"Mer information om hur du installerar och konfigurerar appen " +":guilabel:`Barcode` finns på dokumentationssidorna :doc:`Set up your barcode" +" scanner <../setup/hardware>` och :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo " +"<../setup/software>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna streckkoder för kvitton" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta lagerkvitton för inkommande produkter måste det först " +"skapas en inköpsorder (PO) och en kvittooperation som ska bearbetas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1625,6 +2041,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`, gå till :menuselection:`Inköpsapp" +" --> Skapa` för att skapa en ny offertförfrågan (RFQ)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1634,6 +2052,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" +"Från det tomma formuläret :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Vendor` för att lägga till en " +"leverantör. På raden :guilabel:`Product` under fliken :guilabel:`Products` " +"klickar du sedan på :guilabel:`Add a product` och väljer den eller de " +"produkter som du vill lägga till i offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1641,16 +2064,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` högst upp i formuläret och " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm Order` för att bekräfta :abbr:`RFQ (request for " +"quotation)` till en :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Färdig inköpsorder för streckkodsprodukt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta och skanna streckkoder för lagerkvitton, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1659,6 +2087,10 @@ msgid "" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" +"När du är inne i :guilabel:`Barcode app` visas en :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanning` skärm med olika alternativ. För att hantera kvitton klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Operations` längst ned på skärmen. Detta navigerar till " +"en :menuselection:`Operations` översiktssida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -1667,6 +2099,10 @@ msgid "" "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" +"På den här sidan letar du upp kortet :guilabel:`Receipts` och klickar på " +"knappen :guilabel:`# To Process` för att se alla utestående kvitton. Välj " +"sedan önskad kvittooperation som ska bearbetas. Detta navigerar till skärmen" +" för streckkodsöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1677,6 +2113,12 @@ msgid "" "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" +"Om du *bara* använder en streckkodsläsare eller Odoos mobilapp, kan " +"streckkoderna för varje överföring av en motsvarande operationstyp skannas " +"för att enkelt bearbetas. När de har skannats kan de produkter som ingår i " +"en befintlig överföring skannas, och nya produkter kan också läggas till i " +"överföringen. När alla produkter har skannats validerar du överföringen för " +"att fortsätta med lagerflyttarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1686,11 +2128,16 @@ msgid "" "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" +"Från denna skärm visas en översikt över alla kvitton som ska behandlas inom " +"denna överföring (**WH/IN/000XX**). Längst ner på skärmen finns alternativen" +" :guilabel:`Add Product` eller :guilabel:`Validate`, beroende på om " +"produkter behöver läggas till i transaktionen, eller om hela transaktionen " +"ska valideras på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översikt över kvitton i överföring till skanning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -1699,6 +2146,11 @@ msgid "" "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta och skanna varje produkt individuellt, välj en specifik " +"produktlinje. Knappen :guilabel:`+#` (i detta fall :guilabel:`+10`) kan " +"klickas för att ange att produkten tagits emot, eller ikonen " +":guilabel:`pencil` kan klickas för att öppna en ny skärm för redigering av " +"den produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1708,6 +2160,11 @@ msgid "" "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +"På denna skärm listas den produkt som tas emot. Under produktnamnet kan " +"raden :guilabel:`Kvantitet` redigeras. Ändra antingen `0` i raden till " +"önskad kvantitet, eller klicka på knappen :guilabel:`/# Units` (i detta fall" +" :guilabel:`/10 Units`) för att automatiskt fylla i den kvantitet som " +"beställts från :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1717,11 +2174,16 @@ msgid "" "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" +"I mottagningsoperationen `WH/IN/00019` förväntas `10 Units` av `Barcode " +"Product` tas emot. `[BARCODE_PROD]` är den :guilabel:`Intern referens` som " +"anges på produktformuläret. Skanna streckkoden på `Barcode Product` för att " +"ta emot en enhet. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`pencil`-ikonen för att manuellt" +" ange de mottagna kvantiteterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktlinjeeditor för individuell överföring i streckkodsappen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 @@ -1730,6 +2192,9 @@ msgid "" "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan du klicka på knapparna :guilabel:`+1` och :guilabel:`-1` för " +"att lägga till eller dra ifrån mängd av produkten, och :guilabel:`number " +"keys` kan också användas för att lägga till mängd." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1738,6 +2203,10 @@ msgid "" "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`number keys` finns raden :guilabel:`location`, där det som " +"standard står `WH/Stock`, om inte en annan *location* anges på själva " +"produkten. Klicka på denna rad för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med " +"ytterligare platser att välja mellan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 @@ -1747,6 +2216,8 @@ msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta de " +"ändringar som gjorts i produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1756,26 +2227,35 @@ msgid "" "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" +"Från översiktssidan med alla kvitton som ska behandlas inom den överföringen" +" (**WH/IN/000XX**) klickar du sedan på knappen :guilabel:`+#` på " +"produktraden för de produkter som tas emot och klickar på " +":guilabel:`Validera`. Kvittot har nu behandlats och :guilabel:`Barcode app` " +"kan stängas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översikt över kvitton i överföring för att validera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna streckkoder för leveransorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta lagerleveranser för utgående produkter måste det först " +"skapas en försäljningsorder (SO) och en leveransoperation att bearbeta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` för att skapa en ny offert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -1785,6 +2265,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" +"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Kund` i det tomma " +"offertformuläret för att lägga till en kund. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Produkt` under fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` på :guilabel:`Lägg " +"till en produkt` och välj den eller de produkter som du vill lägga till i " +"offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -1792,16 +2277,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` högst upp i formuläret och " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm Order` för att bekräfta offerten till en " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Färdig försäljningsorder för streckkodsprodukt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta och skanna streckkoder för lagerleveranser, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -1810,6 +2300,10 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" +"Väl inne i :guilabel:`Barcode app` visas en :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"skärm med olika alternativ. För att hantera leveranser klickar du på knappen" +" :guilabel:`Operations` längst ned på skärmen. Detta navigerar till en " +":guilabel:`Operations` översiktssida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -1818,10 +2312,14 @@ msgid "" "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" +"På den här sidan letar du upp kortet :guilabel:`Leveransorder` och klickar " +"på knappen :guilabel:`# Att bearbeta` för att se alla utestående leveranser." +" Välj sedan önskad leveransorder att bearbeta. Detta navigerar till skärmen " +"för streckkodsöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översiktssida för verksamheten i Barcode-appens instrumentpanel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -1831,6 +2329,11 @@ msgid "" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" +"Från denna skärm visas en översikt över alla leveranser som ska bearbetas " +"inom denna överföring (**WH/OUT/000XX**). Längst ner på skärmen finns " +"alternativen :guilabel:`Add Product` eller :guilabel:`Validate`, beroende på" +" om produkter behöver läggas till i transaktionen eller om hela " +"transaktionen ska valideras på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -1839,6 +2342,10 @@ msgid "" "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta och skanna varje produkt individuellt, välj en specifik " +"produktlinje. Knappen :guilabel:`+1` kan klickas för att indikera leverans " +"av den produkten, eller :guilabel:`pencil icon` kan klickas för att öppna en" +" ny skärm för att redigera den produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -1848,6 +2355,11 @@ msgid "" "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen visas den produkt som ska levereras. Under produktnamnet " +"kan raden :guilabel:`Kvantitet` redigeras. Ändra antingen `0` i raden till " +"önskad kvantitet, eller klicka på knappen :guilabel:`/# Units` (i detta fall" +" :guilabel:`/10 Units`) för att automatiskt fylla i den kvantitet som " +"beställts från :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -1855,6 +2367,9 @@ msgid "" "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`number keys` finns raden :guilabel:`location`, där det som " +"standard står `WH/Stock`, såvida ingen annan plats anges på själva " +"produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -1862,6 +2377,9 @@ msgid "" "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" +"Detta är den plats som produkten hämtas från för leverans. Klicka på denna " +"rad för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med ytterligare platser att välja mellan" +" (om denna produkt lagras på flera platser i lagret)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -1869,6 +2387,9 @@ msgid "" "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" +"För lager som har flera olika lagringsplatser, regler för inlagring och " +"strategier för bortforsling kan ytterligare steg läggas till för olika " +"operationstyper, medan du använder *Barcode*-appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -1877,14 +2398,19 @@ msgid "" "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" +"Från översiktssidan med alla kvitton som ska behandlas inom den överföringen" +" (**WH/OUT/000XX**) klickar du sedan på knappen :guilabel:`+#` på " +"produktraden för de produkter som tas emot och klickar på " +":guilabel:`Validera`. Leveransen har nu behandlats och appen *Barcode* kan " +"stängas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översikt över leveranser vid överföring till validering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa och bearbeta överföringar med streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1893,6 +2419,10 @@ msgid "" "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" +"Appen *Barcode* kan användas för att hantera interna överföringar för alla " +"typer av produkter, inklusive överföringar för produkter som spåras med " +"hjälp av partier eller serienummer. Överföringar kan skapas från grunden i " +"realtid med en Odoo-kompatibel streckkodsläsare eller Odoos mobilapp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1900,6 +2430,9 @@ msgid "" "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" +"En lista över Odoo-kompatibla streckkodsläsare och annan hårdvara för appen " +"*Inventory* finns på sidan `Odoo Inventory - Hardware page " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1909,10 +2442,15 @@ msgid "" "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" +"När sidan har uppdaterats visas nya alternativ under funktionen " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (med en " +"motsvarande rullgardinsmeny), där antingen :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " +"eller :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` kan väljas. Den valda " +"nomenklaturen ändrar hur skannrar tolkar streckkoder i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna streckkoder för interna överföringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1920,6 +2458,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"För att skapa och bearbeta interna överföringar för produkter i ett lager, " +"måste funktionerna :guilabel:`Storage Locations` och :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` **must** vara aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1928,20 +2469,28 @@ msgid "" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`. Bläddra sedan ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Warehouse` och " +"klicka på kryssrutorna bredvid :guilabel:`Storage Locations` och " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` högst upp på sidan för att spara " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en intern överföring" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta befintliga interna överföringar måste det först skapas en " +"intern överföring och en operation att bearbeta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1950,12 +2499,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" +"Skapa en intern överföring genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory" +" app`. Från :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, leta upp " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kortet och klicka på :guilabel:`0 To Process`" +" knappen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create` längst upp till vänster på den " +"resulterande sidan. Detta navigerar till ett nytt :guilabel:`Intern " +"överföring` formulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1965,11 +2521,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" +"På detta tomma formulär anges :guilabel:`Operation Type` automatiskt som " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under det fältet är :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` och :guilabel:`Destination Location` inställda som " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` som standard, men kan ändras till de platser som " +"produkterna flyttas från och flyttas till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blankett för intern överföring med källort och destinationsort." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -1978,6 +2539,10 @@ msgid "" "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" +"När du har valt önskade platser kan du lägga till produkter i överföringen. " +"På raden :guilabel:`Product` under fliken :guilabel:`Products` klickar du på" +" :guilabel:`Add a product` och väljer den eller de produkter som du vill " +"lägga till i överföringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1986,14 +2551,19 @@ msgid "" "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` högst upp i formuläret för att" +" spara den nya interna överföringen. Klicka sedan på ikonen " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` (fyra rader, längst till höger om raden " +":guilabel:`Product`) för att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönster för detaljerad information om interna överföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` i popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2001,6 +2571,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" +"I kolumnen :guilabel:`To` ändrar du sedan platsen från :guilabel:`WH/Stock` " +"till en annan plats, dit produkterna ska flyttas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -2008,22 +2580,29 @@ msgid "" "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" +"I kolumnen :guilabel:`Done` ändrar du sedan kvantiteten till den önskade " +"kvantiteten som ska överföras. När du är klar klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna streckkoder för intern överföring" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta och skanna streckkoder för interna överföringar, navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Barcode app`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" +"Väl inne i :guilabel:`Barcode app` visas en :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"skärm med olika alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2031,6 +2610,9 @@ msgid "" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" +"För att hantera interna överföringar, klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Operations` längst ned på skärmen. Detta navigerar till en " +":menuselection:`Operations` översiktssida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2039,6 +2621,10 @@ msgid "" "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" +"Från denna sida, leta upp :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kortet, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`# To Process` knappen för att se alla utestående interna " +"överföringar. Välj sedan önskad transaktion att bearbeta. Detta navigerar " +"till skärmen för streckkodsöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -2046,6 +2632,10 @@ msgid "" "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" +"När du använder appen *Barcode* utan appen *Inventory* (**endast** om du " +"använder en streckkodsläsare eller Odoo mobilapp) kan streckkoderna för " +"varje överföring av en motsvarande operationstyp skannas för att enkelt " +"bearbetas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2054,6 +2644,10 @@ msgid "" "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" +"Efter skanningen kan de produkter som ingår i en befintlig överföring " +"skannas, och nya produkter kan också läggas till i överföringen. När alla " +"produkter har skannats validerar du överföringen för att fortsätta med " +"lagerflyttarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2063,11 +2657,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" +"Från denna skärm visas en översikt över alla produkter som ska bearbetas " +"inom den specifika interna överföringen (**WH/INT/000XX**). Längst ner på " +"skärmen finns alternativen :guilabel:`Add Product` eller " +":guilabel:`Validate`, beroende på om produkter behöver läggas till i " +"transaktionen eller om hela transaktionen ska valideras på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "" +"Skanna sedan produktens streckkod för att genomföra den interna " +"överföringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -2076,6 +2677,11 @@ msgid "" "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" +"Eller välj en specifik produktlinje om du vill bearbeta och skanna varje " +"produkt individuellt. Knappen :guilabel:`+ 1` kan klickas för att lägga till" +" ytterligare kvantiteter av den produkten till överföringen, eller " +":guilabel:`pencil icon` kan klickas för att öppna en ny skärm för att " +"redigera den produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -2084,6 +2690,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" +"I produktens popup-fönster visas produkten och de enheter som ska bearbetas " +"med en sifferknappsats. Under produktnamnet kan raden :guilabel:`Kvantitet` " +"redigeras. Ändra numret på raden till den kvantitet som anges för överföring" +" på det interna överföringsformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -2094,6 +2704,12 @@ msgid "" "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" +"I den interna överföringsoperationen `WH/INT/000XX` flyttas `50 enheter` av " +"`Överföringsprodukt` från `WH/Lager` till `WH/Lager/Hylla 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` är den :guilabel:`Intern referens` som anges på " +"produktformuläret. Skanna streckkoden på `Transfer Product` för att ta emot " +"en enhet. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`pencil icon` för att manuellt ange de " +"överförda kvantiteterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -2101,6 +2717,9 @@ msgid "" "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan knapparna :guilabel:`+1` och :guilabel:`-1` klickas för att " +"lägga till eller dra ifrån antal av produkten, och sifferknapparna kan också" +" användas för att lägga till antal." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -2109,6 +2728,10 @@ msgid "" " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" +"Under sifferknapparna finns de två :guilabel:`location`-raderna, som visar " +"vilka platser som tidigare angivits på det interna överföringsformuläret, i " +"detta fall `WH/Stock` och `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Klicka på dessa rader för att " +"visa en rullgardinsmeny med ytterligare platser att välja mellan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -2116,12 +2739,17 @@ msgid "" "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" +"Från översiktssidan med alla produkter som ska behandlas inom den " +"överföringen (**WH/INT/000XX**) klickar du sedan på :guilabel:`Validera`. " +"Kvittot har nu behandlats och appen *Barcode* kan stängas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "" +"Appen *Barcode* kan också användas för att skanna produkter i interna " +"överföringar som innehåller unika lotnummer och serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -2131,10 +2759,15 @@ msgid "" "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" +"Skanna streckkoden för ett parti- eller serienummer på skärmen för " +"streckkodsöverföring, så ökar Odoo automatiskt produktens kvantitet till den" +" kvantitet som registrerats i databasen. Om samma parti- eller serienummer " +"delas mellan olika produkter, skanna först produktens streckkod och sedan " +"streckkoden för partiet/serienumret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en överföring från grunden" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2142,6 +2775,10 @@ msgid "" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" +"Förutom att hantera och skanna streckkoder för befintliga, tidigare skapade " +"interna överföringar, kan *Barcode*-appen också användas för att skapa " +"överföringar från grunden, helt enkelt genom att skanna en utskriven " +"streckkod för operationstyp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -2152,6 +2789,12 @@ msgid "" "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" +"Odoo's *Barcode*-applikation tillhandahåller demodata med streckkoder för " +"att utforska appens funktioner. Dessa kan användas för teständamål och kan " +"skrivas ut från appens startskärm. För att komma åt dessa demodata, navigera" +" till :menuselection:`Barcode app` och klicka på :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (fetmarkerat och markerat i blått) i informationsfönstret ovanför " +"skannern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -2159,12 +2802,17 @@ msgid "" "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" +"För att göra detta, navigera först till :menuselection:`Barcode app`. När du" +" är inne i *Barcode*-appen visas en :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning`-skärm med " +"olika alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "" +"Om du använder en USB- eller Bluetooth-streckkodsläsare kan du skanna " +"produktens streckkod direkt från den här skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -2173,12 +2821,19 @@ msgid "" "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" +"Om du använder en smartphone som streckkodsläsare klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Tap to Scan` (bredvid kameraikonen, i mitten av skärmen). Detta " +"öppnar en :guilabel:`streckkodsläsare` popup-skärm som aktiverar kameran på " +"den enhet som används." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" +"Rikta kameran mot den utskrivna streckkoden för operationstyp för att skanna" +" den. Om du gör det bearbetas streckkoden och du navigerar till en skärm för" +" streckkodsöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -2187,6 +2842,10 @@ msgid "" "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" +"Från denna skärm visas en översikt över alla produkter som ska bearbetas " +"inom den specifika interna överföringen (**WH/INT/000XX**). Eftersom detta " +"är en ny överföring som skapats från grunden, bör det dock inte finnas några" +" produkter listade på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -2195,10 +2854,14 @@ msgid "" "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till produkter, skanna produktens streckkod. Om streckkoden " +"inte är tillgänglig, ange produkten manuellt i systemet genom att klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Add Product` längst ner på skärmen, och lägg till de " +"produkter och produktkvantiteter som ska överföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tom produkt redaktör i scratch intern överföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -2206,6 +2869,9 @@ msgid "" "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validera` på översiktssidan med alla produkter " +"som ska bearbetas inom överföringen (**WH/INT/000XX**). Den interna " +"överföringen har nu behandlats och *Barcode*-appen kan stängas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -2213,21 +2879,23 @@ msgstr "Inställning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in din streckkodsläsare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "" +"Följ denna guide för att välja och konfigurera en streckkodsläsare som är " +"kompatibel med Odoos appar *Inventory* och *Barcode*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bild på ett exempel på en streckkodsläsare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "Scanner types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av skannrar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2235,6 +2903,9 @@ msgid "" "scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main " "types, each with their own benefits and use cases:" msgstr "" +"Innan du installerar en streckkodsläsare är det viktigt att avgöra vilken " +"typ av läsare som bäst uppfyller företagets behov. Det finns tre huvudtyper," +" var och en med sina egna fördelar och användningsområden:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2243,6 +2914,10 @@ msgid "" " grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the " "keyboard layout of the computer." msgstr "" +"**USB-skannrar** ansluts till en dator och är lämpliga för företag som " +"skannar produkter på en fast plats, till exempel vid kassan i en mataffär. " +"Se till att den USB-skanner du väljer är kompatibel med datorns " +"tangentbordslayout." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2251,6 +2926,11 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" +"**Bluetooth-skannrar** kopplas ihop med en smartphone eller surfplatta, " +"vilket gör dem till ett perfekt alternativ för kostnadseffektiva och " +"portabla streckkodsläsare. I det här scenariot är Odoo installerat på " +"smarttelefonen, vilket gör att lageroperatörerna kan hantera verksamheten " +"och kontrollera lagret direkt via sina mobila enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2260,22 +2940,32 @@ msgid "" " OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the" " variety of available models and configurations." msgstr "" +"**Mobila datorläsare** är mobila enheter med en inbyggd streckkodsläsare. " +"Kontrollera först att enheten kan köra Odoo-mobilappen korrekt. Nyare " +"modeller som använder Android OS med webbläsaren Google Chrome, eller " +"Windows OS med Microsoft Edge, bör fungera. Det är dock viktigt att testa " +"eftersom det finns så många olika modeller och konfigurationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36 msgid "" "`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Kompatibel hårdvara med Odoo Inventory `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "" +"När du installerar streckkodsläsaren ska du kontrollera att följande " +"konfigurationer är korrekta så att läsaren kan tolka streckkoder korrekt med" +" Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layout för tangentbord" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2284,25 +2974,34 @@ msgid "" "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" +"När du använder en USB-streckkodsläsare bör du matcha tangentbordets layout " +"med operativsystemets layout för korrekt tolkning av tecken. I allmänhet bör" +" skanningsläget vara inställt på att acceptera ett USB-tangentbord (HID), " +"med språkinställningen baserad på det tangentbord som används." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera tangentbordslayouten för en **Zebra**-skanner, skanna " +"streckkoden för tangentbordskilen för önskat språk i skannerns " +"användarhandbok." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på en användarmanual för tangentbordslayout." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "" +"Exempel på språkinställningar för tangentbordet i Zebra scannerns " +"användarhandbok." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisk vagnretur" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2312,6 +3011,12 @@ msgid "" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" +"Odoo har en standardfördröjning på 100 millisekunder mellan skanningarna för" +" att förhindra oavsiktlig dubbel skanning. För att synkronisera med " +"streckkodsläsaren, ställ in den så att den inkluderar en *vagnretur* " +"(:dfn:`tecken som \"Enter\" på ett tangentbord`) efter varje skanning. Odoo " +"tolkar vagnreturen som slutet på streckkodsinmatningen, så Odoo accepterar " +"skanningen och väntar på nästa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2319,16 +3024,21 @@ msgid "" "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" +"På skannern är vanligtvis en vagnretur inkluderad som standard. Kontrollera " +"att den är inställd genom att skanna en specifik streckkod i " +"användarhandboken, t.ex. `CR suffix ON` eller `Apply Enter for suffix`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71 msgid "Zebra scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zebra-skanner" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "" +"När du använder Zebra-skannrar, se till att följande konfigurationer för " +"tangenttryckningar är inställda för att förhindra fel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2337,16 +3047,23 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" +"Starta på Zebra-skannerns startskärm och välj appen :guilabel:`DataWedge` " +"(ikonen för appen är en ljusblå streckkod). På sidan :guilabel:`DataWedge " +"Profiles` väljer du profilalternativet för att komma åt Zebra-skannerns " +"inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the " ":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +"Bläddra ner till alternativet :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` och kontrollera " +"att alternativet :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` är " +":guilabel:`Enabled`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa alternativ för tangenttryckning i Zebra-skannerns DataWedge-app." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2354,10 +3071,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters " "as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" +"Gå nu tillbaka till alternativsidan :guilabel:`Profile` och välj " +":guilabel:`Key event options`. Kontrollera att alternativet :guilabel:`Sänd " +"tecken som händelser` är markerat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera streckkoderna i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2367,6 +3087,11 @@ msgid "" "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"Funktionerna för streckkodsläsning kan spara dig mycket tid som vanligtvis " +"går förlorad när du växlar mellan tangentbordet, musen och skannern. Genom " +"att korrekt tilldela streckkoder till produkter, plockplatser etc. kan du " +"arbeta mer effektivt genom att styra programvaran nästan uteslutande med " +"streckkodsläsaren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2374,10 +3099,13 @@ msgid "" "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" +"För att använda denna funktion måste du först aktivera " +"*streckkod*-funktionen via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> " +"Barcode Scanner`. När du har markerat funktionen kan du trycka på spara." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange streckkoder för produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2385,22 +3113,29 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" +"Du kan enkelt tilldela streckkoder till dina olika produkter via appen " +"*Inventory*. Det gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> " +"Konfigurera streckkoder för produkter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" +"Sedan har du möjlighet att tilldela streckkoder till dina produkter direkt " +"vid skapandet på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" +"Var noga med att lägga till streckkoder direkt på produktvarianterna och " +"inte på mallprodukten. Annars kommer du inte att kunna skilja dem åt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange streckkoder för platser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2409,16 +3144,21 @@ msgid "" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" +"Om du hanterar flera platser kan det vara bra att tilldela en streckkod till" +" varje plats och fästa den på platsen. Du kan konfigurera platsens " +"streckkoder i :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" +"Du kan enkelt skriva ut den streckkod som du har tilldelat platserna via " +"menyn *Print*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Streckkodsformat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2428,6 +3168,12 @@ msgid "" " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" +"De flesta detaljhandelsprodukter använder EAN-13 streckkoder, även kända som" +" GTIN (Global Trade Identification Numbers). GTIN används av företag för att" +" unikt identifiera sina produkter och tjänster. GTIN och UPC används ofta " +"synonymt, men GTIN avser det nummer som en streckkod representerar, medan " +"UPC avser själva streckkoden. Mer information om GTIN finns på GS1:s " +"webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2437,6 +3183,11 @@ msgid "" "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" +"För att kunna skapa GTIN för artiklar måste ett företag ha ett GS1 Company " +"Prefix. Detta prefix är det nummer som visas i början av varje GTIN och som " +"identifierar företaget som ägare av streckkoden och de produkter som den " +"visas på. Om du vill veta mer om GS1 Company Prefixes eller köpa en licens " +"för ett prefix kan du besöka sidan GS1 Company Prefix." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2444,6 +3195,10 @@ msgid "" "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" +"Odoo-användare kan använda GTIN-streckkoder för att identifiera sina " +"produkter. Men eftersom Odoo stöder vilken numerisk sträng som helst som " +"streckkod är det också möjligt att definiera en egen streckkod för internt " +"bruk." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" @@ -2455,11 +3210,16 @@ msgid "" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Inventory* är både en lagerapplikation och ett lagerhanteringssystem. " +"Med appen kan användarna enkelt hantera ledtider, automatisera påfyllning, " +"konfigurera avancerade rutter och mycket mer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Inventarier " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" @@ -2467,11 +3227,11 @@ msgstr "Produkthantering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Product replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Påfyllning av produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Påfyllning på beställning (MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2484,10 +3244,18 @@ msgid "" "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" +"*Replenish on order*, även känt som *MTO* (make to order), är en " +"påfyllnadsstrategi som skapar ett orderutkast för en produkt varje gång en " +"försäljningsorder skapas för den. För produkter som köps in från en " +"leverantör skapas en offertförfrågan (RFQ), medan en försäljningsorder för " +"en produkt som tillverkas internt utlöser skapandet av en " +"tillverkningsorder. Skapandet av en |RFQ| eller tillverkningsorder sker " +"varje gång en försäljningsorder skapas, oavsett den aktuella lagernivån för " +"den produkt som beställs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avarkivera rutten Fyll på vid order (MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2495,6 +3263,9 @@ msgid "" "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" +"Som standard ställer Odoo in rutten |MTO| som *arkiverad*. Detta beror på " +"att |MTO| är ett något nischat arbetsflöde som bara används av vissa " +"företag. Det är dock enkelt att avarkivera rutten med bara några enkla steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2503,10 +3274,14 @@ msgid "" "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" +"Börja med att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes`. På sidan :guilabel:`Routes` klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Filters` och väljer alternativet :guilabel:`Archived`. Detta " +"visar alla rutter som för närvarande är arkiverade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det arkiverade filtret på sidan Rutter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2514,10 +3289,13 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" +"Markera kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` och klicka " +"sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Action` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I " +"rullgardinsmenyn väljer du :guilabel:`Unarchive`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den oarkiverade åtgärden på sidan Routes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2526,14 +3304,18 @@ msgid "" "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" +"Slutligen tar du bort filtret :guilabel:`Archived` från fältet " +":guilabel:`Search...`. På sidan :guilabel:`Routes` visas nu alla " +"tillgängliga rutter, inklusive :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, som nu " +"kan väljas på lagerfliken på varje produktsida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "MTO-rutten visas på sidan Routes efter att den har avarkiverats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera en produkt för att använda MTO-rutten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2542,6 +3324,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" +"Nu när rutten |MTO| inte längre är arkiverad kan produkter konfigureras " +"korrekt för att använda påfyllning på beställning. Börja med att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, välj sedan en " +"befintlig produkt eller klicka på :guilabel:`Create` för att konfigurera en " +"ny." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2549,6 +3336,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" +"På produktsidan väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` och aktiverar rutten " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Routes`, " +"tillsammans med en annan rutt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2557,10 +3347,14 @@ msgid "" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` rutten **fungerar** inte** om inte en " +"annan rutt också är vald. Detta beror på att Odoo måste veta hur produkten " +"ska fyllas på när en beställning görs för den (köp den, tillverka den, " +"etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj MTO-rutten och en andra rutt på fliken Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2569,16 +3363,22 @@ msgid "" "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" +"Om produkten köps från en leverantör för att uppfylla försäljningsorder ska " +"du aktivera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Kan köpas` under produktnamnet. Om du gör " +"det visas fliken :guilabel:`Köp` tillsammans med de andra " +"inställningsflikarna nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" +"Välj fliken :guilabel:`Köp` och ange en :guilabel:`Venör` och det " +":guilabel:`Pris` som de säljer produkten för." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera \"Kan köpas\" och ange en leverantör." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -2587,6 +3387,11 @@ msgid "" "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" +"Om produkten är tillverkad, se till att den har en materialförteckning (BOM)" +" konfigurerad för den. Klicka på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Materialförteckning` längst upp på skärmen och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create` på sidan :guilabel:`Materialförteckning` för att " +"konfigurera en ny |Materialförteckning| för produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -2594,14 +3399,18 @@ msgid "" "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"I det tomma formuläret |BOM| lägger du till de komponenter som används för " +"att tillverka produkten på fliken :guilabel:`Components`, tillsammans med de" +" åtgärder som krävs för tillverkningsarbetsflödet på fliken " +":guilabel:`Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppfylla en försäljningsorder med hjälp av MTO-rutten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2610,12 +3419,18 @@ msgid "" " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" +"När du har konfigurerat en produkt för att använda rutten |MTO| skapas en " +"påfyllningsorder för den varje gång en försäljningsorder som innehåller " +"produkten bekräftas. Vilken typ av order som skapas beror på den andra " +"rutten som valts utöver |MTO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "" +"Om till exempel *Buy* var den andra vägen som valdes, skapas en inköpsorder " +"vid bekräftelse av en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2624,6 +3439,11 @@ msgid "" "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" +"När rutten |MTO| är aktiverad för en produkt skapas alltid en " +"påfyllningsorder när en försäljningsorder bekräftas. Detta gäller även om " +"det finns ett tillräckligt lager av produkten för att uppfylla " +"försäljningsordern, utan att köpa eller tillverka ytterligare enheter av " +"den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2632,6 +3452,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"Även om |MTO|-rutten kan användas tillsammans med en mängd andra rutter, " +"används *Buy*-rutten som exempel för detta arbetsflöde. Börja med att " +"navigera till appen :menuselection:`Sales` och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create`, som öppnar ett tomt offertformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2640,6 +3464,11 @@ msgid "" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en :guilabel:`Kund` i det tomma offertformuläret, klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` under fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` och " +"ange en produkt som har konfigurerats att använda rutterna *MTO* och *Buy*. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` och offerten omvandlas till en " +"försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2647,6 +3476,9 @@ msgid "" "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Köp` smartknapp visas nu i det övre högra hörnet av " +"försäljningsordern. Om du klickar på den öppnas den |RFQ| som är kopplad " +"till försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2655,6 +3487,10 @@ msgid "" "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order` för att bekräfta |RFQ| och omvandla den " +"till en inköpsorder. En grön knapp :guilabel:`Receive Products` visas nu " +"högst upp på inköpsordern. När produkterna har tagits emot klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Receive Products` för att registrera dem i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -2662,6 +3498,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" +"Gå tillbaka till försäljningsordern genom att klicka på :guilabel:`SO` eller" +" genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` och " +"välja försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -2669,10 +3508,14 @@ msgid "" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" +"Slutligen klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` längst upp till " +"höger i ordern för att komma till leveransordern. När produkterna har " +"skickats till kunden klickar du på :guilabel:`Validate` för att bekräfta " +"leveransen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regler för omordning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2681,6 +3524,10 @@ msgid "" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" +"Regler för omprioritering används för att hålla prognostiserade lagernivåer " +"över en viss tröskel utan att överskrida en angiven övre gräns. Detta " +"åstadkoms genom att ange en minimikvantitet som lagret inte får understiga " +"och en maximikvantitet som lagret inte får överstiga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2691,10 +3538,16 @@ msgid "" "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" +"Regler för ombeställning kan konfigureras för varje produkt baserat på den " +"rutt som används för att fylla på den. Om en produkt använder rutten *Buy* " +"skapas en RFQ (Request for Quotation) när regeln för ombeställning " +"aktiveras. Om en produkt använder rutten *Tillverka* skapas istället en " +"tillverkningsorder (MO). Detta gäller oavsett vilken påfyllningsväg som " +"valts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera produkter för ombeställningsregler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2703,6 +3556,10 @@ msgid "" "Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda ombeställningsregler för en produkt måste den först " +"vara korrekt konfigurerad. Börja med att navigera till :guilabel:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products`, välj sedan en befintlig produkt eller skapa en " +"ny genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2711,10 +3568,14 @@ msgid "" "necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " "and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" +"Först, på fliken :guilabel:`General Information`, se till att " +":guilabel:`Product Type` är inställd på :guilabel:`Storable Product`. Detta " +"är nödvändigt eftersom Odoo endast spårar lagerkvantiteter för lagringsbara " +"produkter, och detta nummer används för att utlösa ombeställningsregler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange produkttyp som lagringsbar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2722,10 +3583,13 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` och välj en eller flera rutter " +"från avsnittet :guilabel:`Routes`. Detta talar om för Odoo vilken rutt som " +"ska användas för att fylla på produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj en eller flera rutter på fliken Inventering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2736,10 +3600,15 @@ msgid "" "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" +"Om produkten ombeställs med hjälp av :guilabel:`Köp`, kontrollera att " +"kryssrutan :guilabel:`Kan köpas` är aktiverad under produktnamnet. Detta gör" +" att fliken :guilabel:`Köp` visas. Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Köp` och ange" +" minst en leverantör och det pris som de säljer produkten för, så att Odoo " +"vet vilket företag produkten ska köpas från." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange leverantör och pris på fliken Inköp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2748,6 +3617,10 @@ msgid "" "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Om produkten fylls på med hjälp av :guilabel:`Manufacture` rutten, måste den" +" ha minst en Bill of Materials (BoM) associerad med den. Detta är nödvändigt" +" eftersom Odoo endast skapar tillverkningsorder för produkter med en " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2756,14 +3629,18 @@ msgid "" "product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Om det inte redan finns en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` för produkten, " +"välj smartknappen :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` högst upp i " +"produktformuläret och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create` för att konfigurera" +" en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den smarta knappen för materialförteckningen på en produktblankett." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60 msgid "Create new reordering rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa nya regler för omordning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2771,14 +3648,17 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" " out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny reorderregel, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Reorder Rules`, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`, och " +"fyll i den nya raden enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: Den produkt som fylls på av regeln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: Den plats där produkten är lagrad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2786,12 +3666,17 @@ msgid "" "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Min kvantitet`: Den minsta kvantitet som kan prognostiseras utan " +"att regeln utlöses. När det prognostiserade lagret faller under detta antal " +"skapas en påfyllningsorder för produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max kvantitet`: Den maximala kvantitet som lagret fylls på upp " +"till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -2799,6 +3684,8 @@ msgid "" "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Ange om produkten ska fyllas på i satser av " +"en viss kvantitet (t.ex. kan en produkt fyllas på i satser om 20)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2806,10 +3693,13 @@ msgid "" "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: Den måttenhet som används vid ombeställning av produkten. " +"Detta värde kan helt enkelt vara `Units` eller en specifik måttenhet för " +"vikt, längd, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formuläret för att skapa en ny reorderregel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -2818,6 +3708,10 @@ msgid "" "select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " "then fill out the new line as detailed above." msgstr "" +"Omordningsregler kan också skapas från varje produktformulär. Navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventering --> Produkter --> Produkter` och välj sedan en " +"produkt. Klicka på :menuselection:`Ordningsregler --> Skapa` och fyll sedan " +"i den nya raden enligt ovan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -2826,6 +3720,10 @@ msgid "" "replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " "the scheduler runs once each day." msgstr "" +"När en reorderregel har skapats för en produkt genereras automatiskt en " +"påfyllningsorder för produkten om den prognostiserade kvantiteten är lägre " +"än regelns minimikvantitet när schemaläggaren körs. Som standard körs " +"schemaläggaren en gång per dag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2834,6 +3732,10 @@ msgid "" "the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " "aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt utlösa en omordningsregel innan schemaläggaren körs, välj " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Välj sedan den " +"gröna knappen :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` i popup-fönstret som visas. Tänk på " +"att detta även utlöser andra schemalagda åtgärder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2842,6 +3744,9 @@ msgid "" "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " "for Quotation`." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Köp` genereras en :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. För att se och hantera :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, gå " +"till :menuselection:`Köp --> Order --> Request for Quotation`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2850,10 +3755,14 @@ msgid "" "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" +"Om rutten :guilabel:`Tillverkning` väljs genereras en :abbr:`MO " +"(Tillverkningsorder)`. För att visa och hantera :abbr:`MO " +"(Tillverkningsorder)`, navigera till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> " +"Operationer --> Tillverkningsorder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange en önskad rutt för omordning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2862,6 +3771,10 @@ msgid "" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" +"Odoo tillåter att flera rutter väljs under fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` på " +"varje produktformulär. Till exempel är det möjligt att välja både " +":guilabel:`Buy` och :guilabel:`Manufacture`, vilket möjliggör " +"funktionaliteten för båda rutterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2870,6 +3783,11 @@ msgid "" "To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" +"Odoo gör det också möjligt för användare att ställa in en föredragen rutt " +"för en produkts ombeställningsregel. Detta är den rutt som regeln " +"standardiseras till om flera är valda. För att välja en önskad rutt, börja " +"med att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Reordering Rules`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2879,6 +3797,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." msgstr "" +"Som standard är kolumnen :guilabel:`Preferred Route` dold på sidan " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules`. Aktivera den genom att välja alternativknappen" +" :guilabel:`⋮ (tre punkter)` till höger på sidan och markera kryssrutan " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`. Då visas kolumnen :guilabel:`Preferred Route`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2886,10 +3808,13 @@ msgid "" "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" +"Klicka inuti kolumnen på raden för en omordningsregel så visas en " +"rullgardinsmeny med alla tillgängliga rutter för den regeln. Välj en för att" +" ange den som önskad rutt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj önskad rutt från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2897,10 +3822,13 @@ msgid "" "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" +"Om flera rutter är aktiverade för en produkt men ingen föredragen rutt har " +"angetts för dess ombeställningsregel, ombeställs produkten med den valda " +"rutten som anges först på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lager av skrot" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2909,6 +3837,10 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " "remain accurate." msgstr "" +"I vissa fall kan en produkt i lagret vara skadad eller defekt. Om det inte " +"är möjligt att reparera eller returnera produkten, tillåter Odoo *Inventory*" +" användare att skrota den, vilket säkerställer att användbara lagerräkningar" +" förblir korrekta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 @@ -2917,6 +3849,9 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" +"Skrotorder kan visas genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Varje skrotorder visar datum och tid då ordern " +"skapades, tillsammans med den produkt och kvantitet som skrotades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2926,6 +3861,11 @@ msgid "" "virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " "location." msgstr "" +"För att se den totala mängden av varje skrotat objekt, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Ta bort filtret " +":guilabel:`Internal` från fältet :guilabel:`Search...` för att visa " +"virtuella platser. Välj slutligen platsen :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2934,12 +3874,17 @@ msgid "" "location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " "is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" +"Som standard tar skrotning av en produkt bort den från det fysiska lagret " +"och placerar den på en virtuell plats med titeln *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. " +"En virtuell plats är **inte** ett fysiskt utrymme, utan snarare en " +"beteckning i Odoo som används för att spåra artiklar som inte längre finns i" +" fysiskt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Läs mer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2947,10 +3892,13 @@ msgid "" "the different types of :ref:`locations `." msgstr "" +"Mer information om virtuella platser finns i dokumentationen om de olika " +"typerna av :ref:`platser `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "Scrap from stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrot från lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2958,6 +3906,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" " Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." msgstr "" +"För att skrota en produkt som finns i lagret, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create` på sidan :guilabel:`Scrap Orders` för att konfigurera en " +"ny skrotningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2969,10 +3921,16 @@ msgid "" "changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " "menus." msgstr "" +"Välj den produkt som ska skrotas i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product` och " +"ange sedan kvantiteten i fältet :guilabel:`Quantity` på skrotningsordern. " +":guilabel:`Source Location` är som standard den plats där produkten lagras " +"och :guilabel:`Scrap Location` är som standard :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap`, men båda dessa kan ändras genom att välja en annan plats " +"från respektive rullgardinsmeny." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "A new scrap order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En ny skrotorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -2980,10 +3938,13 @@ msgid "" "inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " "quantity." msgstr "" +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Validera` för att skrota produkten. Den " +"befintliga lagerräkningen för den skrotade produkten uppdateras för att " +"subtrahera den skrotade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:49 msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrot från kvitto, överföring eller leverans" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2992,6 +3953,10 @@ msgid "" "defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " "location to another, or preparing them for delivery." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att skrota produkter under mottagnings-, överförings- " +"och leveransoperationerna. Detta kan vara nödvändigt om några produkter " +"visar sig vara defekta när de tas emot i lager, överförs från en plats till " +"en annan eller förbereds för leverans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3002,6 +3967,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " "product is being scrapped from." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skrota en produkt under mottagning, överföring eller leverans " +"börjar du med att navigera till appen :menuselection:`Inventory`. På sidan " +":guilabel:`Oversikt` väljer du knappen :guilabel:`# ATT BEHANDLA` på kortet " +":guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` eller " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, beroende på vilken typ av åtgärd produkten ska " +"skrotas från." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -3011,6 +3982,12 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" +"För att kortet :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` ska visas på sidan " +":menuselection:`Overview` i appen :menuselection:`Inventory` måste " +"inställningen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` vara aktiverad. Det gör du genom" +" att gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Inställningar` och sedan " +"aktivera kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under rubriken " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -3018,6 +3995,9 @@ msgid "" " viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " "Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan en lista över alla leveransorder, kvitton och överföringar " +"visas genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " +"Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3025,10 +4005,14 @@ msgid "" "page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" " page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Öppna sedan en leveransorder, ett kvitto eller en överföring från " +"motsvarande sida genom att klicka på den. En :guilabel:`Scrap`-knapp visas " +"högst upp på sidan. Klicka på den för att öppna popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Scrap`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrotet dyker upp i Inventory-appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3036,6 +4020,9 @@ msgid "" "validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " "they have been entered into inventory." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Scrap` kommer endast att visas på ett kvitto som har " +"validerats. Detta beror på att Odoo endast tillåter att produkter skrotas " +"när de har registrerats i lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3043,6 +4030,9 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" " :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` väljer du den produkt som ska skrotas " +"från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product`. Ange sedan kvantiteten i fältet " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -3051,6 +4041,10 @@ msgid "" " Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " "different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Source Location` är som standard den plats där produkten lagras, " +"och :guilabel:`Scrap Location` är som standard :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap`, men båda dessa kan ändras genom att välja en annan plats i" +" respektive rullgardinsmeny." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3059,14 +4053,18 @@ msgid "" "button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " "scrap orders created from that operation." msgstr "" +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Done` för att skrota produkten. Efter detta " +"försvinner popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` och en smart knapp " +":guilabel:`Scraps` visas längst upp till höger på sidan. Klicka på den för " +"att se alla skrotorder som skapats från den åtgärden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The Scraps smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Smart knapp för Scraps." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välja en strategi för påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3076,22 +4074,29 @@ msgid "" "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" +"I Odoo finns det två strategier för automatisk lagerpåfyllning: *regler för " +"ombeställning* och *göra till beställning (MTO)*. Även om dessa strategier " +"skiljer sig något åt har de båda liknande konsekvenser: de utlöser det " +"automatiska skapandet av en |PO| eller |MO|. Valet av vilken strategi som " +"ska användas beror på företagets tillverknings- och leveransprocesser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminologi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:56 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Påfyllningsrapport och regler för ombeställning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" +"Påfyllnadsrapporten är en lista över alla produkter som har en negativ " +"prognostiserad kvantitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -3101,16 +4106,23 @@ msgid "" "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" +"*Beställningsregler* används för att säkerställa att det alltid finns en " +"minsta mängd av en produkt i lager, för att kunna tillverka produkter " +"och/eller uppfylla försäljningsorder. När lagernivån för en produkt når sitt" +" minimum, genererar Odoo automatiskt en inköpsorder med den kvantitet som " +"behövs för att nå den maximala lagernivån." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" +"Regler för ombeställning kan skapas och hanteras i påfyllnadsrapporten eller" +" från produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Make to order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "På beställning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3118,12 +4130,18 @@ msgid "" "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* är en inköpsrutin som skapar ett utkast till " +"inköpsorder (eller tillverkningsorder) varje gång en försäljningsorder " +"bekräftas, **oberoende av den aktuella lagernivån**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" +"Till skillnad från produkter som fylls på med hjälp av ombeställningsregler " +"länkar Odoo automatiskt försäljningsordern till |PO| eller |MO| som " +"genereras av |MTO|-rutten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -3132,24 +4150,36 @@ msgid "" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" +"En annan skillnad mellan regler för ombeställning och |MTO| är att med |MTO|" +" genererar Odoo ett utkast till |PO| eller |MO| omedelbart efter att |SO| " +"har bekräftats. Med ombeställningsregler genererar Odoo ett utkast till |PO|" +" eller |MO| när produktens prognostiserade lager faller under den inställda " +"minimikvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" +"Dessutom lägger Odoo automatiskt till kvantiteter till |PO| eller |MO| när " +"prognosen ändras, så länge |PO| eller |MO| inte är bekräftad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:48 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" +"|MTO|-rutten är den bästa påfyllnadsstrategin för produkter som är " +"skräddarsydda och/eller för produkter som inte har något lager som hålls " +"tillgängligt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" +"För att få tillgång till påfyllnadsrapporten, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment.`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -3158,6 +4188,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" +"Som standard visar instrumentpanelen för påfyllningsrapporten varje produkt " +"som behöver ombeställas manuellt. Om det inte finns någon specifik regel för" +" en produkt antar Odoo att :guilabel:`Min kvantitet` och :guilabel:`Max " +"kvantitet` lager är båda `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -3167,6 +4201,11 @@ msgid "" "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" +"För produkter som inte har en fastställd återorderingsregel beräknar Odoo " +"prognosen baserat på bekräftade försäljningsorder, leveranser och kvitton. " +"För produkter som har en fastställd ombeställningsregel beräknar Odoo " +"prognosen normalt, men tar också hänsyn till ledtiden för inköp/tillverkning" +" och ledtiden för säkerhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3178,6 +4217,13 @@ msgid "" "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar en ny återorderingsregel, kontrollera att produkten har en " +"*leverantör* eller en *materialförteckning* konfigurerad på " +"produktformuläret. Kontrollera detta genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter`, och välj " +"produkten för att öppna dess produktformulär. Leverantören, om konfigurerad," +" listas på fliken :guilabel:`Köp`, och materialräkningen, om konfigurerad, " +"finns i smartknappen :guilabel:`Materialräkning` högst upp i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3187,12 +4233,19 @@ msgid "" "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkttyp`, som finns på fliken :guilabel:`Generell information`" +" i produktformuläret, **måste** vara inställd på " +":guilabel:`Förbrukningsvara`. En förbrukningsprodukt har per definition " +"ingen spårning av lagernivåer, så Odoo kan inte redovisa en " +"förbrukningsprodukt i påfyllningsrapporten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "" +"Uppfyllnadsrapport med alla artiklar som behöver köpas in för att tillgodose" +" aktuella behov." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3203,6 +4256,12 @@ msgid "" "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny reorderregel från påfyllnadsrapporten, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create`, och välj önskad produkt från rullgardinsmenyn i kolumnen" +" :guilabel:`Product`. Vid behov kan även :guilabel:`Min Quantity` och " +":guilabel:`Max Quantity` konfigureras i motsvarande kolumner på rapportsidan" +" :guilabel:`Replenishment`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -3211,10 +4270,14 @@ msgid "" "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny ombeställningsregel från produktformuläret, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, och välj en " +"produkt för att öppna dess produktformulär. Klicka på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Ordningsregler`, klicka på :guilabel:`Skapa` och fyll i fälten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:98 msgid "Replenishment report fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapportfält för påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -3223,45 +4286,57 @@ msgid "" "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" +"Följande fält finns på :guilabel:`Replenishment` rapporten. Om något av " +"dessa fält inte är synligt klickar du på :guilabel:`⋮ (ytterligare " +"alternativ)` längst till höger i rapporten och sedan på kryssrutan bredvid " +"ett fält för att göra det synligt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: den produkt som kräver en påfyllning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: den specifika plats där produkten är lagrad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: det lager där produkten förvaras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: den mängd av produkten som för närvarande finns " +"tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: den mängd produkt som finns tillgänglig efter det att " +"alla aktuella order (försäljning, tillverkning, inköp etc.) har beaktats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: hur produkten anskaffas, antingen " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Vendor`: det företag från vilket produkten förvärvas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Materialförteckning`: materialförteckningen för produkten (om en " +"sådan är konfigurerad)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -3270,6 +4345,9 @@ msgid "" "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: hur påfyllningen skapas, antingen :guilabel:`Auto` " +"(automatiskt, när mängden :guilabel:`On Hand` går under :guilabel:`Min " +"Quantity`) eller :guilabel:`Manual` (endast när påfyllningen begärs)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3277,6 +4355,8 @@ msgid "" "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: referensnumret för hur produkten förvärvas, " +"t.ex. en försäljningsorder, inköpsorder eller tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -3284,12 +4364,16 @@ msgid "" "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: den minsta mängd av produkten som ska finnas " +"tillgänglig. När lagernivåerna går under detta antal utlöses påfyllningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: den mängd produkt som ska finnas tillgänglig efter" +" påfyllning av produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -3298,6 +4382,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: om produkten ska beställas i specifika " +"kvantiteter, ange det antal som ska beställas. Till exempel, om " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` är inställd på `5`, och endast 3 behövs, fylls" +" 5 produkter på." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -3305,14 +4393,18 @@ msgid "" "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: den mängd produkt som för närvarande behövs, och som " +"kommer att beställas, om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Order Once` eller " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: den måttenhet som används för att förvärva produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`: det företag för vilket produkten har förvärvats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -3322,6 +4414,11 @@ msgid "" "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" +"Som standard är kvantiteten i fältet :guilabel:`To Order` den kvantitet som " +"krävs för att nå den inställda :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Kvantiteten i " +":guilabel:`To Order` kan dock justeras genom att klicka på fältet och ändra " +"värdet. För att fylla på en produkt manuellt, klicka på :guilabel:`Order " +"Once`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3329,6 +4426,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" +"För att automatisera en påfyllning från sidan :guilabel:`Påfyllning`, klicka" +" på :guilabel:`Automate Orders` på höger sida av raden, representerad av en " +":guilabel:`🔄 (cirkulär pil)` ikon." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -3336,6 +4436,9 @@ msgid "" "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på denna knapp kommer Odoo automatiskt att generera ett " +"utkast |PO|/|MO| varje gång den prognostiserade lagernivån faller under den " +"inställda :guilabel:`Min Quantity` i ombeställningsregeln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -3343,12 +4446,17 @@ msgid "" "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Replenishment` kan en regel för omordning eller manuell " +"påfyllning tillfälligt avaktiveras under en viss period genom att klicka på " +"ikonen :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` längst till höger på raden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "" +"Snooze-alternativ för att stänga av aviseringar för ombeställning under en " +"viss tidsperiod." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -3357,52 +4465,69 @@ msgid "" "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" +"En |PO| eller |MO| som skapats genom en manuell påfyllning har en " +":guilabel:`Påfyllningsrapport` som källdokument. Ett |PO| eller |MO| som " +"skapats av en automatiserad ombeställningsregel har det eller de |SO| " +"referensnummer som utlöste regeln som källdokument." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" +"Lista över offertförfrågningar visar vilka offerter som kommer direkt från " +"påfyllnadsrapporten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:158 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beställningsorder (MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:160 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "" +"Eftersom |MTO|-rutten rekommenderas för anpassade produkter är rutten dold " +"som standard." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:169 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att aktivera rutten |MTO| i Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Aktivera inställningen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, som finns under " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Warehouse`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` för att visa arkiverade " +"rutter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:168 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" +"Markera kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, och klicka " +"på :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -3410,6 +4535,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar inställningen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` aktiveras även " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Om dessa funktioner inte är tillämpliga på " +"lagret, inaktivera dessa inställningar efter avarkivering av |MTO|-rutten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -3417,12 +4545,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in en produkts inköpsväg till |MTO|, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, och klicka på " +"önskad produkt för att öppna dess produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` och välj :guilabel:`Replenish " +"on Order (MTO)` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Routes` med alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -3431,6 +4564,10 @@ msgid "" "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" +"För produkter som köps direkt från en leverantör, se till att rutten " +":guilabel:`Buy` är vald, utöver rutten :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +" Se också till att en leverantör är konfigurerad på fliken :guilabel:`Köp` i" +" produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -3440,20 +4577,27 @@ msgid "" "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" +"För produkter som tillverkas internt, se till att rutten " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` är vald, utöver rutten :guilabel:`Replenish on Order" +" (MTO)`. Se också till att en materialförteckning är konfigurerad för " +"produkten, som är tillgänglig via smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Materialförteckning` på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" +"Rutten |MTO| kan inte väljas ensam. |MTO| **fungerar** endast** om rutten " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` eller :guilabel:`Buy` också är vald." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replenish on Order vald på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use different units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda olika måttenheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -3464,10 +4608,17 @@ msgid "" "for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " "supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" +"I vissa fall är det nödvändigt att hantera produkter i olika måttenheter. " +"Ett företag kan t.ex. köpa produkter från ett land som använder det metriska" +" systemet och sedan sälja dessa produkter i ett land som använder det " +"imperialistiska systemet, vilket innebär att företaget måste konvertera " +"enheterna. Ett annat fall av enhetskonvertering är när ett företag köper " +"produkter i en stor förpackning från en leverantör och sedan säljer dessa " +"produkter i enskilda enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:13 msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo kan ställas in för att använda olika måttenheter för en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3476,14 +4627,18 @@ msgid "" "activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att använda olika måttenheter i Odoo, gå först till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` och " +"aktivera inställningen :guilabel:`Units of Measure`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera måttenheter i lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:27 msgid "Units of measure categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Måttenheter kategorier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -3493,10 +4648,15 @@ msgid "" "conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" " only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat inställningen för måttenheter kan du se " +"standardkategorierna för måttenheter i :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Units of Measures --> UoM Categories`. Kategorin är viktig" +" för enhetskonvertering, Odoo kan bara konvertera en produkts enheter från " +"en enhet till en annan om båda enheterna tillhör samma kategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange måttenheter för kategorier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -3505,6 +4665,10 @@ msgid "" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" +"Varje måttenhetskategori har en referensenhet. Referensenheten är markerad " +"med blått i kolumnen :guilabel:`Uom` på sidan " +":guilabel:`Måttenhetskategorier`. Odoo använder referensenheten som bas för " +"alla nya enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3517,10 +4681,18 @@ msgid "" " since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." " Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny enhet väljer du först rätt kategori. Om du t.ex. vill " +"sälja en produkt i en låda med sex enheter klickar du på kategoriraden " +":guilabel:`Enhet`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Redigera`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`. I fältet :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` namnger " +"du den nya enheten `Box of 6`. I fältet :guilabel:`Typ` väljer du " +":guilabel:`Större än referensmåttetheten`. I fältet :guilabel:`Ratio` anger " +"du `6.00000` eftersom en låda med sex exemplar är sex gånger större än " +"referensenheten (`1.00000`). Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:49 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på kategorin :guilabel:`Unit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3528,16 +4700,21 @@ msgid "" " that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " "the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`. Som exempel skapar vi en låda med 6 " +"enheter som vi använder för produkten Ägg. Lådan med 6 enheter är 6 gånger " +"större än referensmåttet för kategorin, som här är \"Enheter\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" +"Konvertera produkter från en enhet till en annan så länge de tillhör samma " +"kategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:60 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange en produkts måttenheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3545,6 +4722,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " "Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"För att ange måttenheter för en produkt, gå först till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` och klicka på en " +"produkt för att öppna dess inställningar. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Redigera`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3554,14 +4735,19 @@ msgid "" " inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " "to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`General Information` redigerar du fältet " +":guilabel:`Måttenhet` för att ange den måttenhet som produkten säljs i. Den " +"angivna enheten kommer också att vara den enhet som används för att hålla " +"reda på produktens lager och interna överföringar. Redigera fältet " +":guilabel:`Purchase UoM` för att ange den måttenhet som produkten köps i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "Unit conversion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omräkning av enheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:74 msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp produkter i Purchase UoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -3569,6 +4755,9 @@ msgid "" "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " "However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny offertförfrågan (RFQ) i appen Inköp använder Odoo " +"automatiskt produktens angivna måttenhet för inköp. Om det behövs kan dock " +":guilabel:`UoM` redigeras manuellt i RFQ:n." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -3578,6 +4767,11 @@ msgid "" "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" +"När RFQ:n har bekräftats till en inköpsorder (PO) klickar du på smartknappen" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` längst upp till höger i PO:n. Odoo konverterar " +"automatiskt inköpsenhetens måttenhet till produktens försäljnings- / " +"lagermåttenhet, så kolumnen :guilabel:`Demand` på leveranskvittot visar den " +"konverterade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -3585,10 +4779,13 @@ msgid "" "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" +"Om t.ex. produktens inköpsmåttenhet är `Box of 6` och dess " +"försäljnings-/lagermåttenhet är `Units`, visar inköpsordern kvantiteten i " +"lådor om sex, och leveranskvittot visar kvantiteten i enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -3598,6 +4795,11 @@ msgid "" "of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" +"En offertförfrågan för en produkt kan också genereras direkt från " +"produktformuläret med hjälp av knappen :guilabel:`Replenish`. Efter att ha " +"klickat på :guilabel:`Replenish` visas en assistentruta för påfyllning. " +"Måttenheten för inköpet kan redigeras manuellt här om det behövs. Klicka " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att skapa RFQ:n." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -3606,10 +4808,14 @@ msgid "" "for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" " purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` i " +"produktformuläret och bläddra ner till :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory " +"--> Requests for quotation`. Klicka på RFQ-referensnumret för att öppna " +"utkastet till RFQ. Inköps-UoM kan också redigeras här om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälja i en annan UoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -3617,6 +4823,9 @@ msgid "" "product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" " can be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny offert i appen Försäljning använder Odoo automatiskt " +"produktens angivna måttenhet. Om det behövs kan dock :guilabel:`UoM` " +"redigeras manuellt på offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -3626,6 +4835,11 @@ msgid "" "product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" " delivery shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" +"När offerten har skickats till kunden och bekräftats i en försäljningsorder " +"(SO) klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` längst upp till höger i" +" SO. Odoo konverterar automatiskt måttenheten till produktens " +"lagermåttenhet, så kolumnen :guilabel:`Demand` i leveransen visar den " +"konverterade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3633,14 +4847,17 @@ msgid "" "its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" " of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" +"Om t.ex. produktens UoM på SO har ändrats till `Box of 6`, men dess " +"måttenhet på lagret är `Units`, visar SO kvantiteten i lådor om sex, och " +"leveransen visar kvantiteten i enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktspårning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skillnad mellan partier och serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3649,6 +4866,10 @@ msgid "" "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" +"*Partier* och *serienummer* är de två sätten att identifiera och spåra " +"produkter i Odoo. Även om det finns likheter mellan de två " +"spårningsmetoderna finns det också betydande skillnader som påverkar " +"kvitton, leveranser och lagerrapporter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3656,6 +4877,9 @@ msgid "" "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" +"Med *parti* avses vanligtvis en specifik sats av en artikel som har " +"mottagits, för närvarande lagras eller har skickats från ett lager. Det kan " +"dock även avse en sats av produkter som tillverkas internt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -3663,26 +4887,31 @@ msgid "" "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" +"Ett *serienummer* är en unik identifierare som tilldelas stegvis (eller " +"sekventiellt) till en artikel eller produkt och som används för att skilja " +"den från andra artiklar eller produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` (serienummer)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera partier och serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "" +"För att spåra produkter med hjälp av partier och serienummer måste " +"funktionen *Parti & Serienummer* vara aktiverad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3691,15 +4920,20 @@ msgid "" "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" +"Det gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Traceability` och " +"klicka i rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Klicka sedan på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" +"Aktiverade funktionen för partier och serienummer i lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "När ska man använda lotsar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3708,10 +4942,14 @@ msgid "" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" +"Partier är användbara för produkter som tillverkas eller tas emot i stora " +"mängder, t.ex. kläder eller livsmedel. Partier och kan användas för att " +"spåra en produkt tillbaka till en grupp, vilket är särskilt användbart vid " +"hantering av produktåterkallelser eller utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapat parti med mängd produkter i det." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -3721,10 +4959,15 @@ msgid "" "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" +"Tillverkare tilldelar partinummer till grupper av produkter som har " +"gemensamma egenskaper, vilket kan leda till att flera varor delar samma " +"partinummer. Detta hjälper till att identifiera ett antal produkter i en " +"enda grupp och möjliggör spårbarhet från början till slut för dessa " +"produkter genom varje steg i deras livscykel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "När ska man använda serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -3733,21 +4976,28 @@ msgid "" "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" +"Syftet med att tilldela serienummer till enskilda produkter är att " +"säkerställa att varje artikels historik kan identifieras när den färdas " +"genom leveranskedjan. Detta kan vara särskilt användbart för tillverkare som" +" tillhandahåller eftermarknadstjänster relaterade till produkter som de " +"säljer och levererar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista över serienummer för produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "" +"Serienummer kan innehålla många olika typer av tecken: siffror, bokstäver, " +"typografiska symboler eller en blandning av alla tre typerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spårbarhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3756,6 +5006,9 @@ msgid "" "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" +"Tillverkare och företag kan hänvisa till spårbarhetsrapporter för att se en " +"produkts hela livscykel. Dessa rapporter innehåller viktig information, som " +"varifrån den kom (och när), var den lagrades och till vem den skickades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3764,6 +5017,10 @@ msgid "" "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att se fullständig spårbarhet för en produkt, eller gruppera produkter " +"efter partier och/eller serienummer, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. På så sätt visas instrumentpanelen " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -3771,6 +5028,9 @@ msgid "" "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" +"Här listas som standard produkter med tilldelade partier eller serienummer. " +"De kan också expanderas för att visa vilka partier eller serienummer som " +"specifikt har tilldelats dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -3780,6 +5040,11 @@ msgid "" "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"För att gruppera efter partier eller serienummer, ta först bort alla " +"standardfilter från sökfältet i det övre högra hörnet. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Group By` och välj :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, som visar en " +"liten rullgardinsmeny. Välj :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` i rullgardinsmenyn" +" och klicka på :guilabel:`Apply`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -3788,10 +5053,14 @@ msgid "" "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" +"På så sätt visas alla befintliga partier och serienummer, och vart och ett " +"kan utökas för att visa alla produktkvantiteter med det tilldelade numret. " +"För unika serienummer som *inte* återanvänds ska det *endast* finnas en " +"produkt per serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapporteringssida med rullgardinslistor över partier och serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3802,10 +5071,17 @@ msgid "" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" +"För ytterligare information om ett enskilt parti- eller serienummer, klicka " +"på raden för partiet eller serienumret för att visa det specifika numrets " +":guilabel:`Parti`- eller :guilabel:`Serienummer`-formulär. Klicka på " +"smartknapparna :guilabel:`Location` och :guilabel:`Traceability` i detta " +"formulär för att se allt lager som finns med det serienumret. Alla " +"transaktioner som gjorts med det partiet eller serienumret kan också hittas " +"här." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förfallodatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -3814,6 +5090,10 @@ msgid "" "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan *utgångsdatum* användas för att hantera och spåra livscykeln för " +"lättfördärvliga produkter, från inköp till försäljning. Att använda " +"utgångsdatum minskar produktförlusten på grund av oväntad utgång och hjälper" +" till att undvika att skicka utgångna produkter till kunder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3823,18 +5103,23 @@ msgid "" "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan endast produkter som spåras med *lots* och *serial numbers* " +"tilldelas utgångsinformation. När ett parti- eller serienummer har " +"tilldelats kan ett utgångsdatum ställas in. Detta är särskilt användbart för" +" företag (t.ex. livsmedelstillverkare) som konsekvent, eller uteslutande, " +"köper och säljer lättfördärvliga produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera utgångsdatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -3843,6 +5128,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera användningen av *utgångsdatum*, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, och bläddra " +"ner till :guilabel:`Traceability` sektionen. Klicka sedan på kryssrutan för " +"att aktivera funktionen :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3850,10 +5139,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" +"När den funktionen har aktiverats visas ett nytt alternativ för att aktivera" +" :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Klicka i kryssrutan för att aktivera " +"funktionen, och se till att :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" +"Aktiverade inställningar för partier och serienummer samt utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3864,10 +5157,17 @@ msgid "" "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" +"När funktionen :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` har aktiverats visas " +"ytterligare funktioner för :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on " +"Delivery Slips`; för :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; " +"och för :guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Om du " +"aktiverar dessa funktioner får du hjälp med spårbarhet från början till " +"slut, vilket gör det enklare att hantera produktåterkallelser, identifiera " +"\"dåliga\" produktpartier med mera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera utgångsdatum för produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -3875,6 +5175,9 @@ msgid "" "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" +"När funktionerna :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` och :guilabel:`Expiration" +" Dates` har aktiverats i inställningarna för appen *Inventory*, kan " +"utgångsinformation konfigureras för enskilda produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3883,6 +5186,10 @@ msgid "" "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter` och " +"välj en produkt som du vill redigera. När du väljer en produkt visas " +"produktformuläret för just den artikeln. I produktformuläret klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Redigera` i det övre vänstra hörnet för att göra ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -3890,6 +5197,10 @@ msgid "" "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" +"För att kunna spåras med hjälp av partier eller serienummer, eller för att " +"konfigurera information om utgångsdatum, måste produkterna ha " +":guilabel:`Product Type` inställd som :guilabel:`Storable Product` under " +"fliken :guilabel:`General Information`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -3897,6 +5208,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` och bläddra ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Traceability`. Se till att antingen :guilabel:`By Unique Serial " +"Number` eller :guilabel:`By Lots` är markerat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -3904,6 +5218,9 @@ msgid "" "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" +"När den är det visas en ny :guilabel:`Expiration Date` kryssruta som också " +"måste klickas. När båda är aktiverade visas ett nytt :guilabel:`Dates`-fält " +"till höger." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3911,6 +5228,9 @@ msgid "" "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt har lager på lager innan spårning av partier eller serienummer" +" aktiveras, kan en lagerjustering behöva utföras för att tilldela " +"partinummer till det befintliga lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -3918,16 +5238,21 @@ msgid "" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" +"Vid hantering av stora mängder produkter på kvitton eller leveranser " +"rekommenderas att spåra med hjälp av partier, så att flera produkter kan " +"spåras tillbaka till samma parti, om några problem uppstår." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av utgångsdatum på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" +"Under fältet :guilabel:`Dates` finns det fyra kategorier av " +"utgångsinformation som kan konfigureras för produkten:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -3935,6 +5260,9 @@ msgid "" "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: antalet dagar efter mottagandet av produkter " +"(antingen från en leverantör eller i lager efter produktion) där varor kan " +"bli farliga och inte bör användas eller konsumeras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -3942,12 +5270,16 @@ msgid "" "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: det antal dagar före utgångsdatumet som " +"varorna börjar försämras, **utan** att de nödvändigtvis är farliga ännu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: antalet dagar före utgångsdatumet då varorna ska " +"tas bort från lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -3955,6 +5287,9 @@ msgid "" "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: det antal dagar före utgångsdatumet som en varning " +"skall utfärdas för varor i ett visst parti eller som innehåller ett visst " +"serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3962,12 +5297,17 @@ msgid "" "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" +"De värden som anges i dessa fält beräknar automatiskt utgångsdatumet för " +"varor som läggs in i lager, oavsett om de köpts från en leverantör eller " +"tillverkats internt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"När all information om utgångsdatum har konfigurerats klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3976,10 +5316,14 @@ msgid "" "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" +"Om fältet :guilabel:`Dates` inte fylls i med några värden för " +"utgångsinformation, kan datum (och partier) tilldelas manuellt vid " +"mottagningar och leveranser in och ut från lagret. Även när de har " +"tilldelats kan de skrivas över och ändras manuellt om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange utgångsdatum på kvitton med parti- och serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3988,6 +5332,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" +"Generering av utgångsdatum för **inkommande** varor kan göras direkt från " +"inköpsordern. För att skapa en inköpsorder, gå till appen " +":menuselection:`Inköp` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny " +"offertförfrågan (RFQ)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -3995,6 +5343,9 @@ msgid "" "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" +"Fyll sedan i informationen genom att lägga till en :guilabel:`Vendor`, och " +"lägg till produkter i :guilabel:`Product`-raderna genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Add a product`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -4002,12 +5353,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" +"Välj önskad kvantitet att beställa genom att ändra siffran i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Quantity` och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Detta " +"omvandlar :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` till en inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt` längst upp i inköpsordern för att" +" komma till formuläret för lagerkvitto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4017,10 +5373,15 @@ msgid "" " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Validate` innan du har tilldelat ett serienummer" +" till de beställda produktkvantiteterna visas en :guilabel:`User Error` " +"popup. Popup-fönstret kräver att ett parti- eller serienummer anges för de " +"beställda produkterna. :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` kan inte " +"valideras utan ett tilldelat parti- eller serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup med användarfel vid validering av en order utan lotnummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -4028,24 +5389,33 @@ msgid "" "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på menyikonen :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ` (hamburgare) " +"längst till höger på produktlinjen. När du klickar visas en " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` och tilldela ett parti- eller serienummer i" +" fältet :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "" +"Ett utgångsdatum fylls i automatiskt, baserat på konfigurationen i " +"produktformuläret (om det har konfigurerats tidigare)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "" +"Om fältet :guilabel:`Dates` på produktformuläret inte har konfigurerats, kan" +" detta datum anges manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -4053,11 +5423,14 @@ msgid "" "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"När utgångsdatumet har fastställts markerar du :guilabel:`Done` och klickar " +"på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret. Klicka slutligen på " +":guilabel:`Validate`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detaljerad popup med utgångsdatum för beställda produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -4067,10 +5440,15 @@ msgid "" "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" +"En smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` visas när du validerar kvittot. Klicka " +"på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller: ett " +":guilabel:`Referensdokument`, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` och mycket mer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange utgångsdatum på tillverkade produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4078,6 +5456,9 @@ msgid "" "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" +"Utgångsdatum kan också genereras för produkter som tillverkas internt. För " +"att tilldela utgångsdatum till tillverkade produkter måste en " +"tillverkningsorder (MO) fyllas i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -4087,10 +5468,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`MO (tillverkningsorder)`, gå till " +":menuselection:`Tillverkningsapp --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder`, och" +" klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Välj en produkt att tillverka från " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Produkt` och välj sedan :guilabel:`Kvantitet` " +"att tillverka." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkningsorder för produkt med utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -4099,10 +5485,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"För att tillverka en produkt måste det finnas material att förbruka på " +"raderna i kolumnen :guilabel:`Produkt`. Detta kan uppnås antingen genom att " +"skapa en :guilabel:`Materialförteckning` för :guilabel:`Produkt`, eller " +"genom att manuellt lägga till material att förbruka genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4110,12 +5501,17 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" +"Bredvid :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, välj antingen ett befintligt " +"lotnummer från rullgardinsmenyn, eller klicka på det gröna :guilabel:`+` " +"tecknet för att automatiskt tilldela ett nytt lotnummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan ett antal enheter i fältet :guilabel:`Quantity` och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -4123,6 +5519,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`External Link` i det tilldelade fältet " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`. En popup visas som visar ett detaljformulär " +"för det specifika numret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -4132,14 +5531,19 @@ msgid "" "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret, under fliken :guilabel:`Datum`, visas all information om " +"utgångsdatum som tidigare konfigurerats för produkten. Samma information " +"finns också tillgänglig i detaljformuläret för den specifika produkten, " +"eller genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datumflik med utgångsinformation för specifikt partinummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälja produkter med utgångsdatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -4147,12 +5551,17 @@ msgid "" "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" +"Att sälja lättfördärvliga produkter med utgångsdatum görs på samma sätt som " +"för alla andra typer av produkter. Det första steget i att sälja färskvaror " +"är att skapa en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` för att skapa en ny offert och" +" fyll i informationen på försäljningsorderformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -4160,6 +5569,9 @@ msgid "" "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en :guilabel:`Kund`, klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` " +"för att lägga till önskade produkter i :guilabel:`Produkt`-raderna, och ange" +" en :guilabel:`Kvantitet` för produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -4168,12 +5580,19 @@ msgid "" "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info`. Under :guilabel:`Leverans` " +"ändrar du :guilabel:`Leveransdatum` till ett datum efter det förväntade " +"datumet och klickar på ikonen :guilabel:`grön bock` för att bekräfta " +"datumet. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Leverans` högst upp i " +"försäljningsordern för att se formuläret för lagerkvitto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -4182,12 +5601,18 @@ msgid "" "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Validate` i formuläret för lagerkvitto och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Apply` i det medföljande popup-fönstret för att automatiskt " +"bearbeta alla :guilabel:`Done`-kvantiteter och leverera produkterna till " +"kunden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "" +"Om produkterna levereras före det :guilabel:`Alert Date` som anges på " +"produktformuläret, kommer inga varningar att skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -4199,20 +5624,30 @@ msgid "" "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" +"För att sälja färskvaror med utgångsdatum måste :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`" +" för :guilabel:`Location` där produkterna lagras vara inställd på " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. Om det inte finns tillräckligt med " +"lager av förgängliga produkter i ett parti, kommer Odoo automatiskt att ta " +"den återstående kvantiteten som krävs från ett andra parti med nästa-" +"snabbaste utgångsdatum. Borttagningsstrategier kan också ställas in på " +":guilabel:`Produktkategorier`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa utgångsdatum för partier och serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" +"För att visa (och/eller gruppera) alla produkter med utgångsdatum efter " +"partinummer, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -4221,26 +5656,34 @@ msgid "" " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" +"Ta bort alla standardsökfilter från :guilabel:`Sök...`-fältet. Klicka sedan " +"på :guilabel:`Group By`, välj :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` och välj " +"parametern :guilabel:`Expiration Date` i rullgardinsmenyn. Slutligen klickar" +" du på :guilabel:`Apply` för att tillämpa filtret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "" +"På så sätt registreras alla lättfördärvliga produkter, deras utgångsdatum " +"och det tilldelade lotnumret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gruppera efter utgångsdatum på sidan för partier och serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "Expiration alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varningar för utgångsdatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" +"För att se utgångsvarningar, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -4249,6 +5692,10 @@ msgid "" "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på en :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` med lättfördärvliga " +"produkter. När du gör det visas formuläret för serienummeruppgifter. Klicka " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Datum` i formuläret för serienummeruppgifter för att se" +" all information om utgångsdatum för produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -4256,6 +5703,10 @@ msgid "" "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"För att redigera formuläret, klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` i övre vänstra " +"hörnet av formuläret, ändra sedan :guilabel:`Expiration Date` till dagens " +"datum (eller tidigare), och klicka på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -4264,6 +5715,10 @@ msgid "" "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" +"När du har sparat visar lotnummerformuläret en röd :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` högst upp i formuläret för att indikera att produkterna i detta lot " +"antingen har gått ut eller snart kommer att gå ut. Klicka sedan tillbaka " +"till sidan :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` (via brödsmulorna)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -4271,19 +5726,24 @@ msgid "" "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" +"Om du vill se den nya utgångsvarningen eller utgångsvarningar för produkter " +"som har gått ut (eller snart kommer att gå ut) tar du bort alla sökfilter " +"från fältet :guilabel:`Sök...` på instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Filters`, och välj :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utgångsvarning för produkter som passerat utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd partier för att hantera grupper av produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4292,6 +5752,10 @@ msgid "" "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" " batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" +"*Parti* är ett av de två sätten att identifiera och spåra produkter i Odoo. " +"Ett parti anger vanligtvis en specifik sats av en artikel som mottogs, för " +"närvarande lagras eller skickades från ett lager, men kan också avse en sats" +" av produkter som tillverkas internt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4301,6 +5765,11 @@ msgid "" "for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " "lifecycles." msgstr "" +"Tillverkare tilldelar partinummer till grupper av produkter som har " +"gemensamma egenskaper, vilket kan leda till att flera varor delar samma " +"partinummer. Detta hjälper till att identifiera ett antal produkter i en " +"enda grupp och möjliggör spårbarhet från början till slut för dessa " +"produkter genom varje steg i deras livscykel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4309,11 +5778,16 @@ msgid "" "back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " "expiration dates." msgstr "" +"Partier är användbara för produkter som tillverkas eller tas emot i stora " +"mängder (t.ex. kläder eller livsmedel), och kan användas för att spåra en " +"produkt tillbaka till en grupp. Detta är särskilt användbart vid hantering " +"av produktåterkallelser eller utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4323,10 +5797,16 @@ msgid "" "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" +"För att spåra produkter med hjälp av partier måste funktionen *Parti & " +"Serienummer* vara aktiverad. Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Traceability` och markera rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers`. Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spåra produkter per parti" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4335,6 +5815,10 @@ msgid "" "this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and choose a product." msgstr "" +"När inställningen :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` har aktiverats kan " +"enskilda produkter nu konfigureras för att spåras med hjälp av lots. Detta " +"gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products` och välja en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4344,6 +5828,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Edit` för att göra ändringar i " +"formuläret. Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Inventering`. I avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Spårbarhet` klickar du på :guilabel:`Partier`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna. Befintliga eller nya lotnummer " +"kan nu tilldelas nyligen mottagna eller tillverkade batcher av denna " +"produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -4351,14 +5841,17 @@ msgid "" "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" " lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt har lager innan spårning av partier eller serienummer " +"aktiveras, kan en lagerjustering behöva utföras för att tilldela partinummer" +" till det befintliga lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverade funktionen för spårning av partier i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa nya partier för produkter som redan finns i lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -4368,6 +5861,11 @@ msgid "" "separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Nya partier kan skapas för produkter som redan finns i lager utan tilldelat " +"partinummer. Detta gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Då " +"visas en separat sida där ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` genereras " +"automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4376,6 +5874,10 @@ msgid "" "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " "and changing the generated number." msgstr "" +"Odoo genererar automatiskt ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` för att " +"följa det senaste numret, men det kan redigeras och ändras till valfritt " +"nummer genom att klicka på raden under :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` fältet " +"och ändra det genererade numret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -4383,6 +5885,9 @@ msgid "" "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" +"När det nya :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` har genererats klickar du på det " +"tomma fältet bredvid :guilabel:`Product` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I " +"denna meny väljer du den produkt som det nya numret ska tilldelas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -4392,12 +5897,19 @@ msgid "" "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" +"I formuläret finns också möjlighet att justera :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"tilldela ett unikt :guilabel:`Internal Reference`-nummer (för spårbarhet) " +"och tilldela denna specifika parti- eller serienummerkonfiguration till en " +"specifik webbplats i fältet :guilabel:`Website` (om du arbetar i en miljö " +"med flera webbplatser)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " "added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +"En detaljerad beskrivning av detta specifika parti eller serienummer kan " +"också läggas till i fliken :guilabel:`Description` nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 @@ -4405,10 +5917,12 @@ msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulär för skapande av nytt lotnummer med tilldelad produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -4417,6 +5931,11 @@ msgid "" " app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" +"När ett nytt partinummer har skapats, sparats och tilldelats den önskade " +"produkten går du tillbaka till produktformuläret i appen " +":menuselection:`Inventory` genom att gå till :menuselection:`Products --> " +"Products` och välja den produkt som det nyskapade partinumret just har " +"tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4425,10 +5944,14 @@ msgid "" "product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" " assigned to it." msgstr "" +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` på produktens " +"detaljformulär för att visa det nya lotnumret. När ytterligare kvantiteter " +"av denna produkt tas emot eller tillverkas, kan detta nya partinummer väljas" +" och tilldelas den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera partier för frakt och mottagning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -4437,22 +5960,30 @@ msgid "" "form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " "order form." msgstr "" +"Lotnummer kan tilldelas för både **inkommande** och **utgående** varor. För " +"inkommande varor tilldelas partinummer direkt på inköpsorderblanketten. För " +"utgående varor tilldelas partinummer direkt på försäljningsorderblanketten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:102 msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera partier på kvitton" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " "purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" +"Tilldelning av partinummer till **inkommande** varor kan göras direkt från " +"inköpsordern (PO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`, gå till :menuselection:`Inköpsapp" +" --> Skapa`. När du gör detta visas ett nytt, tomt formulär för " +"offertförfrågan (RFQ)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4461,12 +5992,18 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " "(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" +"På denna :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fyll i nödvändig information " +"genom att lägga till en :guilabel:`Vendor`, och lägg till önskade produkter " +"till :guilabel:`Product` linjer, genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a " +"product` (under :guilabel:`Products` fliken)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"Välj önskad kvantitet av produkten som ska beställas genom att ändra siffran" +" i kolumnen :guilabel:`Quantity`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -4476,6 +6013,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" +"När :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` har fyllts i klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. När :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` har bekräftats " +"blir det en :guilabel:`Köpsorder`, och en :guilabel:`Kvitto` smartknapp " +"visas. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt` för att komma till " +"formuläret för lagerkvitto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -4485,10 +6027,15 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " "number being assigned." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Validate` innan du har tilldelat ett partinummer" +" till de beställda produktkvantiteterna visas en :guilabel:`User Error` pop-" +"up. Popup-fönstret kräver att ett parti- eller serienummer anges för de " +"beställda produkterna. :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **kan** inte " +"valideras utan att ett partinummer har tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till popup-fönster för användarfel med parti-/serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -4497,6 +6044,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på menyn :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ`, som representeras " +"av en :guilabel:`hamburgare (fyra horisontella linjer)`-ikon, till höger om " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Måttenhet` på fliken :guilabel:`Operationer`). Om du " +"klickar på ikonen visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -4504,11 +6055,16 @@ msgid "" "assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " "column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" +"I denna popup kan du konfigurera ett antal olika fält, inklusive " +"tilldelningen av ett partinummer, under kolumnen :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number Name`, som finns längst ned i popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:138 msgid "" "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" +"Det finns två sätt att tilldela lotnummer: **manuellt** och " +"**kopiera/klistra in**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -4517,10 +6073,14 @@ msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantity." msgstr "" +"**Tilldela lotnummer manuellt**: Klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` och välj " +"den plats där produkterna ska lagras i kolumnen :guilabel:`To`. Skriv sedan " +"ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` och ställ in :guilabel:`Done` " +"kvantitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela partinummer detaljerade operationer popup." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -4529,6 +6089,10 @@ msgid "" "additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " "the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" +"Om kvantiteterna ska bearbetas på flera platser och i flera partier klickar " +"du på :guilabel:`Lägg till rad` och anger ett nytt :guilabel:`Partiets " +"nummernamn` för ytterligare kvantiteter. Upprepa tills :guilabel:`Kvantitet " +"utförd` matchar :guilabel:`Efterfrågan`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -4540,16 +6104,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " "entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" +"**Kopiera/klistra in lotnummer från ett kalkylblad**: Fyll i ett kalkylblad " +"med alla lotnummer som mottagits från leverantören (eller manuellt valts att" +" tilldelas vid mottagandet). Kopiera och klistra sedan in dem i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name`. Odoo kommer automatiskt att skapa det " +"nödvändiga antalet rader baserat på antalet nummer som klistras in i " +"kolumnen. Därefter kan du manuellt ange :guilabel:`To`-platser och " +":guilabel:`Done`-kvantiteter i var och en av lotnummerraderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista över partinummer kopierad till Excel-ark." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:163 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"När alla produktkvantiteter har tilldelats ett partinummer klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validera`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -4559,22 +6133,32 @@ msgid "" "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" " assigned, and more." msgstr "" +"En smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` visas när du validerar kvittot. Klicka " +"på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller: ett " +":guilabel:`Referensdokument`, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, det " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` som tilldelats, med mera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:172 msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera partier på leveransorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" +"Tilldelning av lotnummer till **utgående** varor kan göras direkt från " +"försäljningsordern (SO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`. När du gör detta visas ett nytt, tomt" +" offertformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -4582,6 +6166,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +"På detta tomma offertformulär fyller du i nödvändig information genom att " +"lägga till en :guilabel:`Kund`, och lägga till produkter i " +":guilabel:`Produkt`-raderna (på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader`) genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 @@ -4589,6 +6177,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan önskad kvantitet att sälja genom att ändra siffran i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Quantity`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -4596,6 +6186,9 @@ msgid "" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " ":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" +"När offerten har fyllts i klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att " +"bekräfta offerten. När offerten är bekräftad blir den en :abbr:`SO " +"(försäljningsorder)`, och en :guilabel:`Leverans` smart knapp visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 @@ -4603,6 +6196,8 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Leverans` för att visa formuläret för " +"lagerkvitto för den specifika :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 @@ -4613,6 +6208,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på menyn :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ`, som representeras " +"av en `hamburger`-ikon (fyra horisontella linjer, till höger om kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Måttenhet` på fliken :guilabel:`Operationer`). Klicka på ikonen " +"för att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -4620,6 +6219,9 @@ msgid "" "with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" " there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret kommer ett :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` att väljas som " +"standard, med hela :guilabel:`Reserved`-kvantiteten tagen från det specifika" +" partiet (om det finns tillräckligt med lager i det specifika partiet)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -4628,6 +6230,10 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" +"Om det inte finns tillräckligt med lager i det partiet, eller om " +"delkvantiteter av :guilabel:`Demand` bör tas från flera partier, ändra " +"kvantiteten i kolumnen :guilabel:`Done` så att den endast inkluderar den " +"specifika delen av den totala kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -4637,11 +6243,17 @@ msgid "" "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" +"Det parti som automatiskt väljs för leveransorder varierar beroende på den " +"valda borttagningsstrategin (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO" +" (Last In, First Out)`, eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). Det " +"beror också på den beställda kvantiteten och om det finns tillräckligt med " +"kvantitet i ett parti för att uppfylla beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:211 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4650,10 +6262,17 @@ msgid "" "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" " the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add a line`, välj ytterligare ett (annat) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, tillämpa resten av :guilabel:`Done` " +"kvantiteterna och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-" +"fönstret. Slutligen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` för att " +"leverera produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" +"Popup för detaljerade operationer för källpartiets nummer på " +"försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -4663,6 +6282,11 @@ msgid "" "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" +"När du validerar leveransordern visas en smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet`. " +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller ett " +":guilabel:`Reference`-dokument, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, " +":guilabel:`Datum` och det :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` som tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -4670,10 +6294,13 @@ msgid "" " receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " "the same lot number." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapport` kan också innehålla ett " +":guilabel:`Referenskvitto` från den tidigare inköpsordern, om " +"produktkvantiteterna har samma lotnummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera tomter för olika typer av verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -4681,12 +6308,17 @@ msgid "" "products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " "be used." msgstr "" +"I Odoo är skapandet av nya partier endast tillåtet vid **mottagning** av " +"produkter från en inköpsorder, som standard. **Befintliga** partinummer kan " +"inte användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid "" "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" " the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" +"För försäljningsorder gäller det motsatta: nya partinummer kan inte skapas " +"på leveransordern, endast befintliga partinummer kan användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -4694,6 +6326,10 @@ msgid "" "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" +"För att ändra möjligheten att använda nya (eller befintliga) partinummer för" +" en viss operationstyp, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Operations Types`, och välj önskad :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -4704,6 +6340,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" " to save the changes." msgstr "" +"För :guilabel:`Receipts`, som finns på sidan :menuselection:`Operations " +"Types`, kan alternativet :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"aktiveras genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Edit`, och sedan klicka på " +"kryssrutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers`" +" (i avsnittet :guilabel:`Traceability`). Klicka slutligen på knappen " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -4712,10 +6354,15 @@ msgid "" "the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " "Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" +"För :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kan du aktivera alternativet " +":guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Edit` och sedan klicka på kryssrutan bredvid alternativet " +":guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers`. Klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverade spårbarhetsinställningen i formuläret för operationstyp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -4723,10 +6370,13 @@ msgid "" "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" +"För överföringar mellan lager som omfattar produkter som spåras av partier, " +"kan det vara användbart att aktivera :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` alternativet för lagerkvitton." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lots spårbarhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -4734,6 +6384,9 @@ msgid "" "entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " "stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" +"Tillverkare och företag kan använda spårbarhetsrapporter för att se en " +"produkts hela livscykel: var (och när) den kom ifrån, var den förvarades och" +" vem (och när) den gick till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -4741,6 +6394,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att se fullständig spårbarhet för en produkt, eller gruppera efter " +"partier, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`. På så sätt visas instrumentpanelen :menuselection:`Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -4748,6 +6405,9 @@ msgid "" "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" +"Härifrån kommer produkter med tilldelade lotnummer att listas som standard, " +"och kan expanderas för att visa de lotnummer som dessa produkter har " +"tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -4756,26 +6416,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill gruppera efter partier (eller serienummer) börjar du med att ta " +"bort eventuella filter i sökfältet. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Group By` i " +"rullgardinsmenyn, välj :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` och välj " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` i rullgardinsmenyn. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Apply`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas alla befintliga partier och serienummer, och kan utökas " +"för att visa alla kvantiteter av produkter med det tilldelade numret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spårbarhetsrapport för partier och serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd serienummer för att spåra produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4784,6 +6452,10 @@ msgid "" "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" +"*Serienummer är ett av två sätt att identifiera och spåra produkter i Odoo. " +"Ett serienummer är en unik identifierare som tilldelas stegvis (eller " +"sekventiellt) till en artikel eller produkt, som används för att skilja den " +"från andra artiklar och produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4791,6 +6463,9 @@ msgid "" "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" +"Serienummer kan bestå av många olika typer av tecken: de kan vara strikt " +"numeriska, de kan innehålla bokstäver och andra typografiska symboler, eller" +" de kan vara en blandning av alla ovanstående." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4799,11 +6474,16 @@ msgid "" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" +"Syftet med att tilldela serienummer till enskilda produkter är att se till " +"att varje artikels historia kan identifieras när den färdas genom " +"leveranskedjan. Detta kan vara särskilt användbart för tillverkare som " +"tillhandahåller kundservice för produkter som de säljer och levererar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4814,14 +6494,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" +"För att spåra produkter med hjälp av serienummer måste funktionen " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` vara aktiverad. För att aktivera detta går" +" du till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"bläddrar ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Traceability` och klickar i rutan " +"bredvid :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Kom ihåg att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverat inställning av partier och serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera spårning av serienummer på produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4830,12 +6516,18 @@ msgid "" "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" +"När inställningen :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` har aktiverats kan " +"enskilda produkter nu spåras med hjälp av serienummer. För att konfigurera " +"detta, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, och" +" välj en önskad produkt att spåra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Redigera` och sedan på fliken " +":guilabel:`Inventering`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4846,10 +6538,16 @@ msgid "" "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Redigera`, går till fliken " +":guilabel:`Inventering` och bläddrar till avsnittet :guilabel:`Spårbarhet`. " +"Välj sedan alternativet :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara ändringarna. Befintliga eller nya serienummer" +" kan nu väljas och tilldelas nyligen mottagna eller tillverkade batcher av " +"denna produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverade spårning av serienummer på produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4858,10 +6556,14 @@ msgid "" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt inte har tilldelats ett serienummer visas ett popup-fönster " +"med ett användarfel. Felmeddelandet anger att produkten/produkterna i lager " +"inte har något parti-/serienummer. Ett parti-/serienummer kan dock tilldelas" +" produkten genom att göra en lagerjustering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa nya serienummer för produkter som redan finns i lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4871,6 +6573,12 @@ msgid "" "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" +"Nya serienummer kan skapas för produkter som redan finns i lager och som " +"inte har något tilldelat serienummer. För att göra detta, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Create`. Då visas ett tomt formulär för partier/serienummer. " +"På detta formulär genereras ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot/Serienummer` " +"automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4879,6 +6587,10 @@ msgid "" "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" +"Odoo genererar automatiskt ett nytt parti-/serienummer som följer det " +"senaste numret, men det kan redigeras och ändras till valfritt nummer genom " +"att klicka på raden under fältet :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` och ändra det" +" genererade numret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -4886,6 +6598,9 @@ msgid "" "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` har genererats klickar du på det tomma " +"fältet bredvid :guilabel:`Product` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I denna " +"meny väljer du den produkt som det nya numret ska tilldelas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4895,16 +6610,23 @@ msgid "" "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" +"I formuläret finns också möjlighet att justera :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"tilldela ett unikt :guilabel:`Internal Reference`-nummer (för spårbarhet) " +"och tilldela denna specifika parti-/serienummerkonfiguration till en " +"specifik webbplats i fältet :guilabel:`Website` (om du arbetar i en miljö " +"med flera webbplatser)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +"En detaljerad beskrivning av detta specifika parti/serienummer kan också " +"läggas till i fliken :guilabel:`Description` nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nytt serienummer skapas för befintligt produktlager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4913,16 +6635,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" +"När ett nytt serienummer har skapats, tilldelats den önskade produkten och " +"sparats, navigerar du tillbaka till produktformuläret genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Produkter --> Produkter` och välja den produkt som det " +"nyskapade serienumret just tilldelades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` på produktens " +"detaljformulär för att visa det nya serienumret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera serienummer för leverans och mottagning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -4931,16 +6659,22 @@ msgid "" "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "" +"Serienummer kan tilldelas för både **inkommande** och **utgående** varor. " +"För inkommande varor tilldelas serienummer direkt på inköpsorderblanketten. " +"För utgående varor tilldelas serienummer direkt på " +"försäljningsorderblanketten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera serienummer på kvitton" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" +"Tilldelning av serienummer till **inkommande** varor kan göras direkt från " +"inköpsordern (PO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -4948,6 +6682,9 @@ msgid "" "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`, gå till :menuselection:`Inköpsapp" +" --> Skapa`. När du gör detta visas ett nytt, tomt formulär för " +"offertförfrågan (RFQ)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4956,12 +6693,18 @@ msgid "" "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" +"På detta :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` formulär, fyll i nödvändig " +"information, genom att lägga till en :guilabel:`Vendor`, och genom att lägga" +" till de önskade produkterna till :guilabel:`Product` linjer, genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Add a product`, under :guilabel:`Products` fliken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"Välj önskad kvantitet av produkten som ska beställas genom att ändra siffran" +" i kolumnen :guilabel:`Quantity`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -4969,12 +6712,18 @@ msgid "" "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" +"När de nödvändiga konfigurationerna är klara klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Detta kommer att konvertera :abbr:`RFQ (request " +"for quotation)` till en inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt` för att komma till sidan " +"med formuläret för lagerkvitto för den specifika :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -4984,10 +6733,15 @@ msgid "" "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Validate` innan du har tilldelat ett serienummer" +" till de beställda produktkvantiteterna visas ett :guilabel:`User Error` " +"popup-fönster. Popup-fönstret kräver att ett parti- eller serienummer anges " +"för de beställda produkterna. :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **kan** " +"inte valideras utan att ett serienummer har tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönster för användarfel med uppmaning att ange serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -4996,6 +6750,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" +"I denna popup kan du konfigurera ett antal olika fält, inklusive " +"tilldelningen av ett serienummer (eller serienummer) under kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name`, som finns längst ned i popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -5003,10 +6760,13 @@ msgid "" "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" +"Det finns tre sätt att göra detta på: manuell tilldelning av serienummer, " +"automatisk tilldelning av serienummer och kopiering/klistring av serienummer" +" från ett kalkylblad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela serienummer manuellt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -5014,12 +6774,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" +"För att tilldela serienummer manuellt, klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` i " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, och välj först den plats där " +"produkten ska lagras under :guilabel:`To` kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" +"Skriv sedan en ny :guilabel:`Serienummernamn` och ange mängden " +":guilabel:`Done` i de lämpliga kolumnerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -5027,10 +6792,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" +"Upprepa denna process för den mängd produkter som visas i fältet " +":guilabel:`Demand`, och tills fältet :guilabel:`Quantity Done` visar rätt " +"(matchande) antal bearbetade produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela serienummer automatiskt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5038,6 +6806,9 @@ msgid "" "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" +"Om en stor mängd produkter behöver individuella serienummer kan Odoo " +"automatiskt generera och tilldela serienummer till var och en av de enskilda" +" produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -5045,26 +6816,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" +"Börja med fältet :guilabel:`First SN` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations` och skriv in det första serienumret i den ordning som det ska " +"tilldelas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Number of SN` skriver du sedan in det totala antalet " +"artiklar som behöver tilldelas nya unika serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, så fylls en lista i " +"med nya serienummer som matchar den beställda mängden produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" +"Automatisk tilldelning av serienummer i popup-fönstret för detaljerade " +"operationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kopiera/klistra in serienummer från ett kalkylblad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -5075,16 +6855,24 @@ msgid "" "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" +"För att kopiera och klistra in serienummer från ett befintligt kalkylblad " +"fyller du först i ett kalkylblad med alla serienummer som mottagits från " +"leverantören (eller som valts manuellt vid mottagandet). Kopiera och klistra" +" sedan in dem i kolumnen :guilabel:`Lot/Serienummernamn`. Odoo skapar " +"automatiskt det nödvändiga antalet rader baserat på antalet nummer som " +"klistras in i kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" +"Därefter kan :guilabel:`To`-platser och :guilabel:`Done`-mängder matas in " +"manuellt i varje serienummerrad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista över serienummer kopierad i Excel-kalkylblad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -5094,6 +6882,11 @@ msgid "" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" +"För inköpsorder som innehåller stora mängder produkter som ska tas emot är " +"den bästa metoden för tilldelning av serienummer att automatiskt tilldela " +"serienummer med knappen :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` som finns på " +":abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`. Detta förhindrar att serienummer återanvänds eller" +" dupliceras, och förbättrar spårbarhetsrapporteringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -5101,6 +6894,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"När alla produktkvantiteter har tilldelats ett serienummer klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validera`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -5110,6 +6906,11 @@ msgid "" "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" +"En smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` visas när du validerar kvittot. Klicka " +"på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller: ett " +":guilabel:`Referensdokument`, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` med mera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -5121,16 +6922,25 @@ msgid "" "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" +"När alla produktkvantiteter har tilldelats ett serienummer klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validate`. En smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` visas när du " +"validerar kvittot. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se " +"den uppdaterade :guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller: ett " +":guilabel:`Referensdokument`, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` och mer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera serienummer på leveransorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" +"Tilldelning av serienummer till **utgående** varor kan göras direkt från " +"försäljningsordern (SO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -5141,6 +6951,13 @@ msgid "" "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`, navigera till appen " +":menuselection:`Sales` och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Create`. När du gör " +"detta visas ett nytt, tomt offertformulär. Fyll i nödvändig information på " +"det tomma offertformuläret genom att lägga till en :guilabel:`Kund` och " +"lägga till produkter på :guilabel:`Produkt`-raderna (på fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader`) genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -5149,6 +6966,9 @@ msgid "" "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" +"När offerten har fyllts i klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att " +"bekräfta offerten. När offerten har bekräftats blir den en :abbr:`SO " +"(försäljningsorder)` och en :guilabel:`Leverans` smartknapp visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -5156,6 +6976,9 @@ msgid "" "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret kommer en :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` att väljas som " +"standard, med varje produkt av den totala :guilabel:`Reserved` kvantiteten " +"listad med sina unika serienummer (troligen listade i sekventiell ordning)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -5164,15 +6987,21 @@ msgid "" "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ändra en produkts serienummer manuellt klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn under :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` och väljer (eller " +"skriver in) önskat serienummer. Markera sedan :guilabel:`Done` och klicka på" +" :guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" +"Slutligen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` för att leverera " +"produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serienummer listade i popup-fönstret för detaljerade operationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -5182,6 +7011,11 @@ msgid "" "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" +"När du validerar leveransordern visas en smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet`. " +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller: ett " +":guilabel:`Reference`-dokument, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, " +":guilabel:`Datum` och det :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` som tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -5190,10 +7024,14 @@ msgid "" "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten` kan också innehålla ett " +":guilabel:`Reference` kvitto från den tidigare inköpsordern (PO), om någon " +"av produktmängderna hade ett serienummer som tilldelades vid mottagandet av " +"den specifika :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera serienummer för olika typer av operationer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -5203,6 +7041,11 @@ msgid "" "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" +"Som standard i Odoo är skapandet av nya serienummer endast tillåtet vid " +"**mottagning** av produkter från en inköpsorder. **Existerande** serienummer" +" kan inte användas. För försäljningsorder gäller det motsatta: nya " +"serienummer kan inte skapas på leveransordern, endast befintliga serienummer" +" kan användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -5210,6 +7053,10 @@ msgid "" "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" +"För att ändra möjligheten att använda nya (eller befintliga) serienummer för" +" en viss operationstyp, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Operations Types`, och välj önskad :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -5221,6 +7068,13 @@ msgid "" "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" +"För operationstypen :guilabel:`Receipts`, som finns på sidan " +":guilabel:`Operations Types`, kan alternativet :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"Lots/Serial Numbers` aktiveras genom att välja :guilabel:`Receipts` från " +"sidan :guilabel:`Operation Types`, klicka på :guilabel:`Edit`, och sedan " +"klicka på kryssrutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"Lots/Serial Numbers` (i avsnittet :guilabel:`Traceability`). Klicka " +"slutligen på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -5232,14 +7086,21 @@ msgid "" "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"För operationstypen :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, som finns på sidan " +":guilabel:`Operations Types`, kan alternativet :guilabel:`Create New " +"Lots/Serial Numbers` aktiveras genom att välja :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"på sidan :guilabel:`Operations Types`, klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` och " +"markera kryssrutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` (i avsnittet :guilabel:`Traceability`). Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`" +" för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverade spårbarhetsinställning i formuläret för operationstyp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spårbarhet av serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -5247,6 +7108,9 @@ msgid "" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" +"Tillverkare och företag kan hänvisa till spårbarhetsrapporterna för att se " +"en produkts hela livscykel: varifrån den kom (och när), var den förvarades " +"och vem den gick till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -5254,6 +7118,10 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att se fullständig spårbarhet för en produkt, eller gruppera efter " +"serienummer, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. På så sätt visas instrumentpanelen " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -5261,6 +7129,8 @@ msgid "" "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" +"Härifrån listas produkter med tilldelade serienummer som standard, och de " +"kan utökas för att visa vilka serienummer som specifikt har tilldelats dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -5270,6 +7140,11 @@ msgid "" "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"För att gruppera efter serienummer (eller partier), ta först bort alla " +"standardfilter från sökfältet i det övre högra hörnet. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Group By` och välj :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, som visar en " +"liten rullgardinsmeny. Välj :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` i rullgardinsmenyn" +" och klicka på :guilabel:`Apply`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -5278,10 +7153,14 @@ msgid "" "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" +"På så sätt visas alla befintliga serienummer och partier, och kan utökas " +"till att visa alla kvantiteter av produkter med det tilldelade numret. För " +"unika serienummer som inte återanvänds ska det bara finnas en produkt per " +"serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapporteringssida för serienummer med rullgardinslistor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -5292,45 +7171,57 @@ msgid "" "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" +"För ytterligare information om ett enskilt serienummer (eller lotnummer), " +"klicka på radposten för serienumret för att visa det specifika serienumrets " +":guilabel:`Serienummer`-formulär. I detta formulär klickar du på " +"smartknapparna :guilabel:`Location` och :guilabel:`Traceability` för att se " +"allt tillgängligt lager med det aktuella serienumret och alla transaktioner " +"som gjorts med det aktuella serienumret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frakt och mottagning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "Advanced operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerad verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur avbryter jag en leveransförfrågan till en avsändare?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" +"Odoo kan hantera olika leveransmetoder, inklusive tredje parts speditörer. " +"Odoo kommer att kopplas till transportföretagets spårningssystem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" +"Det gör att du kan hantera transportföretaget, de verkliga priserna och " +"destinationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan enkelt avbryta den begäran som gjorts till bärarsystemet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur avbryter jag en leveransförfrågan?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" +"Om leveransordern inte är **Validerad** har begäran inte gjorts. Du kan " +"välja att avbryta leveransen eller att byta transportör." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5339,18 +7230,21 @@ msgid "" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" +"Om du har klickat på **Validera** har begäran gjorts och du bör ha fått " +"spårningsnumret och etiketten. Du kan fortfarande avbryta begäran. Klicka " +"bara på knappen **Avbryt** bredvid **Spårningsnummer för transportör**:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kommer nu att se att sändningen har avbokats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan nu byta operatör om du vill." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur skickar jag en fraktförfrågan efter att ha avbokat en?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5358,20 +7252,24 @@ msgid "" "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" +"När du har avbrutit leveransbegäran kan du ändra vilken transportör du vill " +"använda. Bekräfta detta genom att klicka på knappen **Sänd till avsändare**." +" Du får ett nytt spårningsnummer och en ny etikett." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`fakturering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "" +"Använd dropshipping för att skicka direkt från leverantörer till kunder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5383,10 +7281,16 @@ msgid "" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Dropshipping är en strategi för orderuppfyllelse som gör det möjligt för " +"säljare att skicka varor direkt från leverantörer till kunder. Normalt köper" +" en säljare en produkt från en leverantör, lagrar den i sitt lager och " +"skickar den till slutkunden när en beställning har gjorts. Med dropshipping " +"ansvarar leverantören för att lagra och skicka varan. Detta gynnar säljaren " +"genom att minska lagerkostnaderna, inklusive priset för att driva lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera produkter som ska dropshippas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -5395,6 +7299,10 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda dropshipping som leveransstrategi går du till appen " +":menuselection:`Köp` och väljer :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`. Under rubriken :guilabel:`Logistik` klickar du på kryssrutan" +" :guilabel:`Dropshipping` och :guilabel:`Spara` för att avsluta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5404,12 +7312,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till appen :menuselection:`Sales`, klicka på " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products` och välj en befintlig produkt eller " +"välj :guilabel:`Create` för att konfigurera en ny. På sidan " +":guilabel:`Produkt` kontrollerar du att kryssrutorna :guilabel:`Kan säljas` " +"och :guilabel:`Kan köpas` är aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera kryssrutorna \"Kan säljas\" och \"Kan köpas\" på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5418,24 +7331,30 @@ msgid "" "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Köp` och ange en leverantör och det pris som de " +"säljer produkten för. Du kan lägga till flera leverantörer, men den " +"leverantör som står överst i listan är den som automatiskt väljs för " +"inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktformuläret med en angiven leverantör." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" +"Slutligen väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` och aktiverar kryssrutan " +":guilabel:`Dropship` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera alternativet Dropship på fliken för produktinventering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppfylla beställningar med dropshipping" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5447,6 +7366,13 @@ msgid "" "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +"När en kund genomför ett onlineköp av en dropshippad produkt skapas " +"automatiskt en försäljningsorder med en tillhörande offertförfrågan " +"(:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) till leverantören. Du kan se " +"försäljningsorder i appen :menuselection:`Sales` genom att välja " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Köp` " +"längst upp till höger i en försäljningsorder för att visa den tillhörande " +":abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5454,12 +7380,16 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" +"Dropshipping-försäljningsorder kan också skapas manuellt via appen " +":menuselection:`Sales` genom att välja :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders -->" +" Create` och lägga till en produkt som är konfigurerad för dropshipping." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" +"En dropship-försäljningsorder med knappen Köp smart i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -5468,12 +7398,18 @@ msgid "" "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" +"När :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` har bekräftats blir det en " +"inköpsorder och ett dropship-kvitto skapas och länkas till den. Kvittot kan " +"visas genom att klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Kvitto` i det övre högra " +"hörnet av inköpsorderformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" +"En inköpsorder för dropship med knappen Kvitto smart i det övre högra " +"hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -5483,10 +7419,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" +"På leveranskvittot anges leverantören i avsnittet :guilabel:`Receive From` " +"och kunden i avsnittet :guilabel:`Destination Location`. När produkten har " +"levererats till kunden klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validera` längst upp" +" till vänster på dropship-kvittot för att bekräfta den levererade " +"kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validera dropship-kvittot efter leverans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5494,27 +7435,33 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" +"För att se alla dropship-order, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory` " +":guilabel:`Overview` instrumentpanelen och klicka på den blågröna " +":guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` knappen på :guilabel:`Dropship` kortet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den gröna knappen på Dropship-kortet för att se alla dropship-" +"order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur fakturerar jag fraktkostnaden till kunden?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det finns två sätt att fakturera fraktkostnaderna:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "" +"Kom överens med kunden om en kostnad och skriv in den i försäljningsordern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:15 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera den verkliga kostnaden för frakten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5522,12 +7469,17 @@ msgid "" "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera priset för dina leveransmetoder, gå till appen " +"**Inventory**, klicka på :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Leverans --> " +"Leveransmetoder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:23 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" +"Du kan manuellt ange ett pris för frakten: Det kan vara fast eller baserat " +"på regler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5535,14 +7487,17 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`integrating a third-party shipper " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`." msgstr "" +"Eller så kan du använda transportföretagets beräkningssystem genom att " +":doc:`integrera en tredjepartsspeditör " +"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur fakturerar jag fraktkostnaderna till kunden?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:33 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera det pris som fastställts i försäljningsordern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:57 @@ -5550,12 +7505,16 @@ msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"På din försäljningsorder väljer du vilken transportör som ska användas. " +"Klicka på **Leveranssätt** för att välja rätt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:41 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" +"Priset beräknas när du **sparar** försäljningsordern eller när du klickar på" +" **Sätt pris**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5563,55 +7522,70 @@ msgid "" "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera priset för leveransavgiften på försäljningsordern, klicka " +"på **Sätt pris**, det kommer att lägga till en rad med namnet på " +"leveransmetoden som en produkt. Det kan skilja sig från det verkliga priset." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" +"När du skapar fakturan kommer den att ta det pris som anges på " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera de verkliga fraktkostnaderna" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:63 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" +"Priset beräknas när du **sparar** försäljningsordern. Bekräfta " +"försäljningsordern och fortsätt att leverera produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:66 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Den verkliga fraktkostnaden beräknas när leveransordern valideras, och du " +"kan se den verkliga kostnaden i chatten om leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:72 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Gå tillbaka till försäljningsordern, den verkliga kostnaden har nu lagts " +"till i försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:78 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" +"När du skapar fakturan kommer den att ta det pris som beräknats av " +"transportören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:85 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Om du delar upp leveransen och gör flera, kommer varje leveransorder att " +"lägga till en rad till försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`etiketter`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra storlek på fraktetikett" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5620,6 +7594,10 @@ msgid "" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" +"I Odoo finns det en mängd olika typer av fraktetiketter som kan väljas för " +"leveransorder. Beroende på vilka typer av fraktpaket som används kan olika " +"etikettstorlekar vara mer lämpliga och kan konfigureras för att passa " +"paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5628,10 +7606,14 @@ msgid "" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" +"I modulen :menuselection:`Inventory` går du till " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Klicka på " +"en leveransmetod för att välja den. I följande exempel kommer *FedEx " +"International* att användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Olika leveransmetoder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -5639,10 +7621,13 @@ msgid "" "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Configuration`, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, väljer du" +" en av de tillgängliga etikettyperna. Tillgängligheten varierar beroende på " +"transportör." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj en etikettyp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -5650,13 +7635,16 @@ msgid "" "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" +"När en försäljningsorder med motsvarande fraktbolag bekräftas och en " +"leveransorder valideras, skapas fraktsedeln automatiskt som en PDF-fil och " +"visas i :guilabel:`Chatter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5665,57 +7653,68 @@ msgid "" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"I applikationen :menuselection:`Sales` klickar du på :guilabel:`Create` och " +"väljer en internationell kund. Klicka på :guilabel:`Add A Product` och välj " +"en artikel. Klicka på :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, välj en fraktmetod, klicka " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Get Rate` och klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Add`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till fraktsätt och fraktkostnad i en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" +"När offerten har bekräftats genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm`, visas " +"en :guilabel:`Delivery` smart knapp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Smart knapp för leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" +"När leveransordern har validerats genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Validate` i" +" leveransordern, visas fraktdokumenten i :guilabel:`Chatter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frakt av PDF-dokument." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på etiketter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" +"Standardvärdet för :guilabel:`Label Type` är :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. Ett " +"exempel på en FedEx-etikett i brevstorlek är:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." -msgstr "" +msgstr "FedEx-fraktsedel i brevstorlek för hela sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" +"Som jämförelse är ett exempel på en FedEx-etikett med nedre halvan följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Halv sida i brevstorlek FedEx fraktetikett." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur skriver jag ut fraktsedlar?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5724,11 +7723,15 @@ msgid "" "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo kan hantera olika leveransmetoder, inklusive tredjepartsspeditörer som " +"är kopplade till transportföretagets spårningssystem. Det gör att du kan " +"hantera transportföretaget, de verkliga priserna och destinationen. Och " +"slutligen kommer du att kunna skriva ut fraktsedlarna direkt från Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera anslutningsmodulen för avsändarföretag" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5736,16 +7739,19 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +"I modulen **Inventory** klickar du på :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors** markerar du de transportföretag som" +" du vill integrera:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:28 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på **Ansök**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera leveransmetod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 @@ -5753,28 +7759,34 @@ msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera dina leveransmetoder, gå till modulen **Inventory**, " +"klicka på :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransmetoderna för de valda avsändarna har skapats automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" +"På fliken **Prissättning** innebär namnet på leverantören att leveransen " +"kommer att hanteras och beräknas av avsändarsystemet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationen för avsändaren är uppdelad i två kolumner :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" +"Den första är kopplad till **ditt konto** (utvecklingsnyckel, lösenord, " +"...). För mer information, vänligen se leverantörens webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 @@ -5782,11 +7794,13 @@ msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" +"Den andra kolumnen varierar beroende på **leverantör**. Du kan välja " +"förpackningstyp, servicetyp, viktenhet..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avmarkera **Test Mode** när du är klar med testerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 @@ -5799,6 +7813,9 @@ msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" +"För att kunna beräkna rätt pris behöver leverantören din " +"företagsinformation. Se till att din adress och ditt telefonnummer är " +"korrekt kodade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88 @@ -5807,6 +7824,9 @@ msgid "" "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera dina uppgifter, gå till applikationen **Inställningar** " +"och klicka på **Generella inställningar**. Klicka på den första länken " +"**Konfigurera dina företagsdata**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 @@ -5819,24 +7839,32 @@ msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" +"Speditionsföretagen behöver veta vikten på din produkt, annars kan " +"prisberäkningen inte göras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" +"Gå till **Sales**-modulen, klicka på :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. " +"Öppna de produkter du vill skicka och ange en vikt för dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +"Vikten på produktformuläret är uttryckt i kilogram. Glöm inte att göra " +"omräkningen om du är van vid det imperiala måttsystemet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" +"Den leveransorder som skapas från försäljningsordern kommer att ta " +"leveransinformationen från den, men du kan ändra transportören om du vill." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:137 @@ -5844,31 +7872,37 @@ msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" +"Om du skapar en leveransöverföring från lagermodulen kan du lägga till den " +"tredje partens avsändare på fliken Ytterligare information." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" +"Klicka på **Validera** för att få spårningsnumret och " +"**etiketten/etiketterna**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:153 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etiketten som ska fästas på ditt paket finns i historiken under :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på den för att öppna dokumentet och skriva ut det:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" +"Om du skickar flera paket kommer det i de flesta fall att finnas en etikett " +"per paket. Varje etikett visas i leveranshistoriken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Försändelser med flera förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5879,6 +7913,12 @@ msgid "" "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" +"I vissa fall kan en leveransorder med flera artiklar behöva skickas i mer än" +" ett paket. Detta kan vara nödvändigt om artiklarna är för stora för att " +"skickas i ett enda paket, eller om vissa artiklar inte kan packas " +"tillsammans. Att skicka en enskild leveransorder i flera paket ger " +"flexibilitet för hur varje artikel packas, utan att behöva skapa flera " +"leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5887,14 +7927,18 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" +"För att kunna dela upp en leveransorder på flera paket måste inställningen " +"*Paket* vara aktiverad. Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` och aktivera sedan kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Packages`. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att bekräfta ändringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen Paket på sidan Inställningar för appen Inventering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka varor i flera paket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5903,16 +7947,22 @@ msgid "" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" +"För att dela upp artiklar i samma leveransorder på flera paket, börja med " +"att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, välj sedan" +" en leveransorder som har flera artiklar, flera kvantiteter av samma " +"artikel, eller båda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Operations` väljer du ikonen :guilabel:`⁞≣ (meny)` på " +"raden för den produkt som ska skickas i det första paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menyikonen för en produkt i en leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5920,6 +7970,9 @@ msgid "" "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Ett :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` popup-fönster visas. I tabellen längst " +"ner i popup-fönstret visar kolumnen :guilabel:`Reserverad` den totala " +"kvantiteten av produkten som ingår i leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5930,10 +7983,17 @@ msgid "" " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" +"Om hela kvantiteten kommer att skickas i det första paketet, ange numret " +"från kolumnen :guilabel:`Done` i kolumnen :guilabel:`Reserved`. Om mindre än" +" den fulla kvantiteten kommer att skickas i det första paketet, ange ett " +"mindre nummer än det som visas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Reserved`. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta :guilabel:`Done`-antalet och stänga " +"popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret Detaljerade åtgärder för en produkt i en leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5941,10 +8001,13 @@ msgid "" "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" +"Upprepa samma steg för varje antal artiklar som ingår i det första paketet. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Put In Pack` för att skapa ett paket med alla de " +"valda artiklarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Sätt i paket på en leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5953,12 +8016,18 @@ msgid "" "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" +"För nästa paket följer du samma steg som ovan och markerar mängden av varje " +"artikel som ska ingå i paketet som :guilabel:`Done` innan du klickar på " +":guilabel:`Put In Pack` på leveransordern. Fortsätt på samma sätt tills alla" +" artiklar har lagts till i paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, när alla paket har skickats, klickar du på :guilabel:`Validate` " +"för att bekräfta att leveransordern har slutförts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -5968,14 +8037,19 @@ msgid "" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" +"När ett eller flera paket har skapats visas en :guilabel:`Packages` " +"smartknapp i det övre högra hörnet av leveransordern. Klicka på smartknappen" +" :guilabel:`Paket` för att gå till sidan :guilabel:`Paket` för " +"leveransordern, där varje paket kan väljas för att visa alla artiklar som " +"ingår i det." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paketets smarta knapp på en leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en restorder för artiklar som ska levereras senare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5983,6 +8057,9 @@ msgid "" "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" +"Om vissa artiklar kommer att skickas senare än andra behöver du inte lägga " +"dem i ett paket förrän de är redo att skickas. Skapa istället en restorder " +"för de artiklar som levereras senare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5993,6 +8070,11 @@ msgid "" "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" +"Börja med att skicka de artiklar som ska skickas direkt. Om de ska skickas i" +" flera paket, följ :ref:`stegen ovan `" +" för att paketera dem efter behov. Om de ska skickas i ett enda paket " +"markerar du i kolumnen :guilabel:`Done` antalet av varje artikel som ska " +"skickas, men **klicka** inte på knappen :guilabel:`Put In Pack`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6003,10 +8085,16 @@ msgid "" "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" +"När alla kvantiteter som ska skickas omedelbart har markerats som " +":guilabel:`Done` klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` och ett popup-" +"fönster :guilabel:`Create Backorder?` visas. Klicka sedan på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder`. På så sätt bekräftas de artiklar som skickas " +"omedelbart och en ny leveransorder skapas för de artiklar som skickas " +"senare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret Skapa restorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -6015,12 +8103,19 @@ msgid "" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" +"Den återstående leveransordern kommer att listas i chatten för den " +"ursprungliga leveransordern i ett meddelande som lyder :guilabel:`Den " +"återstående leveransordern WH/OUT/XXXXX har skapats.`. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` i meddelandet för att se den återstående " +"leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "" +"Den återstående leveransordern listas i den ursprungliga leveransorderns " +"chatter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -6028,10 +8123,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Du kan också komma åt leveransordern för restorder genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# Back Orders` på " +"kortet :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` och välja leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Back Orders på kortet Delivery Orders." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -6041,6 +8139,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" +"När de återstående artiklarna är redo att skickas navigerar du till " +"leveransordern för restorder. Artiklarna kan skickas i ett enda paket genom " +"att klicka på :guilabel:`Validera` och välja :guilabel:`Använd` i popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` som visas, eller skickas i flera " +"paket genom att följa de steg som beskrivs i avsnittet ovan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -6048,10 +8151,13 @@ msgid "" "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att skicka ut några av artiklarna och samtidigt skapa " +"en ny restorder för resten. För att göra det följer du bara samma steg som " +"användes för att skapa den första restordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planerade leveransdatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6060,10 +8166,14 @@ msgid "" "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" +"Noggranna prognoser för leveransdatum är avgörande för att uppfylla " +"kundernas förväntningar. I Odoo ger appen *Inventory* möjlighet till " +"omfattande konfigurering av ledtider, vilket möjliggör samordning och " +"planering av tillverkningsorder, leveranser och mottagningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "Lead time types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av ledtider" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -6071,10 +8181,13 @@ msgid "" "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Olika ledtider för olika verksamheter kan påverka olika steg i " +"orderhanteringsprocessen. Här är en sammanfattning av de olika typerna av " +"ledtider i Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa grafik av alla ledtider som arbetar tillsammans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6084,6 +8197,10 @@ msgid "" "the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" " lead time*." msgstr "" +":ref:`Kunds ledtid `: Standardtidsramen för " +"att uppfylla kundorder. Kundledtiden är antalet dagar från det datum då " +"försäljningsordern (SO) bekräftas till det datum då produkterna skickas från" +" lagret. Detta är också känt som *leveransledtid*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6093,6 +8210,11 @@ msgid "" " shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " +"flyttar fram det *planerade leveransdatumet* med ett angivet antal dagar. " +"Detta fungerar som en buffert för att ge teamet gott om tid att förbereda " +"den utgående försändelsen tidigare, med tanke på eventuella förseningar i " +"leveransprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -6102,6 +8224,11 @@ msgid "" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" +":ref:`Ledtid inköp `: antal dagar från " +"bekräftelse av en inköpsorder (PO) till mottagande av produkter. Den ger " +"insikt i hur lång tid det tar för produkterna att anlända till lagret, " +"vilket underlättar effektiv schemaläggning och planering av " +"leverantörsleveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -6112,6 +8239,12 @@ msgid "" " set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " "earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" +":ref:`Ledtid för inköpssäkerhet `: tidigarelägger beställningsfristen för en :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"med ett angivet antal dagar. Denna proaktiva metod att lägga order tidigare " +"minskar risken för förseningar från leverantör eller frakt. För produkter " +"som är inställda på att fyllas på på beställning visas behovet på " +"*Påfyllningsrapporten* tidigare, enligt det angivna antalet dagar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6120,6 +8253,11 @@ msgid "" "confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " "and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" +":ref:`Ledtid för tillverkning `: antalet " +"dagar som behövs för att slutföra en tillverkningsorder (MO) från " +"bekräftelsedatumet. Denna ledtid inkluderar helger (icke arbetstid i Odoo), " +"och används för att prognostisera ett ungefärligt produktionsdatum för en " +"färdig vara." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -6130,10 +8268,16 @@ msgid "" "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" +":ref:`Säkerhetsledtid för tillverkning `: flyttar fram det planerade datumet för :abbr:`MO " +"(tillverkningsorder)` med ett angivet antal dagar. När den används " +"tillsammans med :ref:`påfyllning efter order " +"`, gör säkerhetsledtiden att " +"behovet visas tidigare på påfyllningsrapporten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "Sales lead times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledtider för försäljning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -6142,6 +8286,10 @@ msgid "" "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Kundledtider och säkerhetsledtider kan konfigureras för att automatiskt " +"beräkna ett *förväntat leveransdatum* på en :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. Det " +"förväntade leveransdatumet säkerställer en realistisk inställning av " +"*leveransdatum* för försändelser från lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -6149,6 +8297,10 @@ msgid "" "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" +"Odoo utfärdar ett varningsmeddelande om det inställda leveransdatumet är " +"tidigare än det förväntade datumet, eftersom det kanske inte är möjligt att " +"uppfylla ordern vid den tiden, vilket skulle påverka andra " +"lagerverksamheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -6157,21 +8309,30 @@ msgid "" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" +"En :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` innehållande ett `Kokosnötsdoftande ljus` " +"bekräftades den 11 juli. Produkten har en kundledtid på 14 dagar, och " +"företaget använder en försäljningssäkerhetsledtid på 1 dag. Baserat på " +"ledtidsinmatningarna föreslår Odoo ett leveransdatum om 15 dagar, den 26 " +"juli." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" +"Ange *Leveransdatum* i en försäljningsorder. Aktiverar funktionen för " +"leveransledtider." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" +"Följande avsnitt visar hur man automatiskt beräknar förväntade " +"leveransdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "Customer lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundens ledtid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -6182,6 +8343,12 @@ msgid "" "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" +"Ställ in kundens ledtid på varje produktformulär genom att navigera till " +"produktsidan. Detta gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Välj sedan önskad produkt och växla till fliken " +":guilabel:`Inventory`. Under fältet :guilabel:`Kundens ledtid` fyller du " +"sedan i antalet kalenderdagar som krävs för att uppfylla leveransordern från" +" början till slut." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -6189,20 +8356,25 @@ msgid "" "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" +"Ange en 14-dagars kundledtid för `Kokosnötsdoftande ljus` genom att navigera" +" till dess produktformulär. På fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` skriver du sedan" +" `14.00` dagar i fältet :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange *Kundens ledtid* på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Sales security lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledtid för försäljningssäkerhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"*Sales security lead time* ställs in globalt för verksamheten i " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -6210,6 +8382,9 @@ msgid "" "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"På konfigurationssidan, under rubriken :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling`, " +"letar du upp rutan för :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, och klickar" +" i kryssrutan för att aktivera funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6217,6 +8392,9 @@ msgid "" "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan önskat antal kalenderdagar. Denna säkerhetsledtid är en buffert " +"som meddelar teamet att förbereda sig för utgående transporter tidigare än " +"det schemalagda datumet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -6226,16 +8404,23 @@ msgid "" " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" +"Om du ställer in :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` till `1.00` dag, " +"flyttas :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` för en leveransorder (DO) framåt med en " +"dag. I det fallet, om en produkt ursprungligen är planerad för leverans den " +"6 april, men med en dags säkerhetsledtid, skulle det nya schemalagda datumet" +" för leveransordern vara den 5 april." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "" +"Vy över konfigurationen för säkerhetsledtid för försäljning från " +"försäljningsinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverera flera produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6244,6 +8429,9 @@ msgid "" "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" +"För order som innehåller flera produkter med olika ledtider kan ledtiderna " +"konfigureras direkt från offerten. I en offert klickar du på fliken " +":guilabel:`Övrig information` och ställer in :guilabel:`Fraktpolicy` till:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -6252,6 +8440,10 @@ msgid "" "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Så snart som möjligt` för att leverera produkter så snart de är " +"klara. :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` för :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` bestäms " +"genom att dagens datum adderas till den kortaste ledtiden bland produkterna " +"i ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -6260,10 +8452,14 @@ msgid "" "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`När alla produkter är klara` för att vänta med att uppfylla hela " +"ordern på en gång. :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` för :abbr:`DO (Delivery " +"Order)` bestäms genom att dagens datum adderas till den längsta ledtiden " +"bland produkterna i ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa fältet *Fraktpolicy* på fliken *Övrig information* i en offert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -6271,6 +8467,9 @@ msgid "" "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" +"I en offert som innehåller 2 produkter, `Yogamatta` och `Resistance band,` " +"har produkterna en ledtid på 8 dagar respektive 5 dagar. Dagens datum är den" +" 2 april." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -6279,16 +8478,22 @@ msgid "" "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` är inställd på :guilabel:`Så snart som " +"möjligt`, är det planerade leveransdatumet 5 dagar från idag: 7 april. Om du" +" däremot väljer :guilabel:`När alla produkter är klara` konfigureras det " +"schemalagda datumet till att vara 8 dagar från idag: 10 april." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "Purchase lead times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledtider för inköp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" +"Att automatiskt fastställa vilka datum som gäller för beställningar från " +"leverantörer kan bidra till att förenkla upphandlingsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -6298,27 +8503,39 @@ msgid "" "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" +"Odoo beräknar leverantörens leverans *mottagningsdatum* och :abbr:`PO " +"(inköpsorder)` deadline, baserat på det datum som produkten behövs i lagret." +" Genom att arbeta bakåt från mottagningsdatumet tas hänsyn till " +"leverantörens ledtider och inköpssäkerhetens ledtider för att bestämma " +":abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)` deadline." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "" +"Denna tidsfrist är det datum då beställningen ska bekräftas, för att " +"säkerställa att den kommer fram i tid före det förväntade " +"mottagningsdatumet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" +"Visualisering av PO-datum och mottagningsdatum som används med leverantörers" +" ledtider." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`PO schemaläggning med regler för reordering " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "Vendor lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverantörens ledtid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -6326,6 +8543,9 @@ msgid "" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" +"För att ange en leverantörsledtid för beställningar som kommer till lagret " +"från en leverantör, börja med att navigera till ett produktformulär via " +":menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -6335,6 +8555,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan önskad produkt och växla till fliken :guilabel:`Purchase`. I den " +"redigerbara prislistan klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Add a line` för att " +"lägga till leverantörsinformation, t.ex. :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " +":guilabel:`Price` som erbjuds för produkten, och slutligen " +":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -6342,16 +8567,21 @@ msgid "" "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" +"Flera leverantörer och ledtider kan läggas till i leverantörsprislistan. Den" +" standardleverantör och ledtid som valts kommer att vara den post som ligger" +" högst upp i listan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" +"I produktformulärets prislista för leverantörer är :guilabel:`Ledtid för " +"leverans` för den valda leverantören satt till `10 dagar.`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till leveransledtider i leverantörens prislista för en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6361,6 +8591,11 @@ msgid "" "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" +"Genom att ange leverantörens ledtid fastställs artikelns förväntade " +"ankomstdatum automatiskt som datumet för :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)`-bekräftelsen, plus leverantörens ledtid. Detta säkerställer att " +"lagerpersonalen meddelas om produkterna **inte** anländer inom den " +"förväntade tidsramen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -6371,25 +8606,34 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" +"På en :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` bekräftad den 11 juli, för en produkt " +"konfigurerad med en 10-dagars ledtid för leverantören, ställer Odoo " +"automatiskt in :guilabel:`Receipt Date` till den 21 juli. Mottagningsdatumet" +" visas också som :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` på lagerkvittoformuläret, " +"tillgängligt från smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt`, som finns på " +":guilabel:`PO (Purchase Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa förväntat *Kvittodatum* för produkten från säljaren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" +"Visa förväntat *Scheduled Date* för ankomst av produkten från säljaren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "Purchase security lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp säkerhet ledtid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"*Inköpssäkerhetens ledtid* ställs in globalt för verksamheten i " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -6397,6 +8641,9 @@ msgid "" "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" " click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"På konfigurationssidan, under rubriken :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling`, " +"letar du reda på rutan för :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` och " +"klickar i kryssrutan för att aktivera funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -6404,6 +8651,9 @@ msgid "" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan önskat antal kalenderdagar. Genom att konfigurera " +"säkerhetsledtiden ställs en buffert in för att ta hänsyn till potentiella " +"förseningar i leverantörsleveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -6413,16 +8663,23 @@ msgid "" "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" +"Om du ställer in :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` till `2.00` " +"dagar, skjuts :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` för mottagandet upp med en dag. I " +"detta fall, om en produkt ursprungligen är planerad att anlända den 6 april," +" med en två dagars säkerhetsledtid, skulle det nya planerade datumet för " +"mottagandet vara den 8 april." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Ställ in säkerhetsledtid för inköp från Inventering > Konfiguration > " +"Inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledtider för tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -6430,6 +8687,9 @@ msgid "" "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials." msgstr "" +"Ledtider kan bidra till att förenkla upphandlingsprocessen för " +"förbrukningsmaterial och komponenter som används i tillverkade produkter med" +" materialförteckningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -6438,16 +8698,22 @@ msgid "" "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" +"Tidsfristen :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, som är tidsfristen för att " +"påbörja tillverkningsprocessen för att färdigställa produkten till det " +"planerade leveransdatumet, kan bestämmas genom att konfigurera ledtider för " +"tillverkning och ledtider för tillverkningssäkerhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" +"Visualisering av fastställandet av planerade ledtider för tillverkning av " +"MO-datum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledtid för tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -6455,6 +8721,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera tillverkningens ledtid direkt på produktformuläret, genom att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " +"och välj önskad produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -6462,17 +8731,23 @@ msgid "" "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` för produkten anger du de kalenderdagar som " +"behövs för att tillverka produkten i fältet :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " +"Time`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" +"Ange en 14-dagars :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` för en produkt direkt " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` för produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "" +"Vy över konfigurationen för tillverkningsledtid från produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -6480,6 +8755,9 @@ msgid "" "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"Upprätta en :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, baserad på det " +"*förväntade leveransdatumet*, som anges i :guilabel:`Scheduled Date`-fältet " +"i :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -6488,12 +8766,17 @@ msgid "" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" +"Tidsfristen :abbr:`MO (Tillverkningsorder)`, som är fältet " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` på :abbr:`MO (Tillverkningsorder)`, beräknas som " +"*förväntat leveransdatum* subtraherat med tillverkningens ledtid." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" +"Detta säkerställer att tillverkningsprocessen påbörjas i tid, så att " +"leveransdatumet kan hållas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -6502,16 +8785,23 @@ msgid "" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" +"Det är dock viktigt att notera att ledtiderna är baserade på kalenderdagar. " +"Ledtiderna tar **inte** hänsyn till helger, helgdagar eller *arbetscentrets " +"kapacitet* (:dfn:`antalet operationer som kan utföras på arbetscentret " +"samtidigt`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Planering av tillverkning `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Konfigurera automatisk MO-planering med regler för reordering " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -6520,10 +8810,14 @@ msgid "" "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" +"En produkts planerade leveransdatum på :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` är den 15" +" augusti. Det tar 14 dagar att tillverka produkten. Det senaste datumet för " +"att starta :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` för att uppfylla åtagandedatumet" +" är alltså den 1 augusti." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledtid för tillverkningssäkerhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -6532,6 +8826,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"*Manufacturing security lead time* ställs in globalt för verksamheten i " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"rubriken :guilabel:`Planering`, leta reda på rutan för :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`, och klicka i kryssrutan för att aktivera funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -6539,12 +8837,17 @@ msgid "" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan önskat antal kalenderdagar. Genom att konfigurera " +"säkerhetsledtiden ställs en buffert in för att ta hänsyn till potentiella " +"förseningar i tillverkningsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "" +"Vy över säkerhetsledtiden för tillverkning från tillverkningsappens " +"inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -6555,36 +8858,44 @@ msgid "" "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" +"En produkt har ett planerat leveransdatum på :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " +"satt till den 15 augusti. Ledtiden för tillverkning är 7 dagar och ledtiden " +"för tillverkningssäkerhet är 3 dagar. Så :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` på " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` återspeglar det senaste datumet för att " +"påbörja tillverkningsordern. I det här exemplet är det planerade datumet på " +":abbr:`MO (Tillverkningsorder)` den 5 augusti." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 msgid "Global example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globalt exempel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" +"Se följande exempel för att förstå hur alla ledtider samverkar för att " +"säkerställa att ordern uppfylls i tid:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ledtid för försäljningssäkerhet**: 1 dag" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ledtid för tillverkningssäkerhet**: 2 dagar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ledtid för tillverkning**: 3 dagar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ledtid för säkerhet vid köp**: 1 dag" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Leverantörens ledtid**: 4 dagar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 msgid "" @@ -6594,22 +8905,32 @@ msgid "" "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" +"Kunden lägger en order på en tillverkad produkt den 1 september, och det " +"planerade leveransdatumet från lagret är den 20 september. Odoo använder " +"ledtider och regler för automatisk ombeställning för att schemalägga de " +"nödvändiga åtgärderna, baserat på leveransdatumet för den utgående " +"sändningen, den 20 september:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "" +"Visa en tidslinje över hur ledtiderna samverkar för att schemalägga " +"lagerverksamheten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1 september**: Försäljningsorder skapas, bekräftas av säljare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" +"**9 september**: Sista dag att beställa komponenter för att säkerställa att " +"de anländer i tid när tillverkningen påbörjas (4 dagars ledtid för " +"leverantörer)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -6617,6 +8938,9 @@ msgid "" "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" +"**13 september**: Planerat datum för mottagande av komponenter. " +"Ursprungligen var det satt till 9/14, men 1 dags ledtid för inköpssäkerhet " +"flyttade fram datumet med 1 dag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 msgid "" @@ -6625,6 +8949,10 @@ msgid "" "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" +"**14 september**: Deadline för att påbörja tillverkning. Beräknas genom att " +"subtrahera ledtiden för tillverkning på 3 dagar och ledtiden för " +"tillverkningssäkerhet på 2 dagar från det förväntade leveransdatumet den 19 " +"september." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -6633,6 +8961,10 @@ msgid "" "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" +"**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` på leveransorderformuläret " +"anger det uppdaterade förväntade leveransdatumet, som ursprungligen var satt" +" till den 20 september. Men ledtiden för försäljningssäkerhet flyttade fram " +"datumet med en dag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -6641,10 +8973,14 @@ msgid "" "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" +"Odoo's påfyllnadsplanering kartlägger ett företags orderhanteringsprocess " +"och anger förutbestämda deadlines och beställningsdatum för råmaterial, " +"inklusive buffertdagar för eventuella förseningar. Detta säkerställer att " +"produkterna levereras i tid." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla leveranser i tre steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -6653,6 +8989,10 @@ msgid "" "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" +"Vissa företag hanterar stora mängder leveranser varje dag, varav många " +"innehåller flera produkter eller kräver specialförpackningar. För att göra " +"detta effektivt behövs ett förpackningssteg innan produkterna skickas ut. " +"För detta har Odoo en trestegsprocess för leverans av varor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6663,6 +9003,11 @@ msgid "" "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" +"I standardleveransprocessen i tre steg plockas produkter som ingår i en " +"leveransorder i lagret enligt deras borttagningsstrategi och förs till en " +"packningszon. När artiklarna har packats i de olika försändelserna i " +"packningszonen förs de till en utmatningsplats innan de skickas. Dessa steg " +"kan modifieras om de inte passar verksamhetens behov." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6673,12 +9018,18 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"Odoo är som standard konfigurerad att :ref:`ta emot och leverera varor i ett" +" steg `, så inställningarna måste " +"ändras för att kunna använda trestegsleveranser. Kontrollera först att " +"alternativet *Multi-Step Routes* är aktiverat i :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Observera att aktivering av " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` även aktiverar *Storage Locations*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera flerstegsrutter och lagringsplatser i lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -6688,10 +9039,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste lagret konfigureras för trestegsleveranser. Gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses` och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`warehouse` för att redigera. Välj sedan :guilabel:`Packa " +"varor, skicka varor i utmatning och sedan leverera (3 steg)` för " +":guilabel:`Utgående sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" +"Ställ in alternativet för utgående sändning för att leverera i tre steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6701,10 +9058,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" +"När du aktiverar trestegskvitton och leveranser skapas två nya interna " +"platser: en *Packningszon* (WH/Packningszon) och *Utgång* (WH/Utgång). För " +"att byta namn på dessa platser, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, klicka på den :guilabel:`Location` som ska " +"ändras och uppdatera namnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverera i tre steg (plocka + packa + skicka)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -6713,6 +9075,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny offert går du till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Create`, som visar ett tomt offertformulär. I det tomma offertformuläret " +"väljer du en :guilabel:`Kund`, lägger till en lagringsbar " +":guilabel:`Produkt` och klickar på :guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -6720,16 +9086,21 @@ msgid "" "quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " "delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Leverans` smartknapp visas längst upp till höger i " +"offertformuläret. Om du klickar på den visas plockordern, packordern och " +"leveransordern som är kopplade till försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat försäljningsordern visas smartknappen Leverans med tre artiklar\n" +"associerade med den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla en plockning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -6737,12 +9108,17 @@ msgid "" "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Order för plockning, packning och leverans skapas när försäljningsordern har" +" bekräftats. För att se dessa överföringar, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" +"Redo-status för plockoperationen medan packnings- och leveransoperationerna väntar på\n" +"en annan operation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -6753,6 +9129,12 @@ msgid "" "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Status för plockningen kommer att vara :guilabel:`Ready`, eftersom produkten" +" måste plockas från lagret innan den kan packas. Status för packorder och " +"leveransorder kommer båda att vara :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, " +"eftersom packning och leverans inte kan ske förrän plockningen är klar. " +"Status för leveransordern ändras till :guilabel:`Ready` först när packningen" +" har markerats som :guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -6760,10 +9142,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Kvittot kan också hittas i applikationen *Inventory*. I instrumentpanelen " +":guilabel:`Overview` klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`1 To Process` i " +"kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Pick`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plockordern kan ses i Kanban-vyn för lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6774,15 +9159,21 @@ msgid "" "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" +"Klicka på plockningen för att bearbeta. Om produkten finns i lager kommer " +"Odoo automatiskt att reservera produkten. Klicka på :guilabel:`Validera` för" +" att markera att plockningen är klar och slutföra överföringen till " +":guilabel:`Packningszon`. Därefter är packningsordern klar. Eftersom " +"dokumenten är länkade kommer de produkter som tidigare har plockats " +"automatiskt att reserveras på förpackningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validera plockningen genom att klicka på Validera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla en förpackning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -6791,22 +9182,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Packningsordern är redo att bearbetas när plockningen är klar och finns i " +":menuselection:`Inventory`-applikationens :guilabel:`Overview` " +"instrumentpanel. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`1 To Process` i kanban-" +"kortet :guilabel:`Pack`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Packningsordern kan ses i vyn Lager kanban." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den packorder som är kopplad till försäljningsordern och klicka " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra packningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" +"Klicka på Validera på packningsordern för att överföra produkten från packningszonen till\n" +"utmatningsplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -6814,10 +9213,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"När förpackningsordern har validerats lämnar produkten :guilabel:`WH/Packing" +" Zone` och flyttas till :guilabel:`WH/Output`. Därefter ändras dokumentets " +"status till :guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla en leverans" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -6826,16 +9228,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Leveransordern är klar att bearbetas när packningen är klar och finns i " +"instrumentpanelen för :menuselection:`Inventory`-applikationen " +":guilabel:`Overview`. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`1 To Process` i " +"kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransordern kan ses i Kanban-vyn Leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den leveransorder som är kopplad till försäljningsordern och " +"klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra flytten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 @@ -6843,6 +9251,8 @@ msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" +"Klicka på Validera på leveransordern för att överföra produkten från utmatningsplatsen till\n" +"kundplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -6851,10 +9261,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"När leveransordern har validerats lämnar produkten platsen " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` och flyttas till platsen " +":guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Därefter ändras dokumentets status till " +":guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera kvitton och leveranser i ett steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -6863,6 +9277,10 @@ msgid "" "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" +"Som standard är inkommande försändelser konfigurerade att tas emot direkt i " +"lager, och utgående försändelser är konfigurerade att levereras direkt från " +"lager till kund; standardinställningen för lager i Odoo är ett steg " +"mottagningar och leveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -6870,22 +9288,28 @@ msgid "" "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" +"Inkommande och utgående försändelser behöver inte konfigureras med samma " +"steg. Produkter kan t.ex. tas emot i ett steg, men skickas i tre steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" +"I följande exempel kommer ett steg att användas för både inbetalningar och " +"utleveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" +"Om en annan mottagnings- eller fraktkonfiguration är inställd på lagret kan " +"de enkelt återställas till inställningen för ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6896,22 +9320,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` och klicka på det lager du vill redigera. På fliken " +":guilabel:`Lagerkonfiguration`, under avsnittet :guilabel:`Sändningar`, " +"väljer du sedan :guilabel:`Att ta emot varor direkt (1 steg)` för " +":guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar` och/eller :guilabel:`Att leverera varor " +"direkt (1 steg)` för :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" +"Ställ in alternativ för inkommande och utgående sändningar för att ta emot " +"och leverera i ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta emot varor direkt (1 steg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en inköpsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 @@ -6922,6 +9354,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" +"På huvudpanelen för :menuselection:`Purchase` börjar du med att skapa en ny " +"offert genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Välj (eller skapa) sedan en " +":guilabel:`Vendor` från rullgardinsmenyn, lägg till en lagringsbar " +":guilabel:`Product` på orderraderna och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " +"för att slutföra offerten som en ny inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 @@ -6930,10 +9367,13 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Kvitto` smart knapp kommer att visas i det övre högra hörnet " +"av :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)` formuläret - klicka på den för att visa det " +"tillhörande kvittot för inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Kvitto smart visas på den bekräftade inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 @@ -6942,26 +9382,32 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Kvitton på inköpsorder kan också hittas i applikationen " +":menuselection:`Inventory`. I instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Overview` klickar" +" du på smartknappen :guilabel:`# to Process` i kanban-kortet " +":guilabel:`Receipts`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvitto kanban-kortets 1 till Process smart-knapp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta kvittot" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" +"När du visar kvittot (kopplat till inköpsordern ovan) klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Validera` för att sedan slutföra kvittot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validera inköpsordern via knappen Validera smart." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -6970,12 +9416,18 @@ msgid "" "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Storage Locations` är aktiverat, klicka på :guilabel:`≣ " +"(punktlista)` ikonen bredvid :guilabel:`🗑️ (papperskorg)` ikonen för att ta " +"bort :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` skärmen ska dyka upp. Detta gör det " +"möjligt att ange plats(er) för den/de mottagna produkten/produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" +"Välj lagringsplats för de produkter som tas emot i popup-fönstret Detaljerade åtgärder\n" +"popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -6985,10 +9437,15 @@ msgid "" "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" +"När kvittot har validerats lämnar produkten :guilabel:`Supplier Location` " +"och går in i :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. När den anländer hit kommer den " +"att vara tillgänglig för tillverkning, försäljning etc. Därefter ändras " +"dokumentets status till :guilabel:`Done`, vilket innebär att " +"mottagningsprocessen avslutas i ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverera varor direkt (1 steg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6998,6 +9455,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" +"Börja med att navigera till huvudpanelen i appen :menuselection:`Sales` och " +"skapa en ny offert genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Välj sedan (eller " +"skapa) en :guilabel:`Kund` från rullgardinsmenyn, lägg till en lagringsbar " +":guilabel:`Produkt` som finns i lager till orderraderna, och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att slutföra offerten som en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -7005,10 +9467,14 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Delivery` smart knapp visas i det övre högra hörnet av " +":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` formuläret - klicka på den för att visa den " +"tillhörande leveransordern för försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Knappen Leverans smart visas efter att försäljningsordern har bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -7016,25 +9482,30 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Leveransorder kan också hittas i applikationen :menuselection:`Inventory`. I" +" instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Overview` klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`# to Process` i kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransorder kanban-kortets 1 till Process smart-knapp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta leveransen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" +"När du ser leveransordern (kopplad till försäljningsordern ovan) klickar du " +"på :guilabel:`Validera` för att sedan slutföra leveransen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validera leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -7043,10 +9514,14 @@ msgid "" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" +"När plockordern har validerats lämnar produkten :guilabel:`WH/Stock " +"location` och flyttas till :guilabel:`Partners/Customers location`. Därefter" +" ändras dokumentets status till :guilabel:`Done`, vilket innebär att " +"leveransen slutförs i ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera kvitton och leveranser i två steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -7056,6 +9531,11 @@ msgid "" "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" +"Beroende på ett företags affärsprocesser kan flera steg behövas innan " +"produkter tas emot eller skickas. I en tvåstegskvittoprocess tas produkterna" +" emot i ett inmatningsområde och överförs sedan till lagret. Tvåstegskvitton" +" fungerar bäst när olika lagringsplatser används, t.ex. låsta eller säkrade " +"områden, frysar och kylskåp eller olika hyllor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7064,6 +9544,9 @@ msgid "" "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" +"Produkterna kan sorteras efter var de ska lagras, och medarbetarna kan lagra" +" alla produkter som ska till en viss plats. Produkterna är inte tillgängliga" +" för vidare bearbetning förrän de har överförts till lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7071,6 +9554,9 @@ msgid "" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" +"I leveransprocessen i två steg plockas produkter som ingår i en " +"leveransorder från lagret enligt deras uttagsstrategi och förs till en " +"utmatningsplats innan de skickas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7080,6 +9566,11 @@ msgid "" "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" +"En situation där detta skulle vara användbart är när man använder antingen " +"en :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` " +"eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` borttagningsstrategi, där de " +"produkter som plockas måste väljas baserat på deras mottagningsdatum eller " +"utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -7090,10 +9581,16 @@ msgid "" "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" +"Odoo är som standard konfigurerad att :ref:`ta emot och leverera varor i ett" +" steg `, så inställningarna behöver " +"ändras för att kunna använda tvåstegs kvitton och leveranser. Inkommande och" +" utgående försändelser behöver inte ställas in så att de har samma steg. " +"Produkter kan t.ex. tas emot i två steg, men skickas i ett steg. I följande " +"exempel kommer två steg att användas för både kvitton och leveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera flerstegsrutter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -7102,12 +9599,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera först att alternativet :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` är " +"aktiverat i :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under" +" rubriken :guilabel:`Warehouse`. När du har aktiverat inställningen, " +":guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar inställningen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` aktiveras även " +"funktionen :guilabel:`Storage Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7115,6 +9618,9 @@ msgid "" "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste lagret konfigureras för tvåstegskvitton och leveranser. Gå " +"till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` och klicka " +"på lagret för att ändra lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7122,12 +9628,17 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan :guilabel:`Att ta emot varor i input och sedan lagra (2 steg)` " +"för :guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar`, och :guilabel:`Att skicka varor i " +"output och sedan leverera (2 steg)` för :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" +"Ställ in alternativ för inkommande och utgående sändningar för att ta emot " +"och leverera i två steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -7139,10 +9650,18 @@ msgid "" "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar tvåstegskvitton och -leveranser skapas nya *input*- och " +"*output*-platser, vilka som standard är märkta :guilabel:`WH/Input` " +"respektive :guilabel:`WH/Output` på :guilabel:`Locations`-instrumentpanelen." +" Om du vill byta namn på dessa platser går du till " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` och väljer den " +":guilabel:`Location` som ska ändras. I platsformuläret uppdaterar du " +":guilabel:`Location Name` och gör eventuella andra ändringar (om det " +"behövs)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta ett kvitto i två steg (inmatning + lager)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -7153,6 +9672,11 @@ msgid "" "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" +"För företag med flera lager som har olika stegkonfigurationer kan fältet " +":guilabel:`Deliver To` på formuläret :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` behöva " +"anges som rätt *input location* kopplat till tvåstegslagret, vilket kan " +"göras genom att välja lagret från rullgardinsmenyn som innehåller etiketten " +"`Receipts` i slutet av namnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -7160,15 +9684,18 @@ msgid "" "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` visas en " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart knapp högst upp i formuläret :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` - klicka på den för att visa det tillhörande kvittot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du har bekräftat en inköpsorder visas knappen Kvitto smart." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett kvitto klart för bearbetning i kanbanvyn Lageröversikt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -7180,6 +9707,12 @@ msgid "" "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Kvittot och den interna överföringen skapas när inköpsordern har bekräftats." +" Kvittots status kommer att vara :guilabel:`Ready`, eftersom kvittot måste " +"behandlas först. Statusen för den interna överföringen är :guilabel:`Waiting" +" Another Operation`, eftersom överföringen inte kan ske förrän kvittot är " +"klart. Statusen för den interna överföringen ändras till :guilabel:`Ready` " +"först när kvittot har markerats som :guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -7187,16 +9720,21 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Receipt` som hör till inköpsordern och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra kvittot och flytta produkten till " +":guilabel:`Input Location`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" +"Validera kvittot genom att klicka på Validera, sedan kommer produkten att överföras till\n" +"WH/Input-plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta den interna överföringen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -7206,13 +9744,18 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" +"När produkten finns i :guilabel:`Input Location` är den interna överföringen" +" redo att flytta produkten till lagret. Navigera till appen " +":menuselection:`Inventory` och på instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Overview` klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`# To Process` i kanban-" +"kortet :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En internöverföring redo att bearbetas i kanbanvyn Lageröversikt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -7221,14 +9764,18 @@ msgid "" "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Transfer` som är kopplad till inköpsordern och klicka " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra mottagandet och flytta " +"produkten till lagret. När överföringen har validerats kommer produkten in i" +" lagret och är tillgänglig för kundleveranser eller tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validera den interna överföringen för att flytta artikeln till lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera en leveransorder i två steg (plocka + skicka)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -7236,6 +9783,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"I programmet :menuselection:`Sales` skapar du en ny offert genom att klicka " +"på :guilabel:`New`. Välj (eller skapa) en :guilabel:`Kund`, lägg till en " +"lagringsbar :guilabel:`Produkt` i orderraderna och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -7244,12 +9795,17 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` visas en :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart-knapp högst upp, ovanför formuläret :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. Klicka " +"på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` för att visa det tillhörande kvittot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat försäljningsordern visas smartknappen Leverans med två artiklar\n" +"associerade med den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -7257,14 +9813,18 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Kvitton på försäljningsorder kan också hittas i applikationen " +":menuselection:`Inventory`. I instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Overview` klickar" +" du på smartknappen :guilabel:`# To Process` i kanban-kortet " +":guilabel:`Pick`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plockordern kan ses i vyn Lager kanban." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta plockningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -7273,6 +9833,10 @@ msgid "" "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" +"Plock- och leveransordern skapas när försäljningsordern har bekräftats. När " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` visas klickar du på den för att visa " +"instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Transfers`, där både plock- och leveransorder " +"listas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -7283,12 +9847,20 @@ msgid "" "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Status för plockningen kommer att vara :guilabel:`Ready`, eftersom produkten" +" måste plockas från lagret innan den kan skickas. Status för leveransordern " +"kommer att vara :guilabel:`Väntar på annan operation`, eftersom leveransen " +"inte kan ske förrän plockningen är klar. Status för leveransordern ändras " +"till :guilabel:`Ready` först när plockningen har markerats som " +":guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" +"Status Klar för plockoperationen medan leveransoperationen väntar på en annan\n" +"operation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -7299,6 +9871,12 @@ msgid "" " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Klicka på leveransordern för plockning för att börja bearbeta den. Om " +"produkten finns i lager kommer Odoo automatiskt att reservera produkten. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Validate` för att markera plockningen som " +":guilabel:`Done`, därefter är leveransordern redo för bearbetning. Eftersom " +"dokumenten är länkade kommer de produkter som tidigare har plockats " +"automatiskt att reserveras på leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -7308,6 +9886,10 @@ msgid "" "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" +"Leveransordern är klar att bearbetas när plockningen är klar och finns i " +"applikationen :menuselection:`Inventory` på instrumentpanelen " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview`. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` i kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` för att börja." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -7316,16 +9898,22 @@ msgid "" " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" +"Den leveransorder som är kopplad till :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` kan också " +"snabbt nås genom att klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` igen, och " +"välja leveransorder på sidan :guilabel:`Transfers` (som nu bör vara markerad" +" som :guilabel:`Ready`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransordern kan ses i Kanban-vyn Lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den leveransorder som är kopplad till :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " +"och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra flytten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -7334,10 +9922,14 @@ msgid "" "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"När leveransordern har validerats lämnar produkten platsen " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` på instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Transfers` och flyttas" +" till platsen :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Därefter ändras dokumentets " +"status till :guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera kvitton i tre steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -7345,6 +9937,9 @@ msgid "" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" +"Vissa företag kräver en kvalitetskontrollprocess innan de tar emot varor " +"från leverantörer. För att åstadkomma detta har Odoo en trestegsprocess för " +"mottagning av varor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -7354,6 +9949,11 @@ msgid "" "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" +"I trestegsmottagningsprocessen tas produkterna emot i ett inmatningsområde " +"och överförs sedan till ett kvalitetsområde för inspektion. Produkter som " +"klarar kvalitetskontrollen överförs sedan till lager. Produkterna är inte " +"tillgängliga för ytterligare bearbetning förrän de har överförts från " +"kvalitetsområdet till lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -7364,11 +9964,17 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"Odoo är som standard konfigurerat att :ref:`ta emot och leverera varor i ett" +" steg `, så inställningarna måste " +"ändras för att kunna använda trestegskvitton. Kontrollera först att " +"alternativet *Multi-Step Routes* är aktiverat i :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Observera att om du aktiverar" +" :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` aktiveras även *Storage Locations*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera flerstegsrutter och lagringsplatser i lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7377,6 +9983,10 @@ msgid "" " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste lagret konfigureras för trestegskvitton. Det gör du genom att" +" gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses` och" +" välja det lager som ska redigeras. När du gör detta visas detaljformuläret " +"för det specifika lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7384,10 +9994,14 @@ msgid "" "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" +"På den :guilabel:`Lager` detaljformulärssida, välj :guilabel:`Motta varor i " +"input, sedan kvalitet och sedan lager (3 steg)` för :guilabel:`Inkommande " +"sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" +"Ställ in alternativet för inkommande sändning till mottagning i tre steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -7397,10 +10011,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" +"Vid aktivering av trestegskvitton och leveranser skapas två nya interna " +"platser: *Input* (WH/Input) och *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). För " +"att byta namn på dessa platser, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, klicka sedan på önskad plats för att ändra " +"(eller uppdatera) namnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mottagning i tre steg (input + kvalitet + lager)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7410,6 +10029,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, gå till " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, som visar en tom :abbr:`RfQ (Request " +"for Quotation)` formulärsida. På den här sidan väljer du en " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, lägger till en lagringsbar :guilabel:`Product` och " +"klickar på :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -7417,10 +10041,13 @@ msgid "" "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +"En smartknapp :guilabel:`Receipt` visas längst upp till höger, och kvittot " +"kopplas till inköpsordern. Om du klickar på smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt`" +" visas kvittoordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla ett kvitto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -7429,12 +10056,18 @@ msgid "" "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Ett kvitto och två interna överföringar (en överföring till kvalitet och en " +"efterföljande överföring till lager) kommer att skapas när inköpsordern har " +"bekräftats. För att se dessa överföringar, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Operations --> Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" +"Statusen för de tre kvittoöverföringarna visar vilken operation som är klar och vilka\n" +"väntar på en annan operation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -7444,6 +10077,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" +"Status för kvittot som överför produkten till inmatningsplatsen kommer att " +"vara :guilabel:`Ready`, eftersom kvittot måste bearbetas innan någon annan " +"operation kan utföras. Statusen för de två interna överföringarna är " +":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, eftersom överföringarna inte kan " +"bearbetas förrän det länkade steget före varje överföring har slutförts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -7453,6 +10091,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Statusen för den första interna överföringen till *kvalitet* ändras till " +":guilabel:`Ready` först när kvittot har markerats som :guilabel:`Done`. " +"Statusen för den andra interna överföringen till *stock* kommer att markeras" +" :guilabel:`Ready` först efter att överföringen till kvalitet har markerats " +":guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -7460,10 +10103,13 @@ msgid "" " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Kvittot kan också hittas i applikationen :menuselection:`Inventory`. I " +"instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Overview` klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`1 To Process` i kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Receipts`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett kvitto klart för bearbetning i Kanban-vyn Lageröversikt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7471,16 +10117,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på kvittot som är kopplat till inköpsordern och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra kvittot och flytta produkten till " +":guilabel:`Input Location`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" +"Validera kvittot genom att klicka på Validera, så överförs produkten till\n" +"WH/Quality-plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta en överföring till kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -7490,6 +10141,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" +"När produkten finns i :guilabel:`Input Location` är den interna överföringen" +" redo att flytta produkten till :guilabel:`Quality Control`. I " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard klickar du på " +":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart-knappen i :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " +"kanban-kortet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -7499,16 +10155,23 @@ msgid "" "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Transfer` som hör till inköpsordern och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra överföringen och flytta produkten till" +" :guilabel:`Quality Control`. När överföringen har validerats är produkten " +"redo för kvalitetskontroll, men är inte tillgänglig för tillverknings- eller" +" leveransorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" +"Validera den interna överföringen för att flytta artikeln till " +"kvalitetskontrollplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla en överföring till lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -7517,6 +10180,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" +"När produkten befinner sig i :guilabel:`Quality Control` är den sista " +"interna överföringen klar för att flytta produkten till :guilabel:`Stock`. I" +" översiktspanelen :guilabel:`Inventory` klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`1 To Process` i Kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -7525,10 +10192,15 @@ msgid "" "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den sista :guilabel:`Transfer` som är kopplad till inköpsordern " +"och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra överföringen och " +"flytta produkten till lagret. När överföringen har validerats läggs " +"produkten in i lagret och är tillgänglig för kundleveranser eller " +"tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkommande försändelser och leveransorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7540,22 +10212,33 @@ msgid "" "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" +"Det finns flera sätt att hantera hur ett lager tar emot produkter (kvitton) " +"och skickar produkter (leveranser). Beroende på flera faktorer, t.ex. vilken" +" typ av produkter som lagras och säljs, lagerstorlek och antalet dagliga " +"bekräftade mottagningar och leveransorder, kan det sätt på vilket " +"produkterna hanteras när de kommer in och ut från lagret variera mycket. " +"Olika inställningar kan konfigureras för mottagningar och leveranser; de " +"behöver inte konfigureras för att ha samma antal steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" +"`Använda rutter (eLearning-handledning) " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:13 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Push & Pull-regler (handledning för eLearning) " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välja rätt lagerflöde för att hantera mottagningar och leveranser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7568,16 +10251,26 @@ msgid "" "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" +"Som standard hanterar Odoo leverans och mottagning på tre olika sätt: i ett," +" två eller tre steg. Den enklaste konfigurationen är ett steg, vilket är " +"standard. Varje ytterligare steg som krävs för ett lager för antingen " +"mottagnings- eller leveransprocessen lägger till ytterligare ett lager av " +"åtgärder som ska utföras innan en produkt antingen tas emot eller skickas. " +"Dessa konfigurationer beror helt på kraven för de lagrade produkterna, t.ex." +" att utföra kvalitetskontroller på mottagna produkter eller använda " +"specialförpackningar på skickade produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flöde i ett steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Reglerna för mottagning och leverans för en enstegskonfiguration är " +"följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -7585,12 +10278,18 @@ msgid "" "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" +"**Mottagning**: Ta emot produkter direkt till lager. Inga mellanliggande " +"steg förekommer mellan mottagning och lager, t.ex. en överföring till en " +"kvalitetskontrollplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" +"**Sändning**: Skicka produkter direkt från lager. Inga mellanliggande steg " +"förekommer mellan lager och leverans, t.ex. en överföring till en " +"förpackningsplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7598,36 +10297,45 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" +"Kan endast användas om du inte använder :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " +"Out)` borttagningsstrategier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:37 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvitton och/eller leveranser hanteras snabbt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" +"Rekommenderas för små lager med låga lagernivåer och för varor som inte är " +"lättfördärvliga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Artiklar tas emot eller skickas direkt till/från lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Bearbeta kvitton och leveranser i ett steg " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flöde i två steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Reglerna för mottagning och leverans för en tvåstegskonfiguration är " +"följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7636,6 +10344,10 @@ msgid "" "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" +"**Input + lager**: För produkterna till en inmatningsplats *innan* de " +"flyttas in i lagret. Produkterna kan organiseras efter olika interna " +"lagringsplatser, t.ex. olika hyllor, frysar och låsta områden, innan de " +"läggs in i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -7643,6 +10355,9 @@ msgid "" "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" +"**Plocka + skicka**: Ta med produkterna till en utgångsplats före leverans. " +"Paketen kan organiseras av olika transportörer eller skeppsdockor innan de " +"skickas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -7650,12 +10365,18 @@ msgid "" "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Minimikrav för att använda partinummer eller serienummer för att spåra " +"produkter med en :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " +"First Out)` eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` " +"borttagningsstrategi." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Rekommenderas för större lager med höga lagernivåer, eller vid lagerhållning" +" av stora artiklar (t.ex. madrasser, stora möbler, tunga maskiner etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 @@ -7663,22 +10384,28 @@ msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" +"Mottagna produkter kommer inte att vara tillgängliga för tillverkning, " +"leverans etc. förrän de har överförts till lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Bearbeta kvitton och leveranser i två steg " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Three-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flöde i tre steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:68 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Reglerna för mottagning och leverans för en trestegskonfiguration är " +"följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -7686,6 +10413,9 @@ msgid "" "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" +"**Inmatning + kvalitet + lager**: Ta emot produkter vid inmatningsplatsen, " +"överföra dem till ett kvalitetskontrollområde och flytta de som klarar " +"inspektionen till lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -7693,6 +10423,9 @@ msgid "" "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" +"**Plocka + packa + skicka**: Plocka produkter enligt deras flyttstrategi, " +"packa dem i ett särskilt packningsområde och ta dem till en utmatningsplats " +"för leverans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -7700,34 +10433,41 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Kan användas vid spårning av produkter med parti- eller serienummer vid " +"användning av :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " +"First Out)`, eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` " +"borttagningsstrategi." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekommenderas för mycket stora lager med mycket höga lagernivåer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" +"Krävs för alla lager som behöver utföra kvalitetskontroller innan artiklar " +"tas in i lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Bearbeta kvitton i tre steg `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Bearbeta leveranser i tre steg `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation och konfiguration" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransmetoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7735,6 +10475,9 @@ msgid "" "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" +"När inställningen *Leveransmetoder* aktiveras i Odoo läggs möjligheten till " +"att beräkna fraktkostnaden på försäljningsorder och kundvagnar för e-handel " +"till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7742,17 +10485,24 @@ msgid "" "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" +"När den är integrerad med en :ref:`transportör från tredje part " +"` beräknas fraktpriserna baserat på " +"transportörens pris- och förpackningsinformation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Inställning av tredje parts fraktförare " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Handledning: Leveranspriser " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7760,6 +10510,9 @@ msgid "" "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att beräkna frakt på försäljningsorder och e-handel måste modulen " +"*Leveranskostnader* installeras. För att göra det, navigera till " +"applikationen :menuselection:`Apps` från Odoo-instrumentpanelen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7767,20 +10520,25 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" +"Ta sedan bort filtret :guilabel:`Apps` och skriv in `Delivery Costs` i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Search...`. När du har hittat modulen :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Costs` klickar du på :guilabel:`Activate` för att installera den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera modulen *Leveranskostnader*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till fraktmetod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera leveransmetoder, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7788,22 +10546,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Om alternativet :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` inte är tillgängligt i " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Configuration`, kontrollera om funktionen är " +"aktiverad genom att följa dessa steg:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" +"Bläddra till avsnittet :guilabel:`Shipping` och aktivera funktionen " +":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` genom att markera motsvarande kryssruta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera funktionen *Leveransmetoder* genom att markera rutan i " +"Konfiguration > Inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -7811,12 +10578,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Fraktmetoder` lägger du till en metod genom att klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Ny`. När du gör det öppnas ett formulär där du kan ange " +"information om fraktleverantören, inklusive:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Kravfält*): namnet på leveransmetoden (t.ex. " +"`flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -7826,6 +10598,10 @@ msgid "" "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Provider` (*Krävt fält*): välj leveransservice, t.ex. Fedex, om " +"du använder en :ref:`third-party carrier `. " +"Se till att integrationen med fraktbolaget är korrekt installerad och välj " +"leverantör från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -7835,6 +10611,10 @@ msgid "" "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" +"Mer information om hur du konfigurerar anpassade fraktmetoder, till exempel " +":ref:`fast pris `, :ref:`baserat på regler " +"` eller :ref:`hämta i butik " +"`, finns i respektive avsnitt nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -7842,6 +10622,9 @@ msgid "" "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Webbplats`: konfigurera fraktmetoder för en e-handelssida. Välj " +"tillämplig webbplats i rullgardinsmenyn, eller lämna den tom för att " +"tillämpa metoden på alla webbsidor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7849,6 +10632,9 @@ msgid "" "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: om fraktmetoden ska gälla för ett specifikt företag, " +"välj det från rullgardinsmenyn. Lämna fältet tomt för att tillämpa metoden " +"på alla företag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -7856,22 +10642,29 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Kravfält*): den produkt som anges på " +":ref:`försäljningsorderrad ` som " +"leveransavgift." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: om du markerar den här rutan " +"aktiveras gratis frakt om kunden spenderar över det angivna beloppet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" +"Exempel på hur du konfigurerar specifika fraktmetoder finns i avsnitten " +"nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:73 msgid "Fixed price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fast pris" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -7882,6 +10675,12 @@ msgid "" "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" +"Om du vill konfigurera ett fraktpris som är detsamma för alla beställningar " +"går du till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " +"Methods`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`New` och ange :guilabel:`Provider` till" +" alternativet :guilabel:`Fixed Price` i formuläret för fraktmetod. Om du " +"väljer det här alternativet blir fältet :guilabel:`Fixed Price` " +"tillgängligt, och det är där det fasta fraktbeloppet definieras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7889,40 +10688,45 @@ msgid "" "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" +"Om du vill aktivera fri frakt om orderbeloppet överstiger ett angivet belopp" +" markerar du rutan :guilabel:`Fri om orderbeloppet är över` och fyller i " +"beloppet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Fyll i följande fält för att ställa in en fast fraktavgift på `$20` som blir" +" gratis om kunden spenderar över `$100`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flatrate shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fast pris`: `$20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Gratis om orderbeloppet är över`: `$100.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på hur du fyller i en fraktmetod." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:101 msgid "Based on rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baserat på regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -7931,10 +10735,14 @@ msgid "" "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" +"För att beräkna priset för frakt baserat på prisregler, ange " +":guilabel:`Provider` fältet till :guilabel:`Based on Rules` alternativet. Du" +" kan även justera :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` och :guilabel:`Additional " +"margin` för att inkludera ytterligare fraktkostnader." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:108 msgid "Create pricing rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa prissättningsregler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -7944,12 +10752,19 @@ msgid "" "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" +"Navigera till fliken :guilabel:`Pricing` och klicka på :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Då öppnas fönstret :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules`, där " +":guilabel:`Condition` relaterat till produktens vikt, volym, pris eller " +"kvantitet jämförs med ett definierat belopp för att beräkna " +":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:115 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du antingen på :guilabel:`Save & New` för att lägga " +"till en ny regel, eller på :guilabel:`Save & Close`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -7957,11 +10772,16 @@ msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill debitera kunden 20 USD i fraktkostnad för beställningar med fem " +"eller färre produkter anger du :guilabel:`Condition` till `Quantity <= 5.00`" +" och :guilabel:`Delivery Cost` till `20$`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" +"Visa fönster för att lägga till en prisregel. Ange ett villkor och en " +"leveranskostnad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -7971,10 +10791,14 @@ msgid "" "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" +"För att begränsa frakt till specifika destinationer på e-handelswebbplatsen," +" i formuläret för fraktmetod, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Destinationens " +"tillgänglighet` och definiera :guilabel:`Länder`, :guilabel:`Stater` och " +":guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Lämna dessa fält tomma om alla orter gäller." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:130 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beräkna leveranskostnad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -7982,35 +10806,46 @@ msgid "" "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" +"Fraktkostnad är den :guilabel:`Delivery cost` som anges i den regel som " +"uppfyller :guilabel:`Condition`, plus eventuella extra avgifter från " +":guilabel:`Margin on rate` och :guilabel:`Additional margin`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:136 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Totalt = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med de två följande reglerna fastställda:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "" +"Om beställningen innehåller fem eller färre produkter kostar frakten 20 USD" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "" +"Om beställningen innehåller fler än fem produkter kostar frakten 50 USD." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` är `10%` och :guilabel:`Additional margin` är " +"`$9.00`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" +"Visa exempel på fraktmetoden \"Baserat på regler\" med konfigurerade " +"marginaler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -8018,6 +10853,9 @@ msgid "" "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" +"När den första regeln tillämpas är leveranskostnaden 31 USD (20 + (0,1 * 20)" +" + 9). När den andra regeln tillämpas är leveranskostnaden 64 USD (50 + (0,1" +" * 50) + 9)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:157 msgid "Pickup in store" @@ -8029,6 +10867,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera upphämtning i butik, välj :guilabel:`Hämtning i butik` i" +" fältet :guilabel:`Leverantör` och ange upphämtningsplatsen i " +":guilabel:`Lager`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -8039,14 +10880,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" +"Om du vill fakturera kunden för fraktkostnaden till upphämtningsplatsen " +"väljer du alternativet :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` i fältet " +":guilabel:`Integration Level`. Välj sedan antingen :guilabel:`Estimated " +"cost` eller :guilabel:`Real cost` i fältet :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` för " +"att bestämma om den extra fraktavgiften på försäljningsordern är den exakta " +"kostnaden från fraktbolaget." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`Invoice cost of shipping `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Faktureringskostnad för frakt `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Add shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till frakt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -8055,6 +10902,10 @@ msgid "" "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" +"Fraktmetoder kan läggas till i försäljningsorder i form av " +"leveransprodukter, som visas som enskilda poster. Navigera först till den " +"önskade försäljningsordern genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Orders --> Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -8062,6 +10913,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" +"På försäljningsordern klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Lägg till frakt`, som" +" öppnar popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Lägg till fraktmetod`. Välj sedan en " +":guilabel:`Fraktmetod` från listan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -8070,32 +10924,42 @@ msgid "" "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Total ordervikt` är förifyllt baserat på produktvikter " +"(som definieras på fliken :guilabel:`Inventering` för varje " +"produktformulär). Redigera fältet för att ange den exakta vikten och klicka " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Add` för att lägga till fraktmetoden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:188 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" +"Det belopp som anges i :guilabel:`Total ordervikt` överskriver de totala " +"produktvikter som anges på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" +"Fraktkostnaden läggs till på *orderraden* som den :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Product` som anges i formuläret för fraktmetod." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" +"`Furniture Delivery`, en leveransprodukt med ett fast pris på `$200`, läggs " +"till i försäljningsordern `S00088`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa leveransorder på raden för försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -8104,56 +10968,66 @@ msgid "" "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" +"Den leveransmetod som läggs till i försäljningsordern är kopplad till " +"uppgifterna om fraktförare i leveransordern. För att lägga till eller ändra " +"leveransmetod på själva leveransen, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Additional " +"Info` och ändra fältet :guilabel:`Carrier`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Information om fraktförare på leveransformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur får jag DHL-referenser för integration med Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att kunna använda Odoo DHL API behöver du:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DHL.com SiteID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A DHL Lösenord" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A DHL-kontonummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" +"Hämta SiteID och lösenord för andra länder än USA (Storbritannien och övriga" +" världen)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" +"Du bör kontakta DHL:s account manager och begära integration för XML Express" +" API. Förförsäljningen bör ge dig live-referenser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämta SiteID och lösenord för USA" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" +"Du måste skriva till xmlrequests@dhl.com tillsammans med dina fullständiga " +"kontouppgifter som kontonummer, region, adress etc. för att få API-åtkomst." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera Sendclouds frakttjänster i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8161,20 +11035,25 @@ msgid "" "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Sendcloud är en aggregator för frakttjänster som underlättar integrationen " +"av europeiska fraktföretag med Odoo. Efter integrationen kan användarna " +"välja fraktbolag för lagerhantering i sin Odoo-databas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" +"`Sendcloud-integrationsdokumentation `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar i Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett konto och aktivera bärare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -8182,6 +11061,10 @@ msgid "" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" +"För att komma igång går du till `Sendclouds plattform " +"`_ för att konfigurera kontot och generera " +"autentiseringsuppgifterna för connectorn. Logga in med Sendcloud-kontot, " +"eller skapa ett nytt om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8191,6 +11074,11 @@ msgid "" "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett nytt konto kommer Sendcloud att be om ett :abbr:`VAT " +"(Value-Added Tax Identification)`-nummer eller :abbr:`EORI (Economic " +"Operators' Registration and Identification)`-nummer. När du har slutfört " +"kontoinställningen, aktivera (eller inaktivera) de fraktbärare som kommer " +"att användas i Odoo-databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -8199,10 +11087,14 @@ msgid "" "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" +"Odoo-integration av Sendcloud fungerar på gratis Sendcloud-planer *endast* " +"om ett bankkonto är länkat, eftersom Sendcloud inte skickar gratis. För att " +"använda fraktregler eller individuella anpassade transportörskontakter krävs" +" en betald plan för Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -8210,10 +11102,13 @@ msgid "" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" +"När du är inloggad på Sendcloud-kontot, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Frakt --> Adresser`, och fyll i fältet för" +" :guilabel:`Lageradress`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till adresser i Sendcloud-inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -8222,52 +11117,58 @@ msgid "" "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" +"För att Sendcloud även ska kunna hantera returer krävs en " +":guilabel:`Returadress`. Under :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, finns det " +"ett fält som heter :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. Odoo-lagernamnet ska" +" anges här och tecknen ska vara exakt desamma." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SändClould-konfiguration**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mångsidigt`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo lagerkonfiguration**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kortnamn`: `WH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Företag`: `Mitt företag (San Francisco)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: `Mitt företag (San Francisco)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" +"Lägg märke till att indata för fältet :guilabel:`Warehouse`, för både Odoo-" +"konfigurationen och Sendcloud-konfigurationen, är exakt desamma." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa autentiseringsuppgifter för Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -8275,6 +11176,9 @@ msgid "" "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" +"I Sendcloud-kontot navigerar du till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> " +"Integrationer` i menyn till höger. Sök sedan efter :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Connect`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8285,6 +11189,11 @@ msgid "" "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" +"När du har klickat på :guilabel:`Connect` omdirigeras sidan till " +"inställningssidan :guilabel:`Sendcloud API`, där :guilabel:`Public and " +"Secret Keys` skapas. Nästa steg är att namnge :guilabel:`Integration`. " +"Namngivningskonventionen är följande: `Odoo CompanyName`, där användarens " +"företagsnamn ersätter `CompanyName` (t.ex. `Odoo StealthyWood`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8292,10 +11201,14 @@ msgid "" "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" +"Markera sedan rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Service Points` och välj " +"frakttjänster för denna integration. När du har sparat genereras " +":guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera Sendcloud-integrationen och ta emot autentiseringsuppgifterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -8303,7 +11216,7 @@ msgstr "Installation i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera leveransmodulen för Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -8311,14 +11224,18 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" +"När Sendcloud-kontot har ställts in och konfigurerats är det dags att " +"konfigurera Odoo-databasen. För att komma igång, gå till Odoo's " +":guilabel:`Apps` modul, sök efter :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` " +"integration, och installera den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sendcloud Shipping-modul i Odoo Apps modul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av kontakt för sändning via Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -8327,6 +11244,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" +"Efter installationen aktiverar du modulen :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` i " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Inställningen " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` finns under avsnittet :guilabel:`Shipping " +"Connectors`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -8334,6 +11255,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` klickar du på länken " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` under den listade connectorn. När du " +"är på sidan :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` klickar du på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -8341,50 +11265,64 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fraktmetoder` kan också nås genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " +"Methods`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i följande fält i formuläret :guilabel:`New Shipping Method`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: typ `Sendcloud DPD`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Provider`: välj :guilabel:`Sendcloud` från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: ange den produkt som konfigurerades för denna " +"fraktmetod eller skapa en ny produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` anger du :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"Public Key`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` anger du :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"Secret Key`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" +"Manuellt :guilabel:`Spara` formuläret genom att klicka på molnikonen bredvid" +" :guilabel:`Fraktsätt / Nytt` brödsmulorna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" +"När du har konfigurerat och sparat formuläret följer du dessa steg för att " +"ladda fraktprodukterna:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -8392,40 +11330,45 @@ msgid "" "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` i formuläret :guilabel:`New " +"Shipping Method` klickar du på länken :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud " +"shipping products`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" +"Välj de fraktprodukter som företaget vill använda för leveranser och " +"returer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Select`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på Sendcloud-fraktprodukter konfigurerade i Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Minsta vikt`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Maximal vikt`: `31.50`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -8436,34 +11379,42 @@ msgid "" "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Länder`: `Österrike` `Belgien` `Bosnien` `Hercegovina` " +"`Bulgarien` `Kroatien` `Tjeckien` `Republiken` `Denmark` `Estland` `Finland`" +" `Frankrike` `Tyskland` `Grekland` `Ungern` `Island` `Irland` `Italien` " +"`Lettland` `Liechtenstein` `Litauen` `Luxemburg` `Monaco` `Nederländerna` " +"`Norwegen` `Polen` `Grekland` `Hunger `Lettland` `Liechtenstein` `Litauen` " +"`Luxemburg` `Monaco` `Nederländerna` `Norge` `Polen` `Portugal` `Rumänien` " +"`Serbien` `Slovakien` `Slovenien` `Spanien` `Sweden` `Schweiz` `Spanien` " +"`Spanien` `Sverige` `Schweiz` `Sverige` `Schweiz" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`RETURN`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Retur Minsta vikt`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Retur Maxvikt`: `20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Returländer`: `Belgien` `Nederländerna`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på fraktprodukter som konfigurerats i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -8472,6 +11423,10 @@ msgid "" "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" +"Sendcloud tillhandahåller inte testnycklar när ett företag testar att skicka" +" ett paket i Odoo. Detta innebär att om ett paket skapas kommer det " +"konfigurerade Sendcloud-kontot att debiteras, såvida inte det tillhörande " +"paketet annulleras inom 24 timmar efter skapandet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -8481,10 +11436,15 @@ msgid "" "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" +"Odoo har ett inbyggt skydd mot oönskade avgifter när man använder " +"testmiljöer. I en testmiljö, om en fraktmetod används för att skapa " +"etiketter, annulleras dessa etiketter omedelbart efter skapandet - detta " +"sker automatiskt. Inställningarna för test- och produktionsmiljö kan växlas " +"fram och tillbaka från :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en etikett med Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -8493,31 +11453,38 @@ msgid "" "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" +"När du skapar en offert i Odoo, lägg till frakt och en :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"fraktprodukt`. Sedan :guilabel:`Validera` leveransen. Fraktetikettdokument " +"genereras automatiskt i chattern, som inkluderar följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fraktetikett(er)` beroende på antalet paket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Returetikett(er)` om Sendcloud-kontakten är konfigurerad för " +"returer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tullhandling(ar)` om destinationslandet kräver detta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dessutom är spårningsnumret nu tillgängligt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" +"När returetiketter skapas kommer Sendcloud automatiskt att debitera det " +"konfigurerade Sendcloud-kontot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" @@ -8525,7 +11492,7 @@ msgstr "VANLIGA FRÅGOR" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sändningen är för tung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -8534,6 +11501,10 @@ msgid "" "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" +"Om försändelsen är för tung för den Sendcloud-tjänst som är konfigurerad, " +"delas vikten upp för att simulera flera paket. Produkterna måste läggas i " +"olika :guilabel:`Packages` för att :guilabel:`Validera` överföringen och " +"generera etiketter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -8542,10 +11513,14 @@ msgid "" "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rules` kan också ställas in i Sendcloud för att använda andra " +"fraktmetoder när vikten är för tung. Observera dock att dessa regler inte " +"kommer att gälla för fraktprisberäkningen på beräkningen på " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vid användning av ett personligt transportavtal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -8553,10 +11528,13 @@ msgid "" " accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " "information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." msgstr "" +"När du använder ett personligt transportavtal i Sendcloud, om priset inte " +"återspeglas korrekt när du skapar en offert i Odoo, måste prisinformationen " +"uppdateras i Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mätning av volymetrisk vikt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -8565,12 +11543,18 @@ msgid "" "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" +"Många transportörer har flera olika viktmått. Det finns den faktiska vikten " +"av produkterna i paketet, och det finns den *volymetriska vikten* " +"(:dfn:`Volymetrisk vikt är den volym som ett paket upptar när det är i " +"transit. Med andra ord är det paketets fysiska storlek`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera om valda transportörer redan har definierade formler för att " +"beräkna volymvikten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -8578,10 +11562,13 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Sendcloud: Hur man beräknar och automatiserar paketets volymetriska vikt " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan inte beräkna fraktkostnad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -8591,10 +11578,14 @@ msgid "" " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera först att produkten som ska skickas har en vikt som stöds av den" +" valda fraktmetoden. Om detta är inställt ska du kontrollera att " +"destinationslandet (från kundadressen) stöds av transportören. " +"Ursprungslandet (lageradressen) bör också stödjas av transportören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur integrerar man en tredjepartsleverantör?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8603,6 +11594,9 @@ msgid "" "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" +"Odoo kan hantera olika leveransmetoder, inklusive tredjepartsspeditörer. " +"Odoo kan kopplas till transportföretagets spårningssystem. Det gör att du " +"kan hantera transportföretaget, de verkliga priserna och destinationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -8610,12 +11604,17 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +"I lagermodulen klickar du på :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`. Under **Shipping Connectors** markerar du de " +"transportföretag som du vill integrera:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" +"Om du vill integrera leveransmetoder i din e-handel måste du installera " +"modulen **eCommerce Delivery**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8624,38 +11623,50 @@ msgid "" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" +"Leveransmetoderna för de valda avsändarna har skapats automatiskt. Oftast " +"finns det **2** leveranssätt för samma leverantör: ett för " +"**internationell** frakt och det andra för **inrikes** frakt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" +"Du kan skapa andra metoder med samma provider med annan konfiguration, till " +"exempel **Packaging Type**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra **Namn** för leveransmetoden. Detta är det namn som kommer att " +"visas på din e-handel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Markera **Shipping enabled** när du är redo att använda den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" +"På fliken prissättning betyder namnet på den leverantör som valts under " +"**Prisberäkning** att prissättningen kommer att beräknas av transportörens " +"system." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsändarens konfiguration är uppdelad i två kolumner:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" +"Den första är kopplad till **ditt konto** (utvecklarnyckel, lösenord,...). " +"För mer information, se leverantörens webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8665,38 +11676,51 @@ msgid "" "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" +"Slutligen kan du begränsa leveransmetoden till ett fåtal destinationer. Du " +"kan begränsa den till vissa länder, delstater eller till och med postnummer." +" Den här funktionen begränsar listan över länder i din e-handel. Det är " +"användbart för inhemska leverantörer. USPS US levererar till exempel bara " +"från USA till USA." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" +"Gå till menyn :menuselection:`Försäljning --> Försäljning --> Produkter`. " +"Öppna de produkter du vill skicka och sätt en vikt på dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +"Vikten på produktformuläret är uttryckt i kilogram. Glöm inte att göra " +"omräkningen om du är van vid det imperiala måttsystemet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:109 msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Försäljningsprocess" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"Du kan nu välja transportör på din försäljningsorder. Klicka på " +"**Leveranssätt** för att välja rätt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" +"Priset beräknas när du sparar försäljningsordern eller när du klickar på " +"**Sätt pris**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -8704,6 +11728,9 @@ msgid "" "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" +"Om du vill fakturera priset för leveransavgiften på försäljningsordern, " +"klicka på **Sätt pris**, det kommer att lägga till en rad med namnet på " +"leveransmetoden som en produkt. Det kan skilja sig från det verkliga priset." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -8711,22 +11738,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." msgstr "" +"I annat fall kommer det verkliga priset (beräknat när leveransen valideras) " +"automatiskt att läggas till på fakturan. För mer information, läs dokumentet" +" :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverans" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" +"Den leverans som skapas från försäljningsordern kommer att ta " +"fraktinformationen från den. Du kan ändra transportör om du vill." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" +"Vikten beräknas baserat på produkternas vikt. Fraktkostnaden beräknas när " +"överföringen har validerats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -8734,44 +11768,49 @@ msgid "" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" +"Klicka på **Validera** för att få spårningsnumret. Fältet **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** fylls i automatiskt. Klicka på knappen **Spårning** för att " +"kontrollera din leverans på leverantörens webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur får jag UPS-referenser för integration med Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att kunna använda Odoo UPS API behöver du:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett användar-ID och lösenord för UPS.com" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett UPS-kontonummer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En åtkomstnyckel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" +"En åtkomstnyckel är en alfanumerisk kod på 16 tecken som ger åtkomst till " +"UPS Developer Kit API Development- och Production-servrarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett UPS-konto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -8779,6 +11818,9 @@ msgid "" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" +"Observera att endast kunder som befinner sig i USA kan öppna ett UPS-konto " +"online. Om du befinner dig utanför USA måste du kontakta UPS kundtjänst för " +"att öppna ett konto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -8786,50 +11828,65 @@ msgid "" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" +"Du kan läsa ytterligare information om hur du öppnar ett UPS-konto på deras " +"webbplats, på sidan `Hur du öppnar ett UPS-konto online " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Om du inte redan har ett UPS-konto kan du skapa ett tillsammans med din " +"onlineprofil genom att följa dessa steg:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"1. Gå till UPS.com:s webbplats på `www.ups.com `__ och " +"klicka på länken **Ny användare** högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" +"2. Klicka på knappen **Registrera för MyUPS** och följ anvisningarna för att" +" slutföra registreringsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Om du redan har ett UPS-konto kan du lägga till det i din onlineprofil på " +"följande sätt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" +"Logga in på webbplatsen `UPS.com `_) med ditt användar-" +"ID och lösenord för UPS.com." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på fliken **Min UPS**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på länken **Kontosammanfattning**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" +"4. Klicka på länken **Lägg till ett befintligt UPS-konto** i avsnittet " +"**UPS-kontouppgifter** på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -8837,42 +11894,49 @@ msgid "" "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" +"5. På skärmen **Lägg till nytt konto** anger du fälten **UPS-kontonummer**, " +"**Kontonamn** och **Postkod**. Standardinställningen för land är United " +"States.q" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på knappen **Nästa** för att fortsätta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämta en åtkomstnyckel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till ditt UPS-kontonummer i din användarprofil kan du begära" +" en åtkomstnyckel från UPS genom att följa stegen nedan:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" +"Gå till webbsidan för `UPS Developer Kit " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logga in på UPS.com med ditt användar-ID och lösenord" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på länken **Förfrågan om åtkomstnyckel**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifiera dina kontaktuppgifter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på knappen **Förfrågan om åtkomstnyckel**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -8880,20 +11944,26 @@ msgid "" "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" +"Du kommer att få **åtkomstnyckeln** på webbsidan och ett e-postmeddelande " +"med åtkomstnyckeln kommer att skickas till den primära kontaktpersonens " +"e-postadress." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lager och förvaring" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plockning av partier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" +"Med *Batch picking* kan en enda plockare hantera flera order samtidigt, " +"vilket minskar den tid som krävs för att navigera till samma plats i ett " +"lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8901,11 +11971,16 @@ msgid "" "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" +"Vid plockning i satser grupperas och konsolideras beställningarna till en " +"plocklista. Efter plockningen förs batchen till en utmatningsplats, där " +"produkterna sorteras i sina respektive leveransförpackningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Använd streckkodsapp för plockning " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8914,6 +11989,10 @@ msgid "" "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" +"Eftersom beställningarna *måste* sorteras vid utleveransen efter plockning, " +"passar denna plockmetod företag med ett fåtal produkter som beställs ofta. " +"Genom att lagra efterfrågade artiklar på lättillgängliga platser kan man öka" +" antalet order som hanteras effektivt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8921,10 +12000,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera alternativet för batchplockning börjar du med att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Operations` markerar du rutan :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera *Batch Transfers* i Inventory > Configuration > Settings." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8933,6 +12016,10 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Eftersom batchplockning är en metod för att optimera *pick*-operationen i " +"Odoo, måste alternativen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` och :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes` under rubriken :guilabel:`Warehouse` också markeras på denna " +"inställningssida. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 @@ -8940,6 +12027,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera *Storage Locations* och *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > " +"Configuration > Settings." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8947,6 +12036,9 @@ msgid "" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen aktiverar du funktionen för lagerplockning genom att navigera till" +" sidan för lagerinställningar, som du når från :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8955,24 +12047,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan önskat lager från listan. Bland de alternativ som finns " +"tillgängliga för :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar` väljer du antingen " +":guilabel:`Sänd varor i utmatning och leverera sedan (2 steg)` eller " +":guilabel:`Packa varor, skicka varor i utmatning och leverera sedan (3 " +"steg)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Delivery i två steg `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Leverans i tre steg `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in 2-stegs eller 3-stegs utgående transporter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa batchöverföringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8980,22 +12077,29 @@ msgid "" "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" +"Skapa batchöverföringar manuellt direkt från sidan :menuselection:`Inventory" +" app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers`. Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`New` " +"för att börja skapa en batchöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i följande fält på formuläret för batchöverföring:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: anställd som är ansvarig för plockningen. Lämna " +"detta fält tomt om *någon* anställd kan utföra denna plockning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: välj från rullgardinsmenyn den operationstyp " +"under vilken plockningen är kategoriserad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -9003,28 +12107,36 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: anger det datum då :guilabel:`Responsible` " +"personen skall ha slutfört överföringen till utmatningsplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan i listan :guilabel:`Transfers` på :guilabel:`Add a line` för " +"att öppna fönstret :guilabel:`Add: Överföringar`-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" +"Om fältet :guilabel:`Operation Type` har fyllts i kommer listan att filtrera" +" överföringsposter som matchar den valda :guilabel:`Operation Type`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny överföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" +"När överföringsposterna har valts klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att " +"bekräfta batchplockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -9032,10 +12144,13 @@ msgid "" " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" +"En ny batchöverföring tilldelad :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`, för " +"`Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. Det :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` är satt " +"till `August 11`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över formuläret *Batch Transfers*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9043,6 +12158,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Lägg till en linje` öppnas fönstret " +":guilabel:`Lägg till:Överföringar`, som endast visar plockning. Detta beror " +"på att :guilabel:`Operationstyp` var inställd på `Plocka` i formuläret för " +"batchöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9050,14 +12169,18 @@ msgid "" "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"Klicka på kryssrutan till vänster om överföringarna, `WH/PICK/00001` och " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, för att inkludera dem i den nya överföringen. Klicka sedan " +"på knappen :guilabel:`Välj` för att stänga fönstret :guilabel:`Lägg " +"till:Överföringar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj flera överföringar i fönstret *Add:Transfers*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till batch från överföringslistan" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -9066,12 +12189,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" +"En annan metod för att skapa batchöverföringar är att använda alternativet " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` i en lista. Navigera till rullgardinsmenyn " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` och välj någon av " +":guilabel:`Transfers` för att öppna en filtrerad lista över överföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" +"Visa alla överföringstyper i en rullgardinsmeny: Kvitton, Leveranser, Interna överföringar,\n" +"Tillverkning, Batchöverföringar, Dropships." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -9080,11 +12209,15 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" +"Markera kryssrutan till vänster om de överföringar som du vill lägga till i " +"en batch i listan över överföringar. Gå sedan till knappen " +":guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ (gear)` och klicka på :guilabel:`Add to batch` i den " +"resulterande rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd knappen *Lägg till batch*, från listan över *Aktion*-knappar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 @@ -9092,36 +12225,42 @@ msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" +"Då öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Add to batch`, där den medarbetare " +":guilabel:`Responsible` som ansvarar för plockningen kan anges." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" +"Välj mellan de två radioalternativen att lägga till :guilabel:`en befintlig " +"batchöverföring` eller skapa :guilabel:`en ny batchöverföring`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:126 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att börja med ett utkast, markera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Draft`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:160 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsluta processen genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa fönstret *Add to batch* för att skapa en batchöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:135 msgid "Process batch transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överföring av processatser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" +"Hantera batchöverföringar på sidan :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -9130,6 +12269,10 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan den avsedda överföringen från listan. I formuläret för " +"batchöverföring anger du sedan :guilabel:`Done`-kvantiteterna för varje " +"produkt under fliken :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`. Välj slutligen " +":guilabel:`Validera` för att slutföra plockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -9138,6 +12281,10 @@ msgid "" "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera att batchöverföringen är klar när knappen :guilabel:`Validera` " +"är markerad med lila. Om knappen :guilabel:`Check Availability` istället är " +"markerad betyder det att det finns artiklar i satsen som för närvarande " +"*inte* finns tillgängliga i lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -9147,18 +12294,27 @@ msgid "" "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" +"I en batchöverföring med produkter från plockningarna `WH/PICK/00001` och " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, visar fliken :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` att produkten " +"`Cabinet with Doors` har plockats eftersom kolumnen :guilabel:`Done` matchar" +" värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Reserved`. Dock har `0.00` kvantiteter " +"plockats för den andra produkten, `Cable Management Box`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" +"Visa batchöverföring av produkter från två plockningar på fliken " +"*Detaljerade operationer*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:161 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" +"Endast produkter som finns i lager visas på fliken :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -9168,6 +12324,11 @@ msgid "" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" +"För att se den kompletta produktlistan, växla till fliken " +":guilabel:`Operations`. I den här listan anger kolumnen :guilabel:`Demand` " +"den kvantitet som krävs för ordern. Kolumnen :guilabel:`Reserved` visar det " +"tillgängliga lagret för att uppfylla ordern. Slutligen anger kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Done` de produkter som har plockats och är redo för nästa steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -9176,62 +12337,80 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" +"Produkten `Desk Pad`, från samma batch som :ref:`exemplet ovan " +"`, är endast synlig på fliken " +":guilabel:`Operations` eftersom det inte finns några :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"kvantiteter i lager för att uppfylla batchplockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:173 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Check Availability` för att söka igenom lagret " +"igen efter tillgängliga produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa otillgängliga reserverade kvantiteter på fliken *Operations*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:180 msgid "Create backorder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa restorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Done`-kvantiteten av produkten är *mindre* än " +":guilabel:`Reserved`-kvantiteten visas ett popup-fönster på formuläret för " +"batchöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:185 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" +"I detta popup-fönster finns alternativet: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Create Backorder` skapas automatiskt en " +"ny batchöverföring som innehåller de återstående produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:190 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`No Backorder` för att avsluta plockningen *utan* att " +"skapa en ny batchplockning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Discard` för att avbryta valideringen och återgå till " +"formuläret för batchöverföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa popup-fönstret *Create Backorder*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:201 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process för batchöverföring: Streckkods-app" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" +"Skapade batchöverföringar listas också i appen :menuselection:`Barcode`, som" +" du når genom att välja knappen :guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -9239,10 +12418,13 @@ msgid "" "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" +"Som standard visas bekräftade batchplockningar på sidan :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers`. På den sidan klickar du på önskad batchöverföring för att öppna " +"den detaljerade listan över produkter för plockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa lista över att göra-batchöverföringar i *Barcode*-appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -9252,12 +12434,19 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" +"För vald batchöverföring, följ instruktionerna längst upp på sidan i den " +"svarta bakgrunden. Börja med att skanna produktens streckkod för att " +"registrera en enskild produkt för plockning. Om du vill registrera flera " +"kvantiteter klickar du på :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` och anger de kvantiteter " +"som krävs för plockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:219 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" +"Produkter från samma order är märkta med samma färg till vänster. Avslutade " +"plockningar är markerade med grönt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -9265,6 +12454,9 @@ msgid "" "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" +"I en batchöverföring för 2 `Skåp med dörrar`, 3 `Akustikblockskärmar` och 4 " +"`Fyra personers skrivbord`, indikerar `3/3` och `4/4` :guilabel:`Enheter` " +"att de två sista produktplockningarna är slutförda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -9273,26 +12465,34 @@ msgid "" "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" +"`1/2` enheter av `Skåp med dörrar` har redan plockats, och efter att ha " +"skannat produktstreckkoden för det andra skåpet uppmanar Odoo användaren att" +" `Skanna ett serienummer` för att registrera det unika serienumret för " +":ref:`produktspårning `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa produkter som ska plockas i streckkodsvy." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:235 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"När alla produkter har plockats klickar du på :guilabel:`Validate` för att " +"markera batchöverföringen som :guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plockning av kluster" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" +"Klusterplockning är en avancerad metod för orderhantering som härrör från " +":ref:`batchplockning `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -9301,6 +12501,10 @@ msgid "" "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" +"I denna strategi lastar plockarna en vagn med flera paket, vart och ett " +"avsett för en specifik *säljorder* (SO). Sedan åker plockaren till varje " +"lagerplats och placerar produkterna direkt i förpackningen för den " +"tillhörande ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9308,6 +12512,9 @@ msgid "" "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" +"Denna metod är mest effektiv för medelstora företag med höga ordervolymer " +"och relativt få unika produkter, eftersom metoden eliminerar behovet av att " +"sortera produkter i paket till kunder efter plockning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9315,29 +12522,34 @@ msgid "" "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" +"Klusterplockning har dock vissa nackdelar. Till exempel kan brådskande " +"beställningar inte prioriteras och optimerade batcher måste skapas manuellt " +"i förväg. Som ett resultat kan plockningsprocessen leda till flaskhalsar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 1 kräver ett äpple och en apelsin" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|2 anrop för ett äpple och en banan" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|3 kräver ett äpple, en apelsin och en banan" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Äpplen förvaras i hylla A, apelsiner i hylla B och bananer i hylla C." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "" +"För att plocka produkter till tre beställningar samtidigt lastas vagnen med " +"tre tomma paket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9346,6 +12558,10 @@ msgid "" "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" +"Från hylla A placerar plockaren äpplen i varje paket. Därefter navigerar " +"plockaren till hylla B och lägger apelsiner i förpackningarna för |SO| 1 och" +" |SO| 3. Slutligen skjuter plockaren vagnen till hylla C och laddar " +"förpackningarna för |SO| 2 och |SO| 3 med en banan vardera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9353,10 +12569,12 @@ msgid "" "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" +"När paketen för alla tre |SOS| är packade kör plockaren vagnen till " +"utmatningsplatsen, där paketen förseglas och förbereds för leverans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa exempel på att uppfylla försäljningsorder 2 och 3 samtidigt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9365,10 +12583,15 @@ msgid "" "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera klusterplockning börjar du med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"rubriken :guilabel:`Operations` aktiverar du alternativen " +":guilabel:`Packages` och :guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera funktionerna *Paket* och *Batchöverföringar* i inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -9377,6 +12600,10 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" +"Eftersom batchplockning används för att optimera *pick*-operationen i Odoo, " +"måste alternativen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` och :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes`, under rubriken :guilabel:`Warehouse`, också markeras på denna " +"inställningssida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9384,14 +12611,16 @@ msgid "" "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" +"*Storage locations* gör det möjligt att lagra produkter på specifika platser" +" där de kan plockas, medan *multi-step routes* möjliggör själva plockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation av paket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -9399,6 +12628,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" +"När funktionen :guilabel:`Paket` har aktiverats går du till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages` och klickar på " +"knappen :guilabel:`New` för att skapa ett nytt paket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9406,6 +12638,9 @@ msgid "" "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" +"På det nya paketformuläret är :guilabel:`Package Reference` förifylld med " +"nästa tillgängliga `PACK`-nummer i systemet. :guilabel:`Pack Date` sätts " +"automatiskt till det datum då formuläret skapades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9415,10 +12650,15 @@ msgid "" "simply used as a method of grouping products from the same |SO| together " "before they are moved to the intended shipping box at the output location." msgstr "" +"För fältet :guilabel:`Package Use` ska alternativet :guilabel:`Disposable " +"Box` väljas om förpackningen används för en frakt. Alternativt bör " +"alternativet :guilabel:`Reusable Box` väljas om förpackningen endast används" +" som en metod för att gruppera produkter från samma |SO| tillsammans innan " +"de flyttas till den avsedda fraktlådan på utmatningsplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Paket `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9427,14 +12667,18 @@ msgid "" "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" +"Ett paket som är avsett för klusterplockning får namnet `CLUSTER-PACK-3` för" +" enkel identifiering. I det här arbetsflödet packas produkterna direkt med " +"sina avsedda transportlådor, så :guilabel:`Package Use` är inställt på " +":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa nytt paketformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:101 msgid "Create cluster batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa kluster batch" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -9444,12 +12688,19 @@ msgid "" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" +"För att se hur klusterplockning fungerar i Odoo, navigera till appen " +":menuselection:`Sales` och skapa |SOS| som kommer att uppfyllas tillsammans " +"i samma batch. När du har bekräftat en |SO| blir smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Delivery` synlig. I ikonen visas en siffra som representerar " +"antalet steg i processen för utgående försändelser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" +"Börja med att skapa tre |SOS| för äpplena, apelsinerna och bananerna, som " +"visas i :ref:`exemplet ovan `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -9457,10 +12708,13 @@ msgid "" "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat |SO| visar :guilabel:`Delivery` smart-knappen siffran " +"`2`, vilket indikerar att det finns två operationer att slutföra: `Plocka` " +"och `Leverera`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på försäljningsorder för äpple, apelsin och banan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9469,6 +12723,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" +"När |SOS| har skapats måste beställningarna nu grupperas i batcher. För att " +"göra detta, navigera till *Inventory* dashboard och välj " +"operationstypkortet, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` eller :guilabel:`Pick` " +"(beroende på vilken som är den första operationen i leveransflödet)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -9476,16 +12734,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" +"Om du gör detta visas en filtrerad lista över utgående operationer med " +":guilabel:`Ready`-status, vilket indikerar att alla produkter i |SO| finns i" +" lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" +"Klusterplockbatcher kan skapas för utgående sändningar i ett, två eller tre " +"steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:130 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Leverans i ett steg `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -9494,6 +12757,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Klicka på kryssrutan till vänster om motsvarande utgående operation för att " +"lägga till dem i batchen. Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` " +"och välj alternativet :guilabel:`Add to batch` i rullgardinsmenyn när du har" +" markerat önskad plockning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -9501,18 +12768,22 @@ msgid "" "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en klusterbatch, som visas i :ref:`exemplet ovan " +"`, i ett lager som konfigurerats med" +" utgående försändelser i två steg, väljs följande plockoperationer:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:143 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: länk till |SO| 88 för ett äpple och en apelsin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:144 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: länkad till |SO| 89 för ett äpple och en banan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:145 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" +"`WH/PICK/00009`: länk till |SO| 90 för ett äpple, en apelsin och en banan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -9520,34 +12791,45 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" +"Välj mellan de två alternativen i fältet :guilabel:`Add to` för att " +"antingen: lägga till :guilabel:`en befintlig batchöverföring`, eller skapa " +":guilabel:`en ny batchöverföring`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" +"För att skapa draft batch pickings som ska bekräftas vid ett senare " +"tillfälle, markera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Draft`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:167 msgid "Process batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta satser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta batcher, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Batch Transfers`. Klicka på en batch för att välja den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:172 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` är produkter som ska plockas " +"grupperade efter plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:174 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" +"Under fältet :guilabel:`Source Package` eller :guilabel:`Destination " +"Package` anger du det paket som används för plockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -9556,12 +12838,19 @@ msgid "" "package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" +"Använd fältet :guilabel:`Source Package` när plockförpackningen är " +"konfigurerad som *återanvändbar* på :ref:`förpackningsformuläret " +"`. Detta innebär att produkterna tillfälligt " +"placeras i en behållare under plockningen, innan de överförs till sin " +"slutliga leveranslåda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:182 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du använda fältet :guilabel:`Destination Package` när " +"produkten placeras direkt i sin *engångslåda* under plockningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -9569,6 +12858,9 @@ msgid "" "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" +"Bearbeta klustersatsen för de tre beställningarna av äpplen, apelsiner och " +"bananer :ref:`exempel ` genom att " +"tilldela varje plockning till ett särskilt paket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -9576,20 +12868,25 @@ msgid "" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" +"På lagringsplatsen för äpplen, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, tilldelas äpplena i alla " +"tre plockningarna till en av de tre engångsförpackningarna, `CLUSTER-" +"PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, eller `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:192 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"Registrera detta i Odoo med hjälp av fältet :guilabel:`Destination Package` " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på bearbetning av klusterplock i *Inventory*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:200 msgid "In Barcode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I streckkod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -9597,6 +12894,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta klusterplockningar direkt från *Barcode*-appen, välj " +"knappen :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` från *Barcode*-instrumentpanelen. Välj " +"sedan önskad batch." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -9604,6 +12904,9 @@ msgid "" "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" +"På skärmen för batchöverföring är produkterna i plockningen grupperade efter" +" plats, och varje rad är färgkodad för att associera produkter i samma " +"plockning tillsammans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -9611,11 +12914,15 @@ msgid "" "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" +"Följ sedan uppmaningen :guilabel:`Skanna streckkoden för källplatsen` för " +"lagringsplatsen för den första produkten. Skanna sedan streckkoden för " +"produkten och förpackningen för att behandla överföringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" +"Upprepa detta för alla produkter och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Validera`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -9624,16 +12931,22 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" +"För att hitta streckkoden för paketet, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Products --> Packages`, välj önskat paket, klicka på :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` ikonen längst upp i paketformuläret, och välj :guilabel:`Print` " +"alternativet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:218 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan ett av de tre utskriftsalternativen för att generera streckkoden " +"för paketet från fältet :guilabel:`Package Reference`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visar var streckkoden för paketet kan genereras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -9642,22 +12955,30 @@ msgid "" "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" +"Börja bearbetningen av klusterplockningen genom att gå till den första " +"lagringsplatsen, `Shelf A`, och skanna :ref:`location barcode " +"`. På så sätt markeras alla plockningar som behöver " +"produkter från just denna plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" +"Skanna streckkoden för äpplet, vilket markerar plockningen (märkt med rött) " +"för produkten `Äpple`, för plockningen, `WH/PICK/00007`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:233 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" +"Skanna sedan streckkoden för förpackningen `CLUSTER-PACK-1` och placera " +"produkten i den avsedda förpackningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på klusterbatch från appen *Barcode*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -9665,10 +12986,14 @@ msgid "" "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha skapat en batchöverföring och tilldelat ett paket till en " +"plockning, föreslår Odoo det angivna paketet genom att visa namnet *kursivt*" +" under produktnamnet, vilket säkerställer att plockarna placerar produkterna" +" i rätt lådor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Organisera en cross-dock i ett lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9677,6 +13002,10 @@ msgid "" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" +"Cross-docking innebär att produkter som tas emot skickas direkt till " +"kunderna, utan att de behöver gå in i lagret. Lastbilarna lossas helt enkelt" +" i ett *Cross-Dock*-område för att omorganisera produkterna och lasta en " +"annan lastbil." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -9684,16 +13013,22 @@ msgid "" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" +"För mer information om hur du organiserar ditt lager, läs vår blogg: `Vad är" +" cross-docking och är det något för mig? " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" +"I appen *Inventory* öppnar du :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"och aktiverar *Multi-Step Routes*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du gör detta aktiveras även funktionen *Förvaringsplatser*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -9701,16 +13036,22 @@ msgid "" "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" +"Nu ska både *Inkommande* och *Utgående* sändningar konfigureras för att " +"fungera med 2 steg. För att anpassa konfigurationen, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` och redigera " +"ditt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" +"Denna modifiering kommer att leda till skapandet av en *Cross-Docking* rutt " +"som kan hittas i :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera produkter med Cross-Dock Route" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -9719,6 +13060,9 @@ msgid "" "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" +"Skapa den produkt som använder *Cross-Dock Route* och välj sedan rutterna " +"*Buy* och *Cross-Dock* på fliken Inventory. På fliken Köp anger du nu till " +"vilken leverantör du ska köpa produkten och anger ett pris för den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -9730,6 +13074,14 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" +"När du är klar skapar du en försäljningsorder för produkten och bekräftar " +"den. Odoo kommer automatiskt att skapa två överföringar som kommer att " +"kopplas till försäljningsordern. Den första är överföringen från *Input " +"Location* till *Output Location*, vilket motsvarar förflyttningen av " +"produkten i *Cross-Dock*-området. Den andra är leveransordern från *Output " +"Location* till din *Customer Location. Båda är i tillståndet *Väntar på " +"annan operation* eftersom vi fortfarande måste beställa produkten till vår " +"leverantör." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -9737,6 +13089,9 @@ msgid "" "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" +"Gå nu till appen *Inköp*. Där hittar du inköpsordern som automatiskt har " +"utlösts av systemet. Validera den och ta emot produkterna i " +"*Inmatningsplatsen*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9744,15 +13099,18 @@ msgid "" "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" +"När produkterna har tagits emot från leverantören kan du gå tillbaka till " +"din ursprungliga försäljningsorder och validera den interna överföringen " +"från *Input* till *Output*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransordern är nu redo att bearbetas och kan också valideras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal cykler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9761,6 +13119,10 @@ msgid "" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" +"För de flesta företag behöver lagret bara räknas en gång per år. Det är " +"därför som standard, efter att ha gjort en *lagerjustering * i Odoo, det " +"schemalagda datumet för nästa lagerräkning är inställt på den 31 december " +"det aktuella året." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9770,16 +13132,23 @@ msgid "" "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" +"För vissa företag är det dock avgörande att hela tiden ha en korrekt " +"lagerinventering. Dessa företag använder *cykelräkningar* för att hålla " +"kritiska lagernivåer korrekta. Cykelräkning är en metod där företag räknar " +"sitt lager oftare på vissa *platser* för att säkerställa att deras fysiska " +"lagerräkningar matchar deras lagerbokföring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera lagringsplatser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" +"I Odoo är cykelräkningar platsbaserade. Därför måste funktionen " +"*förvaringsplatser* aktiveras innan en cykelräkning kan utföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -9788,20 +13157,26 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera den här funktionen går du till :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` och bläddrar ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`. Klicka sedan på kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Storage" +" Locations`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverade inställningen för lagringsplatser i lagerinställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra inventeringsfrekvens per plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Nu när inställningen för lagerplatser är aktiverad kan " +"inventeringsfrekvensen ändras för specifika platser som skapats i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -9809,6 +13184,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"För att visa och redigera platser, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Detta visar en " +":guilabel:`Locations`-sida som innehåller alla platser som för närvarande " +"skapats och listats i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -9816,6 +13195,9 @@ msgid "" "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" +"Från den här sidan kan du klicka på en plats för att visa inställnings- och " +"konfigurationssidan för den platsen. Klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` för att " +"redigera platsens inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -9824,16 +13206,22 @@ msgid "" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" +"Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` hittar du fältet " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)`, som ska vara inställt på `0` (om " +"denna plats inte har redigerats tidigare). I detta fält ändrar du värdet " +"till önskat antal dagar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platsfrekvens inställning på plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" +"En plats som behöver en lagerräkning var 30:e dag bör ha värdet " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` inställt på `30`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -9843,10 +13231,15 @@ msgid "" "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" +"När frekvensen har ändrats till önskat antal dagar klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara ändringarna. När en lagerjustering har gjorts" +" för den här platsen kommer nästa schemalagda inventeringsdatum att ställas " +"in automatiskt, baserat på det värde som anges i fältet " +":guilabel:`Inventeringsfrekvens (dagar)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Räkna lager per plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -9855,6 +13248,11 @@ msgid "" "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en cykelräkning för en specifik plats i lagret, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"Detta visar en :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` sida som innehåller alla " +"produkter som för närvarande finns i lager, med varje produkt listad på sin " +"egen rad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9862,10 +13260,13 @@ msgid "" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" +"På den här sidan kan knapparna :guilabel:`Filter` och :guilabel:`Gruppera " +"efter` (högst upp på sidan, under fältet :guilabel:`Sök...`) användas för " +"att välja specifika platser och utföra lagerräkningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sidan Lagerjusteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -9873,6 +13274,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" +"Om du vill välja en specifik plats och visa alla produkter inom den platsen " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Group By` och sedan på :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`" +" för att öppna en ny rullgardinsmeny till höger." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9881,6 +13285,10 @@ msgid "" "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Location` i rullgardinsmenyn och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Apply`. Sidan visar nu komprimerade rullgardinsmenyer för varje " +"plats i lagret som har produkter i lager, och en cykelräkning kan utföras " +"för alla produkter på den platsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -9890,6 +13298,11 @@ msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" +"I stora lager med flera platser och en stor mängd produkter kan det vara " +"enklare att söka efter den specifika plats som önskas. För att göra detta, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Filter` på sidan :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till anpassat filter` för att visa en ny " +"meny till höger. Klicka på den här menyn för att visa tre rullgardinsmenyer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -9898,14 +13311,18 @@ msgid "" "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" +"För det första fältet, klicka och välj :guilabel:`Location` från " +"rullgardinsmenyn. För det andra fältet lämnar du värdet :guilabel:`contains`" +" som det är. I det tredje fältet skriver du in namnet på den plats som du " +"söker efter. Klicka på :guilabel:`Apply` för att platsen ska visas på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpade filter och gruppera efter på sidan för lagerjusteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra frekvens för inventering av hela lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -9913,6 +13330,9 @@ msgid "" "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" +"Medan cykelräkningar vanligtvis utförs per plats, kan det schemalagda " +"datumet för fullständig inventering av allt som finns i lager också ändras " +"manuellt för att flytta fram datumet tidigare än det angivna datumet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -9922,16 +13342,23 @@ msgid "" "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" +"Ändra det schemalagda standarddatumet genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`. I " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Operations` letar du sedan reda på inställningsfältet " +":guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month`, som innehåller en " +"rullgardinsmeny som är inställd på `31` :guilabel:`December` som standard." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frekvensfält i inventering-appens inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" +"För att ändra dag klickar du på `31` och ändrar till en dag inom intervallet" +" `1-31`, beroende på vilken månad på året du vill ha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:196 @@ -9939,19 +13366,23 @@ msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" +"För att ändra månad klickar du sedan på :guilabel:`December` för att visa " +"rullgardinsmenyn och väljer önskad månad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"När alla ändringar har gjorts klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara " +"alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konsignation: köp och sälj aktier utan att äga dem" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9961,6 +13392,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" +"De flesta produkter som lagras i ett företags lager köps antingen in från " +"leverantörer eller tillverkas internt. Ibland låter dock leverantörer " +"företag lagra och sälja produkter i företagets lager, utan att de behöver " +"köpa dessa artiklar i förväg. Detta kallas *konsignation*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9970,10 +13405,15 @@ msgid "" "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" +"Konsignation är en användbar metod för leverantörer att lansera nya " +"produkter och enkelt leverera till sina kunder. Det är också ett bra sätt " +"för företaget som lagrar produkterna (mottagaren) att få något tillbaka för " +"sina ansträngningar. Mottagarna kan till och med ta ut en avgift för att det" +" är bekvämt att lagra produkter som de egentligen inte äger." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera inställning av sändning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9983,14 +13423,19 @@ msgid "" " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" +"För att ta emot, lagra och sälja konsignationslager måste funktionen " +"aktiveras i inställningarna. Detta gör du genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, och under " +":guilabel:`Traceability` markerar du rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Consignment`, " +"och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Save` för att avsluta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverat inställningen Consignment i konfigurationen Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta emot (och lagra) konsignationslager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9998,6 +13443,9 @@ msgid "" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen aktiverad i Odoo kan konsignationslager nu tas emot i ett " +"lager. Från huvudpanelen :menuselection:`Inventory` klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Receipts` sektionen. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -10006,12 +13454,18 @@ msgid "" "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" +"Konsignationslager köps inte in från leverantören, utan tas bara emot och " +"lagras. På grund av detta finns det inga offerter eller inköpsorder " +"involverade i mottagandet av konsignationslager. Så *varje* mottagning av " +"konsignationslager börjar med att man skapar manuella kvitton." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" +"Välj en leverantör att ange i fältet :guilabel:`Receive From`, och välj " +"sedan samma leverantör att ange i fältet :guilabel:`Assign Owner`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -10019,6 +13473,9 @@ msgid "" "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" +"Eftersom de produkter som tas emot från leverantören kommer att ägas av " +"samma leverantör, måste fälten :guilabel:`Receive From` och " +":guilabel:`Assign Owner` matcha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -10029,14 +13486,19 @@ msgid "" "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" +"När de leverantörsrelaterade fälten har ställts in kan du ange produkter i " +":guilabel:`Product`-raderna och ställa in de kvantiteter som ska tas emot i " +"lagret i :guilabel:`Done`-kolumnen. Om funktionen :guilabel:`Måttenheter` är" +" aktiverad kan även :abbr:`UoM (Måttenheter)` ändras. När allt " +"konsignationslager har tagits emot, :guilabel:`Validera` kvittot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Matchande leverantörsfält i skapandet av konsignationskvitton." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälja och leverera konsignationslager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -10044,6 +13506,9 @@ msgid "" "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" +"När konsignationslager har tagits emot i lagret kan det säljas på samma sätt" +" som alla andra produkter i lager som har alternativet :guilabel:`Kan " +"säljas` aktiverat på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10051,12 +13516,17 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en försäljningsorder, gå till appen :menuselection:`Sales` och" +" klicka på :guilabel:`Create` i översikten :guilabel:`Quotations`. Välj " +"sedan en kund som du vill ange i fältet :guilabel:`Kund`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kund` *måste* vara en annan än den :guilabel:`Försäljare` som " +"levererade det konsignationslager som togs emot (och lagrades) i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10065,10 +13535,14 @@ msgid "" "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Lägg till konsignationsprodukten under kolumnen :guilabel:`Produkt` i " +"orderraderna, ange :guilabel:`Kvantitet` och fyll i all annan relevant " +"produktinformation i formuläret. När offerten är klar klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Försäljningsorder för konsignationslager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10077,10 +13551,14 @@ msgid "" "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" +"När :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` har bekräftats kommer den att bli en" +" försäljningsorder. Härifrån kan produkterna levereras genom att klicka på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` och välja :guilabel:`Validate` för att " +"validera leveransen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spårbarhet och rapportering av konsignationslager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -10088,12 +13566,17 @@ msgid "" "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" +"Även om konsignationslager ägs av den leverantör som levererade det, och " +"inte av det företag som lagrar det i sitt lager, kommer " +"konsignationsprodukter *fortfarande* att visas i vissa lagerrapporter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" +"För att hitta lagerrapporter, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Reporting`, och välj en rapport att visa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -10101,10 +13584,13 @@ msgid "" "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" +"Eftersom mottagaren inte äger något konsignationslager återspeglas dessa " +"produkter *inte* i :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`-rapporten och har ingen " +"inverkan på mottagarens lagervärdering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport om produktförflyttningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -10117,6 +13603,15 @@ msgid "" "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" +"För att se all information om lagerflyttar, gå till " +":guilabel:`Produktflyttar` instrumentpanelen genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventering --> Rapportering --> Produktflyttar`. För " +"konsignationsprodukter är informationen i denna rapport densamma som för " +"alla andra produkter: historiken för dess produktflyttar kan granskas; " +":guilabel:`Quantity Done` och :guilabel:`Reference` dokument är " +"tillgängliga; och dess :guilabel:`Locations` är också tillgängliga. " +"Konsignationslagret kommer att härröra från :guilabel:`Partner " +"Location/Vendors`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -10125,20 +13620,26 @@ msgid "" "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" +"För att visa en konsignationsprodukts flyttningar efter ägare, välj " +":guilabel:`Group By` filter, välj :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` parameter, " +"och välj sedan :guilabel:`From Owner`, och :guilabel:`Apply` för att " +"avsluta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konsignationslager flyttar historia." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" +"För att se prognostiserade enheter av konsignationslager, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport om lager till försäljning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -10149,14 +13650,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" +"Visa instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. I den här " +"rapporten visas :guilabel:`Lokaliseringar` för allt lager som finns till " +"hands, samt kvantiteterna per lokalisering. För konsignationsprodukter " +"kommer kolumnen :guilabel:`Owner` att fyllas i med ägaren till dessa " +"produkter, eller den ursprungliga leverantören som levererade produkterna i " +"första hand." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Putaway-regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:6 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad är en Putaway-regel?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -10165,6 +13673,10 @@ msgid "" " uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " "received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" +"En bra lagerimplementering ser till att produkterna automatiskt flyttas till" +" sin rätta destinationsplats. För att göra den processen enklare använder " +"Odoo *Putaway Rules*. Putaway är processen att ta produkter från de mottagna" +" försändelserna och placera dem på rätt plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -10173,6 +13685,10 @@ msgid "" "because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" +"Om ett lager till exempel innehåller flyktiga ämnen är det viktigt att se " +"till att vissa produkter inte lagras nära varandra på grund av en potentiell" +" kemisk reaktion. Det är här som reglerna för inlagring träder in, för att " +"undvika felaktig lagring av produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10181,14 +13697,18 @@ msgid "" "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" +"I appen :guilabel:`Inventory` går du till :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` och aktiverar funktionen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. På så sätt" +" aktiveras även funktionen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera Multi-Step Routes i konfigurationsinställningarna för Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:29 msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställning av en putaway-regel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10197,44 +13717,49 @@ msgid "" "factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " "and so on." msgstr "" +"I vissa fall, t.ex. för en butik som lagrar frukt och grönsaker, bör " +"produkterna lagras på olika platser beroende på flera faktorer som frekvens," +" storlek, produktkategori, specifika miljöbehov och så vidare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" " the following sub-locations:" msgstr "" +"I detta exempel antar vi att det finns en lagerlokalisering, **WH/Stock**, " +"med följande underlokaliseringar:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:40 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:41 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:42 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:44 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Hylla 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:46 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Hylla 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:48 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Hylla 2/Litet kylskåp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Hylla 3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10244,6 +13769,12 @@ msgid "" "rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " "redirected to the right storage location." msgstr "" +"Hantera dessa platser med förvaringsregler. För att skapa en förvaringsregel" +" öppnar du appen :guilabel:`Inventory` och går till " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create` och konfigurera en förvaringsregel som anger huvudplatsen" +" som produkten kommer att gå in på innan den omdirigeras till rätt " +"lagringsplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -10251,42 +13782,54 @@ msgid "" "package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " "Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." msgstr "" +"Förvaringsreglerna kan definieras antingen per produkt/produktkategori " +"och/eller förpackningstyp (inställningen :guilabel:`Packages` måste vara " +"aktiverad för detta). Förvaringsreglerna läses sekventiellt tills en " +"matchning hittas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:62 msgid "Take the following example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta följande exempel:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" " redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." msgstr "" +"Om vatten (kategori Alla/drycker) tas emot, oavsett förpackning, kommer det " +"att omdirigeras till WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigeration." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:66 msgid "" "If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " "redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." msgstr "" +"Om burkar med apelsinjuice, förpackade i lådor, tas emot kommer de att " +"omdirigeras till WH/Stock/Shelf 2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:68 msgid "" "If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " "be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." msgstr "" +"Om vatten- eller äppeljuiceflaskor, förpackade i lådor, tas emot kommer de " +"att omdirigeras till WH/Stock/Shelf 3." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "" "If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" +"Om en pall med lemonadburkar tas emot, kommer den att omdirigeras till " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Några exempel på regler för att lägga undan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Using Storage Categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda lagringskategorier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -10294,6 +13837,9 @@ msgid "" "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" +"En *Lagringskategori* är ett extra platsattribut. Med hjälp av " +"lagringskategorier kan användaren definiera hur många produkter som kan " +"lagras på platsen och hur platsen ska väljas med regler för inlagring." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -10302,10 +13848,14 @@ msgid "" "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" +"I appen :guilabel:`Inventory` går du till :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` och aktiverar funktionen :guilabel:`Storage Categories`. Genom att" +" göra detta aktiveras även funktionen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:91 msgid "Create a Storage Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en lagringskategori" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -10315,16 +13865,23 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " "storage category." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en lagringskategori går du till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` och klickar på :guilabel:`Create`. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save` och sedan på :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" +" eller gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` för att" +" skapa en ny lagringskategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" +"Skapa lagringskategorier i konfigurationsinställningarna för Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:102 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." msgstr "" +"Klicka först på :guilabel:`Create` och ange ett namn för lagringskategorin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -10332,74 +13889,91 @@ msgid "" "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" +"Sedan finns det alternativ för att begränsa kapaciteten efter vikt, produkt " +"eller förpackningstyp. Fältet :guilabel:`Allow New Product` definierar när " +"platsen anses vara tillgänglig för att lagra en produkt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Om platsen är tom`: en produkt kan läggas till där endast om " +"platsen är tom." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Om produkterna är desamma`: en produkt kan läggas till där endast" +" om samma produkt redan finns där." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: flera olika produkter kan lagras på denna " +"plats samtidigt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" +"När inställningarna för förvaringskategorin har sparats kan " +"förvaringskategorin kopplas till en plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När en lagerkategori skapas kan den kopplas till en lagerplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:121 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagringskategorier i putaway-regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:123 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " "the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att fortsätta med exemplet ovan, tillämpa \"högfrekvenspallar\" på PAL1-" +" och PAL2-lokaliseringarna och omarbeta inmatningsreglerna enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antag att en pall med lemonadburkar tas emot:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:128 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" +"Om PAL1 och PAL2 är tomma kommer pallen att omdirigeras till " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" +"Om PAL1 är full kommer pallen att omdirigeras till WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:130 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" +"Om PAL1 och 2 är fulla kommer pallen att omdirigeras till WH/Stock/Pallets." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagringskategorier som används i en mängd olika regler för putaway." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:3 msgid "Removal strategies (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utflyttningsstrategier (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -10410,6 +13984,12 @@ msgid "" "picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving " "products with expiration dates." msgstr "" +"För företag med lager avgör **uttagsstrategier** vilka produkter som tas ut " +"från lagret, och när. Utleveransstrategier definieras vanligtvis för " +"specifika plockoperationer. Detta hjälper företag att välja de bästa " +"produkterna, optimera det avstånd som medarbetarna behöver förflytta sig när" +" de plockar artiklar för order och ta hänsyn till kvalitetskontroll, t.ex. " +"att flytta produkter med utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -10418,6 +13998,10 @@ msgid "" "control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " "date." msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis definieras *Removal Strategies* i plockningsoperationer för att " +"välja de bästa produkterna för att optimera avståndet för arbetaren, för " +"kvalitetskontrolländamål eller för att först flytta produkterna med närmaste" +" utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -10426,6 +14010,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product " "Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards." msgstr "" +"När en produkt behöver flyttas hittar Odoo tillgängliga produkter som kan " +"tilldelas överföringen. Hur Odoo tilldelar dessa produkter beror på " +":guilabel:`Removal Strategy` som definieras i antingen :guilabel:`Product " +"Category` eller :guilabel:`Location` instrumentpanelerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -10437,16 +14025,26 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting " "the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ändra :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` går du till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` eller " +":menuselection:`Product Categories`. Klicka på en :guilabel:`Plats` eller " +":guilabel:`Produktkategori` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Redigera`. Ändra " +"produktkategorin :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` eller platsen " +":guilabel:`Removal Strategy` genom att klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välja " +"önskad borttagningsstrategi. När du har valt den nya borttagningsstrategin " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" +"Ändra Force Removal Strategy för antingen produktkategorierna eller " +"platserna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:33 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad händer inne i lagerlokalen?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -10456,6 +14054,11 @@ msgid "" " each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an " "effect on which products are taken, from where, and when." msgstr "" +"De flesta lager har samma viktiga områden: mottagningsbryggor och " +"sorteringsområden, lagerplatser, plocknings- och packningsområden samt " +"utskeppnings- och lastningsbryggor. Alla produkter som kommer in i eller " +"lämnar lagret passerar någon gång alla dessa platser, men flyttstrategierna " +"kan påverka vilka produkter som tas ut, varifrån och när." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -10464,16 +14067,22 @@ msgid "" "with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored" " in their respective storage locations." msgstr "" +"I exemplet nedan lossar leverantörens truckar pallar med varor vid " +"mottagningsbryggorna. Därefter skannar operatörerna produkterna i " +"mottagningsområdet med mottagningsdatum och utgångsdatum. Därefter lagras " +"produkterna på sina respektive lagerplatser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:45 msgid "" "Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration " "dates apply." msgstr "" +"Alla produkter har inte utgångsdatum, men i det här exemplet gäller " +"utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkter som förs in i lager via mottagningsområdet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -10486,6 +14095,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"I Odoo tar du emot produkter genom att navigera till applikationen " +":menuselection:`Inventory` och i kanban-vyn klicka på antingen " +":guilabel:`Receipts`-rubriken eller :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS`-knappen. På " +":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, hitta och klicka på det enskilda kvittot som" +" kommer att öppna lagerintagsformuläret. Klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` och ange" +" sedan den mottagna kvantiteten i kolumnen :guilabel:`Done`. Avsluta med " +":guilabel:`Validate` för att ta emot produkterna och registrera dem i Odoo-" +"databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -10494,6 +14111,10 @@ msgid "" "finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, " "the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations." msgstr "" +"Mottagning av produkter kan också göras i Odoo *Barcode * -applikationen. Om" +" du använder appen *Barcode*, skanna produkten/produkterna, uppdatera " +"kvantiteten och klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Validate`. När produkterna " +"har tagits emot i Odoo kan de flyttas till sina respektive lagerplatser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -10508,12 +14129,24 @@ msgid "" "area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery" " to the customer." msgstr "" +"Om vi fortsätter med samma exempel nedan kan vi tänka oss att flera " +"försäljningsorder görs för de produkter som togs emot tidigare och som " +"använder utgångsdatum. I det här exemplet mottogs produkterna inte samma dag" +" och de har inte samma utgångsdatum. I denna situation är det logiskt att " +"föredra att skicka produkter med det närmaste utgångsdatumet, istället för " +"produkter som mottogs först eller sist. Med hjälp av den valda " +"borttagningsstrategin som konfigurerats för dessa produkter (i detta exempel" +" :ref:`FEFO `) genererar Odoo en överföring för produkterna med" +" det närmaste utgångsdatumet till plockområdet, sedan packområdet och " +"slutligen till fraktdockorna för leverans till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n" "account." msgstr "" +"Produkter som packas på förpackningsområdet för leverans, med hänsyn tagen till utgångsdatum.\n" +"hänsyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -10522,20 +14155,27 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`Two-step delivery ` or " ":ref:`Three-step delivery ` documentation." msgstr "" +"För att plocka för leverans finns produktens parti-/serienummer på " +"överföringsformuläret. Mer information om plockning och leverans finns i " +"dokumentationen :ref:`Tvåstegsleverans " +"` eller :ref:`Trestegsleverans " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:85 msgid "How each removal strategy works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur varje avlägsnandestrategi fungerar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:87 msgid "" "Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse " "when orders are confirmed." msgstr "" +"Uttagsstrategier avgör vilka produkter som tas ut från lagret när order " +"bekräftas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:90 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Först in, först ut (FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -10544,6 +14184,10 @@ msgid "" "lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in " "stock for the longest time)." msgstr "" +"När du använder en :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)`-strategi utlöser " +"efterfrågan på en produkt en borttagningsregel, som begär en överföring för " +"det parti/serienummer som kom in i lagret först (och därför har funnits i " +"lager längst tid)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -10551,12 +14195,17 @@ msgid "" "have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has " "five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" +"Tänk dig t.ex. att det finns tre partier spik i lagret och att de har " +"motsvarande partinummer: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Varje parti innehåller " +"fem lådor med spik." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:99 msgid "" "Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot " "`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11." msgstr "" +"Partiet `00001` kom in i lagret den 23 maj, partiet `00002` den 25 maj och " +"partiet `00003` den 1 juni. En kund beställer sex lådor den 11 juni." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -10566,15 +14215,22 @@ msgid "" "from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after " "lot `00001`." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`-strategin kommer en " +"överföringsbegäran att välja de fem lådorna från parti `00001` först, och " +"sedan från lådorna i parti `00002`, eftersom parti `00001` kom in på lagret " +"först. Lådan från parti `00002` tas därefter eftersom den har det äldsta " +"mottagningsdatumet efter parti `00001`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed." msgstr "" +"De detaljerade åtgärderna för överföringen visar de spikpartier som ska tas " +"bort." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:112 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sist in, först ut (LIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -10584,6 +14240,11 @@ msgid "" " stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for " "removal." msgstr "" +"I likhet med :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`-metoden flyttar " +":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` flyttstrategin produkter baserat på " +"det datum då de kom in i ett lagers lager. Istället för att ta bort det " +"äldsta lagret som finns tillgängligt, tar man bort det **nyaste** lagret som" +" finns tillgängligt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -10592,6 +14253,10 @@ msgid "" "most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered" " the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" +"Varje gång en order på produkter med :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)`-metoden läggs, skapas en överföring för det parti-/serienummer som " +"senast kom in i lagret (det **sista** parti-/serienummer som kom in i " +"lagerlokalens inventering)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10599,6 +14264,9 @@ msgid "" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" +"I många länder är :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`-strategin för " +"borttagning förbjuden, eftersom den kan leda till att gamla, utgångna eller " +"föråldrade produkter levereras till kunderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -10606,12 +14274,17 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and " "`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot." msgstr "" +"Tänk dig t.ex. att det finns tre partier med lådor med skruvar i lagret och " +"att de har motsvarande partinummer: `10001`, `10002` och `10003`, var och en" +" med 10 lådor med skruvar per parti." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot " "`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8." msgstr "" +"Parti `10001` kom in i lagret den 1 juni, parti `10002` den 3 juni och parti" +" `10003` den 6 juni. En kund beställer sju lådor den 8 juni." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -10619,15 +14292,19 @@ msgid "" "requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the" " last one to have entered the stock." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`-strategin begärs en " +"överföring för sju lådor skruvar från parti `10003` eftersom det partiet är " +"det sista som har kommit in på lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +"De detaljerade operationerna visar vilka partier som väljs ut för plockning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:140 msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Först ut, först in (FEFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -10636,6 +14313,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets " "products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates." msgstr "" +"Medan :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` och :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` metoderna tar bort produkter baserat på datum för inmatning i lagret, " +"tar :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` metoden bort produkter " +"baserat på deras tilldelade utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -10644,6 +14325,10 @@ msgid "" "ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date " "soonest to the order date." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` " +"borttagningsstrategi, säkerställer varje försäljningsorder som innehåller " +"produkter med denna borttagningsstrategi tilldelad att överföringar begärs " +"för produkter med utgångsdatumet närmast orderdatumet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -10651,6 +14336,9 @@ msgid "" "lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" +"Tänk dig till exempel att det finns tre partier med lådor med sex ägg. Dessa" +" tre partier har följande partinummer: `20001`, `20002` och `20003`, vart " +"och ett med fem lådor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -10658,6 +14346,10 @@ msgid "" "entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 " "and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5." msgstr "" +"Parti `20001` kom in på lagret den 1 juli och löper ut den 15 juli, parti " +"`20002` kom in den 2 juli och löper ut den 14 juli, och parti `20003` kom in" +" den 3 juli och löper ut den 21 juli. En kund beställer sex lådor den 5 " +"juli." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -10667,14 +14359,21 @@ msgid "" "expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because" " it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`." msgstr "" +"Med metoden :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` begärs överföring av de " +"fem lådorna från parti `20002` och en från parti `20001`. Alla lådor i parti" +" `20002` överförs eftersom de har det tidigaste utgångsdatumet. I " +"överföringen begärs också en låda från parti `20001` eftersom den har det " +"näst närmaste utgångsdatumet efter parti `20002`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed." msgstr "" +"De detaljerade åtgärderna för överföringen visar de partier som ska tas " +"bort." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:167 msgid "Using removal strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda strategier för borttagning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -10685,14 +14384,20 @@ msgid "" "and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to " "save changes." msgstr "" +"För att skilja vissa enheter av produkter från andra måste enheterna spåras," +" antingen med :guilabel:`Lot` eller med :guilabel:`Serial Number`. För att " +"göra detta, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Aktivera sedan inställningarna :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, och :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Klicka" +" på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Traceability settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":alt: Inställningar för spårbarhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":alt: Lagerinställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -10703,6 +14408,13 @@ msgid "" "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"För att använda :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` borttagningsstrategi" +" måste inställningen :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` också vara aktiverad. För " +"att aktivera detta går du till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, bläddrar ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Traceability` och klickar på kryssrutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Kom ihåg att klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för " +"att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -10712,6 +14424,11 @@ msgid "" "on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal " "strategy." msgstr "" +"Nu kan specifika borttagningsstrategier definieras för produktkategorier. " +"Detta gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` och välja en produktkategori att " +"definiera borttagningsstrategin för. I fältet :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` väljer du en borttagningsstrategi." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -10720,6 +14437,10 @@ msgid "" "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" +"FEFO-strategin (*First Expired, First Out*) skiljer sig lite från de andra " +"två borttagningsstrategierna. För :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` är" +" det utgångsdatumet som är viktigt, inte det datum då produkten kom in på " +"lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -10729,6 +14450,11 @@ msgid "" " Those three lots have the following numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, " ":guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each with five boxes in it." msgstr "" +"Tänk dig till exempel att det finns tre partier med sexäggslådor (i detta " +"specifika fall, glöm inte att använda :doc:`units of measure " +"`)." +" Dessa tre partier har följande nummer: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`" +" och :guilabel:`20003`, vart och ett med fem lådor i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -10743,6 +14469,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`20001` inlagrades den 1 juli och förfaller den 15 juli, " +":guilabel:`20002` inlagrades den 2 juli och förfaller den 14 juli, och " +":guilabel:`20003` inlagrades den 4 juli och förfaller den 21 juli. En kund " +"beställer sex lådor den 5 juli. Med strategin :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, " +"First Out)` vald begärs en överföring för de fem lådorna från " +":guilabel:`20002` och en från :guilabel:`20001`. Överföringen för alla lådor" +" i lot :guilabel:`20002` beror på att de har det närmaste utgångsdatumet. " +"Överföringen begär också en låda från :guilabel:`20001` eftersom den har det" +" näst närmaste utgångsdatumet efter lot :guilabel:`20002`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -10750,10 +14485,13 @@ msgid "" "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" +"För varje försäljningsorder av en produkt med :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, " +"First Out)`-strategin begärs en överföring för den produkt som har det " +"närmaste utgångsdatumet från orderdatumet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:218 msgid "Closest Location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Närmaste plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -10762,6 +14500,10 @@ msgid "" " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" +"Strategin *Closest Location* skiljer sig helt från de andra " +"avlägsnandestrategierna. Den är inte relaterad till datumet för inleverans " +"till lagret, utan snarare till var produkten befinner sig. Den används " +"vanligen för produkter som inte försämras med tiden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -10771,10 +14513,15 @@ msgid "" "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" +"Syftet är att undvika att lagerarbetaren måste göra en lång resa till botten" +" av lagret när produkten också finns på en närliggande plats. Denna metod är" +" endast tillgänglig om inställningen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` är " +"aktiverad. Den närmaste platsen är faktiskt den som kommer först i den " +"alfabetiska ordningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:230 msgid "Use removal strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda borttagningsstrategier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -10784,10 +14531,15 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" +"För att kunna skilja vissa enheter från andra måste enheterna spåras, " +"antingen med *lot* eller med *serienummer*. För att göra detta, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Aktivera sedan " +"inställningarna :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`," +" och :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Removal strategy on a product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strategi för borttagning av en produktkategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -10799,12 +14551,21 @@ msgid "" "the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new " "filter if desired." msgstr "" +"För att se alla produkter med tilldelade partier/serienummer, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Detta " +"visar en sida med rullgardinsmenyer med alla produkter som tilldelats " +"partier eller serienummer, filtrerade efter *produkt* som standard. Om du " +"vill ändra vilken kategori produkterna filtreras efter klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Produkt` (i sökfältet längst upp till höger på sidan) för att ta " +"bort standardfiltret och välja ett nytt filter om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n" "numbers." msgstr "" +"Klicka på Produkter och sedan Lots/Serienummer för att visa alla produkter med lots eller serienummer.\n" +"serienummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -10816,10 +14577,18 @@ msgid "" "Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected " "for that specific product for the delivery order." msgstr "" +"För att visa de serienummer som valts för en försäljningsorder, gå till " +":guilabel:`Sales app` och välj försäljningsordern i fråga. I " +"försäljningsordern klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Leverans` längst " +"upp till höger. På fliken :guilabel:`Operations` klickar du på ikonen " +":guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` längst till höger för den aktuella " +"produkten. Fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` öppnas och visar de " +"parti- eller serienummer som valts för den specifika produkten för " +"leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:260 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO (först in, först ut)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -10829,6 +14598,11 @@ msgid "" "cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles " "in stock." msgstr "" +":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` borttagningsstrategi innebär att " +"produkter som kommer in i ett lagers lager först tas bort först. Företag bör" +" använda denna metod om de säljer produkter med korta efterfrågecykler, " +"t.ex. kläder, för att säkerställa att de inte fastnar med föråldrade stilar " +"i lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -10837,16 +14611,22 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are" " listed with the amounts." msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet finns det tre partier med vita skjortor. Skjortorna är " +"från kategorin *All/Clothes*, där *FIFO* är inställd som " +"borttagningsstrategi. I :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report` listas de tre" +" olika kvittona med beloppen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över de många vita skjortorna i inventeringsvärderingsrapporten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:275 msgid "" "Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and " "lot `000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" +"Parti `000001` innehåller fem skjortor, parti `000002` innehåller tre " +"skjortor och parti `000003` innehåller två skjortor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -10859,6 +14639,14 @@ msgid "" "`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill se borttagningsstrategin i aktion går du till " +":menuselection:`Sales app` och klickar på :guilabel:`Create` för att skapa " +"en försäljningsorder. Välj sedan en :guilabel:`Kund` från rullgardinsmenyn. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader`. Välj en produkt (i det här exemplet :guilabel:`Vit " +"skjorta`) i rullgardinsmenyn eller skriv in produktnamnet i fältet. Ange en " +"kvantitet (i det här exemplet `6.00`) i fältet :guilabel:`Kvantitet`, klicka" +" sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` och sedan på :guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -10868,14 +14656,19 @@ msgid "" "`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the " "customer." msgstr "" +"När försäljningsordern har bekräftats skapas leveransordern och kopplas till" +" plockningen, och de äldsta partinumren reserveras tack vare :abbr:`FIFO " +"(First In, First Out)`-strategin. Alla fem skjortor från parti `000001` och " +"en skjorta från parti `000002` kommer att väljas ut för att skickas till " +"kunden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Två partier reserveras för en försäljningsorder med FIFO-strategin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:295 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO (sist in, först ut)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -10885,6 +14678,11 @@ msgid "" "first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no " "time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates." msgstr "" +":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` -strategin fungerar på **motsvarande** " +"sätt som :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` -strategin. Med denna metod " +"flyttas de produkter som tas emot **sist** ut först. Denna metod används " +"främst för produkter utan hållbarhetstid och utan tidskänsliga faktorer, " +"t.ex. utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -10893,16 +14691,22 @@ msgid "" "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet finns det tre partier med slaggblock. Blocken är från " +"kategorin *Alla/Byggnadsmaterial*, där *FIFO* är inställd som " +"borttagningsstrategi. I :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report` listas de tre" +" olika kvittona med beloppen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över partierna med slaggblock i inventeringsvärderingsrapporten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:310 msgid "" "Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder" " blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks." msgstr "" +"Lot `000020` innehåller tre slaggblock, lot `000030` innehåller fem " +"slaggblock och lot `0000400` innehåller fyra slaggblock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -10912,6 +14716,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product" " category form." msgstr "" +"För att se hur :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`-strategin fungerar, gå " +"först till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` och välj en produktkategori (i detta exempel " +":guilabel:`All/Building Materials`) som du vill redigera. Detta visar ett " +"formulär för produktkategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -10919,10 +14728,15 @@ msgid "" "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First " "Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" +"I formuläret för produktkategori, under avsnittet :guilabel:`Logistik`, " +"ändrar du :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` till :guilabel:`Last In First " +"Out (LIFO)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Last in first out (LIFO)-strategin används som strategi för " +"tvångsavlägsnande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -10935,6 +14749,15 @@ msgid "" "`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill se borttagningsstrategin i aktion går du till " +":menuselection:`Sales app` och klickar på :guilabel:`Create` för att skapa " +"en försäljningsorder. Välj sedan en :guilabel:`Kund` från rullgardinsmenyn. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader`. Välj en produkt (i det här exemplet " +":guilabel:`Cinder Block`) i rullgardinsmenyn eller skriv in namnet på " +"produkten i fältet. Ange en kvantitet (i detta exempel `5.00`) i fältet " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet`, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -10944,14 +14767,19 @@ msgid "" " lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be" " sent to the customer." msgstr "" +"När försäljningsordern har bekräftats skapas leveransordern och kopplas till" +" plockningen, och de nyaste partinumren reserveras tack vare :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`-strategin. Alla fyra betongklossar från parti " +"`0000400` och en betongkloss från parti `000030` kommer att väljas ut för " +"att skickas till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Två tomter reserveras för försäljning med LIFO-strategin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:344 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:346 msgid "" @@ -10962,6 +14790,13 @@ msgid "" "products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is " "used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products." msgstr "" +"Avlägsnandestrategin :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` skiljer sig " +"från strategierna :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` och :abbr:`LIFO (Last " +"In, First Out)` eftersom den riktar sig till produkter som ska avlägsnas " +"baserat på **utgångsdatum** istället för deras lagerinlämningsdatum. Med den" +" här metoden flyttas de produkter som går ut först ut först. Denna metod " +"används för lättfördärvliga produkter, t.ex. medicin, livsmedel och " +"skönhetsprodukter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -10971,12 +14806,19 @@ msgid "" "product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with" " removal dates." msgstr "" +"Partierna väljs ut baserat på deras **uttagsdatum** från tidigast till " +"senast. Borttagningsdatum anger hur många dagar *före* utgångsdatumet som " +"produkten måste tas bort från lagret. Borttagningsdatumet anges på " +"produktformuläret. Varupartier utan angivet uttagsdatum plockas efter " +"varupartier med uttagsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:358 msgid "" "If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are " "past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" +"Om produkter inte tas bort från lagret när de borde, kan partier som har " +"passerat utgångsdatum fortfarande plockas ut för leveransorder!" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:362 msgid "" @@ -10984,6 +14826,8 @@ msgid "" "dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>` " "document." msgstr "" +"Mer information om utgångsdatum finns i dokumentet :doc:`Expiration dates " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -10993,6 +14837,11 @@ msgid "" "different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as " "for lot numbers containing many products." msgstr "" +"Gå först till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"och se till att :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` är aktiverat. När inställningen" +" :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` är aktiverad är det möjligt att definiera " +"olika utgångsdatum för enskilda serialiserade produkter, samt för " +"partinummer som innehåller många produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -11001,6 +14850,10 @@ msgid "" "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" +"I detta exempel finns det tre partier av handkräm. Krämerna är från " +"kategorin *All/Hälsa & Skönhet*, där *FEFO* är inställd som " +"borttagningsstrategi. I :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report` listas de tre" +" olika kvittona med beloppen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -11008,12 +14861,17 @@ msgid "" "`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot" " `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31." msgstr "" +"Partiet `0000001` innehåller tjugo tuber handkräm med utgångsdatum den 30 " +"september, partiet `0000002` innehåller tio tuber handkräm med utgångsdatum " +"den 30 november och partiet `0000003` innehåller tio tuber handkräm med " +"utgångsdatum den 31 oktober." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory " "report." msgstr "" +"Visa handkrämens partinummer och utgångsdatum i inventeringsrapporten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -11023,10 +14881,15 @@ msgid "" " select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration " "date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Utgångsdatum kan anges vid validering av mottagna produkter, eller ställas " +"in på produkter genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products" +" --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Create`, ange serienumret " +"och välj produkt i rullgardinsmenyn. Välj sedan utgångsdatum på fliken " +":guilabel:`Dates`. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över datum för avlägsnande av 0000001." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:391 msgid "" @@ -11036,6 +14899,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product " "category form." msgstr "" +"För att se hur :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`-strategin fungerar, " +"gå först till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` och välj en produktkategori (i detta exempel " +":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty`-kategorin) som du vill redigera. Detta visar" +" ett formulär för produktkategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:396 msgid "" @@ -11043,10 +14911,14 @@ msgid "" "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired," " First Out)`." msgstr "" +"I formuläret för produktkategorin, under avsnittet :guilabel:`Logistik`, " +"ändrar du :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` till :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category." msgstr "" +"FEFO strategi för tvångsavlägsnande som fastställts för produktkategorin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -11058,6 +14930,14 @@ msgid "" " quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then" " click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Sales app` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create` " +"för att skapa en försäljningsorder. Välj sedan en :guilabel:`Kund` från " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken" +" :guilabel:`Orderrader`. Välj en produkt (i det här exemplet " +":guilabel:`Handkräm`) i rullgardinsmenyn eller skriv in namnet på produkten " +"i fältet. Ange en kvantitet (i detta exempel `25.00`) i fältet " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet`, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -11068,14 +14948,20 @@ msgid "" "selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab in the sales order." msgstr "" +"När försäljningsordern har bekräftats skapas leveransordern och kopplas till" +" plockningen, och de partinummer som löper ut först reserveras tack vare " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`-strategin. Alla tjugo tuber med " +"handkräm från parti `0000001` och fem från parti `0000003` kommer att väljas" +" ut för att skickas till kunden, vilket beskrivs i detalj på fliken " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` i försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partinummer för handkräm som valts för försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälj lager från flera lager med hjälp av virtuella platser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11083,6 +14969,9 @@ msgid "" "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" +"Att hålla lager och sälja inventarier från ett lager kan fungera för mindre " +"företag, men större företag kan behöva hålla lager i, eller sälja från, " +"flera lager på flera platser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -11091,6 +14980,9 @@ msgid "" " warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " "locations*." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan ibland produkter som ingår i en enda försäljningsorder ta lager " +"från två (eller flera) lager. I Odoo kan du hämta produkter från flera lager" +" för att tillgodose försäljningskrav genom att använda *virtuella platser*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11099,6 +14991,9 @@ msgid "" " Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " "app." msgstr "" +"För att kunna skapa virtuella platser i lager och gå vidare till följande " +"steg måste funktionerna :guilabel:`Storage Locations` och :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes` vara aktiverade i appen :menuselection:`Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -11107,10 +15002,14 @@ msgid "" "next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra " +"ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Warehouse` och markera kryssrutorna bredvid " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` och :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Avsluta " +"sedan med att :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:23 msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa och konfigurera en virtuell överordnad plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11118,6 +15017,9 @@ msgid "" " created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " "the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar några virtuella lagerplatser måste du skapa ett nytt lager. " +"Detta nya lager kommer att fungera som ett *virtuellt* lager och kommer att " +"vara *förälder* för andra fysiska lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -11127,6 +15029,10 @@ msgid "" "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" +"Virtuella lager är bra för företag med flera fysiska lager. Det kan nämligen" +" uppstå en situation där ett lager får slut på en viss produkt, medan ett " +"annat lager fortfarande har lager. I så fall kan lager från dessa två (eller" +" fler) lager användas för att uppfylla en enda försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11134,11 +15040,14 @@ msgid "" "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Det \"virtuella\" lagret fungerar som en samlad enhet för alla lager som " +"lagras i ett företags fysiska lager och används (för spårbarhetsändamål) för" +" att skapa en hierarki av platser i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett nytt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -11148,6 +15057,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"Du skapar ett nytt lager genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Härifrån kan" +" du ändra lagrets :guilabel:`Namn` och :guilabel:`Kortnamn`, och andra " +"lagerdetaljer kan ändras under fliken :guilabel:`Lagerkonfiguration`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11159,30 +15072,46 @@ msgid "" "depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " "individual products or product categories." msgstr "" +"Under rubriken :guilabel:`Sändningar` anger du antalet steg som används för " +"att bearbeta :guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar` och :guilabel:`Utgående " +"sändningar` genom att välja mellan alternativknapparna :guilabel:`1 steg`, " +":guilabel:`2 steg` och :guilabel:`3 steg`. Det önskade alternativet för " +":guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar` och :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar` beror " +"på lagrets upphandlingsprocess och kan skilja sig åt för enskilda produkter " +"eller produktkategorier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Hur väljer man rätt flöde för att hantera mottagningar och leveranser?" +" " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:58 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " "warehouse resupplies its inventory:" msgstr "" +"Under rubriken :guilabel:`Resupply`, konfigurera metod(er) för hur lagret " +"fyller på sitt lager:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" " from this warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: Förse underleverantörer med komponenter" +" från detta lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " "can be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: när produkter tillverkas, kan de " +"tillverkas i detta lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11191,18 +15120,26 @@ msgid "" "first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " "location first, and then transfer it to the production location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: att producera direkt, flytta komponenterna direkt " +"till produktionsanläggningen och starta tillverkningsprocessen; att plocka " +"först och sedan producera, lossa komponenterna från lagret till " +"inmatningsplatsen först och sedan flytta dem till produktionsanläggningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" " to this warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: när produkter köps, kan de levereras till detta" +" lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " "warehouse from another chosen warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: skapa automatiskt rutter för att återförsörja " +"detta lager från ett annat valt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11210,10 +15147,14 @@ msgid "" "form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" " is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." msgstr "" +"*Routes* kan ställas in och konfigureras direkt från " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`-formuläret, genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Routes` " +"smart-knappen. När lagret har konfigurerats kan virtuella *Lokaliseringar* " +"skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeringsskärmen för att skapa ett nytt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -11221,34 +15162,36 @@ msgid "" "*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" " physical stock locations." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda detta virtuella lager som *förälder* för två *barn* " +"måste det finnas två lager som är konfigurerade med fysiska lagerplatser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Föräldrarnas lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Lagerlokaler för barn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerhus`: `Lagerhus A` och `Lagerhus B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` och `WHB/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:95 msgid "Create a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en virtuell föräldraplats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -11256,6 +15199,9 @@ msgid "" "there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " "the *virtual parent location* warehouse." msgstr "" +"För att kunna ta ut lager från flera lager för att uppfylla en " +"försäljningsorder måste det finnas minst **två** lager som fungerar som " +"*barnlager* till det *virtuella moderlagret*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11265,6 +15211,11 @@ msgid "" " created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " "warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." msgstr "" +"För att skapa och redigera *Locations*, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Locations`. Alla :guilabel:`Locations` listas här, " +"inklusive *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` för det virtuella lager som skapades." +" Klicka på *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` för det virtuella lager som tidigare" +" skapats (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -11272,6 +15223,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " ":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"Ändra sedan :guilabel:`Location Type` från :guilabel:`Internal Location` " +"till :guilabel:`View` under avsnittet :guilabel:`Additional Information`. " +":guilabel:`Save` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -11279,20 +15233,24 @@ msgid "" "used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " "*child locations*." msgstr "" +"Detta identifierar denna :guilabel:`Location` som en *virtuell plats*, som " +"används för att skapa en hierarkisk struktur för ett lager och aggregera " +"dess *underordnade platser*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:113 msgid "" "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " "Type`." msgstr "" +"Produkter kan *inte* lagras i en :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location Type`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av lagerplatser i skärmen för skapande av platser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:120 msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera fysiska lagerplatser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -11301,6 +15259,10 @@ msgid "" "first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" " be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Navigera tillbaka till översikten :guilabel:`Locations` (via brödsmulorna) " +"och ta bort eventuella filter i :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Klicka sedan på det " +"första fysiska lagret :guilabel:`Location` som tidigare skapades för att " +"vara en *child location* och klicka på :guilabel:`Edit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -11309,6 +15271,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" " warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location` väljer du det virtuella lagret från " +"rullgardinsmenyn och :guilabel:`Save` ändringarna. Gå sedan tillbaka till " +"översikten :guilabel:`Locations` och upprepa detta steg för det andra " +"fysiska lagret. Se till att :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna igen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -11318,10 +15284,15 @@ msgid "" "(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " "location*)." msgstr "" +"Båda platserna är nu *barnplatser* till det virtuella lagrets " +"*föräldraplats*. Detta innebär att lager kan tas från flera platser för att " +"uppfylla en enda försäljningsorder, om det inte finns tillräckligt med lager" +" på någon av platserna (förutsatt att de båda är knutna till samma virtuella" +" lager *föräldraplats*)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på flöde: Sälj en produkt från ett virtuellt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -11330,6 +15301,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " "in each warehouse, respectively." msgstr "" +"För att sälja produkter från flera lager via en virtuell *förälder* i detta " +"flöde måste det finnas minst **två** produkter och minst **två** lager " +"konfigurerade - med minst **en** produkt med tillgänglig kvantitet i varje " +"lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -11339,6 +15314,11 @@ msgid "" "quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny offertförfrågan, eller RFQ, navigerar du till appen " +":menuselection:`Sales` och klickar på :guilabel:`Create` i översikten " +":guilabel:`Quotations`. Fyll i informationen om den nya offerten genom att " +"lägga till en :guilabel:`Kund`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"produkt` för att lägga till de två produkter som lagras i de två lagren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -11348,6 +15328,11 @@ msgid "" "warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " "quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Övrig information` på " +"försäljningsorderformuläret. Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Delivery` ändrar du " +"fältvärdet :guilabel:`Warehouse` till det virtuella lager som skapades " +"tidigare. När lagret har ändrats klickar du på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att " +"konvertera offerten till en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -11357,6 +15342,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" " virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"Nu när offerten har bekräftats som en försäljningsorder klickar du på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Leverans`. I formuläret för lagerleverans bekräftar " +"du att värdet :guilabel:`Source Location` matchar fältvärdet " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` från försäljningsordern. Båda bör visa den virtuella " +"lagerplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -11365,6 +15355,10 @@ msgid "" "order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " "order to be pulled from different warehouses." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Source Location` på lagerleveransblanketten och " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under fliken :guilabel:`Other Info` på " +"försäljningsorderblanketten *måste* överensstämma för att de produkter som " +"ingår i försäljningsordern ska kunna hämtas från olika lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -11372,12 +15366,18 @@ msgid "" " field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" " change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Om det virtuella lagret inte är värdet i fältet :guilabel:`Source Location` " +"på formuläret för lagerleverans klickar du på :guilabel:`Edit`, gör " +"ändringen och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:166 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" " on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." msgstr "" +"Om det virtuella lagret inte är det värde som anges i fältet " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` på försäljningsordern, kan en ny offert behöva " +"genereras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -11386,10 +15386,14 @@ msgid "" " correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" " all settings/configuration were done properly." msgstr "" +"Om fältet :guilabel:`Warehouse` saknas på orderblanketten kanske det " +"virtuella lagret (och dess underordnade lager) inte har konfigurerats " +"korrekt. I så fall bör du läsa dokumentationen ovan igen för att kontrollera" +" att alla inställningar/konfigurationer har gjorts på rätt sätt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransorder med matchande käll- och barnplatser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -11398,6 +15402,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " "that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, på formuläret för lagerleverans, under fliken :guilabel:`Detailed" +" Operations`, bekräfta att *Locations*-värdena under kolumnen " +":guilabel:`From` för varje produkt matchar de *child locations* som är " +"knutna till den virtuella *parent location*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -11406,6 +15414,10 @@ msgid "" "*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " "there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." msgstr "" +"För att se vilka *Lokationer* produkterna kommer från i rullgardinsmenyerna," +" klicka på :guilabel:`intern länk (pil)` ikonen för att expandera *Lokation*" +" informationen. Vid behov kan den ändras härifrån (förutsatt att det finns " +"kvantitet till hands för produkten på den platsen)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -11414,6 +15426,10 @@ msgid "" " order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " "invoice for the sales order." msgstr "" +"När allt är korrekt inställt klickar du på :guilabel:`Validate` och sedan på" +" :guilabel:`Apply` för att validera leveransen. Navigera sedan tillbaka till" +" beställningsformuläret (via brödsmulorna) och klicka på :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` för att fakturera för beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -11422,14 +15438,18 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"För att använda en virtuell *förälder* som standardlager för " +"försäljningsorder, kan varje säljare få det virtuella lagret tilldelat sig " +"från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` på sitt " +"medarbetarformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förvald lagerplats på medarbetarformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Måttenheter, paket och förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11438,10 +15458,15 @@ msgid "" " are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " "configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" +"I Odoo finns det en mängd olika sätt att specificera mängden produkter som " +"köps, lagras och säljs. *Måttenheter*, *förpackningar* och *förpackningar* " +"är alla tillgängliga för att effektivisera lagerflöden, vilket möjliggör en " +"mängd olika konfigurationer för produkter när de kommer in och lämnar " +"lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 msgid "Units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Måttenheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11450,6 +15475,10 @@ msgid "" "time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " "example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" +"En *måttenhet (UoM)* avser någon av de olika standarder som används för att " +"mäta och hantera en kvantifierbar mängd produkter, till exempel enheter, " +"vikt, tid eller storlek. Olika :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` för vikt, " +"till exempel, kan vara kilo, pund, uns, gram, och så vidare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -11457,10 +15486,13 @@ msgid "" "specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " "selling products." msgstr "" +"I Odoo effektiviseras lagerhantering och inköp från leverantörer genom att " +"ange olika :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` för både köp och försäljning av " +"produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange måttenhet för försäljning av en produkt jämfört med inköp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11469,24 +15501,30 @@ msgid "" "automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " "orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." msgstr "" +"När en produkt har en standard :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` och " +":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` inställd på produktformuläret, " +"konverterar Odoo automatiskt de olika enheterna i produktens inköps- / " +"försäljningsorder och motsvarande leveransorder / kvitton." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:29 msgid "" "The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " "category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Det enda villkoret är att alla enheter måste vara i *samma kategori* (enhet," +" vikt, volym, längd, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:33 msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "På produktformuläret för `Rope` är följande fält inställda som:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Måttenhet` i `ft` (fot), och" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Köp måttenhet` i `cm` (centimeter)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11494,10 +15532,13 @@ msgid "" "to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " "in centimeters." msgstr "" +"Eftersom leverantören säljer rep i `cm`, används inköpet :guilabel:`UoM` för" +" att representera kvantiteten på :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, som också är i" +" centimeter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa inköpsorder för produkten, rep, i centimeter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -11508,6 +15549,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " "automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha bekräftat :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` konverteras " +"produktkvantiteten (som finns under den nu synliga " +":guilabel:`Demand`-kolumnen) från inköpets :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` " +"till :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. När produkten sedan tas emot genom att " +"klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Validate`, justeras kvantiteten i " +":guilabel:`Done` automatiskt för att matcha kolumnen :guilabel:`Demand`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -11515,20 +15562,25 @@ msgid "" " `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " "the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." msgstr "" +"På *kvittot* för `Rope` konverteras kvantiteterna automatiskt från `500 cm` " +"som efterfrågades på inköpsordern, till `16.40 ft` för att matcha det " +"interna/lager :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`-värdet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vid lagermottagning konverteras repmängden från cm till ft." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Använda olika måttenheter " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -11537,6 +15589,10 @@ msgid "" "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" +"Paket är en fysisk behållare som innehåller en eller flera produkter från en" +" plockning, som vanligtvis används för utgående leveranser eller interna " +"överföringar. Förpackningar kan vara återanvändbara eller " +"engångsförpackningar (för frakt) och är **inte** specifika för en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11545,6 +15601,10 @@ msgid "" "containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" +"Återanvändbara lådor innehåller tillfälligt produkter under en plockning för" +" att föras till antingen ett förpacknings- eller fraktområde. Engångslådor " +"är de faktiska fraktbehållarna (t.ex. kartonger, kuvert, fraktpåsar etc.). " +"Dessa används för att skicka ut produkterna till kunderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -11554,6 +15614,11 @@ msgid "" " into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" " of erasers." msgstr "" +"Flera artiklar i en försäljningsorder (SO) kan separeras i olika paket för " +"att rymma produkterna. Till exempel kan en :abbr:`SO (Försäljningsorder)` " +"som innehåller 20 askar blyertspennor och 4 askar suddgummin delas upp i två" +" separata paket som var och en innehåller 10 askar blyertspennor och 2 askar" +" suddgummin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -11561,6 +15626,8 @@ msgid "" "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" +"Produkter behöver *inte* delas upp lika. Produkter kan delas upp i så många " +"paket som behövs för att tillgodose :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -11568,6 +15635,9 @@ msgid "" "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" +"I Odoo måste antalet produkter i varje paket registreras, så att det finns " +"en fullständig historik för varje produkt, inklusive vilket paket varje " +"artikel skickas ut i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -11576,6 +15646,11 @@ msgid "" "--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" +"För att använda den här metoden måste du se till att alternativet " +":guilabel:`Packages` är aktiverat genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Operations`. Klicka på kryssrutan :guilabel:`Packages` och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Save` för att aktivera funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -11583,10 +15658,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" " :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"Ange vilket paket som ska användas på en leveransorder genom att klicka på " +"ikonen :guilabel:`≣ (Detaljerade operationer)` till höger om varje produkt " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Operationer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitta detaljerad driftsikon till höger på produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -11595,6 +15673,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`≣ (Detaljerade åtgärder)`-ikonen för en produkt " +"öppnas ett popup-fönster. I detta fönster visas :guilabel:`Produktnamn`, " +":guilabel:`Efterfrågan` och :guilabel:`Kvantitet klar` tydligt ovanför den " +"anpassningsbara produktraden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -11603,6 +15685,9 @@ msgid "" "Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " "into." msgstr "" +"Här kan den lagerplats som produkten kommer från ändras, utöver " +":guilabel:`Source Package` och :guilabel:`Destination Package`, som anger " +"vilket eller vilka paket som produkten kommer att förpackas i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -11610,10 +15695,13 @@ msgid "" "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` för att inkludera varje ytterligare " +"paket som används. Ange önskad mängd i fältet :guilabel:`Done` för att ange " +"hur många produkter som ska ingå i :guilabel:`Destinationspaketet`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:112 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flera paket i en enda leverans" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -11623,6 +15711,11 @@ msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" +"Även om en :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` vanligtvis är kopplad till ett enda " +"paket, kan order delas upp genom att klicka på :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " +"Operations)`-ikonen bredvid produkterna på en :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`-rad. " +"Då öppnas fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` med en redigerbar tabell " +"där du kan ange vilka produkter som är avsedda för vilket paket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -11633,6 +15726,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" +"För att paketera 10 askar blyertspennor med 2 askar suddgummin från samma " +":abbr:`SO (Försäljningsorder)`, börja med att navigera till :abbr:`DO " +"(Leveransorder)`. Välj sedan :guilabel:`≣ (fyra horisontella linjer)` ikonen" +" till höger om produkten, `Box of Pencils`. Om du klickar på ikonen öppnas " +"fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` som används för att beskriva hur " +"produkter, som 20 `Box of Pencils`, förpackas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -11644,12 +15743,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " "`PACK0000007`." msgstr "" +"Skriv in `10` i fältet :guilabel:`Done` för att paketera 10 produkter i " +":guilabel:`Destination Package`. Om du vill ange destinationspaketet skriver" +" du namnet på ett befintligt paket (t.ex. `PACK0000006`) i fältet " +":guilabel:`Destination Package`. Om paketet inte finns visar Odoo knappen " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa ett nytt paket. Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg " +"till en rad` för att tilldela de återstående produkterna i ett annat paket, " +"`PACK0000007`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " "be specified." msgstr "" +"Detaljerade operationer visas där mängden produkt som ska ingå i en " +"förpackning kan anges." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -11657,16 +15765,21 @@ msgid "" "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " "`PACK0000007` each." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` på produktlinjen för `Box of Erasers` " +"och sätt på samma sätt 2 :guilabel:`Done` produkter till `PACK0000006` och " +"`PACK0000007` vardera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg in packknapp för att matcha utförd mängd mot efterfrågan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:143 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"När alla produkter för varje rad har angetts klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm` för att återgå till :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -11675,6 +15788,10 @@ msgid "" "matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Mängden :guilabel:`Done` på :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` uppdateras när " +"produkter väljs för varje paket. När mängden :guilabel:`Done` matchar " +"mängden :guilabel:`Demand` klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` för " +"att slutföra leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -11683,6 +15800,10 @@ msgid "" " to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Put In Pack` är avsedd att snabbt paketera alla produkter" +" i :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` till ett nytt paket. Alternativet att byta " +"namn på paketet, eller ändra dess innehåll, är tillgängligt i " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -11690,10 +15811,13 @@ msgid "" "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på smartknappen :guilabel:`Packages` i det övre högra hörnet " +"av leveransordern visas en separat sida med alla paket som används i den " +":abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:159 msgid "Packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -11702,6 +15826,10 @@ msgid "" "cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " "individual product form." msgstr "" +"*Förpackningar är produktspecifika och avser en engångsbehållare som rymmer " +"flera enheter av en specifik produkt. Till skillnad från förpackningar kan " +"förpackningar inte återanvändas, och varje specifik förpackning måste " +"definieras på den enskilda produktblanketten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -11710,10 +15838,15 @@ msgid "" "`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" +"Till exempel kan olika förpackningar för läskburkar konfigureras som ett " +"6-pack, ett 12-pack eller en låda med 36 burkar. Varje läsksmak skulle " +"behöva en `6`, `12` och `36` burkförpackning som konfigureras för den " +"enskilda produkten eftersom förpackningar är produktspecifika, inte " +"generiska." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "Set up packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -11723,12 +15856,19 @@ msgid "" "check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att använda förpackningar, se till att funktionen " +":guilabel:`Produktförpackningar` är aktiverad. Det gör du genom att navigera" +" till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"rubriken :guilabel:`Produkter` markerar du sedan rutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Produktförpackningar` och klickar på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "" +"I Odoo används produktförpackningar på försäljnings-/inköpsorder och " +"lageröverföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -11736,6 +15876,9 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" +"För att skapa förpackningar, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Products --> Products` och klicka på önskad produkt, klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Edit` på produktsidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -11744,16 +15887,21 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" " should be entered:" msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` bläddrar du ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Packaging` och klickar på :guilabel:`Add a line`. Därefter visas " +"ett popup-fönster där följande information för varje förpackning ska anges:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Packaging`: namn på förpackning som förekommer på " +"försäljnings-/inköpsorder som ett förpackningsalternativ för produkten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Innehållen mängd`: mängd produkt i förpackningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -11761,6 +15909,9 @@ msgid "" "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifierare som används med :ref:`Barcode app " +"` för att spåra förpackningen av en produkt vid " +"lagerflytt eller plockning. Lämna tomt om det inte används" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -11768,6 +15919,9 @@ msgid "" "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Företag`: anger att förpackningen endast är tillgänglig på det " +"valda företaget. Lämna tomt för att göra förpackningen tillgänglig för alla " +"företag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -11776,10 +15930,14 @@ msgid "" "quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Skapa en förpackningstyp för 6 burkar av produkten `Grape Soda` genom att " +"namnge :guilabel:`Packaging` till `6-pack` och ställa in " +":guilabel:`Contained quantity` till `6` i popup-fönstret som visas efter att" +" du klickat på :guilabel:`Add a line`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa 6-pack för produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -11788,22 +15946,30 @@ msgid "" "detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" +"När all nödvändig information har matats in klickar du antingen på " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` för att spara förpackningen och återgå till " +"produktdetaljformuläret, eller på :guilabel:`Save & New` för att spara " +"förpackningen och skapa en ny i ett nytt popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:208 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" +"Visa alla produktförpackningar på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` i " +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" "Inventory tab." msgstr "" +"Visa förpacknings- och innehållsmängder som anges i formuläret för produktsidan på fliken\n" +"fliken Inventering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:216 msgid "View all packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa alla förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -11813,6 +15979,11 @@ msgid "" "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att se alla förpackningar som har skapats, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. Där" +" visas sidan :guilabel:`Produktförpackningar` med en fullständig lista över " +"alla förpackningar som har skapats för alla produkter. Skapa nya " +"förpackningar genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -11821,14 +15992,18 @@ msgid "" "product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " "products, or a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" +"Två läskprodukter, `Grape Soda` och `Diet Coke`, har tre typer av " +"förpackningar konfigurerade. På sidan :guilabel:`Product Packagings` kan " +"varje produkt säljas som en `6-Pack` som innehåller 6 produkter, `12-Pack` " +"med 12 produkter, eller en `Case` med 32 produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista över olika förpackningar för produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:233 msgid "Apply packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applicera förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -11837,16 +16012,21 @@ msgid "" "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " "field." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en försäljningsorder i appen :menuselection:`Sales` kan du " +"ange vilka förpackningar som ska användas för produkten/produkterna. Den " +"valda förpackningen visas på :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under " +":guilabel:`Package` fältet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:240 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" +"18 burkar av produkten `Grape Soda` förpackas i tre 6-pack-förpackningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela förpackningar på försäljningsorderlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -11855,10 +16035,15 @@ msgid "" "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +"Förpackningar kan användas tillsammans med Odoo :ref:`streckkod " +"`. När du tar emot produkter från " +"leverantörer lägger du automatiskt till antalet enheter i förpackningen till" +" det interna antalet för produkten genom att skanna förpackningens " +"streckkod." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process vågöverföringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11867,24 +16052,34 @@ msgid "" "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" +"Medan en batchöverföring är en grupp av flera plockningar, innehåller en " +"**vågöverföring** endast vissa delar av olika plockningar. Båda metoderna " +"används för att plocka order på ett lager, och beroende på situationen kan " +"den ena metoden vara bättre än den andra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" +"För att hantera beställningar av en specifik produktkategori, eller hämta " +"produkter som finns på samma plats, är vågöverföring den perfekta metoden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" +"I Odoo är vågöverföringar egentligen batchöverföringar med ett extra steg: " +"överföringarna delas upp innan de grupperas i en batch." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" +"Innan en vågöverföring kan skapas måste alternativen :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` och :guilabel:`Wave Transfers` vara aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -11893,21 +16088,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" +"Gå först till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. I " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Operations` aktiverar du :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " +"och :guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` för att " +"tillämpa inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" +"Visa inställningarna för Odoo Inventory-appen för att aktivera alternativet " +"för vågöverföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till produkter i en våg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" +"Nu när inställningarna är aktiverade kan du starta en vågöverföring genom " +"att lägga till produkter i en våg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -11918,30 +16121,40 @@ msgid "" "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" +"Vågöverföringar kan endast innehålla produktlinjer från överföringar av " +"samma operationstyp. För att se alla överföringar och produktlinjer i en " +"specifik operation, gå först till :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard och leta " +"upp kortet för önskad operationstyp. Öppna sedan alternativmenyn (ikonen med" +" tre punkter i hörnet av operationstypens kort) och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Operationer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur man hämtar en operationstyps lista över operationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" +"På driftsidan väljer du de produktlinjer som du vill lägga till i en ny " +"eller befintlig våg. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till våg`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj linjer att lägga till i vågen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" +"Använd :guilabel:`Filters` i sökfältet för att gruppera rader med samma " +"produkt, plats, transportör, etc..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Därefter visas en popup-ruta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -11949,6 +16162,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till de valda linjerna till en befintlig vågöverföring, välj " +"alternativet :guilabel:`en befintlig vågöverföring` och välj den befintliga " +"vågöverföringen från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -11957,10 +16173,15 @@ msgid "" "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny överföring väljer du alternativet :guilabel:`en ny " +"överföring`. Om du skapar en ny vågöverföring kan du också ange en anställd " +"i det valfria fältet :guilabel:`Responsible`. När du har valt önskade " +"alternativ klickar du på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att lägga till " +"produktlinjerna i en våg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa vågöverföringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -11969,14 +16190,18 @@ msgid "" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +"För att se alla vågöverföringar och deras status, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. " +"Vågöverföringar kan också visas i appen :guilabel:`Barcode` genom att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerhantering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Justeringar av lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -11987,20 +16212,28 @@ msgid "" "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"I ett lagerhanteringssystem kanske de registrerade inventeringarna i " +"databasen inte alltid stämmer överens med de faktiska inventeringarna i " +"lagret. Skillnaden mellan de två räkningarna kan bero på skador, mänskliga " +"misstag, stöld eller andra faktorer. Därför måste lagerjusteringar göras för" +" att jämna ut skillnaderna och se till att de registrerade inventeringarna i" +" databasen stämmer överens med de faktiska inventeringarna i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sidan Lagerjusteringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:16 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"För att visa sidan *Lagerjusteringar*, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventering app --> Operationer --> Lagerjusteringar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkter i lager som listas på sidan Lagerjusteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -12008,18 +16241,24 @@ msgid "" "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` listas alla produkter som för " +"närvarande finns i lager, och varje produktrad innehåller följande " +"information:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location`: den specifika plats i lagret där en produkt förvaras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkt`: den produkt vars kvantitet anges på raden för " +"lagerjustering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -12027,6 +16266,9 @@ msgid "" "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: den spårningsidentifierare som tilldelats den" +" specifika produkt som listas. Det kan innehålla bokstäver, siffror eller en" +" kombination av båda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12035,12 +16277,18 @@ msgid "" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"Om en specifik produkt har en kvantitet på mer än `1.00` i lager och mer än " +"ett serienummer (eller lotnummer) tilldelat den, visas varje unikt " +"identifierad produkt på sin egen produktrad med sitt eget lot-/serienummer, " +"som visas under kolumnen :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: den kvantitet av produkten som för närvarande " +"finns registrerad i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -12049,6 +16297,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: den *måttenhet* i vilken produkten mäts. Om inget annat " +"anges (t.ex. i :guilabel:`Pounds` eller :guilabel:`Ounces`), är standard " +":abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` :guilabel:`Units`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -12056,6 +16307,9 @@ msgid "" "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: den verkliga kvantitet som räknats under en " +"inventering. Detta fält lämnas tomt som standard, men kan ändras beroende på" +" om det matchar :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` eller inte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -12064,6 +16318,9 @@ msgid "" "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: skillnaden mellan :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` och " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, när en lagerjustering har gjorts. Skillnaden " +"beräknas automatiskt efter varje lagerjustering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -12071,6 +16328,9 @@ msgid "" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: det datum då en räkning ska göras. Om inget " +"annat anges kommer detta datum som standard att vara den 31 december " +"innevarande år." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -12078,6 +16338,9 @@ msgid "" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`User`: den person som tilldelats räkningen i databasen. Detta kan" +" antingen vara den person som fysiskt räknar lagret, eller som tillämpar " +"räkningen i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -12086,6 +16349,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktkategori`: den kategori som internt tilldelats en specifik" +" produkt. Om inget annat anges (t.ex. som :guilabel:`Consumable` eller " +":guilabel:`Rental`), är standard *Product Category* satt till " +":guilabel:`All`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -12094,12 +16361,18 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: den kvantitet av en specifik produkt som för" +" närvarande är tillgänglig, baserat på eventuella utestående/icke slutförda " +"försäljningsorder, inköpsorder eller tillverkningsorder som kan ändra den " +"tillgängliga kvantiteten när de har uppfyllts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: det datum då justeringarna kommer att bokföras " +"i Odoo *Accounting*-appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -12107,6 +16380,9 @@ msgid "" "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Företag`: det företag vars databas dessa lagerjusteringar görs " +"på. Företaget listas i det övre högra hörnet av databasen, bredvid den " +"användare som för närvarande är inloggad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -12115,10 +16391,14 @@ msgid "" "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" +"Vissa kolumner är dolda som standard. För att visa dessa kolumner klickar du" +" på knappen :guilabel:`tilläggsalternativ` (ikonen med tre punkter) längst " +"till höger på formulärets översta rad och väljer vilken kolumn du vill visa " +"genom att klicka på kryssrutan bredvid det alternativet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en lagerjustering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -12126,6 +16406,9 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny lagerjustering från sidan " +":menuselection:`Lagerjusteringar`, klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. På så sätt " +"skapas en ny, tom lagerjusteringsrad längst ned på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12135,12 +16418,19 @@ msgid "" "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn under kolumnen :guilabel:`Product` på denna tomma" +" lagerjusteringsrad och välj en produkt. Om den valda produkten spåras med " +"hjälp av antingen partier eller serienummer, kan det önskade partiet eller " +"serienumret också väljas från rullgardinsmenyn under kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Parti/Serienummer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" +"Därefter anger du värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` till den " +"kvantitet som räknats för produkten under lagerjusteringsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -12149,6 +16439,10 @@ msgid "" "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Räknad kvantitet` för nya lagerjusteringar är som standard " +"inställd på `0.00`. En lagerflytt med `0.00` :guilabel:`Kvantitet utförd` " +"registreras i produktens lagerjusteringshistorik, så den bör ställas in så " +"att den återspeglar den faktiska räknade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -12159,6 +16453,12 @@ msgid "" "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" +"Till höger om kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` kan även " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` och :guilabel:`User` ändras via sina respektive " +"rullgardinsmenyer. Om du ändrar :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` ändras det datum " +"som lagerjusteringen ska utföras på, och om du väljer en ansvarig " +":guilabel:`User` tilldelas en användare den specifika lagerjusteringen (för " +"spårbarhetens skull)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -12166,6 +16466,9 @@ msgid "" "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" +"När alla ändringar har gjorts på raden för ny lagerjustering klickar du bort" +" från raden. På så sätt sparas justeringen och raden flyttas till toppen av " +"sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 @@ -12177,10 +16480,15 @@ msgid "" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` är större än :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, " +"är värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Difference` **grön**. Om :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` är mindre än :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, är värdet i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Difference` **rött**. Om kvantiteterna stämmer överens och inte " +"har ändrats alls visas inget värde i kolumnen :guilabel:`Difference`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolumn Skillnad på sidan Lagerjusteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -12188,6 +16496,10 @@ msgid "" "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" +"I detta skede är räkningen (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) registrerad, men " +"ännu inte tillämpad. Detta innebär att den kvantitet som fanns till hands " +"före justeringen ännu inte har uppdaterats för att matcha den nya, verkliga " +"räknade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -12198,6 +16510,12 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" +"Det finns två sätt att tillämpa den nya lagerjusteringen. Det första sättet " +"är att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Apply` på raden längst till höger på " +"sidan. Det andra sättet är att klicka på kryssrutan längst till vänster på " +"raden. Då visas nya knappalternativ högst upp på sidan, varav ett är en " +":guilabel:`Apply`-knapp. Om du klickar på denna knapp visas istället ett " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -12206,20 +16524,28 @@ msgid "" "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" +"Från denna popup-meny kan en referens eller orsak tilldelas " +"lagerjusteringen. Som standard är fältet :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " +"Reason` förifyllt med det datum som justeringen görs på, men kan ändras för " +"att återspegla vilken referens eller anledning som önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Apply` för att tillämpa " +"lagerjusteringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Tillämpa alla tillämpar lagerjusteringen när en orsak har " +"angetts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Räkna produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -12228,6 +16554,10 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" +"Att räkna produkter är en återkommande aktivitet i ett lager. När räkningen " +"är klar går du till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustments` för att uppdatera kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` för varje produktlinje." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -12236,6 +16566,10 @@ msgid "" "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" +"På varje produktrad identifierar du om värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` som registrerats i databasen matchar det nyligen räknade värdet. " +"Om det registrerade värdet och det räknade värdet stämmer överens klickar du" +" på knappen :guilabel:`Set` (målikonen) längst till höger på produktraden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -12245,10 +16579,15 @@ msgid "" "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"Då kopieras värdet från kolumnen :guilabel:`Kvantitet på lager` över till " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Räknad kvantitet` och värdet i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Differens` sätts till `0,00`. Därefter registreras en lagerflytt " +"med `0.00` :guilabel:`Kvantitet klar` i produktens lagerjusteringshistorik " +"när den har tillämpats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Justering av nollinventeringslager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -12257,6 +16596,10 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"Om det nyligen räknade värdet för en viss produkt **inte** matchar värdet i " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` som registrerats i databasen, istället för att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Set` knappen, registrera det verkliga värdet i fältet i" +" :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -12265,6 +16608,9 @@ msgid "" "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fältet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` på den specifika " +"lagerjusteringsraden för den produkt vars antal ska ändras. Detta tilldelar " +"automatiskt en :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` på `0.00`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -12273,6 +16619,10 @@ msgid "" "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ändra detta värde skriver du in ett nytt värde som matchar det " +"verkliga, nyligen räknade värdet. Klicka sedan bort från linjen. På så sätt " +"sparas justeringen och värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Difference` justeras " +"automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -12280,12 +16630,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"Därefter, när den har tillämpats, registreras en flytt med skillnaden mellan" +" :guilabel:`Kvantitet på lager` och :guilabel:`Kvantitet räknad` i " +"produktens lagerjusteringshistorik." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" +"Instrumentpanel med historik över lagerjusteringar med en detaljerad lista " +"över tidigare produktflyttar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -12296,10 +16651,16 @@ msgid "" "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +"Ibland sker en räkning, men kan inte tillämpas i databasen direkt. Under " +"tiden mellan den faktiska räkningen och tillämpningen av lagerjusteringen " +"kan produktförflyttningar inträffa. I så fall kan den befintliga kvantiteten" +" i databasen ändras och inte längre överensstämma med den räknade " +"kvantiteten. Som en extra försiktighetsåtgärd ber Odoo om bekräftelse innan " +"lagerjusteringen tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra frekvens för inventering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -12308,6 +16669,10 @@ msgid "" "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" +"Som standard är det *planerade datumet* för lagerjusteringar alltid planerat" +" till den 31 december det aktuella året. För vissa företag är det dock " +"mycket viktigt att de alltid har en korrekt lagerräkning. I sådana fall kan " +"det schemalagda standarddatumet ändras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -12316,28 +16681,39 @@ msgid "" "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ändra standarddatumet går du till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp" +" --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`Operations` " +"hittar du sedan inställningen :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month`, " +"som innehåller en rullgardinsmeny som är inställd på `31 december` som " +"standard." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" +"Justera nästa inventeringsdatum med inställningen Årlig inventeringsdag och " +"månad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" +"För att ändra dag klickar du på :guilabel:`31` och ändrar till en dag inom " +"intervallet `1-31`, beroende på vilken månad i året du vill ha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade ändringar har gjorts klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` för att" +" spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planera stora inventeringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -12345,12 +16721,17 @@ msgid "" "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"För att planera stora inventeringar, t.ex. en fullständig inventering av " +"allt som finns i lager, går du först till :menuselection:`Inventering app " +"--> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan vilka produkter som ska räknas genom att klicka på kryssrutan " +"längst till vänster på varje produktrad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -12358,10 +16739,13 @@ msgid "" "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" +"För att begära en räkning av **alla** produkter som för närvarande finns i " +"lager, klicka på kryssrutan längst upp i tabellen, i rubrikraden bredvid " +":guilabel:`Location` etiketten. Detta väljer **alla** produktlinjer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Begär popup-fönster för räkning på sidan för lagerjusteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -12370,20 +16754,25 @@ msgid "" "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" +"När alla önskade produkter har valts klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Request a Count` högst upp på sidan. Detta gör att ett " +":guilabel:`Request a Count` popup-fönster visas. Fyll i följande information" +" i popup-fönstret:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: det planerade datumet för räkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`User`: den användare som är ansvarig för räkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: det datum då lagerjusteringen skall bokföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -12392,25 +16781,34 @@ msgid "" "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Count`: för att lämna den befintliga kvantiteten för varje " +"produktrad tom, välj :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. För att fylla på den " +"befintliga kvantiteten för varje produktrad med det aktuella värdet som " +"registrerats i databasen, välj :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, när du är klar, klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att begära " +"räkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" +"I Odoo-appen *Barcode* kan användare endast se lagerräkningar som är " +"tilldelade **dem** och är schemalagda för **idag** eller **tidigare**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett andra lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12418,6 +16816,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" +"Ett *lager* är en fysisk byggnad eller ett utrymme där varor lagras. I Odoo " +"är det möjligt att skapa flera lager och överföra lagrade artiklar mellan " +"dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12426,16 +16827,22 @@ msgid "" " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" +"Som standard har Odoo-plattformen ett lager som redan är konfigurerat, med " +"adressen inställd som företagets adress. För att skapa ett andra lager, välj" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create` och konfigurera formuläret enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: det fullständiga namnet på lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: den förkortade kod som lagret benämns med; det korta" +" namnet för standardlagret i Odoo är **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -12443,10 +16850,13 @@ msgid "" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: det företag som äger lagret; detta kan ställas in som " +"det företag som äger Odoo-databasen eller företaget för en kund eller " +"leverantör" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: den adress där lagret är beläget" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -12455,46 +16865,62 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" +"Alternativen nedan visas endast om kryssrutan :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"är aktiverad i :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under rubriken " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`. För mer information om rutter och hur de fungerar i " +"Odoo, se :ref:`Använda rutter och Pull/Push-regler `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inkommande/utgående transporter`: välj de rutter som inkommande " +"och utgående transporter ska följa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: tillåt underleverantörer att få " +"leveranser från detta lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tillåter att artiklar tillverkas i " +"detta lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tillverkning`: välj den rutt som ska följas vid tillverkning av " +"varor i lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: kryssa i rutan för att tillåta att inköpta " +"produkter levereras till lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: välj lager som kan användas för att förse det " +"lager som skapas med varor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett ifyllt formulär för att skapa ett nytt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -12504,16 +16930,23 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" +"Om du skapar ett andra lager aktiveras automatiskt inställningen *Storage " +"Locations*, som gör det möjligt att spåra var produkterna finns i ett lager." +" För att växla denna inställning, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` och klicka på kryssrutan under " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` rubriken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" +"När du har fyllt i formuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` och det nya " +"lagret kommer att skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till inventarier till ett nytt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -12524,12 +16957,20 @@ msgid "" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"Om ett nytt lager skapas med befintliga inventarier ska inventarierna läggas" +" till i Odoo så att det lager som listas i Odoo-databasen återspeglar det " +"som finns i det fysiska lagret. För att lägga till inventarier till ett nytt" +" lager, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory" +" Adjustments`, och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`. Formuläret för " +"lagerjustering kan sedan fyllas i enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: det namn eller den kod som lagerjusteringen" +" kan refereras till med" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -12537,12 +16978,16 @@ msgid "" "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: den eller de platser där lagret förvaras; inkludera " +"det nya lagret och alla platser inom det som lagret kommer att läggas till" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkter`: inkludera alla produkter som kommer att läggas till i" +" lagret eller lämna tomt för att välja någon produkt under nästa steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -12550,18 +16995,25 @@ msgid "" "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: inkluderar produkter med en " +"kvantitet på noll; påverkar inte lagerjusteringar för nya lager eftersom de " +"inte har något befintligt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: det datum som används av redovisningsteam för " +"bokföring relaterad till inventeringen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: det företag som äger lagret; kan anges som användarens " +"företag eller som en kund eller leverantör" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -12570,10 +17022,13 @@ msgid "" "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: välj om de räknade kvantiteterna för " +"produkter som läggs till ska vara lager eller noll; påverkar inte " +"lagerjusteringar för nya lager eftersom de inte har något befintligt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett ifyllt formulär för en lagerjustering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12582,10 +17037,14 @@ msgid "" "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" +"När formuläret är korrekt konfigurerat klickar du på :guilabel:`Start " +"Inventory` för att komma till nästa sida där produkter kan läggas till i " +"lagerjusteringen. Lägg till en ny produkt genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create` och fyll sedan i produktraden enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: den produkt som läggs till i lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -12593,12 +17052,17 @@ msgid "" "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location`: den plats där produkten för närvarande lagras i det " +"nya lagret; detta kan anges som det övergripande lagret eller en plats inom " +"lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: det parti som produkten tillhör eller det " +"serienummer som används för att identifiera den" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -12606,12 +17070,15 @@ msgid "" "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: den totala mängden av produkten som lagras på den plats" +" för vilken inventeringen justeras; detta bör vara noll för en ny plats " +"eller ett nytt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Counted`: den mängd av produkten som läggs till lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -12619,14 +17086,17 @@ msgid "" "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: skillnaden mellan värdena *On Hand* och *Counted*; " +"detta uppdateras automatiskt för att återspegla det värde som anges i " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`: den måttenhet som används för att räkna produkten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkludera en rad för varje produkt som läggs till i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12636,10 +17106,15 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till alla produkter som redan finns i det nya lagret klickar" +" du på :guilabel:`Validera lager` för att slutföra lagerjusteringen. Värdena" +" i kolumnen :guilabel:`On Hand` uppdateras för att återspegla dem i kolumnen" +" :guilabel:`Counted` och de tillagda produkterna visas i det nya lagrets " +"inventering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återanskaffning från annat lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12649,6 +17124,11 @@ msgid "" "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" +"Ett vanligt användningsområde för flera lager är att ha ett centrallager som" +" förser flera butiker med varor, och i detta fall betraktas varje butik som " +"ett lokalt lager. När en butik vill fylla på en produkt beställs produkten " +"till centrallagret. I Odoo kan användaren enkelt ställa in vilket eller " +"vilka lager som kan förse ett annat lager med varor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12656,16 +17136,22 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" +"För att fylla på från ett annat lager, gå först till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` och " +"aktivera :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"för att tillämpa inställningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera flerstegsrutter i inventeringsinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" +"Visa alla konfigurerade lager genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -12673,6 +17159,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Skapa ett nytt lager genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Ge sedan lagret" +" ett namn och en :guilabel:`Kortnamn`. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara`" +" för att avsluta skapandet av lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -12685,14 +17174,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till sidan :guilabel:`Warehouses` och öppna det lager som " +"ska försörjas av det andra lagret. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Edit`. På " +"fliken :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration`, leta reda på fältet " +":guilabel:`Resupply From` och markera rutan bredvid det andra lagrets namn. " +"Om lagret kan försörjas av fler än ett lager ska du se till att markera " +"rutorna för dessa lager också. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara` för att" +" tillämpa inställningen. Nu vet Odoo vilka lager som kan leverera till detta" +" lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utrusta ett lager med ett annat på fliken Lagerkonfiguration." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange rutt för en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -12703,11 +17200,20 @@ msgid "" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" +"När du har konfigurerat från vilket eller vilka lager du vill få nya " +"leveranser finns nu en ny rutt tillgänglig på alla produktformulär. Den nya " +"rutten visas som :guilabel:`Försörj produkt från [Lagernamn]` under fliken " +":guilabel:`Inventering` på ett produktformulär. Använd rutten " +":guilabel:`Försörj produkt från [Lagernamn]` med en ombeställningsregel " +"eller MTO-rutten (Make to Order) för att fylla på lagret genom att flytta " +"produkten från ett lager till ett annat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" +"Ruttinställning som gör att en produkt kan återlevereras från ett andra " +"lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -12719,6 +17225,13 @@ msgid "" " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" +"När en produkts ombeställningsregel aktiveras och produkten har rutten " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` inställd, skapar Odoo " +"automatiskt två plockningar. En plockning är en *leveransorder* från det " +"andra lagret, som innehåller alla nödvändiga produkter, och den andra " +"plockningen är ett *kvitto* med samma produkter för huvudlagret. " +"Produktförflyttningen från det andra lagret till huvudlagret spåras helt i " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -12726,30 +17239,37 @@ msgid "" "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" +"På plockning / överföring poster som skapats av Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Källdokument` är produktens ombeställningsregel. Platsen mellan " +"leveransordern och kvittot är en transitplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"En återorderingsregel skapar automatiskt två kvitton för lager mellan lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" +"En lagerorder för att fylla på ett lagers lager med ett annat lagers lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett kvitto för lager som mottagits till ett lager från ett annat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"En *plats* är ett specifikt utrymme inom ett lager. Det kan vara en hylla, " +"ett rum, en gång etc. Det finns tre typer av platser i Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12758,12 +17278,17 @@ msgid "" "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" +"*Fysiska platser* är utrymmen inom ett lager som ägs av användarens företag." +" Det kan vara ett område där artiklar lagras, som en gång eller hylla, eller" +" ett område där verksamhet äger rum, som lastnings- och lossningsfickor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" +"*Partnerplatser* är samma sak som fysiska platser förutom att de finns i en " +"kunds eller leverantörs lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12772,6 +17297,11 @@ msgid "" "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" +"*Virtuella platser är platser som inte existerar fysiskt, men där artiklar " +"som inte finns i lager kan placeras. Det kan vara artiklar som ännu inte har" +" kommit in i lagret, t.ex. produkter som är på väg till ett lager, eller " +"artiklar som inte längre finns i lagret på grund av förlust eller andra " +"faktorer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -12780,10 +17310,15 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda platser måste inställningen :guilabel:`Storage " +"Locations` vara aktiverad. Det gör du genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra ner till " +"rubriken :guilabel:`Warehouse` och aktivera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Storage " +"Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny plats inuti ett lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -12791,45 +17326,57 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" +"Från appen :menuselection:`Inventory` väljer du " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. Det nya " +"platsformuläret kan sedan konfigureras enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location Name`: det namn som kommer att användas för att referera" +" till platsen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Parent Location`: den plats eller det lager som den nya platsen " +"finns inom" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location Type`: välj den kategori som platsen tillhör" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Företag`: det företag som äger det lager som platsen ligger i" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Är en skrotplats?`: markera denna ruta för att tillåta att " +"skrotade/skadade varor lagras på denna plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: markera denna ruta för att tillåta att " +"produkter returneras till denna plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Barcode`: streckkodsnumret som tilldelats platsen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -12837,14 +17384,16 @@ msgid "" "` for how items should be taken from " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: :ref:`strategin " +"` för hur föremål ska tas från lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formuläret för att skapa en ny plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Create location hierarchies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa platshierarkier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12854,6 +17403,11 @@ msgid "" "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" +"Inställningen *Parent Location* i formuläret för ny plats gör det möjligt " +"för en plats att existera inom ett lager eller en annan plats. Varje plats " +"kan fungera som en överordnad plats, och varje överordnad plats kan ha flera" +" platser inom sig, vilket gör det möjligt att skapa en praktiskt taget " +"oändlig hierarkisk struktur." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -12861,6 +17415,8 @@ msgid "" "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Platshierarkin kan organiseras så att en hylla är placerad i en gång, som är" +" placerad i ett rum, som är placerat i det övergripande lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -12869,10 +17425,13 @@ msgid "" "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" +"För att skapa platshierarkin i exemplet ovan anger du lagret som förälder " +"till rummet, rummet som förälder till gången och gången som förälder till " +"hyllan. Detta kan anpassas till en hierarki av valfri storlek." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rutter och Pull/Push-regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -12880,6 +17439,9 @@ msgid "" "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" +"Inom lagerhantering avgör strategin för leveranskedjan när produkter ska " +"köpas in/tillverkas, levereras till distributionscentraler och göras " +"tillgängliga för återförsäljarkanalen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -12888,10 +17450,14 @@ msgid "" "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan en produkts strategi för leveranskedjan konfigureras med hjälp av" +" *Routes*, som har *Pull- och Push-regler*. När allt är korrekt konfigurerat" +" kan appen Inventory automatiskt generera överföringar enligt de " +"konfigurerade push/pull-reglerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inne i lagerlokalen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -12900,10 +17466,15 @@ msgid "" "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" +"I ett generiskt lager finns det mottagningsbryggor, ett område för " +"kvalitetskontroll, lagerplatser, plocknings- och packningsområden samt " +"utskeppningsbryggor. Alla produkter passerar genom alla dessa platser. När " +"produkterna rör sig genom platserna utlöser varje plats produkternas angivna" +" rutt och regler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett generiskt lager med lager och kvalitetskontroll." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -12914,10 +17485,16 @@ msgid "" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet lossar leverantörens truckar pallar med beställda " +"produkter vid mottagningsbryggorna. Operatörerna skannar sedan produkterna i" +" mottagningsområdet. Beroende på produktens rutt och regler skickas vissa av" +" dessa produkter till ett kvalitetskontrollområde (t.ex. produkter som är " +"komponenter som används i tillverkningsprocessen), medan andra lagras direkt" +" på sina respektive platser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en generisk push-to-regel vid mottagning av produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -12928,20 +17505,28 @@ msgid "" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel på en distributionsrutt. På morgonen plockas artiklar " +"till alla beställningar som behöver förberedas under dagen. Dessa artiklar " +"plockas från lagerplatser och flyttas till plockområdet, nära den plats där " +"beställningarna packas. Därefter packas beställningarna i sina respektive " +"lådor och transportörer för dem nära leveransdockorna, redo att levereras " +"till kunderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett generiskt drag från regel vid förberedelse av leveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regler för dragning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" +"Med *Pull Rules* utlöser en efterfrågan på vissa produkter upphandlingar, " +"medan *Push Rules* utlöses av produkter som anländer till en viss plats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -12950,6 +17535,10 @@ msgid "" "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" +"Pull-regler används för att uppfylla en försäljningsorder. Odoo genererar " +"ett behov på *Kundplats* för varje produkt i ordern. Eftersom pull-regler " +"utlöses av ett behov letar Odoo efter en pull-regel som definierats på " +"*Kundplats*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -12957,6 +17546,9 @@ msgid "" "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" +"I det här fallet hittas en pull-regel för \"leveransorder\" som överför " +"produkter från *leveransområde* till *kundplats*, och en överföring mellan " +"de två platserna skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -12966,6 +17558,10 @@ msgid "" "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" +"Sedan hittar Odoo en annan pull-regel som försöker uppfylla behovet för " +"*Shipping Area*: \"packing\"-regeln som överför produkter från *Packing " +"Area* till *Shipping Area*. Slutligen triggas andra pull-regler tills en " +"överföring mellan *Stock* och *Picking Area* har skapats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -12975,10 +17571,14 @@ msgid "" "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Alla dessa produktöverföringar genereras automatiskt av Odoo baserat på " +"pull-reglerna, med början från slutet (kunden) och bakåt (lagret). Under " +"arbetets gång bearbetar operatören dessa överföringar i motsatt ordning: " +"först plockningen, sedan packningen och slutligen leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tryck på regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -12987,6 +17587,10 @@ msgid "" "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" +"Å andra sidan är *Push Rules* mycket lättare att förstå. Istället för att " +"generera dokument baserat på behov triggas de i realtid när produkter " +"anländer till en viss plats. Push-regler säger i princip: \"När en produkt " +"anländer till en viss plats, flytta den till en annan plats.\"" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12995,6 +17599,10 @@ msgid "" "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en push-regel skulle kunna vara: när en produkt anländer till" +" *Mottagningsområdet*, flytta den till *Lagringsplatsen*. Eftersom olika " +"push-regler kan tillämpas på olika produkter, kan användaren tilldela olika " +"lagringsplatser för olika produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -13002,12 +17610,17 @@ msgid "" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" +"En annan push-regel skulle kunna vara: När produkterna anländer till en " +"plats flyttas de till *Kvalitetskontrollområdet*. När kvalitetskontrollen är" +" klar flyttas de till sin *Lagringsplats*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" +"Push-regler kan endast aktiveras om det inte finns några pull-regler som " +"redan har genererat produktöverföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -13017,36 +17630,46 @@ msgid "" "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" +"Sådana uppsättningar av push/pull-regler kallas *Routes*. Grupperingen i " +"regeln avgör om produkterna ska grupperas i samma transfer eller inte. Under" +" plockningen grupperas t.ex. alla order och deras produkter i en överföring," +" medan packningen respekterar grupperingen per kundorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda rutter och regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" +"Eftersom *Routes* är en samling av *Push and Pull Rules*, hjälper Odoo dig " +"att hantera avancerade ruttkonfigurationer som t.ex:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera tillverkningskedjor för produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera standardplatser per produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" +"Definiera rutter inom lagret enligt affärsbehov, t.ex. kvalitetskontroll, " +"eftermarknadstjänster eller leverantörsreturer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" +"Hjälp uthyrningshanteringen genom att generera automatiserade returrörelser " +"för uthyrda produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -13055,26 +17678,34 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera en rutt för en produkt genom att först öppna programmet " +":guilabel:`Inventory` och gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`Warehouse` aktiverar du sedan funktionen " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` och klickar på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera funktionen Multi-Step Routes i Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" +"Funktionen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` aktiveras automatiskt med " +"funktionen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" +"När detta första steg har slutförts kan användaren använda förkonfigurerade " +"rutter som medföljer Odoo, eller skapa egna rutter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förkonfigurerade rutter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -13084,10 +17715,15 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt Odoo's förkonfigurerade rutter, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Öppna sedan ett" +" lagerformulär. På fliken :guilabel:`Lagerkonfiguration` kan användaren se " +"lagrets förkonfigurerade rutter för :guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar` och " +":guilabel:`Utgående sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett förkonfigurerat lager i Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -13097,10 +17733,16 @@ msgid "" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" +"Vissa mer avancerade rutter, såsom pick-pack-ship, finns också tillgängliga." +" Användaren kan välja den rutt som bäst passar verksamhetens behov. När " +"rutterna :guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar` och :guilabel:`Utgående " +"sändningar` är inställda, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Routes` för att se de specifika rutterna som Odoo " +"genererade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa alla förkonfigurerade rutter som Odoo erbjuder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -13111,11 +17753,19 @@ msgid "" "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" +"Klicka på en rutt på sidan :guilabel:`Routes` för att öppna ruttformuläret. " +"I ruttformuläret kan användaren se vilka platser rutten är " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. Användaren kan också ange att rutten endast ska " +"gälla för ett visst :guilabel:`Företag`. Detta är användbart för miljöer med" +" flera företag, t.ex. kan en användare ha ett företag och lager i land A och" +" ett andra företag och lager i land B." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" +"Vy över ett exempel på en rutt som kan tillämpas på produktkategorier och " +"lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -13124,14 +17774,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" +"Längst ner i ruttformuläret kan användaren se de specifika :guilabel:`Rules`" +" för rutten. Varje :guilabel:`Rule` har en :guilabel:`Action`, en " +":guilabel:`Source Location` och en :guilabel:`Destination Location`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett exempel på regler med push & pull-åtgärder i Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassade rutter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -13140,10 +17793,14 @@ msgid "" "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en anpassad rutt, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Routes` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Välj sedan de " +"platser där denna rutt kan väljas. En rutt kan tillämpas på en kombination " +"av platser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en pick-pack-ship rutt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -13151,6 +17808,9 @@ msgid "" "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" +"Varje plats har olika beteende, så det är viktigt att bara markera de " +"användbara och anpassa varje rutt därefter. Konfigurera sedan " +":guilabel:`Regler` för rutten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -13160,6 +17820,11 @@ msgid "" "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"Om rutten är tillämplig på en produktkategori måste rutten fortfarande " +"ställas in manuellt i formuläret för produktkategorin genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Välj " +"sedan produktkategori och öppna formuläret. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Edit`" +" och ange :guilabel:`Routes` under avsnittet :guilabel:`Logistics`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -13168,10 +17833,14 @@ msgid "" "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" +"När rutten tillämpas på en produktkategori tillämpas alla regler som " +"konfigurerats i rutten på **varje** produkt i kategorin. Detta kan vara " +"användbart om företaget använder dropshipping-processen för alla produkter " +"från samma kategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en rutt som tillämpas på produktkategorin \"alla\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -13180,11 +17849,14 @@ msgid "" "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" +"Samma beteende gäller för lager. Om rutten kan tillämpas på " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, kommer alla överföringar som sker inom det valda " +"lagret och som uppfyller villkoren i ruttens regler att följa den rutten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över rullgardinsmenyn för lager vid val av tillämpligt på lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -13192,6 +17864,9 @@ msgid "" "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" +"Om rutten är tillämplig på :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, är det mer eller " +"mindre tvärtom. Rutten måste väljas manuellt när du skapar en offert. Detta " +"är användbart om vissa produkter går via olika rutter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13199,10 +17874,15 @@ msgid "" "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" +"Kom ihåg att växla synligheten för kolumnen :guilabel:`Route` på " +"offerten/försäljningsordern. Därefter kan rutten väljas på varje rad i " +"offerten/försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" +"Vy över menyn som gör det möjligt att lägga till nya rader till " +"försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -13210,6 +17890,9 @@ msgid "" "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" +"Slutligen finns det rutter som kan tillämpas på produkter. Dessa fungerar " +"mer eller mindre som produktkategorierna: när rutten väl har valts måste den" +" ställas in manuellt i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -13218,14 +17901,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ange en rutt för en produkt går du till :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products` och väljer önskad produkt. Gå sedan till fliken " +":guilabel:`Inventory` och välj :guilabel:`Routes` under avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett produktformulär, där rutten måste väljas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regler måste ställas in på rutten för att rutten ska fungera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" @@ -13238,10 +17925,14 @@ msgid "" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Reglerna definieras i ruttformuläret. Gå först till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` och öppna önskat " +"ruttformulär. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Redigera` och i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Regler` klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över regelmenyn, där det är möjligt att lägga till nya regler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -13249,6 +17940,9 @@ msgid "" "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" +"De tillgängliga reglerna utlöser olika åtgärder. Om Odoo erbjuder *Push* och" +" *Pull* regler, finns det också andra tillgängliga. Varje regel har en " +":guilabel:`Aktion`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -13258,6 +17952,11 @@ msgid "" "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pull From`: denna regel utlöses av ett behov av produkten på en " +"specifik plats. Behovet kan komma från en försäljningsorder som valideras " +"eller från en tillverkningsorder som kräver en specifik komponent. När " +"behovet visas på destinationsplatsen genererar Odoo en plockning för att " +"uppfylla detta behov." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -13266,6 +17965,10 @@ msgid "" "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Push To`: denna regel utlöses av att vissa produkter anländer " +"till den definierade källplatsen. Om användaren flyttar produkter till " +"källplatsen genererar Odoo en plockning för att flytta dessa produkter till " +"destinationsplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -13276,30 +17979,45 @@ msgid "" "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: Denna regel gör det möjligt att generera " +"plockningar i de två situationer som förklarats ovan. Detta innebär att när " +"produkter krävs på en specifik plats skapas en överföring från den tidigare " +"platsen för att uppfylla detta behov. Detta skapar ett behov på den tidigare" +" platsen och en regel aktiveras för att uppfylla det. När det andra behovet " +"har uppfyllts skjuts produkterna till destinationsplatsen och alla behov är " +"uppfyllda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buy`: när produkter behövs på destinationsorten skapas en " +"offertförfrågan för att uppfylla behovet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: när produkter behövs i källan skapas en " +"tillverkningsorder för att uppfylla behovet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" +"Översikt över en \"Pull From\"-regel som skapar en överföring mellan lagret och packzonen\n" +"zon." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operationstyp` måste också definieras för regeln. Detta " +"definierar vilken typ av plockning som skapas från regeln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -13307,18 +18025,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" +"Om regelns :guilabel:`Action` är inställd på :guilabel:`Pull From` eller " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, måste en :guilabel:`Supply Method` ställas in. " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` definierar vad som händer på källplatsen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: produkterna tas från det tillgängliga lagret på" +" källplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: systemet försöker hitta en lagerregel för " +"att föra produkterna till källplatsen. Det tillgängliga lagret ignoreras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -13327,6 +18052,10 @@ msgid "" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: " +"produkterna tas från det tillgängliga lagret på källplatsen. Om det inte " +"finns något tillgängligt lager försöker systemet hitta en regel för att föra" +" produkterna till källan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -13334,22 +18063,29 @@ msgid "" "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet *Scheduling* kan du bestämma hur Odoo beter sig när en av " +"kedjans plockningar är omplanerad. Om du väljer **Propagate Rescheduling** " +"kommer nästa drag också att skjutas upp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar att ha möjlighet att planera om nästa drag kan du välja att " +"få en avisering i form av en *nästa aktivitet*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prov full rutt flöde" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet använder vi en anpassad *Plocka - Packa - Skicka* rutt " +"för att testa ett fullständigt flöde med en avancerad anpassad rutt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -13357,6 +18093,9 @@ msgid "" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" +"Först en snabb titt på ruttens regler och deras leveransmetoder. Det finns " +"tre regler, alla :guilabel:`Pull From`-regler. :guilabel:`Supply Methods` " +"för varje regel är följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -13365,6 +18104,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ta From Stock`: När produkter behövs i :guilabel:`WH/Packing " +"Zone`, skapas *picks* (interna överföringar från :guilabel:`WH/Stock` till " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) från :guilabel:`WH/Stock` för att tillgodose " +"behovet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -13373,6 +18116,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: När produkter behövs i " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` skapas *packs* (interna överföringar från " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` till :guilabel:`WH/Output`) från " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` för att tillgodose behovet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -13380,20 +18127,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: När produkter behövs i :guilabel:`Partner " +"Locations/Customers`, skapas *leveransorder* från :guilabel:`WH/Output` för " +"att uppfylla behovet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" +"Översikt över alla överföringar som skapas av rutten plocka - packa - " +"skicka." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" +"Detta innebär att när en kund beställer produkter som har en *plocka - packa" +" - skicka* rutt, skapas en leveransorder för att fullfölja beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över de operationer som skapas av en dragning från transfer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -13401,23 +18155,30 @@ msgid "" "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" +"Om källdokumentet för flera överföringar är samma försäljningsorder, är " +"statusen inte densamma. Status blir :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` om" +" den föregående överföringen i listan inte är klar ännu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över överföringarnas olika status i början av processen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" +"För att förbereda leveransordern behövs förpackade produkter i " +"utmatningsområdet, så en intern överföring begärs från förpackningsområdet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" +"Vy över de detaljerade arbetsmomenten för en överföring mellan packnings- " +"och utmatningszonerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -13425,12 +18186,17 @@ msgid "" "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Det är uppenbart att packzonen behöver produkter som är redo att packas. " +"Därför begärs en intern överföring till lagret och medarbetarna kan hämta de" +" produkter som behövs från lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" +"Vy över de detaljerade åtgärderna för en överföring mellan lager- och " +"förpackningszonerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -13441,20 +18207,27 @@ msgid "" "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" +"Som förklaras i inledningen av dokumentationen är det sista steget i " +"processen (för denna rutt, leveransordern) det första som utlöses, vilket " +"sedan utlöser andra regler tills vi når det första steget i processen (här, " +"den interna överföringen från lagret till packområdet). Nu är allt redo att " +"bearbetas så att kunden kan få de beställda artiklarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" +"I detta exempel levereras produkten till kunden när alla regler har utlösts " +"och överföringarna är klara." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visning av överföringarnas status när rutten är avslutad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överföra produkter mellan lager med hjälp av påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13465,10 +18238,16 @@ msgid "" "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" +"För företag som använder flera lager är det ofta nödvändigt att överföra " +"artiklar mellan dem. Detta kallas för en *intern lageröverföring*. Odoo " +"*Inventory* hanterar den administrativa processen för överföringar mellan " +"lager för att säkerställa att lagerräkningarna förblir korrekta under och " +"efter överföringen. I det här dokumentet beskrivs hur du genomför en " +"lagerflytt med hjälp av påfyllning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera lager för påfyllning mellan lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -13478,6 +18257,11 @@ msgid "" "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera först att inställningen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` är " +"aktiverad genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` och sedan markera rutan under fliken :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Detta " +"ger ytterligare konfigurationsalternativ när du skapar ett andra lager som " +"behövs för påfyllning mellan lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13488,18 +18272,29 @@ msgid "" "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" +"Som standard levereras Odoo med ett huvudlager som redan är konfigurerat. Om" +" du inte redan har skapat ett extra lager kan du göra det nu från modulen " +":guilabel:`Inventory` genom att välja :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses --> Create`. I annat fall väljer du det lager som produkterna ska" +" överföras till på sidan :guilabel:`Warehouses` och klickar sedan på " +":guilabel:`Edit` för att ändra dess inställningar. Konfigurera lagret enligt" +" följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: välj ett namn som inte redan används för ett annat " +"lager (t.ex. `Alternative Warehouse`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: välj ett kort namn med vilket lagret kommer att " +"identifieras (t.ex. `ALT_WH`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -13508,12 +18303,19 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` och det nya lagret kommer att skapas. Dessutom " +"kommer ett nytt :guilabel:`Resupply From` fält att visas på lagerformuläret." +" Klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` och markera sedan rutan bredvid det lager som " +"ska användas för återleverans till det lager som för närvarande håller på " +"att konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Ett formulär för lagerinställningar som är konfigurerat för att tillåta " +"omleveranser mellan lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13522,10 +18324,13 @@ msgid "" "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" +"I denna demonstration kommer det lager som produkterna överförs från " +"(utgående) att benämnas \"San Francisco\" och det lager som produkterna " +"överförs till (inkommande) kommer att benämnas \"San Francisco 2\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera produkter för påfyllning mellan lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -13534,6 +18339,10 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Produkter måste också konfigureras korrekt för att de ska kunna överföras " +"mellan lager. Navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products` och välj en befintlig produkt eller :guilabel:`Create` en ny, om " +"det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -13542,14 +18351,18 @@ msgid "" "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` på produktformuläret och aktivera" +" kryssrutan för :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, där *X* är det lager " +"som tar emot de överförda produkterna och *Y* är det lager som produkterna " +"överförs från." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera kryssrutan för att fylla på ett lager från ett annat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fylla på ett lager från ett annat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -13558,22 +18371,30 @@ msgid "" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" +"Börja i modulen :menuselection:`Inventory`, välj :menuselection:`Products " +"--> Products` och välj sedan den produkt som ska fyllas på. Klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Replenish` längst upp till vänster på produktsidan och " +"fyll i popup-formuläret enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: antalet enheter som kommer att skickas till det lager " +"som ska fyllas på" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: det datum då påfyllningen är planerad att äga " +"rum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: det lager som kommer att fyllas på" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -13581,10 +18402,13 @@ msgid "" "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, där *X* är " +"det lager som skall fyllas på och *Y* är det lager som produkten kommer att " +"överföras från" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulär för påfyllning av en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -13595,10 +18419,16 @@ msgid "" "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` och en leveransorder skapas för det utgående " +"lagret tillsammans med ett kvitto för det lager som ska ta emot produkten. " +"Beroende på konfigurationsinställningarna för det utgående och inkommande " +"lagret, kommer bearbetning av leveransorder och kvitton att kräva mellan ett" +" och tre steg. I det här dokumentet beskrivs hur du bearbetar leveranser och" +" kvitton i ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behandla leveransordern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -13612,10 +18442,19 @@ msgid "" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" +"Det första steget i en påfyllningsorder är att bearbeta leveransen från det " +"lager som produkten överförs från. På :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, " +"välj :guilabel:`X to Process` knappen på :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kortet " +"för det utgående lagret, sedan den leveransorder som skapats för " +"påfyllningen. På sidan med leveransordern klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Kontrollera tillgänglighet` längst upp till vänster för att " +"reservera kvantiteten av den produkt som ska överföras. När leveransen har " +"skickats klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validera` för att registrera de " +"skickade kvantiteterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveransorderkortet för det utgående lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -13627,6 +18466,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" +"När varorna anländer till det inkommande lagret måste även det kvitto som " +"skapats för det lagret behandlas. Gå tillbaka till " +":menuselection:`Inventory` instrumentpanelen och välj :guilabel:`X to " +"Process` knappen på :guilabel:`Receipts` kortet för det inkommande lagret, " +"sedan kvittot som skapats för påfyllningen. På kvittosidan klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Validera` längst upp till vänster på sidan för att " +"registrera de mottagna kvantiteterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -13635,16 +18481,22 @@ msgid "" "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"Efter att kvittot har behandlats kommer de överförda produkterna nu att " +"visas i det inkommande lagrets lager. Lagernumren för båda lagren kan visas " +"genom att gå tillbaka till produktsidan och välja knappen :guilabel:`X Units" +" On Hand` högst upp på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisera påfyllning mellan lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av regler för ombeställning är det möjligt att automatisera " +"processen för påfyllning av ett lager från ett annat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -13654,24 +18506,35 @@ msgid "" "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att komma igång, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products`, och välj sedan den produkt som ska fyllas på. På produktsidan" +" klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` överst i formuläret" +" och på nästa sida klickar du på :guilabel:`Create` för att konfigurera " +"formuläret enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location`: den plats som ombeställningsregeln kommer att fylla på" +" när den utlöses, i detta fall det inkommande lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: när den tillgängliga kvantiteten i det inkommande " +"lagret understiger denna siffra, kommer ombeställningsregeln att utlösas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: när ombeställningsregeln utlöses kommer produkten " +"att fyllas på i det inkommande lagret upp till denna kvantitet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -13679,6 +18542,8 @@ msgid "" "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: ange om produkten ska fyllas på i satser av " +"en viss kvantitet; till exempel kan en produkt fyllas på i satser om 20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -13686,10 +18551,13 @@ msgid "" "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: den måttenhet som används vid ombeställning av produkten; " +"detta värde kan helt enkelt vara `Units`, eller en specifik måttenhet för " +"vikt, längd, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En fullt konfigurerad regel för ombeställning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -13697,6 +18565,9 @@ msgid "" " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" +"Avsluta med att klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` så skapas omordningsregeln. När " +"schemaläggaren körs automatiskt varje dag kommer nu en överföring att skapas" +" för varje omordningsregel som har utlösts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -13705,6 +18576,10 @@ msgid "" "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt aktivera regler för omordning, starta från modulen " +":menuselection:`Inventory` och välj :menuselection:`Operation --> Run " +"Scheduler`, klicka sedan på den gröna knappen :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` i " +"popup-fönstret som visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -13712,14 +18587,17 @@ msgid "" "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "" +"När schemaläggaren har körts skapas en leveransorder och ett kvitto för det " +"utgående respektive det inkommande lagret. Både leveransordern och kvittot " +"ska behandlas med samma metod som beskrivs ovan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera lager och platser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -13727,6 +18605,9 @@ msgid "" "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" +"I Odoo är ett **lager** den faktiska byggnaden/platsen där ett företags " +"varor lagras. Flera lager kan ställas in i Odoo och användaren kan skapa " +"förflyttningar mellan lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13736,10 +18617,15 @@ msgid "" "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" +"En **plats** är ett specifikt utrymme i lagret. Det kan vara en " +"underplacering i lagret (en hylla, ett golv, en gång och så vidare). Därför " +"är en plats endast en del av ett lager och det är inte möjligt att länka en " +"plats till flera lager. I Odoo kan så många platser som behövs konfigureras " +"under ett lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det finns tre typer av platser:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -13747,6 +18633,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" +"De **fysiska platserna** är interna platser som är en del av de lager som " +"företaget äger. Det kan vara lastnings- och lossningsområden i lagret, en " +"hylla, en avdelning etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -13754,6 +18643,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" +"**Partnerplatser** är utrymmen inom en kunds och/eller leverantörs lager. De" +" fungerar på samma sätt som fysiska platser, med den enda skillnaden att de " +"inte ägs av användarens företag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -13763,6 +18655,10 @@ msgid "" "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" +"De **virtuella platserna** är platser som inte existerar, men där produkter " +"kan placeras när de inte finns fysiskt i ett lager ännu (eller längre). De " +"är praktiska vid registrering av förlorade produkter (**Inventory Loss**) " +"eller redovisning av produkter som är på väg till lagret (**Procurements**)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13771,16 +18667,23 @@ msgid "" "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" +"I Odoo är platser strukturerade hierarkiskt. Platser kan struktureras som " +"ett träd, beroende på en förälder-barn-relation. Detta ger mer detaljerade " +"analysnivåer för lagerverksamheten och lagerorganisationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera lagringsplatser, gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar` och aktivera :guilabel:`Lagringsplatser`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera funktionen för lagringsplats i Odoo Inventory-inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -13788,22 +18691,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" +"För att hantera flera rutter i lagerlokalerna, aktivera även " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` och kontrollera " +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett lager, gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse" +" Management --> Warehouses` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" +"Fyll sedan i en :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` och en :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"Det korta namnet får innehålla högst fem tecken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kort namnfält för ett lager i Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -13811,44 +18721,57 @@ msgid "" "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Short Name` visas på överföringsorder och andra lagerdokument. " +"Odoo rekommenderar att du använder ett begripligt namn som \"WH/[första " +"bokstäverna på platsen]\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" +"Gå nu tillbaka till :guilabel:`Inventory` instrumentpanelen. Där har nya " +"operationer relaterade till det nyskapade lagret automatiskt genererats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" +"Inventory-appens instrumentpanel visar nya överföringstyper för det nyligen " +"skapade lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" +"Om du lägger till ett andra lager aktiveras inställningen " +":guilabel:`Locations` automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en plats, gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Fyll sedan i :guilabel:`Location Name` och :guilabel:`Parent Location` och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny lagerplats i Odoo Inventory." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" @@ -13857,12 +18780,16 @@ msgstr "Lagervärdering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" +"Integrering av ytterligare kostnader för produkter (landade kostnader)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" +"Funktionen för landad kostnad i Odoo gör det möjligt för användaren att " +"inkludera ytterligare kostnader (frakt, försäkring, tullar etc.) i " +"produktens kostnad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -13871,18 +18798,22 @@ msgid "" "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" +"Gå först till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` och aktivera funktionen :guilabel:`Landed Costs`. Odoo ger också " +"möjlighet att ställa in en :guilabel:`Default Journal` i vilken " +"bokföringsposterna för landade kostnader kommer att registreras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera funktionen för landad kostnad i lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till kostnader för produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta emot leverantörsfakturan" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -13892,10 +18823,16 @@ msgid "" "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" +"När en leverantör har uppfyllt en inköpsorder och skickat en faktura klickar" +" du på :guilabel:`Create Bill` på inköpsordern för att skapa en " +"leverantörsfaktura i Odoo. Om leverantörsfakturan inkluderar landade " +"kostnader, t.ex. tullavgifter, kryssar du i rutan i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Landade kostnader` på fakturaraden för leverantörsfakturan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "" +"Aktivera alternativet Landade kostnader på raden för leverantörsfakturor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -13904,6 +18841,11 @@ msgid "" "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" +"För avgifter som alltid är landningskostnader kan du skapa en " +"landningskostnadsprodukt i Odoo. På så sätt kan landkostnadsprodukten snabbt" +" läggas till på leverantörsfakturan som en fakturarad istället för att " +"manuellt ange landkostnadsinformationen varje gång en leverantörsfaktura " +"kommer in." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13914,16 +18856,26 @@ msgid "" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" +"Skapa först en ny produkt i :menuselection:`Inventering --> Produkter --> " +"Produkter --> Skapa`. Namnge sedan produkten med landad kostnad. Ange sedan " +":guilabel:`Produkttyp` till :guilabel:`Tjänst`. En landad kostnadsprodukt " +"måste alltid vara en tjänsteprodukt. Gå sedan till fliken " +":guilabel:`Purchase` och markera rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`." +" Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara` för att slutföra skapandet av den " +"landade kostnadsprodukten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Om denna produkt alltid är en landningskostnad kan du också definiera den på" +" produkten och undvika att behöva kryssa i rutan på varje " +"leverantörsfaktura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Möjlighet att definiera en produkt som en landad kostnad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -13936,11 +18888,22 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"När landningskostnaden har lagts till på fakturan (antingen genom att " +"markera alternativet :guilabel:`Landningskostnad` på fakturaraden eller " +"lägga till en landningskostnadsprodukt på fakturan) klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` högst upp på fakturan. Odoo skapar " +"automatiskt en post för landad kostnad med den inställda landade kostnaden " +"förifylld i :guilabel:`Tilläggskostnader` produktrader. Välj sedan vilken " +"plockning de extra kostnaderna ska gälla för genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Edit` och välja plockningens referensnummer i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Transfers`. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" +"Använd en lageröverföring för att täcka en landningskostnad i " +"bokföringsjournalen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -13949,12 +18912,19 @@ msgid "" "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" +"När du har ställt in plockningen klickar du på :guilabel:`Compute` på posten" +" för landade kostnader. Gå sedan till fliken " +":guilabel:`Värderingsjusteringar` för att se effekten av de landade " +"kostnaderna. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Validera` för att bokföra " +"landningskostnadsposten i bokföringsjournalen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" +"Användaren kan komma åt den journalpost som har skapats av den landade " +"kostnaden genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -13962,10 +18932,13 @@ msgid "" "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" +"Den produkt som den landade kostnaden tillämpas på måste ha en " +"produktkategori som är inställd på en :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"eller en :abbr:`AVCO (Average Costing)` metod." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journalföring av anskaffningsvärde för mark" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -13973,10 +18946,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Landningskostnadsposter kan också skapas direkt i :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Landed Costs`, det är inte nödvändigt att skapa en " +"landningskostnadspost från leverantörsfakturan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av lagervärdering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -13984,6 +18960,9 @@ msgid "" "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" +"Ett företags samtliga aktier bidrar till värderingen av dess lager. Detta " +"värde bör återspeglas i företagets bokföring för att korrekt visa värdet på " +"företaget och alla dess tillgångar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -13995,11 +18974,18 @@ msgid "" "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" +"Som standard använder Odoo en periodisk lagervärdering (även känd som " +"manuell lagervärdering). Denna metod innebär att redovisningsteamet bokför " +"journalposter baserat på företagets fysiska lager, och att lageranställda " +"tar sig tid att räkna lagret. I Odoo återspeglas denna metod i varje " +"produktkategori, där fältet :guilabel:`Costing Method` som standard kommer " +"att vara inställt på `Standard Price` och fältet :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` kommer att vara inställt på `Manual`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fälten för Lagervärdering finns i formuläret Produktkategorier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14008,6 +18994,9 @@ msgid "" "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "" +"Alternativt är automatiserad lagervärdering en integrerad värderingsmetod " +"som uppdaterar lagervärdet i realtid genom att skapa journalposter när det " +"initieras lagerförflyttningar mellan platser i ett företags lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -14017,22 +19006,32 @@ msgid "" "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" +"Automatiserad lagervärdering är en metod som rekommenderas för " +"expertrevisorer, med tanke på de extra steg som krävs för att konfigurera " +"journalposter. Även efter den första installationen måste metoden " +"kontrolleras regelbundet för att säkerställa att den är korrekt, och " +"justeringar kan behövas löpande beroende på företagets behov och " +"prioriteringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "Types of accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av redovisning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" +"Bokföringsposterna beror på bokföringssättet: *Continental* eller *Anglo-" +"Saxon*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Verifiera redovisningsläget genom att aktivera :ref:`developer-mode` och gå " +"till :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -14042,6 +19041,11 @@ msgid "" "*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" " both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." msgstr "" +"I *anglo-saxisk* redovisning redovisas kostnader för sålda varor (COGS) när " +"produkterna säljs eller levereras. Detta innebär att kostnaden för en vara " +"endast redovisas som en kostnad när en kund faktureras för en produkt. " +"*Interna lagerkonton används för in- och utbetalningskonton och är båda " +"*tillgångskonton* i balansräkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -14049,16 +19053,21 @@ msgid "" "product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " "used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." msgstr "" +"I *kontinental* redovisning redovisas kostnaden för en vara så snart " +"produkten tas emot i lager. Dessutom används ett enda *kostnadskonto* för " +"både in- och utbetalningskonton i balansräkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kalkylmetoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "" "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" +"Nedan följer de tre kalkylmetoder som kan användas i Odoo för " +"lagervärdering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -14067,6 +19076,11 @@ msgid "" "compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" +"**Standardpris**: är standardmetoden för kostnadsberäkning i Odoo. " +"Produktens kostnad definieras manuellt på produktformuläret och denna " +"kostnad används för att beräkna värderingen. Även om inköpspriset på en " +"inköpsorder skiljer sig, kommer värderingen fortfarande att använda den " +"kostnad som definieras på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -14075,6 +19089,10 @@ msgid "" " on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " "constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" +"**Genomsnittskostnad (AVCO)**: beräknar värderingen av en produkt baserat på" +" genomsnittskostnaden för den produkten, dividerat med det totala antalet " +"tillgängliga lager. Med denna kalkylmetod är lagervärderingen *dynamisk* och" +" justeras ständigt baserat på inköpspriset för produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -14087,6 +19105,14 @@ msgid "" "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" +"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: spårar kostnaderna för inkommande och " +"utgående artiklar i realtid och använder det verkliga priset på produkterna " +"för att ändra värderingen. Det äldsta inköpspriset används som kostnad för " +"nästa sålda vara tills ett helt parti av den produkten har sålts. När nästa " +"lagerparti flyttas upp i kön används ett uppdaterat produktpris baserat på " +"värderingen av det specifika partiet. Denna metod är förmodligen den mest " +"exakta metoden för lagervärdering av en mängd olika skäl, men den är mycket " +"känslig för indata och mänskliga fel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14094,10 +19120,13 @@ msgid "" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" +"En ändring av kalkylmetoden har stor inverkan på lagervärderingen. Vi " +"rekommenderar starkt att du rådfrågar en revisor innan du gör några " +"justeringar här." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera automatisk lagervärdering i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -14106,12 +19135,18 @@ msgid "" "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" +"Gör ändringar i alternativen för lagervärdering genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, och " +"välj den eller de kategorier där den automatiserade värderingsmetoden ska " +"tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att använda olika värderingsinställningar för olika " +"produktkategorier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -14122,12 +19157,18 @@ msgid "" "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" +"Under rubriken :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` finns två etiketter: " +":guilabel:`Kostnadsmetod` och :guilabel:`Inventarievärdering`. Välj önskad " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` i rullgardinsmenyn (t.ex. :guilabel:`Standard`, " +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` eller :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`)" +" och ställ om :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` till :guilabel:`Automated`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Using the inventory " "valuation`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Användning av lagervärdering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -14139,6 +19180,13 @@ msgid "" "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" +"När du väljer :guilabel:`Genomsnittskostnad (AVCO)` som " +":guilabel:`Kostnadsmetod`, skapar ändring av det numeriska värdet i fältet " +":guilabel:`Kostnad` för produkter i respektive produktkategori en ny post i " +"rapporten *Inventarievärdering* för att justera värdet på produkten. " +"Beloppet för :guilabel:`Cost` uppdateras sedan automatiskt baserat på det " +"genomsnittliga inköpspriset både för lager till hands och de kostnader som " +"ackumulerats från validerade inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -14150,6 +19198,13 @@ msgid "" "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Costing Method` ändras, kommer produkter som redan finns i " +"lager och som använde :guilabel:`Standard`-kostnadsmetoden **inte** att " +"ändra värde; snarare behåller de befintliga enheterna sitt värde, och alla " +"produktrörelser från och med då påverkar den genomsnittliga kostnaden, och " +"kostnaden för produkten kommer att ändras. Om värdet i fältet " +":guilabel:`Cost` på ett produktformulär ändras manuellt, kommer Odoo att " +"generera en motsvarande post i rapporten *Inventory Valuation*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14157,6 +19212,9 @@ msgid "" "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" +"På samma skärm visas fälten :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties`, eftersom " +"de nu är obligatoriska fält i och med övergången till automatisk " +"lagervärdering. Dessa konton definieras enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14164,6 +19222,9 @@ msgid "" "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lagervärderingskonto`: när automatisk lagervärdering är aktiverad" +" för en produkt, kommer detta konto att innehålla det aktuella värdet på " +"produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -14173,6 +19234,11 @@ msgid "" "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: Motsvarande journalposter för alla " +"inkommande lagerflyttar kommer att bokföras på detta konto, såvida det inte " +"finns ett specifikt värderingskonto inställt på källplatsen. Detta är " +"standardvärdet för alla produkter i en viss kategori, och kan också ställas " +"in direkt på varje produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -14182,10 +19248,15 @@ msgid "" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lagerutgångskonto`: Motsvarande journalposter för alla utgående " +"lagerflyttar kommer att bokföras på detta konto, om det inte finns ett " +"specifikt värderingskonto på destinationsplatsen. Detta är standardvärdet " +"för alla produkter i en viss kategori, och kan också ställas in direkt på " +"varje produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Åtkomst till rapporteringsdata som genererats av lagervärderingen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -14195,6 +19266,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" +"Börja med att gå till :menuselection:`Redovisning --> Rapportering --> " +"Balansräkning`. Högst upp på instrumentpanelen ändrar du fältvärdet " +":guilabel:`As of` till :guilabel:`Today` och justerar filtreringen " +":guilabel:`Options` till :guilabel:`Unfold All` för att se alla de senaste " +"uppgifterna visas, alla på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -14202,6 +19278,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" +"Under den överordnade raden :guilabel:`Current Assets`, leta efter den " +"nästlade raden :guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`, där den totala " +"värderingen av allt lager som finns till hands visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -14213,14 +19292,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Få tillgång till mer specifik information med rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`, genom att välja antingen " +":guilabel:`General Ledger` för att se en detaljerad vy över alla " +"journalposter, eller genom att välja :guilabel:`Journal Items` för att " +"granska alla de individuella journalposter som skickades till kontot. Du kan" +" också lägga till kommentarer till :guilabel:`Balansräkning` genom att välja" +" :guilabel:`Annotera`, fylla i textrutan och klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" +"Se den fullständiga uppdelningen av lagervärderingen i Odoo Accounting-" +"appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användning av lagervärdering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14228,16 +19316,21 @@ msgid "" "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" +"*Lagervärdering är en viktig redovisningsmetod som beräknar värdet på det " +"befintliga lagret. När lagervärderingsbeloppet har fastställts införlivas " +"det i ett företags totala värde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan denna process utföras manuellt - av lageranställda som fysiskt " +"räknar produkterna - eller automatiskt via databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisk värdering av lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -14248,12 +19341,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" +"För att använda Odoo för att automatiskt generera ett spår av " +"lagervärderingsposter, navigera först till listan " +":menuselection:`Produktkategorier` genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Konfiguration --> Produktkategorier` och" +" välj önskad produktkategori. I formuläret anger du :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` som :guilabel:`Automated` och :guilabel:`Costing Method` till " +"något av de tre alternativen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Ställa in lagervärdering " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -14261,10 +19363,13 @@ msgid "" "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" +"För att förstå hur in- och utflyttning av produkter från lager påverkar " +"företagets totala värde, kan följande scenario med produkt- och lagerflyttar" +" användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta emot en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -14277,6 +19382,14 @@ msgid "" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" +"För att spåra värdet på inkommande produkter, t.ex. ett enkelt *bord*, " +"konfigurerar du produktkategorin på själva produkten. Navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter` och klicka på " +"önskad produkt. I produktformuläret klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(högerpil)` bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Produktkategori`, vilket öppnar en " +"intern länk för att redigera produktkategorin. Ange sedan :guilabel:`Costing" +" Method` som :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` och :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` som :guilabel:`Automated`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -14284,6 +19397,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du komma åt :guilabel:`Produktkategorier` instrumentpanelen " +"genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Product Categories` och välja önskad produktkategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -14291,10 +19407,13 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" +"Anta sedan att 10 bord köps in till ett pris av 10,00 USD styck. I :abbr:`PO" +" (Purchase Order)` för dessa bord anges inköpets delsumma till $100, plus " +"eventuella extra kostnader eller skatter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inköpsorder med 10 bordsprodukter värderade till 10,00 USD vardera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -14303,12 +19422,17 @@ msgid "" "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" +"När du har valt :guilabel:`Validera` på :abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)` aktiveras " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Värdering`. Om du klickar på denna knapp visas en " +"rapport som visar hur lagervärderingen för bordet påverkades av detta inköp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" +":ref:`Utvecklarläge ` **måste** vara aktiverat för att se " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Värdering`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -14317,10 +19441,15 @@ msgid "" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" +"Funktionen :doc:`consignment " +"`" +" tillåter ägande till artiklar i lager. Produkter som ägs av andra företag " +"redovisas således inte i värdföretagets lagervärdering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" +"Se smartknappen Värdering på ett kvitto, med utvecklarläget aktiverat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -14329,10 +19458,14 @@ msgid "" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" +"För en omfattande instrumentpanel som inkluderar lagervärderingen av alla " +"produktleveranser, lagerjusteringar och lagerverksamhet, se " +":ref:`lagervärderingsrapport " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverera en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -14341,14 +19474,18 @@ msgid "" "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" +"På samma sätt minskar lagervärderingen när ett bord skickas till en kund och" +" lämnar lagret. Smartknappen :guilabel:`Värdering` på :abbr:`DO " +"(Leveransorder)` visar på samma sätt lagervärderingsposten som den gör på en" +" :abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minskad aktievärdering efter att en produkt har levererats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport om värdering av lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -14359,16 +19496,24 @@ msgid "" "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" +"För att se det aktuella värdet för alla produkter i lagret, slå först på " +":ref:`Utvecklarläge ` och navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. " +"Instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` visar detaljerade uppgifter om" +" produkter med :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit " +"Value` och :guilabel:`Total Value` för inventeringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Utvecklarläge ` **måste** vara aktiverat för att se " +"alternativet :guilabel:`Valuation` under :guilabel:`Reporting`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagervärderingsrapport som visar flera produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -14377,6 +19522,10 @@ msgid "" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Valuation At Date`, som finns i det övre vänstra hörnet " +"på sidan :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, öppnar ett popup-fönster. I detta " +"popup-fönster kan du se och välja lagervärderingen för produkter som är " +"tillgängliga under ett tidigare angivet datum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -14384,10 +19533,13 @@ msgid "" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" +"Visa detaljerade uppgifter om en produkts lagervärde, lagerflyttning och " +"tillgängliga lager genom att klicka på den blågröna knappen :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(högerpil)` till höger om kolumnvärdet :guilabel:`Reference`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppdatera produktens enhetspris" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -14396,6 +19548,10 @@ msgid "" "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" +"För alla företag: ledtider, misslyckanden i leveranskedjan och andra " +"riskfaktorer kan bidra till osynliga kostnader. Även om Odoo försöker att " +"korrekt representera aktievärdet, fungerar *manuell värdering* som ett extra" +" verktyg för att uppdatera enhetspriset för produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -14404,10 +19560,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" +"Manuell värdering är avsedd för produkter som kan köpas och erhållas till " +"ett pris större än 0, eller har produktkategorier med :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method` inställd som antingen :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` eller " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till manuell värdering av aktievärde till en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -14419,6 +19579,13 @@ msgid "" "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" +"Skapa manuella värderingsposter på :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard " +"genom att först navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting " +"--> Valuation`. För att aktivera funktionen *produktomvärdering* väljer du " +"sedan :menuselection:`Gruppera efter --> Produkt` för att organisera alla " +"poster efter produkt. Klicka på den grå :guilabel:`▶️ (triangel)`-ikonen för" +" att visa lagervärderingsraderna nedan, samt en blågrön :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)`-knapp till höger." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -14426,22 +19593,29 @@ msgid "" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den blågröna :guilabel:`+ (plus)`-knappen för att öppna formuläret" +" :guilabel:`Produktomvärdering`. Här kan lagervärderingen för en produkt " +"räknas om genom att öka eller minska enhetspriset för varje produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" +"Knapparna :guilabel:`▶️ (rullgardinsmeny)` och :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` visas " +"endast när du har grupperat poster efter produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" +"Omvärdering av produkter innebär att ett värde på 1,00 USD läggs till med " +"inflation som skäl." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journalposter för lagervärdering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -14453,6 +19627,12 @@ msgid "" "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" +"I Odoo registreras automatiska lagervärderingsposter också i " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"instrumentpanelen. I denna omfattande lista över bokföringsposter " +"identifieras lagervärderingsposter genom att kontrollera värden i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Journal`, eller leta efter kolumnvärdet :guilabel:`Reference` som" +" matchar lagerverksamhetens referens (t.ex. `WH/IN/00014` för kvitton)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -14461,6 +19641,10 @@ msgid "" "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på en journalpost för lagervärdering öppnas en post för " +"*dubbel bokföring*. Dessa poster genereras av Odoo för att spåra " +"värdeförändringen i lagervärderingen när produkter flyttas in och ut från " +"lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -14470,10 +19654,16 @@ msgid "" " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill se lagervärderingen av 10 *bord*, som kostar 10,00 USD styck, när" +" de tas emot från leverantören, går du till sidan " +":menuselection:`Journalanteckningar` i :menuselection:`Bokföringsapp --> " +"Bokföring --> Journalanteckningar`. Klicka här på den rad i journalen där " +"kolumnvärdet :guilabel:`Reference` matchar referensen på kvittot, " +"`WH/IN/00014`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktievärderingssida som visar produkterna i en sändning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -14481,40 +19671,49 @@ msgid "" "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" +"\"Lager interim\" är ett konto för pengar som är avsedda att betala " +"leverantörer för produkten. På kontot \"Lagervärdering\" lagras värdet på " +"allt befintligt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bokföringspost för lagervärdering av 10 bord." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo-handledning: Värdering av lager " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Underhåll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** hjälper till att förlänga utrustningens livslängd genom" +" att hålla reda på underhållsbehovet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo-handledning: Hantering av underhåll av utrustning " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantering av utrustning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till ny utrustning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14525,6 +19724,12 @@ msgid "" "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" +"I Odoo avser *utrustning* alla föremål som används i den dagliga " +"verksamheten, inklusive tillverkning av produkter. Det kan vara en maskin på" +" en produktionslinje, ett verktyg som används på olika platser eller en " +"dator på ett kontor. Utrustning som registreras i Odoo kan ägas av företaget" +" som använder Odoo-databasen eller av en tredje part, t.ex. en leverantör " +"vid uthyrning av utrustning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -14534,10 +19739,15 @@ msgid "" "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av Odoo *Maintenance* är det möjligt att spåra enskilda " +"utrustningar, tillsammans med information om deras underhållskrav. För att " +"lägga till en ny utrustning, gå till modulen :guilabel:`Maintenance`, välj " +":menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, och konfigurera" +" utrustningen enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: produktnamnet på utrustningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -14546,12 +19756,18 @@ msgid "" "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: den kategori som utrustningen tillhör, t.ex." +" datorer, maskiner, verktyg etc.; nya kategorier kan skapas genom att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment Categories` och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Create`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: det företag som äger utrustningen; återigen, detta kan " +"vara det företag som använder Odoo-databasen, eller ett tredjepartsföretag" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -14559,6 +19775,9 @@ msgid "" "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Used By`: ange om utrustningen används av en specifik anställd, " +"avdelning, eller båda; välj :guilabel:`Other` för att ange både en anställd " +"och en avdelning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -14568,6 +19787,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: det team som ansvarar för service av " +"utrustningen; nya team kan skapas genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` och välja " +":guilabel:`Create`; medlemmarna i varje team kan också tilldelas från denna " +"sida" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -14577,6 +19801,11 @@ msgid "" "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: den person som ansvarar för service av utrustningen;" +" detta kan användas för att tilldela en specifik person i händelse av att " +"inget underhållsteam är tilldelat eller när en specifik medlem av det " +"tilldelade teamet alltid ska vara ansvarig för utrustningen; varje person " +"som läggs till i Odoo som användare kan tilldelas som tekniker" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -14584,6 +19813,9 @@ msgid "" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Used in location`: den plats där utrustningen används; detta är " +"ett enkelt textfält som kan användas för att ange platser som inte är " +"arbetscentraler, t.ex. ett kontor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -14593,37 +19825,44 @@ msgid "" "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbetscenter`: om utrustningen används på ett arbetscenter, ange " +"det här; utrustning kan också tilldelas ett arbetscenter genom att navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, välja ett" +" arbetscenter eller skapa ett nytt med knappen :guilabel:`Create` och klicka" +" på fliken :guilabel:`Equipment` i formuläret för arbetscentret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett exempel på en fullt konfigurerad ny utrustningsform." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkludera ytterligare produktinformation" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Produktinformation` längst ned i formuläret kan användas " +"för att ge ytterligare information om utrustningen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Vendor`: den leverantör som utrustningen köptes från" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: den referenskod som tilldelats säljaren" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Model`: den specifika modellen av utrustningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: det unika serienumret för utrustningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -14631,52 +19870,65 @@ msgid "" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Effective Date`: det datum då utrustningen blev tillgänglig för " +"användning; detta används för att beräkna :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " +"Failures)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cost`: det belopp som utrustningen köptes för" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: det datum då utrustningens garanti " +"upphör att gälla" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken med produktinformation för den nya utrustningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till underhållsinformation" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Maintenance` innehåller information som kan vara användbar" +" för underhållsteam:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: anger hur ofta underhåll skall" +" utföras för att förhindra fel på utrustningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: den tid som krävs för att reparera " +"utrustningen när den går sönder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: den genomsnittliga tid som " +"utrustningen förväntas fungera innan den går sönder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Underhållsfliken för den nya utrustningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -14685,6 +19937,10 @@ msgid "" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Maintenance` innehåller även avsnitt för :guilabel:`Mean " +"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" +" Failure`, och :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. Dessa värden beräknas " +"automatiskt baserat på eventuella underhållsbegäranden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -14692,6 +19948,9 @@ msgid "" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +"För att se underhållsbegäran för en utrustning, gå till sidan för " +"utrustningen och välj :guilabel:`Maintenance` i det övre högra hörnet av " +"formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" @@ -14704,27 +19963,35 @@ msgid "" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** hjälper tillverkare att schemalägga, planera och " +"bearbeta tillverkningsorder. Med kontrollpanelen för arbetscenter kan du " +"placera surfplattor på verkstadsgolvet för att kontrollera arbetsorder i " +"realtid och låta arbetarna utlösa underhållsåtgärder, feedbackloopar, " +"kvalitetsproblem osv." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Tillverkning `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo-handledning: Streckkodsläsare " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arbetsflöden för tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Materialförteckning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14733,6 +20000,10 @@ msgid "" "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" +"En *materiallista* (förkortat *BoM*) är ett dokument som definierar mängden " +"av varje komponent som krävs för att tillverka eller leverera en färdig " +"produkt. Den kan också innehålla olika operationer och de enskilda " +"stegriktlinjer som behövs för att slutföra en produktionsprocess." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -14740,16 +20011,21 @@ msgid "" "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"I Odoo Manufacturing kan flera :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` kopplas " +"till varje produkt, så även produktvarianter kan ha sina egna skräddarsydda " +":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" +"Korrekt inställning av en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` hjälper till att " +"optimera tillverkningsprocessen och spara tid." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprätta en materialförteckning (BoM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -14757,6 +20033,9 @@ msgid "" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" +"Den enklaste :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`-uppsättningen är en utan " +"operationer eller instruktioner, endast komponenter. I detta fall styrs " +"produktionen enbart med hjälp av *tillverkningsorder*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -14765,12 +20044,18 @@ msgid "" "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` från modulen " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`, gå till :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of " +"Materials`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`. Ange sedan " +":guilabel:`Produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" +"En :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` kan också skapas direkt från " +"produktformuläret, i vilket fall :guilabel:`Product`-fältet är förifyllt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -14783,20 +20068,30 @@ msgid "" "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"För en standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, ange :guilabel:`BoM Type` " +"till :guilabel:`Tillverka denna produkt`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add a " +"Line` för att ange de olika komponenterna som ingår i tillverkningen av " +"slutprodukten och deras respektive kvantiteter. Nya komponenter kan skapas " +"snabbt genom :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, eller kan skapas i förväg i " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> Create`. Klicka " +"slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara` för att avsluta skapandet av :abbr:`BoM (Bill" +" of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprätta en materialförteckning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange en stycklista (BoM) för en produktvariant" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" +":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` kan också tilldelas specifika " +"*Produktvarianter*, med två inställningsalternativ att välja mellan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -14804,6 +20099,9 @@ msgid "" "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" +"För att kunna tilldela :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` till " +"produktvarianter måste produktens variantattribut redan vara konfigurerade " +"på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -14814,14 +20112,20 @@ msgid "" "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" +"Den första metoden är att skapa en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " +"variant genom att skapa en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` och ange " +":guilabel:`Product Variant`. Den andra metoden är att skapa en master " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` som innehåller alla komponenter, och ange " +"vilken variant varje komponent gäller för med hjälp av kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktvarianter i materialförteckningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta upp verksamheten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -14831,6 +20135,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en :guilabel:`Operation` till en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` " +"för att ange instruktioner för produktion och registrera tidsåtgång för en " +"operation. För att använda denna funktion måste du först aktivera funktionen" +" :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` i :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Konfiguration " +"--> Inställningar --> Operationer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -14842,6 +20151,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` klickar du på fliken " +":guilabel:`Operations` och sedan på :guilabel:`Add a line` för att lägga " +"till en ny operation. I rutan :guilabel:`Create Operations` ger du " +"operationen ett namn, anger :guilabel:`Work Center` och inställningar för " +"varaktighet. I likhet med komponenter ger Odoo möjlighet att ange en " +"produktvariant i fältet :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` så att operationen " +"endast gäller för den varianten. Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara " +"och stäng`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -14850,14 +20167,18 @@ msgid "" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" +"Varje operation är unik, eftersom den alltid är exklusivt kopplad till en " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operationer kan återanvändas vid " +"konfigurering av en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, med funktionen " +":guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktionen Kopiera befintliga operationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till biprodukter i en materialförteckning (BoM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -14866,6 +20187,10 @@ msgid "" "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"En *biprodukt* är en restprodukt som skapas under produktionen utöver " +"huvudprodukten på en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Till skillnad från " +"huvudprodukten kan det finnas mer än en biprodukt på en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " +"Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -14873,6 +20198,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till biprodukter i en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, " +"aktivera först funktionen :guilabel:`By-Products` i " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -14884,10 +20213,17 @@ msgid "" "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"När funktionen är aktiverad kan du lägga till biprodukter i en :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)` genom att klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Operations` och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`. Namnge sedan biprodukten och ange " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet` och :guilabel:`Måttenhet`. Om :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " +"Materials)` har konfigurerade operationer, ange exakt vilken operation " +"biprodukten är producerad från i :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` fältet. " +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av tillverkningsprodukter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -14897,10 +20233,15 @@ msgid "" "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"För att kunna tillverka en produkt i Odoo *Manufacturing* måste produkten " +"vara korrekt konfigurerad. Detta görs genom att aktivera rutten " +"*Manufacturing* och konfigurera en stycklista (BoM) för produkten. När dessa" +" steg är slutförda kan produkten väljas när du skapar en ny " +"tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera rutten Tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -14909,6 +20250,10 @@ msgid "" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Tillverkningsrutten aktiveras för varje produkt på dess egen produktsida. " +"För att göra detta börjar du med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Produkter --> Produkter`. Välj sedan en " +"befintlig produkt eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -14916,14 +20261,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" +"På produktsidan väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` och aktiverar sedan " +"kryssrutan :guilabel:`Manufacture` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Routes`. Detta " +"talar om för Odoo att produkten kan tillverkas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vägen Tillverkning på fliken Lager på en produktsida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera en stycklista (BoM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -14931,6 +20279,9 @@ msgid "" "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste en |BOM| konfigureras för produkten så att Odoo vet hur den " +"tillverkas. En |BOM| är en lista över de komponenter och operationer som " +"krävs för att tillverka en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -14940,10 +20291,15 @@ msgid "" "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en |BOM| för en specifik produkt, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products` och välj sedan " +"produkten. På produktsidan klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Materialförteckning` längst upp på sidan och väljer sedan " +":guilabel:`Ny` för att konfigurera en ny |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Smart knapp för materialförteckning på en produktsida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -14951,6 +20307,8 @@ msgid "" " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" +"På |BOM| fylls :guilabel:`Produkt`-fältet automatiskt i med produkten. I " +"fältet :guilabel:`Kvantitet` anger du antalet enheter som BoM producerar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -14960,10 +20318,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en komponent i |BOM| genom att markera fliken " +":guilabel:`Komponenter` och klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`. Välj en " +"komponent i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Komponent` och ange sedan antalet i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Kvantitet`. Fortsätt att lägga till komponenter på nya " +"rader tills alla komponenter har lagts till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Komponenter på en stycklista." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -14975,6 +20338,13 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan fliken :guilabel:`Operations`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"linje` och ett :guilabel:`Create Operations` popup-fönster visas. I fältet " +":guilabel:`Operation` anger du namnet på den operation som ska läggas till " +"(t.ex. Montera, Kapa, etc.). Välj det arbetscenter där operationen ska " +"utföras från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Work Center`. Klicka slutligen på " +":guilabel:`Spara & Stäng` för att avsluta tillägget av operationer, eller " +":guilabel:`Spara & Ny` för att lägga till fler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -14983,10 +20353,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Operations` visas endast om inställningen :guilabel:`Work " +"Orders` är aktiverad. Detta gör du genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` och sedan " +"aktivera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Work Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Verksamhet på en stycklista." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -14997,10 +20371,16 @@ msgid "" "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" +"Avsnittet ovan innehåller instruktioner för att skapa en grundläggande |BOM|" +" som gör det möjligt att tillverka en produkt i Odoo. Det är dock inte en " +"uttömmande sammanfattning av alla alternativ som finns tillgängliga när du " +"konfigurerar en |BOM|. För mer information om stycklistor, se " +"dokumentationen om hur man :ref:`skapar en stycklista " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd kit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15009,28 +20389,39 @@ msgid "" "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" +"I Odoo är ett *kit* en typ av materialförteckning (BoM) som kan tillverkas " +"och säljas. Kits är uppsättningar av omonterade komponenter som säljs till " +"kunder. De kan säljas som fristående produkter, men är också användbara " +"verktyg för att hantera mer komplexa materiallistor (BoMs)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" +"För att använda, tillverka och sälja kit måste både apparna " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` och :guilabel:`Inventory` vara installerade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa kitet som en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" +"För att använda ett kit som en säljbar produkt, eller helt enkelt som ett " +"verktyg för att organisera komponenter, bör kitet först skapas som en " +"produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en kit-produkt, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -15039,6 +20430,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" +"Tilldela sedan ett namn till den nya kit-produkten. Under fliken " +":guilabel:`Generell information` anger du sedan :guilabel:`Produkttyp` till " +":guilabel:`Förbrukningsvara`. Kit-produkter fungerar bäst som " +"förbrukningsvaror, eftersom lagerhållningen för kit vanligtvis inte spåras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -15047,6 +20442,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" +"Även om kit nästan alltid bör anges som :guilabel:`Consumable`, kan företag " +"som använder **Anglo-Saxon** redovisning behöva skapa kit som en " +":guilabel:`Storable Product`. Detta beror på att kostnaden för sålda varor " +"(COGS) kommer att bokföras i bokföringsjournalerna när fakturor för kit " +"behandlas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -15056,6 +20456,12 @@ msgid "" "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" +"Till skillnad från lagringsbara produkter spelar beteckningen " +":guilabel:`Routes` under fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` ingen roll för kit, " +"eftersom Odoo använder rutterna för kitets enskilda komponenter för " +"påfyllningsändamål. Alla andra parametrar för kit-produkten kan ändras " +"enligt önskemål. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` för att " +"spara den nya produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -15063,16 +20469,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" +"Satsens komponenter måste också konfigureras som produkter via " +":menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter`. Dessa " +"komponenter kräver ingen särskild konfiguration." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppsättning av BoM-kit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" +"Efter fullständig konfigurering av kit-produkten och dess komponenter kan en" +" ny :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` skapas för kit-produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -15081,6 +20492,10 @@ msgid "" "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " +"Materials` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Bredvid fältet " +":guilabel:`Product` klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn för att visa en lista " +"över produkter och väljer den tidigare konfigurerade kit-produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -15089,16 +20504,22 @@ msgid "" "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`BoM Type` väljer du sedan alternativet :guilabel:`Kit`. " +"Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Add a line` under fliken " +":guilabel:`Components` och lägger till alla önskade komponenter och anger " +"deras kvantiteter i kolumnen :guilabel:`Quantity`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara den nyskapade " +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Val av byggsats på materialförteckningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -15106,6 +20527,9 @@ msgid "" "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" +"Om satsen endast används som en säljbar produkt behöver endast komponenter " +"läggas till under fliken :guilabel:`Components`, och konfigurering av " +"tillverkningsprocesser är inte nödvändig." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -15113,10 +20537,12 @@ msgid "" "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" +"När en sats säljs som en produkt visas den som en enda rad på offerten och " +"försäljningsordern. På leveransorder listas dock varje komponent i satsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda kit för att hantera komplexa BoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -15126,6 +20552,12 @@ msgid "" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" +"Byggsatser används också för att hantera :abbr:`BoMs (stycklistor)` på flera" +" nivåer. Detta är produkter som innehåller **andra** :abbr:`BoM " +"(stycklista)`-produkter som komponenter, och därför kräver *nästade* " +":abbr:`BoM (stycklistor)`. Inkorporering av förkonfigurerade kit i flernivå " +":abbr:`BoMs (stycklistor)` möjliggör en renare organisation av paketerade " +"produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -15133,6 +20565,9 @@ msgid "" "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera denna typ av :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` med en " +"byggsats som komponent, gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Products --> Bills of Materials`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -15141,6 +20576,10 @@ msgid "" "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" +"Bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Product` klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn för att " +"visa en lista över produkter och väljer önskad :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`-produkt. I fältet :guilabel:`BoM Type` väljer du sedan " +"alternativet :guilabel:`Manufacture this product`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -15149,18 +20588,24 @@ msgid "" "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Komponenter` klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"rad` och väljer en sats som komponent. Om du lägger till satsen som en " +"komponent behöver du inte lägga till satsens komponenter var för sig. Alla " +":guilabel:`BoM Type` kan användas för den överordnade produktens :abbr:`BoM " +"(bill of materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kit som en komponent i en materialförteckning med flera nivåer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Struktur och kostnad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -15169,10 +20614,14 @@ msgid "" "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" +"För att få en omfattande översikt över :abbr:`BoM:s (stycklista)` " +"komponenter på flera nivåer, klicka på :guilabel:`Struktur & Kostnad` smart-" +"knappen. Undernivå :abbr:`BoMs (bill of materials)` kan expanderas och visas" +" från denna rapport." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utökat kit i rapporten Struktur och kostnader." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15182,6 +20631,10 @@ msgid "" "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en tillverkningsorder för en produkt med en :abbr:`BoM " +"(stycklista)` på flera nivåer, expanderas kit-produkten automatiskt för att " +"visa alla komponenter. Alla operationer i satsens :abbr:`BoM (stycklista)` " +"läggs också till i listan över arbetsorder på tillverkningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -15190,10 +20643,14 @@ msgid "" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" +"Byggsatser används främst för att paketera komponenter tillsammans för " +"organisation eller försäljning. För att hantera produkter på flera nivåer " +"som kräver tillverkade underkomponenter, se :doc:`denna dokumentation " +"` om underkomponenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktion av restorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15202,6 +20659,10 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" +"I vissa fall kan inte hela kvantiteten av en tillverkningsorder produceras " +"omedelbart. När detta händer tillåter Odoo *Manufacturing* tillverkning av " +"partiella kvantiteter av ordern och skapar en *backorder* för det " +"återstående beloppet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -15210,6 +20671,10 @@ msgid "" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" +"I appen *Tillverkning* delar du upp den ursprungliga tillverkningsordern i " +"två ordrar genom att skapa en restorder. Referenstaggen för varje order är " +"den tagg som användes för den ursprungliga ordern, följt av ett bindestreck " +"och sedan ett ytterligare nummer för att ange att det är en restorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15218,6 +20683,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" +"Ett företag skapar en tillverkningsorder med referensetiketten " +"*WH/MO/00175*, för 10 enheter av *Produkt X*. Efter att ha påbörjat arbetet " +"med tillverkningsordern inser den anställde som arbetar på produktionslinjen" +" att det bara finns tillräckligt med komponenter i lager för att tillverka " +"fem enheter av produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15226,6 +20696,10 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" +"Istället för att vänta på ytterligare lager av komponenterna tillverkar de " +"fem enheter och skapar en restorder för de återstående fem. Detta delar upp " +"tillverkningsordern i två separata order: *WH/MO/00175-001* och " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -15235,10 +20709,15 @@ msgid "" " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" +"Order *001* innehåller de fem enheter som har tillverkats, och är omedelbart" +" markerad som :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* innehåller de fem enheter som " +"fortfarande behöver tillverkas och är markerad som :guilabel:`In Progress`. " +"När de återstående komponenterna är tillgängliga återgår den anställde till " +"order *002* och tillverkar de återstående enheterna innan ordern stängs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en restorder för tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15247,6 +20726,10 @@ msgid "" "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en restorder för en del av en tillverkningsorder börjar du " +"med att navigera till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> " +"Tillverkningsorder`. Välj en tillverkningsorder med en kvantitet på två " +"eller fler eller skapa en genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 @@ -15256,6 +20739,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" +"Om en ny tillverkningsorder skapas väljer du en produkt i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Product` och anger en kvantitet på två eller fler i fältet " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta " +"ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -15263,10 +20750,12 @@ msgid "" "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"När du har tillverkat den kvantitet som skall tillverkas omedelbart, ange " +"denna siffra i fältet :guilabel:`Kvantitet` högst upp i tillverkningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvantitetsfältet på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -15276,12 +20765,19 @@ msgid "" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validera` och ett :guilabel:`Du producerade " +"mindre än den ursprungliga efterfrågan` popup-fönster visas, från vilket en " +"restorder kan skapas. Klicka på :guilabel:`Create Backorder` för att dela " +"upp tillverkningsordern i två separata order, med referenstaggarna " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* och *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Knappen Skapa restorder i popup-fönstret \"Du producerade mindre än den " +"ursprungliga efterfrågan\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15289,6 +20785,10 @@ msgid "" "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" +"Order *001* innehåller de artiklar som har tillverkats och stängs " +"omedelbart. Order *002* är den restorder som innehåller de artiklar som ännu" +" inte har tillverkats, och förblir öppen för att slutföras vid ett senare " +"tillfälle." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -15298,6 +20798,11 @@ msgid "" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" +"När de återstående enheterna kan tillverkas går du till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders` och " +"väljer sedan tillverkningsordern för restorder. Om alla återstående enheter " +"tillverkas omedelbart klickar du bara på :guilabel:`Validate` för att stänga" +" ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -15305,16 +20810,21 @@ msgid "" "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" +"Om endast några av de återstående enheterna tillverkas omedelbart, skapa en " +"ny restorder för de återstående enheterna genom att följa stegen i detta " +"avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en restorder från tablettvyn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " "tablet view." msgstr "" +"Backorder för tillverkningsorder kan också skapas från arbetsorderns " +"tablåvy." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -15325,10 +20835,17 @@ msgid "" "This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " "from which the tablet view can be opened." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda tablettvyn måste inställningen *Arbetsorder* vara " +"aktiverad. För att aktivera den, gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. På sidan :guilabel:`Inställningar` aktiverar du" +" kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och klickar sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringen. Detta gör att fliken " +":guilabel:`Work Orders` visas på tillverkningsorder, från vilken tablettvyn " +"kan öppnas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen Arbetsorder på sidan Tillverkningsinställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -15337,6 +20854,10 @@ msgid "" "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en restorder från tablettvyn börjar du med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Välj" +" en tillverkningsorder med en kvantitet på två eller fler eller skapa en " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -15344,23 +20865,28 @@ msgid "" " tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" " the first work order to enter the tablet view." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat tillverkningsordern väljer du fliken " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och klickar på knappen :guilabel:`📱 (tablettvy)` som" +" finns på raden för den första arbetsordern för att öppna tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen för tablettvy för en arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 msgid "" "Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " "the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." msgstr "" +"I tablettvyn anger du den kvantitet som ska tillverkas omedelbart i fältet " +":guilabel:`Enheter` längst upp till vänster i tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fältet Enheter i tablåvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -15368,10 +20894,13 @@ msgid "" "order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " "multiple work orders." msgstr "" +"Stegen för resten av arbetsflödet beror på om tillverkningsordern som " +"bearbetas kräver att en enskild arbetsorder eller flera arbetsorder " +"slutförs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 msgid "Single work order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enkel arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -15380,11 +20909,16 @@ msgid "" " MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " "still need to be manufactured is created automatically." msgstr "" +"Om tillverkningsordern endast kräver att en enda arbetsorder slutförs, " +"slutför arbetsordern och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Markera som utförd och " +"stäng MO`. Tillverkningsordern stängs och en restorder för de enheter som " +"fortfarande behöver tillverkas skapas automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." msgstr "" +"Knappen Markera som utförd och stäng MO i tablettvyn för en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -15393,6 +20927,11 @@ msgid "" " select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " "reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." msgstr "" +"När de återstående enheterna är redo att tillverkas går du till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders` och " +"väljer sedan tillverkningsordern för restorder, som namnges med " +"referensetiketten för den ursprungliga restordern med *002* tillagt i " +"slutet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -15402,6 +20941,11 @@ msgid "" "will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " "Close MO` after completing the work order." msgstr "" +"Välj fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` på restorderns tillverkningsorder och " +"klicka på knappen :guilabel:`📱 (tablettvy)` som finns på raden för " +"arbetsordern för att öppna tablettvyn. Om alla enheter i restordern kommer " +"att slutföras omedelbart klickar du bara på :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` när du har slutfört arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -15411,10 +20955,15 @@ msgid "" "backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " "the steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" +"Om endast några av de återstående enheterna kommer att tillverkas omedelbart" +" anger du antalet i fältet :guilabel:`Enheter` längst upp till vänster i " +"tablettvyn och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Markera som utförd och stäng MO` " +"för att skapa en ny restorder för de återstående enheterna. Den nya " +"restordern kan hanteras med hjälp av stegen i detta avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 msgid "Multiple work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flera arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -15424,10 +20973,14 @@ msgid "" "*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " "the original order." msgstr "" +"Om tillverkningsordern kräver flera arbetsorder, slutför den första " +"arbetsordern och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Record Production`. Detta delar " +"upp tillverkningsordern i två separata order, med titlarna *WH/MO/XXXXX-001*" +" och *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, där *XXXXX* är numret på den ursprungliga ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Registrera produktion på en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15436,6 +20989,10 @@ msgid "" "immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " "button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." msgstr "" +"I tablettvyn visas som standard den första arbetsordern för " +"tillverkningsorder *002*. Eftersom denna tillverkningsorder inte kommer att " +"slutföras omedelbart kan du backa ut från tablettvyn genom att klicka två " +"gånger på knappen :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)`. Då kommer du till ordern *001*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -15444,6 +21001,11 @@ msgid "" "order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " ":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"För att avsluta *001*-ordern väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och " +"klickar på knappen :guilabel:`tablet view` som finns på raden för nästa " +"arbetsorder. Avsluta de återstående arbetsorderna och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Markera som utförd och stäng MO` för att stänga " +"tillverkningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -15453,6 +21015,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " "order." msgstr "" +"När de återstående enheterna är redo att tillverkas går du till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders` och " +"väljer sedan ordern *002*. Välj fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och klicka på" +" knappen :guilabel:`tablet view` som finns på raden för den första " +"arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -15460,6 +21027,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" " orders." msgstr "" +"Om alla enheter i restordern kommer att färdigställas omedelbart klickar du " +"bara på :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` efter att ha slutfört alla " +"arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -15469,12 +21039,19 @@ msgid "" "backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " "tag." msgstr "" +"Om endast några av de återstående enheterna kommer att tillverkas " +"omedelbart, ange antalet i fältet :guilabel:`Units` längst upp till vänster " +"i tablettvyn och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Record Production` för att skapa" +" en ytterligare restorder för de återstående enheterna, med *003* i slutet " +"av dess referenstagg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 msgid "" "The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " "steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" +"Restorder *002* och restorder *003* kan utföras genom att följa de steg som " +"beskrivs i detta avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -15483,6 +21060,9 @@ msgid "" " Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " "backorder." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att skapa en restorder mitt i en tillverkningsorder, " +"när några men inte alla arbetsorder redan har slutförts. Om du gör detta " +"markeras de slutförda arbetsorderna som :guilabel:`Finished` på restordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -15491,6 +21071,10 @@ msgid "" "immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " "two of them." msgstr "" +"En tillverkningsorder på fyra stolar kräver att två arbetsorder utförs: " +"*Målning* och *Montering*. Medan målningssteget kan slutföras omedelbart för" +" alla fyra stolarna, finns det bara tillräckligt med skruvar för att montera" +" två av dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -15501,6 +21085,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " "Production`." msgstr "" +"Därför börjar den anställde som ansvarar för att tillverka stolarna med att " +"måla alla fyra och markera arbetsordern *Måla* som :guilabel:`Färdig` för " +"alla fyra. Sedan går de vidare till arbetsordern *Montera*. De monterar två " +"av de fyra stolarna, anger det antalet i fältet :guilabel:`Enheter` i " +"tablåvyn och klickar på :guilabel:`Registrera produktion`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -15509,6 +21098,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " "completed." msgstr "" +"En restorder skapas för de återstående två stolarna. På restordern är " +"arbetsordern *Målning* redan markerad som :guilabel:`Färdig`, och endast " +"arbetsordern *Montering* återstår att färdigställa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -15517,10 +21109,14 @@ msgid "" "complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" +"När fler skruvar finns tillgängliga monterar den tillverkningsanställde de " +"återstående stolarna och klickar på :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` " +"för att slutföra arbetsordern *Assemble* och stänga den restnoterade " +"tillverkningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkning i ett steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -15532,6 +21128,13 @@ msgid "" "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Manufacturing* tillåter användare att tillverka produkter i ett, två " +"eller tre steg. Vid tillverkning i ett steg skapar Odoo en " +"tillverkningsorder (MO), men genererar inte överföringar för att flytta " +"komponenter från lager eller färdiga produkter till lager. Lagerräkningarna " +"uppdateras fortfarande baserat på antalet använda komponenter och " +"tillverkade produkter, men överföringen av dem till och från lagret spåras " +"inte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 @@ -15543,6 +21146,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" +"Antalet steg som används i tillverkningen ställs in på lagernivå, vilket gör" +" att varje lager kan använda olika antal steg. För att ändra antalet steg " +"som används för ett specifikt lager, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, och välj sedan " +"ett lager från :guilabel:`Warehouses` skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 @@ -15554,12 +21162,17 @@ msgid "" "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` letar du reda på radion " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` och väljer ett av de tre alternativen: " +":guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and then " +"manufacture (2 steps)`, eller :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " +"then store products (3 steps)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Radioinmatningsfältet Tillverkning på en lagerkonfigurationssida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 @@ -15570,12 +21183,16 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" +"Produkter måste vara korrekt konfigurerade innan de kan tillverkas i Odoo. " +"För information om hur du gör det, se dokumentationen om hur man " +":ref:`konfigurerar en produkt för tillverkning " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa tillverkningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 @@ -15585,6 +21202,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" +"För att tillverka en produkt i Odoo *Manufacturing*, börja med att navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`," +" och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -15592,6 +21212,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" +"I den nya |MO| väljer du den produkt som ska produceras från " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product`. Fältet :guilabel:`Materialförteckning`" +" fylls i automatiskt med den tillhörande materialförteckningen (BoM)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 @@ -15601,6 +21224,9 @@ msgid "" "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt har mer än en |BOM| konfigurerad för den, kan den specifika " +"|BOM| väljas i fältet :guilabel:`Bill of Material`, och fältet " +":guilabel:`Product` fylls automatiskt i med den associerade produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 @@ -15613,12 +21239,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"När du har valt en |BOM| fylls flikarna :guilabel:`Komponenter` och " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder` automatiskt i med de komponenter och operationer som" +" anges i |BOM|. Om ytterligare komponenter eller operationer krävs för den " +"|MO| som konfigureras, lägg till dem på flikarna :guilabel:`Components` och " +":guilabel:`Work Orders` genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeta tillverkningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 @@ -15628,12 +21259,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" +"En |MO| bearbetas genom att slutföra alla arbetsorder som listas under dess " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder`-flik. Detta kan göras på själva |MO|, eller från " +"arbetsorderns tablåvy." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande arbetsflöde" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 @@ -15642,6 +21276,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra arbetsorder från |MO| själv, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, och " +"välj sedan en |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 @@ -15652,10 +21289,14 @@ msgid "" "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" +"På sidan |MO| väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder`. När arbetet börjar " +"på den första arbetsordern som behöver slutföras klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Start` för den arbetsordern. Odoo *Manufacturing* startar sedan " +"en timer som håller reda på hur lång tid det tar att slutföra arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startknappen för en operation på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 @@ -15665,10 +21306,13 @@ msgid "" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" +"När arbetsordern är klar klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Done` för den " +"arbetsordern. Upprepa samma procedur för varje arbetsorder som listas på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Klar för en operation på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 @@ -15678,12 +21322,15 @@ msgid "" "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" +"När du har slutfört alla arbetsorder klickar du på :guilabel:`Produce All` " +"högst upp på skärmen för att markera |MO| som :guilabel:`Done` och " +"registrera de tillverkade produkterna i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Tablet view workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arbetsflöde för tablettvy" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 @@ -15692,6 +21339,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra arbetsorder för en |MO| med hjälp av tablettvyn, börja med " +"att navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " +"Manufacturing Orders`, och välj sedan en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116 @@ -15700,6 +21350,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be " "processed. This opens the tablet view." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och välj sedan knappen " +":guilabel:`📱 (tablett)` på raden för den första arbetsordern som ska " +"behandlas. Detta öppnar tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123 @@ -15710,6 +21363,10 @@ msgid "" "completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the " "top-right corner of the tablet view." msgstr "" +"När du har öppnat tablettvyn startar Odoo *Manufacturing* automatiskt en " +"timer som håller reda på hur lång tid det tar att slutföra arbetsordern. När" +" du har slutfört arbetsordern klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Mark as Done`" +" i det övre högra hörnet av tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 @@ -15719,6 +21376,9 @@ msgid "" "order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on" " that work order to open it in the tablet view." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Mark as Done` när det finns minst en arbetsorder" +" kvar att slutföra öppnas en sida med en lista över nästa arbetsorder. " +"Klicka på den arbetsordern för att öppna den i tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15728,6 +21388,11 @@ msgid "" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" +"När den slutliga arbetsordern för |MO| har uppnåtts visas knappen " +":guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO` i tablettvyn utöver knappen " +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO` " +"för att markera |MO| som :guilabel:`Done` och registrera den tillverkade " +"produkten/produkterna i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -15735,10 +21400,13 @@ msgid "" "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att slutföra den sista åtgärden medan |MO| är öppen, " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. I detta fall kan |MO| stängas " +"senare genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Produce All` på ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantering av BoM för produktvarianter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15747,10 +21415,14 @@ msgid "" "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" +"Odoo tillåter att en materialförteckning (BoM) används för flera varianter " +"av samma produkt. Att ha en konsoliderad :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` för" +" en produkt med varianter sparar tid genom att förhindra behovet av att " +"hantera flera :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera produktvarianter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -15760,6 +21432,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionen för produktvarianter, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, och bläddra " +"ner till :guilabel:`Products` sektionen. Klicka sedan på kryssrutan för att " +"aktivera alternativet :guilabel:`Variants`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att tillämpa inställningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -15767,20 +21444,25 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" +"Mer information om hur du konfigurerar produktvarianter finns i " +"dokumentationen :doc:`produktvarianter " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välja \"Varianter\" från Inventory-appens inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa anpassade produktattribut" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" +"När funktionen för produktvarianter har aktiverats kan du skapa och redigera" +" produktattribut på sidan :guilabel:`Attributes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15789,6 +21471,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" +"Sidan :guilabel:`Attributes` nås antingen från :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Attributes`, eller genom att klicka på :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -15798,6 +21484,11 @@ msgid "" "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Attributes` kan du antingen klicka på ett befintligt " +"attribut eller klicka på :guilabel:`Create` för att skapa ett nytt. Om du " +"klickar på :guilabel:`Create` visas ett nytt, tomt formulär för att anpassa " +"ett attribut. För ett befintligt attribut klickar du på :guilabel:`Edit` i " +"formuläret för att göra ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -15808,6 +21499,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" +"Tilldela ett :guilabel:`Attributnamn` och välj en kategori från " +"rullgardinsmenyn i fältet :guilabel:`Kategori`. Välj sedan önskade " +"alternativ bredvid fälten :guilabel:`Display Type` och :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode`. När du har valt önskade alternativ klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` under fliken :guilabel:`Attributvärden` för att" +" lägga till ett nytt värde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -15816,20 +21513,26 @@ msgid "" "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" +"På raden :guilabel:`Value` finns en kryssruta :guilabel:`Is custom value`. " +"Om den är markerad kommer detta värde att identifieras som ett anpassat " +"värde, vilket gör att kunderna kan ange särskilda anpassningsönskemål när de" +" beställer en anpassad variant av en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationsskärm för produktvariantattribut." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade :guilabel:`Values` har lagts till klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara det nya attributet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till produktvarianter i produktformuläret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -15839,12 +21542,20 @@ msgid "" "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"Skapade attribut kan tillämpas på specifika varianter för vissa produkter. " +"För att lägga till produktvarianter till en produkt, navigera till " +"produktformuläret genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Om du vill göra ändringar i produkten klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Redigera`. Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Varianter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Under rubriken :guilabel:`Attribut` klickar du på :guilabel:`Add a line` för" +" att lägga till ett nytt attribut och väljer ett att lägga till från " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -15853,14 +21564,19 @@ msgid "" "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" +"Under rubriken :guilabel:`Values` klickar du sedan på rullgardinsmenyn för " +"att välja från listan över befintliga värden. Klicka på önskat värde för att" +" lägga till det, och upprepa processen för alla ytterligare attribut som ska" +" läggas till produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktformulär varianter flik med värden och attribut." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -15868,10 +21584,13 @@ msgid "" "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` produkter med flera varianter som tillverkas" +" internt bör antingen ha en **0,0 reordering rule** inställd, eller ha sina " +"påfyllningsrutter inställda på *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa BoM-komponenter på produktvarianter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -15880,6 +21599,11 @@ msgid "" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" +"Skapa sedan en ny :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Eller redigera en " +"befintlig genom att gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create` för att öppna " +"ett nytt :guilabel:`Bills of Materials`-formulär som du kan konfigurera från" +" grunden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -15887,6 +21611,8 @@ msgid "" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en produkt i :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` genom att klicka på " +"rullgardinsmenyn i :guilabel:`Product`-fältet och välja önskad produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -15894,6 +21620,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till komponenter genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` under" +" :guilabel:`Component` på fliken :guilabel:`Components` och välja önskade " +"komponenter från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -15901,6 +21630,9 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" +"Välj önskade värden i kolumnerna :guilabel:`Quantity` och :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure`. Välj sedan önskade värden i kolumnen :guilabel:`Apply on " +"Variants`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -15911,10 +21643,17 @@ msgid "" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" +"Alternativet :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` för att tilldela komponenter till" +" specifika produktvarianter på :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` är " +"tillgängligt när inställningen :guilabel:`Variants` är aktiverad från " +"applikationen :menuselection:`Inventory`. Om fältet :guilabel:`Apply on " +"Variants` inte är omedelbart synligt, aktivera det från menyn med " +"ytterligare alternativ (trepunktsikon, till höger om rubrikraden)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" +"Alternativet \"Tillämpa på varianter\" i menyn för ytterligare alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -15922,6 +21661,9 @@ msgid "" "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" +"Varje komponent kan tilldelas flera varianter. Komponenter utan angivna " +"varianter används i alla varianter av produkten. Samma princip gäller vid " +"konfigurering av insatser och biprodukter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -15931,12 +21673,20 @@ msgid "" "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +"Vid definition av variant :abbr:`BoM (stycklista)` genom " +"komponenttilldelning, skall fältet :guilabel:`Produktvariant` i " +"huvudsektionen av :abbr:`BoM (stycklista)` lämnas tomt. Detta fält används " +"*endast* när man skapar en :abbr:`BoM (stycklista)` specifikt för en " +"produktvariant." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer har gjorts i :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, klicka på :guilabel:`Save` högst upp i formuläret för att spara" +" ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -15945,10 +21695,14 @@ msgid "" "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" +"För komponenter som endast gäller för specifika varianter, välj vilka " +"operationer komponenterna ska förbrukas i. Om kolumnen :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` *inte* är omedelbart synlig, aktivera den från menyn med " +"ytterligare alternativ (ikonen med tre punkter, till höger om rubrikraden)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälja och tillverka varianter av BoM-produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -15956,16 +21710,21 @@ msgid "" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" +"För att sälja och tillverka varianter av :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"produkter på beställning, navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Create` för att skapa en ny offert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälja variant av BoM-produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" +"I det tomma formuläret :guilabel:`Quotation` klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn " +"bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Customer` för att lägga till en kund." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -15974,6 +21733,10 @@ msgid "" "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` under fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader` och välj den tidigare skapade :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`-produkten med varianter från rullgardinsmenyn. När du gör detta " +"visas en :guilabel:`Konfigurera en produkt` pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15982,10 +21745,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret klickar du på önskade attributalternativ för att " +"konfigurera rätt variant av produkten som ska tillverkas. Klicka sedan på de" +" gröna ikonerna :guilabel:`+` eller :guilabel:`-` bredvid `1` för att ändra " +"kvantiteten som ska säljas och tillverkas, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera en produktpopup för att välja variantattribut." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -15994,10 +21761,15 @@ msgid "" "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" +"När alla specifikationer har valts klickar du på :guilabel:`Add`. Popup-" +"fönstret ändras då till ett andra :guilabel:`Configure`-fönster, där " +"tillgängliga tillvalsprodukter visas, om de har skapats tidigare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-" +"fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -16005,10 +21777,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar, och klicka på" +" :guilabel:`Confirm` längst upp i formuläret :guilabel:`Quotation` för att " +"skapa och bekräfta en ny försäljningsorder (SO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkningsvariant av BoM-produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -16017,6 +21792,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" +"När :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)` har bekräftats visas en smartknapp " +":guilabel:`Tillverkning` högst upp i formuläret :abbr:`SO " +"(försäljningsorder)`. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Tillverkning` för " +"att öppna formuläret :guilabel:`Tillverkningsorder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -16025,34 +21804,46 @@ msgid "" " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" +"På detta formulär, under fliken :guilabel:`Komponenter`, listas de lämpliga " +"komponenterna för den valda varianten. Beroende på variant kommer olika " +"komponenter att listas. För att se alla obligatoriska eller valfria " +":guilabel:`Operation`-steg, klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Work Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" +"För att öppna arbetsorderskärmen i tablettvyn, klicka på :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` till höger om raden för den önskade åtgärden som ska utföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Mark as Done` i tablettvyn när åtgärden fortskrider för" +" att slutföra åtgärdsstegen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Mark as Done` längst upp i " +"formuläret för tillverkningsorder för att slutföra ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkningsorder för variant av BoM-produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" +"Navigera sedan tillbaka till :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via brödsmulorna högst" +" upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -16061,6 +21852,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" +"Nu när produkten har tillverkats klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Delivery` för att leverera produkten till kunden. I formuläret " +":guilabel:`Leveransorder` klickar du på :guilabel:`Validera` och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Applicera` för att leverera produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -16069,10 +21864,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" +"För att avsluta försäljningen klickar du tillbaka till :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)` via :guilabel:`breadcrumbs` högst upp på sidan igen. Klicka sedan på" +" :guilabel:`Create Invoice` följt av :guilabel:`Create Invoice` igen för att" +" fakturera kunden för ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrot från tillverkning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16080,6 +21879,10 @@ msgid "" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" +"Under tillverkningsprocessen kan det uppstå behov av att skrota " +"tillverkningskomponenter eller färdiga produkter. Detta kan vara nödvändigt " +"om en komponent eller produkt är skadad eller oanvändbar av någon annan " +"anledning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -16089,6 +21892,11 @@ msgid "" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" +"Som standard tar skrotning av en komponent eller färdig produkt bort den " +"från det fysiska lagret och placerar den på en virtuell plats med titeln " +"*Virtuella platser/Skrot*. En virtuell plats är **inte** ett fysiskt " +"utrymme, utan snarare en beteckning i Odoo som används för att spåra " +"artiklar som inte längre finns i fysiskt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -16097,6 +21905,10 @@ msgid "" " scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Manufacturing* tillåter att både komponenter och färdiga produkter " +"skrotas inom en tillverkningsorder. Vilken typ av artikel som kan kasseras " +"under en tillverkningsorder beror på i vilket skede av " +"tillverkningsprocessen den befinner sig." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -16106,10 +21918,15 @@ msgid "" "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" +"För att se den totala mängden av varje skrotat objekt, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, ta sedan bort " +":guilabel:`Internal` filtret från :guilabel:`Search...` fältet för att visa " +"alla virtuella platser. I listan väljer du platsen :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrotade tillverkningskomponenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -16119,6 +21936,12 @@ msgid "" " new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"För att skrota komponenter under tillverkningsprocessen, börja med att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, välj " +"sedan en tillverkningsorder eller klicka på :guilabel:`Create` för att " +"konfigurera en ny. Om en ny tillverkningsorder skapas väljer du en produkt i" +" rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product` och klickar sedan på " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -16126,10 +21949,13 @@ msgid "" "appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " "pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"När tillverkningsordern har bekräftats visas en :guilabel:`Scrap`-knapp " +"högst upp på sidan. Klicka på knappen och ett :guilabel:`Scrap` popup-" +"fönster visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrotknappen på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -16138,10 +21964,14 @@ msgid "" " in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" " the component." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` " +"väljer du den komponent som ska skrotas och anger sedan kvantiteten i fältet" +" :guilabel:`Quantity`. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Done` för att skrota " +"komponenten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret Skrot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -16150,6 +21980,10 @@ msgid "" "product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " "cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." msgstr "" +"Innan du klickar på :guilabel:`Mark As Done` på en tillverkningsorder, kan " +"endast komponenterna i den färdiga produkten skrotas, **inte** den färdiga " +"produkten själv. Detta beror på att Odoo känner igen att den färdiga " +"produkten inte kan skrotas innan den har tillverkats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -16158,6 +21992,10 @@ msgid "" "count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " "scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." msgstr "" +"När en komponent har skrotats fortsätter du tillverkningsprocessen med den " +"mängd av komponenten som skrotades som krävs. Det befintliga lagerantalet " +"för den komponent som skrotades uppdateras för att återspegla både den " +"skrotade kvantiteten och den kvantitet som förbrukats under tillverkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -16166,10 +22004,14 @@ msgid "" "total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " "manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." msgstr "" +"Om tillverkningen av ett bord kräver fyra enheter av ett bordsben, och två " +"enheter av bordsbenet kasserades under tillverkningsprocessen, kommer den " +"totala mängden bordsben som förbrukas att vara sex: fyra enheter som används" +" för att tillverka bordet plus två kasserade enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrotkomponenter från tablettvy" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -16177,10 +22019,13 @@ msgid "" "so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." msgstr "" +"Komponenter kan också skrotas från tillverkningsvyn. Välj fliken " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder` på en tillverkningsorder och klicka sedan på ikonen " +":guilabel:`📱 (tablettvy)` för en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ikonen för surfplattans vy för en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -16189,11 +22034,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " "appears." msgstr "" +"Med tablettvyn öppen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`☰ (meny)` längst upp " +"till vänster på skärmen och väljer sedan knappen :guilabel:`Scrap` i popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Menu`. Popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` visas nu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Skrot i popup-fönstret Meny i tablåvyn för tillverkning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -16201,10 +22049,13 @@ msgid "" "enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " ":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." msgstr "" +"Välj slutligen en komponent i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product` och ange " +"den mängd som ska skrotas i fältet :guilabel:`Quantity`. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Done` för att skrota komponenten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Scrap finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrot av färdiga produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -16213,6 +22064,10 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window appear." msgstr "" +"Odoo tillåter också att färdiga produkter kasseras från en " +"tillverkningsorder när ordern är slutförd. När du har klickat på " +":guilabel:`Mark as Done` klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Scrap` så att " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -16222,6 +22077,12 @@ msgid "" "product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." msgstr "" +"Eftersom komponenterna har förbrukats för att skapa den färdiga produkten " +"visas de inte längre i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product`. Istället kommer" +" den färdiga produkten att vara tillgänglig som ett alternativ. Välj den " +"färdiga produkten och ange den kvantitet som ska skrotas i fältet " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Done` för att skrota den färdiga" +" produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -16229,6 +22090,9 @@ msgid "" "reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" +"Lagerräkningen för den produkt som skrotades kommer att uppdateras för att " +"återspegla både den skrotade kvantiteten och den kvantitet som producerades " +"under tillverkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -16236,10 +22100,13 @@ msgid "" "after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " "will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" +"Om fem enheter av en stol tillverkades, men två enheter skrotades efter att " +"tillverkningen avslutats, kommer det befintliga lagret av stolen att öka med" +" tre: fem tillverkade enheter minus två skrotade enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dela upp och slå samman tillverkningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16249,6 +22116,11 @@ msgid "" "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Manufacturing* är det möjligt att skapa tillverkningsorder för en " +"enskild enhet av en artikel, eller flera enheter av samma artikel. I vissa " +"fall kan det vara nödvändigt att dela upp en tillverkningsorder som " +"innehåller flera enheter i två eller flera order, eller att slå samman två " +"eller flera order till en enda order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -16257,10 +22129,14 @@ msgid "" "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" +"En tillverkningsorder kan endast innehålla en enhet av en produkt, eller " +"flera enheter av en produkt som alla använder samma Bill of Materials (BoM)." +" Därför är det endast möjligt att slå samman tillverkningsorder när varje " +"order innehåller samma produkt som tillverkas med samma BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Delade tillverkningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -16270,16 +22146,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" +"För att dela upp en tillverkningsorder i flera order, börja med att navigera" +" till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder` " +"och välj sedan en tillverkningsorder. Överst på sidan, bredvid knappen " +":guilabel:`New`, visas tillverkningsorderns referensnummer med en knapp " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` bredvid." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`⚙️ (inställningar)` för att öppna de allmänna " +"inställningarna för tillverkningsordern och välj sedan :guilabel:`Split`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar och Split-knappar på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -16292,10 +22175,18 @@ msgid "" "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"När du har valt :guilabel:`Split` visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Split " +"production`. I fältet :guilabel:`Split #` anger du antalet " +"tillverkningsorder som den ursprungliga ordern ska delas upp i och klickar " +"sedan utanför fältet. En tabell visas nedan, med en rad för varje ny " +"tillverkningsorder som skapas genom delningen. I kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` anger du antalet enheter som kommer att " +"tilldelas varje ny tillverkningsorder. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Split`" +" för att dela upp tillverkningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret Dela produktion för en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -16304,6 +22195,11 @@ msgid "" "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Split` delas den ursprungliga " +"tillverkningsordern upp i det antal order som angavs i fältet " +":guilabel:`Split #`. Referensnumren för de nya tillverkningsorderna är " +"referensnumret för den ursprungliga ordern med *-###* taggar tillagda i " +"slutet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -16311,10 +22207,13 @@ msgid "" "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" +"Tillverkningsorder *WH/MO/00012* delas upp i tre separata order. " +"Referensnumren för de nya beställningarna är *WH/MO/00012-001*, " +"*WH/MO/00012-002* och *WH/MO/00012-003*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sammanfoga tillverkningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -16323,12 +22222,18 @@ msgid "" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" +"För att slå samman två eller flera tillverkningsorder till en enda order, " +"börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Operationer -->" +" Tillverkningsorder`. Markera de tillverkningsorder som ska slås samman " +"genom att aktivera kryssrutan till vänster om namnet på varje order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" +"Välj tillverkningsorder som ska slås samman genom att klicka i kryssrutan " +"för varje order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -16336,10 +22241,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"När alla tillverkningsorder har valts klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Actions` högst upp på sidan och väljer sedan :guilabel:`Merge` i " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knapparna Åtgärder och Sammanfoga på sidan Tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -16347,6 +22255,9 @@ msgid "" "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" +"De valda tillverkningsorderna slås samman till en enda order. Referensnumret" +" för den nya tillverkningsordern är nästa löpnummer som *inte* redan har " +"tilldelats en order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -16355,6 +22266,10 @@ msgid "" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" +"Det senaste referensnumret som användes för en tillverkningsorder var " +"*WH/MO/00012*. Två tillverkningsorder, *WH/MO/00008* och *WH/MO/00009*, slås" +" samman till en enda order. Referensnumret för den tillverkningsorder som " +"skapas genom sammanslagningen är *WH/MO/00013*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -16362,6 +22277,9 @@ msgid "" "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Source` för den tillverkningsorder som skapats genom " +"sammanslagningen, listas referensnumren för de tillverkningsorder som " +"slagits samman." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -16369,10 +22287,13 @@ msgid "" "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" +"Tillverkningsorder *WH/MO/00009* och *WH/MO/00010* slås samman för att skapa" +" *WH/MO/00011*. Källfältet för *WH/MO/00011* innehåller både *WH/MO/00009* " +"och *WH/MO/00010*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera halvfabrikat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16384,10 +22305,17 @@ msgid "" "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" +"En *semifärdig produkt*, även känd som en *subassembly*, är en tillverkad " +"produkt som används som en komponent i en annan produkts stycklista (BoM). " +"Halvfabrikat används för att förenkla komplexa :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of " +"Materials)` eller för att mer exakt representera ett tillverkningsflöde. En " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` som innehåller halvfabrikat kallas en " +"*multilevel BoM*, där den huvudsakliga *top-level produkten* och dess " +"underenheter särskiljs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera halvfabrikat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -16396,18 +22324,21 @@ msgid "" "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en flernivå :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, måste " +"toppnivåprodukten och halvfabrikaten konfigureras. Därför är det första " +"steget att skapa halvfabrikaten och deras :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En stycklista för en halvfabrikat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa den överordnade materialspecifikationen (BoM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -16416,6 +22347,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"När halvfabrikaten är färdigkonfigurerade går du till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Gå sedan till " +":guilabel:`Create` för toppnivåprodukten. Konfigurera produktens " +"specifikationer efter önskemål och se till att :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -16425,22 +22360,31 @@ msgid "" "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" +"När topprodukten är konfigurerad klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Materialförteckning` i produktformuläret och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` för " +"topprodukten. Lägg sedan till halvfabrikaten i denna :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " +"Materials)`, tillsammans med alla andra nödvändiga komponenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" +"En stycklista för en toppnivåprodukt, som innehåller en " +"undermonteringskomponent." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera produktionsplanering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Det finns flera metoder för att hantera automatiserade tillverkningsorder " +"för produkter med flera nivåer :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -16449,6 +22393,10 @@ msgid "" "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" +"Halvfabrikat används specifikt för att hantera tillverkningsbara produkter " +"med BoM på flera nivåer. Om en BoM skapas enbart för att organisera " +"komponenter eller paketera säljbara produkter, är det lämpligare att använda" +" :doc:`Kits `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -16456,6 +22404,9 @@ msgid "" "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" +"Det finns två alternativ för att automatiskt utlösa tillverkningsorder för " +"halvfabrikat efter att ha bekräftat en tillverkningsorder för " +"huvudprodukten:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -16463,10 +22414,13 @@ msgid "" "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" +"**Alternativ 1 (rekommenderas):** Skapa *Beställningsregler* för " +"halvfabrikaten och sätt både minsta och största önskade lagerkvantitet till " +"`0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../inköp/produkter/återbeställning`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -16474,6 +22428,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" +"**Alternativ 2:** Aktivera rutterna :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` och" +" :guilabel:`Manufacture` under fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` i " +"halvfabrikatets produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -16484,65 +22441,84 @@ msgid "" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"Alternativ 1 är mer flexibelt än alternativ 2 och rekommenderas därför. " +"Regler för ombeställning kopplar inte direkt efterfrågan till påfyllning, " +"och tillåter därför att lager inte reserveras och omdirigeras till andra " +"order, om det behövs. MTO-rutten (Replenish on Order) skapar en unik länk " +"mellan halvfabrikat och toppnivåprodukter och reserverar uteslutande " +"kvantiteter för den bekräftade tillverkningsordern på toppnivå." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" +"Oavsett vilken metod som väljs måste halvfabrikaten vara färdigtillverkade " +"innan tillverkningen av den överordnade produkten kan påbörjas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En tillverkningsorder för en toppnivåprodukt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg ut din tillverkning på underleverantörer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" +"Att outsourca en del av eller hela ditt företags tillverkningsbehov är inte " +"lätt. För att få det att fungera korrekt måste du:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera lagret av råmaterial hos din underleverantör" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka råmaterial till dina underleverantörer vid rätt tidpunkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera kvaliteten på inkommande varor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera underleverantörernas fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" +"Här följer ett exempel på underleverantörstillverkning av \"C\", som " +"tillverkas av råmaterialen \"A\" och \"B\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" +"Med sin Tillverknings-funktion för underleverantörer hjälper Odoo dig att " +"enkelt hantera detta flöde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" +"För att använda funktionen för underleverantörer, gå till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` och kryssa i " +"rutan *Subcontracting*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" +"För att definiera om en produkt måste läggas ut på underleverantörer, använd" +" en *Bill of Materials (BoM)* av typen *Subcontracting*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -16552,16 +22528,23 @@ msgid "" "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny *BoM*, gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Products --> Bill of Materials` och tryck på create. Lista sedan de " +"komponenter som din underleverantör behöver för att tillverka produkten. Av " +"kostnadsskäl kan det vara bra att registrera alla komponenter, även de som " +"kommer direkt från underleverantören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" +"När du har ställt in *BoM-typ* till *Underleverantör*, ange en eller flera " +"underleverantörer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande underleverantörsflöde" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -16570,6 +22553,10 @@ msgid "" "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" +"För att låta din underleverantör veta hur många produkter du behöver, skapa " +"och skicka inköpsorder (PO) till dem. Gå till appen *Inköp* och skapa en ny " +"inköpsorder. Se till att skicka inköpsordern till en leverantör som är " +"definierad som underleverantör på *BoM* för dessa produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -16577,22 +22564,29 @@ msgid "" "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" +"När *PO* har validerats (1), skapas ett väntande kvitto. När produkterna tas" +" emot, validera kvittot (2), med den faktiska mottagna kvantiteten. Som ett " +"resultat gör Odoo följande saker för dig:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" +"Förbrukar respektive komponenter på underleverantörens plats, baserat på " +"*BoM* och din input (3);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkar de färdiga varorna på underleverantörens plats (4);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" +"Flyttar produkter från den underleverantörens plats till Ditt företag via " +"det validerade kvittot (5)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -16601,38 +22595,42 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" +"*PO* är valfritt. Om du skapar ett kvitto manuellt, med rätt " +"underleverantör, utför Odoo fortfarande alla rörelser. Detta kan vara " +"användbart om underleverantören inte fakturerar ett fast pris per artikel, " +"utan snarare den tid och det material som används." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Värdering av lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kostnaden för den tillverkade produkten \"C\" definieras som:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**A**: Kostnad för råvaror som kommer från DittFöretag;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**B**: Kostnad för råmaterial som anskaffats direkt från" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "underleverantör;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**s**: Kostnad för den tjänst som lagts ut på entreprenad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -16641,6 +22639,10 @@ msgid "" "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" +"Att skicka råmaterial till dina underleverantörer (**A**) påverkar inte " +"lagervärderingen, eftersom komponenterna fortfarande värderas som en del av " +"ditt lager. Detta hanteras genom att göra *Underleverantörsplatsen* till en " +"*Intern plats*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -16649,12 +22651,18 @@ msgid "" "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" +"Sedan måste det leverantörspris som anges på produkt C-blanketten vara det " +"som måste betalas till underleverantören för hans delar och servicetid: **B " +"+ s**. Produktkostnaden måste vara: **A + B + s**, hur mycket produkten " +"värderas i bokföringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" +"Slutligen matchar underleverantörsfakturan inköpsordern, med det föreslagna " +"priset som kommer från de färdiga produkterna C." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -16662,6 +22670,9 @@ msgid "" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" +"Om du inte behöver hantera påfyllning av råmaterial **B** hos din " +"underleverantör, inkludera helt enkelt kostnaden för **B** i " +"underleverantörens pris **s** och ta bort produkterna *B* från *BoM*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -16669,6 +22680,8 @@ msgid "" "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" +"Om de mottagna produkterna från underleverantören innehåller spårbara " +"komponenter måste deras serie- eller partinummer anges vid mottagandet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -16677,12 +22690,19 @@ msgid "" "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" +"I detta fall visas en knapp *Registrera komponenter* vid mottagandet av " +"underleverantörens produkt. Klicka på den för att öppna en dialogruta och " +"registrera komponenternas serie-/lotnummer. Om den färdiga produkten också " +"spåras, kan dess serie-/lotnummer också registreras här." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" +"För revisionsändamål är det möjligt att kontrollera de partinummer som " +"registrerats på ett kvitto genom att använda ikonen till höger om de färdiga" +" produkterna:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -16692,6 +22712,11 @@ msgid "" "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" +"Observera också att om flexibel förbrukning har valts på underleverantörens " +"BOM för en icke-spårad produkt, kommer alternativet registrera komponenter " +"också att visas som tillval på varje flyttrad, om du vill registrera mer " +"eller mindre komponentförbrukning på din underleverantörsplats, när du tar " +"emot din slutprodukt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -16699,10 +22724,13 @@ msgid "" "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" +"Som du kan se kan mottagningen av båda dessa icke-spårbara produkter " +"antingen utföras genom att välja alternativet \"Set Quantities\" eller via " +"flyttlinjens hamburgermenyer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisera påfyllning av underleverantörer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -16713,6 +22741,12 @@ msgid "" "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" +"Det finns två sätt att automatisera leveransen av råmaterial till dina " +"underleverantörer vid inköp av slutprodukten. Vilken metod du väljer beror " +"på om du vill att materialet ska passera genom ditt lager eller inte. Båda " +"dessa metoder beskrivs som dragmekanismer eftersom de utlöses av den " +"ursprungliga inköpsordern till underleverantören, vilket skapar ett behov av" +" råmaterial hos underleverantören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -16721,6 +22755,10 @@ msgid "" "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" +"Om du förser din underleverantör med råmaterial från ditt eget lager måste " +"du aktivera rutten \"Återleverera underleverantör på beställning\" enligt " +"bilden nedan. Om detta är en komponent som du köper från en leverantör, bör " +"du också aktivera inköpsrutten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -16732,12 +22770,22 @@ msgid "" "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" +"Om du nu vill att din leverantör ska leverera direkt till din " +"underleverantör måste du välja alternativet \"Dropship Subcontractor on " +"Order\" istället. För att detta alternativ ska vara aktivt på " +"produktformuläret måste du först aktivera dropshipping-alternativet från " +":menuselection:`Köp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar --> Dropshipping`. " +"När beställningen till underleverantören har validerats skapar denna rutt en" +" RFQ för dropshipping från din leverantör till den underleverantören. Du " +"behöver sedan bara granska och validera den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" +"Observera att köprutten inte väljs i detta fall, eftersom leveransrutten " +"redan är en köprutt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -16746,18 +22794,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, om du vill spåra lagret av dessa råvaror hos dina " +"underleverantörer, måste du aktivera *Multi-locations* i " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " +"locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Från platsformuläret kan du sedan komma åt Aktuellt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuell påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan också välja att fylla på dina underleverantörer manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -16766,6 +22818,10 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skicka komponenter till din underleverantör när det passar dig, " +"välj operationstypen \"Återleverera till underleverantör\" i " +"*Inventarie*-modulen och skapa en plockning där du anger till vilken " +"underleverantör du levererar till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -16773,10 +22829,13 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du också manuellt be din leverantör att leverera till din " +"underleverantör genom att skapa en beställning av typen dropship, med din " +"underleverantör angiven som leveransadress." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkning i tre steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -16786,6 +22845,11 @@ msgid "" "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" +"Med Odoo *Manufacturing* kan användare tillverka produkter i ett, två eller " +"tre steg. Vid trestegstillverkning skapar Odoo en överföring för plockning " +"av komponenter, en tillverkningsorder (MO) och en överföring för lagring av " +"färdiga produkter, och uppdaterar lagerräkningarna baserat på antalet " +"komponenter som tagits bort och färdiga produkter som skapats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 @@ -16794,16 +22858,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" +"I den nya |MO| väljer du den produkt som ska produceras från " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product`. Fältet :guilabel:`Materialförteckning`" +" fylls i automatiskt med den tillhörande materialförteckningen (BoM)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process plock komponenter överföring" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -16813,6 +22880,11 @@ msgid "" "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat en |MO| i tre steg visas en smart " +":guilabel:`Transfers`-knapp högst upp på sidan. Klicka på den för att komma " +"till :guilabel:`Transfers`-sidan för |MO|. På sidan listas två överföringar:" +" *WH/PC/XXXXX* (överföringen för plockning av komponenter) och " +"*WH/SFP/XXXXX* (överföringen för lagring av färdiga produkter)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -16821,6 +22893,10 @@ msgid "" "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` för att öppna överföringen av plockkomponenter " +"för |MO|. Denna överföring används för att spåra förflyttningen av " +"komponenter från de platser där de lagras till den plats där de används för " +"att tillverka produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 @@ -16831,6 +22907,11 @@ msgid "" "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" +"När du har överfört komponenterna från lagringsplatsen klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Validera` högst upp i överföringen, följt av :guilabel:`Använd` i" +" popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` som visas. Detta markerar " +"överföringen som :guilabel:`Done` och uppdaterar lagerräkningarna så att de " +"återspeglar antalet överförda komponenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 @@ -16838,11 +22919,13 @@ msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, återvänd till |MO| genom att klicka på :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " +"brödsmulan högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkningsorderns brödsmula vid överföring av pickup-komponenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -16850,14 +22933,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra arbetsorder från |MO| själv, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, och " +"välj sedan en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startknappen för en arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Klar för en arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126 @@ -16868,6 +22954,11 @@ msgid "" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" +"När den slutliga arbetsordern för |MO| har uppnåtts visas knappen " +":guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO` i tablettvyn utöver knappen " +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO` " +"för att markera |MO| som :guilabel:`Done`, och registrera den tillverkade " +"produkten/produkterna i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -16876,10 +22967,14 @@ msgid "" "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " |MO|." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att slutföra den slutliga arbetsordern och samtidigt " +"hålla |MO| öppen genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Markera som utförd`. I detta" +" fall kan |MO| stängas vid ett senare tillfälle genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Produce All` på |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 msgid "Process finished product transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överföring av färdiga produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -16890,6 +22985,12 @@ msgid "" "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" +"När du har slutfört |MO|, gå tillbaka till orderns " +":guilabel:`Transfers`-sida genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Transfers`-knappen" +" högst upp i ordern. Den här gången väljer du :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` för " +"att öppna överföringen av färdiga produkter. Denna överföring används för " +"att spåra förflyttningen av färdiga produkter från den plats där de " +"tillverkades till den plats där de lagras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -16899,10 +23000,15 @@ msgid "" "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" +"När du har överfört de färdiga produkterna till deras lagringsplats klickar " +"du på :guilabel:`Validera` högst upp i överföringen, följt av " +":guilabel:`Tillämpa` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Omedelbar överföring?` som " +"visas. Detta markerar överföringen som :guilabel:`Done` och uppdaterar " +"lagerräkningarna så att de återspeglar mängden överförda färdiga produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillverkning i två steg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -16913,6 +23019,12 @@ msgid "" "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Manufacturing* tillåter användare att tillverka produkter i ett, två " +"eller tre steg. Vid tvåstegstillverkning skapar Odoo en tillverkningsorder " +"(MO) och en överföring av plockkomponenter, men genererar inte en överföring" +" för förflyttning av färdiga produkter till lager. Lagerräkningarna " +"uppdateras fortfarande baserat på antalet tillverkade produkter, men " +"överföringen av dem till och från lagret spåras inte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -16922,6 +23034,11 @@ msgid "" "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat en tvåstegs |MO| visas en :guilabel:`Transfers` smart " +"knapp högst upp på sidan. Klicka på den för att öppna överföringen av " +"plockkomponenter för |MO|. Denna överföring används för att spåra " +"förflyttningen av komponenter från de platser där de lagras till den plats " +"där de används för att tillverka produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -16931,14 +23048,18 @@ msgid "" "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" +"På sidan |MO| väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder`. När arbetet börjar " +"på den första arbetsordern som behöver slutföras klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Start` för den operationen. Odoo *Manufacturing* startar sedan en" +" timer som håller reda på hur lång tid det tar att slutföra arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startknappen för en arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Klar för en arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -16946,6 +23067,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra arbetsorder för en |MO| med hjälp av tablettvyn, börja med " +"att navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " +"Manufacturing Orders`, och välj sedan en |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -16953,6 +23077,9 @@ msgid "" " (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This " "opens the tablet view." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och välj sedan knappen " +":guilabel:`📱 (tablett)` på raden för den första arbetsordern som ska " +"behandlas. Detta öppnar tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -16961,28 +23088,39 @@ msgid "" "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " order." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att slutföra den sista åtgärden medan |MO| är öppen, " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. I detta fall kan |MO| stängas " +"vid ett senare tillfälle genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Produce All`" +" på ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda huvudproduktionsschemat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" +"Huvudproduktionsschemat (MPS) är ett värdefullt verktyg för att planera din " +"produktion baserat på din efterfrågeprognos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"och aktivera funktionen Master Production Schedule innan du trycker på " +"spara." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" +"I MPS-inställningarna kan du definiera tidsintervallet för din MPS " +"(månad/vecka/dag) och antalet perioder som du vill visa hela tiden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -16991,6 +23129,10 @@ msgid "" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" +"Gå nu till :menuselection:`Planering --> Huvudproduktionsschema` och klicka " +"på *lägg till en produkt*. Du kan nu definiera ditt säkerhetslagermål (= det" +" lager du vill ha till hands i slutet av perioden) och de minsta och största" +" kvantiteter som måste eller kan fyllas på i varje period." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -17001,10 +23143,16 @@ msgid "" "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" +"I MPS-vyn kan du bestämma vilken information du vill visa genom att klicka " +"på *rader*. Till exempel visar *Aktuell efterfrågan* vilken mängd produkter " +"som redan har beställts för perioden, eller *Tillgängligt att lova*, vad som" +" fortfarande kan säljas under samma period (vad du planerar att fylla på - " +"vad som redan har sålts under perioden). Du kan också välja att dölja rader " +"om du vill." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppskatta din efterfrågan och starta påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -17014,6 +23162,11 @@ msgid "" "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att uppskatta efterfrågan för den valda perioden. Detta görs i" +" raden *Prognostiserad efterfrågan*. Du kan enkelt, när som helst, jämföra " +"efterfrågeprognosen med den faktiska efterfrågan (= bekräftad försäljning). " +"Efterfrågeprognosen för en färdig produkt kommer att påverka den indirekta " +"efterfrågan på dess komponenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -17023,6 +23176,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" +"När den prognostiserade efterfrågan har ställts in beräknas automatiskt den " +"kvantitet som ska fyllas på för de olika perioderna. De påfyllningar som du " +"ska starta baserat på dina ledtider (leverantörens ledtid eller " +"tillverkningens ledtid) visas sedan i grönt. Du kan nu starta påfyllningen " +"genom att klicka på påfyllningsknappen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -17030,6 +23188,9 @@ msgid "" "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" +"Beroende på produktens konfiguration (köp vs. tillverkning) kommer " +"offertförfrågningar eller tillverkningsorder att skapas. Du kan enkelt komma" +" åt dessa genom att klicka på cellen *Aktuell påfyllning*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -17038,16 +23199,21 @@ msgid "" "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" +"Om du manuellt redigerar mängden *Föreslagen påfyllning* visas ett litet " +"kryss till vänster i cellen. Om du vill gå tillbaka till det automatiskt " +"beräknade värdet som ges av Odoo klickar du bara på korset." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Celler färg betydelse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" +"Cellerna, som ingår i raden *Suggested Replenishment*, kan ha olika färger " +"beroende på situationen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -17055,34 +23221,45 @@ msgid "" "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" +"**Grön**: mängd produkter som bör fyllas på för att nå det förväntade " +"säkerhetslagret med hänsyn till efterfrågeprognosen och den indirekta " +"efterfrågeprognosen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" +"**Grå**: Påfyllningsorder har redan genererats, och dess kvantitet " +"överensstämmer fortfarande med aktuella data." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" +"**Röd**: Påfyllningsorder har redan genererats, och dess kvantitet var för " +"hög med tanke på aktuella data." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" +"**Orange**: Påfyllningsorder har redan genererats, och dess kvantitet var " +"för låg med tanke på aktuella data." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" +"Linjen *Prognostiserad aktie* kan också innehålla röda celler, vilket " +"innebär att aktien kommer att vara negativ under den aktuella perioden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad händer om jag har underskattat efterfrågan?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -17090,10 +23267,13 @@ msgid "" "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" +"Du kan fortfarande öka prognosen för efterfrågan. Det kommer att påverka " +"mängden som ska fyllas på. Cellen blir orange och du kan starta en ny " +"påfyllning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad händer om jag har överskattat efterfrågan?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -17101,20 +23281,25 @@ msgid "" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" +"Du kan minska prognosen för efterfrågan. Cellen blir röd för att informera " +"dig om att du har beställt mer än planerat. Om du fortfarande kan göra det " +"kan du avbryta någon RFQ eller MO manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad händer om jag felaktigt har lagt till en produkt i MPS?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" +"Du kan enkelt ta bort en produkt från MPS genom att klicka på den lilla " +"papperskorgen till höger om namnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera arbetsorder med hjälp av arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17126,6 +23311,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" +"Odoo Manufacturing tillåter att arbetsorder utförs på specifika " +"arbetscenter. När en tillverkningsorder skapas för en produkt, kommer alla " +"arbetsorder som anges i :guilabel:`Operations` fliken i produktens " +"stycklista (BoM) automatiskt att skapas också och tilldelas det angivna " +"arbetscentret. Arbetsorder kan hanteras i modulen :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"genom att välja :menuselection:`Operations --> Work Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -17135,10 +23326,15 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda arbetscenter måste funktionen :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` " +"först vara aktiverad. Gå till modulen :guilabel:`Manufacturing`, välj " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, och aktivera kryssrutan bredvid" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Arbetscenter kan sedan skapas och hanteras genom " +"att välja :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -17146,47 +23342,59 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"I modulen :guilabel:`Manufacturing` väljer du :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Work Centers --> Create`. Arbetscenterformuläret kan sedan fyllas i " +"enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: ge arbetsstället ett kortfattat namn som " +"beskriver den typ av verksamhet som det kommer att användas för" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: ange ett alternativt arbetsställe där " +"verksamheten ska utföras om det huvudsakliga arbetsstället inte är " +"tillgängligt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Code`: tilldela arbetsstället en referenskod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: definiera antalet timmar som arbetsplatsen kan " +"vara i bruk varje vecka" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`: välj det företag som arbetsstället tillhör" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett exempel på ett fullt konfigurerat arbetscenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätta standarder för produktivitet på arbetsplatsen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Generell information` i formuläret för arbetscenter gör " +"det möjligt att tilldela produktivitetsmål till ett arbetscenter:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -17195,47 +23403,61 @@ msgid "" "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: används för att beräkna hur lång tid en " +"arbetsorder förväntas ta på arbetscentret; till exempel, om en arbetsorder " +"normalt tar en timme och effektiviteten är inställd på 200%, kommer " +"arbetsordern att ta 30 minuter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kapacitet`: det antal operationer som kan utföras samtidigt vid " +"arbetsstället" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: målet för effektivitet vid arbetsstället" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: inställningstid som krävs innan arbetet kan " +"påbörjas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: nedbrytnings- eller saneringstid som krävs " +"efter att arbetet är avslutat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kostnad per timme`: kostnaden för att driva arbetscentret under " +"en timme" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Analyskonto`: det konto där kostnaden för arbetsstället skall " +"bokföras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den allmänna informationsfliken i arbetscenterformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela utrustning till ett arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -17243,78 +23465,93 @@ msgid "" "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av fliken :guilabel:`Utrustning` är det möjligt att tilldela " +"specifika utrustningar till ett arbetscenter. Följande information visas för" +" varje utrustning som läggs till:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: namnet på utrustningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: den tekniker som ansvarar för service av " +"utrustningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: den kategori som utrustningen tillhör" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`: medeltid mellan fel; den genomsnittliga tid som " +"utrustningen kommer att fungera innan den går sönder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; den genomsnittliga tid det tar för " +"utrustningen att bli fullt funktionsduglig igen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: en uppskattning av när nästa fel på " +"utrustningen kommer att inträffa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken utrustning i arbetscenterformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, och :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` " +"beräknas alla automatiskt baserat på tidigare feldata, om sådana finns." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integrera IoT-enheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` möjliggör integrering av :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)`-enheter med ett arbetscenter:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Device`: anger den IoT-enhet som ska utlösas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Key`: säkerhetsnyckeln för enheten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Action`: IoT-enhetens utlösta åtgärd" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken IoT-utlösare i formuläret för arbetscenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användningsfall: Konfigurera en alternativ arbetsplats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -17323,6 +23560,10 @@ msgid "" "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" +"När ett arbetscenter har full kapacitet kan det inte ta emot några nya " +"arbetsorder. Istället för att vänta på att arbetscentret ska bli " +"tillgängligt är det möjligt att ange ett alternativt arbetscenter där " +"överblivna arbetsorder ska utföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -17332,6 +23573,12 @@ msgid "" "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" +"Börja med att skapa ett nytt arbetscenter. Konfigurera fliken " +":guilabel:`Utrustning` så att den har samma utrustning som " +"huvudarbetscentret. Detta kommer att säkerställa att samma uppgifter kan " +"utföras på båda arbetscentren. Navigera till huvudarbetscentralen och " +"inkludera den nya arbetscentralen i :guilabel:`Alternativa arbetscentraler` " +"urvalsfält." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -17341,25 +23588,35 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" +"Skapa nu en ny tillverkningsorder som använder huvudarbetsstället för en av " +"sina operationer. Huvudarbetsstället kommer automatiskt att väljas för " +"operationen på fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder`. När du har bekräftat " +"tillverkningsordern klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Plan` som visas längst " +"upp till vänster i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen Planera för att automatiskt välja en tillgänglig " +"arbetsplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" +"Om det huvudsakliga arbetsstället är fullbelagt kommer det arbetsställe som " +"valts för operationen automatiskt att ändras till det alternativa " +"arbetsstället." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det alternativa arbetsstället väljs automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Övervaka arbetscentrets prestanda" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -17368,32 +23625,43 @@ msgid "" "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" +"Prestanda för en enskild arbetscentral kan visas genom att välja " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` och klicka på en " +"arbetscentral. En mängd olika mätvärden som visar arbetscentrets prestanda " +"kan visas längst upp till höger i formuläret:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, den procentuella andel av " +"tiden som arbetsstället har varit fullt produktivt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lost`: den tid som förlorats på grund av arbetsnedläggelser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Load`: den tid det tar att slutföra den aktuella " +"arbetsbelastningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prestation`: den faktiska arbetstidens längd, uttryckt i procent " +"av den förväntade arbetstidens längd" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gör arbetscentraler otillgängliga med hjälp av Time Off" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17402,6 +23670,10 @@ msgid "" "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" +"I Odoo används *arbetscenter* för att utföra tillverkningsverksamhet på " +"specifika platser. Men om ett arbetscenter av någon anledning inte kan " +"användas, börjar arbetsorder staplas på arbetscentret tills det är i drift " +"igen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -17412,6 +23684,12 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" +"Som ett resultat är det nödvändigt att göra arbetscentret otillgängligt i " +"Odoo så att plattformen dirigerar nya arbetsorder till alternativa " +"arbetscenter som är operativa. Med hjälp av Odoo *Time Off* är det möjligt " +"att ange att ett arbetscenter inte ska vara tillgängligt under en viss " +"tidsperiod. På så sätt säkerställs att tillverkningen kan fortsätta tills " +"det påverkade arbetscentret är tillgängligt igen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -17421,6 +23699,11 @@ msgid "" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" +"Innan ett arbetscenter kan betecknas som otillgängligt måste Odoo-" +"plattformen vara korrekt konfigurerad. Först är det nödvändigt att aktivera " +":ref:`utvecklarläge `. Detta gör att smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Time Off` kan visas i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Arbetstider` för " +"varje arbetscenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -17428,10 +23711,13 @@ msgid "" "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" +"Aktivera utvecklarläget genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar`, " +"bläddra till botten av sidan och klicka på :guilabel:`Aktivera " +"utvecklarläget` under rubriken :guilabel:`Utvecklarverktyg`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen \"Aktivera utvecklarläget\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -17442,10 +23728,16 @@ msgid "" "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" +"Installera sedan appen *Time Off*. Det här är appen som används för att " +"tilldela ledighet till alla resurser i Odoo, inklusive anställda och " +"arbetscenter. Navigera till :menuselection:`Apps` och skriv sedan `Time Off`" +" i :guilabel:`Search...`-fältet. Kortet för modulen :guilabel:`Time Off` bör" +" vara det enda som visas på sidan. Klicka på den gröna knappen " +":guilabel:`Install` på kortet för att installera appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installationskort för modulen Time Off." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -17455,12 +23747,20 @@ msgid "" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" +"Det sista steget är att konfigurera arbetscenter på rätt sätt. För detta " +"arbetsflöde är det nödvändigt att ha minst två arbetscenter: ett som görs " +"otillgängligt och ett andra som tar emot de arbetsorder som det andra inte " +"kan acceptera. Om inget andra arbetscenter är konfigurerat kan Odoo inte " +"dirigera bort arbetsorder från det otillgängliga arbetscentret och de kommer" +" att samlas i dess kö." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett arbetscenter, gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -17468,10 +23768,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" +"Se till att båda arbetscentren har samma utrustning som listas under fliken " +":guilabel:`Utrustning`. Detta säkerställer att operationer som utförs på ett" +" arbetscenter också kan utföras på det andra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utrustningsfliken på en arbetscenterform." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -17480,14 +23783,18 @@ msgid "" "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" +"För det arbetscenter som inte kommer att vara tillgängligt väljer du det " +"andra arbetscentret i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Alternativa arbetscenter`." +" Nu vet Odoo att arbetsorder ska skickas till det andra arbetscentret när " +"det första är otillgängligt av någon anledning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En arbetsplatsform konfigurerad med en alternativ arbetsplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till ledighet för ett arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -17498,10 +23805,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"När konfigurationen är klar kan ledig tid nu tilldelas den arbetsstation som" +" kommer att göras otillgänglig. Börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` och välj " +"den berörda arbetsstationen. Klicka på :guilabel:`Redigera` och sedan på " +"knappen :guilabel:` (extern länk)` bredvid rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Arbetstider`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arbetstidsknappen \"Extern länk\" på formuläret för arbetscenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -17511,10 +23824,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" +"En popup visas med titeln :guilabel:`Öppen: Arbetstider`. " +"Standardarbetstiderna för arbetscentret listas här, tillsammans med diverse " +"andra detaljer om det. Eftersom utvecklarläget var aktiverat finns det en " +":guilabel:`Ledig tid`-knapp längst upp till höger i popup-fönstret. Klicka " +"på den för att komma till sidan :guilabel:`Resource Time Off`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Fritid i popup-fönstret Arbetstid." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -17526,14 +23844,21 @@ msgid "" "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" +"På den här sidan klickar du på :guilabel:`Create` för att konfigurera en ny " +"tidspost. I ledighetsformuläret anger du :guilabel:`Anledning` till " +"stängningen av arbetscentret (trasig, underhåll, etc.), väljer det berörda " +"arbetscentret som :guilabel:`Resurs` och väljer ett :guilabel:`Startdatum` " +"och :guilabel:`Slutdatum` för att ange den period under vilken arbetscentret" +" inte kommer att vara tillgängligt. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` och " +"ledigheten för arbetscentret loggas i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formuläret \"Ledighet från resurs\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vidarebefordra order till ett alternativt arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -17541,6 +23866,9 @@ msgid "" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" +"När ett arbetscenter befinner sig inom den angivna tidsgränsen kan " +"arbetsorder som skickas till det automatiskt dirigeras till ett alternativt " +"arbetscenter med hjälp av knappen :guilabel:`Plan`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -17550,6 +23878,11 @@ msgid "" "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" +"Börja med att skapa en ny tillverkningsorder genom att välja " +":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. I " +"formuläret för tillverkningsorder anger du en :guilabel:`Produkt` som " +"använder den otillgängliga arbetsstationen för en av sina operationer. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -17558,22 +23891,31 @@ msgid "" "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" +"På den bekräftade arbetsordern väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder`. Som" +" standard anges det otillgängliga arbetscentret i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Arbetscenter`. Det finns också en grön :guilabel:`Planera`-knapp " +"längst upp till vänster på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan-knappen på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Plan` och den arbetsplats som anges under fliken " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder` ändras automatiskt till den alternativa " +"arbetsplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" +"Den valda arbetsstationen uppdateras automatiskt när du klickar på knappen " +"Planera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -17582,10 +23924,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" +"När tidsbegränsningsperioden för det otillgängliga arbetscentret har löpt ut" +" känner Odoo av att arbetscentret är tillgängligt igen. Om du klickar på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Plan` vid denna tidpunkt dirigeras inte arbetsorder till " +"ett alternativt arbetscenter om inte det första arbetscentret är fullbelagt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beroenden till arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -17596,6 +23942,11 @@ msgid "" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" +"Vid tillverkning av vissa produkter kan specifika operationer behöva " +"slutföras innan andra kan påbörjas. För att säkerställa att operationer " +"utförs i rätt ordning har Odoo *Manufacturing* en inställning för *beroenden" +" av arbetsordning*. Om du aktiverar denna inställning kan operationer på en " +"Bill of Materials (BoM) *blockeras* av andra operationer som bör ske först." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -17604,6 +23955,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" +"Inställningen *arbetsorderberoenden* är inte aktiverad som standard. För att" +" aktivera den, börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Aktivera sedan inställningen " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder`, om den inte redan är aktiv." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -17611,10 +23966,14 @@ msgid "" "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat inställningen :guilabel:`Work Orders` visas " +"inställningen :guilabel:`Work Order Dependencies` under den. Aktivera " +":guilabel:`Work Order Dependencies` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save` för" +" att bekräfta ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till beroenden till BoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -17623,6 +23982,9 @@ msgid "" "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Arbetsorderberoenden konfigureras på en produkts |BOM|. Navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials` och välj " +"sedan en |BOM|, eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -17630,6 +23992,9 @@ msgid "" "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" +"För en fullständig guide om hur du korrekt konfigurerar en ny |BOM|, se " +"dokumentationen om :ref:`skapa en stycklista " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -17638,10 +24003,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"På |BOM| klickar du på fliken :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` och aktiverar sedan " +"kryssrutan :guilabel:`Operation Dependencies`. Detta gör ett nytt " +":guilabel:`Blockerad av`-alternativ tillgängligt i inställningarna på fliken" +" :guilabel:`Operationer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kryssrutan Operationsberoenden på fliken Övrigt i en BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -17650,10 +24019,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Operations`. Klicka på flikens " +":guilabel:`inställningar`-knapp längst upp till höger på fliken och aktivera" +" sedan kryssrutan :guilabel:`Blockerad av`. Detta gör att ett " +":guilabel:`Blockerad av` fält visas för varje operation på fliken " +":guilabel:`Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningarna för fliken Drift på en BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -17663,18 +24037,23 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fältet :guilabel:`Blockerad av` i raden för den operation som ska " +"blockeras av en annan operation och ett :guilabel:`Öppen: Operationer` " +"popup-fönster visas. I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Blockerad av` i popup-" +"fönstret väljer du den blockerande åtgärd som måste utföras *före* den " +"åtgärd som är blockerad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rullgardinsfältet Blockerad av för en åtgärd på en BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slutligen, spara |BOM| genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planera arbetsorder med hjälp av beroenden" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -17684,6 +24063,11 @@ msgid "" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" +"När arbetsorderberoenden har konfigurerats på en |BOM|, kan Odoo " +"*Manufacturing* planera när arbetsorder ska schemaläggas, baserat på deras " +"beroenden. För att planera arbetsorder för en tillverkningsorder, börja med " +"att navigera till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Operationer --> " +"Tillverkningsorder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -17693,6 +24077,11 @@ msgid "" "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan en tillverkningsorder för en produkt med arbetsorderberoenden " +"inställda på dess |BOM|, eller skapa en ny tillverkningsorder genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Om en ny tillverkningsorder skapas väljer du en " +"|BOM| som konfigurerats med arbetsorderberoenden i listrutan :guilabel:`Bill" +" of Material` och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -17701,6 +24090,10 @@ msgid "" "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat tillverkningsordern väljer du fliken " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder` för att visa de arbetsorder som krävs för att " +"slutföra den. Alla arbetsorder som *inte* är blockerade av en annan " +"arbetsorder visar en `Ready`-tagg i avsnittet :guilabel:`Status`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -17708,10 +24101,13 @@ msgid "" "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" +"Arbetsorder som blockeras av en eller flera arbetsorder visas istället med " +"taggen `Väntar på en annan WO`. När den blockerande " +"arbetsordern/arbetsordrarna har slutförts uppdateras taggen till `Ready`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Statuskoder för arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -17723,11 +24119,19 @@ msgid "" "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" +"För att schemalägga tillverkningsorderns arbetsorder klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Planera` högst upp på sidan. Därefter fylls fältet " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` för varje arbetsorder på fliken " +":guilabel:`Work Orders` automatiskt i med det schemalagda startdatumet och " +"den schemalagda starttiden. En blockerad arbetsorder schemaläggs i slutet av" +" den tidsperiod som anges i fältet :guilabel:`Expected Duration` för den " +"arbetsorder som föregår den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"Fältet Schemalagt startdatum för arbetsorder på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -17735,6 +24139,10 @@ msgid "" "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" +"En tillverkningsorder skapas för Produkt A. Tillverkningsordern har två " +"operationer: Kapning och Montering. Varje operation har en förväntad " +"varaktighet på 60 minuter, och monteringsoperationen blockeras av " +"skärningsoperationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -17743,10 +24151,14 @@ msgid "" "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Plan` för tillverkningsordern klickas kl. 13:30, och " +"kapningen planeras att påbörjas omedelbart. Eftersom Cut-operationen " +"förväntas pågå i 60 minuter, är Assemble-operationen schemalagd att börja " +"kl. 14:30." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planering av arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -17755,6 +24167,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" +"För att se en visuell representation av hur arbetsorder planeras, gå till " +"sidan :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. " +"Denna sida visar en tidslinje över alla arbetsorder som planerats för varje " +"operation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -17763,19 +24180,25 @@ msgid "" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" +"Om en arbetsorder blockeras av slutförandet av en annan, visas den " +"blockerade arbetsordern som planerad att starta efter den blockerande " +"arbetsordern. Dessutom kopplas de två arbetsorderna samman med en pil som " +"leder från den blockerande åtgärden till den blockerade åtgärden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" +"Pilen som förbinder en blockerad arbetsorder med den arbetsorder som " +"blockerar den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Butiksgolv" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översikt över verkstadsgolvet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -17784,6 +24207,11 @@ msgid "" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" +"Modulen *Shop Floor* är en kompletterande modul till appen *Manufacturing*. " +"*Shop Floor* tillhandahåller ett visuellt gränssnitt för bearbetning av " +"tillverkningsorder (MO) och arbetsorder. Den gör det också möjligt för " +"anställda inom tillverkningsindustrin att spåra den tid de arbetar med " +"tillverknings- och arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -17793,12 +24221,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" +"Modulen *Shop Floor* installeras tillsammans med appen *Manufacturing*. Den " +"kan inte installeras på egen hand. För att installera appen *Manufacturing*," +" gå till :menuselection:`Apps`, sök efter `manufacturing` i fältet " +":guilabel:`Search...` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Install` på appkortet " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" +"Modulen *Shop Floor* ersätter funktionen för tablettvy i appen " +"*Manufacturing* och är endast tillgänglig i Odoo version 16.4 och senare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -17806,12 +24241,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera versionsnumret för en Odoo-databas, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar` och bläddra ner till :guilabel:`Om` avsnittet" +" längst ner på sidan. Versionsnumret visas där." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":ref:`upgrading a database `." msgstr "" +"För att byta till en nyare version av Odoo, se dokumentationen om " +":ref:`uppgradering av en databas `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" @@ -17822,12 +24262,16 @@ msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" +"*Shop Floor* är uppdelad i tre huvudvyer, som kan väljas från " +"navigeringsfältet högst upp i modulen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" +"Sidan :guilabel:`All` fungerar som huvudinstrumentpanel för modulen och " +"visar informationskort för |MOs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -17837,6 +24281,11 @@ msgid "" "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Varje arbetscenter har också en egen sida, som visar informationskort för " +"arbetsorder som tilldelats det arbetscentret. Du kan slå på eller av sidorna" +" för arbetscenter genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`+ (plus)` i " +"navigeringsfältet, markera eller avmarkera dem i popup-fönstret som visas " +"och sedan klicka på :guilabel:`Bekräfta`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -17846,6 +24295,11 @@ msgid "" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" +"Sidan :guilabel:`My` visar informationskort för alla arbetsorder som " +"tilldelats den medarbetare vars profil för närvarande är aktiv i " +"operatörspanelen på modulens vänstra sida. Förutom att endast visa " +"arbetsorder som tilldelats den aktiva medarbetaren, fungerar denna sida på " +"samma sätt som sidorna för varje arbetscenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -17854,6 +24308,10 @@ msgid "" "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" +"För att isolera en |MO| eller arbetsorder, så att inga andra order visas, " +"söker du helt enkelt på referensnumret för |MO| i :guilabel:`Sök...`-fältet " +"högst upp i modulen. Detta sökfilter förblir aktivt när du växlar mellan de " +"olika modulvyerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -17863,16 +24321,22 @@ msgid "" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" +"På modulens vänstra sida finns operatörspanelen, som visar alla medarbetare " +"som för närvarande är inloggade i *Shop Floor*, och gör det möjligt för nya " +"medarbetare att logga in. Operatörspanelen är alltid tillgänglig i modulen, " +"oavsett vilken vy som är vald. Den kan slås på eller av genom att klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`sidebar` längst till vänster i navigeringsfältet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" +"\"Sidebar\"-knappen, som används för att slå på eller av operatörspanelen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla sidor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -17880,6 +24344,9 @@ msgid "" "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" +"Som standard visar sidan :guilabel:`All` ett informationskort för varje |MO|" +" som är *klar att starta*. En |MO| anses vara redo att starta när den har " +"bekräftats och alla nödvändiga komponenter finns tillgängliga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -17887,10 +24354,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"För att se alla bekräftade |MO| oavsett beredskap, klicka på :guilabel:`x` " +"knappen på :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filtret för att ta bort det från " +":guilabel:`Sök...` fältet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MO-informationskort" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -17898,6 +24368,9 @@ msgid "" "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" +"Ett |MO|-informationskort på sidan :guilabel:`All` visar alla relevanta " +"detaljer om den associerade |MO|, och ger också anställda alternativ för att" +" behandla |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -17908,6 +24381,12 @@ msgid "" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" +"Rubriken för ett |MO|-kort visar |MO|-numret, produkten och antalet enheter " +"som produceras, samt status för |MO|. Om arbetet ännu inte har påbörjats på " +"|MO| visas statusen som :guilabel:`Confirmed`. När arbetet har påbörjats " +"uppdateras statusen till :guilabel:`In Progress`. Om alla arbetsorder för en" +" |MO| har slutförts och |MO| är redo att stängas, uppdateras statusen till " +":guilabel:`To Close`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -17917,6 +24396,11 @@ msgid "" "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" +"Huvuddelen av ett |MO|-kort visar en rad för varje slutförd arbetsorder, om " +"någon, följt av den aktuella arbetsorder som behöver slutföras. Avslutade " +"arbetsorder indikeras med en grön bock till höger om arbetsorderns titel. " +"Den aktuella arbetsordern indikeras av en knapp som öppnar sidan för det " +"arbetscenter som ordern är tilldelad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -17926,6 +24410,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Under den aktuella arbetsordern finns en rad med titeln :guilabel:`Register " +"Production`, som används för att registrera antalet producerade " +"produktenheter. För att manuellt ange antalet producerade enheter, klicka på" +" raden :guilabel:`Register Production`, ange ett värde i fältet " +":guilabel:`Units` i det popup-fönster som visas och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Validate`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -17935,6 +24425,11 @@ msgid "" "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# Units` på höger sida av " +"raden, vilket automatiskt registrerar antalet enheter som |MO| skapades för " +"som antalet producerade enheter. Till exempel, om en |MO| skapas för 10 " +"enheter av ett matbord, klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`10 units` för att " +"registrera att 10 enheter producerades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -17945,6 +24440,12 @@ msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" +"I sidfoten på |MO|-kortet finns en :guilabel:`Stäng produktion`-knapp. Denna" +" används för att stänga |MO| när produktionen är slutförd. Men om det krävs " +"några kvalitetskontroller för |MO| som helhet (inte arbetsorderna i den), " +"visas istället knappen :guilabel:`Kvalitetskontroller`. Om du klickar på " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` öppnas ett popup-fönster där du kan utföra de " +"kvalitetskontroller som krävs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -17953,12 +24454,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" +"Efter att du klickat på :guilabel:`Close Production` börjar |MO|-kortet att " +"blekna bort och en :guilabel:`Undo`-knapp visas i sidfoten. Om du klickar på" +" :guilabel:`Undo` förblir |MO| öppet. När |MO|-kortet försvinner helt stängs" +" arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" +"På höger sida av sidfoten finns en :guilabel:`⋮ (options)`-knapp, som öppnar" +" ett popup-fönster med ytterligare alternativ för |MO|:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 @@ -17966,12 +24473,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Scrap` används för att skicka komponenter till en " +"skrotningsanläggning när de har konstaterats vara defekta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Add Work Order` används för att lägga till ytterligare en " +"arbetsorder till |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 @@ -17979,19 +24490,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Add Component` används för att lägga till ytterligare en " +"komponent till |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` öppnar |MO| i appen Tillverkning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett informationskort för ett MO på sidan \"Alla\" i modulen Shop Floor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sidor för arbetscenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -18000,6 +24513,10 @@ msgid "" "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" +"Som standard visar sidan för varje arbetscenter ett informationskort för " +"varje arbetsorder som tilldelats den och som är *klar att starta*. En " +"arbetsorder anses vara redo att starta när den |MO| den är en del av är redo" +" att starta och alla tidigare arbetsorder har slutförts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -18007,10 +24524,14 @@ msgid "" "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"Om du vill se alla bekräftade arbetsorder som tilldelats ett arbetscenter " +"oavsett beredskap, klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`x` i filtret " +":guilabel:`Ready to Start` för att ta bort det från fältet " +":guilabel:`Sök...`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informationskort för arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -18018,6 +24539,9 @@ msgid "" "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" +"Ett informationskort för arbetsorder på en arbetscentrals sida visar alla " +"relevanta detaljer för den tillhörande arbetsordern, och ger också anställda" +" alternativ för att behandla arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -18028,6 +24552,12 @@ msgid "" "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" +"Rubriken på ett arbetsorderkort visar referensnumret för den |MO| som " +"arbetsordern är en del av, produkten och antalet enheter som produceras samt" +" status för arbetsordern. Om arbetet med arbetsordern ännu inte har " +"påbörjats visas statusen som :guilabel:`To Do`. När arbetet har påbörjats " +"uppdateras statusen och visar en timer som visar den totala tiden som " +"arbetsordern har bearbetats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -18037,6 +24567,11 @@ msgid "" " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" +"Huvuddelen av ett arbetsorderkort visar en rad för varje steg som krävs för " +"att slutföra arbetsordern. Arbetsorderns steg kan slutföras genom att klicka" +" på raden och sedan följa instruktionerna i popup-fönstret som visas. " +"Alternativt kan du klicka på kryssrutan till höger om varje rad för att " +"automatiskt markera steget som slutfört." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -18046,6 +24581,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" +"Under det sista steget i arbetsordern finns en rad med titeln " +":guilabel:`Register Production`, som fungerar på samma sätt som raden " +":guilabel:`Register Production` på ett |MO|-kort. Registrering av antalet " +"producerade enheter med hjälp av raden :guilabel:`Register Production` på " +"ett arbetsorderkort avslutar också steget för det tillhörande |MO|-kortet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -18056,6 +24596,11 @@ msgid "" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" +"Om arbetsordern som behandlas är den sista arbetsordern för |MO|, visas en " +":guilabel:`Close Production`-knapp i sidfoten på arbetsorderkortet. Om du " +"klickar på :guilabel:`Close Production` stängs både arbetsordern och |MO|, " +"såvida inte en kvalitetskontroll krävs för |MO|. I så fall måste " +"kvalitetskontrollen slutföras från |MO|-kortet innan |MO| kan stängas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -18065,6 +24610,10 @@ msgid "" "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" +"Om |MO| kräver att ytterligare arbetsorder fylls i visas istället knappen " +":guilabel:`Markera som klar`. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Mark as Done` " +"markeras den aktuella arbetsordern som slutförd, och nästa arbetsorder visas" +" på sidan för det arbetscenter som den är tilldelad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -18074,38 +24623,51 @@ msgid "" "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" +"När du klickat på :guilabel:`Stäng produktion` eller :guilabel:`Markera som " +"utförd` börjar arbetsorderkortet att blekna och en :guilabel:`Undo`-knapp " +"visas i sidfoten. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Undo` förblir arbetsordern " +"öppen. När arbetsorderkortet försvinner helt markeras arbetsordern som " +":guilabel:`Finished` på |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" +"På höger sida av sidfoten finns en :guilabel:`⋮ (alternativ)`-knapp, som " +"öppnar ett popup-fönster med ytterligare alternativ för arbetsordern:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Move to work center` används för att flytta arbetsordern till ett" +" annat arbetscenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` ger användaren möjlighet att " +"föreslå en ändring av arbetsorderns instruktioner eller steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` öppnar ett formulär för kvalitetsvarning " +"som kan fyllas i för att varna ett kvalitetsteam om ett potentiellt problem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett informationskort för en arbetsorder i modulen Shop Floor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manöverpanel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -18113,6 +24675,9 @@ msgid "" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" +"Operatörspanelen används för att hantera de anställda som är inloggade i " +"modulen *Shop Floor*. Panelen visar namn och profilbild för varje anställd " +"som för närvarande är inloggad i alla instanser av databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -18120,6 +24685,9 @@ msgid "" "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" +"För att interagera med *Shop Floor* som en specifik medarbetare, klicka på " +"medarbetarens namn för att aktivera dennes profil. Profiler som inte är " +"aktiva visas med namn och profilbild gråmarkerade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -18129,6 +24697,11 @@ msgid "" "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" +"När en medarbetare är markerad i operatörspanelen kan denne börja arbeta på " +"en arbetsorder genom att klicka på arbetsorderns rubrik. Om en anställd " +"arbetar med en eller flera arbetsorder visas arbetsorderns titel under " +"dennes namn, tillsammans med en timer som visar hur länge de har arbetat med" +" varje order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -18136,22 +24709,27 @@ msgid "" "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en ny medarbetare i operatörspanelen klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`+ Lägg till operatör` längst ned i panelen. Välj sedan en" +" medarbetare från popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Select Employee`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" +"För att ta bort en anställd från operatörspanelen, klicka helt enkelt på " +"knappen :guilabel:`x` bredvid namnet i panelen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operatörspanelen för Shop Floor-modulen, med tre anställda inloggade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantering av produktlivscykeln" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -18160,19 +24738,24 @@ msgid "" "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) erbjuder en systematisk metod " +"för testning, samarbete och iteration av produkter genom konceptutveckling, " +"design, tillverkning, marknadsföring och support efter lansering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" +"Med godkännanden kan viktiga intressenter granska ändringar innan de " +"implementeras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantering av förändringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ECO-typ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -18181,6 +24764,11 @@ msgid "" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" +"En *ECO-typ* tilldelas *engineering change orders* (ECOs) för att organisera" +" och spåra ändringar i produkter och materialförteckningar (BoMs). Varje " +"|ECO|-typ separerar |ECOs| till ett projekt i Gantt-vyn, vilket säkerställer" +" att medarbetare och intressenter **bara** ser och hjälper till med " +"relevanta |BOM|-förbättringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -18190,28 +24778,39 @@ msgid "" "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"Till exempel kan en tillverkare av elektroniska chip använda |ECO|-typerna " +"'Introduktion av ny produkt', 'Produktförbättring', 'Komponentbyte' och " +"'Firmware-uppdatering'. Sedan kan designers och ingenjörer fokusera på " +"|ECOs| i projekten 'New Product Introduction' och 'Product Improvement', och" +" undvika orelaterade leverantörsbyten eller firmware-uppdateringar |ECOs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ECO-typ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt och hantera ECO-typer, navigera till :menuselection:`PLM " +"app --> Configuration --> ECO Types`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" +"Skapa en ny ECO-typ genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`. I det nya " +"formuläret :guilabel:`ECO Types` fyller du i följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`: namnet på |ECO|-typen, som kommer att organisera alla " +"|ECOs| av denna *typ* i ett projekt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -18219,6 +24818,9 @@ msgid "" "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email Alias`: om detta valfria fält är fyllt, e-post som skickas " +"till den här e-postadressen automatiskt generera |ECOs| i det vänstra steget" +" av denna |ECO| typ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -18227,14 +24829,18 @@ msgid "" "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Typen `Formuleringsändring` |ECO| används för att organisera och spåra " +"relaterade |ECOs| i ett enda projekt. Konfigurera :guilabel:`E-post Alias` " +"fält genererar |ECOs| i `Formuleringsändring` projektet skickas till " +"e-postadressen, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på en ECO-typ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigera ECO-typ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -18242,12 +24848,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" +"Ändra befintliga namn på |ECO|-typer och e-postalias genom att gå till sidan" +" :menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types`. Klicka sedan på " +"önskad |ECO|-typ i listan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" +"På formuläret för varje |ECO|-typ fortsätter du att redigera fälten " +":guilabel:`Name` och :guilabel:`Email Alias`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" @@ -18259,6 +24870,9 @@ msgid "" "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" +"Inom ett projekt av typen |ECO| är *steg* som milstolpar och används för att" +" identifiera framstegen i |ECO| innan ändringarna är redo att tillämpas. " +"(t.ex. \"Feedback\", \"Pågår\", \"Godkänd\", \"Slutförd\")" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -18268,6 +24882,11 @@ msgid "" "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan nödvändiga godkännare läggas till i varje steg, vilket " +"säkerställer att ändringar i produktions- |BOM| inte kan fortsätta förrän " +"godkännaren har granskat och godkänt |ECO|. På så sätt förhindras fel i " +"produktions- |BOM| genom att åtminstone en granskning av föreslagna " +"ändringar måste göras innan de tillämpas på en produktions- |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -18276,16 +24895,23 @@ msgid "" "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"För bästa praxis bör det finnas minst ett *verifieringssteg*, vilket är ett " +"steg med en nödvändig godkännare, och ett *stängningssteg*, som lagrar " +"|ECOs| som antingen har annullerats eller godkänts för användning som nästa " +"produktions |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa scen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett steg, gå till appen :menuselection:`PLM` och välj det" +" avsedda projektet för en |ECO|-typ från instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`PLM " +"Overview`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -18294,6 +24920,10 @@ msgid "" "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" +"I :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` projektpipeline för |ECO|-typen " +"klickar du sedan på knappen :guilabel:`+ Stage`. Då visas en textruta där du" +" kan fylla i namnet på steget. När du har fyllt i det klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Add` för att lägga till steget." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -18301,20 +24931,25 @@ msgid "" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" +"Ett nytt `Tilldelat` steg separerar tilldelade |ECOs| från de odelade i " +"`Nytt` steg. Att lägga till ett annat steg hjälper produktchefen att spåra " +"odelade uppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett nytt steg i ett projekt för en ECO-typ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifieringsfas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" +"Klicka på en ECO-typ från :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` för att " +"öppna en kanban-vy över |ECOs| av denna typ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -18322,12 +24957,17 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera ett verifieringssteg genom att hålla muspekaren över det avsedda" +" steget och välja ikonen :guilabel:`⚙️ (kugghjul)`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Edit` för att öppna ett popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera verifieringssteget i popup-fönstret för redigeringssteg genom " +"att markera rutan för :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -18335,12 +24975,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till en godkännare i avsnittet :guilabel:`Approvers` genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` och ange :guilabel:`Role` för granskaren, " +"deras :guilabel:`User` och :guilabel:`Approval Type`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" +"Se till att minst en godkännare är konfigurerad med " +":guilabel:`Godkännandetyp`: :guilabel:`Krävs för att godkänna`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -18348,6 +24993,9 @@ msgid "" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" +"Den angivna godkännaren meddelas automatiskt när |ECOs| släpps i det skede " +"som anges i popup-fönstret. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara & " +"Stäng`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -18356,6 +25004,9 @@ msgid "" "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" +"I |ECO|-typen `New Product Introduction` konfigureras verifieringssteget " +"`Validerad` genom att klicka på :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` ikonen och välja " +":guilabel:`Redigera`. Då öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Edit: Validated`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -18363,20 +25014,25 @@ msgid "" "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Genom att lägga till `Engineering manager` som godkännare, kan endast |ECOs|" +" som godkänts av denna användare gå vidare till nästa steg, och få " +"ändringarna tillämpade på produktions |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera dessutom alternativet :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` för att" +" säkerställa korrekt beteende." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa att alternativet \"Tillåt att tillämpa ändringar\" är markerat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avslutande scen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -18385,6 +25041,10 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera en avslutande scen genom att öppna popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Edit: [stage]`. Håll muspekaren över den avsedda scenen och " +"klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`⚙️ (kugghjul)` som visas i det övre högra " +"hörnet. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Edit` i rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -18392,6 +25052,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` markerar du kryssrutorna för " +":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` och " +":guilabel:`Final Stage`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -18399,14 +25062,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" +"Avslutningsfasen `Effektiv` konfigureras genom att markera alternativen " +":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` och " +":guilabel:`Final Stage`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa konfigurationer av den avslutande scenen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beställningar av tekniska ändringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -18414,30 +25080,36 @@ msgid "" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" +"Använda *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) för att spåra, implementera och" +" återställa ändringsversioner som gjorts på produkter och " +":ref:`materialförteckningar `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Order för tekniska ändringar kan skapas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`direkt i ECO-typen `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" +"av en operatör i :ref:`tablet view ` för en operation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" +"automatiskt från feedback som skickas till :ref:`ECO-typens e-postalias " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -18446,6 +25118,10 @@ msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny |ECO|, börja med att navigera till appen *PLM*. Välj " +"sedan det kort av typen |ECO| som ska användas för att spåra hur ändringen " +"fortskrider. På sidan :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`New` i det övre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -18455,30 +25131,38 @@ msgid "" "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" +"Lär dig hur du skapar nya :ref:`ECO-typer ` för att " +"kategorisera och organisera ändringsorder. På så sätt säkerställer du att " +"medarbetarna bara ser de |ECOs| som är relaterade till deras ansvarsområden," +" oavsett om det handlar om nya produktintroduktioner, riktade uppdateringar " +"av produktlinjer eller efterlevnad av lagar och regler." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i följande fält på |ECO|-formuläret i enlighet med detta:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Description` är en kort sammanfattning av förbättringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type`: anger typ av |ECO|-projekt för att organisera |ECOs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Apply on` avgör om |ECO| ändrar :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " +"eller :guilabel:`Product Only`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt` anger den produkt som skall förbättras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -18487,6 +25171,10 @@ msgid "" "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specificerar den ändrade |BOM|. Den fylls i " +"automatiskt om produkten i fältet :guilabel:`Product` har en befintlig " +"|BOM|. Om det finns flera |BOM| väljer du de avsedda radioalternativen från " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -18494,12 +25182,17 @@ msgid "" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:Fältet `Företag` används i databaser med flera företag. Ange om " +"ändringen gäller produkter i ett visst företag, eller lämna tomt om " +"ändringen gäller alla företag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsible` representerar den tilldelade person som ansvarar för" +" denna |ECO|. (Valfritt)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -18508,6 +25201,10 @@ msgid "" "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Effective` anger när |ECO| blir aktiv. Om du väljer :guilabel:`Så" +" snart som möjligt` innebär det att |ECO| gäller för produktions- |BOM| så " +"snart en auktoriserad användare :ref:`tillämpar ändringarna `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -18515,6 +25212,9 @@ msgid "" "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" +"Om du däremot väljer :guilabel:`At Date`, och anger ett specifikt datum, får" +" du ett datum som gör det lättare att spåra versionshistoriken för |BOM|, " +"och det specifika datum |BOMs|, som används för produktion." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -18522,22 +25222,29 @@ msgid "" " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Taggar` tilldelas |ECOs| för prioritering och organisering. Skapa" +" en ny tagg genom att skriva namnet i fältet och välja :guilabel:`Create` i " +"rullgardinsmenyn. (Valfritt)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" +"När du har fyllt i |ECO|-formuläret klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Start " +"Revision` för att börja implementera ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genom att trycka på :guilabel:`Start Revision` sker tre åtgärder:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Smartknappen :guilabel:`Documents` visas och lagrar relevanta filer från " +"|BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -18546,12 +25253,16 @@ msgid "" "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" +"En kopia av den producerade |BOM| lagras i den nya smarta knappen " +":guilabel:`Revision` i |ECO|. Nästa tillgängliga versionsnummer (t.ex. `V2`," +" `V3`, ...) tilldelas också för att hålla reda på alla |BOM|-versioner." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" +"Stadierna i |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` visas i det övre högra hörnet av |ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -18560,16 +25271,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" +"Smartknappen :guilabel:`Revision` är tillgänglig **endast** när radioknappen" +" :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` är markerad i fältet :guilabel:`Apply on`, " +"och knappen :guilabel:`Start Revision` har tryckts ned." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" +"ECO med översikt över steg i övre högra hörnet och smartknappen *Revision*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra komponenter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -18578,6 +25293,11 @@ msgid "" "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" +"För att ändra komponenterna i en |BOM|, klicka på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Revision` på en |ECO| för att komma åt den nya versionen av " +"|BOM|. Odoo skiljer den icke-produktiva versionen av |BOM| från den aktuella" +" versionen genom att flagga test- |BOM| med en stor " +":guilabel:`Archived`-tagg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -18586,10 +25306,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha klickat på :guilabel:`Starta revidering`-knappen för en |ECO| " +"för produkten, `[D_0045 Pall]`, gör ändringar i produktens |BOM| genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Revidering` smart-knappen. Detta öppnar den arkiverade " +"|BOM|, markerad med en stor röd :guilabel:`Archived` flagga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa den arkiverade materialförteckningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -18598,23 +25322,32 @@ msgid "" "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" +"På den nya |BOM|, på fliken :guilabel:`Components`, fortsätter du att " +"modifiera komponentlistan genom att ändra :guilabel:`Quantity` för " +"befintliga komponenter, lägga till nya komponenter med knappen " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, och ta bort komponenter med ikonen :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" +"I version två av |BOM| för ett tangentbord har komponentmängderna minskats " +"och en ytterligare komponent, `Stabilizers`, har lagts till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" +"Gör ändringar i komponenter genom att gå till den nya BoM med smartknappen " +"*Revision*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jämför förändringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -18623,6 +25356,10 @@ msgid "" "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" +"När ändringarna är klara navigerar du tillbaka till |ECO| genom att klicka " +"på `ECO00X` i brödsmulorna i det övre vänstra hörnet. I formuläret |ECO| " +"finns en ny flik :guilabel:`BoM Changes` som visar skillnaderna mellan den " +"aktuella |BOM| och den nya versionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -18630,6 +25367,10 @@ msgid "" "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Blå text anger nya komponenter som lagts till i den reviderade |BOM| och som" +" inte finns i produktions |BOM|. Svart text representerar uppdateringar som " +"delas av båda |BOM|, medan röd text representerar komponenter som tagits " +"bort i den reviderade |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -18637,26 +25378,34 @@ msgid "" "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" +"Ändringar och tester är inkapslade i den reviderade |BOM|, och påverkar " +"**inte** den |BOM| som för närvarande används i produktion. Det vill säga " +"tills :ref:`ändringar tillämpas `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" +"Se en sammanfattning av skillnaderna mellan den nuvarande och den reviderade" +" tangentbords-BOM:en på fliken :guilabel:`BoM Changes` i |ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se sammanfattning av komponentändringar på fliken *BoM-ändringar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förändra verksamheten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"För att modifiera operationerna i en |BOM|, klicka på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Revision` på en |ECO| för att komma åt den arkiverade, nya " +"versionen av |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -18664,6 +25413,10 @@ msgid "" "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"I den nya |BOM|-versionen kan du växla till fliken :guilabel:`Operations` " +"för att visa och redigera |BOM|-operationer. För att göra ändringar markerar" +" du varje operation, vilket öppnar motsvarande :guilabel:`Öppna: " +"Operationer` popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -18671,30 +25424,43 @@ msgid "" "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Operations` är *inte* tillgänglig som standard. Du " +"aktiverar den genom att gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` och markera rutan :guilabel:`Work Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" +"Gör ändringar i något av fälten i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Open: " +"Operations` popup-fönster och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save` när du är " +"klar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" +"Skapa nya operationer genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"och ta bort nya operationer genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Archive " +"Operation`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" +"När ändringarna är klara navigerar du tillbaka till |ECO| genom att klicka " +"på `ECO00X` i brödsmulorna i det övre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" +"I formuläret |ECO| finns en ny flik :guilabel:`Operation Changes` som visar " +"skillnaderna mellan den aktuella produktionen |BOM| och den nya versionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -18703,6 +25469,10 @@ msgid "" "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" +"Blå text anger nya operationer som lagts till i den reviderade |BOM| och som" +" ännu inte finns i produktions |BOM|. Svart text representerar uppdateringar" +" som delas av båda |BOM|, medan röd text representerar operationer som " +"tagits bort i den reviderade |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -18710,22 +25480,29 @@ msgid "" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" +"Ändringar av |BOM| i en |ECO| kommer **inte** att påverka den |BOM| som " +"används i produktionen. Det vill säga tills :ref:`ändringar tillämpas " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Operation Changes` visar varje rad med information, " +"under kolumnerna i tabellen, följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Operation`: Namn på den operation som modifierades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Step`: anger kvalitetskontrollpunkten, synlig när åtgärden " +"innehåller detaljerade instruktioner." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -18734,24 +25511,34 @@ msgid "" "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera om det finns instruktioner, klicka på operationsposten " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Operations` i en |BOM|. I popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Öppna: Operations` popup-fönster, leta efter " +":guilabel:`Instructions` smart-knappen som visas högst upp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" +"`Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` innehåller `10` detaljerade " +":guilabel:`Instruktioner` för att slutföra den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" +"Visa *Instruktioner* smart knapp för att kontrollera om en operation har ytterligare\n" +"instruktioner." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Step Type` beskriver typen av kvalitetskontroll för ytterligare " +"instruktioner i operationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -18759,12 +25546,15 @@ msgid "" "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type` motsvarar den färgade texten för att ange hur den " +"reviderade |BOM| skiljer sig från produktions |BOM|. Förändringstyper kan " +"vara :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, eller :guilabel:`Update`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Arbetscenter` anger det arbetscenter där åtgärden utförs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -18772,12 +25562,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` avser ändringen i fältet " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " +"popup-fönster, som anger den förväntade tiden för att slutföra operationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Operation Changes` jämför produktionens |BOM| med den " +"reviderade |BOM| i |ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -18786,32 +25581,42 @@ msgid "" "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" +"I den reviderade |BOM|, har en ny `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` vid " +":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` lagts till. Dessutom är den " +"förväntade varaktigheten för operationen `20.00` minuter, vilket " +"specificeras av :guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" +"För att komplettera `Assembly`-operationen har två instruktioner för " +"kvalitetskontrollpunkter lagts till:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" +"Den första är :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, en :guilabel:`Step Type` för " +":guilabel:`Register Production` av komponenter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" +"Den andra :guilabel:`Step` är `QCP00034`, en `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step " +"Type` som ger ytterligare monteringsdetaljer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa fliken *Operationsändringar* i en |ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa ändringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -18819,6 +25624,10 @@ msgid "" "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Efter verifiering av ändringarna, flytta |ECO| till ett " +":ref:`verifieringssteg `, vilket är steg som kräver " +"godkännande innan de reviderade ändringarna kan tillämpas på produktions- " +"|BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -18827,10 +25636,15 @@ msgid "" "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"När godkännarna har accepterat ändringarna blir knappen :guilabel:`Apply " +"Changes` tillgänglig. Klicka på denna knapp och |ECO| flyttas automatiskt " +"till ett avslutande skede. Ändringarna tillämpas, vilket arkiverar den " +"ursprungliga produktionens |BOM|, och den reviderade |BOM| blir den nya " +"produktionens |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifiera ändringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -18838,11 +25652,16 @@ msgid "" "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa att ändringarna är genomförda, från |ECO| där knappen " +":guilabel:`Apply Changes` just trycktes, återgå till den reviderade |BOM| " +"genom att klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Revision`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" +"På den reviderade |BOM| är den stora röda :guilabel:`Archived` flaggan " +"borttagen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -18850,6 +25669,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" +"För att ytterligare verifiera ändringarna, kontrollera produktionen |BOM| " +"genom att gå till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Products` och välj produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -18859,6 +25681,11 @@ msgid "" "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Materialförteckning` i " +"produktformuläret och välj |BOM| från listan. På fliken " +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` i |BOM| uppdateras fältet :guilabel:`Version` så " +"att det matchar det versionsnummer som visas på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Revision` i den senaste |ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -18868,20 +25695,27 @@ msgid "" "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha tillämpat ändringarna i |ECO| för :ref:`keyboard " +"`, visa versionen av det aktuella tangentbordet " +"|BOM| på fliken :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`. Här har :guilabel:`Version` " +"numret uppdaterats till `2`, vilket matchar `V2` som visas i " +":guilabel:`Revision` smartknappen på |ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se aktuell *BOM*-version på fliken Övrigt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ECO från tablettvy" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" +"Operatörerna kan direkt föreslå tydligare driftinstruktioner när de utför " +"tillverkningsorder (MO) i appen *Manufacturing*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -18891,6 +25725,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" +"För att skapa |ECOs| på detta sätt, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Välj sedan önskad :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` och växla till fliken " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`📱 (mobiltelefon)`-ikonen" +" för den önskade arbetsordern för att öppna *tabletvyn* av operationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -18898,10 +25737,14 @@ msgid "" "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" +"Ikonen :guilabel:`📱 (mobiltelefon)` är **endast** tillgänglig för :abbr:`MOs" +" (Manufacturing Orders)` med status :guilabel:`Confirmed` eller " +":guilabel:`In Progress`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" +"Hitta tablåikonen för varje operation, den andra från längst till höger." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -18910,18 +25753,26 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till ett instruktionssteg genom att klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`☰" +" (tre horisontella linjer)` i tablettvyn för en operation. Då öppnas " +":guilabel:`Menyn` med åtgärdsobjekt för en :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." +" Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Lägg till ett steg`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" +"Öppna popup-fönstret *Add a Step* genom att klicka på ikonen med de tre " +"horisontella linjerna i tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen öppnas ett :guilabel:`Add a step` popup-fönster, " +"där de föreslagna ändringarna skickas in." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -18930,6 +25781,11 @@ msgid "" "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Title` skriver du en kort beskrivning av steget. I " +"textfältet :guilabel:`Instruction` skriver du sedan in mer detaljerade " +"instruktioner för steget. Du kan även lägga till en bild i fältet " +":guilabel:`Dokument`. När du är klar klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Propose Change`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -18937,28 +25793,38 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" +"Om du vill föreslå ytterligare en kontroll av trasiga komponenter anger du " +"detaljerna i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Add a Step`. På så sätt skapas en " +"kvalitetskontrollpunkt för instruktionerna som kommer att granskas i " +"följande avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" +"Fyll i formuläret *Lägg till ett steg* för att föreslå ytterligare en " +"kvalitetskontrollpunkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" +"Baserat på indata från popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Add a Step` skapas en |ECO|" +" med följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description` är namnet på operationen, följt av :abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)`-numret för referens." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`Typ` tilldelas automatiskt `BOM-ändringar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -18966,14 +25832,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" +"Fälten :guilabel:`Product` och :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fylls i " +"automatiskt, baserat på den |BOM| som används i :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Responsible` är den operatör som skickade in feedbacken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -18982,6 +25851,10 @@ msgid "" "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" +"För att granska de föreslagna ändringarna, navigera till :menuselection:`PLM" +" app --> Overview`. I typkortet `BOM Updates` |ECO| representerar knappen " +":guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` mängden operativa ändringar som skapats " +"från tablettvyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -18989,6 +25862,8 @@ msgid "" "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` för att öppna kanban-vyn" +" för |ECO|-typen. För att visa förslaget, välj en |ECO| i `New`-stadiet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -18997,6 +25872,10 @@ msgid "" "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" +"På |ECO|, se en sammanfattning av de föreslagna ändringarna på fliken " +":guilabel:`Operation Changes`. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Revision` " +"för att navigera till den reviderade |BOM| och titta närmare på de " +"föreslagna ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -19005,6 +25884,10 @@ msgid "" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" +"En operatör föreslog en annan kontroll av trasiga komponenter genom att " +"lägga till ett steg från tablettvyn, medan han utförde åtgärden `Assemble " +"switches` för :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` för produkten, " +"`Keyboard`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -19012,6 +25895,9 @@ msgid "" "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" +"Sedan kan denna skapade |ECO| visas genom att navigera till ECO-typen `BOM " +"Changes` som finns i :menuselection:`PLM app --> Översikt`. Som standard är " +"|ECOs| som skapats från tablettvyn inställda på att skapas i `New`-stadiet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -19019,10 +25905,13 @@ msgid "" "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Responsible` tilldelas den operatör som kom med förslaget," +" så att den medarbetare som reviderar |BOM| kan begära ytterligare " +"förtydliganden från den person som föreslog ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitta den nya ECO:n i ECO-typen \"BOM Changes\", i steget *New*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" @@ -19032,10 +25921,15 @@ msgid "" "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" +"På den reviderade |BOM|, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Operations`, och välj " +"ikonen :guilabel:`☰ (tre horisontella linjer)`. Då öppnas en lista med " +":guilabel:`Steg` för att utföra åtgärden, med den senaste instruktionen med " +"titeln `New Step Suggestion:`, följt av den användardefinierade titeln. " +"Klicka på raden för att visa de föreslagna ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Visa instruktioner\"-ikonen på fliken *Operations* i en BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" @@ -19043,12 +25937,18 @@ msgid "" "control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" +"I formuläret :ref:`kvalitetskontrollpunkt " +"`, se till att följande" +" formulärfält är korrekt ifyllda för att ge detaljerade instruktioner till " +"operatörerna:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Title`: Byt namn för att ge en kortfattad beskrivning av den nya " +"instruktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -19057,6 +25957,10 @@ msgid "" "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontroll per`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att avgöra om denna " +"instruktion gäller generellt för :guilabel:`Produkt`, specifikt för denna " +":guilabel:`Operation` *endast*, eller en viss :guilabel:`Kvantitet` av " +"produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -19067,12 +25971,20 @@ msgid "" "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ`: kategoriserar kontrollpunktens typ. I rullgardinsmenyn " +"väljer du :guilabel:`Instruktioner` för att ange en instruktion för " +"arbetaren. För att ta emot synpunkter från arbetarna, välj :guilabel:`Ta en " +"bild`, :guilabel:`Registrera förbrukat material`, :guilabel:`Tryck etikett`," +" eller andra :ref:`kvalitetskontrollalternativ " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Konfigurera kvalitetskontrollpunkter " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -19080,6 +25992,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" +"När kvalitetskontrollpunkten är konfigurerad återgår du till listan " +":guilabel:`Steps` med hjälp av brödsmulorna. Dra slutligen den sista " +"kvalitetskontrollposten till dess avsedda ordningsföljd i instruktionerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -19087,16 +26002,21 @@ msgid "" "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" +"Dra och ordna om instruktionen `Check for broken switches` genom att klicka " +"och dra ikonen \"6 prickar\" för att flytta den från den nedersta till den " +"andra positionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" +"Dra och ordna om instruktioner genom att välja ikonen \"6 prickar\" längst " +"till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versionskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -19105,6 +26025,11 @@ msgid "" "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Använd Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* för att hantera tidigare " +"versioner av materialförteckningar (BoMs). Lagra tidigare " +"monteringsanvisningar, komponentdetaljer och tidigare produktdesignfiler " +"samtidigt som du håller de tidigare detaljerna borta från produktionen " +"|BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -19112,6 +26037,9 @@ msgid "" "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" +"Återgå enkelt till tidigare |BOM|-versioner vid behov. Dessutom kan du " +"använda *PLM* för att spåra vilken |BOM|-version som var aktiv på specifika " +"datum för återkallelser eller kundklagomål." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -19119,14 +26047,17 @@ msgid "" "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" +"Varje |BOM|-version lagras i en *engineering change order* (ECO) för " +"organiserad testning och förbättringar utan att störa den normala " +"tillverkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Engineering change order `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuvarande BoM-version" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -19136,20 +26067,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" +"För att se den aktuella versionen av den |BOM| som används i produktionen, " +"gå till :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` och " +"välj önskad |BOM| från listan. Gå sedan till fliken " +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`, där den aktuella :guilabel:`Version` av |BOM| " +"visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" +"|BOMs| kan också nås från :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products -->" +" Bill of Materials`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa den aktuella versionens stycklista på fliken Övrigt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versionshistorik" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -19157,6 +26095,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" +"För att hantera alla tidigare, nuvarande och framtida versioner av en |BOM|," +" börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials` och klicka på den önskade |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -19164,16 +26105,21 @@ msgid "" "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" +"På sidan |BOM| klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`ECO` och växlar till " +"listvy genom att välja ikonen :guilabel:`≣ (fyra horisontella linjer)` i det" +" övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" +"Smartknappen :guilabel:`ECO` är synlig på |BOM| **endast** om appen *PLM* är" +" installerad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa ECO:s smarta knapp på en BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -19181,6 +26127,9 @@ msgid "" "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" +"I listan över |ECOs| för produkten, navigera till sökfältet längst upp och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`▼ (nedåtpil)` ikonen till höger för att öppna en " +"rullgardinsmeny med :guilabel:`Filter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -19188,16 +26137,21 @@ msgid "" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Filtrera sedan efter :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| för att visa: " +"revisionshistoriken för |BOM|, :guilabel:`Responsible` användaren som " +"tillämpade ändringen, och :guilabel:`Effective Date` för |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Klicka på varje |ECO| för att se de tidigare komponenter, operationer och " +"designfiler som är associerade med |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa ECO-revisionshistorik för en BoM för en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -19205,10 +26159,13 @@ msgid "" "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" +"Om fältet :guilabel:`Effective Date` är tomt, sätts :guilabel:`Effective " +"Date` för |ECO| automatiskt till :guilabel:`As soon as possible` och inga " +"datum registreras i revisionshistoriken för |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista över BOM-datum för ikraftträdande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -19216,16 +26173,21 @@ msgid "" "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" +"En lösning för att kontrollera när |BOM| gick live är att navigera till " +"chatten och hålla muspekaren över tiden då |ECO| flyttades till " +":ref:`stängningsfas `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Designfiler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" +"Bifoga CAD-filer (Computer Aided Design), PDF-filer, bilder eller annat " +"designmaterial till själva |BOM|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -19233,6 +26195,9 @@ msgid "" "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" +"Navigera till :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`" +" och välj önskad |BOM|. Navigera till *chatter* på |BOM| och klicka på " +":guilabel:`📎 (gem)`-ikonen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -19240,14 +26205,16 @@ msgid "" "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" +"De filer som är associerade med |BOM| visas i avsnittet :guilabel:`Filer`. " +"För att lägga till fler designfiler, välj knappen :guilabel:`Attach files`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa pappersklippsikonen i chatten för att bifoga filer till en BoM." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera designfiler i en ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -19256,6 +26223,10 @@ msgid "" "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" +"Lägg till, ändra och ta bort filer i en |ECO|. När |ECO| har godkänts och " +"tillämpats länkas de nya filerna automatiskt till produktionens |BOM|. " +"Arkiverade filer tas bort från |BOM|, men är fortfarande tillgängliga i " +"|ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -19264,6 +26235,10 @@ msgid "" "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" +"För att hantera designfilerna i |ECO|, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` och välj önskad |ECO|. Öppna sedan " +"sidan :guilabel:`Attachments` genom att klicka på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Documents`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -19273,6 +26248,11 @@ msgid "" "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" +"Håll muspekaren över varje bilaga för att visa :guilabel:`︙ (tre vertikala " +"prickar)`-ikonen. Välj sedan om du vill :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`" +" eller :guilabel:`Download` filen. Alla ändringar som görs i dessa filer " +"finns i |ECO|, och kommer endast att gälla för produktionen |BOM| när " +":ref:`ändringar tillämpas `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -19280,10 +26260,13 @@ msgid "" "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" +"I `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO| är designfilerna från den ursprungliga `100% " +"keyboard` |BOM|. För att ersätta tangentbordets PDF-fil, börja med att välja" +" smartknappen :guilabel:`Dokument`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa *Dokument* smart knapp från en aktiv ECO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -19291,18 +26274,27 @@ msgid "" "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Attachments`, håll muspekaren över designfilen `100% " +"keyboard manual.pdf` och klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`︙ (tre vertikala " +"prickar)`. Klicka sedan på alternativet :guilabel:`Remove` för att arkivera " +"filen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Upload` på samma " +":guilabel:`Attachments`-sida för att ladda upp den nya designfilen med " +"namnet `60% keyboard manual`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" +"Vy över sidan *Attachments* från smartknappen *Documents*. Visar en arkiverad och en\n" +"en nyligen tillagd bilaga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -19310,16 +26302,19 @@ msgid "" "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" +"Arkiverade filer är **inte** permanent raderade - de kan fortfarande nås i " +"föregående |ECO|, eller som en arkiverad fil i den senaste |ECO|, där " +"arkiveringen inträffade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa rebase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo förenklar konfliktlösning för samtidiga |ECOs| på samma produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -19328,12 +26323,18 @@ msgid "" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" +"Konflikter kan uppstå när produktions-BOM:en uppdateras samtidigt som andra " +"Eco-BOM:ar ändrar den tidigare versionen. Skillnader mellan den nya och " +"tidigare produktions- |BOM| visas på fliken :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom " +"Changes`, som endast är synlig i detta scenario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" +"För att lösa konflikter och behålla |ECO|-ändringar, klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Apply Rebase`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -19342,10 +26343,14 @@ msgid "" " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" +"Två |ECOs|, `ECO0011` och `ECO0012`, skapas när den aktuella |BOM|-versionen" +" är `5`. I `ECO0011` läggs en ny komponent, `Space stabilizer`, till och " +"ändringarna tillämpas. Detta innebär att den aktuella |BOM|-versionen har " +"blivit `6`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa ändringar i en ECO för att uppdatera produktionsstycklistan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -19353,6 +26358,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" +"Detta innebär att `ECO0012` modifierar en föråldrad |BOM|. Som visas i " +":guilabel:`Tidigare Eco Bom ändringar` fliken, |BOM| saknar `Space " +"stabilizer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -19361,20 +26369,26 @@ msgid "" "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa att de ändringar som tillämpas av `ECO0011` behålls när " +"ändringarna sker i `ECO0012`, klicka på :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` knappen för" +" att tillämpa de tidigare |ECO| ändringarna, utan att påverka de ändringar " +"som redan gjorts i `ECO0012`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen *Apply Rebase* för att uppdatera stycklistan så att den " +"matchar produktionsstycklistan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projektledning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkännande" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -19384,20 +26398,28 @@ msgid "" "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" +"Meddela intressenter och chefer automatiskt genom att tilldela godkännare " +"till steg i :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under " +"granskning. Ändringar kan endast tillämpas efter att den tilldelade " +"godkännaren har accepterat dem. Godkännanden säkerställer granskningar av " +"teammedlemmar, vilket förhindrar misstag och för tidiga åtgärder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Stegskonfiguration `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till godkännare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en godkännare, gå först till :menuselection:`PLM app`, " +"och klicka på projektkortet för en ECO-typ för att öppna Gantt-vyn för " +"|ECOs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -19405,6 +26427,9 @@ msgid "" "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` håller du muspekaren över det" +" avsedda steget och väljer ikonen :guilabel:`⚙️ (kugghjul)`. Klicka sedan på" +" :guilabel:`Edit` för att öppna ett popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -19413,12 +26438,18 @@ msgid "" "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" +"Godkännare kan läggas till i alla skeden, men det rekommenderas starkt att " +"tilldela dem till *verifiering*-skedet, som kommer före *stängning*-skedet, " +"där |ECOs| tillämpas och :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`-versionen " +"uppdateras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" +"Mer information finns i dokumentationen om :ref:`stagetyper `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -19428,6 +26459,11 @@ msgid "" "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Edit` stage klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Add" +" a line`, som finns under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Ange sedan godkännarens " +"befattning (eller titel) under :guilabel:`Roll` (t.ex. `Engineering " +"Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.) och välj relevant :guilabel:`User` från " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -19435,12 +26471,17 @@ msgid "" "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan :guilabel:`Approval Type` till :guilabel:`Krävs för att " +"godkänna`, :guilabel:`Godkänner, men godkännandet är frivilligt`, eller " +":guilabel:`Kommenterar endast`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" +"Tilldela `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin\", som en obligatorisk godkännare för " +"|ECOs| i stadiet `Validerad` i ECO-typen `Ny produktintroduktion`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -19449,16 +26490,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" +"Godkännande från kvalitets- och marknadsföringsteamen krävs **inte** för att" +" tillämpa ändringar i |ECO| eftersom deras :guilabel:`Approval Type` är " +"inställd på :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` respektive " +":guilabel:`Comments only`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange en godkännare som \"måste godkänna\" ECO:er i steget \"Validerad\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera godkännanden" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -19466,10 +26511,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" +"Godkännare kan enkelt spåra sina godkännanden av uppgifter genom att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`PLM app` och titta på kortet för en ECO-typ, " +"som visar antalet öppna uppgifter som tilldelats dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är vad varje knapp på ett ECO-projektkort gör:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -19477,6 +26525,9 @@ msgid "" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` visar en räkning av pågående " +"|ECOs| av denna ECO-typ. Om du klickar på knappen öppnas Gantt-vyn på sidan " +":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -19484,6 +26535,10 @@ msgid "" "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mina valideringar` visar ett antal |ECOs| som godkännaren måste " +"acceptera eller avvisa. Om du klickar på den här knappen visas |ECOs| som " +"väntar på godkännande eller avvisas (markerade med den röda " +":guilabel:`Blockerad` status)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -19491,6 +26546,9 @@ msgid "" "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Alla valideringar` visar antalet |ECOs| som väntar på " +"godkännande eller avvisats av någon godkännare. Om du klickar på den visas " +"dessa väntande |ECOs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -19498,6 +26556,9 @@ msgid "" "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tillämpa` visar ett antal |ECOs| som användaren måste tillämpa " +"ändringar på. Om du klickar på knappen visas alla |ECOs| att godkänna och " +"tillämpa ändringar på, i verifieringsfasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -19505,16 +26566,21 @@ msgid "" "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" +"|ECOs| markerade med det gröna :guilabel:`Done`-stadiet har redan godkänts, " +"och användaren behöver bara klicka på |ECO| för att öppna formulärvyn och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Apply Changes`-knappen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" +"Visa antal valideringar som ska göras och knappar för att öppna filtrerad " +"lista över ECO:er." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkänna ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -19522,6 +26588,9 @@ msgid "" "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" +"Navigera till en |ECO| i ett verifieringssteg, medan du är inloggad som den " +"tilldelade godkännaren, för att se knapparna :guilabel:`Approve`, " +":guilabel:`Reject`, och :guilabel:`Apply Changes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -19529,6 +26598,9 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" +"För att godkänna |ECO| och tillämpa ändringarna på produktions :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`, klicka på :guilabel:`Approve`, och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Apply Changes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -19536,6 +26608,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" +"Observera att knappen :guilabel:`Apply Changes` **inte** fungerar om inte " +"knappen :guilabel:`Approve` klickades först. Dessutom loggar chattern " +"historiken för de klickade knapparna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -19545,10 +26620,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Approval Type` är **not** satt till :guilabel:`Is required to" +" approve`, behövs inget godkännande från den associerade användaren innan " +"ändringar kan appliceras med knappen :guilabel:`Apply Changes`. Således " +"kommer knappen :guilabel:`Apply Changes` **att fungera** utan att kräva att " +"knappen :guilabel:`Approve` klickas först." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatiserade aktiviteter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -19557,6 +26637,10 @@ msgid "" "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"När en |ECO| flyttas till ett verifieringsstadium skapas automatiskt en " +"planerad aktivitet för tilldelade godkännare att granska |ECO|. Godkännarna " +"får ett meddelande i sin inkorg för aktiviteter, som nås via :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(klocka)`-ikonen högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -19565,6 +26649,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"I att göra-listan visar :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order " +"(ECO)`-meddelandet antalet aktiviteter som är markerade med " +":guilabel:`Late`, :guilabel:`Today` och :guilabel:`Future`. Om du klickar på" +" var och en av dessa knappar visas en filtrerad Gantt-vy över respektive " +"|ECO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -19572,10 +26661,14 @@ msgid "" "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" +"Schemalagda aktiviteter visas som ett nummer på :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(klocka)`-ikonen, med `5` |ECOs| i väntan på godkännande :guilabel:`Today`. " +"För närvarande finns det `0` :guilabel:`Late` eller :guilabel:`Future` " +"|ECOs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa meddelanden om schemalagda godkännanden för användaren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -19585,14 +26678,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" +"Genom att klicka på en väntande |ECO| registreras en *planerad aktivitet* " +"för :guilabel:`ECO-godkännande` i chatten. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`i " +"(Info)` för att visa ytterligare information, inklusive godkännandets " +":guilabel:`Created` datum, godkännaren :guilabel:`Assigned to` det, och " +"förfallodatumet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa ytterligare information om det planerade ECO-godkännandet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppföljande verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -19600,6 +26698,9 @@ msgid "" "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" +"När |ECO| avvisas måste uppgifter tilldelas projektmedlemmar för nödvändiga " +"ändringar innan |ECO| godkänns. För att skapa uppgifter med deadlines, " +"navigera till det avvisade |ECO|-formuläret och gå till chatter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -19607,12 +26708,17 @@ msgid "" "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" +"Välj knappen :guilabel:`Mark Done` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Planned " +"Activities` i chattern för att stänga aktiviteten och öppna ett popup-" +"fönster där du kan skapa uppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" +"Visa fönstret *Märk som utförd* för att visa knapparna *Utförd & schemalägg nästa*, *Utförd* och *Förkasta* för att\n" +"avsluta den planerade aktiviteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -19623,6 +26729,12 @@ msgid "" "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` i fönstret :guilabel:`Mark Done` " +"för att öppna ett nytt :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity`-fönster. Ange sedan " +"teammedlemmen :guilabel:`Assigned to` och :guilabel:`Due Date` för när " +"ändringarna ska vara slutförda. Ange uppgifter om aktiviteten i fältet " +":guilabel:`Summary` och i textrutan. Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Schedule` " +"för att stänga fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -19631,6 +26743,10 @@ msgid "" "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" +"När du har stängt fönstret, på |ECO|-formuläret, flyttar du tillbaka |ECO| " +"ett steg. Detta säkerställer att när teammedlemmen slutför ändringarna och " +"returnerar |ECO| till verifieringsstadiet, skapas en ny :guilabel:`ECO-" +"godkännande` uppgift för godkännaren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -19639,14 +26755,20 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" +"Godkännaren skapar en aktivitet för :guilabel:`Responsible` av |ECO|, " +"`Laurie Poiret`, som beskriver de ändringar som krävs för att godkännaren " +"ska :guilabel:`Accept` av |ECO|. Genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Schedule` skapas en planerad aktivitet för Laurie med förfallodag" +" `08/15/2023`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" +"Skapa en schemalagd aktivitet för uppföljande ändringar av en avvisad ECO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -19654,10 +26776,14 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Purchase** hjälper dig att hålla reda på inköpsavtal, offerter och " +"inköpsorder. Lär dig hur du övervakar inköpsanbud, automatiserar påfyllning " +"och följer upp dina order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Köp `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -19665,7 +26791,7 @@ msgstr "Avancerad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analysera resultatet av dina inköp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -19675,10 +26801,15 @@ msgid "" "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" +"Om ditt företag regelbundet köper in produkter har du flera anledningar att " +"spåra och analysera dina resultat. De insikter som samlas in kan hjälpa dig " +"att bättre förutse och planera dina framtida beställningar. Du kan t.ex. " +"bedöma om ditt företag är beroende av vissa leverantörer, och uppgifterna " +"kan hjälpa dig att förhandla om prisrabatter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa anpassade rapporter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -19688,20 +26819,28 @@ msgid "" "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" +"Gå till *Rapportering* för att få tillgång till inköpsanalysen. Genom att " +"öppna rapporteringspanelen får du en snabb överblick över dina faktiska " +"resultat. Som standard visas ett linjediagram som visar det obeskattade " +"beloppet för dina inköpsorder per dag, och under det visas nyckeltal och en " +"pivottabell." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instrumentpanel för rapportering i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" +"Även om de data som presenteras inledningsvis är användbara finns det flera " +"verktyg och funktioner som du kan använda för att få ännu bättre insikter om" +" dina inköp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd filter för att välja de data du behöver" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -19711,38 +26850,51 @@ msgid "" "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" +"Odoo erbjuder flera standardfilter som du kan använda och kombinera genom " +"att klicka på *Filter*. När du väljer ett eller flera filter letar Odoo " +"efter alla ordrar som matchar minst ett av de filter du har valt och fyller " +"i diagrammet, nyckeltalen och pivottabellen med data. De förkonfigurerade " +"filtren är:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla *förfrågningar om offert*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla *Purchase Orders*, utom annullerade" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* inkluderar alla order som bekräftades " +"föregående år, inklusive annullerade inköpsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" +"*Orderdatum* inkluderar alla order - offertförfrågningar och inköpsorder " +"(även annullerade) - beroende på vilket datum de skapades" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "" +"*Bekräftelsedatum* inkluderar alla bekräftade order, annullerade order " +"inkluderas, beroende på deras bekräftelsedatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" +"När du måste välja en period kan du använda flera år och, om minst ett år " +"har valts, flera kvartal och de tre senaste månaderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -19750,14 +26902,17 @@ msgid "" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" +"Om du använder filtren *Orderdatum* eller *Bekräftelsedatum* visas " +"funktionen *Jämförelse* bredvid *Filter*. Med den kan du jämföra den period " +"du filtrerat med den föregående." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapporteringsfilter i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till anpassade filter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -19771,10 +26926,19 @@ msgid "" "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" +"Tack vare de 31 filtreringsalternativen att välja mellan är möjligheterna " +"att anpassa ditt dataset nästan obegränsade. Gå till :menuselection:`Filters" +" --> Add Custom Filter`, ange det villkor som filtreringsalternativet ska " +"uppfylla (t.ex. *är lika med*, *innehåller*, etc.), och klicka på *Apply*. " +"Om du vill välja order som matchar flera villkor samtidigt (*och*-operatör)," +" upprepa processen för att lägga till ett annat anpassat filter. Om du vill " +"använda operatorn *eller* klickar du inte på *Använd* utan istället på *Lägg" +" till ett villkor*. När du har lagt till alla önskade filtreringsalternativ " +"klickar du på *Apply*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassat rapporteringsfilter i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -19783,10 +26947,15 @@ msgid "" "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att undvika att behöva återskapa anpassade filter varje gång, spara dem " +"genom att klicka på :menuselection:`Favoriter --> Spara aktuell sökning --> " +"Spara`. Det anpassade sökfiltret kan sedan nås genom att klicka på " +"*Favoriter* eller kan till och med ställas in som standardfilter när du " +"öppnar rapporteringspanelen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mät exakt vad du behöver" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -19796,14 +26965,19 @@ msgid "" "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"Innan du väljer vad du vill mäta måste du bestämma om du föredrar att " +"använda grafvyn eller pivotvyn. Som standard visar instrumentpanelen båda " +"vyerna. De mått du väljer kommer dock inte att tillämpas på båda vyerna. Du " +"kan komma åt varje vy separat genom att klicka på ikonerna längst upp till " +"höger på instrumentpanelen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Byt rapporteringsvy i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualisera dina data" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -19812,10 +26986,14 @@ msgid "" "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra huvudgrafen med bara ett klick genom att välja ett av de tre " +"diagrammen: stapel, linje eller cirkel. Fjorton olika mått finns " +"tillgängliga, men du kan bara använda ett åt gången. Du kan dock gruppera " +"måtten med hjälp av en eller flera av de 19 *Grupperna*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapportering av grafvy i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -19825,10 +27003,15 @@ msgid "" "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" +"För stapel- och linjediagram är det valda måttet din y-axel, och den första " +"gruppen du väljer används för att skapa x-axeln. Om du lägger till fler " +"grupper läggs ytterligare linjer till (linjediagram) eller stapeldiagrammet " +"omvandlas till ett staplat stapeldiagram. För cirkeldiagram gäller att ju " +"fler grupper du väljer, desto fler delar visas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utforska dina data" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -19840,24 +27023,32 @@ msgid "" "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" +"Med pivottabellvyn kan du utforska dina data i detalj. Till skillnad från " +"grafvyn kan du i pivottabellen lägga till flera mått samtidigt. Genom att " +"klicka på *Mått* eller på **+** i kolumnen *Total* kan du lägga till så " +"många du vill, var och en i en ny kolumn. Genom att klicka på **+**-tecknet " +"i raden *Total* kan du lägga till *Grupper*. Om du klickar på **+**-tecknet " +"för en grupp kan du lägga till en undergrupp, och så vidare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pivottabellvy i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +"Du kan infoga pivottabellens data direkt i Kalkylark-appen eller exportera " +"den som en Excel-fil." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera avtal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda rambeställningar för att skapa inköpsavtal med leverantörer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -19866,6 +27057,10 @@ msgid "" "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" +"Ramorder är långsiktiga inköpsavtal mellan ett företag och en leverantör om " +"att leverera produkter på återkommande basis till förutbestämda priser. " +"Ramorder är användbara när produkter alltid köps från samma leverantör, men " +"i olika kvantiteter vid olika tidpunkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -19873,14 +27068,17 @@ msgid "" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" +"Genom att förenkla beställningsprocessen sparar rambeställningar inte bara " +"tid utan även pengar, eftersom de kan vara fördelaktiga när man förhandlar " +"om bulkpriser med leverantörer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`uppmaningar_till_anbudsgivare`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny ramorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -19891,10 +27089,16 @@ msgid "" "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" +"För att skapa rambeställningar måste funktionen *Köpsavtal* först aktiveras " +"i inställningarna för appen *Köp*. För att göra detta, gå till " +":menuselection:`Köp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`, och under " +":guilabel:`Order` avsnittet, klicka på kryssrutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Köpsavtal`. Detta gör det möjligt att skapa rambeställningar och " +"alternativa offertförfrågningar (RFQ)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inköpsavtal aktiverat i inställningarna för Purshase-appen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -19902,6 +27106,9 @@ msgid "" "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ramorder, gå till :menuselection:`Inköp --> Order --> " +"Ramorder`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Ny`. Detta skapar (och navigerar till) " +"ett nytt blankettorderformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -19909,6 +27116,9 @@ msgid "" "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" +"Från detta nya blanketorderformulär kan olika fält och inställningar " +"konfigureras, så att det finns förutbestämda regler som det återkommande " +"långsiktiga avtalet måste följa:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -19916,6 +27126,9 @@ msgid "" "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: är den användare som tilldelats denna " +"specifika ramorder. Som standard är detta den användare som skapade avtalet;" +" användaren kan ändras direkt från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid detta fält." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -19923,6 +27136,9 @@ msgid "" "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: är den typ av inköpsavtal som denna blanket " +"order klassificeras som. I Odoo är rambeställningar det enda officiella " +"inköpsavtalet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -19930,6 +27146,9 @@ msgid "" "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: är den leverantör som detta avtal är knutet till, " +"antingen en gång eller på återkommande basis. Leverantören kan väljas direkt" +" från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid detta fält." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -19937,6 +27156,9 @@ msgid "" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: är den överenskomna valutan som kommer att användas " +"för denna växling. Om flera valutor har aktiverats i databasen kan valutan " +"ändras från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid detta fält." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -19944,6 +27166,9 @@ msgid "" "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: är det datum som detta inköpsavtal ska " +"upphöra att gälla (om så önskas). Om denna ramorder inte ska upphöra att " +"gälla, lämna detta fält tomt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -19952,6 +27177,10 @@ msgid "" "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: är det datum som denna rambeställning ska " +"placeras på om en ny offert skapas direkt från blanketten för " +"rambeställning. Om en ny offert skapas kommer detta värde automatiskt att " +"fylla i fältet *Order Deadline* på :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -19961,6 +27190,11 @@ msgid "" "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: är det förväntade leveransdatum som de produkter " +"som ingår i en :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` som skapas direkt från " +"blanketbeställningsformuläret förväntas anlända. Om en ny offert skapas " +"kommer detta värde automatiskt att fylla i fältet *Expected Arrival* på " +":abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -19968,6 +27202,9 @@ msgid "" "blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " "any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Källdokument`: är källinköpsordern (PO) som denna ramorder kommer" +" att knytas till. Om denna ramorder inte ska knytas till någon befintlig " +":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, lämna detta fält tomt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -19977,10 +27214,15 @@ msgid "" "can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: är det företag som tilldelats denna specifika ramorder." +" Som standard är detta det företag som användaren som skapar ramordern är " +"listad under. Om databasen inte är en flerföretagsdatabas kan detta fält " +"inte ändras, utan kommer som standard att vara det enda företag som finns i " +"databasen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nytt inköpsavtal med ramorder med tillagda produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -19989,6 +27231,10 @@ msgid "" "quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " "and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" +"När alla relevanta fält har fyllts i klickar du på :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"för att lägga till produkter i kolumnen :guilabel:`Product`. Ändra sedan " +"kvantiteten för varje produkt i kolumnen :guilabel:`Kvantitet` (om så " +"önskas), och ange ett pris i kolumnen :guilabel:`Enhetspris`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -19998,6 +27244,11 @@ msgid "" "Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" " price will remain **0**." msgstr "" +"När produkter läggs till i en ny ramorder läggs inte produkternas befintliga" +" priser automatiskt till i produktraderna. Priserna måste tilldelas manuellt" +" genom att ändra värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Unit Price` till ett " +"överenskommet pris med den listade leverantören. I annat fall förblir priset" +" **0**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -20007,6 +27258,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " "settings." msgstr "" +"Om du vill visa och ändra standardinställningarna för inköpsavtal för " +"rambeställningar direkt från blanketten för rambeställningar klickar du på " +":guilabel:`intern länk (pilikon)` bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Avtalstyp` där " +":guilabel:`Blanket Order` listas. Detta navigerar till inställningarna för " +"beställning av filtar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -20016,12 +27272,18 @@ msgid "" "Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " "for the type of selection:" msgstr "" +"Härifrån kan inställningarna för ramorder redigeras. Under " +":guilabel:`Agreement Type` kan namnet på :guilabel:`Agreement Type` ändras " +"(om så önskas), och :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` kan också ändras. " +"Det finns två alternativ som kan aktiveras för typen av urval:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Välj endast en RFQ (exklusiv)`: när en inköpsorder bekräftas " +"kommer de återstående inköpsorderna att annulleras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -20029,6 +27291,9 @@ msgid "" "confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: när en inköpsorder " +"bekräftas kommer återstående inköpsorder ***inte** att annulleras. Istället " +"är flera inköpsorder tillåtna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -20037,14 +27302,18 @@ msgid "" "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet :guilabel:`Data för nya offerter` kan du ändra inställningarna " +"för hur produktrader och kvantiteter ska fyllas i på nya offerter som " +"använder detta inköpsavtal bredvid fälten :guilabel:`Lines` och " +":guilabel:`Quantities`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeringsskärm för typ av inköpsavtal för rambeställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det finns två alternativ som kan aktiveras för :guilabel:`Lines`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -20052,6 +27321,9 @@ msgid "" "product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" " order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: när du skapar en ny offert kommer " +"produktraderna att fyllas i med samma produkter som listas på ramordern, om " +"ramordern väljs på den nya offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -20059,11 +27331,15 @@ msgid "" "quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: när du skapar en ny " +"offert och väljer en befintlig ramorder kommer inställningarna att överföras" +" till den nya offerten, men produktraderna kommer inte att fyllas i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" +"Och det finns två alternativ som kan aktiveras för :guilabel:`Quantities`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -20071,6 +27347,9 @@ msgid "" "product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " "product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: när du skapar en ny offert kommer " +"de produktkvantiteter som anges i ramordern att förifyllas på " +"produktraderna, om ramordern har valts i den nya offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -20079,6 +27358,10 @@ msgid "" "but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " "manually set by the user." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sätt kvantiteter manuellt`: när du skapar en ny offert och väljer" +" en befintlig ramorder, kommer produktraderna att fyllas i i förväg, men " +"alla kvantiteter kommer att sättas till **0**. Kvantiteterna måste ställas " +"in manuellt av användaren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -20089,17 +27372,26 @@ msgid "" "*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" " :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +"När de önskade ändringarna har gjorts (om några) klickar du på " +":guilabel:`New` (via brödsmulorna högst upp på sidan) för att navigera " +"tillbaka till blanket order-formuläret och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för" +" att spara det nya inköpsavtalet. När det har bekräftats ändras ramordern " +"från *Draft* till *Ongoing*, vilket innebär att detta avtal kan väljas och " +"användas när du skapar nya :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" +"Efter att en ramorder har skapats och bekräftats kan produkter, kvantiteter " +"och priser fortfarande redigeras, läggas till och tas bort från " +"inköpsavtalet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` från ramordern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -20109,6 +27401,11 @@ msgid "" "new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " "the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat en ramorder kan du skapa nya offerter direkt från " +"ramorderformuläret som kommer att använda de regler som anges i formuläret " +"och förifylla den nya offerten med rätt information. Dessutom kommer den nya" +" offerten automatiskt att länkas till blanketten för ramorder via " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` längst upp till höger på blanketten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -20117,6 +27414,10 @@ msgid "" "Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " "on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny offert från blanketten för ramorder, klicka på " +":guilabel:`New Quotation`. Detta skapar (och navigerar till) en ny " +":abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, som är förifylld med rätt information, " +"beroende på de inställningar som konfigurerats på blanketten för ramorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -20125,10 +27426,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" +"Från det nya formuläret :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Send by Email` för att skriva och skicka ett e-postmeddelande " +"till den listade leverantören; klicka på :guilabel:`Print RFQ` för att skapa" +" en utskrivbar PDF av offerten; eller, när du är klar, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` för att bekräfta inköpsordern (PO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ny offert med kopierade produkter och regler från ramorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -20139,14 +27445,20 @@ msgid "" "form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " "order that was just created." msgstr "" +"När :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` har bekräftats, klicka tillbaka till blanket" +" order formuläret (via brödsmulorna, högst upp på sidan). I blanketten finns" +" nu en :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` listad i smartknappen " +":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` längst upp till höger i blanketten. Klicka på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` för att se den inköpsorder som just " +"skapats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "RFQ:er och order smart knapp från blanket order form." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny ramorder från en :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 @@ -20155,6 +27467,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, gå till appen " +":menuselection:`Purchase` och klicka på :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -20165,6 +27479,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till information i formuläret :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`: lägg till en leverantör från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Add a product` för att välja en" +" produkt från rullgardinsmenyn i kolumnen :guilabel:`Product`. Ange sedan " +"önskad inköpskvantitet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Kvantitet` och ändra " +"inköpspriset i kolumnen :guilabel:`Enhetspris`, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -20174,6 +27494,11 @@ msgid "" "(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " "Arrival` date." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ (två punkter)` för att " +"lägga till ytterligare synlighetsalternativ för artikeln. Upprepa dessa steg" +" för att lägga till så många ytterligare alternativ som önskas, inklusive " +":guilabel:`UoM` (Måttenheter) att köpa produkterna i, och " +":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` datum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -20183,6 +27508,12 @@ msgid "" " and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," " as well as the product information entered on the product lines." msgstr "" +"Innan du bekräftar den nya offerten och skapar en inköpsorder klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Blanket Order` och skriver in ett" +" nytt namn för den nya blanket ordern. Detta skapar ett helt nytt " +"inköpsavtal och sparar den information som anges i fälten i " +"inköpsorderformuläret, samt den produktinformation som anges på " +"produktraderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -20192,10 +27523,15 @@ msgid "" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)`." msgstr "" +"Från det nya formuläret :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Send by Email` för att skriva och skicka ett e-postmeddelande " +"till den listade leverantören; klicka på :guilabel:`Print RFQ` för att skapa" +" en utskrivbar PDF av offerten; eller, när du är klar, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` för att bekräfta :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ny ramorder skapas direkt från offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -20203,10 +27539,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " "order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." msgstr "" +"För att se det nyskapade inköpsavtalet för ramorder, gå till " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders` och klicka på den nya ramordern. " +"Härifrån kan inställningar och regler ändras om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ramorder och påfyllning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -20219,14 +27558,21 @@ msgid "" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" +"När en ramorder har bekräftats läggs en ny leverantörsrad till under fliken " +":guilabel:`Purchase` för de produkter som ingår i :abbr:`BO (Blanket " +"Order)`. Detta gör blanket orders användbara med :doc:`automated " +"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, eftersom information om" +" :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price` och :guilabel:`Agreement` refereras " +"till på leverantörsraden. Denna information används för att avgöra var, när " +"och till vilket pris denna produkt kan fyllas på." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktformulär med påfyllnadsavtal kopplat till ramorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa alternativa offertförfrågningar för flera leverantörer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -20235,6 +27581,11 @@ msgid "" "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" +"Ibland kan företag vilja begära in offerter från flera leverantörer " +"samtidigt, genom att bjuda in dessa leverantörer att lämna offerter för " +"liknande varor eller tjänster på en och samma gång. Detta hjälper företagen " +"att välja de billigaste (och snabbaste) leverantörerna, beroende på deras " +"specifika affärsbehov." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -20244,6 +27595,11 @@ msgid "" "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan detta göras genom att lägga till alternativa offertförfrågningar " +"(RFQ) för olika leverantörer. När ett svar har mottagits från varje " +"leverantör kan produktlinjerna från varje :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)` jämföras och ett beslut kan fattas om vilka produkter som ska " +"köpas från vilka leverantörer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -20252,14 +27608,19 @@ msgid "" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" +"Denna process, som ibland kallas *anbudsförfrågan*, används främst av " +"organisationer inom den offentliga sektorn, som är juridiskt bundna att " +"använda den när de gör ett inköp. Men även privata företag kan använda " +"alternativa :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` för att spendera pengar på" +" ett effektivt sätt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera inställningar för inköpsavtal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -20272,10 +27633,17 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" +"För att skapa alternativa :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` direkt från " +"en offert, måste funktionen *Köpsavtal* först aktiveras i inställningarna " +"för appen *Köp*. För att göra detta, gå till :menuselection:`Köp --> " +"Konfiguration --> Inställningar`, och under :guilabel:`Ordrar` avsnittet, " +"klicka på kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Köpsavtal`. Detta gör det möjligt " +"att skapa alternativa :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, samt " +"möjligheten att skapa *blanket orders*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inköpsavtal aktiverat i inköpsappens inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -20289,10 +27657,19 @@ msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" +"För att spara tid vid en *anbudsinfordran* kan anpassade leverantörer, " +"priser och leveranstider anges på fliken :guilabel:`Köp` i ett " +"produktformulär. Navigera till :menuselection:`Köp --> Produkter --> " +"Produkter` och välj en produkt att redigera. I produktformuläret klickar du " +"på :guilabel:`Fliken Köp` och sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`. I " +"rullgardinsmenyn väljer du en leverantör att ange i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Vendor` och anger :guilabel:`Price` och :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` om så önskas. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ (två " +"punkter)` för att lägga till ytterligare synlighetsalternativ till artikeln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 @@ -20304,6 +27681,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till information i formuläret :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`: lägg till en leverantör från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Add a product` för att välja en" +" produkt från rullgardinsmenyn i kolumnen :guilabel:`Product`. Ange sedan " +"önskad inköpskvantitet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Quantity` och ändra " +"inköpspriset i kolumnen :guilabel:`Unit Price`, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -20313,6 +27696,11 @@ msgid "" "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ (två punkter)` för att " +"lägga till ytterligare synlighetsalternativ för artikeln. Upprepa dessa steg" +" för att lägga till så många alternativ som önskas, inklusive " +":guilabel:`UoM` (måttenheter) att köpa produkterna i, och " +":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` datum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -20322,10 +27710,15 @@ msgid "" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Send by Email`. Då visas popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Compose Email`, där du kan anpassa meddelandet till " +"säljaren. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Sänd`. Detta förvandlar " +":abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` till en inköpsorder (PO) och skickar ett" +" e-postmeddelande till den leverantör som anges på inköpsorderformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv och skicka offert via popup-e-post." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -20334,10 +27727,14 @@ msgid "" "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" +"Att skicka e-post till varje leverantör kan vara användbart när man skapar " +"alternativa :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, eftersom leverantörerna " +"kan bekräfta om deras tidigare priser fortfarande gäller idag, vilket kan " +"hjälpa företag att välja de bästa erbjudandena för dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa alternativ till en :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -20346,6 +27743,11 @@ msgid "" "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" +"När en :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` har skapats och skickats via e-post till " +"en leverantör, kan alternativa :abbr:`RFQ (Requests for Quotation)` skapas " +"och skickas till ytterligare, alternativa leverantörer för att jämföra " +"priser, leveranstider och andra faktorer för att fatta beslut om från vilka " +"leverantörer man ska beställa vilka produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -20354,16 +27756,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa alternativa :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` klickar du " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Alternatives` i inköpsorderformuläret och sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. När du klickar visas popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Create alternative`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anbudsförfrågningar dyker upp för att skapa en alternativ offert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" +"I detta fönster väljer du en ny/annan leverantör från rullgardinsmenyn " +"bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Vendor` som du vill tilldela denna alternativa " +"offert till." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -20374,6 +27783,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" +"Bredvid detta finns en :guilabel:`Kopiera produkter` kryssruta som är " +"markerad som standard. När den är markerad kopieras produktkvantiteterna i " +"den ursprungliga :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` till alternativet. Låt " +"kryssrutan vara markerad för den första alternativa offerten. När du är klar" +" klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. Detta skapar (och navigerar " +"till) en ny :abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -20382,6 +27797,10 @@ msgid "" "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" +"Eftersom kryssrutan :guilabel:`Create Alternative` inte var markerad, är " +"detta nya inköpsorderformulär redan ifyllt med samma produkter, kvantiteter " +"och andra uppgifter som det tidigare, ursprungliga :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -20393,6 +27812,13 @@ msgid "" "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" +"När kryssrutan :guilabel:`Kopiera produkter` är markerad när du skapar en " +"alternativ offert, behöver inte ytterligare produkter läggas till på " +"inköpsorderformuläret om så inte önskas. Om en vald leverantör anges i " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Vendor` under fliken :guilabel:`Purchase` på ett " +"produktformulär som ingår i inköpsordern, överförs dock de värden som anges " +"på produktformuläret till :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` och måste ändras " +"manuellt, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -20404,6 +27830,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" +"När du är klar skapar du en andra alternativ offert genom att klicka på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Alternativ` och återigen klicka på :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`. Detta gör att popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create alternative` " +"visas igen. Den här gången väljer du en annan leverantör i rullgardinsmenyn " +"bredvid :guilabel:`Vendor`, och den här gången *avmarkerar* du kryssrutan " +":guilabel:`Copy Products`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -20411,6 +27843,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" +"Om ett alternativt citat behöver tas bort från fliken " +":guilabel:`Alternativ`, kan de tas bort individuellt genom att klicka på " +"ikonen :guilabel:`Ta bort (X)` i slutet av raden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -20421,10 +27856,16 @@ msgid "" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" +"Detta skapar en tredje, ny inköpsorder. Men eftersom produktkvantiteterna i " +"den ursprungliga :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` *inte* kopierades över, är " +"produktraderna tomma och nya produkter måste läggas till genom att klicka på" +" :guilabel:`Add a product` och välja önskade produkter från " +"rullgardinsmenyn. När du har lagt till önskat antal produkter klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Send by Email`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blank alternativ offert med alternativ i brödsmulor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -20432,6 +27873,10 @@ msgid "" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" +"Då visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Compose Email`, där du kan anpassa " +"meddelandet till säljaren. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Send` för" +" att skicka ett e-postmeddelande till den leverantör som anges på " +"inköpsorderformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -20441,10 +27886,16 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Alternativ` i det senaste inköpsorderformuläret." +" Under den här fliken visas alla tre inköpsorderna i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Reference`. Dessutom listas leverantörerna i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, och beställningarnas :guilabel:`Total` och " +":guilabel:`Status` finns också i raderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" +"Länka en ny :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` till befintliga offerter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -20454,6 +27905,10 @@ msgid "" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" +"Att skapa alternativa offerter direkt från ett inköpsorderformulär under " +"fliken :guilabel:`Alternatives` är det enklaste sättet att skapa och länka " +"offerter. Separata :abbr:`RFQs (Request for Quotation)` kan dock också " +"länkas *efter* faktum, även om de först skapades helt separat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -20462,6 +27917,10 @@ msgid "" "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Send by Email`. Då visas popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Compose Email`, där du kan anpassa meddelandet till " +"säljaren. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Sänd` för att skicka ett " +"e-postmeddelande till den leverantör som anges på inköpsorderformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -20471,10 +27930,15 @@ msgid "" "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Alternativ` en gång till. Eftersom denna " +"nya :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` skapades separat, finns det inga andra " +"ordrar länkade ännu. För att länka denna order till de alternativ som " +"skapats tidigare, klicka på :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` på den första " +"raden i kolumnen :guilabel:`Vendor`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "popup för att länka ny offert till befintliga RFQ:er." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -20483,6 +27947,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" +"Då visas ett :guilabel:`Add: Alternativa POs` popup-fönster visas. Markera " +"de tre inköpsorder som skapades tidigare och klicka på :guilabel:`Select`. " +"Alla dessa beställningar kopieras nu till denna :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"under fliken :guilabel:`Alternatives`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -20491,10 +27959,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" +"Om ett stort antal inköpsorder behandlas och de tidigare :abbr:`POs " +"(Purchase Orders)` inte kan hittas, prova att klicka på " +":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under sökfältet högst upp i popup-" +"fönstret för att gruppera efter de leverantörer som valts på de tidigare " +"orderna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jämför produktlinjer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -20504,6 +27977,11 @@ msgid "" "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" +"När det finns flera :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` länkade som " +"alternativ, kan de jämföras sida vid sida för att avgöra vilka leverantörer " +"som erbjuder de bästa erbjudandena på vilka produkter. För att jämföra varje" +" offert, gå till appen :menuselection:`Köp` och välj en av de offerter som " +"skapats tidigare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -20512,10 +27990,14 @@ msgid "" "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Alternativ` för att se alla länkade " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Compare " +"Product Lines` under fliken :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. Detta navigerar " +"till sidan Jämför orderrader." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jämför produktlinjer för alternativa RFQ:er." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -20524,6 +28006,10 @@ msgid "" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" +"Sidan Jämför orderrader grupperar som standard efter :guilabel:`Produkt`. " +"Varje produkt som ingår i någon av :abbr:`RFQ:erna (Request for Quotation)` " +"visas i en egen rullgardinsmeny, tillsammans med alla :abbr:`PO-nummer " +"(Purchase Order)` i :guilabel:`Reference`-kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -20533,6 +28019,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" +"Ytterligare kolumner på denna sida inkluderar :guilabel:`Vendor` från vilken" +" produkter beställdes, :guilabel:`Status` för offerten (dvs. RFQ, RFQ Sent);" +" :guilabel:`Quantity` av produkter beställda från varje leverantör; " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` per produkt och :guilabel:`Total` pris för ordern, " +"och mer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -20543,6 +28034,12 @@ msgid "" "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ta bort produktrader från sidan Jämför orderrader klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Clear` längst till höger på raden för den aktuella produktraden. " +"Detta tar bort produkten som ett valbart alternativ från sidan och ändrar " +":guilabel:`Total`-priset för produkten på sidan till **0**. På " +"inköpsorderformuläret där produkten ingick ändras även dess beställda " +"kvantitet till **0**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -20552,10 +28049,15 @@ msgid "" "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +"När de bästa erbjudandena har identifierats, i slutet av varje rad, kan " +"enskilda produkter väljas genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Choose`. När alla " +"önskade produkter har valts, klicka på :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (i" +" brödsmulorna, högst upp på sidan) för att navigera tillbaka till en " +"översikt över alla :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Annullera (eller behålla) alternativ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -20563,6 +28065,9 @@ msgid "" "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" +"Nu när de önskade produkterna har valts, baserat på vilka leverantörer som " +"gav det bästa erbjudandet, kan de andra :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " +"Quotation)` (från vilka inga produkter valdes) annulleras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -20572,10 +28077,15 @@ msgid "" "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" +"Under kolumnen :guilabel:`Total`, längst till höger på varje rad, har de " +"beställningar från vilka inga produkter valdes automatiskt fått sin " +"totalkostnad satt till **0**. Även om de inte har avbrutits ännu, innebär " +"detta att de kan avbrytas utan återverkningar *efter* att de önskade " +"inköpsorderna har bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Annullerade offerter i appöversikten Köp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -20586,6 +28096,12 @@ msgid "" "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" +"För att bekräfta en offert som innehåller de valda produktkvantiteterna, " +"klicka på en offert. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Bekräfta order`. Detta gör " +"att ett :guilabel:`Alternativvarning` popup-fönster visas. Därifrån kan du " +"klicka på antingen :guilabel:`Avbryt alternativ` eller :guilabel:`Behåll " +"alternativ`. Om denna :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` *inte* ska bekräftas, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Cancel`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -20596,6 +28112,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` avbryter automatiskt de alternativa " +"inköpsorderna. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` håller de alternativa " +"inköpsorderna öppna, så att de fortfarande kan nås om ytterligare " +"produktkvantiteter behöver beställas. När alla produkter är beställda kan " +":guilabel:`Annullera alternativ` väljas från den :abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)` " +"som är öppen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -20605,10 +28127,14 @@ msgid "" "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" +"För att se ett detaljerat formulär för en av de :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " +"Quotation)` som listas, klicka på artikeln för den offerten. Då öppnas ett " +":guilabel:`Öppna: Alternativa POs\", där du kan se all information om den " +"aktuella offerten. Klicka på :guilabel:`Close` när du är klar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behåll eller avbryt popup för alternativa RFQ:er." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -20618,6 +28144,11 @@ msgid "" "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Alternativvarning` klickar du på :guilabel:`Keep" +" Alternatives` för att hålla alla alternativa offerter öppna tills vidare. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Förfrågningar om offert` (i brödsmulorna, högst " +"upp på sidan) för att navigera tillbaka till en översikt över alla " +":abbr:`RFQs (Förfrågningar om offert)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -20627,6 +28158,11 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den eller de återstående offerter som innehåller produkter som " +"måste beställas och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Detta gör att " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Alternativvarning` visas igen. Den här gången " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Avbryt alternativ` för att avbryta alla andra " +"alternativa :abbr:`RFQs` som är kopplade till den här offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -20636,6 +28172,11 @@ msgid "" "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, klicka på :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (i brödsmulorna, " +"högst upp på sidan) för att navigera tillbaka till en översikt över alla " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. De annullerade orderna kan ses " +"gråmarkerade och listade med en :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under " +":guilabel:`Status` kolumnen längst till höger på deras rader." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -20643,11 +28184,13 @@ msgid "" "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Nu när alla produktkvantiteter har beställts kan inköpsprocessen följas och " +"fullföljas tills produkterna har tagits emot på lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Policy för kontroll av fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -20656,6 +28199,10 @@ msgid "" "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" +"I Odoo bestämmer policyn *fakturakontroll* de kvantiteter som faktureras av " +"leverantörer på varje inköpsorder, för beställda eller mottagna kvantiteter." +" Den policy som valts i inställningarna kommer att fungera som standardvärde" +" och kommer att tillämpas på alla nya produkter som skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -20665,6 +28212,11 @@ msgid "" "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" +"För att se standardpolicyn för fakturakontroll och göra ändringar, gå till " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` och bläddra ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Invoicing`. Här finns de två " +":guilabel:`Fakturakontroll` policyalternativen: :guilabel:`Beställda " +"kvantiteter` och :guilabel:`Mottagna kvantiteter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 @@ -20672,6 +28224,8 @@ msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" +"Den valda policyn kommer att vara standard för alla nya produkter som " +"skapas. Definitionen av varje policy är som följer:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 @@ -20680,6 +28234,9 @@ msgid "" "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: skapar en leverantörsfaktura så snart en " +"inköpsorder har bekräftats. Produkterna och kvantiteterna i inköpsordern " +"används för att generera ett utkast till faktura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -20688,10 +28245,15 @@ msgid "" "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mottagna kvantiteter`: en faktura skapas först *efter* att en del" +" av den totala ordern har mottagits. De *mottagna* produkterna och " +"kvantiteterna används för att generera ett fakturautkast. Ett felmeddelande " +"visas om man försöker skapa en leverantörsfaktura utan att ha mottagit " +"något." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bill control policy draft bill felmeddelande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -20699,10 +28261,14 @@ msgid "" "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" +"Om en eller två produkter behöver en annan kontrollpolicy kan " +"standardinställningen för fakturakontroll åsidosättas genom att gå till " +"fliken :guilabel:`Purchase` i produktens mall och ändra dess fält " +":guilabel:`Control Policy`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på flöde: Beställda kvantiteter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -20711,6 +28277,11 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra ett exempel på arbetsflöde med fakturakontrollpolicyn " +"*beställda kvantiteter*, gå först till :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Fakturering` och välj :guilabel:`beställda kvantiteter`. Sedan " +":guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -20721,10 +28292,16 @@ msgid "" "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" +"I appen :guilabel:`Köp` skapar du en ny :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +" Fyll i informationen i offertformuläret, lägg till produkter på " +"fakturaraderna och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Eftersom policyn är inställd på *beställda " +"kvantiteter* kan fakturautkastet bekräftas så snart det har skapats, utan " +"att några produkter faktiskt har mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel flöde: Mottagna kvantiteter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -20733,6 +28310,11 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra ett exempel på arbetsflöde med fakturakontrollpolicyn " +"*mottagna kvantiteter*, gå först till :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Fakturering` och välj :guilabel:`Mottagna kvantiteter`. Sedan " +":guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -20746,11 +28328,20 @@ msgid "" "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" +"I appen :guilabel:`Köp` skapar du en ny :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +" Fyll i informationen i offertformuläret, lägg till produkter på " +"fakturaraderna och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Ställ in kvantiteterna i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Done` så att de matchar kvantiteterna i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Demand` och :guilabel:`Validate` ändringarna. I inköpsordern " +"klickar du sedan på :guilabel:`Create Bill` och :guilabel:`Confirm`. " +"Eftersom policyn är inställd på *mottagna kvantiteter*, kan fakturautkastet " +"bekräftas *endast* när åtminstone en del av kvantiteterna har mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3-vägs matchning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -20761,16 +28352,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar :guilabel:`3-vägs matchning` ser du till att " +"leverantörsfakturor betalas först när några eller alla produkter som ingår i" +" inköpsordern faktiskt har mottagits. För att aktivera det, gå till " +":menuselection:`Köp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar` och bläddra ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturering`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`3-vägs " +"matchning: inköp, mottagningar och fakturor`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" +"3-vägs matchning är *endast* avsedd att fungera när fakturakontrollpolicyn " +"är inställd på *mottagna kvantiteter*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betala leverantörsfakturor med 3-vägsmatchning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -20780,10 +28379,15 @@ msgid "" "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`3-vägs matchning` är aktiverad, kommer leverantörsfakturor " +"att visa fältet :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` under fliken :guilabel:`Övrig " +"Info`. När en ny leverantörsfaktura skapas kommer fältet att sättas till " +":guilabel:`Yes`, eftersom en faktura inte kan skapas förrän åtminstone några" +" av de produkter som ingår i en inköpsorder har mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utkast till faktura ska betalas fältstatus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -20791,6 +28395,9 @@ msgid "" "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Om den totala mängden produkter från en inköpsorder inte har mottagits, " +"inkluderar Odoo endast de produkter som *har* mottagits i utkastet till " +"leverantörsfaktura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -20801,6 +28408,13 @@ msgid "" "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" +"Utkast till fakturor kan redigeras för att öka den fakturerade kvantiteten, " +"ändra priset på produkterna i fakturan och lägga till ytterligare produkter " +"i fakturan. Om detta görs kommer fältstatusen :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` att" +" sättas till :guilabel:`Exception`. Detta innebär att Odoo märker " +"avvikelsen, men inte blockerar ändringarna eller visar ett felmeddelande, " +"eftersom det kan finnas en giltig anledning att göra ändringar i utkastet " +"till räkningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -20808,6 +28422,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"När betalningen har registrerats för en leverantörsfaktura och visar den " +"gröna :guilabel:`Paid` bannern, kommer fältstatusen :guilabel:`Should Be " +"Paid` att sättas till :guilabel:`No`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -20815,10 +28432,13 @@ msgid "" " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" +"Status :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` på räkningar ställs in automatiskt av " +"Odoo. Statusen kan dock ändras manuellt genom att klicka på fältets " +"rullgardinsmeny på fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa faktureringsstatus för en inköpsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -20826,10 +28446,12 @@ msgid "" "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "" +"När en inköpsorder bekräftas kan dess :guilabel:`Faktureringsstatus` visas " +"under fliken :guilabel:`Övrig information` på inköpsorderformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktureringsstatus för inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -20837,62 +28459,65 @@ msgid "" "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "" +"Nedan finns en lista över de olika statusar som en :guilabel:`Billing " +"Status` kan visas som och när de visas, beroende på vilken policy för " +"fakturakontroll som används." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Faktureringsstatus`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Villkor**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*På mottagna kvantiteter*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*På beställda kvantiteter*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Inget att fakturera`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PO bekräftad; inga produkter mottagna" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Inte tillämpligt*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Väntande räkningar`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla/vissa produkter mottagna; räkning inte skapad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PO bekräftad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fullt fakturerad`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla/några produkter mottagna; utkast till lagförslag skapat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utkast till lagförslag framtaget" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera leverantörsfakturor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -20901,6 +28526,11 @@ msgid "" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" +"En *leverantörsfaktura* är en faktura för produkter och/eller tjänster som " +"ett företag köper från en leverantör. Leverantörsfakturor registrerar " +"leverantörsskulder när de kommer från leverantörer och kan inkludera belopp " +"för inköpta varor och/eller tjänster, moms, frakt- och leveranskostnader med" +" mera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -20908,6 +28538,9 @@ msgid "" "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan en leverantörsfaktura skapas vid olika tidpunkter i " +"inköpsprocessen, beroende på vilken policy för *fakturakontroll* som valts i" +" appens *Inköp*-inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -20915,6 +28548,9 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" +"Om du vill visa och redigera standardpolicyn för fakturakontroll och göra " +"ändringar i den går du till :menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar` och bläddrar ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturering`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -20922,10 +28558,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"Här finns två policyalternativ för :guilabel:`Bill Control`: " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` och :guilabel:`Received quantities`. När du " +"har valt en policy klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Policyer för fakturakontroll i köpappens inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -20933,6 +28573,9 @@ msgid "" "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mottagna kvantiteter`: En faktura skapas först **efter** att en " +"del av den totala ordern har mottagits. De **mottagna** produkterna och " +"kvantiteterna används för att generera ett utkast till faktura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -20940,16 +28583,22 @@ msgid "" "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt behöver en annan kontrollpolicy kan standardpolicyn för " +"fakturakontroll åsidosättas genom att gå till fliken :guilabel:`Purchase` i " +"produktens mall och ändra dess fält :guilabel:`Control Policy`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera policyfältet på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" +"*3-vägsmatchning* säkerställer att leverantörsfakturor betalas först när " +"några (eller alla) av de produkter som ingår i inköpsordern faktiskt har " +"mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -20958,20 +28607,26 @@ msgid "" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera det, gå till :menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar` och bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturering`. " +"Markera sedan rutan bredvid :guilabel:`3-vägs matchning: inköp, mottagningar" +" och fakturor`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`3-vägs matchning` är **endast** avsedd att fungera med policyn " +":guilabel:`Bill Control` inställd på :guilabel:`Received quantities`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiverade funktionen för trevägsmatchning i köpinställningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa och hantera leverantörsfakturor på kvitton" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -20981,10 +28636,15 @@ msgid "" "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" +"När produkter tas emot på ett företags lager skapas kvitton. När företaget " +"har bearbetat de mottagna kvantiteterna kan de välja att skapa en " +"leverantörsfaktura direkt från kvittoformuläret. Beroende på vilken policy " +"för fakturakontroll som valts i inställningarna, skapas leverantörsfakturor " +"i olika steg i inköpsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med fakturakontrollpolicyn inställd på beställda kvantiteter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -20994,6 +28654,12 @@ msgid "" "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa och hantera leverantörsfakturor på kvitton med " +"fakturakontrollpolicyn *beställda kvantiteter* går du först till " +":menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`, bläddrar ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturering` och väljer :guilabel:`beställda " +"kvantiteter` under :guilabel:`Fakturakontroll`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -21001,6 +28667,9 @@ msgid "" "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till appen :menuselection:`Purchase` och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny offertförfrågan (RFQ). När du gör det" +" visas ett tomt :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 @@ -21009,6 +28678,10 @@ msgid "" "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"I det tomma detaljformuläret lägger du till en leverantör i :abbr:`RFQ " +"(request for quotation)` i fältet :guilabel:`Vendor`, och lägger till " +"produkter i :guilabel:`Product`-raderna genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a" +" line`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 @@ -21017,18 +28690,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" +"Bekräfta sedan :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta order` ovanför detaljformuläret. På så sätt förvandlas " +":abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` till en inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` för att skapa en " +"leverantörsfaktura för inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` visas sidan " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill` för inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -21037,12 +28717,19 @@ msgid "" " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"På :guilabel:`Draft Bill` klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Edit` för att " +"ändra fakturan och lägga till ett fakturadatum i fältet :guilabel:`Bill " +"Date`. Lägg vid behov till ytterligare produkter på " +":guilabel:`Produkt`-raderna genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`" +" på fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" +"Bekräfta sedan räkningen genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` på " +"sidan :guilabel:`Draft Bill`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -21050,6 +28737,9 @@ msgid "" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" +"Eftersom fakturakontrollpolicyn är inställd på *beställda kvantiteter*, kan " +"fakturautkastet bekräftas så snart det skapas, innan några produkter har " +"mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 @@ -21062,6 +28752,12 @@ msgid "" "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +"På den nya :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` lägger du till ett :guilabel:`Bill " +"Reference`-nummer, som kan användas för att matcha fakturan med ytterligare " +"dokument (t.ex. :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Klicka sedan på " +":menuselection:`Bekräfta --> Registrera betalning`. Då visas en popup där du" +" kan välja en :guilabel:`Journal`, en :guilabel:`Payment Method` och en " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` från en rullgardinsmeny." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -21071,10 +28767,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan fakturans :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date` och " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) ändras från denna pop-up. När du " +"är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Payment` för att slutföra skapandet " +"av :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Detta gör att en grön :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visas på :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverantörsfakturor för beställda kvantiteter Kontrollpolicy." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -21084,10 +28785,16 @@ msgid "" "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" +"Varje leverantörsfaktura ger möjlighet att antingen :guilabel:`Add Credit " +"Note` eller :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. En *kreditnota* utfärdas vanligtvis " +"när en säljare eller leverantör av varor får tillbaka en viss mängd " +"produkter från den kund som de såldes till, medan *debetnotor* är " +"reserverade för varor som returneras från kunden/köparen till säljaren eller" +" leverantören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med fakturakontrollpolicyn inställd på mottagna kvantiteter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -21096,6 +28803,10 @@ msgid "" "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" +"Om du försöker skapa en leverantörsfaktura utan att ha mottagit några " +"kvantiteter av en produkt (när du använder fakturakontrollpolicyn *mottagna " +"kvantiteter*) visas ett felmeddelande och inställningarna måste ändras innan" +" du fortsätter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -21105,6 +28816,12 @@ msgid "" "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa och hantera leverantörsfakturor på kvitton med hjälp av " +"fakturakontrollpolicyn *mottagna kvantiteter* går du först till " +":menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`, bläddrar ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturering` och väljer :guilabel:`Mottagna " +"kvantiteter` under :guilabel:`Fakturakontroll`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -21112,12 +28829,17 @@ msgid "" "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till appen :menuselection:`Purchase` och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)`. När du" +" gör det visas ett tomt :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" +"Slutligen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` för att skapa en " +"faktura för inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -21126,16 +28848,23 @@ msgid "" "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create Bill` innan några produkter har tagits " +"emot visas ett :guilabel:`User Error` popup-fönster. För att " +":guilabel:`Köpsorder` ska kunna skapa en faktura krävs att åtminstone en " +"delmängd av de artiklar som ingår i ordern har mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönster för användarfel för kontrollpolicy för mottagna kvantiteter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Kvitto` för att visa formuläret för " +"lagerkvitto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -21144,6 +28873,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :menuselection:`Validera --> Tillämpa` på blanketten för " +"lagerkvitto för att markera :guilabel:`Done` kvantiteterna. Navigera sedan " +"tillbaka till :menuselection:`Inköpsorder` (via brödsmulorna) och klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` på formuläret för inköpsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -21152,12 +28885,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"På så sätt visas :guilabel:`Draft Bill` för inköpsordern. På " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill` klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Edit` och lägger " +"till ett :guilabel:`Bill Date`. Lägg vid behov till ytterligare produkter på" +" :guilabel:`Product`-raderna genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -21165,6 +28904,9 @@ msgid "" "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" +"Eftersom fakturakontrollpolicyn är inställd på *mottagna kvantiteter*, kan " +"fakturautkastet **endast** bekräftas när åtminstone några av kvantiteterna " +"har mottagits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -21174,10 +28916,15 @@ msgid "" "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan fakturans :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date` och " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) ändras från denna pop-up. När du " +"är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Payment` för att slutföra skapandet " +"av leverantörsfakturan. Då visas en grön banner **In Payment** på formuläret" +" :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa och hantera leverantörsfakturor i bokföringen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -21186,6 +28933,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" +"Leverantörsfakturor kan också skapas direkt från appen *Redovisning*, " +"**utan** att först behöva skapa en inköpsorder. För att göra detta, gå till " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create`. När du gör detta visas ett tomt formulär för " +"leverantörsfakturor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -21196,6 +28948,12 @@ msgid "" "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" +"I detta tomma formulär för fakturadetaljer lägger du till en leverantör i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Vendor` och lägger till produkter i raderna " +":guilabel:`Product` (under fliken :guilabel:`Invoice Lines`) genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`. Lägg sedan till ett faktureringsdatum i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Faktureringsdatum` och all annan nödvändig information. " +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att bekräfta fakturan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -21203,6 +28961,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Journal Items` för att visa (eller ändra) " +":guilabel:`Account`-journalerna som fylldes i baserat på konfigurationen i " +"motsvarande formulär :guilabel:`Vendor` och :guilabel:`Product`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -21210,12 +28971,18 @@ msgid "" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` eller :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`" +" för att lägga till kredit- eller debetnoter på fakturan. Du kan också lägga" +" till ett :guilabel:`Fakturans referensnummer` (i läget " +":guilabel:`Redigera`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :menuselection:`Registrera betalning --> Skapa " +"betalning` för att slutföra :guilabel:`Vendörfakturan`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -21224,20 +28991,26 @@ msgid "" "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill koppla fakturautkastet till en befintlig inköpsorder klickar du " +"på rullgardinsmenyn bredvid :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` och väljer en " +":abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)` från menyn. Fakturan fylls i automatiskt med " +"informationen från :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autofullständig rullgardinslista för utkast till leverantörsfaktura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Batchfakturering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" +"Leverantörsfakturor kan bearbetas och hanteras i satser i appen " +"*Accounting*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -21247,6 +29020,11 @@ msgid "" "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" +"För att göra detta, gå till :menuselection:`Räkenskapsprogram --> " +"Leverantörer --> Räkningar`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`checkbox` längst upp" +" till vänster på sidan, bredvid kolumnen :guilabel:`Number`, under knappen " +":guilabel:`Create`. Detta markerar alla befintliga leverantörsfakturor med " +":guilabel:`Posted` eller :guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -21255,6 +29033,11 @@ msgid "" "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på kugghjulsikonen :guilabel:`Action` för att exportera, ta " +"bort eller skicka och skriva ut fakturorna; klicka på ikonen " +":guilabel:`Print` för att skriva ut fakturorna; eller klicka på " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` för att skapa och behandla betalningar för " +"flera leverantörsfakturor på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -21264,6 +29047,11 @@ msgid "" "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Registrera betalning` väljs visas ett popup-fönster. I detta " +"popup-fönster väljer du lämplig journal i fältet :guilabel:`Journal`, väljer" +" ett betalningsdatum i fältet :guilabel:`Payment Date` och väljer en " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`. Det finns också möjlighet att välja " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` i detta popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -21271,10 +29059,13 @@ msgid "" "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Create Payment`, som skapar " +"en lista med journalposter på en separat sida. Denna lista över " +"journalposter är alla knutna till sina respektive leverantörsfakturor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Batchfakturering Registrera betalning popup." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -21282,11 +29073,15 @@ msgid "" "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" +"Alternativet :guilabel:`Registrera betalning` för leverantörsfakturor i " +"batcher fungerar endast för journalposter vars :guilabel:`Status` är " +"inställd på :guilabel:`Posted`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -21294,7 +29089,7 @@ msgstr "Produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera regler för omordning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -21304,20 +29099,29 @@ msgid "" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" +"För vissa produkter är det nödvändigt att se till att det alltid finns ett " +"minimibelopp tillgängligt i lager vid varje given tidpunkt. Genom att lägga " +"till en ombeställningsregel för en produkt är det möjligt att automatisera " +"ombeställningsprocessen så att en inköpsorder automatiskt skapas när den " +"tillgängliga mängden faller under ett fastställt tröskelvärde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" +"Modulen *Inventory* måste vara installerad för att kunna använda regler för " +"ombeställning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera produkter för ombeställning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "" +"Produkter måste konfigureras på ett visst sätt innan en regel för " +"ombeställning kan läggas till för dem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -21328,6 +29132,11 @@ msgid "" "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" +"Från modulerna :menuselection:`Inventory`, :menuselection:`Manufacturing`, " +":menuselection:`Purchase`, eller :menuselection:`Sales` navigerar du till " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products` och klickar sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny produkt. Alternativt kan du hitta en " +"produkt som redan finns i databasen och klicka på dess produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -21336,14 +29145,18 @@ msgid "" "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" +"På produktformuläret aktiverar du sedan ombeställning genom att markera " +"alternativet :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` under fältet :guilabel:`Product " +"Name`. Slutligen anger du :guilabel:`Produkttyp` till `Storbar produkt` " +"under fliken :guilabel:`Generell information`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera en produkt för ombeställning i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en ombeställningsregel för en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -21352,22 +29165,33 @@ msgid "" "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" +"När du har konfigurerat en produkt korrekt kan du lägga till en " +"ombeställningsregel genom att välja den nu synliga fliken " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` högst upp i produktens formulär och sedan " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Create` i instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Reordering " +"Rules`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Få tillgång till ombeställningsregler för en produkt från produktsidan i " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" +"När regeln har skapats kan den konfigureras för att automatiskt generera " +"inköpsorder genom att definiera följande fält:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Location` anger var de beställda kvantiteterna ska lagras när de " +"har mottagits och förts in i lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -21376,6 +29200,10 @@ msgid "" "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Min kvantitet` anger den nedre gränsen för ombeställningsregeln " +"medan :guilabel:`Max kvantitet` anger den övre gränsen. Om det befintliga " +"lagret understiger den minsta kvantiteten skapas en ny inköpsorder för att " +"fylla på upp till den maximala kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -21383,6 +29211,9 @@ msgid "" "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Min kvantitet` är satt till `5` och :guilabel:`Max kvantitet` " +"är satt till `25` och det tillgängliga lagret sjunker till fyra, kommer en " +"inköpsorder att skapas för 21 enheter av produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -21392,6 +29223,10 @@ msgid "" "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` kan konfigureras så att produkter endast " +"beställs i satser med en viss kvantitet. Beroende på vilket antal som anges " +"kan detta leda till att en inköpsorder skapas som gör att det resulterande " +"lagret överstiger det som anges i fältet :guilabel:`Max Quantity`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -21399,6 +29234,9 @@ msgid "" "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Max Quantity` är inställd på `100` men :guilabel:`Multiple " +"Quantity` är inställd på att beställa produkten i satser om `200`, kommer en" +" inköpsorder att skapas för 200 enheter av produkten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -21407,14 +29245,18 @@ msgid "" "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM` anger den måttenhet med vilken kvantiteten skall beställas. " +"För diskreta produkter bör detta sättas till `Units`. Den kan dock också " +"anges till måttenheter som `Volym` eller `Vikt` för icke-diskreta produkter " +"som vatten eller tegelstenar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera regeln för omordning i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuellt utlösa regler för omordning med hjälp av schemaläggaren" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -21423,16 +29265,23 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" +"Omordningsreglerna aktiveras automatiskt av schemaläggaren, som körs en gång" +" om dagen som standard. Om du vill aktivera omordningsreglerna manuellt går " +"du till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. I " +"popup-fönstret bekräftar du den manuella åtgärden genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" +"Manuellt utlösta regler för omordning kommer också att utlösa andra " +"schemalagda åtgärder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera regler för omordning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -21440,6 +29289,9 @@ msgid "" "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" +"För att hantera ombeställningsreglerna för en enskild produkt, navigera till" +" produktsidans formulär och välj fliken :guilabel:`Ombeställningsregler` " +"högst upp i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -21450,10 +29302,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" +"För att hantera alla ombeställningsregler för varje produkt, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Från " +"denna instrumentpanel kan typiska bulkåtgärder i Odoo utföras, till exempel " +"att exportera data eller arkivera regler som inte längre behövs. Dessutom " +"finns :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` eller menyn med tre punkter " +"på formuläret tillgängliga för att söka efter och/eller organisera " +"omordningsreglerna efter önskemål." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inköp i andra måttenheter än försäljning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -21463,44 +29322,55 @@ msgid "" "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" +"När du köper en produkt kan det hända att din leverantör använder en annan " +"måttenhet än du gör när du säljer den. Detta kan orsaka förvirring mellan " +"försäljnings- och inköpsrepresentanter. Det är också tidskrävande att " +"konvertera måtten manuellt varje gång. Med Odoo kan du konfigurera din " +"produkt en gång och låta Odoo hantera konverteringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta följande exempel i beaktande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" +"Du köper apelsinjuice från en amerikansk leverantör, och de använder " +"**gallon**. Dina kunder är dock européer och använder **liters**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" +"Du köper gardiner från en leverantör i form av **rullar** och du säljer " +"delar av rullarna till dina kunder i form av **kvadratmeter**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera måttenheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" +"Öppna din Sales-app och gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " +"Inställningar`. Under Produktkatalog, aktivera *Måttenheter*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera alternativet för måttenheter i Odoo Sales" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange måttenheter för försäljning och inköp" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardiserade måttenheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -21508,12 +29378,17 @@ msgid "" "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" +"En mängd olika måttenheter är tillgängliga som standard i din databas. Varje" +" enhet tillhör en av de fem förkonfigurerade kategorierna för måttenheter: " +"*Längd / Avstånd*, *Enhet*, *Volym*, *Vikt* och *Arbetstid*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" +"Du kan skapa nya måttenheter och kategorier för måttenheter (se nästa " +"avsnitt)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -21524,6 +29399,12 @@ msgid "" "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ange olika måttenheter för försäljning och inköp öppnar du appen " +"Inköp och går till :menuselection:`Produkter --> Produkter`. Skapa en " +"produkt eller välj en befintlig produkt. Under produktens flik *Generell " +"information* väljer du först *Måttenhet* som ska användas för försäljning " +"(samt för andra appar som t.ex. lager). Välj sedan *Måttenhet för inköp* som" +" ska användas för inköp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -21532,14 +29413,18 @@ msgid "" "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" +"Om du köper apelsinjuice från din leverantör i **gallon** och säljer den " +"till dina kunder i **litrar**, väljer du först *L* (liter) som *Måttenhet* " +"och *gal (US)* (gallon) som *Måttenhet för inköp*, och klickar sedan på " +"*Spara*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera en produkts måttenheter i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa nya måttenheter och kategorier av måttenheter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -21547,6 +29432,9 @@ msgid "" "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" +"Ibland behöver du skapa dina egna enheter och kategorier, antingen för att " +"måttet inte är förkonfigurerat i Odoo eller för att enheterna inte är " +"relaterade till varandra (t.ex. kilo och centimeter)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -21555,22 +29443,30 @@ msgid "" "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" +"Om du tar det andra exemplet där du köper gardiner från en leverantör i form" +" av **rullar** och du säljer bitar av rullarna med **kvadratmeter**, måste " +"du skapa en ny *Måttenhetskategori* för att kunna relatera båda " +"måttenheterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" +"Det gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " +"Måttenhetskategorier`. Klicka på *Create* och namnge kategorin." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny kategori för måttenheter i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att skapa de två måttenheterna. För att göra det, gå till " +":menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Måttenheter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -21581,16 +29477,24 @@ msgid "" "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" +"Skapa först den måttenhet som används som referenspunkt för konvertering " +"till andra måttenheter inom kategorin genom att klicka på *Create*. Namnge " +"enheten och välj den kategori för måttenheter som du just skapade. För " +"*Typ*, välj *Referensmåttenhet för denna kategorityp*. Ange den " +"*Rundningsprecision* du vill använda. Den kvantitet som beräknas av Odoo är " +"alltid en multipel av detta värde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" +"Eftersom du i exemplet inte kan köpa mindre än 1 rulle och inte kommer att " +"använda bråkdelar av en rulle som måttenhet, kan du ange 1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny referensmåttenhet i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -21603,6 +29507,14 @@ msgid "" "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" +"Om du använder en *Rounding Precision* som är lägre än 0.01, kan ett " +"varningsmeddelande visas som säger att den är högre än *Decimal Accuracy* " +"och att det kan orsaka inkonsekvenser. Om du vill använda en *Rounding " +"Precision* som är lägre än 0.01, aktivera först :ref:`utvecklarläge " +"`, gå sedan till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Teknisk " +"--> Databasstruktur --> Decimal Accuracy`, välj *Product Unit of Measure* " +"och redigera *Digits* i enlighet med detta. Om du t.ex. vill använda en " +"avrundningsprecision på 0,00001 ställer du in *Digits* till 5." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -21610,12 +29522,16 @@ msgid "" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" +"Skapa sedan en andra måttenhet, namnge den och välj samma kategori för " +"måttenheter som din referensenhet. Som *Typ* väljer du *Mindre* eller " +"*Större än referensmåttetheten*, beroende på din situation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" +"Eftersom gardinrullen motsvarar 100 kvadratmeter bör du välja *Mindre*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -21623,28 +29539,33 @@ msgid "" "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste du ange *Kvoten* mellan din referensenhet och den andra " +"enheten. Om den andra enheten är mindre ska *Kvoten* vara större än 1. Om " +"den andra enheten är större ska kvoten vara mindre än 1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För din gardinrulle bör förhållandet sättas till 100." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en andra måttenhet i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" +"Du kan nu konfigurera din produkt precis som du skulle göra med Odoo's " +"standardmått." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange en produkts måttenheter med dina egna enheter i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -21652,20 +29573,26 @@ msgid "" "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Quality** hjälper till att säkerställa produktkvaliteten genom " +"tillverkningsprocesser och lagerrörelser. Utför kvalitetskontroller, " +"automatisera kvalitetsinspektionsfrekvensen och skapa kvalitetsvarningar när" +" problem uppstår." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Hantering av kvalitetskontroller " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontroll av instruktioner" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -21674,6 +29601,11 @@ msgid "" "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Quality* är en *Instruktioner*-kontroll en av de " +"kvalitetskontrolltyper som kan väljas när man skapar en ny kvalitetskontroll" +" eller kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP). *Instruktioner * kontroller består av " +"ett textinmatningsfält som gör det möjligt för skaparen att ge instruktioner" +" för hur man slutför kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -21682,10 +29614,15 @@ msgid "" "checks>` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" +"En fullständig översikt över hur du konfigurerar en kvalitetskontroll eller " +"en |QCP| finns i dokumentationen om :ref:`kvalitetskontroller " +"` och " +":ref:`kvalitetskontrollpunkter `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genomföra en kvalitetskontroll av instruktioner" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -21694,10 +29631,14 @@ msgid "" "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" +"Det finns flera sätt som *Instruktioner* kvalitetskontroller kan bearbetas. " +"Om en kvalitetskontroll är kopplad till en specifik tillverknings-, lager- " +"eller arbetsorder kan kontrollen utföras på själva ordern. Alternativt kan " +"en kontroll bearbetas från kontrollens sida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process från kvalitetskontrollens sida" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -21706,6 +29647,10 @@ msgid "" "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta en *Instruktioner* kvalitetskontroll från kontrollens sida," +" börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control -->" +" Quality Checks`, och välj en kvalitetskontroll. Följ " +":guilabel:`Instruktioner` för hur du slutför kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -21713,10 +29658,13 @@ msgid "" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" +"Om produkten klarar kontrollen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Pass` " +"ovanför formuläret för kvalitetskontroll. Om produkten inte klarar " +"kontrollen klickar du istället på knappen :guilabel:`Fail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33 msgid "Process quality check on an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process kvalitetskontroll av en order" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -21728,6 +29676,13 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en *Instruktioner* kvalitetskontroll på en order, välj en " +"tillverkningsorder eller lagerorder (mottagning, leverans, retur, etc.) för " +"vilken en kontroll krävs. Tillverkningsorder kan väljas genom att navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder` och" +" klicka på en order. Lagerorder kan väljas genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# To Process` på " +"ett operationskort och välja en order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -21736,10 +29691,15 @@ msgid "" "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" +"På den valda tillverknings- eller lagerordern visas en lila " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks`-knapp ovanför ordern. Klicka på knappen för att " +"öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check`, där alla kvalitetskontroller" +" som skapats för ordern kan bearbetas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret Kvalitetskontroll på en tillverknings- eller lagerorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -21747,6 +29707,9 @@ msgid "" "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" +"För att genomföra en *Instructions* kvalitetskontroll, följ instruktionerna " +"i :guilabel:`Quality Check` popup-fönstret. Klicka slutligen på " +":guilabel:`Validate` för att bekräfta att kontrollen har slutförts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -21755,6 +29718,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" +"Om ett problem eller en defekt upptäcks under kvalitetskontrollen kan en " +"kvalitetsvarning behöva skapas för att meddela ett kvalitetsteam. Klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Quality Alert` som visas högst upp i tillverknings- eller" +" lagerordern efter att kontrollen har validerats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -21763,10 +29730,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Quality Alert` öppnas ett formulär för " +"kvalitetsvarningar på en ny sida. För en fullständig guide om hur du fyller " +"i formulär för kvalitetsvarningar, se dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetsvarningar `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63 msgid "Process work order quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontroll av arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -21776,6 +29747,11 @@ msgid "" "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" +"När du konfigurerar en |QCP| som utlöses av en tillverkningsorder, kan en " +"specifik arbetsorder också anges i fältet :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " +"på |QCP|-formuläret. Om en arbetsorder anges, skapas en *Instruktioner* " +"kvalitetskontroll för den specifika arbetsordern, snarare än för " +"tillverkningsordern som helhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -21786,6 +29762,12 @@ msgid "" " view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on " "the order's line." msgstr "" +"Kvalitetskontroller som konfigurerats för arbetsorder måste utföras från " +"tablettvyn. Börja därför med att navigera till :menuselection:`Tillverkning " +"--> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder`. Välj en tillverkningsorder som " +"innehåller en arbetsorder för vilken en kvalitetskontroll krävs. Öppna " +"tablettvyn för den arbetsordern genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`📱 " +"(tablett)` på orderns rad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -21795,10 +29777,15 @@ msgid "" "of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move " "on to the next step." msgstr "" +"Med tablettvyn öppen, utför stegen som listas på vänster sida av skärmen " +"tills *Instruktioner* kvalitetskontrollsteget nås. När du når kontrollen " +"visas instruktionerna för hur du slutför den högst upp på skärmen. Följ " +"instruktionerna och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Next` för att gå vidare till " +"nästa steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instructions check for a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En instruktionskontroll för en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -21807,6 +29794,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Om ett problem eller en defekt upptäcks under kvalitetskontrollen kan du " +"behöva skapa en kvalitetsvarning för att meddela kvalitetsteamet. Klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`☰ (meny)` i tablettvyn och välj sedan :guilabel:`Quality " +"Alert` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Menu`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -21815,10 +29806,15 @@ msgid "" "quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Quality Alert` öppnas popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts`, där du kan skapa en kvalitetsvarning. En " +"fullständig guide till hur du skapar kvalitetsvarningar finns i " +"dokumentationen om :ref:`kvalitetsvarningar " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mätning kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -21829,10 +29825,16 @@ msgid "" "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Quality* är en *Measure*-kontroll en av de kvalitetskontrolltyper " +"som kan väljas när man skapar en ny kvalitetskontroll eller " +"kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP). *Mät*-kontroller uppmanar användare att mäta " +"en viss aspekt av en produkt och registrera mätningen i Odoo. För att " +"kvalitetskontrollen ska godkännas måste den registrerade mätningen ligga " +"inom en viss *tolerans* av ett *normvärde*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en kvalitetskontroll av mätningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -21840,6 +29842,9 @@ msgid "" "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika sätt att skapa kvalitetskontroller för *Measure*. En " +"enskild kontroll kan skapas manuellt. Alternativt kan ett |QCP| konfigureras" +" som automatiskt skapar kontroller vid ett förutbestämt intervall." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -21850,12 +29855,19 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" +"Denna dokumentation beskriver endast de konfigurationsalternativ som är " +"unika för *Measure* kvalitetskontroller och |QCPs|. En fullständig översikt " +"över alla konfigurationsalternativ som är tillgängliga när du skapar en " +"enskild kontroll eller en |QCP| finns i dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetskontroller ` och " +":ref:`kvalitetskontrollpunkter `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26 msgid "Quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -21863,12 +29875,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en enskild *Mått* kvalitetskontroll, gå till " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`New`. Fyll i det nya kvalitetskontrollformuläret enligt " +"följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Typ` väljer du kvalitetskontrolltypen " +":guilabel:`Mätning`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 @@ -21877,6 +29895,8 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Team` väljer du det kvalitetsteam som ansvarar" +" för att hantera kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35 @@ -21884,14 +29904,18 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" +"I textfältet :guilabel:`Instruktioner` på fliken :guilabel:`Notiser` anger " +"du instruktioner för hur bilden ska tas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" +"Ett formulär för kvalitetskontroll som är konfigurerat för en " +"kvalitetskontroll av en mätning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -21899,6 +29923,9 @@ msgid "" "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en |QCP| som automatiskt genererar *Mät* kvalitetskontroller, " +"gå till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`, och" +" klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Fyll i det nya |QCP|-formuläret enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -21906,6 +29933,9 @@ msgid "" "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Typ` väljer du kvalitetskontrolltypen " +":guilabel:`Mätning`. Om du gör det visas två nya fält: :guilabel:`Norm` och " +":guilabel:`Tolerance`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -21913,6 +29943,9 @@ msgid "" "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" +"Använd det första textfältet i fältet :guilabel:`Norm` för att registrera " +"den ideala mätning som produkten ska överensstämma med. Använd det andra " +"textfältet för att ange den måttenhet som ska användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -21921,6 +29954,10 @@ msgid "" "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Tolerance` har två underfält: :guilabel:`from` och " +":guilabel:`to`. Använd fältet :guilabel:`from` för att ange det minsta " +"acceptabla måttet och fältet :guilabel:`to` för att ange det största " +"acceptabla måttet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 @@ -21929,20 +29966,26 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Team` väljer du det kvalitetsteam som ansvarar" +" för att hantera de kontroller som skapas av |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "" +"I textfältet :guilabel:`Instruktioner` anger du instruktioner för hur " +"mätningen ska utföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" +"Ett QCP-formulär konfigureras för att skapa kvalitetskontroller av " +"mätningar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Process a Kvalitetskontroll av mätning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63 @@ -21952,12 +29995,16 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" +"När *Measure* kvalitetskontroller har skapats kan de bearbetas på flera " +"olika sätt. Om en kvalitetskontroll är kopplad till en specifik lager-, " +"tillverknings- eller arbetsorder kan kontrollen bearbetas på själva ordern. " +"Alternativt kan en kontroll bearbetas från kontrollens sida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71 msgid "From the check's page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Från kontrollens sida" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -21966,6 +30013,10 @@ msgid "" "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta en *Mät* kvalitetskontroll från kontrollens sida, börja med" +" att navigera till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks`, och välj en kvalitetskontroll. Följ :guilabel:`Instruktioner` för " +"hur du utför mätningen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -21973,6 +30024,10 @@ msgid "" "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" +"När du har gjort mätningen registrerar du värdet i fältet " +":guilabel:`Measure` på kvalitetskontrollformuläret. För att manuellt " +"godkänna eller underkänna kontrollen klickar du på :guilabel:`Pass` eller " +":guilabel:`Fail` i det övre vänstra hörnet av kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -21982,12 +30037,17 @@ msgid "" "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" +"Om kvalitetskontrollen är tilldelad en |QCP| för vilken värden för *norm* " +"och *tolerans* har angetts, klickar du istället på :guilabel:`Measure` i det" +" övre vänstra hörnet av kontrollen. Då markeras kontrollen automatiskt som " +"*Passed* om det registrerade värdet ligger inom den angivna *toleransen*, " +"eller *Failed* om värdet ligger utanför den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87 msgid "On an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "På en order" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -21999,6 +30059,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en *Mät* kvalitetskontroll på en order, välj en " +"tillverkningsorder eller lagerorder (mottagning, leverans, retur, etc.), för" +" vilken en kontroll krävs. Tillverkningsorder kan väljas genom att navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder` och" +" klicka på en order. Lagerorder kan väljas genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# To Process` på " +"ett operationskort och välja en order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96 @@ -22008,6 +30075,10 @@ msgid "" "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" +"På den valda tillverknings- eller lagerordern visas en lila " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks`-knapp högst upp på sidan. Klicka på knappen för " +"att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check`, som visar alla " +"kvalitetskontroller som krävs för den ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -22015,11 +30086,17 @@ msgid "" "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en *Mät* kvalitetskontroll, mät produkten enligt " +"instruktionerna och ange sedan värdet i :guilabel:`Mät`-fältet i popup-" +"fönstret. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Validate` för att registrera det " +"registrerade värdet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" +"Ett popup-fönster för kvalitetskontroll av mätning på en tillverknings- " +"eller lagerorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -22028,6 +30105,10 @@ msgid "" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" +"Om det angivna värdet ligger inom det intervall som anges i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Tolerans` i |QCP|, godkänns kvalitetskontrollen och popup-" +"fönstret stängs. Resten av tillverknings- eller lagerordern kan sedan " +"bearbetas som vanligt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -22039,10 +30120,17 @@ msgid "" "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" +"Men om det angivna värdet ligger utanför det angivna intervallet visas ett " +"nytt popup-fönster med titeln :guilabel:`Quality Checked Failed`. I popup-" +"fönstret visas ett varningsmeddelande med texten :guilabel:`Du mätte # " +"enheter och det borde vara mellan # enheter och # enheter.`, samt de " +"instruktioner som anges på fliken :guilabel:`Meddelande vid misslyckande` i " +"|QCP|. Längst ner i popup-fönstret visas två knappar: :guilabel:`Korrigera " +"mätning` och :guilabel:`Bekräfta mätning`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret \"Kvalitetskontrollen misslyckades\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -22051,6 +30139,10 @@ msgid "" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" +"Om mätningen inte har angetts korrekt och bör ändras, välj " +":guilabel:`Korrigera mätning`. Då öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality " +"Check` igen. Ange det korrigerade måttet i fältet :guilabel:`Mått` och " +"klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validera` för att slutföra kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185 @@ -22059,6 +30151,9 @@ msgid "" "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Om mätningen angavs korrekt klickar du istället på :guilabel:`Bekräfta " +"mätning` och kvalitetskontrollen misslyckas. Följ eventuella instruktioner " +"som anges i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Kvalitetskontroll misslyckades`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -22067,6 +30162,10 @@ msgid "" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" +"Om en kvalitetsvarning måste skapas klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Quality" +" Alert` som visas högst upp i tillverknings- eller lagerordern efter att " +"kontrollen misslyckats. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Quality Alert` öppnas " +"ett formulär för kvalitetsvarning på en ny sida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193 @@ -22075,12 +30174,15 @@ msgid "" "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" +"För en fullständig guide om hur du fyller i formuläret för " +"kvalitetsvarningar, se dokumentationen om :ref:`kvalitetsvarningar " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120 msgid "On a work order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "På en arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -22090,6 +30192,11 @@ msgid "" "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" +"När du konfigurerar en |QCP| som utlöses under tillverkning, kan en specifik" +" arbetsorder också anges i fältet :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` på " +"|QCP|-formuläret. Om en arbetsorder anges skapas en *Measure* " +"kvalitetskontroll för den specifika arbetsordern, snarare än för " +"tillverkningsordern som helhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -22100,6 +30207,13 @@ msgid "" " view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and " "then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line." msgstr "" +"*Measure* kvalitetskontroller som skapas för arbetsorder måste bearbetas " +"från tablettvyn. Börja därför med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder`. Välj en" +" tillverkningsorder som innehåller en arbetsorder för vilken en " +"kvalitetskontroll krävs. Öppna tablettvyn för den arbetsordern genom att " +"välja fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och sedan klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`📱 (tablett)` på orderns rad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -22109,10 +30223,15 @@ msgid "" " the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above" " the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Med tablettvyn öppen följer du stegen på vänster sida av skärmen tills du " +"når kvalitetskontrollsteget *Mät*. När du når kontrollen visas " +"instruktionerna för hur du utför mätningen högst upp på skärmen. Ange det " +"uppmätta värdet i fältet :guilabel:`Measure` ovanför instruktionerna och " +"klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validate`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Mät kvalitetskontroll i tablåvyn Tillverkning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -22122,6 +30241,11 @@ msgid "" "measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window " "appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" +"Om det angivna måttet ligger inom det intervall som anges i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Tolerans` i |QCP|, godkänns kvalitetskontrollen och tablettvyn " +"går vidare till nästa steg i arbetsordern. Om det angivna måttet däremot " +"ligger utanför det angivna intervallet visas ett popup-fönster med rubriken " +":guilabel:`Kvalitetskontrollen misslyckades`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -22132,6 +30256,12 @@ msgid "" "up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm " "Measure`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` visas ett " +"varningsmeddelande med texten :guilabel:`Du mätte # enheter och det borde " +"vara mellan # enheter och # enheter.`, samt de instruktioner som anges på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Message If Failure` i |QCP|. Längst ner i popup-fönstret " +"visas två knappar: :guilabel:`Korrigera mätning` och :guilabel:`Bekräfta " +"mätning`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -22141,6 +30271,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "check, and move on to the next step of the work order." msgstr "" +"Om mätningen inte har angetts korrekt och bör ändras, välj " +":guilabel:`Korrigera mätning`. Då öppnas ett nytt popup-fönster med namnet " +":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Ange det korrigerade måttet i fältet " +":guilabel:`Mått` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validera` för att slutföra " +"kontrollen och gå vidare till nästa steg i arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -22149,10 +30284,14 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created." msgstr "" +"Om en kvalitetsvarning måste skapas gör du det genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`☰ (tre horisontella linjer)` och välja :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " +"i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Menu`. Ett popup-fönster :guilabel:`Quality " +"Alerts` visas, från vilket en kvalitetsvarning kan skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkänd - underkänd kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -22162,10 +30301,15 @@ msgid "" "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Quality* är en *Pass - Fail*-kontroll en av de " +"kvalitetskontrolltyper som kan väljas när man skapar en ny kvalitetskontroll" +" eller kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP). *Pass - Fail*-kontroller består av ett " +"textfält där skaparen kan ange ett visst kriterium som en produkt måste " +"uppfylla för att klara kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en kvalitetskontroll för godkänt - underkänt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -22173,6 +30317,9 @@ msgid "" "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika sätt att skapa *Pass - Fail* kvalitetskontroller. En " +"enskild kontroll kan skapas manuellt. Alternativt kan ett |QCP| konfigureras" +" som automatiskt skapar kontroller vid ett förutbestämt intervall." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -22183,6 +30330,13 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" +"Denna dokumentation beskriver endast de konfigurationsalternativ som är " +"unika för *Pass - Fail* kvalitetskontroller och |QCPs|. En fullständig " +"översikt över alla konfigurationsalternativ som är tillgängliga när du " +"skapar en enskild kontroll eller en |QCP| finns i dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetskontroller ` och " +":ref:`kvalitetskontrollpunkter `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -22190,6 +30344,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en enda *Pass - Fail* kvalitetskontroll, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`New`. Fyll i det nya kvalitetskontrollformuläret enligt " +"följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50 @@ -22197,6 +30355,8 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Typ` väljer du kvalitetskontrolltypen " +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -22204,15 +30364,20 @@ msgid "" "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" +"I textfältet :guilabel:`Instruktioner` på fliken :guilabel:`Notiser` anger " +"du instruktioner för hur kvalitetskontrollen ska utföras och vilka kriterier" +" som måste uppfyllas för att kontrollen ska godkännas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" +"Ett formulär för kvalitetskontroll som konfigurerats för en " +"kvalitetskontroll med godkänt eller underkänt resultat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -22221,6 +30386,10 @@ msgid "" "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en |QCP| som automatiskt genererar *Pass - Fail* " +"kvalitetskontroller, börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Quality -->" +" Quality Control --> Control Points`, och klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Fyll i " +"det nya |QCP|-formuläret enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -22228,16 +30397,21 @@ msgid "" "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "" +"I textfältet :guilabel:`Instruktioner` anger du instruktioner för hur " +"kvalitetskontrollen ska utföras och de kriterier som måste uppfyllas för att" +" kontrollen ska godkännas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "" +"Ett QCP-formulär (Quality Control Point) har konfigurerats för att skapa en " +"kvalitetskontroll av typen Pass - Fail." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genomför en kvalitetskontroll med godkänt eller underkänt resultat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -22246,6 +30420,10 @@ msgid "" "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta en *Mät* kvalitetskontroll från kontrollens sida, börja med" +" att navigera till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks`, och välj en kvalitetskontroll. Följ :guilabel:`Instruktioner` för " +"hur du slutför kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -22253,6 +30431,9 @@ msgid "" "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" +"Om kriterierna för kontrollen uppfylls klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Pass` i sidans övre vänstra hörn. Om kriterierna inte uppfylls " +"klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Fail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -22264,6 +30445,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en *Pass - Fail* kvalitetskontroll på en order, välj en " +"tillverkningsorder eller lagerorder (mottagning, leverans, retur etc.), för " +"vilken en kontroll krävs. Tillverkningsorder kan väljas genom att navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Operationer --> Tillverkningsorder` " +"och klicka på en order. Lagerorder kan väljas genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# To Process` på " +"ett operationskort och välja en order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -22272,6 +30460,10 @@ msgid "" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" +"På den valda tillverknings- eller lagerordern visas en lila " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks`-knapp högst upp på ordern. Klicka på knappen för " +"att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check`, som visar alla " +"kvalitetskontroller som krävs för den ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -22280,12 +30472,19 @@ msgid "" "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta en *Pass - Fail* kvalitetskontroll, följ instruktionerna " +"som visas i :guilabel:`Quality Check` popup-fönstret. Om kriterierna för " +"kontrollen är uppfyllda klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Pass` längst ned i " +"fönstret. Om kriterierna inte uppfylls klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Fail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "" +"Ett popup-fönster för kvalitetskontroll (godkänd - ej godkänd) på en " +"tillverknings- eller lagerorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -22296,6 +30495,12 @@ msgid "" "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" +"Om en kvalitetsvarning måste skapas klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Quality" +" Alert` som visas högst upp i tillverknings- eller lagerordern efter att " +"kontrollen misslyckats. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Quality Alert` öppnas " +"ett formulär för kvalitetsvarning på en ny sida. För en fullständig guide om" +" hur du fyller i formulär för kvalitetsvarningar, se dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetsvarningar `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -22305,6 +30510,11 @@ msgid "" "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" +"När du konfigurerar en |QCP| som utlöses under tillverkning, kan en specifik" +" arbetsorder också anges i fältet :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` på " +"|QCP|-formuläret. Om en arbetsorder anges skapas en *Pass - Fail* " +"kvalitetskontroll för den specifika arbetsordern, snarare än för " +"tillverkningsordern som helhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -22316,6 +30526,13 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" +"*Pass - Fail* kvalitetskontroller som konfigurerats för arbetsorder måste " +"bearbetas från tablettvyn. Börja därför med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder`. Välj en" +" tillverkningsorder som innehåller en arbetsorder för vilken en " +"kvalitetskontroll krävs. Öppna tablettvyn för den arbetsordern genom att " +"välja fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och sedan klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`📱 (tablett)` på orderns rad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -22326,10 +30543,16 @@ msgid "" "top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" +"Med tablettvyn öppen, utför de steg som anges på vänster sida av skärmen " +"tills kvalitetskontrollsteget *Pass - Fail* nås. När du når kontrollen " +"följer du instruktionerna som visas högst upp på skärmen. Om kriterierna för" +" kontrollen är uppfyllda, klicka på :guilabel:`Pass` knappen längst upp till" +" höger på skärmen. Om kriterierna inte uppfylls klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Fail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En kontroll av om en tillverkningsorder är godkänd eller inte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -22340,10 +30563,17 @@ msgid "" "guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on " ":ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" +"Om en kvalitetsvarning måste skapas gör du det genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`☰ (meny)` i tablettvyn och välja :guilabel:`Quality Alert` i " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Menu`. Ett :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` popup-" +"fönster visas, från vilket en kvalitetsvarning kan skapas. En fullständig " +"guide till hur du fyller i formulär för kvalitetsvarningar finns i " +"dokumentationen om :ref:`kvalitetsvarningar " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta en bild kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -22352,10 +30582,15 @@ msgid "" "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Quality* är en *Take a Picture*-kontroll en av de " +"kvalitetskontrolltyper som kan väljas när man skapar en ny kvalitetskontroll" +" eller kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP). *Take a Picture*-kontroller kräver att " +"en bild bifogas till kontrollen, som sedan kan granskas av ett " +"kvalitetsteam." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en kvalitetskontroll för Ta en bild" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -22363,6 +30598,10 @@ msgid "" "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika sätt att skapa kvalitetskontroller för *Take a Picture*." +" En enskild kontroll kan skapas manuellt. Alternativt kan en |QCP| " +"konfigureras som automatiskt skapar kontroller vid ett förutbestämt " +"intervall." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -22373,6 +30612,13 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" +"Denna dokumentation beskriver endast de konfigurationsalternativ som är " +"unika för *Take a Picture* kvalitetskontroller och |QCPs|. För en " +"fullständig översikt över alla konfigurationsalternativ som är tillgängliga " +"när du skapar en enskild kontroll eller en |QCP|, se dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetskontroller `" +" och :ref:`kvalitetskontrollpunkter " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -22380,6 +30626,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en enda *Take a Picture* kvalitetskontroll, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`New`. Fyll i det nya kvalitetskontrollformuläret enligt " +"följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49 @@ -22387,10 +30637,14 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Typ` väljer du kvalitetskontrolltypen " +":guilabel:`Take a Picture`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" +"Ett formulär för kvalitetskontroll som är konfigurerat för en " +"kvalitetskontroll av Take a Picture." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -22399,6 +30653,10 @@ msgid "" "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en |QCP| som automatiskt genererar *Take a Picture* " +"kvalitetskontroller, gå till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control -->" +" Control Points`, och klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Fyll i det nya " +"|QCP|-formuläret enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -22409,22 +30667,32 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" +"Om appen *Maintenance* är installerad visas ett :guilabel:`Enhet`-fält efter" +" att du har valt kontrolltypen *Ta en bild*. Använd detta fält för att ange " +"en enhet som ska användas för att ta kvalitetskontrollbilder. För " +"information om hantering av enheter i appen *Maintenance*, se " +"dokumentationen om :ref:`Att lägga till ny utrustning " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "" +"I textfältet :guilabel:`Instruktioner` anger du instruktioner för hur bilden" +" ska tas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "" +"Ett QCP-formulär (Quality Control Point) har konfigurerats för att skapa en " +"kvalitetskontroll för Ta en bild." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processa en kvalitetskontroll av Ta en bild" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -22433,6 +30701,10 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" +"Efter skapandet kan *Take a Picture* kvalitetskontroller bearbetas på flera " +"olika sätt. Om en kvalitetskontroll är kopplad till en specifik lager-, " +"tillverknings- eller arbetsorder kan kontrollen bearbetas på själva ordern. " +"Alternativt kan en kontroll bearbetas från kontrollens sida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -22441,6 +30713,10 @@ msgid "" "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta en *Ta en bild* kvalitetskontroll från kontrollens sida, " +"börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " +"Quality Checks`, och välj sedan en kvalitetskontroll. Följ " +":guilabel:`Instruktioner` för hur du tar bilden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -22450,10 +30726,15 @@ msgid "" "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" +"När du har tagit bilden ska du se till att den lagras på den enhet som " +"används för att utföra kvalitetskontrollen (dator, surfplatta etc.). Klicka " +"sedan på knappen :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Picture` för" +" att öppna enhetens filhanterare. I filhanteraren navigerar du till bilden, " +"markerar den och klickar på :guilabel:`Öppna` för att bifoga den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeringsknappen (penna) på en Ta en bild-kvalitetskontroll." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -22465,6 +30746,13 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en *Ta en bild*-kvalitetskontroll på en order, välj en " +"tillverkningsorder eller lagerorder (mottagning, leverans, retur etc.), för " +"vilken en kontroll krävs. Tillverkningsorder kan väljas genom att navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Operationer --> Tillverkningsorder` " +"och klicka på en order. Lagerorder kan väljas genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# To Process` på " +"ett operationskort och välja en order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -22473,6 +30761,10 @@ msgid "" "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Följ instruktionerna för hur du tar bilden, som visas i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Efter att du tagit bilden, se till att den lagras" +" på den enhet som används för att bearbeta kvalitetskontrollen (dator, " +"surfplatta, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -22482,12 +30774,19 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Take a Picture` i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Picture` för att öppna enhetens filhanterare. I filhanteraren " +"navigerar du till bilden, markerar den och klickar på :guilabel:`Öppna` för " +"att bifoga den. Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Validate` i popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check` för att slutföra kvalitetskontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "" +"Ett popup-fönster för kvalitetskontroll av Ta en bild på en tillverknings- " +"eller lagerorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -22498,6 +30797,12 @@ msgid "" "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" +"Om en kvalitetsvarning måste skapas klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Quality" +" Alert` som visas högst upp i tillverknings- eller lagerordern efter att " +"kontrollen har validerats. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Quality Alert` öppnas" +" ett formulär för kvalitetsvarning på en ny sida. För en fullständig guide " +"om hur du fyller i formulär för kvalitetsvarningar, se dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetsvarningar `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -22507,6 +30812,11 @@ msgid "" "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" +"När du konfigurerar en |QCP| som utlöses under tillverkning, kan en specifik" +" arbetsorder också anges i fältet :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` på " +"|QCP|-formuläret. Om en arbetsorder anges skapas en *Take a " +"Picture*-kvalitetskontroll för den specifika arbetsordern, snarare än för " +"tillverkningsordern som helhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -22518,6 +30828,13 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" +"*Take a Picture* Kvalitetskontroller som skapas för arbetsorder måste " +"utföras från tablettvyn. Börja därför med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder`. Välj en" +" tillverkningsorder som innehåller en arbetsorder för vilken en " +"kvalitetskontroll krävs. Öppna tablettvyn för den arbetsordern genom att " +"välja fliken :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och sedan klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`📱 (tablett)` på orderns rad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -22526,6 +30843,10 @@ msgid "" "reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, " "which appear at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"Med tablettvyn öppen, utför de steg som anges på vänster sida av skärmen " +"tills du når steget *Ta en bild* kvalitetskontroll. När du har nått " +"kontrollen följer du instruktionerna för hur du tar bilden, som visas högst " +"upp på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -22536,10 +30857,16 @@ msgid "" " to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality " "check." msgstr "" +"När du har tagit bilden ska du kontrollera att den finns lagrad på den enhet" +" som används för att behandla arbetsordern (dator, surfplatta etc.). Klicka " +"sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Ta a Picture` för att öppna enhetens " +"filhanterare. I filhanteraren navigerar du till bilden, markerar den och " +"klickar på :guilabel:`Öppna` för att bifoga den. Klicka slutligen på " +":guilabel:`Validate` för att slutföra kvalitetskontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Ta en bild-kontroll för en arbetsorder för tillverkning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -22551,10 +30878,17 @@ msgid "" "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" +"Om en kvalitetsvarning måste skapas gör du det genom att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`☰ (tre horisontella linjer)` i tablettvyn och välja " +":guilabel:`Quality Alert` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Menu`. Ett " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` popup-fönster visas, från vilket en " +"kvalitetsvarning kan skapas. En fullständig guide till hur du fyller i " +"formulär för kvalitetsvarningar finns i dokumentationen om " +":ref:`kvalitetsvarningar `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153 msgid "Review a picture attached to a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Granska en bild som bifogats en check" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -22563,6 +30897,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" +"När en bild har bifogats till en kontroll kan den granskas av " +"kvalitetsteamets medlemmar eller andra användare. Det gör du genom att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks` och " +"välja en kvalitetskontroll som du vill granska." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -22571,18 +30909,22 @@ msgid "" "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" +"Den bifogade bilden visas i avsnittet :guilabel:`Bild` i formuläret för " +"kvalitetskontroll. När du har granskat bilden klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Pass` om kontrollen är godkänd, eller på knappen :guilabel:`Fail`" +" om kontrollen är underkänd." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Take a Picture-check med en bifogad bild." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grunder för kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa kvalitetsvarningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -22592,20 +30934,28 @@ msgid "" "Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " "detected by automated processes." msgstr "" +"Att konfigurera kvalitetskontrollpunkter är ett bra sätt att säkerställa att" +" kvalitetskontroller utförs vid rutinmässiga stadier under specifika " +"operationer. Kvalitetsproblem kan dock ofta uppstå utanför dessa schemalagda" +" kontroller. Med hjälp av Odoo *Quality* kan användare skapa " +"kvalitetsvarningar för problem som inte upptäcks av automatiserade " +"processer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Lägg till kvalitetskontrollpunkter `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitta och fyll i formuläret för kvalitetsvarningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18 msgid "" "In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" " the *Quality* module." msgstr "" +"I vissa situationer är det nödvändigt att manuellt skapa kvalitetsvarningar " +"i modulen *Quality*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -22613,6 +30963,9 @@ msgid "" " create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " "quality team." msgstr "" +"En helpdeskanvändare som får ett meddelande om en produktdefekt via ett " +"kundärende kan skapa en avisering som gör att problemet uppmärksammas av det" +" relevanta kvalitetsteamet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -22620,66 +30973,85 @@ msgid "" "module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " "Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny kvalitetsvarning startar du från modulen " +":menuselection:`Quality` och väljer :menuselection:`Quality Control --> " +"Quality Alerts --> Create`. Kvalitetsvarningsformuläret kan sedan fyllas i " +"enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " "alert" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Title`: välj en kortfattad, men ändå beskrivande titel för " +"kvalitetsvarningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " "created" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: den produkt om vilken kvalitetsvarningen skapas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " "the quality issue, if applicable" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktvariant`: den specifika varianten av produkten som har " +"kvalitetsproblemet, om tillämpligt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot`: det partinummer som tilldelats produkten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbetscenter`: det arbetscenter där kvalitetsproblemet uppstod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " "originated" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plockning`: den plockningsoperation under vilken " +"kvalitetsproblemet uppstod" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " "alert" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Team`: det kvalitetsteam som kommer att meddelas av " +"kvalitetsvarningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" " alert" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: den person som är ansvarig för att hantera " +"kvalitetsvarningen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: klassificera kvalitetsvarningen baserat på användarskapade" +" taggar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: orsaken till kvalitetsproblemet, om känd" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " "ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: tilldela en prioritet mellan en och tre stjärnor för " +"att säkerställa att mer brådskande frågor prioriteras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 @@ -22687,36 +31059,44 @@ msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" msgstr "" +"Flikarna längst ned i formuläret kan användas för att ge ytterligare " +"information till kvalitetsteamen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description`: ge ytterligare information om kvalitetsproblemet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Korrigerande åtgärder`: metoden för att åtgärda berörda produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " "occurring in the future" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Förebyggande åtgärder`: förfaranden för att förhindra att " +"problemet uppstår i framtiden" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " "that produces the product, and the date assigned" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: produktleverantör (i förekommande fall), det " +"företag som tillverkar produkten och tilldelat datum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett exempel på ett ifyllt formulär för kvalitetsvarning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till kvalitetsvarningar under tillverkningsprocessen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -22725,10 +31105,14 @@ msgid "" "view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " "and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." msgstr "" +"Odoo gör det möjligt för anställda inom tillverkningsindustrin att skapa " +"kvalitetsvarningar i en arbetsorder utan att gå in i modulen *Quality*. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburgermenyikonen i det övre vänstra hörnet från" +" arbetsorderns tablettvy och välj :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna menyn för arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -22737,10 +31121,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." msgstr "" +"Formuläret för kvalitetsvarning kan sedan fyllas i enligt beskrivningen i " +"föregående avsnitt. När formuläret har sparats kommer en ny varning att " +"visas på :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard som kan hittas via " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menyn." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera befintliga kvalitetsvarningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -22750,6 +31138,11 @@ msgid "" "Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " "calendar, and pivot table views." msgstr "" +"Som standard organiseras kvalitetsvarningar i en kanban-vy. Kanban-tavlans " +"steg är helt konfigurerbara och aviseringar kan flyttas från ett steg till " +"nästa genom att dra och släppa eller från varje avisering. Det finns " +"ytterligare alternativ för att visa aviseringar, inklusive diagram, kalender" +" och pivottabell." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -22757,10 +31150,14 @@ msgid "" "Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " "found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." msgstr "" +"Filtrera varningar baserat på olika kriterier, t.ex. datum för tilldelning " +"eller datum för stängning. Varningar kan också grupperas efter " +"kvalitetsteam, grundorsak eller andra parametrar som finns i knappmenyn " +":guilabel:`Filters`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontroller" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -22769,6 +31166,10 @@ msgid "" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"Kvalitetskontroller är manuella inspektioner som utförs av anställda och " +"används för att säkerställa kvaliteten på produkter. I Odoo kan en " +"kvalitetskontroll utföras för en enskild produkt eller flera produkter inom " +"samma lageroperation eller tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -22780,6 +31181,13 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av en kvalitetskontrollpunkt (QCP) är det möjligt att automatiskt " +"skapa kvalitetskontroller med jämna mellanrum. När kvalitetskontroller " +"skapas av en |QCP| visas de på en tillverknings- eller lagerorder, där den " +"anställde som hanterar ordern uppmanas att utföra dem. För en fullständig " +"förklaring av hur man skapar och konfigurerar ett |QCP|, se dokumentationen " +"om :ref:`kvalitetskontrollpunkter " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -22789,10 +31197,15 @@ msgid "" "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" +"Kvalitetskontroller skapas oftast automatiskt av en |QCP|, men det är också " +"möjligt att skapa en enskild kvalitetskontroll manuellt. Att skapa en " +"kontroll manuellt är användbart när en anställd vill schemalägga en " +"kvalitetskontroll som bara kommer att ske en gång, eller registrera en " +"kvalitetskontroll som de utför oombedd." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24 msgid "Manual quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuell kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -22801,18 +31214,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" +"För att manuellt skapa en enskild kvalitetskontroll, gå till " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`New`. I formuläret för kvalitetskontrollen börjar du med att " +"välja ett alternativ i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Kontroll per`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operation` begär en kontroll för en hel operation (t.ex. " +"leveransorder) och alla produkter inom den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Product` begär en kontroll för varje enhet av en produkt som " +"ingår i en operation (t.ex. varje enhet av en produkt i en leveransorder)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -22823,6 +31244,11 @@ msgid "" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` begär en kontroll för varje kvantitet av en produkt som" +" ingår i en operation (t.ex. en kontroll för fem enheter av en produkt i en " +"leveransorder). Om du väljer :guilabel:`Quantity` visas även ett " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down fält, från vilket du kan välja ett " +"specifikt parti eller serienummer som kvalitetskontrollen ska utföras för." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -22831,6 +31257,10 @@ msgid "" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan en lageroperation från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Picking` eller" +" en tillverkningsorder från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Production Order`. " +"Detta är nödvändigt eftersom Odoo behöver veta för vilken operation " +"kvalitetskontrollen utförs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -22839,28 +31269,39 @@ msgid "" "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" +"Om kvalitetskontrollen ska tilldelas en specifik |QCP|, välj den från " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Control Point`. Detta är användbart om " +"kvalitetskontrollen skapas manuellt, men ändå ska kännas igen som " +"tillhörande en specifik |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" +"Välj en typ av kvalitetskontroll från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Typ`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instruktioner` ger specifika instruktioner för hur " +"kvalitetskontrollen ska utföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` kräver att en bild bifogas till checken innan " +"checken kan slutföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` används när den produkt som kontrolleras måste " +"uppfylla ett visst kriterium för att klara kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -22868,6 +31309,9 @@ msgid "" "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Measure` visas ett inmatningsfält " +":guilabel:`Measure`, där du måste ange en mätning innan kontrollen kan " +"slutföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -22875,6 +31319,9 @@ msgid "" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Arbetsblad` visas ett rullgardinsfält " +":guilabel:`Kvalitetsmall`. Använd det för att välja ett kvalitetsarbetsblad " +"som måste fyllas i för att kontrollen ska kunna slutföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -22882,6 +31329,9 @@ msgid "" "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Team` väljer du det kvalitetsteam som ansvarar för " +"kvalitetskontrollen. I fältet :guilabel:`Company` väljer du det företag som " +"äger den produkt som ska inspekteras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -22891,6 +31341,11 @@ msgid "" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Notes` längst ner i formuläret anger du eventuella " +"relevanta instruktioner i textrutan :guilabel:`Instructions` (t.ex. \"Bifoga" +" en bild av produkten\"). I rutan :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, ange all" +" relevant information om kvalitetskontrollen (vem som skapade den, varför " +"den skapades, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -22898,14 +31353,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, om kontrollen behandlas omedelbart, klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Pass` längst upp till vänster på skärmen om kontrollen godkänns, " +"eller på knappen :guilabel:`Fail` om kontrollen misslyckas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" +"Ett formulär för kvalitetskontroll fylls i för en Pass - Fail-kontroll." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75 msgid "Process quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontroll av processkvalitet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -22914,6 +31373,10 @@ msgid "" "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." msgstr "" +"Kvalitetskontroller kan bearbetas direkt på kvalitetskontrollens sida, eller" +" från en tillverknings- eller lagerorder för vilken en kontroll krävs. " +"Alternativt, om en kvalitetskontroll skapas för en specifik " +"arbetsorderoperation, bearbetas kontrollen i tablettvyn för arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -22924,10 +31387,16 @@ msgid "" "points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" +"Det är inte möjligt att manuellt skapa en enskild kvalitetskontroll som är " +"tilldelad en specifik arbetsorderoperation. Kvalitetskontroller för " +"arbetsorderoperationer kan endast skapas av en |QCP|. Se dokumentationen om " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` för information om hur du konfigurerar en |QCP| som skapar " +"kvalitetskontroller för en specifik arbetsorderoperation." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89 msgid "Quality check page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sida för kvalitetskontroll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -22937,16 +31406,24 @@ msgid "" "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"För att bearbeta en kvalitetskontroll från kontrollens sida, börja med att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks` och välj sedan den kontroll som ska bearbetas. Följ instruktionerna " +"för hur kontrollen ska utföras i fältet :guilabel:`Instruktioner` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Notiser` längst ned på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" +"Om kvalitetskontrollen är godkänd klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Pass` " +"högst upp på sidan. Om kontrollen misslyckas klickar du istället på knappen " +":guilabel:`Fail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100 msgid "Quality check on order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontroll av order" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -22958,6 +31435,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" +"För att utföra en kvalitetskontroll på en order, välj en tillverknings- " +"eller lagerorder (mottagning, leverans, retur etc.), för vilken en kontroll " +"krävs. Tillverkningsorder kan väljas genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> Tillverkningsorder` och " +"klicka på en order. Lagerorder kan väljas genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`# To Process` på " +"ett operationskort och välja en order." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -22966,6 +31450,10 @@ msgid "" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" +"På den valda lager- eller tillverkningsordern visas en lila " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks`-knapp högst upp på ordern. Klicka på knappen för " +"att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check`, som visar alla " +"kvalitetskontroller som krävs för den ordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -22975,14 +31463,19 @@ msgid "" "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" +"Följ instruktionerna som visas i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Quality Check`. " +"Om en Pass - Fail-kontroll bearbetas, slutför kontrollen genom att klicka på" +" :guilabel:`Pass` eller :guilabel:`Fail` längst ned i popup-fönstret. För " +"alla andra typer av kvalitetskontroller visas istället knappen " +":guilabel:`Validate`. Klicka på den för att slutföra kontrollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret \"Kvalitetskontroll\" på en tillverkningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122 msgid "Quality check on work order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontroll av arbetsorder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -22992,6 +31485,11 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " "requires the quality check." msgstr "" +"Om du vill utföra en kvalitetskontroll för en arbetsorder börjar du med att " +"navigera till :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Verksamhet --> " +"Tillverkningsorder` och väljer sedan en tillverkningsorder. Välj fliken " +":guilabel:`Arbetsorder` och klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`📱 " +"(surfplatta)` för den arbetsorder som kräver kvalitetskontroll." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -23003,14 +31501,21 @@ msgid "" "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" +"Med tablettvyn öppen följer du stegen på vänster sida av skärmen tills du " +"kommer till kvalitetskontrollsteget och följer sedan instruktionerna högst " +"upp på skärmen. Om en Pass - Fail-kontroll bearbetas, slutför kontrollen " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Pass` eller :guilabel:`Fail` längst upp på " +"skärmen. För alla andra typer av kvalitetskontroller visas istället en " +":guilabel:`Nästa`-knapp. Klicka på den för att slutföra kontrollen och gå " +"vidare till nästa steg i arbetsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En kvalitetskontroll för en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till kvalitetskontroller" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -23020,10 +31525,15 @@ msgid "" "manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " "specific points during production." msgstr "" +"Använd Odoo *Quality* för att kontrollera kvaliteten på produkter innan de " +"registreras i lager, under plockning och när de lämnar lagret för en " +"leveransorder. Genom att skapa *kvalitetskontrollpunkter* kan tillverkare " +"ställa in kvalitetskontroller som automatiskt utlöses vid specifika punkter " +"under produktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera kvalitetskontrollpunkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -23031,18 +31541,25 @@ msgid "" " --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " "accordingly:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny kvalitetskontrollpunkt, gå till :menuselection:`Quality " +"Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Fyll sedan i följande formulärfält " +"på lämpligt sätt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " "title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Title`: ge kvalitetskontrollpunkten en enkel, men informativ " +"titel så att produktions- och kvalitetskontrollteamen lätt kan förstå den" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " "specific quality control point" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkter`: ange vilken eller vilka produkter som skall passera " +"genom den specifika kvalitetskontrollpunkten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -23050,6 +31567,9 @@ msgid "" "the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " "Orders`, etc.)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: bestäm vilket/vilka team som ska utföra " +"kvalitetskontrollen (t.ex. `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery Orders`, " +"etc.)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -23058,6 +31578,11 @@ msgid "" "point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " ":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbetsorderoperation`: för tillverkningsverksamhet, använd " +"rullgardinsmenyn för att ange vilken typ av arbetsorder " +"kvalitetskontrollpunkten gäller för: :guilabel:`Manuell montering`, " +":guilabel:`Packning`, :guilabel:`Montering`, :guilabel:`Testning` eller " +":guilabel:`Långtidsmontering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -23066,6 +31591,11 @@ msgid "" "However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " "cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: lägg till det företag som kommer att implementera " +"kvalitetskontrollpunkten. Vanligtvis kommer detta att vara det företag som " +"äger Odoo-databasen. En profil för flera företag eller leverantörer kan dock" +" också väljas, för fall där det finns flera tillverknings- eller " +"teknikplatser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -23073,6 +31603,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" " to determine how often the control point should executed" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja mellan " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` eller " +":guilabel:`Periodically` för att bestämma hur ofta kontrollpunkten ska köras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -23080,37 +31613,49 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " "Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ`: välj kontrollpunktstyp i rullgardinsmenyn: " +":guilabel:`Instruktioner`, :guilabel:`Ta en bild`, :guilabel:`Pass - Fail`, " +"eller :guilabel:`Mät`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " "the quality control point check" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Team`: bestäm vilket kvalitetsteam som ska få resultaten av " +"kvalitetskontrollen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " "evolution of the quality control point over time" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: lägg till en ansvarig person för att hantera status" +" och utveckling av kvalitetskontrollpunkten över tid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instruktioner`: beskriv den kvalitetskontroll som skall utföras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " "fails" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: ange vad som ska göras om kontrollen " +"misslyckas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Notes`: använd för att inkludera ytterligare information" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på ett ifyllt formulär för kvalitetskontrollpunkter för ett " +"Pass-Fail-test." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -23119,6 +31664,10 @@ msgid "" "order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." msgstr "" +"När en kontrollpunkt har konfigurerats kommer en kvalitetskontroll " +"automatiskt att skapas och tilldelas när den angivna operationen eller " +"arbetsordern har uppnåtts. Kvalitetskontroller kan hanteras genom att välja " +":menuselection:`Kvalitetskontroll --> Kvalitetskontroller`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -23126,10 +31675,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," " and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." msgstr "" +"För att se alla kvalitetskontroller som skapas av en kontrollpunkt, gå till " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, välj en kontrollpunkt " +"och klicka på :guilabel:`Quality Checks` i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användningsfall: Konfigurera en kvalitetskontroll av ett mått" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -23140,18 +31692,28 @@ msgid "" "fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " "will pass the check:" msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa att en produkt uppfyller specifika mätkrav väljer du " +":guilabel:`Mätning` i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Typ`. Om du väljer " +"kvalitetskontrolltypen :guilabel:`Measure` visas tre nya fält: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm` och :guilabel:`Tolerance`. Dessa fält " +"kan konfigureras så att endast produkter inom en viss tolerans klarar " +"kontrollen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " "the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Device`: välj det mätinstrument som ska användas för att utföra " +"mätningen (t.ex. måttband)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " "conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: ange det önskade mått som produkten ska överensstämma med " +"och den måttenhet som ska användas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -23159,12 +31721,17 @@ msgid "" "while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" " 60.5 mm)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tolerans`: välj det intervall som en mätning kan ligga inom och " +"ändå klara kontrollen (t.ex. :guilabel:`från` 59,5 mm :guilabel:`till` 60,5 " +"mm)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " "check." msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på ett formulär för kvalitetskontroll som är konfigurerat för en" +" kvalitetskontroll av en mätning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -23172,6 +31739,9 @@ msgid "" "Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " "specified on the form." msgstr "" +"När formuläret för kvalitetskontrollpunkter är ifyllt klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Spara`. Nu kommer detta mätningsbaserade test att utlösas för " +"produkter som specificerades i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -23185,3 +31755,11 @@ msgid "" "view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " "team." msgstr "" +"När produktionen av den specificerade produkten når den nivå som kräver en " +"kvalitetskontroll av mätningen, kommer den ansvariga produktionsmedarbetaren" +" att uppmanas att registrera och validera det uppmätta värdet i tablettvyn. " +"För produkter som mäts inom de värden som anges i " +":guilabel:`Tolerans`-fälten, kommer testet att godkännas. För produkter som " +"mäter utanför dessa värden kommer testet dock att misslyckas. I så fall " +"skapar den medarbetare som utförde kontrollen en kvalitetsvarning i " +"tablåvyn. Kvalitetsvarningen kan sedan hanteras av kvalitetsledningsteamet." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e24a175fd..5e4169764 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Försäljning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -37,18 +37,22 @@ msgid "" "the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " "activities." msgstr "" +"**Odoo CRM** hjälper dig att organisera dina säljaktiviteter: spåra " +"kundämnen, avsluta möjligheter och få exakta prognoser. Håll möjligheterna " +"organiserade med pipeline och hantera dina dagliga aktiviteter med möten och" +" nästa aktiviteter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Handledning för `Odoo: CRM `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skaffa kundämnen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omvandla kundämnen till möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -56,6 +60,8 @@ msgid "" "provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " "sales person." msgstr "" +"*Leads* fungerar som kvalificeringssteg innan en möjlighet skapas. Detta ger" +" ytterligare tid innan en potentiell möjlighet tilldelas en säljare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 @@ -98,20 +104,25 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera inställningen *Leads*, navigera till :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` och markera rutan märkt, " +":guilabel:`Leads`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställning för kundämnen på CRM-konfigurationssidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" "Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " "menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar den här funktionen läggs en ny meny, :guilabel:`Leads`, till" +" i menyfältet högst upp på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leads-menyn i CRM-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -121,16 +132,24 @@ msgid "" "team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " "box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"När inställningen *Leads* har aktiverats gäller den som standard för alla " +"säljteam. För att stänga av kundämnen för ett specifikt team, navigera till " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Välj sedan ett " +"team från listan för att öppna posten och avmarkera rutan :guilabel:`Leads`." +" När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konvertera ett kundämne till en möjlighet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" "To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" " Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" +"För att konvertera ett kundämne till en *opportunity*, navigera till " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Kundämnen`, och klicka på ett :guilabel:`Kundämne` " +"från listan för att öppna den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -138,10 +157,13 @@ msgid "" "Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"I det övre vänstra hörnet av skärmen klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity`, som öppnar ett :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa möjlighetsknapp på en kundämnes-post." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -149,6 +171,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " "opportunity` option." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity`, i fältet " +":guilabel:`Conversion action`, välj alternativet :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -157,33 +182,44 @@ msgid "" "more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " "to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" +"Om ett kundämne eller en möjlighet redan finns i databasen för denna kund, " +"föreslår Odoo automatiskt att båda kundämnen/möjligheter slås samman. Mer " +"information om att slå samman kundämnen och möjligheter finns i avsnittet om" +" hur man :ref:` slår samman kundämnen `" +" nedan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" "Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" " the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan en :guilabel:`Salesperson` och ett :guilabel:`Sales Team` som " +"möjligheten ska tilldelas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" "If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " "fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" +"Om kundämnet redan har tilldelats en säljare eller ett team fylls dessa fält" +" automatiskt i med den informationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa pop-up för möjligheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Under rubriken :guilabel:`Kund` väljer du bland följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" " in the lead to create a new customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Skapa en ny kund`: Välj detta alternativ för att använda " +"informationen i kundämnet för att skapa en ny kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -191,22 +227,29 @@ msgid "" "customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " "existing customer record." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Länk till en befintlig kund`: Välj det här alternativet och välj " +"sedan en kund från den resulterande rullgardinsmenyn för att länka denna " +"möjlighet till den befintliga kundposten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " "lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Länk inte till en kund`: Välj detta alternativ för att konvertera" +" kundämnet, men inte länka det till en ny eller befintlig kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 msgid "" "Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " "Opportunity`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, när alla konfigurationer är klara, klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Create Opportunity`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sammanfoga kundämnen och möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -215,10 +258,14 @@ msgid "" " found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " "lead/opportunity record." msgstr "" +"Odoo upptäcker automatiskt liknande kundämnen och möjligheter genom att " +"jämföra e-postadresserna för de associerade kontakterna. Om en liknande " +"kundämne/möjlkighet hittas visas en :guilabel:`Liknande kundämnen` smart " +"knapp högst upp i kundämne/möjlighet-posten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Similar leads smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Liknande kundämnen smart knapp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -227,6 +274,10 @@ msgid "" "similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " "each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Liknande kundämnen` för att jämföra detaljerna " +"för liknande kundämnen/möjlighet. Detta öppnar en kanban-vy med endast " +"liknande kundämnen/möjligheter. Klicka på varje kort för att visa detaljerna" +" för varje kundämne/möjlighet och bekräfta om de ska slås samman." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -236,6 +287,11 @@ msgid "" "the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " "record was created first." msgstr "" +"Vid sammanslagning prioriterar Odoo den kundämne/möjlighet som skapades i " +"systemet först och slår samman informationen till den först skapade " +"kundämne/möjlighet. Men om en kundämne och en möjlighet slås samman kallas " +"den resulterande posten för en möjlighet, oavsett vilken post som skapades " +"först." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -244,6 +300,10 @@ msgid "" "Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " "change to list view." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat att kundämnen/opportunities ska slås samman återgår du " +"till kanban-vyn med hjälp av brödsmulor eller genom att klicka på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Similar Lead`. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`☰ (tre " +"vertikala linjer)` för att växla till listvy." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -252,6 +312,11 @@ msgid "" "page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " ":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." msgstr "" +"Markera rutan till vänster på sidan för de kundämnen/opportunities som ska " +"slås samman. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Aktion ⚙️ (kugghjul)` högst upp på " +"sidan för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I rullgardinsmenyn väljer du " +"alternativet :guilabel:`Merge` för att slå samman de valda möjligheterna " +"(eller kundämnen)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -260,6 +325,10 @@ msgid "" "window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Merge` väljs från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ " +"(gear)` visas ett popup-fönster :guilabel:`Merge`. I popup-fönstret kan du " +"välja att :guilabel:`Tilldela möjligheter till` en :guilabel:`Säljare` " +"och/eller :guilabel:`Säljteam`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -267,6 +336,9 @@ msgid "" "their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " "click :guilabel:`Merge`." msgstr "" +"Under dessa fält listas de kundämnen/möjligheter som ska slås samman, " +"tillsammans med deras relaterade information. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Sammanfoga` för att sammanfoga de valda kundämnen/möjligheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -274,14 +346,16 @@ msgid "" "opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " "reference." msgstr "" +"Vid sammanslagning av möjligheter går ingen information förlorad. Data från " +"den andra möjligheten loggas i chatter- och informationsfälten för referens." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alternativet Slå samman från åtgärdsmenyn i listvyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generera kundämnen/möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -290,10 +364,15 @@ msgid "" "leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " "alias or fills out a contact form on your website." msgstr "" +"Två viktiga sätt att generera nya kundämnen eller möjligheter för ditt " +"företag är via e-postalias och kontaktformulär på webbplatsen. Odoo skapar " +"automatiskt kundämnen i ditt CRM när någon skickar ett meddelande till ett " +"e-postalias för säljteamet eller fyller i ett kontaktformulär på din " +"webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera alias för e-post" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -304,14 +383,21 @@ msgid "" "email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" " :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." msgstr "" +"Varje säljteam kan använda sitt eget unika e-postalias för att generera " +"kundämnen/opportunities. Varje e-postmeddelande som skickas till ett " +"säljteams e-postalias skapar automatiskt ett kundämne (om kundämnen är " +"aktiverade i dina CRM-inställningar) eller en möjlighet i pipeline för det " +"specifika teamet. Konfigurera anpassade e-postalias på konfigurationssidan " +"för varje säljteam genom att navigera till :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Konfiguration --> Säljteam`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera säljteam" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd kontaktformulär på din webbplats" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -319,20 +405,26 @@ msgid "" "Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " "is generated in your database." msgstr "" +"Som standard visar din webbplats sida *Kontakta oss* Odoos färdiga " +"kontaktformulär. När någon skickar in detta formulär genereras en kundämne " +"eller en möjlighet i din databas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardsida för Kontakta oss" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 msgid "" "The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." msgstr "" +"Kontaktformuläret kan när som helst aktiveras eller avaktiveras genom att gå" +" till :menuselection:`Webbplats --> Gå till Webbplats --> Anpassa --> " +"Kontaktformulär`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Växla kontaktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -340,10 +432,13 @@ msgid "" " to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " "lead/opportunity." msgstr "" +"När formuläret är avaktiverat visas på sidan *Kontakta oss* en knapp för att" +" skicka e-post direkt till ditt företag. Varje e-postmeddelande som skickas " +"på detta sätt kommer att generera ett kundämne/möjlighet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd e-post för att kontakta oss" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -351,20 +446,25 @@ msgid "" "leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." msgstr "" +"Välj vilket säljteam eller vilken säljare som automatiskt ska tilldelas de " +"kundämnen/opportunities som skapas från kontaktformuläret genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar för kontaktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassa kontaktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 msgid "" "Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " "needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." msgstr "" +"Kontaktformulär kan anpassas för den specifika information som ditt team " +"behöver, med hjälp av den kostnadsfria modulen *Form Builder*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -372,10 +472,13 @@ msgid "" "added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " "manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." msgstr "" +"Modulen *Form Builder* installeras automatiskt när ett formulärelement läggs" +" till på en webbsida via Hemsideprogrammet. Den kan också installeras " +"manuellt från sidan :guilabel:`Apps`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Byggstenar för Form Builder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -383,28 +486,38 @@ msgid "" "However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " "needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." msgstr "" +"Formulär kan skapas från grunden för att tjäna en mängd olika syften. Odoos " +"standardsida *Kontakta oss* är dock utformad för att passa de flesta " +"användares behov. Börja med standardformuläret och modifiera därifrån." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigera fält i kontaktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 msgid "" "In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " "following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" msgstr "" +"I redigeringsläget på din webbplats klickar du på ett fält för att börja " +"redigera det. Följande information kan redigeras för varje fält i " +"kontaktformuläret:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " "Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ`: Välj ett anpassat fältalternativ eller ett befintligt fält." +" Exempel inkluderar telefon, filuppladdning, språk, etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " "Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inmatningstyp`: Bestäm vilken typ av inmatning kunderna ska göra." +" Tillgängliga alternativ är text, e-post, telefon och URL." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -412,12 +525,17 @@ msgid "" "input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " "email address." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inmatningsplatshållare`: Skriv in ett exempel för att vägleda " +"användare hur de ska mata in information där formatering är viktigt, t.ex. " +"ett telefonnummer eller en e-postadress." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " "information is needed from them." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Label Name`: Skriv in visningsnamnet för att visa användarna " +"vilken information som behövs från dem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -425,28 +543,37 @@ msgid "" "rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " "of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Label Position`: Välj hur etiketten ska placeras i förhållande " +"till resten av formuläret. Etiketten kan vara dold, ovanför fältet, längst " +"till vänster om fältet, eller högerjusterad och närmare fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" " need entered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Krävs`: Växla detta alternativ för information som du absolut " +"behöver ange." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " "it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dold`: Växla detta alternativ för att dölja fältet utan att " +"radera det." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " "on mobile devices." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visas på mobil`: Växla detta alternativ för att visa fältet för " +"användare på mobila enheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alternativ för redigerbara fält" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -455,6 +582,10 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " "Opportunity` as the Action." msgstr "" +"När ett formulär skickas in skickas som standard ett e-postmeddelande med " +"kundens inmatade information. Om du vill att det automatiskt ska generera en" +" kundämne/möjlighet istället, redigerar du formuläret och väljer " +":guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` som åtgärd." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -462,10 +593,13 @@ msgid "" "Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " "in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"Om kundämnen är aktiverade i dina CRM-inställningar genererar valet av " +":guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` en kundämne istället. Mer information om " +"hur du aktiverar kundämnen i CRM-inställningarna finns i :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brytning av bly" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -474,20 +608,26 @@ msgid "" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" +"Lead mining är en funktion som gör det möjligt för CRM-användare att " +"generera nya kundämnen direkt i sin Odoo-databas. För att säkerställa att " +"kundämnen kvalificeras bestäms resultatet av kundämne-mining av en mängd " +"olika filtreringskriterier, t.ex. land, företagsstorlek och bransch." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 msgid "" "To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." msgstr "" +"För att komma igång, gå till :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` och aktivera :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera kundämne-mining i Odoo CRM-inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 msgid "Generate leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generera kundämnen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -498,22 +638,32 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " "Leads` button is also available." msgstr "" +"När inställningen :guilabel:`Lead Mining` har aktiverats finns en ny knapp " +"som heter :guilabel:`Generate Leads` tillgänglig för användning i " +":guilabel:`CRM`-pipelinen. Förfrågningar om kundämne-mining är också " +"tillgängliga via :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining " +"Requests`, eller via :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` där knappen " +":guilabel:`Generate Leads` också är tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" +"Knappen Generera kundämnen för att använda funktionen för kundämne-mining." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Generate Leads`, så visas ett fönster med en " +"mängd olika kriterier som du kan använda för att generera kundämnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" "The pop-up window with the selection criteria in order to generate leads in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret med urvalskriterierna för att generera kundämnen i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -523,52 +673,71 @@ msgid "" " targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " "filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" +"Välj att generera kundämnen för :guilabel:`Företag` för att endast få " +"företagsinformation, eller välj :guilabel:`Företag och deras kontakter` för " +"att få företagsinformation samt kontaktinformation för enskilda anställda. " +"När du riktar in dig på :guilabel:`Företag och deras kontakter`, finns det " +"ett alternativ att filtrera kontakter baserat på :guilabel:`Roll` eller " +":guilabel:`Senioritet`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ytterligare filtreringsalternativ inkluderar:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " "company" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Size`: filtrera kundämnen baserat på antalet anställda på " +"företaget" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" " are located in" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filtrera kundämnen baserat på det land (eller länder)" +" de befinner sig i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" " in, if applicable" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stater`: ytterligare filtrera kundämnen baserat på den stat de " +"befinner sig i, om tillämpligt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " "work in" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filtrera kundämnen baserat på den specifika bransch " +"de arbetar i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " "to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Säljteam`: välj vilket säljteam som kundämnen ska tilldelas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " "will be assigned to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: välj vilken eller vilka personer i säljteamet som " +"kundämnen ska tilldelas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " "leads once found" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Default Tags`: välj vilka taggar som ska tillämpas direkt på " +"kundämnen när de hittats" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -576,6 +745,9 @@ msgid "" "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " "Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." msgstr "" +"Se till att vara medveten om de senaste EU-reglerna när du tar emot " +"kontaktinformation. Få mer information om den allmänna " +"dataskyddsförordningen på `Odoo GDPR `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 @@ -587,18 +759,24 @@ msgid "" "Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " "one credit." msgstr "" +"Lead mining är en *In-App Purchase*-funktion och varje genererad kundämne " +"kostar en kredit." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 msgid "" "Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " "additional credit for each contact generated." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att generera :guilabel:`Företag och deras kontakter` kostar det" +" en extra kredit för varje kontakt som genereras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 msgid "" "See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " "`_." msgstr "" +"Se här för fullständig prisinformation: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -606,10 +784,13 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " ":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" +"För att köpa krediter, gå till :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`Lead Generation`, under funktionen " +":guilabel:`Lead Mining`, klickar du på :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp krediter från blygruvor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -617,16 +798,22 @@ msgid "" "--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " "the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" +"Du kan också köpa krediter genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar " +"--> Allmänna inställningar`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`In-App Purchases`, under" +" funktionen :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, klickar du på :guilabel:`Visa mina " +"tjänster`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp krediter i Odoo IAP-inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:88 msgid "" "Users of Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise automatically have free trial credits" " in their database to test any IAP features." msgstr "" +"Användare av Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise har automatiskt gratis " +"provkrediter i sin databas för att testa alla IAP-funktioner." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" @@ -634,53 +821,64 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" +"När du kvalificerar ett kundämne till en möjlighet kommer du troligtvis att " +"behöva skicka en offert till dem. Du kan göra detta direkt i CRM-appen med " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny offert" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " "button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på en möjlighet eller kundämne ser du knappen *Ny offert*, som" +" tar dig till en ny meny där du kan hantera din offert." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" +"Du hittar alla dina offerter för den specifika möjligheten under menyn " +"*Offerter* på den sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Markera dem som vunna/förlorade" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" +"Nu måste du markera din möjlighet som vunnen eller förlorad för att " +"processen ska gå vidare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" +"Om du markerar dem som vunna flyttas de till kolumnen *Vunnen* i Kanban-vyn." +" Om du däremot markerar dem som *Lost* kommer de att arkiveras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimera ditt dagliga arbete" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur motiverar och belönar jag mina säljare?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -690,26 +888,35 @@ msgid "" "motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " "inspired by game mechanics." msgstr "" +"Att utmana dina medarbetare att nå specifika mål med hjälp av mål och " +"belöningar är ett utmärkt sätt att förstärka goda vanor och förbättra dina " +"säljares produktivitet. Gamification-modulen ger dig enkla och kreativa sätt" +" att motivera och utvärdera dina medarbetare med realtidsbelöningar och " +"utmärkelser inspirerade av spelmekanik." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 msgid "" "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" " some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" +"Installera modulen *Gamification* eller *CRM gamification*, som lägger till " +"användbara data (mål och utmaningar) som kan användas i *CRM/Sale*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över gamification-modulen som installeras i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en utmaning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 msgid "" "Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." msgstr "" +"Skapa nu din första utmaning genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar" +" --> Spelifieringsverktyg --> Utmaningar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -717,10 +924,13 @@ msgid "" " the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " "to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" +"Eftersom gamification-verktyget är en teknisk engångsinställning måste du " +"aktivera de tekniska funktionerna för att få tillgång till konfigurationen. " +"För att göra det, gå till *Inställningar* och *Aktivera utvecklarläget*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa om menyn för spelifieringsverktyg i Odoo Inställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -728,26 +938,29 @@ msgid "" "one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " "challenge as follows:" msgstr "" +"En utmaning är ett uppdrag som du skickar till ditt säljteam. Den kan " +"innehålla ett eller flera mål för en viss tidsperiod. Konfigurera din " +"utmaning enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utse de säljare som ska utmanas;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela en ansvarig;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in periodicitet tillsammans med start- och slutdatum;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj dina mål;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in dina belöningar (badges)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -756,6 +969,10 @@ msgid "" "end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" " manually closed." msgstr "" +"Tecken tilldelas när en utmaning är avslutad. Detta är antingen i slutet av " +"en löpande period (t.ex. slutet av månaden för en månadsutmaning), vid " +"slutdatumet för en utmaning (om ingen periodicitet är inställd), eller när " +"utmaningen stängs manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -764,26 +981,32 @@ msgid "" "number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " "granted with a badge." msgstr "" +"I exemplet nedan utmanas 2 anställda med ett *månatligt försäljningsmål*. " +"Utmaningen baseras på 2 mål: det totala fakturerade beloppet och antalet nya" +" kundämnen som genereras. I slutet av månaden får vinnaren en badge." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över utmaningsformuläret och en utmaning som skapas för Odoo Sales" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätt upp mål" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 msgid "" "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." msgstr "" +"Användarna kan utvärderas med hjälp av mål och numeriska mål att uppnå." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " "and compare members of a team throughout time." msgstr "" +"**Målen** sätts genom *utmaningar* som utvärderar (se bilden ovan) och " +"jämför medlemmarna i ett team över tid." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -793,22 +1016,31 @@ msgid "" "total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " "based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" +"Du kan skapa ett nytt mål direkt från en *Utmaning* genom att klicka på " +"*Lägg till nytt objekt*, under *Mål*. Välj det affärsobjekt som passar ditt " +"företags behov. Exempel: antal nya kundämnen, tid för att kvalificera ett " +"kundämne, totalt fakturerat belopp under en viss vecka, månad eller någon " +"annan tidsram baserat på dina ledningspreferenser, etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for " "Odoo Sales" msgstr "" +"Vy över formuläret för måldefinition och en måldefinition som skapas för " +"Odoo Sales" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Målen kan också omfatta din databasinstallation (t.ex. ange företagsdata och" +" en tidszon, skapa nya användare etc.)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in belöningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -818,14 +1050,19 @@ msgid "" "to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" +"För icke-numeriska prestationer kan **Badges** tilldelas användare. Från ett" +" enkelt tack till en exceptionell prestation, en badge är ett enkelt sätt " +"att uttrycka tacksamhet till en användare för deras goda arbete. För att " +"skapa och tilldela badges till dina anställda baserat på deras prestationer," +" gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Gamification-verktyg --> Badges`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över badges-sidan i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berika din kontaktbas med Partner Autocomplete" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -833,20 +1070,25 @@ msgid "" "corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " "quickly get all the information you need." msgstr "" +"Partner Autocomplete hjälper dig att berika din kontaktdatabas med " +"företagsdata. Välj ett av de företag som föreslås i rullgardinsmenyn och få " +"snabbt all information du behöver." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " "Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Kontakter` och aktivera funktionen" +" *Partner Autocomplete*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över inställningssidan och aktiveringen av funktionen i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berika dina kontakter med företagsdata" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -854,76 +1096,100 @@ msgid "" "it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" " will be populated with corporate data." msgstr "" +"När du börjar skapa en ny kontakt från valfri modul och skriver in namnet på" +" kontakten kommer systemet att föreslå en potentiell matchning. Om du väljer" +" den kommer kontakten att fyllas i med företagsdata." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 msgid "" "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du t.ex. skriver *Odoo* får du följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny kontakt i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option " "in Odoo" msgstr "" +"Vy över den information som visas om odoo med alternativet för " +"autokomplettering i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " "company name." msgstr "" +"Partner Autocomplete fungerar även om du anger ett momsregistreringsnummer " +"istället för ett företagsnamn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* är en *In-App Purchase (IAP)* tjänst, som kräver " +"förbetalda krediter för att kunna användas. Varje förfrågan förbrukar en " +"kredit." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" +"För att köpa krediter, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Kontakter " +"--> Partner Autocomplete eller Odoo IAP --> Visa mina tjänster` och välj ett" +" paket." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " "clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." msgstr "" +"Om du har slut på krediter kommer den enda information som visas när du " +"klickar på det föreslagna företaget att vara länken till webbplatsen och " +"logotypen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " "from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Om du använder Odoo Online och har Enterprise-versionen har du tillgång till" +" gratis provkrediter för att testa funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"Läs mer om vår *Privacy Policy* `här " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analysera prestanda" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera ditt förhållande mellan vinst och förlust" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " "Win/Loss ratio." msgstr "" +"För att se hur väl du lyckas med din pipeline, ta en titt på förhållandet " +"mellan vinst och förlust." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 msgid "" "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." msgstr "" +"För att få tillgång till denna rapport, gå till din *Pipeline* vy under " +"fliken *Rapportering*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -931,22 +1197,25 @@ msgid "" " ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " "on filter and check Won/Lost." msgstr "" +"Därifrån kan du filtrera vilka möjligheter du vill se, dina egna, de från " +"din försäljningskanal, hela ditt företag osv. Du kan sedan klicka på filter " +"och kontrollera vunna/förlorade." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan också ändra *Mått* till *Totala intäkter*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du har också möjlighet att växla till en cirkeldiagramvy." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Organisera pipelinen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera förlorade möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -955,10 +1224,14 @@ msgid "" "the reason why an opportunity was lost provides additional insight that can " "prove useful for future opportunities." msgstr "" +"Alla möjligheter leder inte till framgångsrik försäljning. För att hålla " +"pipelinen uppdaterad måste förlorade möjligheter identifieras. Genom att " +"ange orsaken till att en möjlighet gick förlorad får man ytterligare " +"insikter som kan vara användbara för framtida möjligheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Markera ett spår som förlorat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -966,17 +1239,23 @@ msgid "" "select a lead from the pipeline, by clicking on its corresponding kanban " "card. Doing so reveals that lead's detail form." msgstr "" +"För att markera ett kundämne som förlorad, öppna :menuselection:`CRM` " +"applikationen och välj en kundämne från pipelinen genom att klicka på dess " +"motsvarande kanban-kort. När du gör detta visas kundämnets detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Lost`, located at the top of the lead's detail form." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lost`, som finns högst upp i kundämnets " +"detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "" "Buttons from the top of an opportunity record with the lost button " "emphasized." msgstr "" +"Knappar från toppen av en möjlighetspost med den förlorade knappen betonad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -985,22 +1264,30 @@ msgid "" " by entering it into the :guilabel:`Lost Reason` field, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Detta öppnar popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Lost Reason`. Välj en befintlig orsak" +" från rullgardinsmenyn. Om det inte finns någon tillämplig orsak kan du " +"skapa en ny genom att ange den i fältet :guilabel:`Lost Reason` och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:25 msgid "" "Additional notes and comments can be added below the lost reason designated " "in the :guilabel:`Lost Reason` field." msgstr "" +"Ytterligare anteckningar och kommentarer kan läggas till under den orsak " +"till förlust som anges i fältet :guilabel:`Lost Reason`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:28 msgid "" "When all the desired information has been entered in the :guilabel:`Lost " "Reason` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" +"När all önskad information har angetts i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Lost " +"Reason` klickar du på :guilabel:`Submit`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Lost reasons popup with sample reasons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup med exempel på förlorade orsaker." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1008,16 +1295,21 @@ msgid "" "returns to the lead detail form, where a new red :guilabel:`Lost` banner is " "now present in the upper-right corner of the lead." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Submit` försvinner popup-fönstret och Odoo " +"återgår till formuläret för kundämne-detaljer, där en ny röd " +":guilabel:`Lost` banner nu finns i det övre högra hörnet av kundämneet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "Create/edit lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa/redigera förlorade skäl" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new lost reason, or edit an existing one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny anledning till förlust, eller redigera en befintlig, gå " +"till :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -1027,6 +1319,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` field. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` in the " "upper-left corner." msgstr "" +"För att redigera en befintlig orsak, klicka på den orsak som ska ändras. När" +" du klickar blir den orsaken markerad. Ändra beskrivningen av den markerade " +"orsaken genom att redigera fältet :guilabel:`Description`. När du är klar " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` i det övre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1035,10 +1331,15 @@ msgid "" "line in the :guilabel:`Description` field. Then, proceed to type in the new " "lost reason in that new line. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny anledning till förlust klickar du på :guilabel:`Create` " +"i det övre vänstra hörnet på sidan :guilabel:`Lost Reasons`. Då visas en ny " +"tom rad i fältet :guilabel:`Beskrivning`. Fortsätt sedan med att skriva in " +"den nya orsaken till att du förlorat personen på den nya raden. När du är " +"klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:54 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återskapa förlorade möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1046,10 +1347,13 @@ msgid "" "app` to the main :guilabel:`Pipeline` dashboard. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menu, located beneath the search bar." msgstr "" +"För att hämta förlorade möjligheter i Odoo *CRM *, öppna :menuselection:`CRM" +" app` till huvud :guilabel:`Pipeline` instrumentpanelen. Klicka sedan på " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Filters`, som finns under sökfältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Search bar with lost filter emphasized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sökfält med förlorat filter framhävt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1057,6 +1361,9 @@ msgid "" "option. Upon selecting :guilabel:`Lost`, only the leads that have been " "marked as `Lost` appear on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` page." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Filter` väljer du alternativet " +":guilabel:`Lost`. När du väljer :guilabel:`Lost` visas endast de kundämnen " +"som har markerats som `Lost` på sidan :guilabel:`Pipeline`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1064,6 +1371,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Add Custom Filter`. Doing so reveals another drop-down menu with three " "fields." msgstr "" +"För att filtrera kundämnen efter en specifik orsak till förlust, välj " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`. Då visas en annan " +"rullgardinsmeny med tre fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1074,14 +1384,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply`, Odoo reveals all the lost leads with a reason that " "contains that specified keyword(s)." msgstr "" +"I den övre rullgardinsmenyn väljer du :guilabel:`Lost Reason`. I " +"rullgardinsmenyn för det andra fältet väljer du :guilabel:`Innehåller`. I " +"det tredje fältet i undermenyn :guilabel:`Add Custom Field` skriver du sedan" +" in det eller de specifika nyckelorden. Slutligen klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Apply`. När du klickar på :guilabel:`Apply`, visar Odoo alla " +"förlorade kundämnen med en anledning som innehåller det angivna nyckelordet " +"/ nyckelorden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Search bar with custom filter added for lost reason." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sökfält med anpassat filter tillagt för förlorad anledning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:81 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återskapa förlorade möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1090,12 +1407,18 @@ msgid "" " select the :guilabel:`Lost` option. Doing so reveals all the lost " "opportunities on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` page." msgstr "" +"För att återställa en förlorad möjlighet, navigera till :guilabel:`Pipeline`" +" instrumentpanelen i *CRM* appen, öppna :guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menyn " +"och välj :guilabel:`Lost` alternativet. På så sätt visas alla förlorade " +"möjligheter på sidan :guilabel:`Pipeline`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, click on the kanban card of the desired lost opportunity to restore, " "which opens that lead's detail form." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på kanban-kortet för den önskade förlorade möjligheten att " +"återställa, vilket öppnar kundämnets detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1103,14 +1426,17 @@ msgid "" "left corner. Doing so removes the red :guilabel:`Lost` banner from the lead " "form, signifying the lead has been restored." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Restore` i det övre vänstra hörnet i den förlorade " +"kundämnens detaljformulär. Detta tar bort den röda :guilabel:`Lost`-bannern " +"från kundämne-formuläret, vilket betyder att kundämneet har återställts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Lost opportunity with emphasis on the Restore button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förlorat tillfälle med betoning på återställningsknappen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:98 msgid "Restore multiple opportunities at once" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återställ flera möjligheter samtidigt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1118,6 +1444,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pipeline` dashboard in the *CRM* app, open the " ":guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menu, and select the :guilabel:`Lost` option." msgstr "" +"För att återställa flera möjligheter samtidigt, gå till :guilabel:`Pipeline`" +" instrumentpanelen i *CRM* appen, öppna :guilabel:`Filters` rullgardinsmenyn" +" och välj :guilabel:`Lost` alternativet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1127,6 +1456,11 @@ msgid "" " chosen, select the checkbox to the left of each desired opportunity/lead to" " be restored." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan listvisningsalternativet, som representeras av ikonen med tre " +"rader :guilabel:`☰ (list)` i det övre högra hörnet. På så sätt placeras alla" +" kundämnen från sidan :guilabel:`Pipeline` i en listform. När du har valt " +"listform markerar du kryssrutan till vänster om varje önskad " +"möjlighet/kundämne som ska återställas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -1135,6 +1469,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pipeline` page. From the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" +"När du har valt önskade möjligheter/kundämnen klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` högst upp på sidan :guilabel:`Pipeline`. I " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` väljer du " +":guilabel:`Unarchive`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1143,34 +1481,42 @@ msgid "" "criteria. To reveal these newly-restored leads, delete the `Lost` filter " "from the search bar." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det tas de utvalda förlorade möjligheterna bort från sidan " +":guilabel:`Pipeline` eftersom de inte längre passar in i filterkriterierna " +"för `Lost`. Ta bort filtret `Lost` från sökfältet för att visa dessa nyligen" +" återställda kundämnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst-1 msgid "Action button from list view with the Unarchive option emphasized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Åtgärdsknapp från listvy med alternativet Unarchive markerat." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../prestanda/vinst_förlust`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flera försäljningsteam" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" " channels, each with their own unique sales processes." msgstr "" +"Använd funktionen *Säljteam* för att hantera flera säljteam, avdelningar " +"eller kanaler, var och en med sina egna unika säljprocesser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett nytt säljteam" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" "To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett nytt säljteam går du till :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Sales Teams` och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1180,6 +1526,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " ":guilabel:`Followers Only`." msgstr "" +"På skapandesidan anger du ett :guilabel:`Email Alias` för att automatiskt " +"generera en kundämne/möjlighet för detta säljteam varje gång ett meddelande " +"skickas till den unika e-postadressen. Välj om du vill acceptera e-post från" +" :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, eller " +":guilabel:`Followers Only`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1188,14 +1539,18 @@ msgid "" "this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " "campaign." msgstr "" +"Ange en :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` om detta team har specifika månatliga " +"intäktsmål. Ange en :guilabel:`Domän` för att tilldela kundämnen/möjligheter" +" till detta säljteam baserat på specifika filter, t.ex. land, språk eller " +"kampanj." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett säljteam i Odoo CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till medlemmar i ett säljteam" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1205,10 +1560,15 @@ msgid "" " that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " "they do not overwork." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till teammedlemmar klickar du på :guilabel:`Add` under fliken " +":guilabel:`Members` när du redigerar säljteamets konfigurationssida. Välj en" +" säljare från rullgardinsmenyn eller skapa en ny säljare. Ange ett maximalt " +"antal kundämnen som kan tilldelas denna säljare under en 30-dagarsperiod för" +" att säkerställa att de inte överarbetar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en säljare i Odoo CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1216,10 +1576,12 @@ msgid "" "multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" " need to." msgstr "" +"En person kan läggas till som teammedlem eller :guilabel:`Team Leader` i " +"flera säljteam, så att de får tillgång till alla pipelines som de behöver." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instrumentpanel för säljteam" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1227,6 +1589,9 @@ msgid "" "Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " "tiles." msgstr "" +"För att se säljteamets instrumentpanel, gå till :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Försäljning --> Team`. Odoo-användare kommer att se alla team som de är en " +"del av som instrumentpanelplattor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1234,10 +1599,13 @@ msgid "" "quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " "new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." msgstr "" +"Varje ruta ger en översikt över säljteamets öppna möjligheter, offerter, " +"försäljningsorder och förväntade intäkter, samt ett stapeldiagram över nya " +"möjligheter per vecka och en förloppsindikator för fakturering." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översiktspanel för säljteam i Odoo CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1246,26 +1614,34 @@ msgid "" "opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " "configuration page." msgstr "" +"Klicka på de tre punkterna i hörnet av en kakelplatta för att öppna en " +"navigeringsmeny där användare snabbt kan visa dokument eller rapporter, " +"skapa nya offerter eller möjligheter, välja en färg för det här teamet eller" +" komma åt teamets konfigurationssida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " "opportunities." msgstr "" +"Klicka på menyn med tre punkter i Odoo CRM:s instrumentpanel för att visa " +"dokument och skapa möjligheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " "pipeline." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Pipeline` för att gå direkt till det teamets " +"CRM-pipeline." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela och spåra kundämnen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela kundämnen med prediktiv kundämne-scoring" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1275,22 +1651,32 @@ msgid "" "are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to " "the appropriate salespeople." msgstr "" +"Odoo *CRM*-appen kan automatiskt tilldela kundämnen/opportunities till " +"säljteam och säljare. En standardmetod är att tilldela kundämnen baserat på " +"sannolikheten att vinna varje kundämne. Företag kan prioritera de kundämnen " +"som är mer benägna att resultera i framgångsrika affärer genom att snabbt " +"tilldela dem till lämpliga säljare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo automatically calculates the probability of winning each lead using a " "method called *predictive lead scoring*." msgstr "" +"Odoo beräknar automatiskt sannolikheten att vinna varje kundämne med hjälp " +"av en metod som kallas *prediktiv kundämne-scoring*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "Predictive lead scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prediktiv scoring av kundämnen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16 msgid "" "Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical " "data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities." msgstr "" +"Prediktiv kundämne-scoring är en maskininlärningsmodell som använder " +"historiska data från Odoo *CRM* för att poängsätta öppna " +"kundämnen/möjligheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1299,18 +1685,26 @@ msgid "" "this data to predict the probability of winning each new lead or " "opportunity." msgstr "" +"När ett företag bearbetar möjligheter genom CRM-pipelinen samlar Odoo in " +"data om vilka möjligheter som vinns och förloras. Prediktiv kundämne-scoring" +" använder dessa data för att förutsäga sannolikheten för att vinna varje ny " +"kundämne eller möjlighet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 msgid "" "The more opportunities that are sent through the CRM pipeline, the more data" " Odoo collects, resulting in more accurate probabilities." msgstr "" +"Ju fler möjligheter som skickas genom CRM-pipelinen, desto mer data samlar " +"Odoo in, vilket resulterar i mer exakta sannolikheter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" "Specifically, Odoo's predictive lead scoring uses the *naive Bayes* " "probability model:" msgstr "" +"Odoo's prediktiva kundämne-scoring använder sig av *naive Bayes* " +"sannolikhetsmodell:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1319,6 +1713,10 @@ msgid "" "\\end{equation}\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"\\begin{equation}\n" +"P(A | B) = \\frac{P(A) \\times P(B | A)}{P(B)}\n" +"\\slut{equation}\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1326,16 +1724,20 @@ msgid "" "opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses" " through the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" +"Sannolikheten för framgång för varje möjlighet visas i möjlighetsformuläret " +"och uppdateras automatiskt när möjligheten går vidare i CRM-pipelinen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sannolikheten för framgång visas på möjlighetsformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "" "When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success " "automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm." msgstr "" +"När en möjlighet går vidare till nästa steg ökar sannolikheten för framgång " +"automatiskt enligt den prediktiva algoritmen för kundämne-scoring." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1343,6 +1745,9 @@ msgid "" "variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in " "the settings." msgstr "" +"Prediktiv kundämne-scoring är alltid aktiv i Odoo *CRM*. De variabler som " +"används för att beräkna sannolikheten för framgång kan dock anpassas i " +"inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1351,59 +1756,74 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update " "Probabilities` button." msgstr "" +"För att anpassa variablerna som används av prediktiv kundämne-scoring, gå " +"till :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring` klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Update " +"Probabilities`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive " "lead scoring feature will take into account." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på rullgardinsmenyn för att välja vilka variabler som den " +"prediktiva kundämne-scoring-funktionen ska ta hänsyn till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "" "The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." msgstr "" +"Fönstret Uppdatera sannolikheter i inställningarna för Predictive Lead " +"Scoring." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60 msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valfritt antal av följande variabler kan aktiveras:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity " "originates" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`State`: den geografiska delstat från vilken möjligheten härrör" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity " "originates" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Country`: det geografiska land från vilket möjligheten härstammar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the " "opportunity" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: huruvida ett telefonnummer är angivet för " +"möjligheten eller inte" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the" " opportunity" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email Quality`: huruvida en e-postadress är angiven för " +"möjligheten eller inte" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social" " media)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Källa`: källan till en möjlighet (t.ex. sökmotor, sociala medier)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Language`: det talade språk som anges i erbjudandet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tags`: de taggar som satts på möjligheten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1413,6 +1833,11 @@ msgid "" "takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional " "variables are selected." msgstr "" +"Variablerna `Stage` och `Team` är alltid aktuella. `Stage` refererar till " +"det CRM-pipeline-steg som en möjlighet befinner sig i. `Team` refererar till" +" det säljteam som är tilldelat en möjlighet. Prediktiv kundämne-scoring tar " +"*alltid* hänsyn till dessa två variabler, oavsett vilka valfria variabler " +"som har valts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1420,20 +1845,25 @@ msgid "" "created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring " "will begin its calculations." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på datumfältet bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Beakta kundämnen" +" skapade från och med:` för att välja det datum från vilket prediktiv " +"kundämnencoring ska börja sina beräkningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 msgid "Change the probability manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra sannolikheten manuellt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84 msgid "" "An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the " "opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it." msgstr "" +"En opportunitets sannolikhet för framgång kan ändras manuellt i opportunity-" +"formuläret. Klicka på sannolikhetstalet för att redigera det." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1441,22 +1871,29 @@ msgid "" "for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as" " the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar sannolikheten manuellt tas de automatiska uppdateringarna av " +"sannolikheten för den möjligheten bort. Sannolikheten kommer inte längre att" +" uppdateras automatiskt när möjligheten går igenom varje steg i pipelinen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92 msgid "" "To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the " "probability percentage." msgstr "" +"För att återaktivera automatisk sannolikhet, klicka på kugghjulsikonen " +"bredvid sannolikhetsprocenten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "" "The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity " "form." msgstr "" +"Kugghjulsikonen används för att återaktivera automatisk sannolikhet på ett " +"opportunity-formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:99 msgid "Assign leads based on probability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela kundämnen baserat på sannolikhet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1465,16 +1902,23 @@ msgid "" "probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in" " deals." msgstr "" +"Odoo *CRM* kan tilldela kundämnen/opportunities till säljteam och säljare " +"baserat på specificerade regler. Skapa tilldelningsregler baserade på " +"kundämnen sannolikhet för framgång för att prioritera de som är mer benägna " +"att resultera i affärer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106 msgid "Configure rule-based assignment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera regelbaserad tilldelning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108 msgid "" "To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera *regelbaserad tilldelning*, navigera till " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`, och aktivera " +":guilabel:`Regelbaserad tilldelning`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1483,6 +1927,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the " "assignment according to the chosen time period." msgstr "" +"Den regelbaserade tilldelningsfunktionen kan ställas in för att köra " +":guilabel:`Manuellt`, vilket innebär att en Odoo-användare måste utlösa " +"tilldelningen manuellt, eller :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, vilket innebär att " +"Odoo automatiskt kommer att utlösa tilldelningen enligt den valda " +"tidsperioden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1490,10 +1939,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the" " automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in automatisk kundämne-tilldelning, välj " +":guilabel:`Repeatedly` för :guilabel:`Running` sektion. Anpassa sedan hur " +"ofta Odoo ska utlösa den automatiska tilldelningen i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Repeat every`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen Regelbaserad tilldelning i CRM-inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -1502,10 +1955,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the " ":guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)." msgstr "" +"Om regelbaserad tilldelning är inställd på :guilabel:`Repeatedly` kan " +"tilldelningen fortfarande aktiveras manuellt med hjälp av den cirkulära " +"pilikonen i inställningarna :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` (eller med " +"knappen :guilabel:`Assign Leads` på säljteamets konfigurationssida)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128 msgid "Configure assignment rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera tilldelningsregler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -1514,6 +1971,10 @@ msgid "" " To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales" " Teams`, and select a sales team." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera sedan *tilldelningsreglerna* för varje säljteam och/eller " +"säljare. Dessa regler avgör vilka kundämnen Odoo tilldelar till vilka " +"personer. För att komma igång, navigera till :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Konfiguration --> Säljteam`, och välj ett säljteam." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -1523,6 +1984,11 @@ msgid "" "anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of " "rules can be added." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Edit Domain` i konfigurationsformuläret för säljteam " +"under :guilabel:`Assignment Rules` för att konfigurera de regler som Odoo " +"använder för att bestämma kundämne-tilldelning för detta säljteam. Reglerna " +"kan innehålla allt som kan vara relevant för det här företaget eller teamet," +" och hur många regler som helst kan läggas till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -1530,6 +1996,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another " "line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Add Filter` för att börja skapa tilldelningsregler. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`+`-tecknet till höger om tilldelningsregeln för att " +"lägga till ytterligare en rad. Klicka på symbolen :guilabel:`x` för att ta " +"bort raden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -1537,6 +2007,9 @@ msgid "" "success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, " "and select :guilabel:`Probability`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en tilldelningsregel baserad på en möjlighets sannolikhet att " +"lyckas, klicka på rullgardinsmenyn längst till vänster i en " +"tilldelningsregelrad och välj :guilabel:`Probability`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -1544,12 +2017,18 @@ msgid "" "likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal " "to*, or *less than or equal to*." msgstr "" +"I den mittersta rullgardinsmenyn väljer du önskad ekvationssymbol - troligen" +" symbolen för *större än*, *mindre än*, *större än eller lika med*, eller " +"*mindre än eller lika med*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149 msgid "" "In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"I utrymmet längst till höger anger du det önskade talvärdet för " +"sannolikheten. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -1557,12 +2036,17 @@ msgid "" "have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain`" " line that reads: `Probability >= 20`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill konfigurera en tilldelningsregel så att ett säljteam får " +"kundämnen som har en sannolikhet för framgång på 20% eller mer, skapar du en" +" :guilabel:`Domän`-rad som lyder: `Sannolikhet >= 20`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:0 msgid "" "Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty " "percent." msgstr "" +"Säljteamets domän fastställd till sannolikhet större än eller lika med tjugo" +" procent." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -1571,6 +2055,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click" " :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"Separata tilldelningsregler kan också konfigureras för enskilda " +"teammedlemmar. Klicka på en teammedlem på fliken :guilabel:`Members` på " +"säljteamets konfigurationssida och redigera sedan avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Domain`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1581,6 +2069,13 @@ msgid "" "feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or" " salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." msgstr "" +"Om automatisk tilldelning av kundämnen har konfigurerats i inställningarna " +"har både säljteamet och enskilda teammedlemmar möjlighet att " +":guilabel:`Skippa automatisk tilldelning`. Markera den här rutan om du vill " +"att ett visst säljteam eller en viss säljare inte ska tilldelas kundämnen " +"automatiskt av Odoo:s regelbaserade tilldelningsfunktion. Om " +":guilabel:`Skippa automatisk tilldelning` är aktiverad kan säljteamet eller " +"säljaren fortfarande tilldelas kundämnen manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -1589,46 +2084,58 @@ msgid "" "assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's " "specified domain." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt tilldela kundämnen till detta säljteam klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Assign Leads` högst upp på säljteamets " +"konfigurationssida. Detta kommer att tilldela alla kundämnen som för " +"närvarande är otilldelade och matchar detta teams angivna domän." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spåra dina potentiella kunders besök" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" +"Genom att spåra sidorna på din webbplats får du mycket mer information om " +"vad besökarna på din webbplats är intresserade av." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" +"Varje spårad sida som de besöker registreras på din kundämne/möjlighet om de" +" använder kontaktformuläret på din webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"För att använda denna funktion, installera den kostnadsfria modulen *Lead " +"Scoring* under din *Apps* sida (endast tillgänglig i Odoo Enterprise)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spåra en webbsida" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " "*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" msgstr "" +"Gå till valfri statisk sida som du vill spåra på din webbplats och under " +"fliken *Promote* hittar du *Optimize SEO*" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Där ser du en kryssruta *Spåra sida* för att spåra denna sida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se besökta sidor i dina kundämnen/möjligheter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1637,26 +2144,34 @@ msgid "" "the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " "button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Nu varje gång en kundämne skapas från kontaktformuläret kommer det att hålla" +" reda på de sidor som besökts av den besökaren. Du har två sätt att se dessa" +" sidor, i det övre högra hörnet av din kundämne / möjlighet kan du se en * " +"Page Views * -knapp men också längre ner kommer du att se dem i chatter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" +"Båda kommer att uppdateras om tittarna kommer tillbaka till din webbplats " +"och besöker fler sidor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" +"Funktionen kommer inte att upprepa flera visningar av samma sidor i chatten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" +"Dina kunder kommer inte längre att kunna ha några hemligheter för dig!" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Butikssystem" +msgstr "Point of Sale" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1665,20 +2180,27 @@ msgid "" " Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time" " statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." msgstr "" +"Med **Odoo Point of Sale** kan du enkelt driva dina butiker och " +"restauranger. Appen fungerar på alla enheter med webbläsare, även om du " +"tillfälligt är offline. Produktförflyttningar registreras automatiskt i ditt" +" lager, du får statistik i realtid och dina data konsolideras över alla " +"butiker." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo handledning: Handledning för försäljningsställen " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta en session" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1687,6 +2209,9 @@ msgid "" "start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is" " already opened." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`New Session` i **POS dashboard** och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` för att starta en POS-session, eller klicka" +" på :guilabel:`Continue Selling` om sessionen redan är öppnad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1694,10 +2219,13 @@ msgid "" "same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once " "on the same browser." msgstr "" +":doc:`Flera användare ` kan vara inloggade i " +"samma session samtidigt. Sessionen kan dock bara öppnas en gång i samma " +"webbläsare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 msgid "Sell products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sälja produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1706,6 +2234,11 @@ msgid "" " **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively " ":guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." msgstr "" +"Klicka på produkterna för att lägga dem i varukorgen. För att ändra " +"**kvantitet**, klicka på :guilabel:`Qty` och ange antalet produkter med " +"hjälp av knappsatsen. För att lägga till en **rabatt** eller ändra " +"produktens **pris**, klicka på :guilabel:`% Rabatt` respektive " +":guilabel:`Pris` och ange beloppen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1714,24 +2247,31 @@ msgid "" "amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move " "on to the next customer." msgstr "" +"När en beställning har slutförts går du till kassan genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Payment`. Välj **betalningsmetod**, ange det mottagna beloppet " +"och klicka på :guilabel:`Validera`. Klicka på :guilabel:`New Order` för att " +"gå vidare till nästa kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "POS session interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS-sessionsgränssnitt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." msgstr "" +"Du kan använda både `,` och `.` på tangentbordet som decimalavgränsare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 msgid "" "**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a " "payment method." msgstr "" +"**Kassa** väljs som standard om du anger beloppet utan att välja " +"betalningsmetod." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 msgid "Set customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in kunder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1740,6 +2280,11 @@ msgid "" "apply the :doc:`attributed pricelist `, or" " :ref:`generate and print an invoice `." msgstr "" +"Registrering av din kund är nödvändig för att :doc:`samla deras " +"lojalitetspoäng och ge dem belöningar `, " +"automatiskt tillämpa den :doc:`tillskrivna prislistan " +"`, eller :ref:`genererar och skriver ut en" +" faktura `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1749,6 +2294,11 @@ msgid "" " to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Customers` and clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Then, fill in the information and save." msgstr "" +"Du kan skapa kunder från en :ref:`öppen POS-session ` " +"genom att klicka på :menuselection:`Kund --> Skapa` och fylla i " +"kontaktinformationen. Du kan också skapa kunder från backend genom att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Customers` och klicka på " +":guilabel:`New`. Fyll sedan i informationen och spara." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1756,10 +2306,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer` on the POS interface. You can also set a customer at " "the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" +"För att ange en kund under en order, gå till kundlistan genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Customer` i POS-gränssnittet. Du kan också ange en kund på " +"betalningsskärmen genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Customer`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:71 msgid "Customer notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anmärkningar från kunder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1768,6 +2321,10 @@ msgid "" "and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular" " request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till **kundanteckningar** om specifika produkter direkt från en" +" öppen :ref:`POS-session `. Till exempel för att ge tips " +"om rengöring och underhåll. De kan också användas för att spåra en kunds " +"särskilda önskemål, t.ex. att inte vilja att produkten ska monteras åt dem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1775,74 +2332,93 @@ msgid "" "Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for " "the note." msgstr "" +"Välj en produkt och klicka på :guilabel:`Kundanteckning` på kudden. Då " +"öppnas ett popup-fönster där du kan lägga till eller ändra innehåll för " +"anteckningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:81 msgid "" "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` " "are displayed identically in the cart." msgstr "" +"Produktnoteringar från en :doc:`imported SO " +"` visas identiskt i varukorgen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" msgstr "" +"Knapp för kundanteckningar och anteckningar (SO- och POS-session) om " +"produkter i varukorgen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:87 msgid "" "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how " "they appear in the cart, under the related product." msgstr "" +"Kundanteckningar visas på kundernas kvitton och fakturor på samma sätt som " +"de visas i varukorgen, under den relaterade produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" msgstr "" +"Kundkvitto med anteckningar från en SO och från kundanmärkningsfunktionen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:96 msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Retur och återbetalning av produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:98 msgid "To return and refund a product," -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att returnera och återbetala en produkt," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100 msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" msgstr "" +":ref:`starta en session ` från **POS instrumentpanel**;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:101 msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`Refund` och välj motsvarande order;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:102 msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" msgstr "" +"välj produkt och kvantitet som skall återbetalas med hjälp av knappsatsen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:103 msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Refund` för att gå tillbaka till föregående skärm;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:104 msgid "" "once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the " "refund;" msgstr "" +"när beställningen är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Payment` för att gå " +"vidare till återbetalningen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:105 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next " "customer." msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Validera` och :guilabel:`Ny order` för att gå vidare " +"till nästa kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "refund view from a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "återbetalning från butiken" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:111 msgid "" "You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, " ":guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." msgstr "" +"Du kan filtrera **orderlistan** efter :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, " +":guilabel:`Date` eller :guilabel:`Customer` med hjälp av sökfältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1851,10 +2427,14 @@ msgid "" " products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by " "the quantity of returned products." msgstr "" +"Du kan också återbetala en produkt genom att välja den returnerade produkten" +" från en öppen session och ange en negativ kvantitet som är lika med antalet" +" returnerade produkter. Klicka på :guilabel:`Qty` och :guilabel:`+/-`, följt" +" av antalet returnerade produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:120 msgid "Close the POS session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stäng POS-sessionen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1862,15 +2442,20 @@ msgid "" "your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. " "From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" msgstr "" +"För att avsluta sessionen klickar du på :guilabel:`Close` i det övre högra " +"hörnet av skärmen; då öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Closing Control`. " +"Från denna skärm kan du hämta olika typer av information:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:126 msgid "" "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" msgstr "" +"antalet gjorda beställningar och det totala belopp som betalats under " +"sessionen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:127 msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "de förväntade beloppen grupperade efter betalningsmetod." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -1881,22 +2466,33 @@ msgid "" " amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money " "Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." msgstr "" +"Innan du stänger detta fönster, räkna dina kontanter med hjälp av " +"kalkylatorikonen. Då öppnas ett popup-fönster som beräknar det totala " +"beloppet i kassalådan beroende på de mynt och sedlar som räknats och lagts " +"till manuellt. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` eller " +":guilabel:`Kassera` för att stänga fönstret. Det beräknade beloppet anges i " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted`, och :guilabel:`Money Details` specificeras i " +"avsnittet **Notes**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "How to close a POS session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur man avslutar en POS-session." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:138 msgid "" "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` " "to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." msgstr "" +"När du är klar med att kontrollera beloppen klickar du på :guilabel:`Close " +"Session` för att avsluta och gå tillbaka till **POS dashboard**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:142 msgid "" "You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and " "keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" +"Du kan låta sessionen vara öppen genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Backend` " +"eller avbryta och fortsätta sälja genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Discard`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -1904,21 +2500,29 @@ msgid "" " expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click " ":guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." msgstr "" +"Beroende på din inställning kanske du bara får stänga en session om den " +"förväntade kontantintäkten är lika med den räknade kontantintäkten. Om du " +"ändå vill avsluta sessionen klickar du på :guilabel:`Ok` på skärmen " +":guilabel:`Betalningsdifferens`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:149 msgid "" "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar starkt att du stänger din POS-session i slutet av varje " +"dag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:150 msgid "" "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " "--> Orders --> Sessions`." msgstr "" +"För att se alla dina tidigare sessioner, gå till :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 msgid "Access POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna POS-inställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1926,10 +2530,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the " ":guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt de allmänna POS-inställningarna, gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Öppna sedan " +"rullgardinsmenyn i fältet :guilabel:`Point of Sale` och välj det POS som ska" +" konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rullgardinsmeny för att välja POS i appens inställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1937,6 +2545,9 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Administration` set " "as :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" +"Dessa inställningar är tillgängliga för användare med :doc:`behörighet " +"` :guilabel:`Administration` " +"inställd som :guilabel:`Inställningar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1944,23 +2555,30 @@ msgid "" "vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a " "popup window, from which you can:" msgstr "" +"Du kan också konfigurera vissa inställningar från instrumentpanelen genom " +"att klicka på den vertikala ellipsknappen (:guilabel:`⋮`) på ett POS-kort. " +"Då öppnas ett popup-fönster där du kan göra följande:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" msgstr "" +":doc:`Möjlighet för flera anställda att logga in. `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 msgid "" ":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" msgstr "" +":doc:` Anslut och konfigurera en IoT-box. " +"<../../produktivitet/iot/konfig/pos>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" msgstr "" +":doc:` Anslut och konfigurera en ePOS-skrivare. `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "popup-fönster för att komma åt snabbinställningar i POS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1968,10 +2586,13 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as" " :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" +"Dessa inställningar är tillgängliga för användare med :doc:`behörighet " +"` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"inställd som :guilabel:`Administrator`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 msgid "Make products available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Göra produkter tillgängliga" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1979,14 +2600,18 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In " "the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." msgstr "" +"För att göra produkter tillgängliga för försäljning, gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Produkter --> Produkter`, och välj en " +"produkt för att öppna produktformuläret. På fliken :guilabel:`Sales` " +"aktiverar du :guilabel:`Available in POS`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "Making a product available in your POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Göra en produkt tillgänglig i din POS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Självsignerat certifikat för ePOS-skrivare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -1994,6 +2619,9 @@ msgid "" "Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling " "the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." msgstr "" +"ePOS-skrivare är utformade för att fungera sömlöst med Point of Sale-system." +" När de två enheterna är anslutna delar de automatiskt information, vilket " +"möjliggör direktutskrift av biljetter från POS-systemet till ePOS-skrivaren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2001,70 +2629,72 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/community/index.php?content_id=91>`_ are compatible with " "Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Dessa `Epson ePOS-skrivare `_ är kompatibla med Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-H6000IV-DT (endast kvittoskrivare)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 msgid "TM-T70II-DT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T70II-DT" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 msgid "TM-T88V-DT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T88V-DT" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 msgid "TM-L90-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-L90-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 msgid "TM-T20II-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T20II-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 msgid "TM-T70-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T70-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 msgid "TM-T82II-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T82II-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 msgid "TM-T83II-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T83II-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 msgid "TM-T88V-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-T88V-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 msgid "TM-U220-i" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-U220-i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 msgid "TM-m10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-m10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 msgid "TM-m30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-m30" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi®-modell)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P60II (Kvitto: Wi-Fi®-modell)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P60II (skalare: Wi-Fi®-modell)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi®-modell)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2077,6 +2707,14 @@ msgid "" "allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " "long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" +"För att fungera med Odoo kan vissa modeller som kan användas utan en " +":doc:`IoT box <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` kräva :doc:` HTTPS" +" protokollet ` för att upprätta en säker anslutning mellan " +"webbläsaren och skrivaren. Om du försöker nå skrivarens IP-adress med HTTPS " +"visas dock en varningssida i de flesta webbläsare. I så fall kan du " +"tillfälligt :ref:`forcera anslutningen `, vilket gör " +"att du kan nå sidan i HTTPS och använda ePOS-skrivaren i Odoo så länge som " +"webbläsarfönstret är öppet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2084,16 +2722,21 @@ msgid "" "method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the" " :ref:`following instructions `." msgstr "" +"Anslutningen bryts när webbläsarfönstret stängs. Därför bör denna metod " +"endast användas som en **workaround** eller som en förutsättning för " +":ref:`following instructions `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa, exportera och importera självsignerade certifikat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 msgid "" "For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. " "Then, export and import it into your browser." msgstr "" +"För en långsiktig lösning måste du skapa ett **självsignerat certifikat**. " +"Sedan exporterar och importerar du det till din webbläsare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2101,15 +2744,18 @@ msgid "" "create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS " "access." msgstr "" +"**Generering** av ett SSL-certifikat bör endast göras **en gång**. Om du " +"skapar ett nytt certifikat kommer enheter som använder det tidigare " +"certifikatet att förlora HTTPS-åtkomst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10 och Linux OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett självsignerat certifikat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 @@ -2118,15 +2764,18 @@ msgid "" "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " "[IP address] (unsafe)`." msgstr "" +"Navigera till ePOS-enhetens IP-adress (t.ex. `https://192.168.1.25`) och " +"forcera anslutningen genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Advanced` och " +":guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "varningssida om anslutningens integritet i Google Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varningssida i Google Chrome, Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 @@ -2135,6 +2784,9 @@ msgid "" "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " "printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." msgstr "" +"Logga sedan in med dina skrivaruppgifter för att få tillgång till ePOS-" +"skrivarinställningarna. För att logga in, ange `epson` i :guilabel:`ID` " +"fältet och din skrivares serienummer i :guilabel:`Password` fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 @@ -2147,6 +2799,13 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " "printer." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Certificate List` i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Authentication` och sedan på :guilabel:`create` för att skapa ett" +" nytt **Self-Signed Certificate**. :guilabel:`Common Name` bör fyllas i " +"automatiskt. Om inte, fyll i det med skrivarens IP-adressnummer. Välj de år " +"som certifikatet ska vara giltigt i fältet :guilabel:`Validity Period`, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Create` och :guilabel:`Reset` eller starta om skrivaren" +" manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 @@ -2156,11 +2815,15 @@ msgid "" "**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server " "Certificate` section." msgstr "" +"Det självsignerade certifikatet genereras. Ladda om sidan och klicka på " +":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Security` för att kontrollera att" +" **Selfsigned Certificate** är korrekt valt i avsnittet :guilabel:`Server " +"Certificate`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportera ett självsignerat certifikat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 @@ -2171,12 +2834,17 @@ msgid "" "Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed " "certificate tab**." msgstr "" +"Exportprocessen är starkt beroende av :abbr:`OS (Operativsystem)` och " +"webbläsaren. Börja med att komma åt inställningarna för din ePOS-skrivare i " +"din webbläsare genom att navigera till dess IP-adress (t.ex. " +"`https://192.168.1.25`). Forcera sedan anslutningen som förklaras i " +"**Generera ett självsignerat certifikat fliken**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du använder **Google Chrome**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 @@ -2184,15 +2852,19 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Not secure` bredvid sökfältet, och " +":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" +"Anslutningen till skrivaren är inte säker knappen i Google Chrome " +"webbläsare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gå till fliken :guilabel:`Details` och klicka på :guilabel:`Export`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 @@ -2200,6 +2872,8 @@ msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" msgstr "" +"lägg till `.crt` i slutet av filnamnet för att säkerställa att det har rätt " +"ändelse;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 @@ -2207,30 +2881,34 @@ msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" msgstr "" +"välj :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, längst ned i " +"popup-fönstret;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "spara, och certifikatet exporteras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 msgid "" "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " "some browsers might not see the file during the import process." msgstr "" +"Se till att certifikatet slutar med ändelsen `.crt`. Annars kan det hända " +"att vissa webbläsare inte ser filen under importprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du använder **Mozilla Firefox**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på den **låsformade** ikonen till vänster om adressfältet;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 @@ -2238,34 +2916,38 @@ msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" msgstr "" +"gå till :menuselection:`Anslutningen är inte säker --> Mer information --> " +"Fliken Säkerhet --> Visa certifikat`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Anslutningen är inte säker i webbläsaren Mozilla Firefox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Download`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importera ett självsignerat certifikat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 msgid "" "The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser." msgstr "" +"Importprocessen är starkt beroende av :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` och " +"webbläsaren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 msgid "Windows 10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -2273,17 +2955,24 @@ msgid "" "must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do " "so," msgstr "" +"Windows 10 hanterar certifikat, vilket innebär att självsignerade certifikat" +" måste importeras från certifieringsfilen i stället för från webbläsaren. Så" +" här gör du," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 msgid "" "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" msgstr "" +"öppna Windows File Explorer och leta reda på den nedladdade " +"certifieringsfilen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 msgid "" "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install " "Certificate`;" msgstr "" +"högerklicka på certifieringsfilen och klicka på :guilabel:`Installera " +"certifikat`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -2291,6 +2980,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, " "click :guilabel:`Next`;" msgstr "" +"välj var certifikatet ska installeras och för vem - antingen för " +":guilabel:`aktuell användare` eller för alla användare (:guilabel:`lokala " +"maskinen`). Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Nästa`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2298,14 +2990,17 @@ msgid "" " the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select " ":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" msgstr "" +"på skärmen `Certificate Store` markerar du :guilabel:`Place all certificates" +" in the following store`, klickar på :guilabel:`Browse...` och väljer " +":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`Finish`, acceptera popup-fönstret för säkerhet;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "starta om datorn för att se till att ändringarna tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 msgid "Linux" @@ -2313,50 +3008,56 @@ msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 msgid "open Chrome;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "öppna Chrome;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> " "Manage certificates`;" msgstr "" +"gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Sekretess och säkerhet --> " +"Säkerhet --> Hantera certifikat`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 msgid "" "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select " "the exported certification file;" msgstr "" +"gå till fliken :guilabel:`Authorities`, klicka på :guilabel:`Import` och " +"välj den exporterade certifieringsfilen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 msgid "accept all warnings;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "acceptera alla varningar;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`ok`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 msgid "restart your browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "starta om din webbläsare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 msgid "open Firefox;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "öppna Firefox;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View " "Certificates... --> Import`;" msgstr "" +"gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Sekretess och säkerhet --> " +"Säkerhet --> Visa certifikat... --> Importera`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 msgid "select the exported certification file;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "välj den exporterade certifieringsfilen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kryssa i kryssrutorna och validera;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 msgid "Mac OS" @@ -2367,50 +3068,62 @@ msgid "" "On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" " steps:" msgstr "" +"På Mac OS kan du säkra anslutningen för alla webbläsare genom att följa " +"dessa steg:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "" "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a " "warning page;" msgstr "" +"öppna Safari och navigera till skrivarens IP-adress. Detta leder till en " +"varningssida;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 msgid "" "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " "website --> Visit Website`, validate;" msgstr "" +"på varningssidan, gå till :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " +"website --> Visit Website`, validera;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" +"starta om skrivaren så att du kan använda den med vilken annan webbläsare " +"som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 msgid "" "To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " "**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," msgstr "" +"För att generera och exportera ett SSL-certifikat och skicka det till IOS-" +"enheter öppnar du **Google Chrome** eller **Mozilla Firefox**. Sedan," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varningssida om anslutningens integritet i Google Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslutning till skrivaren inte säker-knappen i Google Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 msgid "" "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " "some browsers might not find the file during the import process." msgstr "" +"Se till att certifikatet slutar med ändelsen `.crt`. Annars kan det hända " +"att vissa webbläsare inte hittar filen under importprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Anslutningen är inte säker i Mozilla Firefox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Android OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -2418,28 +3131,35 @@ msgid "" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" +"För att importera ett SSL-certifikat till en Android-enhet måste du först " +"skapa och exportera det från en dator. Därefter överför du `.crt`-filen till" +" enheten via e-post, Bluetooth eller USB. När filen finns på enheten," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "öppna inställningarna och sök efter `certifikat`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Installera från enhetens " +"lagringsutrymme);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "välj certifikatfilen för att installera den på enheten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" +"De specifika stegen för att installera ett certifikat kan variera beroende " +"på version av Android och enhetens tillverkare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 msgid "iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "iOS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -2447,6 +3167,9 @@ msgid "" "from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " "Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." msgstr "" +"För att importera ett SSL-certifikat till en iOS-enhet måste du först skapa " +"och exportera det från en dator. Överför sedan `.crt`-filen till enheten med" +" e-post, Bluetooth eller någon fildelningstjänst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -2454,56 +3177,66 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " "second pop-up window. Then," msgstr "" +"Om du laddar ner den här filen visas ett varningsfönster. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Allow` för att ladda ner konfigurationsprofilen och stäng det " +"andra popup-fönstret. Därefter," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gå till **Inställningsappen** på iOS-enheten;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under användarens informationsruta;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leta upp den nedladdade `.crt`-filen och välj den;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`Install` längst upp till höger på skärmen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "om ett lösenord har angetts på enheten, ange lösenordet;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" " and the pop-up window;" msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Install` längst upp till höger i " +"certifikatvarningsskärmen och popup-fönstret;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 msgid "" "The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " "so," msgstr "" +"Certifikatet är installerat, men det måste fortfarande autentiseras. Så här " +"gör du," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " "Settings`;" msgstr "" +"gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Allmänt --> Om > Inställningar för" +" certifikatförtroende`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aktivera det installerade certifikatet med hjälp av **skjutknappen**;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på :guilabel:`Continue` i popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -2512,6 +3245,9 @@ msgid "" "`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search " "engine." msgstr "" +"Om du behöver exportera SSL-certifikat från ett operativsystem eller en " +"webbläsare som inte har nämnts, sök efter `export SSL certificate` + `the " +"name of your browser or operating system` i den sökmotor som du föredrar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -2519,10 +3255,13 @@ msgid "" "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" +"För att importera SSL-certifikat från ett operativsystem eller en webbläsare" +" som inte nämns, sök efter `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the " +"name of your browser or operating system` i din sökmotor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera om certifikatet importerades korrekt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -2532,26 +3271,35 @@ msgid "" "longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock " "icon, indicating that the connection is secure." msgstr "" +"För att bekräfta att skrivarens anslutning är säker, anslut till dess IP-" +"adress med HTTPS. Navigera till exempel till `https://192.168.1.25` i din " +"webbläsare. Om SSL-certifikatet har använts korrekt bör du inte längre se en" +" varningssida, och adressfältet bör visa en hänglåsikon, vilket indikerar " +"att anslutningen är säker." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Säker anslutning (HTTPS)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 msgid "" "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " "if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." msgstr "" +"Om **Direkta enheter** är aktiverat i en Point of Sale-inställning (t.ex. om" +" du använder en ePos-skrivare), blir HTTP standardprotokollet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tvinga din Point of Sale att använda en säker anslutning (HTTPS)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 msgid "" "Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " "to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en ny **nyckel** i **Systemparametrar** för att tvinga din Point " +"of Sale att använda en säker anslutning med HTTPS-protokollet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2560,22 +3308,26 @@ msgid "" "Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" " on *Save*." msgstr "" +"För att göra detta, aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge `, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Tekniskt --> Parametrar --> " +"Systemparametrar`, skapa sedan en ny parameter, lägg till följande värden " +"och klicka på *Spara*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nyckel**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 msgid "**Value**: `True`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Värde**: `True`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`epos_ssc`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 msgid "Multi-employee management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ledning av flera anställda" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2584,6 +3336,11 @@ msgid "" "select which users can log into the POS ` and :ref:`keep" " track of the employees involved in each order `." msgstr "" +"I Odoo Point of Sale kan du hantera åtkomsten till ett specifikt POS genom " +"att aktivera funktionen **Många anställda per session**. När funktionen är " +"aktiverad kan :ref:`du välja vilka användare som kan logga in på POS " +"` och :ref:`hålla reda på vilka anställda som är " +"involverade i varje order `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2593,14 +3350,19 @@ msgid "" "Session`, and add the allowed employees in the :guilabel:`Allowed Employees`" " field." msgstr "" +":ref:`Gå till POS-inställningarna ` och välj ditt " +"POS, eller klicka på den vertikala ellipsknappen (:guilabel:`⋮`) på ett POS-" +"kort och klicka på :guilabel:`Redigera`. Aktivera sedan :guilabel:`Multi " +"Employees per Session`, och lägg till de tillåtna anställda i fältet " +":guilabel:`Allowed Employees`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "setting to enable multiple cashiers in POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "inställning för att aktivera flera kassörer i POS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:26 msgid "Practical application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Praktisk tillämpning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2608,10 +3370,15 @@ msgid "" "badge ` or selecting their name from the list of " "allowed employees to :ref:`open the session `." msgstr "" +"När funktionen är aktiverad kan kassapersonalen logga in :ref:`genom att " +"skanna sin bricka ` eller välja sitt namn från listan " +"över tillåtna anställda för att :ref:`öppna sessionen `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is enabled" msgstr "" +"fönster för att öppna en session när funktionen för flera kassörer är " +"aktiverad" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2619,10 +3386,13 @@ msgid "" "click the employee name at the top-right of the screen and select the " "employee to swap with from the list." msgstr "" +"För att byta till en annan användare :ref:`från en öppen session " +"`, klicka på medarbetarnamnet längst upp till höger på " +"skärmen och välj den medarbetare du vill byta med från listan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "button to switch from one cashier to another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "för att växla från en kassör till en annan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2633,14 +3403,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` " "category." msgstr "" +"Du kan också kräva att dina anställda anger en PIN-kod varje gång de loggar " +"in på en POS för att förhindra att de loggar in som någon annan. För att " +"ange koden går du till appen **Medarbetare**, öppnar medarbetarformuläret " +"och klickar på fliken :guilabel:`HR-inställningar`. Ange sedan en valfri " +"PIN-kod i fältet :guilabel:`PIN-kod` i kategorin :guilabel:`Närvaro/Point of" +" Sale`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "setting on the employee form to assign a badge ID and a PIN code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "på medarbetarformuläret för att tilldela ett badge-ID och en PIN-kod." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:52 msgid "Log in using badges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logga in med hjälp av badges" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2650,12 +3426,20 @@ msgid "" "badge ID of your choice in the :guilabel:`Badge ID` field of the " ":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` category or click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" +"För att dina anställda ska kunna logga in genom att skanna sin badge måste " +"de ha ett badge-ID tilldelat. Gå till appen **Medarbetare**, öppna " +"medarbetarformuläret och klicka på fliken :guilabel:`HR-inställningar`. Ange" +" sedan det badge-ID du väljer i fältet :guilabel:`Badge ID` i kategorin " +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` eller klicka på :guilabel:`Generate`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:59 msgid "" "To switch to another user, lock the session by clicking the lock-shaped icon" " (:guilabel:`🔓`) at the top-right of the screen and scan your badge." msgstr "" +"För att byta till en annan användare, lås sessionen genom att klicka på den " +"låsformade ikonen (:guilabel:`🔓`) längst upp till höger på skärmen och " +"skanna din bricka." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:65 msgid "Analytics" @@ -2672,6 +3456,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " "session." msgstr "" +"När du har stängt och bokfört POS-sessionen kan du gå till den omfattande " +"rapporten för att granska alla sessionsaktiviteter, inklusive vem som " +"initierade sessionen och vem som hanterade specifika order. För att komma åt" +" sessionsrapporten klickar du på den vertikala ellipsknappen (:guilabel:`⋮`)" +" på POS-kortet och väljer :guilabel:`Sessioner` i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Visa`. Välj sedan en specifik session för mer detaljerad " +"information, och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Orders` för att se en lista " +"över alla order som lagts under den sessionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2679,10 +3471,13 @@ msgid "" "vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " ":guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." msgstr "" +"För att få en översikt över alla order, oavsett session, klicka på den " +"vertikala ellipsknappen (:guilabel:`⋮`) på POS-kortet och välj " +":guilabel:`Orders` från avsnittet :guilabel:`View`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 msgid "Payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalningsmetoder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2691,6 +3486,10 @@ msgid "" "New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this " "payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en betalningsmetod måste du först skapa den. Gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> " +"New`, och ange ett namn. Markera :guilabel:`Identifiera kund` för att " +"tillåta denna betalningsmetod *exklusivt* för registrerade kunder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2698,10 +3497,13 @@ msgid "" "payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card " "payments." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan :guilabel:`Journal`. Välj :guilabel:`Cash` för att använda denna " +"betalningsmetod för kontantbetalningar, eller :guilabel:`Bank` för att " +"använda den för kortbetalningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny betalningsmetod för en POS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2709,10 +3511,13 @@ msgid "" " Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " "information `." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en :guilabel:`bank` journal läggs automatiskt fältet " +":guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` till där du kan lägga till din " +":doc:`betalningsterminals information `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`betalningsmetoder/terminaler`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2721,10 +3526,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " "section." msgstr "" +"När betalningsmetoden har skapats kan du välja den i dina POS-inställningar." +" Gå till inställningarna för :ref:`POS' `, klicka på" +" :guilabel:`Edit` och lägg till betalningsmetoden under avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Payments`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalningsterminaler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2732,50 +3541,58 @@ msgid "" "you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " "making the payment process more efficient." msgstr "" +"Genom att ansluta och integrera en betalterminal med ditt POS-system kan du " +"acceptera flera olika betalningsalternativ, inklusive kredit- och betalkort," +" vilket gör betalningsprocessen mer effektiv." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" " :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." msgstr "" +"Gå till :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, bläddra ner till " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` och markera kryssrutan för din " +"terminal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kryssruta i inställningarna för att aktivera en betalterminal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följ sedan motsvarande dokumentation för att konfigurera din enhet:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Adyen-konfiguration `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Ingenic konfiguration `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`SIX-konfiguration `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Stripe-konfiguration `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Vantiv-konfiguration `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Konfiguration av världslinje `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " "payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." msgstr "" +"När terminalen är konfigurerad kan du :doc:`skapa motsvarande " +"betalningsmetod och lägga till den i POS <../payment_methods>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" @@ -2786,6 +3603,8 @@ msgid "" "Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment" " flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" +"Genom att ansluta en **Adyen betalterminal** kan du erbjuda dina kunder ett " +"smidigt betalningsflöde och underlätta arbetet för dina kassörer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2793,6 +3612,8 @@ msgid "" "annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per " "month**." msgstr "" +"Adyen arbetar endast med företag som hanterar **mer** än **10 miljoner per " +"år** eller fakturerar **minimum** av **1 000** transaktioner **per månad**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2800,12 +3621,17 @@ msgid "" "`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps " "described on your terminal's screen." msgstr "" +"Börja med att skapa ditt Adyen-konto på `Adyens webbplats " +"`_. Gå sedan ombord på din terminal och följ de steg" +" som beskrivs på terminalens skärm." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 msgid "" "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides " "`_." msgstr "" +"`Adyen Docs - Snabbstartsguider för betalningsterminaler " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -2813,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera betalningsmetod" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2823,56 +3649,75 @@ msgid "" "method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` " "field." msgstr "" +"Gå först till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Payment Terminals`, och aktivera :guilabel:`Adyen`. Gå sedan till " +":menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Betalningsmetoder` och skapa en ny " +"betalningsmetod. Välj :guilabel:`Adyen` i fältet :guilabel:`Använd en " +"betalterminal`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 msgid "" "The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a " "payment terminal` field to appear." msgstr "" +"Vald journal **måste** vara en bankjournal för att fältet :guilabel:`Använd " +"en betalterminal` ska visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" "Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an" " :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." msgstr "" +"Fyll slutligen i de obligatoriska fälten med en :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, " +"och en :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38 msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en API-nyckel för Adyen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 msgid "" "The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To " "generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." msgstr "" +"**Adyen API-nyckel** är en nyckel som används för att autentisera dina " +"förfrågningar. För att generera en API-nyckel, gå till ditt **Adyen-konto**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new " "credential or click on an existing one." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Utvecklare --> API-autentiseringsuppgifter`. " +"Skapa en ny autentisering eller klicka på en befintlig." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the " "Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Generera en API-nyckel` och kopiera och klistra in " +"nyckeln i det obligatoriska Odoo-fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 msgid "" "`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." msgstr "" +"`Adyen Docs - API-referenser `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lokalisera Adyen-terminalens identifierare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is" " used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" +"**Adyen Terminal Identifier** är din terminals serienummer, som används för " +"att identifiera hårdvaran." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2880,51 +3725,64 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, " "and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" +"För att hitta detta nummer, gå till ditt **Adyen-konto**. Gå sedan till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, välj den terminal som ska " +"länkas och kopiera och klistra in dess serienummer i det obligatoriska Odoo-" +"fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 msgid "Set the Event URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange URL-adresser för evenemanget" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event " "URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" +"För att Odoo ska veta när en betalning görs måste du ställa in terminalen " +"**Event URLs**. För att göra detta," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 msgid "log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "logga in på `Adyens webbplats `_;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" +"gå till :menuselection:`Adyens instrumentpanel --> Point of Sale --> " +"Terminals` och välj den anslutna terminalen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "från terminalinställningarna, klicka på :guilabel:`Integrations`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" +"ange fältet :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` som " +":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 msgid "" "click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" msgstr "" +"klicka på knappen **pencil icon** och ange din serveradress, följt av " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` i fältet :guilabel:`Event URLs`; och" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." msgstr "" +"klicka på :guilabel:`Save` längst ned på skärmen för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 msgid "Add a new payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en ny betalningsmetod" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2933,6 +3791,10 @@ msgid "" "select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and " "add your new method for Adyen." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en ny **betalningsmetod** till ett försäljningsställe, gå" +" till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Välj sedan POS och gå till :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, " +"och lägg till din nya metod för Adyen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 @@ -2940,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betala med en betalterminal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2948,6 +3810,9 @@ msgid "" "Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is " "successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." msgstr "" +"När du genomför en betalning väljer du :guilabel:`Adyen` som " +"betalningsmetod. Kontrollera beloppet och klicka på :guilabel:`Sänd`. När " +"betalningen är genomförd ändras status till :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 @@ -2956,6 +3821,9 @@ msgid "" "the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to " "validate the order." msgstr "" +"Vid anslutningsproblem mellan Odoo och betalningsterminalen, tvinga " +"betalningen genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Force Done`, vilket gör att du " +"kan validera ordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 @@ -2963,14 +3831,16 @@ msgid "" "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you" " that the connection failed." msgstr "" +"Detta alternativ är endast tillgängligt efter att du fått ett felmeddelande " +"om att anslutningen misslyckades." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att avbryta betalningsförfrågan, klicka på :guilabel:`cancel`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 @@ -2979,17 +3849,21 @@ msgid "" "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " "your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" +"Genom att ansluta en betalterminal kan du erbjuda dina kunder ett smidigt " +"betalningsflöde och underlätta arbetet för dina kassörer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " "Benelux." msgstr "" +"Observera att Ingenico för närvarande endast är tillgängligt för kunder i " +"Benelux." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut en IoT-box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2998,16 +3872,22 @@ msgid "" "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"Att ansluta en Ingenico betalterminal till Odoo är en funktion som kräver en" +" IoT Box. För mer information om hur du ansluter en IoT Box till din " +"databas, se :doc:`IoT dokumentation " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera Lane/5000 för Ingenico BENELUX" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" +"Klicka på terminalens F-knapp, gå sedan in i :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> " +"Settings` och ange lösenordet för inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3016,12 +3896,18 @@ msgid "" "port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" +"Klicka nu på Anslutningsändring och TCP/IP. Ange IP-adressen för din *IoT " +"Box* (du hittar den i formulärvyn för din IoT Box). Ange sedan 9000 som " +"port. Terminalen kommer att starta om. När det är gjort, gå till ditt *IoT " +"Box*-formulär i Odoo och verifiera att terminalen har hittats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" +"Gå först till de allmänna inställningarna i POS-appen och aktivera Ingenico-" +"inställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -3030,6 +3916,11 @@ msgid "" "new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" +"Gå tillbaka till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point " +"of Sale`, gå in i betalningssektionen och öppna dina betalningsmetoder. " +"Skapa en ny betalningsmetod för Ingenico, välj " +"betalningsterminalalternativet Ingenico och välj din " +"betalningsterminalenhet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3039,12 +3930,18 @@ msgid "" "*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " "Successful*." msgstr "" +"I ditt *PoS interface*, när du behandlar en betalning, välj en *Payment " +"Method* med hjälp av en betalterminal. Kontrollera att beloppet i kolumnen " +"för anbud är det som ska skickas till betalterminalen och klicka på *Sänd*. " +"När betalningen är genomförd ändras status till *Payment Successful*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" +"Om du vill avbryta betalningsförfrågan klickar du på Avbryt. Du kan " +"fortfarande försöka skicka betalningsförfrågan igen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3052,28 +3949,37 @@ msgid "" "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" +"Om det är något problem med betalterminalen kan du fortfarande tvinga " +"betalningen med hjälp av *Force Done*. Detta gör att du kan validera ordern " +"i Odoo även om anslutningen mellan terminalen och Odoo har problem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om du fick ett felmeddelande om " +"att anslutningen misslyckades." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" +"När din betalning har behandlats hittar du på betalningsposten vilken typ av" +" kort som har använts och transaktions-ID." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 msgid "SIX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIX" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a **SIX payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" +"Genom att ansluta en **SIX betalterminal** kan du erbjuda dina kunder ett " +"smidigt betalningsflöde och underlätta arbetet för dina kassörer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3082,10 +3988,14 @@ msgid "" "received from Worldline are, therefore, not compatible with this " "integration." msgstr "" +"Även om Worldline har förvärvat SIX Payment Services och båda företagen " +"använder Yomani-betalterminaler, är den inbyggda programvaran som de kör " +"olika. Terminaler som erhållits från Worldline är därför inte kompatibla med" +" denna integration." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:17 msgid "Install the POS IoT Six module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera POS IoT Six-modulen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -3093,14 +4003,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for **POS IoT Six**. This module adds " "the necessary driver and interface to your database to detect Six terminals." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera POS IoT Six-modulen, gå till :guilabel:`Apps`, ta bort " +":guilabel:`Apps`-filtret och sök efter **POS IoT Six**. Denna modul lägger " +"till den nödvändiga drivrutinen och gränssnittet till din databas för att " +"upptäcka Six-terminaler." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:24 msgid "This module replaces the **POS Six** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Denna modul ersätter modulen **POS Six**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:27 msgid "Connect an IoT box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut en IoT-box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -3108,10 +4022,13 @@ msgid "" "Raspberry Pi or virtual (for Windows OS only) IoT box " "`." msgstr "" +"Att ansluta en Six-betalningsterminal till Odoo kräver :doc:`att man " +"använder en Raspberry Pi eller en virtuell (endast för Windows OS) IoT-box " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:33 msgid "Configure the terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera terminalens ID" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3121,10 +4038,15 @@ msgid "" "with the ID received from Six, and click :guilabel:`Connect`. Your Six " "terminal ID should appear in the :guilabel:`Current Terminal Id` section." msgstr "" +"Navigera till IoT-boxens hemsida, där du hittar fältet :guilabel:`Six " +"betalningsterminal` när din databasserver är ansluten till IoT-boxen. Klicka" +" på :guilabel:`Configure`, fyll i fältet :guilabel:`Terminal ID` med det ID " +"du fått från Six, och klicka på :guilabel:`Connect`. Ditt Six-terminal-ID " +"ska visas i avsnittet :guilabel:`Current Terminal Id`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Setting the Six terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställning av ID för sex terminaler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3133,10 +4055,14 @@ msgid "" "detected and connected to the database. Check the IoT box homepage under the" " :guilabel:`Payments` section to confirm the connection." msgstr "" +"Odoo startar automatiskt om IoT-boxen när Six-terminalens ID konfigureras. " +"Om din Six-terminal är online kommer den automatiskt att upptäckas och " +"anslutas till databasen. Kontrollera IoT-boxens hemsida under avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Payments` för att bekräfta anslutningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Confirming the connection to the Six payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bekräfta anslutningen till Six betalterminal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3147,10 +4073,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SIX IOT`, and select the corresponding device in the " ":guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" +"Från din databas går du till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration" +" --> Payment Methods` för att skapa en ny betalningsmetod specifikt för Six." +" Klicka på :guilabel:`New`, ange ett :guilabel:`Name`, ange " +":guilabel:`Journal` som :guilabel:`Bank`, :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal`" +" som :guilabel:`SIX IOT`, och välj motsvarande enhet i :guilabel:`Payment " +"Terminal Device`-fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny betalningsmetod för betalningsterminalen SIX" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3160,10 +4092,15 @@ msgid "" "Once the payment is successful, the status switches to :guilabel:`Payment " "Successful`." msgstr "" +"När du behandlar en betalning väljer du :ref:`Din sex betalningsmetoder " +"` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Betalningsmetod` och klickar på " +":guilabel:`Sänd`. Om du vill avbryta betalningsförfrågan klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Cancel`. När betalningen har genomförts växlar statusen till " +":guilabel:`Payment Successful`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Paying with Six" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betala med Six" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 @@ -3171,16 +4108,20 @@ msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" " appear on the payment record." msgstr "" +"När din betalning har behandlats visas den typ av kort som användes och " +"transaktions-ID på betalningsposten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:78 msgid "" "The language used for error messages is the same as the Six terminal. " "Configure the terminal to change the language or contact Six." msgstr "" +"Språket som används för felmeddelanden är detsamma som på Six-terminalen. " +"Konfigurera terminalen för att ändra språk eller kontakta Six." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:80 msgid "By default, the port used by the Six terminal is `7784`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Som standard är den port som används av Six-terminalen `7784`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3188,6 +4129,9 @@ msgid "" "can still force the payment validation in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Force " "Done` button." msgstr "" +"Om det finns anslutningsproblem mellan betalterminalen och Odoo kan du " +"fortfarande tvinga betalningsvalideringen i Odoo med hjälp av knappen " +":guilabel:`Force Done`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" @@ -3198,6 +4142,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. " "<../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Använd Stripe som betalningsleverantör. " +"<../../../../finans/betalningsleverantörer/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3205,10 +4151,13 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling " ":guilabel:`Stripe`." msgstr "" +"Aktivera **Stripe** i inställningarna genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Terminals` och aktivera :guilabel:`Stripe`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Then, create the payment method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa sedan betalningsmetoden:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -3216,28 +4165,36 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with " "your payment method's name;" msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, klicka på :guilabel:`Create` och fyll i fältet :guilabel:`Method` " +"med namnet på din betalningsmetod;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use" " a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" msgstr "" +"Ange fältet :guilabel:`Journal` som :guilabel:`Bank` och fältet " +":guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` som :guilabel:`Stripe`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 msgid "" "Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial " "Number` field;" msgstr "" +"Ange betalterminalens serienummer i fältet :guilabel:`Stripe Serial Number`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this " "payment method.`" msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Glöm inte att slutföra Stripe connect innan du använder" +" denna betalningsmetod.`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "payment method creation form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "formulär för skapande av betalningsmetod" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3246,22 +4203,30 @@ msgid "" "be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field " "unchecked." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Identify Customer` för att tillåta denna " +"betalningsmetod **exklusivt** för identifierade kunder. För att alla " +"oidentifierade kunder ska kunna betala med Stripe, lämna :guilabel:`Identify" +" Customer` fältet avmarkerat." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account`" " can stay empty to use the default accounts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Outstanding Account` och :guilabel:`Intermediary Account` kan " +"förbli tomma för att använda standardkontona." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 msgid "" "Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's " "dashboard `_." msgstr "" +"Serienumret för din betalterminal hittar du under enheten eller på `Stripe's" +" instrumentpanel `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut Stripe till Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3274,22 +4239,34 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Anslut Stripe`. Om du gör det omdirigeras du " +"automatiskt till en konfigurationssida. Fyll i all information för att skapa" +" ditt Stripe-konto och länka det till Odoo. När formulären är ifyllda kan " +"API-nycklarna (:guilabel:`Publishable Key` och :guilabel:`Secret Key`) " +"hämtas på **Stripes** webbplats. Klicka på :guilabel:`Get your Secret and " +"Publishable keys`, klicka på nycklarna för att kopiera dem och klistra in " +"dem i motsvarande fält i Odoo. Din terminal är redo att konfigureras i ett " +"POS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "form för anslutning av band" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 msgid "" "When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the " "**Secret Key** to use your terminal." msgstr "" +"När du använder **Stripe** uteslutande i Point of Sale behöver du bara " +"**Secret Key** för att använda din terminal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 msgid "" "When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay " "set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." msgstr "" +"När du använder Stripe som **betalningsleverantör** kan :guilabel:`State` " +"förbli inställd som :guilabel:`Disabled`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -3298,34 +4275,43 @@ msgid "" "dashboard `_, type `API` in the search bar, " "and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." msgstr "" +"För databaser som finns **On-Premise** fungerar inte knappen " +":guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. För att hämta API-nycklarna manuellt, logga in " +"på din `Stripe dashboard `_, skriv `API` i " +"sökfältet och klicka på :guilabel:`Developers > API`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 msgid "Configure the payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera betalterminalen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 msgid "" "Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the " "admin PIN code, validate and select your network." msgstr "" +"Svep åt höger på betalterminalen, klicka på :guilabel:`Inställningar`, ange " +"administratörens PIN-kod, validera och välj ditt nätverk." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enheten måste vara ansluten till ett säkrat WI-FI-nätverk." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." msgstr "" +"Odoo-databasen och betalterminalen måste vara anslutna till samma nätverk." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 msgid "" "You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. " "By default, this code is `07139`." msgstr "" +"Du måste ange administratörens PIN-kod för att få tillgång till " +"betalterminalens inställningar. Som standard är denna kod `07139`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koppla betalningsmetoden till en POS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3334,6 +4320,10 @@ msgid "" "POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment " "method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en **betalningsmetod** till din POS, gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Välj POS, " +"bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Payments` och lägg till din " +"betalningsmetod för **Stripe** i fältet :guilabel:`Payment Methods`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3342,14 +4332,19 @@ msgid "" " the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment" " request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" +"När du behandlar en betalning väljer du :guilabel:`Stripe` som " +"betalningsmetod. Kontrollera beloppet och klicka på :guilabel:`Sänd`. När " +"betalningen har genomförts ändras statusen till :guilabel:`Payment " +"Successful`. Om du vill avbryta betalningsförfrågan klickar du på " +":guilabel:`cancel`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminalen måste ha minst 10% batterinivå för att kunna användas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enheten fungerar inte för betalningar under 0,50 euro." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 msgid "Troubleshooting" @@ -3357,31 +4352,40 @@ msgstr "Felsökning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalningsterminalen är inte tillgänglig i ditt Stripe-konto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 msgid "" "If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add " "it manually:" msgstr "" +"Om betalterminalen inte finns tillgänglig i ditt Stripe-konto måste du lägga" +" till den manuellt:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 msgid "" "Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to" " :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" msgstr "" +"Logga in på din `Stripe's dashboard `_ och gå " +"till :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> " +"Locations`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 msgid "" "Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an " "already created location;" msgstr "" +"Lägg till en plats genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`+ New` eller välja" +" en redan skapad plats;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill " "in the required information." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`+ New` i rutan :guilabel:`Readers` och fyll i " +"den information som krävs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3389,22 +4393,30 @@ msgid "" " on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, " "and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." msgstr "" +"Du måste ange en **registreringskod**. För att hämta den koden sveper du åt " +"höger på enheten, anger administratörens PIN-kod (som standard: `07139`), " +"validerar och klickar på :guilabel:`Generera en registreringskod`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Vantiv" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vantiv" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" +"Genom att ansluta en betalterminal från Vantiv kan du erbjuda dina kunder " +"ett smidigt betalningsflöde och underlätta arbetet för dina kassörer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "" "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" " procedure only suitable for North American businesses." msgstr "" +"Observera att MercuryPay endast samarbetar med amerikanska och kanadensiska " +"banker, vilket gör att denna procedur endast är lämplig för nordamerikanska " +"företag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -3412,16 +4424,21 @@ msgid "" "Vantiv terminals bought on Amazon do not include the correct encryption " "needed to be used with an Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Vantiv-kortläsare bör endast köpas från Vantiv, eftersom vissa Vantiv-" +"terminaler som köps på Amazon inte innehåller den korrekta kryptering som " +"krävs för att användas med en Odoo-databas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:20 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera betalningsmetod" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:22 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " "setting." msgstr "" +"Gå först till de allmänna inställningarna i POS-appen och aktivera Vantiv-" +"inställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3430,6 +4447,11 @@ msgid "" "payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " "create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" +"Tillbaka i :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, gå in i betalningssektionen och få tillgång till dina " +"betalningsmetoder. Skapa en ny betalningsmetod för Vantiv, välj " +"betalningsterminalalternativet Vantiv och skapa nya Vantiv-" +"autentiseringsuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -3437,24 +4459,30 @@ msgid "" "then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " "save the payment method." msgstr "" +"För att skapa nya Vantiv-referenser fyller du i ditt handlar-ID och lösenord" +" och sparar sedan. Se till att de uppgifter du just skapade är valda och " +"spara sedan betalningsmetoden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:44 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betala med en betalterminal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:46 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " "payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" +"I ditt PoS-gränssnitt, vid betalningstillfället, väljer du din Vantiv-" +"betalningsmetod och... det är allt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Världslinje" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." msgstr "" +"Observera att Worldline för närvarande endast är tillgängligt i Benelux." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3463,10 +4491,13 @@ msgid "" "please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"Att ansluta en Worldline-betalterminal till Odoo är en funktion som kräver " +"en IoT Box. För mer information om hur du ansluter en till din databas, se " +":doc:`IoT-dokumentation `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 msgid "Configure the protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera protokollet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -3477,10 +4508,16 @@ msgid "" "screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " "Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" +"I terminalen klickar du på :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stopp --> 3 --> 0" +" --> 9`. Ange lösenordet för tekniker **\"1235789\"** och klicka på " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Klicka sedan på :menuselection:`Ändra --> " +"CTEP (som Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Klicka på **OK** tre gånger på de följande" +" skärmarna (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, och *Character set*). " +"Tryck slutligen på **Stop** tre gånger; terminalen startar om automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 msgid "Set the IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange IP-adress" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3490,44 +4527,54 @@ msgid "" "TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" " (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." msgstr "" +"I terminalen klickar du på :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stopp --> 3 --> 0" +" --> 9`. Ange lösenordet för tekniker **\"1235789\"** och klicka på " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Klicka sedan på :menuselection:`Change --> " +"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration*-skärm) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK` " +"(*TCP Configuration client*-skärm)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slutligen anger du värdnamn och portnummer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Värdnamn" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 msgid "" "To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " "and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in värdnamnet anger du IoT-boxens IP-adress' sekvensnummer " +"och trycker **OK** vid varje \".\" tills du kommer till kolon-symbolen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tryck sedan två gånger på **OK**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är en IP-adresssekvens: `10.30.19.4:8069`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 msgid "" "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " "19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." msgstr "" +"På *Hostname-skärmen* skriver du :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK -->" +" 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 msgid "" "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " "database." msgstr "" +"IoT-boxens IP-adress finns tillgänglig i IoT Box-applikationens databas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 msgid "Port number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portnummer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -3535,6 +4582,9 @@ msgid "" "click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> " "OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" +"På skärmen *Portnummer* anger du **9001** (eller **9050** för Windows) och " +"klickar på :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR-protokoll SSL nej*) :menuselection:`-->" +" OK`. Klicka på **Stop** tre gånger; terminalen startas om automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3542,6 +4592,8 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " "terminal." msgstr "" +"Från Point of Sale-applikationen, gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Payment terminals` och aktivera *Worldline* betalterminalen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3549,32 +4601,42 @@ msgid "" "new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " "and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Betalningsmetoder` och skapa" +" en ny betalningsmetod för *Worldline*. Välj betalterminalen *Worldline* och" +" din betalterminalenhet på din *Payment Method form*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lösenord för tekniker: `1235789`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "" "To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " "\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." msgstr "" +"För att nå Wordlines tekniska support, ring `02 727 61 11` och välj " +"\"Merchant\". Ditt samtal kopplas automatiskt till önskad tjänst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " "terminal." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera kassaterminalen om du har både en kund- och en kassaterminal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 msgid "" "To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." msgstr "" +"För att undvika blockering av terminalen, kontrollera den initiala " +"konfigurationen i förväg." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 msgid "" "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." msgstr "" +"Ange en fast IP till IoT-boxens router för att förhindra att anslutningen " +"bryts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3582,6 +4644,9 @@ msgid "" "amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " "changes to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" +"När du genomför en betalning, välj *Worldline* som betalningsmetod. " +"Kontrollera beloppet och klicka på *Sänd*. När betalningen är genomförd " +"ändras statusen till *Payment Successful*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -3590,14 +4655,18 @@ msgid "" "order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " "informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" +"Vid problem med anslutningen mellan Odoo och betalningsterminalen, tvinga " +"betalningen genom att klicka på *Force Done*, vilket gör att du kan validera" +" ordern. Detta alternativ är endast tillgängligt efter att du fått ett " +"felmeddelande som informerar dig om att anslutningen misslyckades." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att avbryta betalningsförfrågan, klicka på **avbryt**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktioner för prissättning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" @@ -3625,12 +4694,16 @@ msgid "" "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " "totals of its bills or receipts." msgstr "" +"Varje försäljningsställe i Odoo kan konfigureras för att tillämpa " +"kontantavrundning på totalsummorna för sina fakturor eller kvitton." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` och " +"aktivera *Cash Rounding*, klicka sedan på *Save*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -3638,34 +4711,46 @@ msgid "" "open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" " option." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Försäljningsställe --> Konfiguration --> " +"Försäljningsställe`, öppna det försäljningsställe du vill konfigurera och " +"aktivera alternativet *Kassarundning*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 msgid "" "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " "*Create and Edit...*." msgstr "" +"För att definiera **Rounding Method**, öppna rullgardinsmenyn och klicka på " +"*Create and Edit...*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," " then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." msgstr "" +"Definiera här *avrundningsprecision*, *vinstkonto* och *förlustkonto* och " +"spara sedan både avrundningsmetoden och dina inställningar för Point of " +"Sale." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" " according to your settings." msgstr "" +"Alla totalbelopp för detta försäljningsställe lägger nu till en rad för att " +"tillämpa avrundningen enligt dina inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "" "Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` " "rounding strategy." msgstr "" +"Odoo Point of Sale stöder endast avrundningsstrategin :guilabel:`Add a " +"rounding line`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rabattkoder (streckkodsläsare)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3673,30 +4758,38 @@ msgid "" "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " "allow you to scan discount barcodes." msgstr "" +"Om du vill sälja dina produkter med rabatt, t.ex. för en produkt som närmar " +"sig utgångsdatum, kan du använda rabattetiketter. Med dem kan du skanna " +"streckkoder för rabatter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att använda rabattmärken måste du använda en streckkodsläsare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nomenklatur för streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda rabattkoder måste vi lära oss om " +"streckkodsnomenklaturen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" msgstr "" +"Låt oss säga att du vill ha en rabatt för produkten med följande streckkod:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." msgstr "" +"Du hittar *Default Nomenclature* under inställningarna för ditt PoS-" +"gränssnitt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3704,24 +4797,29 @@ msgid "" "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" +"Om du t.ex. vill ha 50 % rabatt på en produkt måste du börja streckkoden med" +" 22 (för rabattstreckkodsnomenklaturen) och sedan 50 (för %) innan du lägger" +" till produktens streckkod. I vårt exempel skulle streckkoden vara:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna produkter och etiketter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du måste först skanna den önskade produkten (i vårt fall en citron)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." msgstr "" +"Skanna sedan rabattetiketten. Rabatten kommer att tillämpas och du kan " +"slutföra transaktionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 msgid "Discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rabatter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3729,91 +4827,108 @@ msgid "" "increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " "time-limited, seasonal or manually given." msgstr "" +"Genom att erbjuda rabatter kan du locka dina kunder och drastiskt öka dina " +"intäkter. Det är viktigt att erbjuda rabatter, oavsett om de är " +"tidsbegränsade, säsongsbetonade eller ges manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 msgid "" "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " "strategy tailored to every business." msgstr "" +"För att hantera rabatter har Odoo kraftfulla funktioner som hjälper till att" +" skapa en prisstrategi som är skräddarsydd för varje företag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa manuella rabatter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 msgid "" "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " "solution for your Point of Sale." msgstr "" +"Om du sällan använder rabatter kan manuella rabatter vara den enklaste " +"lösningen för din Point of Sale." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 msgid "" "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " "inside an order." msgstr "" +"Du kan antingen tillämpa en rabatt på hela ordern eller på specifika " +"produkter i en order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa en rabatt på en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd knappen *Disc* i ditt PoS-sessionsgränssnitt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över rabattknappen för manuell rabatt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." msgstr "" +"Sedan kan du ange en rabatt på den produkt som för närvarande är vald." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa en global rabatt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 msgid "" "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." msgstr "" +"För att tillämpa en rabatt på hela ordern, gå till :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` och välj din PoS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " "category." msgstr "" +"I PoS-formuläret väljer du *Globala rabatter* under kategorin " +"*Prissättning*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa funktionen för att aktivera global rabatt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu har du en ny *Discount*-knapp som visas på ditt PoS-gränssnitt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" msgstr "" +"Vy över knappen som ska användas för global rabatt via pos-gränssnittet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på den och ange önskad rabatt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visning av den rabatt som erbjuds i betalningsöversikten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" " discount on oranges." msgstr "" +"I detta exempel finns det en global rabatt på 50 % samt en specifik rabatt " +"på 50 % på apelsiner." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa tidsbegränsade rabatter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3821,20 +4936,26 @@ msgid "" "feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " "--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera tidsbegränsade rabatter måste du aktivera funktionen " +"*Prislistor*. Detta gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` och öppna din PoS. Aktivera sedan " +"funktionen för prislistor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the pricelist feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över prislistefunktionen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" " the PoS and define a default one." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat funktionen måste du välja vilka prislistor du vill göra" +" tillgängliga i PoS och ange en standardprislista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en prislista" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3842,6 +4963,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " "create." msgstr "" +"Som standard har Odoo en *Public Pricelist* konfigurerad. För att skapa " +"fler, gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. " +"Klicka sedan på skapa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3849,34 +4973,43 @@ msgid "" "price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " "pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en prislista kan du ställa in flera kriterier för att använda " +"ett visst pris: period, minsta antal osv. Du kan också välja att tillämpa " +"prislistan på specifika produkter eller på hela sortimentet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en tidsbegränsad prislista för två produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda en prislista med PoS-gränssnittet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 msgid "" "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." msgstr "" +"På PoS-gränssnittet visas en ny knapp. Använd den för att välja en " +"prislista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" msgstr "" +"Vy över knappen som ska användas för tidsbegränsade rabatter via pos-" +"gränssnittet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 msgid "" "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " "Then, you can finalize the order." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den för att omedelbart uppdatera priserna med den valda " +"prislistan. Därefter kan du slutföra beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flexibla skatter (skattepositioner)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3884,21 +5017,26 @@ msgid "" "transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business " "of your customers and providers." msgstr "" +"När du driver ett företag kan du behöva tillämpa olika skatter och " +"registrera transaktioner på olika konton beroende på var dina kunder och " +"leverantörer finns och vilken typ av verksamhet de bedriver." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 msgid "" "The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that " "automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen **fiskala positioner** kan du skapa regler som automatiskt " +"väljer rätt skatter och konton för varje transaktion." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finans/redovisning/skatter/fiskala_positioner`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finans/redovisning/skatter`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3906,6 +5044,9 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and " "enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionen, gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, scrolla ner till :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"sektionen, och aktivera :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -3913,6 +5054,9 @@ msgid "" "the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more " "fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan en standardposition som ska tillämpas på all försäljning i det " +"valda POS-systemet i fältet :guilabel:`Default`. Du kan också lägga till " +"fler skattepositioner att välja mellan i fältet :guilabel:`Allowed`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3921,16 +5065,22 @@ msgid "" " are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also " ":ref:`create new fiscal positions `." msgstr "" +"Enligt det aktiverade :doc:`fiskala lokaliseringspaketet " +"<../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` är flera skattepositioner " +"förkonfigurerade och kan ställas in och användas i POS. Du kan dock även " +":ref:`skapa nya finanspositioner `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 msgid "" "If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the " "**customer taxes** field on the product form." msgstr "" +"Om du inte anger en skatteposition förblir skatten den som definierats i " +"fältet **kundskatter** på produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 msgid "Use fiscal positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda finanspolitiska positioner" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3940,22 +5090,31 @@ msgid "" "the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen " "fiscal position's regulations." msgstr "" +"Öppna en :ref:`POS-session ` för att använda en av de " +"tillåtna skattepositionerna. Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Tax` bredvid" +" den **bokformade** ikonen och välj en skatteposition från listan. På så " +"sätt tillämpas de definierade reglerna automatiskt på alla produkter som " +"omfattas av reglerna för den valda skattepositionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 msgid "" "If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the" " fiscal position." msgstr "" +"Om en förvald skatteposition har angetts, visar skatteknappen namnet på " +"skattepositionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Loyalty programs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lojalitetsprogram" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" +"Uppmuntra dina kunder att fortsätta handla på ditt försäljningsställe med " +"ett *Loyalty Program*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3963,10 +5122,13 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionen *Loyalty Program*, gå till :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` och välj ditt PoS-gränssnitt. " +"Under Prissättningsfunktioner väljer du *Loyalty Program*" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Därifrån kan du skapa och redigera dina lojalitetsprogram." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -3975,10 +5137,14 @@ msgid "" "range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " "everything in between." msgstr "" +"Du kan bestämma vilken typ av program du vill använda, om belöningen är en " +"rabatt eller en gåva, göra det specifikt för vissa produkter eller täcka " +"hela ditt sortiment. Tillämpa regler så att det bara är giltigt i specifika " +"situationer och allt däremellan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd lojalitetsprogrammet i ditt PoS-gränssnitt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3987,24 +5153,32 @@ msgid "" "using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" +"När en kund är inställd kommer du nu att se de poäng de får för " +"transaktionen och de kommer att ackumuleras tills de spenderas. De spenderas" +" med hjälp av knappen *Rewards* när de har tillräckligt med poäng enligt de " +"regler som definieras i lojalitetsprogrammet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" +"Du kan se att priset uppdateras omedelbart för att återspegla prislistan. Du" +" kan slutföra beställningen på ditt vanliga sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en kund med en standardprislista kommer den att tillämpas. Du " +"kan naturligtvis ändra den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:108 msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prislistor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4013,6 +5187,10 @@ msgid "" "temporary discount periods, reward specific customers, or offer discounts " "when set quantities are ordered." msgstr "" +"Med prislistor kan du automatiskt justera produktpriser beroende på olika " +"kriterier. Du kan t.ex. ange POS-specifika priser, skapa tillfälliga " +"rabattperioder, belöna specifika kunder eller erbjuda rabatter när bestämda " +"kvantiteter beställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4020,6 +5198,9 @@ msgid "" " ensure :guilabel:`Flexible Pricelists` are enabled under the " ":guilabel:`Pricing` section." msgstr "" +"Navigera till :ref:`general POS app settings ` och " +"se till att :guilabel:`Flexible Pricelists` är aktiverat under " +":guilabel:`Pricing` section." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4030,10 +5211,16 @@ msgid "" "dynamically using percentage discounts or more complex formulas in addition " "to setting fixed prices." msgstr "" +":ref:`Flera priser per produkt ` är standardalternativet " +"för prislistor för att ställa in enkla fasta prisregler per produkt. Välj " +":ref:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler) ` för" +" att tillämpa prisregler på flera produkter samtidigt och för att beräkna " +"priser dynamiskt med procentuella rabatter eller mer komplexa formler utöver" +" att ange fasta priser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Enabling pricelists in the general P0S settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera prislistor i de allmänna P0S-inställningarna" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4041,10 +5228,13 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Sales <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` and " ":ref:`eCommerce ` apps." msgstr "" +"Den valda prislistetypen gäller för hela databasen, inklusive apparna " +":doc:`Sales <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` och " +":ref:`eCommerce `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "Create pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa prislistor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4053,11 +5243,15 @@ msgid "" " depending on the :ref:`selected pricelist option " "`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists` och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`New` eller välj en befintlig prislista. Inställningen " +"av prislistan skiljer sig åt beroende på :ref:`valt prislistealternativ " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 msgid "Multiple prices per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flera priser per produkt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -4066,43 +5260,55 @@ msgid "" "products or their variants depending, if necessary, on one or several " "conditions. To add a new price rule to a pricelist:" msgstr "" +"När prislistor är konfigurerade att använda alternativet :guilabel:`Flera " +"priser per produkt`, är det möjligt att använda flera fasta priser för olika" +" produkter eller deras varianter beroende, om nödvändigt, på ett eller flera" +" villkor. Så här lägger du till en ny prisregel i en prislista:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:48 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select a **product** and its **variant** " "if needed." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`, och välj **produkt** och dess " +"**variant** om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:49 msgid "Add the condition(s):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till villkor:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:51 msgid "" "a product quantity to be reached by using the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` " "column;" msgstr "" +"en produktkvantitet som ska uppnås genom att använda kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Min. Kvantitet` kolumn;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:52 msgid "" "a determined period during which the pricelist is applied by using the " ":guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` columns." msgstr "" +"en bestämd period under vilken prislistan tillämpas med hjälp av kolumnerna " +":guilabel:`Start Date` och :guilabel:`End Date`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:55 msgid "" "Add the :guilabel:`Price` to be applied when the conditions are met (if " "any)." msgstr "" +"Lägg till :guilabel:`Price` som ska tillämpas när villkoren är uppfyllda (om" +" några)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningsformulär för en prislista med flera priser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 msgid "Advanced price rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade prisregler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4112,22 +5318,31 @@ msgid "" "new price rule to a pricelist, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up " "windows:" msgstr "" +"När prislistor är konfigurerade att använda alternativet :guilabel:`Advanced" +" price rules (discounts, formulas)` är det möjligt att använda procentuella " +"rabatter/påslag och formler utöver att använda fasta priser. Om du vill " +"lägga till en ny prisregel i en prislista klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till" +" rad`. I popup-fönstren:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:69 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Computation` method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj en :guilabel:`beräkningsmetod`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` to set a new fixed price (similarly to the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fast pris` för att ange ett nytt fast pris (på samma sätt som med" +" alternativet :guilabel:`Flera priser per produkt`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` to compute a percentage discount (e.g., `10.00` %) or " "mark-up (e.g., `-10.00` %)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Discount` för att beräkna en procentuell rabatt (t.ex. `10.00` %)" +" eller påslag (t.ex. `-10.00` %)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4135,16 +5350,22 @@ msgid "" "required to define what the calculation is **based on** (:guilabel:`Sales " "Price`, :guilabel:`Cost`, or :guilabel:`Other Pricelist`). You can then:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Formula` för att beräkna priset enligt en formel. Det är " +"nödvändigt att definiera vad beräkningen **baseras på** " +"(:guilabel:`Försäljningspris`, :guilabel:`Kostnad`, eller :guilabel:`Övrig " +"prislista`). Du kan sedan:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:79 msgid "Apply a percentage :guilabel:`Discount` or mark-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpa en procentuell :guilabel:`Rabatt` eller påslag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:80 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Extra Fee` (e.g., $ `5.00`) or subtract a fixed amount " "(e.g., $ `-5.00`)." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en :guilabel:`Extra avgift` (t.ex. $ `5.00`) eller dra av ett fast" +" belopp (t.ex. $ `-5.00`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4152,38 +5373,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` to be a multiple of the value set. The :guilabel:`Extra" " Fee` is applied afterward." msgstr "" +"Definiera en :doc:`Rounding Method ` genom att tvinga priset " +"efter :guilabel:`Discount` att vara en multipel av det inställda värdet. " +":guilabel:`Extra avgift` tillämpas efteråt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:86 msgid "" "To have the final price end with `.99`, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` " "to `1.00` and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" +"För att slutpriset ska sluta med `.99`, sätt :guilabel:`Rounding Method` " +"till `1.00` och :guilabel:`Extra Fee` till `-0.01`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:89 msgid "" "Specify the minimum (e.g., $ `20.00` ) and maximum (e.g., $ `50.00` ) profit" " :guilabel:`Margins` for computations based on :guilabel:`Cost`." msgstr "" +"Ange minsta (t.ex. $ `20.00` ) och största (t.ex. $ `50.00` ) vinst " +":guilabel:`Margins` för beräkningar baserade på :guilabel:`Cost`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:92 msgid "Select on which product(s) the price rule should be **applied**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj på vilken/vilka produkter prisregeln ska **tillämpas**:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`All Products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Alla produkter`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:95 msgid "a :guilabel:`Product Category`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "a :guilabel:`Produktkategori`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:96 msgid "a :guilabel:`Product`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "en :guilabel:`Produkt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:97 msgid "a :guilabel:`Product Variant`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "en :guilabel:`Produktvariant`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4192,14 +5420,18 @@ msgid "" "which the pricelist should be applied by using the :guilabel:`Validity` " "fields." msgstr "" +"Lägg till villkor, t.ex. en specifik kvantitet som ska uppnås för att priset" +" ska ändras med hjälp av fältet :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` eller en specifik " +"period under vilken prislistan ska tillämpas med hjälp av " +":guilabel:`Validity`-fälten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Setup form to configure an advanced pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningsformulär för att konfigurera en avancerad prislista" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:107 msgid "Select pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj prislistor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4207,28 +5439,36 @@ msgid "" "the available pricelists in the :guilabel:`Available` field. Then, set its " "**default pricelist** in the :guilabel:`Default` field." msgstr "" +"Gå till :ref:`specifika POS-inställningar ` och lägg" +" till alla tillgängliga prislistor i fältet :guilabel:`Available`. Ange " +"sedan dess **standardprislista** i fältet :guilabel:`Default`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:113 msgid "" "When you :ref:`open a POS session `, click the " "**pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list." msgstr "" +"När du :ref:`öppnar en POS-session ` klickar du på " +"knappen **prislistor** och väljer önskad prislista från listan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Button to select a pricelist on the POS frontend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knapp för att välja en prislista på POS frontend" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:120 msgid "" "Multiple pricelists must be selected for the **pricelist button** to be " "displayed." msgstr "" +"Flera prislistor måste vara valda för att knappen **prislista** ska visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:121 msgid "" "If a pricelist is selected on a POS order while its conditions are **not** " "met, the price will **not** be adjusted." msgstr "" +"Om en prislista väljs på en POS-order medan villkoren för den **inte** är " +"uppfyllda, kommer priset **inte** att justeras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -4237,24 +5477,30 @@ msgid "" "and switch to the preferred pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field of " "the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" +"Du kan också ange att en prislista ska väljas automatiskt när en specifik " +":ref:`kund är inställd `. Detta gör du genom att gå till " +"kundformuläret och växla till önskad prislista i fältet " +":guilabel:`Prislista` på fliken :guilabel:`Försäljning och inköp`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:131 msgid "" ":ref:`How to use pricelists in an ecommerce environment " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Hur man använder prislistor i en e-handelsmiljö " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 msgid "Receipts and invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvitton och fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkomster" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4262,6 +5508,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." msgstr "" +"Skapa kvitton genom att gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale`, välja en POS och bläddra ner till " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4269,24 +5518,29 @@ msgid "" " Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the " "receipts." msgstr "" +"För att **anpassa** **rubrik** och **fot**, aktivera :guilabel:`Header & " +"Footer` och fyll i båda fälten med den information som ska skrivas ut på " +"kvittona." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 msgid "" "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable " "the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." msgstr "" +"Aktivera inställningen :guilabel:`Automatisk kvittoutskrift` om du vill " +"**skriva ut kvitton** automatiskt när betalningen har registrerats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "POS receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS-kvitto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`restaurang/utskrift av räkningar`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriva ut ett kvitto igen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4295,10 +5549,14 @@ msgid "" " active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " "order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" +"I POS-gränssnittet klickar du på :guilabel:`Orders`, öppnar rullgardinsmenyn" +" bredvid sökfältet och ändrar standardfiltret :guilabel:`All active orders` " +"till :guilabel:`Paid`. Välj sedan motsvarande order och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Print Receipt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv ut kvittoknapp från backend" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4306,6 +5564,9 @@ msgid "" "reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " ":guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" +"Du kan filtrera listan över beställningar med hjälp av sökfältet. Skriv in " +"din referens och klicka på :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, " +"eller :guilabel:`Customer`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 msgid "Invoices" @@ -4317,6 +5578,9 @@ msgid "" "customers ` upon payment and retrieve all past invoiced " "orders." msgstr "" +"Med Point of Sale kan du utfärda och skriva ut fakturor för " +":ref:`registrerade kunder ` vid betalning och hämta alla " +"tidigare fakturerade order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -4324,6 +5588,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`accounting journal `, previously :ref:`set up " "`." msgstr "" +"En faktura som skapas i ett POS skapar en post i motsvarande " +":ref:`bokföringsjournal `, som tidigare :ref:`ställts " +"in `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4332,72 +5599,91 @@ msgid "" "accounting section. Then, you can determine the accounting journals used by " "default for orders and invoices in the :guilabel:`Default Journals` section." msgstr "" +"För att definiera vilka journaler som ska användas för en specifik POS, gå " +"till :ref:`POS' settings ` och scrolla ner till " +"sektionen för redovisning. Sedan kan du bestämma vilka bokföringsjournaler " +"som ska användas som standard för order och fakturor i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Default Journals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "accounting section in the POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bokföringsavsnitt i POS-inställningarna" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:63 msgid "Invoice a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera en kund" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 msgid "" "Upon processing a payment, click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the " "customer's name to issue an invoice for that order." msgstr "" +"När du har behandlat en betalning klickar du på :guilabel:`Invoice` under " +"kundens namn för att utfärda en faktura för den beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:68 msgid "" "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" " automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." msgstr "" +"Välj betalningsmetod och klicka på :guilabel:`Validera`. **Fakturan** " +"utfärdas automatiskt och är redo att laddas ner och/eller skrivas ut." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:72 msgid "" "To be able to issue an invoice, a :ref:`customer ` must be " "selected." msgstr "" +"För att kunna utfärda en faktura måste en :ref:`kund ` vara " +"vald." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämta fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att hämta fakturor från **POS dashboard**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:79 msgid "" "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of" " Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" msgstr "" +"få tillgång till alla beställningar som gjorts via din POS genom att gå till" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Beställningar --> Beställningar`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 msgid "" "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the " "order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." msgstr "" +"För att få tillgång till en orders faktura, öppna **orderformuläret** genom " +"att markera ordern och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Invoice`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "fakturera smartknapp från ett orderformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:88 msgid "" "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in " "the :guilabel:`Status` column." msgstr "" +"**Fakturerade order** kan identifieras genom :guilabel:`Fakturerad` status i" +" kolumnen :guilabel:`Status`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:90 msgid "" "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking " ":guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." msgstr "" +"Du kan filtrera orderlistan till fakturerade order genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Filters` och :guilabel:`Invoiced`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:94 msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "QR-koder för att generera fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4408,10 +5694,16 @@ msgid "" "status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to " ":guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." msgstr "" +"Kunder kan också begära en faktura genom att skanna **QR-koden** som finns " +"på deras kvitto. Efter skanningen måste de fylla i ett formulär med sin " +"faktureringsinformation och klicka på :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. Å ena " +"sidan genererar detta en faktura som är tillgänglig för nedladdning. Å andra" +" sidan går orderstatusen från :guilabel:`Paid` eller :guilabel:`Posted` till" +" :guilabel:`Invoiced` i Odoo backend." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "order status change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ändring av orderstatus" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -4421,6 +5713,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on " "ticket`." msgstr "" +"För att använda den här funktionen måste du aktivera QR-koder på kvitton " +"genom att gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Välj sedan POS i fältet :guilabel:`Point of Sale`, scrolla ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturor & Kvitton` och aktivera :guilabel:`Använd" +" QR-kod på biljett`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -4428,7 +5725,7 @@ msgstr "Rapporter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 msgid "View statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa statistik" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4436,16 +5733,22 @@ msgid "" " --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " "(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." msgstr "" +"För att få tillgång till din statistik, gå till :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`. Eller, från **POS instrumentpanel**, klicka " +"på den vertikala ellipsen (:guilabel:`⋮`) knappen, :guilabel:`Rapportering`," +" och :guilabel:`Ordrar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 msgid "" "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter " "or group depending on your needs." msgstr "" +"Statistiken är tillgänglig i en graf eller pivotvy som du kan filtrera eller" +" gruppera efter behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Restaurant features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restaurangens funktioner" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4453,40 +5756,51 @@ msgid "" "application provides various features that allow performing all the required" " tasks in such businesses." msgstr "" +"Att driva en restaurang eller bar medför särskilda behov. Applikationen " +"Point of Sale har olika funktioner som gör det möjligt att utföra alla " +"nödvändiga uppgifter i sådana företag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:" msgstr "" +"När kassan är inställd för att användas i en restaurang eller bar kan du:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 msgid "" ":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior " "`;" msgstr "" +":doc:`organisera dina golv och bord så att de återspeglar din interiör " +"`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`take orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`ta emot beställningar `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS " "`;" msgstr "" +":doc:`kommunicera med köket eller baren via POS " +"`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15 msgid "" ":doc:`print bills in advance and split them `;" msgstr "" +":doc:`skriv ut räkningar i förväg och dela upp dem " +"`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`collect tips `; and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`samla tips `; och" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." msgstr "" +":doc:`fastställa olika skatter för hämtmat `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4494,15 +5808,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " "POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera de restaurang- och barspecifika funktionerna, gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, välj POS och " +"aktivera :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:25 msgid "" "These features are displayed in the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dessa funktioner visas i avsnittet :guilabel:`Restaurang & Bar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst-1 msgid "restaurant and bar-specific features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "restaurang- och barspecifika funktioner" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Bills" @@ -4515,6 +5832,10 @@ msgid "" "provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** " "and **Bill Splitting**." msgstr "" +"På restauranger och barer är det vanligt att man begär räkningen innan man " +"betalar eller delar upp den baserat på de beställda varorna. Odoo POS " +"tillhandahåller två funktioner för att utföra dessa uppgifter sömlöst: " +"**Fakturautskrift** och **Fakturauppdelning**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4523,31 +5844,41 @@ msgid "" "Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " ":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionerna, gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, välj POS, och aktivera :guilabel:`Early Receipt" +" Printing` och :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` i :guilabel:`Restaurant & " +"Bar` sektionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1 msgid "" "activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings" msgstr "" +"aktivera funktionerna för utskrift och delning av räkningar i POS-" +"inställningarna" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21 msgid "Bill printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utskrift av räkningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23 msgid "" "From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to" " generate and print a bill." msgstr "" +"Från en öppen session kan du när som helst klicka på :menuselection:`Faktura" +" --> Skriv ut` för att generera och skriva ut en faktura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27 msgid "" "The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes" " to the order." msgstr "" +"Den tryckta fakturan är **inte** slutgiltig och kommer att uppdateras för " +"att återspegla eventuella ändringar i ordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30 msgid "Bill splitting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppdelning av räkningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -4555,28 +5886,34 @@ msgid "" "regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " "to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." msgstr "" +"Från en öppen session klickar du på :guilabel:`Split` för att välja de " +"objekt som ska omgrupperas. När allt är valt klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Payment` och fortsätter till kassan för dessa artiklar. Upprepa " +"för varje gäst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as " "they have been paid for." msgstr "" +"När du återvänder till bordet är de valda artiklarna inte längre på " +"beställning, eftersom de har betalats för." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38 msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktionen är tillgänglig så snart minst två artiklar har beställts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`golv_tabeller`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 msgid "Floors and tables management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Golv och bordshantering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:6 msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en våning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4584,47 +5921,60 @@ msgid "" "under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " "Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." msgstr "" +"När din *Point of Sale* har konfigurerats väljer du *Table Management* under" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Klicka " +"sedan på *Floors* för att skapa och namnge din våning och dina bord." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a " "pos" msgstr "" +"Vy över funktionen för bordshantering. Sätt att hantera och skapa golv för " +"en pos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each " "table" msgstr "" +"Backend-vy av ett restauranggolv. Bordsnamn och antal sittplatser för varje " +"bord" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:21 msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Glöm inte att koppla ditt golv till ditt försäljningsställe." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:24 msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till bord" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:26 msgid "" "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till bord kan du också öppna ditt PoS-gränssnitt för att se " +"dina våningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över våningsmenyn för att hantera flera våningar samtidigt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " "allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på *Edit Mode* (pennikonen i övre högra hörnet) för att kunna " +"skapa, flytta, modifiera tabeller etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and" " their shape" msgstr "" +"Vy över våningsledningen. Lägg till bord, antalet sittplatser, deras namn " +"och form" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4632,77 +5982,98 @@ msgid "" "shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " "sits the table can have." msgstr "" +"För att göra det lättare att hitta ditt bord kan du byta namn på dem, ändra " +"deras form, storlek eller till och med färg. Det är också möjligt att lägga " +"till det maximala antalet sittplatser som bordet kan ha." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48 msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrera dina bordsbeställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50 msgid "" "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " "taken to your main interface." msgstr "" +"För att registrera en order, klicka på respektive tabell. På så sätt kommer " +"du till huvudgränssnittet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över gränssnittet för registrering av order" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överföra kund(er)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60 msgid "" "If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " "use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." msgstr "" +"Om dina kunder vill flytta till ett annat bord efter att de redan har " +"beställt använder du överföringsknappen. På så sätt flyttas även " +"beställningen till det nya bordet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:64 msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." msgstr "" +"För att göra detta väljer du det bord som din kund för närvarande befinner " +"sig på." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över restaurangborden, ett bord har en väntande beställning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " "transferring your customer." msgstr "" +"Klicka nu på överföringsknappen och välj den tabell som du vill överföra din" +" kund till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" "to another" msgstr "" +"Vy över pos-gränssnittet och överföringsknappen. Hur överför man kunder från en tabell\n" +"till ett annat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrera en ytterligare order" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81 msgid "" "When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " "another one." msgstr "" +"När du registrerar en order kan du använda +-knappen för att samtidigt gå " +"vidare till en annan order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" +"Sedan kan du växla mellan dina beställningar och behandla betalningen när " +"det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" msgstr "" +"Vy över knappen - som gör det möjligt för medarbetare att stänga/ta bort en " +"order" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" +"Med knappen - kan du ta bort den order du för närvarande befinner dig på." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Orders printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beställningar utskrift" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4710,10 +6081,13 @@ msgid "" "communication and collaboration between the front-of-house and back-of-house" " teams, leading to a more streamlined and efficient service." msgstr "" +"Att integrera skrivare i en restaurangs eller bars arbetsflöde kan förbättra" +" kommunikationen och samarbetet mellan front-of-house- och back-of-house-" +"teamen, vilket leder till en mer strömlinjeformad och effektiv service." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:15 msgid "Enable and create printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera och skapa skrivare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4723,6 +6097,12 @@ msgid "" "Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " "and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." msgstr "" +"För att kunna skicka beställningar till en köks- eller barskrivare, gå till " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scrolla ner " +"till :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` sektionen, och aktivera :guilabel:`Kitchen" +" Printers`. Skriv in ett namn på skrivaren i fältet :guilabel:`Skrivare` och" +" klicka på :guilabel:`Create and edit...` för att öppna ett " +"inställningsformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4730,20 +6110,25 @@ msgid "" "created printer, click :guilabel:`--> Printers` and select the desired " "printer to open the setup form." msgstr "" +"För att få en lista över alla skrivare som redan skapats eller för att ändra" +" en redan skapad skrivare, klicka på :guilabel:`--> Printers` och välj " +"önskad skrivare för att öppna inställningsformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable the kitchen printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "inställningar för att möjliggöra köksskrivare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:32 msgid "Setup form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulär för inställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :ref:`setup form `, select the " ":guilabel:`Printer Type` according to your installation:" msgstr "" +"Från :ref:`setup form `, välj :guilabel:`Printer " +"Type` enligt din installation:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4751,6 +6136,9 @@ msgid "" "connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Om skrivaren är ansluten till en IoT-box väljer du :guilabel:`Use a printer " +"connected to the IoT Box` och väljer enheten i fältet :guilabel:`IoT " +"Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4758,18 +6146,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the printer's IP address in the " ":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address` field." msgstr "" +"Om du använder en Epson-skrivare som inte behöver någon IoT-box, välj " +":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` och ange skrivarens IP-adress i fältet " +":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../konfiguration/epos_ssc`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4778,34 +6169,44 @@ msgid "" "Categories` field. If you leave this field empty, all products are sent to " "the printer regardless of their POS category." msgstr "" +"Ställ in skrivaren på att skriva ut specifika produkter baserat på deras " +"POS-kategori. Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` i fältet " +":guilabel:`Utskrivna produktkategorier`. Om du lämnar fältet tomt skickas " +"alla produkter till skrivaren oavsett POS-kategori." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "installationsformulär för att konfigurera en köksskrivare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 msgid "Print orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beställning av utskrift" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 msgid "" "From an open session, start taking an order and click :guilabel:`Order` to " "send it to the bar or the kitchen." msgstr "" +"Från en öppen session, börja ta en beställning och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Order` för att skicka den till baren eller köket." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" msgstr "" +"beställningsknapp från POS UI för att skicka beställningar till ett kök " +"eller en bar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:66 msgid "" "When products can be printed, they appear in green in the cart, and the " "order button turns green." msgstr "" +"När produkter kan skrivas ut visas de i grönt i varukorgen och " +"beställningsknappen blir grön." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tips" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4813,6 +6214,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`shops `, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants " "<../restaurant>`." msgstr "" +"Dricks är vanligt i flera länder. Point of Sale tillåter dricks i " +":ref:`butiker `, :doc:`barer <../restaurang>`, eller " +":doc:`restauranger <../restaurang>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4823,14 +6227,20 @@ msgid "" "enabled, add a :guilabel:`Tip Product` in the corresponding field, and save." " The designated product will be used as a reference on customers' receipts." msgstr "" +"För att tillåta dricks i din POS, aktivera funktionen :guilabel:`Tips` i " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Överst på " +"sidan väljer du det POS där du vill tillåta **tips**, rullar ner till " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Betalning` och markerar :guilabel:`Tips`. Lägg till en " +":guilabel:`Tip Product` i motsvarande fält och spara. Den angivna produkten " +"kommer att användas som referens på kundernas kvitton." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "enable tips in a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aktivera tips i en POS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 msgid "Tip products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tips produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4839,6 +6249,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " "configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" +"**Tipsprodukter** kan skapas på plats. Ange produktens namn i fältet " +":ref:`Tip Product ` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create` eller " +"tryck på **enter**. Produkten konfigureras automatiskt för att användas som " +"dricks på betalningsskärmen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4848,23 +6262,33 @@ msgid "" " go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` " "checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"Men om du vill kunna välja tipsprodukten i en POS-session måste du aktivera " +"inställningen **Tillgänglig i POS**. För att göra detta, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` för att öppna formuläret för " +"produktkonfiguration. Gå sedan till fliken :guilabel:`Sales`, markera " +"kryssrutan :guilabel:`Available in POS` och klicka på :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as " ":guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en produkt som ska användas som dricks, lämna **produkttypen**" +" som :guilabel:`Konsumtionsvara` för att undvika onödiga lagerrörelser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 msgid "" "You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different " "one for each." msgstr "" +"Du kan bara välja en tipsprodukt per POS, men du kan välja olika " +"tipsprodukter för varje POS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tips för användning av en Adyen-terminal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -4873,11 +6297,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip " "settings `." msgstr "" +"Om du använder en :doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` " +"betalterminal och vill aktivera **tips** via terminalen, markera " +":guilabel:`Lägg till tips via betalterminal (Adyen)` under :ref:`tip " +"settings `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 msgid "Tip after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tips efter betalning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -4887,16 +6315,22 @@ msgid "" "waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after" " the payment." msgstr "" +"Om du använder ett POS-system i en bar eller restaurang kan du aktivera " +":guilabel:`Add tip after payment (North America specific)`. Detta genererar " +"en räkning som kunden och servitören kan skriva ut och fylla i manuellt. På " +"notan anges det dricksvärde som kunden väljer att ge efter betalningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 msgid "" "To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal " "attributed." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda denna funktion måste den valda betalningsmetoden ha en" +" bankjournal tillskriven." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 msgid "Add tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till tips" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -4904,10 +6338,13 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till dricks till en order, :ref:`gå till betalningsskärmen " +"` och klicka på :guilabel:`♥ Dricks`. Ange sedan dricksbeloppet, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att validera och behandla betalningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "tip popup window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "popup-fönster för tips" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4916,6 +6353,10 @@ msgid "" "automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales " "Price**." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du välja :ref:`tips-produkt ` i POS-" +"gränssnittet för att lägga till den i varukorgen. När produkten väljs anges " +"den automatiskt som en dricks och dess standardvärde är lika med dess " +"**försäljningspris**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4924,16 +6365,22 @@ msgid "" "are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen " "before proceeding to the payment." msgstr "" +"I kassan väljer du **Adyen** som betalterminal och skickar " +"betalningsförfrågan till enheten genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Send`. " +"Kunderna uppmanas att ange önskat dricksbelopp på terminalens skärm innan de" +" fortsätter med betalningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 msgid "" "At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. " "Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." msgstr "" +"I kassan väljer du en kortbetalningsmetod och klickar på :guilabel:`Close " +"Tab`. Detta genererar en faktura som kunden måste slutföra." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tipping bill efter betalning för att slutföra av kunder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4942,18 +6389,22 @@ msgid "" "amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to" " the following order." msgstr "" +"Klicka på procentsatsen (:guilabel:`15%`, :guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`)," +" :guilabel:`No Tip` eller ange det belopp som kunden valde att ge i dricks " +"på följande skärm. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Settle` för att gå vidare till" +" följande ordning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "skärm för att välja ett tipsbelopp som ska samlas in efter betalning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Shop features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktioner i butiken" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4961,6 +6412,10 @@ msgid "" "efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be " "used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda en streckkodsläsare för att bearbeta beställningar vid " +"försäljningsstället kan du förbättra din effektivitet och ge snabbare " +"kundservice. Streckkodsläsare kan användas både för att skanna produkter och" +" för att logga in anställda i en POS-session." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4968,36 +6423,46 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " ":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda en streckkodsläsare måste du aktivera funktionen i " +"appen Inventory. Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, i avsnittet :guilabel:`Barcode`, bocka i :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` och spara." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1 msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "streckkodsinställning i applikationen Inventory" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" ":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Ställa in en streckkodsläsare " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" ":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Aktivera streckkodsläsare " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 msgid "" "Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of" " Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned." msgstr "" +"När streckkodsfunktionen har aktiverats i **Inventory** kan du använda den i" +" **Point of Sale** med produkter som har tilldelats ett streckkodsnummer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28 msgid "Assign barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31 msgid "To your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Till dina produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5006,10 +6471,15 @@ msgid "" " a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda denna funktion i POS måste dina produkter ha " +"tilldelats streckkoder. Gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Produkter " +"--> Produkter` och öppna ett **produktformulär**. Lägg till ett " +"streckkodsnummer i fältet :guilabel:`Streckkod` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Generell information`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38 msgid "To your employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Till dina medarbetare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5018,14 +6488,18 @@ msgid "" "employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR " "Settings` tab." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett identifikationsnummer för en anställd, gå till appen " +"**Anställda** och öppna ett **anställningsformulär**. Välj ett " +"identifikationsnummer för din medarbetare och fyll i fältet :guilabel:`PIN-" +"kod` på fliken :guilabel:`HR-inställningar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 msgid "Use barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda streckkoder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48 msgid "Scan products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skanna produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5033,16 +6507,22 @@ msgid "" "to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed," " or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad." msgstr "" +"Skanna en produkts streckkod med en streckkodsläsare. Då läggs den direkt " +"till i varukorgen. För att ändra antal, skanna en produkt så många gånger " +"som behövs, eller klicka på :guilabel:`Qty` och ange antalet produkter med " +"hjälp av knappsatsen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for" " the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart." msgstr "" +"Du kan också ange streckkodsnumret manuellt i sökfältet för att leta efter " +"produkten. Klicka sedan på den för att lägga den i varukorgen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 msgid "Log employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logga anställda" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -5051,6 +6531,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in ` your " "POS." msgstr "" +"Du kan också använda en streckkodsläsare för att logga dina anställda. För " +"att göra detta, :ref:`begränsa åtkomsten ` " +"till POS och :ref:`använd streckkoder för att logga dina anställda i " +"` din POS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 msgid "Sales orders" @@ -5063,10 +6547,14 @@ msgid "" " Sales, meaning that you can create a sales order and pay for it directly " "from your point of sale." msgstr "" +"När du arbetar i detaljhandeln kan du behöva beställa produkter direkt från " +"din Point of Sale. Lyckligtvis är Odoo Point of Sale helt integrerat med " +"Odoo Sales, vilket innebär att du kan skapa en försäljningsorder och betala " +"för den direkt från ditt försäljningsställe." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 msgid "Select a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj en försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5074,10 +6562,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and " "sales orders created on the sales application." msgstr "" +"Öppna en ny session i applikationen **Point of Sale**. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Offerter/Order` för att få en fullständig lista över offerter och" +" försäljningsorder som skapats i försäljningsapplikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knapp för offerter och försäljningsorder i Point of Sale-gränssnittet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5086,18 +6577,23 @@ msgid "" "before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one " "particular customer." msgstr "" +"För att göra det lättare att hitta rätt försäljningsorder kan du filtrera " +"listan på **kund** eller på **orderreferens**. Du kan också ange kunden " +"innan du klickar på :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` för att minska listan till" +" en viss kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26 msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utföra en handpenning eller reglera ordern" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28 msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." msgstr "" +"Från listan över försäljningsorder väljer du en för att göra en betalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "listvy över försäljningsorder och offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 msgid "You can either:" @@ -5109,26 +6605,34 @@ msgid "" "payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay." " Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order." msgstr "" +"Betala beställningen **delvis**: efter att ha klickat på :guilabel:`Ansök " +"handpenning` anger du den procentandel av handpenningen som du vill att " +"kunden ska betala. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`ok` och fortsätt med " +"beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39 msgid "" "Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to " "pay for the total of the sales order." msgstr "" +"Reglera ordern **komplett**: klicka på :guilabel:`Reglera ordern` för att " +"betala för den totala summan av försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically " "deducted from the total amount." msgstr "" +"När du avräknar en försäljningsorder dras den tillämpade handpenningen " +"automatiskt av från det totala beloppet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers and lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serienummer och partier" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5136,6 +6640,9 @@ msgid "" "movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location " "based on their last movement." msgstr "" +"Genom att arbeta med **serienummer** och **lot** kan du spåra dina " +"produkters rörelser. När produkter spåras identifierar systemet deras plats " +"baserat på deras senaste rörelse." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5144,14 +6651,18 @@ msgid "" "Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera spårbarhet, gå till :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Produkter --> Produkter`. Välj sedan en produkt och markera rutan " +":guilabel:`Spårning genom unikt serienummer` eller :guilabel:`Spårning genom" +" partier` på fliken :guilabel:`Inventering`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enable traceability settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera inställningar för spårbarhet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serienummer och import av partier" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5159,24 +6670,30 @@ msgid "" "order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load " "the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"Du kan importera serienummer i Point of Sale. För att göra detta, välj en " +"**försäljningsorder** eller en **offert** som innehåller spårbara produkter." +" Gå sedan med på att ladda **partier eller serienummer** som är kopplade " +"till :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönster för import av serienummer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28 msgid "" "The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can " "modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products." msgstr "" +"De importerade spårningsnumren visas under de spårade produkterna. Du kan " +"ändra dem genom att klicka på listvisningsknappen bredvid produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serienummer och skapande av partier" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5185,16 +6702,24 @@ msgid "" "or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on " "**enter** to validate and start a new line." msgstr "" +"Om en spårbar produkt är tillgänglig i ditt POS öppnas ett popup-fönster där" +" du kan skriva in eller skanna produktens serie- eller partinummer om du " +"lägger till produkten i varukorgen. Om du vill lägga till fler än en av " +"samma spårbara produkter klickar du på **enter** för att validera och starta" +" en ny rad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lägga till nya serie- och partinummer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view " "button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers." msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar en spårad produkts kvantitet med hjälp av siffertangenten blir " +"listvisningsknappen röd. Klicka på den för att lägga till de saknade parti- " +"och serienumren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5202,24 +6727,30 @@ msgid "" "products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " "**not** prevent from completing the sale." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lot & Serial Number(s)` är :guilabel:`required` på spårade " +"produkter men inte obligatoriska. Det betyder att om du inte tilldelar något" +" eller några **inte** hindrar dig från att slutföra försäljningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uthyrning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Rental** är en heltäckande lösning för att hantera din uthyrning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5227,18 +6758,22 @@ msgid "" "rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your" " customers." msgstr "" +"Från en enda vy kan du skicka ut offerter, bekräfta order, schemalägga " +"uthyrning, registrera när produkter hämtas och returneras och fakturera dina" +" kunder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo Rental: produktsida `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Uthyrning `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 msgid "Rental Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Priser för uthyrning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5248,10 +6783,16 @@ msgid "" "*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " "usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Uthyrning --> Produkter`, välj eller skapa en " +"produkt och klicka på produktens flik *Uthyrning*. Under *Uthyrningspriser* " +"klickar du på *Lägg till ett pris*. Välj sedan en *Tidsenhet* (timmar, " +"dagar, veckor eller månader), en *Duration* och ett *Pris*. Du kan lägga " +"till så många prisrader som behövs, vanligtvis för att ge rabatter för " +"längre hyresperioder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 msgid "Example of rental pricing configuration in Odoo Rental" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på konfiguration av hyrespriser i Odoo Rental" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -5259,6 +6800,9 @@ msgid "" " You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" " temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." msgstr "" +"Under *Reserveringar* kan du lägga till böter för *Extra timme* eller *Extra" +" dag*. Du kan också ange en *Säkerhetstid*, uttryckt i timmar, för att göra " +"produkten tillfälligt otillgänglig mellan två uthyrningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5266,46 +6810,53 @@ msgid "" "forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this " "option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." msgstr "" +"Om du vill hyra ut en produkt som skapats utanför Uthyrningsappen, glöm inte" +" att kryssa i *Kan hyras ut* under produktens namn. Som standard är detta " +"alternativ ikryssat när du skapar en produkt direkt från Uthyrningsappen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 msgid "Computing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databehandling" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 msgid "" "Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create" " a rental order:" msgstr "" +"Odoo använder alltid två regler för att beräkna priset på en produkt när du " +"skapar en hyresorder:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 msgid "Only one price line is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endast en prisrad används." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 msgid "The cheapest line is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den billigaste linjen väljs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tänk på följande konfiguration för hyressättning av en produkt:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 msgid "1 day: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 dag: $100" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 msgid "3 days: $250" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 dagar: 250 USD" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 msgid "1 week: $500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 vecka: $500" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 msgid "" "A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " "pay?" msgstr "" +"En kund vill hyra denna produkt i åtta dagar. Vilket pris kommer de att " +"betala?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5313,10 +6864,13 @@ msgid "" "cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " "rental's eight days, for a total of $750." msgstr "" +"När en order har skapats väljer Odoo den andra raden eftersom detta är det " +"billigaste alternativet. Kunden måste betala tre gånger \"3 dagar\" för att " +"täcka uthyrningens åtta dagar, totalt 750 USD." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 msgid "Customer signature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundunderskrift" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -5326,16 +6880,23 @@ msgid "" "condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." msgstr "" +"Du kan be dina kunder att underteckna ett hyresavtal som beskriver " +"överenskommelsen mellan dig och dina kunder innan de hämtar produkter för " +"att se till att dina produkter returneras i tid och i sitt ursprungliga " +"skick. Det gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Uthyrning --> " +"Konfiguration --> Inställningar`, aktivera *Digitala dokument* och *Spara*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 msgid "Digital Documents settings in Odoo Rental" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar för digitala dokument i Odoo Rental" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 msgid "" "This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " "Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." msgstr "" +"Denna funktion kräver appen :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>`. Om det behövs " +"installerar Odoo den efter aktivering av *Digitala dokument*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -5344,6 +6905,10 @@ msgid "" " uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by " "clicking on *Upload Template*." msgstr "" +"När appens inställningar har sparats har du möjlighet att ändra standard " +"*Hyresavtal* från rullgardinsmenyn. Du kan välja vilket dokument som helst " +"som redan laddats upp till *Sign*-appen eller ladda upp ett nytt till " +"*Sign*-appen genom att klicka på *Upload Template*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -5353,14 +6918,20 @@ msgid "" "start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is " "completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." msgstr "" +"För att begära en kundsignatur, välj en bekräftad hyresorder, klicka på " +"*Signera dokument*, välj dokumentmall och klicka på *Signera dokument* igen." +" I nästa fönster väljer du din kund och klickar på *Signera nu* för att " +"starta signeringsprocessen med din kund. När dokumentet är klart klickar du " +"på *Validera och skicka färdigt dokument*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Signera `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvitto för upphämtning och retur" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -5371,29 +6942,39 @@ msgid "" "up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and " "potential rental delay costs." msgstr "" +"Du kan skriva ut och ge dina kunder kvitton när de hämtar och/eller " +"returnerar produkter. Öppna en hyresorder, klicka på *Print* och välj " +"*Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo genererar sedan en PDF med all information" +" om den aktuella statusen för de hyrda artiklarna: vilka som hämtades, när " +"de förväntas returneras, vilka som returnerades och potentiella kostnader " +"för försenad hyra." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 msgid "Printing a Pickup and Return receipt in Odoo Rental" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriva ut ett upphämtnings- och returkvitto i Odoo Rental" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation " "to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Sales** är applikationen för att driva din försäljningsprocess (från " +"offert till försäljningsorder) och leverera och fakturera det som har sålts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Handledning: Handledning i försäljning " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 msgid "Amazon Connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon Connector" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktioner för Amazon Connector" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5402,109 +6983,125 @@ msgid "" "orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " "accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*Amazon Connector* synkroniserar beställningar mellan Amazon och Odoo, " +"vilket avsevärt minskar den tid som läggs på att manuellt mata in Amazon-" +"order (från Amazon Seller-kontot) i Odoo. Det gör det också möjligt för " +"användare att hålla reda på Amazon-försäljningen i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktioner som stöds" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon Connector kan göra följande:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " "their order items, which include:" msgstr "" +"Synkronisera (Amazon till Odoo) alla bekräftade ordrar (både FBA och FBM) " +"och deras orderposter, som inkluderar:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "product name, description, and quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "produktnamn, beskrivning och kvantitet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "fraktkostnader för produkten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "avgifter för presentinslagning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" +"Skapa alla saknade partner relaterade till en order i Odoo (kontakttyper som" +" stöds: kontakt och leveransadress)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meddela Amazon om bekräftad leverans i Odoo (FBM) för att få betalt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stöd för flera säljarkonton." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stöd för flera marknadsplatser per säljarkonto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 msgid "" "The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " "Amazon Connector:" msgstr "" +"I följande tabell listas funktioner som tillhandahålls av Odoo när Amazon " +"Connector används:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppfylls av Amazon (FBA)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppfyllt av handlare (FBM)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Beställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisera levererade och annullerade order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisera ej levererade och annullerade order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Sändning**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" +"Fraktkostnaden beräknas av Amazon och ingår i den synkroniserade " +"beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" +"Fraktkostnaden beräknas av Amazon och ingår i de synkroniserade " +"beställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frakten sköts av Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "" "A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " "it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" +"En leveransorder skapas automatiskt i Odoo för varje ny order. När den har " +"behandlats i Odoo synkroniseras statusen i Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Gift Wrapping**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Handled by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hanteras av Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -5512,28 +7109,33 @@ msgid "" "message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " "is up to the user." msgstr "" +"Kostnaden beräknas av Amazon och inkluderas i den synkroniserade " +"beställningen. Gåvomeddelande läggs till på en rad i beställningen och på " +"leveransordern. Sedan är det upp till användaren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Aktieförvaltning**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" "Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Hanteras av Amazon och synkroniseras med en virtuell plats för att följa den" +" i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hanteras i Odoo Inventory-appen och synkroniseras med Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Meddelanden om leverans**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka av Amazon, baserat på leveransstatus synkroniserad från Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -5542,20 +7144,27 @@ msgid "" "or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" " usual." msgstr "" +"Amazon Connector är utformad för att synkronisera data för " +"försäljningsorder. Andra åtgärder, t.ex. nedladdning av rapporter om " +"månadsavgifter, hantering av tvister eller utfärdande av återbetalningar, " +"**måste** hanteras från *Amazon Seller Central*, som vanligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 msgid "Supported marketplaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stödda marknadsplatser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon Connector stöder alla aktuella marknadsplatser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" +"Om en marknadsplats inte är listad i dina Amazon-marknadsplatser är det " +"möjligt att :ref:`lägga till en ny marknadsplats `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 @@ -5563,7 +7172,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`setup`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 @@ -5571,21 +7180,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Amazon order management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantering av Amazon-order" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Order synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisering av order" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " "regular intervals." msgstr "" +"Beställningar hämtas automatiskt från Amazon och synkroniseras i Odoo med " +"jämna mellanrum." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5593,12 +7204,17 @@ msgid "" "has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " "includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" +"Synkroniseringen baseras på Amazon-status: endast order vars status har " +"ändrats sedan den senaste synkroniseringen hämtas från Amazon. Detta " +"inkluderar ändringar i båda ändar (Amazon eller Odoo)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 msgid "" "For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " "fetched." msgstr "" +"För *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon) hämtas endast *Shipped* och *Canceled* " +"order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5607,16 +7223,21 @@ msgid "" "are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " "database)." msgstr "" +"För *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant) görs samma sak för *Unshipped* och " +"*Canceled* order. För varje synkroniserad order skapas en försäljningsorder " +"och kund i Odoo (om kunden inte redan är registrerad i databasen)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" +"När en order annulleras i Amazon, och redan var synkroniserad i Odoo, " +"annulleras motsvarande försäljningsorder automatiskt i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Force synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tvinga fram synkronisering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5625,6 +7246,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " "(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" +"För att tvinga fram en synkronisering av en order vars status **inte** har " +"ändrats sedan föregående synkronisering, börja med att aktivera " +":ref:`utvecklarläge `. Detta inkluderar ändringar i båda " +"ändar (Amazon eller Odoo)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -5633,6 +7258,10 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " "Last Order Sync`." msgstr "" +"Navigera sedan till Amazon-kontot i Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), och ändra datumet under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5640,6 +7269,9 @@ msgid "" "desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " "occurs correctly." msgstr "" +"Var noga med att välja ett datum som inträffar före den senaste " +"statusändringen för den önskade ordern för att synkronisera och spara. Detta" +" kommer att säkerställa att synkroniseringen sker korrekt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5648,10 +7280,14 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " "clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." msgstr "" +"För att omedelbart synkronisera beställningarna från ett Amazon-konto, växla" +" till :ref:`utvecklarläge `, gå till Amazon-kontot i Odoo och" +" klicka på :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. Samma sak kan göras med plockningar " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera leveranser i FBM" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5661,6 +7297,11 @@ msgid "" "products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " "backorders." msgstr "" +"När en FBM-order (Fulfilled by Merchant) synkroniseras i Odoo skapas " +"omedelbart en plockning i appen *Inventory*, tillsammans med en " +"försäljningsorder och kundpost. Välj sedan att antingen skicka alla " +"beställda produkter till kunden på en gång, eller skicka produkter delvis " +"med hjälp av restorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5668,18 +7309,25 @@ msgid "" "sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " "part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" +"När en plockning relaterad till ordern bekräftas skickas ett meddelande till" +" Amazon, som i sin tur meddelar kunden att ordern (eller en del av den) är " +"på väg." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" "Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " "This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" +"Amazon kräver att användarna anger en spårningsreferens för varje leverans. " +"Detta behövs för att tilldela en transportör." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "" "If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " "be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." msgstr "" +"Om transportören inte automatiskt anger en spårningsreferens måste en sådan " +"anges manuellt. Denna regel gäller för alla Amazons marknadsplatser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -5693,15 +7341,25 @@ msgid "" " the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " "to the customer." msgstr "" +"Om den valda transportören inte stöds av Odoo, kan en transportör med samma " +"namn ändå skapas (t.ex. skapa en transportör med namnet `easyship`). Namnet " +"som används är **inte** skiftlägeskänsligt, men var uppmärksam på att " +"undvika stavfel. Om det finns stavfel kommer Amazon **inte** att känna igen " +"dem. Skapa sedan en leveransleverantör med namnet `Self Delivery` för att " +"informera Amazon om att användaren kommer att göra leveranserna. Även med " +"denna rutt **måste** en spårningsreferens anges. Kom ihåg att kunden " +"meddelas via e-post om leveransen och att transportören, tillsammans med " +"spårningsreferensen, visas i e-postmeddelandet till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följ leveranser i FBA" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -5709,12 +7367,17 @@ msgid "" "move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," " it's saved in the system." msgstr "" +"När en FBA-order (Fulfilled by Amazon) synkroniseras i Odoo registreras en " +"lagerflytt i appen *Inventory* för varje försäljningsorderartikel. På så " +"sätt sparas den i systemet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" "Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" +"Lageransvariga kan komma åt dessa lagerflyttar genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5724,6 +7387,10 @@ msgid "" "order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " "location." msgstr "" +"För FBA-order skapas lagerflytten automatiskt i Odoo av Amazon Connector, " +"tack vare leveransstatusen från Amazon. När nya produkter skickas till " +"Amazon bör användaren manuellt skapa en plockning (leveransorder) för att " +"överföra dessa produkter från sitt lager till Amazon-platsen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -5731,6 +7398,9 @@ msgid "" "replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " "also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" +"För att följa *Amazon (FBA)* lager i Odoo, gör en lagerjustering efter " +"påfyllning av lager. En automatiserad påfyllning från ombeställningsregler " +"kan också utlösas på Amazon-platsen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -5739,12 +7409,18 @@ msgid "" " app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " "Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"Amazon-platsen kan konfigureras genom åtkomst till Amazon-kontot som " +"hanteras i Odoo. För att komma åt Amazon-konton i Odoo navigerar du till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " "However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." msgstr "" +"Alla konton för samma företag använder som standard samma Amazon-plats. Det " +"är dock möjligt att följa lagret filtrerat efter marknadsplats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -5753,6 +7429,10 @@ msgid "" "can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, ta först bort marknadsplatsen, där önskat lager att följa " +"separat finns, från listan över synkroniserade marknadsplatser, som kan " +"hittas genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -5760,20 +7440,25 @@ msgid "" "marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " "from the others." msgstr "" +"Skapa sedan en ny registrering för detta konto och ta bort alla " +"marknadsplatser--- **except** den marknadsplats som önskas isoleras från de " +"andra." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 msgid "" "Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " "account." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, tilldela en annan lagerplats till den andra registreringen av " +"kontot." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 msgid "Invoice and register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera och registrera betalningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utfärda fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5782,6 +7467,10 @@ msgid "" "However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " "Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" +"På grund av Amazons policy att inte dela med sig av kunders e-postadresser " +"är det **inte** möjligt att skicka fakturor direkt till Amazon-kunder från " +"Odoo. Det **är** dock möjligt att manuellt ladda upp de genererade " +"fakturorna från Odoo till Amazons back-end." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -5789,6 +7478,8 @@ msgid "" " VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"För B2B-kunder är det för närvarande dessutom nödvändigt att manuellt hämta " +"momsnummer från Amazons back-end **innan** man skapar en faktura i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -5797,10 +7488,14 @@ msgid "" "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " "TaxCloud." msgstr "" +"För :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` användare: " +"fakturor som skapas från Amazon försäljningsorder är **inte** synkroniserade" +" med TaxCloud, eftersom Amazon redan inkluderar dem i sin egen skatterapport" +" till TaxCloud." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." -msgstr "" +msgstr "TaxCloud-integrationen kommer att avvecklas i Odoo 17+." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" @@ -5812,12 +7507,18 @@ msgid "" "journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " "intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" +"Eftersom kunderna betalar Amazon som mellanhand rekommenderas att du skapar " +"en särskild *Bank*-journal (t.ex. med namnet `Amazon Payments`), med ett " +"särskilt *Bank and Cash*-mellanhandskonto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" "Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " "invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" +"Dessutom, eftersom Amazon gör en enda månadsbetalning, är det nödvändigt att" +" välja alla fakturor som är kopplade till en enda betalning när betalningar " +"registreras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5825,18 +7526,25 @@ msgid "" "payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " "Method`." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, använd lämplig :guilabel:`Journal` som är avsedd för " +"Amazon-betalningar och välj :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` som :guilabel:`Payment" +" Method`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " "--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" +"Markera sedan alla genererade betalningar och klicka på " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Create batch payment --> Validate`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" " commissions." msgstr "" +"Samma åtgärd kan utföras med leverantörsräkningar från Amazon dedikerade " +"till provisioner." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -5844,16 +7552,21 @@ msgid "" "and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" " by the amount received." msgstr "" +"När saldot har kommit in på bankkontot i slutet av månaden, och " +"kontoutdragen har registrerats, krediterar du Amazons förmedlingskonto med " +"det mottagna beloppet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följ Amazon-försäljningen i försäljningsrapporteringen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " ":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." msgstr "" +"På Amazon-kontoprofilen i Odoo är ett säljteam inställt under fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderuppföljning`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -5861,22 +7574,29 @@ msgid "" "default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " "company's accounts." msgstr "" +"Detta ger snabb åtkomst till viktiga mätvärden relaterade till " +"försäljningsrapportering. Som standard delas Amazon-kontots säljteam mellan " +"företagets alla konton." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 msgid "" "If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " "order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" +"Om så önskas kan säljteamet på kontot bytas ut mot ett annat, för att utföra" +" en separat rapportering för försäljningen av detta konto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det är också möjligt att utföra rapportering per marknadsplats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " "marketplaces." msgstr "" +"Ta först bort den önskade marknadsplatsen från listan över synkroniserade " +"marknadsplatser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -5884,27 +7604,34 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt listan över synkroniserade marknadsplatser i Odoo, navigera" +" till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 msgid "" "Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " "marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." msgstr "" +"Skapa sedan en ny registrering för detta konto och ta bort alla andra " +"marknadsplatser ** utom** den som ska isoleras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " "account." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, tilldela ett annat säljteam till en av de två registreringarna av" +" kontot." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`egenskaper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av Amazon Connector" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5912,6 +7639,9 @@ msgid "" "the user **must** have a paid Amazon Seller account prior to completing the " "configuration." msgstr "" +"Odoo tillåter användare att registrera ett Amazon-säljarkonto i databasen, " +"men användaren **måste** ha ett betalt Amazon-säljarkonto innan " +"konfigurationen slutförs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5919,6 +7649,9 @@ msgid "" "platform, and navigating to :menuselection:`Account \\& Lists --> Start a " "Selling Account` from the drop-down menu located in the header section." msgstr "" +"Skapa ett betalt säljarkonto på Amazon genom att först logga in på Amazon-" +"plattformen och navigera till :menuselection:`Account \\& Lists --> Starta " +"ett säljkonto` från rullgardinsmenyn i rubrikavsnittet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5926,14 +7659,17 @@ msgid "" "and finally proceed to follow the instructions below to register and link " "that Amazon Seller account in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Sedan på sidan :guilabel:`Sälj med Amazon`, följ registreringsprocessen och " +"fortsätt slutligen att följa instruktionerna nedan för att registrera och " +"länka det Amazon-säljarkontot i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "`Sell with Amazon `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Sälj med Amazon `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "Connect Amazon Seller account to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut Amazon Seller-konto till Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -5942,6 +7678,10 @@ msgid "" "section`, activate the :guilabel:`Amazon Sync` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att ansluta ett Amazon Seller-konto i Odoo, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"section`, aktivera :guilabel:`Amazon Sync`-funktionen och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5949,17 +7689,23 @@ msgid "" " Connectors section`, and click on the :guilabel:`Amazon Accounts` link " "under the :guilabel:`Amazon Sync` setting." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors section` och klicka på länken :guilabel:`Amazon " +"Accounts` under inställningen :guilabel:`Amazon Sync`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "" "The Amazon Accounts link beneath the Amazon Sync settings in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Länken Amazon-konton under inställningarna för Amazon Sync i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:34 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Amazon Accounts` page. From here, " "click :guilabel:`New` to create and link a new Amazon account." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas en separat :guilabel:`Amazon Accounts`-sida. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`New` för att skapa och länka ett nytt Amazon-konto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5969,44 +7715,59 @@ msgid "" "account was initially created from the :guilabel:`Home Marketplace` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" +"På den tomma formulärsidan :guilabel:`Amazon Account` börjar du med att " +"välja ett namn för kontot (t.ex. `American Marketplace`). På fliken " +":guilabel:`Credentials` väljer du sedan den marknadsplats där säljarkontot " +"ursprungligen skapades från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Home Marketplace`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "A typical Amazon Account form page in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En typisk Amazon Account-formulärsida i Odoo Sales-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "After saving, the field in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab is replaced by a " ":guilabel:`Link with Amazon` button." msgstr "" +"Efter sparandet ersätts fältet på fliken :guilabel:`Credentials` av en " +":guilabel:`Link with Amazon`-knapp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "" "A typical Amazon Account form page and Link with Amazon button in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"En typisk Amazon Account-formulärsida och Link with Amazon-knappen i Odoo " +"Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "" "Clicking that button redirects to either the Amazon login page, or directly " "to the required consent page, if the user is already logged in to Amazon." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på den knappen omdirigeras du antingen till Amazons " +"inloggningssida eller direkt till sidan för samtycke, om användaren redan är" +" inloggad på Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "On the login page, log in to the desired Amazon seller account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logga in på önskat Amazon-säljarkonto på inloggningssidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "On the consent page, confirm that Amazon is allowed to give Odoo access to " "the account and related data." msgstr "" +"På samtyckessidan bekräftar du att Amazon har rätt att ge Odoo tillgång till" +" kontot och relaterade data." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "Upon confirmation, Amazon returns the user to Odoo, and the account has been" " registered." msgstr "" +"Efter bekräftelse skickar Amazon tillbaka användaren till Odoo och kontot " +"har registrerats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -6014,16 +7775,21 @@ msgid "" "to this specific account are synchronized with Odoo and listed under the " ":guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab." msgstr "" +"När Amazon-kontot har registrerats synkroniseras de marknadsplatser som är " +"tillgängliga för detta specifika konto med Odoo och listas under fliken " +":guilabel:`Marketplaces`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:65 msgid "" "If desired, remove items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to " "disable synchronization." msgstr "" +"Om du vill kan du ta bort objekt från listan över synkroniserade " +"marknadsplatser för att inaktivera synkroniseringen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:68 msgid "Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon-order i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -6032,6 +7798,11 @@ msgid "" "for the product that was sold on Amazon Marketplace, one for the shipping " "charges (if any), and one for the gift wrapping charges (if any)." msgstr "" +"När en Amazon-order synkroniseras skapas upp till tre radposter på " +"försäljningsordern i Odoo. Varje post representerar en produkt som sålts på " +"Amazon: en för produkten som såldes på Amazon Marketplace, en för " +"fraktkostnaderna (om några) och en för presentförpackningsavgifterna (om " +"några)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -6041,16 +7812,23 @@ msgid "" "marketplace items, the Amazon *Shipping Code* for delivery charges, and the " "Amazon *Gift Wrapping* code for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" +"Valet av en databasprodukt för en försäljningsorderpost görs genom att " +"matcha dess :guilabel:`Internal Reference` (en anpassningsbar " +"produktreferensidentifierare i Odoo, som `FURN001`) med Amazon *SKU* för " +"marknadsplatsartiklar, Amazon *Shipping Code* för leveranskostnader och " +"Amazon *Gift Wrapping*-kod för presentförpackningsavgifter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:81 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as *Amazon Offers*, which are " "listed under the :guilabel:`Offers` smart button on the account form." msgstr "" +"För marknadsplatsprodukter sparas parningar som *Amazon-erbjudanden*, som " +"listas under smartknappen :guilabel:`Offers` i kontoformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "The Amazon Offers smart button on the account form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Smartknappen för Amazon-erbjudanden på kontoformuläret i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -6059,6 +7837,10 @@ msgid "" "matching SKU is found, :ref:`the internal reference is used instead " "`." msgstr "" +"Erbjudanden skapas automatiskt när kopplingen upprättas, och de används för " +"efterföljande beställningar för att leta upp SKU:er. Om inget erbjudande med" +" matchande SKU hittas, används :ref:`den interna referensen istället " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -6067,12 +7849,18 @@ msgid "" "they match. The offer can be manually created if it was not automatically " "done yet." msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att tvinga ihop en marknadsplatsartikel med en specifik " +"produkt genom att ändra antingen produkten eller SKU:n i ett erbjudande för " +"att säkerställa att de matchar. Erbjudandet kan skapas manuellt om det inte " +"har gjorts automatiskt ännu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:97 msgid "" "This is useful if the internal reference is not used as the SKU, or if the " "product sells under different conditions." msgstr "" +"Detta är användbart om den interna referensen inte används som SKU, eller om" +" produkten säljs under olika villkor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -6081,6 +7869,10 @@ msgid "" "*Amazon Sale*, is used. The same is done with the default product *Amazon " "Shipping* if no database product is found for a given Amazon shipping code." msgstr "" +"Om ingen databasprodukt med en matchande intern referens hittas för en viss " +"Amazon SKU eller presentförpackningskod, används en standarddatabasprodukt, " +"*Amazon Sale*. Samma sak görs med standardprodukten *Amazon Shipping* om " +"ingen databasprodukt hittas för en viss Amazon-fraktkod." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -6088,10 +7880,13 @@ msgid "" "mode>`, and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" +"För att ändra standardprodukter, aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge `, och navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:110 msgid "Product tax configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av produktskatt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -6099,6 +7894,9 @@ msgid "" "the sales order items are those set on the product, or determined by the " "fiscal position." msgstr "" +"För att möjliggöra skatterapportering av Amazon-försäljning med Odoo, är de " +"skatter som tillämpas på försäljningsorderns artiklar de som anges på " +"produkten eller bestäms av den skattemässiga positionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -6106,6 +7904,9 @@ msgid "" " done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the subtotals between " "*Amazon Seller Central* and Odoo." msgstr "" +"Se till att ha rätt skatter inställda på dina produkter i Odoo, eller få det" +" gjort av en skatteposition, för att undvika avvikelser i delsummorna mellan" +" *Amazon Seller Central* och Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6114,30 +7915,38 @@ msgid "" " *Amazon Seller Central*. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off" " when reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Eftersom Amazon inte nödvändigtvis tillämpar samma skatter som de som " +"konfigurerats i Odoo, kan det hända att ordersummorna skiljer sig med några " +"cent mellan Odoo och *Amazon Seller Central*. Dessa skillnader kan lösas med" +" en avskrivning när betalningarna stäms av i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:126 msgid "Add a new marketplace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en ny marknadsplats" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:128 msgid "" "All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector. To add a new " "marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Alla marknadsplatser stöds av Amazon Connector. Gör på följande sätt för att" +" lägga till en ny marknadsplats:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:134 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new marketplace record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny marknadspost." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6149,6 +7958,13 @@ msgid "" " seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" +"Ange marknadsplats-ID i fältet :guilabel:`API Idenifier` och välj " +":guilabel:`Amazon Region` för din marknadsplats enligt beskrivningen i " +"`Amazon Documentation for marketplace IDs and regions `_, och " +":guilabel:`Seller Central URL` enligt beskrivningen i `Amazon Documentation " +"for seller central URLs `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6158,6 +7974,11 @@ msgid "" "respectively hold the *Marketplace ID*, the selected Amazon region, and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" +"Ange :guilabel:`Name` för posten till `Amazon.` för att enkelt " +"kunna hämta den (t.ex. `Amazon.se`). Fälten :guilabel:`API Identifier`, " +":guilabel:`Region` och :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` ska innehålla värdena " +"*Marketplace ID*, den valda Amazon-regionen och *Seller Central URL* från " +"Amazons dokumentation." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -6165,6 +7986,9 @@ msgid "" "going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"När marknadsplatsen har sparats uppdaterar du konfigurationen för Amazon-" +"kontot genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -6175,43 +7999,55 @@ msgid "" " marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means " "that it is either incompatible or unavailable for the seller account." msgstr "" +"Välj det konto där du vill använda den nya marknadsplatsen, gå till fliken " +":guilabel:`Marknadsplatser` och klicka på :guilabel:`Uppdatera tillgängliga " +"marknadsplatser`. En animering bekräftar att åtgärden har lyckats. " +"Nytillkomna marknadsplatser läggs automatiskt till i listan över " +"synkroniserade marknadsplatser. Om den nya marknadsplatsen inte läggs till i" +" listan betyder det att den antingen är inkompatibel eller inte tillgänglig " +"för säljarkontot." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay-kontakt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 msgid "Linking existing listings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Länka befintliga listningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " "seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." msgstr "" +"När eBay-kontot är länkat måste befintliga listor från eBay-säljarkontot " +"läggas till manuellt i Odoo-produktlistorna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 msgid "" "The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " "products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" msgstr "" +"Processen kommer att se ut på följande sätt: - Stäng av eBays schemalagda " +"åtgärder - Lägg till produkter och länklistor - Slå på eBays schemalagda " +"åtgärder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För mer information om eBay-kontakten, besök även dessa sidor:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Felsökning`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stäng av schemalagda eBay-åtgärder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6223,12 +8059,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" +"För att börja länka befintliga listor i eBay, stäng först av eBay-" +"aviseringarna i de schemalagda åtgärderna i Odoo. Anledningen till detta är " +"att inga order eller eBay-data synkroniseras under denna process. " +":guilabel:`Schemalagda åtgärder` kan nås genom att först aktivera " +":ref:`utvecklarläge `. Gå sedan till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Tekniskt --> Automation --> Schemalagda " +"åtgärder`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " "technical menu appears for the user." msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` måste aktiveras för att säkerställa " +"att den tekniska menyn visas för användaren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -6236,6 +8081,9 @@ msgid "" "before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" " that need to be temporarily deactivated:" msgstr "" +"Om du inaktiverar schemalagda åtgärder kan användarna synkronisera och " +"validera eBay-data innan de tar emot beställningar. Nedan följer " +"beskrivningar av schemalagda åtgärder som tillfälligt måste inaktiveras:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6245,17 +8093,27 @@ msgid "" "we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " "Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay skickar nya ordrar som inte redan " +"finns i Odoo (baserat på :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, eller " +":guilabel:`sales order reference` fält). Detta kommando uppdaterar även " +"befintliga ordrar, där ändringar har gjorts i eBay. Nya och uppdaterade " +"order placeras sedan i utkastläge. Kunder kommer att skapas om de inte redan" +" finns i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synkronisera lager`: eBay visar Odoo's lager på hand." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " "categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay kommer att skicka uppdaterade " +"månatliga kategorier (endast upp till fjärde lagret; en manuell uppdatering " +"krävs för resten)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -6263,16 +8121,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " ":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." msgstr "" +"Om du vill stänga av eBay-aviseringen väljer du posten i listan " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions`. På sidan klickar du sedan på " +":guilabel:`Active`-knappen för att stänga av den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 msgid "Sync eBay categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisera eBay-kategorier" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 msgid "" "To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " "eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa att Odoo's eBay-produkter har alla kategorier som finns " +"tillgängliga på eBay, bör eBay-kategorierna synkroniseras med Odoo next." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -6282,6 +8145,12 @@ msgid "" " This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." msgstr "" +"Navigera till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Tekniskt --> Automation --> " +"Schemalagda åtgärder`. Klicka på den schemalagda åtgärden märkt: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: uppdatera kategorier` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Kör " +"manuellt`. Denna åtgärd kommer att fylla i :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> eBay Categories` menyalternativet med alla standard eBay-" +"produktkategorier." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -6289,6 +8158,9 @@ msgid "" "product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " "populate up to the fourth layer." msgstr "" +"Odoo känner bara igen eBay-kategorisökvägar upp till fyra lager djupa. Om en" +" produkt har fler än fyra listningar kommer kategorifältet endast att fyllas" +" i upp till det fjärde lagret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -6297,6 +8169,11 @@ msgid "" "product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " "Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." msgstr "" +"Om produktkategorier med fler än fyra sökvägar behövs måste användarna lägga" +" till dessa sökvägar manuellt. Detta har historiskt gjorts genom att få en " +"lista över alla produktkategorier med fler än 4 sökvägar, manuellt importera" +" dem till produktkategorimodellen i Odoo och sedan länka dem individuellt " +"till produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -6304,26 +8181,34 @@ msgid "" "categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " ":guilabel:`Import` feature." msgstr "" +"Användare kan importera de återstående produktkategorierna till eBay-" +"produktkategorierna manuellt med hjälp av :guilabel:`Action`-menyn och " +":guilabel:`Import`-funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 msgid "Link eBay listings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Länk till eBay-listor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 msgid "" "To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " "ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till eBay-annonser i Odoo, lägg antingen till produkter " +"manuellt med hjälp av ett annons-ID eller upprätta en automatisk annonslänk " +"mellan Odoo och eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 msgid "" "For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " "list a product? `" msgstr "" +"För mer information om hur du listar en produkt från grunden besök: " +":ref:`Hur listar man en produkt? `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 msgid "Manual listing link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Länk till manualen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -6333,6 +8218,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " ":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en eBay-lista till produkter i Odoo, börja med att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` och välj önskad " +"produkt. Klicka på :guilabel:`Sälj på eBay` (antingen på fliken " +":guilabel:`eBay` eller under :guilabel:`Produktnamn`). Välj " +":guilabel:`Spara` om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -6340,6 +8230,9 @@ msgid "" "and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " "eBay product URL)." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`link to listing` i toppmenyn " +"och anger listnings-ID från eBay i popup-fönstret (listnings-ID finns i " +"eBay-produktens URL)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6348,10 +8241,14 @@ msgid "" "listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " "entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en URL skulle kunna vara följande: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. " +"Listans ID är `272222656444` i det här fallet. När annonsens ID har angetts " +"synkroniseras eBay-annonsinformationen till Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slå på eBay schemalagda åtgärder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -6361,12 +8258,19 @@ msgid "" "` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att aktivera eBay-aviseringarna i de schemalagda åtgärderna i " +"Odoo så att order och data utbyts. :guilabel:`Schemalagda åtgärder` kan nås " +"genom att först aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge ` och gå till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Tekniskt --> Automation --> Schemalagda " +"åtgärder`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 msgid "" "Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" " eBay data automatically." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar följande schemalagda åtgärder kan användare synkronisera och" +" validera eBay-data automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -6376,18 +8280,28 @@ msgid "" "put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay kommer att skicka alla nya ordrar som" +" inte redan finns i Odoo (baserat på client_order_reference, eller " +"försäljningsorder referensfält) och kommer att uppdatera ordrar om det har " +"skett en ändring från eBay. Order kommer att sättas i utkastläge. Kunder " +"kommer att skapas om de inte redan finns i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synkronisera lager`: eBay kommer att visa det tillgängliga " +"lagret i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " "categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay kommer att skicka uppdaterade " +"månatliga kategorier (endast upp till fjärde lagret, måste uppdatera resten " +"manuellt)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -6397,36 +8311,43 @@ msgid "" "represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " "they come in." msgstr "" +"Om en order kommer in och listningen från ordern inte är länkad till en " +"produkt, kommer eBay att skapa en förbrukningsvara product.product i dess " +"ställe. Dessa förbrukningsvaror bör ändras på *Säljorder* medan de är i " +"utkaststatus för att representera en lagringsbar produkt, och sedan kan " +"användaren länka till listningen när de kommer in." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur listar man en produkt?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" " do so:" msgstr "" +"För att lista en produkt på eBay och Odoo finns det två metoder i Odoo för " +"att göra det:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en produkt i Odoo och lista objektet på eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6434,12 +8355,17 @@ msgid "" " The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" " app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` i toppmenyn i produktmallen. " +"Produktmallen kan nås genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` och välja den enskilda produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " "product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"Lista objektet på eBay, skapa sedan produkten i Odoo och länka slutligen " +"produkten till objektet på eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -6448,6 +8374,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " "individual product." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` i toppmenyn på " +"produktmallen.produktmallen kan nås genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` och välja den enskilda " +"produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -6457,22 +8387,29 @@ msgid "" "represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " "they come in." msgstr "" +"Om en order kommer in och annonsen från ordern inte är länkad till en " +"produkt, kommer eBay att skapa en förbrukningsvara product.product i dess " +"ställe. Dessa förbrukningsvaror bör ändras på *försäljningsordern* medan de " +"är i utkaststatus för att representera en lagringsbar produkt, och sedan kan" +" användaren länka till listningen när de kommer in." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`länkande_listningar`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listning utan variation" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" +"Öppna produktmallen genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` och välja den enskilda produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6481,16 +8418,22 @@ msgid "" "tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " "necessary." msgstr "" +"För att lista en produkt, välj fältet :guilabel:`Sälj på eBay` i en " +"produktmall. :guilabel:`Sälj på eBay` finns antingen i en " +":guilabel:`eBay`-flik eller under :guilabel:`Produktnamn`. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Spara` om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay-mallformuläret listas i produktmallen i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " "on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." msgstr "" +"När fältet :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` är markerat, kommer den kvantitet " +"som anges på eBay att vara Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6503,22 +8446,33 @@ msgid "" "menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " "`/image`." msgstr "" +"Med :guilabel:`Description Template` kan administratören använda mallar i " +"listor. Standardmallen använder endast :guilabel:`eBay Description`-fältet " +"för produkten. HTML kan användas inuti :guilabel:`Description Template` och " +"i :guilabel:`eBay Description` i Odoo 14. Från och med Odoo 15 är powerbox-" +"funktionen tillgänglig för användning i mallen och beskrivningen. Skriv bara" +" ett snedstreck `/` för att visa en meny med alternativ för formatering, " +"layout och text. Om du vill lägga till en bild skriver du `/image`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" " on the product template." msgstr "" +"För att använda bilder i annonsen är ett annat alternativ att lägga till dem" +" som *Attachments* i produktmallen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." msgstr "" +"För mer information om mallkonfiguration i Odoo besök: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista med variationer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -6528,6 +8482,11 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " "variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Sälj på eBay` är markerad på en produkt som innehåller " +"varianter med :guilabel:`Fastpris` som :guilabel:`Listtyp`, är eBay-" +"formuläret något annorlunda. Gå till fliken :guilabel:`Varianter` eller " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Konfigurera varianter` i toppmenyn för att konfigurera " +"variantinställningarna. Prissättning kan konfigureras för varje variant." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -6537,26 +8496,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " "other options." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Listing Type` ändras till :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, visar Odoo" +" en varianttabell längst ner på fliken :guilabel:`eBay`, där " +":guilabel:`Fixed Price` kan anges, och beslutet att :guilabel:`Publish on " +"eBay` kan fattas för specifika varianter, tillsammans med andra alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 msgid "" "The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " "sales." msgstr "" +"Listningstypen fast pris i eBay-fliken på ett produktformulär i Odoo sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Product identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identifiering av produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay categories." msgstr "" +"Produktidentifierare som EAN, UPC, Brand eller MPN krävs i de flesta eBay-" +"kategorier." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EAN- och UPC-identifierare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -6565,6 +8531,10 @@ msgid "" "is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " "apply' as recommended by eBay." msgstr "" +"Modulen hanterar EAN- och UPC-identifierare med :guilabel:`Barcode`-fältet i" +" produktvarianten. Om fältet :guilabel:`Barcode` är tomt eller om värdet " +"inte är giltigt, kommer EAN- och UPC-värdena att anges som 'Does not apply' " +"enligt rekommendationen från eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -6573,10 +8543,14 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " "selecting the individual product." msgstr "" +"Streckkoder finns i produktmallen, under fliken :guilabel:`General " +"Information`. Du kommer åt produktmallen först genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` och välja den enskilda " +"produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listning med artikelspecifikationer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6587,14 +8561,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " "are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till artikelspecifikationer bör man skapa ett produktattribut " +"med ett enda värde på fliken :guilabel:`Attribut & Varianter` i " +"produktformuläret. Exempel på artikelspecifikationer inkluderar: `MPN` eller" +" `Brand`. Värdena Brand och MPN fungerar som artikelspecifikationer och ska " +"definieras på fliken :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` i produktformuläret. " +"Om dessa värden inte anges kommer \"Gäller ej\" att användas för eBay-" +"listan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 msgid "Process invoices and payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera fakturor och betalningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 msgid "Posting payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bokföring av betalning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -6604,6 +8585,12 @@ msgid "" " invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " "need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." msgstr "" +"När eBay-beställningar görs betalas de alltid i förskott, via eBay-" +"webbplatsen. Användarna kommer aldrig att betala för eBay-artiklar via Odoo." +" När beställningar synkroniseras till Odoo från eBay är de därför redan " +"betalda. Odoos fakturerings- och betalningsfunktioner används inte. Fakturor" +" måste dock skapas och markeras som betalda för att \"stänga\" " +"*försäljningsordern*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -6615,6 +8602,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " "Invoices`." msgstr "" +"Användare kan välja att massskapa och posta fakturor i batcher. För att göra" +" detta, navigera till Offerter i listvyn genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Välj ikonen för " +"listvyn i det övre högra hörnet. Håll muspekaren över ikonerna för att visa " +"namnet på varje ikon. Markera sedan de rutor till vänster som fakturor ska " +"göras för och gå till menyn :guilabel:`Aktion` eller ⚙️ [kugghjulsikon] . " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Create Invoices`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -6627,10 +8621,17 @@ msgid "" "journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" " *posted*." msgstr "" +"En popup visas och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. En" +" ny skärm fylls i med de nyligen skapade fakturorna. Välj sedan alla genom " +"att klicka på boxikonen bredvid :guilabel:`Number` i listans rubrikrad, " +"detta kommer att välja alla poster. Gå sedan till menyn :guilabel:`Action` " +"och klicka på :guilabel:`Post entries`. Efter detta steg kommer en popup att" +" visas och klicka på :guilabel:`Post journal entries`. Detta kommer att ta " +"fakturorna ur *draft* och sätta dem till *posted*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 msgid "Reconciling payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avstämning av betalningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -6638,6 +8639,10 @@ msgid "" "lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " "users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." msgstr "" +"Användare använder vanligtvis PayPal för att ta emot betalning från eBay och" +" skickar sedan klumpsummor från PayPal till sitt bankkonto. För att stämma " +"av denna inkomst kan användarna stämma av en PayPal-överföring med alla " +"relaterade fakturor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6647,6 +8652,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " ":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" +"Navigera först till :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` " +"en ny transaktion och ange :guilabel:`Label` som `eBay Sales`. Fyll i " +":guilabel:`Amount` och ange ett :guilabel:`Statement` datum. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -6656,6 +8666,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " "this balance." msgstr "" +"För fältet :guilabel:`Ending Balance` anger du samma konto som angavs för " +":guilabel:`Amount` ovan. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`. Öppna sedan det nya " +"saldot som behöver stämmas av. Under fliken :guilabel:`Matcha befintliga " +"poster` markerar du de poster som ingår i saldot." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -6665,15 +8679,20 @@ msgid "" "invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" " column." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till alla nödvändiga poster klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Validera` för att slutföra avstämningen. För att verifiera " +"betalningen, navigera till :menuselection:`Kunder --> Fakturor` och välj " +"önskad kundfaktura. Etiketten *Paid* ska visas under kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "eBay connector setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation av eBay-kontakt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -6688,44 +8707,53 @@ msgid "" " is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " "products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" +"Odoos eBay-koppling gör att eBay-listor kan kopplas till Odoo-produkter. När" +" de är anslutna kan :doc:`uppdateringar av listorna ` " +"göras i Odoo eller i eBay. När en artikel säljs på eBay skapas utkast till " +"*försäljningsorder* i Odoo för användaren att granska och bekräfta. När " +"försäljningsordern har bekräftats fungerar apparna Odoo *Inventory* och " +"*Sales* som standard för att ta ut produkter från lagret och låta användaren" +" skapa fakturor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay - Odoo länkade fält" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " "corresponding fields in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Följande är eBay-produktdetaljer. Var och en av dessa eBay-fält uppdaterar " +"motsvarande fält i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 msgid "eBay URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay URL" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "eBay status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay-status" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "Quantity sold" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Såld kvantitet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 msgid "Start date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startdatum" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 msgid "Title" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titel" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 msgid "Subtitle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Undertitel" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "Item condition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Artikelns skick" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 msgid "Category" @@ -6733,15 +8761,15 @@ msgstr "Kategori" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 msgid "Category 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kategori 2" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Store category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Butikskategori" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 msgid "Store category 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Butikskategori 2" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "Payment policy" @@ -6749,59 +8777,59 @@ msgstr "Betalningspolicy" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 msgid "Seller profiles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Profiler för säljare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Postal code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Postnummer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Shipping policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fraktpolicy" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ av notering (fast pris eller auktion)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 msgid "Starting price for Auction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startpris för auktion" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "Buy it now price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp det nu pris" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 msgid "Fixed Price amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fast prisbelopp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 msgid "Use stock quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd lagerkvantitet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "Quantity on eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antal på eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 msgid "Duration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varaktighet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "Allow best offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lämna bästa erbjudande" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Private listing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Privat notering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "eBay description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay beskrivning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "eBay product image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay-produktbild" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Country" @@ -6809,7 +8837,7 @@ msgstr "Land" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 msgid "eBay terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay-villkor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -6818,10 +8846,14 @@ msgid "" "will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" " listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*Variationer* grupperar flera produkter i en, med alternativ för variation " +"(eller variant). Variationer kan synkroniseras med Odoo's attribut och " +"värden. Variationer visas i rullgardinsmenyer längst upp på sidan när du " +"tittar på en eBay-annons. Dessa är jämförbara med produktvarianter i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett exempel på eBay på de variationer som kan läggas till en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -6829,10 +8861,13 @@ msgid "" "specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " "default; a development is required to link these fields." msgstr "" +"*Item specifics*, som finns längst ner i listan, innehåller detaljerad " +"produktspecifik information. Dessa specifikationer synkroniseras inte med " +"Odoo-fält som standard; en utveckling krävs för att länka dessa fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objektspecifikationer listade på en eBay-produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -6842,6 +8877,12 @@ msgid "" "(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " "and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." msgstr "" +"*Sandbox* och *Production* är termer som används för att kategorisera eBay-" +"miljöerna som antingen fortfarande under utveckling/testning (*Sandbox*) " +"eller för användning i den verkliga instansen av databasen med verklig " +"kundinformation/dataset (*Production*). Vi rekommenderar att du börjar med " +"att testa i *Sandbox* och sedan följer processerna nedan för att skapa en " +"*Production*-instans." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6850,21 +8891,29 @@ msgid "" "production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " "`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." msgstr "" +"eBays sandlådemiljö kan nås genom att navigera till eBays sandlådeportal " +"`_ eller `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBays " +"produktionsmiljö kan nås genom att navigera till eBays portal " +"`_ eller `https://www.ebay.com/`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 msgid "" "The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " "settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." msgstr "" +"Miljövalet **måste** vara detsamma för alla miljöinställningar på eBay och " +"på Odoo under hela denna installation." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay-åtgärder tillgängliga i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 msgid "" "The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" msgstr "" +"Följande är inbyggda åtgärder i Odoo som lägger till eller uppdaterar eBay-" +"listor:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -6872,6 +8921,9 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" " Listing`." msgstr "" +"**List**/ **Link**: skapa en ny eBay-lista med en Odoo-produkt genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` eller :guilabel:`Link With Existing " +"eBay Listing`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -6879,6 +8931,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" " update the eBay listing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` -knappen: när du har gjort ändringar i en eBay-lista" +" i Odoo, spara posten och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Revise Item` i Odoo för" +" att uppdatera eBay-listan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -6886,22 +8941,29 @@ msgid "" "was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " "reset." msgstr "" +"**Relist**: om en artikels listning avslutades tidigt eller om " +":guilabel:`auto-relist` inte valdes, kan en användare lista om artikeln från" +" Odoo. Startdatumet kommer att återställas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " "Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Avsluta objektets notering` knapp: avsluta en notering på eBay " +"direkt från Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " "listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." msgstr "" +"**Avlänka produktannonser**: användare kan avlänka en produkt från eBay-" +"annonsen; annonsen förblir intakt på eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation krävs i Odoo innan eBay-installationen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -6909,10 +8971,13 @@ msgid "" "dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " "term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." msgstr "" +"För att koppla eBay till Odoo installerar du eBay-modulen genom att navigera" +" till Odoo dashboard och klicka på :guilabel:`Apps` applikationen. Sök på " +"termen `eBay` och installera modulen `eBay Connector`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följande punkter måste konfigureras innan eBay kan startas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -6920,6 +8985,9 @@ msgid "" "eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " "be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." msgstr "" +"I Odoo skapar och konfigurerar du produkter som är avsedda att listas på " +"eBay. eBay importerar inte nya produkter till Odoo. Alla produkter måste " +"först skapas i Odoo och sedan länkas till annonser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -6927,6 +8995,8 @@ msgid "" " If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " "instructions:" msgstr "" +"Odoo tillåter inte att flera eBay-listor länkas per produkt i Odoo. Om " +"företaget säljer samma produkt för flera listor, följ dessa instruktioner:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -6936,6 +9006,11 @@ msgid "" "green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " "“linked” product below." msgstr "" +"Ställ in en *bas*produkt (noterad i :guilabel:`Component`-fältet i " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) från vilken alla eBay-listor kommer att " +"dras från. Detta kommer att vara en lagringsbar produkt så att lager kan " +"hållas. Markerad i grönt nedan, denna produkt kommer att ingå i satsen på " +"varje efterföljande \"länkad\" produkt nedan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -6948,15 +9023,24 @@ msgid "" " is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " "lieu of the linked product." msgstr "" +"Skapa 2+ *länkade* produkter (anges i fältet :guilabel:`Product` i " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`), en för varje eBay-annons. Produkttypen " +"bestäms av företagets bokföringsinställningar, som förklaras i Odoo-" +"dokumentationen. Markerat i gult nedan, varje produkt ska ha en " +":guilabel:`BoM type` lika med :guilabel:`Kit` och ha basprodukten som en " +":guilabel:`Component` av kitet. När denna länkade eBay-produkt säljs kommer " +"den skapade leveransordern att ha basprodukten listad istället för den " +"länkade produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprätta stycklista med basprodukt och länkade produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6966,12 +9050,19 @@ msgid "" "payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" " to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." msgstr "" +"eBay skapar inte automatiskt fakturor för eBay-order som överförs till Odoo." +" Ange faktureringspolicy för eBay-produkter: faktureringspolicyn avgör när " +"produkten kan faktureras. Eftersom de flesta eBay-användare tar betalt innan" +" produkten skickas, kommer \"faktura vid beställning\" att göra det möjligt " +"för användare att massskapa fakturor för eBay-order varje dag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " ":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." msgstr "" +"Ställ in :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar` rutten för lagret till " +":guilabel:`Lämna varor direkt (1 steg)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -6982,16 +9073,25 @@ msgid "" "prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " "order." msgstr "" +"När rutten :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar` är inställd på två eller tre steg" +" uppstår en känd bugg: eBay markerar felaktigt order som levererade när " +"plockningen i Odoo är bekräftad. Det förväntade beteendet är att markera " +"order som levererade **efter** att *leveransordern* har bekräftats. Denna " +"felmärkning förhindrar att spårningsnummer i eBay importeras till " +"leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 msgid "" "If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" " and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." msgstr "" +"Om apparna Bokföring/Fakturering är installerade, öva på att registrera " +"betalningar och stämma av fakturor som skapats från eBay-beställningar med " +"inkommande eBay-pengar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../..//finans/redovisning/bank/avstämning`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -7004,19 +9104,27 @@ msgid "" "Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" " the deletion/closure notifications configuration." msgstr "" +"Generera en token för meddelande om radering/avstängning av konto på " +"marknadsplatsen. Börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under rubriken :guilabel:`eBay` ändrar du läget" +" till :guilabel:`Production` och anger slumpmässiga textvärden för " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Generate" +" Token` under avsnittet :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure" +" Notifications`. Denna token kommer att användas under installationen på " +"eBay för konfigurationen av radering / stängningsaviseringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generera en verifieringstoken i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 msgid "Set up on eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in på eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 msgid "Set up eBay developer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett konto för eBay-utvecklare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -7026,10 +9134,15 @@ msgid "" "to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " "hours." msgstr "" +"Börja med att skapa ett eBay-utvecklarkonto via `eBays utvecklarportal " +"`_. Denna webbplats kräver en annan " +"inloggning och ett annat lösenord än eBay-kontot, men samma e-postadress kan" +" användas för att registrera sig. Det tar cirka 24 timmar att verifiera att " +"ett utvecklarkonto har skapats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 msgid "Set up eBay keyset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera eBay-tangentbord" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -7043,6 +9156,16 @@ msgid "" "first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " "generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." msgstr "" +"När eBay-utvecklarkontot har skapats skapar du en applikation på `eBays " +"utvecklarportal `_. Navigera sedan till " +":guilabel:`Hi [användarnamn]`-rubriken längst upp till höger på skärmen och " +"klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Application Keysets` i rullgardinsmenyn. Då " +"öppnas en popup där användaren uppmanas att :guilabel:`Ange applikationens " +"titel` (upp till femtio tecken) och välja en utvecklingsmiljö " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` eller :guilabel:`Production`). Dessa två fält genererar" +" den första nyckeluppsättningen. Applikationens titel sparas inte förrän " +"nyckelsatsen har genererats. Klicka på :guilabel:`Create a keyset` för att " +"generera nyckelsatsen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -7051,14 +9174,21 @@ msgid "" "notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " "database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." msgstr "" +"Den nyskapade *produktionsnyckeluppsättningen* är inaktiverad som standard. " +"Aktivera den genom att prenumerera på eBay Marketplace \"account deletion or" +" closure notifications\" eller genom att ansöka om undantag hos eBay. När " +"den är aktiverad kan databasen ringa 5000 samtal per dag med hjälp av denna " +"knappsats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." msgstr "" +"Inaktiverat tangentbord närvarande efter skapandet av ett tangentbord." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" msgstr "" +"Konfigurera inställningar för borttagning av konto/avisering (produktion)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -7068,6 +9198,12 @@ msgid "" "deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " "at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera aviseringar eller radera databasen i en " +"produktionsmiljö, gå till `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Konfigurera inställningarna för " +"borttagning av konton/aviseringar i eBay genom att navigera till `Hej " +"[användarnamn]` längst upp till höger på skärmen och sedan " +":guilabel:`Application Keysets`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -7076,6 +9212,11 @@ msgid "" "an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " "notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på alternativet :guilabel:`avisering om radering/avslut av " +"konto på marknadsplatsen` under kolumnen :guilabel:`Produktion` för " +"nyckeluppsättning. Ange ett e-postmeddelande under :guilabel:`E-post för att" +" meddela om endpoint för anmälan om borttagning av marknadskonto är nere`. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att aktivera e-postmeddelandet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -7085,6 +9226,11 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " "Notifications` field." msgstr "" +"Efter denna åtgärd, ange :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion endpoint` " +"URL som tillhandahålls av Odoo. Denna HTTPs-slutpunkt hittas i Odoo genom " +"att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" i :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure Notifications` " +"fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -7094,10 +9240,15 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " ":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Generate Token` i Odoo nedanför detta " +"fält skapas en verifieringstoken för eBays produktionsmiljö. I Odoo " +":guilabel:`Kopiera` den nyskapade token och navigera till eBay för att fylla" +" i :guilabel:`Verification token`-fältet. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för " +"att aktivera :guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera inställningar för radering av konton/aviseringar i eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -7106,16 +9257,22 @@ msgid "" " mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " "expected." msgstr "" +"När du har fyllt i fälten ovan klickar du på :guilabel:`Sänd testmeddelande`" +" för att testa de nya meddelandena. Fortsätt till nästa steg när den gröna " +"bocken visas. Återbesök ovanstående inställningar om testmeddelandet inte är" +" som förväntat." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 msgid "" "After configuring notification settings, go back to the " ":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." msgstr "" +"När du har konfigurerat aviseringsinställningarna går du tillbaka till sidan" +" :menuselection:`Application Keys` för att generera produktionsnyckelsatser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 msgid "Creating the keyset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa tangentbordet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -7124,6 +9281,10 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " "generate a production keyset." msgstr "" +"En lyckad installation av aviseringarna gör det möjligt att skapa " +"produktionsnycklar som behövs i resten av Odoo-konfigurationen. Navigera " +"tillbaka till sidan :menuselection:`Application Keys` för att generera en " +"produktionsnyckel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -7133,6 +9294,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " "either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." msgstr "" +"Administratören uppmanas att :menuselection:`Bekräfta den primära " +"kontakten`. Ange eller bekräfta kontoägaren (den person som är juridiskt " +"ansvarig för eBay API-licensavtalet). Fyll i :guilabel:`Förnamn`, " +":guilabel:`Efternamn`, :guilabel:`E-post`, :guilabel:`Telefon`. Välj sedan " +"antingen :guilabel:`Individuell` eller :guilabel:`Företag`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -7141,6 +9307,11 @@ msgid "" "individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " "added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." msgstr "" +"Den angivna e-postadressen eller telefonnumret behöver **inte** " +"överensstämma med kontots. eBay använder denna information för att kontakta " +"företaget eller personen i händelse av problem med användartoken. " +"Ytterligare kontakter kan läggas till från :guilabel:`Profil & Kontakter` " +"sidan på eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -7149,29 +9320,39 @@ msgid "" "also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " ":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` för att bekräfta den primära " +"kontakten. :guilabel:`Application Keys` fylls i på en ny skärm och ett " +"e-postmeddelande skickas också till utvecklarkontot. Ett :guilabel:`App ID " +"(Client ID)`, :guilabel:`Dev ID`, och :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` " +"fylls alla i." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applikationsnycklar fylls i efter att appen har skapats i eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 msgid "" "Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." msgstr "" +"Skriv ner dessa värden eftersom de kommer att matas in i Odoo senare i " +"processen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 msgid "Create eBay user token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa eBay-användartoken" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 msgid "" "Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " "top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." msgstr "" +"Skapa nu en *användartoken* i eBay genom att navigera till `Hi " +"[användarnamn]` längst upp till höger på skärmen, sedan :guilabel:`User " +"Access Tokens`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generera användartoken s på eBay-utvecklarkonsolen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -7179,10 +9360,13 @@ msgid "" "or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" " for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." msgstr "" +"Välj rätt :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` för testning eller " +":guilabel:`Production` för live-databasen. Behåll samma val för alla " +"miljöinställningar på både eBay och Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj sedan alternativknappen märkt :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -7191,6 +9375,10 @@ msgid "" "the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " ":guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` eller :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"för att få en användartoken i den valda miljön. Denna knapp varierar " +"beroende på det val som gjorts ovan för antingen :guilabel:`Sandbox` eller " +":guilabel:`Production`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -7201,6 +9389,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " "confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas ett popup-fönster med :guilabel:`Bekräfta din juridiska " +"adress`. Fyll i de obligatoriska fälten, som är :guilabel:`Förnamn`, " +":guilabel:`Efternamn`, :guilabel:`Primär e-postadress`, :guilabel:`Legal " +"adress`, och :guilabel:`Kontotyp`. För :guilabel:`Account Type`, välj " +"antingen :guilabel:`Individual` eller :guilabel:`Business`. För att slutföra" +" bekräftelsen klickar du på :guilabel:`Logga in på eBay för att få en " +"Token`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -7208,6 +9403,9 @@ msgid "" "with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " ":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." msgstr "" +"eBay kommer att kontakta denna person eller detta företag om det skulle " +"uppstå några problem med applikationsnycklarna. Andra kontakter kan läggas " +"till på :menuselection:`Profil & Kontakter` eBay-sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -7216,12 +9414,19 @@ msgid "" " it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " "login can differ from the eBay developer account." msgstr "" +"Administratören kommer att omdirigeras till antingen en sandlåda eller en " +"produktionssida för inloggning på eBay. Denna inloggning skiljer sig från " +"eBay-utvecklarens konsol, det är eBay-kontot där objekten kommer att säljas " +"på. Denna e-postadress och/eller inloggning kan skilja sig från eBay-" +"utvecklarkontot." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 msgid "" "Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" " sign into the eBay account." msgstr "" +"Ange :guilabel:`Email` eller :guilabel:`Username` för eBay-kontot och logga " +"in på eBay-kontot." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -7232,16 +9437,24 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Om ytterligare en användare behövs för sandlådesimuleringen måste en " +"testanvändare skapas. Besök `eBays Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detaljerade instruktioner " +"finns på eBays hjälpsidor: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 msgid "Grant application access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillgång till bidragsansökningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 msgid "" "After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " "administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." msgstr "" +"Efter inloggning i produktions- eller sandboxmiljön presenterar eBay ett " +"*avtal* för administratören om att ge tillgång till användarens eBay-data." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -7249,6 +9462,9 @@ msgid "" "*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " "any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." msgstr "" +"Genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Agree` tillåter du eBay att länka eBay-kontot" +" till *application programming interface* (API). Detta avtal kan ändras när " +"som helst genom att besöka eBays kontoinställningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -7257,6 +9473,10 @@ msgid "" "Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " ":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." msgstr "" +"eBay har en tidsbestämd sekvens mellan inloggning och godkännande av " +"villkoren för :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`-koppling till " +"kontot. När detta är klart kommer en :guilabel:`User Token` att fyllas i på " +"sidan :menuselection:`User Tokens`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -7264,11 +9484,15 @@ msgid "" " token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " ":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`User Token` visas på skärmen. Se till att kopiera detta token " +"eftersom det kommer att användas i nästa steg tillsammans med " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "" "Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." msgstr "" +"Skapade användartoken och API-utforskarlänk på eBay-utvecklarkonsolen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -7276,10 +9500,13 @@ msgid "" " developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " "Token` link." msgstr "" +"Du måste logga in på ditt eBay-konto för att skapa token. eBay-utvecklaren " +"kan också återkalla token genom att klicka på länken :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 msgid "API explorer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "API-utforskare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -7290,6 +9517,12 @@ msgid "" "configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " ":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." msgstr "" +"Nu när :guilabel:`Application Keyset` och :guilabel:`User Token` har " +"skapats, kan ett test utföras via `API Explorer " +"`_ för" +" att säkerställa att :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` är " +"korrekt konfigurerat. Detta test kommer att utföra en enkel sökning med " +"hjälp av :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 msgid "" @@ -7297,6 +9530,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" " :guilabel:`Token` field." msgstr "" +"För att börja :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`-testet klickar" +" du på :guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. Detta kommer att fylla i " +"nyckeln i :guilabel:`Token`-fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -7304,16 +9540,22 @@ msgid "" "complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " "Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." msgstr "" +"En grundläggande sökfunktion är inställd på att köras. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Execute` för att slutföra testet. Ett lyckat test besvaras med " +"ett :guilabel:`Call Response` på `200 OK` med en motsvarande " +":guilabel:`Time`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange autentiseringsuppgifter i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 msgid "" "The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " "Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"De tidigare kopierade :guilabel:`User Token` och :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` är nu redo att matas in i Odoo-databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -7321,46 +9563,49 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " "from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Navigera tillbaka till eBay-inställningarna i Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) och klistra in följande " +"autentiseringsuppgifter från eBay i motsvarande fält i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 msgid "Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plattform" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 msgid "Dev Key/ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dev Nyckel/ID" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 msgid "Token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Token" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 msgid "App Key/ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "App nyckel/ID" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 msgid "Cert Key/ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cert Nyckel/ID" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 msgid "Dev ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dev ID" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 msgid "User Token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Token för användare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 msgid "App ID (Client ID)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "App-ID (kund-ID)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cert ID (hemlig klient)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 @@ -7369,19 +9614,19 @@ msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 msgid "Developer Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nyckel för utvecklare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Token för produktion/sandbox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktion/Sandbox App Nyckel" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktion/Sandbox Cert Key" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -7394,6 +9639,14 @@ msgid "" " be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " ":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Application Keyset` kan nås genom att gå till `eBays " +"utvecklarportal `_ och navigera till `Hi " +"[användarnamn]` längst upp till höger på skärmen, klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Gå till *User Token* i eBay genom att " +"navigera till `Hi [användarnamn]` längst upp till höger på skärmen, sedan " +":guilabel:`User Access Tokens` och klicka på :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`." +" Du kan också komma åt :guilabel:`User Token` genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`User Tokens` på sidan :menuselection:`Application Keys`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -7402,6 +9655,11 @@ msgid "" " `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " "documentation on how to list products." msgstr "" +"Bekräfta att installationen är korrekt genom att spara " +"autentiseringsuppgifterna i Odoo. När den första installationen är klar " +"visas en ny menyflik i produkter som heter `eBay` med alternativet att " +":guilabel:`Sälja på eBay`. Se dokumentationen :doc:`manage` om hur du listar" +" produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 msgid "" @@ -7410,6 +9668,11 @@ msgid "" " be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " "database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." msgstr "" +"Synkronisera produktkategorier genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Produktkategorier`. Efter synkroniseringen visas ett nytt " +"menyalternativ, `eBay Category`, som är tillgängligt för produkter att " +"konfigureras med. Dessa eBay-kategorier importeras från Odoo-databasen och " +"är tillgängliga när du listar en artikel på eBay via Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -7419,26 +9682,31 @@ msgid "" "the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " "the product." msgstr "" +"Om produktkategorier med fler än fyra sökvägar krävs måste användarna lägga " +"till dessa sökvägar manuellt. Detta har historiskt gjorts genom att få en " +"lista över alla produktkategorier utöver fyra sökvägar, manuellt importera " +"dem till produktkategorimodellen i Odoo och sedan länka dem individuellt " +"till produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu när installationen är klar kan du gå vidare till antingen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Create listings `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Länk befintliga listningar `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning av eBay-kontakt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceptera meddelanden om radering av konto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7447,6 +9715,10 @@ msgid "" "request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the " "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" +"Sedan september 2021 **eBay kräver stöd för meddelanden om radering/avslut " +"av kundkonton**. När eBay tar emot en begäran om att ett konto ska raderas " +"måste alla eBay-partners bekräfta att begäran har tagits emot och vidta " +"ytterligare åtgärder om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7455,6 +9727,10 @@ msgid "" "the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" +"Odoo har en slutpunkt för att ta emot dessa meddelanden, bekräfta " +"mottagandet av begäran och hantera den första uppsättningen åtgärder för att" +" anonymisera kontouppgifterna i *Contacts* och ta bort kundens åtkomst till " +"portalen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7463,10 +9739,14 @@ msgid "" "notifications>` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" +"Se till att du :ref:`ställer in prenumerationen på meddelanden om borttagna " +"konton på marknadsplatsen ` " +"korrekt eftersom eBay tillfälligt kan inaktivera det relaterade eBay-kontot " +"tills prenumerationen är slutförd." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera att installationen av Odoo är uppdaterad" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -7475,6 +9755,10 @@ msgid "" "September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " "can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera ändpunkten måste modulen *eBay Connector - Kontoavslutning*" +" vara installerad. Om Odoo-databasen först skapades efter september 2021 " +"installeras modulen automatiskt och administratören kan gå vidare till " +":ref:`nästa steg `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" @@ -7486,12 +9770,17 @@ msgid "" " able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " "code is up-to-date." msgstr "" +"Slutpunkten för meddelanden görs tillgänglig via en ny Odoo-modul; för att " +"kunna installera den måste administratören se till att Odoo-källkoden är " +"uppdaterad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 msgid "" "If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " "already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." msgstr "" +"Om företaget använder Odoo på plattformen Odoo.com eller Odoo.sh är koden " +"redan uppdaterad, så gå vidare till nästa steg." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7500,6 +9789,10 @@ msgid "" "documentation page ` or by contacting an " "integrating partner." msgstr "" +"Om företaget använder Odoo med en lokal installation eller via en partner, " +"måste administratören uppdatera installationen enligt beskrivningen i " +":doc:`den här dokumentationssidan ` eller " +"genom att kontakta en integrerande partner." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "Update the list of available modules" @@ -7510,6 +9803,8 @@ msgid "" "New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" " :menuselection:`Apps` menu." msgstr "" +"Nya moduler måste *upptäckas* av Odoo-instansen för att vara tillgängliga i " +"menyn :menuselection:`Apps`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7517,10 +9812,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " "confirmation." msgstr "" +"Aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge ` och gå till " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. En guide kommer att be om " +"bekräftelse." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera uppdateringen eBay Connector - borttagning av konton" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7532,6 +9830,13 @@ msgid "" "contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" " new module in a particular setup." msgstr "" +"Installera **aldrig** nya moduler i produktionsdatabasen utan att testa dem " +"i en duplikat- eller stagingmiljö. För Odoo.com-kunder kan en " +"duplikatdatabas skapas från databashanteringssidan. För Odoo.sh-användare " +"bör administratören använda en staging- eller duplikatdatabas. För lokala " +"användare bör administratören använda en staging-miljö - kontakta " +"integrationspartnern för mer information om hur man testar en ny modul i en " +"viss konfiguration." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7541,10 +9846,15 @@ msgid "" "already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " "it is not yet installed, install it now." msgstr "" +"För att installera modulen, gå till menyn :menuselection:`Apps`, ta bort " +"sökfacetten `Apps` och sök efter `eBay`. Om modulen *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* finns och är markerad som installerad, är Odoo-databasen " +"redan uppdaterad och administratören kan fortsätta med nästa steg. Om den " +"ännu inte är installerad, installera den nu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämta information om slutpunkten från Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -7554,10 +9864,15 @@ msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " "Token`." msgstr "" +"Detaljerna för slutpunkten finns i :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> eBay`. Ange först slumpmässiga textvärden för " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` och för :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Generate Token` för att hämta :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prenumerera på meddelanden om borttagning av konto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -7566,66 +9881,81 @@ msgid "" "to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " ":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" +"Navigera till `eBays utvecklarportal `_. " +"Konfigurera inställningarna för borttagning/avisering av konton i eBay genom" +" att navigera till `Hej [användarnamn]` längst upp till höger på skärmen och" +" sedan gå till :guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" +"Översikt över instrumentpanelen för Varningar och notifieringar på eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" +"För att prenumerera på aviseringar om borttagning/nedläggning behöver eBay " +"några uppgifter:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" "An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" +"En *e-postadress* att skicka meddelanden till om ändpunkten är onåbar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 msgid "The *endpoint details*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slutpunktens *detaljer*:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL till Odoo's slutpunkt för anmälan om borttagning av konto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En verifieringstoken" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dedikerade fält för att ange detaljer om slutpunkten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" "The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " "is filled out." msgstr "" +"Administratören kan redigera de två sista fälten när e-postadressfältet har " +"fyllts i." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifiera anslutningen till slutpunkten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " "testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" +"När du har ställt in de hämtade slutpunktsuppgifterna i eBays " +"instrumentpanel kan du testa anslutningen med knappen :guilabel:`Send Test " +"Notification`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" "The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" " was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" +"Följande bekräftelsemeddelande bör visas: \"Ett testmeddelande skickades " +"framgångsrikt!\"" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knapp för att skicka testmeddelande" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktureringsmetod" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Down payments" @@ -7637,6 +9967,9 @@ msgid "" "is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " "to honor the contract." msgstr "" +"En handpenning är en delbetalning som köparen gör när ett köpeavtal ingås. " +"Detta innebär att båda parter (säljare och köpare) förbinder sig att " +"fullfölja avtalet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7645,10 +9978,15 @@ msgid "" "provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " "trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" +"Med en handpenning betalar köparen en del av den totala skulden och " +"förbinder sig att betala det återstående beloppet vid ett senare tillfälle. " +"Säljaren tillhandahåller i sin tur varor eller tjänster till köparen efter " +"att ha accepterat handpenningen och litar på att det återstående beloppet " +"kommer att betalas senare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 msgid "Create invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa fakturor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7657,52 +9995,64 @@ msgid "" "left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" +"När en försäljningsorder bekräftas blir möjligheten att skapa en faktura " +"tillgänglig via knappen :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, som finns i det övre " +"vänstra hörnet av försäljningsorderformuläret. När du klickar på knappen " +"visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "Create invoices pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa popup-formulär för fakturor som visas i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "Invoices are automatically created as drafts, so they can be reviewed before" " validation." msgstr "" +"Fakturor skapas automatiskt som utkast, så att de kan granskas innan de " +"godkänns." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:26 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " "from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices` finns det 3 alternativ att " +"välja mellan i fältet :guilabel:`Create Invoice`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Regelbunden faktura`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Avbetalning (fast belopp)`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected, the other fields disappear, as " "they only pertain to down payment configurations." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Regulär faktura` är markerad försvinner de andra fälten, " +"eftersom de endast gäller för konfigurationer av handpenning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "Initial down payment request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Begäran om inledande handpenning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up form, the down payment options " "are:" msgstr "" +"I popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create invoices` är alternativen för " +"handpenning följande:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -7710,6 +10060,9 @@ msgid "" "Invoice` field on the pop-up form, designate the desired amount, either as a" " percentage or a fixed amount, in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" +"När du har valt önskat alternativ för handpenning i fältet :guilabel:`Create" +" Invoice` i popup-formuläret anger du önskat belopp, antingen i procent " +"eller som ett fast belopp, i fältet :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7717,12 +10070,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Income Account` field. Next, select a tax amount, if necessary, " "in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` drop-down field." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan lämpligt inkomstkonto för fakturan i fältet " +":guilabel:`Inkomstkonto`. Välj sedan ett skattebelopp, om det behövs, i " +"rullgardinsfältet :guilabel:`Kundskatt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "A create invoices pop-up form with down payment fields filled in with " "information." msgstr "" +"Ett popup-formulär för att skapa fakturor med inbetalningsfält som fyllts i " +"med information." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -7730,6 +10088,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` button. Upon clicking this button, Odoo " "reveals the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`." msgstr "" +"När alla fält är ifyllda med önskad information klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`. När du klickar på den här knappen visar " +"Odoo :guilabel:`Kundfakturautkast`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -7737,18 +10098,25 @@ msgid "" "Draft`, the down payment that was just configured in the :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up form appears as a :guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader` i :guilabel:`Kundfakturautkast` visas den" +" handpenning som just konfigurerades i popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Skapa " +"fakturor` som en :guilabel:`Produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Down payment as a product in the invoice lines tab of a customer invoice " "draft in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Handpenning som en produkt på fliken fakturarader i ett kundfakturautkast i " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:68 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Down payment` product in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` " "tab is clicked, Odoo reveals the product form for the down payment." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på produkten :guilabel:`Down payment` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`, visar Odoo produktformuläret för handpenningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -7756,26 +10124,34 @@ msgid "" "for invoices are set as :guilabel:`Service`, with the :guilabel:`Invoicing " "Policy` set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`." msgstr "" +"Som standard är :guilabel:`Produkttyp` för handpenningsprodukter som " +"genereras för fakturor inställd på :guilabel:`Tjänst`, med " +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy` inställd på :guilabel:`Förskottsbetalt/Fast " +"pris`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Down payment product form with service product type and invoicing policy " "field." msgstr "" +"Produktformulär för handpenning med produkttyp tjänst och fält för " +"faktureringspolicy." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:79 msgid "This product can be edited/modified at any time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Denna produkt kan redigeras/modifieras när som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Based on Delivered Quantity (Manual)` is chosen as the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`, an invoice will **not** be able to be created." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Baserat på levererad kvantitet (manuell)` är vald som " +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy`, kommer en faktura **inte** att kunna skapas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:86 msgid "Example: request 50% down payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel: begär 50% i handpenning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -7783,10 +10159,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors`) with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" +"Följande exempel gäller en handpenning på 50 % på en produkt " +"(:guilabel:`Skåp med dörrar`) med :guilabel:`Beställda kvantiteter` som " +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:0 msgid "Cabinet with doors product form showcasing various details and fields." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktformulär för skåp med dörrar med olika detaljer och fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:260 @@ -7795,19 +10174,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`policy för fakturering`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`, and add a " ":guilabel:`Customer` to the quotation." msgstr "" +"Navigera först till :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` och lägg till en " +":guilabel:`Customer` i offerten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, " "and select the :guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors` product." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader` och välj produkten :guilabel:`Skåp med dörrar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -7815,12 +10198,17 @@ msgid "" "quotation turns into a sales order. Once this occurs, create and view the " "invoice by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." msgstr "" +"När ordern bekräftas (via knappen :guilabel:`Bekräfta`) förvandlas offerten " +"till en försäljningsorder. När detta har skett kan du skapa och visa " +"fakturan genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Cabinet with doors sales order that's been confirmed in the Odoo Sales " "application." msgstr "" +"Skåp med dörrar försäljningsorder som har bekräftats i Odoo Sales-" +"applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -7828,6 +10216,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " "Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices` som visas väljer du " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` och skriver `50` i fältet " +":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7835,6 +10226,9 @@ msgid "" "*not* required fields, and they will *not* appear if they've already been " "preconfigured in previous down payment requests." msgstr "" +"Fälten :guilabel:`Inkomstkonto` och :guilabel:`Kundskatt` är *inte* " +"obligatoriska fält, och de visas *inte* om de redan har förkonfigurerats i " +"tidigare begäran om handpenning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -7843,12 +10237,18 @@ msgid "" "down-payments>` and :ref:`income account modification on down payments " "`." msgstr "" +"För mer information, se dokumentationen om :ref:`förändring av kundskatt vid" +" förskottsbetalningar ` och :ref:`förändring av inkomstkonto vid förskottsbetalningar " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:124 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create and view the " "invoice draft." msgstr "" +"Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` för att skapa och " +"visa fakturautkastet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -7856,6 +10256,9 @@ msgid "" "includes the down payment as a :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Invoice" " Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` visas fakturautkastet, som" +" inkluderar handpenningen som en :guilabel:`Product` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -7864,21 +10267,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of " "buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"Därifrån kan fakturan bekräftas och bokföras genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. När du bekräftar fakturan ändras status från " +":guilabel:`Draft` till :guilabel:`Posted`. Det visar också en ny serie " +"knappar högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett exempel på fakturautkast med handpenning som nämns i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:137 msgid "" "From those buttons, the payment can be registered by clicking " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`." msgstr "" +"Från dessa knappar kan betalningen registreras genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Showcase of the Register Payment button on a confirmed customer invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visning av knappen Registrera betalning på en bekräftad kundfaktura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -7887,11 +10296,16 @@ msgid "" "is correct and make any necessary adjustments. When ready, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Payment` button." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas ett :guilabel:`Registrera betalning` popup-formulär, som" +" automatiskt fylls i med nödvändig information. Bekräfta att informationen " +"är korrekt och gör eventuella justeringar. När du är klar klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Create Payment`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Showcase of the Register Payment pop-up window with create payment button." msgstr "" +"Visning av popup-fönstret Registrera betalning med knappen Skapa betalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -7899,12 +10313,15 @@ msgid "" "invoice, now with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in the upper-right " "corner." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha klickat på :guilabel:`Create Payment`, visar Odoo kundfakturan," +" nu med en grön :guilabel:`In Payment` banner i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer Invoice with a green In Payment banner located in the upper-right " "corner." msgstr "" +"Kundfaktura med en grön banner för Inbetalning i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -7912,6 +10329,9 @@ msgid "" "another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, via " "the breadcrumb links." msgstr "" +"När kunden nu vill betala det återstående beloppet på ordern måste en ny " +"faktura skapas. För att göra det går du tillbaka till försäljningsordern via" +" brödsmulelänkarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -7919,25 +10339,33 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, along with the down payment that was " "just invoiced and posted." msgstr "" +"Tillbaka på försäljningsordern finns ett nytt avsnitt :guilabel:`Down " +"Payments` på fliken :guilabel:`Order Lines`, tillsammans med den handpenning" +" som just fakturerats och bokförts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "The down payments section in the order lines tab of a sales order." msgstr "" +"Avsnittet för handpenning på fliken Orderrader i en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:168 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, there are two" " new fields: :guilabel:`Already invoiced` and :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices` som visas finns två nya fält: " +":guilabel:`Already invoiced` och :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Alternativet dra av handpenning på popup-fönstret för att skapa fakturor i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -7946,10 +10374,14 @@ msgid "" "complete the total payment, as indicated in the :guilabel:`Amount to " "invoice` field." msgstr "" +"Om det återstående beloppet är redo att betalas, välj alternativet " +":guilabel:`Regelbunden faktura`. Odoo skapar en faktura för det exakta " +"belopp som behövs för att slutföra den totala betalningen, enligt vad som " +"anges i fältet :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:181 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -7958,6 +10390,10 @@ msgid "" "Lines` tab. Each invoice line item displays all the necessary information " "related to each invoice." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas en annan :guilabel:`Kundfaktura utkast` sida, som listar" +" *alla* fakturor för den specifika försäljningsordern på fliken " +":guilabel:`Fakturarader`. Varje fakturaradsobjekt visar all nödvändig " +"information som är relaterad till varje faktura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -7965,6 +10401,9 @@ msgid "" " the invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra flödet klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm`, vilket ändrar " +"fakturans status från :guilabel:`Draft` till :guilabel:`Posted`. Klicka " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Registrera betalning`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -7972,10 +10411,14 @@ msgid "" "populated with the necessary information, including the remaining amount " "left to be paid on the order." msgstr "" +"Återigen visas :guilabel:`Registrera betalning`, med alla fält automatiskt " +"ifyllda med nödvändig information, inklusive det återstående beloppet som " +"ska betalas på ordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "The second register payment pop-up form in Odoo sales." msgstr "" +"Det andra popup-formuläret för registrering av betalning i Odoo sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -7984,20 +10427,27 @@ msgid "" " Payment` banner in the upper-right corner. Also, both down payments are " "present in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat informationen klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +" Då visas den slutliga :guilabel:`Kundfakturan` med en grön :guilabel:`In " +"Payment` banner i det övre högra hörnet. Båda handpenningarna finns också på" +" fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "The second down payment invoice with in payment banner in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Den andra fakturan för handpenning med inbetalningsbanner i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:205 msgid "At this point, the flow is now complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vid denna punkt är flödet nu komplett." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:208 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " "option." msgstr "" +"Detta flöde är också möjligt med alternativet :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down " +"payment." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -8005,18 +10455,25 @@ msgid "" "quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " "deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer." msgstr "" +"Om en handpenning används med en produkt som har en :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` faktureringspolicy, kommer handpenningen **inte** att kunna dras" +" av när det är dags att fakturera kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:215 msgid "" "This is because, due to the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to " "be delivered *before* creating the final invoice." msgstr "" +"Detta beror på att faktureringspolicyn innebär att produkten/produkterna " +"måste levereras *innan* den slutliga fakturan skapas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:218 msgid "" "If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " "cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment." msgstr "" +"Om inget har levererats skapas en :guilabel:`Kreditnota`, som makulerar det " +"fakturautkast som skapades efter handpenningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -8024,10 +10481,13 @@ msgid "" "must be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the " "delivered quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda alternativet :guilabel:`Kreditnota` måste programmet " +"*Inventory* vara installerat för att kunna bekräfta leveransen. I annat fall" +" kan den levererade kvantiteten anges manuellt direkt på försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:228 msgid "Customer taxes modification on down payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändring av kundskatter på förskottsbetalningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -8036,6 +10496,10 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" " bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." msgstr "" +"För att justera inkomstkontot och kundskatter som är kopplade till en " +"handpenning, gå till sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` (:menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Produkter --> Produkter`), sök efter produkten `Handpenning` i sökfältet" +" och välj den för att visa sidan med produktdetaljer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -8043,20 +10507,26 @@ msgid "" "Information` tab, the customer taxes can be modified in the " ":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" +"På produktsidan :guilabel:`Down Payment`, under fliken :guilabel:`General " +"Information`, kan kundens skatter ändras i fältet :guilabel:`Customer " +"Taxes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur man ändrar inkomstkontots länk till förskottsbetalningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:244 msgid "Income account modification on down payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändring av inkomstkonto vid handpenning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:246 msgid "" "To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " "Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"För att ändra eller justera inkomstkontot som är kopplat till produktsidan " +":guilabel:`Down Payment`, måste appen *Accounting* **must** vara " +"installerad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -8064,6 +10534,9 @@ msgid "" "available on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without " "the *Accounting* app installed." msgstr "" +"När appen *Accounting* är installerad blir fliken :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tillgänglig på produktsidan. Den fliken kommer **inte** att vara tillgänglig" +" utan appen *Accounting* installerad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -8071,16 +10544,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Income Account` field, located in the :guilabel:`Receivables` " "section." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Accounting` kan inkomstkontot ändras i fältet " +":guilabel:`Income Account`, som finns i avsnittet :guilabel:`Receivables`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återfakturera kostnader till kunder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "While working on a project for a client, employees often have to spend their" " own money on various expenses related to the project." msgstr "" +"När anställda arbetar med ett projekt för en kund måste de ofta spendera " +"sina egna pengar på olika utgifter relaterade till projektet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8089,16 +10566,23 @@ msgid "" "expense should be reinvoiced to the customer. With Odoo, these kinds of " "expenses can quickly be reinvoiced to the customer related to the project." msgstr "" +"Till exempel kan en anställd behöva använda sina egna pengar för att betala " +"för ett hotell, medan de tillhandahåller en tjänst på plats för en kund. Som" +" företag bör denna kostnad vidarefaktureras till kunden. Med Odoo kan den " +"här typen av utgifter snabbt vidarefaktureras till den kund som är relaterad" +" till projektet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:13 msgid "Expenses application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applikation för kostnader" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:15 msgid "" "To be able to reinvoice a customer for an expense, the *Expenses* " "application **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"För att kunna vidarefakturera en kund för ett utlägg **måste** applikationen" +" *Utlägg* vara installerad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8107,10 +10591,15 @@ msgid "" "application block. When clicked, Odoo installs the application, refreshes " "the page, and returns to the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att installera applikationen * Expenses *, navigera till " +":menuselection:`main Odoo dashboard --> Apps`, och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Install` på * Expenses * applikationsblocket. När du klickar " +"installerar Odoo applikationen, uppdaterar sidan och återgår till Odoo-" +"instrumentpanelen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 msgid "Add expenses to sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till kostnader i försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8119,6 +10608,11 @@ msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`. Doing so " "reveals a blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"Börja med att få en försäljningsorder bekräftad i appen *Sales* till vilken " +"en vidarefakturerad kostnad kan läggas till. Eller så kan du skapa en ny " +"försäljningsorder från grunden. För att göra det, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> New`. När du gör detta visas ett tomt " +"offertformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -8126,78 +10620,103 @@ msgid "" "Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`. Next, select a product " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till en :guilabel:`Kund`, och lägg till en produkt på fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader`, genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"produkt`. Välj sedan en produkt från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:31 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "This is how a confirmed sales order looks in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" +"Så här ser en bekräftad försäljningsorder ut i Odoo Sales-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:37 msgid "With the sales order confirmed, it's time to create an expense." msgstr "" +"När försäljningsordern har bekräftats är det dags att skapa en kostnad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:39 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the *Expenses* application, by going to " ":menuselection:`main Odoo dashboard --> Expenses`." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, navigera till * Utgifter * applikation, genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`main Odoo dashboard --> Expenses`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Then, from the *Expenses* dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to reveal a blank" " expenses form." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`New` i instrumentpanelen *Expenses* för att visa " +"ett tomt utgiftsformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "A blank expenses form in the Odoo Expenses application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett tomt kostnadsformulär i Odoo Expenses-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 msgid "" "On the expenses form, add a :guilabel:`Description` to easily reference the " "expense." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en :guilabel:`Description` på utgiftsformuläret för att enkelt " +"kunna referera till utgiften." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, select one of the following options" " from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Kategori` väljer du sedan ett av följande alternativ " +"från rullgardinsmenyn:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Communication`: any form of communication related to a " "project/order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kommunikation`: all form av kommunikation relaterad till ett " +"projekt/order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Others`: expense that doesn't fit into any other categories." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Övriga`: kostnader som inte passar in i någon annan kategori." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Meals`: any form of meal costs related to a project/order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Måltider`: alla former av måltidskostnader relaterade till ett " +"projekt/order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Gifts`: any form of gift costs related to a project/order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gåvor`: alla former av gåvokostnader relaterade till ett " +"projekt/order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mileage`: any form of mileage (gas) costs related to " "project/order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Milersättning`: alla former av milersättning (bensinkostnader) " +"relaterade till projekt/order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Travel \\& Accommodation`: any travel or accommodation costs " "related to a project/order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Travel \\& Accommodation`: alla kostnader för resor eller boende " +"i samband med ett projekt/order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -8206,12 +10725,17 @@ msgid "" "and clicking :guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Search:Category` pop-up " "window." msgstr "" +"Nya kostnadskategorier kan skapas från ett kostnadsformulär genom att klicka" +" på rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Category`, välja :guilabel:`View All`, och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`New` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Search:Category`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:0 msgid "" "The Search:Category expenses pop-up window from a blank expenses form in " "Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret Sök:Kategori utgifter från ett tomt utgiftsformulär i Odoo " +"Expenses." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8219,18 +10743,25 @@ msgid "" "stay, the :guilabel:`Category` for this example is :guilabel:`[TRANS \\& " "ACC] Travel \\& Accommodation`." msgstr "" +"För detta exempel på arbetsflöde, som kommer att vidarefakturera en kund för" +" en kort hotellvistelse, är :guilabel:`Category` för detta exempel " +":guilabel:`[TRANS \\& ACC] Travel \\& Accommodation`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:73 msgid "" "The following example requires the *Sales*, *Accounting*, and *Expense* apps" " to view/modify all the fields mentioned during the workflow." msgstr "" +"Följande exempel kräver apparna *Sales*, *Accounting* och *Expense* för att " +"visa/modifiera alla fält som nämns under arbetsflödet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:76 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field, enter in the amount to be expensed " "in the :guilabel:`Total` field." msgstr "" +"Under fältet :guilabel:`Category` anger du det belopp som ska kostnadsföras " +"i fältet :guilabel:`Total`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8239,6 +10770,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Included taxes` field, Odoo auto-calculates the taxed amount, " "based on the amount entered in the :guilabel:`Total` field." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan om det finns några :guilabel:`Inkluderade skatter` i " +":guilabel:`Total`. Om ett förkonfigurerat skattebelopp väljs från fältet " +":guilabel:`Inkluderade skatter`, beräknar Odoo automatiskt det beskattade " +"beloppet, baserat på det belopp som anges i fältet :guilabel:`Total`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -8246,12 +10781,17 @@ msgid "" " choose an option in the :guilabel:`Paid By` field: :guilabel:`Employee (to " "reimburse)` or :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan vilken :guilabel:`Anställd` som var ansvarig för kostnaden, och " +"välj ett alternativ i fältet :guilabel:`Betald av`: :guilabel:`Anställd (att" +" ersätta)` eller :guilabel:`Företag`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:86 msgid "" "In this case, our employee paid for the hotel with their own money, so the " ":guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)` option is chosen." msgstr "" +"I det här fallet betalade vår medarbetare för hotellet med sina egna pengar," +" så alternativet :guilabel:`Medarbetare (att ersätta)` har valts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8259,12 +10799,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Reference` is available. Beneath that, the auto-populated " ":guilabel:`Expense Date` and :guilabel:`Account` fields are available." msgstr "" +"På höger sida av utgiftsformuläret finns möjlighet att lägga till en " +":guilabel:`Fakturareferens`. Därunder finns de automatiskt ifyllda fälten " +":guilabel:`Expense Date` och :guilabel:`Account`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:94 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Expense Date` and :guilabel:`Account` field can be modified, " "if needed." msgstr "" +"Fälten :guilabel:`Expense Date` och :guilabel:`Account` kan modifieras vid " +"behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -8273,6 +10818,10 @@ msgid "" " sales order to which this expense should be attached. This field **must** " "be filled, in order to reinvoice a customer for an expense." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på det tomma fältet i fältet :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` " +"för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I denna rullgardinsmeny väljer du lämplig " +"försäljningsorder till vilken denna kostnad ska bifogas. Detta fält " +"**måste** fyllas i för att kunna vidarefakturera en kund för ett utlägg." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -8281,28 +10830,39 @@ msgid "" " complete a reinvoiced expense to a customer, but are available to modify, " "if needed." msgstr "" +"Slutligen finns möjlighet att ändra fälten :guilabel:`Analytisk " +"distribution` och :guilabel:`Företag`. Dessa fält krävs *inte* för att " +"slutföra en vidarefakturerad kostnad till en kund, men kan modifieras vid " +"behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:104 msgid "" "Also, at the bottom of the expense form, there is a :guilabel:`Notes...` " "section, wherein any notes related to this expense can be added, if needed." msgstr "" +"Längst ner på utgiftsformuläret finns också ett " +":guilabel:`Notes...`-avsnitt, där eventuella anteckningar relaterade till " +"denna utgift kan läggas till, om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "A filled out expenses form in the Odoo Expenses application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett ifyllt kostnadsformulär i Odoo Expenses-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:111 msgid "" "At the top of the expense form, there are buttons to :guilabel:`Attach " "Receipt`, :guilabel:`Create Report`, and :guilabel:`Split Expense`." msgstr "" +"Överst i utgiftsformuläret finns knapparna :guilabel:`Attach Receipt`, " +":guilabel:`Create Report` och :guilabel:`Split Expense`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:114 msgid "" "If there is a physical or digital receipt that should be attached to the " "expense, click :guilabel:`Attach Receipt`." msgstr "" +"Om det finns ett fysiskt eller digitalt kvitto som ska bifogas utlägget " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Bifoga kvitto`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -8310,21 +10870,28 @@ msgid "" "Expense`. This feature can be used for a number of reasons (spitting expense" " with another employee, to accommodate different tax rates, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Om kostnaden för detta utlägg behöver delas upp, klicka på :guilabel:`Split " +"Expense`. Denna funktion kan användas av flera olika skäl (dela kostnaden " +"med en annan anställd, för att ta hänsyn till olika skattesatser, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:121 msgid "" "If neither of these options are necessary, click :guilabel:`Create Report` " "to lock in the expense report that was just configured." msgstr "" +"Om inget av dessa alternativ är nödvändigt klickar du på :guilabel:`Create " +"Report` för att låsa in den utgiftsrapport som just konfigurerats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:124 msgid "" "Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` for the new expense." msgstr "" +"Om du gör detta visas en :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` för den nya " +"kostnaden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "An expense report summary in the Odoo Expenses application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En sammanfattning av kostnadsrapporten i Odoo Expenses-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -8332,6 +10899,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Submit to Manager`. This sends the expense report to the " "approving manager, who will review the expense." msgstr "" +"Här klickar du på :guilabel:`Submit to Manager` när alla uppgifter om " +"utlägget har bekräftats. Då skickas utläggsrapporten till den godkännande " +"chefen, som kommer att granska utlägget." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -8341,12 +10911,19 @@ msgid "" " view of the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` that's been submitted to the" " manager by the employee." msgstr "" +"Chefen som ansvarar för att granska och godkänna utlägget granskar " +"detaljerna kring utlägget och om det inte finns några problem klickar hen på" +" knappen :guilabel:`Approve` - som *bara* visas i chefens vy av " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` som den anställde har skickat till " +"chefen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "An expense report summary that a manager will approve with an Approve " "button." msgstr "" +"En sammanfattning av kostnadsrapporten som en chef kan godkänna med knappen " +"Godkänn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -8356,18 +10933,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, and :guilabel:`Reset" " to Draft`." msgstr "" +"Efter godkännandet ändras knapparna längst upp i :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` igen. Nu är knapparna högst upp på :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary`: :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report in Next " +"Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, och :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "An expense report summary with post journal entries button at the top of the" " form." msgstr "" +"En sammanfattning av kostnadsrapporten med knappen för postjournalposter " +"högst upp i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:151 msgid "" "When the manager is satisfied with the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary`, " "they'll click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries`." msgstr "" +"När chefen är nöjd med :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary`, klickar han/hon " +"på :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -8376,16 +10961,22 @@ msgid "" "is filled with the sales order that was initially configured to the expense " "in the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` försvinner knappen och " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` på fliken :guilabel:`Expense` " +"fylls med den försäljningsorder som ursprungligen konfigurerades för " +"utgiften i fältet :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:159 msgid "Reinvoice expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kostnader för återfakturering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:161 msgid "" "With those steps completed, it's time to return to the sales order to " "complete the reinvoice of the expense to the customer." msgstr "" +"När dessa steg är slutförda är det dags att återgå till försäljningsordern " +"för att slutföra vidarefaktureringen av kostnaden till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -8393,6 +10984,9 @@ msgid "" "and select the appropriate sales order that should be reinvoiced for the " "expense." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, navigera till :menuselection:`main Odoo dashboard --> " +"Sales app`, och välj lämplig försäljningsorder som ska återfaktureras för " +"utgiften." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -8400,12 +10994,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, with its :guilabel:`Delivered` column filled " "in, and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" +"På försäljningsformuläret finns den nykonfigurerade kostnaden nu på fliken " +":guilabel:`Orderrader`, med kolumnen :guilabel:`Levererat` ifylld, och redo " +"att faktureras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A sales order with the configured expense ready to be invoiced in the Order " "Lines tab." msgstr "" +"En försäljningsorder med den konfigurerade kostnaden är redo att faktureras " +"på fliken Orderrader." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -8413,12 +11012,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoice` at the top of the sales order. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat uppgifterna om utgiften klickar du på :guilabel:`Create" +" Invoice` högst upp i försäljningsordern. När du klickar visas popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A create invoices pop-up window that appears when the Create Invoice is " "clicked." msgstr "" +"Ett popup-fönster för att skapa fakturor som visas när du klickar på Skapa " +"faktura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -8426,18 +11030,24 @@ msgid "" "default :guilabel:`Regular invoice` option, and click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret lämnar du fältet :guilabel:`Create Invoice` på " +"standardalternativet :guilabel:`Regular invoice` och klickar på " +":guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:184 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` showing *only* the " "expense in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"Då visas ett :guilabel:`Kundfakturautkast` som *bara* visar utgifterna på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A customer invoice draft with the expense in the Invoice Lines tab of the " "form." msgstr "" +"Ett kundfakturautkast med kostnaden på fliken Fakturarader i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -8445,6 +11055,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the invoice. Doing so moves the status of the" " invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" +"Om all information om utgiften är korrekt klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` " +"för att bekräfta fakturan. Därmed flyttas fakturans status från " +":guilabel:`Draft` till :guilabel:`Posted`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -8453,6 +11066,10 @@ msgid "" "and PDF invoice in the body of the message. The message can be reviewed and " "modified, if needed." msgstr "" +"För att skicka fakturan till kunden klickar du på :guilabel:`Send \\& " +"Print`. Då öppnas ett :guilabel:`Sänd` popup-fönster med ett förkonfigurerat" +" meddelande och PDF-fakturan i meddelandetexten. Meddelandet kan granskas " +"och ändras vid behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -8461,17 +11078,24 @@ msgid "" "message/invoice to the customer. Additionally, a PDF of the invoice is " "automatically downloaded for record-keeping and/or printing purposes." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` för att skicka " +"fakturan till kunden. När du klickar på knappen försvinner popup-fönstret " +"och Odoo skickar meddelandet/fakturan till kunden. Dessutom laddas en PDF-" +"fil av fakturan automatiskt ner för arkivering och/eller utskrift." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:202 msgid "" "Back on the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice`, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Payment` button when the customer pays for the invoiced expense." msgstr "" +"Tillbaka på :guilabel:`Kundfaktura` klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Registrera betalning` när kunden betalar för den fakturerade " +"kostnaden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A customer invoice with the register payment button ready to be clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En kundfaktura med knappen Registrera betalning redo att klickas på." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -8480,10 +11104,16 @@ msgid "" "auto-populated with the correct information. After reviewing the " "information, click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Registrera betalning` visas ett " +":guilabel:`Registrera betalning` popup-fönster. I detta popup-fönster fylls " +"de nödvändiga fälten i automatiskt med korrekt information. När du har " +"granskat informationen klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Payment`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "A register payment pop-up window on a customer invoice in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Ett popup-fönster för registrering av betalning på en kundfaktura i Odoo " +"Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -8492,24 +11122,28 @@ msgid "" "the invoice, signifying this invoice is paid for in full. Thus, completing " "the workflow." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Create Payment` försvinner popup-fönstret och " +"en grön :guilabel:`In Payment` banner visas i det övre högra hörnet av " +"fakturan, vilket betyder att fakturan är betald i sin helhet. Därmed är " +"arbetsflödet slutfört." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:236 msgid ":doc:`time_materials`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`tid_material`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:228 msgid ":doc:`milestone`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`milstolpe`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera baserat på levererade eller beställda kvantiteter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Olika affärspolicyer kan kräva olika alternativ för fakturering:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -8517,6 +11151,9 @@ msgid "" "*Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" +"Regeln *Fakturera vad som beställts* används som standardläge i Odoo " +"*Sales*, vilket innebär att kunderna faktureras när försäljningsordern har " +"bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -8526,15 +11163,20 @@ msgid "" " slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the " "quantity actually delivered." msgstr "" +"Regeln *Fakturera det som levereras* fakturerar kunderna när leveransen är " +"klar. Denna regel används ofta för företag som säljer material, vätskor " +"eller livsmedel i stora kvantiteter. I dessa fall kan den beställda " +"kvantiteten skilja sig något från den levererade kvantiteten, vilket gör det" +" bättre att fakturera den kvantitet som faktiskt levererats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:14 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Att kunna ha olika faktureringsalternativ ger mer flexibilitet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 msgid "Invoicing policy features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktioner för faktureringspolicy" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -8544,10 +11186,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is " "delivered`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera de nödvändiga faktureringspolicyfunktionerna, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, och under " +"rubriken :guilabel:`Invoicing`, välj en :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` regel: " +":guilabel:`Fakturera vad som beställs` eller :guilabel:`Fakturera vad som " +"levereras`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välja en faktureringspolicy på Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -8555,10 +11202,13 @@ msgid "" "possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which " "automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Om regeln :guilabel:`Fakturera det som levereras` väljs, är det **inte** " +"möjligt att aktivera funktionen :guilabel:`Automatisk faktura`, som " +"automatiskt genererar fakturor när en onlinebetalning bekräftas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:34 msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktureringspolicy på produktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8567,14 +11217,19 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually " "using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"På varje produktsida, via :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Products dashboard`, lokalisera :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` alternativet " +"som finns under :guilabel:`General Information` fliken. Det kan ändras " +"manuellt med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Hur du ändrar din faktureringspolicy på ett produktformulär i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 msgid "Impact on sales flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Påverkan på försäljningsflödet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -8583,18 +11238,27 @@ msgid "" "confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, " "creates an invoice." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Sales* börjar det grundläggande försäljningsflödet med skapandet av " +"en offert. Därefter skickas offerten till en kund. Därefter måste den " +"bekräftas, vilket förvandlar offerten till en försäljningsorder. Denna " +"skapar i sin tur en faktura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the " "aforementioned sales flow:" msgstr "" +"Nedan följer en sammanställning av hur faktureringsreglerna påverkar det " +"ovan nämnda försäljningsflödet:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An " "invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fakturera det som är beställt`: Ingen påverkan på det " +"grundläggande försäljningsflödet. En faktura skapas så snart en försäljning " +"har bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -8603,6 +11267,11 @@ msgid "" "the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered " "quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fakturera det som är levererat`: Mindre påverkan på " +"försäljningsflödet, eftersom den levererade kvantiteten måste anges manuellt" +" på försäljningsordern. Eller så kan appen *Inventory* installeras och " +"användas för att bekräfta den levererade kvantiteten innan en faktura skapas" +" med appen *Sales*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -8611,12 +11280,18 @@ msgid "" "invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, " "please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" msgstr "" +"Om en användare försöker skapa en faktura utan att validera den levererade " +"kvantiteten visas följande felmeddelande: :guilabel:`Det finns ingen " +"fakturerbar rad. Om en produkt har en faktureringspolicy för levererade " +"kvantiteter, se till att en kvantitet har levererats.`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 msgid "" "If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has " "been delivered." msgstr "" +"Om faktureringsprincipen Levererade kvantiteter har valts, kontrollera att " +"en kvantitet har levererats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8625,10 +11300,15 @@ msgid "" "invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. " "This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." msgstr "" +"När en offert är bekräftad och status ändras från :guilabel:`Offerten " +"skickad` till :guilabel:`Försäljningsorder`, är de levererade och " +"fakturerade kvantiteterna tillgängliga för visning, direkt från " +"försäljningsordern. Detta gäller för båda alternativen för " +"faktureringsregler." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur du ser dina levererade och fakturerade kvantiteter i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -8636,6 +11316,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial " "delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Odoo lägger automatiskt till kvantiteterna på fakturan, både " +":guilabel:`Delivered` och :guilabel:`Invoiced`, även om det är en " +"delleverans, när offerten bekräftas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8643,16 +11326,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen finns det några olika alternativ för att skapa en faktura: " +":guilabel:`Regelbunden faktura`, :guilabel:`Avbetalning (procent)` eller " +":guilabel:`Avbetalning (fast belopp)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 msgid "" "Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to " "learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgstr "" +"Se till att läsa dokumentationen som förklarar alternativen för handpenning " +"för mer information: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera milstolpar i projektet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8661,6 +11349,10 @@ msgid "" "sequence of work that will inevitably result in the completion of a project " "and/or contract." msgstr "" +"Fakturering baserad på projektets milstolpar kan användas för dyra eller " +"storskaliga projekt. Serien av milstolpar i ett projekt representerar en " +"tydlig sekvens av arbete som oundvikligen kommer att leda till slutförandet " +"av ett projekt och/eller kontrakt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -8669,15 +11361,20 @@ msgid "" " phase of the project's development as it happens, in addition to paying a " "large bill in several installments, instead of all at once." msgstr "" +"Denna faktureringsmetod säkerställer att företaget får ett jämnt flöde av " +"pengar under hela projektets livstid. Kunderna kan på nära håll följa varje " +"fas i projektets utveckling, och dessutom betala en stor faktura i flera " +"omgångar istället för allt på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:14 msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa milstolpeprodukter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of a project is considered as an individual product." msgstr "" +"I Odoo betraktas varje milstolpe i ett projekt som en enskild produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -8685,12 +11382,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`. Then, click on a " "product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa och/eller konfigurera produkter så att de fungerar på detta " +"sätt, gå först till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`. " +"Klicka sedan på en produkt, eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:22 msgid "" "The option to invoice based on milestones is only available for certain " "product types." msgstr "" +"Möjligheten att fakturera baserat på milstolpar är endast tillgänglig för " +"vissa produkttyper." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8699,11 +11402,17 @@ msgid "" "options: :guilabel:`Service`, :guilabel:`Event Ticket`, :guilabel:`Event " "Booth`, or :guilabel:`Course`." msgstr "" +"På produktformuläret, under fliken :guilabel:`General Information`, måste " +"fältet :guilabel:`Product Type` *must* vara inställt på något av följande " +"alternativ: :guilabel:`Service`, :guilabel:`Event Ticket`, :guilabel:`Event " +"Booth`, eller :guilabel:`Course`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The invoicing policy field drop-down menu with options on product form." msgstr "" +"Faktureringspolicyfältet rullgardinsmeny med alternativ på " +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8711,16 +11420,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on Milestones` from the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" +"Med något av dessa :guilabel:`Produkttyp` alternativ markerat, välj " +":guilabel:`Baserat på milstolpar` från rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:39 msgid "Beneath that is the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Under detta finns fältet :guilabel:`Create on Order`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:41 msgid "" "To ensure workflows are as seamless as possible, it is recommended that an " "option in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field is selected." msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa att arbetsflödena är så smidiga som möjligt " +"rekommenderas att ett alternativ i fältet :guilabel:`Create on Order` väljs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -8729,18 +11443,27 @@ msgid "" "from a sales order form with that specific product. Once a project is " "created *then* milestones and tasks can be created and configured." msgstr "" +"Om du låter det vara kvar på standardalternativet :guilabel:`Nothing` kommer" +" det inte att påverka det önskade arbetsflödet negativt. Men ett projekt " +"*måste* sedan skapas direkt från ett försäljningsorderformulär med den " +"specifika produkten. När ett projekt har skapats *därefter* kan milstolpar " +"och uppgifter skapas och konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:50 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Create on Order` default option of :guilabel:`Nothing` " "is clicked, a drop-down menu is revealed with the following options:" msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Create on Order` och väljer :guilabel:`Nothing`" +" som standardalternativ visas en rullgardinsmeny med följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: Odoo creates a task related to this milestone product in " "the *Projects* app when this specific product is ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Uppgift`: Odoo skapar en uppgift relaterad till denna " +"milstolpeprodukt i appen *Projects* när denna specifika produkt beställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -8748,12 +11471,17 @@ msgid "" "this milestone product in the *Projects* app when this specific product is " "ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Projekt \\& Uppgift`: Odoo skapar ett projekt och en uppgift " +"relaterad till denna milstolpeprodukt i appen *Projekt* när denna specifika " +"produkt beställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: Odoo creates a project related to this milestone " "product in the *Projects* app when this specific product is ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Projekt`: Odoo skapar ett projekt relaterat till denna " +"milstolpeprodukt i appen *Projects* när denna specifika produkt beställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -8761,12 +11489,17 @@ msgid "" "this field, select to which existing project in the *Projects* app this " "created task should be connected." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Task` är markerad visas ett :guilabel:`Project`-fält. I det " +"här fältet väljer du vilket befintligt projekt i appen *Projekt* som den " +"skapade uppgiften ska kopplas till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Project field appears when the Task option is selected in Create on " "Order field." msgstr "" +"Fältet Projekt visas när alternativet Uppgift är valt i fältet Skapa på " +"order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -8774,18 +11507,24 @@ msgid "" "new fields appear: :guilabel:`Project Template` and :guilabel:`Workspace " "Template`." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Project \\& Task` eller :guilabel:`Project` har markerats " +"visas två nya fält: :guilabel:`Project Template` och :guilabel:`Workspace " +"Template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Project template and workspace template fields that appear on milestone " "product." msgstr "" +"Fälten Projektmall och Mall för arbetsyta som visas på milstolpeprodukten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Project Template` field provides template options to use for " "the project that will be created when this specific product is ordered." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Projektmall` finns mallalternativ att använda för det " +"projekt som skapas när denna specifika produkt beställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -8794,6 +11533,9 @@ msgid "" "will be automatically generated for the project when this specific product " "is ordered." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Workspace Template` finns mallalternativ att använda för" +" den arbetsyta (för appen *Documents*, inte appen *Projects*) som " +"automatiskt genereras för projektet när denna specifika produkt beställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -8803,20 +11545,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` column on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the " "sales order." msgstr "" +"För organisatoriska ändamål klickar du på fliken :guilabel:`Sales` på " +"produktformuläret och anger en anpassad milstolpsrelaterad beskrivning i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Sales Description`. Denna information visas i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Beskrivning` på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` i " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:87 msgid "" "Or, directly edit/modify the :guilabel:`Description` field on the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the sales order." msgstr "" +"Eller direkt redigera/modifiera fältet :guilabel:`Description` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Order Lines` i försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:90 msgid "This is *not* a requirement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta är *inte* ett krav." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:93 msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Milstolpar för fakturering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -8824,18 +11573,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Service` set as their :guilabel:`Product Type`, and " ":guilabel:`Task` set on their :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." msgstr "" +"Följande flöde innehåller en trio av milstolpeprodukter som har " +":guilabel:`Service` som :guilabel:`Product Type` och :guilabel:`Task` som " +":guilabel:`Create on Order` fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:0 msgid "" "Product with Service \"Product Type\" and \"Task\" in the Create on Order " "field on form." msgstr "" +"Produkt med tjänst \"Produkttyp\" och \"Uppgift\" i fältet Skapa på order på" +" formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:104 msgid "" "Those tasks are then attached to a pre-existing :guilabel:`Project`, which, " "in this case, is titled, :guilabel:`Rebranding Projects`." msgstr "" +"Dessa uppgifter kopplas sedan till ett redan existerande " +":guilabel:`Projekt`, som i detta fall har titeln :guilabel:`Rebranding-" +"projekt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8843,6 +11600,9 @@ msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera milstolpar, skapa en försäljningsorder med milstolpens " +"produkt(er). För att göra det, gå till :menuselection:`Säljapp --> Ny`. När " +"du gör detta visas ett tomt offertformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -8850,6 +11610,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, add the " "milestone product(s) to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"Från detta offertformulär lägger du till en :guilabel:`Kund`. Klicka sedan " +"på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader`. Lägg " +"sedan till milstolpeprodukt(er) på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8857,6 +11620,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the order, which turns the quotation into a " "sales order." msgstr "" +"När motsvarande milstolpeprodukt(er) har lagts till klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta ordern, vilket förvandlar offerten till" +" en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -8864,6 +11630,9 @@ msgid "" "sales order based on what was selected in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` " "field on the product form." msgstr "" +"När ordern bekräftas visas nya smarta knappar högst upp i försäljningsordern" +" baserat på vad som valts i fältet :guilabel:`Create on Order` på " +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -8871,10 +11640,14 @@ msgid "" "so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Milestones` page. Click :guilabel:`New` to add" " milestones." msgstr "" +"Från försäljningsordern klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Milestones`. " +"Då visas en tom :guilabel:`Milestones`-sida. Klicka på :guilabel:`New` för " +"att lägga till milstolpar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "Adding milestones to a sales order with milestone products." msgstr "" +"Lägga till milstolpar till en försäljningsorder med milstolpeprodukter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8882,10 +11655,13 @@ msgid "" "corresponding :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`. Lastly, assign a " ":guilabel:`Deadline` to the milestone, if desired." msgstr "" +"Ange ett :guilabel:`Namn` för milstolpen. Tillämpa det sedan på motsvarande " +":guilabel:`Säljorderobjekt`. Slutligen, tilldela en :guilabel:`Deadline` " +"till milstolpen, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:129 msgid "Repeat that process for all milestone sales order items." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprepa processen för alla försäljningsorderposter i milstolpen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -8894,12 +11670,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tasks` page with a task for each sales order item with that " "option designated in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till försäljningsordern via brödsmulorna. Från " +"försäljningsordern klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Tasks`. Då visas en" +" :guilabel:`Tasks`-sida med en uppgift för varje artikel i " +"försäljningsordern som har det alternativet i fältet :guilabel:`Create on " +"Order`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample tasks page accessed via the smart button from a sales order with " "milestone products." msgstr "" +"Exempel på uppgiftssida som öppnas via smartknappen från en " +"försäljningsorder med milstolpeprodukter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -8908,28 +11691,39 @@ msgid "" "milestone to which this task should be connected, in the " ":guilabel:`Milestone` field." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt tilldela en konfigurerad milstolpe till en uppgift klickar " +"du på önskad uppgift, varvid uppgiftsformuläret visas. I uppgiftsformuläret " +"väljer du lämplig milstolpe som uppgiften ska kopplas till i fältet " +":guilabel:`Milestone`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The milestone field on the task form when dealing with milestone products in" " Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Milstolpefältet på uppgiftsformuläret när man hanterar milstolpeprodukter i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:147 msgid "Repeat this process for all milestone tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprepa denna process för alla milstolpeuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:149 msgid "" "With those tasks properly configured, employees log in their progress as " "they work on the task, in addition to adding any notes related to the task." msgstr "" +"När dessa uppgifter är korrekt konfigurerade loggar medarbetarna in sina " +"framsteg när de arbetar med uppgiften och lägger dessutom till eventuella " +"anteckningar relaterade till uppgiften." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:152 msgid "" "Then, when that task is complete, that means that milestone has been " "reached. At that point, it is time to invoice that milestone." msgstr "" +"När uppgiften sedan är slutförd innebär det att milstolpen har uppnåtts. Vid" +" den tidpunkten är det dags att fakturera milstolpen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -8937,6 +11731,10 @@ msgid "" "breadcrumb links, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders " "--> Orders` and picking the appropriate sales order." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera en milstolpe, gå först tillbaka till försäljningsordern - " +"antingen via brödsmulelänkarna, eller genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders` och välja lämplig " +"försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -8944,18 +11742,25 @@ msgid "" " and check the box in the :guilabel:`Reached` column for that particular " "task." msgstr "" +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Milestones` på orderblanketten och markera" +" rutan i kolumnen :guilabel:`Reached` för den aktuella uppgiften." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "What it looks like to mark a milestone as reached via the milestone smart " "button." msgstr "" +"Hur det ser ut att markera en milstolpe som uppnådd via milstolpens smarta " +"knapp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:166 msgid "" "Next, return to the sales order — either by clicking :guilabel:`View Sales " "Order` on the :guilabel:`Milestones` page, or via the breadcrumb links." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till försäljningsordern - antingen genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`View Sales Order` på sidan :guilabel:`Milestones`, eller via " +"länkarna i brödsmulan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -8963,24 +11768,33 @@ msgid "" " has its :guilabel:`Delivered` column filled. That's because the milestone " "has been reached, and therefore delivered." msgstr "" +"Tillbaka på försäljningsordern har kolumnen :guilabel:`Delivered` fyllts i " +"för radposten för den milstolpe som har uppnåtts. Det beror på att " +"milstolpen har uppnåtts och därmed levererats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "A milestone product that's been reached marked as delivered on the sales " "order in Odoo." msgstr "" +"En milstolpeprodukt som har uppnåtts markeras som levererad på " +"försäljningsordern i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:177 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals " "a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Create Invoice` i det övre vänstra hörnet. Då öppnas " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The create invoices pop-up window that appears when create invoice button is" " clicked." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret Skapa fakturor som visas när du klickar på knappen Skapa " +"faktura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -8988,6 +11802,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` option on the default :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" " selection, and click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` button." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices` låter du alternativet " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` vara kvar på standardvalet :guilabel:`Regular " +"Invoice` och klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -8995,12 +11812,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, *only* showing that reached milestone in" " the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`, visar Odoo " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, *endast* den milstolpe som uppnåtts på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Invoice Lines`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "A customer invoice draft showing only the milestone product that's been " "reached." msgstr "" +"Ett kundfakturautkast som endast visar den milstolpeprodukt som har " +"uppnåtts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -9008,24 +11830,33 @@ msgid "" "invoice. Then, when the customer has paid for this milestone, click " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`." msgstr "" +"På fakturasidan klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta " +"fakturan. När kunden har betalat för milstolpen klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Registrera betalning`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:198 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is clicked, a :guilabel:`Register Payment`" " pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Register Payment` visas popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Register Payment pop-up window that appears when Register Payment is " "clicked." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret Registrera betalning som visas när du klickar på Registrera " +"betalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:204 msgid "" "On this pop-up window, confirm the accuracy of the auto-populated fields, " "then click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret bekräftar du att de automatiskt ifyllda fälten är korrekta " +"och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Create Payment`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -9033,12 +11864,17 @@ msgid "" "for that milestone, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in " "the upper-right corner. This banner signifies the invoice has been paid." msgstr "" +"När du klickar försvinner popup-fönstret och Odoo återgår till fakturan för " +"den milstolpen, som nu har en grön :guilabel:`In Payment`-banner i det övre " +"högra hörnet. Denna banner betyder att fakturan har betalats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "An invoice with a milestone product that has been paid with an In Payment " "banner." msgstr "" +"En faktura med en milstolpeprodukt som har betalats med en banner i " +"Betalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -9046,11 +11882,16 @@ msgid "" " order, in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, the reached milestone that's " "been invoiced and paid for, now has its :guilabel:`Invoiced` column filled." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till försäljningsordern via brödsmulelänkarna. Tillbaka på" +" försäljningsordern, på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader`, har den uppnådda " +"milstolpen som har fakturerats och betalats för nu sin " +":guilabel:`Invoiced`-kolumn fylld." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Invoiced column of a milestone product that's been paid for is filled." msgstr "" +"Kolumnen Fakturerad för en milstolpeprodukt som har betalats för är ifylld." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -9058,32 +11899,41 @@ msgid "" "sales order. Clicking that reveals all the invoices that are connected to " "this sales order." msgstr "" +"Det finns också en ny smart knapp :guilabel:`Fakturor` högst upp i " +"försäljningsordern. Om du klickar på den visas alla fakturor som är kopplade" +" till den här försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The invoices smart button that appears at the top of a sales order with " "milestones." msgstr "" +"Den smarta fakturaknappen som visas högst upp i en försäljningsorder med " +"milstolpar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:230 msgid "" "Simply repeat the above process for each milestone as it is worked on, and " "subsequently, completed." msgstr "" +"Upprepa bara ovanstående process för varje milstolpe allteftersom den " +"bearbetas och därefter färdigställs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:232 msgid "" "Continue that process until the entire project has been completed, each " "milestone has been invoiced, and the entire order has been paid for in full." msgstr "" +"Fortsätt på samma sätt tills hela projektet har slutförts, varje milstolpe " +"har fakturerats och hela ordern har betalats i sin helhet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:237 msgid ":doc:`proforma`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`proforma`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 msgid "Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proformafakturor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9091,6 +11941,9 @@ msgid "" " a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " "and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" +"En *proformafaktura* är en förkortad eller uppskattad faktura som skickas " +"före en leverans av varor. I fakturan anges varornas art och kvantitet, " +"värde och annan viktig information, t.ex. vikt och transportkostnader." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9099,12 +11952,17 @@ msgid "" "differ from a normal invoice, in that they are *not* a demand (or request) " "for payment." msgstr "" +"Proformafakturor används vanligen som preliminära fakturor med en offert. De" +" används också vid import för tulländamål. De skiljer sig från en vanlig " +"faktura genom att de *inte* är ett krav (eller en begäran) om betalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " "**must** be activated." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda proformafakturor **måste** funktionen " +"*Proformafaktura* vara aktiverad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9113,14 +11971,19 @@ msgid "" "section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera den här funktionen går du till :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, och i avsnittet :guilabel:`Quotations \\& " +"Orders` klickar du på kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" +"Inställningen för funktionen Pro-Forma-faktura i applikationen Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:27 msgid "Send pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka proformafaktura" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -9128,11 +11991,16 @@ msgid "" " a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " "the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` aktiverad finns nu möjligheten " +"att skicka en proformafaktura på alla offerter eller försäljningsorder, via " +"knappen :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "" "The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Knappen Skicka pro forma-faktura på en typisk försäljningsorder i Odoo " +"Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9140,12 +12008,16 @@ msgid "" "invoice for a down payment has already been sent, or for a recurring " "subscription." msgstr "" +"Proformafakturor kan **inte** skickas för en försäljningsorder eller offert " +"om en faktura för handpenning redan har skickats, eller för en återkommande " +"prenumeration." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 msgid "" "In either case, the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Froma Invoice` button does **not** " "appear." msgstr "" +"I båda fallen visas knappen :guilabel:`Send Pro-Froma Invoice` **inte**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -9153,12 +12025,17 @@ msgid "" "registrations, courses, and/or new subscriptions. Pro-forma invoices are not" " limited to physical, consumable, or storable goods." msgstr "" +"Proformafakturor **kan** dock skickas för tjänster, anmälningar till " +"evenemang, kurser och/eller nya prenumerationer. Proformafakturor är inte " +"begränsade till fysiska, förbrukningsbara eller lagringsbara varor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:45 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, a pop-up " "window appears, from which an email can be sent." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` visas ett " +"popup-fönster från vilket du kan skicka ett e-postmeddelande." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -9166,23 +12043,30 @@ msgid "" "with the customer from the sales order or quotation. The :guilabel:`Subject`" " field and the body of the email can be modified, if necessary." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret fylls fältet :guilabel:`Recipients` automatiskt i med " +"kunden från försäljningsordern eller offerten. Fältet :guilabel:`Subject` " +"och e-postmeddelandets brödtext kan ändras vid behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:52 msgid "" "The pro-forma invoice is automatically added as an attachment to the email." msgstr "" +"Proformafakturan läggs automatiskt till som en bilaga till " +"e-postmeddelandet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:54 msgid "" "When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" " the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." msgstr "" +"När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Send`, och Odoo skickar omedelbart " +"e-postmeddelandet, med den bifogade proformafakturan, till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "" "The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" " Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret som visas med en bifogad proformafaktura i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9191,14 +12075,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " "view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." msgstr "" +"För att förhandsgranska hur proformafakturan ser ut, klicka på PDF-filen " +"längst ner i popup-fönstret *innan* du klickar på :guilabel:`Send`. När du " +"klickar laddas proformafakturan ner direkt. Öppna PDF-filen för att visa " +"(och granska) proformafakturan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på proformafaktura PDF från Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing based on time and materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturering baserad på tid och material" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9206,6 +12094,9 @@ msgid "" "estimating the size of a project isn't possible, or when the requirements of" " a project may change." msgstr "" +"Fakturering baserad på tid och/eller material används vanligtvis när det " +"inte går att göra en exakt uppskattning av projektets storlek, eller när " +"kraven för ett projekt kan komma att ändras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9214,22 +12105,29 @@ msgid "" "needs to be paid to the employees, sub-contractors, vendors, suppliers, and " "so on." msgstr "" +"Detta skiljer sig från ett fastprisavtal, där kunden går med på att betala " +"en viss summa för att avtalet ska uppfyllas - oavsett vad som ska betalas " +"till anställda, underleverantörer, försäljare, leverantörer och så vidare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:12 msgid "" "The Odoo *Sales* app can invoice for time and various other expenses (e.g. " "transport, lodging), as well as purchases needed to fulfill an order." msgstr "" +"Odoo-appen *Sales* kan fakturera för tid och olika andra utgifter (t.ex. " +"transport, logi), samt inköp som behövs för att uppfylla en order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:16 msgid "App and settings configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av appar och inställningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:18 msgid "" "First, in order to accurately keep track of the progress of a project, the " "Odoo *Project* and *Accounting* apps **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"För att kunna hålla koll på hur ett projekt fortskrider måste apparna Odoo " +"*Project* och *Accounting* **installeras**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9239,10 +12137,15 @@ msgid "" "automatically refreshes and returns to the main Odoo dashboard, where the " "*Project* app is now available to access." msgstr "" +"För att installera appen *Project*, gå till :menuselection:`Odoo main " +"dashboard --> Apps`. På sidan :guilabel:`Apps` letar du sedan upp app-" +"blocket :guilabel:`Project` och klickar på :guilabel:`Activate`. Sidan " +"uppdateras automatiskt och återgår till Odoos huvudpanel, där appen " +"*Project* nu är tillgänglig för åtkomst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:26 msgid "Repeat the same process to install the *Accounting* application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprepa samma process för att installera applikationen *Accounting*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9252,17 +12155,24 @@ msgid "" "section, and ensure the box next to :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` is " "checked." msgstr "" +"Efter installationen klickar du på appikonen :guilabel:`Accounting` från " +"Odoos instrumentpanel och navigerar till :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. På sidan :guilabel:`Inställningar` bläddrar du ner till avsnittet" +" :guilabel:`Analytics` och kontrollerar att rutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` är ikryssad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How it looks to activate the Analytic Accounting setting in Odoo Accounting " "Setting page." msgstr "" +"Hur det ser ut att aktivera inställningen Analytisk redovisning på Odoo " +"Accounting Setting page." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9271,15 +12181,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Management` section, ensure the box beside the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is checked." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Odoo main dashboard --> Project app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. På sidan :guilabel:`Inställningar`, i avsnittet" +" :guilabel:`Tidsredovisning`, kontrollerar du att rutan bredvid funktionen " +":guilabel:`Tidsredovisning` är ikryssad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "What the Timesheets feature looks like on the Odoo Project settings page." msgstr "" +"Hur funktionen Timesheets ser ut på inställningssidan för Odoo Project." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "Service product configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av tjänsteprodukter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -9287,12 +12202,17 @@ msgid "" "possible to invoice for time spent on a project, but **only** when the " "following product configurations have been made." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen *Timesheets* aktiverad i appen *Project* är det nu möjligt " +"att fakturera för nedlagd tid på ett projekt, men **endast** när följande " +"produktkonfigurationer har gjorts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "" "Invoicing for time spent on a project is **only** possible with products " "that have *Service* set as the *Product Type* on their product form." msgstr "" +"Fakturering av tidsåtgång för ett projekt är **endast** möjligt med " +"produkter som har *Tjänst* som *Produkttyp* i sitt produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -9301,6 +12221,10 @@ msgid "" "desired service product to be configured, or click :guilabel:`New` to create" " a new product." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera en tjänsteprodukt, gå först till :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Products`. På sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` väljer du den" +" serviceprodukt som ska konfigureras, eller klickar på :guilabel:`Ny` för " +"att skapa en ny produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -9309,6 +12233,10 @@ msgid "" "menu in the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field, and select :guilabel:`Based " "on Timesheets`." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret, på fliken :guilabel:`General Information`, anger du " +":guilabel:`Product Type` till :guilabel:`Service`. Öppna sedan " +"rullgardinsmenyn i fältet :guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy` och välj " +":guilabel:`Baserat på tidrapporter`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -9317,12 +12245,18 @@ msgid "" "order is created with this specific service product, a new project and task " "is created in the *Project* app." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Create on Order` väljer du sedan " +":guilabel:`Project \\& Task`. Denna inställning anger att när en " +"försäljningsorder skapas med denna specifika serviceprodukt, skapas ett nytt" +" projekt och en ny uppgift i appen *Projekt*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "The correct settings for Invoicing Policy and Create on Order fields for " "service product." msgstr "" +"Rätt inställningar för fälten Faktureringspolicy och Skapa på order för " +"serviceprodukt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -9332,10 +12266,14 @@ msgid "" "only appears if :guilabel:`Task` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Create on " "Order` field." msgstr "" +"Alternativet :guilabel:`Task` kan väljas istället från rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Create on Order`. Om :guilabel:`Task` väljs, välj ett befintligt " +"projekt som uppgiften ska visas i från :guilabel:`Project` fältet, som bara " +"visas om :guilabel:`Task` väljs i :guilabel:`Create on Order` fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:84 msgid "Add time spent to sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till tidsåtgång till försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9343,6 +12281,9 @@ msgid "" "Policy* and *Create on Order* options, it is possible to add time spent to a" " sales order." msgstr "" +"Efter korrekt konfigurering av en serviceprodukt med alternativen " +"*Faktureringspolicy* och *Skapa på order*, är det möjligt att lägga till " +"tidsåtgång till en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9352,22 +12293,32 @@ msgid "" " select the properly :ref:`configured service product " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att se hur det fungerar, gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` för " +"att öppna ett tomt offertformulär. Fortsätt sedan med att lägga till en " +":guilabel:`Kund`, och på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` och väljer rätt :ref:`konfigurerad " +"serviceprodukt ` från " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:94 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta beställningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:96 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, two smart buttons appear at the top of the" " order form: :guilabel:`Projects` and :guilabel:`Tasks`." msgstr "" +"När du har bekräftat försäljningsordern visas två smarta knappar högst upp i" +" orderformuläret: :guilabel:`Projects` och :guilabel:`Tasks`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How the Projects and Tasks smart buttons look on a Sales Order in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"Hur smartknapparna Projekt och Uppgifter ser ut på en försäljningsorder i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -9376,12 +12327,19 @@ msgid "" "is clicked, it reveals the specific project task related to this sales " "order. Both are also accessible in the *Project* app." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på den smarta knappen :guilabel:`Projects` visas det specifika" +" projekt som är relaterat till denna order. Om du klickar på den smarta " +"knappen :guilabel:`Tasks` visas den specifika projektuppgift som är " +"relaterad till den här försäljningsordern. Båda är också tillgängliga i " +"appen *Projekt*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:107 msgid "" "In order to add time spent on a sales order, click the :guilabel:`Tasks` " "smart button." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till tidsåtgång för en försäljningsorder, klicka på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Tasks`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -9390,6 +12348,10 @@ msgid "" "project, and the time they spend working on the task can be added by the " "employees or by the person who created the sales order." msgstr "" +"I uppgiftsformuläret väljer du fliken :guilabel:`Timesheets`. På fliken " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` kan anställda tilldelas att arbeta med projektet, och" +" den tid de lägger på uppgiften kan läggas till av de anställda eller av den" +" person som skapade försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -9399,6 +12361,12 @@ msgid "" "option to add a brief description of the work done during this time in the " ":guilabel:`Description` column, but it's not required." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till en anställd och den tid som har lagts på uppgiften " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` på fliken :guilabel:`Timmar`. " +"Välj sedan lämpligt :guilabel:`Datum` och :guilabel:`Medarbetare`. Det finns" +" också möjlighet att lägga till en kort beskrivning av det arbete som " +"utförts under denna tid i kolumnen :guilabel:`Beskrivning`, men det är inte " +"obligatoriskt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -9406,6 +12374,9 @@ msgid "" "Spent` column, and click away to complete that line in the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab." msgstr "" +"Slutligen anger du den tid du arbetat med uppgiften i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`, och klickar bort för att fylla i raden på fliken " +":guilabel:`Timesheets`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -9414,6 +12385,10 @@ msgid "" "the task form) as a percentage, which reflects how much of the total " "allocated work hours have been done so far." msgstr "" +"Den tid som anges i kolumnen :guilabel:`Hours Spent` återspeglas omedelbart " +"i fältet :guilabel:`Allocated Time` (som ligger nära toppen av " +"uppgiftsformuläret) i procent, vilket återspeglar hur mycket av den totala " +"tilldelade arbetstiden som har utförts hittills." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -9421,22 +12396,29 @@ msgid "" "Spent` and :guilabel:`Remaining Hours` fields, located at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab." msgstr "" +"Samma information finns som numeriska timmar i fälten :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` och :guilabel:`Remaining Hours`, längst ner på fliken " +":guilabel:`Timesheets`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:0 msgid "" "How the Timesheets tab appears on a task form in Odoo Sales and Odoo " "Project." msgstr "" +"Hur fliken Timesheets visas på ett uppgiftsformulär i Odoo Sales och Odoo " +"Project." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:133 msgid "" "Repeat this process for however many employees and hours have been worked on" " the project." msgstr "" +"Upprepa denna process för hur många anställda och timmar som har arbetat med" +" projektet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:136 msgid "Invoice time spent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturera nedlagd tid" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -9446,6 +12428,12 @@ msgid "" "the top of the task form, or return to the sales order via the breadcrumb " "links, located in the upper-left of the screen." msgstr "" +"När alla nödvändiga anställda och tidsåtgång har lagts till i " +"projektuppgiften, återgår du till försäljningsordern för att fakturera " +"kunden för dessa timmar. För att göra det klickar du antingen på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Säljorder` högst upp i uppgiftsformuläret, eller " +"återvänder till säljordern via brödsmulelänkarna som finns längst upp till " +"vänster på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -9454,6 +12442,9 @@ msgid "" "column) and in the new :guilabel:`Recorded Hours` smart button at the top of" " the sales order." msgstr "" +"Tillbaka på orderblanketten visas den tid som lagts till uppgiften på fliken" +" :guilabel:`Orderrader` (i kolumnen :guilabel:`Levererat`) och i den nya " +"smarta knappen :guilabel:`Registrerade timmar` högst upp på orderblanketten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -9462,12 +12453,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera kunden för den tid som lagts ner på projektet klickar du " +"på :guilabel:`Create Invoice` och väljer :guilabel:`Regular invoice` i " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, clearly showing all " "the work that's been done in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"Då visas ett :guilabel:`Kundfakturautkast`, som tydligt visar allt arbete " +"som har gjorts på fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -9475,26 +12472,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice`, as that information is necessary to ensure " "other time/material invoicing tasks are completed properly and accurately." msgstr "" +"Var uppmärksam på kolumnen :guilabel:`Analytisk fördelning` i " +":guilabel:`Kundfaktura`, eftersom den informationen är nödvändig för att " +"säkerställa att andra tids-/materialfaktureringsuppgifter utförs korrekt och" +" noggrant." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:0 msgid "Invoice draft showing time spent on sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Fakturautkast som visar tidsåtgång för försäljningsorder i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:163 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the invoice and continue with the " "invoicing process." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta fakturan och fortsätta med " +"faktureringsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:169 msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av kostnader" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:171 msgid "" "In order to track and invoice expenses related to a sales order, the Odoo " "*Expenses* app **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"För att spåra och fakturera utgifter relaterade till en försäljningsorder, " +"Odoo * Utgifter * app **must ** installeras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -9502,16 +12508,22 @@ msgid "" "dashboard --> Apps`. Then, on the :guilabel:`Apps` page, locate the " ":guilabel:`Expenses` app block, and click :guilabel:`Activate`." msgstr "" +"För att installera appen * Utgifter*, navigera till :menuselection:`Odoo " +"main dashboard --> Apps`. På sidan :guilabel:`Apps` letar du sedan upp " +"appblocket :guilabel:`Expenses` och klickar på :guilabel:`Activate`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:178 msgid "" "The page automatically refreshes and returns to the main Odoo dashboard, " "where the :guilabel:`Expenses` app is now available to access." msgstr "" +"Sidan uppdateras automatiskt och återgår till den huvudsakliga Odoo-" +"instrumentpanelen, där appen :guilabel:`Expenses` nu är tillgänglig för " +"åtkomst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:184 msgid "Add expenses to sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till kostnader till försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -9519,6 +12531,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses` app. Then, from the main *Expenses* dashboard, " "click :guilabel:`New`, which reveals a blank expense form." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en kostnad i en försäljningsorder, gå först till appen " +":menuselection:`Expenses`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`New` från huvudpanelen" +" *Expenses*, vilket visar ett tomt utgiftsformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -9527,12 +12542,18 @@ msgid "" "select the appropriate option from the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Meals`, :guilabel:`Miles`, :guilabel:`Travel \\& Accommodation`)." msgstr "" +"På utgiftsformuläret lägger du till en :guilabel:`Beskrivning` av utgiften " +"(t.ex. `Hotellvistelse`, `Flygbiljett`). I fältet :guilabel:`Kategori` " +"väljer du sedan lämpligt alternativ från rullgardinsmenyn (t.ex. " +":guilabel:`Måltider`, :guilabel:`Mil`, :guilabel:`Resa \\& Boende`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:194 msgid "" "Expense categories can be added and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`." msgstr "" +"Utgiftskategorier kan läggas till och ändras genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Utgiftsappen --> Konfiguration --> Utgiftskategorier`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -9542,6 +12563,11 @@ msgid "" " expense in the :guilabel:`Paid By` field: the :guilabel:`Employee (to " "reimburse)` or the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan det totala beloppet för utlägget i fältet :guilabel:`Total`, samt" +" eventuella :guilabel:`Inkluderade skatter` som kan tillkomma. Kontrollera " +"sedan att rätt :guilabel:`Anställd` är vald och ange vem som betalat " +"utlägget i fältet :guilabel:`Betald av`: den :guilabel:`Anställde (som ska " +"ersätta)` eller :guilabel:`Företaget`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -9549,6 +12575,10 @@ msgid "" " sales order from the drop-down menu. Then, select that same sales order " "information from the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` field, as well." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` väljer du sedan lämplig " +"försäljningsorder från rullgardinsmenyn. Välj sedan samma " +"försäljningsorderinformation från fältet :guilabel:`Analytisk distribution` " +"också." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -9557,12 +12587,18 @@ msgid "" " product that is billed based on *Timesheets*, *Milestones*, or *Delivered " "Quantities*." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Analytisk distribution` kommer **bara** att ha motsvarande" +" försäljningsorder som ett alternativ om försäljningsordern innehåller en " +"tjänsteprodukt som faktureras baserat på *Timmar*, *Milstolpar*, eller " +"*Levererade kvantiteter*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How to properly fill out an expense form that's attached to a sales order in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"Hur man korrekt fyller i en kostnadsblankett som är kopplad till en " +"försäljningsorder i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -9571,6 +12607,10 @@ msgid "" "necessary documents to the expense. This is **not** required, but it may " "affect whether or not an expense is approved." msgstr "" +"Om det finns några kvitton som ska laddas upp och bifogas utlägget klickar " +"du på knappen :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` och laddar upp de nödvändiga " +"dokumenten till utlägget. Detta är **inte** obligatoriskt, men det kan " +"påverka om ett utlägg godkänns eller inte." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -9578,16 +12618,21 @@ msgid "" "to create an expense report detailing all the expense information that was " "just entered." msgstr "" +"När all information har matats in klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"för att skapa en kostnadsrapport med all kostnadsinformation som just har " +"matats in." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "How an Expense Report Summary looks in Odoo Expenses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur en utläggsrapportsammanfattning ser ut i Odoo Expenses." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:226 msgid "" "Then, there's the option to :guilabel:`Submit to Manager` for approval. Once" " approved, the :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip` appears." msgstr "" +"Sedan finns det möjlighet att :guilabel:`Submit to Manager` för godkännande." +" Efter godkännande visas :guilabel:`Rapport på nästa lönebesked`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -9596,6 +12641,10 @@ msgid "" "expense, and click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post this expense to " "the accounting journal." msgstr "" +"För att visa ett komplett flöde i detta exempel väljer du :guilabel:`Submit " +"to Manager`. Chefen klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Approve` för att godkänna " +"utlägget och på :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` för att bokföra utlägget i " +"bokföringsjournalen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:234 msgid "Invoice expenses" @@ -9609,6 +12658,11 @@ msgid "" " in the :menuselection:`Expenses` app. From the expense report, click the " ":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera en kund för en :ref:`utgift på en försäljningsorder " +"`, gå till den relaterade " +"försäljningsordern, antingen från appen :menuselection:`Sales` eller från " +"utläggsrapporten i appen :menuselection:`Expenses`. Från utgiftsrapporten " +"klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Försäljningsorder` högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -9616,12 +12670,17 @@ msgid "" "expense now has its own line in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and can be " "invoiced to the customer." msgstr "" +"Om utläggsrapporten var kopplad till försäljningsordern har det " +"nykonfigurerade utlägget nu en egen rad på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` och" +" kan faktureras till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "An expense appearing on Order Lines tab of a Sales Order in Odoo Sales " "application." msgstr "" +"En kostnad visas på fliken Orderrader för en försäljningsorder i Odoo Sales-" +"applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -9630,28 +12689,38 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera kunden för kostnaden på försäljningsordern klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`, väljer :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` i popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Create invoices` och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:252 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` for the expense. Then," " the invoicing process can be completed as usual." msgstr "" +"Om du gör detta visas ett :guilabel:`Kundfakturautkast` för utgiften. " +"Därefter kan faktureringsprocessen slutföras som vanligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample customer invoice for an expense generated from a sales order in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"Exempel på kundfaktura för en kostnad som genererats från en " +"försäljningsorder i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:260 msgid "Purchase configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av köp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:262 msgid "" "In order to invoice a customer for purchases made on a sales order, the " "*Purchase* application **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"För att kunna fakturera en kund för inköp som gjorts på en " +"försäljningsorder, **måste** applikationen *Purchase* vara installerad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -9661,10 +12730,15 @@ msgid "" "automatically refreshes and returns to the main Odoo dashboard, where the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` app is now available to access." msgstr "" +"För att installera *Köp*-applikationen, navigera till :menuselection:`Odoo " +"main dashboard --> Apps`. På sidan :guilabel:`Apps` letar du sedan upp app-" +"blocket :guilabel:`Purchase` och klickar på :guilabel:`Activate`. Sidan " +"uppdateras automatiskt och återgår till Odoos huvudpanel, där appen " +":guilabel:`Purchase` nu är tillgänglig för åtkomst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:273 msgid "Add purchase to sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till inköp till försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -9672,6 +12746,9 @@ msgid "" "To create a purchase order, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "New` to reveal a blank purchase order form." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett inköp till en försäljningsorder måste först en " +"inköpsorder skapas. För att skapa en inköpsorder går du till " +":menuselection:`Inköpsapp --> Ny` för att visa ett tomt inköpsorderformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -9681,12 +12758,19 @@ msgid "" " the far-right of the column headers. From that drop-down menu, select " ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`." msgstr "" +"Lägg först till en :guilabel:`Vendor` i inköpsordern. Under fliken " +":guilabel:`Produkter` klickar du sedan på rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`extra " +"kolumnalternativ`, som representeras av två horisontella linjer med prickar " +"på, längst till höger om kolumnrubrikerna. Välj :guilabel:`Analytisk " +"distribution` i rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How to add analytic distribution column on purchase order form in Odoo " "Purchase." msgstr "" +"Hur man lägger till analytisk distributionskolumn på inköpsorderformulär i " +"Odoo Purchase." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -9696,6 +12780,11 @@ msgid "" "product`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu. Repeat for" " all the products to add." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till kolumnen :guilabel:`Analytisk distribution` i " +"rubrikerna på fliken :guilabel:`Produkter` i inköpsorderformuläret " +"fortsätter du med att lägga till produkten/produkterna i inköpsordern. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` och välj önskad produkt i " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Upprepa för alla produkter som ska läggas till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -9705,12 +12794,20 @@ msgid "" "quantities`, and have the :guilabel:`At cost` option selected in the " ":guilabel:`Re-Invoice Expenses` field on its product form." msgstr "" +"För att ett inköp ska kunna faktureras korrekt på en försäljningsorder måste" +" produkten på inköpsordern **vara** markerad som :guilabel:`Kan " +"kostnadsföras`, ha en :guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy` inställd på " +":guilabel:`Levererade kvantiteter` och ha alternativet :guilabel:`Av " +"kostnad` valt i fältet :guilabel:`Re-faktura kostnader` på dess " +"produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:0 msgid "" "Product settings for a purchase order to be invoiced on a sales order in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Produktinställningar för en inköpsorder som ska faktureras på en " +"försäljningsorder i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -9719,6 +12816,10 @@ msgid "" "click the empty :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` field to reveal an " ":guilabel:`Analytic` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan lämplig :guilabel:`Analytisk distribution` som är associerad med " +"den försäljningsorder som denna inköpsorder är relaterad till. Klicka på det" +" tomma :guilabel:`Analytisk distribution`-fältet för att öppna ett " +":guilabel:`Analytiskt` popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -9726,12 +12827,17 @@ msgid "" "distribution associated with the desired sales order to be invoiced for the " "purchase." msgstr "" +"I rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Departments` väljer du sedan den analytiska " +"distribution som är kopplad till den önskade försäljningsorder som ska " +"faktureras för köpet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How to select the Analytic Distribution department from a purchase order in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Hur man väljer avdelningen för analytisk distribution från en inköpsorder i " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -9740,6 +12846,10 @@ msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` when the products have been " "received. This creates a receipt form." msgstr "" +"När all information har angetts på fliken :guilabel:`Produkter` i " +"inköpsordern bekräftar du ordern genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Bekräfta " +"order`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Receive Products` när produkterna har " +"tagits emot. Detta skapar ett kvittoformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -9748,6 +12858,10 @@ msgid "" "represented by four horizontal lines located to the far-right of the product" " line." msgstr "" +"Om något serie-/lotnummer måste anges innan du validerar mottagandet av " +"produkter, klicka då på :guilabel:`detaljer`-ikonen som representeras av " +"fyra horisontella linjer längst till höger på produktraden på " +"kvittoformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -9755,10 +12869,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number(s)` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity can be added." " When ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the data." msgstr "" +"Då visas fliken :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`, där du kan lägga till " +"nödvändiga :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number(s)` och :guilabel:`Done` " +"kvantiteter. När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att " +"bekräfta uppgifterna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:326 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the purchase order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Validera` för att validera inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -9766,11 +12884,16 @@ msgid "" "the page, and click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill that can" " be invoiced to the customer on the attached sales order." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till inköpsordern via brödsmulelänkarna högst upp på sidan" +" och klicka på :guilabel:`Create Bill` för att skapa en leverantörsfaktura " +"som kan faktureras till kunden på den bifogade försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Vendor bill draft for a purchase order to be invoiced to a customer in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Utkast till leverantörsfaktura för en inköpsorder som ska faktureras till en" +" kund i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:337 msgid "" @@ -9779,6 +12902,9 @@ msgid "" "error window appears, requesting that information to be entered before " "confirmation can occur." msgstr "" +"Se till att ange ett :guilabel:`Bill Date` på :guilabel:`Vendor Bill Draft` " +"innan du bekräftar. Om ett :guilabel:`Fakturadatum` *inte* anges, visas ett " +"felmeddelande som kräver att informationen anges innan bekräftelse kan ske." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -9786,10 +12912,13 @@ msgid "" "automatically added to the sales order, where it can be invoiced directly to" " the customer attached to it." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta leverantörsfakturan, " +"som sedan automatiskt läggs till i försäljningsordern, där den kan " +"faktureras direkt till den kund som är kopplad till den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:345 msgid "Invoice purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturering av inköp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -9797,6 +12926,10 @@ msgid "" "purchase to the sales order `, " "then navigate to the desired sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera en kund för ett inköp på en försäljningsorder ska du först" +" :ref:`lägga till inköpet till försäljningsordern ` och sedan navigera till den önskade " +"försäljningsordern i appen :menuselection:`Sales`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -9804,12 +12937,17 @@ msgid "" "product now has its own product line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, " "and it is ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" +"På försäljningsordern som bifogades inköpsordern har den köpta produkten nu " +"en egen produktrad under fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` och den är redo att " +"faktureras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Purchase order product on sales order to be invoiced to customer via Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"Inköpsorderprodukt på försäljningsorder som ska faktureras till kund via " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:358 msgid "" @@ -9817,18 +12955,24 @@ msgid "" "Invoice`, select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` from the :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera kunden för köpet klickar du på :guilabel:`Create Invoice`," +" väljer :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:362 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` with the newly-added " "purchase order product in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"Då visas ett :guilabel:`Kundfakturautkast` med den nyligen tillagda " +"inköpsorderprodukten på fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer invoice draft with purchase product attached to sales order in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Kundfakturautkast med inköpsprodukt kopplad till försäljningsorder i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -9836,20 +12980,25 @@ msgid "" "invoice, and then click :guilabel:`Register Payment` in the " ":guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up form." msgstr "" +"För att slutföra faktureringsprocessen klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för" +" att bekräfta fakturan och sedan på :guilabel:`Register Payment` i popup-" +"formuläret :guilabel:`Register Payment`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkter och priser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda e-plånböcker och presentkort" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and " "in-store shopping." msgstr "" +"Med Odoo kan kunderna använda **eWallets** och **presentkort** för att " +"handla online och i butik." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -9860,10 +13009,16 @@ msgid "" "Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card " "program." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera eWallets och presentkort för e-handel och Point of Sale " +"(PoS), aktivera först :guilabel:`Rabatter, lojalitet & presentkort` under " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing " +"section`. Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift " +"cards & eWallet` och :guilabel:`Create` en ny eWallet eller ett nytt " +"presentkortsprogram." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 msgid "eWallets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eWallets" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9872,6 +13027,10 @@ msgid "" "brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple " ":ref:`gift cards `." msgstr "" +"Med eWallets kan kunderna spara krediter på sitt onlinekonto och använda " +"dessa krediter som betalningsmetod när de köper varor i en onlinebutik eller" +" en fysisk butik. eWallets kan också användas för att centralisera flera " +":ref:`presentkort `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -9881,12 +13040,19 @@ msgid "" "can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS " "(Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar ett eWallet-program är det nödvändigt att skapa en eWallet " +"**top-up**-produkt. Topp-ups är fördefinierade digitala kreditvärden som " +"läggs till i en eWallet i utbyte mot motsvarande i verklig valuta. Dessa " +"krediter kan sedan användas som betalningsmetod i e-handelsbutiken eller " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. Påfyllningsvärden kan vara av olika belopp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 msgid "" "A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to " "the eWallet." msgstr "" +"En påfyllning på 50 USD kan köpas för 50 USD och ger samma antal krediter " +"till eWallet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -9894,42 +13060,50 @@ msgid "" " Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, " "configure the options as follows:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en påfyllningsprodukt, gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products` och :guilabel:`Create` a new product. Konfigurera " +"alternativen i produktmallen enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, " "`$50 Top-Up`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktnamn`: ange ett namn för påfyllningsprodukten (t.ex. `$50 " +"Top-Up`)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kan säljas`: aktiverad" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkttyp`: select :guilabel:`Tjänst`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy`: select :guilabel:`Förskottsbetalt/Fast pris`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Säljpris`: ange beloppet för påfyllningen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 msgid "" "In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-" "up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." msgstr "" +"För att kunna fylla på eWallet med olika belopp, skapa flera " +"påfyllningsprodukter och ändra :guilabel:`Säljpris` i enlighet med detta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -9937,20 +13111,25 @@ msgid "" " Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The " "following configuration options are available:" msgstr "" +"När påfyllningen har skapats går du till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` för att :guilabel:`Create` ett eWallet-" +"program. Följande konfigurationsalternativ är tillgängliga:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Programnamn`: ange ett namn för eWallet-programmet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Program typ`: välj :guilabel:`eWallet`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. " "Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: välj den eWallet-påfyllning som skapats " +"tidigare. Upprepa processen om du har skapat påfyllningar med olika belopp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -9958,11 +13137,16 @@ msgid "" "sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select " ":guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-postmall`: välj den e-postmall som används för det " +"e-postmeddelande som skickas till kunden. För att skapa en ny mall, klicka " +"på fältet, välj :guilabel:`Sök mer`, och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: välj den valuta som ska användas för eWallet-" +"programmet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 @@ -9970,6 +13154,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and " "available" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: välj det företag för vilket programmet är giltigt och " +"tillgängligt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 @@ -9977,6 +13163,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is " "valid and available" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: välj de applikationer där programmet är giltigt " +"och tillgängligt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 @@ -9984,6 +13172,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and " "available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Webbplats`: välj den webbplats där programmet är giltigt och " +"tillgängligt. Lämna detta fält tomt för att inkludera alla webbplatser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 @@ -9992,10 +13182,13 @@ msgid "" "the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all " ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: välj den :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` där " +"programmet är giltigt och tillgängligt. Lämna detta fält tomt för att " +"inkludera alla :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "eWallet program configuration page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationssida för eWallet-programmet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10006,6 +13199,12 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet " "value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." msgstr "" +"När programmet är konfigurerat klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Generate " +"eWallet` i det övre vänstra hörnet för att generera eWallets. eWallets kan " +"genereras baserat på :guilabel:`Kunder` och/eller :guilabel:`Kundtaggar`. " +"Kvantiteten anpassas automatiskt efter de :guilabel:`Kunder` och " +":guilabel:`Kundtaggar` som valts. Ställ sedan in :guilabel:`eWallet value`. " +"Slutligen anger du perioden :guilabel:`Valid Until` om tillämpligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10013,10 +13212,13 @@ msgid "" "button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " ":guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." msgstr "" +"De genererade eWallets kan nås via smartknappen :guilabel:`eWallets` i det " +"övre högra hörnet. Därifrån kan du :guilabel:`Send` eller :guilabel:`Share` " +"eWallets via e-post eller en URL-länk." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eWallets knappar för att skicka och dela" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -10024,16 +13226,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an " "eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." msgstr "" +"Klicka på en eWallet för att ändra :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, eller :guilabel:`Balance`. En :guilabel:`Code` för en " +"eWallet *kan* inte ändras, raderas eller dupliceras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 msgid "Gift cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presentkort" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 msgid "" "Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment " "method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" +"Presentkort kan köpas av kunder och i sin tur användas som betalningsmetod " +"vid utcheckningen i en e-handelsbutik eller :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -10042,20 +13249,27 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product " "template, configure the options as follows:" msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar ett nytt presentkortsprogram måste du först skapa " +"presentkort som produkter. Detta gör du genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Försäljningsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter` och " +":guilabel:`Skapa` en produkt. Konfigurera alternativen i produktmallen " +"enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produktnamn`: ange ett namn för presentkortsprodukten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Säljpris`: ange beloppet för presentkortet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 msgid "" "In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card " "products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha presentkort med olika belopp skapar du flera " +"presentkortsprodukter och ändrar :guilabel:`Säljpris` i enlighet med detta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -10063,14 +13277,17 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card " "program. The following configuration options are available:" msgstr "" +"När presentkortsprodukten har skapats går du till :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` för att :guilabel:`Create` ett " +"presentkortsprogram. Följande konfigurationsalternativ är tillgängliga:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Programnamn`: ange ett namn för presentkortsprogrammet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Program typ`: välj :guilabel:`Gift Card`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -10078,6 +13295,9 @@ msgid "" "earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different " "amounts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Presentkortsprodukter`: välj den presentkortsprodukt som skapades" +" tidigare. Upprepa processen om du har skapat presentkortsprodukter med " +"olika belopp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -10086,19 +13306,24 @@ msgid "" "field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-postmall`: välj standardmallen :guilabel:`Gåvokort: " +"Presentkortsinformation`, eller skapa en ny mall genom att klicka på fältet," +" välja :guilabel:`Sök mer`, och sedan klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Print Report`: välj :guilabel:`Gift Card`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: välj den valuta som ska användas för " +"presentkortsprogrammet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "Gift card program configuration page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationssida för presentkortsprogram" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -10111,6 +13336,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period" " if applicable." msgstr "" +"När programmet är konfigurerat klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Generera " +"presentkort` i det övre vänstra hörnet för att generera presentkort. " +"Presentkort kan genereras antingen för :guilabel:`Anonyma kunder` eller " +":guilabel:`Valda kunder`. Ställ in :guilabel:`Quantity to generate` för " +":guilabel:`Anonymous Customers`, eller välj :guilabel:`Customers` och/eller " +":guilabel:`Customer Tags` för :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Ange sedan " +":guilabel:`Giftkortets värde`. Slutligen anger du perioden :guilabel:`Valid " +"Until` om tillämpligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -10118,10 +13351,13 @@ msgid "" "smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " ":guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." msgstr "" +"Genererade presentkort kan nås via smartknappen :guilabel:`Gift Cards` i det" +" övre högra hörnet. Därifrån kan du :guilabel:`Skicka` eller " +":guilabel:`Dela` presentkorten via e-post eller en URL-länk." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka och dela-knappar för presentkort" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -10129,10 +13365,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift " "card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ett presentkort för att ändra :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner` eller :guilabel:`Balance`. Ett presentkorts " +":guilabel:`Kod` *kan* inte ändras, raderas eller dupliceras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rabatt- och lojalitetsprogram" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10142,10 +13381,15 @@ msgid "" "sensitive pricing options than :doc:`pricelists " "`." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Sales*, *eCommerce* och *Point of Sale* tillåter användare att skapa " +"rabatt- och lojalitetsprogram som kunder kan använda för shopping online och" +" i butik. Dessa program erbjuder mer varierade, offentliga och tidskänsliga " +"prissättningsalternativ än :doc:`pricelists " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 msgid "Configure the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera inställningarna" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -10155,16 +13399,23 @@ msgid "" "Gift Card` setting by checking the box next to the feature. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" +"För att börja använda rabatt- och lojalitetsprogram, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under rubriken " +":guilabel:`Pricing` aktiverar du inställningen :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty" +" & Gift Card` genom att markera rutan bredvid funktionen. Klicka slutligen " +"på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:19 msgid "Configure discount and loyalty programs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera rabatt- och lojalitetsprogram" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:21 msgid "" "To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa rabatt- och lojalitetsprogram, gå till :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -10173,46 +13424,58 @@ msgid "" "template cards, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new program from " "scratch." msgstr "" +"Om inga rabatt- eller lojalitetsprogram har skapats ännu, erbjuder Odoo ett " +"urval av mallar för att hjälpa till att skapa det första programmet. Välj " +"ett av mallkorten, eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa ett nytt " +"program från grunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:28 msgid "" "Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to " "edit it." msgstr "" +"Eller, om det redan finns program, välj ett befintligt program för att " +"redigera det." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mall för rabatt- och lojalitetsprogram." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 msgid "" "Templates only appear when no programs have been created, and they disappear" " once the first program is created." msgstr "" +"Mallar visas bara när inga program har skapats, och de försvinner när det " +"första programmet har skapats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:38 msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du skapar eller redigerar ett program öppnas programformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:40 msgid "The program form contains the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programformuläret innehåller följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Program Name`: Enter the name of the program. The program name is" " *not* visible to the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Programnamn`: Ange namnet på programmet. Programnamnet är *inte* " +"synligt för kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Program Type`: Select the desired :ref:`program type " "`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Programtyp`: Välj önskad :ref:` programtyp " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valuta`: Välj den valuta som används för programmet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10221,6 +13484,10 @@ msgid "" "name *is* visible to the customer. This field is only available when the " ":guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Poäng enhet`: Ange namnet på de poäng som används för " +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`-programmet (t.ex. `Loyalty Points`). Poängenhetens" +" namn *är* synligt för kunden. Detta fält är endast tillgängligt när " +":guilabel:`Programtyp` är inställt på :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -10228,6 +13495,9 @@ msgid "" "Leave this field blank for no end date, meaning the program is always valid " "and does not expire." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Giltighet`: Välj det datum fram till vilket programmet är " +"giltigt. Lämna fältet tomt för inget slutdatum, vilket innebär att " +"programmet alltid är giltigt och inte upphör att gälla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10235,24 +13505,34 @@ msgid "" "number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` " "period." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Begränsning av användning`: Markera denna ruta och ange en siffra" +" för att begränsa antalet gånger som programmet kan användas under " +":guilabel:`Validitet`-perioden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: In the case of multiple companies, choose the company " "for which the program is available." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Företag`: Om det finns flera företag, välj det företag för vilket" +" programmet är tillgängligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available On`: Select the app(s) on which the program is " "available." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tillgänglig på`: Välj den eller de appar där programmet är " +"tillgängligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website(s) on which the program is " "available. Leave this field blank to make it available on all websites." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Webbplats`: Välj den eller de webbplatser där programmet är " +"tillgängligt. Lämna detta fält tomt för att göra det tillgängligt på alla " +"webbplatser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -10260,16 +13540,22 @@ msgid "" "is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS " "(Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Försäljningsställe`: Välj det eller de försäljningsställen där " +"programmet är tillgängligt. Lämna detta fält tomt för att göra det " +"tillgängligt på alla :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programalternativ på lojalitetsprogrammets formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:67 msgid "" "The options available on the program form vary depending on the " ":ref:`Program Type ` selected." msgstr "" +"De alternativ som finns tillgängliga i programformuläret varierar beroende " +"på vilken :ref:`Programtyp ` som " +"valts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -10277,49 +13563,64 @@ msgid "" " the program are accessible through the smart button located in the upper-" "right corner of the form." msgstr "" +"Alla befintliga kort, koder, kuponger etc. som har genererats för programmet" +" är tillgängliga via smartknappen som finns i det övre högra hörnet av " +"formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programvaror smart knapp på lojalitetsprogrammet formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 msgid "Program types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av program" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Program Types` available on the program form are:" msgstr "" +"De olika :guilabel:`Programtyperna` som finns tillgängliga på " +"programformuläret är:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant " "immediate access to rewards." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kuponger`: Skapa och dela kupongkoder för engångsbruk som ger " +"omedelbar tillgång till belöningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes " "that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kuponger för nästa beställning`: Skapa och dela kupongkoder för " +"engångsbruk som ger tillgång till belöningar på kundens nästa beställning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " "points to exchange for rewards on future orders." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lojalitetskort`: Vid köp samlar kunden poäng som kan bytas mot " +"belöningar på framtida beställningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Promotions`: Set conditional rules for ordering products, which, " "when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Promotions`: Ställ in villkorliga regler för beställning av " +"produkter, som, när de uppfylls, ger kunden tillgång till belöningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Set codes which, when entered upon checkout, " "grant discounts to the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rabattkod`: Ange koder som, när de anges i kassan, ger rabatter " +"till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -10327,16 +13628,21 @@ msgid "" "credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can " "trade them in to receive Y item." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Köp X Få Y`: För varje X-artikel som köps får kunden 1 kredit. " +"Efter att ha samlat på sig en viss mängd krediter kan kunden byta in dem för" +" att få Y-objekt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 msgid "Conditional rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Villkorliga regler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the " "program applies to a customer's order." msgstr "" +"Därefter konfigurerar du :guilabel:`Conditional rules` som avgör när " +"programmet ska tillämpas på en kunds order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -10344,20 +13650,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This " "reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Regler och belöningar` klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg " +"till` bredvid :guilabel:`Villkorliga regler` för att lägga till *villkor* i " +"programmet. Detta öppnar popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create Conditional " +"rules`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Regler & belöningar i lojalitetsprogrammets formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:112 msgid "" "The options for :guilabel:`Conditional rules` vary depending on the selected" " :ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" +"Alternativen för :guilabel:`Villkorliga regler` varierar beroende på vald " +":ref:`Programtyp `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:115 msgid "The following options are available for configuring conditional rules:" msgstr "" +"Följande alternativ är tillgängliga för att konfigurera villkorliga regler:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -10366,6 +13679,10 @@ msgid "" " This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Discount Code`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rabattkod`: Ange en egen kod som ska användas för " +":guilabel:`Discount Code`-programmet, eller använd standardkoden som " +"genereras av Odoo. Detta fält är endast tillgängligt när " +":guilabel:`Programtyp` är inställd på :guilabel:`Rabattkod`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -10374,6 +13691,10 @@ msgid "" "least `1` to ensure that the customer must make a purchase in order to " "access the reward." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Minsta antal`: Ange det minsta antal produkter som måste köpas " +"för att få tillgång till belöningen. Ange minsta antal till minst `1` för " +"att säkerställa att kunden måste göra ett köp för att få tillgång till " +"belöningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10383,12 +13704,18 @@ msgid "" "purchase amount are entered, then the customer's order must meet both " "conditions." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Minsta inköp`: Ange det minsta belopp (i valuta), med " +":guilabel:`skatt inkluderad` eller :guilabel:`skatt exkluderad`, som måste " +"spenderas för att få tillgång till belöningen. Om både minsta antal *och* " +"minsta inköpsbelopp anges måste kundens beställning uppfylla båda villkoren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: Select the specific product(s) for which the program " "applies. Leave this field blank to apply it to all products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkter`: Välj den eller de specifika produkter som programmet " +"gäller för. Lämna detta fält tomt för att tillämpa det på alla produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -10396,12 +13723,16 @@ msgid "" "program applies. Choose :guilabel:`All` to apply it to all product " "categories." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kategorier`: Välj den produktkategori som programmet gäller för. " +"Välj :guilabel:`All` för att tillämpa det på alla produktkategorier." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " "that specific tag." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkttagg:` Välj en tagg för att tillämpa programmet på " +"produkter med den specifika taggen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -10410,11 +13741,16 @@ msgid "" "unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` " "programs)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Grant`: Ange antalet poäng som kunden tjänar :guilabel:`per " +"order`, :guilabel:`per spenderad valuta`, eller :guilabel:`per betald enhet`" +" (för programmen :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` och :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "" "Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsfönster för villkorliga regler för ett rabatt- eller " +"lojalitetsprogram." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -10422,6 +13758,9 @@ msgid "" " or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the rule and immediately create a " "new one." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Save & Close` för att spara regeln och stänga popup-" +"fönstret, eller klicka på :guilabel:`Save & New` för att spara regeln och " +"omedelbart skapa en ny." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 msgid "Rewards" @@ -10433,16 +13772,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program." " This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Regler & belöningar` i programformuläret klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till` bredvid :guilabel:`Belöningar` för att lägga till " +"*belöningar* i programmet. Detta öppnar popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create " +"Rewards`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 msgid "" "The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected " ":ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" +"Alternativen för :guilabel:`Rewards` varierar beroende på vald " +":ref:`Programtyp `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följande alternativ är tillgängliga för att konfigurera belöningar:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -10451,32 +13796,42 @@ msgid "" "options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` " "selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ av belöning`: Välj belöningstyp bland :guilabel:`Free " +"Product`, :guilabel:`Discount` och :guilabel:`Free Shipping`. De andra " +"alternativen för belöningskonfiguration beror på den :guilabel:`Reward Type`" +" som valts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fri produkt`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded " "to the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kvantitet som belönas`: Välj antalet gratis produkter som belönas" +" till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" " product can be selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkt`: Välj den produkt som ges gratis som belöning. Endast en" +" produkt kan väljas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " "eligible for the reward." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkttagg`: Välj en tagg för att ytterligare specificera den " +"kostnadsfria produkten som är berättigad till belöningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Rabatt`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -10486,6 +13841,11 @@ msgid "" " the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the " "order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rabatt`: Ange det rabatterade beloppet i antingen " +":guilabel:`procent`, :guilabel:`valuta per punkt`, eller :guilabel:`valuta " +"per order`. Välj sedan om rabatten ska gälla hela :guilabel:`Order`, endast " +":guilabel:`Billigaste produkten` i ordern, eller endast :guilabel:`Specifika" +" produkter`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 @@ -10493,10 +13853,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this " "reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max Rabatt`: Ange det högsta belopp (i valuta) som denna belöning" +" kan ge som rabatt. Lämna detta fält på `0` för ingen gräns." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fri frakt`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -10504,24 +13866,29 @@ msgid "" "for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get " "Y` programs)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`I utbyte mot`: Ange det antal poäng som krävs för att byta till " +"sig belöningen (för programmen :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` och :guilabel:`Buy " +"X Get Y`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which" " is displayed to the customer upon checkout." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beskrivning vid beställning`: Ange beskrivningen av belöningen, " +"som visas för kunden vid utcheckningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationsfönster för rabatter eller lojalitetsprogram." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera din prissättning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "Foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utländska valutor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10529,12 +13896,17 @@ msgid "" "currencies. Specifically, Odoo has the ability to work with 167 total " "currencies." msgstr "" +"Med Odoo kan prislistor användas för att hantera priser i ett antal " +"utländska valutor. Specifikt har Odoo möjlighet att arbeta med 167 totala " +"valutor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:9 msgid "" "In order to use multiple currencies in Odoo *Sales*, the *Accounting* " "application **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda flera valutor i Odoo *Sales* måste programmet " +"*Accounting* **vara** installerat." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 @@ -10549,17 +13921,24 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Currencies` section, " "and locate the :guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." msgstr "" +"När appen *Accounting* har installerats kan utländska valutor läggas till i " +"databasen. Gå till :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, bläddra till avsnittet :guilabel:`Currencies` och leta reda på " +"inställningen :guilabel:`Main Currency`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "" "How the main currency feature appears on settings page in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" +"Hur huvudvalutafunktionen visas på inställningssidan i Odoo Accounting." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo automatically sets the main currency as the currency of the country the" " company is based in." msgstr "" +"Odoo ställer automatiskt in huvudvalutan som valutan i det land där " +"företaget är baserat." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -10567,6 +13946,9 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Currency` field, select the desired currency, and be sure to " ":guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"För att ändra företagets huvudvaluta, välj rullgardinsmenyn i fältet " +":guilabel:`Currency`, välj önskad valuta och var noga med att " +":guilabel:`Save` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -10575,6 +13957,10 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Currencies section`)." msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa att valutakurser uppdateras automatiskt, aktivera " +"funktionen *automatiska valutakurser* på inställningssidan för *Redovisning*" +" (:menuselection:`Redovisningsapp --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar --> " +"Avsnitt om valutor`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -10584,18 +13970,27 @@ msgid "" " of time for the updates to take place. Then determine when the date of the " ":guilabel:`Next Run` should be." msgstr "" +"Klicka på kryssrutan bredvid funktionen :guilabel:`Automatiska " +"valutakurser`, välj en bank att hämta valutakurserna från i rullgardinsmenyn" +" :guilabel:`Tjänst` och välj ett :guilabel:`Intervall` för uppdateringarna. " +"Bestäm sedan när datumet för :guilabel:`Next Run` ska vara." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "To instantly update the currency rates, click the :guilabel:`🔁 (circular " "arrows)` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Next Run` field." msgstr "" +"För att omedelbart uppdatera valutakurserna, klicka på :guilabel:`🔁 " +"(cirkulära pilar)` ikonen, som finns till höger om :guilabel:`Next Run` " +"fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:45 msgid "" "When all configurations are complete, be sure to :guilabel:`Save` all " "changes." msgstr "" +"När alla konfigurationer är klara, se till att :guilabel:`Spara` alla " +"ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -10603,10 +13998,14 @@ msgid "" "or the company currency, if the company currency is not set. If it is not " "the same, a :guilabel:`Validation Error` message appears." msgstr "" +"Alla betalningsmetoder **måste** vara i samma valuta som " +"försäljningsjournalen, eller företagets valuta, om företagets valuta inte är" +" inställd. Om det inte är samma valuta visas ett " +":guilabel:`Valideringsfel`-meddelande." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:53 msgid "View, edit, and add currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa, redigera och lägga till valutor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -10615,16 +14014,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currencies` link, located beneath the :guilabel:`Currency` field " "on the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Settings` page." msgstr "" +"För att visa, redigera och lägga till valutor i databasen, så att de blir " +"tillgängliga i prislistor och i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Huvudvaluta`, " +"klicka på länken :guilabel:`Valutor`, som finns under fältet " +":guilabel:`Valuta` på sidan :menuselection:`Räkenskapsprogram --> " +"Inställningar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:59 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Currencies` link is clicked, a separate " ":guilabel:`Currencies` page is revealed." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på länken :guilabel:`Currencies` visas en separat " +":guilabel:`Currencies`-sida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How the main currencies page appears in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur huvudsidan för valutor visas i Odoo Accounting." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -10634,17 +14040,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Rate` (compared to the default currency of the country in" " which the company is based)." msgstr "" +"På den här sidan tillhandahåller Odoo en huvudlista med 167 globala valutor." +" Varje rad visar motsvarande :guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Symbol`, " +":guilabel:`Name`, datum för :guilabel:`Last Update` och :guilabel:`Current " +"Rate` (jämfört med standardvalutan i det land där företaget har sitt säte)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:70 msgid "" "To the far right, there are two columns, which can be toggled on or off:" msgstr "" +"Längst till höger finns två kolumner som kan aktiveras eller inaktiveras:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use on eBay`: this currency can be used with the connected eBay " "account (if applicable)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Use on eBay`: denna valuta kan användas med det anslutna eBay-" +"kontot (om tillämpligt)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -10653,12 +14066,17 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Currencies section`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Active`: denna valuta är aktiverad, vilket innebär att den kan " +"läggas till i en prislista eller användas som företagets huvudvaluta, om så " +"önskas (via :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Currencies section`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, all the :guilabel:`Active` currency options are at the top of " "the list." msgstr "" +"Som standard är alla :guilabel:`Aktiva` valutaalternativ överst i listan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -10666,6 +14084,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active` currency. See :doc:`./pricing` to learn more about " "pricelist configuration." msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas att *minst* en prislista skapas per :guilabel:`Active` " +"valuta. Se :doc:`./pricing` för mer information om konfigurering av " +"prislistor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -10673,10 +14094,13 @@ msgid "" "corresponding column. When *on* the color of the switch is green. When " "*off*, the color of the switch is grey." msgstr "" +"För att växla alternativ till/från, klicka på växlingsknappen i raden för " +"motsvarande kolumn. När *på* är färgen på omkopplaren grön. När den är *av* " +"är färgen på omkopplaren grå." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:89 msgid "Currency detail form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulär för valutauppgifter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -10684,10 +14108,13 @@ msgid "" "currency to reveal the detail form for that specific currency, and proceed " "to make any necessary changes." msgstr "" +"För att redigera en valuta på sidan :guilabel:`Currencies`, klicka på önskad" +" valuta för att visa detaljformuläret för den specifika valutan, och " +"fortsätt med att göra nödvändiga ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur ett formulär för valutadetaljer ser ut i Odoo Accounting." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -10695,6 +14122,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` field. Beneath that, the name for the currency is in " "the :guilabel:`Name` field." msgstr "" +"I formuläret för valutadetaljer visas den relevanta valutakoden i fältet " +":guilabel:`Currency`. Under detta visas namnet på valutan i fältet " +":guilabel:`Name`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -10702,6 +14132,8 @@ msgid "" " *on* is indicated with a green switch, and *off* is indicated with a grey " "switch." msgstr "" +"Växla sedan valutans tillgänglighet med :guilabel:`Active`: *på* indikeras " +"med en grön strömbrytare, och *av* indikeras med en grå strömbrytare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -10709,12 +14141,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency Unit` (e.g. `Dollars`) and :guilabel:`Currency Subunit` " "(e.g. `Cents`) can be found." msgstr "" +"Till höger om formuläret för valutauppgifter finns :guilabel:`Valutaenhet` " +"(t.ex. `Dollar`) och :guilabel:`Valutaunderenhet` (t.ex. `Cent`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:107 msgid "" "If the currency is meant to be used for eBay purposes, toggle the " ":guilabel:`Use on eBay` option to the desired activation." msgstr "" +"Om valutan är avsedd att användas för eBay-ändamål, växla alternativet " +":guilabel:`Use on eBay` till önskad aktivering." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -10723,6 +14159,10 @@ msgid "" "specific rate, the :guilabel:`Company` to which it is connected, followed by" " the :guilabel:`Unit per...` and :guilabel:`...per Unit`." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Rates` kan du sedan visa, lägga till eller ta bort " +"de olika konverteringskurserna. Varje rad visar :guilabel:`Datum` för den " +"specifika kursen, :guilabel:`Företag` som den är kopplad till, följt av " +":guilabel:`Enhet per...` och :guilabel:`...per enhet`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:166 @@ -10731,6 +14171,9 @@ msgid "" "for the company. For example, if the main currency is set to `USD`, the " "columns are titled :guilabel:`Unit per USD` and :guilabel:`USD per Unit`." msgstr "" +"*...* i var och en av de två sista kolumnerna representerar företagets " +"huvudvaluta. Om huvudvalutan t.ex. är `USD` har kolumnerna titlarna " +":guilabel:`Enhet per USD` och :guilabel:`USD per enhet`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -10738,10 +14181,13 @@ msgid "" "tab, and proceed to fill in the necessary information in the aforementioned " "columns." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en ny taxa, klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` i fliken " +":guilabel:`Rates` och fyll i nödvändig information i de ovan nämnda " +"kolumnerna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:123 msgid "Main currency detail form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulär för uppgifter om huvudvaluta" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -10749,10 +14195,13 @@ msgid "" "appears at the top of the currency detail form with the message: " ":guilabel:`This is your company's currency.`." msgstr "" +"Om den valda valutan är företagets huvudvaluta visas en blå banner högst upp" +" i formuläret för valutauppgifter med meddelandet: :guilabel:`Detta är ditt " +"företags valuta.`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a main currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur ett detaljformulär för huvudvalutan ser ut i Odoo Accounting." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -10760,26 +14209,33 @@ msgid "" "will **not** be a :guilabel:`Rates` tab because all other currency rates are" " based off the main currency of the company." msgstr "" +"Alla fält är desamma som i ett vanligt formulär för valutadetaljer, men det " +"kommer **inte** att finnas en :guilabel:`Rates`-flik eftersom alla andra " +"valutakurser baseras på företagets huvudvaluta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:137 msgid "Create new currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ny valuta" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:139 msgid "" "If a desired currency isn't on the :guilabel:`Currencies` page, click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to open a blank currency template form." msgstr "" +"Om önskad valuta inte finns på sidan :guilabel:`Valutor`, klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Ny` för att öppna ett tomt formulär för valutamall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:143 msgid "" "The same :guilabel:`New` button is located in the upper-right corner of any " "currency detail form." msgstr "" +"Samma :guilabel:`New`-knapp finns i det övre högra hörnet på alla formulär " +"för valutadetaljer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a blank currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur ett tomt formulär för valutadetaljer ser ut i Odoo Accounting." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -10787,12 +14243,16 @@ msgid "" "code in the :guilabel:`Currency` field. Beneath that, enter the name for the" " currency in the :guilabel:`Name` field." msgstr "" +"På det tomma formuläret för valutadetaljer fortsätter du med att ange önskad" +" valutakod i fältet :guilabel:`Currency`. Under detta anger du namnet på " +"valutan i fältet :guilabel:`Name`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:153 msgid "" "Then, toggle the currency's availability with the :guilabel:`Active` toggle " "switch." msgstr "" +"Växla sedan valutans tillgänglighet med :guilabel:`Active`-vippknappen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -10800,12 +14260,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency Unit` (e.g. `Dollars`) and appropriate " ":guilabel:`Currency Subunit` (e.g. `Cents`)." msgstr "" +"Till höger om formuläret för valutauppgifter anger du lämplig " +":guilabel:`Valutaenhet` (t.ex. `Dollar`) och lämplig " +":guilabel:`Valutaunderenhet` (t.ex. `Cents`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:158 msgid "" "If the currency is meant to be used for eBay purposes, toggle the " ":guilabel:`Use on eBay` to the desired activation." msgstr "" +"Om valutan är avsedd att användas för eBay-ändamål, växla :guilabel:`Use on " +"eBay` till önskad aktivering." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -10815,10 +14280,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`...per Unit` fields to ensure all the auto-populated information " "is accurate." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Rates` lägger du sedan till en ny taxa genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`. Fortsätt sedan med att bekräfta och " +"justera fälten :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Unit " +"per...` och :guilabel:`...per Unit` för att säkerställa att all information " +"som fylls i automatiskt är korrekt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:171 msgid "Currency-specific pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valutaspecifika prislistor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -10827,26 +14297,35 @@ msgid "" "currency, start by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas att *minst* en prislista skapas per aktiv valuta i " +"databasen. För att skapa (eller tilldela) en prislista till en specifik " +"valuta, börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Pricelists`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:177 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select an existing pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Pricelists` kan du antingen välja en befintlig prislista" +" att redigera, eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny " +"prislista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:180 msgid "" "On the pricelist detail form, for either a new or existing pricelist, adjust" " the :guilabel:`Currency` field as desired." msgstr "" +"På prislistans detaljformulär, för antingen en ny eller befintlig prislista," +" justera :guilabel:`Currency` fältet efter önskemål." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`./pricing` to learn more about pricelist configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./pricing` för att lära dig mer om konfigurering av prislistor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:187 msgid "Auto-conversion from public price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisk konvertering från offentligt pris" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -10855,6 +14334,11 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Currencies section --> Main Currency --> Currency drop-down menu`." msgstr "" +"Det bör noteras att det offentliga pris som visas på produkter är direkt " +"relaterat till den huvudvaluta som företaget har angett, vilket konfigureras" +" genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Räkenskapsapp --> Konfiguration -->" +" Inställningar --> Valutaavsnitt --> Huvudvaluta --> Rullgardinsmeny för " +"valuta`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -10863,10 +14347,14 @@ msgid "" "currency. The change in price is directly related to the updated conversion " "rate for that currency." msgstr "" +"Försäljningspriset uppdateras automatiskt om prislistan ändras till en annan" +" prislista som har en annan valuta än företagets huvudvaluta. Prisändringen " +"är direkt relaterad till den uppdaterade omräkningskursen för den aktuella " +"valutan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:198 msgid "Set product prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange produktpriser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -10874,12 +14362,17 @@ msgid "" "currency rates, start by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Products`." msgstr "" +"För att kunna ställa in produktpriser för att undvika eventuella " +"förändringar i valutakurser, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:203 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Products` page, select the desired product to modify. " "Or, create a new product by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" +"Från sidan :guilabel:`Produkter`, välj önskad produkt att ändra. Du kan " +"också skapa en ny produkt genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -10887,18 +14380,25 @@ msgid "" "button, located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a separate " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` page, specific to that particular product." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Extrapriser` smart-knappen i det övre vänstra " +"hörnet på produktdetaljformuläret. Då visas en separat " +":guilabel:`Prisregler`-sida som är specifik för just den produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "" "How to set product prices based on foreign currency pricelists in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"Hur man ställer in produktpriser baserat på prislistor i utländsk valuta i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:214 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New`, and select the desired pricelist from the drop-down " "menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`New` och välj önskad prislista från rullgardinsmenyn i " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Pricelist`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -10906,6 +14406,9 @@ msgid "" "proceed to enter in the desired figures in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` and" " :guilabel:`Price` fields." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Applied On` fylls i automatiskt med produkten, så fortsätt" +" med att ange önskade siffror i fälten :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` och " +":guilabel:`Price`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -10913,6 +14416,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price` being set will **only** trigger if at least that amount of" " product is purchased." msgstr "" +"Siffran i fältet :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` innebär att det :guilabel:`Price`" +" som anges **bara** kommer att utlösas om minst den mängden produkt köps." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -10920,6 +14425,9 @@ msgid "" "for the set prices. Leaving those columns blank ensures the set price will " "remain valid, regardless of the date of sale." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera vid behov :guilabel:`Startdatum` och :guilabel:`Slutdatum` för " +"de fasta priserna. Om du lämnar dessa kolumner tomma kommer det fasta priset" +" att förbli giltigt, oavsett försäljningsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -10927,6 +14435,9 @@ msgid "" "price rule should be applied in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Leaving that " "field blank ensures the price rule applies to all companies in the database." msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar i en miljö med flera företag, ange vilket företag denna " +"prisregel ska tillämpas på i :guilabel:`Company`-fältet. Om fältet lämnas " +"tomt gäller prisregeln för alla företag i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -10935,20 +14446,26 @@ msgid "" "trying to purchase this specific product, these pre-determined set prices " "appear." msgstr "" +"När dessa konfigurationer är klara, oavsett eventuella " +"ändringar/uppdateringar i konverteringen, när de angivna prislistorna " +"tillämpas på en kund som försöker köpa denna specifika produkt, visas dessa " +"förutbestämda fasta priser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:236 msgid ":doc:`./pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./pricing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "Pricelists, discounts, and formulas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prislistor, rabatter och formler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Sales* has a useful pricelist feature that can be tailored to fit any " "unique pricing strategy." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Sales* har en användbar prislistefunktion som kan skräddarsys för att " +"passa varje unik prissättningsstrategi." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -10957,16 +14474,22 @@ msgid "" "with specific criteria (such as time periods, minimum quantity sold, and " "more) in order to apply certain prices or discounts." msgstr "" +"En *prislista* är en lista med priser (eller prisregler) som Odoo använder " +"för att bestämma lämpligt pris för en kund. Dessa prislistor kan ställas in " +"med specifika kriterier (t.ex. tidsperioder, minsta sålda kvantitet och mer)" +" för att tillämpa vissa priser eller rabatter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "Pricelists suggest certain prices, but they can always be overridden on the " "sales order." msgstr "" +"Prislistor föreslår vissa priser, men de kan alltid åsidosättas på " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:14 msgid "Pricing strategy options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alternativ för prissättningsstrategi" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -10974,6 +14497,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature." msgstr "" +"För att välja en prisstrategi går du först till :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`Pricing` klickar du " +"på kryssrutan bredvid funktionen :guilabel:`Pricelists`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10983,22 +14509,32 @@ msgid "" "to a separate pricelists page, wherein pricelists can be created and/or " "modified." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas två ytterligare alternativ under den: :guilabel:`Flera " +"priser per produkt` och :guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, " +"formler)`. En länk med namnet :guilabel:`Prislistor` visas också, som leder " +"till en separat sida med prislistor, där prislistor kan skapas och/eller " +"ändras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`: provides the option to set several " "different prices per product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Flera priser per produkt`: ger möjlighet att ange flera olika " +"priser per produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`: provides the option " "to create detailed price rules and apply discounts, margins, and roundings." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler)`: ger möjlighet att " +"skapa detaljerade prisregler och tillämpa rabatter, marginaler och " +"avrundningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the pricelist feature setting looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Så här ser funktionsinställningen för prislista ut i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -11006,6 +14542,9 @@ msgid "" "select one of those two options, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" +"När du har klickat i kryssrutan bredvid funktionen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " +"väljer du ett av dessa två alternativ och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Save` " +"för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11015,6 +14554,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Settings` page), or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat och sparat funktionen :guilabel:`Pricelists` laddas " +"sidan :guilabel:`Settings` om och härifrån kan du antingen välja länken " +":guilabel:`Pricelists` (under funktionen :guilabel:`Pricelists` på sidan " +":guilabel:`Settings`), eller navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Pricelists`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 @@ -11022,10 +14566,12 @@ msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." msgstr "" +"Båda alternativen visar sidan :guilabel:`Pricelists`, där prislistor kan " +"skapas och/eller ändras när som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur sidan med prislistor ser ut i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 @@ -11033,6 +14579,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce*." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Public Pricelist` är den standardprislista som används med Odoo " +"*Sales* och *eCommerce*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -11040,10 +14588,14 @@ msgid "" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " "blank pricelist form that can be configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Pricelists` kan du antingen välja önskad prislista att " +"redigera, eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny prislista, " +"vilket öppnar ett tomt prislisteformulär som kan konfigureras på ett antal " +"olika sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur prislistans detaljformulär ser ut i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11051,6 +14603,9 @@ msgid "" "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny prislista börjar du med att ange ett namn för prislistan" +" högst upp i formuläret, i det tomma fältet. Välj sedan vilken " +":guilabel:`Valuta` som ska användas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -11059,10 +14614,13 @@ msgid "" " left blank, the pricelist is automatically applied to all companies in the " "database." msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar i en miljö med flera företag väljer du sedan vilket företag " +"prislistan ska gälla för i fältet :guilabel:`Company`. Om detta fält lämnas " +"tomt tillämpas prislistan automatiskt på alla företag i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 msgid "Price rules tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Prisregler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11071,6 +14629,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` or :guilabel:`Advanced price rules " "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" +"Funktionerna på fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler` i ett prislisteformulär " +"varierar beroende på vilken inställning för :guilabel:`Prislistor` som " +"valts: antingen :guilabel:`Flera priser per produkt` eller " +":guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -11078,10 +14640,13 @@ msgid "" "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" +"Flikarna :guilabel:`Time-based rules` och :guilabel:`Configuration` är dock " +"alltid desamma, oavsett vilken inställning för :guilabel:`Pricelists` som " +"valts." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Prisregler (flera priser per produkt)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -11089,6 +14654,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" +"Med inställningen :guilabel:`Flera priser per produkt` aktiverad, ger fliken" +" :guilabel:`Prisregler` på prislisteformulär möjlighet att lägga till " +"specifika produkter, med ett specifikt pris, till en prislista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -11097,6 +14665,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products` column. Then, select the desired product for which a " "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en specifik produkt och pris i ett prislisteformulär " +"klickar du på fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler` och sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg " +"till en rad` i kolumnen :guilabel:`Produkter`. Välj sedan önskad produkt för" +" vilken ett specifikt pris ska tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -11104,12 +14676,17 @@ msgid "" "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan vid behov en produktvariant i kolumnen :guilabel:`Variants` " +"(t.ex. en specifik produktstorlek, färg, etc.). Om inga varianter väljs " +"kommer detta pris att gälla för alla varianter av produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"Om en minsta mängd av produkten måste köpas för att kunna tillämpa det " +"specifika priset, ange beloppet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Min. Kvantitet`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -11118,6 +14695,10 @@ msgid "" "option to add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` to the " "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera priset på produkten för denna specifika prislista, ange " +"önskat belopp under :guilabel:`Price` kolumnen. Sedan finns det möjlighet " +"att lägga till ett :guilabel:`Startdatum` och :guilabel:`Slutdatum` till det" +" konfigurerade produktpriset, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -11125,16 +14706,22 @@ msgid "" "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till ytterligare en produktrad klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` igen och upprepar processen. Det finns ingen " +"gräns för hur många produkter som kan läggas till på fliken " +":guilabel:`Prisregler` i ett prislisteformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" +"Mer information finns i följande avsnitt: :ref:`Flera priser per produkt " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Prisregler (avancerade prisregler)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -11142,6 +14729,9 @@ msgid "" "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" +"När inställningen :guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler)` är " +"aktiverad, ger fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler` på prislisteformulär möjlighet " +"att konfigurera detaljerade prisregler baserade på formler." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -11149,10 +14739,13 @@ msgid "" "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet :ref:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler) ` finns detaljerade anvisningar om hur du lägger till avancerade" +" prisregler i en prislista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Time-based rules tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flik för tidsbaserade regler" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -11160,6 +14753,9 @@ msgid "" "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" +"Tidsbaserade regler används specifikt med :doc:`subscription products " +"`. Se till att kolla in Odoo " +"*Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -11167,6 +14763,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserade regler` finns samma funktionalitet som " +"under fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler`, med den enda skillnaden att en upprepad" +" tidsperiod kan tillämpas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Period`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -11175,6 +14774,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Period` column to reveal a drop-down menu of pre-designated " "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" +"När en :guilabel:`Product` och en potentiell :guilabel:`Variant` har valts " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Time-based rules`, markera det tomma fältet i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Period` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med förutbestämda " +"återkommande perioder (t.ex. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -11184,10 +14787,15 @@ msgid "" " select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to reveal a pop-up form, in which the" " new recurrence period can be directly configured." msgstr "" +"Nya återkommande perioder kan också skapas direkt från denna kolumn, genom " +"att skriva in det nya namnet för :guilabel:`Period` och sedan välja " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa tidsperioden, som kan redigeras senare. " +"Eller välj :guilabel:`Create and edit...` för att visa ett popup-formulär, " +"där den nya återkommande perioden kan konfigureras direkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-formulär för anpassad tidsperiod i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -11195,12 +14803,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" +"I popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create Period` lägger du till " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Duration` och sedan en :guilabel:`Unit` (t.ex. " +"`Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara och " +"stäng`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" +"Slutligen lägger du till önskat pris för denna tidsbaserade regel i kolumnen" +" :guilabel:`Price`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" @@ -11215,10 +14829,12 @@ msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Configuration` finns det några alternativ som " +"ytterligare kan anpassa prislistan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Konfiguration i formuläret för prislista i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -11227,12 +14843,18 @@ msgid "" " pricelist. There is no limit to how many country groups can be added in " "this field." msgstr "" +"Härifrån, under avsnittet :guilabel:`Availability`, i fältet " +":guilabel:`Country Groups`, kan vissa landgrupper läggas till i prislistan. " +"Det finns ingen gräns för hur många landgrupper som kan läggas till i detta " +"fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" +"Om inget land har angetts för en kund tar Odoo den första prislistan utan " +"någon landgrupp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -11241,6 +14863,10 @@ msgid "" "to a specific website, if working in a multi-website environment. If left " "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`Website` finns det några alternativ som kan konfigureras. I" +" fältet :guilabel:`Website` kan denna prislista tillämpas på en specifik " +"webbplats, om du arbetar i en miljö med flera webbplatser. Om fältet lämnas " +"tomt kommer prislistan att tillämpas på alla webbplatser i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -11249,6 +14875,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Selectable` box is left unchecked, customers **cannot** select " "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" +"Klicka på kryssrutan :guilabel:`Selectable` om du vill att kunderna ska " +"kunna välja denna prislista när de handlar. Om kryssrutan " +":guilabel:`Selectable` inte är markerad kan kunderna **inte** välja denna " +"prislista själva när de handlar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -11257,16 +14887,22 @@ msgid "" "during the checkout process, applies the pricelist to the customer, even if " "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" +"Slutligen finns det möjlighet att lägga till en :guilabel:`E-commerce " +"Promotional Code`. För att lägga till en kod skriver du in önskad kampanjkod" +" som, när den anges under kassaprocessen, tillämpar prislistan för kunden, " +"även om kunden inte faller inom de tidigare angivna kriterierna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa rabattprocent för kunder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" +"Med Odoo *Sales* finns möjligheten att visa det offentliga priset *och* den " +"beräknade rabattprocenten i produktkatalogen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -11275,6 +14911,10 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, and then click :guilabel:`Save` to " "save all changes." msgstr "" +"Det gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`, och i avsnittet :guilabel:`Pricing` klickar du på kryssrutan " +"bredvid funktionen :guilabel:`Discounts`, och sedan klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -11283,6 +14923,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Settings` page, or by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat funktionen :guilabel:`Rabatter` går du till sidan med " +"prislistor, antingen genom att klicka på länken :guilabel:`Prislistor` på " +"sidan :guilabel:`Inställningar` eller genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Pricelists`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -11291,32 +14935,42 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab, at the bottom, a :guilabel:`Discounts` " "section is now available." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Pricelists` väljer du önskad prislista att redigera. " +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Konfiguration` i formuläret för prislistan. På " +"fliken :guilabel:`Configuration`, längst ner, finns nu ett avsnitt " +":guilabel:`Discounts`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "" "What the discount options are on the configuration tab of a pricelist in " "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Vilka rabattalternativ som finns på konfigurationsfliken för en prislista i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 msgid "The options available in this section are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De alternativ som finns tillgängliga i detta avsnitt är:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rabatt ingår i priset`: visar kunden endast det slutliga priset " +"med rabatten redan inkluderad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visa offentligt pris & rabatt till kunden`: visar kunden det " +"offentliga priset *och* den rabatt de tjänar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 msgid "Customer pricelist application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpning av kundprislista" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -11324,6 +14978,9 @@ msgid "" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" +"Medan standardprislistan som tillämpas på alla kunder är :guilabel:`Public " +"Pricelist`, ger Odoo möjlighet att direkt tillämpa en annan prislista till " +"kunder på deras kontaktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -11332,10 +14989,14 @@ msgid "" "customer from the main :guilabel:`Customers` page, or by clicking on the " "customer's name on a sales order." msgstr "" +"För att göra det öppnar du den önskade kundens kontaktformulär, antingen " +"genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` " +"och välja kunden från huvudsidan :guilabel:`Customers`, eller genom att " +"klicka på kundens namn på en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på formulär för kundinformation i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -11344,10 +15005,14 @@ msgid "" "should be applied to this specific customer from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Pricelist` field." msgstr "" +"På den önskade kundens kontaktformulär, under fliken :guilabel:`Sales & " +"Purchase`, i avsnittet :guilabel:`Sales`, anger du vilken prislista som ska " +"tillämpas på den specifika kunden från rullgardinsmenyn i fältet " +":guilabel:`Pricelist`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prislista fältet i en kund detalj formulär i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -11357,6 +15022,11 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`), and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att tillämpa flera priser per enskild produkt, välj alternativet " +":guilabel:`Flera priser per produkt`, efter att ha aktiverat funktionen " +":guilabel:`Prislistor` på *Sales*-appens inställningssida " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`), och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -11366,16 +15036,23 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Products` page reveals that specific product's product " "form on a separate page." msgstr "" +"Tillämpa sedan prislistor på specifika produkter med hjälp av " +"produktformuläret. Navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Products` och välj den produkt för vilken flera priser ska tillämpas. Om du " +"väljer en produkt på sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` visas produktformuläret för" +" den specifika produkten på en separat sida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Extrapriser`, som " +"finns högst upp i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur den smarta knappen för extrapriser visas i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -11383,10 +15060,13 @@ msgid "" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" " created at any time." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas en separat sida med :guilabel:`Prisregler` som är " +"specifika för den aktuella produkten. Här kan prisregler redigeras eller " +"skapas när som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur de extra prisreglerna per produktsida visas i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -11394,12 +15074,18 @@ msgid "" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny prisregel för en produkt från denna specifika " +":guilabel:`Prisregler` sida, klicka på :guilabel:`Ny` för att lägga till en " +"ny, anpassningsbar rad som redan har den önskade produkten i " +":guilabel:`Applied On` kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan vilken :guilabel:`Pricelist` denna specifika produktprisregel ska" +" gälla för, via rullgardinsmenyn i :guilabel:`Pricelist`-kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -11410,12 +15096,20 @@ msgid "" "Pricelists`. Pricelists can also be created on that specific " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny prislista från denna sida, skriv in önskat namn på den " +"nya prislistan i :guilabel:`Pricelist`-kolumnen och välj sedan " +":guilabel:`Create` från rullgardinsmenyn. Alla prislistor kan ändras när som" +" helst genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Pricelists`. Prislistor kan också skapas på den specifika " +":guilabel:`Pricelists`-sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" +"När den önskade prislistan har lagts till i raden, ange en :guilabel:`Min. " +"Kvantitet` för prisregeln." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -11425,6 +15119,11 @@ msgid "" "to buy more, if the :guilabel:`Price` is set at $85 per product for a " ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" +"Om kolumnen :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` är satt till `2`, kommer det nya " +"priset i kolumnen :guilabel:`Price` att tillämpas på beställningar av 2 " +"eller fler produkter. Om en enskild produkt kostar 100 USD kan kunderna " +"alltså i teorin uppmuntras att köpa fler om :guilabel:`Price` sätts till 85 " +"USD per produkt för en :guilabel:`Min. Kvantitet` på `2` produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -11432,6 +15131,9 @@ msgid "" "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan önskat belopp i kolumnen :guilabel:`Price`. Ange sedan vid behov " +"ett :guilabel:`Startdatum` och :guilabel:`Slutdatum` för produktens " +"prisregel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -11440,18 +15142,26 @@ msgid "" "Leaving this field blank means the price rule applies for all companies in " "the database." msgstr "" +"Och slutligen, om du arbetar i en miljö med flera företag, välj vilket " +"företag denna prisregel ska tillämpas på i :guilabel:`Company`-fältet. Om du" +" lämnar fältet tomt gäller prisregeln för alla företag i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" +"Klicka bort från raden för att aktivera Odoo's automatiska sparfunktion, " +"vilket innebär att den nyskapade prisregeln nu är redo att användas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" +"Fortsätt med att lägga till så många unika prisregler per produkt som du " +"önskar. Det finns ingen gräns för hur många prisregler som kan läggas till " +"per produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -11461,6 +15171,10 @@ msgid "" "displayed in the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, located on every " "product form." msgstr "" +"Med prisreglerna på plats för en specifik produkt ser kunder som faller in i" +" de motsvarande prislistorna automatiskt de nya priserna tillämpas. Antalet " +"prisregler som tillämpas på en viss produkt visas också i smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Extrapriser`, som finns på varje produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -11470,6 +15184,11 @@ msgid "" " it is also reflected on the product form via the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` " "smart button." msgstr "" +"När en prisregel/prislista läggs till för en produkt via smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Extra Prices`, återspeglas den också i själva prislistan. På " +"samma sätt, när en prisregel för en specifik produkt läggs till i en " +"prislista, återspeglas den också i produktformuläret via smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Extra Prices`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -11478,6 +15197,10 @@ msgid "" "formulas. These changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, " "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" +"Funktionen :guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler)` ger " +"möjlighet att ange prisändringsregler baserade på rabatter och formler. " +"Dessa ändringar kan vara relativa till produktlistans/katalogens pris, " +"produktens kostnad eller en annan prislista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -11487,6 +15210,11 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`), and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda avancerade prisregler med rabatter och formler väljer du " +"alternativet :guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler)` efter att" +" du har aktiverat funktionen :guilabel:`Prislistor` på *Sales*-appens " +"inställningssida (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`)" +" och klickar på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -11496,12 +15224,19 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Settings` page), or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat och sparat funktionen :guilabel:`Pricelists` laddas " +"sidan :guilabel:`Settings` om och härifrån kan du antingen välja länken " +":guilabel:`Pricelists` (under funktionen :guilabel:`Pricelists` på sidan " +":guilabel:`Settings`), eller navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Pricelists`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" +"Från sidan :guilabel:`Pricelists`, välj en önskad prislista att modifiera, " +"eller skapa en ny prislista genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -11510,38 +15245,47 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form, in which the advanced rule " "is configured." msgstr "" +"I prislisteformuläret, under fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler`, klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` för att lägga till en avancerad prisregel. Då " +"visas popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules`, där den " +"avancerade regeln konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Så här ser popup-formuläret Skapa regler för prislista ut i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "Price computation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beräkning av pris" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" +"I detta formulär väljer du först ett av de tre " +":guilabel:`Computation`-alternativen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: prisberäkningen baseras på ett fast pris." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Discount`: prisberäkningen är baserad på en rabatt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Formula`: prisberäkningen är baserad på en formel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" +"Varje :guilabel:`Computation`-alternativ visar sina egna beräkningsspecifika" +" fält i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -11550,15 +15294,20 @@ msgid "" "enter the desired discount percentage in the :guilabel:`Discount` field that" " appears." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Fastpris` är valt, ange önskat pris i :guilabel:`Fastpris` " +"fältet nedan. Om :guilabel:`Discount` är markerat, ange önskad rabattprocent" +" i :guilabel:`Discount` fältet som visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Formula` är markerad visas ett antal konfigurerbara " +"alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De olika alternativen för formelberäkning som finns i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 msgid "" @@ -11567,6 +15316,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost`, or :guilabel:`Other Pricelist`. This determines what the " "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera beräkningsalternativet :guilabel:`Formula`, börja med " +"att välja ett alternativ från fältet :guilabel:`Baserat på`: " +":guilabel:`Försäljningspris`, :guilabel:`Kostnad` eller :guilabel:`Övrig " +"prislista`. Detta avgör vad den avancerade prisregelformeln kommer att " +"baseras på." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 msgid "" @@ -11574,6 +15328,9 @@ msgid "" "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Discount` anger du sedan hur stor rabatt som ska " +"tillämpas. Observera att ett påslag kan göras genom att ange en negativ " +"rabatt i detta fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -11582,12 +15339,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` to `-100`, and the :guilabel:`Margins` to `5`. This is " "often seen in retail situations." msgstr "" +"För att formulera ett pålägg på 100% (eller 2 gånger produktens kostnad), " +"med en minimimarginal på $5, anger du :guilabel:`Baserat på` fältet till " +":guilabel:`Kostnad`, :guilabel:`Rabatt` till `-100` och " +":guilabel:`Marginaler` till `5`. Detta förekommer ofta i " +"detaljhandelssituationer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:0 msgid "" "How it looks to formulate a markup cost with 5 dollar minimum margin in Odoo" " Sales." msgstr "" +"Hur det ser ut att formulera en påläggskostnad med 5 dollar minsta marginal " +"i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -11596,28 +15360,39 @@ msgid "" "desired figure in the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` field. The rounding method" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Extra avgift` anger du sedan ett fast belopp som ska " +"adderas (eller subtraheras) till det belopp som beräknats med rabatten. " +"Därefter anger du en önskad siffra i fältet :guilabel:`Rounding Method`. " +"Avrundningsmetoden sätter priset så att det är en multipel av värdet i " +"fältet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avrundning görs *efter* rabatten och *före* tilläggsavgiften." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" +"För att ha priser som slutar på 9.99, sätt :guilabel:`Rounding Method` till " +"`10` och :guilabel:`Extra Fee` till `-0.01`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" +"Slutligen anger du den minsta marginalen över baspriset i fältet " +":guilabel:`Margins`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" +"När alla formelrelaterade konfigurationer är klara visar Odoo ett exempel på" +" formeln i ett blått block till höger om konfigurationerna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -11626,50 +15401,67 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` field to `20`, the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field to " "`-0.01`, and the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` field to `10`." msgstr "" +"För att tillämpa 20% rabatt, med priserna avrundade uppåt till 9,99, ange " +":guilabel:`Baserat på` fältet till :guilabel:`Försäljningspris`, " +":guilabel:`Rabatt` fältet till `20`, :guilabel:`Extra avgift` fältet till " +"`-0,01`, och :guilabel:`Avrundningsmetod` fältet till `10`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:0 msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Exempel på en 20% rabatt med priserna avrundade till 9,99 i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "Conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Villkor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" +"Längst ner i popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` finns " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Conditions`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" +"Här börjar du med att välja ett av alternativen i fältet :guilabel:`Apply " +"On`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alla produkter`: den avancerade prislistregeln kommer att " +"tillämpas på alla produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktkategori`: den avancerade prislistan kommer att tillämpas " +"på en specifik kategori av produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Product`: den avancerade prislistan kommer att tillämpas på en " +"specifik produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktvariant`: den avancerade prislistregeln kommer att " +"tillämpas på en specifik produktvariant." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -11678,6 +15470,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Product`, or :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" +"Om något av dessa alternativ, förutom :guilabel:`Alla produkter`, väljs, " +"visas ett nytt alternativspecifikt fält där den specifika " +":guilabel:`Produktkategori`, :guilabel:`Produkt` eller " +":guilabel:`Produktvariant` måste väljas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 msgid "" @@ -11685,6 +15481,10 @@ msgid "" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan en minsta kvantitet som ska tillämpas på den avancerade " +"prislistregeln i fältet :guilabel:`Min. Kvantitet`. Slutligen väljer du ett " +"datumintervall för validering av prislisteartiklar i fältet " +":guilabel:`Validity`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 msgid "" @@ -11692,12 +15492,17 @@ msgid "" "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" +"När alla konfigurationer är klara klickar du antingen på :guilabel:`Spara & " +"Stäng` för att spara den avancerade prislistan, eller på :guilabel:`Spara & " +"Ny` för att omedelbart skapa en ny avancerad prislista på ett nytt formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" +"Om en prisregel är inställd för en viss produkt och en annan för dess " +"produktkategori, använder Odoo regeln för själva produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" @@ -11707,14 +15512,15 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera dina produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "Import products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importprodukter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11722,6 +15528,9 @@ msgid "" "variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " "(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Sales* tillhandahåller en mall för import av produkter med kategorier " +"och varianter, som kan öppnas och redigeras med alla kalkylprogram " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -11729,10 +15538,13 @@ msgid "" "the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " "accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" +"När kalkylbladet är korrekt ifyllt kan det snabbt laddas upp till Odoo-" +"databasen. När de har laddats upp läggs dessa produkter omedelbart till, är " +"tillgängliga och redigerbara i produktkatalogen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 msgid "Import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importera mall" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11741,6 +15553,9 @@ msgid "" " can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"För att kunna importera produkter med kategorier och varianter måste *Import" +" Template for Products* **must** laddas ner. När mallen har laddats ner kan " +"den justeras och anpassas och sedan laddas upp tillbaka till Odoo-databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -11749,17 +15564,23 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att ladda ner den nödvändiga importmallen, gå till :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. På sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` klickar du " +"på ikonen :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` i det övre vänstra hörnet. Då visas en " +"rullgardinsmeny." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" "From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I rullgardinsmenyn väljer du alternativet :guilabel:`Import records`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" " in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Importera poster kan väljas från kugghjulsikonen på sidan " +"Produkter i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -11767,16 +15588,21 @@ msgid "" "download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " "download the template." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Import records` visas en separat sida med en länk " +"för att ladda ner :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Klicka på länken" +" för att ladda ner mallen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " "customize it." msgstr "" +"När nedladdningen av mallen är klar öppnar du kalkylbladsfilen för att " +"anpassa den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 msgid "Customize product import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassa mall för import av produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11784,12 +15610,17 @@ msgid "" " its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " "elements to keep in mind during the process:" msgstr "" +"När importmallen har laddats ner och öppnats är det dags att modifiera " +"innehållet. Innan några ändringar görs finns det dock några saker att tänka " +"på under processen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 msgid "" "Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " "*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." msgstr "" +"Ta gärna bort kolumner som inte anses nödvändiga. Men det är *starkt* " +"rekommenderat att kolumnen :guilabel:`Internal Reference` finns kvar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -11798,6 +15629,10 @@ msgid "" " many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " "the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" +"Även om det inte är obligatoriskt kan det i många fall vara bra att ha en " +"unik identifierare (t.ex. `FURN_001`) i :guilabel:`Internal " +"Reference`-kolumnen för varje produkt. Detta kan även vara från tidigare " +"program kalkylblad för att underlätta övergången till Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -11805,6 +15640,9 @@ msgid "" "several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" " simplicity of imported product management." msgstr "" +"Vid uppdatering av importerade produkter kan t.ex. samma fil importeras " +"flera gånger utan att dubbletter skapas, vilket gör hanteringen av " +"importerade produkter effektivare och enklare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -11812,6 +15650,9 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " "import screen manually." msgstr "" +"Ändra **inte** etiketterna för kolumner som är avsedda att importeras. " +"Annars kommer Odoo inte att känna igen dem, vilket tvingar användaren att " +"mappa dem på importskärmen manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -11820,6 +15661,10 @@ msgid "" "match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " "import process." msgstr "" +"Lägg gärna till nya kolumner i mallens kalkylblad om så önskas. För att " +"kunna läggas till måste dock dessa fält **finnas** i Odoo. Om Odoo inte kan " +"matcha kolumnnamnet med ett fält kan det matchas manuellt under " +"importprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11828,6 +15673,10 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " "and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"Under importprocessen av den färdiga mallen visar Odoo en sida som visar " +"alla element i det nykonfigurerade kalkylbladet för produktmallen, " +"separerade av :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field` och " +":guilabel:`Comments`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -11836,16 +15685,22 @@ msgid "" "that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt matcha ett kolumnnamn med ett fält i Odoo, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` rullgardinsmenyn bredvid :guilabel:`File Column` som " +"behöver en manuell justering, och välj lämpligt fält från den " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 msgid "" "The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " "manually adjusted." msgstr "" +"Odoo Field rullgardinsmeny bredvid en fältkolumn som behöver justeras " +"manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importera kalkylblad med produktmall" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11853,18 +15708,25 @@ msgid "" "product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " "the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" +"När du har anpassat kalkylbladet för produktmallen återgår du till Odoo-" +"produktimportsidan, där länken för nedladdning av mallen finns, och klickar " +"på knappen :guilabel:`Upload File` i det övre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" " Sales." msgstr "" +"Knappen Ladda upp fil på nedladdningssidan för mallen Importera produkter i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 msgid "" "Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " "spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." msgstr "" +"Därefter visas ett popup-fönster där den färdiga kalkylfilen för " +"produktmallen ska väljas och laddas upp till Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -11872,18 +15734,25 @@ msgid "" "configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " "Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"Därefter visar Odoo en sida som visar alla element i det nyligen " +"konfigurerade kalkylbladet för produktmallen, åtskilda av :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field` och :guilabel:`Comments`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " "uploaded." msgstr "" +"Sidan Importera en fil i Odoo Sales efter att en produktmall har laddats " +"upp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " ":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Härifrån kan :guilabel:`File Column` manuellt tilldelas ett :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Field`, om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -11891,6 +15760,9 @@ msgid "" "lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " "corner." msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera att allt är korrekt och att alla kolumner och fält är " +"korrekt uppradade klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Test` i det övre vänstra " +"hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -11898,12 +15770,16 @@ msgid "" "at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " "valid`." msgstr "" +"Om allt är korrekt uppställt och tillämpat visar Odoo en blå banner högst " +"upp på sidan och informerar användaren om att :guilabel:`Allt verkar " +"giltigt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " "correctly." msgstr "" +"Meddelandet Allt verkar giltigt visas om filkolumnerna har angetts korrekt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -11911,18 +15787,24 @@ msgid "" "with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " "them." msgstr "" +"Om det finns några fel visar Odoo en röd banner högst upp på sidan, med " +"instruktioner om var du hittar de specifika problemen och hur du åtgärdar " +"dem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " "Field." msgstr "" +"Importfelmeddelandet som visas om filkolumner inte matchar ett Odoo-fält." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 msgid "" "Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " "necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." msgstr "" +"När dessa fel är åtgärdade klickar du på :guilabel:`Test` igen för att " +"säkerställa att alla nödvändiga problem har åtgärdats på lämpligt sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -11930,10 +15812,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " "spreadsheet, and repeat the process." msgstr "" +"Om ytterligare kalkylblad med produktmallar behöver laddas upp klickar du på" +" knappen :guilabel:`Ladda fil`, väljer önskat kalkylblad med produktmallar " +"och upprepar processen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När allt är klart klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Import`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -11942,22 +15827,29 @@ msgid "" "This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " "imported." msgstr "" +"När du klickar importerar Odoo omedelbart dessa produkter och avslöjar " +"huvudsidan :guilabel:`Produkter`, med ett popup-meddelande i det övre högra " +"hörnet. Detta popup-meddelande informerar användaren om hur många produkter " +"som importerades." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret som visas efter en lyckad produktimportprocess i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 msgid "" "At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " "via the :guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"Vid denna tidpunkt är alla nyligen importerade produkter tillgängliga och " +"redigerbara via sidan :guilabel:`Products`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importera relationsfält, attribut och varianter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -11966,16 +15858,22 @@ msgid "" " vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " "relations." msgstr "" +"Det är viktigt att notera att ett Odoo-objekt alltid är relaterat till många" +" andra objekt. En produkt är till exempel kopplad till produktkategorier, " +"attribut, leverantörer och liknande. Dessa länkar/kopplingar kallas för " +"relationer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 msgid "" "In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " "**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." msgstr "" +"För att kunna importera produktrelationer, **måste** posterna för det " +"relaterade objektet importeras *först* från sin egen listmeny." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 msgid "Relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relation fält" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -11984,6 +15882,10 @@ msgid "" "product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" " form, they can also be modified via a product import." msgstr "" +"På produktformulär i Odoo finns det ett antal fält som kan ändras och " +"anpassas när som helst. Dessa fält finns under varje flik på ett " +"produktformulär. Även om dessa fält enkelt kan redigeras direkt på " +"produktformuläret, kan de också ändras via en produktimport." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -11993,6 +15895,11 @@ msgid "" "the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " "Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Som nämnts kan relationsfält av den här typen **endast** importeras för " +"produkter om de redan finns i databasen. Om en användare t.ex. försöker " +"importera en produkt med en *Produkttyp* kan det bara vara en av de " +"förkonfigurerade produkttyper som finns i databasen (t.ex. *Stor produkt*, " +"*Konsumtionsvara*, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -12001,6 +15908,10 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" " field option." msgstr "" +"För att importera information för ett relationsfält i ett kalkylblad med " +"mall för produktimport lägger du till fältets namn som kolumnnamn/titel i " +"kalkylbladet. Lägg sedan till önskat alternativ för relationsfältet på " +"lämplig produktrad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -12009,6 +15920,10 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " "Import records --> Upload File`)." msgstr "" +"När all önskad information om relationsfältet har angetts, spara " +"kalkylbladet och importera det till databasen, enligt den process som nämns " +"ovan (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon" +" --> Import records --> Upload File`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -12016,6 +15931,9 @@ msgid "" "has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " ":guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"När kalkylbladet med den nykonfigurerade informationen om relationsfältet " +"har laddats upp klickar du på :guilabel:`Import` och Odoo återgår till sidan" +" :guilabel:`Produkter`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -12023,10 +15941,13 @@ msgid "" "field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " "be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"När de nyligen ändrade/modifierade produkterna, komplett med den nya " +"informationen om relationsfältet, har importerats och laddats upp, kan den " +"nya informationen hittas på sidan :guilabel:`Products`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 msgid "Attributes and values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribut och värden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -12034,6 +15955,9 @@ msgid "" "used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " "products." msgstr "" +"Odoo tillåter också användare att importera produktattribut och värden som " +"kan användas för produkter som redan finns i databasen, och/eller med " +"importerade produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -12041,6 +15965,9 @@ msgid "" "dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " "they can be used for other products." msgstr "" +"För att importera attribut och värden måste ett separat kalkylblad eller en " +"CSV-fil för attribut och värden **importeras** och laddas upp innan de kan " +"användas för andra produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12048,60 +15975,73 @@ msgid "" "as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " ":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." msgstr "" +"Kolumnnamnen/titlarna i kalkylbladet för attribut och värden ska vara " +"följande: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, och :guilabel:`Values / Value`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En mall för kalkylblad med attribut och värden för import." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Attribute`: namn på attributet (t.ex. `Size`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " "There are three display type options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Displaytyp`: displaytyp som används i produktkonfiguratorn. Det " +"finns tre alternativ för visningstyp:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Radio`: värden visas som radioknappar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Selection`: värden som visas i en urvalslista" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Color`: värden som betecknas som ett färgval" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" " to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: hur varianterna skapas när de appliceras " +"på en produkt. Det finns tre alternativ för skapande av varianter:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " "attribute, and its values, are added to a product" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: alla möjliga varianter skapas så snart attributet, " +"och dess värden, läggs till i en produkt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " "corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dynamiskt`: varje variant skapas **endast** när dess motsvarande " +"attribut och värden läggs till i en försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Never`: varianter skapas **aldrig** för attributet" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " "attribute is used on at least one product." msgstr "" +"Attributet :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **kan** inte ändras när " +"attributet har använts på minst en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -12109,6 +16049,9 @@ msgid "" "If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " "in individual lines on the spreadsheet." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: värden som hör till motsvarande attribut. Om det " +"finns flera värden för samma attribut måste värdena finnas på enskilda rader" +" i kalkylbladet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -12117,6 +16060,10 @@ msgid "" "navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " "⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." msgstr "" +"När de önskade attributen och värdena har matats in och sparats i " +"kalkylbladet är det dags att importera och ladda upp det till Odoo. För att " +"göra det, navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Attributes --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -12125,12 +16072,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " "values can be found and edited, if necessary." msgstr "" +"När kalkylbladet med de nykonfigurerade attributen och värdena har laddats " +"upp klickar du på :guilabel:`Import` och Odoo återgår till sidan " +":guilabel:`Attributes`. Det är där de nyligen tillagda attributen och " +"värdena kan hittas och redigeras, om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 msgid "" "As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " "Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." msgstr "" +"Som tidigare nämnts, när attribut och värden har lagts till i Odoo-databasen" +" kan de användas för befintliga eller importerade produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 @@ -12144,6 +16097,9 @@ msgid "" "be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" " products being imported." msgstr "" +"När produktattribut och värden har konfigurerats i databasen kan de användas" +" i kalkylblad för produktimport för att ge mer information och detaljer om " +"de produkter som importeras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -12152,32 +16108,42 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " ":guilabel:`Name` columns." msgstr "" +"För att importera produkter med produktattribut och värden måste " +"kalkylbladet för mallen för produktimport konfigureras med specifika " +"kolumner för :guilabel:`Produktattribut / Attribut`, " +":guilabel:`Produktattribut / Värden` och :guilabel:`Namn`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 msgid "" "There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " "order to properly import products with specific variants." msgstr "" +"Det kan också finnas andra kolumner, men dessa kolumner är **obligatoriska**" +" för att korrekt kunna importera produkter med specifika varianter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" " purposes." msgstr "" +"Kalkylblad för produktvarianter med produktattribut och varianter för " +"importändamål." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: produktens namn" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produktattribut / Attribut`: namn på attribut" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " "corresponding attribute" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktattribut / värden`: värden som hör till motsvarande " +"attribut" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -12185,6 +16151,9 @@ msgid "" "followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " "`furniture,couch,home`)." msgstr "" +"För att importera flera värden, separera dem med *bara* ett kommatecken, " +"**inte** ett kommatecken följt av ett mellanslag, i kalkylbladet för " +"produktimportmallen (t.ex. `möbler,soffa,hem`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -12193,6 +16162,10 @@ msgid "" "that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" " (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." msgstr "" +"När de önskade produkterna och produktvarianterna har matats in och sparats " +"i kalkylbladet är det dags att importera och ladda upp dem till Odoo. För " +"att göra det, navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Produkter --> " +"Produkter --> ⚙️ (kugghjul) ikon --> Importera poster --> Ladda upp fil`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -12201,6 +16174,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " "found." msgstr "" +"När kalkylbladet med de nykonfigurerade produkterna och produktvarianterna " +"har laddats upp klickar du på :guilabel:`Import`, och Odoo återgår till " +"sidan :guilabel:`Products`. Det är där de nyligen tillagda produkterna kan " +"hittas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -12208,14 +16185,17 @@ msgid "" "desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " ":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"Om du vill visa och ändra attribut och varianter för en produkt väljer du " +"den önskade produkten på sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` och klickar på fliken " +":guilabel:`Attribut \\& Varianter`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`varianter`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 msgid "Product images with Google Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktbilder med Google Bilder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12223,6 +16203,9 @@ msgid "" " However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " "incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" +"Att ha lämpliga produktbilder i Odoo är användbart av flera skäl. Men om " +"många produkter behöver bilder kan det bli oerhört tidskrävande att tilldela" +" dem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12230,22 +16213,30 @@ msgid "" "database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " "extremely efficient." msgstr "" +"Lyckligtvis är det extremt effektivt att hitta produktbilder för produkter " +"(baserat på deras streckkod) genom att konfigurera *Google Custom Search* " +"API i en Odoo-databas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" " database and the Google API must be properly configured." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda *Google Custom Search* i en Odoo-databas måste både " +"databasen och Google API vara korrekt konfigurerade." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 msgid "" "Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" " a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." msgstr "" +"Med ett kostnadsfritt Google-konto kan användaren välja upp till 100 " +"kostnadsfria bilder per dag. Om ett större antal bilder behövs krävs en " +"faktureringsuppgradering." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google API-instrumentpanel" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -12255,6 +16246,11 @@ msgid "" "their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Gå till sidan `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ för att generera " +"autentiseringsuppgifter för Google Custom Search API. Logga sedan in med ett" +" Google-konto. Därefter godkänner du deras :guilabel:`Tjänstevillkor` genom " +"att markera rutan och klicka på :guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12262,6 +16258,9 @@ msgid "" " by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " ":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Välj (eller skapa) ett API-projekt för att lagra autentiseringsuppgifterna. " +"Börja med att ge det ett minnesvärt :guilabel:`Project Name`, välj en " +":guilabel:`Location` (om någon) och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -12269,10 +16268,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Med alternativet :guilabel:`Credentials` markerat i vänster sidofält klickar" +" du på :guilabel:`Create Credentials` och väljer :guilabel:`API key` i " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "API & Services-sida på Google Cloud Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -12281,34 +16283,43 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " "for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Då visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`API-nyckel skapad`, som innehåller en " +"anpassad :guilabel:`API-nyckel`. Kopiera och spara :guilabel:`Din API-" +"nyckel` i popup-fönstret - den kommer att användas senare. När nyckeln har " +"kopierats (och sparats för senare användning) klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Close` för att ta bort popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "API-nyckeln skapas popup-fönstret som visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "På den här sidan söker du efter `Custom Search API` och väljer det." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sökfält som innehåller \"Custom Search API\" på Google Cloud Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " ":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Custom Search API` aktiverar du API:n genom att klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Enable`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " "Platform." msgstr "" +"Sidan \"Custom Search API\" med knappen Aktivera markerad på Google Cloud " +"Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Googles instrumentpanel för programmerbar sökning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -12317,10 +16328,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " "already logged in." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, och klicka på någon av " +":guilabel:`Get started`-knapparna. Logga in med ett Google-konto, om du inte" +" redan är inloggad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Googles sida för programmerbara sökmotorer med knapparna Kom igång." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -12328,28 +16343,35 @@ msgid "" " search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " "enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" +"I formuläret :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` fyller du i namnet på " +"sökmotorn, tillsammans med vad motorn ska söka efter, och se till att " +"aktivera :guilabel:`Image Search` och :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " "configurations." msgstr "" +"Skapa ett nytt sökmotorformulär som visas med sökmotorkonfigurationer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validera formuläret genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " "engine has been created`." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas en ny sida med rubriken: :guilabel:`Din nya sökmotor har" +" skapats`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " "code." msgstr "" +"Sidan Your New Search Engine Has Been Created som visas med kopieringskod." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -12358,10 +16380,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " "configuration." msgstr "" +"Från den här sidan klickar du på :guilabel:`Customize` för att öppna sidan " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic`. Kopiera sedan ID:t i fältet " +":guilabel:`Sökmotor-ID`. Detta ID behövs för Odoo-konfigurationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande översiktssida med fält för sökmotor-ID." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -12369,10 +16394,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " ":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"I Odoo-databasen, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar app` och bläddra " +"till :guilabel:`Integrations` avsnitt. Härifrån markerar du rutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen Google Bilder på sidan Odoo Inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -12381,6 +16409,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " "Images` feature." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan tillbaka till appen :menuselection:`Inställningar` och bläddra till" +" avsnittet :guilabel:`Integrationer`. Ange sedan :guilabel:`API-nyckel` och " +":guilabel:`Sökmotor-ID` i fälten under funktionen :guilabel:`Google Images`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12388,7 +16419,7 @@ msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktbilder i Odoo med Google Custom Search API" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -12396,6 +16427,10 @@ msgid "" "variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" " access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Att lägga till bilder till produkter i Odoo kan göras på alla produkter " +"eller produktvarianter. Denna process kan slutföras i alla Odoo-" +"applikationer som ger åtkomst till produktsidor (t.ex. *Sales* app, " +"*Inventory* app, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -12403,6 +16438,9 @@ msgid "" "Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " "application:" msgstr "" +"Nedan följer en steg-för-steg-guide som beskriver hur man använder *Google " +"Custom Search API * för att tilldela bilder till produkter i Odoo med hjälp " +"av Odoo *Sales * -applikationen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -12411,54 +16449,69 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." msgstr "" +"Navigera till sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` i appen *Sales* " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Produkter --> Produkter`). Eller navigera " +"till sidan :guilabel:`Produktvarianter` i appen *Sales* " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Produkter --> Produktvarianter`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj önskad produkt som behöver en bild." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 msgid "" "Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " "image, are processed." msgstr "" +"Endast produkter (eller produktvarianter) som har en streckkod, men **inte**" +" en bild, bearbetas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 msgid "" "If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " "matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt med en eller flera varianter väljs, bearbetas varje variant " +"som uppfyller de ovan nämnda kriterierna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " ":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` på produktsidan, och välj " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` i menyn som dyker upp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Hämta bilder från Google Images från rullgardinsmenyn Åtgärd i " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I popup-fönstret som visas klickar du på :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"Den popup som visas där användaren ska klicka på Get Picture i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du klickar visas bilden/bilderna stegvis." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 msgid "" "Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " "10, the rest are fetched as a background job." msgstr "" +"Endast de 10 första bilderna hämtas omedelbart. Om du har valt fler än 10 " +"hämtas resten som ett bakgrundsjobb." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -12467,12 +16520,18 @@ msgid "" "background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " "where it stopped the day before." msgstr "" +"Bakgrundsjobbet bearbetar ca 100 bilder på en minut. Om den kvot som " +"godkänts av Google (antingen med en kostnadsfri eller en betald plan) " +"uppnås, stoppar bakgrundsjobbet sig självt i 24 timmar. Därefter fortsätter " +"det där det slutade dagen innan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Skapa, ändra eller avsluta ditt Google Cloud Billing-konto " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12480,6 +16539,9 @@ msgid "" "characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " "style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" +"Produktvarianter används för att ge enskilda produkter en mängd olika " +"egenskaper och alternativ som kunderna kan välja mellan, t.ex. storlek, stil" +" eller färg, för att bara nämna några." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12488,36 +16550,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " "Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" +"Produktvarianter kan hanteras via deras individuella produktmall, eller " +"genom att navigera till antingen :guilabel:`Produktvarianter` eller " +":guilabel:`Attribut` sidan. Alla dessa alternativ finns i Odoo *Sales * " +"-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "" "An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" "selling t-shirts:" msgstr "" +"Ett klädföretag har följande variantuppdelning för en av sina mest sålda " +"t-shirts:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klassisk t-shirt för unisex" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Färg: Blå, Röd, Vit, Svart" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Storlek: S, M, L, XL, XXL" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" "Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" " specific product variant." msgstr "" +"Här är **T-shirt** produktmallen, och **T-shirt: Blå, S** är en specifik " +"produktvariant." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" "**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" " **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" +"**Color** och **Size** är *attribut*, och motsvarande alternativ (som " +"**Blue** och **S**) är *värden*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -12525,38 +16597,52 @@ msgid "" "four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" " its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" +"I det här fallet finns det totalt tjugo olika produktvarianter: fyra " +"**Färg**-alternativ multiplicerat med fem **Storlek**-alternativ. Varje " +"variant har sin egen lagerräkning, försäljningssumma och andra liknande " +"poster i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" " Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" +"För att använda produktvarianter måste inställningen *Varianter* " +"**aktiveras** i Odoo *Sales*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," " and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, och leta reda på :guilabel:`Product Catalog` avsnittet högst upp " +"på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." msgstr "" +"I det avsnittet markerar du rutan för att aktivera funktionen " +":guilabel:`Variants`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " "application." msgstr "" +"Aktivera produktvarianter på sidan Inställningar i Odoo Sales-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` högst upp på sidan " +":guilabel:`Inställningar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 msgid "Attributes" @@ -12568,6 +16654,9 @@ msgid "" "create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" " --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" +"Innan produktvarianter kan ställas in måste attribut **skapas**. För att " +"skapa, hantera och ändra attribut, navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Configuration --> Attributes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -12575,6 +16664,9 @@ msgid "" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" +"Attributens ordning på sidan :guilabel:`Attributes` avgör hur de visas på " +"sidorna :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard och :guilabel:`eCommerce`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -12582,15 +16674,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " "customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa ett nytt attribut från sidan " +":guilabel:`Attributes`. Då visas ett tomt attributformulär som kan anpassas " +"och konfigureras på ett antal olika sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" +"Ett tomt formulär för skapande av attribut i Odoo Sales-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" "First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" +"Skapa först ett :guilabel:`Attributnamn`, t.ex. `Färg` eller `Storlek`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -12598,6 +16695,9 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " "specificity and organization." msgstr "" +"I det valfria fältet :guilabel:`Category` väljer du sedan en kategori från " +"en rullgardinsmeny för att gruppera liknande attribut under samma avsnitt " +"för ökad specificitet och organisation." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12606,12 +16706,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " "detail form." msgstr "" +"För att visa detaljerna för den valda attributkategorin klickar du på ikonen" +" för intern länk :guilabel:`➡️ (pil)` längst till höger i fältet " +":guilabel:`Category`. På så sätt visas attributkategorins detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " "arrow icon." msgstr "" +"En detaljsida för en standardattributkategori som kan nås via den interna " +"länkens pilikon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -12620,12 +16725,17 @@ msgid "" "category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" " of priority." msgstr "" +"Här visas :guilabel:`Category Name` och :guilabel:`Sequence` högst upp. " +"Följt av :guilabel:`Relaterade attribut` som är associerade med kategorin. " +"Dessa attribut kan dras och släppas i önskad prioritetsordning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Attribut kan också läggas till direkt i kategorin genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -12633,6 +16743,9 @@ msgid "" "name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en attributkategori direkt från detta fält börjar du skriva" +" namnet på den nya kategorin och väljer sedan antingen :guilabel:`Create` " +"eller :guilabel:`Create and edit...` från rullgardinsmenyn som visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -12641,6 +16754,10 @@ msgid "" "reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " "attribute category can be configured and customized." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create` skapas kategorin, som kan ändras senare." +" Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create and edit...` skapas kategorin och popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Create Category` öppnas, där den nya attributkategorin " +"kan konfigureras och anpassas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12649,66 +16766,86 @@ msgid "" "on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " ":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." msgstr "" +"Under fältet :guilabel:`Category` finns alternativen :guilabel:`Display " +"Type`. :guilabel:`Display Type` avgör hur den här produkten visas i " +"onlinebutiken, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` instrumentpanelen och " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alternativen för :guilabel:`Displaytyp` är:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" " of the online store." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: alternativen visas i en punktlista på produktsidan i " +"onlinebutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " "of the online store." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: alternativen visas som valbara knappar på produktsidan i " +"onlinebutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " "of the online store." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Select`: alternativen visas i en rullgardinsmeny på produktsidan " +"i onlinebutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " "any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Färg`: alternativ visas som små, färgade rutor, som återspeglar " +"eventuella HTML-färgkoder, på produktsidan i onlinebutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa typer på produktkonfiguratorn på onlinebutiken i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " "automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informerar Odoo om när en ny " +"variant automatiskt ska skapas när ett attribut läggs till i en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: skapar alla möjliga varianter så snart attribut och " +"värden läggs till i en produktmall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " "attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dynamiskt`: skapar varianter **endast** när motsvarande attribut " +"och värden läggs till i en försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: skapar aldrig automatiskt varianter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" +"När ett attribut har lagts till i en produkt kan dess :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` inte redigeras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -12716,34 +16853,42 @@ msgid "" " these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " "they shop on the online store." msgstr "" +"Slutligen avgör fältet :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` om dessa " +"attributalternativ är synliga för kunden i front-end, när de handlar i " +"onlinebutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " "front-end." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: attributvärdena är synliga för kunderna på front-end." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " "front-end." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hidden`: attributvärdena är dolda för kunder på front-end." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 msgid "Attribute values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attributvärden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" "Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " "Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." msgstr "" +"Attributvärden ska läggas till på fliken :guilabel:`Attributvärden`. Värden " +"kan läggas till ett attribut när som helst, om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " "Values` tab." msgstr "" +"Lägg till ett värde genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Attributvärden`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -12752,6 +16897,10 @@ msgid "" "custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " "specific to this particular value)." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan namnet på värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Value`. Markera sedan " +"rutan i kolumnen :guilabel:`Is custom value`, om värdet är anpassat (dvs. " +"kunden får ange unika specifikationer som är specifika för just detta " +"värde)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -12760,23 +16909,32 @@ msgid "" "line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " "color option they're choosing." msgstr "" +"Om alternativet :guilabel:`Displaytyp` - :guilabel:`Färg` är valt, visas " +"alternativet att lägga till en HTML-färgkod längst till höger på värderaden," +" för att göra det enklare för säljare och kunder att veta exakt vilket " +"färgalternativ de väljer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" +"Fliken Attributvärden när du klickar på Lägg till en rad visar de anpassade " +"kolumnerna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 msgid "" "To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " "which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den tomma cirkeln i kolumnen :guilabel:`Color` för att välja en " +"färg, så öppnas ett HTML-fönster med en färgväljare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " "attribute form." msgstr "" +"Välja en färg från popup-fönstret HTML-färg som visas i attributformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -12784,18 +16942,24 @@ msgid "" "to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" " gradient window." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret kan du välja en specifik färg genom att dra färgreglaget " +"till en viss nyans och klicka på färgdelen direkt i färggradientfönstret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 msgid "" "Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " "desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." msgstr "" +"Du kan också välja en specifik färg genom att klicka på *droppar*-ikonen och" +" välja en önskad färg som för närvarande är klickbar på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"Attribut kan också skapas direkt från produktmallen genom att lägga till en " +"ny rad och skriva in namnet på fliken :guilabel:`Variants`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -12804,6 +16968,9 @@ msgid "" "That button lists every product in the database currently using that " "attribute." msgstr "" +"När ett attribut har lagts till en produkt listas och nås den produkten via " +"attributets :guilabel:`Relaterade produkter` smart-knapp. Den knappen listar" +" alla produkter i databasen som för närvarande använder det attributet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12813,16 +16980,25 @@ msgid "" " form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " "product variant can be added." msgstr "" +"När ett attribut har skapats kan du använda attributet (och dess värden) för" +" att skapa en produktvariant. Det gör du genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` och välja en befintlig " +"produkt för att visa formuläret för den önskade produkten. Eller klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny produkt, till vilken en " +"produktvariant kan läggas till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " "view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" +"I produktformuläret klickar du på fliken :guilabel:`Attribut \\& Varianter` " +"för att visa, hantera och ändra attribut och värden för produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Fliken Attribut och värden på ett typiskt produktformulär i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -12830,6 +17006,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," " choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till ett attribut till en produkt, och efterföljande " +"attributvärden, klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Attribut \\& Varianter`. Välj sedan önskat attribut i " +"rullgardinsmenyn som visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -12838,6 +17018,10 @@ msgid "" "new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +"Attribut kan skapas direkt från fliken :guilabel:`Attribut \\& Varianter` i " +"ett produktformulär. Skriv namnet på det nya attributet i det tomma fältet " +"och välj antingen :guilabel:`Create` eller :guilabel:`Create and edit...` i " +"den lilla rullgardinsmenyn som visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -12846,6 +17030,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " "proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create` skapas attributet, som kan anpassas " +"senare. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create and edit...` skapas attributet " +"och ett :guilabel:`Create Attribute` popup-formulär visas. I popup-" +"formuläret kan du ändra attributet på ett antal olika sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -12853,20 +17041,25 @@ msgid "" "to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " "drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." msgstr "" +"När ett attribut har valts i kolumnen :guilabel:`Attribute` väljer du de " +"specifika attributvärden som ska gälla för produkten via den rullgardinsmeny" +" som finns i kolumnen :guilabel:`Values`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det finns ingen gräns för hur många värden som kan läggas till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" +"Liknande processer för att skapa produktvarianter är tillgängliga via " +"applikationerna Inköp, Lager och E-handel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 msgid "Configure variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera varianter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -12874,36 +17067,49 @@ msgid "" "When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " ":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" +"Längst till höger på attributraden finns en :guilabel:`Configure`-knapp. När" +" du klickar på den visar Odoo en separat sida som visar de specifika " +":guilabel:`Produktvariantvärdena`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " "product form." msgstr "" +"Sidan Produktvariantvärden nås via knappen Konfigurera på ett " +"produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " "applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" +"Här visas det specifika :guilabel:`Value` namnet, :guilabel:`HTML Color " +"Index` (om tillämpligt), och :guilabel:`Value Price Extra`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" " if the attribute is selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` representerar ökningen av försäljningspriset " +"om attributet är valt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 msgid "" "When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" " reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" +"När ett värde klickas på sidan :guilabel:`Produktvariantvärden`, visar Odoo " +"en separat sida med detaljer om detta värdes relaterade detaljer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " "general page." msgstr "" +"En sida med produktvariantvärden som nås via den allmänna sidan med " +"produktvariantvärden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -12911,6 +17117,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " ":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." msgstr "" +"På detaljsidan för den specifika produktvarianten finns fälten " +":guilabel:`Value` och :guilabel:`Value Price Extra`, tillsammans med ett " +"fält :guilabel:`Exclude for`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -12919,10 +17128,13 @@ msgid "" "added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " "products." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Exkludera för` kan olika :guilabel:`Produktmallar` och " +"specifika :guilabel:`Attributvärden` läggas till. När det läggs till kommer " +"detta specifika attributvärde att uteslutas från de specifika produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 msgid "Variants smart button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varianter smart knapp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -12932,11 +17144,17 @@ msgid "" "button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " "specific product." msgstr "" +"När en produkt har attribut och varianter konfigurerade på fliken " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` visas en smartknapp :guilabel:`Variants`" +" högst upp i produktformuläret. Smartknappen :guilabel:`Variants` anger hur " +"många varianter som för närvarande är konfigurerade för den specifika " +"produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Smartknappen för varianter högst upp i produktformuläret i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -12944,16 +17162,21 @@ msgid "" "separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " "configured for that specific product." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på smartknappen :guilabel:`Variants` visar Odoo en separat " +"sida med alla specifika kombinationer av produktvarianter som har " +"konfigurerats för den specifika produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "" "The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " "form in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Sidan med varianter nås via smartknappen för varianter på produktformuläret " +"i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inverkan av varianter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -12961,6 +17184,8 @@ msgid "" "variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " "the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Förutom att erbjuda kunderna mer detaljerade produktalternativ har " +"produktvarianter sina egna effekter som kan utnyttjas i hela Odoo-databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -12968,6 +17193,9 @@ msgid "" "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: streckkoder är kopplade till varje variant, istället " +"för till produktmallen. Varje enskild variant kan ha sin egen unika " +"streckkod/SKU." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -12975,6 +17203,9 @@ msgid "" "the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" " attributes." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Price`: varje produktvariant har sitt eget offentliga pris, som " +"är summan av produktens mallpris *och* eventuella extra avgifter för " +"särskilda attribut." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -12982,6 +17213,10 @@ msgid "" "$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" " configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." msgstr "" +"Försäljningspriset för en röd skjorta är 23 USD - eftersom skjortans " +"mallpris är 20 USD, plus ytterligare 3 USD för den röda färgvarianten. " +"Prislisteregler kan konfigureras att gälla för produktmallen eller för " +"varianten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -12989,21 +17224,27 @@ msgid "" "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory räknas för varje enskild produktvariant. På" +" produktmallformuläret återspeglar inventeringen summan av alla varianter, " +"men den faktiska inventeringen beräknas av enskilda varianter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Picture`: varje produktvariant kan ha sin egen specifika bild." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +"Ändringar i produktmallen gäller automatiskt för alla varianter av den " +"produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`import`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" @@ -13014,22 +17255,28 @@ msgid "" "The Odoo *Sales* app provides two different ways to process returns. The " "method used depends on whether or not an invoice has been sent." msgstr "" +"Odoo-appen *Sales* erbjuder två olika sätt att hantera returer. Vilken metod" +" som används beror på om en faktura har skickats eller inte." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:9 msgid "Before invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Före fakturering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:11 msgid "" "Returns are completed using *Reverse Transfers* when a customer decides to " "return a product **before** an invoice has been sent or validated." msgstr "" +"Returer genomförs med *vända överföringar* när en kund bestämmer sig för att" +" returnera en produkt **innan** en faktura har skickats eller validerats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:15 msgid "" "In order to use *Reverse Transfers*, the *Inventory* app **must** be " "installed." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda *Reverse Transfers* **måste** appen *Inventory* vara " +"installerad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -13037,25 +17284,31 @@ msgid "" "app, select the desired sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to open the associated delivery order." msgstr "" +"För att starta en retur innan fakturering, navigera till appen " +":menuselection:`Sales`, välj önskad försäljningsorder och klicka på " +"smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` för att öppna den tillhörande " +"leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "A typical sales order with a highlighted delivery smart button in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"En typisk försäljningsorder med en markerad smart knapp för leverans i Odoo " +"Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:25 msgid "On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Return` på den validerade leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "A validated delivery order with a highlighted Return button in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En validerad leveransorder med en markerad returknapp i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:31 msgid "This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta öppnar ett :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` popup-fönster." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -13064,22 +17317,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon next to a line item to remove it from the " "return." msgstr "" +"Som standard matchar :guilabel:`Quantity` de validerade kvantiteterna från " +"leveransordern. Uppdatera kvantiteterna om det behövs. Klicka på ikonen " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (papperskorgen)` bredvid en radpost för att ta bort den från " +"returen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing " "the customer." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret \"Reverse Transfer\", för att göra en retur innan du " +"fakturerar kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " "warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s)." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Return` för att bekräfta returen. Detta genererar" +" en ny lageroperation för den inkommande returnerade produkten/produkterna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse operation after a return has been confirmed in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerhantering efter en retur har bekräftats i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -13088,22 +17349,30 @@ msgid "" "order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity updates to reflect the difference " "between the initial validated quantities and the returned quantities." msgstr "" +"När returen tas emot validerar lagerteamet lagerhanteringen genom att klicka" +" på :guilabel:`Validate`. På den ursprungliga försäljningsordern uppdateras " +"sedan :guilabel:`Levererad` kvantitet för att återspegla skillnaden mellan " +"de ursprungliga validerade kvantiteterna och de returnerade kvantiteterna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse " "transfer." msgstr "" +"Den uppdaterade \"Levererad\" kvantiteten på försäljningsordern efter den " +"omvända överföringen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:56 msgid "" "When an invoice is created, the customer receives an invoice **only** for " "the products they are keeping, if any." msgstr "" +"När en faktura skapas får kunden en faktura **endast** för de produkter som " +"de behåller, om några." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:60 msgid "After invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Efter fakturering" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -13111,18 +17380,26 @@ msgid "" "invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is " "insufficient since validated, or sent, invoices cannot be changed." msgstr "" +"Ibland returnerar kunder en vara efter att de mottagit och/eller betalat sin" +" faktura. I dessa fall räcker det inte med en retur som endast använder " +"*Reverse Transfers* eftersom validerade, eller skickade, fakturor inte kan " +"ändras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:66 msgid "" "However, *Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* " "to complete the customer's return." msgstr "" +"*Reverse Transfers* kan dock användas tillsammans med *Credit Notes* för att" +" slutföra kundens retur." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:69 msgid "" "To start a return after invoicing, navigate to the relevant sales order in " "the :menuselection:`Sales` app." msgstr "" +"För att starta en retur efter fakturering, navigera till den relevanta " +"försäljningsordern i appen :menuselection:`Sales`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -13131,10 +17408,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button) has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner." msgstr "" +"Om det finns en betalning registrerad på försäljningsordern visas " +"betalningsinformationen i chatten och fakturan (tillgänglig via smartknappen" +" :guilabel:`Fakturor`) har en grön :guilabel:`I Betalning` banner." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "Sample of a green in payment banner in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på en grön betalningsbanner i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -13142,6 +17422,9 @@ msgid "" " the validated delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Från försäljningsordern klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` för " +"att visa den validerade leveransordern. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Return` " +"för att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -13151,6 +17434,11 @@ msgid "" " by the warehouse team once the return is received by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Redigera sedan :guilabel:`Product` och/eller :guilabel:`Quantity`, beroende " +"på vad som behövs för returen. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Return`. Detta " +"genererar en ny lageroperation för de inkommande returnerade produkterna, " +"som valideras av lagerteamet när returen har tagits emot genom att klicka på" +" :guilabel:`Validate`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -13158,6 +17446,9 @@ msgid "" "reflect the difference between the initial validated quantities and the " "returned quantities." msgstr "" +"På försäljningsordern uppdateras sedan :guilabel:`Delivered`-kvantiteten för" +" att återspegla skillnaden mellan de ursprungliga validerade kvantiteterna " +"och de returnerade kvantiteterna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -13165,20 +17456,24 @@ msgid "" " click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Credit Note` button at the top of the validated invoice." msgstr "" +"För att behandla en återbetalning, navigera till den relevanta fakturan " +"(från försäljningsordern, klicka på :guilabel:`Fakturor` smart-knappen). " +"Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Kreditnota` högst upp på den validerade " +"fakturan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "A typical customer invoice with a Credit Note button highlighted in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En typisk kundfaktura med knappen Kreditnota markerad i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:99 msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Credit Note` pop-up form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du gör det visas ett :guilabel:`Kreditbrev` popup-formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "Typical credit note pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typiskt popup-formulär för kreditfakturor som visas i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -13186,16 +17481,23 @@ msgid "" "specific :guilabel:`Journal` to process the credit. Then, select a specific " ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." msgstr "" +"Börja med att ange en :guilabel:`Reason displayed on Credit Note` och en " +"specifik :guilabel:`Journal` för att behandla krediten. Välj sedan ett " +"specifikt :guilabel:`Reversal Date`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:108 msgid "" "After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse` or " ":guilabel:`Reverse and Create Invoice`. Then, edit the draft, if needed." msgstr "" +"När informationen är ifylld klickar du på :guilabel:`Återvänd` eller " +":guilabel:`Återvänd och skapa faktura`. Redigera sedan utkastet om det " +"behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:111 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the credit note." msgstr "" +"Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta kreditnotan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -13203,18 +17505,21 @@ msgid "" "credits for this customer. You can allocate them to mark this invoice as " "paid.` appears at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"När det är klart visas en blå banner med texten: :guilabel:`Du har " +"utestående krediter för den här kunden. Du kan allokera dem för att markera " +"den här fakturan som betald.` visas högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Quotation deadlines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidsfrister för offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13224,16 +17529,24 @@ msgid "" "deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has" " to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Sales*-applikationen är det möjligt att ange tidsfrister för " +"försäljningsofferter. På så sätt uppmuntras kunderna att agera snabbt under " +"försäljningsförhandlingarna, eftersom de kanske är rädda för att missa en " +"bra affär. Tidsfrister kan också fungera som ett skydd för ett företag om en" +" order måste uppfyllas till ett pris som inte längre är lönsamt för " +"företaget." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Quotation expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utgångsdatum för offert" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo *Sales*, there's the option to add an expiration date to a " "quotation." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Sales* finns det möjlighet att lägga till ett utgångsdatum till en " +"offert." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -13241,6 +17554,9 @@ msgid "" "app`, and select a desired quotation, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett utgångsdatum i en offert, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app` och välj en önskad offert, eller skapa en ny " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -13248,30 +17564,37 @@ msgid "" "pop-up calendar. From this pop-up calendar, select the desired month and " "date as the expiration date for the quotation." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fältet :guilabel:`Expiration` i offertformuläret för att öppna en " +"popup-kalender. I popup-kalendern väljer du önskad månad och datum som " +"utgångsdatum för offerten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 msgid "The expiration field on a standard quotation form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utgångsfältet på en standard offertblankett i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:26 msgid "" "By clicking the :guilabel:`Preview` button on a quotation, Odoo clearly " "displays when that specific offer expires." msgstr "" +"Genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Preview` på en offert visar Odoo " +"tydligt när det specifika erbjudandet löper ut." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur kunder kommer att se deadlines i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "Quotation template expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utgångsdatum för mall för offert" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:36 msgid "" "The Odoo *Sales* application also makes it possible to add a deadline " "expiration date to quotation templates." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Sales*-applikationen gör det också möjligt att lägga till ett " +"slutdatum för offertmallar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13281,6 +17604,10 @@ msgid "" "added, or click :guilabel:`New` to build a new quotation template from " "scratch." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett utgångsdatum i en offertmall, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`, och " +"välj antingen den offertmall där ett utgångsdatum ska läggas till, eller " +"klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny offertmall från grunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -13289,12 +17616,16 @@ msgid "" "template name. The number of days represents how long the quotation will be " "valid for, before it expires." msgstr "" +"I formuläret för offertmallen lägger du till ett visst antal dagar i fältet " +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`, som finns under namnet på offertmallen." +" Antalet dagar anger hur länge offerten är giltig innan den upphör att " +"gälla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 msgid "" "The quotation expires after field on a quotation template form in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offerten upphör att gälla efter fältet på en offertmall i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -13303,14 +17634,17 @@ msgid "" "designated above. However, this date can be overwritten before sending the " "quotation to the customer." msgstr "" +"När den specifika offertmallen sedan används i en offert beräknas ett " +"utgångsdatum automatiskt, baserat på det antal dagar som anges ovan. Detta " +"datum kan dock skrivas över innan offerten skickas till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:56 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliveries and invoices to different addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveranser och fakturor till olika adresser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13318,6 +17652,9 @@ msgid "" "and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " "have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." msgstr "" +"Privatpersoner och företag använder ofta separata adresser för fakturering " +"och leverans. Med appen Odoo *Sales* kan kontakter ha olika angivna adresser" +" för leverans och fakturering." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -13326,14 +17663,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` heading. Then, check the box next to " ":guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att korrekt använda flera adresser i Odoo, gå till :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings` och bläddra ner till " +":guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` rubriken. Markera sedan rutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Kundadresser` och klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera inställningen Kundadresser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Contact form configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av kontaktformulär" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -13341,10 +17682,14 @@ msgid "" "Orders --> Customers`, and clear any default filters from the search bar. " "Then, click on the desired customer to open their contact form." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till flera adresser till en kontakt, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers`, och rensa eventuella " +"standardfilter från sökfältet. Klicka sedan på önskad kund för att öppna " +"deras kontaktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 msgid "Contact forms can be accessed in the *Contacts* application, as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontaktformulär kan också nås via applikationen *Kontakter*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -13353,10 +17698,14 @@ msgid "" " tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which " "additional addresses can be configured." msgstr "" +"I kontaktformuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Edit` och väljer sedan " +":guilabel:`Add`, som finns under fliken :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses`. Då" +" visas popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create Contact`, där du kan konfigurera " +"ytterligare adresser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en kontakt/adress i kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -13364,49 +17713,64 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Other Address` field to reveal a drop-down menu of address-" "related options." msgstr "" +"I popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create Contact` börjar du med att klicka på " +"standardfältet :guilabel:`Other Address` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med" +" adressrelaterade alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:41 msgid "Select any of the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj något av följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontakt`: lägger till en ny kontakt i det befintliga " +"kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing" " contact form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fakturaadress`: lägger till en specifik fakturaadress till det " +"befintliga kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the " "existing contact form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: lägger till en specifik leveransadress till " +"det befintliga kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact" " form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Övrig adress`: lägger till en alternativ adress till det " +"befintliga kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact " "form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Privat adress`: lägger till en privat adress till det befintliga " +"kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 msgid "" "Once an option is selected, proceed to enter the corresponding contact " "information that should be used for the specified address type." msgstr "" +"När ett alternativ har valts fortsätter du med att ange motsvarande " +"kontaktinformation som ska användas för den angivna adresstypen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny kontakt/adress på ett kontaktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -13414,10 +17778,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save " "the address and immediately input another one." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save & Close` för att spara adressen och stänga " +"fönstret :guilabel:`Create Contact`. Eller klicka på :guilabel:`Save & New` " +"för att spara adressen och omedelbart ange en ny." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:60 msgid "Address added to quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adress tillagd i citat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -13425,10 +17792,13 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields autopopulate with the corresponding " "addresses specified on the customer's contact form." msgstr "" +"När en kund läggs till i en offert fylls fälten :guilabel:`Fakturaadress` " +"och :guilabel:`Leveransadress` automatiskt i med motsvarande adresser som " +"angetts i kundens kontaktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktura- och leveransadresser fylls i automatiskt i en offert." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -13437,22 +17807,31 @@ msgid "" " and then clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` internal link buttons " "next to each address line." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fakturaadress` och :guilabel:`Leveransadress` kan också redigeras" +" direkt från offerten genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Redigera` och " +"sedan klicka på de interna länkknapparna :guilabel:`➡️ (högerpil)` bredvid " +"varje adressrad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " "delivery." msgstr "" +"Dessa adresser kan uppdateras när som helst för att säkerställa korrekt " +"fakturering och leverans." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:77 msgid "" "If any changes are made on a form in Odoo, include *Contacts* forms, " "remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes to the database." msgstr "" +"Om några ändringar görs på ett formulär i Odoo, inklusive * Kontakter * " +"formulär, kom ihåg att klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna" +" i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Online payment order confirmation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bekräftelse av betalningsorder online" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13461,16 +17840,22 @@ msgid "" "order is electronically paid for by the customer, the salesperson attached " "to the sales order is instantly notified that the order is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Sales*-applikationen ger kunderna möjlighet att bekräfta order, via en" +" onlinebetalning, direkt på en försäljningsorder. När kunden har betalat " +"försäljningsordern elektroniskt får den säljare som är kopplad till " +"försäljningsordern omedelbart ett meddelande om att ordern har bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera onlinebetalningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "In order to have customers confirm orders with an online payment, the " "*Online Payment* setting **must** be activated." msgstr "" +"För att kunder ska kunna bekräfta beställningar med en onlinebetalning måste" +" inställningen *Onlinebetalning* **aktiveras**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -13479,10 +17864,14 @@ msgid "" "Orders` heading, check the box next to the :guilabel:`Online Payment` " "feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionen *Online Payment*, gå till :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra till rubriken " +":guilabel:`Quotations \\& Orders`, markera rutan bredvid funktionen " +":guilabel:`Online Payment`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "The online payment setting in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen för onlinebetalning i Odoo Sales-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -13491,6 +17880,10 @@ msgid "" "field. In this field, there's the option to add a specific number of days " "for quotations to remain valid by default." msgstr "" +"Under alternativet :guilabel:`Online Payment` på sidan *Sales* " +":guilabel:`Settings` finns ett fält :guilabel:`Default Quotation Validity`. " +"I detta fält finns det möjlighet att lägga till ett specifikt antal dagar " +"för att offerter ska förbli giltiga som standard." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -13498,10 +17891,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment` feature option, located in the :guilabel:`Online " "confirmation` field, on the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera denna funktion på en standardoffert, klicka på kryssrutan " +"för funktionsalternativet :guilabel:`Betalning`, som finns i fältet " +":guilabel:`Onlinebekräftelse`, på fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "The online payment setting on a standard quotation in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen för onlinebetalning på en standardoffert i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -13509,10 +17905,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment` feature option, located in the :guilabel:`Online " "confirmation` field of the quotation template form." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera denna funktion i en offertmall, klicka på kryssrutan för " +"funktionsalternativet :guilabel:`Betalning`, som finns i fältet " +":guilabel:`Online-bekräftelse` i offertmallens formulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "The online payment setting on quotation template forms in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Inställningen för onlinebetalning på formulär för offertmallar i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "Payment providers" @@ -13523,6 +17923,8 @@ msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Online Payment` feature, a link to configure" " :guilabel:`Payment Providers` appears beneath it." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat funktionen :guilabel:`Online Payment` visas en länk för" +" att konfigurera :guilabel:`Payment Providers` under den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -13530,29 +17932,35 @@ msgid "" " which a large variety of payment providers can be enabled, customized, and " "published." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på den länken öppnas en separat :guilabel:`Payment " +"Providers`-sida, där ett stort antal betalningsleverantörer kan aktiveras, " +"anpassas och publiceras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "Payment providers page in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sidan Betalningsleverantörer i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finans/betalningsleverantörer`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:59 msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrera en betalning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:61 msgid "" "After opening quotations in their customer portal, customers can click " ":guilabel:`Accept \\& Pay` to confirm their order with an online payment." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha öppnat offerter i sin kundportal kan kunderna klicka på " +":guilabel:`Accept \\& Pay` för att bekräfta sin beställning med en " +"onlinebetalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "The accept and pay button on an online quotation in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen acceptera och betala på en onlineoffert i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -13560,11 +17968,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate Order` pop-up window containing different options for " "them to make online payments, in the :guilabel:`Pay with` section." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha klickat på :guilabel:`Accept \\& Pay`, presenteras kunderna för" +" :guilabel:`Validate Order` pop-up fönster som innehåller olika alternativ " +"för dem att göra onlinebetalningar, i :guilabel:`Pay with` avsnittet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "" "How to register a payment on a validate order pop-up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Hur man registrerar en betalning i ett popup-fönster för validering av order" +" i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -13572,6 +17985,9 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window that have been published and configured on the " ":guilabel:`Payment Providers` page." msgstr "" +"Odoo kommer **endast** att erbjuda betalningsalternativ i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Validera order` som har publicerats och konfigurerats på sidan " +":guilabel:`Betalningsleverantörer`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -13580,27 +17996,32 @@ msgid "" "instantly notifies the assigned salesperson upon order confirmation with an " "online payment." msgstr "" +"När kunden har valt önskad betalningsmetod klickar de på knappen " +":guilabel:`Pay` i popup-fönstret för att bekräfta beställningen. Odoo " +"meddelar omedelbart den tilldelade säljaren vid orderbekräftelse med en " +"onlinebetalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample of notification that appears in the chatter when an online payment is" " made." msgstr "" +"Exempel på meddelande som visas i chattern när en onlinebetalning görs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:272 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Online signatures for order confirmations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Online-signaturer för orderbekräftelser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13609,16 +18030,22 @@ msgid "" " order is electronically signed by the customer, the salesperson attached to" " the sales order is instantly notified that the order is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Sales*-applikationen ger kunderna möjlighet att bekräfta order, via en" +" online-signatur, direkt på försäljningsordern. När försäljningsordern har " +"signerats elektroniskt av kunden får den säljare som är kopplad till " +"försäljningsordern omedelbart ett meddelande om att ordern har bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11 msgid "Activate online signatures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera signaturer online" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to have customers confirm orders with an online signature, the " "*Online Signature* feature **must** be activated." msgstr "" +"För att kunder ska kunna bekräfta beställningar med en signatur online, " +"måste funktionen *Online Signature* **must** vara aktiverad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -13627,16 +18054,22 @@ msgid "" "Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by " "checking the box beside it." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionen *Online Signature*, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra till " +"rubriken :guilabel:`Quotations \\& Orders` och aktivera funktionen " +":guilabel:`Online Signature` genom att markera rutan bredvid den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "" "The Online Signature feature option in the Settings of the Odoo Sales " "application." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Online Signature-funktion i inställningarna för Odoo Sales-" +"applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:24 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` i det övre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -13644,12 +18077,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Signature` option, located in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation`" " field of the quotation template form." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en offertmall är funktionen för signatur online alternativet " +":guilabel:`Signatur`, som finns i fältet :guilabel:`Online confirmation` i " +"formuläret för offertmallen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 msgid "" "The Online confirmation signature option found on every quotation template " "in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Online bekräftelse signatur finns på varje offertmall i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -13657,26 +18094,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Signature` option, located under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab " "of the quotation form." msgstr "" +"På standardofferter är funktionen för signatur online alternativet " +":guilabel:`Signatur`, som finns under fliken :guilabel:`Övrig information` i" +" offertformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 msgid "" "The online signature feature option in the Other Info tab of a quotation " "form in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Funktionen för underskrift online finns på fliken Övrig information i ett " +"offertformulär i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:42 msgid "Order confirmations with online signatures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Orderbekräftelser med signaturer online" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:44 msgid "" "When clients access quotations online through their customer portal, there's" " a :guilabel:`Sign \\& Pay` button directly on the quotation." msgstr "" +"När kunderna får tillgång till offerter online via sin kundportal finns det " +"en :guilabel:`Sign \\& Pay`-knapp direkt på offerten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "The Sign and Pay button present on online quotations in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Signera och betala-knappen finns på online-offerter i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -13684,16 +18128,22 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Full Name` field is auto-populated, based on " "the contact information in the database." msgstr "" +"När du klickar visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Validera order`. I detta " +"popup-fönster fylls fältet :guilabel:`Fullständigt namn` i automatiskt, " +"baserat på kontaktinformationen i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "The Validate Order pop-up window for online signatures in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret Validera order för online-signaturer i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, customers have the option to enter an online signature with any of the" " following options: :guilabel:`Auto`, :guilabel:`Draw`, or :guilabel:`Load`." msgstr "" +"Därefter har kunderna möjlighet att ange en online-signatur med något av " +"följande alternativ: :guilabel:`Auto`, :guilabel:`Draw`, eller " +":guilabel:`Load`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -13703,6 +18153,11 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window. And :guilabel:`Load` lets the customer upload a previously-" "created signature file from their computer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Auto` låter Odoo automatiskt generera en signatur online baserat " +"på informationen i fältet :guilabel:`Full Name`. :guilabel:`Draw` låter " +"kunden använda markören för att skapa en egen signatur direkt i popup-" +"fönstret. Och :guilabel:`Load` låter kunden ladda upp en tidigare skapad " +"signaturfil från sin dator." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -13710,6 +18165,9 @@ msgid "" "signature options (:guilabel:`Auto`, :guilabel:`Draw`, or :guilabel:`Load`)," " they will click the :guilabel:`Accept \\& Sign` button." msgstr "" +"När kunden har valt något av de tre tidigare nämnda signaturalternativen " +"(:guilabel:`Auto`, :guilabel:`Draw`, eller :guilabel:`Load`) klickar han/hon" +" på knappen :guilabel:`Accept \\& Sign`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -13717,17 +18175,22 @@ msgid "" "options become available for them to choose from (if the *online payment* " "option applies to this quotation)." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Accept \\& Sign` klickas, blir de olika betalningsmetoderna " +"tillgängliga för dem att välja mellan (om alternativet *online betalning* " +"gäller för denna offert)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:73 msgid "" "Then, when the quotation is paid and confirmed, a delivery order is " "automatically created (if the Odoo *Inventory* app is installed)." msgstr "" +"När offerten sedan är betald och bekräftad skapas automatiskt en " +"leveransorder (om Odoo *Inventory*-appen är installerad)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:273 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Optional products" @@ -13740,6 +18203,10 @@ msgid "" "useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " "sale." msgstr "" +"Användningen av tillvalsprodukter är en marknadsföringsstrategi som innebär " +"korsförsäljning av produkter tillsammans med en kärnprodukt. Syftet är att " +"erbjuda användbara och relaterade produkter till kunderna, vilket kan leda " +"till ökad försäljning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:157 @@ -13749,10 +18216,14 @@ msgid "" "Presenting the choice to purchase optional products enhances the customer " "experience." msgstr "" +"Om en kund till exempel vill köpa en bil kan han eller hon välja att " +"beställa massagesäten också, eller ignorera erbjudandet och helt enkelt köpa" +" bilen. Att erbjuda möjligheten att köpa tillvalsprodukter förbättrar " +"kundupplevelsen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:14 msgid "Optional products on quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valfria produkter på offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -13760,10 +18231,14 @@ msgid "" "products directly on quotations by navigating to the :guilabel:`Optional " "Products` tab on a quotation form." msgstr "" +"Med Odoo *Sales*-applikationen är det möjligt att lägga till eller ändra " +"valfria produkter direkt på offerter genom att navigera till fliken " +":guilabel:`Valfria produkter` på ett offertformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Så här lägger du till valfria produkter i dina offerter på Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -13771,6 +18246,10 @@ msgid "" "product` in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab of a quotation. Doing so " "reveals a blank field in the :guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till en eller flera valfria produkter i en offert klickar " +"du på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken :guilabel:`Valfria " +"produkter` i offerten. När du gör detta visas ett tomt fält i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:178 @@ -13779,6 +18258,9 @@ msgid "" "Select the desired product from the drop-down menu to add it as an optional " "product to the quotation template." msgstr "" +"När du klickar visas en rullgardinsmeny med produkter från databasen. Välj " +"önskad produkt i rullgardinsmenyn för att lägga till den som en valfri " +"produkt i offertmallen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -13786,12 +18268,17 @@ msgid "" "product in the field, and the option appears in the drop-down menu. Then, " "select that desired product to add it to the quotation." msgstr "" +"Om den önskade produkten inte är direkt synlig kan du skriva namnet på den " +"önskade produkten i fältet, så visas alternativet i rullgardinsmenyn. Välj " +"sedan den önskade produkten för att lägga till den i offerten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:36 msgid "" "When a product is added, the default :guilabel:`Quantity` is `1`, but that " "can be edited at any time." msgstr "" +"När en produkt läggs till är standardvärdet för :guilabel:`Quantity` `1`, " +"men det kan redigeras när som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:181 @@ -13799,6 +18286,8 @@ msgid "" "To delete any line item from the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, click " "the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ta bort en post från fliken :guilabel:`Optionella produkter` " +"klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`🗑️ (papperskorg)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -13807,10 +18296,14 @@ msgid "" " via email, along with the optional products they can potentially add to " "their order, located in the :guilabel:`Options` section." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Preview` i övre vänstra hörnet av offerten för " +"att visa en förhandsvisning av den offert som kunderna får via e-post, " +"tillsammans med de valfria produkter som de kan lägga till i sin " +"beställning, i avsnittet :guilabel:`Options`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förhandsgranska dina offerter i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -13818,12 +18311,17 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`🛒 (shopping cart)` icon, located to the right of the" " optional product line." msgstr "" +"Kunder kan lägga till olika valfria produkter i en beställning genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`🛒 (varukorg)`-ikonen, som finns till höger om den " +"valfria produktraden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:53 msgid "" "If a customer selects optional products, these are automatically added to " "the quotation managed by the salesperson." msgstr "" +"Om en kund väljer tillvalsprodukter läggs dessa automatiskt till i offerten " +"som hanteras av säljaren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -13832,10 +18330,14 @@ msgid "" "customer makes to an order. This allows salespeople to stay up-to-date with " "everything related to an order in the backend of the *Sales* application." msgstr "" +"När kunden lägger till en eller flera valfria produkter i en order får " +"säljaren omedelbart ett meddelande om ändringen, tillsammans med alla andra " +"ändringar som kunden gör i en order. Detta gör att säljarna kan hålla sig " +"uppdaterade med allt som rör en order i backend i *Sales*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "Optional products on quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valfria produkter i offertmallar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -13843,6 +18345,9 @@ msgid "" "understand how quotation templates work before reading the following " "information." msgstr "" +"Läs igenom dokumentationen :doc:`quote_template` för att få en bättre " +"förståelse för hur offertmallar fungerar innan du läser följande " +"information." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -13850,6 +18355,9 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, wherein related products or services " "can be added to a quotation template." msgstr "" +"För offertmallar, precis som för ett vanligt offertformulär, finns det också" +" en :guilabel:`Optional Products`-flik, där relaterade produkter eller " +"tjänster kan läggas till i en offertmall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -13858,6 +18366,10 @@ msgid "" "either select an existing quotation template to edit, or create a new one by" " clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till valfria produkter i en offertmall, gå till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Välj " +"sedan antingen en befintlig offertmall att redigera, eller skapa en ny genom" +" att klicka på :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -13866,6 +18378,10 @@ msgid "" "and select the desired product to add as an optional product to the " "quotation template." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Optionella produkter` i formuläret för " +"offertmallen. Under fliken :guilabel:`Optionella produkter` klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` och väljer önskad produkt som ska läggas till " +"som en valfri produkt i offertmallen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -13874,6 +18390,10 @@ msgid "" "used. These products can be removed, and additional products can be added, " "before the quotation is sent to a customer." msgstr "" +"De produkter som läggs till på fliken :guilabel:`Optionella produkter` finns" +" som standard med i offerten när just den offertmallen används. Dessa " +"produkter kan tas bort, och ytterligare produkter kan läggas till, innan " +"offerten skickas till en kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -13881,22 +18401,29 @@ msgid "" "additional items to their order, or entice them to purchase a more expensive" " version of their initially selected product." msgstr "" +"Det bästa är att erbjuda valfria produkter som uppmuntrar kunden att lägga " +"till ytterligare varor i sin beställning, eller lockar dem att köpa en " +"dyrare version av den produkt de ursprungligen valt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if a customer purchases a wooden chair, some optional products " "could be: a warranty on that chair and/or a wooden chair with leather seats." msgstr "" +"Om en kund t.ex. köper en trästol skulle några tillvalsprodukter kunna vara:" +" en garanti på stolen och/eller en trästol med lädersitsar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:96 msgid "" "There is no limit to how many optional products can be added to a quotation " "template." msgstr "" +"Det finns ingen gräns för hur många valfria produkter som kan läggas till i " +"en offertmall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:3 msgid "Product variants on quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktvarianter på offerter och försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13904,6 +18431,9 @@ msgid "" "and sales orders, it's recommended to learn about " ":doc:`../products_prices/products/variants` in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Innan du går in i detalj om hur du använder produktvarianter på offerter och" +" försäljningsorder, rekommenderas det att du lär dig om " +":doc:`../products_prices/products/variants` i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -13911,6 +18441,9 @@ msgid "" "following covers how product variants can be added to quotations and sales " "orders using the *product configurator* or *order grid entry*." msgstr "" +"När du har bekantat dig med grunderna för produktvarianter följer här en " +"beskrivning av hur produktvarianter kan läggas till i offerter och " +"försäljningsorder med hjälp av *produktkonfiguratorn* eller *ordermatrisen*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -13918,6 +18451,9 @@ msgid "" "*Sales* app settings page, and titled, *Order Grid Entry* on product forms. " "So, be sure to keep that in mind." msgstr "" +"Observera att inställningen heter *Variant Grid Entry* på inställningssidan " +"för appen *Sales* och *Order Grid Entry* på produktformulär. Så var noga med" +" att ha det i åtanke." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13927,6 +18463,11 @@ msgid "" "provides a pop-up window on the quotation/sales order to simplify the " "variant selection process." msgstr "" +"När du arbetar med produktvarianter använder Odoo produktkonfiguratorn som " +"standard. För att lägga till alternativet för inmatning av variantnät måste " +"den funktionen **aktiveras** i Odoo *Sales*-applikationen. Alternativet för " +"inmatning av variantnät ger ett popup-fönster på offerten/försäljningsordern" +" för att förenkla processen för val av variant." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -13935,16 +18476,22 @@ msgid "" "check the box next to the :guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` option, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera den inställningen går du till :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` och bläddrar till avsnittet :guilabel:`Product " +"Catalog`. Markera sedan rutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Variant Grid " +"Entry` och klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "The variant grid entry setting in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen för inmatning av variantnät i applikationen Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:33 msgid "" "Of course, the :guilabel:`Variants` feature **must** also be activated, in " "order to use product variants on quotations and sales orders." msgstr "" +"Naturligtvis måste funktionen :guilabel:`Variants` också vara aktiverad för " +"att produktvarianter ska kunna användas på offerter och försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -13956,6 +18503,9 @@ msgid "" "(*Product Configurator* and *Order Grid Entry*) become available on every " "product form." msgstr "" +"När inställningen :guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` är aktiverad blir båda " +"alternativen (*Produktkonfigurator* och *Order Grid Entry*) tillgängliga på " +"varje produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -13963,6 +18513,10 @@ msgid "" "grid entry, start by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " "--> Products` to view all the products in the database." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera ett produktformulär så att det använder antingen en " +"produktkonfigurator eller en variantmatris, börja med att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` för att visa alla " +"produkter i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -13971,6 +18525,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, where product variants can be " "viewed, modified, and added." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan önskad produkt att konfigurera, eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` " +"för att skapa en ny produkt från grunden. I produktformuläret klickar du på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants`, där du kan visa, ändra och lägga" +" till produktvarianter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -13978,24 +18536,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection` section with two options: " ":guilabel:`Product Configurator` and :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry`." msgstr "" +"Längst ner på fliken :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` finns ett avsnitt " +":guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection` med två alternativ: :guilabel:`Product " +"Configurator` och :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:55 msgid "" "It should be noted that these options **only** appear if at least two values" " of an attribute have been added to the record." msgstr "" +"Observera att dessa alternativ **endast** visas om minst två värden av ett " +"attribut har lagts till i posten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "" "Sales variant selection options on the attributes and variants tab on " "product form." msgstr "" +"Alternativ för val av försäljningsvariant på fliken Attribut och varianter i" +" produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:62 msgid "" "These options determine which method is used when adding product variants to" " quotations or sales orders." msgstr "" +"Dessa alternativ avgör vilken metod som ska användas när produktvarianter " +"läggs till i offerter eller försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -14004,6 +18571,9 @@ msgid "" " it's added to a quotation. However, only one variant can be selected/added " "at a time." msgstr "" +"I :guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` finns ett popup-fönster som visar alla " +"tillgängliga produktvarianter för den specifika produkten när den läggs till" +" i en offert. Det går dock bara att välja/lägga till en variant åt gången." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -14012,6 +18582,10 @@ msgid "" "select larger numbers of unique product variants, and add them to a " "quotation/sales order, in a single view." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Order Grid Entry` ger samma information som :guilabel:`Product " +"Configurator` i en tabellayout, så att användaren kan välja ett större antal" +" unika produktvarianter och lägga till dem i en offert/försäljningsorder i " +"en enda vy." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74 msgid "Product configurator" @@ -14024,12 +18598,18 @@ msgid "" "quotation or sales order, but **only** if the :guilabel:`Product " "Configurator` option is selected on its product form." msgstr "" +"Produktkonfiguratorfunktionen visas som ett :guilabel:`Konfigurera` popup-" +"fönster så snart en produkt med (minst två) varianter läggs till i en offert" +" eller försäljningsorder, men **endast** om alternativet " +":guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` är valt på dess produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "" "The product configurator pop-up window that appears on a quotation or sales " "order." msgstr "" +"Popup-fönstret för produktkonfiguratorn som visas på en offert eller " +"försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -14038,6 +18618,10 @@ msgid "" "default option Odoo uses when dealing with product variants on quotations " "and/or sales orders." msgstr "" +"Detta :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up fönster visas även om :guilabel:`Order " +"Grid Entry` inställningen **inte** är aktiverad, eftersom det är " +"standardalternativet som Odoo använder när man hanterar produktvarianter på " +"offerter och/eller försäljningsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -14045,10 +18629,13 @@ msgid "" "which product variant to add to the quotation or sales order using a format " "similar to online shopping." msgstr "" +"Med alternativet :guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` kan säljarna välja exakt " +"vilken produktvariant som ska läggas till i offerten eller " +"försäljningsordern med hjälp av ett format som liknar online-shopping." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:93 msgid "Order grid entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inmatning av ordernät" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -14057,12 +18644,16 @@ msgid "" "is added to a quotation or sales order, but **only** if the :guilabel:`Order" " Grid Entry` option is selected on its product form." msgstr "" +"Funktionen för ordermatris visas som ett :guilabel:`Välj produktvarianter` " +"popup-fönster, så snart en produkt med (minst två) varianter läggs till i en" +" offert eller försäljningsorder, men **bara** om alternativet " +":guilabel:`Ordermatris` är valt på dess produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "" "The choose product variants pop-up window that appears on a quotation in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret Välj produktvarianter som visas på en offert i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -14071,6 +18662,10 @@ msgid "" "salesperson can designate how many of each variant they'd like to add to the" " quotation/sales order at once." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Välj produktvarianter` visas alla " +"variantalternativ för den aktuella produkten. I popup-fönstret kan säljaren " +"ange hur många av varje variant han eller hon vill lägga till i " +"offerten/beställningen på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -14079,26 +18674,33 @@ msgid "" "instantly added to the quotation/sales order in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade kvantiteter och varianter har valts klickar säljaren helt " +"enkelt på :guilabel:`Confirm`, och dessa order läggs omedelbart till i " +"offerten/försäljningsordern på fliken :guilabel:`Order Lines`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "" "Populated order lines tab after order grid entry has been chosen to select " "products." msgstr "" +"Fylld flik för orderrader efter att orderradsinmatning har valts för att " +"välja produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`../products_prices/products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../products_prices/products/variants`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mallar för offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Sales*, salespeople have the ability to create reusable quotation " "templates for common products or services that the business offers." msgstr "" +"I Odoo *Sales* har säljare möjlighet att skapa återanvändbara offertmallar " +"för vanliga produkter eller tjänster som företaget erbjuder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -14106,6 +18708,9 @@ msgid "" "at a much faster pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " "every time a sales negotiation occurs." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda dessa mallar kan offerter skräddarsys och skickas till " +"kunder i en mycket snabbare takt, utan att behöva skapa nya offerter från " +"grunden varje gång en försäljningsförhandling äger rum." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -14113,6 +18718,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations \\& " "Orders` heading." msgstr "" +"Börja med att aktivera inställningen i :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, och bläddra till rubriken :guilabel:`Quotations" +" \\& Orders`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -14120,10 +18728,13 @@ msgid "" "option. Doing so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which " "a default quotation template can be chosen from a drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"I det avsnittet markerar du rutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Templates`. Då visas ett nytt :guilabel:`Default Template` fält, där en " +"standard offertmall kan väljas från en rullgardinsmeny." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur man aktiverar offertmallar i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -14131,22 +18742,29 @@ msgid "" "internal :guilabel:`➡️ Quotation Templates` link appears beneath the " ":guilabel:`Default Template` field." msgstr "" +"Vid aktivering av funktionen :guilabel:`Quotation Template` visas också en " +"intern :guilabel:`➡️ Quotation Templates`-länk under fältet " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 msgid "" "Clicking that link reveals the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from " "which templates can be created, viewed, and edited." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på länken kommer du till sidan :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Templates`, där du kan skapa, visa och redigera mallar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, don't forget to click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes made during the session." msgstr "" +"Innan du lämnar sidan :guilabel:`Settings`, glöm inte att klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar som gjorts under sessionen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:37 msgid "Create quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa mallar för offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -14156,10 +18774,14 @@ msgid "" "Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " "edited." msgstr "" +"Klicka på länken :guilabel:`Offertmallar` på sidan " +":guilabel:`Inställningar`, eller gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Båda alternativen visar sidan " +":guilabel:`Offertmallar`, där offertmallar kan skapas, visas och redigeras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Quotation templates page in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sidan Offertmallar i applikationen Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -14167,16 +18789,21 @@ msgid "" "located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " "template form that can be customized in a number of ways." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny offertmall klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New`, som " +"finns i det övre vänstra hörnet. Då visas ett tomt formulär för offertmall " +"som kan anpassas på ett antal olika sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny offertmall i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 msgid "" "Start by entering a name for the template in the :guilabel:`Quotation " "Template` field." msgstr "" +"Börja med att ange ett namn för mallen i fältet :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14184,6 +18811,9 @@ msgid "" "days the quotation template will remain valid for, or leave the field on the" " default `0` to keep the template valid indefinitely." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` anger du sedan hur många dagar " +"offertmallen ska vara giltig, eller lämnar fältet på standardvärdet `0` för " +"att mallen ska vara giltig på obestämd tid." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -14192,6 +18822,10 @@ msgid "" "app --> Configuration --> Settings`), those options are available in the " ":guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" +"Om funktionerna :guilabel:`Online Signature` och/eller :guilabel:`Online " +"Payment` är aktiverade i :guilabel:`Inställningar` (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`), finns dessa alternativ tillgängliga i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Online confirmation`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -14200,12 +18834,19 @@ msgid "" "confirm an order. Check the box beside :guilabel:`Payment` to request an " "online payment from the customer to confirm an order." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Online confirmation` markerar du rutan bredvid " +":guilabel:`Signature` för att begära en online-signatur från kunden för att " +"bekräfta en order. Markera rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Payment` för att begära " +"en onlinebetalning från kunden för att bekräfta en beställning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:68 msgid "" "Both options can be enabled simultaneously, in which case the customer must " "provide **both** a signature **and** a payment to confirm an order." msgstr "" +"Båda alternativen kan aktiveras samtidigt, i vilket fall kunden måste " +"tillhandahålla **både** en signatur **och** en betalning för att bekräfta en" +" order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -14213,6 +18854,9 @@ msgid "" "reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down menu, select a pre-configured " "email template to be sent to customers upon confirmation of an order." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på det tomma fältet i fältet :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` för " +"att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I rullgardinsmenyn väljer du en förkonfigurerad" +" e-postmall som ska skickas till kunder när en beställning har bekräftats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -14221,6 +18865,10 @@ msgid "" "and select either: :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from" " the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en ny e-postmall direkt från fältet :guilabel:`Confirmation" +" Mail` börjar du skriva namnet på den nya e-postmallen i fältet och väljer " +"antingen: :guilabel:`Create` eller :guilabel:`Create and edit...` från den " +"rullgardinsmeny som visas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -14229,24 +18877,34 @@ msgid "" " and a :guilabel:`Create Confirmation Mail` pop-up window appears, in which " "the email template can be customized and configured right away." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Create` skapas e-postmallen, som kan redigeras " +"senare. Om du väljer :guilabel:`Create and edit...` skapas e-postmallen och " +"ett popup-fönster :guilabel:`Create Confirmation Mail` visas, där " +"e-postmallen kan anpassas och konfigureras direkt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "" "Create confirmation mail pop-up window from the quotation template form in " "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Skapa popup-fönster för bekräftelsemail från formuläret för offertmall i " +"Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:89 msgid "" "When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to " "save the email template and return to the quotation form." msgstr "" +"När alla ändringar är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` för att" +" spara e-postmallen och återgå till offertformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "If working in a multi-company environment, use the :guilabel:`Company` field" " to designate to which company this quotation template applies." msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar i en miljö med flera företag, använd fältet " +":guilabel:`Company` för att ange vilket företag denna offertmall gäller för." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -14254,6 +18912,9 @@ msgid "" " amounts of time (e.g. :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`) to " "designate how often this quotation template should occur." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Recurrence` väljer du bland en mängd förkonfigurerade " +"tidsperioder (t.ex. :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`) för att ange" +" hur ofta denna citatmall ska återkomma." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -14261,10 +18922,12 @@ msgid "" " more information, check out the documentation on " ":doc:`../../subscriptions/plans`." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Recurrence` gäller **endast** för prenumerationsplaner. " +"Mer information finns i dokumentationen på :doc:`../../subscriptions/plans`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:104 msgid "Lines tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Linjer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -14274,10 +18937,15 @@ msgid "" "further explained with discretionary information (such as warranty details, " "terms, etc.) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a note`." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Lines` kan produkter läggas till i offertmallen genom " +"att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a product`, organiseras genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Add a section` (och dra/tappa sektionsrubriker), och förklaras " +"ytterligare med diskretionär information (t.ex. garantidetaljer, villkor " +"etc.) genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a note`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Populated lines tab on a quotation template form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fylld flik för rader på ett formulär för offertmall i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -14285,6 +18953,10 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Lines` tab of a quotation template form. Doing so reveals a " "blank field in the :guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till en produkt i en offertmall klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken :guilabel:`Linjer` i formuläret " +"för offertmallen. När du gör detta visas ett tomt fält i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -14292,6 +18964,9 @@ msgid "" "appear. Select the desired product from the drop-down menu to add it to the " "quotation template." msgstr "" +"När du klickar visas en rullgardinsmeny med befintliga produkter i " +"databasen. Välj önskad produkt från rullgardinsmenyn för att lägga till den " +"i offertmallen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -14300,18 +18975,26 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu. Products can also be found by clicking :guilabel:`Search " "More...` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Om den önskade produkten inte är direkt synlig, skriv namnet på den önskade " +"produkten i :guilabel:`Produkt`-fältet, så visas alternativet i " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Du kan också hitta produkter genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Sök mer...` i rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:127 msgid "" "When a product is added to a quotation template, the default " ":guilabel:`Quantity` is `1`, but that can be edited at any time." msgstr "" +"När en produkt läggs till i en offertmall är standardvärdet för " +":guilabel:`Quantity` `1`, men det kan redigeras när som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, drag-and-drop the product to the desired position, via the " ":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." msgstr "" +"Dra och släpp sedan produkten till önskad position via :guilabel:`six " +"squares`-ikonen, som finns till vänster om varje radobjekt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -14321,12 +19004,19 @@ msgid "" "section can be typed. When the name has been entered, click away to secure " "the section name." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en *sektion*, som fungerar som rubrik för att organisera " +"raderna i en försäljningsorder, klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"sektion` på fliken :guilabel:`Rader`. När du klickar på knappen visas ett " +"tomt fält där du kan skriva in önskat namn på sektionen. När namnet har " +"angetts klickar du på bort för att säkra sektionsnamnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:138 msgid "" "Then, drag-and-drop the section name to the desired position, via the " ":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." msgstr "" +"Dra och släpp sedan sektionsnamnet till önskad position via :guilabel:`six " +"squares`-ikonen, som finns till vänster om varje radobjekt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -14335,12 +19025,19 @@ msgid "" "clicked, a blank field appears, in which the desired note can be typed. When" " the note has been entered, click away to secure the note." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en anteckning, som visas som en text för kunden på " +"offerten, klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till anteckning` på fliken " +":guilabel:`Linjer`. När du klickar på knappen visas ett tomt fält där du kan" +" skriva in den önskade notisen. När anteckningen har skrivits in klickar du " +"på bort för att säkra anteckningen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, drag-and-drop the note to the desired position, via the :guilabel:`six" " squares` icon." msgstr "" +"Dra och släpp sedan noten till önskad position via :guilabel:`six " +"squares`-ikonen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -14348,10 +19045,13 @@ msgid "" "and/or note), click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far-right " "side of the line." msgstr "" +"Om du vill radera en rad från fliken :guilabel:`Rader` (produkt, sektion " +"och/eller anteckning) klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`🗑️ (papperskorg)` " +"längst till höger på raden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:151 msgid "Optional Products tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Valfria produkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -14360,6 +19060,10 @@ msgid "" "useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " "sale." msgstr "" +"Användningen av *optionella produkter* är en marknadsföringsstrategi som " +"innebär korsförsäljning av produkter tillsammans med en kärnprodukt. Syftet " +"är att erbjuda användbara och relaterade produkter till kunderna, vilket kan" +" leda till en ökad försäljning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -14367,10 +19071,14 @@ msgid "" "eCommerce pages. Customers can immediately add them to their online sales " "orders themselves, if desired." msgstr "" +"Valfria produkter visas som ett avsnitt längst ner på försäljningsorder och " +"e-handelssidor. Kunderna kan omedelbart lägga till dem i sina online-" +"försäljningsorder själva, om så önskas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Optional products appearing on a typical sales order with Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"Valfria produkter som visas på en typisk försäljningsorder med Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -14379,24 +19087,32 @@ msgid "" " tab, if applicable. The products added here ideally complement the original" " offering as added value for the prospective buyer." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Optionella produkter`, :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` för" +" varje korsförsäljningsprodukt som är relaterad till originalartiklarna på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Rader`, om tillämpligt. De produkter som läggs till här " +"kompletterar i idealfallet det ursprungliga erbjudandet som ett mervärde för" +" den potentiella köparen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Populated optional products tab on a quotation template in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fylld flik för valfria produkter på en offertmall i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:176 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` reveals a blank field in the " ":guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` visas ett tomt fält i kolumnen" +" :guilabel:`Produkt`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:185 msgid "Optional products are **not** required to create a quotation template." msgstr "" +"Valfria produkter är **inte** obligatoriska för att skapa en offertmall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:188 msgid "Terms \\& Conditions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Villkor \\& Villkor flik" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -14404,34 +19120,40 @@ msgid "" "terms and conditions to the quotation template. To add terms and conditions," " simply type (or copy/paste) the desired terms and conditions in this tab." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Terms \\& Conditions` ger möjlighet att lägga till villkor" +" i offertmallen. För att lägga till villkor skriver du (eller " +"kopierar/klistrar in) önskade villkor på den här fliken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Terms and conditions tab in a quotation template form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Villkor i en offertmall i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:199 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:202 msgid "" "Terms and conditions are **not** required to create a quotation template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Villkor krävs **inte** för att skapa en offertmall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:205 msgid "Design quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utforma mallar för offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:207 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner of the quotation template form, there's a " ":guilabel:`Design Template` button." msgstr "" +"I det övre vänstra hörnet av formuläret för offertmallen finns en " +":guilabel:`Design Template`-knapp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "" "Design template button in the upper-left corner of quotation template form." msgstr "" +"Knapp för designmall i övre vänstra hörnet av formuläret för offertmall." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -14439,12 +19161,17 @@ msgid "" "Odoo *Website* application, as it will appear on the front-end of the " "website to the customer." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på den visar Odoo en förhandsgranskning av offertmallen, " +"genom Odoo *Website*-applikationen, så som den kommer att visas på " +"webbplatsens framsida för kunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:218 msgid "" "This feature is **only** available if the *Website* application is " "installed." msgstr "" +"Denna funktion är **endast** tillgänglig om applikationen *Website* är " +"installerad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -14452,6 +19179,9 @@ msgid "" " appear, and what they contain (e.g. :guilabel:`Template Header`, " ":guilabel:`Product`)." msgstr "" +"Odoo använder många blå platshållarblock för att ange var vissa element " +"visas och vad de innehåller (t.ex. :guilabel:`Template Header`, " +":guilabel:`Product`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -14459,12 +19189,16 @@ msgid "" "template via the *Website* application, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button in" " the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Om du vill redigera offertmallens innehåll, utseende och övergripande design" +" via applikationen *Website* klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Edit` i det " +"övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "" "Design template edit button in the upper-right corner of quotation template " "design." msgstr "" +"Redigeringsknapp för designmall i övre högra hörnet av offertmallens design." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -14472,16 +19206,21 @@ msgid "" "variety of design elements and feature-rich building blocks. These building " "blocks can be dragged-and-dropped anywhere on the quotation template design." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Edit` visar Odoo ett sidofält fyllt med olika " +"designelement och funktionsrika byggblock. Dessa byggstenar kan dras och " +"släppas var som helst i offertmallens design." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Design quotation template building blocks sidebar in Odoo Website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Design offert mall byggblock sidofält i Odoo webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:238 msgid "" "After a block has been dropped in the desired position, it can be customized" " and configured to fit any unique need, look, or style." msgstr "" +"När ett block har släppts i önskad position kan det anpassas och " +"konfigureras för att passa alla unika behov, utseenden eller stilar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -14490,12 +19229,18 @@ msgid "" "sure to check out the :doc:`../../../websites/website` documentation to " "learn more." msgstr "" +"Offertmallens design använder samma metodik och funktionalitet med " +"designbyggstenar som en typisk webbsidedesign med Odoo *Website*. Se till " +"att kolla in :doc:`../../../websites/website` dokumentationen för att lära " +"dig mer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:246 msgid "" "When all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to put those configurations into place." msgstr "" +"När alla block och anpassningar är klara klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Save` för att sätta konfigurationerna på plats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -14504,20 +19249,26 @@ msgid "" "returns to the quotation template form in the back-end of the *Sales* " "application." msgstr "" +"Det finns också en blå banner högst upp i offertmallens design med en länk " +"för att snabbt återgå till :guilabel:`Back to edit mode`. När du klickar på " +"länken återgår Odoo till formuläret för offertmallen i back-end i " +"applikationen *Sales*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:254 msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd offertmallar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:256 msgid "" "When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> New`), choose a " "pre-configured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en offert (:menuselection:`Sales app --> New`) kan du välja en" +" förkonfigurerad mall i fältet :guilabel:`Quotation Template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Quotation templates field on a standard quotation form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offertmallar fält på en standard offertformulär i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -14525,14 +19276,17 @@ msgid "" "the top of the page to see how the quotation template appears on the front-" "end of the website through Odoo's customer portal." msgstr "" +"För att se vad kunden kommer att se, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Preview` " +"högst upp på sidan för att se hur offertmallen visas på framsidan av " +"webbplatsen via Odoo's kundportal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Customer preview of a quotation template in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundförhandsgranskning av en offertmall i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prenumerationer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14544,52 +19298,63 @@ msgid "" "Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, " ":abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Subscriptions* används för att driva återkommande affärer: :ref:`sälj " +"nya kontrakt `, :doc:`upsell kunder " +"`, håll churn under kontroll, " +"och :doc:`genererar rapporter ` " +"om de viktigaste :abbr:`KPI:erna (Key Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR " +"(Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, :abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, " +"retention, churn, etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " "`_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Prenumerationer " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/subscriptions/products`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/subscriptions/rapporter`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 msgid "Subscription quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prenumeration på citat" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." msgstr "" +"Försäljningsorder med en definierad återkommande period blir " +"prenumerationer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -14597,12 +19362,17 @@ msgid "" "*Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can " "either:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny prenumeration, klicka på :guilabel:`New` från " +"*Subscription* eller :doc:`Sales ` appen. Du kan " +"antingen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 msgid "" "Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` " "to prefill the quotation instantly, or" msgstr "" +"Välj en :doc:`prenumerationsplan ` " +"för att fylla i offerten direkt, eller" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -14610,6 +19380,9 @@ msgid "" "end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products " "`." msgstr "" +"Fyll i offerten normalt, se till att välja ett återkommande och ett " +"slutdatum om det behövs och lägg till :doc:`recurrent products " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -14618,10 +19391,13 @@ msgid "" "` " "feature." msgstr "" +"Du kan definiera olika faktura- och leveransadresser genom att aktivera " +"funktionen :doc:`Kundadresser " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bekräftelse" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -14629,6 +19405,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Skicka offerten till kunden för bekräftelse genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Send by email`, eller bekräfta den direkt genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14636,10 +19415,13 @@ msgid "" "the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with" " you." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Customer Preview` för att förhandsgranska kundportalen " +"där kunden kan se sin offert, signera och betala den samt kommunicera med " +"dig." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 msgid "Automatic payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatiska betalningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -14648,6 +19430,10 @@ msgid "" " To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check " "the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" +"Du kan kräva att kunden anger en automatisk betalningsmetod och " +"förskottsbetalar prenumerationens första tillfälle innan de kan bekräfta sin" +" offert. Gå till fliken :guilabel:`Övrig information` i offerten och markera" +" alternativet :guilabel:`Betalning` i fältet :guilabel:`Online-bekräftelse`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -14655,6 +19441,10 @@ msgid "" "pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not " "automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." msgstr "" +"Om du lämnar :guilabel:`Payment` omarkerad behöver kunden inte " +"förskottsbetala för att starta prenumerationen. Detta innebär att " +"betalningen inte är automatisk och att kunden måste betala varje faktura " +"manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -14664,10 +19454,15 @@ msgid "" "`. This ensures that the customer " "is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" +"Om online-bekräftelsen kräver en förskottsbetalning kan din kund endast " +"välja de :ref:`betalningsleverantörer " +"` som har :ref:`tokenization feature " +"`. Detta säkerställer att kunden " +"automatiskt debiteras vid varje ny period." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Automatic alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatiska varningar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14676,6 +19471,10 @@ msgid "" "not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " "are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." msgstr "" +"Nu när dina prenumerationer är igång vill du hålla dig uppdaterad med dina " +"kunder. En viss automatisering skulle vara uppskattad eftersom du inte vill " +"gå igenom listan över alla dina prenumeranter för att kontrollera hur det " +"går. Det är detta som funktionen *Automatiska aviseringar* är till för." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -14685,6 +19484,11 @@ msgid "" "probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " "their dissatisfaction." msgstr "" +"Om en kund t.ex. prenumererar på din tidning vill du förmodligen skicka ett " +"e-postmeddelande till honom eller henne för att välkomna honom eller henne " +"och uttrycka din tacksamhet. Eller om dina kunders nöjdhetsgrad sjunker " +"under 50 % vill du förmodligen boka in ett samtal med dem för att förstå " +"orsakerna till deras missnöje." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -14694,10 +19498,15 @@ msgid "" "satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" " now possible." msgstr "" +"Med **Odoo Subscriptions** kan du ställa in automatiska e-postmeddelanden, " +"skapa en \"Ring\"-uppgift för en av dina säljare så att han/hon kan försöka " +"förstå kundens missnöje, och slutligen, varför inte automatiskt skicka " +"nöjdhetsenkäter så att kunderna kan utvärdera dina tjänster? Allt detta är " +"nu möjligt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:20 msgid "Create a new automatic alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny automatisk varning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14706,10 +19515,14 @@ msgid "" "subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " "Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." msgstr "" +"Följande exempel visar hur du skapar en ny automatisk avisering för att " +"skicka nöjdhetsundersökningar till dina kunder via e-post efter en månads " +"prenumeration. Gå till :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> " +"Alerts` och skapa en ny avisering." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ny automatisk varning i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -14720,12 +19533,20 @@ msgid "" "certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " "stage to which you want to apply this alert." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet *Använd på* ger du först aviseringen ett namn. Sedan kan du " +"välja att tillämpa denna varning på en prenumerationsmall, på en specifik " +"kund eller till och med på en specifik produkt. Om du vill lägga till fler " +"specifikationer kan du även ange värdet på din MRR, förändringstakten för " +"din MRR under en viss tidsperiod, värdet på nöjdhetsgraden och till och med " +"det skede som du vill tillämpa denna varning på." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" "In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " "goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet tillämpas varningen på en specifik produkt och steget går" +" från *Odefinierad* till *Pågående*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -14739,6 +19560,15 @@ msgid "" "*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" " customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." msgstr "" +"För avsnittet *Åtgärd* anger du *Åtgärd* och *Utlösare på*. Om *Trigger on* " +"är inställt på *Modification* utlöses åtgärden varje gång det sker en " +"ändring eller något läggs till i prenumerationen, och alla villkor i " +"avsnittet *Apply on* är uppfyllda. Om *Trigger on* är inställt på *Timed " +"condition* innebär det att åtgärden utlöses baserat på typen av *Trigger " +"date*. Efter det kan du välja din *Aktion*. Du kan välja mellan *Skapa nästa" +" aktivitet*, *Sätt en tagg på prenumerationen*, *Sätt ett steg på " +"prenumerationen*, *Markera som att förnya*, *Skicka ett e-postmeddelande " +"till kunden* och *Skicka ett SMS till kunden*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -14747,6 +19577,10 @@ msgid "" "And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " "*Email template* can be chosen." msgstr "" +"I exemplet ovan är *Trigger on* satt till *Timed condition*, därför måste " +"ett *Trigger date* och *Delay after trigger* specificeras. Och eftersom " +"åtgärden *Sänd ett e-postmeddelande till kunden* antogs, kan en *E-postmall*" +" väljas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14754,24 +19588,30 @@ msgid "" "customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " "in the chatter of your respective subscription." msgstr "" +"Som ett resultat av detta kommer denna varning att skicka en " +"betygsundersökning efter en månad till de kunder som har köpt den specifika " +"produkten. Undersökningen kommer att visas i chatten för din respektive " +"prenumeration." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nöjdhetsundersökning i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:63 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra en befintlig automatisk varning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:65 msgid "" "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" " satisfied clients*." msgstr "" +"Som standard föreslår Odoo dig en automatisk varning som heter *Åtgärda " +"mindre nöjda kunder *." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra en befintlig automatisk avisering i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -14783,12 +19623,21 @@ msgid "" "ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " "are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" +"Denna avisering tillämpas på *Rating Satisfaction* för dina kunder, och " +"åtgärden utlöses av *Timed condition*. Om deras nöjdhetsgrad är lägre än 50%" +" kontaktar en säljare kunden. Denna åtgärd tilldelas automatiskt den säljare" +" som hanterar prenumerationen, och förfallodatumet är 5 dagar efter att " +"denna åtgärd har utlösts. Denna varning säkerställer att dina kunder är " +"nöjda och att du vidtar åtgärder om de inte är det. Det bidrar till att " +"hålla kundretentionstakten mycket hög." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " "*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." msgstr "" +"Genom att redigera varningen kan du ändra avsnitten *Apply on*, *Action* och" +" *Activity* och anpassa dem efter dina egna behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:105 @@ -14796,7 +19645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:106 @@ -14804,7 +19653,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`plans`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`planer`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:107 @@ -14816,7 +19665,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`produkter`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 msgid "Close a subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsluta en prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14825,6 +19674,10 @@ msgid "" "companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " "happening." msgstr "" +"Att förlora en kund är alltid svårt, särskilt om du har lagt ner mycket " +"arbete på att få dem att registrera sig för dina produkter/tjänster. Många " +"företag hittar dock på tvivelaktiga metoder för att minska sannolikheten för" +" att detta ska hända." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -14835,6 +19688,11 @@ msgid "" "understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " "subscription status." msgstr "" +"Om du använder sådana metoder tillhör du de företag som aktivt och indirekt " +"sprider abonnemangsfobi, som inte tänker på hur negativt missnöjda kunder " +"kan påverka deras verksamhet och som gör kunderna frustrerade på ett eller " +"annat sätt. Vid någon tidpunkt är det dock förståeligt att du inte vill att " +"dina kunder ska vara inblandade i din prenumerationsstatus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -14845,6 +19703,13 @@ msgid "" "giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" " do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." msgstr "" +"Om ni inte använder sådana metoder tillhör ni de företag som fortsätter att " +"utveckla en långsiktig affärsmodell med abonnemang, särskilt i en tid av " +"ultrasnabb kommunikation mellan missnöjda kunder, och som behåller sina " +"kunder genom att göra det lättare för dem att lämna er om de vill. Genom att" +" ge dem möjlighet att avsluta sina egna prenumerationer behöver dina kunder " +"inte känna sig instängda på grund av att de prenumererar på dina " +"produkter/tjänster." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -14854,6 +19719,11 @@ msgid "" "whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" " we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." msgstr "" +"Sammanfattningsvis ger applikationen **Odoo Subscriptions** dig " +"**möjligheten att välja vad du vill tillämpa**. Du kan faktiskt bestämma om " +"du vill ge dina kunder möjlighet att avsluta sina prenumerationer när de " +"vill eller om du vill begränsa denna möjlighet. Det beror på dig och vi " +"kommer att visa dig hur du gör det i vår fantastiska applikation." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -14864,10 +19734,16 @@ msgid "" "customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" " their own subscriptions." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Prenumerationer --> Konfiguration --> " +"Prenumerationsmallar`. Där kan du skapa en ny *Abonnemangsmall* eller ändra " +"en befintlig. När du redigerar din mall, under fliken Fakturering, har du " +"möjlighet att aktivera alternativet *Stängbar av kund*. När detta alternativ" +" är aktiverat ger det dina kunder rätt att stänga sina egna prenumerationer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Konfiguration för att avsluta din prenumeration med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -14875,14 +19751,17 @@ msgid "" "templates ` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a " "basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" +"Se till att läsa vår dokumentation om hur man :doc:`Använder " +"prenumerationsmallar ` för att helt förstå vikten av denna funktion " +"i ett grundläggande flöde med **Odoo Subscriptions**-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:49 msgid "Close your first subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stäng din första prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:52 msgid "Administrator view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administratörsvy" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14890,12 +19769,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " "progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." msgstr "" +"När offerten har bekräftats blir den en försäljningsorder och en ny " +"prenumeration skapas automatiskt. Därför har denna prenumeration statusen " +"*Pågående*. Därefter har du möjlighet att avsluta prenumerationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" "Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Stäng din prenumeration från en administrativ synvinkel med Odoo " +"Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -14906,14 +19790,19 @@ msgid "" "subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " "subscription." msgstr "" +"Om du använder den smarta knappen *Stäng* måste du ange en stängningsorsak. " +"Till exempel \"Abonnemanget är för dyrt\", \"Abonnemanget uppfyller inte " +"mina krav\", \"Abonnemanget har nått sitt slutdatum\", etc. Omedelbart efter" +" att du har bekräftat din avslutningsorsak kan du se att abonnemangets " +"status nu är *Avslutat* och att avslutningsorsaken anges på abonnemanget." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad händer när du avslutar din prenumeration med Odoo Subscriptions?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:72 msgid "Customer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundperspektiv" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14924,24 +19813,33 @@ msgid "" "his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " "Subscription* button." msgstr "" +"Som tidigare förklarats i avsnittet *Administratörsvy* har du i " +"prenumerationsformuläret också möjlighet att visualisera vad dina kunder ser" +" när de hanterar sina prenumerationer tack vare knappen " +"*Kundförhandsgranskning*. I det här exemplet kan kunden välja att avsluta " +"sin prenumeration när han/hon vill, tack vare knappen *Avslut " +"prenumeration*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" "Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo " "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stäng din prenumeration ur kundens synvinkel med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:83 msgid "" "By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " "his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda denna knapp kan kunden ange orsaken till att han/hon säger" +" upp sitt abonnemang och även lämna ett meddelande." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" "What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo " "Subscriptions?" msgstr "" +"Vad händer när kunder avslutar sin prenumeration med Odoo Subscriptions?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -14951,11 +19849,16 @@ msgid "" "chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " "text added by the customer." msgstr "" +"Genom att bekräfta avbokningen omdirigeras kunden till sin portal. " +"Administratören informeras om denna ändring. Prenumerationens status blir " +"*Stängd* och en notering visas i chatten med det nya steget, slutdatumet, " +"avslutningsorsaken och avslutningstexten som kunden har lagt till." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" "What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" msgstr "" +"Vad händer när kunder avslutar sin prenumeration i Odoo Subscriptions?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -14964,16 +19867,22 @@ msgid "" "understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** " "application." msgstr "" +"Innan du avslutar en prenumeration bör du läsa vår dokumentation om hur man " +":doc:`Skapa en offert med prenumerationsprodukter <../subscriptions>` för " +"att förstå hur prenumerationer hanteras i **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd prenumerationer i e-handelsbutiken" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "" "Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like " "regular sales products." msgstr "" +"Prenumerationsprodukter kan säljas i Odoo *eCommerce*-butiken precis som " +"vanliga försäljningsprodukter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14983,28 +19892,39 @@ msgid "" "*yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears " "on the eCommerce page for that product by default." msgstr "" +"Som standard visar dock produktsidan för e-handel endast den kortaste " +"återkommande perioden som anges på fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad " +"prissättning` i produktformuläret. Om till exempel en prenumerationsprodukt " +"har *månadsvis* och *årsvis* återkommande perioder konfigurerade, visas som " +"standard endast månadspriset på e-handelssidan för den produkten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 msgid "" "To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a " "*product variant* for each recurrence period." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till fler återkommande perioder på produktsidan för " +"e-handel skapar du en *produktvariant* för varje återkommande period." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 msgid "" ":doc:`Configure subscription products " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Konfigurera prenumerationsprodukter " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Product variants " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Produktvarianter " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa återkommande perioder som produktvarianter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -15013,6 +19933,10 @@ msgid "" "product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add " "a line`." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in varje återkommande period som en produktvariant, gå till " +":menuselection:`Prenumerationer --> Prenumerationer --> Produkter` och välj " +"en produkt. På fliken :guilabel:`Attribut och varianter` klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -15021,6 +19945,9 @@ msgid "" "attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the " "eCommerce shop." msgstr "" +"Skapa ett :guilabel:`Attribut` med namnet `Faktureringsperiod` (eller något " +"liknande) genom att skriva in namnet och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Detta" +" attributnamn visas som alternativrubrik på produktsidan i e-handelsbutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15030,12 +19957,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the " "product page of the eCommerce shop." msgstr "" +"Skapa sedan :guilabel:`Värden` som motsvarar de återkommande perioder som " +"konfigurerats på fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad prissättning` i " +"produktformuläret. Ange namnet på den återkommande perioden och klicka sedan" +" på :guilabel:`Create`. Dessa värdenamn visas som valbara alternativ på " +"produktsidan i e-handelsbutiken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "" "Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" "the product form." msgstr "" +"Återkommande perioder som konfigurerats som produktvarianter på fliken \"Attribut och varianter\" i\n" +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -15044,26 +19978,34 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their " "corresponding recurrence periods and prices." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`☁️ (cloud)` högst upp på sidan för att spara " +"manuellt. När du har sparat visas en kolumn :guilabel:`Produktvarianter` på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad prissättning`. Tilldela produktvarianterna " +"till deras motsvarande återkommande perioder och priser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." msgstr "" +"Produktvarianter på fliken \"Tidsbaserad prissättning\" i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 msgid "" "The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce " "product page." msgstr "" +"Produktvarianterna är nu tillgängliga för val på produktsidan för e-handel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "" "Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product " "page." msgstr "" +"Återkommande perioder som konfigureras som produktvarianter på produktsidan " +"för e-handel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 msgid "Subscription plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abonnemangsplaner" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15072,10 +20014,14 @@ msgid "" "preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " "to quickly create subscription orders." msgstr "" +"*Subscription plans* är :doc:`offertmallar " +"` som används för " +"att förkonfigurera offerter med prenumerationsprodukter. Använd " +"prenumerationsplaner för att snabbt skapa prenumerationsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 msgid "Configure subscription plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera prenumerationsplaner" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -15083,26 +20029,33 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " "or select an existing plan to edit it." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera prenumerationsplaner genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Prenumerationer --> Konfiguration --> Planer`. Klicka sedan " +"på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny plan, eller välj en befintlig plan " +"för att redigera den." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 msgid "" "Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " "app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" +"Eftersom Odoo-appen *Subscriptions* är nära integrerad med appen *Sales*, " +"använder prenumerationsplaner samma formulär som offertmallar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abonnemangsplan (offertmall) konfigurationsformulär." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formuläret för prenumerationsplan innehåller följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " "page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Namn`: Ange ett namn för prenumerationsplanen högst upp på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -15110,6 +20063,10 @@ msgid "" "the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " "customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Offerten upphör att gälla efter`: Ange det antal dagar efter " +"vilka offerten upphör att gälla, med början från den dag då offerten skickas" +" till kunden. Lämna detta fält på noll för att offerten aldrig ska upphöra " +"att gälla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -15119,6 +20076,11 @@ msgid "" "Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " "confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Online Bekräftelse`: Markera rutorna bredvid " +":guilabel:`Signature` eller :guilabel:`Payment` för att kunden ska kunna " +"bekräfta sin prenumerationsorder genom att signera eller betala för " +"offerten. Aktivera båda för att överlåta valet till kunden. Aktivera " +"ingetdera för att endast bekräfta offerten i backend." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -15127,18 +20089,27 @@ msgid "" "confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " "quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bekräftelsemail`: Välj en :doc:`email template " +"` för det " +"bekräftelsemail som automatiskt skickas till kunden efter att offerten har " +"bekräftats. Lämna detta fält tomt för att inte skicka något." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" "To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " ":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en ny e-postmall anger du ett namn för mallen och klickar " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Create and edit`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" "To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" " click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" +"Om du vill redigera en befintlig e-postmall väljer du en mall i " +"rullgardinsmenyn och klickar sedan på pilen :guilabel:`Intern länk` i slutet" +" av raden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -15146,18 +20117,25 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " ":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Återkomst`: Välj den återkommande period som används för planen. " +"De återkommande perioder som är tillgängliga här är samma som konfigureras i" +" :menuselection:`Abonnemang --> Konfiguration --> Återkommande perioder`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " "subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Recurrence` omvandlas offertmallen till en " +"prenumerationsplan och följande ytterligare alternativ aktiveras:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " "(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Välj om prenumerationsplanen inte har något slutdatum " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) eller en :guilabel:`Fixed` varaktighet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -15165,6 +20143,9 @@ msgid "" "continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" " subscription." msgstr "" +"Om varaktigheten är :guilabel:`Forever`, kommer prenumerationsplanen att " +"förnyas kontinuerligt tills antingen kunden eller företaget avslutar " +"prenumerationen manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15172,6 +20153,9 @@ msgid "" "date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " "automatically end." msgstr "" +"Om varaktigheten är :guilabel:`Fixed`, ange då ett :guilabel:`End After` " +"datum, som bestämmer hur lång tid efter vilket prenumerationen automatiskt " +"kommer att avslutas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -15179,12 +20163,17 @@ msgid "" "terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " "`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Självavslutande`: Markera denna ruta för att göra det möjligt för" +" kunden att avsluta sin prenumeration från :doc:`kundportalen " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" " subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Automatisk stängning`: Ange antal dagar efter vilka *obetalda* " +"abonnemang *över* förfallodagen automatiskt stängs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -15192,10 +20181,13 @@ msgid "" "invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " "use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Faktureringsjournal`: Välj den bokföringsjournal i vilken " +"fakturor för denna prenumerationsplan registreras. Lämna detta fält tomt för" +" att använda försäljningsjournalen med den lägsta sekvensen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prenumerationsplan med Återkommande vald." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -15204,12 +20196,18 @@ msgid "" "and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" " as many products as desired to the order lines." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Linjer` skapar du orderraderna för offerten. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt`, välj en produkt som ska ingå i planen och " +"ange sedan :guilabel:`Kvantitet` och :guilabel:`Måttenhet`. Lägg till så " +"många produkter som önskas till orderraderna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " "the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Optionella produkter` anger du valfria produkter som " +"kunden kan lägga till i sin offert innan ordern bekräftas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -15219,20 +20217,27 @@ msgid "" "specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " "conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" +"Om prenumerationsplanen har unika :doc:`villkor " +"`, lägg" +" till dem på fliken :guilabel:`Villkor och bestämmelser`. Om villkor anges " +"för en plan kommer dessa att användas istället för standardvillkoren som " +"anges i appinställningarna för *Sales*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Villkor och bestämmelser för prenumerationsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd prenumerationsplaner för offerter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 msgid "" "Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " "*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." msgstr "" +"Offerter för prenumerationsprodukter kan skapas både i appen " +"*Prenumerationer* och i appen *Försäljning*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -15240,6 +20245,9 @@ msgid "" "create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " ":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`New` i :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard för att " +"skapa en ny offert. Välj sedan en prenumerationsplan i fältet " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -15247,6 +20255,8 @@ msgid "" "are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " "needed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Återkomst`, produkter och annan information från planen fylls i " +"automatiskt. Offerten kan sedan modifieras ytterligare efter behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -15254,6 +20264,9 @@ msgid "" "quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " "Template` field." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`New` i :guilabel:`Sales` instrumentpanelen för att " +"skapa en ny offert. Välj sedan en prenumerationsplan i fältet " +":guilabel:`Quotation Template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -15261,10 +20274,12 @@ msgid "" "dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" " or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" +"Alla prenumerationsorder visas på :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard " +"oavsett om de skapades i *Subscriptions*-appen eller i *Sales*-appen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 msgid "Subscription products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prenumerationsprodukter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15273,20 +20288,28 @@ msgid "" "products. While regular products are sold on a one-time basis, subscription " "products are sold on a renewing basis, generating recurring revenue." msgstr "" +"Genom nära integration med Odoo-appen *Sales* gör appen *Subscriptions* det " +"möjligt för användare att sälja prenumerationsprodukter vid sidan av vanliga" +" försäljningsprodukter. Medan vanliga produkter säljs på engångsbasis, säljs" +" prenumerationsprodukter på förnyelsebasis, vilket genererar återkommande " +"intäkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo, subscription products are also called *recurring* products." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kallas prenumerationsprodukter också för *återkommande* produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:12 msgid "Configure recurrence periods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera återkommande perioder" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:14 msgid "" "To get started with subscriptions, the *recurrence periods* must be properly" " configured, as needed." msgstr "" +"För att komma igång med prenumerationer måste *återkommande perioder* " +"konfigureras korrekt, efter behov." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -15294,54 +20317,61 @@ msgid "" "designate how often the customer pays for (and receives) subscription " "products." msgstr "" +"Återkommande perioder är de tidsperioder under vilka abonnemang förnyas. De " +"anger hur ofta kunden betalar för (och tar emot) prenumerationsprodukter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure recurrence periods, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app -->" " Configuration --> Recurrence periods`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera återkommande perioder, gå till :menuselection:`App " +"Abonnemang --> Konfiguration --> Återkommande perioder`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "The recurrence periods page in Odoo Subscriptions application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sidan för återkommande perioder i Odoo Subscriptions-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Subscriptions* app comes with some basic recurrence periods already " "configured:" msgstr "" +"Appen *Subscriptions* levereras med några grundläggande återkommande " +"perioder redan konfigurerade:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Monthly` (Månadsvis)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Quarterly`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Quarterly` (Kvartal)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Weekly`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Veckovis" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`2 Weeks`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`2 Veckor`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Årligt`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Years`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 år`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Years`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`5 år`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:36 msgid "New recurrence periods can be added and/or edited at any time." msgstr "" +"Nya återkommande perioder kan läggas till och/eller redigeras när som helst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -15349,10 +20379,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recurrence Periods` page. Doing so reveals a blank recurrence " "period form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny återkommande period, klicka på :guilabel:`New` på sidan " +":guilabel:`Recurrence Periods`. När du gör detta visas ett tomt formulär för" +" återkommande perioder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "A recurrence period form in Odoo Subscriptions application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett återkommande periodformulär i Odoo Subscriptions-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -15360,6 +20393,8 @@ msgid "" "recurrence period, and select the :guilabel:`Unit` that defines the " "duration." msgstr "" +"Skriv sedan in :guilabel:`Name` och :guilabel:`Duration` för återkommande " +"period och välj :guilabel:`Unit` som definierar varaktigheten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -15367,16 +20402,21 @@ msgid "" "subscriptions. The daily recurrence is meant for rentals, and **cannot** be " "added on recurring subscription sales orders." msgstr "" +"Enheten :guilabel:`Days` *kan* inte användas som en återkommande period på " +"prenumerationer. Den dagliga återkommande perioden är avsedd för uthyrning, " +"och **kan** inte läggas till på återkommande prenumerationsorder." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:52 msgid "" "This limitation is there to avoid sales orders that would generate daily " "invoices." msgstr "" +"Denna begränsning finns för att undvika försäljningsorder som skulle " +"generera dagliga fakturor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:55 msgid "Product form configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration av produktform" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -15384,12 +20424,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Products --> Products`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny prenumerationsprodukt, gå till " +":menuselection:`Prenumerationsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter`, och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Ny`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:60 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a blank product form, which can be configured and " "customized in a number of ways." msgstr "" +"Då visas ett tomt produktformulär, som kan konfigureras och anpassas på ett " +"antal olika sätt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -15397,6 +20442,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be sure to leave the " ":guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` options enabled." msgstr "" +"Som standard är alternativet :guilabel:`Recurring` redan aktiverat, vilket " +"uppmanar Odoo att känna igen det som en prenumerationsprodukt. Se till att " +"låta alternativen :guilabel:`Recurring` och :guilabel:`Can be Sold` vara " +"aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -15404,31 +20453,43 @@ msgid "" " as well. However, subscription products *can* be set to other types, if " "needed." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Product Type` är också inställt på :guilabel:`Service` som" +" standard. Prenumerationsprodukter *kan* dock ställas in på andra typer om " +"det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "A basic subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" +"Ett grundläggande formulär för prenumerationsprodukter i Odoo Subscriptions-" +"applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:75 msgid "Time-based pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidsbaserad prissättning" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the desired fields in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab have been" " entered, click the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab on the product form." msgstr "" +"När du har fyllt i önskade fält på fliken :guilabel:`Generell information` " +"klickar du på fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad prissättning` i " +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "" "The time-based pricing tab on a subscription product form in Odoo " "Subscriptions." msgstr "" +"Fliken för tidsbaserad prissättning på ett abonnemangsproduktformulär i Odoo" +" Subscriptions." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:84 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Add a price` to begin defining recurring prices." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till ett pris` för att börja definiera " +"återkommande priser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -15436,22 +20497,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, select a pricelist, if needed. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column, enter the price for that recurrence period." msgstr "" +"I kolumnen :guilabel:`Period` väljer du önskad återkommande period. I " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Prislista` väljer du en prislista, om det behövs. I " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Price` anger du sedan priset för den återkommande " +"perioden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods **cannot** be used on " "recurring products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Daily` och :guilabel:`Hourly` perioder **kan** inte användas på " +"återkommande produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:0 msgid "The validation error pop-up window that appears in Odoo Subscriptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popup-fönstret för valideringsfel som visas i Odoo Subscriptions." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:98 msgid "" "There is *no limit* to how many lines can be added to the :guilabel:`Time-" "based pricing` table." msgstr "" +"Det finns *ingen gräns* för hur många rader som kan läggas till i tabellen " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -15459,6 +20528,9 @@ msgid "" "marking it as :guilabel:`Recurring`, and configuring :guilabel:`Time-based " "pricing` on the product form." msgstr "" +"En befintlig produkt kan göras om till en prenumerationsprodukt genom att " +"markera den som :guilabel:`Recurring` och konfigurera :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -15466,6 +20538,9 @@ msgid "" "to a quotation and *not* selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` on the " "quotation." msgstr "" +"En prenumerationsprodukt kan fortfarande säljas som en vanlig produkt genom " +"att lägga till den i en offert och *inte* välja en :guilabel:`Recurrence` på" +" offerten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -15473,12 +20548,18 @@ msgid "" " subscription products to give special pricing to customers included in " "pricelists." msgstr "" +":doc:`Prislistor <../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` kan användas med" +" prenumerationsprodukter för att ge specialpriser till kunder som ingår i " +"prislistor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:113 msgid "" "This can be configured either in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of " "the product form, or on the pricelist form in the *Sales* application." msgstr "" +"Detta kan konfigureras antingen på fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad " +"prissättning` i produktformuläret, eller på prislisteformuläret i " +"applikationen *Sales*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -15486,44 +20567,58 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, select a pricelist " "in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa regler för återkommande priser för specifika prislistor på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad prissättning` i produktformuläret väljer du en" +" prislista i kolumnen :guilabel:`Prislista`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "Pricelists in the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prislistor på fliken \"Tidsbaserad prissättning\" i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:123 msgid "" "When pricelists are added to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab, the " "pricelist form in the *Sales* app is automatically updated." msgstr "" +"När prislistor läggs till på fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad prissättning` " +"uppdateras prislisteformuläret i appen *Sales* automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:126 msgid "" "Time-based pricing rules can also be configured directly on the pricelist " "form." msgstr "" +"Tidsbaserade prisregler kan också konfigureras direkt i formuläret för " +"prislistan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:128 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Pricelists`, " "and select a pricelist (or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist)." msgstr "" +"Detta gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Pricelists` och välja en prislista (eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att " +"skapa en ny prislista)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:132 msgid "" "Pricelists are also accessible through the Odoo *Subscriptions* app by " "following the same menu steps." msgstr "" +"Prislistor är också tillgängliga via Odoo *Subscriptions*-appen genom att " +"följa samma menysteg." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:135 msgid "" "Then, on the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` under fliken " +":guilabel:`Tidsbaserade regler` i formuläret för prislistan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "The time-based rules tab on a pricelist form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken för tidsbaserade regler på ett prislisteformulär i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -15532,6 +20627,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Price` for that particular product and period. Add as many lines" " as needed." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan en prenumerationsprodukt i kolumnen :guilabel:`Produkter` och " +"välj en återkommande period i kolumnen :guilabel:`Period`. Slutligen anger " +"du ett :guilabel:`Pris` för den specifika produkten och perioden. Lägg till " +"så många rader som behövs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -15539,14 +20638,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form is automatically " "updated." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Tidsbaserade regler` läggs till i prislisteformuläret " +"uppdateras automatiskt fliken :guilabel:`Tidsbaserad prissättning` i " +"produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`ecommerce`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`e-handel`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:3 msgid "Renew a subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förnya en prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15554,6 +20656,9 @@ msgid "" "payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " "access to a product or a service." msgstr "" +"Den viktigaste egenskapen hos en affärsmodell med abonnemang är att " +"betalningarna är återkommande. I denna modell betalar kunderna ett " +"återkommande belopp i utbyte mot tillgång till en produkt eller en tjänst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15562,6 +20667,10 @@ msgid "" " companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " "manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." msgstr "" +"Varje abonnent genomgår denna förnyelseprocess månadsvis, årsvis eller " +"ibland oftare, beroende på avtalets löptid. De flesta abonnemangsföretag " +"väljer att automatisera sina förnyelseprocesser, men i vissa fall är " +"manuella förnyelser fortfarande det bästa alternativet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15570,10 +20679,14 @@ msgid "" " well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " "easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." msgstr "" +"Med **Odoo Subscriptions** kan du ha alla dina prenumerationer i en enda " +"applikation, föreslå en automatisk prenumerationsförnyelse till dina kunder " +"(samt en manuell) och slutligen filtrera alla dina prenumerationer och " +"enkelt hitta de som ska förnyas (med hjälp av taggen *Till förnyelse*)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:23 msgid "Renew your first subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förnya din första prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -15586,10 +20699,18 @@ msgid "" "can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " "automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" +"Innan du förnyar en prenumeration bör du läsa vår dokumentation om hur du " +":doc:`Skapar en offert <../subscriptions>` med hjälp av " +"prenumerationsprodukter. När en offert har bekräftats blir den en " +"försäljningsorder och en ny prenumeration skapas automatiskt. Därför har " +"denna prenumeration statusen *Pågående*. Därifrån har du möjlighet att " +"förnya prenumerationen. På fliken Övrig info, under avsnittet Att förnya, " +"kan du aktivera alternativet *Att förnya*. När det är aktiverat visas " +"automatiskt en gul tagg i prenumerationens övre högra hörn." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förnya din prenumeration med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -15598,10 +20719,14 @@ msgid "" "have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " "on the top right corner." msgstr "" +"Taggen *Till förnyelse* markeras automatiskt när en betalning misslyckas. " +"Denna indikator visas också på kundportalen. För att visualisera det behöver" +" du bara klicka på knappen *Kundförhandsgranskning*. Taggen *Till förnyelse*" +" visas i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundförhandsgranskning av en förnyelse med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -15612,6 +20737,12 @@ msgid "" " *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " "confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." msgstr "" +"När en prenumeration behöver förnyas har du möjlighet att använda en ny " +"knapp som heter *Förnya offert*. Genom att klicka på den skapas en ny " +"offert. Därifrån kan du starta ett grundläggande försäljningsflöde som gör " +"att du kan skicka offerten via e-post till dina kunder eller bekräfta den. " +"Det är bättre att först *Sända offerten via e-post* till dina kunder för att" +" få deras bekräftelse och sedan *Bekräfta* den i **Odoo Sales**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -15620,10 +20751,14 @@ msgid "" "your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " "mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" +"I Chatter för denna nya offert nämns att \"Denna förnyelseorder har skapats " +"från den tidigare prenumerationen\". När offerten har bekräftats av dina " +"kunder blir den en försäljningsorder och en ny försäljning nämns i det övre " +"högra hörnet av prenumerationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förnya en offert med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -15632,14 +20767,19 @@ msgid "" "description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " "can easily visualize which one is your renewal." msgstr "" +"Genom att klicka på knappen *Försäljning* får du en sammanfattning av dina " +"försäljningsorder i en listvy. Den enda skillnaden mellan dina två offerter " +"är beskrivningen under kategorin *Subscription Management*. Där kan du " +"enkelt se vilken som är din förnyelse." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Förnyelse som formulär för prenumerationshantering i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:70 msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualisera dina prenumerationer för förnyelse" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -15647,12 +20787,17 @@ msgid "" "those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " "filter *To renew*." msgstr "" +"Om du vill visualisera alla dina prenumerationer och enkelt hitta dem som " +"ska förnyas kan du gå till *Subscriptions dashboard* och använda filtret *To" +" renew*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 msgid "" "List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Listvy över alla prenumerationer och användning av filtret för att förnya i " +"Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 msgid "Reports" @@ -15664,6 +20809,9 @@ msgid "" "is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " "or products." msgstr "" +"Som vi vet är nyckeln till framgång att förstå hur vår verksamhet går, och " +"vart den är på väg. Och det gäller i synnerhet när vi erbjuder " +"prenumerationstjänster eller -produkter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15671,6 +20819,8 @@ msgid "" "certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " "reports:" msgstr "" +"Innan vi går in på kärnfrågan är det mycket viktigt att påminna om vissa " +"grundläggande begrepp för att kunna förstå följande rapporter korrekt:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -15679,6 +20829,11 @@ msgid "" " subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " "track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." msgstr "" +"**Månatliga återkommande intäkter (MRR)**: MRR är utan tvekan det viktigaste" +" måttet för prenumerationsföretag. Det visar den månatliga intäkten för " +"prenumerationsbaserade produkter eller tjänster. Det är ett konsekvent tal " +"som används för att spåra alla återkommande intäkter över tid, i månatliga " +"steg." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -15686,10 +20841,13 @@ msgid "" "on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" " estimation does not take variations and growth into account." msgstr "" +"**Årlig Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR är den årliga versionen av MRR, som baseras på" +" den aktuella MRR, för att uppskatta det kommande årets prestanda. Denna " +"uppskattning tar dock inte hänsyn till variationer och tillväxt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skillnad mellan MRR och ARR i Odoo-prenumerationer" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -15698,6 +20856,10 @@ msgid "" " rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " "businesses." msgstr "" +"**Inte återkommande intäkter (NRR)**: NRR visar intäkterna för allt annat än" +" abonnemangsbaserade produkter eller tjänster. Detta inkluderar vinster av " +"sällsynt eller unik karaktär som sannolikt inte kommer att uppstå i den " +"normala affärsverksamheten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -15705,6 +20867,9 @@ msgid "" "buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " "challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." msgstr "" +"**Kundlojalitet**: Hur man får befintliga kunder att fortsätta köpa " +"produkter eller tjänster från företaget. Kundlojalitet kan vara en utmaning," +" eftersom du måste bevisa att du är värd kundernas förtroende." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -15713,46 +20878,58 @@ msgid "" "who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " "distinguish two types of Churn:" msgstr "" +"**Churn Rate**: Churn rate kallas även för avbrottsfrekvens eller " +"kundomsättning och kan i det här fallet definieras som andelen prenumeranter" +" som avslutat sin prenumeration inom en viss tidsperiod. Vi kan skilja " +"mellan två typer av Churn:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:35 msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Logo Churn**: Det motsvarar uppsägningsgraden för abonnemang." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:37 msgid "" "**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " "rate." msgstr "" +"**Churn av intäkter**: Det motsvarar den månatliga återkommande " +"intäktsförlusten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:40 msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Låt oss tänka oss en ökning med 2 USD i en prenumerationstjänst." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:42 msgid "" "We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " "of 15%." msgstr "" +"Vi förlorade 3 kunder av de ursprungliga 20, vilket ger en **Logo Churn** på" +" 15%." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 msgid "" "Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " "**Revenue Churn**" msgstr "" +"Därför orsakar skillnaden på 56 USD i MRR av de ursprungliga 600 USD en " +"**Revenue Churn**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 msgid "of 9,33%." -msgstr "" +msgstr "på 9,33%." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skillnad mellan logo churn och revenue churn i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:50 msgid "" "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " "time, it might not be the case all the time." msgstr "" +"Påminnelse: även om de verkar utvecklas i samma riktning för det mesta, är " +"det inte säkert att det är fallet hela tiden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -15761,16 +20938,22 @@ msgid "" "emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " "quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." msgstr "" +"**Kundens livstidsvärde (CLV)**: Anger hur stora intäkter som kan förväntas " +"för en kund under hela hans/hennes kontraktstid. Denna metod betonar vikten " +"av att behålla kunderna och flyttar vårt fokus från en kvartalsvis eller " +"årlig strategi till en långsiktig." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " "Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" +"Kolla in de olika typerna av rapporter som du kan få tillgång till från " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:61 msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analysrapport för abonnemang" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -15782,14 +20965,21 @@ msgid "" " same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " "*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. " +"Därifrån kan du ändra *Mått*. Som standard använder Odoo *Månatlig " +"återkommande intäkt*. Utöver det kan du välja *Kvantitet*, *Återkommande " +"pris*, *Årlig återkommande intäkt* och *Antal*. I det här exemplet har " +"*Kvantitet* lagts till. På så sätt kan du granska båda dessa mått samtidigt." +" Du kan även *Gruppera efter startdatum* och, mer exakt, efter *vecka* för " +"att få en tydlig bild av din rapport." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analysrapport för prenumerationer i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:74 msgid "Retention analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport om analys av kvarhållande" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -15799,14 +20989,19 @@ msgid "" "and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" " see the progression of the retention from its start." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. " +"Standardmåttet som används är *Count*, men du kan ändra till det mått som " +"passar dig bäst. I exemplet nedan valdes *Månadsvis återkommande intäkter*, " +"och *Månad*-periodiciteten förblir intakt. Genom att använda dessa kriterier" +" kan du se utvecklingen av retentionen från dess start." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analysrapport för retention i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:86 msgid "Revenue KPIs report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KPI-rapport för intäkter" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -15817,10 +21012,16 @@ msgid "" "subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" " for specific information." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. " +"Därifrån kan du kontrollera olika KPI:er: *Månatliga återkommande intäkter*," +" *Nettoomsättning*, *Inte återkommande intäkter*, *Intäkter per abonnemang*," +" *Årlig Run-Rate*, *Livstidsvärde* och mycket mer. Du kan också filtrera " +"denna information på prenumerationer, företag och säljteam. Detta är " +"användbart om du letar efter specifik information." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KPI-rapport för intäkter i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -15830,14 +21031,19 @@ msgid "" "populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" " KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." msgstr "" +"Exemplet nedan visar den detaljerade rapporten *Månatliga återkommande " +"intäkter*. För tillfället finns det inga data, vilket är det typiska " +"scenariot för ett nytt företag. Men i takt med att ditt företag växer under " +"månaderna fylls dessa grafer på med mer och mer data. Återigen kan du " +"filtrera dessa specifika KPI:er på prenumerationer, företag och säljteam." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detaljerad MRR-rapport i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dashboard-rapport för säljare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -15847,14 +21053,20 @@ msgid "" "Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " "you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Abonnemang --> Rapportering --> Säljarens " +"instrumentpanel`. Den här sidan ger dig en sammanfattning av dina *månatliga" +" återkommande intäkter*, *icke återkommande intäkter*, " +"*abonnemangsmodifieringar* och *icke återkommande fakturor* för var och en " +"av dina säljare. Du kan välja vilken period du vill tillämpa och vilken " +"säljare du vill analysera." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dashboard-rapport för säljare i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Merförsäljning av en prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15863,6 +21075,10 @@ msgid "" "or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " "situations can happen:" msgstr "" +"Prenumerationer är återkommande och fortsätter på obestämd tid. Med tiden " +"kan våra kunder vilja ändra dem. Vi måste då kunna anpassa priserna eller " +"ändra produkternas kvantiteter för att tillgodose deras behov. Två " +"situationer kan uppstå:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -15871,6 +21087,10 @@ msgid "" " for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " "something additional than it would be to a new customer." msgstr "" +"**Lojala kunder:** Den här typen av kunder litar redan på dig som varumärke." +" Därför är du säker på vad du erbjuder eftersom de fortsätter att betala för" +" dina produkter och tjänster. Därför är det lättare att sälja något extra " +"till dem än det skulle vara till en ny kund." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15880,6 +21100,11 @@ msgid "" "for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " "increases their retention." msgstr "" +"**Nya kunder:** För den här typen av kunder måste du komma med något nytt, " +"något attraktivt. Hur är det med rabatter? Vanligtvis avslutas varje " +"prenumeration efter en viss tid. Genom att erbjuda dessa typer av " +"erbjudanden till nya kunder stärker du dina relationer med dem och ökar " +"också deras lojalitet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -15889,14 +21114,19 @@ msgid "" "*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " "order lines." msgstr "" +"Som tidigare förklarats är det rekommenderat att erbjuda *Rabatter* för att " +"sälja en prenumeration till nya kunder. För att aktivera detta alternativ, " +"gå till :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` och under " +"kategorin *Pricing* har du möjlighet att bevilja rabatter på " +"försäljningsorderrader." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivering av rabattalternativet i Odoo Sales" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:36 msgid "Upsell your first subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Merförsäljning av din första prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -15907,22 +21137,32 @@ msgid "" "the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " "your subscription." msgstr "" +"Innan du säljer en prenumeration bör du läsa vår dokumentation om hur du " +":doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` använder " +"prenumerationsprodukter. När en offert har bekräftats blir den en " +"försäljningsorder och en ny prenumeration skapas automatiskt. Därför har " +"denna prenumeration statusen *Pågående*. Därifrån har du möjlighet att sälja" +" din prenumeration." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Merförsäljning av din prenumeration med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:48 msgid "" "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " "with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda smartknappen *Upsell* kan du skapa en ny offert med nya " +"prenumerationsprodukter och skicka den till dina kunder för godkännande." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "" "Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Lägg till produkter till din prenumeration via alternativet för " +"merförsäljning i Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -15930,6 +21170,9 @@ msgid "" " the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " "remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" +"När offerten bekräftas av dina kunder läggs produkterna till i den " +"ursprungliga prenumerationen. Offertpriserna fördelas sedan proportionellt " +"på den återstående tiden av den aktuella faktureringsperioden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -15943,20 +21186,32 @@ msgid "" "has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " "wanted to purchase." msgstr "" +"Innan du skickar den nya offerten till dina kunder kan du naturligtvis ändra" +" enhetspris, skatter och till och med den rabatt du vill erbjuda. Den smarta" +" knappen *Kundförhandsgranskning* är användbar för att efterlikna kundens " +"reaktion. I det här fallet kan vi med säkerhet säga att kunden kommer att " +"*Signera och betala* den nya offerten. När det är gjort måste du gå tillbaka" +" till redigeringsläget, bekräfta offerten och klicka på den smarta knappen " +"*Subscriptions* för att visualisera alla uppdateringar. Där kan du se att en" +" extra rad har lagts till i abonnemanget med den nya extratjänsten som " +"kunden ville köpa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Visualisera alla dina prenumerationsuppdateringar med Odoo Subscriptions" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 msgid "" "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " "sales orders in a list view." msgstr "" +"Genom att klicka på knappen *Sales* får du dessutom en sammanfattning av " +"dina försäljningsorder i en listvy." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listvy över alla försäljningsorder som skapats för en prenumeration" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -15964,3 +21219,6 @@ msgid "" "underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " "visualize which one is your upselling." msgstr "" +"Den enda skillnaden mellan dina två försäljningsorder är beskrivningen under" +" kategorin *Subscription Management*. Där kan du enkelt visualisera vilken " +"som är din merförsäljning." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 23115c39e..436c42855 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -27,17 +27,19 @@ msgstr "Tjänster" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fälttjänst" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Fälttjänst `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "User default warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användarens standardlager" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -46,16 +48,22 @@ msgid "" "warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from " "their profiles." msgstr "" +"Att ställa in ett **standardlager** kan vara användbart för fälttekniker som" +" har ett lager i sin skåpbil eller för dem som alltid återanvänder från " +"samma lager. Det gör det också möjligt för fältarbetare att växla mellan " +"lager från sina profiler." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" "Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always " "pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." msgstr "" +"Produkter i försäljningsorder som skapas under fältinterventioner hämtas " +"alltid från standardlagret, vilket håller inventeringen korrekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 @@ -70,21 +78,29 @@ msgid "" " feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " "necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett standardlager för användaren måste funktionen " +":doc:`storage locations " +"`" +" aktiveras i appen **Inventory**. Det är också nödvändigt att ha mer än ett " +"lager i din databas." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 msgid "" "You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile `, or :ref:`for all users `." msgstr "" +"Du kan antingen ställa in den :ref:`för din profil `, eller :ref:`för alla användare `." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applikationer/inventory_och_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "For your profile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För din profil" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -93,10 +109,14 @@ msgid "" " --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from " "the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in ett standardlager för dig själv, klicka på din " +"**profilikon** i det övre högra hörnet av skärmen och gå sedan till " +":menuselection:`Min profil --> Inställningar --> Standardlager`. Välj " +"standardlager från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "For all users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För alla användare" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -105,14 +125,18 @@ msgid "" " to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, " "and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in ett standardlager för en viss användare, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Användare --> Hantera användare`, välj en " +"användare och gå sedan till fliken :guilabel:`Preferenser`. Bläddra ner till" +" :guilabel:`Inventory` och välj standardlagret i rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Val av ett standardlager på en användarprofil." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Use in field service tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användning inom fältservice" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -122,20 +146,27 @@ msgid "" " Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse " "is applied correctly." msgstr "" +"När ett standardlager har konfigurerats för en användare hämtas det material" +" som används för en försäljningsorder som är relaterad till en " +"fältserviceuppgift från det specifika lagret. Öppna den relaterade " +"försäljningsordern, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info` och bläddra sedan " +"ner till :guilabel:`Leverans`. Standardlagret tillämpas korrekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 msgid "" "Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default " "warehouse is automatically updated." msgstr "" +"När fältserviceuppgiften markeras som utförd uppdateras lagret i " +"standardlagret automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 msgid "Onsite interventions planning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planering av insatser på plats" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 msgid "From a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Från en försäljningsorder" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -143,44 +174,58 @@ msgid "" "experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " "to approve before the work even starts." msgstr "" +"Att låta ditt säljteam öppna interventioner på plats skapar en sömlös " +"upplevelse för dina kunder. De kan få en offert som de först måste godkänna " +"innan arbetet ens påbörjas." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " "create or edit a product." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` och " +"skapa eller redigera en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as" " :guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`General Information` väljer du :guilabel:`Service` " +"som :guilabel:`Product Type`." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as " ":guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Sales` väljer du :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` som" +" :guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as " ":guilabel:`Service Tracking`." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` som :guilabel:`Service" +" Tracking`." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj ditt :guilabel:`Projekt`." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." msgstr "" +"Om du använder dem, välj din :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` och spara." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "" "Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field " "Service" msgstr "" +"Produktkonfiguration för att skapa uppgifter från försäljningsorder i Odoo " +"Field Service" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -188,14 +233,17 @@ msgid "" "product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field " "Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." msgstr "" +"Från appen :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` skapar du en offert med " +"produkten och bekräftar den. En uppgift skapas automatiskt under ditt " +"fälttjänstprojekt. Den är direkt åtkomlig från försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fältserviceuppgift på en försäljningsorder i Odoo Sales" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 msgid "From helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Från ärenden till helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -203,20 +251,25 @@ msgid "" "helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service " "tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." msgstr "" +"Integrationen med appen :doc:`Helpdesk <../helpdesk>` gör att ditt helpdesk-" +"team kan hantera förfrågningar om intervention direkt. Planering av " +"fältserviceuppgifter från ärenden snabbar upp dina processer." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera helpdesk-teamet" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" " a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Helpdesk-team`. Välj " +"ett team och aktivera :guilabel:`Interventioner på plats`." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar för interventioner på plats i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -224,10 +277,12 @@ msgid "" "Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field " "service project." msgstr "" +"Teamets helpdesk-ärenden visar nu knappen :guilabel:`Planera ingripande`. " +"Klicka på den för att skapa en ny uppgift under ditt fältserviceprojekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planera intervention från helpdeskärenden i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "Helpdesk" @@ -236,6 +291,7 @@ msgstr "Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Helpdesk `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -243,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "Avancerad" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After-Sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service efter försäljning" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -252,10 +308,14 @@ msgid "" "generate coupons, and/or schedule repair and field service interventions " "directly from a ticket." msgstr "" +"*Eftermarknadstjänster kan konfigureras i applikationen *Helpdesk* för " +"enskilda *team*. När tjänsten är aktiverad kan användarna utfärda " +"återbetalningar, hantera returer, generera kuponger och/eller schemalägga " +"reparationer och fältservice direkt från ett ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the after-sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprätta service efter försäljning" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -265,41 +325,58 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section on the team's settings page, and choose" " which of the following options to enable:" msgstr "" +"Börja med att aktivera eftermarknadstjänsterna för specifika *Helpdesk*-team" +" genom att gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Team` och " +"välja vilka team som dessa tjänster ska vara aktiva för. Bläddra sedan till " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`After-Sales` på teamets inställningssida och välj " +"vilket av följande alternativ som ska aktiveras:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refunds`: issues credit notes to refund a customer, or adjust the" " remaining amount due" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Refunds`: utfärdar kreditnotor för att återbetala en kund, eller " +"justera det återstående beloppet" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:18 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coupons`: offers discounts and free products through an existing " "coupon program" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: erbjuder rabatter och gratisprodukter genom ett " +"befintligt kupongprogram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Returns`: initiates a product return from a customer through a " "reverse transfer" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Returns`: initierar en produktretur från en kund genom en omvänd " +"överföring" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Repairs`: creates repair orders for broken or faulty products" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Repairs`: skapar reparationsorder för trasiga eller felaktiga " +"produkter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field Service`: plans onsite intervention through the *Field " "Service* application" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Field Service`: planerar insatser på plats genom applikationen " +"*Field Service" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:26 msgid "" "The services that are enabled can vary based on the type of support a team " "provides." msgstr "" +"Vilka tjänster som aktiveras kan variera beroende på vilken typ av support " +"ett team tillhandahåller." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -310,10 +387,16 @@ msgid "" " paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be " "accessible.*" msgstr "" +"Eftersom alla eftermarknadstjänster i Odoo kräver integration med andra " +"applikationer, kan aktivering av någon av dem resultera i installation av " +"ytterligare moduler eller applikationer. *Installation av en ny applikation " +"på en One-App-Free-databas kommer att utlösa en 15-dagars testperiod. I " +"slutet av testperioden, om en betald prenumeration inte har lagts till i " +"databasen, kommer den inte längre att vara tillgänglig.*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:35 msgid "Issue a refund with a credit note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utfärda en återbetalning med en kreditnota" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -323,10 +406,16 @@ msgid "" " are usually created through the *Accounting* or *Invoicing* applications, " "they can be created through a *Helpdesk* ticket, as well." msgstr "" +"En *kreditnota* är ett dokument som utfärdas till en kund för att informera " +"dem om att de har krediterats en viss summa pengar. De kan användas för att " +"ge en fullständig återbetalning till en kund, eller för att justera " +"eventuella återstående belopp. De skapas vanligtvis via applikationerna " +"*Accounting* eller *Invoicing*, men de kan också skapas via ett " +"*Helpdesk*-ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:43 msgid "Invoices must be posted before a credit note can be generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturor måste bokföras innan en kreditnota kan genereras." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -336,20 +425,26 @@ msgid "" "corresponding invoice from the :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund` drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en kreditnota, navigera till ett ärende i " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` applikationen och klicka på :guilabel:`Refund` " +"knappen i det övre vänstra hörnet av ärendepanelen. Välj sedan motsvarande " +"faktura i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a refund creation page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en sida för skapande av återbetalning." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:53 msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Credit Method` from one of the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj en :guilabel:`Kreditmetod` från ett av följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: the credit note is created in draft and can be " "edited before being issued" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: kreditfakturan skapas i utkast och kan redigeras" +" innan den utfärdas" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -357,6 +452,9 @@ msgid "" "with the invoice. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs" " to be canceled*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fullständig återbetalning`: kreditfakturan valideras automatiskt " +"och stäms av mot fakturan. *Detta är alternativet att välja om en validerad " +"faktura måste annulleras*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -365,36 +463,48 @@ msgid "" "duplicated as a new draft. *This is the option to choose if a validated " "invoice needs to be modified*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Full återbetalning och nytt fakturautkast`: kreditfakturan " +"valideras automatiskt och stäms av mot fakturan. Den ursprungliga fakturan " +"dupliceras som ett nytt utkast. *Detta är alternativet att välja om en " +"validerad faktura behöver ändras*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Credit Method` options will **not** be available for invoices" " that have already been paid." msgstr "" +"Alternativen :guilabel:`Kreditmetod` kommer **inte** att vara tillgängliga " +"för fakturor som redan har betalats." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 msgid "" "Make any necessary changes to the details of the credit note and click " ":guilabel:`Reverse.` Then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to post the credit note." msgstr "" +"Gör nödvändiga ändringar i kreditnotans detaljer och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Reverse.` Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att posta " +"kreditnotan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:70 msgid "" "Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart " "button will be added to the *Helpdesk* ticket." msgstr "" +"När kreditnotan har bokförts kommer en :guilabel:`Kreditnotor` smartknapp " +"att läggas till i *Helpdesk*-ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över smarta knappar på en biljett med fokus på kreditnotaknappen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:81 msgid "Generate coupons from a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generera kuponger från en biljett" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -402,12 +512,17 @@ msgid "" "constraints of a coupon are defined by conditional rules. *Coupon Programs* " "are configured in the *Sales* or *Website* applications." msgstr "" +"Kuponger kan användas för att ändra priset på produkter eller beställningar." +" Användningsbegränsningarna för en kupong definieras av villkorliga regler. " +"*Kupongprogram* konfigureras i applikationerna *Sales* eller *Website*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:88 msgid "" "The *eCommerce* module must be installed in order to create coupon codes " "from the *Website*." msgstr "" +"Modulen *eCommerce* måste vara installerad för att du ska kunna skapa " +"kupongkoder från *webbplatsen*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -416,10 +531,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" +"För att generera en kupong öppnar du ett *Helpdesk*-ärende och klickar på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Kupong` i det övre vänstra hörnet. Välj ett alternativ i " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Kupongprogram` och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Generera`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a coupon generation window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett fönster för kuponggenerering." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -427,6 +546,9 @@ msgid "" "(by clicking the :guilabel:`Copy` button), or sent in an email by clicking " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coupon Code` kan kopieras direkt från popup-fönstret (genom att " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Copy`-knappen), eller skickas i ett e-postmeddelande " +"genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Send`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -435,10 +557,14 @@ msgid "" "as well, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field of the :guilabel:`Compose " "Email` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"När du skickar en kupongkod via e-post kommer alla som följer biljetten att " +"läggas till som mottagare i e-postmeddelandet. Ytterligare mottagare kan " +"också läggas till i e-postmeddelandet, i fältet :guilabel:`Mottagare` i " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Skriv e-post`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:0 msgid "View of an email draft window with coupon code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett utkastfönster för e-post med kupongkod." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -446,20 +572,25 @@ msgid "" "smart button will be added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button " "to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." msgstr "" +"När en :guilabel:`Kupongkod` har genererats, en :guilabel:`Kuponger` smart " +"knapp kommer att läggas till högst upp på biljetten; klicka på smart knappen" +" för att visa kupongkoden, utgångsdatum, och ytterligare information." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över de smarta knapparna på en biljett med fokus på kupongknappen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:119 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" +"Kuponger `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:122 msgid "Facilitate a product return with a reverse transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Underlätta en produktretur med en omvänd överföring" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -468,26 +599,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return` button in the top-left corner of a ticket to open the " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Returer genomförs genom *omvända överföringar*, som genererar nya " +"lageroperationer för de returnerade produkterna. Klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Return` i det övre vänstra hörnet av ett ärende för att öppna " +"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett Helpdesk-ärende med returknappen markerad." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:133 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Return` button only appears on a ticket if the customer has a" " recorded delivery in the database." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Return` visas endast på en biljett om kunden har en " +"registrerad leverans i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:136 msgid "" "By default, the quantity will match the validated quantity from the delivery" " order. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field if necessary." msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer kvantiteten att matcha den validerade kvantiteten från " +"leveransordern. Uppdatera fältet :guilabel:`Kvantitet` om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en sida för skapande av omvänd överföring." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -495,10 +634,14 @@ msgid "" "warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). A " ":guilabel:`Return` smart button will then be added to the top of the ticket." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Return` för att bekräfta returen. Detta genererar en ny" +" lageroperation för den inkommande returnerade produkten/produkterna. En " +":guilabel:`Return` smart knapp kommer då att läggas till högst upp i " +"ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över smartknappen för retur på ett helpdeskärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" @@ -506,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:155 msgid "Send products for repair from a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skicka produkter för reparation från ett ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -514,22 +657,29 @@ msgid "" "repair order can be created from the *Helpdesk* ticket, and managed through " "the *Repairs* application." msgstr "" +"Om ärendet gäller ett problem med en felaktig eller trasig produkt kan en " +"reparationsorder skapas från *Helpdesk*-ärendet och hanteras via " +"*Repairs*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:160 msgid "" "To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and " "click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the upper left corner." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny reparationsorder, öppna ett :menuselection:`Helpdesk` " +"ärende och klicka på :guilabel:`Repair` knappen i det övre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:163 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Repair` button opens a blank :guilabel:`Repair " "Reference` form." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Repair` öppnas ett tomt formulär " +":guilabel:`Repair Reference`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a repair reference page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en referenssida för reparation." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -537,6 +687,9 @@ msgid "" "it will be added to the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field automatically. " "If not, click into the field to select a product from the drop down." msgstr "" +"Om en produkt angavs i fältet :guilabel:`Produkt` på biljetten, kommer den " +"automatiskt att läggas till i fältet :guilabel:`Produkt att reparera`. Om " +"inte, klicka i fältet för att välja en produkt från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -546,6 +699,11 @@ msgid "" "repaired from. If a return has been initiated for the product, select the " "reference number from the drop-down in the :guilabel:`Return` field." msgstr "" +"Fyll i fältet :guilabel:`Repair Description` med en kort förklaring av " +"problemet. Klicka på fältet :guilabel:`Säljorder` och välj sedan den " +"ursprungliga :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)` från vilken produkten repareras." +" Om en retur har inletts för produkten väljer du referensnumret från " +"rullgardinsmenyn i fältet :guilabel:`Return`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -554,6 +712,10 @@ msgid "" " before or after the work is completed. Selecting :guilabel:`No Invoice` " "means that an invoice cannot be generated for this service." msgstr "" +"Välj en :guilabel:`Fakturametod` från rullgardinsmenyn. Välj " +":guilabel:`Before Repair` eller :guilabel:`After Repair` för att generera en" +" faktura före eller efter att arbetet är slutfört. Om du väljer " +":guilabel:`Ingen faktura` kan ingen faktura genereras för denna tjänst." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -565,16 +727,25 @@ msgid "" "automatically added to the PDF of the quotations generated from this " ":guilabel:`Repair Reference`." msgstr "" +"Om delar behövs för reparationen kan de läggas till på fliken " +":guilabel:`Parts`. Tjänster kan läggas till som produktlinjer på fliken " +":guilabel:`Operations`. Ytterligare information för det interna " +"reparationsteamet kan läggas till på fliken :guilabel:`Repair Notes`. " +"Information för kunden kan läggas till på fliken :guilabel:`Quotation Notes`" +" och kommer automatiskt att läggas till i PDF-filen för de offerter som " +"genereras från denna :guilabel:`Repair Reference`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:189 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking to " "the repair order." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Repairs` smartknapp kommer att läggas till i ärendet och länka" +" till reparationsordern." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över smarta knappar med fokus på reparationsknapp." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -583,10 +754,14 @@ msgid "" "from a link in the :guilabel:`Chatter`, even if they do not have access " "rights to the *Repair* application." msgstr "" +"När en användare skapar en reparationsorder från ett *Helpdesk*-ärende " +"kommer de att kunna komma åt den via ärendets :guilabel:`Repair` smart-" +"knapp, eller från en länk i :guilabel:`Chatter`, även om de inte har " +"åtkomsträttigheter till *Repair*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:201 msgid "Create a field service task from a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en fältserviceuppgift från ett ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -595,6 +770,11 @@ msgid "" "` will be able to track the progress of " "a :guilabel:`Field Service` task just as they would a *Helpdesk* ticket." msgstr "" +"Insats på plats kan planeras från ett ärende och hanteras via applikationen " +"*Field Service*. Kunder med :doc:`portal access " +"` kommer att kunna följa utvecklingen av" +" en :guilabel:`Field Service` uppgift precis som de skulle göra med ett " +"*Helpdesk* ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -602,6 +782,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Task` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` " "pop-up. Confirm or update the task :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny uppgift, navigera till ett " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk`-ärende. Klicka på :guilabel:`Create Task` för att " +"öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task`. Bekräfta eller" +" uppdatera uppgiftens :guilabel:`Titel`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -610,6 +794,10 @@ msgid "" " on the team's settings page. To change the project for this specific task, " "select one from the :guilabel:`Project` field." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Project` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create a Field " +"Service task` kommer som standard att vara samma *Field Service*-projekt som" +" identifierades på teamets inställningssida. För att ändra projekt för denna" +" specifika uppgift, välj ett från :guilabel:`Project` fältet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -618,34 +806,43 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`. Scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section and choose " "new project under :guilabel:`Field Service`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ändra standardprojektet *Field Service* för teamet går du till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` och väljer ett " +":guilabel:`Team`. Bläddra till avsnittet :guilabel:`After Sales` och välj " +"nytt projekt under :guilabel:`Field Service`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:220 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Task` or :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Create Task` eller :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en sida för skapande av fälttjänstuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:226 msgid "" "After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button will be added to" " the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." msgstr "" +"När uppgiften har skapats läggs en smartknapp :guilabel:`Tasks` till i " +"ärendet som länkar uppgiften :guilabel:`Field Service` till ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över smarta knappar som fokuserar på uppgiften." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:234 msgid "" "`Field Service `_" msgstr "" +"`Field Service `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Closing tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Biljetter till stängning" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -657,10 +854,17 @@ msgid "" "This results in increased operational capacity for support teams, and higher" " customer satisfaction." msgstr "" +"När arbetet har slutförts på ett *Helpdesk*-ärende i Odoo finns det flera " +"sätt att stänga det. Manuell stängning av lösta ärenden håller pipelinen " +"uppdaterad, medan automatisk stängning av inaktiva ärenden förhindrar " +"onödiga blockeringsproblem. Genom att låta kunderna stänga sina egna ärenden" +" minimeras förvirringen kring huruvida ett problem anses vara löst eller " +"inte. Detta leder till ökad operativ kapacitet för supportteamen och högre " +"kundnöjdhet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12 msgid "Manually close solved tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsluta lösta ärenden manuellt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -668,6 +872,9 @@ msgid "" "pipeline. Once the issue is solved, the ticket is moved to a *folded* stage." " This marks the ticket as *closed*." msgstr "" +"När arbetet med ett ärende fortskrider flyttas det vidare till nästa steg i " +"pipelinen. När problemet är löst flyttas ärendet till ett *veckat* skede. " +"Detta markerar ärendet som *stängt*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -676,12 +883,18 @@ msgid "" " click the gear icon that appears in the top-right corner of that stage's " "kanban column." msgstr "" +"För att vika ett steg, navigera till :menuselection:`Helpdesk` dashboard och" +" klicka på ett team för att öppna pipelinen. Håll muspekaren över rubriken " +"för ett steg och klicka sedan på kugghjulsikonen som visas i det övre högra " +"hörnet av stegets kanban-kolumn." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" "View of stage on Helpdesk pipeline with emphasis on gear icon and edit stage" " option." msgstr "" +"Vy över steg i Helpdesk pipeline med betoning på kugghjulsikonen och " +"alternativet för att redigera steg." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -691,6 +904,11 @@ msgid "" "permanently fold the stage. If a stage needs to be folded so the tickets can" " be marked as closed, continue following the steps below." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på kugghjulsikonen visas även alternativet :guilabel:`Fold` " +"the stage. Den här inställningen viker scenen *tillfälligt* för att förenkla" +" kanban-vyn. Detta stänger *inte* ärendena i detta steg. Den viker inte " +"heller scenen permanent. Om ett steg behöver vikas så att ärendena kan " +"markeras som stängda, fortsätt att följa stegen nedan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -700,20 +918,26 @@ msgid "" "the changes. Now, tickets that reach this stage will be considered as " "*closed*." msgstr "" +"I menyn som visas väljer du :guilabel:`Edit Stage`. Detta öppnar scenens " +"inställningar. Markera rutan :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` längst upp i " +"fönstret, och sedan :guilabel:`Save & Close` för att bekräfta ändringarna. " +"Nu kommer ärenden som når det här stadiet att betraktas som *stängda*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 msgid "Stage settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sida för sceninställningar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:41 msgid "Automatically close inactive tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stäng inaktiva ärenden automatiskt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:43 msgid "" "Tickets that are inactive for a set period of time can be automatically " "closed. At that point, they will be moved to a folded stage." msgstr "" +"Biljetter som är inaktiva under en viss tidsperiod kan stängas automatiskt. " +"Vid den tidpunkten flyttas de till ett veckat skede." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -721,6 +945,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Teams`. Under the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section, enable" " :guilabel:`Automatic Closing`." msgstr "" +"Gå till teamets inställningssida genom att gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Configuration --> Teams`. Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Självbetjäning`, " +"aktivera :guilabel:`Automatisk stängning`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -730,12 +957,19 @@ msgid "" " will be the default. If no stage is folded, the default selection will be " "the last stage in the pipeline." msgstr "" +"Om ett av teamets steg är inställt på att vikas i kanban-vyn kommer det att " +"vara standardvalet i fältet :guilabel:`Move to Stage`. Om teamet har mer än " +"ett steg som har vikts, kommer det steg som inträffar först i pipelinen att " +"vara standard. Om inget steg har vikts kommer standardvalet att vara det " +"sista steget i pipelinen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field defaults to `7`, but can be " "adjusted if necessary." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Efter dagar av inaktivitet` har standardvärdet `7`, men " +"kan justeras vid behov." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -743,32 +977,36 @@ msgid "" " calendar into account when tracking the amount of time a ticket has been " "inactive." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Efter dagar av inaktivitet` tar **inte** hänsyn till " +"arbetskalendern när man spårar hur länge ett ärende har varit inaktivt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:60 msgid "" "If only certain stages should be used to track days of inactivity, they can " "be added to the :guilabel:`In Stages` field." msgstr "" +"Om endast vissa stadier ska användas för att spåra inaktivitetsdagar, kan de" +" läggas till i fältet :guilabel:`In Stages`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:64 msgid "A team's pipeline is created with the following stages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett teams pipeline skapas med följande steg:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:66 msgid "`New`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Ny`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:67 msgid "`In Progress`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pågående" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:68 msgid "`Customer Feedback`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feedback från kunder" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:69 msgid "`Closed`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avslutad" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -779,36 +1017,44 @@ msgid "" "to assignment or workload issues. Closing these tickets automatically would " "result in issues going unsolved." msgstr "" +"Ärenden kan dröja sig kvar i :guilabel:`Customer Feedback stage`, eftersom " +"kunderna kanske inte svarar omedelbart när ett problem har lösts. Vid den " +"tidpunkten kan ärendena stängas automatiskt. Men ärenden i :guilabel:`New`- " +"och :guilabel:`In Progress`-stadierna kan förbli inaktiva på grund av " +"problem med tilldelningen eller arbetsbelastningen. Om dessa ärenden stängs " +"automatiskt skulle det leda till att problemen förblir olösta." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:77 msgid "" "Therefore, the :guilabel:`Automatic Closing` settings would be configured as" " below\\:\\" msgstr "" +"Därför skulle inställningarna för :guilabel:`Automatisk stängning` " +"konfigureras enligt nedan\\:\\" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: *checked*" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Automatisk stängning`: *markerad*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Move to Stage`: `Solved`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Flytta till scen`: `Löst`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`After``7`:guilabel:`days of inactivity`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Efter``7``:guilabel:`dagar av inaktivitet`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`In Stages`: `Customer Feedback`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`In Stages`: `Kundfeedback`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 msgid "Example of Automatic Closing settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på inställningar för automatisk stängning." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:89 msgid "Allow customers to close their own tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillåt kunder att stänga sina egna ärenden" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -816,6 +1062,8 @@ msgid "" "close their own ticket(s) when they determine that their issue has been " "resolved." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar inställningen :guilabel:`Closure by Customers` kan kunder " +"stänga sina egna ärenden när de anser att deras problem har lösts." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -824,10 +1072,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self-Service` section and check the box for :guilabel:`Closure by" " Customers`." msgstr "" +"Börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> " +"Team` och välj ett team. På teamets inställningssida bläddrar du till " +"avsnittet :guilabel:`Självbetjäning` och markerar rutan för " +":guilabel:`Stängning av kunder`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "Customer closing setting in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställning för kundavslut i Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -835,10 +1087,13 @@ msgid "" "button will be available for customers when they view their ticket through " "the customer portal." msgstr "" +"När inställningarna för stängning av biljetter har aktiverats kommer en " +":guilabel:`Stäng biljett`-knapp att vara tillgänglig för kunderna när de ser" +" sin biljett via kundportalen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundvy av ärendeavslut i Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -848,16 +1103,23 @@ msgid "" "stage of a team by default. This link does not require a customer to have " "access to the portal to view or respond to their ticket." msgstr "" +"Kunder kan se sina biljetter genom att klicka på länken :guilabel:`Visa " +"biljetten` som de får via e-post. Länken ingår i mallen :guilabel:`Request " +"Acknowledgment`, som läggs till i det första steget i ett team som standard." +" Den här länken kräver inte att kunden har tillgång till portalen för att " +"visa eller svara på sitt ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:115 msgid "" "Customers with access to the portal will be able to view their tickets under" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +"Kunder med tillgång till portalen kommer att kunna se sina biljetter under " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 msgid "Track and bill time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrera och fakturera tid" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -867,6 +1129,11 @@ msgid "" "customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " "begun." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* ger team möjlighet att spåra hur många timmar som läggs på " +"att arbeta med ett ärende och att fakturera en kund för den tiden. Genom " +"integrationer med applikationerna *Sales*, *Timesheets* och *Accounting* kan" +" kunderna debiteras när arbetet är slutfört, eller innan det ens har " +"påbörjats." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -874,6 +1141,9 @@ msgid "" "applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " "modules (or applications)." msgstr "" +"Eftersom funktionerna *Spåra och fakturera tid* kräver integration med andra" +" program, kan det hända att du måste installera ytterligare moduler (eller " +"program) för att aktivera dem." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -881,10 +1151,14 @@ msgid "" "trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" " the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en ny applikation i en *One-App-Free*-databas aktiveras en" +" 15-dagars testperiod. Om en betald prenumeration inte har lagts till i " +"databasen efter testperioden kommer den inte längre att vara aktiv eller " +"tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 msgid "Configure track and bill time features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera funktioner för spårning och fakturering av tid" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -892,10 +1166,13 @@ msgid "" "Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" " *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." msgstr "" +"Innan en kund kan faktureras för supporttjänster måste funktionerna *Spåra " +"och fakturera tid* först aktiveras. Dessa funktioner måste aktiveras i varje" +" *Helpdesk*-team där de ska användas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gör det möjligt att spåra och fakturera tid för ett helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -905,6 +1182,11 @@ msgid "" " new one `. This " "will reveal a team's settings page." msgstr "" +"För att visa och aktivera funktionerna :guilabel:`Spåra och fakturera tid` i" +" ett *Helpdesk*-team, gå först till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Konfiguration --> Team`. Välj sedan ett team från listan eller :doc:`skapa " +"ett nytt `. Detta " +"kommer att visa ett teams inställningssida." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -912,12 +1194,17 @@ msgid "" "section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " "Billing`." msgstr "" +"På teamets inställningssida bläddrar du till avsnittet :guilabel:`Spåra och " +"fakturera tid`. Markera rutorna :guilabel:`Timesheets` och :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" " :guilabel:`Project`." msgstr "" +"När rutan :guilabel:`Timesheets` är markerad visas ett nytt fält med " +"beteckningen :guilabel:`Project`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -925,6 +1212,9 @@ msgid "" "team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " ":guilabel:`Project`." msgstr "" +"Det projekt som valts i detta fält är där alla tidrapporter för detta teams " +"ärenden kommer att registreras. Klicka i rullgardinsmenyn för att välja ett " +":guilabel:`Projekt`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -932,16 +1222,21 @@ msgid "" "the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett nytt projekt där tidrapporterna ska registreras, klicka på" +" rullgardinsmenyn, ange ett namn för projektet och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " "settings." msgstr "" +"Vy över en inställningssida för ett helpdesk-team med fokus på " +"inställningarna för spårning och fakturering av tid." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 msgid "Configure service products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera serviceprodukter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -952,6 +1247,12 @@ msgid "" "is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " "services* after they have been completed." msgstr "" +"När funktionen :guilabel:`Tidsfakturering` är aktiverad skapas en ny produkt" +" i appen *Sales* som heter :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. Denna produkt " +"kan hittas under :menuselection:`Försäljning --> Produkter --> Produkter`. " +"Sök efter `Service on Timesheets` i :guilabel:`Search...`-fältet. Detta är " +"den produkt som kommer att användas vid fakturering av *post-paid support " +"services* efter att de har slutförts." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -960,12 +1261,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` från produktsidan. Detta visar " +"formuläret för produktdetaljer. Produkten är konfigurerad med " +":guilabel:`Produkttyp` inställd på :guilabel:`Tjänst` och " +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy` inställd på :guilabel:`Baserat på " +"tidrapporter`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " "timesheets'." msgstr "" +"Vy över en tjänsteprodukt med faktureringspolicyn inställd på \"Baserat på " +"tidrapporter\"." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -973,6 +1281,9 @@ msgid "" "(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " "different invoicing policy must be created." msgstr "" +"För att kunna fakturera supporttjänster innan arbetet har slutförts (även " +"kallat *förskottsbetalda supporttjänster*) måste en separat produkt med en " +"annan faktureringspolicy skapas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -980,6 +1291,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " "detail form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny serviceprodukt, gå till :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Products` och klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Detta kommer att visa " +"ett tomt formulär för produktdetaljer." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -989,21 +1303,30 @@ msgid "" "an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " "before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." msgstr "" +"I det nya produktformuläret lägger du till :guilabel:`Produktnamn` och anger" +" :guilabel:`Produkttyp` till :guilabel:`Tjänst`. Ställ sedan in " +":guilabel:`Faktureringspolicy` till :guilabel:`Förskottsbetald/Fastpris`. " +"Detta innebär att en faktura kan genereras och betalning kan tas emot för " +"denna produkt innan några tidrapporter har registrerats för dessa tjänster." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." msgstr "" +"Vy över en tjänsteprodukt med faktureringsprincip inställd på " +"\"förbetald/fast\"." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 msgid "" "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen anger du :guilabel:`Säljpris` och bekräftar att " +":guilabel:`Måttenhet` är inställd på :guilabel:`Htimmar`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktura förbetalda supporttjänster" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1013,10 +1336,15 @@ msgid "" "used, just like :ref:`the section above `." msgstr "" +"När supporttjänster faktureras med ett fast pris kan en faktura skapas innan" +" något arbete har slutförts i ärendet. I detta fall används en " +"tjänsteprodukt med faktureringsprincipen :guilabel:`Förbetald/Fastpris`, " +"precis som :ref:`avsnittet ovan `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en försäljningsorder med förbetald produkt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1025,10 +1353,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " "blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera en kund för förbetalda supporttjänster måste du först " +"skapa en försäljningsorder (SO) med produkten supporttjänster. Detta gör du " +"genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, " +"som visar ett tomt offertformulär." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll sedan i offertformuläret med kundinformationen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1037,16 +1369,22 @@ msgid "" "configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " "the number of hours." msgstr "" +"Gå till fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader` i offerten och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt`. Välj sedan produkten *förskottsbetalda " +"tjänster* som konfigurerades i stegen ovan. Uppdatera fältet " +":guilabel:`Kvantitet` med antalet timmar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 msgid "" "After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " "quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"När du har uppdaterat all annan nödvändig information :guilabel:`Bekräfta` " +"offerten. Detta omvandlar offerten till en :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa och skicka en faktura för förbetalda tjänster" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1054,6 +1392,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " "Invoices` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"När :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)` har bekräftats klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Då öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1062,20 +1403,26 @@ msgid "" "collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." msgstr "" +"Om ingen handpenning kommer att tas ut kan typen :guilabel:`Create Invoice` " +"förbli :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. Om en handpenning kommer att tas ut, " +"välj mellan antingen :guilabel:`Handpenning (procent)` eller " +":guilabel:`Handpenning (fast belopp)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 msgid "" "When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"När alla nödvändiga uppgifter har angetts klickar du på :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturan kan sedan skickas till kunden för betalning." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa helpdeskärende för förbetalda tjänster" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -1083,12 +1430,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" " a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett *Helpdesk*-ärende för förbetalda tjänster, gå till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Tickets` för att " +"visa ett specifikt teams pipeline. Klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att skapa " +"ett nytt ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " ":guilabel:`Customer` information." msgstr "" +"Skapa ett ärende :guilabel:`Title` på det tomma ärendeformuläret och ange " +"informationen :guilabel:`Customer`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -1096,16 +1449,21 @@ msgid "" " automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " "has time remaining." msgstr "" +"När kundnamnet läggs till kommer fältet :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` " +"automatiskt att fyllas i med den senaste förbetalda försäljningsorderposten " +"som har återstående tid." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spåra timmar i helpdeskärenden" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 msgid "" "Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" " on the specific ticket." msgstr "" +"Tid som läggs på att arbeta med ett *Helpdesk*-ärende registreras på fliken " +"*Timmar* för det specifika ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -1114,24 +1472,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Timmar` och klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " +"rad` i formuläret för biljettdetaljer. Välj en :guilabel:`Medarbetare`, lägg" +" till en :guilabel:`Beskrivning` av uppgiften och ange antalet " +":guilabel:`Timmar som spenderats`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 msgid "" "As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " ":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." msgstr "" +"När nya rader läggs till på fliken :guilabel:`Timesheets` uppdateras fältet " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " "hours on an SO." msgstr "" +"Vy över fliken tidrapporter på ett ärende med betoning på de återstående " +"timmarna på en SO." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 msgid "" "If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " "of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." msgstr "" +"Om antalet timmar på fliken :guilabel:`Timesheets` överstiger antalet sålda " +"timmar, kommer :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` att bli röd." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1139,10 +1507,12 @@ msgid "" " updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," " as well." msgstr "" +"När timmar läggs till på fliken :guilabel:`Timesheets` uppdateras de också " +"automatiskt i fältet :guilabel:`Delivered` på :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktura för efterbetalda supporttjänster" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1152,10 +1522,15 @@ msgid "" "case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" " Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." msgstr "" +"När supporttjänster faktureras baserat på hur mycket tid som läggs på ett " +"problem, kan en faktura inte skapas innan det totala antalet timmar som " +"krävs för att lösa problemet har angetts på en tidrapport. I det här fallet " +"används en tjänsteprodukt med faktureringspolicyn :guilabel:`Baserat på " +"tidrapporter`, som den som skapades ovan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en försäljningsorder med en tidsbestämd produkt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -1163,10 +1538,14 @@ msgid "" "order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." msgstr "" +"För att fakturera en kund för efterbetalda supporttjänster måste du först " +"skapa en försäljningsorder (SO) med produkten *supporttjänster*. Detta gör " +"du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> " +"New`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i offerten med kundinformationen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -1174,6 +1553,10 @@ msgid "" "the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" " any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader`." +" Välj den produkt för efterbetalda tjänster som konfigurerades i stegen " +"ovan. När du har uppdaterat all annan nödvändig information klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta` offerten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -1182,10 +1565,14 @@ msgid "" " in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " "invoice." msgstr "" +"Till skillnad från offerten för förbetalda tjänster kommer Odoo inte att " +"tillåta att en faktura skapas vid denna tidpunkt. Det beror på att inga " +"tjänster har utförts, med andra ord har inget levererats och därför finns " +"det inget att fakturera." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett helpdeskärende för tjänster med tidsregistrering" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -1193,6 +1580,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " "services apply." msgstr "" +"För att registrera en *Timesheet*-post för tidsregistreringstjänster, gå " +"till :menuselection:`Helpdesk` och välj lämpligt team för vilket dessa " +"tjänster gäller." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -1202,6 +1592,11 @@ msgid "" "ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " "details form." msgstr "" +"Om det redan finns ett ärende för det här problemet väljer du det i kanban-" +"vyn. Då öppnas formuläret för ärendeinformation. Om det inte finns något " +"befintligt ärende för det här kundärendet klickar du på :guilabel:`New` för " +"att skapa ett nytt ärende och ange nödvändig kundinformation i det tomma " +"formuläret för ärendeinformation." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -1209,10 +1604,13 @@ msgid "" " drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" " step." msgstr "" +"När du har valt eller skapat ett ärende går du till rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Säljorderrad`. Välj den :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)` som " +"skapades i föregående steg." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spåra supporttimmar i ett ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1221,6 +1619,10 @@ msgid "" "*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." msgstr "" +"För att kunna skapa en faktura för en produkt baserad på tidrapporter måste " +"timmar spåras och registreras. Vid denna tidpunkt anses tjänsten vara " +"*levererad*. För att registrera timmar för denna supporttjänst, klicka på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Timesheets` i ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -1228,20 +1630,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " "the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` för att registrera en ny post. Välj " +"en :guilabel:`Medarbetare` från rullgardinsmenyn och registrera den tid som " +"spenderats i kolumnen :guilabel:`Timmar spenderade`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " "recorded." msgstr "" +"Upprepa dessa steg vid behov tills all tid som lagts på frågorna har " +"registrerats." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över fliken tidrapporter i ett helpdeskärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en faktura för timmar som registrerats i ett ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -1249,12 +1656,17 @@ msgid "" "timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " "can be billed." msgstr "" +"När kundens problem har lösts och det har fastställts att inga nya " +"tidrapporteringar kommer att göras, kan en faktura skapas och kunden kan " +"faktureras." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 msgid "" "To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." msgstr "" +"För att göra detta, gå tillbaka till :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)` genom " +"att klicka på :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart-knappen längst upp i biljetten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -1262,10 +1674,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " "Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar fakturan, kontrollera att antalet i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Delivered` stämmer överens med det totala antalet " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent` som anges i fliken :guilabel:`Timesheets` på " +"biljetten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en försäljningsorder med betoning på den levererade kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -1275,6 +1691,11 @@ msgid "" "If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " "payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Då öppnas popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Create Invoices`. Om ingen handpenning kommer att tas ut kan " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`-typen förbli :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. Om en " +"handpenning kommer att tas ut, välj mellan antingen :guilabel:`Handpenning " +"(procent)` eller :guilabel:`Handpenning (fast belopp)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -1283,16 +1704,24 @@ msgid "" "*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " "included." msgstr "" +"Använd fältet :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` om denna faktura endast ska " +"innehålla tidrapporter från en viss tidsperiod. Om detta fält lämnas tomt " +"kommer *alla* tillämpliga tidrapporter som ännu inte har fakturerats att " +"inkluderas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." msgstr "" +"Visa popup-fönstret för att skapa fakturor med fält för tidrapporternas " +"perioder." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 msgid "" "When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " "Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." msgstr "" +"När alla nödvändiga uppgifter har angetts klickar du på :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. Fakturan kan sedan skickas till kunden för betalning." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -1307,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "Översikt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kom igång med Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1316,16 +1745,22 @@ msgid "" "which is organized in customizable stages. Multiple teams can be configured " "and managed in one dashboard." msgstr "" +"Odoo :guilabel:`Helpdesk` är en biljettbaserad applikation för kundsupport. " +"Teamen kan spåra, prioritera och lösa kundproblem från sin pipeline, som är " +"organiserad i anpassningsbara steg. Flera team kan konfigureras och hanteras" +" i en instrumentpanel." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 msgid "Create Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" "Setting up multiple teams allows for tickets to be grouped by location or by" " support type." msgstr "" +"Genom att skapa flera team kan ärenden grupperas efter plats eller " +"supporttyp." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1335,36 +1770,47 @@ msgid "" " fill out the remaining fields as defined in the following sections on the " "form." msgstr "" +"För att se eller ändra *Helpdesk*-team, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk -->" +" Konfiguration --> Team`. För att skapa ett nytt team klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`New` längst upp till vänster på instrumentpanelen. Namnge sedan " +"det nya teamet och fyll i de återstående fälten i formuläret enligt " +"definitionerna i följande avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över sidan för Helpdesk-team i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:24 msgid "Assignment & Visibility" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldelning och synlighet" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:27 msgid "Determine to whom the team will be visible" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bestäm för vem teamet ska vara synligt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:29 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, determine who can view this team " "and its tickets." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet :guilabel:`Synlighet` anger du vem som kan se teamet och dess " +"biljetter." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invited internal users` have access to the team and tickets they " "are following. This can be modified on each individual ticket." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inbjudna interna användare` har tillgång till det team och de " +"ärenden som de följer. Detta kan ändras för varje enskilt ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All internal users` have access to the team and all of its " "tickets without being a follower." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alla interna användare` har tillgång till teamet och alla dess " +"biljetter utan att vara en följare." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1372,6 +1818,9 @@ msgid "" "team without being a follower. Portal users will only be able to access " "tickets that they are following." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inbjudna portalanvändare och alla interna användare` har tillgång" +" till teamet utan att vara en följare. Portalanvändare kommer endast att " +"kunna komma åt ärenden som de följer." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1381,10 +1830,15 @@ msgid "" "handling tickets related to accounting or tax information would only need to" " be visible to :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." msgstr "" +"Ett `Customer Support`-team som ska hantera allmänna frågor om frakt och " +"produktfrågor ska ha synlighetsinställningen :guilabel:`Invited portal users" +" and all internal users`. Ett team inom `Financial Services` som hanterar " +"ärenden som rör redovisning eller skatteinformation behöver däremot bara " +"vara synligt för :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:45 msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela nya ärenden automatiskt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1393,36 +1847,50 @@ msgid "" "through :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the box next to " ":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` to enable the feature for this team." msgstr "" +"När ärenden tas emot måste de tilldelas en medlem i supportteamet. Detta kan" +" göras manuellt på varje enskilt ärende, eller genom :guilabel:`Automatisk " +"tilldelning`. Markera rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Automatisk tilldelning` för " +"att aktivera funktionen för detta team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the assignment and visibility features\n" "in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" +"Vy över en sida med inställningar för Helpdesk-team med betoning på funktionerna för tilldelning och synlighet\n" +"i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 msgid "" "Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how workload should" " be allocated across the team:" msgstr "" +"Välj en av följande tilldelningsmetoder, baserat på hur arbetsbelastningen " +"ska fördelas i teamet:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` assigns tickets" " to team members" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Varje användare tilldelas lika många biljetter` tilldelar " +"biljetter till teammedlemmar" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 msgid "" "based on total ticket count, regardless of the number of open or closed " "tickets they are currently assigned." msgstr "" +"baserat på det totala antalet ärenden, oavsett hur många öppna eller stängda" +" ärenden de för närvarande är tilldelade." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` assigned tickets " "to team members based" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Varje användare har lika många öppna ärenden` tilldelade ärenden " +"till teammedlemmar baserat på" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1430,6 +1898,9 @@ msgid "" "for automatically delegating a heavier workload to high-performers who tend " "to close tickets quickly." msgstr "" +"på hur många öppna ärenden de för närvarande är tilldelade. Detta alternativ" +" är användbart för att automatiskt delegera en tyngre arbetsbörda till " +"högpresterande medarbetare som tenderar att avsluta ärenden snabbt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1438,6 +1909,10 @@ msgid "" "proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " "settings." msgstr "" +"Slutligen lägger du till :guilabel:`Team Members` som kommer att tilldelas " +"ärenden för detta team. Lämna fältet tomt för att inkludera alla anställda " +"som har rätt tilldelningar och åtkomsträttigheter konfigurerade i sina " +"användarkontoinställningar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1445,18 +1920,23 @@ msgid "" "application, they will not be assigned tickets during that time. If no " "employees are available, the system will look ahead until there is a match." msgstr "" +"Om en anställd har schemalagd ledighet i applikationen :guilabel:`Time Off`," +" kommer de inte att tilldelas biljetter under den tiden. Om inga anställda " +"är tillgängliga kommer systemet att leta vidare tills det finns en " +"matchning." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:76 msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Hantera användare `" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Access rights `" msgstr "" +":doc:`Anslutningsrättigheter `" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:80 msgid "Create or modify kanban stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa eller modifiera Kanban-steg" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1464,12 +1944,17 @@ msgid "" "the progress of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit " "the needs of each team." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stages` används för att organisera *Helpdesk* pipeline och spåra " +"utvecklingen av ärenden. Stages är anpassningsbara och kan döpas om för att " +"passa behoven hos varje team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "" "To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " "Configuration --> Stages`." msgstr "" +"För att se eller ändra *Helpdesk*-steg, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk -->" +" Configuration --> Stages`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1478,6 +1963,10 @@ msgid "" "--> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click on :guilabel:`Activate " "the developer mode`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Entwickler mode ` måste vara aktiverat för att du ska " +"få tillgång till stegmenyn. För att aktivera utvecklarläget går du till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Allmänna inställningar --> " +"Utvecklarverktyg` och klickar på :guilabel:`Aktivera utvecklarläget`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1486,17 +1975,22 @@ msgid "" "change the order of the stages, use the arrow buttons on the left side of " "the list." msgstr "" +"Listvyn visar en översikt över alla steg som för närvarande är tillgängliga " +"i Helpdesk. De listas i den ordning de visas i pipelinen. Använd " +"pilknapparna till vänster i listan för att ändra ordningen på stegen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:97 msgid "" "Change the stage order on the kanban view by dragging and dropping " "individual columns." msgstr "" +"Ändra stegordningen i Kanban-vyn genom att dra och släppa enskilda kolumner." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the stage list page emphasizing the option to create a new stage" msgstr "" +"Vy över scenlistans sida med betoning på möjligheten att skapa en ny scen" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1505,14 +1999,18 @@ msgid "" "description (though it is not required). Fill out the remaining fields " "following the steps below." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett nytt steg klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` längst upp" +" till vänster i instrumentpanelen. Välj sedan ett namn för det nya steget " +"och lägg till en beskrivning (även om det inte är obligatoriskt). Fyll i de " +"återstående fälten enligt stegen nedan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett stadiums inställningssida i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:113 msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till e-post- och SMS-mallar i steg" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1521,6 +2019,10 @@ msgid "" "stage in the helpdesk pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template`" " will result in an SMS text message being sent to the customer." msgstr "" +"När en :guilabel:`Email Template` läggs till i ett steg, skickas ett " +"e-postmeddelande automatiskt till kunden när ett ärende når det specifika " +"steget i helpdesk-pipelinen. På samma sätt kommer en :guilabel:`SMS-mall` " +"att resultera i att ett SMS skickas till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1528,6 +2030,9 @@ msgid "" " credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." msgstr "" +"SMS textmeddelanden är en IAP-tjänst (In-App Purchase) som kräver förbetalda" +" krediter för att fungera. Mer information finns i FAQ om prissättning för " +"SMS `_." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -1535,6 +2040,9 @@ msgid "" "Template` field. Click on the arrow key to the right of the field to edit " "the template." msgstr "" +"Om du vill välja en befintlig e-postmall väljer du den i fältet " +":guilabel:`E-postmall`. Klicka på piltangenten till höger om fältet för att " +"redigera mallen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1542,25 +2050,29 @@ msgid "" "title. Then select :guilabel:`Create and edit`, and complete the form " "details." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny mall klickar du på fältet och börjar skriva in en ny " +"malltitel. Välj sedan :guilabel:`Create and edit`, och fyll i " +"formuläruppgifterna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:130 msgid "" "Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " "Template`." msgstr "" +"Följ samma steg för att välja, redigera eller skapa en :guilabel:`SMS-mall`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en inställningssida för SMS-mall i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:140 msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela steg till ett team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -1568,20 +2080,24 @@ msgid "" "form. More than one team may be selected, since the same stage(s) can be " "assigned to multiple teams." msgstr "" +"Gör ett val i fältet :guilabel:`Teams` i formuläret :guilabel:`Stages`. Fler" +" än ett lag kan väljas, eftersom samma etapp(er) kan tilldelas flera lag." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 msgid "View of stage setup emphasizing teams field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över scenuppbyggnad med betoning på lagfält" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:150 msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fäll en scen" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:152 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the :guilabel:`Stages` form to" " display this stage as *folded* by default in the kanban view for this team." msgstr "" +"Markera rutan :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` i formuläret :guilabel:`Stages` " +"för att visa detta steg som *vikt* som standard i kanban-vyn för detta team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -1590,40 +2106,54 @@ msgid "" "issues. This setting should only be enabled for stages that are considered " "*closing* stages." msgstr "" +"Ärenden som nått ett *folded*-stadium betraktas som stängda. Att stänga ett " +"ärende innan arbetet är slutfört kan leda till rapporterings- och " +"kommunikationsproblem. Den här inställningen bör endast aktiveras för skeden" +" som anses vara *stängda* skeden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:160 msgid "" "Alternatively, stages can be temporarily folded in the kanban view, by " "clicking on the settings icon and selecting :guilabel:`Fold`." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan steg vikas tillfälligt i kanban-vyn genom att klicka på " +"inställningsikonen och välja :guilabel:`Fold`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:164 msgid "" "Manually folding a stage from the kanban view will not close the tickets in " "the stage." msgstr "" +"Att manuellt stänga ett steg från kanban-vyn stänger inte biljetterna i " +"steget." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hjälpcenter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forum*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " "apps to create the *help center*." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integreras med apparna *Forum*, *eLearning* och *Knowledge* " +"för att skapa ett *hjälpecenter*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " "features." msgstr "" +"Översikt över inställningssidan för ett team med betoning på " +"hjälpcenterfunktionerna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 msgid "" "The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " "search for and share detailed information about products and services." msgstr "" +"*Hjälpcentret* är en central plats där team och kunder kan söka efter och " +"dela detaljerad information om produkter och tjänster." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1634,6 +2164,12 @@ msgid "" "` for more " "information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera någon av dessa funktioner i ett *Helpdesk*-team (*Forum*, " +"*eLearning* eller *Knowledge*) måste :guilabel:`Visibility` för teamet vara " +"inställt på :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. Se " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` för mer " +"information om inställningar och konfiguration av *Helpdesk*-team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1641,6 +2177,9 @@ msgid "" "applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " "additional modules or applications." msgstr "" +"Eftersom alla *hjälpecenter*-funktioner kräver integration med andra " +"applikationer, kan aktivering av någon av dem leda till installation av " +"ytterligare moduler eller applikationer." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1648,6 +2187,10 @@ msgid "" "15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " "added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en ny applikation på en *One-App-Free*-databas startar en " +"15-dagars testperiod. Om en betald prenumeration inte har lagts till i " +"databasen efter testperioden kommer den inte längre att vara aktiv eller " +"tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 msgid "Knowledge" @@ -1659,14 +2202,18 @@ msgid "" "store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " "throughout the database by a *book* icon." msgstr "" +"Odoo-applikationen *Knowledge* är ett samarbetsbibliotek där användare kan " +"lagra, redigera och dela information. Appen *Knowledge* representeras i hela" +" databasen av en *bok*-ikon." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." msgstr "" +"Vy över ett meddelande i Helpdesk med fokus på ikonen för kunskapsboken." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Möjliggöra kunskap i ett Helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1675,12 +2222,17 @@ msgid "" "create a :doc:`new one " "`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera funktionen *Knowledge* i ett *Helpdesk*-team, gå till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Team` och välj ett team, " +"eller skapa ett :doc:`nytt team " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 msgid "" "When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " "form." msgstr "" +"När ett team har valts eller skapats visar Odoo teamets detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1689,6 +2241,10 @@ msgid "" "*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " "appears." msgstr "" +"På teamets detaljformulär, scrolla ner till :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"sektionen. Klicka i rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Knowledge` för att aktivera " +"*Knowledge*-funktionen. När du klickar visas ett nytt fält med namnet " +":guilabel:`Article`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1697,6 +2253,10 @@ msgid "" "which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " "menu to choose this article." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Article` visas en rullgardinsmeny. Först finns " +"det bara ett alternativ i rullgardinsmenyn med titeln :guilabel:`Hjälp`, som" +" Odoo tillhandahåller som standard. Välj :guilabel:`Help` från " +"rullgardinsmenyn för att välja den här artikeln." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1705,6 +2265,10 @@ msgid "" "in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny artikel, gå till :menuselection:`Knowledge app` och håll" +" sedan markören bredvid :guilabel:`Workspace` sektionsrubriken, som finns i " +"det vänstra sidofältet. Om du flyttar markören dit visas en dold " +":guilabel:`➕ (plustecken)`-ikon." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1714,22 +2278,31 @@ msgid "" "switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" " a *Helpdesk* team." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`➕ (plustecknet)` för att skapa en ny artikel i " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. I det övre högra hörnet på sidan klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Share` och drar i vippknappen :guilabel:`Share to Web` " +"tills det står :guilabel:`Article Published`. Den kan sedan läggas till i " +"ett *Helpdesk*-team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 msgid "" "Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " "can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." msgstr "" +"När en artikel har skapats och tilldelats ett *Helpdesk*-team kan innehåll " +"läggas till och organiseras via *Knowledge*-appen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Redigering av kunskapsartiklar " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sök artiklar från ett Helpdesk-ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1737,6 +2310,8 @@ msgid "" "search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " "the issue." msgstr "" +"När medlemmar i ett *Helpdesk*-team försöker lösa ett ärende kan de söka " +"igenom innehållet i *Knowledge*-appen för mer information om problemet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1744,22 +2319,29 @@ msgid "" "app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " "All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." msgstr "" +"För att söka i *Knowledge*-artiklar öppnar du ett ärende - antingen från " +"*Helpdesk*-appens instrumentpanel, eller genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> All Tickets`, och välja en " +":guilabel:`Ticket` från listan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 msgid "" "When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " "form." msgstr "" +"När en :guilabel:`Ticket` väljs, visar Odoo biljettens detaljformulär." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " "open a search window." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)`-ikonen ovanför chatten för att öppna " +"ett sökfönster." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över fönstret för kunskapssökning från ett helpdeskärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1767,6 +2349,9 @@ msgid "" " open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" " the desired article." msgstr "" +"*Knowledge*-artiklar kan också sökas genom att trycka på :command:`Ctrl + K`" +" för att öppna kommandopaletten, och sedan skriva :command:`?`, följt av " +"namnet på den önskade artikeln." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1774,26 +2359,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " "article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." msgstr "" +"När Odoo visar den önskade artikeln klickar du på den, eller markerar " +":guilabel:`Article`-titeln och trycker på :command:`Enter`. Detta öppnar " +"artikeln i applikationen :guilabel:`Knowledge`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." msgstr "" +"För att öppna artikeln i en ny flik, tryck på :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 msgid "" "If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " "reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." msgstr "" +"Om du vill göra en mer djupgående sökning, tryck på :command:`Alt + B`. Då " +"visas en separat sida, där en mer detaljerad sökning kan göras." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 msgid "Share articles to the help center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dela artiklar till hjälpcentret" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 msgid "" "In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " "visitors, it has to be published." msgstr "" +"För att en *Knowledge*-artikel ska vara tillgänglig för kunder och " +"webbplatsbesökare måste den publiceras." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1801,6 +2394,9 @@ msgid "" "share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " "customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." msgstr "" +"Även om artikeln *Hjälp* har aktiverats i ett team, kommer Odoo inte att " +"dela alla de kapslade artiklarna på webben. Enskilda artiklar som är avsedda" +" för kunder **måste** publiceras för att de ska kunna visas på webbplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1809,14 +2405,20 @@ msgid "" " This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " "to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." msgstr "" +"För att publicera en artikel, navigera till önskad artikel genom att följa " +"stegen ovan, och klicka på :guilabel:`Share` ikonen i det övre högra hörnet." +" Detta kommer att visa en meny. Skjut på knappen :guilabel:`Share to Web` " +"för att läsa :guilabel:`Article Published`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." msgstr "" +"Vy över en kunskapsartikel med fokus på alternativ för delning och " +"publicering." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 msgid "Solve tickets with templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lös ärenden med mallar" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -1825,10 +2427,15 @@ msgid "" "This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " "and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." msgstr "" +"*Template*-rutor kan läggas till i *Knowledge*-artiklar så att innehåll kan " +"återanvändas, kopieras, skickas som meddelanden eller läggas till i " +"beskrivningen i ett ärende. På så sätt kan teamen vara konsekventa när de " +"besvarar kundärenden och minimera den tid som läggs på att svara på " +"upprepade frågor." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 msgid "Add templates to articles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till mallar i artiklar" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -1836,6 +2443,9 @@ msgid "" " existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en mall, gå till :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Klicka " +"på en befintlig nästlad artikel eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`➕ (plustecknet)` bredvid *Hjälp*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -1844,10 +2454,15 @@ msgid "" "`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " "necessary content to this block." msgstr "" +"Skriv `/` för att öppna :guilabel:`Powerbox` och visa en lista över " +":doc:`kommandon `. " +"Välj eller skriv `mall`. Ett grått mallblock kommer att läggas till på " +"sidan. Lägg till allt nödvändigt innehåll i detta block." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." msgstr "" +"Vy över en mall i knowledge med fokus på alternativen skicka och kopiera." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -1855,16 +2470,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " "*Helpdesk*." msgstr "" +"Mallar kommer endast att visa alternativen :guilabel:`Use as description` " +"eller :guilabel:`Send as Message` om de nås direkt från *Helpdesk*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 msgid "Use templates in tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd mallar i ärenden" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 msgid "" "Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " "message, or to add information to the ticket's description." msgstr "" +"Mallar kan användas för att svara direkt på ett *Helpdesk*-ärende som ett " +"meddelande, eller för att lägga till information i ärendets beskrivning." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -1873,6 +2492,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " "list." msgstr "" +"För att använda mallar i ett *Helpdesk*-ärende, öppna först ett ärende, " +"antingen från :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard eller genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` och välja ett " +":guilabel:`Ticket` från listan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1881,6 +2504,10 @@ msgid "" " for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " "*Knowledge* application." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)`-ikonen ovanför chatten för biljetten." +" Detta öppnar ett sökfönster. I sökfönstret kan du välja eller söka efter " +"önskad artikel. När du gör detta visas artikelsidan i Odoo " +"*Knowledge*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -1888,6 +2515,9 @@ msgid "" "in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " "article." msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda en mall för att svara på ett ärende klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Sänd som meddelande` i det övre högra hörnet av mallrutan, som " +"finns i artikelns brödtext." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -1895,6 +2525,9 @@ msgid "" "select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " "template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Då öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Compose email`. I det här fönstret " +"väljer du mottagare, gör eventuella tillägg eller ändringar i mallen och " +"klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Sänd`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -1904,10 +2537,15 @@ msgid "" "existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " "additional text." msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda en mall för att lägga till information i ett ärendes " +"beskrivning klickar du på :guilabel:`Use as description` i det övre högra " +"hörnet av mallrutan, som finns i artikelns brödtext. Detta kommer inte att " +"ersätta den befintliga texten i ärendets beskrivning. Mallen kommer att " +"läggas till som ytterligare text." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 msgid "Community Forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forum för gemenskapen" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -1915,10 +2553,13 @@ msgid "" "questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " "team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." msgstr "" +"Ett *Community Forum* ger kunderna möjlighet att svara på varandras frågor " +"och dela information. Genom att integrera ett forum med ett *Helpdesk*-team " +"kan ärenden från kunder omvandlas till inlägg och delas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Möjliggöra forum i ett Helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -1927,6 +2568,10 @@ msgid "" "select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " "`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera :guilabel:`Community Forums` i ett *Helpdesk*-team, börja " +"med att navigera till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " +"Teams` och välj ett team, eller skapa ett :doc:`nytt team " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -1934,11 +2579,15 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " ":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer eller skapar ett team visas teamets detaljformulär. Scrolla ner" +" till :guilabel:`Self-Service` sektionen av funktioner, och aktivera " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, genom att markera rutan bredvid den." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 msgid "" "When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." msgstr "" +"När det aktiveras visas ett nytt fält märkt :guilabel:`Forums` nedanför." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -1948,6 +2597,11 @@ msgid "" "Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" " to enable that forum." msgstr "" +"Klicka på det tomma fältet :guilabel:`Forums` för att visa en " +"rullgardinsmeny. Som standard finns det bara ett alternativ till att börja " +"med, märkt :guilabel:`Hjälp`. Det är det alternativ som Odoo automatiskt " +"skapade när funktionen :guilabel:`Community Forums` aktiverades. Välj " +":guilabel:`Hjälp` från rullgardinsmenyn för att aktivera det forumet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1955,22 +2609,29 @@ msgid "" "then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " "selected in this field." msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett nytt forum, skriv ett namn i det tomma " +":guilabel:`Forums`-fältet och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`-alternativet. Flera forum kan väljas i det här fältet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 msgid "" "Check out the :doc:`Forum documentation <../../../websites/forum>` to learn " "how to configure, use, and moderate a forum." msgstr "" +"I :doc:`Forumdokumentation <../../../webbplatser/forum>` kan du läsa om hur " +"du konfigurerar, använder och modererar ett forum." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:209 msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett foruminlägg från ett Helpdesk-ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:211 msgid "" "When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" " can be converted to forum posts." msgstr "" +"När ett *Helpdesk*-team har ett *Forum* aktiverat kan ärenden som skickas " +"till det teamet konverteras till foruminlägg." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -1978,18 +2639,25 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " "application." msgstr "" +"Välj ett ärende, antingen från ett teams pipeline eller från " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` i applikationen " +":guilabel:`Helpdesk`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:217 msgid "" "At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " "button." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Share on Forum` högst upp i " +"biljettdetaljformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " "Helpdesk." msgstr "" +"Översikt över forumsidan på en webbplats för att visa de tillgängliga i Odoo" +" Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -1999,6 +2667,12 @@ msgid "" " the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " "adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på den visas en popup. Här kan inlägget och titeln redigeras " +"för att korrigera eventuella stavfel, eller ändras för att ta bort eventuell" +" proprietär eller kundinformation. :guilabel:`Tags` kan också läggas till " +"för att organisera inlägget i forumet, vilket gör det lättare för användare " +"att hitta under en sökning. När alla justeringar har gjorts klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Create and View Post`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:229 msgid "eLearning" @@ -2012,10 +2686,15 @@ msgid "" "solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " "services and products they are using." msgstr "" +"Odoo *eLearning*-kurser erbjuder kunderna ytterligare utbildning och " +"innehåll i form av videor, presentationer och certifieringar/quizzar. Genom " +"att tillhandahålla ytterligare utbildning kan kunderna arbeta igenom problem" +" och hitta lösningar på egen hand. De kan också utveckla en djupare " +"förståelse för de tjänster och produkter som de använder." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera eLearning-kurser i ett Helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -2024,6 +2703,10 @@ msgid "" "create a :doc:`new one " "`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera *eLearning*-kurser i ett *Helpdesk*-team, gå till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Team` och välj ett team, " +"eller skapa ett :doc:`nytt team " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -2031,6 +2714,9 @@ msgid "" " and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " "below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." msgstr "" +"På teamets inställningssida bläddrar du till avsnittet :guilabel:`Self-" +"Service` och markerar rutan bredvid :guilabel:`eLearning`. Ett nytt fält " +"kommer att visas nedan, märkt :guilabel:`Kurser`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -2040,16 +2726,23 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." " Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." msgstr "" +"Klicka på det tomma fältet bredvid :guilabel:`Kurser` under funktionen " +":guilabel:`eLearning` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. Välj en tillgänglig " +"kurs i rullgardinsmenyn eller skriv en titel i fältet och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create and edit` för att skapa en ny kurs från den här sidan. " +"Flera kurser kan tilldelas ett och samma team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 msgid "Create an eLearning course" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en eLearning-kurs" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 msgid "" "A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" " settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." msgstr "" +"En ny *eLearning*-kurs kan skapas från :guilabel:`Helpdesk`-teamets " +"inställningssida, som i steget ovan, eller från *eLearning*-appen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -2057,12 +2750,17 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " "that can be customized and modified as needed." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en kurs direkt via *eLearning*-programmet, gå till " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. Detta visar en tom kursmall som kan " +"anpassas och ändras efter behov." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:261 msgid "" "On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," " :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" +"På sidan för kursmallen lägger du till :guilabel:`Course Title`, och under " +"den :guilabel:`Tags`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -2073,10 +2771,15 @@ msgid "" "setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " "visitors or members." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Options`. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights` väljer" +" du :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. Detta avgör vilka användare som får gå " +"kursen. Under :guilabel:`Display` väljer du kursens :guilabel:`Type` och " +":guilabel:`Visibility`. Inställningen :guilabel:`Visibility` avgör om kursen" +" ska vara tillgänglig för offentliga besökare eller medlemmar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till innehåll i en eLearning-kurs" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -2086,10 +2789,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " "the course in sections." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till innehåll i en kurs klickar du på fliken " +":guilabel:`Innehåll` och väljer :guilabel:`Lägg till innehåll`. Välj " +":guilabel:`Innehållstyp` i rullgardinsmenyn och ladda upp filen, eller " +"klistra in länken, där instruktionerna finns. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"när du är klar. Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till avsnitt` för att organisera " +"kursen i avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en kurs som publiceras för Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -2097,6 +2806,10 @@ msgid "" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " ":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en certifiering i en kurs, gå till " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`, markera rutan " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, och :guilabel:`Save` för att aktivera " +"inställningen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -2106,13 +2819,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 msgid "Publish an eLearning course" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publicera en eLearning-kurs" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 msgid "" "To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " "need to be published." msgstr "" +"För att kunder ska kunna anmäla sig till en kurs måste både kursen och " +"innehållet publiceras." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -2122,18 +2837,27 @@ msgid "" "beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " "to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." msgstr "" +"Om kursen är publicerad, men innehållet i kursen inte är publicerat, kan " +"kunderna anmäla sig till kursen på webbplatsen, men de kommer inte att kunna" +" se något av kursinnehållet. Med tanke på detta kan det vara bra att " +"publicera kursen först om kursinnehållet är avsett att släppas över tid, " +"till exempel klasser med ett veckoschema." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:298 msgid "" "To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " "must be published first, then the course can be published." msgstr "" +"För att göra hela kursen tillgänglig på en gång måste varje del av " +"kursinnehållet publiceras först, sedan kan kursen publiceras." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:301 msgid "" "To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " "course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." msgstr "" +"För att publicera en kurs, välj en kurs från *eLearning* instrumentpanelen. " +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Gå till webbplatsen` på kursmallssidan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -2141,10 +2865,12 @@ msgid "" "course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " ":guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" +"Detta kommer att visa framsidan av kursens webbsida. Längst upp på kursens " +"webbsida flyttar du :guilabel:`Unpublished` till :guilabel:`Published`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:308 msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publicera innehåll i eLearning-kurser från back-end" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -2152,6 +2878,9 @@ msgid "" "from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " ":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." msgstr "" +"För att publicera *eLearning* kursinnehåll från back-end, välj en kurs från " +"*eLearning* instrumentpanelen. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Publicerat " +"innehåll` på kursmallssidan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -2160,12 +2889,18 @@ msgid "" " the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" " to the course - even the non-published content." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas en separat sida med allt publicerat innehåll som är " +"relaterat till den kursen. Ta bort standardfiltret :guilabel:`Published` " +"från sökfältet i det övre högra hörnet för att visa allt innehåll som är " +"relaterat till kursen - även det icke-publicerade innehållet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" " beneath the search bar to switch to list view." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`≣ (Listvy)` i det övre högra hörnet, direkt " +"under sökfältet för att växla till listvy." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -2174,6 +2909,9 @@ msgid "" "column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " "at once." msgstr "" +"I :guilabel:`List View` finns en kryssruta längst till vänster på skärmen, " +"ovanför de listade kurserna, till vänster om kolumnen :guilabel:`Title`. När" +" du klickar på den kryssrutan väljs allt kursinnehåll på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:324 msgid "" @@ -2182,14 +2920,18 @@ msgid "" "confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " ":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." msgstr "" +"Med allt kursinnehåll markerat, dubbelklicka på någon av rutorna i " +":guilabel:`Is Published` kolumnen. Ett popup-fönster öppnas där du ombeds " +"bekräfta att alla markerade poster är avsedda att publiceras. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`OK` för att automatiskt publicera allt kursinnehåll." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett kursinnehåll som publiceras i Odoo Helpdesk back-end." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundbetyg" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2198,10 +2940,14 @@ msgid "" "satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" +"Att be kunderna betygsätta den support de fått från ett *Helpdesk*-team ger " +"möjlighet att mäta teamets prestation och spåra kundnöjdheten. Betygen kan " +"publiceras i portalen och ge kunderna en allmän överblick över teamets " +"prestationer." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera kundbetyg för ett Helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2211,22 +2957,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " "Ratings`." msgstr "" +"Aktivera *kundbetyg* i ett helpdesk-team genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Team`. Välj ett team från " +"listan och navigera till inställningssidan. Bläddra till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Prestanda` och markera kryssrutan för :guilabel:`Kundbetyg`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" +"Översikt över inställningssidan för ett helpdesk-team med betoning på funktionen för betygsättning av ärenden\n" +"i Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange en e-postmall för begäran om betyg på en scen" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" +"För att automatiskt begära betyg från kunder när deras ärenden har stängts, " +"bör en e-postmall läggas till i lämpligt skede." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2235,6 +2989,10 @@ msgid "" "Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " "create a new stage." msgstr "" +"När inställningen :guilabel:`Kundbetyg` har aktiverats på teamets " +"inställningssida (se ovan) klickar du på länken :guilabel:`Ställ in en " +"e-postmall för stadier`. Välj ett stadium från listan, eller klicka på " +":guilabel:`New` för att skapa ett nytt stadium." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2243,6 +3001,10 @@ msgid "" "should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" +"Kunder bör endast ombes att betygsätta ärenden när ett problem har lösts och" +" deras ärende har stängts. Därför bör ett e-postmeddelande med en *förfrågan" +" om betygsättning* endast läggas till i ett skede som är **vikt** i kanban, " +"eftersom ärenden i ett *vikt skede* anses vara stängda." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2251,6 +3013,10 @@ msgid "" "with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " "click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" +"På scenens inställningssida väljer du `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Email Template`. Den här mallen har förkonfigurerats med " +"betyg som kunderna kan använda för att ge feedback. Om du vill visa mallen " +"klickar du på pilknappen till höger om fältet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2258,24 +3024,27 @@ msgid "" "message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " "rate the support they received with colored icons." msgstr "" +"När mallen har lagts till i steget kommer den automatiskt att skicka ett " +"meddelande när ett ärende flyttas till det steget. Kunderna ombeds att " +"betygsätta den support de fått med hjälp av färgade ikoner." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Grönt leende ansikte* - Nöjd" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Gult neutralt ansikte* - Okej" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Röd rynka pannan* - Missnöjd" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " "Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över en standard e-postmall för kundrecensioner för Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2283,6 +3052,9 @@ msgid "" "provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " "submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" +"När kunderna har valt ett betyg kommer de till en webbsida där de kan ge " +"specifik skriftlig feedback som stöd för sitt betyg. När ett betyg har " +"skickats in läggs det till i chatten om ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -2290,10 +3062,13 @@ msgid "" " report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " "--> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" +"Kundbetyg kan också visas via rapporten :guilabel:`Kundbetyg`. För att se " +"denna rapport, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering --> " +"Kundbetyg`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publicera betyg på kundportalen" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2303,6 +3078,12 @@ msgid "" "over the last thirty days. Specific written feedback will not be included; " "only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat inställningen :guilabel:`Kundbetyg` visas ett " +"alternativ för att publicera betyg på teamets webbplats. Om du aktiverar den" +" här inställningen får portalanvändare en översikt över de betyg som teamet " +"har fått under de senaste trettio dagarna. Specifik skriftlig feedback " +"kommer inte att inkluderas; endast statistik över teamets prestationer " +"kommer att synas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -2311,6 +3092,10 @@ msgid "" "users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " ":guilabel:`Visibility`." msgstr "" +"För att kunna visa betyg på kundportalen måste ett team ha sin " +"synlighetsinställning inställd på :guilabel:`Inbjudna portalanvändare och " +"alla interna användare`. Denna inställning finns på teamets inställningssida" +" under :guilabel:`Visibility`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2319,6 +3104,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" " your website`." msgstr "" +"För att publicera betygen går du till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams` och väljer ett team. Bläddra till " +":guilabel:`Performance` och aktivera :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings " +"on your website`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2327,14 +3116,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Managed By` field, they will be directed to a page with the " "team's ratings over the past thirty days." msgstr "" +"För att se betygen för ett lag loggar en kund in på portalen och navigerar " +"till en av sina biljetter. Efter att ha klickat på teamets namn i " +":guilabel:`Managed By` fältet, kommer de att dirigeras till en sida med " +"teamets betyg under de senaste trettio dagarna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över översikten över ratingprestanda från kundportalen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuellt dölja enskilda betyg" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2342,18 +3135,24 @@ msgid "" "specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" " customers." msgstr "" +"Enskilda betyg kan manuellt döljas från portalen. Detta gör det möjligt att " +"hålla specifika betyg utanför de resultatmått som visas för kunderna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" msgstr "" +"För att göra ett betyg synligt endast för interna användare, navigera till " +"sidan för ett betyg. Detta kan göras på något av följande sätt:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" " on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering --> Kundbetyg` och klicka " +"på ett av kanban-korten för ett enskilt betyg." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2362,25 +3161,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" +"Navigera till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` och ta " +"bort :guilabel:`Open` filtret från sökfältet. Filtrera sedan efter " +":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` och/eller :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " +"Välj ett ärende från resultaten. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Rating`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." msgstr "" +"På sidan med detaljer om betyget markerar du rutan :guilabel:`Visible " +"Internally Only`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Börja ta emot biljetter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2391,10 +3196,15 @@ msgid "" " the ability to manage multi-channel support tickets from one central " "location." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* erbjuder flera kanaler där kunder kan få hjälp, till exempel" +" e-post, livechatt och via en webbplats inlämningsformulär. Dessa olika " +"kontaktalternativ ger kunderna flera möjligheter att snabbt få support, " +"samtidigt som supportteamet kan hantera supportärenden från flera kanaler " +"från en central plats." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 msgid "Enable channel options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera kanalalternativ för att skicka ärenden" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2402,34 +3212,41 @@ msgid "" "existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new team " "`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Team` och välj ett " +"befintligt team, eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att :doc:`skapa ett " +"nytt team `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 msgid "" "On the team's settings page, scroll down to :guilabel:`Channels`. Select one" " or more channel(s) to enable by checking the respective box(es)." msgstr "" +"På teamets inställningssida, skrolla ner till :guilabel:`Kanaler`. Välj en " +"eller flera kanaler som du vill aktivera genom att markera respektive ruta." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:19 msgid ":guilabel:`Email Alias`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`E-post Alias`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Website Form`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Webbplatsformulär`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Live Chatt`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alias för e-post" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Email Alias* setting automatically creates tickets from messages sent " "to that team's specified email alias." msgstr "" +"Inställningen *E-postalias* skapar automatiskt ärenden från meddelanden som " +"skickas till teamets angivna e-postalias." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2437,12 +3254,17 @@ msgid "" "settings page. Find :guilabel:`Email Alias`, under the :guilabel:`Channels` " "heading, and then type in the desired team alias in the field." msgstr "" +"För att ändra ett *Helpdesk*-teams e-postalias, gå till inställningssidan " +":guilabel:`Teams`. Hitta :guilabel:`Email Alias`, under rubriken " +":guilabel:`Channels`, och skriv sedan in det önskade teamaliaset i fältet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:33 msgid "" "When a new *Helpdesk* team is created, an :guilabel:`Email Alias` is " "created, as well. This alias can be changed in the :guilabel:`Alias` field." msgstr "" +"När ett nytt *Helpdesk*-team skapas, skapas även ett :guilabel:`Email " +"Alias`. Detta alias kan ändras i fältet :guilabel:`Alias`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2451,12 +3273,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings` page. From there, enable :guilabel:`Custom Email " "Servers`." msgstr "" +"Om databasen inte redan har en anpassad domän konfigurerad klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Konfigurera en anpassad domän` för att omdirigeras till sidan " +":guilabel:`Inställningar`. Därifrån aktiverar du :guilabel:`Egendefinierade " +"e-postservrar`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature in Odoo\n" "Helpdesk." msgstr "" +"Vy över inställningssidan för ett helpdesk-team som betonar funktionen för e-postalias i Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2465,6 +3293,10 @@ msgid "" "ticket under the :guilabel:`Description` tab and in the ticket's " ":guilabel:`Chatter` section." msgstr "" +"När ett e-postmeddelande tas emot blir ämnesraden i e-postmeddelandet titeln" +" på ett nytt *Helpdesk*-ärende. Texten i e-postmeddelandet läggs också till " +"i ärendet under fliken :guilabel:`Description` och i avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Chatter` i ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2472,10 +3304,13 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo.sh** databases. For **On-premise** databases, additional " "configuration for custom email servers and email aliases may be required." msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsstegen som beskrivs ovan gäller för databaserna **Odoo " +"Online** och **Odoo.sh**. För **On-premise** databaser kan ytterligare " +"konfiguration för anpassade e-postservrar och e-postaliaser krävas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulär för webbplats" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2483,6 +3318,9 @@ msgid "" "customizable form. A new ticket is created once the required form fields are" " filled out and submitted." msgstr "" +"Om du aktiverar inställningen *Webbplatsformulär* läggs en ny sida till på " +"webbplatsen med ett anpassningsbart formulär. Ett nytt ärende skapas när de " +"obligatoriska fälten i formuläret har fyllts i och skickats in." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -2490,6 +3328,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Teams`. Find the :guilabel:`Website Form` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Channels` section, and check the box." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera webbplatsformuläret, navigera till ett teams " +"inställningssida under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Teams`. Hitta " +"funktionen :guilabel:`Webbplatsformulär` under avsnittet :guilabel:`Kanaler`" +" och markera rutan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2497,12 +3339,17 @@ msgid "" "button at the top of the that :guilabel:`Teams` settings page to view and " "edit the new website form, which is created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" +"När funktionen har aktiverats klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Go to " +"Website` högst upp på inställningssidan :guilabel:`Teams` för att visa och " +"redigera det nya webbplatsformuläret, som skapas automatiskt av Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:70 msgid "" "After enabling the website form, the *Teams* settings page may need to be " "refreshed before the *Go to Website* smart button appears." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat webbplatsformuläret kan inställningssidan *Teams* " +"behöva uppdateras innan smartknappen *Gå till webbplats* visas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2510,16 +3357,21 @@ msgid "" "there first. Simply click the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button at the bottom of" " the forum to navigate to the ticket submission form." msgstr "" +"Om ett *Hjälpcenter* har publicerats kommer smartknappen att navigera dit " +"först. Klicka bara på :guilabel:`Kontakta oss`-knappen längst ner i forumet " +"för att navigera till formuläret för att skicka in ärenden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" "Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" +"Vy över inställningssidan för ett helpdesk-team med betoning på knappen Gå till webbplats i\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:83 msgid "Customize the website ticket form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassa webbplatsens biljettformulär" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -2527,6 +3379,9 @@ msgid "" "button in the upper right corner of the page. Then click on one of the " "fields in the form." msgstr "" +"Om du vill anpassa standardformuläret för inlämning av biljetter klickar du " +"på knappen :guilabel:`Edit` i det övre högra hörnet på sidan. Klicka sedan " +"på ett av fälten i formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2536,18 +3391,28 @@ msgid "" "window, located under the :guilabel:`Field` section. As well, other " "pertinent field information can be edited here, such as:" msgstr "" +"Lägg till, ta bort eller uppdatera fält efter behov för att ändra den " +"information som kunderna skickar in. Fält kan markeras som " +":guilabel:`Required`, genom att växla från grått till blått i " +"webbplatsbyggarens redigeringsfönster, som finns under avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Field`. Även annan relevant fältinformation kan redigeras här, " +"t.ex:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: which matches an Odoo model value to the field (e.g. " "`Customer Name`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type`: som matchar ett Odoo-modellvärde till fältet (t.ex. " +"`Customer Name`)." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:94 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Input Type`: to determine what time of input the field should be," " like `Text`, `Email`, `Telephone` or `URL`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: för att bestämma vilken typ av inmatning fältet ska " +"vara, som `Text`, `Email`, `Telephone` eller `URL`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -2555,28 +3420,39 @@ msgid "" "Address`, etc.). Also control the label position on the form by using the " "nested :guilabel:`Position` options." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Label`: för att ge formulärfältet en etikett (t.ex. `Fullständigt" +" namn`, `E-postadress`, etc.). Styr även etikettens position på formuläret " +"med hjälp av de kapslade :guilabel:`Position`-alternativen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:98 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: which, optionally, adds an editable line under the " "input box to provide additional contextual information related to the field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description`: som, valfritt, lägger till en redigerbar rad under " +"inmatningsrutan för att ge ytterligare kontextuell information relaterad " +"till fältet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:100 msgid ":guilabel:`Placeholder`: to add a sample input value." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: för att lägga till ett exempel på ingångsvärde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default value`: to add common use case values that most customers" " would find valuable" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: för att lägga till värden för vanliga " +"användningsfall som de flesta kunder skulle tycka var värdefulla" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Required`: which sets the field as mandatory before the form can " "be submitted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Required`: anger att fältet är obligatoriskt innan formuläret kan" +" skickas in." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2584,6 +3460,9 @@ msgid "" "the field. Nested options, such as device visibility, appear when certain " "options are selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: för att tillåta absolut eller villkorlig synlighet " +"av fältet. Nästlade alternativ, t.ex. enhetssynlighet, visas när vissa " +"alternativ har valts." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -2592,11 +3471,18 @@ msgid "" " such as additional contact details, hours, or common helpful articles that " "link to the :guilabel:`Forum`." msgstr "" +"Textblock kan läggas till i den yttersta 1/3-kolumnen på " +"biljettformulärssidan, bredvid biljettformuläret. Detta är en idealisk plats" +" för att inkludera teaminformation såsom ytterligare kontaktuppgifter, " +"öppettider eller vanliga användbara artiklar som länkar till " +":guilabel:`Forum`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the unpublished website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" +"Vy över det opublicerade webbplatsformuläret för att skicka ett ärende till " +"Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2604,6 +3490,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` the changes, and then publish the form by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Unpublished` button." msgstr "" +"När formuläret har optimerats och är klart för offentlig användning, " +":guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna och publicera sedan formuläret genom att " +"klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Ompublicerad`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:119 msgid "Live Chat" @@ -2616,6 +3505,10 @@ msgid "" " be instantly created by using the :doc:`response command " "` `/helpdesk`." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen *Live Chat* kan besökare på webbplatsen få direktkontakt med " +"en supportagent eller chattbot. Under dessa konversationer kan " +"*Helpdesk*-ärenden skapas direkt med hjälp av :doc:`response-kommandot " +"` `/helpdesk`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -2624,6 +3517,10 @@ msgid "" " click the check box next to :guilabel:`Live Chat`, under the " ":guilabel:`Channels` heading." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera *Live Chat*, navigera till :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Teams` listvy, välj ett team, och på :guilabel:`Teams` inställningssida," +" klicka på kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Live Chat`, under " +":guilabel:`Channels` rubriken." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -2631,6 +3528,9 @@ msgid "" "page may need to be saved manually and refreshed before any further steps " "can be taken." msgstr "" +"Om detta är första gången *Live Chat* har aktiverats i databasen kan sidan " +"behöva sparas manuellt och uppdateras innan några ytterligare steg kan " +"vidtas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -2640,10 +3540,15 @@ msgid "" "team, or create a :guilabel:`New` one if necessary. When a kanban card is " "selected, additional options await on the channel's form." msgstr "" +"Med inställningen :guilabel:`Live Chat` aktiverad klickar du på " +":guilabel:`View Channels`. Sedan, på :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` " +"dashboard, välj kanban-kortet för kanalen som skapades för " +"*Helpdesk*-teamet, eller skapa en :guilabel:`New` en om det behövs. När ett " +"kanban-kort har valts visas ytterligare alternativ i kanalens formulär." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:139 msgid "Customize the live chat channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassa kanalen för livechatt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -2652,25 +3557,33 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Channel Name` can be edited, however Odoo names this to match" " the *Helpdesk* team's kanban pipeline, by default." msgstr "" +"När en enskild kanal klickas på :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` " +"instrumentpanelen, Odoo leder sidan till kanalformuläret. Därifrån kan " +":guilabel:`Channel Name` redigeras, men Odoo namnger detta för att matcha " +"*Helpdesk*-teamets kanban-pipeline, som standard." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 msgid "" "If a *Helpdesk* team is named `Customer Care`, a *Live Chat* channel will be" " created with the same name." msgstr "" +"Om ett *Helpdesk*-team heter `Kundvård`, kommer en *Live Chat*-kanal att " +"skapas med samma namn." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 msgid "View of the kanban cards for the available Live Chat channels." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över kanban-korten för de tillgängliga Live Chat-kanalerna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:153 msgid "On the channel form, navigate through the tabs to complete the setup." msgstr "" +"I kanalformuläret navigerar du genom flikarna för att slutföra " +"inställningen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:156 msgid "Add operators" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till operatörer" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -2678,6 +3591,9 @@ msgid "" "requests from customers. The user who originally created the live chat " "channel will be added by default." msgstr "" +"*Operatörer* är de användare som kommer att fungera som agenter och svara på" +" livechattförfrågningar från kunder. Den användare som ursprungligen skapade" +" livechattkanalen kommer att läggas till som standard." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2685,6 +3601,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, and on the " ":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD`." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ytterligare användare, navigera och klicka på live chat-" +"kanalen från :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` instrumentpanelen, och " +"på :guilabel:`Operators` fliken, klicka på :guilabel:`ADD`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -2694,6 +3613,11 @@ msgid "" "then clicking :guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for " "multiplerecord creations)." msgstr "" +"Markera sedan kryssrutan bredvid de användare som ska läggas till och klicka" +" på :guilabel:`SELECT`. :guilabel:`Nya` operatörer kan också skapas och " +"läggas till i listan genom att fylla i formuläret :guilabel:`Create " +"Operators` och sedan klicka på :guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (eller " +":guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` för skapande av flera poster)." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -2702,22 +3626,30 @@ msgid "" "form values, or by using one of the form buttons located at the bottom of " "the form, such as :guilabel:`REMOVE`." msgstr "" +"Aktuella operatorer kan också redigeras eller tas bort genom att klicka på " +"respektive ruta på fliken :guilabel:`Operators` och sedan justera deras " +"formulärvärden, eller genom att använda en av formulärknapparna längst ner i" +" formuläret, t.ex. :guilabel:`REMOVE`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:174 msgid "" "Users can add themselves as an operator by clicking the :guilabel:`Join` " "button on a *Live Chat* channel." msgstr "" +"Användare kan lägga till sig själva som operatör genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Join`-knappen på en *Live Chat*-kanal." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:178 msgid "Modify channel options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra kanalalternativ" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:180 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Options` tab contains the visual and text settings for the " "live chat window." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Options` innehåller visuella inställningar och " +"textinställningar för livechattfönstret." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -2736,12 +3668,18 @@ msgid "" "sent by a live chat operator, and should be an invitation to continue the " "conversation." msgstr "" +"Redigera :guilabel:`Welcome Message` för att ändra det meddelande som en " +"besökare ser när de öppnar chattfönstret. Detta meddelande kommer att se ut " +"som om det skickas av en livechattoperatör och bör vara en inbjudan att " +"fortsätta konversationen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:189 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to change the text that appears " "in the box where visitors will type their replies." msgstr "" +"Redigera :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` för att ändra den text som visas" +" i rutan där besökare skriver sina svar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -2750,6 +3688,10 @@ msgid "" " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." msgstr "" +"Ändra :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` och :guilabel:`Channel Header Color`" +" genom att klicka på en färgbubbla för att öppna fönstret för färgval. " +"Klicka på uppdateringsikonen till höger om färgbubblorna för att återställa " +"färgerna till standardvalet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2757,10 +3699,13 @@ msgid "" "RGB, HSL or HEX code selection. Different options will be available, " "depending on your operating system." msgstr "" +"Färgval för knapp eller rubrik kan göras manuellt eller genom val av RGB-, " +"HSL- eller HEX-kod. Olika alternativ är tillgängliga beroende på ditt " +"operativsystem." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:201 msgid "Create channel rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa regler för kanaler" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -2768,12 +3713,18 @@ msgid "" " on the website by logic of when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered" " (e.g., a page visit)." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Channel Rules` avgör när livechattfönstret öppnas på " +"webbplatsen genom logik för när en :guilabel:`URL Regex`-åtgärd utlöses " +"(t.ex. ett sidbesök)." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:206 msgid "" "Edit existing rules, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`," " and fill out the pop-up form details based on how the rule should apply." msgstr "" +"Redigera befintliga regler, eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, och fyll i detaljerna i popup-formuläret baserat på " +"hur regeln ska tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -2781,6 +3732,10 @@ msgid "" "the dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are " "available, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." msgstr "" +"Om en :guilabel:`Chatbot` kommer att inkluderas i denna kanal, välj den från" +" rullgardinsmenyn. Om chatboten bara kommer att vara aktiv när ingen " +"operatör är tillgänglig, markera rutan :guilabel:`Aktiverad endast om ingen " +"operatör`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -2788,6 +3743,9 @@ msgid "" "appear on the channel settings form: :guilabel:`Chatbots`, " ":guilabel:`Sessions`, and :guilabel:`% Happy`." msgstr "" +"Om en chattbot läggs till i en livechattkanal visas 3 nya smarta knappar i " +"formuläret för kanalinställningar: :guilabel:`Chatbots`, " +":guilabel:`Sessions` och :guilabel:`% Happy`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -2799,6 +3757,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` and fill out the script steps form according to the " "desired logic." msgstr "" +"Den smarta knappen :guilabel:`Chatbots` är där chatboten kan programmeras " +"med ett :guilabel:`Script`. Varje rad i :guilabel:`Script` innehåller " +":guilabel:`Message`, :guilabel:`Step Type`, :guilabel:`Answers` och " +"villkorlig :guilabel:`Only If`-logik som tillämpas när vissa förifyllda svar" +" väljs. Om du vill skapa fler steg i :guilabel:`Skript` klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` och fyller i formuläret för skriptsteg enligt " +"önskad logik." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -2808,6 +3773,11 @@ msgid "" "Messages`, as well as any :guilabel:`Rating` that was received when the " "session ended." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sessions` är där livechatt-sessioner registreras i fallande " +"ordning :guilabel:`Session Date`, som standard. Varje post innehåller de " +":guilabel:`Attendees` som var involverade i livechatsessionen, :guilabel:`# " +"Meddelanden`, samt alla :guilabel:`Rating` som mottogs när sessionen " +"avslutades." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -2815,6 +3785,9 @@ msgid "" "left by live chat attendees, and are labeled by date, time, and the support " "agent who was responsible for the live chat session." msgstr "" +"Smartknappen :guilabel:`% Happy` innehåller en logg över betyg som lämnats " +"av deltagare i livechatten, och är märkta med datum, tid och den " +"supportagent som var ansvarig för livechatsessionen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -2823,10 +3796,15 @@ msgid "" " in specific countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this " "field is left blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors." msgstr "" +"Lägg till URL:en för de sidor som denna kanal ska tillämpas på i fältet " +":guilabel:`URL Regex`. Om kanalen endast ska vara tillgänglig för användare " +"i vissa länder ska du lägga till dem i fältet :guilabel:`Country`. Om detta " +"fält lämnas tomt kommer kanalen att vara tillgänglig för alla besökare på " +"webbplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:241 msgid "Use the live chat widget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd widgeten för livechatt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -2834,6 +3812,9 @@ msgid "" "embeddable website widget, or a shortcode for instant customer/supplier " "access to a live chat window." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Widget` på formuläret för livechattkanalen erbjuder en " +"inbäddningsbar webbplatswidget eller en kortkod för omedelbar " +"kund-/leverantörsåtkomst till ett livechattfönster." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -2842,28 +3823,41 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Live Chat` section, and select the " "channel to add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" +"Livechatten :guilabel:`Widget` kan appliceras på webbplatser som skapats " +"genom Odoo genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`. Bläddra sedan till avsnittet :guilabel:`Live Chat` och välj " +"den kanal som ska läggas till på webbplatsen. Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"för att tillämpa." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:250 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click " ":guilabel:`COPY` and paste the code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till widgeten på en webbplats som skapats på en " +"tredjepartsplattform klickar du på :guilabel:`COPY` och klistrar in koden i " +"taggen `` på webbplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:253 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer or supplier, click the " "second :guilabel:`COPY` button which contains a link to join directly." msgstr "" +"På samma sätt kan du skicka en livechatt till en kund eller leverantör genom" +" att klicka på den andra :guilabel:`COPY`-knappen som innehåller en länk för" +" att ansluta direkt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:257 msgid "Create a support ticket from a live chat session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ett supportärende från en livechatt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:259 msgid "" "Once live chat is enabled, operators will be able to communicate with site " "visitors in real time." msgstr "" +"När livechatten är aktiverad kommer operatörerna att kunna kommunicera med " +"besökare i realtid." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -2872,41 +3866,48 @@ msgid "" "without leaving the chat window. The transcript from the conversation will " "be added to the new ticket, under the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "" +"Under konversationen kan en operatör använda genvägen :doc:`command " +"` `/helpdesk` för att skapa ett " +"ärende utan att lämna chattfönstret. Utskriften från konversationen kommer " +"att läggas till i det nya ärendet, under fliken :guilabel:`Description`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:267 msgid "Prioritizing tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prioritering av biljetter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:269 msgid "" "All tickets include a :guilabel:`Priority` field. The highest priority " "tickets will appear at the top of the kanban and list views." msgstr "" +"Alla ärenden innehåller ett :guilabel:`Priority`-fält. De ärenden som har " +"högst prioritet visas högst upp i kanban- och listvyerna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a team's kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" +"Vy över ett teams kanbanvy och de prioriterade uppgifterna i Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:276 msgid "The priority levels are represented by stars:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prioritetsnivåerna representeras av stjärnor:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:278 msgid "0 stars = *Low Priority*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0 stjärnor = *låg prioritet*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:279 msgid "1 star = *Medium Priority*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 stjärna = *Medelprioritet*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:280 msgid "2 stars = *High Priority*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2 stjärnor = *hög prioritet*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:281 msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 stars = *Urgent*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -2914,6 +3915,9 @@ msgid "" "priority level, select the appropriate number of stars on the kanban card, " "or on the ticket." msgstr "" +"Som standard har ärenden låg prioritet (0 stjärnor). Om du vill ändra " +"prioritetsnivån väljer du lämpligt antal stjärnor på kanban-kortet eller på " +"ärendet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -2921,6 +3925,9 @@ msgid "" "changing the priority level of a ticket can alter the :abbr:`SLA (Service " "Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" +"Eftersom prioritetsnivåer kan användas som kriterier för tilldelning av " +":doc:`SLAs `, kan en ändring av prioritetsnivån för ett ärende ändra " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-tidsfristen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:292 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -2940,10 +3947,14 @@ msgid "" "track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " "manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* innehåller flera rapporter som ger möjlighet att spåra " +"trender för kundsupportärenden, identifiera förbättringsområden, hantera " +"medarbetarnas arbetsbelastning och bekräfta när kundernas förväntningar " +"uppfylls." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 msgid "Available reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillgängliga rapporter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2951,10 +3962,13 @@ msgid "" "To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " "Reporting`." msgstr "" +"Detaljer om de rapporter som finns tillgängliga i Odoo *Helpdesk* hittar du " +"nedan. För att se de olika rapporterna, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk -->" +" Rapportering`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analys av biljetter" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2963,6 +3977,9 @@ msgid "" "the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " "individual users." msgstr "" +"Rapporten *Ticket Analysis* (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " +"Ticket Analysis`) ger en översikt över alla kundtjänstärenden i databasen. " +"Detta inkluderar antalet ärenden som tilldelats team och enskilda användare." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2971,10 +3988,14 @@ msgid "" "support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " "groups them by stage." msgstr "" +"Denna rapport är användbar för att identifiera var teamen spenderar mest tid" +" och hjälper till att avgöra om det finns en ojämn fördelning av " +"arbetsbelastningen bland supportpersonalen. Standardrapporten räknar antalet" +" ärenden per team och grupperar dem efter stadium." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardvy för rapporten Ticket Analysis." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2984,6 +4005,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more options from the drop-" "down menu:" msgstr "" +"Alternativa mått kan väljas för att spåra var den mesta tiden spenderas vid " +"olika tidpunkter i arbetsflödet. Om du vill ändra de mått som används för " +"den rapport som visas för närvarande, eller lägga till fler, klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Mått` och väljer ett eller flera alternativ i " +"rullgardinsmenyn:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2992,6 +4018,10 @@ msgid "" "team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " "folded stage*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Svarstid i medeltal`: genomsnittligt antal arbetstimmar mellan " +"ett meddelande som skickas från kunden och svaret från supportteamet. *Detta" +" inkluderar inte meddelanden som skickats när ärendet var i en nedvikt " +"etapp*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2999,6 +4029,10 @@ msgid "" "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " "current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Timmar öppet`: antal timmar mellan det datum då ärendet skapades " +"och stängningsdatumet. Om det inte finns något stängningsdatum på ärendet " +"används det aktuella datumet. **Detta mått är inte specifikt för " +"arbetstid**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -3006,18 +4040,25 @@ msgid "" "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" " current user has the access rights to view them*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Loggade timmar`: antal *Tidrapport*-timmar som loggats på ett " +"ärende. *Detta mått är endast tillgängligt om Tidrapport är aktiverat i ett " +"team och den aktuella användaren har åtkomsträttigheter för att visa dem*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " "which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då ärendet " +"skapades och det datum då det tilldelades en teammedlem" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " "which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då ärendet " +"skapades och det datum då det stängdes" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3026,23 +4067,31 @@ msgid "" "message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " "ticket reaches a stage*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Timmar till första svar`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då " +"ärendet mottogs och det datum då det första meddelandet skickades. *Detta " +"inkluderar inte e-post som skickas automatiskt när ett ärende når ett " +"stadium*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " "reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: antal arbetstimmar som återstår för att " +"nå den sista :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline på ett ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " "customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rating /5`: siffervärde som tilldelats betyget från en kund " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Count`: antal biljetter totalt" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -3050,10 +4099,13 @@ msgid "" "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " "application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." msgstr "" +"*Arbetstimmar* beräknas baserat på standardarbetskalendern. För att se eller" +" ändra arbetskalendern, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar` och välj " +":menuselection:`Medarbetare --> Företagets arbetstider`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analys av SLA-status" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3061,6 +4113,9 @@ msgid "" " SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " "is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." msgstr "" +"Rapporten *SLA Status Analysis* (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering " +"--> SLA Status Analysis`) visar hur snabbt ett SLA (Service Level Agreement)" +" uppfylls, samt hur väl enskilda policyer lyckas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3068,10 +4123,13 @@ msgid "" "(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " "last 30 days, grouped by team." msgstr "" +"Som standard filtreras denna rapport för att visa antalet :abbr:`SLAs " +"(Service Level Agreements)` som misslyckats, samt misslyckandefrekvensen " +"under de senaste 30 dagarna, grupperat efter team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa grupp efter alternativ i Ticket Analysis-rapporten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -3079,12 +4137,17 @@ msgid "" "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" +"Om du vill ändra de mått som används för den rapport som visas för " +"närvarande, eller lägga till fler, klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Mått` " +"och väljer ett eller flera alternativ i rullgardinsmenyn:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" " one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`% av misslyckade SLA`: procentandel av ärenden som har " +"misslyckats med minst ett :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3092,24 +4155,33 @@ msgid "" "one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " "failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: procent av ärenden som har minst ett " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` fortfarande pågående, och inte har " +"misslyckats med några :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" " (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: procentandel ärenden där alla :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreements)` har varit framgångsrika" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " "least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: antal ärenden som har misslyckats med " +"minst ett :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " ":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: antal ärenden där alla :abbr:`SLAs " +"(Service Level Agreements)` har varit framgångsrika" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3117,6 +4189,9 @@ msgid "" "one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " "failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: antal ärenden som har minst ett " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` fortfarande pågående, och inte har " +"misslyckats med några :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -3124,12 +4199,16 @@ msgid "" "date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " "member" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då " +"ärendet skapades och det datum då det tilldelades en teammedlem" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" " on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då " +"ärendet skapades och det datum då det stängdes" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -3137,6 +4216,9 @@ msgid "" "date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " "Level Agreement)` was satisfied" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum " +"då ärendet skapades och det datum då :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` " +"uppfylldes" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -3146,22 +4228,30 @@ msgid "" "SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " "SLA`." msgstr "" +"För att se antalet ärenden som lyckades uppnå de angivna :abbr:`SLA (Service" +" Level Agreement)`-målen, och spåra hur lång tid det tog att uppnå dessa " +"mål, klicka på :menuselection:`Mått --> Antal SLA som lyckades` och " +":menuselection:`Mått --> Arbetstid för att uppnå SLA`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 msgid "" "To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " ":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." msgstr "" +"För att sortera dessa resultat efter de teammedlemmar som tilldelats " +"ärendena, välj :menuselection:`Total --> Tilldelad till`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 msgid "" ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 msgid "Customer Ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundbetyg" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -3170,40 +4260,50 @@ msgid "" "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" +"Rapporten *Kundbetyg* (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering -- " +"Kundbetyg`) visar en översikt över de betyg som erhållits på enskilda " +"supportärenden, samt eventuella ytterligare kommentarer som lämnats " +"tillsammans med betyget." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över kanban-displayen i rapporten Kundbetyg." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." msgstr "" +"Klicka på ett enskilt betyg för att se ytterligare information om det betyg " +"som kunden har lämnat, inklusive en länk till den ursprungliga biljetten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa detaljerna för ett enskilt kundbetyg." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 msgid "" "On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" " option to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" +"På betygets informationssida väljer du alternativet :guilabel:`Visible " +"Internally Only` för att dölja betyget från kundportalen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 msgid "" "The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" +"Rapporten *Kundbetyg* visas som standard i en kanbanvy, men kan också visas " +"i graf-, list- eller pivotvy." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Ratings `" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "View and filter options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa och filtrera alternativ" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3211,12 +4311,17 @@ msgid "" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " "information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." msgstr "" +"I alla Odoo-rapporter varierar vy- och filteralternativen beroende på vilka " +"data som analyseras, mäts och grupperas. Se nedan för ytterligare " +"information om de tillgängliga vyerna för *Helpdesk*-rapporterna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." msgstr "" +"Endast ett mått kan väljas åt gången för grafer, men pivottabeller kan " +"innehålla flera mått." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 msgid "Pivot view" @@ -3227,16 +4332,20 @@ msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" +"I *pivotvyn* presenteras data på ett interaktivt sätt. Alla tre " +"*Helpdesk*-rapporterna är tillgängliga i pivotvyn." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" "The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " ":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." msgstr "" +"Pivotvyn kan nås i alla rapporter genom att välja :guilabel:`grid icon` " +"längst upp till höger på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -3245,6 +4354,10 @@ msgid "" "To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " "appropriate option." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till en grupp i en rad eller kolumn i pivotvyn klickar du " +"på :guilabel:`➕ (plustecken)` bredvid :guilabel:`Total` och väljer sedan en " +"av grupperna. Om du vill ta bort en grupp klickar du på :guilabel:`➖ " +"(minustecken)` och avmarkerar det aktuella alternativet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Graph view" @@ -3254,6 +4367,8 @@ msgstr "Grafvy" msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" +"I vyn *graf* presenteras data i antingen ett *stapel*-, *linje*- eller " +"*pie*-diagram." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3261,6 +4376,10 @@ msgid "" " top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" " *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" +"Växla till diagramvyn genom att välja :guilabel:`line chart icon` längst upp" +" till höger på skärmen. För att växla mellan de olika diagrammen, välj " +"*relaterad ikon* längst upp till vänster i diagrammet, medan du är i " +"grafvyn." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 msgid "Bar chart" @@ -3268,7 +4387,7 @@ msgstr "Stapeldiagram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i stapelvy." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 msgid "Line chart" @@ -3276,7 +4395,7 @@ msgstr "Linjediagram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över rapporten Kundbetyg i radvy." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 msgid "Pie chart" @@ -3284,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över biljettanalysrapporten i form av ett cirkeldiagram." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -3292,10 +4411,13 @@ msgid "" " This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" " next to each other, making it easier to compare data." msgstr "" +"Både *stapeldiagram* och *linjediagram* kan använda vyalternativet " +"*staplad*. Då visas två (eller flera) grupper av data ovanpå varandra, " +"istället för bredvid varandra, vilket gör det lättare att jämföra data." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spara och dela en favoritsökning" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -3303,25 +4425,31 @@ msgid "" "their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen *Favoriter* som finns i *Helpdesk*-rapporter kan användarna " +"spara sina mest använda filter utan att behöva rekonstruera dem varje gång " +"de behövs." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 msgid "" "To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" msgstr "" +"Följ stegen nedan för att skapa och spara nya *Favoriter* i en rapport:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." msgstr "" +"Ställ in nödvändiga parametrar med hjälp av alternativen :guilabel:`Filter`," +" :guilabel:`Gruppera efter` och :guilabel:`Mått`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :menuselection:`Favoriter --> Spara aktuell sökning`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Byt namn på sökningen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -3329,6 +4457,8 @@ msgid "" "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Use by default` om dessa filterinställningar ska visas " +"automatiskt när rapporten öppnas. Annars lämnar du den tom." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -3336,28 +4466,35 @@ msgid "" " other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" " to the user who creates it." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Dela med alla användare` för att göra detta filter " +"tillgängligt för alla andra databasanvändare. Om denna ruta inte är markerad" +" kommer filtret endast att vara tillgängligt för den användare som skapar " +"det." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara konfigurationen för framtida bruk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över alternativet spara favoriter i Odoo Helpdesk." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":doc:`Start receiving tickets " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Börja ta emot ärenden " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Odoo rapportering `" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avtal om servicenivå (SLA)" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3365,10 +4502,14 @@ msgid "" "expect from a supplier. SLAs provide a timeline that tells customers when " "they can expect results, and keeps the support team on target." msgstr "" +"Ett servicenivåavtal (SLA) definierar den servicenivå som en kund kan " +"förvänta sig av en leverantör. SLA ger en tidslinje som talar om för " +"kunderna när de kan förvänta sig resultat och håller supportteamet på rätt " +"spår." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 msgid "Create a new SLA policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en ny SLA-policy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -3378,10 +4519,16 @@ msgid "" "check the selection box next to :guilabel:`SLA Policies` to enable it for " "that specific team." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` Policy, navigera " +"till teamets sida under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Teams`. Välj ett team, bläddra till avsnittet :guilabel:`Prestanda` och " +"markera sedan kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`SLA-policyer` för att aktivera " +"den för det specifika teamet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of a team page in Helpdesk focusing on the SLA Policies setting" msgstr "" +"Vy över en teamsida i Helpdesk med fokus på inställningen SLA-policyer" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -3391,6 +4538,11 @@ msgid "" "Working Hours` field under :menuselection:`Settings app --> Employees --> " "Work Organization`." msgstr "" +"Det värde som anges bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Arbetstid` används för att " +"bestämma tidsfristen för :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-policyer. Som" +" standard bestäms detta av det värde som anges i fältet " +":guilabel:`Företagets arbetstid` under :menuselection:`Inställningar app -->" +" Anställda --> Arbetsorganisation`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3400,10 +4552,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` for the new policy, and proceed to fill out the form" " using the steps below." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny policy, klicka på smart-knappen på teamets " +"inställningssida eller gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> SLA Policies`, och klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Börja med att ange en " +":guilabel:`Title` och en :guilabel:`Description` för den nya policyn och " +"fortsätt sedan med att fylla i formuläret med hjälp av stegen nedan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:33 msgid "Define the criteria for an SLA policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiera kriterierna för en SLA-policy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3411,12 +4568,17 @@ msgid "" "policy will be applied to. Fill out the following fields to adjust the " "selection criteria:" msgstr "" +"Avsnittet :guilabel:`Kriterier` används för att identifiera vilka biljetter " +"denna policy ska tillämpas på. Fyll i följande fält för att justera " +"urvalskriterierna:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: a policy can only be applied to one team. *This field is " "required.*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Team`: en policy kan endast tillämpas på ett team. *Detta fält är" +" obligatoriskt.*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3428,6 +4590,13 @@ msgid "" " made in this field, this policy will only apply to tickets marked as `Low " "Priority` (zero stars)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: prioritetsnivån för ett ärende identifieras genom att " +"välja det antal stjärnor som representerar prioritetsnivån på kanban-kortet " +"eller på själva ärendet. :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` kommer endast" +" att tillämpas när prioritetsnivån har uppdaterats på ärendet för att matcha" +" :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-kriterierna. Om inget val görs i " +"detta fält, kommer denna policy endast att gälla för ärenden som är " +"markerade som `Låg prioritet` (noll stjärnor)." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -3437,18 +4606,27 @@ msgid "" "be selected for this field. If no selection is made, this policy will apply " "to all ticket types." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Types`: Ärendetyper kan vara användbara för att ange om ett " +"ärende är en kundfråga, som kan lösas med ett snabbt svar, eller ett " +"problem, som kan kräva ytterligare utredning. Flera ärendetyper kan väljas " +"för detta fält. Om inget val görs kommer denna policy att gälla för alla " +"ärendetyper." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: tags are applied to briefly indicate what the ticket is " "about. Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: taggar används för att kortfattat ange vad ärendet handlar" +" om. Flera taggar kan användas för ett och samma ärende." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customers`: individual contacts or companies may be selected in " "this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kunder`: enskilda kontakter eller företag kan väljas i detta " +"fält." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3457,6 +4635,10 @@ msgid "" "specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the" " :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sales Order Items`: detta fält är endast tillgängligt om ett team" +" har aktiverat appen *Timesheets*. Detta gör att biljetten kan kopplas " +"direkt till en specifik rad på en försäljningsorder, som måste anges på " +"biljetten i fältet :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -3464,14 +4646,17 @@ msgid "" "(i.e. multiple :guilabel:`Tags` can be included in a policy, but only one " ":guilabel:`Priority` level)" msgstr "" +"Om inget annat anges kan flera val göras för varje fält. (dvs. flera " +":guilabel:`Tags` kan inkluderas i en policy, men endast en " +":guilabel:`Priority`-nivå)" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of a blank SLA policy record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över ett tomt SLA-policyregister" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:64 msgid "Establish a target for an SLA policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fastställa ett mål för en SLA-policy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -3482,6 +4667,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Excluding Stages` will not be included in the calculation of the " ":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Target` är det stadium som ett ärende måste nå, och den tid som " +"tilldelats för att nå detta stadium, för att uppfylla :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` policyn. Alla steg som tilldelats ett team kan väljas för " +":guilabel:`Reach Stage`-fältet. Tid som spenderas i etapper som valts i " +":guilabel:`Excluding Stages` kommer inte att inkluderas i beräkningen av " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3492,10 +4683,16 @@ msgid "" "work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the " ":guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" +"En :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` med titeln `8 Hours to Close` " +"spårar arbetstiden innan ett ärende är slutfört, och skulle ha `Solved` som " +":guilabel:`Reach Stage`. Men om :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` hade " +"titeln `2 Days to Start`, spårar det arbetstiden innan arbetet med ett " +"ärende har påbörjats, och skulle ha `In Progress` som :guilabel:`Reach " +"Stage`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:79 msgid "Meeting SLA deadlines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppfylla SLA-tidsfrister" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3505,12 +4702,20 @@ msgid "" "The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a white tag indicating " "the name of the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` applied." msgstr "" +"När det har fastställts att ett ärende uppfyller kriterierna för en " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-policy beräknas en tidsfrist. " +"Tidsfristen baseras på datumet då ärendet skapades och den aktuella " +"arbetstiden. Tidsfristen läggs sedan till i ärendet, tillsammans med en vit " +"tagg som anger namnet på det :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` som " +"tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a ticket's form emphasizing an open SLA deadline on a ticket in Odoo" " Helpdesk" msgstr "" +"Vy av ett ärendeformulär som betonar en öppen SLA-deadline på ett ärende i " +"Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -3518,6 +4723,9 @@ msgid "" "Agreement)`, the earliest occurring deadline will be displayed on the " "ticket. Once that deadline has passed, the next deadline will be displayed." msgstr "" +"Om ett ärende uppfyller kriterierna för mer än ett :abbr:`SLA (Service Level" +" Agreement)`, kommer den tidigaste tidsfristen att visas på ärendet. När den" +" tidsfristen har passerat visas nästa tidsfrist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -3525,10 +4733,14 @@ msgid "" " :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` tag turns green, and the " ":guilabel:`Deadline` field disappears from view on the." msgstr "" +"När ett ärende uppfyller en :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-policy " +"blir :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-taggen grön och " +":guilabel:`Deadline`-fältet försvinner från bilden på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" +"Vy över ett ärendeformulär som betonar ett uppfyllt SLA i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -3538,15 +4750,22 @@ msgid "" "Agreement)` has failed, the red tag will stay on the ticket, even after the " "ticket is moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" +"Om :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline passerar och ärendet inte " +"har flyttats till :guilabel:`Reach Stage`, kommer :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` taggen att bli röd. När :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` " +"har misslyckats kommer den röda taggen att finnas kvar på ärendet, även " +"efter att ärendet har flyttats till :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" +"Vy över ett ärendes formulär med en misslyckad och godkänd SLA i Odoo " +"Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:112 msgid "Analyzing SLA performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analys av SLA-prestanda" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -3555,10 +4774,14 @@ msgid "" "individual policies. Navigate to the report and corresponding pivot table by" " going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." msgstr "" +"Rapporten :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` spårar hur snabbt ett :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` uppfylls, såväl som framgångsgraden för enskilda " +"policyer. Navigera till rapporten och motsvarande pivottabell genom att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering --> SLA-statusanalys`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:120 msgid "Using the Pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda pivotvyn" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3566,10 +4789,13 @@ msgid "" "filtered to show the number of SLAs failed and the failure rate over the " "last 30 days, grouped by team." msgstr "" +"Som standard visas rapporten i en :guilabel:`Pivot`-vy, och filtreras för " +"att visa antalet SLA som misslyckats och misslyckandefrekvensen under de " +"senaste 30 dagarna, grupperat efter team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i Odoo Helpdesk" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -3581,6 +4807,12 @@ msgid "" "corresponding new column will emerge in the pivot table to show the relevant" " calculations." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till antalet SLA:er som klarats eller pågår, klicka på knappen" +" :guilabel:`Mått` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med " +"rapporteringskriterier, och välj bland de tillgängliga alternativen baserat " +"på de önskade mätningarna. När ett mått väljs visas en bock i " +"rullgardinsmenyn för att ange att måttet ingår, och en motsvarande ny kolumn" +" visas i pivottabellen för att visa de relevanta beräkningarna." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3588,10 +4820,14 @@ msgid "" "next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. To remove one," " click the minus :guilabel:` - ` button and deselect." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en grupp i en rad eller kolumn genom att klicka på plusknappen " +":guilabel:` + ` bredvid :guilabel:`Total` och välj sedan en av grupperna. Om" +" du vill ta bort en grupp klickar du på minusknappen :guilabel:` - ` och " +"avmarkerar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:140 msgid "Using the Graph view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda grafvyn" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -3599,30 +4835,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or :guilabel:`Pie` Chart. Toggle between " "these views by selecting the appropriate icon at the top of the chart." msgstr "" +"Rapporten :guilabel:`Statusanalys` kan också visas som ett :guilabel:`Bar`-," +" :guilabel:`Line`- eller :guilabel:`Pie`-diagram. Växla mellan dessa vyer " +"genom att välja lämplig ikon högst upp i diagrammet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:148 msgid "Bar Chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stapeldiagram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i stapelvy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 msgid "Line Chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linjediagram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i linjevy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:160 msgid "Pie Chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i cirkeldiagramvy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -3630,10 +4869,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stacked`. This presents two or more groups to appear on top of " "each other instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." msgstr "" +"Både :guilabel:`Bar Chart` och :guilabel:`Line Chart` kan visas " +":guilabel:`Stacked`. Detta innebär att två eller flera grupper visas ovanpå " +"varandra istället för bredvid varandra, vilket gör det lättare att jämföra " +"data." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 msgid "Using the Cohort view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda vyn Kohort" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3642,24 +4885,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cohort` view, click the icon in the top right corner above the " "chart." msgstr "" +"Vyn :guilabel:`Cohort` används för att spåra förändringar i data över en " +"tidsperiod. Om du vill visa rapporten :guilabel:`Status Analysis` i en " +":guilabel:`Cohort`-vy klickar du på ikonen i det övre högra hörnet ovanför " +"diagrammet." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy över SLA-statusanalysrapporten i kohortvy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Rapportering av vyer `" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:184 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Tillåt kunder att stänga sina ärenden " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projekt" #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3667,6 +4916,9 @@ msgid "" "assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's " "profitability." msgstr "" +"Odoo Project är ett verktyg för att hantera dina pågående projekt. " +"Schemalägg uppgifter, tilldela aktiviteter till medarbetare och håll koll på" +" varje projekts lönsamhet." #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 @@ -3674,10 +4926,12 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " "`_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Projekt och tidrapporter " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projektledning" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3685,22 +4939,29 @@ msgid "" "projects are broken down into tasks, which are categorized on a whiteboard " "according to what production phase they are in." msgstr "" +"Odoo Project använder projektledningssystemet **Kanban**. Det innebär att " +"alla projekt delas upp i uppgifter, som kategoriseras på en whiteboard " +"beroende på vilken produktionsfas de befinner sig i." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:8 msgid "Did you know?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visste du det?" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:10 msgid "" "The word **Kanban** comes from Japanese and refers to the \"visual board\" " "management method." msgstr "" +"Ordet **Kanban** kommer från japanskan och syftar på managementmetoden " +"\"visuell tavla\"." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Kanban Project Management " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo-handledning: Kanban Projektledning " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -3708,20 +4969,25 @@ msgid "" "project. Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for your project and click " ":guilabel:`Create Project`." msgstr "" +"Öppna appen **Projekt** och klicka på :guilabel:`Create` för att starta ett " +"nytt projekt. Ange ett :guilabel:`Namn` för ditt projekt och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Create Project`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:22 msgid "" "You can customize your existing **projects** from the dashboard by clicking " "the drop-down toggle button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your project's **card**." msgstr "" +"Du kan anpassa dina befintliga **projekt** från instrumentpanelen genom att " +"klicka på rullgardinsmenyn (:guilabel:`⋮`) på ditt projekts **kort**." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 msgid "Project card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projektkort" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:29 msgid "This enables a new menu divided into four parts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta möjliggör en ny meny som är uppdelad i fyra delar:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3731,80 +4997,96 @@ msgid "" "such as :guilabel:`Documents`. All uploaded files can be found under this " "menu, as well as in the **Documents** app, under :guilabel:`Projects`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`View`: se en översikt över ditt projekts komponenter, t.ex. dess " +":guilabel:`Tasks`, :guilabel:`Milestones` och :guilabel:`Project Updates`. " +"Beroende på vilka appar du har aktiverat kan fler alternativ finnas " +"tillgängliga, t.ex. :guilabel:`Dokument`. Alla uppladdade filer finns under " +"denna meny, samt i appen **Dokument**, under :guilabel:`Projekt`;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reporting`: analyze your project's progress and profitability " "through graphics and statistics;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Reporting`: analysera projektets framsteg och lönsamhet med hjälp" +" av grafik och statistik;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:37 msgid "" "**Color**: make a line of color appear on the left side of the card so that " "your project is more recognizable;" msgstr "" +"**Färg**: gör att en färglinje visas på vänster sida av kortet så att ditt " +"projekt blir mer igenkännligt;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Settings`: you can change the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Settings`: Du kan ändra följande:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:41 msgid "the :guilabel:`Name` of the project;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Namn` för projektet;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:42 msgid "the :guilabel:`Name of the tasks` found under that project;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name of the tasks` som finns under det projektet;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:43 msgid "the :guilabel:`Customer` for whom the project is intended;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "den :guilabel:`Kund` som projektet är avsett för;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:44 msgid "the :guilabel:`Tags` used for filtering;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "de :guilabel:`Tags` som används för filtrering;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:45 msgid "the :guilabel:`Company` responsible for the project;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "det :guilabel:`Företag` som ansvarar för projektet;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:46 msgid "the employee designated as :guilabel:`Project Manager`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "den anställde som utsetts till :guilabel:`Projektledare`;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:47 msgid "the :guilabel:`Planned Date` of the project;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "det :guilabel:`planerade datumet` för projektet;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:48 msgid "the total :guilabel:`Allocated Hours` for that project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "det totala antalet :guilabel:`Allokerade timmar` för det projektet." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:50 msgid "" "Additionally, you can mark the project as :guilabel:`Favorite`, allowing you" " to find it using the :guilabel:`My Favorites` filter on the Kanban view;" msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan du markera projektet som :guilabel:`Favorit`, så att du kan " +"hitta det med hjälp av :guilabel:`Mina favoriter`-filtret i Kanban-vyn;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 msgid "Project settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar för projektet" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo-handledning: Anpassa projekt " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" "Further settings are available under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. Most of " "them are *only* available depending on the activated apps." msgstr "" +"Ytterligare inställningar finns under fliken :guilabel:`Inställningar`. De " +"flesta av dem är *bara* tillgängliga beroende på vilka appar som är " +"aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:65 msgid "Scheduling activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schemaläggning av aktiviteter" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3817,20 +5099,30 @@ msgid "" "According to the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, you may have **additional " "options** available." msgstr "" +"Du kan schemalägga **aktiviteter** (t.ex. :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, etc.) per projekt genom att klicka på **klock**-ikonen " +"i ett projekt. Detta öppnar en lista med redan schemalagda aktiviteter och " +"gör det möjligt att planera **nya** aktiviteter genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`+ Schemalägg en aktivitet`. I popup-fönstret väljer du " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`, anger en :guilabel:`Summary` för aktiviteten, ett" +" :guilabel:`Due Date` och tilldelar den till en anställd. Enligt " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` kan du ha **ytterligare alternativ** tillgängliga." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:75 msgid "" "If an activity is **already** scheduled, the icon may change to a **phone**," " **group of people**, or other." msgstr "" +"Om en aktivitet **redan** är schemalagd kan ikonen ändras till **telefon**, " +"**grupp av personer** eller annat." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppgifter" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa projektuppgifter från ett e-postalias" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3840,26 +5132,34 @@ msgid "" "structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " "project." msgstr "" +"När du redan har en e-postadress som kunderna känner till utan och innan är " +"det sista du vill göra att ändra den. Koppla istället den adressen till ditt" +" projekt och omvandla konversationerna till strukturerat arbete. Den skapar " +"automatiskt en uppgift i det första steget av ett projekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera en server för inkommande e-post" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 msgid "" "On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " "the incoming email alias you would like to use." msgstr "" +"I applikationen *Inställningar* aktiverar du *Externa e-postservrar* och " +"anger det alias för inkommande e-post som du vill använda." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 msgid "" "**For more information**: " ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" +"**För mer information**: " +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera e-postaliaset i ditt projekt" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -3868,34 +5168,44 @@ msgid "" "*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" " a message." msgstr "" +"Nu när du har konfigurerat servern för inkommande e-post går du till " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under " +"fliken *E-postmeddelanden* definierar du det önskade e-postaliaset och " +"väljer policy för att ta emot ett meddelande." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan du nu ställa in den direkt när du skapar ett nytt projekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 msgid "" "In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email" " in Odoo Project" msgstr "" +"I inställningarna för ditt projekt definierar du e-postaliaset under fliken " +"e-post i Odoo Project" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "" "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " "followers of the task." msgstr "" +"Alla mottagare av e-postmeddelandet (To/Cc/Bcc) läggs automatiskt till som " +"följare av uppgiften." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" +"E-postmeddelandet kan ses under namnet på ditt projekt på instrumentpanelen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa det valda e-postaliaset i instrumentpanelvyn i Odoo Project" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:3 msgid "Recurring tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återkommande uppgifter" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3903,12 +5213,17 @@ msgid "" "times: for example, weekly meetings or status reports. The **recurring " "tasks** feature allows you to automate the creation of those tasks." msgstr "" +"När man hanterar ett projekt behöver man ofta utföra samma uppgift flera " +"gånger: t.ex. veckomöten eller statusrapporter. Med funktionen " +"**återkommande uppgifter** kan du automatisera skapandet av dessa uppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Recurring tasks " "`_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Återkommande uppgifter " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3916,6 +5231,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`, then activate :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`, and " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera återkommande uppgifter, gå till :menuselection:`Project -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, aktivera sedan :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`, " +"och :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3925,10 +5243,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Settings --> Task Management` and disabling " ":guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`." msgstr "" +"Återkommande uppgifter är nu aktiverade på alla befintliga projekt. " +"Funktionen kan avaktiveras för ett enskilt projekt genom att klicka på " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`⋮` bredvid projektnamnet, sedan gå till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Inställningar --> Uppgiftshantering` och " +"avaktivera :guilabel:`Rekurrerande uppgifter`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:24 msgid "Set up task recurrence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in återkommande uppgifter" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3937,18 +5260,26 @@ msgid "" "frequency: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, " ":guilabel:`Years`, and the number of repetitions." msgstr "" +"I en befintlig uppgift går du till fliken :guilabel:`Recurrent` och markerar" +" sedan rutan :guilabel:`Recurrent`. Med en uppsättning alternativ kan du " +"konfigurera frekvensen: :guilabel:`Dagar`, :guilabel:`Veckor`, " +":guilabel:`Månader`, :guilabel:`År`, och antalet upprepningar." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 msgid "" "On the scheduled recurrency date, a new task is created on your project " "dashboard with the following configuration:" msgstr "" +"På det schemalagda återkommande datumet skapas en ny uppgift på din " +"projektpanel med följande konfiguration:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: first stage of the project dashboard (:guilabel:`New` or " "equivalent);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: första steget i projektets instrumentpanel " +"(:guilabel:`New` eller motsvarande);" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3956,34 +5287,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: copied from " "the original task;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Project`, " +":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: kopieras från" +" den ursprungliga uppgiften;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestones`, :guilabel:`Deadline`, :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " ":guilabel:`Chatter`, :guilabel:`Activities`: those fields are not copied;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Milestones`, :guilabel:`Deadline`, :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +":guilabel:`Chatter`, :guilabel:`Activities`: dessa fält kopieras inte;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtasks`: copied from the original task, which becomes a parent " "of all the tasks in recurrence;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Subtasks`: kopieras från den ursprungliga uppgiften, som blir en " +"förälder till alla uppgifter i rekurrens;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:40 msgid "" "A **smart button** on the task displays the total number of existing " "recurrences." msgstr "" +"En **smart knapp** på uppgiften visar det totala antalet befintliga " +"upprepningar." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 msgid "" "To see the task in your project dashboard before the scheduled date, " "consider setting up the recurrence date to a day earlier." msgstr "" +"Om du vill se uppgiften i din projektpanel före det schemalagda datumet kan " +"du överväga att ställa in återkommande datum till en dag tidigare." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:47 msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigera eller stoppa återkommande uppgifter" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -3991,20 +5333,25 @@ msgid "" "choose whether you wish to apply your changes to this task only or to a " "sequence of tasks." msgstr "" +"**För att redigera** återkomsten, öppna uppgiften: en blå banner uppmanar " +"dig att välja om du vill tillämpa dina ändringar på endast denna uppgift " +"eller på en sekvens av uppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:52 msgid "" "**To stop** the recurrence, open the task, then go to the " ":guilabel:`Recurrency` tab and uncheck :guilabel:`Recurrent`." msgstr "" +"**För att stoppa** återkommande, öppna uppgiften, gå sedan till fliken " +":guilabel:`Recurrency` och avmarkera :guilabel:`Recurrent`." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidrapporter" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa tidrapporter vid validering av ledig tid" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4013,18 +5360,26 @@ msgid "" "does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " "not been timesheeted by the employee." msgstr "" +"Odoo registrerar automatiskt tid på projekt/uppgifter vid begäran om " +"ledighet. Detta ger bättre övergripande kontroll över valideringen av " +"tidrapporter, eftersom det inte lämnar utrymme för glömska och frågor efter " +"timmar som inte har tidrapporterats av den anställde." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and" " change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." msgstr "" +"Aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge `, gå till *Timmar*, och ändra " +"*Projekt* och *Uppgift* som är standardinställda, om du vill." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo " "Timesheets" msgstr "" +"Inställningen Visa tidrapporter aktiverar funktionen Registrera tid i Odoo " +"Timesheets" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4032,12 +5387,17 @@ msgid "" " or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " "validated or not." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Tidsavbrott --> Konfiguration --> Typer av " +"tidsavbrott`. Välj eller skapa den typ som behövs och bestäm om du vill att " +"förfrågningarna ska valideras eller inte." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" "Odoo Time Off" msgstr "" +"Vy över en ledighetsblankett med betoning på avsnittet om ledighetsförfrågningar och tidrapporter i\n" +"Odoo Ledig tid" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4046,16 +5406,20 @@ msgid "" "automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " "task." msgstr "" +"Nu, när den anställde har begärt sin ledighet och begäran har validerats " +"(eller inte, beroende på vilken inställning som valts), fördelas tiden " +"automatiskt på *Timesheets*, under respektive projekt och uppgift." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 msgid "" "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " "15th." msgstr "" +"I exemplet nedan begärde användaren *betald ledighet* från 13 till 15 juli." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa formuläret för ledighetsansökan i Odoo Time Off" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4064,12 +5428,17 @@ msgid "" "time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " "does it so." msgstr "" +"Om validering inte krävs, visas den begärda ledigheten automatiskt i " +"*Timmar*. Om validering är nödvändig tilldelas tiden automatiskt efter att " +"den person som ansvarar för valideringen har gjort det." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in " "Odoo Timesheets" msgstr "" +"Video av tidrapporter som betonar den begärda ledigheten från den anställde " +"i Odoo Timesheets" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4077,7 +5446,10 @@ msgid "" "all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " "project/task." msgstr "" +"Klicka på förstoringsglaset när du håller muspekaren över den aktuella " +"cellen för att få tillgång till alla aggregerade data för den cellen (dagen)" +" och se detaljer om projektet/uppgiften." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa detaljerna för ett projekt/uppgift i Odoo Timeheets" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 5ebc336fa..3bbb061a2 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -25,18 +25,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 msgid "Install and Maintain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ติดตั้งและซ่อมบำรุง" #: ../../content/administration.rst:10 msgid "" "These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" +"คู่มือเหล่านี้ให้คำแนะนำเกี่ยวกับวิธีการติดตั้ง บำรุงรักษา " +"และอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูล Odoo" #: ../../content/administration.rst:13 msgid "" ":doc:`History of Versions `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประวัติความเป็นมาของเวอร์ชัน " +"`" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 msgid "Install" @@ -47,12 +51,16 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo " "- or not install it at all." msgstr "" +"มีหลายวิธีในการติดตั้ง Odoo หรือไม่ติดตั้งเลย " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับกรณีการใช้งานที่ต้องการ" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:10 msgid "" ":doc:`Online ` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production " "or to try it." msgstr "" +":doc:`Online ` เป็นวิธีที่ง่ายที่สุดในการใช้ Odoo " +"ในการผลิตหรือลองใช้" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -60,6 +68,9 @@ msgid "" "and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " "additional deployment and maintenance work." msgstr "" +":doc:`ตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจ <ติดตั้ง/แพ็คเกจ>` เหมาะสำหรับการทดสอบ Odoo " +"และการพัฒนาโมดูล " +"สามารถใช้สำหรับการผลิตในระยะยาวโดยมีการปรับใช้และบำรุงรักษาเพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -68,20 +79,25 @@ msgid "" "is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " "deployment." msgstr "" +":doc:`การติดตั้งซอร์ส <ติดตั้ง/ซอร์ส>` ให้ความยืดหยุ่นที่มากกว่า " +"เนื่องจากช่วยให้สามารถใช้งาน Odoo หลายเวอร์ชันบนระบบเดียวกันได้ " +"เพียงพอที่จะพัฒนาโมดูลและสามารถใช้เป็นฐานสำหรับการใช้งานจริงได้" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 msgid "" "A `Docker `_ base image is available for " "development or deployment." msgstr "" +"รูปภาพพื้นฐาน `Docker `_ " +"พร้อมสำหรับการพัฒนาหรือการปรับใช้" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 msgid "Editions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฉบับ" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 msgid "There are two different editions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีสองรุ่นที่แตกต่างกัน" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -90,6 +106,10 @@ msgid "" "`_. It is the core upon " "which Odoo Enterprise is built." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Community** เป็นซอฟต์แวร์เวอร์ชันโอเพ่นซอร์สฟรี " +"ซึ่งได้รับอนุญาตภายใต้ `GNU LGPLv3 " +"`_ เป็นแกนหลักที่ใช้สร้าง " +"Odoo สำหรับองค์กร" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -98,20 +118,26 @@ msgid "" "hosting. `Pricing `_ starts from one app " "free." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Enterprise** เป็นเวอร์ชันซอร์สที่ใช้ร่วมกันของซอฟต์แวร์ " +"ซึ่งให้การเข้าถึงฟังก์ชันการทำงานเพิ่มเติม รวมถึงการสนับสนุนการทำงาน " +"การอัปเกรด และการโฮสต์ `การกำหนดราคา `_ " +"เริ่มต้นจากแอปเดียวฟรี" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise ` at any time" " (except for the source install)." msgstr "" +":doc:`เปลี่ยนจากคอมมูนิตี้เป็นองค์กร ` ได้ตลอดเวลา " +"(ยกเว้นการติดตั้งต้นทาง)" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าเครือข่ายการจัดส่งเนื้อหา (CDN)" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การปรับใช้ด้วย KeyCDN" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -120,16 +146,22 @@ msgid "" "internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," " high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." msgstr "" +"A :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` หรือ *เครือข่ายการกระจายเนื้อหา* " +"เป็นเครือข่ายเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่กระจายตามพื้นที่ทางภูมิศาสตร์ซึ่งให้บริการเนื้อหาอินเทอร์เน็ตความเร็วสูง" +" :abbr:`CDN (เครือข่ายการจัดส่งเนื้อหา)` " +"ให้การจัดส่งเนื้อหาที่รวดเร็วและมีคุณภาพสูงสำหรับเว็บไซต์ที่มีเนื้อหาจำนวนมาก" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 msgid "" "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " "Odoo powered website." msgstr "" +"เอกสารนี้จะแนะนำคุณตลอดการตั้งค่าบัญชี KeyCDN_ ด้วยเว็บไซต์ที่สนับสนุนโดย " +"Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างโซนดึงในแดชบอร์ด KeyCDN" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -143,6 +175,14 @@ msgid "" "address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " "Locator)`." msgstr "" +"บนแดชบอร์ด KeyCDN ให้เริ่มต้นด้วยการนำทางไปยังรายการเมนู " +":menuselection:`โซน` ทางด้านซ้าย ในแบบฟอร์ม ให้ระบุค่าให้กับ " +":guilabel:`ชื่อโซน` ซึ่งจะปรากฏเป็นส่วนหนึ่งของ :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery" +" Network)`'s :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` จากนั้น ตั้งค่า " +":guilabel:`สถานะโซน` เป็น :guilabel:`ใช้งานอยู่` เพื่อใช้งานโซน สำหรับ " +":guilabel:`ประเภทโซน` ให้ตั้งค่าเป็น :guilabel:`ดึง` และสุดท้ายภายใต้ " +":guilabel:`ตั้งค่าการดึง` ให้ป้อน :guilabel:`URL ต้นทาง`— ที่อยู่นี้ควรเป็น " +"ฐานข้อมูล Odoo แบบเต็ม :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -151,10 +191,14 @@ msgid "" "(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " "subdomain that was provided to the database." msgstr "" +"ใช้ ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` และแทนที่คำนำหน้าโดเมนย่อย " +"*yourdatabase* ด้วยชื่อจริงของฐานข้อมูล :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)` ที่กำหนดเองสามารถใช้ได้เช่นกัน แทนที่โดเมนย่อย Odoo " +"ที่มอบให้กับฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หน้าการกำหนดค่าโซนของ KeyCDN" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -164,6 +208,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" +"ใต้หัวข้อ :guilabel:`การตั้งค่าทั่วไป` ใต้แบบฟอร์มโซน ให้คลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`แสดงการตั้งค่าทั้งหมด` เพื่อขยายตัวเลือกโซน " +"นี่ควรเป็นตัวเลือกสุดท้ายบนหน้า หลังจากขยาย :guilabel:`การตั้งค่าทั่วไป` " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าตัวเลือก :guilabel:`CORS` เป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งาน`" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -171,10 +219,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" " deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น เลื่อนไปที่ด้านล่างของหน้าการกำหนดค่าโซนและ :guilabel:`บันทึก` " +"การเปลี่ยนแปลง KeyCDN จะระบุว่าโซนใหม่จะถูกปรับใช้ " +"การดำเนินการนี้อาจใช้เวลาประมาณ 10 นาที" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "KeyCDN ปรับใช้โซนใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -182,16 +233,20 @@ msgid "" " it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " "database." msgstr "" +"มีการสร้าง :guilabel:`Zone URL` ใหม่สำหรับโซนของคุณ ในตัวอย่างนี้คือ " +"``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com`` ค่านี้จะแตกต่างกันไปในแต่ละฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 msgid "" "Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " "used in the next steps." msgstr "" +"คัดลอกสิ่งนี้ :guilabel:`URL โซน` ไปยังโปรแกรมแก้ไขข้อความเพื่อใช้ในภายหลัง " +"เนื่องจากจะถูกใช้ในขั้นตอนถัดไป" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าอินสแตนซ์ Odoo ด้วยโซนใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -202,26 +257,37 @@ msgid "" "when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " "activated." msgstr "" +"ในแอป Odoo :guilabel:`เว็บไซต์` ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า` " +"จากนั้นเปิดใช้งานการตั้งค่า :guilabel:`Content Delivery Network (CDN)` " +"และคัดลอก/วางค่า :guilabel:`URL โซน` จาก ขั้นตอนก่อนหน้าในฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`URL ฐาน CDN` ฟิลด์นี้จะมองเห็นและกำหนดค่าได้เฉพาะเมื่อ " +":doc:`โหมดนักพัฒนา <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"ถูกเปิดใช้งาน" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 msgid "" "Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" " Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่ามี *เครื่องหมายทับ* (`//`) สองเครื่องหมายข้างหน้า " +":guilabel:`URL ฐาน CDN` และเครื่องหมายทับข้างหน้าหนึ่งเครื่องหมาย (`/`) หลัง" +" :guilabel:`URL ฐาน CDN`" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`บันทึก` การตั้งค่าเมื่อเสร็จสิ้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานการตั้งค่า CDN ใน Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 msgid "" "Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " ":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." msgstr "" +"ขณะนี้เว็บไซต์กำลังใช้ CDN สำหรับทรัพยากรที่ตรงกับนิพจน์ทั่วไป " +":guilabel:`ตัวกรอง CDN`" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -232,16 +298,23 @@ msgid "" "website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " "tab inside of devtools." msgstr "" +"ใน HTML ของเว็บไซต์ Odoo การผสานรวม :abbr:`CDN (เครือข่ายการจัดส่งเนื้อหา)` " +"ได้รับการพิสูจน์แล้วว่าทำงานได้อย่างถูกต้องโดยการตรวจสอบ :abbr:`URL " +"(ตัวระบุทรัพยากรแบบเดียวกัน)` ของรูปภาพ คุณสามารถดูค่า *URL ฐาน CDN* " +"ได้โดยใช้ฟีเจอร์ :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ` ของเว็บเบราว์เซอร์บนเว็บไซต์ Odoo " +"ค้นหาบันทึกโดยค้นหาภายในแท็บ :guilabel:`เครือข่าย` ภายใน devtools" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "" "The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สามารถดู URL ฐาน CDN ได้โดยใช้ฟังก์ชันตรวจสอบบนเว็บไซต์ Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 msgid "" "Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" msgstr "" +"ป้องกันปัญหาด้านความปลอดภัยด้วยการเปิดใช้งานการแบ่งปันทรัพยากรข้ามต้นทาง " +"(CORS)" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -249,6 +322,9 @@ msgid "" "Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " "this same external server." msgstr "" +"ข้อจำกัดด้านความปลอดภัยในเบราว์เซอร์บางตัว (เช่น Mozilla Firefox และ Google " +"Chrome) ป้องกันไม่ให้ไฟล์ CSS " +"ที่เชื่อมโยงจากระยะไกลดึงทรัพยากรที่เกี่ยวข้องบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ภายนอกเดียวกันนี้" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -257,6 +333,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " "declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." msgstr "" +"หากไม่ได้เปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` ใน " +":guilabel:`โซน CDN` ปัญหาที่เกิดขึ้นที่ชัดเจนยิ่งขึ้นบนเว็บไซต์ Odoo " +"มาตรฐานก็คือการไม่มีไอคอน *ฟ้อนต์ที่ยอดเยี่ยม* เนื่องจากไฟล์ฟอนต์ที่ประกาศใน" +" *ฟ้อนต์ที่ยอดเยี่ยม* CSS จะไม่ถูกโหลดจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ระยะไกล" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -264,6 +344,8 @@ msgid "" "similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " "console:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อเกิดปัญหาทรัพยากรข้ามต้นทาง " +"ข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดด้านความปลอดภัยที่คล้ายกับผลลัพธ์ด้านล่างจะปรากฏในคอนโซลนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์ของเว็บเบราว์เซอร์:" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -272,20 +354,26 @@ msgid "" "Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " "'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" msgstr "" +"``แบบอักษรจากแหล่งกำเนิด 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' " +"ถูกบล็อกไม่ให้โหลด /shop:1 โดยนโยบายการแบ่งปันทรัพยากรข้ามแหล่งกำเนิด: " +"ไม่มีส่วนหัว 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' บน ทรัพยากรที่ร้องขอ ที่มา " +"'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' จึงไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้เข้าถึง``" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดอยู่ในคอนโซลของเบราว์เซอร์" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 msgid "" "Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " ":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." msgstr "" +"การเปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` " +"ในการตั้งค่า :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` จะช่วยแก้ไขปัญหานี้ได้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 msgid "System configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าระบบ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -294,16 +382,22 @@ msgid "" "not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" " internet." msgstr "" +"เอกสารนี้อธิบายขั้นตอนพื้นฐานในการตั้งค่า Odoo " +"ในการใช้งานจริงหรือบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับอินเทอร์เน็ต มันเป็นไปตาม " +":doc:`การติดตั้ง <../install>` " +"และโดยทั่วไปแล้วไม่จำเป็นสำหรับระบบการพัฒนาที่ไม่ได้เปิดเผยบนอินเทอร์เน็ต" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 msgid "" "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " "recommendations!" msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังตั้งค่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์สาธารณะ โปรดตรวจสอบคำแนะนำ :ref:`security` " +"ของเรา!" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 msgid "dbfilter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dbfilter" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -312,6 +406,10 @@ msgid "" "customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " "\"current database\"." msgstr "" +"Odoo เป็นระบบที่มีผู้เช่าหลายราย: ระบบ Odoo " +"เดียวอาจทำงานและให้บริการอินสแตนซ์ฐานข้อมูลจำนวนหนึ่งได้ " +"นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถปรับแต่งได้สูงด้วยการปรับแต่ง (เริ่มจากโมดูลที่กำลังโหลด) " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับ \"ฐานข้อมูลปัจจุบัน\"" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -319,6 +417,9 @@ msgid "" "in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " "customizations loaded afterwards." msgstr "" +"นี่ไม่ใช่ปัญหาเมื่อทำงานกับแบ็กเอนด์ (เว็บไคลเอ็นต์) " +"ในฐานะผู้ใช้บริษัทที่เข้าสู่ระบบ: สามารถเลือกฐานข้อมูลได้เมื่อเข้าสู่ระบบ " +"และโหลดการปรับแต่งในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -329,6 +430,12 @@ msgid "" "multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " "use." msgstr "" +"อย่างไรก็ตาม ปัญหาสำหรับผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้เข้าสู่ระบบ (พอร์ทัล เว็บไซต์) " +"ซึ่งไม่ได้ผูกไว้กับฐานข้อมูล: Odoo " +"จำเป็นต้องทราบว่าควรใช้ฐานข้อมูลใดในการโหลดหน้าเว็บไซต์หรือดำเนินการ " +"หากไม่ได้ใช้การเช่าหลายรายการซึ่งไม่เป็นปัญหา จะมีเพียงฐานข้อมูลเดียวให้ใช้ " +"แต่หากมีหลายฐานข้อมูลที่เข้าถึงได้ Odoo " +"จำเป็นต้องมีกฎเพื่อทราบว่าควรใช้ฐานข้อมูลใด" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -338,6 +445,10 @@ msgid "" "possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " "subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." msgstr "" +"นั่นคือหนึ่งในวัตถุประสงค์ของ :option:`--db-filter `: " +"ระบุว่าควรเลือกฐานข้อมูลตามชื่อโฮสต์ (โดเมน) ที่ถูกร้องขออย่างไร ค่านี้คือ " +"`นิพจน์ทั่วไป`_ ซึ่งอาจรวมถึงชื่อโฮสต์ที่แทรกแบบไดนามิก (`` %h``) " +"หรือโดเมนย่อยแรก (``%d``) ที่ใช้เข้าถึงระบบ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -345,21 +456,24 @@ msgid "" "``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " "features will not work correctly." msgstr "" +"สำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่โฮสต์ฐานข้อมูลหลายฐานข้อมูลในการใช้งานจริง " +"โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งหากใช้ ``เว็บไซต์`` จะต้องตั้งค่า dbfilter **จำเป็น** " +"ไม่เช่นนั้นฟีเจอร์บางอย่างจะทำงานไม่ถูกต้อง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 msgid "Configuration samples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างการกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แสดงเฉพาะฐานข้อมูลที่มีชื่อขึ้นต้นด้วย 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใน :ref:`ไฟล์การกำหนดค่า ` ตั้งค่า:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -368,6 +482,10 @@ msgid "" " ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " "``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." msgstr "" +"แสดงเฉพาะฐานข้อมูลที่ตรงกับโดเมนย่อยแรกที่อยู่หลัง ``www``: ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"ฐานข้อมูล \"mycompany\" จะแสดงขึ้นหากคำขอขาเข้าถูกส่งไปยัง " +"``www.mycompany.com`` หรือ ``mycompany.co.uk`` แต่ไม่ใช่สำหรับ " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` หรือ ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -378,11 +496,18 @@ msgid "" "database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " "block access to the database management screens. See also security_." msgstr "" +"การตั้งค่า :option:`--db-filter ` " +"ที่เหมาะสมเป็นส่วนสำคัญในการรักษาความปลอดภัยการปรับใช้ของคุณ " +"เมื่อทำงานอย่างถูกต้องและจับคู่ฐานข้อมูลเดียวต่อชื่อโฮสต์ " +"ขอแนะนำอย่างยิ่งให้บล็อกการเข้าถึงหน้าจอตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูล " +"และใช้พารามิเตอร์เริ่มต้น ``--no-database-list`` " +"เพื่อป้องกันการแสดงรายการฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"และบล็อกการเข้าถึงหน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูล ดูเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับความปลอดภัย_" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 msgid "PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -390,6 +515,9 @@ msgid "" " connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " "installed on)." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น PostgreSQL อนุญาตการเชื่อมต่อผ่านซ็อกเก็ต UNIX " +"และการเชื่อมต่อแบบย้อนกลับเท่านั้น (จาก \"localhost\" " +"ซึ่งเป็นเครื่องเดียวกับที่ติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์ PostgreSQL)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -398,6 +526,11 @@ msgid "" "and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " "will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" msgstr "" +"ซ็อกเก็ต UNIX นั้นใช้ได้ถ้าคุณต้องการให้ Odoo และ PostgreSQL " +"ดำเนินการบนเครื่องเดียวกัน และเป็นค่าเริ่มต้นเมื่อไม่ได้ระบุโฮสต์ไว้ " +"แต่ถ้าคุณต้องการให้ Odoo และ PostgreSQL ดำเนินการบนเครื่องที่แตกต่างกัน " +"[#different-machines]_ จะต้อง `ฟังอินเทอร์เฟซเครือข่าย`_ [#remote-socket]_ " +"อย่างใดอย่างหนึ่ง:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -405,6 +538,9 @@ msgid "" "machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " "configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" msgstr "" +"ยอมรับเฉพาะการเชื่อมต่อแบบย้อนกลับและ `ใช้ช่องทางการเชื่อมต่อ SSH`_ " +"ระหว่างเครื่องที่ Odoo รันกับเครื่องที่ PostgreSQL รัน จากนั้นกำหนดค่า Odoo " +"ให้เชื่อมต่อกับจุดสิ้นสุดของช่องทางการเชื่อมต่อ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -412,34 +548,39 @@ msgid "" "ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" " to connect over the network" msgstr "" +"ยอมรับการเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องที่ติดตั้ง Odoo ซึ่งอาจผ่าน ssl (ดูรายละเอียดใน " +"`การตั้งค่าการเชื่อมต่อ PostgreSQL`_) จากนั้นกำหนดค่า Odoo " +"ให้เชื่อมต่อผ่านเครือข่าย" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างการกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุญาตการเชื่อมต่อ TCP บน localhost" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุญาตการเชื่อมต่อ TCP จากเครือข่าย 192.168.1.x" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"ใน ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` เซ็ท:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 msgid "" "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"ในเซ็ท ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf``:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 msgid "Configuring Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังกำหนดค่า Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -448,12 +589,18 @@ msgid "" "` when your Postgres deployment is not " "local and/or does not use the installation defaults." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเริ่มใช้งาน Odoo จะเชื่อมต่อกับ postgres ในเครื่องผ่านซ็อกเก็ต UNIX " +"ผ่านพอร์ต 5432 ซึ่งสามารถแทนที่ได้โดยใช้ :ref:`ตัวเลือกฐานข้อมูล " +"` เมื่อการปรับใช้ Postgres " +"ของคุณไม่ใช่ในเครื่องและ/หรือ ไม่ได้ใช้ค่าเริ่มต้นการติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 msgid "" "The :doc:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new " "user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." msgstr "" +":doc:`ตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจ ` จะสร้างผู้ใช้ใหม่โดยอัตโนมัติ " +"(``odoo``) และตั้งค่าให้เป็นผู้ใช้ฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -463,6 +610,10 @@ msgid "" " randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " "interface." msgstr "" +"หน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูลได้รับการปกป้องโดยการตั้งค่า ``admin_passwd`` " +"การตั้งค่านี้สามารถตั้งค่าได้โดยใช้ไฟล์การกำหนดค่าเท่านั้น " +"และจะถูกตรวจสอบก่อนดำเนินการแก้ไขฐานข้อมูล " +"ควรตั้งค่าเป็นค่าที่สร้างขึ้นแบบสุ่มเพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าบุคคลที่สามไม่สามารถใช้อินเทอร์เฟซนี้ได้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -471,6 +622,10 @@ msgid "" "screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " "PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." msgstr "" +"การดำเนินการฐานข้อมูลทั้งหมดใช้ :ref:`ตัวเลือกฐานข้อมูล " +"` รวมถึงหน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูล " +"เพื่อให้หน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูลทำงานได้ ผู้ใช้ PostgreSQL จะต้องมีสิทธิ์ " +"``createdb``" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -479,34 +634,38 @@ msgid "" "with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " "PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" +"ผู้ใช้สามารถทิ้งฐานข้อมูลของตนเองได้ตลอดเวลา " +"เพื่อให้หน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูลไม่ทำงานโดยสมบูรณ์ ผู้ใช้ PostgreSQL " +"จะต้องถูกสร้างขึ้นด้วย ``no-createdb`` และฐานข้อมูลจะต้องเป็นของผู้ใช้ " +"PostgreSQL อื่น" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้ PostgreSQL *ต้องไม่* เป็นผู้ใช้ระดับสูง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ PostgreSQL บน 192.168.1.2" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 msgid "port 5432" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port 5432" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," -msgstr "" +msgstr "โดยใช้บัญชีผู้ใช้ 'odoo'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โดยมี 'pwd' เป็นรหัสผ่าน" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กรองเฉพาะ db ที่มีชื่อขึ้นต้นด้วย 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL ระหว่าง Odoo และ PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -515,21 +674,28 @@ msgid "" "value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " "'verify-full'" msgstr "" +"ตั้งแต่ Odoo 11.0 คุณสามารถบังคับใช้การเชื่อมต่อ SSL ระหว่าง Odoo และ " +"PostgreSQL ได้ ใน Odoo db_sslmode ควบคุมความปลอดภัย ssl " +"ของการเชื่อมต่อด้วยค่าที่เลือกจาก 'ปิดการใช้งาน', 'อนุญาต', 'ต้องการ', " +"'ต้องการ', 'ตรวจสอบ-ca' หรือ 'ตรวจสอบเต็ม'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 msgid "" "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" msgstr "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 msgid "Builtin server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ในตัว" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " "multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" +"Odoo มีเซิร์ฟเวอร์ HTTP, cron และไลฟ์แชทในตัว " +"โดยใช้มัลติเธรดหรือการประมวลผลหลายตัว" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -540,6 +706,13 @@ msgid "" "cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " "make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์ **แบบมัลติเธรด** " +"เป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เรียบง่ายกว่าซึ่งส่วนใหญ่ใช้สำหรับการพัฒนา การสาธิต " +"และความเข้ากันได้กับระบบปฏิบัติการต่างๆ (รวมถึง Windows) " +"เธรดใหม่จะถูกสร้างขึ้นสำหรับทุกคำขอ HTTP ใหม่ " +"แม้แต่สำหรับการเชื่อมต่อที่มีอายุการใช้งานยาวนาน เช่น websocket เธรด cron " +"daemonic พิเศษก็ถูกสร้างขึ้นเช่นกัน เนื่องจากข้อจำกัดของ Python (GIL) " +"จึงไม่สามารถใช้ฮาร์ดแวร์ให้เกิดประโยชน์สูงสุดได้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -547,6 +720,9 @@ msgid "" " It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " "option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบมัลติเธรดเป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์เริ่มต้นสำหรับคอนเทนเนอร์นักเทียบท่าด้วย" +" มันถูกเลือกโดยปล่อยตัวเลือก :option:`--workers ` " +"ออกหรือตั้งค่าเป็น ``0``" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -559,67 +735,87 @@ msgid "" "spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " "kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์ **การประมวลผลหลายตัว** " +"เป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์เต็มรูปแบบที่ใช้สำหรับการผลิตเป็นหลัก " +"จะไม่รับผิดชอบต่อข้อจำกัด Python (GIL) เดียวกันในการใช้ทรัพยากร " +"และด้วยเหตุนี้จึงใช้ฮาร์ดแวร์ให้เกิดประโยชน์สูงสุด " +"กลุ่มคนทำงานถูกสร้างขึ้นเมื่อเริ่มต้นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ระบบปฏิบัติการจะจัดคิวคำขอ " +"HTTP ใหม่จนกว่าจะมีคนทำงานพร้อมที่จะประมวลผล ผู้ปฏิบัติงาน HTTP " +"ที่ขับเคลื่อนด้วยเหตุการณ์พิเศษสำหรับไลฟ์แชทนั้นถูกสร้างขึ้นบนพอร์ตอื่น " +"คนทำงาน cron พิเศษก็เกิดขึ้นเช่นกัน " +"เก็บเกี่ยวกระบวนการที่กำหนดค่าได้จะตรวจสอบการใช้ทรัพยากรและสามารถหยุด/รีสตาร์ทผู้ปฏิบัติงานที่ไม่สำเร็จได้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 msgid "" "The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " ":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีการประมวลผลหลายตัวเลือกใช้ มันถูกเลือกโดยการตั้งค่าตัวเลือก " +":option:`--workers ` เป็นจำนวนเต็มที่ไม่ใช่ค่าว่าง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 msgid "" "Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " "server is not available on Windows." msgstr "" +"เนื่องจากได้รับการปรับแต่งอย่างมากสำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Linux " +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีการประมวลผลหลายรายการจึงไม่พร้อมใช้งานบน Windows" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การคำนวณจำนวนคนงาน" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หลักทั่วไป : (#CPU * 2) + 1" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คนทำงาน Cron ต้องการ CPU" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คนงาน 1 คน ~= 6 ผู้ใช้พร้อมกัน" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การคำนวณขนาดหน่วยความจำ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" +"เราถือว่าคำขอ 20% เป็นคำขอจำนวนมาก ในขณะที่ 80% เป็นคำขอที่เรียบง่ายกว่า" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" +"ซึ่งทำงานหนัก เมื่อฟิลด์ที่คำนวณทั้งหมดได้รับการออกแบบมาอย่างดี คำขอ SQL " +"จะได้รับการออกแบบมาอย่างดี ... คาดว่าจะใช้ RAM ประมาณ 1GB" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" +"ในสถานการณ์เดียวกัน ส่วนของงานที่เบากว่านั้นคาดว่าจะใช้ RAM ประมาณ 150MB" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" +"RAM ที่ต้องการ = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * " +"light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " +"heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 msgid "LiveChat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไลฟ์แชท" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -632,40 +828,51 @@ msgid "" " --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " "scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" +"ในการประมวลผลหลายรายการ " +"พนักงานไลฟ์แชทโดยเฉพาะจะเริ่มทำงานโดยอัตโนมัติและรับฟัง :option:`--gevent-" +"port ` ตามค่าเริ่มต้น คำขอ HTTP " +"จะเข้าถึงผู้ปฏิบัติงาน HTTP ปกติต่อไป แทนที่จะเป็นไลฟ์แชท " +"คุณต้องปรับใช้พร็อกซีหน้า Odoo " +"และเปลี่ยนเส้นทางคำขอขาเข้าที่มีเส้นทางขึ้นต้นด้วย ``/websocket/`` " +"ไปยังพนักงานไลฟ์แชท คุณต้องเริ่ม Odoo ใน :option:`--proxy-mode ` ดังนั้นจึงใช้ส่วนหัวของไคลเอ็นต์จริง (เช่น ชื่อโฮสต์ สคีม และ" +" IP) แทนส่วนหัวของพร็อกซี" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี 4 CPU, 8 เธรด" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้พร้อมกัน 60 คน" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้ 60 ราย / 6 = 10 <- จำนวนพนักงานที่ต้องการตามทฤษฎี" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- จำนวนคนงานสูงสุดตามทฤษฎี" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" +"เราจะใช้คนงาน 8 คน + 1 คนสำหรับ cron นอกจากนี้เรายังใช้ระบบตรวจสอบ " +"เพื่อวัดโหลด cpu และตรวจสอบว่าอยู่ระหว่าง 7 ถึง 7.5 หรือไม่" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM สำหรับ Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใน :ref:`the configuration file `:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -674,42 +881,50 @@ msgid "" "Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" +"ไม่ว่าจะเข้าถึงผ่านเว็บไซต์/เว็บไคลเอ็นต์ หรือบริการเว็บ Odoo " +"จะส่งข้อมูลการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์ในรูปแบบข้อความธรรมดา ซึ่งหมายความว่าการติดตั้ง " +"Odoo อย่างปลอดภัยต้องใช้ HTTPS\\ [#switching]_ การยกเลิก SSL " +"สามารถทำได้ผ่านพร็อกซีการยกเลิก SSL ใดก็ได้ แต่ต้องมีการตั้งค่าต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" +"เปิดใช้งาน Odoo :option:`โหมดพร็อกซี ` " +"ควรเปิดใช้งานเฉพาะเมื่อ Odoo อยู่หลังพร็อกซีย้อนกลับ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าพร็อกซีการยกเลิก SSL (`ตัวอย่างการยกเลิก Nginx`_)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าพร็อกซีเอง (`ตัวอย่างพร็อกซี Nginx`_)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" +"พร็อกซีการยกเลิก SSL " +"ของคุณควรเปลี่ยนเส้นทางการเชื่อมต่อที่ไม่ปลอดภัยไปยังพอร์ตที่ปลอดภัยโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปลี่ยนเส้นทางคำขอ http ไปยัง https" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำขอพร็อกซีสำหรับ odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในเซ็ท ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf``:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 msgid "HTTPS Hardening" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การทำให้ HTTPS แข็งแกร่งขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -719,12 +934,19 @@ msgid "" "this domain at all times, otherwise your users will see security alerts or " "be entirely unable to access it." msgstr "" +"เพิ่มส่วนหัว `Strict-Transport-Security` ให้กับคำขอทั้งหมด " +"เพื่อป้องกันไม่ให้เบราว์เซอร์ส่งคำขอ HTTP ธรรมดาไปยังโดเมนนี้ " +"คุณจะต้องรักษาบริการ HTTPS " +"ที่ใช้งานได้โดยมีใบรับรองที่ถูกต้องบนโดเมนนี้ตลอดเวลา " +"ไม่เช่นนั้นผู้ใช้ของคุณจะเห็นการแจ้งเตือนด้านความปลอดภัยหรือไม่สามารถเข้าถึงได้เลย" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "" "Force HTTPS connections during a year for every visitor in NGINX with the " "line:" msgstr "" +"บังคับใช้การเชื่อมต่อ HTTPS ในช่วงหนึ่งปีสำหรับผู้เยี่ยมชมทุกคนใน NGINX " +"ด้วยบรรทัด:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -732,10 +954,13 @@ msgid "" "`Secure` flag can be added to ensure it is never transmitted over HTTP and " "`SameSite=Lax` to prevent authenticated `CSRF`_." msgstr "" +"สามารถกำหนดการกำหนดค่าเพิ่มเติมสำหรับคุกกี้ `session_id` ได้ " +"คุณสามารถเพิ่มแฟล็ก 'ปลอดภัย' เพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าจะไม่ส่งผ่าน HTTP และ " +"'SameSite=Lax' เพื่อป้องกัน `CSRF`_ ที่ได้รับการรับรองความถูกต้อง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:386 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo เป็นแอปพลิเคชัน WSGI" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -746,6 +971,11 @@ msgid "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " "configuration file." msgstr "" +"นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถติดตั้ง Odoo เป็นแอปพลิเคชัน WSGI_ มาตรฐานได้อีกด้วย Odoo " +"จัดเตรียมฐานสำหรับสคริปต์ตัวเรียกใช้งาน WSGI เป็น ``odoo-wsgi.example.py`` " +"ควรปรับแต่งสคริปต์นั้น (อาจหลังจากคัดลอกจากไดเร็กทอรีการตั้งค่า) " +"เพื่อตั้งค่าการกำหนดค่าโดยตรงใน :mod:`odoo.tools.config` อย่างถูกต้อง " +"แทนที่จะใช้บรรทัดคำสั่งหรือไฟล์การกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -753,10 +983,14 @@ msgid "" "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" +"อย่างไรก็ตาม เซิร์ฟเวอร์ WSGI จะเปิดเผยเฉพาะตำแหน่งข้อมูล HTTP " +"หลักสำหรับเว็บไคลเอ็นต์ เว็บไซต์ และ API บริการเว็บเท่านั้น เนื่องจาก Odoo " +"ไม่ได้ควบคุมการสร้างคนทำงานอีกต่อไป จึงไม่สามารถตั้งค่าคนทำงาน cron หรือ " +"livechat ได้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Cron Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คนงาน Cron" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" @@ -766,6 +1000,10 @@ msgid "" "--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " "setting." msgstr "" +"จำเป็นต้องเริ่มต้นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo ในตัวตัวใดตัวหนึ่งถัดจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ WSGI " +"เพื่อประมวลผลงาน cron เซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นจะต้องได้รับการกำหนดค่าให้ประมวลผลเฉพาะ" +" crons ไม่ใช่คำขอ HTTP โดยใช้ตัวเลือก :option:`--no-http ` ตัวเลือก cli หรือการตั้งค่าไฟล์การกำหนดค่า ``http_enable = False``" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "" @@ -775,6 +1013,11 @@ msgid "" "--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" " cli options." msgstr "" +"บนระบบที่คล้ายกับ Linux " +"ขอแนะนำให้ใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีการประมวลผลหลายตัวบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบมัลติเธรด " +"เพื่อให้ได้รับประโยชน์จากการใช้ฮาร์ดแวร์ที่ดีขึ้นและความเสถียรที่เพิ่มขึ้น " +"กล่าวคือ การใช้ :option:`--workers=-1 ` และ " +":option:`--max-cron-threads=n ` ตัวเลือก cli" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -785,6 +1028,12 @@ msgid "" "directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" " be used for all other requests." msgstr "" +"จำเป็นต้องใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ WSGI ที่เข้ากันได้กับ gevent " +"เพื่อการทำงานที่ถูกต้องของฟีเจอร์ไลฟ์แชท " +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นควรจะสามารถรองรับการเชื่อมต่อที่มีอายุการใช้งานยาวนานพร้อมกันจำนวนมากได้" +" แต่ไม่ต้องการพลังการประมวลผลมากนัก คำขอทั้งหมดที่เส้นทางเริ่มต้นด้วย " +"``/websocket/`` ควรถูกส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้น ควรใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ WSGI ปกติ " +"(ตามเธรด/ตามกระบวนการ) สำหรับคำขออื่นทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -795,10 +1044,16 @@ msgid "" "--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " "` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo cron ยังสามารถใช้เพื่อให้บริการตามคำขอไลฟ์แชทได้ " +"เพียงวางตัวเลือก cli :option:`--no-http ` จากเซิร์ฟเวอร์" +" cron และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคำขอที่มีเส้นทางขึ้นต้นด้วย ``/websocket/`` " +"ถูกส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์นี้โดยตรง บน :option:`--http-port ` (เซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบมัลติเธรด) หรือบน :option:`--gevent-port ` (เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีการประมวลผลหลายตัว)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:429 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ให้บริการไฟล์คงที่และไฟล์แนบ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -807,10 +1062,14 @@ msgid "" "performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " "server." msgstr "" +"เพื่อความสะดวกในการพัฒนา Odoo " +"จะให้บริการไฟล์คงที่และไฟล์แนบทั้งหมดในโมดูลโดยตรง " +"อาจไม่เหมาะเมื่อพูดถึงประสิทธิภาพ " +"และโดยทั่วไปไฟล์แบบคงที่ควรให้บริการโดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ HTTP แบบคงที่" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436 msgid "Serving static files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ให้บริการไฟล์คงที่" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" @@ -819,6 +1078,10 @@ msgid "" ":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" +"ไฟล์คงที่ของ Odoo จะอยู่ในโฟลเดอร์ :file:`static/` ของแต่ละโมดูล " +"ดังนั้นไฟล์คงที่จึงสามารถให้บริการได้โดยการสกัดกั้นคำขอทั้งหมดที่ส่งไปยัง " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}` และค้นหาโมดูลที่ถูกต้อง (และไฟล์) " +"ในพาธแอดออนต่างๆ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 msgid "" @@ -828,12 +1091,19 @@ msgid "" ":file:`static/` folder and existing images are final (they do not fetch new " "resources by themselves). However, it is good practice." msgstr "" +"ขอแนะนำให้ตั้งค่าส่วนหัว ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'none''`` " +"บนรูปภาพทั้งหมดที่ส่งโดยเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์ " +"ซึ่งไม่จำเป็นอย่างยิ่งเนื่องจากผู้ใช้ไม่สามารถแก้ไข/แทรกเนื้อหาภายในโฟลเดอร์" +" :file:`static/` ของโมดูล และรูปภาพที่มีอยู่ถือเป็นที่สิ้นสุด " +"(ไม่ได้ดึงทรัพยากรใหม่ด้วยตนเอง) อย่างไรก็ตาม ถือเป็นแนวปฏิบัติที่ดี" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:447 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following ``map`` and " "``location`` blocks should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" +"เมื่อใช้การกำหนดค่า NGINX (https) ข้างต้น ควรเพิ่มบล็อก ``map`` และ " +"``สถานที่`` ต่อไปนี้เพื่อให้บริการไฟล์คงที่ผ่าน NGINX" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -841,10 +1111,12 @@ msgid "" "installation, specifically on your :option:`--addons-path `." msgstr "" +"คำสั่ง ``root`` และ ``try_files`` ที่แท้จริงนั้นขึ้นอยู่กับการติดตั้งของคุณ " +"โดยเฉพาะใน :option:`--addons-path `" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:481 msgid "Debian package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แพ็คเกจ Debian" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -852,15 +1124,18 @@ msgid "" "Enterprise, and that the :option:`--addons-path ` is" " ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" +"สมมติว่า Odoo ได้รับการติดตั้งผ่าน **แพ็คเกจ debian** " +"สำหรับคอมมูนิตี้และองค์กร และ :option:`--addons-path ` คือ ``'/usr/lib/ python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons''``" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:501 msgid "The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``root`` และ ``try_files`` ควรเป็น:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:494 msgid "Git sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แหล่งที่มาของ Git" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "" @@ -870,10 +1145,16 @@ msgid "" "path ` is " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" +"สมมติว่า Odoo ได้รับการติดตั้งผ่าน **แหล่งที่มา** ซึ่งทั้งที่เก็บคอมไพล์ " +"คอมมูนิตี้และองค์กร ได้รับการโคลนใน :file:`/opt/odoo/community` และ " +":file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` ตามลำดับ และ :option:`--addons-path ` คือ " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo " +"/enterprise''``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:509 msgid "Serving attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ให้บริการไฟล์แนบ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" @@ -882,6 +1163,10 @@ msgid "" "them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" +"ไฟล์แนบคือไฟล์ที่จัดเก็บไว้ในที่เก็บไฟล์ ซึ่ง Odoo ควบคุมการเข้าถึง " +"ไม่สามารถเข้าถึงได้โดยตรงผ่านทางเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบ static " +"เนื่องจากการเข้าถึงไฟล์เหล่านี้จำเป็นต้องมีการค้นหาหลายครั้งในฐานข้อมูลเพื่อพิจารณาว่าไฟล์ถูกจัดเก็บไว้ที่ใด" +" และผู้ใช้ปัจจุบันสามารถเข้าถึงไฟล์เหล่านั้นได้หรือไม่" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:516 msgid "" @@ -896,18 +1181,30 @@ msgid "" "--x-sendfile>` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " "X-Accel)." msgstr "" +"อย่างไรก็ตาม เมื่อไฟล์ถูกพบและยืนยันสิทธิ์การเข้าถึงโดย Odoo แล้ว " +"เป็นความคิดที่ดีที่จะให้บริการไฟล์โดยใช้เว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบคงที่แทน Odoo " +"เพื่อให้ Odoo มอบหมายการให้บริการไฟล์ไปยังเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบคงที่ " +"`X-Sendfile `_ (apache) หรือ `X-Accel " +"`_ " +"(nginx) จะต้องเปิดใช้งานและกำหนดค่าบนเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบคงที่ " +"เมื่อตั้งค่าแล้ว ให้เริ่ม Odoo ด้วย :option:`--x-sendfile ` แฟล็ก CLI (แฟล็กเฉพาะนี้ใช้สำหรับทั้ง X-Sendfile และ X-Accel)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:526 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" +"ส่วนขยาย X-Sendfile สำหรับ apache (และเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เข้ากันได้) " +"ไม่ต้องการการกำหนดค่าเพิ่มเติมใดๆ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:528 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" +"ส่วนขยาย X-Accel สำหรับ NGINX **ไม่** " +"จำเป็นต้องมีการกำหนดค่าเพิ่มเติมต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:537 msgid "" @@ -917,6 +1214,10 @@ msgid "" "NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " "need." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่คุณไม่ทราบว่าเส้นทางไปยังที่เก็บไฟล์ของคุณคืออะไร ให้เริ่ม Odoo " +"ด้วยตัวเลือก :option:`--x-sendfile ` และไปที่ " +"``/web/filestore `` URL โดยตรงผ่าน Odoo (อย่านำทางไปยัง URL ผ่าน NGINX) " +"ซึ่งจะบันทึกคำเตือน ข้อความประกอบด้วยการกำหนดค่าที่คุณต้องการ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 msgid "Security" @@ -928,6 +1229,10 @@ msgid "" "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" +"สำหรับผู้เริ่มต้น " +"โปรดทราบว่าการรักษาความปลอดภัยของระบบข้อมูลนั้นเป็นกระบวนการที่ต่อเนื่อง " +"ไม่ใช่การดำเนินการเพียงครั้งเดียว " +"คุณมีความปลอดภัยเท่าจุดอ่อนที่สุดในสภาพแวดล้อมของคุณเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 msgid "" @@ -938,12 +1243,22 @@ msgid "" "system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " "access control management, etc." msgstr "" +"ดังนั้น " +"โปรดอย่าถือว่าส่วนนี้เป็นรายการมาตรการขั้นสูงสุดที่จะป้องกันปัญหาด้านความปลอดภัยทั้งหมด" +" " +"มีจุดมุ่งหมายเพียงเพื่อสรุปสิ่งสำคัญแรกที่คุณควรรวมไว้ในแผนปฏิบัติการด้านความปลอดภัยของคุณ" +" " +"ส่วนที่เหลือจะมาจากแนวทางปฏิบัติด้านความปลอดภัยที่ดีที่สุดสำหรับระบบปฏิบัติการและการเผยแพร่ของคุณ" +" แนวทางปฏิบัติที่ดีที่สุดในแง่ของผู้ใช้ รหัสผ่าน " +"และการจัดการการควบคุมการเข้าถึง และอื่นๆ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:558 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อปรับใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับอินเทอร์เน็ต " +"โปรดพิจารณาหัวข้อที่เกี่ยวข้องกับความปลอดภัยต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" @@ -951,6 +1266,9 @@ msgid "" "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" +"ตั้งรหัสผ่านผู้ดูแลระบบระดับสูงที่รัดกุมเสมอ " +"และจำกัดการเข้าถึงหน้าการจัดการฐานข้อมูลทันทีที่ตั้งค่าระบบ โปรดดู " +":ref:`db_manager_security`" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:564 msgid "" @@ -960,6 +1278,11 @@ msgid "" "*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " "databases." msgstr "" +"เลือกการเข้าสู่ระบบที่ไม่ซ้ำกันและรหัสผ่านที่รัดกุมสำหรับบัญชีผู้ดูแลระบบทั้งหมดในทุกฐานข้อมูล" +" อย่าใช้ 'ผู้ดูแลระบบ' เป็นการเข้าสู่ระบบ " +"อย่าใช้การล็อกอินเหล่านั้นสำหรับการดำเนินงานในแต่ละวัน " +"เพียงเพื่อการควบคุม/จัดการการติดตั้งเท่านั้น *ห้าม* ใช้รหัสผ่านเริ่มต้นใดๆ " +"เช่น ผู้ดูแลระบบ/ผู้ดูแลระบบ แม้แต่กับฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบ/ชั่วคราวก็ตาม" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" @@ -967,6 +1290,9 @@ msgid "" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" +"**อย่า** ติดตั้งข้อมูลสาธิตบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับอินเทอร์เน็ต " +"ฐานข้อมูลที่มีข้อมูลสาธิตประกอบด้วยการเข้าสู่ระบบและรหัสผ่านเริ่มต้นที่สามารถใช้เพื่อเข้าสู่ระบบของคุณและก่อให้เกิดปัญหาร้ายแรง" +" แม้แต่ในระบบชั่วคราว/การพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" @@ -977,6 +1303,11 @@ msgid "" "from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " "backend." msgstr "" +"ใช้ตัวกรองฐานข้อมูลที่เหมาะสม ( :option:`--db-filter `) เพื่อจำกัดการมองเห็นฐานข้อมูลของคุณตามชื่อโฮสต์ โปรดดู " +":ref:`db_filter` คุณยังอาจใช้ :option:`-d ` " +"เพื่อจัดทำรายการฐานข้อมูลที่มีอยู่ (คั่นด้วยเครื่องหมายจุลภาค) " +"ของคุณเองเพื่อกรอง แทนที่จะปล่อยให้ระบบดึงข้อมูลทั้งหมดจากแบ็กเอนด์ฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:580 msgid "" @@ -987,6 +1318,11 @@ msgid "" ":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " "option)" msgstr "" +"เมื่อ ``db_name`` และ ``db_filter`` ได้รับการกำหนดค่าแล้ว " +"และตรงกับฐานข้อมูลเดียวต่อชื่อโฮสต์ คุณควรตั้งค่าตัวเลือกการกำหนดค่า " +"``list_db`` เป็น ``False`` เพื่อป้องกันการแสดงรายการฐานข้อมูลทั้งหมด " +"และเพื่อบล็อก เข้าถึงหน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูล (ซึ่งแสดงเป็น :option:`--no-" +"database-list ` ตัวเลือกบรรทัดคำสั่ง)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:586 msgid "" @@ -996,6 +1332,11 @@ msgid "" "using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าผู้ใช้ PostgreSQL (:option:`--db_user `) เป็น *ไม่ใช่* ผู้ใช้ระดับสูง " +"และฐานข้อมูลของคุณเป็นของผู้ใช้รายอื่น ตัวอย่างเช่น ผู้ใช้ขั้นสูง " +"``postgres`` อาจเป็นเจ้าของได้ หากคุณใช้ ``db_user`` " +"ที่ไม่มีสิทธิพิเศษโดยเฉพาะ ดูเพิ่มเติมที่ :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:591 msgid "" @@ -1003,12 +1344,17 @@ msgid "" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" +"อัปเดตการติดตั้งอยู่เสมอโดยการติดตั้งบิวด์ล่าสุดเป็นประจำ ไม่ว่าจะผ่าน " +"GitHub หรือโดยการดาวน์โหลดเวอร์ชันล่าสุดจาก " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download หรือ http://nightly.odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" +"กำหนดค่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณในโหมดหลายกระบวนการด้วยขีดจำกัดที่เหมาะสมซึ่งตรงกับการใช้งานทั่วไปของคุณ" +" (หน่วยความจำ/CPU/หมดเวลา) ดูเพิ่มเติม :ref:`builtin_server`" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" @@ -1019,6 +1365,11 @@ msgid "" "enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" +"เรียกใช้ Odoo ด้านหลังเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ให้การยกเลิก HTTPS ด้วยใบรับรอง SSL " +"ที่ถูกต้อง เพื่อป้องกันการดักฟังการสื่อสารข้อความที่ชัดเจน ใบรับรอง SSL " +"มีราคาถูกและมีตัวเลือกฟรีมากมาย กำหนดค่าเว็บพร็อกซีเพื่อจำกัดขนาดของคำขอ " +"ตั้งค่าการหมดเวลาที่เหมาะสม จากนั้นเปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก :option:`proxy mode " +"` ดูเพิ่มเติม :ref:`https_proxy`" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:605 msgid "" @@ -1029,6 +1380,14 @@ msgid "" " allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการอนุญาตให้เข้าถึง SSH ระยะไกลไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ตั้งรหัสผ่านที่รัดกุมสำหรับบัญชี **ทั้งหมด** ไม่ใช่แค่ " +"`root` " +"ขอแนะนำอย่างยิ่งให้ปิดการใช้งานการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์โดยใช้รหัสผ่านโดยสิ้นเชิง " +"และอนุญาตเฉพาะการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์กุญแจสาธารณะเท่านั้น นอกจากนี้ " +"ให้พิจารณาจำกัดการเข้าถึงผ่าน VPN โดยอนุญาตเฉพาะ IP " +"ที่เชื่อถือได้ในไฟร์วอลล์ และ/หรือใช้งานระบบตรวจจับแบบ brute-force เช่น " +"`fail2ban` หรือเทียบเท่า" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -1036,6 +1395,9 @@ msgid "" "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" +"พิจารณาติดตั้งการจำกัดอัตราที่เหมาะสมบนพร็อกซีหรือไฟร์วอลล์ของคุณ " +"เพื่อป้องกันการโจมตีแบบ brute-force และการโจมตีแบบปฏิเสธบริการ ดูเพิ่มเติม " +":ref:`login_brute_force` สำหรับมาตรการเฉพาะ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 msgid "" @@ -1043,6 +1405,9 @@ msgid "" "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการเครือข่ายหลายรายจัดให้มีการบรรเทาการโจมตีแบบ Distributed Denial " +"of Service (DDOS) โดยอัตโนมัติ แต่มักเป็นบริการเสริม " +"ดังนั้นคุณควรปรึกษากับผู้ให้บริการเครือข่ายเหล่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:619 msgid "" @@ -1050,6 +1415,9 @@ msgid "" "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" +"เมื่อใดก็ตามที่เป็นไปได้ " +"ให้โฮสต์อินสแตนซ์การสาธิต/การทดสอบ/การแสดงแบบสาธารณะของคุณบนเครื่องที่แตกต่างจากเครื่องที่ใช้งานจริง" +" และใช้มาตรการรักษาความปลอดภัยเช่นเดียวกับการผลิต" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -1065,6 +1433,18 @@ msgid "" "systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " "control." msgstr "" +"หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo " +"แบบสาธารณะของคุณสามารถเข้าถึงทรัพยากรเครือข่ายภายในหรือบริการที่ละเอียดอ่อน " +"(เช่น ผ่าน VLAN ส่วนตัว) ให้ใช้กฎไฟร์วอลล์ที่เหมาะสม " +"เพื่อปกป้องทรัพยากรภายในเหล่านั้น สิ่งนี้จะช่วยให้แน่ใจว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo " +"จะไม่ถูกใช้โดยไม่ได้ตั้งใจ (หรือเป็นผลมาจากการกระทำของผู้ใช้ที่เป็นอันตราย) " +"เพื่อเข้าถึงหรือรบกวนทรัพยากรภายในเหล่านั้น โดยทั่วไปสามารถทำได้โดยใช้กฎ " +"DENY เริ่มต้นขาออกบนไฟร์วอลล์ " +"จากนั้นให้อนุญาตเฉพาะการเข้าถึงทรัพยากรภายในที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo " +"ต้องการเข้าถึงอย่างชัดเจนเท่านั้น `การควบคุมการเข้าถึงการรับส่งข้อมูล " +"Systemd IP `_ " +"อาจมีประโยชน์ในการใช้การควบคุมการเข้าถึงเครือข่ายต่อกระบวนการ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:634 msgid "" @@ -1080,18 +1460,34 @@ msgid "" "CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " "this purpose." msgstr "" +"หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo แบบสาธารณะของคุณอยู่ด้านหลังไฟร์วอลล์แอปพลิเคชันบนเว็บ, " +"โหลดบาลานเซอร์, บริการป้องกัน DDoS ที่โปร่งใส (เช่น CloudFlare) " +"หรืออุปกรณ์ระดับเครือข่ายที่คล้ายกัน คุณอาจต้องการหลีกเลี่ยงการเข้าถึงระบบ " +"Odoo โดยตรง โดยทั่วไป การเก็บที่อยู่ IP ปลายทางของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo " +"ของคุณไว้เป็นความลับนั้นเป็นเรื่องยาก ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"อาจปรากฏในบันทึกของเว็บเซิร์ฟเวอร์เมื่อสืบค้นระบบสาธารณะ " +"หรือในส่วนหัวของอีเมลที่โพสต์จาก Odoo ในสถานการณ์เช่นนี้ " +"คุณอาจต้องการกำหนดค่าไฟร์วอลล์ของคุณเพื่อไม่ให้เข้าถึงจุดสิ้นสุดแบบสาธารณะ " +"ยกเว้นจากที่อยู่ IP เฉพาะของ WAF, โหลดบาลานเซอร์ หรือบริการพร็อกซีของคุณ " +"ผู้ให้บริการเช่น CloudFlare มักจะรักษารายการสาธารณะของช่วงที่อยู่ IP " +"ของตนเพื่อจุดประสงค์นี้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:645 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" +"หากคุณโฮสต์ลูกค้าหลายราย " +"ให้แยกข้อมูลและไฟล์ของลูกค้าออกจากกันโดยใช้คอนเทนเนอร์หรือเทคนิค " +"\"การกักขัง\" ที่เหมาะสม" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:648 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +"ตั้งค่าการสำรองข้อมูลรายวันของฐานข้อมูลและข้อมูลพื้นที่จัดเก็บไฟล์ของคุณ " +"และคัดลอกไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์การเก็บถาวรระยะไกลที่ไม่สามารถเข้าถึงได้จากเซิร์ฟเวอร์เอง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:651 msgid "" @@ -1100,10 +1496,13 @@ msgid "" "hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " "scope of this guide." msgstr "" +"ขอแนะนำอย่างยิ่งให้ปรับใช้ Odoo บน Linux บน Windows " +"หากคุณเลือกที่จะปรับใช้บนแพลตฟอร์ม Windows " +"ควรดำเนินการตรวจสอบการรักษาความปลอดภัยอย่างเข้มงวดของเซิร์ฟเวอร์และอยู่นอกเหนือขอบเขตของคู่มือนี้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:659 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การปิดกั้นการโจมตีแบบ Brute Force" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:661 msgid "" @@ -1112,56 +1511,70 @@ msgid "" "emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " "result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." msgstr "" +"สำหรับการปรับใช้ผ่านอินเทอร์เน็ต การโจมตีแบบ bruteforce " +"ต่อรหัสผ่านผู้ใช้เป็นเรื่องปกติมาก " +"และภัยคุกคามนี้ไม่ควรละเลยสำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo ทั้งนี้ Odoo " +"ปล่อยรายการบันทึกทุกครั้งที่พยายามเข้าสู่ระบบ และรายงานผลลัพธ์: " +"สำเร็จหรือไม่สำเร็จ พร้อมทั้งการเข้าสู่ระบบเป้าหมายและ IP ต้นทาง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:665 msgid "The log entries will have the following form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการบันทึกจะมีแบบฟอร์มดังต่อไปนี้" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:667 msgid "Failed login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเข้าสู่ระบบล้มเหลว::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:671 msgid "Successful login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เข้าสู่ระบบสำเร็จ::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:676 msgid "" "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " "`fail2ban`." msgstr "" +"บันทึกเหล่านี้สามารถวิเคราะห์ได้อย่างง่ายดายด้วยระบบป้องกันการบุกรุก เช่น " +"`fail2ban`" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:678 msgid "" "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " "login::" msgstr "" +"ตัวอย่างเช่น ข้อกำหนดตัวกรอง failed2ban " +"ต่อไปนี้ควรตรงกับการเข้าสู่ระบบที่ล้มเหลว::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:685 msgid "" "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " "HTTP(S)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สามารถใช้กับคำจำกัดความของคุกเพื่อป้องกัน IP ที่ถูกโจมตีบน HTTP(S)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:687 msgid "" "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " "failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" msgstr "" +"ต่อไปนี้คือลักษณะที่ปรากฏสำหรับการบล็อก IP เป็นเวลา 15 นาที " +"เมื่อตรวจพบการพยายามเข้าสู่ระบบที่ไม่สำเร็จเกินกว่า 10 ครั้งจาก IP " +"เดียวกันภายใน 1 นาที::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:701 msgid "Database Manager Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ความปลอดภัยของผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:703 msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` กล่าวถึง ``admin_passwd`` ในการผ่าน" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:705 msgid "" "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " "dump or restore databases)." msgstr "" +"การตั้งค่านี้ใช้กับหน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูลทั้งหมด (เพื่อสร้าง ลบ ดัมพ์ " +"หรือกู้คืนฐานข้อมูล)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:708 msgid "" @@ -1169,6 +1582,9 @@ msgid "" "``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " "database selection and management screens." msgstr "" +"หากหน้าจอการจัดการต้องไม่สามารถเข้าถึงได้เลย " +"คุณควรตั้งค่าตัวเลือกการกำหนดค่า ``list_db`` เป็น ``False`` " +"เพื่อบล็อกการเข้าถึงการเลือกฐานข้อมูลและหน้าจอการจัดการทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:714 msgid "" @@ -1178,6 +1594,13 @@ msgid "" "production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " "not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." msgstr "" +"ขอแนะนำอย่างยิ่งให้ปิดการใช้งานตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลสำหรับระบบที่เชื่อมต่อกับอินเทอร์เน็ต!" +" มีไว้เพื่อเป็นเครื่องมือในการพัฒนา/สาธิต " +"เพื่อให้ง่ายต่อการสร้างและจัดการฐานข้อมูลอย่างรวดเร็ว " +"ไม่ได้ออกแบบมาเพื่อใช้ในการผลิต " +"และอาจเปิดเผยฟีเจอร์ที่เป็นอันตรายแก่ผู้โจมตีด้วยซ้ำ " +"นอกจากนี้ยังไม่ได้ออกแบบมาเพื่อจัดการกับฐานข้อมูลขนาดใหญ่ " +"และอาจทำให้เกิดขีดจำกัดของหน่วยความจำ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:720 msgid "" @@ -1185,6 +1608,8 @@ msgid "" "performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " "databases and automated backups." msgstr "" +"ในระบบที่ใช้งานจริง ผู้ดูแลระบบควรดำเนินการจัดการฐานข้อมูลเสมอ " +"รวมถึงการจัดเตรียมฐานข้อมูลใหม่และการสำรองข้อมูลอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:723 msgid "" @@ -1193,6 +1618,11 @@ msgid "" "each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " "choose the database themselves." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ตั้งค่าพารามิเตอร์ ``db_name`` ที่เหมาะสม " +"(และเป็นทางเลือก ``db_filter`` ด้วย) " +"เพื่อให้ระบบสามารถระบุฐานข้อมูลเป้าหมายสำหรับแต่ละคำขอ " +"ไม่เช่นนั้นผู้ใช้จะถูกบล็อกเนื่องจากจะไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้เลือก " +"ฐานข้อมูลนั้นเอง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:728 msgid "" @@ -1201,6 +1631,10 @@ msgid "" "starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " "which displays the database-selection screen." msgstr "" +"หากต้องเข้าถึงหน้าจอการจัดการได้จากชุดเครื่องที่เลือกเท่านั้น " +"ให้ใช้ฟีเจอร์ของพร็อกซีเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อบล็อกการเข้าถึงทุกเส้นทางที่ขึ้นต้นด้วย" +" ``/web/database`` ยกเว้น (อาจจะ) ``/web/database/selector`` " +"ซึ่งแสดงหน้าจอการเลือกฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:732 msgid "" @@ -1208,60 +1642,68 @@ msgid "" "``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " "password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." msgstr "" +"หากควรปล่อยให้หน้าจอการจัดการฐานข้อมูลสามารถเข้าถึงได้ การตั้งค่า " +"``admin_passwd`` จะต้องเปลี่ยนจากค่าเริ่มต้น ``admin``: " +"รหัสผ่านนี้จะถูกตรวจสอบก่อนที่จะอนุญาตการดำเนินการแก้ไขฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:736 msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ควรเก็บไว้อย่างปลอดภัย และควรสร้างขึ้นแบบสุ่ม เช่น" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:742 msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ซึ่งจะสร้างสตริงที่สามารถพิมพ์แบบสุ่มเทียมได้ 32 อักขระ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:745 msgid "Supported Browsers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เบราว์เซอร์ที่รองรับ" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:747 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" +"Odoo รองรับเบราว์เซอร์เดสก์ท็อปและมือถือหลักทั้งหมดที่มีอยู่ในตลาด " +"เท่าที่ได้รับการสนับสนุนจากผู้เผยแพร่" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:750 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นี่คือเบราว์เซอร์ที่รองรับ:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:752 msgid "Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chrome" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:753 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:754 msgid "Microsoft Edge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Edge" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:755 msgid "Apple Safari" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apple Safari" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:757 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" +"โปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเบราว์เซอร์ของคุณเป็นเวอร์ชันล่าสุดและยังคงได้รับการสนับสนุนโดยผู้เผยแพร่ก่อนที่จะยื่นรายงานข้อบกพร่อง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:762 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งแต่ Odoo 13.0 จึงรองรับ ES6 ดังนั้นการสนับสนุน IE จึงถูกยกเลิก" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:765 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" +"เพื่อให้การติดตั้ง Odoo หลายรายการใช้ฐานข้อมูล PostgreSQL เดียวกัน " +"หรือเพื่อจัดหาทรัพยากรการประมวลผลเพิ่มเติมให้กับซอฟต์แวร์ทั้งสอง" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:768 msgid "" @@ -1269,6 +1711,9 @@ msgid "" "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" +"ในทางเทคนิคแล้ว เครื่องมืออย่าง socat_ สามารถใช้กับซ็อกเก็ตพร็อกซี UNIX " +"ข้ามเครือข่ายได้ แต่ส่วนใหญ่ใช้สำหรับซอฟต์แวร์ที่สามารถใช้ได้ผ่านซ็อกเก็ต " +"UNIX เท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:772 msgid "" @@ -1279,28 +1724,39 @@ msgid "" "certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " "internet." msgstr "" +"หรือสามารถเข้าถึงได้ผ่านเครือข่ายสวิตช์แพ็กเก็ตภายในเท่านั้น " +"แต่ต้องใช้สวิตช์ที่ปลอดภัย การป้องกันการปลอมแปลง ARP และขัดขวางการใช้ WiFi " +"แม้แต่บนเครือข่ายสวิตช์แพ็กเก็ตที่ปลอดภัย ขอแนะนำให้ปรับใช้ผ่าน HTTPS " +"และค่าใช้จ่ายที่เป็นไปได้จะลดลง เนื่องจากใบรับรอง \"ที่ลงนามด้วยตนเอง\" " +"จะปรับใช้ในสภาพแวดล้อมที่มีการควบคุมได้ง่ายกว่าบนอินเทอร์เน็ต" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 msgid "Email gateway" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เกตเวย์อีเมล" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " "in Odoo." msgstr "" +"เกตเวย์อีเมลของ Odoo ช่วยให้คุณสามารถแทรกอีเมลที่ได้รับทั้งหมดลงใน Odoo " +"ได้โดยตรง" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 msgid "" "Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" " script for every new incoming email." msgstr "" +"มีหลักการตรงไปตรงมา: เซิร์ฟเวอร์ SMTP ของคุณรันสคริปต์ \"mailgate\" " +"สำหรับอีเมลขาเข้าใหม่ทุกฉบับ" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 msgid "" "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " "and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." msgstr "" +"สคริปต์จะดูแลการเชื่อมต่อกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณผ่าน XML-RPC " +"และส่งอีเมลผ่านฟีเจอร์ `MailThread.message_process()`" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -1308,23 +1764,23 @@ msgstr "ข้อกำหนดเบื้องต้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ดูแลระบบเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูล Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมลเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณเอง เช่น Postfix หรือ Exim" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ความรู้ทางเทคนิคเกี่ยวกับวิธีกำหนดค่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์อีเมล" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 msgid "For Postfix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สำหรับ Postfix" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในการกำหนดค่านามแฝงของคุณ (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 @@ -1333,41 +1789,43 @@ msgstr "ทรัพยากร" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 msgid "`Postfix `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix aliases `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix virtual `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 msgid "For Exim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สำหรับ Exim" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 msgid "`Exim `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Exim `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 msgid "" "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " "messages `." msgstr "" +"หากคุณไม่มีสิทธิ์เข้าถึง/จัดการเซิร์ฟเวอร์อีเมลของคุณ ให้ใช้ " +":ref:`ข้อความขาเข้า `" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo IP" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เอกสารนี้ใช้กับฐานข้อมูลภายในองค์กรเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1393,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รีสตาร์ทเซิร์ฟเวอร์" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1405,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`เอกสารของ CLI `." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1421,15 +1879,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไปที่เว็บไซต์ของคุณ เปิดหน้าเว็บที่คุณต้องการทดสอบ ``GeoIP``" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือก :menuselection:`ปรับแต่ง --> ตัวแก้ไข HTML/CSS/JS`" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มส่วนต่อไปนี้ของ XML ในหน้า:" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1472,6 +1930,8 @@ msgid "" "Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a " "local installation." msgstr "" +"อินสแตนซ์ออนไลน์เข้าถึงได้โดยใช้เว็บเบราว์เซอร์ใดก็ได้ " +"และไม่จำเป็นต้องติดตั้งในเครื่อง" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 msgid "Demo" @@ -1483,6 +1943,9 @@ msgid "" "are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for" " a few hours." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการลองใช้ Odoo อย่างรวดเร็ว อินสแตนซ์ `demo `_" +" ที่แชร์ก็พร้อมใช้งาน ไม่จำเป็นต้องลงทะเบียน " +"แต่แต่ละอินสแตนซ์ใช้งานได้เพียงไม่กี่ชั่วโมงเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 @@ -1491,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Online" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1500,14 +1963,18 @@ msgid "" "production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " "require code." msgstr "" +"`Odoo Online `_ " +"มอบอินสแตนซ์ส่วนตัวที่ได้รับการจัดการและโฮสต์โดย Odoo อย่างสมบูรณ์ " +"สามารถใช้สำหรับการผลิตในระยะยาวหรือทดสอบ Odoo อย่างละเอียด " +"รวมถึงการปรับแต่งที่ไม่ต้องใช้โค้ด" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:21 msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Online เข้ากันไม่ได้กับโมดูลแบบกำหนดเองหรือ Odoo App Store" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:3 msgid "Packaged installers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจ" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1515,6 +1982,9 @@ msgid "" "(Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL," " etc.), and Windows for the Community and Enterprise editions." msgstr "" +"Odoo มีตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจสำหรับการกระจาย Linux ที่ใช้ Debian (Debian, " +"Ubuntu และอื่นๆ), การกระจาย Linux บน RPM (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL และอื่นๆ) และ" +" Windows สำหรับฉบับคอมมูนิตี้และองค์กร" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1522,22 +1992,29 @@ msgid "" "requirements are available on the `nightly server " "`_." msgstr "" +"แพ็คเกจ **คอมมูนิตี้** Nightly อย่างเป็นทางการ " +"พร้อมข้อกำหนดการพึ่งพาที่เกี่ยวข้องทั้งหมดมีอยู่ใน `เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Nightly " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:13 msgid "Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "แพ็คเกจรายคืนอาจติดตามข้อมูลได้ยาก" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:15 msgid "" "Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from " "the `Odoo download page `_." msgstr "" +"สามารถดาวน์โหลดแพ็คเกจ **คอมมูนิตี้** และ **องค์กร** อย่างเป็นทางการได้จาก " +"`หน้าดาวน์โหลด Odoo `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download " "the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"จำเป็นต้องเข้าสู่ระบบในฐานะลูกค้าหรือพาร์ทเนอร์แบบชำระเงินเพื่อดาวน์โหลดแพ็คเกจ" +" Enterprise" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -1550,25 +2027,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:380 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:442 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เตรียมพร้อม" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL `_ server to run " "properly." msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการเซิร์ฟเวอร์ `PostgreSQL `_ " +"เพื่อให้ทำงานได้อย่างถูกต้อง" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:34 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:70 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:100 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:274 msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian/Ubuntu" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1576,18 +2055,23 @@ msgid "" "PostgreSQL server on the same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the " "following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" msgstr "" +"การกำหนดค่าเริ่มต้นสำหรับแพ็คเกจ Odoo 'deb' คือการใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ PostgreSQL " +"บนโฮสต์เดียวกันกับอินสแตนซ์ Odoo " +"ดำเนินการคำสั่งต่อไปนี้เพื่อติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์ PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:44 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:80 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:132 msgid "Fedora" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fedora" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only" " then, execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคำสั่ง `sudo` พร้อมใช้งานและได้รับการกำหนดค่าอย่างดี " +"จากนั้นจึงดำเนินการคำสั่งต่อไปนี้เพื่อติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์ PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:57 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:412 @@ -1599,29 +2083,37 @@ msgid "" "`_ for more details on the " "various versions." msgstr "" +"`wkhtmltopdf` ไม่ได้ติดตั้งผ่าน **pip** และต้องติดตั้งด้วยตนเองใน `เวอร์ชัน " +"0.12.6 `_ " +"เพื่อรองรับส่วนหัวและส่วนท้าย ตรวจสอบ `wkhtmltopdf wiki " +"`_ " +"เพื่อดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับเวอร์ชันต่างๆ" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:63 msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "พื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the " "**Community** edition by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" +"Odoo S.A. จัดเตรียมพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลที่สามารถใช้เพื่อติดตั้งรุ่น " +"**คอมมูนิตี้** โดยการรันคำสั่งต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:78 msgid "" "Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date." msgstr "" +"ใช้คำสั่ง `apt-get upgrade` ตามปกติเพื่อให้การติดตั้งเป็นปัจจุบันอยู่เสมอ" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:90 msgid "Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ขณะนี้ไม่มีพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล nightly สำหรับรุ่น Enterprise" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:93 msgid "Distribution package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แพ็คเกจการจำหน่าย" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1629,6 +2121,9 @@ msgid "" "**Enterprise** editions can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page " "`_." msgstr "" +"แทนที่จะใช้พื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล คุณสามารถดาวน์โหลดแพ็คเกจสำหรับทั้งรุ่น " +"**คอมมูนิตี้** และ **องค์กร** ได้จาก `หน้าดาวน์โหลด Odoo " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1643,6 +2138,9 @@ msgid "" "as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start " "the server:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อดาวน์โหลดแล้ว ให้รันคำสั่งต่อไปนี้ **ในฐานะรูท** เพื่อติดตั้ง Odoo " +"เป็นบริการ สร้างผู้ใช้ PostgreSQL ที่จำเป็น " +"และเริ่มต้นเซิร์ฟเวอร์โดยอัตโนมัติ:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -1650,6 +2148,9 @@ msgid "" "does not exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it " "manually with the following:" msgstr "" +"แพ็คเกจ `python3-xlwt` Debian ซึ่งจำเป็นในการส่งออกเป็นรูปแบบ XLS " +"ไม่มีอยู่ใน Debian Buster หรือ Ubuntu 18.04 หากจำเป็น " +"ให้ติดตั้งด้วยตนเองโดยทำดังนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -1657,6 +2158,9 @@ msgid "" " exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with " "the `l10n_mx_edi` module. If needed, install it manually with the following:" msgstr "" +"แพ็คเกจ Python `num2words` ซึ่งจำเป็นสำหรับการแสดงผลจำนวนข้อความ ไม่มีอยู่ใน" +" Debian Buster หรือ Ubuntu 18.04 ซึ่งอาจทำให้เกิดปัญหากับโมดูล `l10n_mx_edi`" +" หากจำเป็น ให้ติดตั้งด้วยตนเองโดยทำดังนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:135 msgid "Odoo 16 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36." @@ -1667,6 +2171,7 @@ msgid "" "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " "manager:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อดาวน์โหลดแล้ว สามารถติดตั้งแพ็คเกจได้โดยใช้ตัวจัดการแพ็คเกจ 'dnf':" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:148 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:70 @@ -1679,7 +2184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:389 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:452 msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -1688,6 +2193,11 @@ msgid "" "a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " "Windows platform." msgstr "" +"แพ็คเกจ Windows " +"มีไว้เพื่อความสะดวกในการทดสอบหรือเรียกใช้อินสแตนซ์ภายในเครื่องแบบผู้ใช้คนเดียว" +" " +"แต่การปรับใช้งานจริงไม่ได้รับการสนับสนุนเนื่องจากข้อจำกัดและความเสี่ยงหลายประการที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการปรับใช้" +" Odoo บนแพลตฟอร์ม Windows" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1695,30 +2205,38 @@ msgid "" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "`_ (any edition." msgstr "" +"ดาวน์โหลดตัวติดตั้งจาก `เซิร์ฟเวอร์ nightly `_ " +"(คอมมูนิตี้เท่านั้น) หรือตัวติดตั้ง Windows จาก `หน้าดาวน์โหลด Odoo " +" `_ (ฉบับใดก็ได้" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดำเนินการไฟล์ที่ดาวน์โหลด" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" +"บน Windows 8 และใหม่กว่า คำเตือนชื่อ *Windows protected your PC* " +"อาจแสดงขึ้นมา คลิก **ข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม** จากนั้น **เรียกใช้ต่อไป** " +"เพื่อดำเนินการต่อ" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." msgstr "" +"ยอมรับข้อความแจ้ง `UAC " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทำตามขั้นตอนการติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo เปิดใช้งานโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อสิ้นสุดการติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:3 msgid "Source" @@ -1729,12 +2247,16 @@ msgid "" "The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it " "directly from the source instead." msgstr "" +"'การติดตั้ง' แหล่งที่มาไม่ได้เกี่ยวกับการติดตั้ง Odoo " +"แต่เป็นการเรียกใช้โดยตรงจากแหล่งที่มาแทน" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:8 msgid "" "Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is " "more easily accessible than using packaged installers." msgstr "" +"การใช้แหล่งที่มาของ Odoo จะสะดวกกว่าสำหรับนักพัฒนาโมดูล " +"เนื่องจากเข้าถึงได้ง่ายกว่าการใช้ตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจ" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1743,12 +2265,19 @@ msgid "" "settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without " "needing to edit a configuration file." msgstr "" +"ทำให้การเริ่มและการหยุด Odoo " +"มีความยืดหยุ่นและชัดเจนมากกว่าบริการที่ตั้งค่าโดยตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจ " +"นอกจากนี้ยังอนุญาตให้แทนที่การตั้งค่าโดยใช้ :ref:`พารามิเตอร์บรรทัดคำสั่ง " +"` โดยไม่จำเป็นต้องแก้ไขไฟล์การกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:15 msgid "" "Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to " "more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." msgstr "" +"สุดท้ายนี้ ช่วยให้สามารถควบคุมการตั้งค่าของระบบได้ดียิ่งขึ้น " +"และช่วยให้สามารถเก็บ (และเรียกใช้) Odoo " +"หลายเวอร์ชันไว้เคียงข้างกันได้ง่ายขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:19 msgid "Fetch the sources" @@ -5245,6 +5774,13 @@ msgid "" "because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the " "database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." msgstr "" +"หมายถึงการดำเนินการประมวลผลข้อมูลที่ซับซ้อนซึ่งโครงสร้างและเนื้อหาของฐานข้อมูลของคุณได้รับการแก้ไขอย่างถาวรเพื่อให้เข้ากันได้กับ" +" Odoo รุ่นใหม่ การดำเนินการนี้ไม่สามารถย้อนกลับได้ " +"และโดยปกติแล้วจะดำเนินการผ่าน `บริการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูล " +"`_ ของ Odoo เมื่อคุณตัดสินใจเปลี่ยนไปใช้ Odoo " +"รุ่นใหม่กว่า ในอดีต ขั้นตอนนี้เรียกอีกอย่างว่า \"การโยกย้าย\" " +"เนื่องจากเกี่ยวข้องกับการย้ายข้อมูลไปมาภายในฐานข้อมูล " +"แม้ว่าฐานข้อมูลอาจไปอยู่ที่ตำแหน่งจริงเดียวกันหลังจากการอัปเกรดก็ตาม" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5354,6 +5890,14 @@ msgid "" " be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " "set." msgstr "" +"หากคุณติดตั้ง Odoo ด้วยแพ็คเกจการติดตั้งที่ดาวน์โหลดบนเว็บไซต์ของเรา " +"(วิธีที่แนะนำ) การอัปเดตก็ทำได้ง่ายมาก " +"สิ่งที่คุณต้องทำคือดาวน์โหลดแพ็คเกจการติดตั้งที่สอดคล้องกับระบบของคุณ " +"(ดูขั้นตอนที่ 1) และติดตั้งบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ " +"อัปเดตทุกวันและรวมการแก้ไขความปลอดภัยล่าสุด โดยปกติแล้ว " +"คุณสามารถดับเบิลคลิกที่แพ็คเกจเพื่อติดตั้งทับการติดตั้งปัจจุบันได้ " +"หลังจากติดตั้งแพ็คเกจแล้ว อย่าลืมเริ่มการบริการของ Odoo " +"ใหม่หรือรีบูตเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ เพียงเท่านี้คุณก็พร้อมแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" @@ -6416,6 +6960,14 @@ msgid "" "wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " "abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." msgstr "" +"หากคุณรวมคอมมิตที่เปลี่ยนโค้ดบางส่วนโดยไม่มีการแก้ไขที่กล่าวมาข้างต้น " +"Odoo.sh จะไม่มีการสำรองข้อมูล " +"เนื่องจากทั้งคอนเทนเนอร์และฐานข้อมูลไม่ได้รับการแก้ไข " +"ดังนั้นแพลตฟอร์มจึงถือว่าสิ่งนี้ปลอดภัยเพียงพอ เพื่อเป็นการป้องกันไว้ก่อน " +"คุณสามารถสำรองข้อมูลด้วยตนเองก่อนที่จะทำการเปลี่ยนแปลงครั้งใหญ่ในแหล่งที่มาที่ใช้งานจริงของคุณ" +" ในกรณีที่มีสิ่งผิดปกติเกิดขึ้น " +"(การสำรองข้อมูลด้วยตนเองเหล่านี้จะสามารถใช้งานได้ประมาณหนึ่งสัปดาห์) " +"เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงการละเมิด เราจำกัดการสำรองข้อมูลด้วยตนเองไว้ที่ 5 ครั้งต่อวัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -6481,6 +7033,16 @@ msgid "" " the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " "back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." msgstr "" +"สำหรับสาขาการพัฒนาและการจัดเตรียม " +"คุณสามารถเปลี่ยนพฤติกรรมของสาขาเมื่อได้รับคอมมิตใหม่ ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"สาขาการพัฒนาจะสร้างบิลด์ใหม่และสาขาการจัดเตรียมจะอัปเดตบิลด์ก่อนหน้า (ดู " +":ref:`ขั้นตอนการผลิต `) " +"สิ่งนี้มีประโยชน์อย่างยิ่งหากฟีเจอร์ที่คุณกำลังทำงานอยู่จำเป็นต้องมีการตั้งค่าหรือการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะ" +" เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงการตั้งค่าด้วยตนเองอีกครั้งในทุกคอมมิต " +"หากคุณเลือกบิลด์ใหม่สำหรับสาขาการจัดเตรียม " +"มันจะสร้างสำเนาใหม่จากบิลด์ที่ใช้งานจริงทุกครั้งที่มีการส่งคอมมิต " +"สาขาที่เปลี่ยนกลับจากการจัดเตรียมเป็นการพัฒนาจะถูกตั้งค่าเป็น 'ไม่ทำอะไรเลย'" +" โดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 msgid "**Modules installation**" @@ -8169,6 +8731,18 @@ msgid "" "command-line/>`_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " "suffices." msgstr "" +"ไม่ได้ใช้รีโมต SSH Github เนื่องจากคีย์ส่วนตัว SSH " +"ของคุณไม่ได้โฮสต์อยู่ในคอนเทนเนอร์บิลด์ของคุณ " +"(สำหรับข้อกังวลด้านความปลอดภัยที่ชัดเจน) หรือส่งต่อผ่านตัวแทน SSH " +"(เมื่อคุณเข้าถึงตัวแก้ไขนี้ผ่านเว็บเบราว์เซอร์) " +"ดังนั้นคุณจึงไม่สามารถรับรองความถูกต้องของตัวเองกับ Github ใช้ SSH " +"คุณต้องใช้ HTTPS ระยะไกลของที่เก็บ Github ของคุณเพื่อพุชการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ" +" ซึ่งจะถูกเพิ่มชื่อโดยอัตโนมัติเป็น *https* ในรีโมท Git ของคุณ " +"คุณจะได้รับแจ้งให้ป้อนชื่อผู้ใช้และรหัสผ่าน Github ของคุณ " +"หากคุณเปิดใช้งานการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์แบบสองปัจจัยบน Github คุณสามารถสร้าง " +"`โทเค็นการเข้าถึงส่วนบุคคล `_ และใช้เป็นรหัสผ่าน " +"การให้สิทธิ์ `` repo`` ก็ถือว่าเพียงพอ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -8772,6 +9346,13 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process can be found in your newly upgraded staging build by " "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อแพลตฟอร์มอัปเกรดเสร็จสิ้น อัปเกรดการสำรองข้อมูลและอัปโหลดบนสาขา " +"แพลตฟอร์มจะเข้าสู่ **โหมดพิเศษ**: แต่ละครั้งที่มี **การคอมมิทถูกผลัก** " +"บนสาขา **การดำเนินการกู้คืน** ของ การสำรองข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้วและ " +"**การอัปเดตของโมดูลที่กำหนดเองทั้งหมด** จะเกิดขึ้น " +"สิ่งนี้ทำให้คุณสามารถทดสอบโมดูลที่คุณกำหนดเองบนสำเนาฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"ไฟล์บันทึกของกระบวนการอัปเกรดสามารถพบได้ในการสร้างขั้นตอนที่อัปเกรดใหม่ของคุณโดยไปที่" +" :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 0dfb8b16a..545730a61 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1025,6 +1025,16 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " "already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" +"ขั้นตอนนี้ไม่สามารถทำงานแบบเรียลไทม์ได้ " +"เนื่องจากผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามซิงค์บัญชีของคุณในช่วงเวลาที่ต่างกัน " +"หากต้องการบังคับการซิงโครไนซ์และดึงข้อมูลใบแจ้งยอด ให้ไปที่ " +":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี` ของคุณ และคลิกที่ปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ซิงโครไนซ์ทันที` คุณยังสามารถซิงโครไนซ์และดึงธุรกรรมผ่าน " +":menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: " +"การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์` ผู้ให้บริการบางรายอนุญาตให้รีเฟรชเพียงครั้งเดียวต่อวัน" +" ดังนั้นจึงเป็นไปได้ที่การคลิก :guilabel:`ซิงโครไนซ์ทันที` " +"จะไม่ได้รับธุรกรรมล่าสุดของคุณ " +"หากคุณได้ดำเนินการดังกล่าวก่อนหน้านี้ในวันนั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -1505,6 +1515,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the " "record." msgstr "" +"Odoo ไม่สามารถลบการเชื่อมต่อที่คุณสร้างกับสถาบันการเงินได้อย่างถาวร " +"แต่สามารถเพิกถอนความยินยอมที่คุณให้ไว้ได้ เพื่อที่ Odoo " +"จะไม่สามารถเข้าถึงบัญชีของคุณได้อีกต่อไป " +"ข้อผิดพลาดที่คุณเห็นอาจเป็นข้อความที่บอกคุณว่าความยินยอมได้ถูกเพิกถอนแล้ว " +"แต่บันทึกไม่สามารถลบได้เนื่องจากยังคงมีอยู่ใน Salt Edge " +"หากคุณต้องการลบการเชื่อมต่อโดยสมบูรณ์ โปรดเชื่อมต่อกับ `บัญชี Salt Edge " +"ของคุณ `_ " +"และลบการซิงโครไนซ์ของคุณด้วยตนเอง เมื่อเสร็จแล้ว คุณสามารถกลับไปที่ Odoo " +"เพื่อลบบันทึกได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" @@ -1701,6 +1720,15 @@ msgid "" "in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " ":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" +"ในแอปพลิเคชันระบบบัญชี ไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> " +"สมุดรายวัน` และสร้างรายการใหม่ ป้อน :guilabel:`ชื่อสมุดรายวัน` และตั้งค่า " +":guilabel:`ประเภท` เป็น `ธนาคาร` ในแท็บ :guilabel:`รายการสมุดรายวัน` ให้ป้อน" +" **รหัสสั้น** **สกุลเงิน** จากนั้นคลิกที่ช่อง :guilabel:`บัญชีธนาคาร` " +"เพื่อสร้างบัญชีใหม่ ในหน้าต่างป๊อปอัปของการสร้างบัญชี ให้ป้อนชื่อ รหัส (เช่น" +" 550007) ตั้งค่าประเภทเป็น `ธนาคารและเงินสด` กำหนดประเภทสกุลเงิน และบันทึก " +"เมื่อคุณกลับมาที่ **สมุดรายวัน** ให้คลิกที่ช่อง :guilabel:`หมายเลขบัญชี` " +"และในหน้าต่างป๊อปอัป ให้กรอก :guilabel:`หมายเลขบัญชี`, :guilabel:`ธนาคาร` " +"ของบัญชีของคุณและบันทึก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Example of a created bank journal." @@ -2448,6 +2476,14 @@ msgid "" "fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" +"การออกใบแจ้งหนี้ในประเทศส่วนใหญ่เกิดขึ้นเมื่อปฏิบัติตามข้อผูกพันตามสัญญา " +"หากคุณจัดส่งกล่องให้กับลูกค้า " +"แสดงว่าคุณปฏิบัติตามเงื่อนไขของสัญญาและสามารถเรียกเก็บเงินจากลูกค้าได้ " +"หากซัพพลายเออร์ของคุณส่งพัสดุถึงคุณ " +"แสดงว่าซัพพลายเออร์ได้ปฏิบัติตามเงื่อนไขของสัญญาและสามารถเรียกเก็บเงินจากคุณได้" +" ดังนั้นเงื่อนไขของสัญญาจึงจะสมบูรณ์เมื่อกล่องเคลื่อนเข้าหรือออกจากรถบรรทุก " +"ณ จุดนี้ Odoo " +"สนับสนุนการสร้างสิ่งที่เรียกว่าร่างใบแจ้งหนี้โดยเจ้าหน้าที่คลังสินค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:284 @@ -4129,6 +4165,13 @@ msgid "" "from the seller to the buyer, the responsibility for transportation, " "insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the transaction." msgstr "" +":abbr:`Incoterms (ข้อกำหนดทางการค้าระหว่างประเทศ)` " +"เป็นข้อกำหนดทางการค้ามาตรฐานที่ใช้ในธุรกรรมระหว่างประเทศเพื่อกำหนดสิทธิ์และความรับผิดชอบของผู้ซื้อและผู้ขาย" +" พวกเขากำหนดภาระผูกพันที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการจัดส่งสินค้า การโอนความเสี่ยง " +"และการกระจายต้นทุนระหว่างฝ่ายต่างๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้อง Incoterm " +"ระบุรายละเอียดที่สำคัญ เช่น " +"จุดที่ความเสี่ยงและต้นทุนโอนจากผู้ขายไปยังผู้ซื้อ ความรับผิดชอบในการขนส่ง " +"การประกันภัย พิธีการศุลกากร และประเด็นอื่นที่เกี่ยวข้องของธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:13 msgid "By default, all 11 Incoterms are available in Odoo:" @@ -7304,6 +7347,17 @@ msgid "" "specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " "companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." msgstr "" +"**หน่วย VAT** คือกลุ่มขององค์กรที่ต้องเสียภาษี VAT " +"ที่มีความเป็นอิสระทางกฎหมายจากกัน " +"แต่มีความเชื่อมโยงกันอย่างใกล้ชิดทางการเงิน องค์กร และทางเศรษฐกิจ " +"ดังนั้นจึงถือว่าเป็นองค์กรที่ต้องเสีย VAT เดียวกัน **หน่วยภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม** " +"ไม่ใช่ข้อบังคับ แต่หากสร้างขึ้น " +"บริษัทที่เป็นส่วนประกอบของหน่วยดังกล่าวจะต้องอยู่ใน **ประเทศ** เดียวกัน ใช้ " +"**สกุลเงิน** เดียวกัน และบริษัทหนึ่งแห่งจะต้องถูกกำหนดให้เป็น **ตัวแทน ** " +"บริษัทของ **หน่วยภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม** **หน่วย VAT** จะได้รับ " +"**หมายเลขประจำตัวผู้เสียภาษี** เฉพาะสำหรับ **การคืนภาษี** เท่านั้น " +"**บริษัทที่เป็นส่วนประกอบ** เก็บ **หมายเลขประจำตัวผู้เสียภาษี** ไว้เพื่อ " +"**วัตถุประสงค์ทางการค้า**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -10415,6 +10469,16 @@ msgid "" "change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often " "used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." msgstr "" +"ในการทำเช่นนั้น Odoo สามารถใช้ **อัลกอริธึม SHA-256** " +"เพื่อสร้างลายนิ้วมือที่ไม่ซ้ำกันสำหรับแต่ละรายการที่โพสต์ " +"ลายนิ้วมือนี้เรียกว่าแฮช แฮชถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยการนำข้อมูลสำคัญของรายการ " +"(ค่าของช่อง `date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, " +"`account_id` และ `partner_id`) มาต่อกัน และ ป้อนลงในฟังก์ชันแฮช SHA-256 " +"ซึ่งจะส่งออกสตริงตัวอักษรขนาดคงที่ (256 บิต) ฟังก์ชันแฮชถูกกำหนดไว้ " +"(:dfn:`อินพุตเดียวกันจะสร้างเอาต์พุตเดียวกันเสมอ): " +"การแก้ไขข้อมูลต้นฉบับเล็กน้อยจะเปลี่ยนแฮชผลลัพธ์โดยสิ้นเชิง ด้วยเหตุนี้ " +"อัลกอริธึม SHA-256 " +"จึงมักถูกนำมาใช้เพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ในการตรวจสอบความสมบูรณ์ของข้อมูล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -11019,6 +11083,13 @@ msgid "" " price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the " "company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" +"บริษัทที่จดทะเบียนหมายเลข :abbr:`VAT (ภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม)` จะต้องส่ง " +"**การคืนภาษี** เป็นรายเดือนหรือรายไตรมาส " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับผลประกอบการและกฎระเบียบในการจดทะเบียน " +"การคืนภาษีหรือการคืนภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่มจะให้ข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับธุรกรรมที่ต้องเสียภาษีที่ทำโดยบริษัทแก่หน่วยงานภาษี" +" **ภาษีขาย** จะเรียกเก็บจากจำนวนสินค้าและบริการที่ธุรกิจขาย ในขณะที่ " +"**ภาษีซื้อ** คือภาษีที่เพิ่มเข้าไปในราคาเมื่อมีการซื้อสินค้าหรือบริการ " +"ตามค่าเหล่านี้ บริษัทสามารถคำนวณจำนวนภาษีที่ต้องชำระหรือขอคืนได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11151,6 +11222,14 @@ msgid "" "`PDF` and XLSX. These include all the values to report to the tax " "authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" +"เมื่อธุรกรรมทั้งหมดที่เกี่ยวข้องกับภาษีได้รับการโพสต์ในช่วงเวลาที่คุณต้องการรายงานแล้ว" +" ให้เปิด :guilabel:`รายงานภาษี` ของคุณโดยไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี -->" +" การรายงาน --> รายงานการตรวจสอบ: รายงานภาษี` " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้เลือกช่วงเวลาที่ถูกต้องที่คุณต้องการประกาศโดยใช้ตัวกรองวันที่" +" ซึ่งจะทำให้คุณสามารถดูภาพรวมของรายงานภาษีของคุณได้ จากมุมมองนี้ " +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงรายงานภาษีรูปแบบต่างๆ ของคุณ เช่น `PDF` และ XLSX " +"ได้อย่างง่ายดาย ซึ่งรวมถึงมูลค่าทั้งหมดที่ต้องรายงานต่อหน่วยงานด้านภาษี " +"พร้อมด้วยจำนวนเงินที่คุณต้องจ่ายหรือได้รับคืน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" @@ -12001,6 +12080,16 @@ msgid "" "everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " "salespeople." msgstr "" +"ในด้านการเงิน คุณไม่มีรายได้จากการขายผลิตภัณฑ์ของคุณที่ €10 อีกต่อไป " +"แทนที่จะเป็น €9.99 (สำหรับภาษี 21%) " +"เนื่องจากรายได้ของคุณจะเท่ากันทุกประการที่ €9.99 " +"มีเพียงภาษีเท่านั้นที่สูงกว่า €0.01 ดังนั้น " +"หากคุณดำเนินธุรกิจอีคอมเมิร์ซในประเทศเบลเยียม " +"ให้เอาใจลูกค้าและตั้งราคาไว้ที่ €9.99 แทนที่จะเป็น €10 " +"โปรดทราบว่าสิ่งนี้ใช้ไม่ได้กับ €20 หรือ €30 หรืออัตราภาษีอื่นๆ หรือปริมาณ >1" +" นอกจากนี้ " +"คุณยังจะช่วยเหลือคุณได้เนื่องจากคุณสามารถจัดการทุกอย่างที่ไม่รวมภาษีได้ " +"ซึ่งเกิดข้อผิดพลาดน้อยกว่าและง่ายกว่าสำหรับพนักงานขายของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 @@ -12020,6 +12109,13 @@ msgid "" "contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" +"วิธีที่ดีที่สุดในการหลีกเลี่ยงความซับซ้อนนี้คือการเลือกวิธีจัดการราคาของคุณเพียงวิธีเดียวและยึดถือราคานั้นไว้:" +" ราคาไม่รวมภาษี หรือราคารวมภาษี " +"กำหนดว่ารายการใดเป็นค่าเริ่มต้นที่จัดเก็บไว้ในแบบฟอร์มผลิตภัณฑ์ " +"(ตามภาษีเริ่มต้นที่เกี่ยวข้องกับผลิตภัณฑ์) และปล่อยให้ Odoo " +"คำนวณอีกรายการหนึ่งโดยอัตโนมัติ ตามรายการราคาและสถานะทางการเงิน " +"เจรจาสัญญาของคุณกับลูกค้าตามลำดับ " +"วิธีนี้ใช้งานได้อย่างสมบูรณ์แบบทันทีและคุณไม่มีการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะที่ต้องทำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -14850,6 +14946,13 @@ msgid "" "receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " "receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" +"หลังจากสร้างค่าใช้จ่ายแล้ว ขั้นตอนต่อไปคือการแนบใบเสร็จรับเงิน คลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`แนบใบเสร็จ` จากนั้นโปรแกรมสำรวจไฟล์จะปรากฏขึ้น " +"ไปที่ใบเสร็จที่จะแนบ และคลิก :guilabel:`เปิด` " +"ใบเสร็จใหม่จะถูกบันทึกไว้ในการแชท และจำนวนใบเสร็จจะปรากฏถัดจากไอคอน " +":guilabel:`📎 (คลิปหนีบกระดาษ)` ใต้แบบฟอร์มค่าใช้จ่าย " +"สามารถแนบใบเสร็จรับเงินมากกว่าหนึ่งใบเข้ากับค่าใช้จ่ายส่วนบุคคลได้ตามต้องการ" +" จำนวนใบเสร็จที่แนบมากับค่าใช้จ่ายจะระบุไว้ที่ไอคอนคลิปหนีบกระดาษ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." @@ -15064,6 +15167,16 @@ msgid "" " can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " ":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้างรายงาน ช่วงวันที่สำหรับค่าใช้จ่ายจะปรากฏในฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`สรุปรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย` ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"ขอแนะนำให้แก้ไขช่องนี้โดยสรุปสั้นๆ " +"สำหรับแต่ละรายงานเพื่อช่วยจัดระเบียบค่าใช้จ่าย ป้อนคำอธิบายสั้นๆ " +"สำหรับรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย (เช่น `การเดินทางของลูกค้าที่ NYC` หรือ " +"`การซ่อมแซมรถยนต์ของบริษัท`) ในช่อง :guilabel:`สรุปรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย` " +"จากนั้นเลือก :guilabel:`ผู้จัดการ` " +"จากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลงเพื่อมอบหมายให้ผู้จัดการตรวจสอบรายงาน หากจำเป็น " +"สามารถเปลี่ยน :guilabel:`สมุดรายวัน` ได้ ใช้เมนูแบบเลื่อนลงเพื่อเลือก " +":guilabel:`สมุดรายวัน` อื่น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." @@ -15080,6 +15193,14 @@ msgid "" "added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " "new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" +"หากค่าใช้จ่ายบางส่วนไม่อยู่ในรายงานที่ควรจะเป็น ก็ยังสามารถเพิ่มได้ คลิก " +":guilabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด` ที่ด้านล่างของแท็บ :guilabel:`บัญชีรายจ่าย` " +"ป๊อปอัปจะแสดงขึ้นพร้อมกับค่าใช้จ่ายที่มีอยู่ทั้งหมดที่สามารถเพิ่มลงในรายงานได้" +" (โดยมีสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`ส่ง`) " +"คลิกช่องทำเครื่องหมายถัดจากค่าใช้จ่ายแต่ละรายการที่ต้องการเพิ่ม จากนั้นคลิก " +":guilabel:`เลือก` ขณะนี้รายการแสดงในรายงานที่เพิ่งสร้างขึ้น " +"หากจำเป็นต้องเพิ่มค่าใช้จ่ายใหม่ที่ไม่ *ไม่* ปรากฏในรายการ ให้คลิก " +":guilabel:`สร้าง` เพื่อสร้างค่าใช้จ่ายใหม่และเพิ่มลงในรายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." @@ -15272,6 +15393,16 @@ msgid "" "company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " "the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." msgstr "" +"เมื่อดูรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย " +"จะมีแผงตัวกรองที่สามารถเปิดหรือปิดใช้งานได้ทางด้านซ้าย " +"สามหมวดหมู่ที่สามารถใช้ตัวกรองได้คือ :guilabel:`สถานะ`, " +":guilabel:`ข้อมูลพนักงาน` และ :guilabel:`บริษัท` " +"หากต้องการดูเฉพาะรายงานค่าใช้จ่ายที่มีสถานะเฉพาะ " +"ให้เปิดใช้งานตัวกรองสถานะเฉพาะเพื่อแสดงรายงานค่าใช้จ่ายที่มีเฉพาะสถานะนั้น " +"ปิดใช้งานตัวกรองสถานะเฉพาะเพื่อซ่อนรายงานที่มีสถานะนั้น " +"หากต้องการดูรายงานค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับพนักงานและ/หรือบริษัทใดโดยเฉพาะ " +"ให้เปิดใช้งานตัวกรองชื่อพนักงานและ/หรือตัวกรองบริษัทในส่วน " +":guilabel:`ข้อมูลพนักงาน` และ :guilabel:`บริษัท`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:427 msgid "" @@ -15482,6 +15613,18 @@ msgid "" "payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " ":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการชำระเงินรายงานแต่ละรายการ " +"ให้คลิกที่รายงานในมุมมองรายการเพื่อไปยังมุมมองโดยละเอียดของรายงานนั้น คลิก " +":guilabel:`ลงทะเบียนการชำระเงิน` เพื่อจ่ายเงินให้กับพนักงาน ป๊อปอัป " +":guilabel:`ลงทะเบียนการชำระเงิน` จะปรากฏขึ้น " +"แต่เมื่อชำระเงินรายงานค่าใช้จ่ายแต่ละรายการแทนที่จะชำระหลายรายการในคราวเดียว" +" ตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติมจะปรากฏขึ้นในป๊อปอัป นอกเหนือจากฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`สมุดรายวัน`, :guilabel:`วิธีการชำระเงิน` และ " +":guilabel:`วันที่ชำระเงิน` แล้ว ยังมี :guilabel:`บัญชีธนาคารของผู้รับ`, " +":guilabel:`จำนวน` และ :guilabel: ช่อง \"บันทึก\" ปรากฏขึ้น " +"เลือกบัญชีธนาคารของพนักงานจากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลงเพื่อฝากเงินเข้าบัญชีโดยตรง " +"เมื่อการเลือกอื่นๆ ทั้งหมดถูกต้อง คลิก :guilabel:`สร้างการชำระเงิน` " +"เพื่อส่งการชำระเงินให้กับพนักงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15504,6 +15647,15 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " "be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" +"หากมีการติดตามค่าใช้จ่ายในโปรเจ็กต์ของลูกค้า " +"ค่าใช้จ่ายจะถูกเรียกเก็บกลับไปยังลูกค้าโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"ซึ่งทำได้โดยการสร้างค่าใช้จ่ายโดยอ้างอิง :abbr:`SO (ใบสั่งขาย)` " +"ควรเพิ่มค่าใช้จ่ายเข้าไป จากนั้นจึงสร้างรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย ถัดไป " +"ผู้จัดการอนุมัติรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย และแผนกบัญชีจะผ่านรายการสมุดรายวัน " +"สุดท้ายนี้ เมื่อรายงานค่าใช้จ่ายถูกผ่านรายการไปยังสมุดรายวัน " +"ค่าใช้จ่ายจะปรากฏบน :abbr:`SO (ใบสั่งขาย)` ที่ถูกอ้างอิง " +"ใบสั่งขายสามารถออกใบแจ้งหนี้ได้ " +"ดังนั้นการออกใบแจ้งหนี้ให้กับลูกค้าสำหรับค่าใช้จ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:574 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 @@ -18456,7 +18608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Online" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" @@ -20489,6 +20641,16 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` files to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`." msgstr "" +"**คำแนะนำ:** ข้อผิดพลาดนี้บ่งชี้ว่าเป็นไปได้มากว่าบริษัทของคุณยังไม่ผ่าน " +"`กระบวนการรับรอง " +"`_" +" ใน :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` - ระบบ Facturación de " +"Mercado หากเป็นกรณีนี้ โปรดติดต่อผู้จัดการบัญชีหรือฝ่ายสนับสนุนลูกค้าของคุณ " +"เนื่องจากการรับรองนี้ไม่ได้เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของบริการ Odoo " +"แต่เราสามารถให้ทางเลือกอื่นแก่คุณได้ หากคุณผ่านขั้นตอนการรับรองแล้ว " +"ข้อผิดพลาดนี้จะปรากฏขึ้นเมื่อผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ใช่เจ้าของใบรับรองพยายามส่งไฟล์ " +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` ไปยัง :abbr:`SII (Servicio" +" de Impuestos Internos) `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `CARATULA`" @@ -23094,7 +23256,7 @@ msgstr "อียิปต์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:8 msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -26585,6 +26747,17 @@ msgid "" "exoneration of tax (Italy)` option ticked, with both the " ":guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้การส่งออก " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่ารายการใบแจ้งหนี้ทั้งหมดใช้ภาษีที่กำหนดค่าสำหรับ " +"**ค่าธรรมเนียมย้อนกลับ** การแปลเป็นภาษาท้องถิ่น **ภาษาอิตาลี** มี " +"**ตัวอย่าง** " +"ของการเรียกเก็บภาษีย้อนกลับสำหรับการส่งออกในสหภาพยุโรปเพื่อใช้เป็นข้อมูลอ้างอิง" +" (`0% EU`, ป้ายกำกับใบแจ้งหนี้ `00eu`) ซึ่งอยู่ใต้ :menuselection " +":`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ภาษี` " +"การส่งออกได้รับการยกเว้นภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม ดังนั้นภาษี **ค่าธรรมเนียมย้อนกลับ**" +" จึงต้องมีการทำเครื่องหมายที่ :guilabel:`มีการยกเว้นภาษี (อิตาลี)` " +"โดยทำเครื่องหมายทั้ง :guilabel:`Exoneration` และ " +":guilabel:`การอ้างอิงกฎหมาย` เติมใน." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 msgid "External reverse charge settings" @@ -32324,12 +32497,6 @@ msgid "" "platform. You only need to do it once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " -"digits are required." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c0dcf213a..f2db531f2 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -464,6 +464,15 @@ msgid "" "and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " "flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." msgstr "" +"ถัดไป ประเภทของ *โทเค็น* ที่จำเป็นสำหรับการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์ OAuth จะถูกเลือก " +"สิ่งเหล่านี้ไม่ใช่โทเค็นสกุลเงิน " +"แต่เป็นโทเค็นการรับรองความถูกต้องที่ส่งผ่านระหว่าง Microsoft และ Odoo " +"ดังนั้นจึงไม่มีค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับโทเค็นเหล่านี้ " +"ใช้เพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ในการตรวจสอบความถูกต้องระหว่างสอง :abbr:`API " +"(อินเทอร์เฟซการเขียนโปรแกรมแอปพลิเคชัน)` เท่านั้น " +"เลือกโทเค็นที่ควรออกโดยจุดสิ้นสุดการให้สิทธิ์โดยเลื่อนหน้าจอลงและทำเครื่องหมายในช่องที่มีป้ายกำกับ:" +" :guilabel:`โทเค็นการเข้าถึง (ใช้สำหรับการดำเนินการทางอ้อม)` และ " +":guilabel:`โทเค็น ID (ใช้สำหรับการดำเนินการทางอ้อมและไฮบริด) `." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." @@ -1607,6 +1616,17 @@ msgid "" "Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" " too restrictive." msgstr "" +":abbr:`บันทึก DMARC (การตรวจสอบข้อความตามโดเมน การรายงาน และความสอดคล้อง)` " +"ประกอบด้วยแท็กในรูปแบบของบันทึก :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` " +"แท็ก/พารามิเตอร์เหล่านี้อนุญาตให้มีการรายงาน เช่น :abbr:`RUA (URI " +"การรายงานของรายงานรวม)` และ :abbr:`RUF (URI " +"การรายงานสำหรับรายงานทางนิติวิทยาศาสตร์)` พร้อมด้วยข้อกำหนดที่แม่นยำยิ่งขึ้น" +" เช่น :abbr:`PCT ( เปอร์เซ็นต์ของข้อความที่ต้องกรอง)`, :abbr:`P " +"(นโยบายสำหรับโดเมนองค์กร)`, :abbr:`SP (นโยบายสำหรับโดเมนย่อยของ OD)` " +":abbr:`ADKIM (โหมดการจัดตำแหน่งสำหรับ DKIM)` & : abbr:`ASPF " +"(โหมดการจัดตำแหน่งสำหรับ SPF)`. สำหรับแนวทางปฏิบัติที่ดีที่สุด นโยบาย " +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` ไม่ควรเริ่มต้นด้วยการเข้มงวดเกินไป" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" @@ -1876,6 +1896,12 @@ msgid "" "in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " "*Contacts* record." msgstr "" +"เมื่อผู้ใช้ฐานข้อมูลโพสต์ข้อความในการแชท " +"ข้อความนี้จะถูกส่งทางอีเมลไปยังผู้ติดตามเอกสารเพื่อเป็นการแจ้งเตือน " +"(ยกเว้นถึงผู้ส่ง) หากผู้ติดตามตอบกลับข้อความ การตอบกลับจะอัปเดตการสนทนา และ " +"Odoo จะถ่ายทอดการตอบกลับอีกครั้งไปยังผู้ติดตามเป็นการแจ้งเตือน " +"ข้อความที่ส่งกลับไปยังแชทจากผู้ใช้หรือผู้ใช้ภายนอกจะปรากฏในการแชทจากอีเมลที่เกี่ยวข้อง" +" หรือเป็นชื่อที่แสดงอยู่ในบันทึก *ผู้ติดต่อ*" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2023,6 +2049,13 @@ msgid "" "field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " "Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." msgstr "" +"ช่อง :guilabel:`การกรอง จาก` อนุญาตให้ใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์อีเมลขาออกเฉพาะได้ " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับที่อยู่อีเมลหรือโดเมน :guilabel:`จาก` ที่ Odoo ส่งในนามของ " +"การตั้งค่านี้สามารถใช้เพื่อปรับปรุงความสามารถในการส่งหรืออัตราความสำเร็จในการส่งอีเมลที่ส่งจากฐานข้อมูล" +" การตั้งค่าช่อง :guilabel:`การกรอง จาก` " +"ยังสามารถใช้เพื่อส่งจากโดเมนที่แตกต่างกันในสภาพแวดล้อมที่มีหลายบริษัทได้ " +"เข้าถึงฟิลด์นี้ใน Odoo โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> แชท --> " +"เมลเซิร์ฟเวอร์แบบกำหนดเอง --> เซิร์ฟเวอร์เมลขาออก --> สร้าง`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." @@ -2151,6 +2184,17 @@ msgid "" "is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" " :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." msgstr "" +"**ข้อความที่ถูกตีกลับ** ถูกใช้เป็นเส้นทางการกลับ " +"ตัวอย่างหนึ่งที่เป็นประโยชน์อย่างยิ่งคือใน `การตลาดผ่านอีเมล Odoo " +"`__ ในกรณีนี้ " +"การตีกลับจะถูกเลือกไม่ใช้โดยขึ้นอยู่กับว่าอีเมลตีกลับหลายครั้งเกินไป (5) " +"ในเดือนที่ผ่านมาและการตีกลับแยกจากกันหนึ่งสัปดาห์ " +"การทำเช่นนี้เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงการขึ้นบัญชีแบล็คลิสต์ใครบางคนเนื่องจากข้อผิดพลาดของเซิร์ฟเวอร์เมล" +" หากเป็นไปตามสถานการณ์เหล่านี้ " +"อีเมลจะถือว่าไม่ถูกต้องและอยู่ในบัญชีแบล็คลิสต์ " +"บันทึกบันทึกจะถูกเพิ่มลงในผู้ติดต่อภายใต้ " +":guilabel:`ที่อยู่อีเมลที่อยู่ในบัญชีแบล็คลิสต์` บน " +":guilabel:`เมนูการกำหนดค่าการตลาดผ่านอีเมล`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -3070,6 +3114,17 @@ msgid "" "mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"แคมเปญอีเมลส่งตามเวลาที่กำหนด " +"โดยใช้การหน่วงเวลาที่ตั้งโปรแกรมไว้ล่วงหน้าในฐานข้อมูล Odoo " +"ใช้งานล่าช้าในการส่งอีเมลที่ถือว่า \"ไม่เร่งด่วน\" (รูปแบบจดหมายข่าว เช่น " +"การส่งจดหมายกลุ่ม ระบบการตลาดอัตโนมัติ และกิจกรรมต่างๆ) " +"สามารถใช้ยูทิลิตี้ระบบ **cron** " +"เพื่อกำหนดเวลาโปรแกรมให้ทำงานโดยอัตโนมัติตามช่วงเวลาที่กำหนดไว้ Odoo " +"ใช้นโยบายนั้นเพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงไม่ให้เมลเซิร์ฟเวอร์เกะกะ " +"และให้ความสำคัญกับการสื่อสารแต่ละรายการแทน **cron** นี้เรียกว่า " +":guilabel:`จดหมาย: ตัวจัดการคิวอีเมล` และสามารถเข้าถึงได้ใน " +":ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์ ` โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`แอปการตั้งค่า --> " +"เมนูทางเทคนิค --> ระบบอัตโนมัติ - -> การดำเนินการตามกำหนดการ `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." @@ -3448,6 +3503,12 @@ msgid "" "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"พยายามค้นหาประเภทของฟิลด์สำหรับแต่ละคอลัมน์ในไฟล์ของคุณโดยอิงจากสิบบรรทัดแรกของไฟล์" +" ตัวอย่างเช่น หากคุณมีคอลัมน์ที่มีเฉพาะตัวเลข เฉพาะฟิลด์ที่เป็นประเภท " +"*จำนวนเต็ม* เท่านั้นที่จะแสดงให้คุณเลือก " +"แม้ว่าลักษณะการทำงานนี้อาจดีและง่ายสำหรับกรณีส่วนใหญ่ " +"แต่ก็อาจเป็นไปได้ว่าพฤติกรรมนี้อาจผิดพลาดหรือคุณต้องการแมปคอลัมน์ของคุณกับฟิลด์ที่ไม่ได้เสนอตามค่าเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -3744,6 +3805,13 @@ msgid "" "``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการนำเข้าใบสั่งขายที่มีรายการใบสั่งหลายรายการ " +"สำหรับแต่ละบรรทัดคำสั่งซื้อ คุณจะต้องจองแถวที่ต้องการในไฟล์ CSV " +"บรรทัดคำสั่งซื้อแรกจะถูกนำเข้าในแถวเดียวกันกับข้อมูลที่สัมพันธ์กับคำสั่งซื้อ" +" บรรทัดเพิ่มเติม จะต้องมีแถวเพิ่มเติมที่ไม่มีข้อมูลใดๆ " +"ในฟิลด์ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับคำสั่งซื้อ ตามตัวอย่าง นี่คือไฟล์ " +"``purchase.order_function_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` " +"ของใบเสนอราคาบางรายการที่คุณสามารถนำเข้าได้ โดยอิงตามข้อมูลสาธิต" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2eff24d89..8f4e006e5 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -668,6 +668,16 @@ msgid "" "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" +"ในหน้า :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` ให้เลือก :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"ที่ด้านล่างของตาราง ซึ่งจะเปิดหน้าต่างเพื่อสร้างกฎใหม่ ช่อง :guilabel:`Rule " +"Name` ถูกใช้เป็นการภายในเพื่อระบุว่าบาร์โค้ดหมายถึงอะไร บาร์โค้ด " +":guilabel:`Types` " +"คือการจำแนกประเภทข้อมูลที่แตกต่างกันซึ่งระบบสามารถเข้าใจได้ (เช่น ผลิตภัณฑ์ " +"ปริมาณ วันหมดอายุ บรรจุภัณฑ์ คูปอง) :guilabel:`Sequence` " +"แสดงถึงลำดับความสำคัญของกฎ ซึ่งหมายความว่ายิ่งค่าน้อยลง " +"กฎก็จะยิ่งปรากฏบนตารางมากขึ้นเท่านั้น Odoo ตามลำดับของตารางนี้ " +"และจะใช้กฎแรกที่ตรงกันตามลำดับ :guilabel:`รูปแบบบาร์โค้ด` " +"คือวิธีที่ระบบรับรู้ลำดับของตัวอักษรหรือตัวเลขเพื่อให้มีข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับผลิตภัณฑ์" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -2486,6 +2496,12 @@ msgid "" "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" +"*เติมสินค้าตามคำสั่งซื้อ* หรือที่เรียกว่า *MTO* (สั่งทำ) " +"เป็นกลยุทธ์การเติมสินค้าที่สร้างใบสั่งที่ร่างสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ทุกครั้งที่สร้างใบสั่งขาย" +" สำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ซื้อจากผู้ขาย จะมีการสร้างคำขอใบเสนอราคา (RFQ) " +"ในขณะที่ใบสั่งขายสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ผลิตภายในบริษัทจะเริ่มต้นการสร้างใบสั่งผลิต" +" การสร้าง |RFQ| หรือใบสั่งผลิตเกิดขึ้นทุกครั้งที่มีการสร้างใบสั่งขาย " +"โดยไม่คำนึงถึงระดับสต็อกปัจจุบันของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่สั่ง" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" @@ -3519,6 +3535,14 @@ msgid "" " since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." " Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการสร้างหน่วยใหม่ ให้เลือกหมวดหมู่ที่ถูกต้องก่อน ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"หากต้องการขายผลิตภัณฑ์ในกล่องหกหน่วย ให้คลิกที่บรรทัดหมวดหมู่ " +":guilabel:`หน่วย` จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`แก้ไข` หลังจากนั้น คลิก " +":guilabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด` จากนั้น ในฟิลด์ :guilabel:`หน่วยวัด` " +"ให้ตั้งชื่อหน่วยใหม่ว่า `กล่อง 6 หน่วย` ในฟิลด์ :guilabel:`ประเภท` ให้เลือก " +":guilabel:`ใหญ่กว่าหน่วยวัดอ้างอิง` ในช่อง :guilabel:`อัตรา` ให้ป้อน " +"`6.00000` เนื่องจากช่องที่มี 6 ช่องมีขนาดใหญ่กว่าหน่วยอ้างอิงถึง 6 เท่า " +"(`1.00000`) สุดท้าย คลิก :guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:49 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." @@ -7542,6 +7566,13 @@ msgid "" "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" +"มีหลายวิธีในการจัดการวิธีที่คลังสินค้าได้รับสินค้า (ใบรับ) และจัดส่งสินค้า " +"(การส่งมอบ) ขึ้นอยู่กับปัจจัยหลายประการ เช่น " +"ประเภทของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่จัดเก็บและขาย ขนาดคลังสินค้า " +"และจำนวนใบเสร็จรับเงินที่ยืนยันรายวันและใบสั่งจัดส่ง " +"วิธีจัดการผลิตภัณฑ์เมื่อเข้าและออกจากคลังสินค้าอาจแตกต่างกันมาก " +"สามารถกำหนดการตั้งค่าต่างๆ สำหรับการรับและการส่งมอบได้ " +"ไม่จำเป็นต้องกำหนดค่าให้มีจำนวนขั้นตอนเท่ากัน" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7570,6 +7601,12 @@ msgid "" "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น Odoo จัดการการจัดส่งและรับในสามวิธีที่แตกต่างกัน: ในหนึ่ง สอง" +" หรือสามขั้นตอน การกำหนดค่าที่ง่ายที่สุดคือขั้นตอนเดียวซึ่งเป็นค่าเริ่มต้น " +"แต่ละขั้นตอนเพิ่มเติมที่จำเป็นสำหรับคลังสินค้าสำหรับกระบวนการรับหรือจัดส่งจะเพิ่มชั้นของการดำเนินงานเพิ่มเติมที่จะดำเนินการก่อนที่จะได้รับหรือจัดส่งผลิตภัณฑ์" +" การกำหนดค่าเหล่านี้ขึ้นอยู่กับข้อกำหนดทั้งหมดสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่จัดเก็บ เช่น" +" การดำเนินการตรวจสอบคุณภาพของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ได้รับ " +"หรือการใช้บรรจุภัณฑ์พิเศษกับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่จัดส่ง" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" @@ -9732,6 +9769,13 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเสร็จแล้ว ให้สร้างใบสั่งขายสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์และยืนยัน Odoo " +"จะสร้างการโอนสองครั้งโดยอัตโนมัติซึ่งจะเชื่อมโยงกับใบสั่งขาย " +"อย่างแรกคือการถ่ายโอนจาก *ตำแหน่งอินพุต* ไปยัง *ตำแหน่งเอาต์พุต* " +"ซึ่งสอดคล้องกับการเคลื่อนย้ายผลิตภัณฑ์ในพื้นที่ *ศูนย์กระจายสินค้า* " +"รายการที่สองคือคำสั่งจัดส่งจาก *สถานที่ส่งออก* ไปยัง *สถานที่ลูกค้าของคุณ " +"ทั้งสองรายการอยู่ในสถานะ *กำลังรอการดำเนินการอื่น* " +"เนื่องจากเรายังจำเป็นต้องสั่งผลิตภัณฑ์ไปยังซัพพลายเออร์ของเรา" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -13614,6 +13658,13 @@ msgid "" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" +"ขั้นแรกของใบสั่งการเติมสินค้าคือการประมวลผลการจัดส่งจากคลังสินค้าที่มีการโอนย้ายผลิตภัณฑ์มา" +" บนแดชบอร์ด :menuselection:`สินค้าคงคลัง` ให้เลือกปุ่ม :guilabel:`X " +"เพื่อดำเนินการ` บนการ์ด :guilabel:`คำสั่งการจัดส่ง` สำหรับคลังสินค้าขาออก " +"จากนั้นจึงสร้างใบสั่งจัดส่งสำหรับการเติมสินค้า ในหน้าใบสั่งจัดส่ง " +"ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบความพร้อมจำหน่าย` " +"ที่ด้านซ้ายบนเพื่อจองจำนวนสินค้าที่จะโอน เมื่อจัดส่งแล้ว ให้คลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ` เพื่อลงทะเบียนปริมาณที่จัดส่ง" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." @@ -13938,6 +13989,15 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเพิ่มต้นทุนที่ดินลงในใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย " +"(โดยทำเครื่องหมายที่ตัวเลือก :guilabel:`ต้นทุนแฝง` ในบรรทัดใบแจ้งหนี้ " +"หรือเพิ่มผลิตภัณฑ์ต้นทุนที่ดินลงในใบเรียกเก็บเงิน) ให้คลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`สร้างต้นทุนแฝง` ที่ ด้านบนของใบเรียกเก็บเงิน Odoo " +"จะสร้างบันทึกต้นทุนแฝงโดยอัตโนมัติโดยกรอกต้นทุนแฝงที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้าในกลุ่มผลิตภัณฑ์" +" :guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่ายเพิ่มเติม` จากที่นี่ " +"ตัดสินใจว่าจะใช้ค่าใช้จ่ายเพิ่มเติมในการเลือกใดโดยคลิก :guilabel:`แก้ไข` " +"และเลือกหมายเลขอ้างอิงในการเลือกจากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง :guilabel:`โอนย้าย` " +"สุดท้าย คลิก :guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -14089,6 +14149,13 @@ msgid "" "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" +"**เข้าก่อนออกก่อน (FIFO)**: ติดตามต้นทุนของสินค้าเข้าและออกแบบเรียลไทม์ " +"และใช้ราคาจริงของผลิตภัณฑ์เพื่อเปลี่ยนแปลงการประเมินราคา " +"ราคาซื้อที่เก่าที่สุดจะถูกใช้เป็นต้นทุนสำหรับสินค้าที่ขายถัดไปจนกว่าจะขายผลิตภัณฑ์นั้นหมดทั้งล็อต" +" เมื่อล็อตสินค้าคงคลังถัดไปเลื่อนขึ้นในคิว " +"ต้นทุนผลิตภัณฑ์ที่อัปเดตจะถูกใช้ตามการประเมินมูลค่าของล็อตเฉพาะนั้น " +"วิธีการนี้ถือเป็นวิธีการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังที่แม่นยำที่สุดด้วยเหตุผลหลายด้าน" +" วิธีการนี้มีความอ่อนไหวสูงต่อการป้อนข้อมูลและข้อผิดพลาดจากมนุษย์" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -16294,6 +16361,14 @@ msgid "" "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"หลังจากเลือก :guilabel:`แยก` หน้าต่างป๊อปอัป :guilabel:`แยกการผลิต` " +"จะแสดงขึ้น ในช่อง :guilabel:`แยก #` " +"ให้ป้อนจำนวนใบสั่งผลิตที่ควรแยกใบสั่งเดิม จากนั้นคลิกด้านนอกช่อง " +"ตารางแสดงด้านล่าง " +"พร้อมด้วยรายการสำหรับใบสั่งผลิตใหม่แต่ละรายการที่จะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยการแยก " +"ในคอลัมน์ :guilabel:`ปริมาณที่จะผลิต` " +"ให้ป้อนจำนวนหน่วยที่จะกำหนดให้กับใบสั่งผลิตใหม่แต่ละรายการ สุดท้าย คลิก " +":guilabel:`แยก` เพื่อแยกใบสั่งผลิต" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." @@ -19773,6 +19848,16 @@ msgid "" "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" +"ด้วยตัวเลือกการกรองที่มีตัวกรองถึง 31 แบบให้เลือก " +"ความเป็นไปได้ในการปรับแต่งชุดข้อมูลของคุณจึงแทบจะไร้ขีดจำกัด ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ตัวกรอง --> เพิ่มตัวกรองแบบกำหนดเอง` " +"ระบุเงื่อนไขที่ตัวเลือกการกรองควรเป็นไปตาม (เช่น *เท่ากับ*, *มี* และอื่นๆ) " +"และคลิกที่ *นำไปใช้* " +"หากคุณต้องการเลือกคำสั่งซื้อที่ตรงกับเงื่อนไขหลายข้อพร้อมกัน (*และ* " +"โอเปอเรเตอร์) ให้ทำซ้ำขั้นตอนนี้เพื่อเพิ่มตัวกรองที่กำหนดเองอื่น " +"หากคุณต้องการใช้โอเปอเรเตอร์ *หรือ* อย่าคลิก *นำไปใช้* และคลิก " +"*เพิ่มเงื่อนไข* แทน เมื่อคุณเพิ่มตัวเลือกการกรองที่ต้องการทั้งหมดแล้ว " +"ให้คลิก *นำไปใช้*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" @@ -19842,6 +19927,13 @@ msgid "" "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" +"มุมมองตารางสรุปทำให้คุณสามารถสำรวจข้อมูลของคุณได้อย่างละเอียด " +"ตารางสรุปทำให้คุณสามารถเพิ่มการวัดหลายอย่างพร้อมกันได้ ซึ่งต่างจากมุมมองกราฟ" +" เมื่อคลิกที่ *การวัด* หรือเครื่องหมาย **+** ในคอลัมน์ *รวม* " +"คุณสามารถเพิ่มได้มากเท่าที่คุณต้องการ " +"โดยแต่ละรายการจะถูกกำหนดให้กับคอลัมน์ใหม่ เมื่อคลิกที่เครื่องหมาย **+** " +"ในแถว *รวม* คุณจะสามารถเพิ่ม *กลุ่ม* ได้ หากคุณคลิกที่เครื่องหมาย **+** " +"ของกลุ่ม คุณจะสามารถเพิ่มกลุ่มย่อยได้ และอื่นๆ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" @@ -20291,6 +20383,15 @@ msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" +"เพื่อประหยัดเวลาในการ *เรียกประกวดราคา* คุณสามารถตั้งค่าผู้ขายที่กำหนดเอง " +"ราคา และเวลารอสินค้าในการจัดส่งได้ใน :guilabel:`แท็บซื้อ` " +"บนแบบฟอร์มผลิตภัณฑ์ โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`การจัดซื้อ --> ผลิตภัณฑ์ --> " +"ผลิตภัณฑ์` และเลือกผลิตภัณฑ์ที่จะแก้ไข จากแบบฟอร์มผลิตภัณฑ์ คลิก " +":guilabel:`แท็บซื้อ` จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด` จากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง " +"ให้เลือกผู้ขายที่จะตั้งค่าภายใต้คอลัมน์ :guilabel:`ผู้จำหน่าย` และตั้งค่า " +":guilabel:`ราคา` และ :guilabel:`ระยะเวลาในการจัดส่ง` หากต้องการ การคลิกไอคอน" +" :guilabel:`ตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติม (สองจุด)` " +"จะทำให้มีตัวเลือกการมองเห็นเพิ่มเติมเพื่อเพิ่มลงในรายการโฆษณา" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" @@ -20748,6 +20849,15 @@ msgid "" "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" +"ในแอป :guilabel:`การจัดซื้อ` ให้สร้าง :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " +"ใหม่ กรอกข้อมูลในแบบฟอร์มใบเสนอราคา เพิ่มผลิตภัณฑ์ลงในบรรทัดใบแจ้งหนี้ " +"และคลิก :guilabel:`ยืนยันคำสั่งซื้อ` จากนั้นคลิกที่ปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ปุ่มรับใบเสร็จอัจฉริยะ` ตั้งค่าปริมาณในคอลัมน์ " +":guilabel:`เสร็จสิ้น` เพื่อให้ตรงกับปริมาณในคอลัมน์ :guilabel:`ความต้องการ` " +"และ :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ` การเปลี่ยนแปลง จากนั้น ในใบสั่งซื้อ คลิก " +":guilabel:`สร้างบิล` และ :guilabel:`ยืนยัน` เนื่องจากนโยบายถูกตั้งค่าเป็น " +"*ปริมาณที่ได้รับ* จึงสามารถยืนยันร่างบิลได้ *เฉพาะ* " +"เมื่อได้รับปริมาณบางส่วนเป็นอย่างน้อย" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 @@ -21605,6 +21715,14 @@ msgid "" "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" +"หากคุณใช้ *ความแม่นยำในการปัดเศษ* ที่ต่ำกว่า 0.01 " +"ข้อความเตือนอาจปรากฏขึ้นโดยระบุว่ามีค่าสูงกว่า *ความแม่นยำของทศนิยม* " +"และอาจทำให้เกิดความไม่สอดคล้องกัน หากคุณต้องการใช้ *ความแม่นยำในการปัดเศษ* " +"ต่ำกว่า 0.01 ให้เปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์ ` ก่อน จากนั้นไปที่ " +":menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> เทคนิค --> โครงสร้างฐานข้อมูล --> " +"ความแม่นยำทศนิยม` เลือก *หน่วยวัดผลิตภัณฑ์* และแก้ไข *ตัวเลข* ตามลำดับ " +"ตัวอย่างเช่น หากคุณต้องการใช้ความแม่นยำในการปัดเศษที่ 0.00001 ให้ตั้งค่า " +"*ตัวเลข* เป็น 5" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -23005,6 +23123,13 @@ msgid "" "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเปิดมุมมองแท็บเล็ต " +"ให้ทำตามขั้นตอนที่แสดงทางด้านซ้ายของหน้าจอจนกว่าจะถึงขั้นตอนการตรวจสอบคุณภาพ" +" จากนั้นทำตามคำแนะนำที่ด้านบนของหน้าจอ หากกำลังดำเนินการตรวจสอบ ผ่าน - " +"ไม่ผ่าน ให้ตรวจสอบให้เสร็จสิ้นโดยคลิก :guilabel:`ผ่าน` หรือ " +":guilabel:`ไม่ผ่าน` ที่ด้านบนของหน้าจอ สำหรับการตรวจสอบคุณภาพประเภทอื่นๆ " +"ทั้งหมด ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ถัดไป` จะปรากฏขึ้นแทน " +"คลิกเพื่อดำเนินการตรวจสอบให้เสร็จสิ้น และไปยังขั้นตอนถัดไปของใบสั่งงาน" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." @@ -23187,3 +23312,10 @@ msgid "" "view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " "team." msgstr "" +"เมื่อการผลิตผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ระบุถึงการดำเนินการที่ต้องมีการตรวจสอบคุณภาพการวัด " +"พนักงานฝ่ายผลิตที่รับผิดชอบจะได้รับแจ้งให้บันทึกและตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของค่าที่วัดได้ในมุมมองแท็บเล็ต" +" สำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่วัดภายในค่าที่ระบุในช่อง :guilabel:`พิกัดความเผื่อ` " +"การทดสอบจะผ่าน อย่างไรก็ตาม สำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่วัดผลนอกค่าเหล่านั้น " +"การทดสอบจะล้มเหลว ในกรณีนั้น " +"ผู้ปฏิบัติงานที่ดำเนินการตรวจสอบจะสร้างการแจ้งเตือนคุณภาพจากมุมมองแท็บเล็ต " +"การแจ้งเตือนด้านคุณภาพนั้นสามารถแก้ไขได้โดยทีมผู้บริหารคุณภาพ" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 5731ce224..9fd45278a 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -774,6 +774,13 @@ msgid "" "stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " "set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น ฟิลด์ :guilabel:`การแจ้งเตือน` จะถูกตั้งค่าเป็น " +":guilabel:`จัดการทางอีเมล` เมื่อเปิดใช้งานการตั้งค่านี้ Odoo " +"จะส่งอีเมลแจ้งเตือนทุกครั้งที่มีการส่งข้อความจากแชท " +"มีการส่งบันทึกพร้อมการกล่าวถึง `@` (จากแชท) " +"หรือส่งการแจ้งเตือนสำหรับบันทึกที่ผู้ใช้ติดตาม " +"สิ่งที่ทำให้เกิดการแจ้งเตือนกำลังเปลี่ยนแปลงขั้นตอน " +"(หากมีการกำหนดค่าอีเมลให้ส่ง เช่น หากงานตั้งค่าเป็น :guilabel:`เสร็จสิ้น`)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1369,6 +1376,14 @@ msgid "" "to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " "fits the communication needs." msgstr "" +"ทุกคนสามารถดูช่อง *สาธารณะ* ได้ ในขณะที่ช่อง *ส่วนตัว* " +"จะปรากฏแก่ผู้ใช้ที่ได้รับเชิญเท่านั้น หากต้องการสร้างช่องใหม่ ให้ไปที่แอป " +":menuselection:`แชท` จากนั้นคลิกที่ไอคอน :guilabel:`➕ (บวก)` ถัดจากหัวข้อ " +":guilabel:`ช่อง` ในเมนูด้านซ้าย หลังจากพิมพ์ชื่อช่องแล้ว " +"ตัวเลือกที่เลือกได้สองรายการจะแสดงขึ้น: ช่องแรกคือช่องที่มีแฮชแท็ก (`#`) " +"เพื่อระบุว่าเป็นช่องสาธารณะ ตัวเลือกที่สองคือช่องที่มีไอคอนล็อค (`🔒`) " +"อยู่ข้างๆ เพื่อระบุว่าเป็นช่องส่วนตัว " +"เลือกประเภทช่องสัญญาณที่เหมาะกับความต้องการด้านการสื่อสารมากที่สุด" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." @@ -1536,6 +1551,18 @@ msgid "" "Industry 4.0 standard and can be utilized in a wide variety of industries, " "and for things like building automation, packaging, utilities, etc." msgstr "" +"ขณะนี้โปรโตคอล Open Platform Communications (OPC) Unified Architecture (UA) " +"ได้รับการสนับสนุนโดยกล่อง :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` :abbr:`OPC (Open " +"Platform Communications)` :abbr:`UA (United Architecture)` " +"เป็นมาตรฐานเปิดที่ระบุการแลกเปลี่ยนข้อมูลสำหรับการสื่อสารทางอุตสาหกรรมบนอุปกรณ์" +" ระหว่างเครื่องจักร และระหว่างระบบ " +"ซึ่งรวมถึงการสื่อสารระหว่างเทคโนโลยีสารสนเทศและเทคโนโลยีการดำเนินงาน " +":abbr:`OPC (Open Platform Communications)` :abbr:`UA (United Architecture)` " +"สามารถใช้กับแพลตฟอร์มซอฟต์แวร์ใดก็ได้ บนอุปกรณ์ที่หลากหลาย " +"และปรับใช้อย่างปลอดภัย กล่อง :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"ได้เข้าสู่โลกของมาตรฐานอุตสาหกรรม 4.0 " +"และสามารถนำมาใช้ในอุตสาหกรรมที่หลากหลาย และสำหรับสิ่งต่างๆ เช่น " +"ระบบอัตโนมัติในอาคาร บรรจุภัณฑ์ สาธารณูปโภค และอื่นๆ" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:10 @@ -3795,6 +3822,15 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเชื่อมโยงสวิตช์เท้าเหยียบกับการดำเนินการ " +"จะต้องกำหนดค่าบนศูนย์งานก่อน ไปที่ :menuselection:`แอประบบการผลิต --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> ศูนย์งาน` จากที่นี่ ไปที่ :guilabel:`ศูนย์งาน` " +"ที่ต้องการซึ่งจะใช้สวิตช์เท้าเหยียบและเพิ่มอุปกรณ์ในแท็บ :guilabel:`เริ่มต้น" +" IoT` ใต้คอลัมน์ :guilabel:`อุปกรณ์` โดยเลือก : guillabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด`. " +"การทำเช่นนี้หมายความว่าสามารถลิงก์ฟุตสวิตช์กับตัวเลือกในคอลัมน์แบบเลื่อนลง " +":guilabel:`ดำเนินการ` และอาจเพิ่มคีย์เพื่อทริกเกอร์ก็ได้ ตัวอย่างของ " +":guilabel:`ดำเนินการ` ใน *แอประบบการผลิต* อาจเป็นปุ่ม :guilabel:`ยืนยัน` " +"หรือ :guilabel:`ทำเครื่องหมายว่าเสร็จสิ้น` ในใบสั่งงานการผลิต" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." @@ -7851,6 +7887,13 @@ msgid "" " and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," " are automatically generated." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังแก้ไขมุมมองโดยใช้ตัวแก้ไข XML " +"ให้หลีกเลี่ยงการเปลี่ยนแปลงโดยตรงกับมุมมองมาตรฐานและมุมมองที่สืบทอดมา " +"เนื่องจากการเปลี่ยนแปลงเหล่านั้นจะถูกรีเซ็ตและจะไม่ถูกเก็บไว้ในกรณีของการอัปเดตหรือการอัปเกรดโมดูล" +" ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณเลือกมุมมองที่สืบทอดมาจากสตูดิโอที่ถูกต้องเสมอ " +"เมื่อคุณแก้ไขมุมมองในสตูดิโอ โดยการลากและวางฟิลด์ใหม่ มุมมองสตูดิโอ " +"ที่สืบทอดมาโดยเฉพาะและ XPath ของสตูดิโอดังกล่าว " +"ซึ่งกำหนดส่วนใดของมุมมองที่ได้รับการแก้ไขจะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:31 msgid "General views" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 06c17756c..9b16ada02 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 -# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2079,6 +2079,14 @@ msgid "" "allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " "long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการทำงานร่วมกับ Odoo บางรุ่นที่สามารถใช้งานได้โดยไม่ต้องใช้ :doc:`IoT" +" box <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` อาจต้องใช้ :doc:`โปรโตคอล " +"HTTPS ` เพื่อสร้าง การเชื่อมต่อที่ปลอดภัยระหว่างเบราว์เซอร์และเครื่องพิมพ์ " +"อย่างไรก็ตาม การพยายามเข้าถึงที่อยู่ IP ของเครื่องพิมพ์โดยใช้ HTTPS " +"จะนำไปสู่หน้าคำเตือนบนเว็บเบราว์เซอร์ส่วนใหญ่ ในกรณีนั้น คุณสามารถ " +":ref:`บังคับการเชื่อมต่อ ` ชั่วคราว " +"ซึ่งช่วยให้คุณเข้าถึงเพจใน HTTPS และใช้เครื่องพิมพ์ ePOS ใน Odoo " +"หากหน้าต่างเบราว์เซอร์ยังคงเปิดอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2311,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 msgid "open Chrome;" @@ -3276,6 +3284,14 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" +"คลิก :guilabel:`เชื่อมต่อ Stripe` " +"ซึ่งจะนำคุณไปยังหน้าการกำหนดค่าโดยอัตโนมัติ กรอกข้อมูลทั้งหมดเพื่อสร้างบัญชี" +" Stripe ของคุณและเชื่อมโยงกับ Odoo เมื่อกรอกแบบฟอร์มเสร็จแล้ว คีย์ API " +"(:guilabel:`รหัสที่เผยแพร่ได้` และ :guilabel:`รหัสลับ`) " +"สามารถเรียกค้นได้จากเว็บไซต์ **Stripe's** โดยคลิก " +":guilabel:`รับรหัสลับและรหัสที่เผยแพร่ได้` " +"คลิกที่รหัสเพื่อคัดลอกและวางลงในฟิลด์ที่เกี่ยวข้องใน Odoo " +"เครื่องเทอร์มินัลของคุณพร้อมที่จะกำหนดค่าใน POS แล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" @@ -5691,6 +5707,15 @@ msgid "" " the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " "to the customer." msgstr "" +"หาก Odoo ไม่รองรับผู้ให้บริการที่เลือก " +"จะยังสามารถสร้างผู้ให้บริการที่มีชื่อเดียวกันได้ (เช่น สร้างผู้ให้บริการชื่อ" +" `easyship`) ชื่อที่ใช้ **ไม่** คำนึงถึงตัวพิมพ์เล็กและตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่ " +"แต่โปรดระวังอย่าพิมพ์ผิด หากมีการพิมพ์ผิด Amazon จะ **ไม่** " +"จดจำสิ่งเหล่านั้น จากนั้น สร้างผู้ให้บริการจัดส่งชื่อ 'การจัดส่งด้วยตนเอง' " +"เพื่อแจ้งให้ Amazon ทราบว่าผู้ใช้จะทำการจัดส่ง แม้ว่าจะใช้เส้นทางนี้ " +"แต่ยังคง **จำเป็นต้อง** ป้อนการอ้างอิงการติดตาม โปรดจำไว้ว่า " +"ลูกค้าจะได้รับแจ้งทางอีเมลเกี่ยวกับการจัดส่ง " +"และผู้ให้บริการขนส่งพร้อมกับข้อมูลอ้างอิงในการติดตามจะแสดงในอีเมลที่ส่งถึงลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -6625,6 +6650,13 @@ msgid "" "journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" " *posted*." msgstr "" +"ป๊อปอัปจะปรากฏขึ้นและคลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`สร้างและดูใบแจ้งหนี้` " +"หน้าจอใหม่จะแสดงใบแจ้งหนี้ที่สร้างขึ้นใหม่ " +"จากนั้นเลือกทั้งหมดโดยคลิกที่ไอคอนช่องถัดจาก :guilabel:`หมายเลข` " +"ในแถวส่วนหัวของรายการ ซึ่งจะเป็นการเลือกบันทึกทั้งหมด จากนั้นไปที่เมนู " +":guilabel:`การดำเนินการ` และคลิก :guilabel:`โพสต์รายการ` ทำตามขั้นตอนนี้ " +"ป๊อปอัปจะปรากฏขึ้นและคลิกที่ :guilabel:`โพสต์รายการสมุดรายวัน` " +"การดำเนินการนี้จะนำใบแจ้งหนี้ออกจาก *ฉบับร่าง* และตั้งค่าเป็น *โพสต์แล้ว*" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 msgid "Reconciling payments" @@ -6946,6 +6978,15 @@ msgid "" " is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " "lieu of the linked product." msgstr "" +"ตั้งค่าผลิตภัณฑ์ *ที่เชื่อมโยง* 2 รายการขึ้นไป (ระบุไว้ในฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`ผลิตภัณฑ์` ของ :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` " +"หนึ่งรายการสำหรับการลงประกาศใน eBay แต่ละรายการ " +"ประเภทผลิตภัณฑ์จะถูกกำหนดโดยการตั้งค่าการบัญชีของบริษัท " +"ตามที่อธิบายไว้ในเอกสารของ Odoo ไฮไลต์ด้วยสีเหลืองด้านล่าง " +"แต่ละผลิตภัณฑ์ควรมี :guilabel:`ประเภท BoM` เท่ากับ :guilabel:`ชุดผลิตภัณฑ์` " +"และมีผลิตภัณฑ์พื้นฐานเป็น :guilabel:`ส่วนประกอบ` ของชุด " +"เมื่อมีการขายผลิตภัณฑ์ eBay ที่เชื่อมโยงนี้ " +"คำสั่งซื้อการจัดส่งที่สร้างขึ้นจะมีรายการผลิตภัณฑ์พื้นฐานแทนผลิตภัณฑ์ที่เชื่อมโยง" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." @@ -7041,6 +7082,15 @@ msgid "" "first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " "generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้างบัญชีนักพัฒนา eBay แล้ว ให้ตั้งค่าแอปพลิเคชันบน " +"`พอร์ทัลนักพัฒนาของ eBay `_ จากนั้น " +"ไปที่ส่วนหัว :guilabel:`สวัสดี [ชื่อผู้ใช้]` ที่มุมขวาบนของหน้าจอ " +"จากนั้นจากตัวเลือกเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง คลิก :guilabel:`ชุดคีย์แอปพลิเคชัน` " +"การทำเช่นนี้จะเปิดป๊อปอัปที่แจ้งให้ผู้ใช้ :guilabel:`ป้อนชื่อแอปพลิเคชัน` " +"(สูงสุดห้าสิบตัวอักษร) และเลือกสภาพแวดล้อมการพัฒนา (:guilabel:`Sandbox` หรือ" +" :guilabel:`การผลิต`) สองฟิลด์นี้สร้างชุดคีย์ชุดแรก " +"ชื่อแอปพลิเคชันนี้จะไม่ถูกบันทึกจนกว่าจะสร้างชุดคีย์ คลิกที่ " +":guilabel:`สร้างชุดคีย์` เพื่อสร้างชุดคีย์" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -14737,6 +14787,16 @@ msgid "" "*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" " customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." msgstr "" +"สำหรับส่วน *การกระทำ* ให้ระบุ *การกระทำ* และ *เปิดการเริ่มต้น* หาก " +"*เปิดการเริ่มต้น* ถูกตั้งค่าเป็น *การแก้ไข* " +"การดำเนินการจะถูกทริกเกอร์ทุกครั้งที่มีการเปลี่ยนแปลงหรือมีอะไรเพิ่มเติมในการสมัครสมาชิก" +" และตรงตามเงื่อนไขทั้งหมดในส่วน *ใช้บน* ตอนนี้ หาก *เปิดการเริ่มต้น* " +"ถูกตั้งค่าเป็น *เงื่อนไขเวลา* " +"หมายความว่าการดำเนินการจะถูกทริกเกอร์ตามประเภทของ *วันที่ทริกเกอร์* " +"หลังจากนั้น คุณสามารถเลือก *การกระทำ* ของคุณได้ คุณมีทางเลือกระหว่าง " +"*สร้างกิจกรรมถัดไป*, *ตั้งค่าแท็กในการสมัครสมาชิก*, " +"*ตั้งค่าขั้นตอนการสมัครสมาชิก*, *ทำเครื่องหมายว่าต้องการต่ออายุ*, " +"*ส่งอีเมลถึงลูกค้า* และ *ส่งข้อความ SMS ข้อความถึงลูกค้า*" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -14781,6 +14841,14 @@ msgid "" "ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " "are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" +"การแจ้งเตือนนี้ใช้กับ *ความพึงพอใจในการให้คะแนน* ของลูกค้าของคุณ " +"และการดำเนินการจะถูกเริ่มต้นขึ้นใน *เงื่อนไขตามกำหนดเวลา* " +"หากอัตราความพึงพอใจต่ำกว่า 50% พนักงานขายจะติดต่อกับลูกค้า " +"การดำเนินการนี้ถูกกำหนดให้กับพนักงานขายที่จัดการการสมัครใช้งานโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"และวันครบกำหนดคือ 5 วันหลังจากการเริ่มการกระทำนี้ " +"การแจ้งเตือนนี้ช่วยให้แน่ใจว่าลูกค้าของคุณพึงพอใจ " +"และคุณกำลังดำเนินการทันทีถ้าหากพวกเขาไม่พึงพอใจ " +"มันช่วยให้อัตราการรักษาลูกค้าของคุณสูง" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 8b7ae9ebf..adf3987de 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1625,6 +1625,15 @@ msgid "" "products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" "and-dropping the products within the list." msgstr "" +"นอกจากนี้ คุณสามารถ **แก้ไข** คำสั่งซื้อแคตตาล็อกผลิตภัณฑ์ได้ด้วยตนเอง " +"โดยไปที่ **หน้าร้านค้าหลัก** และคลิกที่ผลิตภัณฑ์ ใต้ส่วน " +":guilabel:`ผลิตภัณ์` ของส่วน :guilabel:`กำหนดเอง` " +"คุณสามารถจัดเรียงลำดับใหม่ได้โดยคลิกที่ลูกศร `<<` `>>` " +"ย้ายผลิตภัณฑ์ไปทางขวาหรือซ้าย **สุดขีด** และ `<` `>` " +"ย้ายผลิตภัณฑ์ไปทางขวาหรือซ้าย **หนึ่ง** แถว " +"นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถเปลี่ยนลำดับผลิตภัณฑ์ของแค็ตตาล็อกได้ใน " +":menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ --> อีคอมเมิร์ซ --> ผลิตภัณฑ์` " +"และลากและวางผลิตภัณฑ์ภายในรายการ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" @@ -2224,6 +2233,17 @@ msgid "" "the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " ":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเผยแพร่ **ผลิตภัณฑ์จำนวนมาก** วิธีที่สะดวกที่สุดคือไปที่ " +":การเลือกเมนู:`เว็บไซต์ --> อีคอมเมิร์ซ --> ผลิตภัณฑ์` ที่นี่ ลบตัวกรอง " +":guilabel:`เผยแพร่แล้ว` โดยคลิกที่ :guilabel:`x` ทางด้านขวา " +"จากนั้นเลือกมุมมอง :guilabel:`รายการ` จากนั้นคลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`สลับแบบเลื่อนลง` (อยู่ด้านล่างปุ่ม :guilabel:`รายการ`) " +"และเปิดใช้งาน :guilabel:`ได้รับการเผยแพร่` คลิกคอลัมน์ " +":guilabel:`ได้รับการเผยแพร่` เพื่อสั่งซื้อใหม่โดยผลิตภัณฑ์ **เผยแพร่** หรือ " +"**ไม่ได้เผยแพร่** สุดท้าย " +"เลือกผลิตภัณฑ์ที่จะเผยแพร่โดยทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่องขวาสุด " +"และทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่องใดๆ ของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่เลือกในคอลัมน์ " +":guilabel:`เผยแพร่แล้ว` เพื่อเผยแพร่ทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" @@ -3151,6 +3171,15 @@ msgid "" "field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " "participant." msgstr "" +"ส่วน :guilabel:`คะแนนรางวัล` ช่วยให้คุณสามารถให้คะแนนกรรมตามจำนวนที่กำหนด " +"โดยขึ้นอยู่กับจำนวนครั้งที่พวกเขาต้องพยายามตอบคำถามให้ถูกต้อง จากนั้น " +"สร้างคำถามและคำตอบที่เป็นไปได้โดยคลิกที่ :guilabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด` " +"หน้าต่างใหม่จะปรากฏขึ้น เพิ่มคำถามโดยกรอก :guilabel:`ชื่อคำถาม` " +"และเพิ่มหลายคำตอบโดยคลิกที่ :guilabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด` ทำเครื่องหมายที่ " +":guilabel:`เป็นคำตอบที่ถูกต้อง` " +"เพื่อทำเครื่องหมายคำตอบอย่างน้อยหนึ่งข้อว่าถูกต้อง " +"คุณยังสามารถกรอกข้อมูลในช่อง :guilabel:`ความคิดเห็น` " +"เพื่อแสดงข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเมื่อผู้เข้าร่วมเลือกคำตอบ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 msgid "Content Tags" @@ -6020,6 +6049,15 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. For forums, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Forums`, then select the forum." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น เพจ ผลิตภัณฑ์ กิจกรรม และอื่นๆ ที่สร้างจากส่วนหน้า " +"(โดยใช้ปุ่ม :guilabel:`+สร้าง`) " +"จะพร้อมใช้งานบนเว็บไซต์ที่ถูกสร้างขึ้นเท่านั้น อย่างไรก็ตาม " +"บันทึกที่สร้างจากส่วนหลังจะพร้อมใช้งานบนเว็บไซต์ทั้งหมดตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"ความพร้อมใช้งานของเนื้อหาสามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงได้ในแบ็กเอนด์ในฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`เว็บไซต์` ตัวอย่างเช่น สำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`อีคอมเมิร์ซ --> ผลิตภัณฑ์` จากนั้นเลือกผลิตภัณฑ์และไปที่แท็บ" +" :guilabel:`การขาย` สำหรับฟอรัม ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า --> " +"ฟอรั่ม` จากนั้นเลือกฟอรัม" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 msgid "Website field in Forum form" @@ -7709,7 +7747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -7981,6 +8019,14 @@ msgid "" "files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" +"**ต่อกัน:** ทุกโมดูลหรือไลบรารีที่คุณอาจใช้ใน Odoo จะมีชุดไฟล์ CSS, Less " +"หรือ Sass ของตัวเอง (อีคอมเมิร์ซ บล็อก ธีม และอื่นๆ) การมีไฟล์ CSS " +"หลายไฟล์นั้นดีสำหรับการทำงานแบบแยกส่วน แต่ไม่เป็นผลดีต่อประสิทธิภาพ " +"เนื่องจากเบราว์เซอร์ส่วนใหญ่สามารถดำเนินการคำขอแบบขนานได้เพียง 6 " +"ไฟล์เท่านั้น ส่งผลให้มีไฟล์จำนวนมากที่โหลดเป็นชุด " +"เวลาหน่วงในการถ่ายโอนไฟล์มักจะนานกว่าเวลาถ่ายโอนข้อมูลจริงมาก " +"สำหรับไฟล์ขนาดเล็ก เช่น .JS และ .CSS ดังนั้นเวลาในการโหลดทรัพยากร CSS " +"จึงขึ้นอยู่กับจำนวนคำขอที่ต้องทำมากกว่าขนาดไฟล์จริง" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:408 msgid "" @@ -8050,6 +8096,16 @@ msgid "" "is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" +"CSS ที่ส่งโดย Odoo จะรวม CSS / Less / Sass ทั้งหมดของเพจ / โมดูลทั้งหมด " +"เมื่อทำเช่นนี้ " +"การดูหน้าเว็บเพิ่มเติมจากผู้เยี่ยมชมรายเดียวกันจะไม่ต้องโหลดไฟล์ CSS เลย " +"แต่บางโมดูลอาจมีทรัพยากร CSS/Javascript " +"ขนาดใหญ่ที่คุณไม่ต้องการดึงข้อมูลล่วงหน้าที่หน้าแรกเนื่องจากมีขนาดใหญ่เกินไป" +" ในกรณีนี้ Odoo " +"จะแบ่งทรัพยากรนี้ออกเป็นชุดที่สองซึ่งจะโหลดเมื่อมีการร้องขอเพจที่ใช้งานเท่านั้น" +" " +"ตัวอย่างนี้คือแบ็กเอนด์ที่จะโหลดเฉพาะเมื่อผู้เยี่ยมชมเข้าสู่ระบบและเข้าถึงแบ็กเอนด์" +" (/web)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:439 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 09db7c4ee..a599b0db1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ # 稀饭~~ , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Emily Jia , 2024 -# Chloe Wang, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "看板视图" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index e615ea9d5..a1aaf21b3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6040,7 +6040,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "看板视图" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index f789cd012..3d33bb257 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " "and Continue`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击 :guilabel:`保存并继续` 跳过第三步，即 :menuselection:`范围` 。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -190,6 +190,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"接下来，如果继续测试模式（外部），请通过点击 :guilabel:`添加用户` 添加在 :guilabel:`测试用户` " +"步骤下配置的电子邮件地址，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存并继续` 按钮。应用程序注册摘要将出现。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -200,7 +202,7 @@ msgstr "最后，滚动到底部，点击 :guilabel:`返回仪表板`。" msgid "" "Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " "credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，OAuth 授权已经配置好了，是时候创建凭据了。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 msgid "Create credentials" @@ -214,6 +216,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " "Google will open a guide to create credentials." msgstr "" +"要将 Google 日历连接到 Odoo，需要 *客户 ID* 和 *客户密钥*。这是 Google 控制台的最后一步。首先点击左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`证书`。然后，单击 :guilabel:`创建凭据`，并选择 :guilabel:`OAuth 客户端 ID`，Google " +"将打开创建凭据的指南。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -221,6 +226,8 @@ msgid "" "application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " "Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`创建 OAuth 客户 ID` 下，为 :guilabel:`应用类型` 字段选择 " +":guilabel:`网站申请`，并为 :guilabel:`名称` 键入 `我的 Odoo 数据库`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -228,6 +235,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " "Resource Locator)` address." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`经授权 JavaScript Origins` 部分，单击 :guilabel:`+ 添加 URI` 并键入公司的 Odoo " +"完整 :abbr:`URL （统一资源定位器）` 地址。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -236,6 +245,9 @@ msgid "" "address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`经授权重新定向 URIs` 部分，单击 :guilabel:`+ 添加 URI`，然后键入公司的 Odoo " +":abbr:`URL（统一资源定位符）` 地址，后面跟上`/google_account/authentication`。最后，点击 " +":guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -246,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "添加授权的 JavaScript 起源和授权的重定向 URI。" msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " "these to a notepad." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将显示 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 和 :guilabel:`客户密钥`，将其复制到记事本中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -259,6 +271,8 @@ msgid "" "Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " "Calendar`." msgstr "" +"找到 *客户 ID* 和 *客户密钥* 后，打开 Odoo 数据库并转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置 --> 整合 --> " +"Google 日历`。选中 :guilabel:`Google 日历` 旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." @@ -270,16 +284,20 @@ msgid "" " Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " ":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"接下来，将 Google 日历 API 证书页面中的 *客户 ID* 和 *客户密钥* 复制并粘贴到 :guilabel:`Google 日历` " +"复选框下方的相应字段中。然后，单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中同步日历" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 msgid "" "Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " ":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" +"最后，打开 Odoo 中的 :menuselection:`日历` 应用程序，点击 :guilabel:`Google` 同步按钮，将 Google " +"日历与 Odoo 同步。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -295,6 +313,9 @@ msgid "" "the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " "permission for the transfer of data)`." msgstr "" +"首次将 Google 日历与 Odoo 同步时，页面将重定向到 Google 账户。在那里，选择应具有访问权限的 " +":guilabel:`电子邮件账户`，然后选择 :guilabel:`继续`（如果应用程序未经验证），最后选择 " +":guilabel:`继续`（允许传输数据）`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." @@ -311,50 +332,52 @@ msgid "" "before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " "production database." msgstr "" +"Odoo 强烈建议在测试数据库和测试电子邮件地址（不用于任何其他目的）上测试 Google 日历同步，然后再尝试将所需的 Google " +"日历与用户的生产数据库同步。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦用户将 Google 日历与 Odoo 日历同步后：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 msgid "" "Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " "attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中创建活动会导致 Google 向所有参与者发送邀请。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 msgid "" "Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " "attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中删除活动会导致 Google 向所有参与者发送取消通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 msgid "" "Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " "event attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将联系人添加到活动会导致 Google 向所有参与者发送邀请。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 msgid "" "Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" " event attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从活动中删除联系人会导致 Google 向所有参与者发送取消通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 msgid "" "Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " "selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Google 日历中创建活动时，可在提示发送邀请电子邮件时选择 :guilabel:`不发送`，而不发送通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outlook 日历同步" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " "track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将用户的 Outlook 日历与 Odoo 同步，有助于追踪所有相关应用程序中的任务和约会。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" @@ -366,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Microsoft Azure 注册应用程序" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -375,6 +398,9 @@ msgid "" "paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " "`_." msgstr "" +"要将 Outlook 日历与 Odoo 日历同步，需要 Microsoft Azure 账户。对于从未试用过 Azure 或从未支付过 Azure " +"费用的用户来说，创建账户是免费的。欲了解更多信息，请`点击此处 `_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -384,6 +410,10 @@ msgid "" "Directory (Azure AD)*), which is a representation of an organization to " "manage and register apps." msgstr "" +"关于如何设置 Microsoft Entra ID（正式名称为 *Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure " +"AD)*），请参阅 `Microsoft 文档 `_，该 ID " +"是一个组织的代表，用于管理和注册应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -395,6 +425,10 @@ msgid "" "and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for " ":guilabel:`Supported account types`." msgstr "" +"然后，`注册应用程序`_，选择适当的 :guilabel:`支持的账户类型`。希望将 Outlook 日历连接到 Odoo " +"的用户应在:guilabel:`支持的账户类型`中选择:guilabel:`任何组织目录中的账户（任何 Microsoft Entra ID 目录 - " +"多用户）和个人 Microsoft 账户（如 Skype、Xbox）`选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -402,18 +436,22 @@ msgid "" "copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " "`/microsoft_account/authentication`." msgstr "" +"配置 :guilabel:`重定向 URI` 时，选择 :guilabel:`Web`，然后复制 Odoo 数据库 " +"URI（URL），后面加上`/microsoft_account/authentication`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:34 msgid "" "Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " "for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`重定向 URI` 中输入 " +"`https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " "Microsoft Entra ID portal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Entra ID 门户中的 \"支持的账户类型\" 和 \"重定向 URI\" 设置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -421,6 +459,8 @@ msgid "" "this page `_." msgstr "" +"有关 URI 的限制和约束的更多信息，`请查看此页面 `_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -428,6 +468,7 @@ msgid "" "which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " "user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." msgstr "" +"关于应用程序凭据，用户*必须*添加一个客户端密钥，它允许 Odoo 进行自我验证，用户无需进行任何交互。 :guilabel:`证书` 是可选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -436,6 +477,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " ":guilabel:`Expires`." msgstr "" +"要添加客户密钥，请单击 :guilabel:`添加证书或密钥`，然后单击 :guilabel:`新建客户密钥`。然后，键入 :guilabel:`描述`" +" 并选择客户密钥 :guilabel:`失效` 的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -444,6 +487,8 @@ msgid "" "there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " "generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." msgstr "" +"由于重置同步可能比较麻烦，Odoo 建议设置客户密钥的最大允许过期日期（24 个月），这样就无需很快重新同步。最后，点击 :guilabel:`添加` " +"生成客户密钥（:guilabel:`密钥 ID`）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:57 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" @@ -454,10 +499,11 @@ msgid "" "In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " "--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 数据库中，进入 :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置-->整合`并激活 :guilabel:`Outlook 日历` 设置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中激活 \"Outlook 日历\" 设置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -465,10 +511,12 @@ msgid "" "the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." msgstr "" +"从 Microsoft Azure 门户，在应用程序的 :guilabel:`概览` 部分，复制 :guilabel:`应用程序（客户端）ID` " +"并将其粘贴到 Odoo 中的 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Azure 门户中的 \"客户 ID\"。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -476,16 +524,18 @@ msgid "" "section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " ":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." msgstr "" +"在 Microsoft Azure 门户的 :guilabel:`认证和密钥` 部分，复制 :guilabel:`客户密钥值` 并粘贴到 Odoo 中的" +" :guilabel:`客户密钥` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 Microsoft 复制到 Odoo 的 \"客户密钥\" 令牌。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:80 msgid "" "Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " "click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，在 Odoo :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置`页面，单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:85 msgid "Sync with Outlook" @@ -498,6 +548,8 @@ msgid "" "purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " "user's production database." msgstr "" +"Odoo 强烈建议在测试数据库和测试电子邮件地址（不用于任何其他目的）上测试 Outlook 日历同步，然后再尝试将所需的 Outlook " +"日历与用户的生产数据库同步。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -506,6 +558,8 @@ msgid "" "from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " "notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." msgstr "" +"如果用户在同步 Outlook 日历之前在 Odoo 日历上有任何过去、现在或未来的事件，Outlook 会将同步期间从 Odoo " +"日历中提取的事件视为新事件，从而从 Outlook 向所有事件参与者发送电子邮件通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -514,6 +568,8 @@ msgid "" "Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " "and then start the sync." msgstr "" +"为了避免向所有过去、现在和未来的活动参与者发送不必要的电子邮件，用户必须在首次同步之前将 Odoo 日历中的活动添加到 Outlook 日历中，然后从 " +"Odoo 中删除活动，再开始同步。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -523,52 +579,54 @@ msgid "" "changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" " Odoo's side." msgstr "" +"即使将 Odoo 日历与 Outlook 日历同步后，每次编辑事件（创建、删除、未存档或更改事件日期/时间）时，Outlook " +"仍会向所有事件参与者发送通知，无一例外。这是 Odoo 无法修复的限制。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:106 msgid "" "In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " "calendar:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "总之，一旦用户将其 Outlook 日历与 Odoo 日历同步，Odoo 日历就会自动更新：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:108 msgid "" "Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " "attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中创建活动会导致 Outlook 向所有活动参与者发送邀请。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:109 msgid "" "Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" " attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中删除活动会导致 Outlook 向所有活动参与者发送取消通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:110 msgid "" "Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " "event attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中取消活动存档会导致 Outlook 向所有活动参与者发送邀请。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:111 msgid "" "Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " "event attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中存档活动会导致 Outlook 向所有活动参与者发送取消通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 msgid "" "Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " "event attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将联系人添加到活动中会导致 Outlook 向所有活动参与者发送邀请。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:113 msgid "" "Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " "all event attendees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从活动中删除联系人会导致 Outlook 向所有活动参与者发送取消通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "同步 Odoo 日历和 Outlook" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -577,10 +635,12 @@ msgid "" " page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " "already, and grant the required permissions." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 数据库中，进入 :guilabel:`日历` 模块并点击 :guilabel:`Outlook` 同步按钮。页面将重定向到 " +"Microsoft 登录页面，如果用户尚未登录，则要求其登录到自己的账户，并授予所需的权限。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 日历中的 \"Outlook\" 同步按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -597,14 +657,17 @@ msgid "" " helps the user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services " "for their internal and external users." msgstr "" +"所有希望使用同步的用户只需 :ref:`将日历与 Outlook 同步 `。Microsoft Azure " +"帐户的配置只需完成一次，因为 Microsoft Entra ID 租户的客户 ID " +"和客户保密信息是唯一的，且代表一个组织，可帮助用户为内部和外部用户管理 Microsoft 云服务的特定实例。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" @@ -641,6 +704,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" " per their instructions." msgstr "" +"首先，访问 `Twilio `_，然后单击 :guilabel:`注册` 创建 Twilio " +"帐户。然后，输入您的姓名和电子邮件地址，创建密码，并接受 Twilio 服务条款。然后，点击 :guilabel:`开始免费试用`。按照提示，在 " +"Twilio 中验证您的电子邮件地址。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -774,6 +840,8 @@ msgid "" "For on-premise instances of Odoo, the package `python3-gevent` is necessary " "for the Discuss module to run calls/video calls on Ubuntu (Linux) servers." msgstr "" +"对于 Odoo 的内部实例，Discuss 模块需要使用软件包 `python3-gevent` 才能在 " +"Ubuntu（Linux）服务器上运行调用/视频调用。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -781,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "概述" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started with Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何开始使用讨论应用" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -790,20 +858,23 @@ msgid "" " window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"Odoo *内部讨论* 是一款内部交流应用程序，允许用户通过跨应用程序的聊天窗口或专用*内部讨论*仪表板，通过消息、笔记和文件共享进行联系。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "Choose notifications preference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择通知偏好" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" "Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" +"通过导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 用户 --> 用户 --> 偏好选项卡` 访问 *内部讨论* " +"应用程序的特定用户首选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 讨论应用的偏好选项卡视图。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -815,6 +886,8 @@ msgid "" "stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " "set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，:guilabel:`通知`字段设置为:guilabel:`通过电子邮件处理`。启用此设置后，每当从聊天窗口发送消息、使用`@`提及（从聊天窗口）发送笔记，或者用户关注的记录发送通知时，Odoo" +" 将发送一封通知电子邮件。当阶段发生变化时（例如，如果配置了发送电子邮件，将任务设置为:guilabel:`已完成`），将触发通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -826,10 +899,14 @@ msgid "" "pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" " unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" +"选择 :guilabel:`在 Odoo 中处理`，上述通知就会显示在*内部沟通*应用程序的*收件箱*中。可对消息执行以下操作：点击 " +":guilabel:`添加反应`，用表情符号回复，或点击 :guilabel:`回复`，以回复消息。其他操作包括点击 " +":guilabel:`标记为待办`，将信息加星，或选择 :guilabel:`固定`，将信息固定，甚至选择 " +":guilabel:`标记为未读`，将信息标记为未读。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 内部沟通应用中的收件箱信息及其操作选项视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -837,14 +914,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " "message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" +"点击信息上的 :guilabel:`标记为待办`会使其显示在 :guilabel:` 已星标`页面，而点击 :guilabel:`标记为已读` " +"则会将信息移动到 :guilabel:` 历史` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 内部沟通应用中标记为待办事项的信息视图。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 msgid "Start chatting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始聊天" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -853,18 +932,20 @@ msgid "" "the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " "they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" +"用户首次登录自己的账户时，OdooBot 会发送一条消息，询问是否允许发送桌面聊天通知。如果用户接受，无论用户在 Odoo " +"的哪个位置，都会在桌面上收到消息推送通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "消息菜单下的消。息视图，强调为 Odoo 内部沟通应用申请推送通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " the browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要停止接收桌面通知，请重置浏览器的通知设置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -872,22 +953,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " ":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"要开始聊天，请进入 :menuselection:`内部讨论` 应用程序，点击仪表板左侧菜单中 :guilabel:`私信` 或 " +":guilabel:`频道` 旁边的 :guilabel:`+ （加）` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" "Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 内部沟通应用中强调标题渠道和私聊消息的讨论小组视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" "A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " "`." msgstr "" +"公司还可以轻松创建 " +":doc:`公共和私人频道`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "沟通栏中和聊天中的提及" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -896,10 +981,12 @@ msgid "" "their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " "settings." msgstr "" +"要在聊天或聊天室中提及某个用户，请键入 `@user-name`；要提及某个频道，请键入 `#channel-" +"name`。被提及的用户将在其*收件箱*或通过电子邮件收到通知，具体取决于他们的通讯设置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo内部沟通应用聊天窗口消息视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -908,10 +995,11 @@ msgid "" "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" +"当提及用户时，搜索列表（名称列表）会首先根据任务的关注者，其次根据员工建议值。如果正在搜索的记录与关注者或员工都不匹配，搜索范围就会变成所有合作伙伴。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 msgid "User status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户状态" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -920,6 +1008,8 @@ msgid "" "left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " "*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" +"查看同事的*状态*有助于了解他们在做什么，以及他们回复信息的速度。状态显示在 :guilabel:`内部讨论` " +"侧边栏联系人姓名的左侧、*消息菜单*和*聊天记录*中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" @@ -939,15 +1029,15 @@ msgstr "飞机 = 外出" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo内部沟通应用的联系人状态视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -960,6 +1050,7 @@ msgid "" "chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " "application." msgstr "" +"*活动*是与 Odoo 数据库中的记录相关联的后续任务。可以在数据库中包含聊天线程、看板视图、列表视图或应用程序活动视图的任何页面上安排活动。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 msgid "Schedule activities" @@ -972,6 +1063,8 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"创建活动的方法之一是点击任何记录的*沟通栏*顶部的 :guilabel:`日程活动`按钮。在弹出的窗口中，从下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`活动类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -980,25 +1073,27 @@ msgid "" "*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Activity Types`." msgstr "" +"每个应用程序都有一个专用于该应用程序的*活动类型*列表。例如，要查看和编辑 *CRM* 应用程序可用的活动，请转到 " +":menuselection:`CRM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> 活动类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:21 msgid "" "Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " "the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在弹出窗口 :guilabel:`活动安排` 中的 :guilabel:`摘要` 字段中输入活动标题。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:24 msgid "" "To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " "activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要将活动分配给不同的用户，请从 :guilabel:`分配给` 下拉菜单中选择一个名称。否则，将自动分配给创建活动的用户。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:27 msgid "" "Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " ":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，请在可选的 :guilabel:`记录备注...`字段中添加其他信息。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1007,44 +1102,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " "day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." msgstr "" +"在弹出的 :guilabel:`活动安排` 窗口中，:guilabel:`截止日期` 字段会根据所选 :guilabel:`活动类型` " +"的配置设置自动填充。但是，可以通过在 :guilabel:`截止日期` 字段中选择日历上的某一天来更改此日期。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:34 msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，点击以下其中一个按钮：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " ":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`计划`: 将活动添加到 :guilabel:`计划活动`下的沟通栏。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " "under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " "marked as completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`标记为完成`：在 :guilabel:`今天` 沟通栏中添加活动的详细信息。该活动不会被安排，而是自动标记为已完成。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " "marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`完成 \\& 安排下一个`：将任务标记为已完成并添加到:guilabel:`今天` 下，并打开新的活动窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:41 msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`放弃`：放弃在弹出窗口上所做的任何更改。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM 潜在客户和安排活动的选项视图。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" "Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " "replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据活动类型，:guilabel:`日程安排`按钮可能会被:guilabel:`保存`按钮或:guilabel:`打开日历`按钮取代。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1060,19 +1157,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:61 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "看板视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:63 msgid "" "Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " "out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择要安排活动的记录。点击 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，然后点击 :guilabel:`安排活动`，接着填写弹出的表格。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:0 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM 管道的看板视图，以及安排活动的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" @@ -1085,10 +1182,13 @@ msgid "" "has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " "(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." msgstr "" +"选择要安排活动的记录。点击 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`安排活动`。如果记录已安排活动，时钟图标可能会被:guilabel:`📞（电话）` 或:guilabel:`✉️（信封）` " +"图标取代。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:0 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM 管道的列表视图，以及安排活动的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:80 msgid "Activity view" @@ -1124,33 +1224,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动颜色及其与活动到期日的关系在整个 Odoo 中都是一致的，与活动类型或视图无关。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:101 msgid "" "Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " "future." -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示为**绿色**的活动表示截止日期在未来某个时候。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:102 msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**黄色**表示活动的截止日期是今天。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:103 msgid "" "**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**红色**表示活动已逾期，且已过截止日期。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " "passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " "on the kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果为一个电话创建了一个活动，而截止日期已过，则该活动在列表视图中显示为红色电话，在看板视图中显示为红色时钟。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:109 msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看预定活动" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1194,43 +1294,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:130 msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置活动类型" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:132 msgid "" "To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要配置数据库中的活动类型，请访问 :menuselection:` 设置应用程序 --> 讨论 --> 活动 --> 活动类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" +msgstr "强调菜单活动类型的设置页面视图。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样就会显示 :guilabel:`活动类型` 页面，在这里可以找到现有的活动类型。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:141 msgid "" "To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"要编辑现有活动类型，请从列表中选择该类型，然后单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。要创建新的活动类型，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:144 msgid "" "At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " ":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在空白活动类型表单的顶部，首先为新活动类型选择 :guilabel:`名称`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新活动类型表单。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:152 msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动设置" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 @@ -1253,19 +1354,19 @@ msgstr "如果选择:guilabel:`上传文档`，则会在聊天记录中的计划 msgid "" "If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " "have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择了 :guilabel:`电话呼叫` 或 :guilabel:`会议`，用户就可以选择打开日历，为该活动安排时间。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:164 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" " activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择 :guilabel:`请求签名`，则会在聊天记录中的计划活动上添加链接，弹出签名请求窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:168 msgid "" "The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " "applications currently installed in the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选择的活动类型上的操作，会根据当前安装在数据库中的应用程序而有所不同。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:172 msgid "Default user" @@ -1330,6 +1431,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " "deadline`." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`时间安排` 字段中，为这些活动选择默认截止日期。为此，请配置所需的 :guilabel:`日`、 :guilabel:`周` " +"或 :guilabel:`月` 数目。然后，决定它应该发生在 :guilabel:`完成日期之后`，还是在 " +":guilabel:`上一个活动截止日期之后`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:207 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:235 @@ -1341,11 +1445,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:237 msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成所有配置后，单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动安排弹出窗口，重点推荐活动。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -1356,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:221 msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "触发下一个活动" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -1395,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用频道进行团队沟通" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1410,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:11 msgid "Public and private channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公共和私有频道" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1460,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "Privacy and Members tabs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "隐私和成员选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -1489,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of Discuss' option to invite members in Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 内部沟通应用中强调邀请成员选项的讨论工具栏视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1532,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of the Discuss' sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " "Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 内部沟通应用中强调快速搜索栏的讨论工具栏视图" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:81 msgid "Finding channels" @@ -1762,13 +1866,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 msgid "WiFi connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WiFi 连接" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 msgid "" "The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" " box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是通过 WiFi 将 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子连接到 Odoo 数据库的过程。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1777,6 +1881,8 @@ msgid "" " (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"首先，确保没有以太网电缆插入 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子。然后，将所有有线设备连接到 :abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）`盒子（:abbr:`USB [通用串行总线]` 设备等）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1788,6 +1894,10 @@ msgid "" "this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" +"连接设备后，将 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子插入电源。在电脑上，导航到 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> " +"物联网盒子`，然后点击位于 :menuselection:`物联网盒子` 面板左上角的 :guilabel:`连接` " +"按钮。然后从:guilabel:`WiFi 连接`部分复制:guilabel:`令牌`，稍后将用于连接 Odoo 数据库和:abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）盒子`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -1796,10 +1906,12 @@ msgid "" "dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " "`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." msgstr "" +"回到电脑上，导航到可用的 WiFi 网络，并连接到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子 WiFi 网络。由 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` " +"盒子提供的 WiFi 网络将以 `IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx` 开头。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算机上可用的 WiFi 网络。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1809,10 +1921,13 @@ msgid "" "previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " "click on :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" +"连接到 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子 WiFi 后，浏览器会自动跳转到 :menuselection:`配置物联网盒子` 向导。命名 " +":guilabel:`IoT（物联网）`盒子，然后将先前复制的*令牌*粘贴到 :guilabel:`服务器令牌`字段，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`下一步`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网盒子内输入服务器令牌。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1820,6 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " "`." msgstr "" +"如果 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）`盒子 WiFi 连接向导没有启动，请参阅 :ref:`连接令牌 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1830,10 +1946,13 @@ msgid "" "manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" " happen automatically." msgstr "" +"现在，选择 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子将连接的 WiFi 网络（如有密码，请输入密码），然后点击 " +":guilabel:`连接`。等待几秒钟，浏览器将重定向到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子主页。如果无法自动连接，则可能需要手动重新连接到原始" +" WiFi 连接。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为物联网盒子配置 WiFi。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -1841,10 +1960,12 @@ msgid "" "appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" " database." msgstr "" +"完成每个步骤后，在 Odoo 数据库上导航至 :menuselection:`物联网盒子应用程序 --> 物联网盒子` 时，应出现 :abbr:`IoT" +" （物联网）`盒子。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已在 Odoo 数据库中成功配置物联网盒子。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -1853,10 +1974,12 @@ msgid "" " on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " "into the power source after ten seconds." msgstr "" +"通过 WiFi 成功连接后，可能需要手动重启:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子，使其显示在 Odoo 数据库的 *物联网* " +"应用程序中。要执行此操作，只需拔下设备插头，并在十秒钟后将其重新插入电源即可。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用令牌手动连接物联网盒子" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -1865,6 +1988,8 @@ msgid "" "computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " "--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" +"可以使用 *令牌* 从电脑手动连接 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子和 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 应用程序。可通过导航至 " +":menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 物联网盒子` 并点击 :guilabel:`连接` 找到*令牌*。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -1873,6 +1998,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " "of Things)` box homepage." msgstr "" +"在出现的 :guilabel:`连接物联网盒子` 页面的 :guilabel:`WiFi 连接` 部分，单击 :guilabel:`令牌` 右侧的 " +":guilabel:`复制`。该令牌将被输入到 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -1882,6 +2009,8 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " "connection)." msgstr "" +"通过与 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子位于同一网络的计算机（最好使用以太网连接），在浏览器窗口中输入 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子的" +" :abbr:`IP（互联网协议）` 地址，访问 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -1891,6 +2020,8 @@ msgid "" "box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " "box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." msgstr "" +"可以通过 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子所连接的路由器管理控制台，或通过将收据打印机连接到 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，来访问 " +":abbr:`IP（互联网协议）` 地址。打印出的收据上将标有 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的 :abbr:`IP（互联网协议）` 地址。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -1900,30 +2031,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" " to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`物联网（IoT）`盒子主页上，点击 :guilabel:`配置`，在 " +":guilabel:`服务器（Server）`部分输入*令牌*。然后，将 *令牌* 粘贴到 :guilabel:`服务器令牌` 字段，点击 " +":guilabel:`连接`。然后，: abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子将链接到 Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 msgid "IoT box schema" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图解物联网盒子" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raspberry Pi 4" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo IoT 盒子（Raspberry Pi 4）图解及其标签。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raspberry Pi 3" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo IoT 盒子（Raspberry Pi 3）图解及其标签。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 msgid "Flashing the SD card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "刷写 SD 卡" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1932,10 +2066,12 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子的微型 SD 卡可能需要重新刷写，以便获得 Odoo " +"最新的:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`镜像更新。这意味着 Odoo 的:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子软件可能需要更新。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从物联网盒子主页升级" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1999,6 +2135,8 @@ msgid "" "Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " "from `nightly `_." msgstr "" +"然后从 `nightly `_ 下载特定版本的 " +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 镜像。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2006,14 +2144,16 @@ msgid "" "`_ website with their corresponding " "Odoo database version:" msgstr "" +"以下是 `nightly `_ 网站上的图片版本及其对应的 Odoo " +"数据库版本：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" @@ -2026,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 msgid "" "The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应将图像下载并解压缩到一个方便的文件位置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2036,10 +2176,13 @@ msgid "" "and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," " click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" +"完成此步骤后，将 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的 micro SD 卡插入计算机或读卡器。打开 *Etcher*，选择 " +":guilabel:`Flashfromfile`，然后找到并选择刚刚下载和提取的映像。接着，选择要将映像刻录到的驱动器。最后，点击 " +":guilabel:`Flash`，等待过程结束。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balena 的 Etcher 软件仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2047,14 +2190,16 @@ msgid "" "Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"闪存微型 SD 卡的另一个软件是 *Raspberry Pi Imager*。在 " +"``_ 下载 *Raspberry Pi* 软件。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS 证书（物联网）" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 msgid "What is HTTPS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是 HTTPS？" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2064,6 +2209,8 @@ msgid "" "(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " "security of data transfer." msgstr "" +"*超文本传输协议安全版*（HTTPS）是*超文本传输协议*（HTTP）的安全版本，HTTP 是网络浏览器和网站之间来回发送数据的主要协议。 " +"为了提高数据传输的安全性， :abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全版）`进行了加密。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2072,6 +2219,7 @@ msgid "" "Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " "(SSL)." msgstr "" +":abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）`使用加密协议对通信进行加密。该协议被称为*传输层安全性协议*（TLS），但以前被称为*安全套接层*（SSL）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2080,6 +2228,7 @@ msgid "" "Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" " they say they are." msgstr "" +":abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）是基于:abbr:`TLS（传输层安全）`/:abbr:`SSL（安全套接字层）`证书的传输而发生的，这些证书可验证特定提供商的真实身份。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2088,10 +2237,12 @@ msgid "" "certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " "Secure)` connection." msgstr "" +"在本文档和整个 Odoo 中，\"HTTPS 证书 \"一词将用于定义 :abbr:`SSL （安全套接字层）` 证书有效并允许 " +":abbr:`HTTPS （超文本传输协议安全）` 连接的事实。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 msgid "Why is it needed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么需要？" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2101,16 +2252,18 @@ msgid "" "Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " "with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." msgstr "" +"为了与某些网络设备（特别是支付终端）进行通信，必须使用 : abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）`。如果 " +":abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）` 证书无效，某些设备将无法与 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子进行交互。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何获取安全超文本传输协议（HTTPS）证书" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 msgid "" "The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " "certificate is automatic." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）`证书是自动生成的。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2119,63 +2272,66 @@ msgid "" "Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box and database are eligible." msgstr "" +"如果 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子和数据库符合条件，则 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子将向 " +"``_ 发送特定请求，而 ``_ 将发回 " +":abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）` 证书。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网（IoT）资格" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 msgid "" "The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " "should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库应为**生产**实例。数据库实例不应是副本、复制件、暂存或开发环境。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 订阅必须：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置 :guilabel:`物联网盒子订阅` 行。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`状态` 必须为 :guilabel:`进行中`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 msgid "" "If the subscription is linked to a ``_ portal user " "check the information on the portal subscription page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果订阅与``_门户用户相关联，请检查门户订阅页面上的信息。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按 \"进行中\" 筛选的 Odoo.com 门户订阅。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 msgid "" "In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " ":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，由于使用了 :guilabel:`筛选项\\: 进行中`，因此两个订阅都被视为 \"进行中\"。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 msgid "" "If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " "or Partner regarding the matter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果订阅有问题，请联系数据库的客户经理或合作伙伴咨询相关事宜。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 msgid "" "Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " "errors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "超文本传输协议安全（HTTPS）证书错误的故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 msgid "" "If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " "generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在生成或接收 \"HTTPS 证书\" 的过程中出现任何问题，\"IoT（物联网）\"盒子主页上将给出特定的错误代码。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2185,10 +2341,12 @@ msgid "" " Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " "page to see if the error disappears." msgstr "" +"访问 : abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页将检查是否存在 \"HTTPS 证书\"，如果缺少该证书，将尝试生成。因此，如果在 " +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页上出现错误，请刷新 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 主页以查看错误是否消失。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 @@ -2203,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "原因：" msgid "" "The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " "instance is not connected with the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "缺少有关服务器的配置。换句话说，Odoo 实例未与 IoT 盒子连接。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 @@ -2212,53 +2370,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 msgid "Solution:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解决方案：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保服务器已配置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 msgid "" "An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " "(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在尝试读取现有的 :abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）` 证书时发生了一个未处理的错误。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 msgid "" "Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " "certificate file is readable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保 :abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）` 证书文件可读。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 msgid "" "The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " "missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "缺少合同和/或数据库 :abbr:`UUID（通用唯一标识符）`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 msgid "" "Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " "the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " ":guilabel:`Credential`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保这两个值均按预期配置。要修改它们，请访问 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 合作主页，并导航至 :guilabel:`证书`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -2266,11 +2424,13 @@ msgid "" "tried to reach ``_. The causes are likely due to the " "network infrastructure/configuration:" msgstr "" +"当 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子试图访问 " +"``_时，发生了意外错误。原因可能与网络基础设施/配置有关：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 msgid "" "The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子无法访问互联网。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -2279,24 +2439,26 @@ msgid "" "devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " "configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." msgstr "" +"网络不允许 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）`盒子与 " +"``_进行通信。这可能是由于网络设备（防火墙等）或网络配置（:abbr:`VPN（虚拟专用网络）`等）阻止了通信。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 msgid "" "More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " "request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" " box logs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关发生错误的更多信息，请参阅完整的请求异常详细信息，这些信息位于:abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子日志中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 msgid "" "Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " "This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond Odoo " "support's service scope." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果出现此问题，请咨询您的系统或网络管理员。此错误代码取决于网络基础设施，超出了 Odoo 支持的服务范围。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:140 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -2304,6 +2466,8 @@ msgid "" "unusual `HTTP response (status codes) `_." msgstr "" +"IoT-box 能够访问 ``_，但收到了异常的 " +"`HTTP响应（状态码）`_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -2311,18 +2475,20 @@ msgid "" "if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" " page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." msgstr "" +"该错误代码还会给出 HTTP 响应状态代码。例如，如果错误读数为`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS " +"404`，则表示页面返回 404 错误，即 \"未找到页面\" 代码。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:152 msgid "" "Check if ``_ is down using a web browser, as it's " "possible that it is down due to maintenance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用网络浏览器检查``_是否关闭，因为有可能是由于维护而关闭。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:155 msgid "" "If ``_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" " is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果 ``_ 因维护而停机，很遗憾，我们什么也做不了，只能等待它恢复。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -2330,10 +2496,12 @@ msgid "" " ticket `_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " "digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." msgstr "" +"如果 ``_ 没有因维护而停机，请就此问题开立一张 `支持工单 " +"`_。确保支持工单中包含代码错误旁边的 3 位状态代码。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:162 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -2341,6 +2509,8 @@ msgid "" "``_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " "(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." msgstr "" +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子能够到达 ``_，但它拒绝提供 :abbr:`HTTPS " +"（超文本传输协议安全）`证书。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -2351,7 +2521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:173 msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何确保 HTTPS 证书正确无误" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -2361,42 +2531,45 @@ msgid "" "will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " "application on that specific device's form." msgstr "" +"如果证书已成功应用，一个新的: " +"abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）`:abbr:`URL（统一资源定位符）`的:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子将出现在 Odoo " +"数据库中，在该特定设备表单上的:menuselection:`物联网`应用程序内。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有 .odoo-iot.com 域名的 Odoo 物联网应用程序物联网盒子。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:184 msgid "" "When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" " secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " "be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在浏览器中导航到:abbr:`URL（统一资源定位符）`时，将建立一个安全的:abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）`连接。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "浏览器上有效 SSL 证书详细信息示例。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 msgid "" "Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " "secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10 上 Chrome 浏览器中的挂锁，证明连接已通过 :abbr:`HTTPS（超文本传输协议安全）` 加密。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:194 msgid "" "The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " "certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" " regarding the certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，IoT-box 主页将在`HTTPS 证书`旁边显示`确认`状态。点击下拉菜单图标后，将显示有关证书的信息。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子主页显示 HTTPS 证书确认状态。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:202 msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "域名系统（DNS）问题" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -2407,6 +2580,9 @@ msgid "" "will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " "`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." msgstr "" +"如果 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子可以通过其 :abbr:`IP（内网协议）` 地址访问，但不能访问 Odoo 分配的域：`.odoo-" +"iot.com`；那么 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子很可能遇到了 :abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 问题。在某些浏览器上，它会给出提及 " +":abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 的错误代码（如 `DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -2416,34 +2592,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:213 msgid "Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:219 msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10 上 Chrome 浏览器的 DNS 问题。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:222 msgid "Firefox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firefox" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:228 msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10 上 Firefox 浏览器的 DNS 问题。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:230 msgid "Edge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edge" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:236 msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 10 上 Edge 浏览器的 DNS 问题。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:240 msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "域名系统（DNS）问题解决方案" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -2451,6 +2627,8 @@ msgid "" "changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " "`_." msgstr "" +"如果路由器允许手动更改 :abbr:`DNS（域名系统）`，请将 DNS 更改为使用 `Google DNS " +"`_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -2462,6 +2640,9 @@ msgid "" "device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " "manufacturer." msgstr "" +"如果您的路由器不允许这样做，则需要使用 `Google DNS `_对每台设备的 :abbr:`DNS （域名系统）`设置进行更改。这需要在计划与 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` " +"盒子（如电脑、平板电脑或手机）进行交互的**每台**设备上进行。各个设备的配置过程可在设备制造商的网站上找到。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -2469,17 +2650,19 @@ msgid "" "likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" " they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." msgstr "" +"其他 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 设备，如支付终端，可能不需要更改其 :abbr:`DNS （域名系统）` 设置，因为它们已经配置了自定义 " +":abbr:`DNS （域名系统）`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:257 msgid "" "Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " "This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " "Odoo support's service scope." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果出现此问题，请咨询您的系统或网络管理员。此错误代码取决于网络基础设施，超出了 Odoo 支持的服务范围。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用带有 PoS 的物联网盒子" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -2487,33 +2670,33 @@ msgstr "先决条件" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动前，请确保以下设备已准备就绪：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带电源适配器的:abbr:`IoT（物联网）\"盒子。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配备最新网络浏览器的电脑或平板电脑。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " "applications installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 云端版或安装了*销售点*和*物联网*应用程序的 Odoo 实例。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "" "A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " "Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :abbr:`DHCP （动态主机配置协议）` 设置的本地网络（默认设置）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "" "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " "built in)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "RJ45 以太网电缆（可选，但优先选择，优于已经内置的WiFi）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2522,6 +2705,8 @@ msgid "" "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" +"任何支持的硬件（收据打印机、条形码扫描仪、钱箱、支付终端、电子秤、客户显示器等）。支持的硬件列表可在 `POS 硬件页面 " +"`_ 中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 msgid "Setup" @@ -2529,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售点系统的建议配置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2538,12 +2723,14 @@ msgid "" "this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " "box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" +"要将硬件连接到 :abbr:`PoS（销售点）`，第一步是将:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子连接到数据库。请按照以下说明操作： " +":doc:`将物联网（IoT）盒子连接到 Odoo 数据库`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 msgid "" "Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" " box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，将外围设备连接到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子上。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "Device Name" @@ -2564,27 +2751,29 @@ msgid "" "port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" +"将支持的收据打印机连接到 :abbr:`USB（通用串行总线）` 端口或网络，并打开电源。请参阅 " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing` 。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "钱箱" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应使用 RJ25 电缆将钱箱连接到打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码扫描器" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" "In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " "an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " "configuration of the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了与条形码扫描仪兼容，条形码必须以 `ENTER` 字符（键码 28）结束。这很可能是条形码扫描仪的默认配置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 msgid "Scale" @@ -2594,11 +2783,11 @@ msgstr "比例" msgid "" "Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接电子秤并接通电源。请参阅 :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "Customer display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户显示器" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -2606,10 +2795,12 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" +"将屏幕连接到 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，以显示 :abbr:`PoS （销售点）` 订单。请参阅 " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen` 。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 msgid "Payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付终端" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2617,6 +2808,8 @@ msgid "" "terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"连接过程取决于终端。请参阅 :doc:` " +"支付终端文档`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2626,16 +2819,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." msgstr "" +"完成后，将 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子连接到 :menuselection:`PoS` 应用程序。要执行此操作，请进入 " +":menuselection:`销售点 --> 配置 --> PoS`，勾选 :guilabel:`物联网盒子` 选项，并选择要在此 " +":abbr:`PoS（销售点）` 中使用的设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 POS 应用程序中配置已连接的设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "" "Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " "launched." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置完成后，就可以启动一个新的 :abbr:`PoS（销售点）` 会话。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -2644,18 +2840,18 @@ msgstr "故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 msgid "IoT box connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子连接" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "无法找到连接物联网盒子的配对代码" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" "The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " "connected monitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配对代码应打印在连接到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子的收据打印机上，还应在连接的显示器上显示。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" @@ -2665,19 +2861,19 @@ msgstr "以下情况不显示配对码：" msgid "" "The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子已连接到 Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 msgid "" "The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子没有连接到互联网。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 msgid "" "The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" " when this time has expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代码仅在 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子启动后 5 分钟内有效。过期后，它将自动从连接的显示器中移除。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2687,6 +2883,8 @@ msgid "" " re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " "`)." msgstr "" +"物联网盒子镜像的版本太旧。如果 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的映像来自较早的版本，则需要重新刷新 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子的 " +"SD 卡以更新映像（请参阅 :doc:`刷写 SD 卡`）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2708,16 +2906,18 @@ msgid "" "can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " "environment." msgstr "" +"当 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子连接到数据库时，它可能会重新启动。如果是这样，可能需要至多 5 分钟才能出现在数据库中。如果 5 " +"分钟后仍未显示 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，请确保 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子可以访问数据库，并且服务器不使用多数据库环境。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" "To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" " browser and type in the database address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要从 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子访问数据库，请打开浏览器并输入数据库地址。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的物联网盒子已连接到我的数据库，但无法访问" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2725,6 +2925,7 @@ msgid "" "running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" +"确保 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子和运行浏览器的计算机位于同一网络，因为 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子无法从本地网络之外进行访问。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" @@ -2752,22 +2953,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`HTTPS 证书（物联网）`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 msgid "The printer is not detected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未检测到打印机" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" "If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " ":guilabel:`Printers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果打印机没有显示在设备列表中，请访问:abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页，确保它列在:guilabel:`打印机`下。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子主页着陆页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2776,10 +2977,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " "printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" +"如果打印机不在 :guilabel:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页上，请单击 :guilabel:`打印机服务器`，转到 " +":guilabel:`管理`选项卡并单击 :guilabel:`添加打印机`。如果打印机未出现在列表中，则很可能连接不正确。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 msgid "The printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我打印机输出随机文本" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -2788,6 +2991,7 @@ msgid "" "not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " "characters." msgstr "" +"对于大多数打印机，应自动检测并选择正确的驱动程序。然而，在某些情况下，自动检测机制可能不够，如果没有找到驱动程序，打印机可能会打印随机字符。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2798,10 +3002,13 @@ msgid "" " Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " "to the printer." msgstr "" +"解决方案是手动选择相应的驱动程序。在 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页上，点击 :guilabel:`打印机服务器`，进入 " +":guilabel:`打印机`选项卡并在列表中选择打印机。在 :guilabel:`管理` 下拉菜单中，点击 " +":guilabel:`更改打印机`。按照步骤选择与打印机相对应的*品牌*和*型号*。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑连接到物联网盒子的打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2811,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "Epson和Star收据打印机和Zebra标签打印机不需要驱动程序 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 msgid "Epson configuration special case" -msgstr "" +msgstr "爱普生配置专案" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2819,42 +3026,43 @@ msgid "" "Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " "models do not support this command:" msgstr "" +"大多数爱普生打印机都支持使用 `GS v 0` 指令在 Odoo :abbr:`POS（销售点）` 中打印收据。但是，以下爱普生打印机型号不支持此指令：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 msgid "TM-U220" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-U220" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 msgid "TM-U230" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-U230" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 msgid "TM-P60" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TM-P60" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 msgid "TMP-P60II" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TMP-P60II" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 msgid "" "Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " "instead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将打印机配置为使用 `ESC*` 指令，即可绕过这一问题。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 msgid "Process to force ESC * command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "强制执行 ESC * 指令的流程" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 msgid "Epson printer compatibility" -msgstr "" +msgstr "爱普生打印机兼容性" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" "The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" " command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一步是检查打印机是否与 `GS v 0` 指令不兼容。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -2862,6 +3070,8 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " "compatible printers." msgstr "" +"`Epson GS v 0 文档 ``_ 适用于 `GS v 0` 兼容打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -2869,6 +3079,8 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " "compatible printers." msgstr "" +"`Epson ESC * 文档 `_ 适用于 `ESC *` 兼容打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -2877,10 +3089,12 @@ msgid "" "*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" +"如果打印机不兼容 `ESC *` 指令，则无法执行以下流程。如果打印机兼容使用 `ESC *` 指令打印，请按照以下步骤使用 " +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子配置打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于 ESC* 的物联网盒子配置" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -2890,10 +3104,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box homepage." msgstr "" +"要配置 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子使用 `ESC *` 命令打印，请通过导航至 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> " +"物联网盒子` 进入 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页。然后点击 :guilabel:`IP地址`，将引导您进入 :abbr:`IoT " +"(物联网)` 盒子主页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 msgid "**Choosing the printer**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**选择打印机**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -2902,39 +3119,41 @@ msgid "" "Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " "then click :guilabel:`Continue`." msgstr "" +"现在点击 :guilabel:`打印机服务器` 按钮。这将把浏览器重定向到 *CUPS* 页面。接下来，进入 :menuselection:`管理 " +"--> 打印机 --> 添加打印机`，选择要修改的打印机，然后单击 :guilabel:`继续`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 msgid "" "If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果打印机名称仍不确定，请采取以下步骤：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意*CUPS*页面上列出的打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭打印机并刷新页面。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 msgid "" "Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " "disappeared." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在比较两个列表的差异，查看哪个打印机消失了。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新打开打印机，再次刷新页面。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再次仔细检查列表，看看打印机是否再次出现。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 msgid "" "The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " "the name of the printer in question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "消失并重新出现在打印机列表的就是该打印机名称。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." @@ -2958,37 +3177,38 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " "`__IMC___...___`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`名称`应符合以下约定：`__IMC___...___`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "命名规则的细分：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 msgid "" "`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" " it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`打印机名称`：这是打印机的名称。它可以是任何字符，只要不包含`_`、`/`、`#`、或 ` `（空格字符）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 msgid "" "`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " "*`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`IMC`：代表*图像模式列*（`ESC *`的简化名称）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`param_1`：代表特定参数：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 msgid "" "`SCALE`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" " an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`缩放`：图片的缩放比例（保持相同的纵横比）。`X` 应该是一个整数，描述应该使用的缩放百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 msgid "" "`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`100` 是原始大小，`50` 是一半大小，`200` 是两倍大小。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -3015,10 +3235,12 @@ msgid "" "printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " "these parameters." msgstr "" +"访问 `Epson's ESC * 文档 `_，并在上面的表格中点击打印机型号，以查看是否应该设置这些参数。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是正确和不正确名称格式的示例：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 msgid "Proper name formatting:" @@ -3026,36 +3248,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 msgid "" "Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " "might not have the expected printed output):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "名称格式不正确（不会妨碍打印，但结果可能不是预期的打印内容）：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> 名称不能有空格。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II` -> 名称本身是正确的，但不会使用 `ESC*`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> 该名称缺少结尾 `__`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" " parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> 参数 `XDV` 与任何现有参数不匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -3065,7 +3287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**完成添加打印机**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -3079,18 +3301,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " "was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成这些步骤后，单击 :guilabel:`添加打印机`。如果一切操作正确，页面应重定向到*横幅*页面。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 msgid "" "At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " "server (this could take a few minutes)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此时，打印机应该已经创建，现在，:abbr:`物联网（IoT）` 盒子只需检测到它，然后同步到 Odoo 服务器（这可能需要几分钟时间）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**将打印机添加至 Odoo PoS**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -3099,6 +3321,8 @@ msgid "" "of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " "Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." msgstr "" +"一旦打印机在 Odoo 数据库中可见，不要忘记在 :abbr:`PoS （销售点）` 配置中将其选为 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 打印机。导航至 " +":menuselection:`POS 应用程序 --> 设置 --> 互联设备 --> 物联网盒子 --> 收据打印机 --> 保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -3107,10 +3331,12 @@ msgid "" " printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" " up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." msgstr "" +"如果打印机设置错误（仍在打印随机文本或打印的收据过大或过小），则不能通过打印机名称 *CUPS* " +"进行修改。相反，可以重复上述过程，从头开始设置另一台打印机，创建一台参数已修改的打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**使用 ESC 设置爱普生 TM-U220B 打印机**示例" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -3119,27 +3345,28 @@ msgid "" "example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" " theory):" msgstr "" +"以下是使用 `ESC *` 命令对 TM-U220B 打印机型号进行故障排除的示例。下图中的收据是由于格式正确（理论上）而正确打印的收据示例：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "演示数据库中格式正确的收据图片。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 msgid "" "Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " "not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " "random characters will print:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于 TM-U220B 打印机型号不支持 `GS v 0`，因此在正确格式化之前立即打印该收据将不起作用。打印出来的将是随机字符：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印纸上的字符看似随机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 msgid "" "To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " "the following steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要正确配置 Epson TM-U220B 打印机型号的格式化，请执行以下步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -3151,19 +3378,24 @@ msgid "" "indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " "`ESC *`." msgstr "" +"在查阅了爱普生网站上有关这两种命令的兼容性：`GS v 0 `_ 和`ESC * " +"`_之后，可以看到 TM-U220B 确实与`GS" +" v 0` 不兼容，但与`ESC *` 兼容。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "爱普生网站上的爱普生兼容性评估。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 msgid "" "When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加打印机时，*CUPS* 会询问应添加哪台打印机：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理菜单，添加打印机选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -3176,6 +3408,10 @@ msgid "" "plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " "the printer in question." msgstr "" +"在这种情况下，打印机是通过 :abbr:`USB （通用串行总线）`连接的，因此不会出现在 :guilabel:`已发现的网络打印机` " +"中。相反，它可能是 :guilabel:`本地打印机` 下 :guilabel:`未知` 选项的一部分。将打印机的 :abbr:`USB " +"（通用串行总线）`电缆从 " +":guilabel:`IoT（物联网）`框中拔出并刷新页面，:guilabel:`未知`打印机就会消失。重新插入后，打印机将重新出现，因此可以确定这就是所讨论的打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -3185,10 +3421,14 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" " the *density* parameters." msgstr "" +"关于命名规则，由于需要使用 `ESC *` 命令打印，因此必须添加 `__IMC`。请参考 `Epson's ESC * 网站 " +"`_ 上的打印机型号，了解有关 *density*" +" 参数的更多信息。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造商网站上的爱普生 TM-U220 规格。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -3198,6 +3438,8 @@ msgid "" "the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" " printed)." msgstr "" +"对于 TM-U220 这种特定型号，`m` 应等于 0 或 1。参考上图中粉色方框下方的 :guilabel:`描述` 时，`m` 值可能是 " +"0、1、32 或 33。因此，在该打印机中，`m`值不能为 32 或 33（否则将打印出随机字符）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -3207,17 +3449,19 @@ msgid "" "the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " "does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." msgstr "" +"表中包括数值： 32 和 33，如果 :guilabel:`垂直数据位数` 设置为 24，它们都会出现。这意味着*垂直密度高*。在配置 Epson " +"TM-U220 时，需要强制使用 *低垂直密度*，因为该打印机型号不支持该命令 `ESC *` 的 *高垂直密度*。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 msgid "" "To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " "convention." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要添加*低垂直密度*，请在命名规则中添加`LDV`参数。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "" "Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在命名规则中添加*低垂直密度*（`LDV`参数）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -3228,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "爱普生 TM-U220 的规格请参见制造商网站。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -3237,6 +3481,9 @@ msgid "" " and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " "convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." msgstr "" +"但是，当尝试使用命名规范：`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__` " +"打印时，虽然可以打印收据，但收据太大，超出了页边距。要解决这个问题，可以添加一个新的打印机（和命名规范），使用 `SCALE` " +"参数来适应我们的收据尺寸。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 msgid "Here are some examples:" @@ -3244,49 +3491,49 @@ msgstr "示例如下：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 msgid "Printer Naming Convention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印机命名规则" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Receipt example format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收据示例格式。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命名约定的收据格式：EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "" "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命名约定的收据格式： EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命名约定的收据格式： EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "" "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命名约定的收据格式：EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Zebra 打印机不打印任何东西" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 msgid "" @@ -3297,6 +3544,9 @@ msgid "" " Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" +"Zebra 打印机对打印的 Zebra " +"编程语言（ZPL）代码的格式非常敏感。如果打印机没有输出任何内容或打印了空白标签，请尝试通过在:ref:`开发者模式`中访问:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 用户界面 --> 视图`并查找相应的模板，更改发送到打印机的报表格式。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" @@ -3304,6 +3554,9 @@ msgid "" "Language)` files `here `_." msgstr "" +"查看 Zebra 打印 :abbr:`ZPL（Zebra 编程语言）` 文件的说明，请点击 " +"`_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" @@ -3316,6 +3569,9 @@ msgid "" "device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " "the correct format." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，大多数条形码扫描仪都配置为 US QWERTY " +"格式。如果条形码扫描仪使用不同的布局，请转到设备的窗体视图（:menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 设备 --> " +"条形码设备`）并选择正确的格式。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" @@ -3329,6 +3585,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " "Edit`." msgstr "" +"确保在 :menuselection:`POS` 配置中选择了正确的设备，并将条形码配置为在每个条形码末尾发送一个 `ENTER` 字符（关键码 " +"28）。为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`POS 应用程序 --> POS 上的三点菜单 --> 物联网盒子部分 --> 编辑`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" @@ -3339,7 +3597,7 @@ msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有些条形码扫描仪不标明自己是条形码扫描仪，而是标明自己是 USB 键盘，因此不会被 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子识别。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -3347,14 +3605,16 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" " :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" +"设备类型可通过进入其表单视图（:menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 设备 --> 条码设备`）并激活 :guilabel:`是扫描仪`" +" 选项手动更改。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改条形码扫描仪的窗体视图。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "钱箱无法打开" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" @@ -3364,10 +3624,13 @@ msgid "" "on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " "checkbox`." msgstr "" +"应将钱箱连接到打印机，并在:abbr:`POS（销售点）`配置中勾选 :guilabel:`钱箱`复选框。要执行此操作，请导航至 " +":menuselection:`POS 应用程序 --> POS 上的三点菜单 --> 物联网盒部分 --> 编辑 --> 收据打印机 --> " +"钱箱复选框`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接 Windows 物联网 Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3375,6 +3638,7 @@ msgid "" "installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " "with an Odoo 16 or later database." msgstr "" +"虚拟物联网盒是一个需要下载并安装到 Windows 计算机上的计算机程序。这需要 Windows 操作系统和 Odoo 16 或更高版本的数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3385,20 +3649,22 @@ msgid "" "should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" " not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" msgstr "" +"Windows 虚拟 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子的工作方式与实体 " +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子相同，能够运行大多数相同的设备。所有:abbr:`POS（销售点）`设备都能与之配合使用，例如秤或打印机。支付终端也可以使用，但需要注意的是，:abbr:`MRP（物料需求计划）`设备不兼容。*这些设备包括照相机或测量工具。*" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 msgid "Pre-requisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预先要求" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 msgid "" "The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成 Windows :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`安装需要以下物品。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 16 数据库或以上任何版本。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -3406,10 +3672,12 @@ msgid "" "above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " "`_." msgstr "" +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`兼容设备（上述设备除外）。请参阅： Odoo " +"兼容的物联网设备`_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 msgid "Device drivers for Windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 设备驱动程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3417,31 +3685,33 @@ msgid "" "as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` to not work." msgstr "" +"Odoo 建议使用最新版本的 Windows（Windows 10/11），因为某些较旧的操作系统可能导致 Windows " +"虚拟:abbr:`物联网`无法运行。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 计算机（笔记本电脑、台式电脑或服务器）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" "eligibility`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`订阅。请参阅： :ref:`iot/iot-eligibility`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 Windows 虚拟物联网盒子连接到 Odoo 数据库" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 msgid "" "The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " "Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" " first time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows 虚拟物联网盒子的设置非常简单，只需几步即可完成。首次安装 Windows 虚拟物联网软件时，请遵循以下流程。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 msgid "Download and initial installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载和首次安装" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -3451,67 +3721,70 @@ msgid "" ":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " "start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" +"要开始安装，请在 `Odoo 的下载页面 `_浏览 Odoo 16 或更高版本的企业或社区 - " +"Windows 版安装包。接下来，安装并设置 Odoo :file:`.exe` 文件。在出现说明屏幕后，点击 :guilabel:`下一步` " +"开始安装，并同意 :abbr:`TOS（服务条款）`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" "During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " "the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下一步安装过程中，从 :guilabel:`选择安装类型` 下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Odoo IoT`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "便于参考，应安装以下设备：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 msgid "**Odoo server**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 服务器**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 msgid "**Odoo IoT**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo IoT**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nginx WebServer**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ghostscript interpreter**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 msgid "" "Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " ":guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保计算机上有足够的安装空间，然后单击 :guilabel:`下一步`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置目的地并完成安装" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 msgid "" "To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " "click :guilabel:`Install`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要完成安装，请选择 :guilabel:`目的地文件夹` 并单击 :guilabel:`安装`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 msgid "" "Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " "server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " "installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 ``C:\\odoo`` 作为安装位置将允许 Nginx 服务器启动。如果文件夹不存在，则创建它。否则，安装文件将遍布整个硬盘。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 msgid "" "Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" " Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 的 Windows 虚拟物联网软件不应安装在任何 Window用户目录内。这样做会导致 Nginx 无法初始化。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 msgid "" "The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装可能需要几分钟时间。完成后，单击 :guilabel:`下一步` 继续。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -3520,16 +3793,18 @@ msgid "" "automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " "should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." msgstr "" +"确保选中 :guilabel:`开始 Odoo` 框，然后单击 :guilabel:`完成`。安装完成后，Odoo 服务器将运行并自动在网页浏览器上打开" +" `http://localhost:8069`。网页应显示 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 msgid "" "A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" " not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网络浏览器无法显示任何内容，可能需要重新启动 Windows IoT 程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 msgid "Connecting devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接设备" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3538,6 +3813,8 @@ msgid "" "is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" " driver for the device." msgstr "" +"接下来，将 :abbr:`IoT物联网`设备连接到 Windows 计算机。Windows " +"应该会自动检测到设备，因为驱动程序已预先安装在电脑上。如果没有，请搜索并安装设备的 Windows 驱动程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -3546,22 +3823,24 @@ msgid "" "reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " "homepage." msgstr "" +"将设备连接到计算机后，刷新 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页并验证是否能看到设备。如果没有，请通过 :abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）`盒子主页重新加载处理程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 msgid "" "Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " "using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，使用现有说明（手动使用令牌）将 Windows :`IoT（物联网）` 连接到数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 msgid "" "Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在安装已经完成，连接到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 的设备可以用来完成流程/操作。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启 Windows 物联网盒子" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3571,30 +3850,34 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " "database connection issues." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，手动重启物理 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子可以解决数据库中未显示 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的问题。对于 " +"Windows 虚拟 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，手动重启 Odoo 服务器可解决数据库连接问题。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新启动虚拟 Windows IoT 服务器：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows :guilabel:`搜索栏`中键入`服务`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 msgid "" "Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Odoo` service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`服务` 应用程序并向下滚动到 :guilabel:`Odoo` 服务。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 msgid "" "Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " ":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." msgstr "" +"右键单击 :guilabel:`Odoo` 并选择 :guilabel:`开始` 或 :guilabel:`重启`。此操作将手动重启 Odoo " +"物联网服务器。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 msgid "Firewalls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "防火墙" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -3606,6 +3889,9 @@ msgid "" "(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " "do other virus protection programs." msgstr "" +"防火墙可确保设备安全。但有时它们会阻止本应进行的连接。由于防火墙阻止了连接，Windows 虚拟 :abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）`盒子软件可能无法连接到 :abbr:`LAN（局域网）`。请咨询当地的 IT 支持团队，在 :abbr:`OS （操作系统）` " +"或防火墙程序中设置例外（网络发现）。Windows 和其他病毒防护程序都自带防火墙。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -3613,10 +3899,11 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " "another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." msgstr "" +"客户可能会遇到这样的情况：他们能够访问 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的主页，但却无法从同一网络上的另一台计算机/移动设备/平板电脑访问该主页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows Defender 上设置例外" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -3626,10 +3913,12 @@ msgid "" "through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " "order to make this exception." msgstr "" +"可以允许其他设备访问 Windows 虚拟 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子，同时保持防火墙开启。方法是在 *Windows Defender*" +" 上创建一条规则，允许通过端口 `8069` 进行通信。以下过程描述了设置此例外的步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows Defender 中创建规则" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -3638,6 +3927,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " "navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." msgstr "" +"首先，通过导航至 :menuselection:`开始菜单`并输入`防火墙`打开*Windows 防火墙*。然后，打开 " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender 防火墙` 程序。在左侧菜单中，导航至 :guilabel:`高级设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -3649,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 msgid "Configure new rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置新规则" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -3660,6 +3951,9 @@ msgid "" "text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " "next step." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`规则类型` 屏幕上，选择 :guilabel:`端口`。然后单击 :guilabel:`下一步`。在 " +":menuselection:`协议和端口` 页面，将规则应用程序保留为 :guilabel:`TCP`。然后，在 :guilabel:`端口` " +"选项中选择 :guilabel:`特定本地端口`。在文本框中键入 `8069`。最后单击 :guilabel:`下一步` 继续。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -3672,6 +3966,10 @@ msgid "" "while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " "continue." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`操作` 页面，选择 :guilabel:`允许连接` 并单击 " +":guilabel:`下一步`。:menuselection:`规则配置`向导的下一页是 :guilabel:`配置文件` 页面。在此页面中，选择适用于" +" Windows 机器所运行网络的连接类型。理想情况下，只选择 :guilabel:`私有` 连接。*私有* " +"连接类型是最安全的连接，同时允许所选端口进行通信。单击 :guilabel:`下一步` 继续。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -3682,10 +3980,13 @@ msgid "" "devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " "box." msgstr "" +"最后，为规则指定一个新的唯一名称。例如，名称可以是 `Odoo`。可选择在 :guilabel:`描述` 字段中添加简要说明。单击 " +":guilabel:`完成`，结束:guilabel:`规则配置` 向导。现在，新规则已激活，设备可以连接到 Windows " +"虚拟:abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "卸载 Windows 物联网盒子" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -3695,12 +3996,14 @@ msgid "" "the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " "menu` to uninstall." msgstr "" +"卸载 Windows 虚拟:abbr:`物联网` 盒子可通过 Windows 程序管理器完成。使用任何 Windows 版本，搜索 " +"`程序`。然后，选择控制面板中的 :guilabel:`添加或删除程序`。搜索 `Odoo `并点击:guilabel: `三点菜单` 进行卸载。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 msgid "" "Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " "Odoo uninstall guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认卸载，并按照 Odoo 卸载指南中的步骤进行卸载。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" @@ -3708,7 +4011,7 @@ msgstr "设备" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接相机" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3720,6 +4023,8 @@ msgid "" "point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" +"只需几个步骤，就可将相机连接到带有 Odoo 数据库的 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子。相机连接到 " +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子后，可用于生产过程，也可连接到质量控制点/质量检查。这样，当达到选定的质量控制点/检查点时，或者在制造过程中按下特定按键时，就可以拍摄照片。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 @@ -3735,6 +4040,7 @@ msgid "" "connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" " Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" +"要将相机连接到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）`盒子，只需通过电缆将两者连接起来。通常使用某种 :abbr:`USB（通用串行总线）`电缆来实现。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3742,14 +4048,16 @@ msgid "" "there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " "connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的相机在 `*支持的设备* `_中，则无需进行任何设置，因为一旦连接就会自动检测到。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "识别物联网盒子上的摄像头。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将摄像头与生产过程中的质量控制点连接起来" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3758,6 +4066,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" " the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`品控应用程序` 中，可在 :guilabel:`质量控制点` 上设置设备。请导航到 " +":menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后打开要链接到摄像机的 :guilabel:` 控制点`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3770,7 +4080,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在质量控制点安装设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -3790,6 +4100,8 @@ msgid "" " a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " "device." msgstr "" +"还可以通过导航至 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 设备` 访问质量控制点。在此选择设备。有一个 " +":guilabel:`质量控制点` 标签，可以在其中添加设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -3798,22 +4110,27 @@ msgid "" "Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " "from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." msgstr "" +"在质量检查表单中，检查的 :guilabel:`Type` 类型也可指定为 :guilabel:`拍照`。导航至 " +":menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查 --> 新建`，从 :guilabel:`质量检查` " +"页面创建新的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造应用中将相机连接到工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3824,13 +4141,16 @@ msgid "" "here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " ":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" +"要将相机连接到操作，首先需要在工作中心上进行配置。导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> " +"工作中心`。然后，转到所需的 :guilabel:`工作中心`，该工作中心将使用相机来显示特定工作中心的详细表单。在此，点击 " +":guilabel:`添加行`，在 :guilabel:`联网触发器` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`设备` 列中添加设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" "down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " "trigger the action." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，相机设备可以连接到 :guilabel:`操作` 列中标有 :guilabel:`拍照` 的下拉选项。还可以添加一个键来触发该操作。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -3849,7 +4169,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 msgid "Connect a footswitch" @@ -3939,11 +4259,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此查找支持的设备列表：`支持的设备 `_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与通用串行总线（USB）连接" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3954,22 +4274,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子上识别的测量工具。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "Connect with bluetooth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "蓝牙连接" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:28 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " "for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " "automatically connects to the device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙功能（详见设备手册），:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子就会自动连接到设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "测量工具上的蓝牙指示器。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3984,6 +4304,8 @@ msgid "" "Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" " tool should be linked." msgstr "" +"在*品控应用程序*中，可在质量控制点上设置设备。要执行此操作，请导航至 " +":menuselection:`品控应用程序-->质量控制-->控制点`，然后打开所需的控制点，并将测量工具链接到该控制点。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3991,6 +4313,8 @@ msgid "" "and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" " field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" +"在这里，选择 :guilabel:`类型` 字段，然后点击下拉菜单中的 :guilabel:`测量`，编辑控制点。这样就会出现一个名为 " +":guilabel:`设备` 的字段，可在此选择连接的设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4003,7 +4327,7 @@ msgid "" "At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " "point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " "automatically updated while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此时，测量工具与所选的质量控制点相连。通常需要手动更改的数值会在工具使用过程中自动更新。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." @@ -4017,6 +4341,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " "device." msgstr "" +"质量控制点也可通过导航至 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 设备` 访问，然后选择设备。有一个 :guilabel:`质量控制点`" +" 选项卡，可以在其中添加设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4025,20 +4351,24 @@ msgid "" " navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +"在质量检查详细表格中，检查的 :guilabel:`类型` 也可指定为 :guilabel:`测量`。通过导航至 " +":menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查 --> 新的` 访问新的质量检查详情页。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:68 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:69 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将测量工具链接到制造应用中的工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4047,6 +4377,8 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " "which the measurement tool will be used." msgstr "" +"要将测量工具链接到操作，首先需要在工作中心配置该工具。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> " +"工作中心`。然后，选择需要使用测量工具的工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -4056,22 +4388,24 @@ msgid "" " menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" " the action." msgstr "" +"在工作中心页面的 :guilabel:`物联网触发器` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`设备` 栏下，通过选择 :guilabel:`添加行` " +"添加设备。然后，可将测量工具链接到标有 :guilabel:`操作` 的 :guilabel:`采取措施` 下拉菜单选项。可以添加一个键来触发该操作。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:84 msgid "" "It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " "matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要注意的是，先选择第一个列出的触发器。顺序很重要，这些触发器可以按任意顺序拖动。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:88 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" " database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`工单` 屏幕上，状态图形显示数据库是否与测量工具正确连接。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 msgid "Connect a printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4081,6 +4415,8 @@ msgid "" "trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " "point or a quality check." msgstr "" +"安装打印机只需几个简单的步骤即可完成。打印机可用于打印收据、标签、订单，甚至不同 Odoo " +"应用程序中的报告。此外，在生产过程中，还可将打印机操作指定为*触发器上的操作*，或添加到质量控制点或质量检查中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4089,6 +4425,9 @@ msgid "" "`Supported printers `__ are detected" " automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" +"物联网盒子支持通过 :abbr:`USB （通用串行总线）`、网络连接或蓝牙连接的打印机。支持的打印机 " +"`__ 会被自动检测，并显示在 *物联网应用程序*的 " +":guilabel:`设备`列表中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." @@ -4098,21 +4437,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " "list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印机可能需要两分钟才能出现在 *物联网应用程序* 设备列表中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 msgid "Link printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "Link printer to work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机与工单" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" "*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*工单*可通过质量控制点与打印机连接，为制成品打印标签。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4121,6 +4460,8 @@ msgid "" "Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " "will be linked." msgstr "" +"在*质量应用程序*中，可以在质量控制点上设置设备。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> " +"控制点`，然后打开所需的控制点，将打印机链接到该控制点。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4128,6 +4469,7 @@ msgid "" "to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`类型` 字段允许选择 :guilabel:`打印标签` 选项之前，需要将 *制造操作* 和 *工单操作* 附加到质量控制点。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -4136,17 +4478,18 @@ msgid "" "Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " "*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" +"在这里，选择 :guilabel:`类型` 字段，并从选项下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`打印标签` 来编辑控制点。如果需要，请保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 msgid "This is the quality control point setup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这就是质量控制点的设置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" "The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " "the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " "database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，打印机可用于选定的质量控制点。在生产过程中达到质量控制点时，数据库会显示为特定产品打印标签的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4155,10 +4498,12 @@ msgid "" " to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " "New`." msgstr "" +"在质量检查明细表单中，检查的 :guilabel:`类型` 也可指定为 :guilabel:`打印标签`。要创建新的质量检查，请导航至 " +":menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查 --> 新的`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造应用程序中将打印机连接到工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4169,6 +4514,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " "selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" +"要将打印机与操作连接，首先需要在工作中心配置打印机。请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> " +"工作中心`。在此选择需要使用打印机的工作中心。然后，在 :guilabel:`物联网触发器` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`设备` 列下，通过选择 " +":guilabel:`添加行` 添加设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4177,29 +4525,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " "also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" +"然后，打印机可链接到 :guilabel:`操作` 下拉菜单中的以下任一选项：:guilabel:`打印标签`、:guilabel:`打印操作` 或 " +":guilabel:`打印交货单`。还可以添加一个键来触发操作。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" "The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " "matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "表单中最先列出的触发器将被优先选择。因此，顺序很重要，这些触发器可以按任意顺序拖动。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" " database is correctly connected to the printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`工单` 屏幕上，状态图形显示数据库是否正确连接到打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 msgid "Link printer to reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机与报告" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" "It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " "*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " "printer that needs to be configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "还可以将某一类型的报告连接到特定的打印机。在*物联网应用程序*中，进入 :guilabel:`设备`菜单，选择需要配置的打印机。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -4207,23 +4557,26 @@ msgid "" "tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " "all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" +"从此处单击 :guilabel:`编辑`，转到 :guilabel:`打印机报告`选项卡，然后选择 " +":guilabel:`添加行`。在出现的窗口中，选中应连接到此打印机的所有 :guilabel:`报告` 类型。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网设备菜单中列出的打印机设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " "of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " "automatically prints it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，每次在控制面板中选择 :guilabel:`打印` 时，Odoo 不会下载 PDF 文件，而是将报告发送到选定的打印机，并自动打印。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" ":doc:`POS Order Printing " "<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`POS 订单打印 <../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4233,10 +4586,13 @@ msgid "" "From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " ":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" +"在 :ref:`调试模式` 时，也可以在 :guilabel:`技术菜单` 中配置报告。要执行此操作，请导航至 " +":menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术菜单 --> 操作 --> 报告`。在这里，可以在此列表中找到单个报告，并在报告上设置 " +":guilabel:`物联网设备`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 msgid "Connect a scale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接电子秤" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4245,6 +4601,8 @@ msgid "" "be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " "based on weight." msgstr "" +"只需几个简单的步骤，就可将电子秤连接到 Odoo " +"数据库上的:abbr:`物联网`盒子。设置完成后，*销售点*应用程序可用于对产品进行称重，这对根据重量计算价格的产品很有帮助。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4265,6 +4623,8 @@ msgid "" "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." msgstr "" +"如果电子秤`兼容 Odoo 物联网盒子 `_，则无需进行任何设置，因为电子秤一经连接就会自动检测到。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." @@ -4278,6 +4638,8 @@ msgid "" "and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " "Drivers`." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，可能需要重新启动 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，并将电子秤的驱动程序下载到盒子中。要更新驱动程序，请访问 :abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）` 盒子主页并点击 :guilabel:`驱动程序列表`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`加载驱动程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." @@ -4289,10 +4651,11 @@ msgid "" " be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" +"如果加载驱动程序后仍无法使用电子秤，则可能是电子秤与 Odoo :abbr:`IoT（物联网）盒子不兼容。在这种情况下，需要使用其他电子秤。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售点（POS）系统中使用电子秤" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4301,12 +4664,14 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " "can be set." msgstr "" +"要在*销售点应用程序*中使用电子秤，请访问 :menuselection:`销售点应用程序 --> PoS 上的三点菜单 --> 设置`，然后启用 " +":abbr:`IoT （物联网）`盒子功能。完成此操作后，即可设置称重设备。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 msgid "" "Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 :guilabel:`电子秤` 下拉菜单中选择刻度。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改（如需要）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." @@ -4319,6 +4684,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " "the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" +"现在，在所有 :abbr:`PoS（销售点）` 环节中都可以使用电子秤。如果产品设置了按重量计价，点击 :guilabel:`PoS` " +"屏幕上的产品就会打开称重屏幕，收银员可在此称重产品并将正确的价格添加到购物车。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -4333,7 +4700,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " "screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " "Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子可以连接到屏幕显示器。经过配置后，屏幕可用于向客户显示销售点（PoS）订单。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." @@ -4347,12 +4714,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" " of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" +"访问:abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页并点击 :guilabel:`PoS 显示器` 按钮，即可访问客户显示器。要进入 :abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）` 盒子主页，请导航至 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 物联网盒子` 并点击 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` " +"盒子主页链接。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box differs depending on the model." -msgstr "" +msgstr "屏幕显示器与 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子的连接方式因型号而异。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" @@ -4364,6 +4734,8 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" " display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" +"在 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子的侧面，使用 micro-HDMI 电缆最多可连接两个屏幕。如果连接了两个屏幕，则可以显示不同的内容（参见 " +":ref:`屏幕用法 `）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" @@ -4373,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "物联网（IoT）盒子型号3" msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子侧面的 HDMI 电缆连接屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." @@ -4386,13 +4758,15 @@ msgid "" "restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " "seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" +"应在打开 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子之前连接屏幕。如果已经打开，请连接屏幕，然后拔下 :abbr:`IoT " +"（物联网）`盒子的插头十秒钟，再将其插回电源，重新启动。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" "The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " "a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " "the display connection is recommended." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 HDMI/micro-HDMI 适配器可能会导致屏幕显示空白、黑屏等问题。建议使用专用电缆连接显示器。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4404,7 +4778,7 @@ msgstr "连接成功后，屏幕应显示:guilabel:`销售点客户显示`。" msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当屏幕显示器成功连接到物联网盒子时，会出现默认的 \"POS 客户端显示\" 屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4412,17 +4786,19 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " "can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" +"屏幕也应出现在 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子主页上的 :guilabel:`显示` 列表中。此外，也可通过访问 " +":menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 设备` 查看显示屏。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子主页上显示的屏幕显示名称示例。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " "Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" " screen connected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未检测到屏幕，则将显示名为 :guilabel:`远程显示` 的默认显示屏。这表示没有连接硬件屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." @@ -4434,7 +4810,7 @@ msgstr "用途" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向客户显示销售点订单" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -4443,12 +4819,14 @@ msgid "" "Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " "Box` feature." msgstr "" +"要在*销售点应用程序*中使用该屏幕，请转到:menuselection:`销售点-->配置-->销售点`，选择一个: " +"abbr:`PoS（销售点）`，必要时点击:guilabel:`编辑`，并启用:guilabel:`物联网盒子`功能。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" "Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " "menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，从 :guilabel:`客户显示屏` 下拉菜单中选择屏幕。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`（如需要）。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." @@ -4459,19 +4837,19 @@ msgid "" "The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " "screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" " screen's connection status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "屏幕现在可用于 :abbr:`PoS（销售点）` 会话。屏幕顶部的菜单中会出现一个屏幕图标，显示屏幕的连接状态。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售点显示屏上的 \"屏幕\" 图标显示与屏幕的连接状态。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " "and update when changes are made to the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "屏幕将自动显示 :abbr:`PoS（销售点）`订单，并在订单发生更改时进行更新。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." @@ -4479,7 +4857,7 @@ msgstr "屏幕显示的销售点（PoS）订单示例。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 msgid "Display a website on the screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在屏幕上显示网站" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -4487,6 +4865,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " "URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" +"通过访问 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> 设备 --> 客户显示器` 打开屏幕表单视图。这样，用户就可以使用 " +":guilabel:`显示 URL` 字段，选择要在屏幕上显示的特定网站 URL。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 @@ -4539,6 +4919,8 @@ msgid "" "change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " "click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." msgstr "" +"单击顶部栏左侧的 :guilabel:`无标题` 可自动匹配:dfn:`h1 (First-level " +"header)`标题和文章名称。之后如要更改文章名称，必须手动操作。需要单击顶栏上的名称，然后进行修改。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 msgid "Text editor" @@ -4631,7 +5013,7 @@ msgstr "将段落更改为标题（1→6）、普通文本、`code`或*引用* #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 msgid "Cover pictures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "封面图片" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4676,6 +5058,7 @@ msgid "" "To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." msgstr "" +"要将Unsplash与数据库关联，请参见 :doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5028,7 +5411,7 @@ msgstr "插入你的签名。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 msgid "Content from other apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "来自其他应用程序的内容" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -5062,7 +5445,7 @@ msgstr "**没有**查看该视图的用户即使可以查看包含该视图的 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 msgid "Articles management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文章管理" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5073,21 +5456,24 @@ msgid "" "to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " "` and :ref:`structure `." msgstr "" +"有效管理文章是最大化知识资源价值的关键，无论是研究项目、考试复习，还是为企业建立知识数据库都是如此。知识库让您全面管理文章，包括:ref:`创建 " +"` 、:ref:`移除 `、:ref:`分享 " +"` 和 :ref:`组织结构 `。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 msgid "" "You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" " button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " "can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击顶部栏右侧的垂直省略号按钮（:guilabel:`⋮`），可以找到大多数管理文章的工具。在这里，你可以移动、锁定、删除或复制文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有文章管理工具的菜单" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建、分享和删除文章" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 msgid "Creation" @@ -5098,26 +5484,26 @@ msgid "" "To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " "the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " "article." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建文章，请单击顶部栏右侧的 :guilabel:`+ 新建` 按钮，或其他文章旁边的 :guilabel:`+` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 msgid "" "Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Alt/Option + C 快捷键快速创建私人文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 msgid "Sharing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分享" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 msgid "" "You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " "share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以与内部或外部用户共享文章。请单击文章右上角菜单中的 :guilabel:`分享`，打开分享菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 msgid "Invite users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "邀请用户" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5127,36 +5513,38 @@ msgid "" "rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " "or email." msgstr "" +"要与特定用户（内部或外部用户，如合作伙伴或客户）共享文章，请单击 :guilabel:`邀请`。会弹出一个窗口，您可以选择 :guilabel:`允许`" +" :ref:`（即访问权限）`，并输入 :guilabel:`接收人`的姓名或电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " "selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您还可以选择 :guilabel:`无访问权限`，来限制特定用户访问文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" -msgstr "" +msgstr "弹出窗口邀请用户访问知识文章" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 msgid "Share online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在线分享" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 msgid "" "To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " "Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要**在线**分享文章，请激活 :guilabel:`分享到网络` 按钮。这样做会生成一个 URL 链接，任何人都可以用来查看文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 msgid "" "Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " "members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，共享菜单还显示内部成员的默认权限以及所有被授予特定权限的用户。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." -msgstr "" +msgstr "共享菜单，包括用于在线共享的 URL 和成员名单。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 msgid "Removal" @@ -5164,7 +5552,7 @@ msgstr "下架" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要删除文章，可以**删除**或**存档**。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -5173,6 +5561,8 @@ msgid "" "days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " "the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." msgstr "" +"要删除文章，请打开文章并单击垂直省略号按钮 :menuselection:`(⋮) --> 删除`。文章会被移至垃圾桶 30 " +"天，然后被永久删除。要恢复它，请单击 :guilabel:`打开垃圾箱`，选择文章，然后单击 :guilabel:`恢复`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -5183,17 +5573,20 @@ msgid "" "Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " "article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" +"要将文章存档，请单击:guilabel:`搜索`，选择文章，然后单击:menuselection:`操作-->存档-->存档`。存档文章将从搜索菜单中隐藏。要检索存档文章，请添加自定义筛选器以显示它们（:menuselection:`搜索" +" --> 筛选器 --> 添加自定义是筛选器`，并将 :guilabel:`激活` 设为 :guilabel:`否`）。然后，选择文章并转到 " +":menuselection:`操作 --> 取消存档`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 msgid "Structure of articles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文章结构" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 msgid "" "Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " "top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " "This structure allows the grouping of related articles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "文章按照层级结构进行组织，顶部的文章是上级文章，下面的文章称为嵌套文章。这种结构可以将相关文章进行分组。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -5204,6 +5597,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " "parent." msgstr "" +"要建立这种层次结构，可通过单击待上级文章旁边的 :guilabel:`+` " +"按钮创建新文章，或通过拖放现有文章到准上级文章，或单击垂直省略号按钮（:guilabel:`⋮`），单击工具箱中的 " +":guilabel:`移至`，然后选择要用作上级的文章，移动现有文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 msgid "Categories" @@ -5213,7 +5609,7 @@ msgstr "电商品类" msgid "" "Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" " the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，文章分为四个类别，可在左侧边栏找到。这些类别赋予文章默认的**访问权限**。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -5222,29 +5618,30 @@ msgid "" "of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" " affect other users." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`收藏`：您可以将任何可以访问的文章设为收藏夹。要执行此操作，请单击文章右上角菜单中的星形图标（:guilabel:`★`）。将文章标记为**收藏夹**是用户的特定操作，不会影响其他用户。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " "all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " "these articles." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`工作区`：该类别中显示的文章对所有内部用户开放。这些用户有权阅读、修改或共享这些文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" " with internal users, external users, or shared with you." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`共享`：该类别中显示的文章是您与内部用户、外部用户共享或与您共享的文章。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " "to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`私密`：该类别中显示的文章只对您开放。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 知识应用程序左侧边栏显示的类别" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 @@ -5750,6 +6147,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " "`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" +"接下来，在 ZIP 文件中，转到 :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master --> " +"gmail`，并打开名为 :guilabel:`appsscript.json` 的文件。在 :guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist`" +" 部分，将所有对 `odoo.com` 的引用替换为 Odoo 客户的唯一服务器域。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5757,12 +6157,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " "file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" +"然后，在同一个 :guilabel:`gmail` 文件夹中，打开名为 :guilabel:`README.md` 的文件。按照 " +":guilabel:`README.md` 文件中的说明，将 Gmail 插件文件作为 Google 项目推送。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" "The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " "instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算机必须能够运行 Linux 命令，才能遵循 :guilabel:`README.md` 文件中的说明。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -5784,6 +6186,7 @@ msgid "" "database actions from emails. Odoo has a plugin for Outlook that allows for " "the creation of an opportunity from the email panel." msgstr "" +"Outlook 允许第三方应用程序连接，以便通过电子邮件执行数据库操作。Odoo 有一个 Outlook 插件，可通过电子邮件面板创建机会。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5801,6 +6204,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " ":guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and :guilabel:`Save` the configuration." msgstr "" +"首先，在数据库中启用*邮件插件*功能。进入 :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置-->集成`，启用 :guilabel:`邮件插件`，然后" +" :guilabel:`保存`配置。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:25 msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" @@ -5813,6 +6218,9 @@ msgid "" "`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml " "`_." msgstr "" +"下载（:menuselection:`Save Page As --> Web Page XML only`）以下 XML " +"文件以便稍后上传：`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml " +"`_。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5820,6 +6228,8 @@ msgid "" " click on the :guilabel:`More actions` button in the upper right-side and " "select :guilabel:`Get Add-ins`." msgstr "" +"接下来，打开 Outlook 邮箱，选择任何电子邮件。完成此操作后，点击右上角的 :guilabel:`更多操作` 按钮，选择 " +":guilabel:`获取插件`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "More actions button in Outlook" @@ -5828,7 +6238,7 @@ msgstr "Outlook的“更多操作”按钮" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:38 msgid "" "Following this step, select the :guilabel:`My add-ins` tab on the left-side." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成此步骤后，选择左侧的 :guilabel:`我的插件` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "My add-ins in Outlook" @@ -5839,6 +6249,7 @@ msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Custom add-ins` towards the bottom, click on :guilabel:`+ " "Add a custom add-in`, and then on :guilabel:`Add from file...`" msgstr "" +"在底部的 :guilabel:`自定义插件`下，点击 :guilabel:`+ 添加自定义插件`，然后点击 :guilabel:`从文件中添加...`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" @@ -5850,6 +6261,7 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`OK`. Next, read the warning and click on " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" +"下一步，附上上文下载的`manifest.xml`文件，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认`。接下来，阅读警告并点击 :guilabel:`安装`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Custom add-in installation warning in Outlook" @@ -5857,7 +6269,7 @@ msgstr "在Outlook中定制附加程序安装警告" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 msgid "Connect the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接数据库" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5865,6 +6277,8 @@ msgid "" "in the Outlook mailbox, click on the :guilabel:`More actions` button in the " "upper right-side, and select :guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`." msgstr "" +"现在，Outlook 将连接到 Odoo 数据库。首先，打开 Outlook 邮箱中的任何邮件，点击右上角的 :guilabel:`更多操作` " +"按钮，然后选择 :guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Odoo for Outlook add-in button" @@ -5874,11 +6288,11 @@ msgstr "Odoo中的Outlook附加程序按钮" msgid "" "The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, " "click on :guilabel:`Login`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "右侧面板现在可以显示**公司洞察**。在底部，点击 :guilabel:`登录`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Logging in the Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录 Odoo 数据库" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -5893,12 +6307,13 @@ msgid "" "browser cookie settings prevented it from loading. Note that these settings " "also change if the browser is in \"Incognito\" mode." msgstr "" +"如果过了一段时间，面板仍然为空，则可能是浏览器 cookie 设置阻止了面板的加载。请注意，如果浏览器处于 \"隐身\" 模式，这些设置也会发生变化。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:87 msgid "" "To fix this issue, configure the browser to always allow cookies on Odoo's " "plugin page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要解决这个问题，请将浏览器配置为始终允许在 Odoo 的插件页面上使用 cookies。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -5908,22 +6323,26 @@ msgid "" "`download.odoo.com` to the list of :guilabel:`Sites that can always use " "cookies`." msgstr "" +"对于 Google Chrome 浏览器，请按照以下指南更改浏览器 cookie 设置： " +"`https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647 " +"`_，并将 `download.odoo.com` " +"添加到 :guilabel:`Sites that can always use cookies` 的列表中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:94 msgid "Once this is complete, the Outlook panel needs to be opened again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，需要再次打开 Outlook 面板。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:96 msgid "Now, enter the Odoo database URL and click on :guilabel:`Login`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，输入 Odoo 数据库 URL 并点击 :guilabel:`登录`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Entering the Odoo database URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入 Odoo 数据库 URL" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:102 msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Allow` to open the pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`允许` 打开弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "New window pop-up warning" @@ -5933,7 +6352,7 @@ msgstr "新的警告弹窗" msgid "" "If the user isn't logged into the database, enter the credentials. Click on " ":guilabel:`Allow` to let the Outlook Plugin connect to the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果用户尚未登录数据库，请输入凭据。点击 :guilabel:`允许` 让 Outlook 插件连接到数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" @@ -5954,7 +6373,7 @@ msgstr "默认情况下，可以从 *更多操作* 菜单打开 Outlook 插件 msgid "" "In the Outlook mailbox, click on :guilabel:`Settings`, then on " ":guilabel:`View all Outlook settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Outlook 邮箱中，点击 :guilabel:`设置`，然后点击 :guilabel:`查看所有 Outlook 设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Viewing all Outlook settings" @@ -5965,6 +6384,8 @@ msgid "" "Now, select :guilabel:`Customize actions` under :guilabel:`Mail`, click on " ":guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"现在，选择 :guilabel:`邮件` 下的 :guilabel:`自定义操作`，点击 :guilabel:`Odoo for " +"Outlook`，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" @@ -5972,11 +6393,11 @@ msgstr "Odoo中的Outlook定制操作" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:137 msgid "Following this step, open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成此步骤后，打开任何电子邮件，都会显示快捷方式。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:144 msgid "Using the plugin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用插件" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -5987,6 +6408,9 @@ msgid "" "click on :guilabel:`New`. A new window with the created opportunity in the " "Odoo database will populate." msgstr "" +"现在插件已安装并运行，要创建一个线索，只需点击 `O` [Odoo 图标] 或导航至 :guilabel:`更多操作` 并点击 " +":guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`。侧面板将出现在右侧，在 :guilabel:`商机` 下点击 " +":guilabel:`新建`。新窗口将显示 Odoo 数据库中创建的机会。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:6 msgid "Studio" @@ -7581,10 +8005,13 @@ msgid "" "right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " "(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." msgstr "" +"要编辑标准 PDF 报告，强烈建议**复制**该报告并对复制版本进行更改，因为在 Odoo 升级后，对标准报告所做的更改将被覆盖。要复制报告，请转到 " +":menuselection:`Studio --> " +"报告`。将鼠标指针悬停在报告右上角，单击垂直省略号图标（:guilabel:`⋮`），然后选择:guilabel:`重复`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制 PDF 报告" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" @@ -7796,6 +8223,8 @@ msgid "" "app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" " Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" +"您可以更改个别报告的 :guilabel:`纸张格式`。打开包含报告的应用程序，然后转到 :menuselection:`Studio --> 报告 " +"--> 选择或创建报告 --> 报告 --> 选择纸张格式`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index cbd5d0fc7..46d17777f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5765,7 +5765,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a25ef3eb8..68c929cf9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Benson , 2023 -# Tony Ng, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Tony Ng, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 msgid "Tickets Closed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支援請求已關閉" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" @@ -5306,7 +5306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支援請求" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index e78987228..0acb06ef8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ # # Translators: # 敬雲 林 , 2023 -# Tony Ng, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Tony Ng, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -6932,7 +6932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "時間及得分" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index e3f3ed04a..d1de73684 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -7292,7 +7292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設版面設計" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 0bf6e31c6..5d220db36 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,16 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Tony Ng, 2023 +# Tony Ng, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:18 msgid "" "To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations " -"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>`" +"`" " feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " "necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." msgstr "" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 msgid "Community Forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "社群討論區" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." @@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支援請求分析" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3049,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLA狀態分析" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3788,9 +3788,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61